2006 2009.honda - Civic.service - Manual

2006-08 BRAKES
ABS System - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX
Fig. 1: Locating ABS Components
GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION
SYSTEM INDICATOR
This system has two indicators:
ABS indicator (A)
Brake system indicator (B)

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 BRAKES ABS System - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

http://ReadManuals.com
Fig. 2: Identifying ABS And Brake System Indicators
When the system is OK, each indicator comes on for about 2 seconds after turning
the ignition switch ON (II), then goes off.
When the system detects a problem, a DTC will be set and, depending upon the
failure, the ABS modulator-control unit will determine which indicator(s) will be
turned on. If the problem goes away (system returns to normal), the indicator(s) will
be controlled in the following way depending upon the DTC that was set:
The indicator(s) will come on and stay on when the ignition switch is ON (II).
The indicator(s) will automatically go off.
The indicator(s) will go off after the vehicle is driven.
ABS Indicator
The ABS indicator comes on when the ABS function is lost. The brakes still work
like a conventional system.
Brake System Indicator
The brake system indicator comes on when the EBD function is lost, the parking
brake is applied, and/or the brake fluid level is low.
NOTE: If two or more wheel sensors fail, the brake system
indicator will come on.

2008 Honda Civic GX

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)
The memory can hold all DTCs. However, when the same DTC is detected
more than once, the more recent DTC is written over the earlier one. Therefore,
when the same problem is detected repeatedly, it is memorized as a single
DTC.
The DTCs are indicated in the order they occur.
The DTCs are memorized in the EEPROM. Therefore, the memorized DTCs
cannot be canceled by disconnecting the battery. Do the specified procedures
to clear the DTCs.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Self-diagnosis can be classified into two categories:
Initial diagnosis: Done right after the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and
until the ABS indicator goes off.
Regular diagnosis: Done right after the initial diagnosis until the ignition
switch is turned OFF.
When the system detects a problem, the ABS modulator-control unit shifts to
fail-safe mode.
KICKBACK
The pump motor operates when the ABS modulator-control unit is functioning, and
the fluid in the reservoir is forced out to the master cylinder, causing kickback at the
brake pedal.
PUMP MOTOR
The pump motor operates when the ABS modulator-control unit is functioning.
The ABS modulator-control unit checks the pump motor operation during
regular diagnosis when the vehicle is driven over 10 mph (15 km/h) the first
time after the ignition switch is turned ON (II). You may hear the motor
operate at this time, but it is normal.
BRAKE FLUID REPLACEMENT/AIR BLEEDING

2008 Honda Civic GX

Brake fluid replacement and air bleeding procedures are identical to the procedures
used on vehicles without ABS (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ).
HOW TO TROUBLESHOOT DTCS
The troubleshooting procedures assume that the cause of the problem is still present
and the ABS indicator is still on. Following a troubleshooting procedure for a code
that has been cleared and does not reset can result in incorrect diagnosis.
1. Question the customer about the conditions when the problem occurred, and
try to reproduce the same conditions for troubleshooting. Find out when the
ABS indicator came on, such as during ABS operation, after ABS operation,
when vehicle was traveling at a certain speed, etc.
2. When the ABS indicator does not come on during the test-drive, but
troubleshooting is done based on the DTC, check for loose connectors, poor
contact of the terminals, etc. before you start troubleshooting.
3. After troubleshooting, or repairs are done, clear the DTCs, and test-drive the
vehicle under the same conditions that originally set the DTCs. Make sure the
ABS indicator does not come on.
4. Check for other unit DTCs which are connected via F-CAN, if there are DTCs
that are related to F-CAN, the most likely cause was that the ignition switch
was turned ON (II) with the ABS modulator-control unit connector
disconnected. Clear the DTCs. Check for PGM-FI and ABS codes, and
troubleshoot those first.
INTERMITTENT FAILURES
The term "intermittent failure" means a system may have had a failure, but it checks
OK now. If the indicator(s) of the system does not come on, check for poor
connections or loose pins at all connectors related to the circuit that you are
troubleshooting. If the indicators were on but then went out, the original problem
may have been intermittent.
HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM)
1. If the system indicators stay on, connect the HDS to the data link connector
(DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 3: Connecting HDS To DLC
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ABS modulator-
control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit: Except Si model (see
DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ), Si model (see DLC CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
4. Check the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and note it. Also check the on board
snapshot data, and download any data found. Then refer to the indicated DTC's
troubleshooting, and begin the appropriate troubleshooting procedure.
HOW TO RETRIEVE DTCS
1. With the ignition switch to LOCK (0), connect the HDS to the data link
connector (DLC) under the driver's side of the dashboard.
NOTE:
The HDS communication will be stopped when the
vehicle speed is at 31 mph (50 km/h) or more.
The HDS can read the DTC, current data, and other
system data.
For specific operations, refer to the Help menu that
came with the HDS.

2008 Honda Civic GX

TROUBLESHOOTING ).
4. Follow the prompts on the HDS to display the DTC(s) on the screen. After
determining the DTC, refer to the DTC TROUBLESHOOTING.
5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
HOW TO CLEAR DTCS
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
4. Clear the DTC(s) by following the screen prompts on the HDS.
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
DTC Detection Item ABS Indicator
Brake System
Indicator
11 -13 Right-front wheel
sensor circuit
malfunction
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
sensor electrical
noise or
intermittent
interruption
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
-12 Right-front wheel
sensor short to
the other sensor
circuit
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
-21 Right-front wheel ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

sensor
installation error
ON/OFF
(1)
sensor
installation error
(19 mph (30
km/h) or more)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
sensor
installation error
(0 to 9 mph (0 to
15 km/h))
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
13 -13 Left-front wheel
sensor circuit
malfunction
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
sensor electrical
noise or
intermittent
interruption
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
-12 Left-front wheel
sensor short to
the other sensor
circuit
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
sensor
installation error
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
sensor
installation error
(19 mph (30
km/h) or more)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
sensor
ON
ON/OFF
(1)

2008 Honda Civic GX

installation error
(0 to 9 mph (0 to
15 km/h))
15 -13 Right-rear wheel
sensor circuit
malfunction
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
sensor electrical
noise or
intermittent
interruption
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
-12 Right-rear wheel
sensor short to
the other sensor
circuit
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
sensor
installation error
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
sensor
installation error
(19 mph (30
km/h) or more)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
sensor
installation error
(0 to 9 mph (0 to
15 km/h))
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
17 -13 Left-rear wheel
sensor circuit
malfunction
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
sensor electrical
noise or
ON
ON/OFF
(1)

2008 Honda Civic GX

intermittent
interruption
-12 Left-rear wheel
sensor short to
the other sensor
circuit
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
-21 Left-rear wheel
sensor
installation error
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
-22 Left-rear wheel
sensor
installation error
(19 mph (30
km/h) or more)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
-23 Left-rear wheel
sensor
installation error
(0 to 9 mph (0 to
15 km/h))
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
21 -11 Right-front
magnetic encoder
malfunction
(pulse missing)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
22 -11 Left-front
magnetic encoder
malfunction
(pulse missing)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
23 -11 Right-rear
magnetic encoder
malfunction
(pulse missing)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
24 -11 Left-rear
magnetic encoder
malfunction
ON
ON/OFF
(1)

2008 Honda Civic GX

(pulse missing)
31 -01 ABS right-front
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid initial
pulse)
ON ON
-21 ABS right-front
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid pulse)
ON ON
-22 ABS right-front
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON
-23 ABS right-front
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON
32 -01 ABS right-front
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid initial
pulse)
ON ON
-21 ABS right-front
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid pulse)
ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

-22 ABS right-front
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON
-23 ABS right-front
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON
33 -01 ABS left-front
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid initial
pulse)
ON ON
-21 ABS left-front
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid pulse)
ON ON
-22 ABS left-front
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON
-23 ABS left-front
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid initial
pulse)
ON ON
-21 ABS left-front
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid pulse)
ON ON
-22 ABS left-front
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON
-23 ABS left-front
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON
35 -01 ABS right-rear
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid initial
pulse)
ON ON
-21 ABS right-rear
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid pulse)
ON ON
-22 ABS right-rear ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
-23 ABS right-rear
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid initial
pulse)
ON ON
-21 ABS right-rear
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid pulse)
ON ON
-22 ABS right-rear
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON
-23 ABS right-rear
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON
37 -01 ABS left-rear ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid initial
pulse)
-21 ABS left-rear
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid pulse)
ON ON
-22 ABS left-rear
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON
-23 ABS left-rear
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON
38 -01 ABS left-rear
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid initial
pulse)
ON ON
-21 ABS left-rear
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid pulse)
ON ON
-22 ABS left-rear
outlet solenoid
ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
-23 ABS left-rear
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON
lock
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
lock
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
lock
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
lock
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
51 -11 Motor lock ON OFF
-12 Motor lock
circuit
malfunction
ON OFF
-13 Motor relay OFF
malfunction
ON OFF
52 -12 Motor stuck OFF ON OFF
53 -01 Motor relay stuck
ON 1
ON OFF
-12 Motor relay stuck
ON 2
ON OFF
54 -03 Fail-safe relay 1
stuck ON
ON ON
-04 Fail-safe relay 1
stuck OFF
(initial)
ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

-21 Fail-safe relay 1
stuck OFF (main)
ON ON
61 -01 Modulator-
control unit
initial IG low
voltage
ON ON
-21 Modulator-
control unit
power source low
voltage 1
ON ON
-22 Modulator-
control unit
power source low
voltage 2
ON OFF
-23 Modulator-
control unit
power source low
voltage 3
ON ON
62 -21 Modulator-
control unit IG
high voltage
ON ON
71 -21 Right-front or
left-rear different
diameter tire
malfunction
ON ON
-22 Left-front or
right-rear
different diameter
tire malfunction
ON ON
-23 Right-front and
right-rear
different diameter
tire malfunction
ON ON
-24 Left-front and ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

left-rear different
diameter tire
malfunction
-25 Right-front and
left-front
different diameter
tire malfunction
ON ON
-26 Right-rear and
left-rear different
diameter tire
malfunction
ON ON
81 -01 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON
-05 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON
-06 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON
-08 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON
-11 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

circuit
malfunction
-14 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON
-23 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON
-30 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON
-31 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON
-32 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON
-51 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON
-52 Central
processing unit
ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
When the vehicle has one of these symptoms, check for a diagnostic trouble code
(DTC) with the HDS. If there is no DTC, do the diagnostic procedure for the
symptom, in the sequence listed, until you find the cause.
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
-71 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON OFF
86 -01 F-CAN bus-off
malfunction
OFF OFF
-24 F-CAN
communication
with engine
malfunction
OFF OFF
-25 F-CAN
communication
with engine
malfunction
OFF OFF
-FF F-CAN
communication
with ABS
malfunction
OFF OFF
(1)
Brake system indicator turns ON when 2 or more wheel sensors fail.
Symptom Diagnostic procedure
HDS does not
communicate with Troubleshoot the DLC circuit: Except Si model (see

2008 Honda Civic GX

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ABS MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR 25P CONNECTOR
the ABS modulator-
control unit or the
vehicle
DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ), Si model
(see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ).
ABS indicator does
not come on
1. Do the gauge control module troubleshooting (see
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ).
2. Substitute a known-good ABS modulator-control
unit, then recheck. If it is OK, replace the original
ABS modulator-control unit: Except Si model (see
REMOVAL - EXCEPT SI MODEL ), Si model
(see REMOVAL - SI MODEL ).
ABS indicator does
not go off, and no
DTCs are stored
1. Symptom Troubleshooting (see SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
Brake system
indicator does not
come on
2. Substitute a known-good ABS modulator-control
ABS modulator-control unit; Except Si model (see
REMOVAL - EXCEPT SI MODEL ), Si model
(see REMOVAL - SI MODEL ).
Brake system
indicator does not go
off, and no DTCs are
stored
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
ABS indicator and
brake system
indicator do not go
off at the same time
TROUBLESHOOTING ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 4: Identifying ABS Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs For 25P
Connector
ABS MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR 25P
CONNECTOR
Terminal
number
Wire
color
Terminal
sign
Description
Measurement (Disconnect the
ABS modulator-control unit
25P connector)
Terminal Conditions Results
1 WHT CAN-H
F-CAN
communication
circuit
- - -
2 GRN FR+B
Detects right-
front wheel
sensor signal
- - -
3 GRY FL-GND
Detects left-
front wheel
sensor signal
- - -
5 PUR RL-GND
Detects left-rear
wheel sensor
signal
- - -
6
LT
GRN
RR+B
Detects right-
rear wheel
sensor signal
- - -
8 WHT FSR+B
Power source
for the fail-safe
relay
8-GND At all times
Battery
voltage
9 RED MR+B
Power source
for the motor
9-GND At all times
Battery

2008 Honda Civic GX

SYSTEM OUTLINE
This system is composed of the ABS modulator-control unit, the wheel sensors, and
the system indicators in the gauge control module. The ABS modulator-control unit
controls the anti-lock brake and the brakes distribution functions.
relay voltage
10
LT
BLU
K-LINE
Communication
with HDS
- - -
12 ORN FL+B
Detects left-
front wheel
sensor signal
- - -
14 BLU RL+B
Detects left-rear
wheel sensor
signal
- - -
15 WHT RR-GND
Detects right-
rear wheel
sensor signal
- - -
16 GRY IG1
Power source
for activating
the system
16-GND
Ignition
switch
ON (II)
Battery
voltage
17 RED CAN-L
F-CAN
communication
circuit
- - -
18 PNK FR-GND
Detects right-
front wheel
sensor signal
- - -
24 BLK GND
Ground for the
ABS modulator-
control unit
24-GND At all times Continuity
25 BLK MR-GND
Ground for the
pump motor

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying ABS Modulator-Control Unit System Outline
ABS FEATURES
Without ABS, when the brake pedal is pressed while driving, the wheels sometimes
lock before the vehicle comes to a stop. In such an event, the maneuverability of the
vehicle is reduced if the front wheels are locked, and the stability of the vehicle is
reduced if the rear wheels are locked, creating an extremely unstable condition.
With ABS, the system precisely controls the slip rate of the wheels to ensure
maximum grip force from the tires, and it thereby ensures maneuverability and
stability of the vehicle. The ABS calculates the slip rate of the wheels based on the
four wheel speeds, then it controls the brake fluid pressure to reach the target slip
rate.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 6: Identifying Grip Force Of Tire And Road Surface
The control unit detects the wheel speed based on the wheel sensor signals it
received, then it calculates the vehicle speed based on the detected wheel speed.
The control unit detects the vehicle speed during deceleration based on the rate of
deceleration.
The control unit calculates the slip rate of each wheel, and transmits the control
signal to the modulator unit solenoid valve when the slip rate is high.
The hydraulic control has three modes: Pressure intensifying, pressure reducing,
and pressure retaining.
Fig. 7: Identifying Hydraulic Control Unit Flow Diagram

2008 Honda Civic GX

EBD FEATURES
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) feature helps control vehicle braking by
adjusting the rear brake force in accordance with the rear wheel load before the
ABS operates. Based on the wheel sensor signals, the control unit uses the
modulator to control the rear brakes individually. When the rear wheel speed is less
than the front wheel speed, the ABS modulator-control unit retains the current rear
brake fluid pressure by closing the inlet valve in the modulator. As the rear wheel
speed increases and approaches the front wheel speed, the ABS modulator-control
unit increases the rear brake fluid pressure by momentarily opening the inlet valve.
This whole process is repeated very rapidly. While this is happening, there is
kickback at the brake pedal.
Fig. 8: Identifying Rear Wheel Brake Pressure
MODULATOR UNIT
The ABS modulator consists of the inlet solenoid valve, the outlet solenoid valve,
the reservoir, the pump, the pump motor, and the damping chamber. The modulator
reduces the caliper fluid pressure directly. It is a circulating-type modulator because
the brake fluid circulates through the caliper, the reservoir, and the master cylinder.
The hydraulic control has three modes; pressure intensifying, pressure retaining,
and pressure reducing. The hydraulic circuit is an independent four channel type;
one channel for each wheel.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 9: Identifying Modulator Unit Circuit Diagram
MODES AND INLET/OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE POSITION
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Mode
Inlet
Solenoid
Valve
Outlet
Solenoid
Valve
Brake Fluid
Pressure
intensifying
mode
open closed
Master cylinder fluid is pumped out
to the caliper.
Pressure
retaining mode
closed closed
Caliper fluid is retained by the inlet
and outlet valves.
Pressure
reducing mode
closed open
Caliper fluid flows through the
outlet valve to the reservoir.
The motor pumps the reservoir
fluid through the damping
chamber to the master cylinder
(1)
.

(1)
The motor will keep running until the operation of the one anti-lock brake
control is finished with the first pressure reducing mode.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 10: Anti-Lock Brake System Circuit Diagram (1 Of 3)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC 11-13: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION; DTC 13-13: LEFT-
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION; DTC 15-13: RIGHT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR
CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION; DTC 17-13: LEFT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), then turn it ON (II) again.
4. Check for DTCs with the HDS.
Is DTC 11-13, 13-13, 15-13, and/or 17-13 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for loose
terminals between the wheel sensor 2P connector and the ABS modulator-
control unit 25P connector. Refer to INTERMITTENT FAILURES
TROUBLESHOOTING .
6. Disconnect the ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector.
7. Check for continuity between the appropriate ABS modulator-control unit 25P
connector wheel sensor +B and GND terminals (see ABS MODULATOR-
CONTROL UNIT 25P CONNECTOR WHEEL SENSOR +B AND
GND ), then check for continuity between the same terminals and reverse the
positive and negative tester probes.
ABS MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 25P CONNECTOR WHEEL
SENSOR +B AND GND
DTC ABS Modulator-control Unit 25P Connector Terminal No.
11-13 No. 2 No. 18
13-13 No. 12 No. 3
15-13 No. 6 No. 15
17-13 No. 14 No. 5

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 13: Checking Continuity Between Appropriate ABS Modulator-
Control Unit 25P Connector Wheel Sensor +B And GND Terminals
Is there continuity in both directions?
YES - Go to step 8.
NO - If there is no continuity in either direction, go to step 10. If there is
continuity in only one direction, go to step 12.
8. Disconnect the appropriate wheel sensor 2P connector.
9. On the sensor side, check for continuity between appropriate wheel sensor 2P
connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2, then check for continuity between the
same terminals and reverse the positive and negative tester probes.
Fig. 14: Checking Continuity Between Appropriate Wheel Sensor 2P
Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2
YES - Replace the appropriate wheel sensor (see WHEEL SENSOR

2008 Honda Civic GX

REPLACEMENT ).
NO - Repair short in the wire between the appropriate wheel sensor and the
ABS modulator-control unit.
11. On the sensor side, check for continuity between appropriate wheel sensor 2P
connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2, then check for continuity between the
same terminals and reverse the positive and negative tester probes.
Fig. 15: Checking Continuity Between Appropriate Wheel Sensor 2P
Is there continuity in only one direction?
YES - Repair open in the wire between the appropriate wheel sensor and the
NO - Replace the appropriate wheel sensor (see WHEEL SENSOR
REPLACEMENT ).
12. Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate ABS
modulator-control unit 25P connector terminal (see table).
BODY GROUND AND APPROPRIATE ABS MODULATOR-
CONTROL UNIT 25P CONNECTOR TERMINAL
11-13 No. 2 No. 18
13-13 No. 12 No. 3

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 16: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Appropriate
ABS Modulator-Control Unit 25P Connector Terminal
Is there continuity?
YES - Go to step 13.
NO - Go to step 15.
14. On the sensor side, check for continuity between body ground and appropriate
wheel sensor 2P connector terminal No. 1 and No. 2 individually.
15-13 No. 6 No. 15
17-13 No. 14 No. 5
NOTE: Check the wheel sensor while mounted on the vehicle.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Wheel Sensor 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 And No. 2
REPLACEMENT ).
NO - Repair short to body ground in the wire between the appropriate wheel
sensor and the ABS modulator-control unit.
16. Measure voltage between body ground and the appropriate ABS modulator-
control unit 25P connector terminal (see BODY GROUND AND
APPROPRIATE ABS MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 25P
CONNECTOR TERMINAL ).
BODY GROUND AND APPROPRIATE ABS MODULATOR-
CONTROL UNIT 25P CONNECTOR TERMINAL
Fig. 18: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And Appropriate ABS
Modulator-Control Unit 25P Connector Terminal
11-13 No. 2 No. 18
13-13 No. 12 No. 3
15-13 No. 6 No. 15
17-13 No. 14 No. 5

2008 Honda Civic GX

Is there 0.1 V or more?
YES - Repair short to power in the wire between the appropriate wheel sensor
and the ABS modulator-control unit.
NO - Check for loose terminals in the ABS modulator-control unit 25P
connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good ABS modulator-control unit:
Except Si model (see REMOVAL - EXCEPT SI MODEL ), Si model (see
REMOVAL - SI MODEL ), and retest.
DTC 12-11: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR ELECTRICAL NOISE OR INTERMITTENT
INTERRUPTION; DTC 14-11: LEFT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR ELECTRICAL NOISE OR
INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION; DTC 16-11: RIGHT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR ELECTRICAL
NOISE OR INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION; DTC 18-11: LEFT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR
ELECTRICAL NOISE OR INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION
3. Test-drive the vehicle.
YES - If the DTC 12-12,14-12,16-12 or 18-12 is indicated at same time, do the
DTC 12-12,14-12, 16-12 or 18-12 troubleshooting (see DTC 12-12: RIGHT-
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR SHORT TO THE OTHER SENSOR
CIRCUIT; DTC 14-12: LEFT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR SHORT TO
THE OTHER SENSOR CIRCUIT; DTC 16-12: RIGHT-REAR WHEEL
SENSOR SHORT TO THE OTHER SENSOR CIRCUIT; DTC 18-12:
LEFT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR SHORT TO THE OTHER SENSOR
CIRCUIT ). If DTC 12-12,14-12,16-12 or 18-12 is not indicated, go to step 5.
NO - Troubleshoot the indicated DTC. If there are no DTCs indicated, there
may be an intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for loose
NOTE: These DTCs may be caused by electrical interference.
Check for aftermarket devices installed in the vehicle when
these DTCs are indicated.

2008 Honda Civic GX

TROUBLESHOOTING .
6. Check that the appropriate wheel sensor is properly mounted (see WHEEL
SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
WHEEL SENSOR
Is the wheel sensor installation OK?
YES - Check for loose terminals in the ABS modulator-control unit 25P
NO - Reinstall the wheel sensor, and check the mounting position (see
WHEEL SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 12-12: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR SHORT TO THE OTHER SENSOR CIRCUIT; DTC
14-12: LEFT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR SHORT TO THE OTHER SENSOR CIRCUIT; DTC 16-12:
RIGHT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR SHORT TO THE OTHER SENSOR CIRCUIT; DTC 18-12: LEFT-
REAR WHEEL SENSOR SHORT TO THE OTHER SENSOR CIRCUIT
3. Test-drive the vehicle. Drive the vehicle at 13 mph (20 km/h) or more, and go a
distance of 328 ft (100 m) or more.
DTC Appropriate Wheel Sensor
12-11 Right-front
14-11 Left-front
16-11 Right-rear
18-11 Left-rear
NOTE: Drive the vehicle on the road, not on the lift.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES - Go to step 5.
TROUBLESHOOTING .
7. Check for continuity between the appropriate ABS modulator-control unit 25P
connector wheel sensor +B terminals (see ABS MODULATOR-CONTROL
UNIT 25P CONNECTOR WHEEL SENSOR +B TERMINALS ).
ABS MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 25P CONNECTOR WHEEL
SENSOR +B TERMINALS
DTC
ABS Modulator-control Unit 25P Connector Terminal No.
Appropriate Terminal Other Terminals
12-12 No. 2 No. 12 No. 6 No. 14
14-12 No. 12 No. 2 No. 6 No. 14
16-12 No. 6 No. 2 No. 12 No. 14
18-12 No. 14 No. 2 No. 12 No. 6

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 19: Checking Continuity Between Appropriate ABS Modulator-
Control Unit 25P Connector Wheel Sensor +B Terminals
YES - Repair short in the wires between the appropriate wheel sensor and the

2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC 12-21: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR; DTC 14-21: LEFT-FRONT
WHEEL SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR; DTC 16-21: RIGHT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR
INSTALLATION ERROR; DTC 18-21: LEFT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR
1. Test-drive the vehicle. Drive the vehicle at 7 mph (10 km/h).
2. Check the RF, LF, RR, LR WHEEL SPD in the ABS DATA LIST with the
HDS.
Are all four the same indicated value?
YES - Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for loose
TROUBLESHOOTING .
NO - Go to step 3.
WHEEL SENSOR
REPLACEMENT ).
12-21 Right-front
14-21 Left-front
16-21 Right-rear
18-21 Left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC 12-22: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR (19 MPH (30 KM/H) OR
MORE); DTC 14-22: LEFT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR (19 MPH (30 KM/H)
OR MORE); DTC 16-22: RIGHT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR (19 MPH (30
KM/H) OR MORE); DTC 18-22: LEFT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR (19 MPH
(30 KM/H) OR MORE)
1. Test-drive the vehicle. Drive the vehicle between 19 mph (30 km/h) and 31
mph (50 km/h) for 70 seconds or more.
HDS.
TROUBLESHOOTING .
NO - Go to step 3.
WHEEL SENSOR
12-22 Right-front
14-22 Left-front
16-22 Right-rear
18-22 Left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 12-23: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR (0 TO 9 MPH (0 TO 15
KM/H)); DTC 14-23: LEFT-FRONT WHEEL SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR (0 TO 9 MPH (0 TO
15 KM/H)); DTC 16-23: RIGHT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR (0 TO 9 MPH (0
TO 15 KM/H)); DTC 18-23: LEFT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR (0 TO 9 MPH
(0 TO 15 KM/H))
1. Test-drive the vehicle. Drive the vehicle between 1 mph (1 km/h) and 9 mph
(15 km/h) in a straight line.
HDS.
TROUBLESHOOTING .
NO - Go to step 3.
WHEEL SENSOR
12-23 Right-front
14-23 Left-front
16-23 Right-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 21-11: RIGHT-FRONT MAGNETIC ENCODER MALFUNCTION (PULSE MISSING); DTC 22-
11: LEFT-FRONT MAGNETIC ENCODER MALFUNCTION (PULSE MISSING); DTC 23-11:
RIGHT-REAR MAGNETIC ENCODER MALFUNCTION (PULSE MISSING); DTC 24-11: LEFT-
REAR MAGNETIC ENCODER MALFUNCTION (PULSE MISSING)
Is DTC 21-11,22-11,23-11, and/or 24-11 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
TROUBLESHOOTING .
6. Inspect the appropriate magnetic encoder for debris or cracks.
MAGNETIC ENCODER
18-23 Left-rear
Appropriate

2008 Honda Civic GX

Is the magnetic encoder surface OK?
YES - Replace the wheel bearing (front) or the hub bearing unit (rear):
Front: Replace the front wheel bearing (see KNUCKLE/HUB
REPLACEMENT ).
Rear (disc brake type): Replace the rear hub bearing unit (see HUB
BEARING UNIT REPLACEMENT-DISC BRAKE TYPE ).
Rear (drum brake type): Replace the hub bearing unit (see HUB
BEARING UNIT REPLACEMENT-DRUM BRAKE TYPE ).
NO - Clean off dust or dirt from the appropriate magnetic encoder surface on
the wheel bearing or the hub bearing unit, then go to step 1 and recheck. If the
DTC is still present, replace the appropriate wheel bearing or hub bearing unit.
DTC 31-XX*: ABS RIGHT-FRONT INLET SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION; DTC 32-XX*: ABS
RIGHT-FRONT OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION; DTC 33-XX*: ABS LEFT-FRONT
INLET SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION; DTC 34-XX*: ABS LEFT-FRONT OUTLET
SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION; DTC 35-XX*: ABS RIGHT-REAR INLET SOLENOID
VALVE MALFUNCTION; DTC 36-XX*: ABS RIGHT-REAR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE
MALFUNCTION; DTC 37-XX*: ABS LEFT-REAR INLET SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION;
DTC 38-XX*: ABS LEFT-REAR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
*:Subcode
DTC
Magnetic
Encoder
Note
21-
11
Right-front
Remove the driveshaft outboard joint from the
appropriate wheel hub (see KNUCKLE/HUB
REPLACEMENT ).
22-
11
Left-front
23-
11
Right-rear
Remove the hub bearing unit: Disc brake type (see
HUB BEARING UNIT REPLACEMENT-DISC
BRAKE TYPE ), drum brake type (see HUB
BEARING UNIT REPLACEMENT-DRUM
BRAKE TYPE ).
24-
11
Left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
Is DTC 31-xx, 32-xx, 33-xx, 34-xx, 35-xx, 36-xx, 37-xx, or 38-xx indicated?
YES - Replace the ABS modulator-control unit: Except Si model (see
REMOVAL - EXCEPT SI MODEL ), Si model (see REMOVAL - SI
MODEL ).
NO - Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time.
DTC 41-21: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL LOCK; DTC 42-21: LEFT-FRONT WHEEL LOCK; DTC 43-21:
RIGHT-REAR WHEEL LOCK; DTC 44-21: LEFT-REAR WHEEL LOCK
The DTCs may be indicated under these conditions:
The vehicle goes into a spin.
The ABS continues to operate for a long time.
Snow build-up on the wheel sensor.
Misadjusted brake switch
Contaminated brake fluid
1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see
Subcode Malfunction Note (DTC)
01
Solenoid Initial
Pulse
31-01,32-01,33-01, 34-01,35-01,36-01, 37-
01,38-01
21 Solenoid Pulse
31-21,32-21,33-21, 34-21,35-21,36-21, 37-
21,38-21
22
Solenoid
Speculative
31-22,32-22, 33-22, 34-22,35-22,36-22, 37-22,
38-22
23 Solenoid Stuck ON
31-23, 32-23, 33-23, 34-23, 35-23, 36-23, 37-
23, 38-23

2008 Honda Civic GX

LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ).
2. Turn the appropriate wheel by hand.
APPROPRIATE WHEEL
Is there brake drag?
YES - Repair the brake drag.
NO - Go to step 3.
TROUBLESHOOTING . If the vehicle continues to code, replace the ABS
modulator-control unit: Except Si model (see REMOVAL - EXCEPT SI
MODEL ), Si model (see REMOVAL - SI MODEL ).
DTC 51-11: MOTOR LOCK; DTC 51-13: MOTOR RELAY OFF MALFUNCTION
DTC Appropriate Wheel
41-21 Right-front
42-21 Left-front
43-21 Right-rear
44-21 Left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Wait 5 seconds.
5. Operate each SOLENOID in the ABS FUNCTION TEST five times with the
HDS.
Is DTC 51-11 or 51-13 indicated?
MODEL ).
DTC 51-12: MOTOR LOCK CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
Is DTC 51-12 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
terminals at the ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector. Refer to
INTERMITTENT FAILURES TROUBLESHOOTING .
6. Check the No. 3 MTR (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse blown?
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Reinstall the checked fuse, then go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic GX

8. Check for continuity between ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector
terminal No. 9 and body ground.
Fig. 20: Checking Continuity Between ABS Modulator-Control Unit 25P
Connector Terminal No. 9 And Body Ground
YES - Repair short to body ground in the wire between the No. 3 MTR (30 A)
fuse in the understood fuse/relay box and the ABS modulator-control unit.
NO - Install a new No. 3 MTR (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box,
then go to step 10.
10. Measure voltage between ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector terminal
No. 9 and body ground.
Fig. 21: Measuring Voltage Between ABS Modulator-Control Unit 25P

2008 Honda Civic GX

Is there battery voltage?
NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 3 MTR (30 A) fuse in the under-
hood fuse/relay box and the ABS modulator-control unit.
DTC 52-12: MOTOR STUCK OFF
4. Operate each SOLENOID in the ABS FUNCTION TEST five times with the
HDS.
MODEL ).
DTC 53-01: MOTOR RELAY STUCK ON 1; DTC 53-12: MOTOR RELAY STUCK ON 2

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the ABS modulator-control unit and
body ground (G202).
DTC 54-03: FAIL-SAFE RELAY 1 STUCK ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

MODEL ).
DTC 54-04: FAIL-SAFE RELAY 1 STUCK OFF (INITIAL); DTC 54-21: FAIL-SAFE RELAY 1
STUCK OFF (MAIN)
YES - Go to step 5.
INTERMITTENT FAILURES TROUBLESHOOTING (see ).
6. Check the No. 3 FSR (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse blown?
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Reinstall the checked fuse, then go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES - Repair short to body ground in the wire between the No. 3 FSR (30 A)
fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and the ABS modulator-control unit.
NO - Install a new No. 3 FSR (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box,
then go to step 10.

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 3 FSR (30 A) fuse in the under-
DTC 61-01: MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT INITIAL IG LOW VOLTAGE; DTC 61-21:
MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT POWER SOURCE LOW VOLTAGE 1; DTC 61-22: MODULATOR-
CONTROL UNIT POWER SOURCE LOW VOLTAGE 2; DTC 61-23: MODULATOR-CONTROL
UNIT POWER SOURCE LOW VOLTAGE 3
3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), then start the engine.
Is DTC 61-01, 61-21, 61-22, or 61-23 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
5. Check and note BATTERY voltage in the ABS DATA LIST with the HDS. If
the voltage listed is 0 V, go to step 8, otherwise go to step 6.
6. Using a voltmeter, measure and note the voltage between the battery terminals.
NOTE: If the voltage is below 9.5 V, check the battery (see
BATTERY TEST ), and troubleshoot the alternator
regulator circuit: Except Si model (see ALTERNATOR
AND REGULATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ), Si
model (see ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Compare the voltage noted in step 5 to the voltage in step 6.
Is the difference between the two voltage readings less then 3 V?
INTERMITTENT FAILURES TROUBLESHOOTING . If the code resets
after clearing, replace the ABS modulator-control unit: Except Si model (see
MODEL ).
NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 3 FSR (30 A) fuse in the under-

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 4 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box and the ABS modulator-control unit.
DTC 62-21: MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT IG HIGH VOLTAGE
YES - Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage between the battery terminals.
Compare the voltage measured at the battery with the voltage shown in the
ABS DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is there a voltage difference of 3 V or more?
MODEL ), and retest.
NO - Check the battery (see BATTERY TEST ), and troubleshoot the
alternator regulator circuit: Except Si model (see ALTERNATOR AND
REGULATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ), Si model (see
ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ). Also check for loose terminals in the ABS
modulator-control unit 25P connector. If it is OK, replace the ABS modulator-
control unit: Except Si model (see REMOVAL - EXCEPT SI MODEL ), Si
model (see REMOVAL - SI MODEL ).
DTC 71-21: RIGHT-FRONT OR LEFT-REAR DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION;
DTC 71-22: LEFT-FRONT OR RIGHT-REAR DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION;
DTC 71-23: RIGHT-FRONT AND RIGHT-REAR DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION;
DTC 71-24: LEFT-FRONT AND LEFT-REAR DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION;
DTC 71-25: RIGHT-FRONT AND LEFT-FRONT DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION;
DTC 71-26: RIGHT-REAR AND LEFT-REAR DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION
DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION
NOTE: The DTC will be indicated when the vehicle has a different
diameter tire(s) compared to the other tire(s).
DTC Sectional Note
71-21 Right-front or left-rear
71-22 Left-front or right-rear
71-23 Right-front and right-rear
71-24 Left-front and left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Check the tires for proper inflation (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
Is DTC 71-21, 71-22, 71-23, 71-24, 71-25, or 71-26 indicated?
YES - Replace all four tires with the proper size (see WHEEL
ALIGNMENT ).
DTC 81-XX*: CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
* : Subcode (Except DTC 81-11, 81-51, and 81-52)
Is DTC 81-xx indicated?
YES - If the DTC 81-11, 81-51, or 81-52 is indicated at the same time, do the
DTC 81-11,81-51, or 81-52 troubleshooting (see DTC 81-xx*: Central
Processing Unit (CPU) Internal Circuit Malfunction ). If DTC 81-11, 81-
51, or 81-52 is not indicated, replace the ABS modulator-control unit: Except
Si model (see REMOVAL - EXCEPT SI MODEL ), Si model (see
71-25 Right-front and left-front
71-26 Right-rear and left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC 81-11: CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION; DTC 81-
51: CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION; DTC 81-52:
CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
Is DTC 81-11, 81-51, or 81-52 indicated?
MODEL ).
DTC 86-01: F-CAN BUS-OFF MALFUNCTION
YES - Go to step 5.
terminals between ECM/PCM connector A (44P) and the ABS modulator-
TROUBLESHOOTING .
6. Short the SCS line with the HDS.
7. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P).

2008 Honda Civic GX

8. Disconnect the HDS from the data link connector (DLC).
9. Disconnect the gauge control module (tach) 36P connector.
10. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P).
11. With EPS: Disconnect EPS control unit connector D (28P).
12. With TPMS: Disconnect the TPMS control unit 20P connector.
14. Check for continuity between the ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector
terminals No. 1 and No. 17 and body ground individually.
Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 17 And Body Ground
YES - Repair short to body ground in the wire between the ECM/PCM, the
gauge control module (tach), the data link connector (DLC), the SRS unit, the
EPS control unit (if equipped), the TPMS control unit (if equipped), and the
NO - Go to step 15.
15. Check for continuity between body ground and the ABS modulator-control
unit 25P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 17 individually.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES - Repair short in the wires between ABS modulator-control unit 25P
connector terminals No. 1 (CAN-H line) and No. 17 (CAN-L line).
NO - Go to step 16.
terminal and ECM/PCM connector A (44P) terminal (see ABS
MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 25P CONNECTOR TERMINAL AND
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) TERMINAL ).
ABS MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 25P CONNECTOR TERMINAL
AND ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) TERMINAL
Sign
Connector Terminal No.
ABS Modulator-control Unit ECM/PCM
CAN-L 17 37
CAN-H 1 36

2008 Honda Civic GX

Connector Terminal And ECM/PCM Connector A (44P) Terminal
NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM and the ABS modulator-
control unit.
DTC 86-24: F-CAN COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MALFUNCTION; DTC 86-25: F-CAN
COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MALFUNCTION
4. Test-drive the vehicle. Drive the vehicle at 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
Is 86-24, and/or 86-25 DTC indicated?

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES - Go to step 6.
terminals between ECM/PCM connector A (44P) and the ABS modulator-
TROUBLESHOOTING .
terminal and ECM/PCM connector A (44P) terminal (see ABS
MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 25P CONNECTOR TERMINAL AND
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) TERMINAL ).
AND ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) TERMINAL
Sign
ABS Modulator-control Unit ECM/PCM
CAN-L 17 37
CAN-H 1 36

2008 Honda Civic GX

Connector Terminal And ECM/PCM Connector A (44P) Terminal
YES - Check for loose terminals in ECM/PCM connector A (44P) and at ABS
modulator-control unit 25P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good
ECM/PCM, then go to step 1 and recheck. If no DTCs are indicated, replace
the original ECM/PCM: Except Si model (see ECM/PCM
REPLACEMENT ), Si model (see ECM REPLACEMENT ). If DTCs are
indicated, replace the ABS modulator-control unit: Except Si model (see
MODEL ).
NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM and the ABS modulator-
control unit.
DTC 86-FF: F-CAN COMMUNICATION WITH ABS MALFUNCTION

2008 Honda Civic GX

Is DTC 86-FF Indicated?
MODEL ).
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ABS INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED
1. Check for the communication between the vehicle and the HDS.
Is there the communication?
YES - Check for loose terminals in the gauge control module (tach) 36P
connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good gauge control module (tach),
then recheck. If it is OK, replace the original gauge control module (tach) (see
TACHOMETER ).
NO - If the HDS does not communicate with all the systems of the vehicle,
troubleshoot the DLC circuit: Except Si model (see DLC CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ), Si model (see DLC CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ). If the HDS does not communicate with only ABS,
go to step 2.
3. Check the No. 4 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse blown?
YES - Install the new No. 4 (7.5 A) fuse, and recheck. If the fuse continues to
blow, check for short to body ground in the wire between the No. 4 (7.5 A)
fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the ABS modulator-control unit. If
necessary, substitute a known-good ABS modulator-control unit: Except Si
model (see REMOVAL - EXCEPT SI MODEL ), Si model (see

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO - Reinstall a checked fuse, then go to step 4.
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 4 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box and the ABS modulator-control unit.

2008 Honda Civic GX

connector, clean terminal G202 and recheck. If necessary, substitute a known-
good ABS modulator-control unit: Except Si model (see REMOVAL -
EXCEPT SI MODEL ), Si model (see REMOVAL - SI MODEL ), and
retest.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the ABS modulator-control unit and
body ground (G202).
BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED
1. Release the parking brake.
3. Check the brake system indicator for several seconds when the ignition switch
is turned ON (II).
Does the indicator come on then go off?
terminals between the gauge control module (tach) 36P connector and the ABS
modulator-control unit 25P connector. Refer to INTERMITTENT
FAILURES TROUBLESHOOTING .
NO - Go to step 4.
4. Check the BRAKE INDICATOR in the ABS DATA LIST with the HDS.
Does it indicate OFF?
YES - Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic GX

6. Check the brake fluid level in the master cylinder reservoir tank.
Is brake fluid level OK?
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Do the brake pad inspection: Front (except Si model) (see
INSPECTION - EXCEPT SI MODEL ), front (Si model) (see
INSPECTION - SI MODEL ), rear (disc brake type) (see REAR BRAKE
PAD INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ), and add the brake fluid, then
go to step 1 and recheck.
7. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch 2P connector.
Does the brake system indicator go off?
YES - Replace the brake fluid reservoir tank (brake fluid level switch is
included) (see MASTER CYLINDER INSPECTION ).
NO - Go to step 9.
11. Check for continuity between brake fluid level switch 2P connector terminal

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 33: Checking Continuity Between Brake Fluid Level Switch 2P
YES - Repair short to body ground in the wire between the gauge control
module (tach) and the brake fluid level switch.
NO - Go to step 12.
12. Reconnect the gauge control module (tach) 36P connector.
13. Disconnect the parking brake switch IP connector.
YES - Replace the parking brake switch (see PARKING BRAKE CABLE
REPLACEMENT ).
NO - Go to step 15.
17. Check for continuity between parking brake switch 1P connector terminal No.
1 and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES - Repair short to body ground in the wire between the gauge control
module (tach) and the parking brake switch.
NO - Check for loose terminals in the gauge control module (tach) 36P
then go to step 1 and recheck. If it is OK, replace the original gauge control
module (tach) (see TACHOMETER ).
ABS INDICATOR AND BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR DO NOT GO OFF AT THE SAME TIME
3. Check the ABS indicator and the brake system indicator for several seconds
when the ignition switch is turned ON (II).
Do the indicators come on then go off?
terminals between the gauge control module (tach) 36P connector and the ABS
FAILURES TROUBLESHOOTING .
NO - Go to step 4.
NOTE: Check for gauge DTCs with the HDS (see HOW TO CHECK
FOR DTCS WITH THE HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
(HDS) ). If gauge DTCs are stored, troubleshoot those DTCs
first.

2008 Honda Civic GX

13. Check for continuity between the ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector
terminals No. 1, and No. 17 and body ground individually.
Connector Terminals No. 1 & No. 17 And Body Ground
YES - Repair short to body ground in the wire between the ECM/PCM, the
NO - Go to step 14.
terminals No. 1 and No. 17.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES - Repair short in the wire between ABS modulator-control unit 25P
connector terminals No. 1 (CAN-H line) and No. 17 (CAN-L line).
NO - Go to step 15.
terminal and gauge control module (tach) 36P connector terminal (see table).
AND GAUGE CONTROL MODULE (TACH) 36P CONNECTOR
TERMINAL
Sign
ABS Modulator-control Unit Gauge Control Module (Tach)
CAN-L 17 19
CAN-H 1 1

2008 Honda Civic GX

Connector Terminal And Gauge Control Module (Tach) 36P Connector
Terminal
YES - Check for loose terminals in the gauge control module (tach) 36P
module (tach) (see TACHOMETER ). If DTCs are indicated, replace the ABS
modulator-control unit: Except Si model (see REMOVAL - EXCEPT SI
MODEL ), Si model (see REMOVAL - SI MODEL ).
NO - Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module (tach) and the
ABS MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage
the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off
immediately with water.
Be careful not to damage or deform the brake lines
during removal and installation.
To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover
the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or
equivalent material.

2008 Honda Civic GX

REMOVAL - EXCEPT SI MODEL
1. Disconnect the ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector (A) by pulling up
the lock (B); the connector disconnects itself.
Fig. 38: Removal And Installation Of ABS Modulator-Control Unit (With
Specifications)
2. Disconnect the six brake lines from the ABS modulator-control unit.
3. Remove the ABS modulator-control unit (H) with the bracket (I) from the
body.
NOTE: Brake lines are connected to the master cylinder (C)
and to the right-front (D), the left-rear (E), the right-rear
(F) and the left-front (G) brake system.

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Remove the ABS modulator-control unit from the bracket.
INSTALLATION - EXCEPT SI MODEL
1. Install the ABS modulator-control unit on the bracket.
2. Install the bracket with the ABS modulator-control unit to the body.
3. Reconnect the six brake lines, then tighten the flare nuts to the specified torque.
4. Align the connecting surface of the ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector
to the ABS modulator-control unit.
5. Lower the lock of the ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector, then confirm
the connector is fully seated.
6. Bleed the brake system (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ).
7. Start the engine, and check that the ABS indicator goes off.
8. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS indicator does not come on.
REMOVAL - SI MODEL
1. Disconnect the ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector (A) by pulling up
the lock (B); the connector disconnects itself.
NOTE: If the brake pedal is spongy, there may be air trapped in
the modulator and then induced into the normal brake
system during modulation. Bleed the brake system
again (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 39: Disconnecting ABS Modulator-Control Unit 25P Connector (With
Specifications)
2. Disconnect the six brake lines from the ABS modulator-control unit.
3. Remove the ABS modulator-control unit (H) with the brackets (I) from the
body.
4. Remove the ABS modulator-control unit from the brackets.
5. Separate the bracket if necessary.
NOTE: Brake lines are connected to the master cylinder (C)
and to the right-front (D), the left-rear (E), the right-rear
(F) and the left-front (G) brake system.

2008 Honda Civic GX

INSTALLATION - SI MODEL
1. Install the ABS modulator-control unit on the brackets.
2. Install the bracket with the ABS modulator-control unit to the body.
4. Align the connecting surface of the ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector
to the ABS modulator-control unit.
5. Lower the lock of the ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector, then confirm
the connector is fully seated.
WHEEL SENSOR REPLACEMENT
FRONT
1. Release the clamp (A), then disconnect the wheel sensor connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 40: Disconnecting Wheel Sensor Connector (With Specifications)
2. Remove the clips, the bolt, and the wheel sensor (C).
3. Install the wheel sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Install the sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires.
If the wheel sensor comes in contact with the wheel bearing, it is faulty.
REAR
1. Release the clamp (A), then disconnect the wheel sensor connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 41: Disconnecting Wheel Sensor Connector (With Specifications)
2. Remove the clips, the bolt, and the wheel sensor (C).
3. Install the wheel sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Apply multipurpose grease to the O-ring (D).
If the wheel sensor comes in contact with the hub bearing unit, it is faulty.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 RESTRAINTS
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Civic (Except Hybrid)
4-door
Fig. 1: Identifying Supplemental Restraint System Component Location 4-
Door (1 Of 2)
Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Door (2 Of 2)
2-door

2008 Honda Civic EX

Door (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Door (2 Of 2)
PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
Please read the following precautions carefully before performing the airbag system
service. If the instructions described in this article, or the airbags could accidentally
deploy and cause damage or injuries.
Except when performing electrical inspections, always turn the ignition switch
OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes
before starting work.
NOTE: The SRS memory is not cleared even if the ignition
switch is turned OFF or the battery cables are
disconnected from the battery.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Use replacement parts which are manufactured to the same standards and
quality as the original parts. Do not install used SRS parts. Use only new parts
when making SRS repairs.
Carefully inspect any SRS part before you install it. Do not install any part that
shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or
deformation.
Fig. 5: Precaution For - Handling SRS
Before disconnecting the SRS unit connectors, always disconnect the
appropriate SRS parts connectors.
Use only a digital multimeter to check the system. If it is not a Honda
multimeter, make sure its output is 10 mA (0.01 A) or less when switched to
the lowest value in the ohmmeter range. A tester with a higher output could
cause accidental deployment and possible injury.
Do not put objects on the front passenger's airbag.
The original audio and navigation system has a coded theft protection circuit.
Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation
system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets before disconnecting
the negative cable from the battery.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, enter the anti-theft codes for the
audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio
presets; set the clock.
STEERING-RELATED PRECAUTIONS

2008 Honda Civic EX

Cable Reel Alignment
Misalignment of the cable reel could cause an open in the wiring, making the
SRS system, remote steering wheel controls, and the horn inoperative. Center
the cable reel whenever you do the following (see step 6).
Installation of the steering wheel
Installation of the cable reel
Installation of the steering column
Other steering-related adjustment or installation
Do not disassemble the cable reel.
Do not apply grease to the cable reel.
If the cable reel shows any signs of damage, replace it with a new one. For
example, if it does not rotate smoothly, replace the cable reel.
AIRBAG HANDLING AND STORAGE
Do not disassemble an airbag. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been
deployed, it cannot be repaired or reused.
For temporary storage of an airbag during service, observe the following
precautions.
Store the removed airbag with the pad surface up. Never put anything on the
airbag.
Fig. 6: Precaution For - Store Removed Airbag
To prevent damage to the airbag, keep it away from any oil, grease, detergent,
or water.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Precaution For - Keep It Away From Any Oil, Grease, Detergent,
Or Water
Store the removed airbag on a secure, flat surface away from any high heat
source (exceeding 200 F/93 C).
Fig. 8: Precaution For - Away From Any High Heat Source
Never perform electrical inspections to the airbags, such as measuring
resistance.
Do not position yourself in front of the airbag during removal, inspection, or
replacement.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Precaution For - Do Not Position Yourself In Front Of Airbag
During Removal, Inspection, Or Replacement
For proper disposal of a damaged airbag, refer to AIRBAG DISPOSAL .
The side curtain airbag inflator assembly is a long, jointed part containing an
inflator (A), a flexible bag (B), and brackets (C). When removing or installing
the side curtain airbag assembly, never do the following items:
Handle the flexible bag.
Drop the curtain airbag.
Cut, tear, and peel the tapes.
Fig. 10: Identifying Side Curtain Airbag Inflator Assembly
SRS UNIT, FRONT AND SIDE IMPACT SENSORS, DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR, FRONT
PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSORS AND REAR SAFING SENSOR
Turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery

2008 Honda Civic EX

then wait for 3 minutes before starting installation or replacement of the SRS
unit, or disconnecting the connectors from the SRS unit.
Be careful not to bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side
impact sensors, or rear safing sensor whenever the ignition switch is ON (II),
or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF.
During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (by impact wrench,
hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit, front impact sensors, the side
impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. The airbags could accidentally deploy
and cause damage or injury.
Fig. 11: Precaution For - Do Not Bump Around SRS Unit
After a collision where a front airbag, side airbag or a seat belt tensioner, seat
belt buckle tensioner deployed, go to COMPONENT
REPLACEMENT/INSPECTION AFTER DEPLOYMENT . After a
collision where the airbags did not deploy, inspect for any damage or any
deformation on the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear
safing sensor. If there is any damage, replace the SRS unit and/or the sensors.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 12: Precaution For - Inspect For Any Damage Or Any Deformation
On SRS Unit
Do not disassemble the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors,
driver's seat position sensor, front passenger's weight sensors, or rear safing
sensor.
Be sure the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, and rear safing
sensor are installed securely with the mounting bolts torqued to 9.8 N.m (1.0
kgf.m, 7.2 lbf.ft). Whenever you remove or replace the SRS unit, safing sensor,
or all impact sensors, always install the components with new bolts.
Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit or the side impact sensors.
WIRING PRECAUTIONS
Some of the SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer covering, and the
SRS connectors can be identified by their yellow color. Observe the instructions.
Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or
damage in SRS wiring, replace the harness.
Fig. 13: Precaution For - Never Attempt To Modify, Splice, Or Repair
SRS Wiring
Be sure to install the harness wires so they do not get pinched or interfere with
other parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 14: Precaution For - Installing Harness Wires
Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean, and grounds are securely
fastened for optimum metal-to-metal contact. Poor grounds can cause
intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose.
PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRICAL INSPECTIONS
When using electrical test equipment, insert the probe of the tester into the wire
side of the connector. Do not insert the probe of the tester into the terminal side
of the connector, and do not tamper with the connector.
Fig. 15: Precaution For - Do Not Insert Probe Of Tester Into Terminal
Side Of Connector
Use a U-shaped probe. Do not insert the probe forcibly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 16: Precaution For - Use U-Shaped Probe And Do Not Insert Probe
Forcibly
Use specified service connectors in troubleshooting. Using improper tools
could cause an error in inspection due to poor metal-to-metal contact.
SPRING-LOADED LOCK CONNECTOR
Some SRS system connectors have a spring-loaded lock.
Front Airbag Connectors
Disconnecting
To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while
holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be
sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector.
Fig. 17: Pulling Spring-Loaded Sleeve

2008 Honda Civic EX

Connecting
To reconnect, hold the pawl-side connector, and press on the back of the sleeve-side
connector in the direction shown. As the two connector halves are pressed together,
the sleeve (A) is pushed back by the pawl (B). Do not touch the sleeve.
Fig. 18: Pressing On Back Of Sleeve-Side Connector
Side Airbag Connector
Disconnecting
To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while
holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be
sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector half.
Fig. 19: Disconnecting Side Airbag Connector
Connecting

2008 Honda Civic EX

Hold both connector halves, and press them firmly together until the projection (A)
of the sleeve-side connector clicks.
Fig. 20: Connecting Side Airbag Connector
OPENING THE SRS UNIT SHORTING CONNECTORS FOR DIAGNOSIS
Special Tools Required
SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100
When SRS unit connectors A (28P) or B (28P) are disconnected, a short circuit is
created in the connector by its own function to prevent an airbag deployment. The
circuit may need to be open sometimes when diagnosis is done on the system. Insert
the short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) in the specified cavities when it is necessary
to keep the circuit open for diagnosis.
NOTE:
To prevent damaging of the connector cavity, insert the
short canceller straight into the cavity from the terminal
side.
Before installing the short canceller, wash it with
electric contact cleaner, then dry it with compressed
air.
Do not use the short canceller if it is damaged.
Make sure to remove the short canceller before
reconnection.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 21: Identifying SRS Unit Connectors (28P) Connector Terminals
Terminal numbers are shown from the wire side of the female terminals. Insert the
short canceller(s) into the cavities on the terminal side of the connector.
Fig. 22: Identifying SRS Unit Connectors A (28P) Terminals

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 23: Identifying SRS Unit Connectors B (28P) Terminals
Seats with Side Airbags
Seats with side airbags have a "SIDE AIRBAG" label on the seat-back.
Fig. 24: Identifying Side Airbag Label
When cleaning, use a damp cloth to clean the seat. Do not soak the seat with
liquid, and do not spray steam on the seat.
Do not repair a torn or frayed seat-back cover. Replace the seat-back cover.
After a collision where the side airbag was deployed, replace the side airbag
and seat frame with new parts. If the seat-back cushion is split, it must be
replaced.
Never put aftermarket accessories on the seat (covers, pads, seat heaters, lights,
etc.).
DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS

2008 Honda Civic EX

Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then
wait for 3 minutes before starting the following procedures.
Before disconnecting the cable reel 4P connector (1), disconnect the driver's
airbag 4P connector (2).
Before disconnecting SRS unit connector B from SRS unit, disconnect both
seat belt tensioner 4P connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P
connectors (3, 4, 5,6).
Fig. 25: System Connectors Diagram

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery,
then wait for 3 minutes.
Driver's Airbag
2. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel, then disconnect the
driver's airbag 4P connector (B) from the cable reel.
Fig. 26: Identifying Access Panel And Driver's Airbag 4P Connector
Front Passenger's Airbag
3. Remove the lower glove box, GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from the
dashboard wire harness.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 27: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag 4P Connector
Side Airbag
4. Disconnect both side airbag 2P connectors (A) from the floor wire harness.
Fig. 28: Identifying Side Airbag 2P Connectors
Side Curtain Airbag
5. Remove the headliner (see HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
6. Disconnect both floor wire harness 2P connectors (A) from the side curtain
airbags.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 29: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connectors
Seat Belt Tensioner
7. Remove the seat belt lower anchor (see FRONT SEAT BELT
REPLACEMENT ). Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A)
from the seat belt tensioners.
Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner
8. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt buckle
tensioner.

2008 Honda Civic EX

SRS Unit
9. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and both seat belt buckle
tensioner connectors. Remove the center console (see CENTER CONSOLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P)
and SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit.
Fig. 32: Identifying SRS Unit Connector A (28P) And SRS Unit Connector
B (28P)
DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES)
The self-diagnostic function of the SRS system allows it to locate the causes of
system problems and then store this information in memory. For easier
troubleshooting, this data can be retrieved via a data link circuit.

2008 Honda Civic EX

When you turn the ignition switch ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on. If it
goes off after 6 seconds, the system is normal, and is not currently detecting
any abnormality.
If there is an abnormality, the system locates and defines the problem, stores
this information in memory, and turns the SRS indicator on. The data will
remain in the memory even when the ignition switch is turned off or if the
battery is disconnected.
The data is stored in memory as a diagnostic trouble code (DTC).
The "x" at the end of each DTC denotes a numeric character (0 thru 9) or an
alpha character (A thru F) that is display on the HDS.
DTCs are either latching or resetting depending on the malfunction. With
resetting DTCs, the SRS indicator will go off the next time the ignition switch
is turned ON and the system is normal, but the DTC is still stored. With
latching DTCs, the SRS indicator will not turn OFF until the malfunction is
repaired and the DTC is cleared.
When you connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC), you can retrieve
a more detailed DTC in the Honda Systems "SRS" menu.
After reading and recording the DTC, proceed with the troubleshooting
procedure for that code.
Precautions
Use only a digital multimeter to check the system. If it's not a Honda
multimeter, make sure its output is 10 mA (0.01 A) or less when switched to
the smallest value in the ohmmeter range. A tester with a higher output could
damage the airbag circuit or cause accidental airbag deployment and possible
injury.
Whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or has been turned OFF for less than 3
minutes, be careful not to bump the SRS unit; the airbags could accidentally
deploy and cause damage or injuries.
NOTE: Only read DTCs from the SRS menu, not from the SWS
menu. SWS (ODS unit) DTCs are subcode of SRS unit
DTCs. Only troubleshoot the corresponding SRS DTCs.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Before you remove the dashboard wire harness, floor wire harness, disconnect
the driver's airbag connector, the front passenger's airbag connector, both side
airbag connectors, both side curtain airbag connectors, both seat belt buckle
tensioner connectors and both seat belt tensioner connectors.
Make sure the battery is fully charged. If the battery is dead or low, measuring
values may not be correct.
Do not touch a tester probe to the terminals in the SRS unit or harness
connectors, and do not connect the SRS unit terminals or the sensor terminals
with a jumper wire. Use only the backprobe set and the multimeter. Backprobe
spring-loaded lock type connectors correctly.
READING THE DTC
1. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF.
2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A).
Fig. 33: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC)
4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit. If it does
not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. Use the HDS to check for DTCs.

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. Read and record the DTC.
7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
8. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC.
9. Do the troubleshooting procedure for the DTC.
CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. In the SRS MENU of the HDS, select SRS, then DTC to clear DTC(s).
NOTE: Make sure the battery is fully charged before you begin.

2008 Honda Civic EX

CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY USING MES CONNECTOR WITHOUT THE HDS
SCS Service Connector 07PAZ-001010A
To clear the DTC(s) from the SRS unit, use the HDS or the following procedure.
2. Connect the SCS service connector (A) to the yellow MES 2P connector (B).
Do not use a jumper wire.
Fig. 35: Identifying SCS Service And MES 2P Connectors
4. The SRS indicator will come on for about 6 seconds, and then go off. Remove
the SCS service connector from the MES connector (2P) within 4 seconds after
the indicator goes off.
5. The SRS indicator will come on again. Reconnect the SCS service connector to
the MES connector (2P) within 4 seconds after the indicator comes on.
6. When the SRS indicator goes off, remove the SCS service connector from the
MES connector (2P) within 4 seconds.
7. The SRS indicator blinks two times, indicating that the memory has been
cleared.

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait for 10 seconds.
9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) again. If the SRS indicator comes on for 6
seconds, and then goes off, the system is OK.
TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES
If there was a malfunction, but it does not recur, it will be stored in the memory as
an intermittent failure, and the SRS indicator may come on depending on this
malfunction detected.
After checking the DTC, troubleshoot as follows:
1. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF:
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. In the SRS MENU on the HDS, select SRS, then DTC to clear DTC(s).
6. Read the DTC (see "READING THE DTC").
7. Clear the DTC memory (see "CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY").
8. Set the parking brake, then start the engine, and let it idle.
9. The SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off.
10. Shake the related wire harnesses and the connectors, and look for loose
connections, poor pinfits, and poor grounds.
11. Take a test-drive (quick acceleration, quick braking, and cornering), turn the
steering wheel fully left and right, and hold it there for 5 to 10 seconds. If the
problem recurs, the SRS indicator will come on.
NOTE: Check the condition of the battery (see BATTERY (EXCEPT
HYBRID) ) and the charging system (see CHARGING
SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Low
battery voltage may cause some intermittent failures.

2008 Honda Civic EX

12. If you cannot duplicate the concern, ask the customer about the conditions
when it occurred, or ask the customer to demonstrate the concern.
13. If you cannot duplicate the intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time.
CHECKING FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSORS AFTER A VEHICLE COLLISION
1. Position the front passenger's seat to the rearmost position, adjust the recliner
to the forward most position. Do not move it from this position.
2. Drive the vehicle, accelerate to 20 mph (36 km/h), then stop on level ground.
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
7. From the SRS inspection menu, select Seat Weight Sensor, then Misc test, then
"SEAT OUTPUT CHK" and follow the prompts until the front passenger's
weight sensor operation check is complete.
NOTE: A faulty cable reel can cause intermittent connections
related to the driver's airbag inflator DTCs.

2008 Honda Civic EX

ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION
When a seat-back cover, seat-back cushion, and/or ODS unit is replaced, initialize
the ODS by following the procedure.
1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE
HDS).
2. Make sure the front passenger's seat is dry. Set the seat-back in a normal
position, and make sure there is nothing on the seat.
3. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF and the MES connector is not shorted.
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
7. From the HDS Main Menu, select SRS, then SRS, then Adjustments. In the
Adjustment Menu, select ODS INIT. Follow the screen prompts to initialize
the ODS unit.
NOTE: A new (uninitialized) ODS unit installed with a faulty OPDS
sensor can cause DTC 85-71.

2008 Honda Civic EX

ODS UNIT CALIBRATION
When you replace the SRS unit, front passenger's weight sensors or ODS unit,
calibrate the ODS unit.
While calibrating the ODS unit, observe these precautions:
Make sure all components of the front passenger's seat are correctly installed.
Make sure nothing is on or under the front passenger's seat.
Make sure there is nothing in the front passenger's seat-back pocket.
Keep the windows closed.
Do all calibration procedures except, test-driving, in the service bay.
Make sure the vehicle is on level ground.
Keep the A/C and the heater off.
Do not touch the front passenger's seat until you are prompted to or when you
have completed the calibration.
Do not expose the front passenger's seat to sudden temperature changes.
1. Position the front passenger's seat to the rearmost position, and adjust the
recliner to the forwardmost position. Do not move the seat from these
positions.
NOTE: If the ODS unit fails to initialize after several attempts,
replace the OPDS sensor/seat-back and retry. If the
ODS unit continues to fail to initialize, replace the ODS
unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

TROUBLESHOOTING ).
6. Drive the vehicle, and accelerate to 20 mph (36 km/h), then stop on level
ground.
7. From the Main Menu, select SRS, then Seat Weight Sensor, then Misc Test,
then select "SWS INIT," and follow the prompts until the calibration has been
completed.
ODS UNIT OPERATION CHECK
Check the ODS operation after any of these actions.
Replacement of front passenger's seat component(s) (except ODS unit and/or
weight sensors)
After a vehicle collision
SRS unit replacement
PRE-OPERATION CHECK SET-UP
Make sure all the components of the front passenger's seat are correctly
installed.
Position the front passenger's seat to the rearmost position.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Adjust the seat recline to the forwardmost position.
Do not move the seat from this position.
Make sure nothing is on or under the front passenger's seat.
Make sure there is nothing in the front passenger's seat-back pocket.
Keep the windows closed.
Do all calibration procedures, except test-driving, in the service bay.
Make sure the vehicle is on level ground.
Turn the heater and the A/C off.
Do not touch the front passenger's seat during the calibration.
Do not expose the front passenger's seat to sudden temperature changes.
AFTER REPLACING FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT COMPONENT(S)
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. Drive the vehicle, accelerate to 20 mph (36 km/h), then stop on level ground.

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. From the HDS Main Menu, select SRS, then weight sensor, then Misc Test,
then Inspection. In the HDS Inspection Menu, select "SEAT OUTPUT CHK"
and follow the prompts until the ODS unit operation check has been
completed.
DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR OPERATION CHECK
Check the driver's seat position after any of these actions.
Driver's seat position sensor replacement
Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement
1. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF (0).
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. From the HDS Main Menu, select SRS, then Parameter Information Buckle
Switch, Seat Position Sensor, then driver's seat position sensor.
6. Move the seat all the way forward.

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Using a piece of tape (A), mark a line on the seat's outer cover (B) where the
front riser cover meets the seat riser (C). The driver's seat position sensor
should read "NEAR."
Fig. 41: Identifying Seat's Outer Cover And Seat Riser
8. Move the seat back in small increments (about 0.2 in., 5 mm) until the driver's
seat position sensor reads "NOT NEAR." The seat should be about 25 mm (1
in.) from the front.
9. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC.
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
NOTE:
It takes a few seconds for the HDS to display
changes, so wait about 5 seconds between each
move.
If the driver's seat position sensor does not work as
described above, check the driver's seat position
sensor or the cover plate for damage, and replace
parts as needed.

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC Latch
(1)
Reset
(2)
Detection Item
11-1X o Open in driver's
airbag first inflator
11-3X Short to another
wire or decreased
resistance in
driver's airbag first
inflator
11-4X Open in driver's
airbag second
inflator
wire or decreased
resistance in
driver's airbag
second inflator
11-8X o Short to power in
inflator
11-9X Short to ground in
inflator
11-AX Short to power in
driver's airbag
second inflator
11-BX Short to ground in
driver's airbag
second inflator
12-1X o Open in front
passenger's airbag
first inflator
wire or decreased
resistance in front

2008 Honda Civic EX

passenger's airbag
first inflator
12-4X Open in front
passenger's airbag
second inflator
wire or decreased
resistance in front
passenger's airbag
second inflator
front passenger's
front passenger's
12-AX Short to power in
front passenger's
airbag second
inflator
12-BX Short to ground in
front passenger's
airbag second
inflator
seat belt tensioner
wire or decreased
resistance in
driver's seat belt
tensioner
driver's seat belt
tensioner

2008 Honda Civic EX

driver's seat belt
tensioner
passenger's seat
belt tensioner
wire or decreased
resistance in front
passenger's seat
belt tensioner
front passenger's
seat belt tensioner
front passenger's
seat belt tensioner
seat belt buckle
tensioner
wire or decreased
resistance in
driver's seat belt
buckle tensioner
driver's seat belt
buckle tensioner
driver's seat belt
buckle tensioner
passenger's seat
belt buckle

2008 Honda Civic EX

tensioner
wire or decreased
resistance in front
passenger's seat
belt buckle
tensioner
front passenger's
seat belt buckle
tensioner
front passenger's
seat belt buckle
tensioner
side airbag inflator
wire or decreased
resistance in
driver's side airbag
inflator
inflator
inflator
passenger's side
airbag inflator
wire or decreased
resistance in front

2008 Honda Civic EX

passenger's side
airbag inflator
front passenger's
front passenger's
33-1X o Open in left side
curtain airbag
inflator
wire or decreased
resistance in left
side curtain airbag
inflator
left side curtain
airbag inflator
left side curtain
airbag inflator
34-1X o Open in right side
curtain airbag
inflator
wire or decreased
resistance in right
side curtain airbag
inflator
right side curtain
airbag inflator

2008 Honda Civic EX

right side curtain
airbag inflator
41-1X o No signal from the
left front impact
sensor
41-2X Internal failure of
the left front
impact sensor
41-3x
41-Bx o
right front impact
sensor
the right front
impact sensor
42-3x
42-Bx o
left side impact
sensor (first)
the left side impact
sensor (first)
43-3x
43-Bx o
right side impact
sensor (first)
the right side
impact sensor
(first)
44-3x
44-Bx o
left side impact
sensor (second)
the left side impact
sensor (second)
45-3x
45-Bx o

2008 Honda Civic EX

right side impact
sensor (second)
the right side
impact sensor
(second)
46-3x
46-Bx o
51-XX o Internal failure of
the SRS unit
52-xx o
53-xx o
54-xx
55-xx
seat belt buckle
switch
61-2X Short in driver's
seat belt buckle
switch
62-1X Open in front
passenger's seat
belt buckle switch
62-2X Short in front
passenger's seat
belt buckle switch
seat position sensor
71-2X Short in driver's
the ODS unit
81-5x
81-61 No signal from the
ODS unit
81-62 Response data error

2008 Honda Civic EX

from the ODS unit
81-63 Internal failure of
the ODS unit
81-64
81-71 ODS unit does not
calibrate
81-78
81-79 Front passenger's
weight sensors
initial check failure
inner side front
passenger's weight
sensor (2-door)
83-2X No signal from the
outer side front
passenger's weight
sensor (2-door)
front passenger's
weight sensor
(front inner side)
(4-door)
the front
passenger's weight
sensor (front inner
side) (4-door)
front passenger's
weight sensor (rear
inner side) (4-door)
the front
passenger's weight
sensor (rear inner

2008 Honda Civic EX

side) (4-door)
front passenger's
weight sensor
(front outer side)
(4-door)
the front
passenger's weight
sensor (front outer
side) (4-door)
front passenger's
weight sensor (rear
outer side) (4-door)
the front
passenger's weight
sensor (rear outer
side) (4-door)
85-4X o Internal failure of
the ODS unit
85-5x
ODS unit
85-62 Response data error
from the ODS unit
the ODS unit
85-64
85-71 ODS unit not
initialized
85-78
85-79 OPDS sensor
initial check failure
86-1X Faulty OPDS
sensor

2008 Honda Civic EX

86-2x
92-1X Open in the
passenger's airbag
cutoff indicator
92-2X Open or short to
ground in
passenger's airbag
cutoff indicator
A1-1X Faulty power
supply (VA line)
A2-1X Faulty power
supply (VB line)
B2-1X No signal from the
rear safing sensor
B2-17 Internal failure of
the rear safing
sensor
B2-8x
B2-9x
B2-Ax
B2-Bx
EX-XX Control operation
recorded
Fx-xx Airbag and/or
tensioners
deployment
recorded
NOTE:
The "x" at the end of each DTC denotes a numeric character (0 thru 9) or an alpha character (A thru
F) that you will see on the HDS display. The character is unrelated to your troubleshooting; it
designates the SRS unit manufacturer and other detail used for product analysis.
(1)
The SRS indicator turns on and stays on whenever the ignition switch is in
the ON (II) position, or until the code is cleared
(2)
The SRS indicator turns on when the DTC is set. The SRS indicator will
not turn on after the ignition switch is cycled from ON (II) to OFF (0), but
the DTC is stored in the SRS unit

2008 Honda Civic EX

When an OPDS sensor or front passenger's seat weight sensor failure occurs, the
DTC is stored by the SRS unit and the ODS unit. The ODS unit DTC is a subcode
of the SRS unit DTC.
SWS DTC Index (4-door model)
SWS DTC CHART
SRS Unit DTC SWS DTC Detection Item
81-4X 41-xx Internal failure of the
ODS unit
42-xx
43-xx
82-14 14-11 Open in the front
passenger's weight sensor
(front inner side) power
circuit
14-12 Short to ground in the
front passenger's weight
sensor (front inner side)
power circuit
14-13 Open in the front
(front inner side) output
circuit
output circuit
82-15 15-3x Internal failure of front
the passenger's weight
(rear inner side) power
circuit

2008 Honda Civic EX

sensor (rear inner side)
power circuit
(rear inner side) output
circuit
output circuit
82-17 17-3x Internal failure of the
(front outer side) power
circuit
sensor (front outer side)
power circuit
(front outer side) output
circuit
output circuit

2008 Honda Civic EX

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
(rear outer side) power
circuit
sensor (rear outer side)
power circuit
(rear outer side) output
circuit
output circuit
81-71 71-xx ODS unit does not
calibrate
NOTE:
The "x" at the end of each DTC denotes a numeric character (0 thru 9) or an alpha character (A thru
F) that you will see on the HDS display. The character is unrelated to your troubleshooting; it
designates the SRS unit or the ODS unit manufacturer and other detail used for product analysis
SRS indicator does not come on Symptom Troubleshooting (see SRS
INDICATOR DOES NOT COME ON)
SRS indicator stays on, but no DTCs
are stored
Symptom Troubleshooting (see SRS
INDICATOR STAYS ON, BUT NO
DTCS ARE STORED)
Side airbag cutoff indicator is Check the DTC. If DTC indicated, go to

2008 Honda Civic EX

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SRS COMPONENTS
Airbags
The SRS is a safety device which, when used with the seat belt, is designed to help
protect the driver and front passenger in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set
limit. The system consists of the SRS unit, including safing sensor and impact
sensor (A), the cable reel (B), the driver's airbag (C), the front passenger's airbag
(D), side airbags (E), side curtain airbags (F), seat belt tensioners (G), seat belt
buckle tensioners (H), side impact sensors (first) (I), front impact sensors (J), rear
safing sensor (K) and side impact sensors (second) (L).
Since the driver's and front passenger's airbags use the same sensors, both normally
inflate at the same time. However, it is possible for only one airbag to inflate. This
can occur when the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold, that the
SRS unit determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat
belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by
flashing the DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
Side airbag cutoff indicator stays on Symptom Troubleshooting (see SIDE
AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR
STAYS ON)
Side airbag cutoff indicator does not
come on
Symptom Troubleshooting (see SIDE
DOES NOT COME ON)
Passenger's airbag cutoff indicator is
flashing
Check the DTC. If DTC indicated, go to
the DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
Passenger's airbag cutoff indicator
stays on or comes on suddenly
Symptom Troubleshooting (see SIDE
DOES NOT COME ON)
Passenger's airbag cutoff indicator
does not come on
Check the DTC. If DTC indicated, go to
the DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
HDS does not communicate with the
SRS unit or the vehicle
Troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC
CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING )

2008 Honda Civic EX

the airbag would be minimal.
Front Passenger's Weight Sensors
The front passenger's weight sensors (M) are part of seat base. The front passenger's
weight sensors detect the weight on the seat, and send the information to the ODS
unit (N). If the total weight is about 65 lbs (30 kg) or less, the ODS unit sends a
signal to the SRS unit to prevent the passenger's airbag from deploying. When the
passenger's airbag is disabled, the passenger airbag cutoff indicator on the center
panel comes on to alert the driver that the front passenger's airbag will not deploy in
a front-end collision.
Driver's Seat Position Sensor
The driver's seat position sensor (O) is under the driver's seat on the left side. When
the driver's seat is moved to its full forward position, the deployment of the driver's
airbag is moderated to decrease its force of impact during a front-end collision.
Fig. 42: Identifying SRS Components Location
4-door shown; 2-door is similar.
Rear Safing Sensor
The rear safing sensor is located under the rear seat. The rear safing sensor performs
the same basic function as the safing sensor in the SRS unit. It measures sideways

2008 Honda Civic EX

G force, such as the force the vehicle would receive in a side collision in the rear,
and sends that information to the SRS unit. The SRS unit uses that information, and
the information from the second side impact sensors to determine the side that is
impacted and the force. If the threshold is met, the SRS unit deploys the side airbag,
the side curtain airbag and the seat belt tensioner on that side.
SIDE AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR/ODS OPERATION
The indicator comes on if the front passenger's seat is occupied by a small adult or
child who is leaning into the deployment path, or an object (grocery bag, briefcase,
purse, etc.) is in the seat. This indicates the passenger's side airbag is off and will
not deploy; there is no problem with the side airbag. If the passenger sits upright or
moves to another seat, or you remove the object from the seat, the light should go
off. There will be some delay between the occupant's repositioning and when the
indicator will turn on or off.
PASSENGER AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR
The indicator comes on if the weight of the front passenger is about 65 lbs (30 kg)
or less. This indicates the passenger's front airbag is off and will not deploy. The
front airbag is shut off to reduce the chance of airbag-caused injuries.
SRS OPERATION
The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and, if
necessary, ignites the inflator charges. If battery voltage is too low or power is
disconnected due to the impact, the voltage regulator and the back-up power circuit
will keep voltage at a constant level.
For the SRS to operate:
Seat Belt Tensioners and Seat Belt Buckle Tensioners
1. A front impact sensor, side impact sensor, or the rear safing sensor must
activate and send electric signals to the microprocessor.
2. The microprocessor must compute the signals and send them to the tensioners.
3. The charges must ignite and deploy the tensioners.
Driver's and Front Passenger's Airbag(s)

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. A front impact sensor must activate and send electric signals to the
microprocessor.
2. The microprocessor must compute the signals and send them to the airbag
inflator(s).
3. The inflators that receives signals must ignite and deploy the airbags.
Side Airbag(s)
1. Aside impact sensor must activate and send electric signals to the
microprocessor.
2. The microprocessor must compute the signals and send them to the side airbag
inflator(s). However, the microprocessor cuts off the signals to the front
passenger's side airbag if the SRS unit determines that the front passenger's
head is in the deployment path of the side airbag.
3. The inflator that receives the signal must ignite and deploy the side airbag.
Side Curtain Airbag(s)
1. Side impact sensor or the rear safing sensor must activate, and send electrical
signals to the microprocessor.
2. The microprocessor must compute the signals and send them to the side curtain
airbag and side airbag inflator(s).
3. The inflator that receives the signals must ignite and deploy the side curtain
airbag and side airbag at the same time.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 43: SRS - Wiring Diagram
Self-diagnostic System
A self-diagnostic circuit is built into the SRS unit; when the ignition switch is
turned ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on and goes off after about 6 seconds if the
system is operating normally.
If the indicator does not come on, or does not go off after 6 seconds, or if it comes
on while driving, it indicates an abnormality in the system. The system must be
inspected and repaired as soon as possible.
For better serviceability, the SRS unit memory stores a DTC that relates to the
cause of the malfunction, and the unit is connected to the data link connector
(DLC). This information can be read with the HDS when it is connected to the DLC
(see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION).
NOTE: Before you disconnect the negative cable from the battery
for troubleshooting, make sure you have the anti-theft code
for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped).

2008 Honda Civic EX

SRS UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS AT CONNECTOR A (28P)
Fig. 44: Identifying SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminals
CONNECTOR TERMINALS DESCRIPTION
Terminal
Number Wire Color Terminal Name Description
1 GRN LA2+ Power source for
driver's airbag second
inflator
2 PUR LA2- Ground for driver's
airbag second inflator
3 LT GRN RA2+ Power source for front
passenger's airbag
second inflator
4 LT BLU RA2- Ground for front
passenger's airbag
second inflator
5 LT GRN MES Memory clear signal
input
6 ORN SCS Service check signal
input
7 LT BLU LA1+ Power source for
inflator
8 BRN LA1- Ground for driver's

2008 Honda Civic EX

9 YEL RA1+ Power source for front
passenger's airbag first
inflator
10 BLU RA1- Ground for front
passenger's airbag first
inflator
11 WHT CAN HI Sends and receives
communication signal
12 RED CAN LO Sends and receives
13 BLU PTT Passenger's airbag
cutoff indicator output
line
14 GRN ODS Sends and receives
15 BRN LFS- Ground for left front
impact sensor
16 LT BLU RFS- Ground for right front
impact sensor
17 YEL VA SRS system sub power
(common with ODS)
18 RED VB SRS dedicated power
(dedicated booster
circuit)
22 BLK SRS GND (1) Ground circuit for the
SRS
23 BLK SRS GND (2) Ground circuit for the
SRS
24 LT BLU K-LINE Sends and receives scan
tool signal
27 RED LFS+ Power source for left
front impact sensor
28 GRN RFS+ Power source for right
front impact sensor

2008 Honda Civic EX

SRS UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS AT CONNECTOR B (28P)
Fig. 45: Identifying SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminals
CONNECTOR TERMINALS DESCRIPTION
NOTE: All the wire colors in this table may be BLU or BRN.
Terminal
Number Wire Color Terminal Name Description
1 RED LRP+ Power source for
driver's seat belt
tensioner
2 BRN LRP- Ground for driver's
seat belt tensioner
3 GRN RRP+ Power source for
front passenger's
seat belt tensioner
4 LT BLU RRP- Ground for front
passenger's seat belt
tensioner
5 GRY SS- Ground for driver's
6 LT GRN SS+ Power source for
driver's seat
position sensor
7 ORN LBP+ Power source for
driver's buckle

2008 Honda Civic EX

tensioner
8 GRN LBP- Ground for driver's
buckle tensioner
9 YEL RBP+ Power source for
front passenger's
buckle tensioner
10 WHT RBP- Ground for front
passenger's buckle
tensioner
11 YEL LBSC Driver's seat belt
buckle switch un-
buckled signal
12 LT GRN LBSO Driver's seat belt
buckle switch
buckled signal
15 BLU RBSC Front passenger's
seat belt buckle
switch un-buckled
signal
16 ORN RBSO Front passenger's
seat belt buckle
switch buckled
signal
17 GRN LSA+ Power source for
inflator
18 RED LSA- Ground for driver's
19 WHT RSA+ Power source for
front passenger's
20 BLU RSA- Ground for front
passenger's side
airbag inflator

2008 Honda Civic EX

21 BRN LCA1+ Power source for
left side curtain
airbag inflator
22 BLU LCA1- Ground for left side
curtain airbag
inflator
23 GRY RCA1+ Power source for
right side curtain
airbag inflator
24 RED RCA1- Ground for right
side curtain airbag
inflator
25 PNK LBS1+ Power source for
left side impact
sensor (first), left
side impact sensor
(second), and rear
safing sensor
26 BLU LBS1- Ground for left side
impact sensor
(first), left side
impact sensor
(second), and rear
safing sensor
27 BRN RBS1+ Power source for
right side impact
sensor (first), right
side impact sensor
(second)
28 YEL RBS1- Ground for right
side impact sensor
(first), right side
impact sensor
(second)

2008 Honda Civic EX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
4-door ('06 model)
Fig. 46: SRS - Circuit Diagram - 4-Door (06 Model) (1 Of 4)
NOTE: All the wire colors in this table may be BLU or BRN.

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

4-door ('07 model)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

4-door ('08 model)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

2-door ('06 model)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

2-door ('07 model)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

2-door ('08 model)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC 11-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG FIRST
INFLATOR; DTC 11-4X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG
SECOND INFLATOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A
SRS simulator lead J 070AZ-SNAA100
HDS).
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on
for about 6 seconds and then goes off.
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 11-1x or 11-4x indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to
TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES. If another DTC is
indicated, troubleshoot the DTC.
4. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (A) from the cable reel.
NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS
Precaution and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND
PROCEDURES) and General Troubleshooting Information

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 70: Identifying Driver's Airbag 4P Connector
5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead J to
the cable reel.
6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery.
7. Clear the DTC memory.
8. Read the DTC (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS).
Is DTC 11-1x or 11-4x indicated?
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Open in the driver's airbag first or second inflator; replace the driver's
airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
10. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 4P connector (A) from the cable reel.
Fig. 71: Identifying Dashboard Wire Harness 4P Connector
11. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and the simulator lead
to the dashboard wire harness.

2008 Honda Civic EX

14. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Open in the cable reel; replace the cable reel (see CABLE REEL
REPLACEMENT).
16. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9).
17. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not
disconnect the simulator lead from the dashboard wire harness 4P connector.
18. Measure the resistance between the terminals of both SRS simulator leads.
There should be 1 ohms or less.
Is the resistance as specified?
YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector A (28P) and
the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If

2008 Honda Civic EX

the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT
REPLACEMENT).
NO -Open in the dashboard wire harness; replace the dashboard wire harness.
DTC 11-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR
DECREASED RESISTANCE IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 11-6X ("X" CAN BE 0
THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN
DRIVER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

the cable reel.
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short in the driver's airbag first or second inflator; replace the driver's
airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
10. Disconnect dashboard wire harness 4P connector (A) from the cable reel.

2008 Honda Civic EX

14. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Short in the cable reel; replace the cable reel (see CABLE REEL
REPLACEMENT).
16. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9
DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS).
18. Connect the SRS short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) to No. 7 and No. 8
terminals and No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the SRS unit connector A (28P)

2008 Honda Civic EX

(see OPENING THE SRS UNIT SHORTING CONNECTORS FOR
DIAGNOSIS).
There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms.
REPLACEMENT).
NO -Short in the dashboard wire harness; replace dashboard wire harness.
DTC 11-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG
FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 11-AX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 11-8x or 11-Ax indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
the cable reel.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is DTC 11-8x or 11-Ax indicated?
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to power in the driver's airbag first or second inflator; replace the
driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
14. Read the DTC.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Short to power in the cable reel; replace the cable reel (see CABLE
REEL REPLACEMENT).
20. Measure the voltage between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body
ground. There should be 0.5 V or less.
Is the voltage as specified?
REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Short to power in the dashboard wire harness; replace the dashboard wire
harness.
DTC 11-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG
FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 11-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN
HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 11-9x or 11-Bx indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

the cable reel.
Is DTC 11-9x or 11-Bx indicated?
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to ground in the driver's airbag first or second inflator; replace the
driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

14. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Short to ground in the cable reel; replace the cable reel (see CABLE
REEL REPLACEMENT).
18. Measure the resistance between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and
body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT).
NO -Short to ground in the dashboard wire harness; replace the dashboard wire
harness.
DTC 12-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG
FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 12-4X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN FRONT
PASSENGER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
4. Disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from dashboard wire
harness.
the dashboard wire harness.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Open in the front passenger's airbag first or second inflator; replace the
front passenger's airbag (see FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG
REPLACEMENT).
There should be 1 ohms or less.
YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector A (28P).
Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS
UNIT REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

DECREASED RESISTANCE IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 12-6X
("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED
RESISTANCE IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
4. Disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from the dashboard
wire harness.

2008 Honda Civic EX

dashboard wire harness.
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short in the front passenger's airbag first or second inflator; replace the
front passenger's airbag (see FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG
REPLACEMENT).
12. Connect the SRS short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) to No. 9 and No. 10
terminals, and the No. 3 and No. 4 terminals of the SRS unit connector A (28P)
(see OPENING THE SRS UNIT SHORTING CONNECTORS FOR
DIAGNOSIS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT).
NO -Short in the dashboard wire harness; replace the dashboard wire harness.
DTC 12-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN FRONT
PASSENGER'S AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 12-AX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F):
SHORT TO POWER IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 12-8x or 12-Ax indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
4. Disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from dashboard wire
harness.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to power in the front passenger's airbag first or second inflator;
replace the front passenger's airbag (see FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG
REPLACEMENT).
14. Measure the voltage between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body
ground. There should be 0.5 V or less.

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT).
harness.
DTC 12-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN FRONT
PASSENGER'S AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 12-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F):
SHORT TO GROUND IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR
HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 12-9x or 12-Bx indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

wire harness.
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to ground in the front passenger's airbag first or second inflator;
replace the front passenger's airbag (see FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG
REPLACEMENT).
12. Measure the resistance between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and

2008 Honda Civic EX

body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M2.
REPLACEMENT).
harness.
DTC 21-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER
SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200
Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 21-1x indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the driver's seat belt
tensioner.
Fig. 90: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector
5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K
to the floor wire harness.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is DTC 21-1x indicated?
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Open in the driver's seat belt tensioner; replace the driver's seat belt (see
FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ).
10. Disconnect both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8
DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS) and the front passenger's
seat belt tensioner 4P connector (see step 7 DISCONNECTING SYSTEM
CONNECTORS ).
11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9
12. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and the No. 2 terminals of SRS unit
connector B (28P). There should be 2.0-3.0 ohms.
Fig. 91: Measuring Resistance Between No. 1 And No. 2 Terminals Of SRS
Unit Connector B (28P)
Is resistance as specified?
YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and
the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS

2008 Honda Civic EX

unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness.
DECREASED RESISTANCE IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
tensioner.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short in the driver's seat belt tensioner; replace the driver's seat belt (see
FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ).
CONNECTORS).
12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness.

2008 Honda Civic EX

connector B (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms.
NO -Short in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness.
DTC 21-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN DRIVER'S SEAT
BELT TENSIONER
(se GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION).

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
tensioner.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to power in the driver's seat belt tensioner; replace the driver's seat
belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ).
CONNECTORS).
15. Measure the voltage between the No. 1 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P)
and body ground, and between the No. 2 terminal and body ground. There
should be 0.5 V or less.
Fig. 95: Measuring Voltage Between No. 1 Terminal Of SRS Unit
Connector B (28P) And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness.
DTC 21-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN DRIVER'S SEAT
BELT TENSIONER
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
tensioner.

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms, connectors) and simulator lead K
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to ground in the driver's seat belt tensioner; replace the driver's seat
belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ).
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

13. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 terminal of SRS unit connector B
(28P) and body ground, and between the No. 2 terminal and body ground.
There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms
Fig. 97: Measuring Resistance Between No. 1 Terminal Of SRS Unit
NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness.
DTC 22-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT
TENSIONER

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the front passenger's
seat belt tensioner.
5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms, connectors) and simulator lead K

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is DTC 22-1 x indicated?
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Open in the front passenger's seat belt tensioner; replace the front
passenger's seat belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ).
DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS) and the driver's seat belt
tensioner 4P connector (see step 7 DISCONNECTING SYSTEM
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

DECREASED RESISTANCE IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short in the front passenger's seat belt tensioner; replace the front
passenger's seat belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ).
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 101: Measuring Resistance Between No. 3 And No. 4 Terminals Of
SRS Unit Connector B (28P)
PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to power in the front passenger's seat belt tensioner; replace the
front passenger's seat belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ).
CONNECTORS).
and body ground, and between the No. 4 terminal and body ground. There
should be 0.5 V or less.

2008 Honda Civic EX

PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES . If another DTC is
Precautions and Procedures (se e PRECAUTIONS AND

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms. connectors) and simulator lead K
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to ground in the front passenger's seat belt tensioner; replace the
front passenger's seat belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ).
DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS and the driver's seat belt
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 27-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE
TENSIONER

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
buckle tensioner connector (B).
to the floor wire harness connector.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Open in the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the driver's seat
belt buckle (see FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE ).
10. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7
seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connector (see step 8 DISCONNECTING
SYSTEM CONNECTORS).
12. Measure the resistance between the No. 7 and No. 8 terminals of SRS unit

2008 Honda Civic EX

DECREASED RESISTANCE IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short in the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the driver's seat
belt buckle (see FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE ).
SYSTEM CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 27-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN DRIVER'S SEAT
BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
HDS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 3.
Fig. 110: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P And Driver's Seat Belt
Buckle Tensioner Connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to power in the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the
driver's seat belt buckle (see FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE ).
SYSTEM CONNECTORS).
and body ground, and the No. 8 terminal and body ground. There should be 0.5
V or less.

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 27-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN DRIVER'S SEAT
BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 112: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P And Driver's Seat Belt
Buckle Tensioner Connector
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to ground in the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the
driver's seat belt buckle (see FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE ).
SYSTEM CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

(28P) and body ground, and the No. 8 terminal and body ground. There should
be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms.
BUCKLE TENSIONER

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
seat belt buckle tensioner connector (B).
Fig. 114: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P And Front Passenger's Seat
Belt Buckle Tensioner Connectors

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Open in the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the front
passenger's seat belt buckle (see FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE ).
buckle tensioner 4P connector (see step 8 DISCONNECTING SYSTEM
CONNECTORS).
11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step9
DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

DECREASED RESISTANCE IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

to floor wire harness connector.
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short in the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the front
passenger's seat belt buckle (see FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE ).
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to power in the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace
the front passenger's seat belt buckle (see FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE ).
CONNECTORS).
and body ground, and the No. 10 terminal and body ground. There should be
0.5 V or less.

2008 Honda Civic EX

PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
SRS simulator lead K070AZ-SNAA200
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to ground in the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace
the front passenger's seat belt buckle (see FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE ).
DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS ) and the driver's seat belt
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

(28P) and body ground, and the No. 10 terminal and body ground. There
should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms.
DTC 31-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S SIDE AIRBAG
INFLATOR
SRS simulator lead L 070AZ-SNAA300

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the driver's side
airbag (B).
Fig. 122: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Driver's Side
Airbag
5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead L

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Open in the driver's side airbag inflator; replace the driver's side airbag
(see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
10. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step7
DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS) and both seat belt buckle
tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 DISCONNECTING SYSTEM
CONNECTORS).
12. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from SRS simulator lead. Do not
disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness 2P connector.
13. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the black SRS simulator lead
(A). There should be 1.0 ohms or less.

2008 Honda Civic EX

DECREASED RESISTANCE IN DRIVER'S SIDE AIRBAG INFLATOR
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
airbag (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Airbag
Is DTC31-3x indicated?
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to another wire in the driver's side airbag inflator; replace the
driver's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

13. Connect the SRS short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) to the No. 17 and No. 18
terminals of SRS unit connector B (28P) (see OPENING THE SRS UNIT
SHORTING CONNECTORS FOR DIAGNOSIS).
(A). There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms.
DTC 31-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN DRIVER'S SIDE
AIRBAG INFLATOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
airbag (B).
Airbag

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to power in the driver's side airbag inflator; replace the driver's side
airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8).
15. Measure the voltage between each terminal of the black SRS simulator lead
(A) and body ground. There should be 0.5 V or less.

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 31-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN DRIVER'S SIDE
AIRBAG INFLATOR
HDS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC31-9x indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
airbag (B).
Airbag
Is DTC31-9x indicated?

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to ground in the driver's side airbag inflator; replace the driver's side
airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
CONNECTORS).
DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS ).
13. Measure the resistance between each terminal of the black SRS simulator lead
(A) and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 32-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SIDE
AIRBAG INFLATOR
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
side airbag (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 130: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Front
Passenger's Side Airbag
5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms, connectors) and simulator lead L
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Open in the front passenger's side airbag inflator; replace the front
passenger's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

(A). There should be 1.0 ohms, or less.
DECREASED RESISTANCE IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SIDE AIRBAG INFLATOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
side airbag (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to another wire in the front passenger's side airbag inflator; replace
the front passenger's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

PASSENGER'S SIDE AIRBAG INFLATOR
SRS inflator simulator 07SA2-TB4011A
HDS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 3.
side airbag (B).
YES -Go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Short to power in the front passenger's side airbag inflator; replace the
front passenger's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
10. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step
7DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS ) and both seat belt buckle
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

PASSENGER'S SIDE AIRBAG INFLATOR
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
side airbag (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms. connectors) and simulator lead L
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to ground in the front passenger's side airbag inflator; replace the
front passenger's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 33-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
INFLATOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
indicated, trouble shoot the DTC.
4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the left side curtain
airbag connector (B).
Fig. 138: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Left Side
Curtain Airbag Connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Open in the left side curtain airbag; replace the left side curtain airbag
(see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
CONNECTORS).
DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS). Do not disconnect the
simulator lead from the floor wire harness.
(A). There should be 1.0 ohms, or less.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at the SRS unit connector B (28P)
and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the
SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
DECREASED RESISTANCE IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG INFLATOR
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to another wire in the left side curtain airbag inflator; replace the
left side curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

CONNECTORS).
NO -Short to another wire in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire
harness.
DTC 33-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN
AIRBAG INFLATOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to power in the left side curtain airbag inflator; replace the left side
curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
CONNECTORS).
11. Disconnect the SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 33-9X {"X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN LEFT SIDE
CURTAIN AIRBAG INFLATOR
HDS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 3.
indicated, troubleshoot the

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to ground in the left side curtain airbag inflator; replace the left side
curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 34-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
INFLATOR
HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 34-1 x indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the right side curtain

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 146: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Right Side
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Open in the right side curtain airbag inflator, replace the right side curtain
airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
tensioner 4P connectors (see step8 DISCONNECTING SYSTEM
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

(A). There should be 1.0 ohms or less.
DECREASED RESISTANCE IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG INFLATOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to another wire in the right side curtain airbag inflator; replace the
right side curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 34-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN RIGHT SIDE
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to power in the right side curtain airbag inflator; replace the right
side curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 34-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU R: SHORT TO GROUND IN RIGHT SIDE

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short to ground in the right side curtain airbag inflator; replace the right
side curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
9. Turn the ignition switch OFF: Disconnect the negative cable from the battery,
10. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors' (see step 7
CONNECTORS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 41-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE LEFT FRONT
IMPACT SENSOR
HDS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Does the SRS Indicator stay on, and is DTC 41-1x indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
4. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes.
5. Check the connections between SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit,
between the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector and the left front
impact sensor (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX), and at connector
C203 CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX .
Are the connections OK?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Repair the poor connections and retest. If DTC 41-1x is still present, go to
step 6.
6. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (A) from the
left front impact sensor.
Fig. 154: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness 2P Connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

connector A (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms.
SRS Unit Connector A (28P)
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short in the engine compartment wire harness or dashboard wire harness;
replace the faulty harness.
9. Measure the resistance between the No. 15 terminal of SRS unit connector A

2008 Honda Civic EX

Connector A (28P) And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Short to ground in the dashboard wire harness or the engine compartment
wire harness; replace the faulty harness.
12. Measure the voltage between the No. 15 terminal of SRS unit connector A
There should be 1 V or less.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 13.
NO -Short to power in the engine compartment wire harness or the dashboard
14. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (jumper connector) and the black lead (A)
of simulator lead L to the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (B).
connector A (28P). There should be 0-1.0 ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Faulty left front impact sensor or SRS unit-replace the left front impact
sensor (see FRONT IMPACT SENSOR REPLACEMENT). If the problem
is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
NO -Poor connection at C203, open in the engine compartment wire harness,
or open in the dashboard wire harness. Inspect C203 CONNECTOR TO
HARNESS INDEX . If it is OK, replace the faulty harness.
DTC 42-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE RIGHT FRONT
IMPACT SENSOR
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Check the connections between SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit,
between the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector and the right front
impact sensor (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX), and at connector
C203 CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX .
Are the connections OK?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Repair the poor connections and retest. If DTC 42-1x is still present, go to
step 6.
6. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (A) from the
right front impact sensor.
connector A (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Short in the engine compartment wire harness or dashboard wire harness;
replace the faulty harness.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Short to ground in the dashboard wire harness or the engine compartment
YES -Go to step 13.
NO -Short to power in the engine compartment wire harness or dashboard wire
harness; replace the faulty harness.
of simulator lead L to the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

connector A (28P). There should be 0-1.0 ohms.
YES -Faulty right front impact sensor or SRS unit; replace the right front
impact sensor (see FRONT IMPACT SENSOR REPLACEMENT). If the
problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT
REPLACEMENT).
NO -Poor connection at C203, open in engine compartment wire harness, or

2008 Honda Civic EX

open in dashboard wire harness. Inspect C203 (see CONNECTOR TO
HARNESS INDEX ). If it is OK, replace the faulty harness.
DTC 41-2X, 41-3X, 41-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE
LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR
HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 41-2x, 41-3x, or 41-Bx indicated?
YES -Replace the left front impact sensor (see FRONT IMPACT SENSOR
REPLACEMENT). If the DTC returns, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT
REPLACEMENT).
RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR
HDS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Replace the right front impact sensor (see FRONT IMPACT SENSOR
REPLACEMENT).
DTC 43-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE LEFT SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FIRST)
HDS).
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then wait for 10 seconds.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 4.
4. Read the DTC.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 5.
TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES. If DTC 43-1 x
except DTC 43-11 and 43-12 is indicated, faulty left side impact sensor (first);
replace the left side impact sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
(FIRST) REPLACEMENT).
5. Read the DTC.
Is DTC B2-11 also indicated?
YES -Troubleshoot DTC B2-1x (see DTC B2-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9
OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE REAR SAFING SENSOR).
NO -Faulty left side impact sensor (first); replace the left side impact sensor
(first) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT).
6. Read the DTC.
Is DTC 45-11 also indicated?
YES -Faulty left side impact sensor (first); replace the left side impact sensor
(first) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT).
NO -Go to step 7.
9. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors (see step 7 DISCONNECTING
SYSTEM CONNECTORS) and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors
(see step 8 DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS).
10. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the left side impact
sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 13.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 14.
16. Measure the voltage between the No. 25 terminal of SRS unit connector B

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 17.
of simulator lead L to the left side impact sensor 4P connector (B).
Fig. 170: Identifying Left Side Impact Sensor 4P Connector
connector B (28P). There should be 0-1.0 ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Faulty left side impact sensor (first) or SRS unit; replace the left side
impact sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST)
REPLACEMENT). If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see
SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
DTC 44-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE RIGHT SIDE
IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST)
HDS).
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Go to step 4.
4. Read the DTC.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Faulty right side impact sensor (first); replace the right side impact
sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT).
TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES. If DTC 44-1x
except DTC 44-11 and 44-12 is indicated, faulty right side impact sensor
(first). Replace the right side impact sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT).
(see step 8 DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS ).
8. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the right side impact
sensor (first).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 11.
YES -Go to step 12.

2008 Honda Civic EX

14. Measure the voltage between the No. 27 terminal of SRS unit connector B
YES -Go to step 15.
of simulator lead L to the right side impact sensor 4P connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 176: Identifying Right Side Impact Sensor 4P Connector
YES -Faulty right side impact sensor (first) or SRS unit; replace the right side
impact sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST)

2008 Honda Civic EX

LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST)
HDS).
YES -Replace the left side impact sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT). If the DTC returns, replace the SRS
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST)
HDS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Replace the right side impact sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT). If the DTC returns, replace the SRS
DTC 45-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE LEFT SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (SECOND)
HDS).
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait for 10 seconds.
YES -Go to step 4.
4. Read the DTC.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Faulty left side impact sensor (second); replace the left side impact
sensor (second) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND)
REPLACEMENT).
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Read the DTC.
Is DTC B2-11 also indicated?
YES -Faulty rear safing sensor; Replace the rear safing sensor (see REAR
SAFING SENSOR REPLACEMENT).
NO -Go to step 6.
8. Disconnect floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the left side impact
sensor (second).
9. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the rear safing sensor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

10. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of left side
impact sensor (second) 2P connector. There should be an open circuit or at
least 1 M ohms.
Left Side Impact Sensor (Second) 2P Connector
YES -Go to step 11.
11. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 terminal of left side impact sensor

2008 Honda Civic EX

(second) 2P connector and body ground, and between the No. 2 terminal and
Fig. 181: Measuring Resistance Between No. 1 Terminal Of Left Side
Impact Sensor (Second) 2P Connector And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 12.
14. Measure the voltage between the No. 1 terminal of left side impact sensor
body ground. There should be 1 V or less.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 182: Measuring Voltage Between No. 1 Terminal Of Left Side Impact
Sensor (Second) 2P Connector And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 15.
16. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (jumper connector) and the red lead (A) of
simulator lead L to the rear safing sensor 4P connector (B).
Fig. 183: Identifying Rear Safing Sensor 4P Connector
17. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of left side
impact sensor (second) 2P connector. There should be 0-1.0 ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Left Side Impact Sensor (Second) 2P Connector
YES -Faulty left side impact sensor (second) or poor connection at left side
impact sensor (second) 2P connector. Check the connection; If the connection
is OK, replace the left side impact sensor (second) (see SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (SECOND) REPLACEMENT).
DTC 46-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE RIGHT SIDE
IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND)
HDS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Go to step 4.
4. Read the DTC.
YES -Faulty right side impact sensor (second); replace the right side impact
sensor (second) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND)
REPLACEMENT).
sensor (second).

2008 Honda Civic EX

sensor (first).
9. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of right side
impact sensor (second) 2P connector. There should be an open circuit or at
least 1 M ohms.
Right Side Impact Sensor (Second) 2P Connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 10.
10. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 terminal of right side impact sensor
Fig. 188: Measuring Resistance Between No. 1 Terminal Of Right Side
YES -Go to step 11.
13. Measure the voltage between the No. 1 terminal of right side impact sensor
body ground. There should be 1 V or less.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 189: Measuring Voltage Between No. 1 Terminal Of Right Side
YES -Go to step 14.
simulator lead L to the right side impact sensor (first) 4P connector (B).
Fig. 190: Identifying Right Side Impact Sensor (First) 4P Connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

16. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of right side
impact sensor (second) 2P connector. There should be 0-1.0 ohms.
Right Side Impact Sensor (Second) 2P Connector
YES -Faulty right side impact sensor (second) or poor connection at right side
impact sensor (second) 2P connector. Check the connection; If the connection
is OK, replace the right side impact sensor (second) (see SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (SECOND) REPLACEMENT).
LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND)
HDS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Replace the left side impact sensor (second) (see SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (SECOND) REPLACEMENT). If the DTC returns, replace the
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND)
HDS).
YES -Replace the right side impact sensor (second) (see SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (SECOND) REPLACEMENT). If the DTC returns, replace the
DTC 51-XX, 52-XX, 53-XX, 54-XX, 55-XX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL
FAILURE OF THE SRS UNIT
NOTE:
Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review
SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 51-xx, 52-xx, 53-xx, 54-xx, or 55-
xx indicated?
YES -Replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
DTC EX-XX, ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): CONTROL OPERATION RECORDED; DTC
FX-XX, ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): AIRBAGS AND/OR TENSIONER DEPLOYMENT
RECORDED
AND PROCEDURES) and General Troubleshooting
Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION).
Before troubleshooting any of these DTCs, check the
battery/system voltage. If the voltage is low, repair the
charging system or replace the battery before
troubleshooting the SRS. If the battery/system voltage
is now OK, ask the customer if the battery ever went
dead. A dead battery may trigger one of these DTCs.
NOTE:
INFORMATION).
DTC E2-11: Front passenger's airbag did not deploy by
SWS operation.
DTC E4-11: Front passenger's side airbag did not

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Erase the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE
HDS).
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC Ex-xx or Fx-xx indicated?
YES -Replace the SRS unit (see COMPONENT
REPLACEMENT/INSPECTION AFTER DEPLOYMENT).
NO -Check the connectors for looseness, poor pin fit, and poor ground, and
repair if needed. If there are no connector problems, the system is OK at this
time.
deploy by OPDS operation.
DTC F1-11: Driver's airbag and/or driver's seat belt
tensioner and seat belt buckle tensioner deployed.
DTC F2-11: Front passenger's airbag and/or front
passenger's seat belt tensioner and seat belt buckle
tensioner deployed.
DTC F3-11: Driver's side airbag, left side curtain airbag,
and/or driver's seat belt tensioner deployed.
DTC F4-11: Front passenger's side airbag, right side
curtain airbag, and/or front seat belt tensioner
deployed.
NOTE:
DTC E2-11 is set if the system triggered airbag
deployment but the front passenger's airbag was
prevented from deploying because of the seat
weight sensor.
DTC E4-11 is set if the system triggered a
passenger's side airbag deployment but the airbag
was prevented from deploying by the ODS. Replace
the right side impact sensor (first) (see SIDE

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 61-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SWITCH
HDS).
2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC).
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then buckle and unbuckle the driver's seat
belt several times.
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. From the Main Menu on the HDS, select SRS, then PARAMETER
INFORMATION. In the PARAMETER INFORMATION Menu, select
"FRONT LEFT BUCKLE."
Is "OPEN" indicated?
YES -
If OPEN is indicated only when the driver's seat belt is buckled, go to step
6.
If OPEN is indicated only when the driver's seat belt is unbuckled, go to
step 13.
If OPEN is indicated only when the driver's seat belt is buckled and
unbuckled, go to step 21.
IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Disconnect the floor wire harness 3P connector from the driver's seat belt
buckle switch 3P connector (A).
Fig. 192: Identifying Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector
8. Buckle the driver's seat belt. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and No.
3 terminals of the driver's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector. There should
be 0-1 ohms.
Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Replace the driver's seat belt buckle assembly (see FRONT SEAT BELT

2008 Honda Civic EX

BUCKLE ), then clear the DTC.
11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step
9DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS).
(28P) and the No. 1 terminal of the floor wire harness 3P connector. There
should be 0-1 ohms.
And No. 1 Terminal Of Floor Wire Harness 3P Connector
REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

15. Unbuckle the driver's seat belt.
16. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the driver's
seat belt buckle switch 3P connector. There should be 0-1 ohms.
Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector
YES -Go to step 17.
NO -Replace the driver's seat belt buckle assembly (see FRONT SEAT BELT
BUCKLE ), then clear the DTC.
18. Disconnect the seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7

2008 Honda Civic EX

CONNECTORS).
should be 0-1 ohms.
REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

23. Unbuckle the driver's seat belt.
24. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 terminal of the floor wire harness 3P
connector and body ground. There should be 0-1 ohms.
Fig. 199: Measuring Resistance Between No. 1 Terminal Of Floor Wire
Harness 3P Connector And Body Ground
YES -Replace the driver's seat belt buckle assembly (see FRONT SEAT
BELT BUCKLE ), then clear the DTC.
NO -Open in the floor wire harness or poor ground connection at G602:
2-door (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX )

2008 Honda Civic EX

If G602 is OK, replace the floor wire harness.
DTC 61-2X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SWITCH
HDS).
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then buckle and unbuckle the driver's seat
belt several times.
YES -Go to step 4.

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. From the SRS menu, select PARAMETER INFORMATION menu, select
"FRONT LEFT BUCKLE."
Is OPEN indicated on the HDS?
YES -Replace the driver's seat belt buckle assembly (see FRONT SEAT
BELT BUCKLE ), then clear the DTC.
NO -Go to step 8.
YES -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness.
NO -Go to step 10.
11. Disconnect the seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7

2008 Honda Civic EX

CONNECTORS).
13. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 terminals of the floor wire harness
3P connector and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M
ohms.
Fig. 202: Measuring Resistance Between No. 2 Terminals Of Floor Wire
NO -Faulty SRS unit; replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT
REPLACEMENT).
BUCKLE SWITCH

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then buckle and unbuckle the front
passenger's seat belt several times.
4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit, If it does
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. From the Main Menu on the HDS, select SRS, then PARAMETER
INFORMATION. In the PARAMETER INFORMATION Menu, select
"FRONT RIGHT BUCKLE."
Is "OPEN" indicated?
YES -
If OPEN is indicated only when the front passenger's seat belt is buckled,
go to step 6.
If OPEN is indicated only when the front passenger's seat belt is
unbuckled, go to step 13.
If OPEN is indicated only when the front passenger's seat belt is buckled
and unbuckled, go to step 21.
7. Disconnect the floor wire harness 3P connector from the front passenger's seat
belt buckle switch 3P connector (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 203: Identifying Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P
Connector
8. Buckle the front passenger's seat belt. Check resistance between the No. 1 and
No. 3 terminals of the front passenger's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector.
There should be 0-1 ohms.
Fig. 204: Checking Resistance Between No. 1 And No. 3 Terminals Of
Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector
Is the resistances specified?
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Replace the front passenger's seat belt buckle assembly (see FRONT
SEAT BELT BUCKLE ), then clear the DTC.

2008 Honda Civic EX

11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step9
(28P) and the No. 1 terminal of the passenger's seat wire harness 3P connector.
There should be 0-1 ohms.
And No. 1 Terminal Of Passenger's Seat Wire Harness
REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Connector
15. Unbuckle the front passenger's seat belt.
16. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the front
passenger's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector. There should be 0-1 ohms.
Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector
YES -Go to step 17.
NO -Replace the front passenger's seat belt buckle assembly (see FRONT
17. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes,

2008 Honda Civic EX

CONNECTORS).
should be 0-1 ohms.
REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Connector
23. Unbuckle the front passenger's seat belt.
YES -Replace the front passenger's seat belt buckle assembly (see FRONT
SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ), then clear the DTC.
NO -Open in the floor wire harness or poor ground connection at G602:

2008 Honda Civic EX

If G602 is OK, replace the floor wire harness.
DTC 62-2X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT
BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
HDS).
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then buckle and unbuckle the front
passenger's seat belt several times.
YES -Go to step 4.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Connector
7. From the SRS menu, select PARAMETER INFORMATION menu, select
"FRONT RIGHT BUCKLE."
Is OPEN indicated on the HDS?
YES -Replace the front passenger's seat belt buckle assembly (see FRONT
NO -Go to step 8.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Go to step 10.
CONNECTORS).
connector and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M
ohms.
NO -Faulty SRS unit; Replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT).
DTC 71-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION
SENSOR
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
3. Check the connection between the seat position sensor harness 2P connector
and the driver's seat position sensor (see COMPONENT LOCATION
INDEX).
YES -Go to step 6.

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Disconnect the driver's seat wire harness 2P connector from the driver's seat
position sensor (A).
Fig. 214: Identifying Driver's Seat Position Sensor
8. Connect the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the driver's seat wire harness 2P
connector with a jumper wire.
Fig. 215: Measuring Resistance Between No. 5 And No. 6 Terminals Of Srs

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Faulty driver's seat position sensor or SRS unit; replace the driver's seat
position sensor (see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR
NO -Open in the floor wire harness, driver's seat wire harness (with seat
heater) or the seat position sensor harness; replace the faulty harness.
DTC 71-2X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT IN DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION
SENSOR
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
4. Disconnect the driver's seat wire harness 2P connector from the driver's seat

2008 Honda Civic EX

position sensor (A) (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX).
Fig. 216: Identifying Driver's Seat Position Sensor
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Faulty driver's seat position sensor; replace the driver's seat position
sensor (see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR REPLACEMENT).
9. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors (see step DISCONNECTING

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Short in the floor wire harness, driver's seat wire harness (with seat
heater) or the seat position sensor harness; replace the faulty harness.
YES -Faulty driver's seat position sensor or the SRS unit; replace the driver's

2008 Honda Civic EX

seat position sensor (see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR
NO -Short in the floor wire harness, driver's seat wire harness (with heated
seat) or the seat position sensor harness; replace the faulty harness.
DTC 81-61, 85-61: NO SIGNAL FROM THE ODS UNIT; DTC 81-62, 85-62: RESPONSE DATA
ERROR FROM THE ODS UNIT
1. Make sure nothing is on the front passenger's seat.
HDS).
YES -Go to step 4.
4. Check the connection between the ODS unit harness 18P connector and the
ODS unit.
Is the connection OK?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Repair the poor connection and retest. If DTC 85-61 or 85-62 is still
present, go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. Check the No. 9 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/ relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Replace the fuse, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). If the fuse blows
again, check for a short in the No. 9 (7.5 A) fuse circuit (floor wire harness, or
ODS unit harness).
7. Disconnect the ODS unit harness 18P connector (A) from the ODS unit.
Fig. 219: Identifying ODS Unit Harness 18P Connector
9. Measure the voltage between the No. 1 terminal of the ODS unit harness 18P
connector and body ground. There should be battery voltage.
Fig. 220: Measuring Voltage Between No. 1 Terminal Of ODS Unit

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Open in the floor wire harness, front passenger's seat wire harness (with
seat heater), or ODS unit harness; replace the faulty harness.
11. Measure the resistance between the No. 12 terminal of the ODS unit harness
18P connector and body ground. There should be 0-1.0 ohms.
Fig. 221: Measuring Resistance Between No. 12 Terminal Of ODS Unit
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Open in the ODS unit harness, front passenger's seat wire harness (with
seat heater), floor wire harness, or poor ground connection at G602:
If G602 is OK, replace the faulty harness.

2008 Honda Civic EX

(28P) and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms.
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Short to ground in the dashboard wire harness, front passenger's seat wire
harness (with seat heater) or floor wire harness; replace the faulty harness.
(28P) and the No. 7 terminal of the ODS unit harness 18P connector. There
should be 0-1.0 ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

And No. 7 Terminal Of ODS Unit Harness 18P Connector
YES -Faulty ODS unit or SRS unit; replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT
NO -Open in the dashboard wire harness, floor wire harness, or front
passenger's seat wire harness (with seat heater); replace the faulty harness.
DTC 81-71, 81-78: ODS UNIT DOES NOT CALIBRATE
HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is 81-71 or 81-78 indicated?

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 3.
3. Calibrate the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT CALIBRATION).
Does the SRS indicator go off?
YES -The system is OK.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
NO -Replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
DTC 85-71, 85-78: ODS UNIT NOT INITIALIZED
HDS).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is 85-71 or 85-78 indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
3. Initialize the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION).
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
NO -Replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
DTC 81-4X, 81-5X, 81-63, 81-64, 85-4X, 85-5X, 85-63, 85-64 ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F):
INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE ODS UNIT
NOTE:
INFORMATION).
An incorrect ODS unit can cause DTC 85-63.

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 81-4x, 81-5x, 81-63, 81-64, 85-4x,
85-5x, 85-63, or 85-64 indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT) and retest. If
the DTC is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT
REPLACEMENT).
DTC 81-79: FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSORS INITIAL CHECK FAILURE
HDS ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 81-79 indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Remove the front passenger's seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and the front passenger's weight sensors
(see FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR REPLACEMENT), then
reinstall them. Calibrate the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT CALIBRATION). If
DTC 81-79 is indicated repeatedly, replace the front passenger's weight
sensors. If the DTC is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT
REPLACEMENT).
DTC 82-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE INNER SIDE FRONT
PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (2-DOOR)
HDS ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Faulty front passenger's weight sensor; replace the inner side front
passenger's weight sensor (see REMOVAL).
DTC 83-2X: ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F) NO SIGNAL FROM THE OUTER SIDE
FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (2-DOOR)
HDS).
YES -Faulty front passenger's weight sensor; replace the outer side front
passenger's weight sensor (see REMOVAL).
DTC 82-14: NO SIGNAL FROM THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (FRONT INNER
SIDE) (4-DOOR)

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES.
3. From INSPECTION menu on the HDS, select SWS DTC CHECK.
Is another DTC also indicated?
YES -
DTC 14-11: Open in the ODS unit harness; replace the ODS unit harness.
DTC 14-12: Go to step 4.
5. Disconnect the ODS unit harness 3P connector (A) from the front passenger's
weight sensor (front inner side).

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Faulty front passenger's weight sensor (front inner side); replace the front
passenger's seat slide assembly including all four front passenger's weight
sensors (see FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR
REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

18P connector and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1
M ohms.
YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Short to ground in the ODS unit harness; replace the ODS unit harness.
10. Measure the resistance between the No. 3 terminal and No. 13 terminal of the
ODS unit harness 18P connector. There should be an open circuit or at least 1
M ohms.
Fig. 227: Measuring Resistance Between No. 3 Terminal And No. 13

2008 Honda Civic EX

Terminal Of ODS Unit Harness 18P Connector
YES -Faulty ODS unit; replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT
REPLACEMENT).
12. Swap the connections between the front passenger's weight sensor (front inner
side) and the front passenger's weight sensor (rear inner side).
13. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 14.
NO -Faulty front weight sensor (front inner side); replace the front passenger's
seat slide assembly including all four front passenger's weight sensors (see
FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR REPLACEMENT).
15. Disconnect the front passenger's weight sensor (front inner side) connector (A)
and front passenger's weight sensor (rear inner side) connector (B).
Fig. 228: Identifying Front Passenger's Weight Sensor (Front Inner Side)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Connector
connector D and body ground. There should be 1 V or less.
Harness 18P Connector D And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT).
NO -Short to power in the ODS unit harness; replace the ODS unit harness.
weight sensor (front inner side).
21. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 22.
NO -Faulty front passenger's weight sensor (front inner side); replace the seat
slide assembly including all four front passenger's weight sensors.

2008 Honda Civic EX

M ohms.
YES -Go to step 25.

2008 Honda Civic EX

M ohms.
REPLACEMENT).
NO -Short in the ODS unit harness; replace the ODS unit harness.
DTC 82-15, 82-17, 83-25, 83-27: INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT
SENSORS (4-DOOR)
HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 82-15, 82-17, 83-25, or 83-27
indicated?

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Faulty front passenger's weight sensors; replace the seat slide assembly
including all four front passenger's weight sensors (see FRONT
PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR REPLACEMENT). If the DTC is still
present, replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
DTC 82-16: NO SIGNAL FROM THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (REAR INNER
SIDE) (4-DOOR)
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
YES -

2008 Honda Civic EX

weight sensor (rear inner side).
6. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Faulty front passenger's weight sensor (rear inner side); replace the front
REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

M ohms.
YES -Go to step 10.
M ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Faulty ODS unit; replace the ODS unit (see FRONT PASSENGER'S
WEIGHT SENSOR REPLACEMENT).
12. Swap the connections between the front passenger's weight sensor (front inner
side) and the front passenger's weight sensor (front inner side).
13. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 14.
REPLACEMENT).
15. Disconnect the front passenger's weight sensor (front inner side) connector (A)
and front passenger's weight sensor (rear inner side) connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 239: Identifying Front Passenger's Weight Sensor (Front Inner Side)
Connector
connector and body ground. There should be 1 V or less.

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT).
weight sensor (rear inner side).
21. Read the DTC.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 22.
REPLACEMENT).
M ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 25.
M ohms.
REPLACEMENT).
DTC 83-24: NO SIGNAL FROM THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (FRONT OUTER
SIDE) (4-DOOR)

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
YES -
weight sensor (front outer side).

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Faulty front passenger's weight sensor (front outer side); replace the front
REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

M ohms.
YES -Go to step 10.
M ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT).
12. Swap the connections between the front passenger's weight sensor (front outer
side) and the front passenger's weight sensor (rear outer side).
13. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 14.
REPLACEMENT).
15. Disconnect the front passenger's weight sensor (front outer side) connector (A)
and front passenger's weight sensor (rear outer side) connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 250: Identifying Front Passenger's Weight Sensor (Front Outer Side)
Connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT).
weight sensor (front outer side).
21. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 22.
REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

M ohms.
YES -Go to step 25.

2008 Honda Civic EX

M ohms.
REPLACEMENT).
DTC 83-26: NO SIGNAL FROM THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (REAR OUTER
SIDE) (4-DOOR)
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -
weight sensor (rear outer side).
6. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 7.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Faulty front passenger's weight sensor (rear outer side); replace the front
REPLACEMENT).
M ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 10.
M ohms.
REPLACEMENT ).
12. Swap the connections between the front passenger's weight sensor (rear outer
side) and the front passenger's weight sensor (front outer side).
13. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 14.

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT).
15. Disconnect the front passenger's weight sensor (front outer side) connector (A)
and front passenger's weight sensor (rear outer side) connector (B).
Fig. 261: Identifying Front Passenger's Weight Sensor (Front Outer Side)
Connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT).
weight sensor (rear outer side).

2008 Honda Civic EX

21. Read the DTC.
YES -Go to step 22.
REPLACEMENT).
M ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 25.
M ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT).
DTC 85-79: OPDS SENSOR INITIAL CHECK FAILURE
HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 85-79 indicated?
YES -Turn the ignition switch OFF, and go to step 3.
NO -Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT) and retest. If
the problem is still present, replace the OPDS sensor/seat-back (see FRONT
SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 86-1X, 86-2X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): FAULTY OPDS SENSOR
HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
NOTE: After market devices (fluorescent lights, laptop
computers, etc.) used near the front passenger's seat-
back can interfere with the seat-back sensors and
cause a false DTC 86-1x or 86-2x. If one of these
devices was used, clear the DTC, operate the device
near the seat-back, and recheck for DTCs. If DTC 86-1x
or 86-2x is set, clear it, and do not use the device near
the seat-back.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Check the connection at the OPDS sensor harness connectors (A) and the ODS
unit harness 18P connector (B).
Fig. 268: Identifying OPDS Sensor And ODS Unit Harness 18P Connector
Is the connection OK?
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Repair the poor connection, and clear the DTC.
4. Replace the OPDS sensor/seat-back foam (see FRONT SEAT-BACK
COVER REPLACEMENT ), and initialize the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT
INITIALIZATION).
5. Clear the DTC memory, then check for DTC 86-1x or 86-2x.
YES -Replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
NO -The system is OK.
DTC 92-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN THE PASSENGER'S AIRBAG
CUTOFF INDICATOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
YES -Go to step 3.
3. Disconnect the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator 4P connector (see
PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR ILLUMINATION
BULB TEST).
(28P) and body ground. There should be 0.5 V or less.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Faulty SRS unit or passenger's airbag cutoff indicator; replace the
passenger's airbag cutoff indicator. If the problem is still present, replace the
harness.
DTC 92-2X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND IN THE
PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR
HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and DTC 92-2x indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Disconnect the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator 4P connector (see
PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR ILLUMINATION
BULB TEST).
6. Measure the resistance between the No. 4 terminal of the passenger's airbag
cutoff indicator 4P connector and the No. 13 terminal of SRS unit connector A
(28P). There should be 0-1.0 ohms.
Terminal Of SRS Unit Connector A (28P)
YES -Go to step 7.
7. Measure the resistance between the No. 13 terminal of the SRS unit connector
A (28P) and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M

2008 Honda Civic EX

ohms.
YES -Replace the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator. If the problem is still
present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
harness.
DTC A1-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): FAULTY POWER SUPPLY (VA LINE)
HDS).
Is DTC A1-1x indicated?

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 4.
Is the fuse OK?
YES -Go to step 6.
again, check for a short in the No. 9 (7.5 A) fuse circuit (dashboard wire
harness, floor wire harness, or ODS unit harness).
7. Disconnect the SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 8
9. Connect a voltmeter between the No. 17 terminal of SRS unit connector A
(28P) and body ground. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure the
voltage. There should be battery voltage when the ignition is on.
Fig. 272: Connecting Voltmeter Between No. 17 Terminal Of SRS Unit

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector (A) 28P and
REPLACEMENT).
NO -Go to step 10.
11. Disconnect under-dash fuse/relay box connector J (4P).
Fig. 273: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector J (4P)
12. Measure the resistance between the No. 4 terminal of under-dash fuse/relay
box connector J (4P) and the No. 17 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P).
There should be 0-1.0 ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Open in the under-dash fuse/relay box or poor contact between
connector J (4P) and the under-dash fuse/relay box; check the connection. If
the connection is OK, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box (see REMOVAL
AND INSTALLATION ).
DTC A2-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): FAULTY POWER SUPPLY (VB LINE)
1. Check the No. 11 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
YES -Go to step 2.
again, check for a short to ground in the under-dash fuse/relay box No. 11 (10
A) fuse line, in the dashboard wire harness; replace the under-dash fuse/relay
box.
5. Connect a voltmeter between the No. 18 terminal of SRS unit connector A
(28P) and body ground. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure the

2008 Honda Civic EX

voltage. There should be battery voltage when the ignition on.
the SRS unit; check the connection. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS
NO -Go to step 6.
7. Disconnect under-dash fuse/relay box connector J (4P).
Fig. 276: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector J (4P)

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 terminal of the under-dash fuse/relay
box connector J (4P) and the No. 18 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P).
There should be 0-1.0 ohms.
YES -Open in the under-dash fuse/relay box or poor connection between
connector S (4P) and the under-dash fuse/relay box; check the connection. If
the connection is OK, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box (see REMOVAL
AND INSTALLATION ).
DTC B2-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE REAR SAFING
SENSOR
SRS simulator lead L 070AZ-SNA0300

2008 Honda Civic EX

HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stays on, and is DTC B2-11 indicated?
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Go to step 5.
YES -Faulty rear safing sensor; replace the rear safing sensor (see REAR
NO -Go to step 7.
Is DTC B2-1x (except B2-11) also indicated?
YES -Go to step 6.
YES -Go to the Troubleshooting, for DTC 45-1X .
NO -Faulty rear safing sensor; replace the rear sating sensor (see REAR

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the rear safing sensor.
9. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the left side impact
sensor (first).
10. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 and No. 3 terminal of the rear safing
sensor 4P connector. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 280: Measuring Resistance Between No. 2 And No. 3 Terminal Of
Rear Safing Sensor 4P Connector
YES -Go to step 11.
11. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 terminal of the rear safing sensor 4P
ohms.
Fig. 281: Measuring Resistance Between No. 2 Terminal Of Rear Safing
Sensor 4P Connector And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 12.

2008 Honda Civic EX

12. Measure the resistance between the No. 3 terminal of the rear safing sensor 4P
ohms.
Fig. 282: Measuring Resistance Between No. 3 Terminal Of Rear Safing
YES -Go to step 13.
14. Measure the voltage between the No. 2 terminal of the rear safing sensor 4P
Fig. 283: Measuring Voltage Between No. 2 Terminal Of Rear Safing

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 15.
15. Measure the voltage between the No. 3 terminal of the rear safing sensor 4P
Fig. 284: Measuring Voltage Between No. 3 Terminal Of Rear Safing
YES -Go to step 16.
simulator lead L to the floor wire harness 4P connector (B) at the left side
impact sensor (first).

2008 Honda Civic EX

18. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 and No. 3 terminals of the rear safing
sensor 4P connector. There should be 0-1 ohms.
Rear Safing Sensor 4P Connector
YES -Faulty rear safing sensor or poor connection at the floor wire harness 4P
connector and the rear safing sensor. Check the connection between the
connector and the rear safing sensor. If the connection is OK, replace the rear
safing sensor (see REAR SAFING SENSOR REPLACEMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC B2-17, B2-8X, B2-9X, B2-AX, B2-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL
FAILURE OF THE REAR SAFING SENSOR
HDS).
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is B2-17, B2-8x, B2-9x, B2-Ax, or B2-Bx
indicated?
YES -Replace the rear safing sensor (see REAR SAFING SENSOR
REPLACEMENT).
DTC 41-XX, 42-XX, 43-XX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE
ODS UNIT
Do the troubleshooting for SRS unit DTC 81-4x (see DTC 85-71, 85-78: ODS
UNIT NOT INITIALIZED).
DTC 14-11: OPEN IN THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (FRONT INNER SIDE)
POWER CIRCUIT; DTC 14-12: SHORT TO GROUND IN THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT
SENSOR (FRONT INNER SIDE) POWER CIRCUIT; DTC 14-13: OPEN IN THE FRONT
PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (FRONT INNER SIDE) OUTPUT CIRCUIT; DTC 14-14: SHORT
TO GROUND IN THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (FRONT INNER SIDE) OUTPUT

2008 Honda Civic EX

CIRCUIT
Do the troubleshooting for SRS unit DTC 82-14 (see DTC 83-2X: ("X" CAN BE
0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F) NO SIGNAL FROM THE OUTER SIDE FRONT
PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (2-DOOR)).
DTC 15-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE FRONT
PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (FRONT INNER SIDE)
Do the troubleshooting for SRS unit DTC 82-15 (see DTC 82-15, 82-17, 83-25, 83-
27: INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT
SENSORS (4-DOOR)).
DTC 16-11: OPEN IN THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (REAR INNER SIDE)
SENSOR (REAR INNER SIDE) POWER CIRCUIT; DTC 16-13: OPEN IN THE FRONT
PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (REAR INNER SIDE) OUTPUT CIRCUIT; DTC 16-14: SHORT
TO GROUND IN THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (REAR INNER SIDE) OUTPUT
CIRCUIT
SENSORS (4-DOOR)).
PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (REAR INNER SIDE)

2008 Honda Civic EX

SENSORS (4-DOOR)).
DTC 24-11: OPEN IN THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (FRONT OUTER SIDE)
SENSOR (FRONT OUTER SIDE) POWER CIRCUIT; DTC 24-13: OPEN IN THE FRONT
PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (FRONT OUTER SIDE) OUTPUT CIRCUIT; DTC 24-14: SHORT
TO GROUND IN THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (FRONT OUTER SIDE) OUTPUT
CIRCUIT
Do the troubleshooting for SRS unit DTC 83-24 (see DTC 83-24: NO SIGNAL
FROM THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (FRONT OUTER
SIDE) (4-DOOR)).
PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (FRONT OUTER SIDE)
SENSORS (4-DOOR)).
DTC 26-11: OPEN IN THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (REAR OUTER SIDE)
SENSOR (REAR OUTER SIDE) POWER CIRCUIT; DTC 26-13: OPEN IN THE FRONT
PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (REAR OUTER SIDE) OUTPUT CIRCUIT; DTC 26-14: SHORT
TO GROUND IN THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (REAR OUTER SIDE) OUTPUT
CIRCUIT

2008 Honda Civic EX

Do the troubleshooting for SRS unit DTC 83-26 (see DTC 83-26: NO SIGNAL
FROM THE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (REAR OUTER
SIDE) (4-DOOR)).
PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR (REAR OUTER SIDE)
SENSORS (4-DOOR)).
DTC 71-XX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): ODS UNIT DOES NOT CALIBRATE
Do the troubleshooting for SRS unit DTC 81-71 (see DTC 81-71, 81-78: ODS
UNIT DOES NOT CALIBRATE).
SRS INDICATOR DOES NOT COME ON
1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (see CLEAR THE DTC
MEMORY WITH THE HDS).
2. Turn the ignition switch to. ON (II).

2008 Honda Civic EX

TROUBLESHOOTING ).
4. Check for PGM-FI, Body Electrical, and SRS DTCs with the HDS.
Are there any PGM-FI Body Electrical, or SRS DTCs?
YES -Go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function (see CIRCUIT
DIAGRAM - DASH LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS CONTROLLER ).
Does the SRS indicator come on?
YES -Faulty SRS unit; replace the SRS unit (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTION ).
NO -Faulty gauge control module (tach); replace the gauge control module
(tach) (see TACHOMETER ).
SRS INDICATOR STAYS ON, BUT NO DTCS ARE STORED
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and see if the malfunction indicator lamp
(MIL) come on.
Does the MIL come on?
YES -Check for a PGM-FI System DTC troubleshoot as necessary:
R18A1 engine (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION )
K20Z3 engine (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION )
NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, check the
battery condition (see BATTERY TEST ). If the battery
voltage is high or low, SRS indicator stays on.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Go to step 2.
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
4. Select Body Electrical Status with the HDS.
5. Check for DTCs in the Gauge Menu with the HDS.
Is DTC B1187 indicated?
YES -Go to the DTC B1187 troubleshooting (see DTC B1168: GAUGE
CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ECM/PCM
(ENGINE MESSAGES); DTC B1169: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE
LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM (A/T MESSAGES); DTC
B1170: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION
WITH THE ABS/VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT ( ).
SIDE AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR STAYS ON
2. Make sure the seat-back is dry.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and see if the SRS indicator comes on.
Does the SRS indicator come on?
YES -Go to the Symptom Troubleshooting "SRS INDICATOR STAYS ON."
NO -Go to step 2.

2008 Honda Civic EX

not troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
6. Select Body Electrical Status with the HDS.
7. Check for DTCs in the Gauge Menu with the HDS.
YES -Go to the DTC B1187 troubleshooting (see DTC B1168: GAUGE
CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ECM/PCM
(ENGINE MESSAGES); DTC B1169: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE
LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM (A/T MESSAGES); DTC
B1170: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION
WITH THE ABS/VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT ( ).
NO -Go to step 8.
8. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function (see SELF-
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ).
Does the side airbag cutoff indicator flashing?
YES -Initialize the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION). If
problem is still present, replace the OPDS sensor/seat-back (see FRONT
(tach) (see GAUGE CONTROL MODULE (TACH) INPUT TEST ).
SIDE AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR DOES NOT COME ON
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then wait for 10 seconds.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the side airbag cutoff indicator
comes on for about 6 seconds.
NOTE: If the SRS indicator also stays on, go to SRS indicator stays
on, but no DTCs are stored (see SRS INDICATOR DOES
NOT COME ON).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Does the side airbag cutoff indicator come on?
YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time.
NO -Go to step 3.
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function (see SELF-
Does the side airbag cutoff indicator come on?
YES -Faulty SRS unit; replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT
REPLACEMENT).
PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR STAYS ON OR COMES ON SUDDENLY
No one is sitting the front passenger's seat, but there is an object on the seat
more than 5 kg (11 lbs).
The seat belt is buckled, but no one is sitting on the front passenger's seat.
Someone who is less than 30 kg (66 lbs) is sitting on the front passenger's seat.
Someone who is more than 30 kg (66 lbs) but is supporting some of their body
weight on their legs, feet, arms, or hands.
1. Check for these items, then recheck the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator.
The front passenger's seat is/was installed correctly.
NOTE: Under the following conditions, the passenger's airbag
cutoff indicator stays on or comes on suddenly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Nothing is/was on the front passenger's seat.
Nothing is/was under the front passenger's seat.
Nothing is/was in the front passenger's seat-back pocket.
Whoever was sitting on the passenger's seat was sitting in the proper
sitting position.
Does the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator stay on?
YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Troubleshooting is complete.
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. Select the INSPECTION menu on the HDS, then select AFTER REPLACING
FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT COMPONENT(S), and follow the prompts.
YES -Go to step 6.
6. Select the INSPECTION menu on the HDS, then select AFTER A VEHICLE
COLISION, and follow the prompts.
YES -Replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT).
COMPONENT REPLACEMENT/INSPECTION AFTER DEPLOYMENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

After a collision where the seat belt tensioners deployed, replace these items:
SRS unit
Seat belt tensioners
Seat belt buckle tensioners
Front impact sensors
After a collision where the front airbag(s) deployed, replace these items:
SRS unit
Deployed airbag(s)
Seat belt tensioners
Seat belt buckle tensioners
Front impact sensors
After a collision where the side airbag(s) deployed, replace these items:
SRS unit
Deployed side airbag(s)
Side impact sensor(s) (first) for the side(s) that deployed
Side impact sensor(s) (second) for the side(s) that deployed
B-pillar lower trim
Complete seat frame
After a collision where a side curtain airbag deployed, replace the items for the side
(s) that deployed:
SRS unit
Deployed side curtain airbag(s)
NOTE: Before doing any SRS repairs, check the SRS DTCs (see
CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS) for the less
obvious deployed parts (seat belt tensioners, front impact
sensors, side airbag sensors, etc.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Seat belt tensioner(s)
Side impact sensor(s) (first)
Side impact sensor(s) (second)
Rear safing sensor
Roof trim
A-pillar trim
B-pillar lower trim
C-pillar trim
Front grab handle
Rear grab handle (4-door)
All related trim clips
Sunvisor
After a moderate to severe side or rear collision, inspect for any damage on the side
curtain airbag or other related components. Replace the components as needed.
A-Pillar trim (4-door)
Fig. 287: Identifying A-Pillar Trim (4-Door) And Clips
B-Pillar trim (4-door)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 288: Identifying B-Pillar Trim (4-Door) And Clips
C-Pillar trim (4-door)
Fig. 289: Identifying C-Pillar Trim (4-Door) And Clips
A-Pillar trim (2-door)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 290: Identifying A-Pillar Trim (2-Door) And Clips
C-Pillar Trim (2-door)
Fig. 291: Identifying C-Pillar Trim (2-Door) And Clips
During the repair process, inspect these areas:
Inspect all the SRS wire harnesses. Replace, do not repair, any damaged
harnesses.
Inspect the cable reel for heat damage. If there is any damage, replace the cable

2008 Honda Civic EX

reel.
After the vehicle is completely repaired, turn the ignition switch ON (II). If the SRS
indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off, the SRS is OK. If the
indicator does not function properly, use the HDS SRS Menu Method to read the
DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION). If you cannot
retrieve a code, do the SRS Symptom Troubleshooting.
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE HEADLINER/PILLAR TRIM OVERLAP
To prevent the side curtain airbag from deploying and damaging the pillar trim, the
overlap between the headliner and pillar trim must be less then 15 mm (0.6 in.). To
check the overlap, do this:
1. Install the headliner (A) and the pillar trims (B).
Fig. 292: Identifying Headliner And Pillar Trims
2. Using masking tape on the headliner, mark the upper edge of each pillar trim.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 293: Marking Upper Edge Of Pillar Trim Using Masking Tape
3. Remove the pillar trim, and measure the headliner overlap.
If the overlap is less than 15 mm (0.6 in.), remove the tape, and install the
pillar trim.
If the overlap is more than 15 mm (0.6 in.), go to step 4.
Fig. 294: Measuring Headliner Overlap
4. Carefully trim the headliner with a utility knife, reducing the overlap to less
than 15 mm (0.6 in.).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 295: Cutting Overlap Trim Headliner With Knife
5. Remove the tape, and install the pillar trim.
DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before
starting work.
2. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel, then disconnect the
3. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the two TORX bolts (A) and discard them.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 297: Identifying Torx Bolts And Driver's Airbag
4. Disconnect the horn switch connector (1P), then remove the driver's airbag (B).
INSTALLATION
1. Connect the horn switch connector (1P) (A) to the driver's airbag.
Fig. 298: Identifying Horn Switch Connector (1P), Driver's Airbag, Bolts
With Torque Specification
2. Place the driver's airbag (B) in the steering wheel, and secure it with new
TORX bolts (C).
3. Connect the cable reel 4P connector (A) to the driver's airbag 4P connector,
then install the access panel (B) on the steering wheel.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 299: Identifying Cable Reel 4P Connector And Access Panel
4. Reconnect the negative cable from the battery.
5. After installing the airbag, confirm proper system operation:
Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for
about 6 seconds and then go off.
Make sure the horn works.
FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
starting work.
2. Remove the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
wire harness.

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Remove the center panel:
With navigation (see NAVIGATION UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
Without navigation (see WITHOUT NAVIGATION )
5. Remove the three mounting nuts (A) from the bracket. Cover the front
passenger's lid and dashboard with a cloth, and pry carefully with a screwdriver
to lift the front passenger's airbag assembly (B) out of the dashboard.
If you are replacing only the front passenger's lid, go to step 6.
NOTE: The front passenger's lid has pawls (C) on each side
which attach it to the dashboard.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 301: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag Assembly, Mounting Nuts
And Front Passenger's Lid Pawls
6. Cut the four parts (A) of the front passenger's lid (B) as shown, and remove the
front passenger's airbag.
NOTE:
Always replace the front passenger's lid whenever
you remove the front passenger's airbag from the
lid.
Replace the front passenger's airbag if the airbag

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Insert the hooks (A) of the front passenger's airbag housing into the new
passenger's lid, then insert the other hooks (B) into the lid.
mounting hooks or its housing is damaged.
Fig. 302: Identifying Front Passenger's Lid
NOTE:
Make sure there are no objects between the airbag
and the front passenger's lid.
Make sure the airbag is fully seated, and make sure
the front passenger's lid is not deformed or
damaged after the airbag is in place.
Do not use tools when detaching the front
passenger's airbag in order to protect it.

2008 Honda Civic EX

INSTALLATION
1. Place the front passenger's airbag assembly (A) into the dashboard. Tighten the
front passenger's airbag mounting nuts (B).
Fig. 304: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag Assembly, Mounting Nuts
With Torque Specification
2. Connect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) to dashboard wire
harness, then reinstall the glove box and center panel.
Fig. 303: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag
Housing Hooks

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. After installing the airbag, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition
switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then
go off.
SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
starting work.
2. Disconnect the side airbag harness 2P connector (A).
Fig. 306: Identifying Side Airbag Harness 2P Connector
3. Remove the seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and seat-back cover (see FRONT SEAT-
BACK COVER REPLACEMENT ).
4. Remove the mounting screws (A) and the side airbag (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 307: Identifying Side Airbag And Mounting Screws
INSTALLATION
1. Place the side airbag on the seat-back frame (A). Install new side airbag
mounting screws (B).
NOTE:
If the side airbag lid is secured by tape, remove the
tape.
Do not open the lid of the side airbag cover.
Use new mounting screws tightened to the specified
torque. When you replace a side airbag, make sure that
the seat-back cover is installed properly. Improper
installation may prevent proper deployment.
Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not
pinched or interfering with other parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 308: Identifying Side Airbag, Mounting Screws With Torque
Specification
2. Install the seat-back cover in the reverse order of removal (see FRONT
3. Install the seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then connect the side airbag harness 2P
connector.
4. Move the front seat and the seat-back through their full ranges of movement,
making sure the harness wires are not pinched or interfering with other parts.
6. After installing the side airbag, confirm proper system operation: Turn the
ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds
and then go off.
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Review the interior trim replacement procedure before
doing repair or service (see TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS ).
Removal of the side curtain airbag must be done
according to the Precautions and Procedures (see

2008 Honda Civic EX

starting work.
3. Disconnect the side curtain airbag 2P connector (A) from the floor wire
harness.
Fig. 309: Identifying Side Curtain Airbag 2P Connector
4. Remove the mounting bolts (A) from the bracket.
4-door
PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES).
The side curtain airbag system consists of the side
curtain airbag module, including the roof trim, front
grab handle, all grab handle brackets and shielding
protector. After the side curtain airbag has been
deployed, replace these parts (see COMPONENT
REPLACEMENT/INSPECTION AFTER DEPLOYMENT).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 310: Identifying Side Curtain Airbag Mounting Bolts (4-Door)
2-door

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 311: Identifying Side Curtain Airbag Mounting Bolts (2-Door)
5. Remove the side curtain airbag assembly.
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Installation of the side curtain airbag must be doing

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Place the side curtain airbag assembly on the side of the roof. Tighten the side
curtain airbag mounting bolts (A).
4-door
according to the Precautions and Procedures (see
If the airbag is frayed, or has only other visible damage,
replace it. Do not attempt to repair an airbag.
When you install the airbag, make sure it is not twisted,
and that it is not caught between the inflator bracket by
the bracket bolts.
Make sure that the side curtain airbag inflator retainer is
installed properly. Otherwise the airbag could
accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 312: Identifying Side Curtain Airbag Mounting Bolts (4-Door) With
Torque Specifications
2-door

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 313: Identifying Side Curtain Airbag Mounting Bolts (2-Door) With
2. Connect the side curtain airbag 2P connector (A) to the floor wire harness.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 314: Identifying Side Curtain Airbag 2P Connector
4. Connect the HDS, and clear the DTCs (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY
WITH THE HDS).
5. After installing the side curtain airbag, confirm proper system operation: Turn
the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6
seconds and then go off.
6. Install all removed parts.
7. Confirm proper headliner/pillar trim overlap (see CHECKING AND
ADJUSTING THE HEADLINER/PILLAR TRIM OVERLAP).
AIRBAG AND TENSIONER DISPOSAL
Deployment tool 07HAZ-SG00500

2008 Honda Civic EX

Before scrapping any airbags, side airbags, side curtain airbags, seat belt tensioners,
or seat belt buckle tensioner (including those in a whole vehicle to be scrapped), the
part(s) must be deployed. If the vehicle is still within the warranty period, the
Honda District Parts and Service Manager must give approval and/or special
instruction before deploying the part(s). Only after the part(s) have been deployed
(as the result of vehicle collision, for example), can they be scrapped. If the parts
appear intact (not deployed), treat them with extreme caution. Follow this
procedure.
DEPLOYING AIRBAGS IN THE VEHICLE
If an SRS equipped vehicle is to be entirely scrapped, its airbags, side airbags, side
curtain airbags, seat belt tensioners, and seat belt buckle tensioner should be
deployed while still in the vehicle. These parts should not be considered as
salvageable parts and should never be installed in another vehicle.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the negative cable from the
battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work.
2. Confirm that each airbag, side airbag, side curtain airbag, seat belt tensioner, or
seat belt buckle tensioner is securely mounted.
3. Confirm that the deployment tool is functioning properly by following the
check procedure on the tool label.
Driver's Airbag
4. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel then disconnect the

2008 Honda Civic EX

Front Passenger's Airbag
5. Remove the glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P
connector (A) from the dashboard wire harness.
Side Airbag
6. Disconnect the side airbag 2P connector (A) from the floor wire harness.
Fig. 317: Identifying Side Airbag 2P Connector
Side Curtain Airbag
7. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the side curtain
airbag.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Seat Belt Tensioner
8. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the seat belt
tensioner. Pull the seat belt out all the way and cut it.
Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner
9. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the seat belt buckle
tensioner.

2008 Honda Civic EX

10. Cut off each connector, and strip the ends of the wires. Twist each pair of
unlike colored wires together, and clip an alligator clips (A) from the
deployment tool to each pair. Place the deployment tool at least 30 feet (10
meters) away from the vehicle.
NOTE: The driver's and front passenger's airbags have dual
inflators. Twist each pair of unlike colored wires
together, and clip an alligator clip to each pair.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 321: Placing Deployment Tool At Least 30 Feet (10 Meters) Away
From Vehicle
11. Connect a 12 volt battery to the tool.
If the green light on the tool comes on, the igniter circuit is defective and
cannot deploy the component. Go to DISPOSAL OF DAMAGED
COMPONENTS.
If the red light on the tool comes on, the component is ready to be
deployed.

2008 Honda Civic EX

12. Push the tool's deployment switch. The airbags and tensioners should
deploy (deployment is both highly audible and visible: A loud noise and rapid
inflation of the bag, followed by slow deflation).
If the components deploy and the green light on the tool comes on,
continue with this procedure.
If a component does not deploy, and the green light comes ON, its igniter
is defective. Go to DISPOSAL OF DAMAGED COMPONENTS.
During deployment, the airbags can become hot enough to burn you. Wait
30 minutes after deployment before touching the airbags.
13. Dispose of the complete airbag. No part of it can be reused. Place it in a
sturdy plastic bag (A), and seal it securely. Dispose of the deployed airbag
according to your local regulations.
Fig. 322: Placing Airbag In Plastic Bag
DEPLOYING COMPONENTS OUT OF THE VEHICLE
If an intact airbag or tensioner has been removed from a scrapped vehicle, or has
been found defective or damaged during transit, storage, or service, it should be
deployed as follows:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 323: Precaution For - Airbag Storage And Service
1. Confirm that the deployment tool is functioning properly by following the
check procedure Deploying Airbags in the Vehicle on the tool label.
2. Position the airbag face up, outdoors, on flat ground, at least 30 feet (10
meters) from any obstacles or people.
3. Follow steps 9 through 12 of the in-vehicle deployment procedure.
DISPOSAL OF DAMAGED COMPONENTS
1. If installed in a vehicle, follow the removal procedure for the driver's airbag
(see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT), front passenger's airbag (see
FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT), side airbag (see
SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT), side curtain airbag (see SIDE
CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT), and seat belt tensioner (see
FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ), and seat belt buckle tensioner
(see FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE ).
2. In all cases, make a short circuit by cutting, stripping, and twisting together the
two inflator wires.
inflators. Twist each pair of unlike colored wires
together, and clip an alligator clip to each pair.
inflators. The like color wires go to the individual

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Package the component in exactly the same packaging that the new
replacement part came in.
4. Mark the outside of the box "DAMAGED AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED,"
"DAMAGED SIDE AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED," "DAMAGED SIDE
CURTAIN AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED," "DAMAGED SEAT BELT
TENSIONER NOT DEPLOYED" so it does not get confused with your parts
stock.
5. Contact your Honda District Parts and Service Manager for instructions on
how and where to return it for disposal.
DEPLOYMENT TOOL CHECK
1. Connect the yellow clips to both switch protector handles on the tool.
2. Then connect the red lead to the positive battery post and the black lead to the
negative battery post.
3. Push the operation switch: The green light should come on, indicating that the
tool is operating properly and is ready for use. If the red light stays on, the tool
is faulty, and another one must be used for the procedure.
4. Disconnect the tool clips and connectors from the protector handles and the
battery.
CABLE REEL REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
1. Make sure the front wheels are aligned straight ahead.
starting work.
3. Remove the driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
4. Disconnect the connector (A) from the cable reel, then remove the steering
wheel bolt (B).
inflators.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 324: Identifying Steering Wheel Bolt And Connector
5. Confirm that the front wheels point straight ahead, then remove the steering
wheel with a steering wheel puller (see step 6 on STEERING WHEEL
REMOVAL ). Do not tap on the steering wheel or steering column shaft when
removing the steering wheel.
6. Remove the driver's under cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD
UNDERCOVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
7. Remove the column cover screws (A), then remove the column covers (B, C).
Fig. 325: Identifying Column Covers And Screws

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 4P connector (A) from the cable reel 4P
connector (B), then disconnect the dashboard wire harness 20P connector (C)
from the cable reel (D).
Fig. 326: Identifying Dashboard Wire Harness 4P And Cable Reel 4P
Connectors
9. Release the lock tab (A) under the cable reel connector with a 90 hook shaped
tool (B). Slide the tool below the cable reel connector just above the lock tab.
Release the lower lock tab (C), and slide the cable reel off the column.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 327: Releasing Lock Tab Under Cable Reel Connector
INSTALLATION
1. Before installing the steering wheel, align the front wheels straight ahead.
2. If not already done, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait
for 3 minutes before starting work.
3. Set the turn signal canceling sleeve (A) so that the projections (B) are aligned
vertically.
Fig. 328: Setting Turn Signal Canceling Sleeve
4. Carefully install the cable reel (A) on the steering column shaft. Then connect
20P connector (B) to the cable reel, and connect the 4P connector (C) to the
dashboard wire harness 4P connector (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 329: Identifying Cable Reel And Connectors
5. Install the steering column covers.
6. If necessary, center the cable reel (New replacement cable reels come
centered). Do this by first rotating the cable reel clockwise until it stops. Then
rotate it counterclockwise (about three turns) until the arrow mark (A) on the
cable reel label points straight up.
Fig. 330: Identifying Arrow Mark On Cable Reel Label
7. Position the two tabs (A) of the turn signal canceling sleeve (B) as shown, and
install the steering wheel on to the steering column shaft, making sure the
steering wheel hub (C) engages the pins (D) of the cable reel and tabs of the
turn signal canceling sleeve. Do not tap on the steering wheel or steering
column shaft when installing the steering wheel.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 331: Identifying Turn Signal Canceling Sleeve And Steering Wheel
Hub
8. Install a new steering wheel bolt (A), then reconnect the connectors.
Fig. 332: Identifying Steering Wheel Bolt With Torque Specification
9. Install the driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT).
11. After installing the cable reel, confirm proper system operation:

2008 Honda Civic EX

After the SRS indicator has turned off, turn the steering wheel fully left
and right to confirm the SRS indicator does not come on.
Make sure the horn and turn signal switches work properly.
Make sure the cruise control buttons work.
Make sure the steering wheel audio controls (if equipped) work.
Make sure the voice control buttons (if equipped) work.
Make sure there are no DTCs.
SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then wait for 3 minutes before starting
work.
3. Remove the center console (see CENTER CONSOLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P), connector B (28P) and remove the
TORX bolts (C), then pull out the SRS unit.
NOTE: If you are disconnecting only SRS unit connector A, skip
step 2.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 333: Identifying SRS Unit Connector A (28P) And Torx Bolts
INSTALLATION
1. Install the SRS unit (A) with new TORX bolts (B), then connect the connectors
(C) to the SRS unit; push them into position until they click.
NOTE: Be sure the SRS unit is sitting squarely against it's
bracket before torquing the TORX bolt.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 334: Identifying SRS Unit With Torque Specification
2. Reconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors (see step 7 DISCONNECTING
SYSTEM CONNECTORS) and seat belt buckle tensioner connector (see step
8 DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS).
5. Do the ODS unit operation check (see ODS UNIT OPERATION CHECK).
6. After installing the SRS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the
and then go off.
7. Reinstall all removed parts.
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
NOTE: Review the seat replacement procedure (see FRONT SEAT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) before doing repairs or service.

2008 Honda Civic EX

starting work.
2. Disconnect the appropriate side airbag 2P connector (see step 4
3. Remove the front seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT
4. Remove the front door sill inner trim:
2-door (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS )
4-door (see FRONT DOOR SILL AREA - 4-DOOR )
5. Remove the lower B-pillar lower trim panel (see B-PILLAR
UPPER/LOWER TRIM - 4-DOOR ).
6. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector from the side impact sensor
(first).
7. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (A), then remove the side
impact sensor (first) (B).
Fig. 335: Identifying Side Impact Sensor And Torx Bolt
INSTALLATION
1. Install the side impact sensor (first) with a new TORX bolt (A), then connect
the floor wire harness 4P connector (B) to the side impact sensor (first).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 336: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connecto With Torque
Specification
4. After installing the side impact sensor (first) confirm proper system operation:
Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND) REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
starting work.
2. Disconnect the appropriate side curtain airbag 2P connector (see step 6
3. For 2-door models: Remove the door sill trim (see DOOR SILL AREA - 2-
DOOR ), and the rear side trim panel (see TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SIDE AREA ).
For 4-door models: Remove the rear seat cushion and seat side bolster (see
SEAT CUSHION , ).
4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector from the side impact sensor

2008 Honda Civic EX

(second).
5. Remove the TORX bolt (A) using a TORX T30 bit, then remove the side
impact sensor (second) (B).
Fig. 337: Identifying Side Impact Sensor And Torx Bolt
INSTALLATION
1. Install the side impact sensor (second) with a new TORX bolt (A) then connect
floor wire harness 2P connector (B) to the side impact sensor (second).
Fig. 338: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector With Torque
Specification

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. After installing the side impact sensor (second), confirm proper system
operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on
for about 6 seconds and then go off.
REAR SAFING SENSOR REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
starting work.
2. Disconnect both side curtain airbag 2P connectors (see step 6
3. Remove the rear seat (see REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector from the rear safing sensor.
5. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (A), then remove the rear
safing sensor (B).
Fig. 339: Identifying Rear Safing Sensor And Torx Bolt
INSTALLATION

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Install the rear safing sensor (A) with a new TORX bolt (B) then connect the
floor wire harness 4P connector (C) to the rear safing sensor.
Fig. 340: Identifying Rear Safing Sensor And Floor Wire Harness 4P
Connector With Torque Specification
4. After installing the rear safing sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn
FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR REPLACEMENT
Pin driver, 3.5 mm 07744-0010300
4-DOOR
Removal
NOTE: Removal of the front passenger's weight sensors must be
done according to Precautions and Procedures (see

2008 Honda Civic EX

starting work.
2. Remove the front passenger's seat assembly section (see FRONT SEAT
3. Remove the cushion cover/pad from the seat cushion frame (see FRONT
SEAT CUSHION COVER REPLACEMENT ).
4. Using a TORX E18 socket, remove the TORX nuts (A) attaching the seat track
(B) to the front passenger's seat slide assembly including all four front
passenger's weight sensors (C).
Fig. 341: Identifying Front Passenger's Weight Sensors, Connectors, Seat
Track And Torx Nuts
5. Disconnect the sensor connectors (D) from the front passenger's weight sensors
(E), then remove the front passenger's weight sensors.
Installation
1. Install the new front passenger's seat slide assembly including all four front
passenger's weight sensors under the seat track.
NOTE: Be sure to install the harness wires so they are not pinched
or interfering with other parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Apply multipurpose grease to the spring washer and bushing.
Fig. 342: Identifying Multipurpose Grease Apply Area To Spring Washer
And Bushing
3. Insert a 3.5 mm center punch into the hole in the cushion frame to position the
spring washers, when tightening the TORX nuts (A). Begin with the (1) and
tighten them in crisscross pattern in two or more steps.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 343: Identifying Special Tool With Torque Specification
4. Using the pin driver to position the spring washers, torque the TORX nuts in
the sequence shown in two or more steps.
5. Make sure the gap between the spring washer (A) and the seat track (B) is
more than 4 mm, as shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 344: Identifying Gap Between Spring Washer And Seat Track
6. Reassemble the front passenger's seat cushion cover/pad (see FRONT SEAT
CUSHION COVER REPLACEMENT ).
7. Reinstall the front passenger's seat (see FRONT SEAT
10. After installing the front passenger's weight sensors, confirm proper system
operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come for
Pin driver, 3.5 mm 07744-0010300
2-DOOR
Removal
NOTE: Removal of the front passenger's weight sensors must be

2008 Honda Civic EX

starting work.
2. Remove the front passenger's seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT
3. Remove the cushion cover/pad from the seat cushion frame (see FRONT
SEAT CUSHION COVER REPLACEMENT ).
4. Using a TORX T27 bit, remove the tamper-resistant TORX bolts (A) that
attach the seat track (B) to the weight sensors (C).
Fig. 345: Identifying Front Passenger's Weight Sensor, Seat Track And
Torx Bolts
5. Disconnect the sensor connectors (D) from the ODS unit harness, then remove
the front passenger's weight sensors.
Installation
1. Install the new front passenger's weight sensors with tamper-resistant TORX
bolts (C) under the seat track.
NOTE:
Be sure to install the harness wires so they are not
pinched or interfere with other parts.
Make sure both of the hooks (A) on the seat track are
properly secured to the front bracket (B). If the hooks
are not properly secured, the seat weight sensors will
not function properly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 346: Identifying Front Bracket, Hooks And Tamper-Resistant With
Torque Specification
2. Reassemble the front passenger's seat cushion cover/pad (see FRONT SEAT
CUSHION COVER REPLACEMENT ).
3. Reinstall the front passenger's seat (see FRONT SEAT
6. After installing the front passenger's weight sensors, confirm proper system
operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come ON
for about 6 seconds and then go off.
ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
starting work.
2. Disconnect the passenger's side airbag 2P connector (see step 3
NOTE: Review the seat replacement procedure (see FRONT SEAT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) before doing repairs or service.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Remove the passenger's seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and seat-back cover (see FRONT SEAT-
BACK COVER REPLACEMENT ).
4. Disconnect the ODS unit 18P connector (A) and sensor connectors (B) from
the ODS unit (C).
Fig. 347: Identifying ODS Unit, 18P Connector And Nuts
5. Remove the two nuts (D) and the ODS unit.
INSTALLATION
1. Place the ODS unit (A) on the seat-back frame. Tighten the two nuts (B), and
connect the ODS unit harness 18P connector (C) and sensor connectors (D) to
the ODS unit.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 348: Identifying ODS Unit, Nuts And ODS Unit Harness 18P
Connector
2. Install the seat-back cover in the reverse order of removal.
3. Install the seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then connect the side airbag 2P connector.
5. Set the seat-back in the normal position, and make sure there is nothing on the
front passenger's seat.
7. After installing the ODS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the
and then go off.
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
starting work.
2. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (see step 2 DISCONNECTING
SYSTEM CONNECTORS),the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (see
step 3 DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS), both seat belt

2008 Honda Civic EX

CONNECTORS), and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step
8 DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS).
3. Remove the front inner fender:
2-door (see FRONT INNER FENDER REPLACEMENT )
4-door (see 4-DOOR )
4. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (A). Using a
TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (B), then remove the front impact
sensor (C). Replace the bolt.
Fig. 349: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness 2P Connector,
Torx Bolt And Front Impact Sensor
INSTALLATION
1. Install the front impact sensor with a new TORX bolt (A), then connect the
engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (B) to the front impact sensor
(C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 350: Identifying Front Impact Sensor And Engine Compartment
Wire Harness 2P Connector With Torque Specification
3. After installing the front impact sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn
DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
starting work.
2. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (see step 2 DISCONNECTING
SYSTEM CONNECTORS).
NOTE:
Removal of the driver's seat position sensor must be
Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II), and do not
connect the battery cable while removing the driver's
seat position sensor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Remove the driver's seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT
4. Disconnect the seat position sensor harness 2P connector (A) from the driver's
Fig. 351: Identifying Seat Position Sensor Harness 2P Connector And
Torx Bolt
5. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (B), then remove the driver's
INSTALLATION
1. Install the driver's seat position sensor with a TORX bolt (A), then connect the
seat position sensor harness 2P connector to the driver's seat position sensor
(B).
NOTE:
Be sure to install the harness so it does not pinched or
interfere with other parts.
Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II), and do not
connect the battery cable while installing the driver's
After installing the driver's seat position sensor, make
sure it is clean. Keep it away from dust.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 352: Identifying Driver's Seat Position Sensor With Torque
Specification
2. Install the driver's seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT
4. Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor with the HDS (see
DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR OPERATION CHECK).
PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR ILLUMINATION BULB TEST
1. Remove the center panel:
With navigation (see NAVIGATION UNIT
Without navigation (see WITHOUT NAVIGATION )
2. Remove the screws (A) and the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator (B) from
center panel.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 353: Identifying Passenger's Airbag Cutoff Indicator And Screw
3. Check for continuity between the No. 2 and No. 3 terminals of the indicator. If
there is no continuity, replace the bulb.
4. Reinstall the parts in the reverse order of removal.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT
Audio System - Civic (Except Hybrid)
SPECIAL TOOLS
Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools
4-door

2008 Honda Civic LX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Audio System - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 2: Audio System Component Location Index (1 Of 2)
2-door

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 3: Audio System Component Location Index (2 Of 2)
Also check
for
Poor AM or FM
radio reception or
interference (with
Symptom Troubleshooting (see POOR AM
OR FM RADIO RECEPTION OR
INTERFERENCE (WITH
AM/FM
antenna lead
and/or
sublead short

2008 Honda Civic LX

navigation) NAVIGATION)) or open in
the wire
Poor AM or FM
radio reception or
interference
(without
navigation)
Symptom Troubleshooting (see POOR AM
OR FM RADIO RECEPTION OR
INTERFERENCE (WITHOUT
NAVIGATION))
AM/FM
antenna lead
and/or
sublead short
or open in
the wire
Audio unit power
switch will not
turn on (No
information
display and no
sound) (with
navigation)
Symptom Troubleshooting (see AUDIO
UNIT POWER SWITCH WILL NOT
TURN ON (NO INFORMATION
DISPLAY AND NO SOUND) (WITH
NAVIGATION))

Audio unit power
switch will not
turn on (No
information
display and no
sound) (without
navigation)
TURN ON (NO INFORMATION
DISPLAY AND NO SOUND) (WITHOUT
NAVIGATION))

Audio unit power
will not turn off
(with navigation)
TURN OFF (WITH NAVIGATION))

Audio unit power
will not turn off
(without
navigation)
TURN OFF (WITHOUT NAVIGATION))

No sound is heard
from speaker(s)
(display is normal)
(with navigation)
TURN OFF (WITHOUT NAVIGATION))

No sound is heard Symptom Troubleshooting (see NO SOUND

2008 Honda Civic LX

from speaker(s)
(display is normal)
(without
navigation)
IS HEARD FROM SPEAKER(S)
(DISPLAY IS NORMAL) (WITHOUT
NAVIGATION))

Auxiliary input
sound is low or
cannot be heard
Symptom Troubleshooting (see
AUXILIARY INPUT SOUND IS LOW
OR CANNOT BE HEARD)

Poor or no sound
with XM radio
(Navigation unit
does display XM
channels) (with
navigation)
Symptom Troubleshooting (see POOR OR
NO SOUND WITH XM RADIO
(NAVIGATION UNIT CAN DISPLAY
XM CHANNELS) (WITH
NAVIGATION))

XM radio display
is blank and no
station information
is displayed (with
navigation)
Symptom Troubleshooting (see XM RADIO
DISPLAY IS BLANK AND NO STATION
INFORMATION IS DISPLAYED (WITH
NAVIGATION))

Audio system
sound is weak or
distorted (display
is normal)
SYSTEM SOUND IS WEAK OR
DISTORTED (DISPLAY IS NORMAL))

Navigation unit
button
illumination does
not work (with
navigation)
SYSTEM SOUND IS WEAK OR
DISTORTED (DISPLAY IS NORMAL))

Audio unit button
illumination does
not work (without
navigation)
UNIT BUTTON ILLUMINATION DOES
NOT WORK (WITHOUT
NAVIGATION))

Radio preset
memory is lost
Symptom Troubleshooting (see RADIO
PRESET MEMORY IS LOST)
Internal error
XM radio preset Symptom Troubleshooting (see XM RADIO

2008 Honda Civic LX

memory is lost
(with navigation)
PRESET MEMORY IS LOST (WITH
NAVIGATION))

Error code: XM
NO SIGNAL or
XM ANTENNA is
displayed
Symptom Troubleshooting (see ERROR
CODE: XM NO SIGNAL OR XM
ANTENNA IS DISPLAYED)

Audio disc does
not eject
DISC DOES NOT EJECT)

Audio disc does
not load
DISC DOES NOT LOAD)

Radio tuner does
not change
stations
DISC DOES NOT LOAD)

Volume does not
change
Symptom Troubleshooting (see VOLUME
DOES NOT CHANGE)

Volume does not
increase with
speed
DOES NOT CHANGE)

Volume is too
high or too low
when driving at
freeway speeds
IS TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW WHEN
DRIVING AT FREEWAY SPEEDS)

Display does not
dim or brighten
with dimmer
(without
navigation)
Symptom Troubleshooting (see DISPLAY
DOES NOT DIM OR BRIGHTEN WITH
DIMMER (WITHOUT NAVIGATION))

Audio disc does
not play
DISC DOES NOT PLAY)

Audio disc skips
DISC DOES NOT PLAY)
Tire pressure
(over-
inflated), disc
smudged,
dirty, or

2008 Honda Civic LX

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OVERVIEW
The audio unit acts as the processor for all audio functions. Select audio functions
from the audio unit, the audio remote,(on the steering wheel), or by using the
navigation voice control system. The audio display provides the current audio
status. For vehicles with navigation, additional audio information is available by
touching the audio button on the navigation audio screen. (See the owner's manual
and the navigation system manual for more details.)
The XM receiver passes its signal to the audio unit. In addition, it communicates
with the audio unit via the GA-Net bus. Any open connections in the GA-Net bus
circuit causes audio and navigation functions to appear inoperative.
For vehicles with navigation, pressing the open/close switch on the navigation
scratched
Audio remote
switch does not
work properly
REMOTE SWITCH DOES NOT WORK
PROPERLY)

Audio disc cannot
be inserted and/or
ejected (with
navigation)
DISC CANNOT BE INSERTED AND/OR
EJECTED (WITH NAVIGATION))

Display can be
opened and/or
closed even when
an audio disc is
being inserted or
ejected
Replace the navigation unit (see
NAVIGATION UNIT

PC card will not
play/card icon on
audio screen
cannot be selected
(with navigation)
DISC CANNOT BE INSERTED AND/OR
EJECTED (WITH NAVIGATION))

2008 Honda Civic LX

display panel allows access to the CD slot and PC card.
A security signal is daisy-chained between the audio and vehicle components for
integration into the vehicle's security system.
Speed-sensitive volume compensation (SVC)
Some audio systems are equipped with speed-sensitive volume compensation
(SVC). The navigation or audio unit receives the vehicle speed pulse (VSP) from
the ECM/PCM. The system processes the speed input and increases the navigation
or audio system volume level as the vehicle speed increases to compensate for the
various interior noises that occur at higher speeds. When the vehicle slows down,
the volume returns to its normal level. The SVC has four settings: SVC OFF, LOW,
MID and HIGH that can be adjusted using the navigation or audio unit. The SVC
comes from the factory with the MID setting as the default.
To change the audio unit SVC setting, press the tune folder sound knob repeatedly
until the SVC is displayed, rotate the knob to adjust the SVC to the desired setting
(SVC OFF, LOW, MID, or HIGH).
To change the navigation unit SVC setting, press the AUDIO button, and then
select the SOUND icon on the navigation display. Press the navigation display to
select the desired setting (OFF, LOW, MID, HI).
Fig. 4: Speed-Sensitive Volume Compensation (SVC) Graph
The navigation system allows voice control of the audio, XM, PC card, and CD

2008 Honda Civic LX

player. Voice control commands are communicated on the GA-Net (audio unit).
When using the TALK/BACK button, the audio is muted on all speakers and you
get navigation sound on the front channels. When using the navigation or route
guidance (RG), the front speakers give the navigation sound and the rear speakers
continue to play. For more information, see the NAVIGATION SYSTEM
(EXCEPT HYBRID) article. The outline of the interruption function is shown in
this table.
AUDIO OUTPUT AND CONTENTS REFERENCE
GA-NET BUS CONFIGURATION
The GA-Net bus passes audio and navigation commands throughout the navigation
and audio components. These commands include navigation touch screen and hard
button signals, audio/XM selections by voice, and XM station and music title
names. Because the entire bus is daisy chained between components (see diagram),
any open or short in the GA-Net bus harness will cause any or all of these functions
to become inoperative. Naturally the addition of any audio accessory must maintain
the continuity of the GA-Net bus by installing the Y cable included with the
accessory kit.
Fig. 5: Audio System - Circuit Diagram (Navigation Unit, XM Receiver And
Music Link, CD Changer)
Contents
Audio output
Left front CH
Right front
CH
Right
rear CH
Left
rear
CH
Subwoofer
CH
TALK/BACK
Buttons
Navigation
voice output
Navigation
voice output
Muted Muted Muted
Route guidance
Navigation
voice output
Navigation
voice output
Audio Audio Audio

2008 Honda Civic LX

With navigation
Fig. 6: Audio System - Circuit Diagram (With Navigation)
Audio Glossary
ITEM DEFINITION
NOTE: All items may not apply to this vehicle. See the Owner's
Manual for more information.
Item Definition
Active Noise
The active noise control system cancels some of the vehicle
noise. This occurs in the 1,500-2,400 rpm range.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Control Microphones detect the low frequency sound, and the
system outputs a canceling sound from the audio speaker.
AM (Amplitude
Modulation)
The type of transmission used in the standard radio
broadcast band from 530 to 1705 kHz.
Amplifier
A device that increases the level of a signal by increasing
the current or voltage.
Antenna
A device used to send or receive electromagnetic waves
through the air.
ATA (PC Card)
A type of card that has been tested for use in playing
WMA, and MP3 music files in the PC card slot. Sizes of up
to 1 GB have been tested.
Auxiliary jack
Allows the customer to use a portable audio device to input
music recordings.
Balance
A control that changes the relative volume of the left and
right channels.
Band
A range of frequencies between two definite limits. Bands
are assigned by the Federal Communications Commission
for specific uses.
Bass
An adjustment for the low frequency sounds of around 160
Hz and below.
Byte
A unit of storage for computer files and memory. A CD
holds approximately 700 million bytes.
Cassette
Audio or video magnetic tape container having two reels.
Customers can insert it for recording or play back.
Compact Flash
A standard for small-size (3x4 cm), memory cards used in
mobile computers, PDAs, digital cameras. Compact flash
memory cards are available in size of 32 MB up to 4 GB or
more and can be played in the audio PC slot. Sizes above 1
GB has not been tested.
CD (Compact
Disc)
A 4.5-inch plastic disc containing digital audio recording
that is played optically on a laser equipped player. Never
use discs with a paper label. In a hot car, labels can curl up
and jam the unit.
CD player that can store and play more than one CD. Two

2008 Honda Civic LX

CD Changer
types are available. Some units accept CDs fed into the
changer one at a time, and others accept a magazine (with
CD's stacked in a container).
CD player
A component designed to play compact disc CD recording
using a laser optical pickup. The signal from a CD player
usually requires amplification.
Distortion
Inexact reproduction of an audio signal caused by playing
music at levels the audio system cannot handle.
Dolby (noise
reduction)
A processing system developed by Dolby Laboratories that
reduces the background noise on recording media. The
result is a clearer playback from the audio system.
DVD (Digital
Versatile Disc)
A 4.5-inch CD-like format used for storing movies with
digital audio and video features. The DVD-A format is a
DVD format designed for DVD audio systems. Some
vehicles can play DVD and DVD-A formats.
Equalizer
A device that changes the relative volume of individual
frequency bands to suit personal tastes of the listener.
Fader
The control that adjusts the relative volume levels of front
and rear speakers in a four-speaker system.
Format
To prepare a PC card to receive files, this function is
performed on a PC. Always choose either FAT or FAT32
as the NTFS format is not accepted by the system. Pick the
default sectors for the format method selected.
FM (Frequency
Modulation)
The modulation used for radio and television sound
transmission in most of the world. Less prone to
interference than AM. The FM broadcast band covers
roughly 87 to 108 MHz.
GA-NET
A data connection between the display panel, the
navigation unit, and the audio system. The information
passed on this bus are touch screen button commands, and
audio and climate control settings directed by the
navigation unit.
GB (Gigabyte)
A unit of memory or disk storage equal to billion bytes
(1000 million bytes).

2008 Honda Civic LX

HDD
Abbreviation for hard disc drive. They are sensitive to heat
and it is not recommended that they be used in the PC card
slot for playing audio files.
Hertz (HZ)
The unit of frequency equal to one cycle per second (cps).
One kilohertz (kHz) equals 1,000 cps; one megahertz
(MHz) equals 1 million cps.
Integrated
Amplifier
A component that combines a pre amp and a power amp
into a single unit. A receiver combines an integrated amp
and a tuner into a single unit.
Jewel Case
The hard plastic case that contains a compact disc or DVD.
Always use a jewel case to prevent scratches on the
underside of a CD or DVD.
LCD (Liquid
Crystal Display)
A type of digital display that changes reflectance or
transmittance when an electrical field is applied to it.
Memory
Circuitry or devices that hold information in electrical or
magnetic form such as the AM/FM radio presets.
MB (Megabyte)
One million bytes. Written as 1 MB. Megabytes are used s
a measure of digital storage space. For example, a CD can
hold 650 MB.
Mic
An abbreviation for microphone. For vehicles with
navigation, the microphone accepts navigation voice
commands to control audio and navigation functions.
MP3 music files
MP3 is an audio coding format. MP3 is a poplar audio
compression format on the Internet and computers. CDs,
and PC card with these files can be played on some
vehicle's audio system.
Mute
When the navigation gives guidance, the front speakers are
muted (no music). When you use the voice control system,
all of the speakers are muted.
Noise
Unwanted random sounds like buzzing, hiss, pops, static,
whine, etc.
PC Card
The slot used for playing MP3 and WMA music files. The
PC card is usually a combination of a small flash card in a
PCMCIA adaptor that slides into the slot. The ATA, SD,

2008 Honda Civic LX

and compact flash types of cards have been tested up to 1
GB.
PCMCIA
A computer standard for the slot that the PC card slides
into. Another term for the PC card slot.
Processor
The part of an audio device that performs task/calculations.
In the audio unit, the processor handles muting to allow the
navi to speak voice commands, and the decoding/playback
of the sound files etc.
Radio
A head unit that combines a tuner, a preamplifier, and often
a power-amplifier.
Audio Remote
switch
The switches on the steering wheel that control the audio
system.
SCF (Cold Start
Fix) screens
These screens are displayed if the system requires a GPS
initialization. The vehicle should be moved outside into an
open area away from buildings/power lines.
Stereo
A recording of at least two channels where you can hear
sound or music from the left or right side.
SD (Secure
Digital) card
This compact type of memory card allows for fast data
transfer and has built-in security functions. SD cards have a
small write-protection switch on the side.
Shield
A metallic foil or braided wire layer surrounding
conductors which are designed to prevent electrostatic or
electromagnetic interference (noise) from external sources
such as buzzing, or popping sounds heard on the speakers.
Speaker
(Loudspeaker)
A device that converts electrical energy into acoustical
energy (sound).
Speed-sensitive
volume
compensation
(SVC)
The SVC increases the audio volume to compensate for
increased interior noise when the vehicle drives at freeway
speeds.
Subwoofer
A loudspeaker made to reproduce the lowest audio
frequencies, approx 25 Hz to 125 Hz.
Track A sound recording on a CD, tape, or PC card.
An adjustment to control the volume of the high frequency

2008 Honda Civic LX

AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR FOR INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
With navigation (Navigation unit)
Treble sounds.
Tuner
A component (or part of a component) that receives radio
signals and selects one broadcast from many.
Tweeter
A speaker designed to reproduce the higher frequencies
(treble) only.
Voice Coil
A coil of wire wrapped around a tube and then attached to
the speaker cone or diaphragm. When an audio signal is
applied, the coil becomes an electromagnet and interacts
with the permanent magnet causing the cone or diaphragm
to vibrate. We interpret this vibration as sound.
Volume Control Allows you to control the loudness of the music.
WMA music file
Windows Media Audio File. This is an accepted format for
music files to be played on either a CD or a PC card.
Woofer
A speaker that is designed to reproduce bass frequencies
only.
XM Radio
Satellite based radio transmission, which also uses a
ground based repeater network to ensure seamless
reception. The channels originate from XM's broadcast
center, in Washington, DC, and uplink to two satellites.
These satellites transmit the signal across the entire
continental United States.
XM Receiver
The external component that receives and processes the
XM signals from the XM satellites, and terrestrial (land)
stations. The audio unit communicates to the XM receiver
over the GA-Net bus.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 7: Identifying Audio Unit For Inputs And Outputs Connector Terminals
(With Navigation)
Without navigation/Without premium sound system

2008 Honda Civic LX

(Without Navigation/Without Premium Sound System)
Without navigation/With premium sound system

2008 Honda Civic LX

(Without Navigation/With Premium Sound System)
Navigation Unit/Audio Unit Connector A (17P)
(2-door with premium audio system)
CAVITY AND WIRE SPECIFICATION
Cavity Wire Connect to
A1 RED Dash lights brightness controller
A2 WHT Stereo amplifier (RL SIG-)
A3 ORN Stereo amplifier (FL SIG-)
A4 GRN Multiplex integrated control unit (MICU) (SCTY RADIO)
A6 LT BLU Multiplex integrated control unit (MICU) (K-LINE)
A7 RED Stereo amplifier (FR SIG-)
A8 YEL Stereo amplifier (RR SIG-)
A9 BLK Ground (G505)
A10 GRY Lights-on signal

2008 Honda Civic LX

Navigation Unit/Audio Unit Connector A (17P)
('07-08 4-door with premium audio system)
Audio Unit Connector A (17P)
A11 BLK Stereo amplifier (RL SIG+)
A12 BLU Stereo amplifier (FL SIG+)
A13 BLU ECM/PCM (VSP)
A14 PUR Multiplex integrated control unit (MICU) (ACC RADIO)
A15 GRN Stereo amplifier (FR SIG+)
A16 BRN Stereo amplifier (FR SIG+)
A17 WHT Multiplex integrated control unit (MICU) (+B BACK UP)
A2 WHT Stereo amplifier (RL SIG-)
A3 RED Stereo amplifier (FL SIG-)
A7 PNK Stereo amplifier (FR SIG-)
A8 PUR Stereo amplifier (RR SIG-)
A11 BLK Stereo amplifier (RL SIG+)
A12 BLU Stereo amplifier (FL SIG+)
A15 BLU Stereo amplifier (FR SIG+)
A16 LT GRN Stereo amplifier (FR SIG+)

2008 Honda Civic LX

(Without premium sound system)
Audio Unit Connector A (20P)
(Without Audio)
A2 BRN Left rear speaker (-)
A3 PNK Driver's door speaker (-), Left tweeter (-)
A7 BRN Front passenger's door speaker (-), Right tweeter (-)
A8 ORN Right rear speaker (-)
A11 YEL Left rear speaker (+)
A12> LT GRN Driver's door speaker (+), Left tweeter (+)
A15 GRY Front passenger's door speaker (+), Right tweeter (+)
A16 BLU Right rear speaker (+)
A7 GRY Front passenger's door speaker (+)
A8 LT GRN Driver's door speaker (+), Left tweeter (+)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Navigation Unit Connector B (22P)
(With navigation)
Audio Unit Connector B (20P)
(Without navigation)
A17 BRN Front passenger's door speaker (-)
A18 PNK Driver's door speaker (-), Left tweeter (-)
B1 BRN Auxiliary jack assembly (AUX SGND)
B2
GRY
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 1, No. 3, No. 11, No. 12, and No.
13 (AUX SHIELD GND)
B3 BLU Auxiliary jack assembly (AUX GND)
B6 BRN Audio remote switch (AUDIO REMOTE GND)
B7 PNK Audio remote switch (AUDIO REMOTE SW)
B11 YEL Auxiliary jack assembly (AUX L)
B12 GRN Auxiliary jack assembly (AUX R)
B13 WHT Auxiliary jack assembly (AUX DET)
B15 BLK Ground (G501)
B20
(2)
LT BLU Stereo amplifier (AMP ON)
(1)
The shielded wires have a heat-shrunk tube insulating the outside of the
wire. The color of the insulating tube, typically black or dark gray, may not
match the color of the wire listed on the schematic.
(2)
With premium sound system

2008 Honda Civic LX

Navigation Unit Connector E (14P)
(Navigation with XM)
B3 BRN Auxiliary jack assembly (AUX SGND)
B4
GRY
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 3, No. 5, No. 13, No. 14, and No.
15 (AUX SHILD GND)
B5 BLU Auxiliary jack assembly (AUX GND)
B6 BRN Audio remote switch (AUDIO REMOTE GND)
B7 PNK Audio remote switch (AUDIO REMOTE SW)
B13 YEL Auxiliary jack assembly (AUX L)
B14 GRN Auxiliary jack assembly (AUX R)
B15 WHT Auxiliary jack assembly (AUX DET)
B16
(2)
LT BLU Stereo amplifier (AMP ON)
(1)
(2)
With premium sound system
E2 LT BLU XM receiver (SAT SYS ACC)
E3
BRN
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 9 and No. 10 (BUS SHIELD
GND)
E4
GRY
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 5, No. 6, No. 13, and No. 14
(SAT SHIELD GND)
E5 WHT XM receiver (SAT R+)
E6 RED XM receiver (SAT L+)
E7 BLU XM receiver (+B)
E9 BLU XM receiver (SAT BUS+ (GA-NET))

2008 Honda Civic LX

Audio Unit/Navigation Unit Connector G (3P)
(All models)
STEREO AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR FOR INPUTS AND OUTPUTS (2-DOOR WITH PREMIUM
SOUND SYSTEM)
Fig. 10: Identifying Stereo Amplifier For Inputs And Outputs Connector
Terminals (2-Door With Premium Sound System)
E10 PNK XM receiver (SAT BUS- (GA-NET))
E11 BLK XM receiver (GND)
E13 BLK XM receiver (SAT R-)
E14 GRN XM receiver (SAT L-)
(1)
G1 - AM/FM antenna amplifier (SIG)
G2 - AM/FM antenna amplifier (SH (AM/FM))
G3 - AM/FM antenna amplifier (ANT + B)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Stereo Amplifier Connector A (20P)
Stereo Amplifier Connector B (14P)
(With navigation)
A1 PNK Right tweeter (+)
A3 LT GRN Driver's door speaker (+)
A4 RED Left tweeter (+)
A5 GRN Subwoofer (+)
A10 LT GRN +B (Main stereo power supply)
A11 BLU Right tweeter (-)
A13 PNK Driver's door speaker (-)
A14 GRN Left tweeter (-)
A15 RED Subwoofer (-)
B1 BLU Navigation unit (FL SIG+)
B2
GRY
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 1, No. 3, No. 4, No. 6, No. 8, No.
10, and No. 13 (SIG SHIELD)
B3 BLK Navigation unit (RL SIG+)

2008 Honda Civic LX

B4 GRN Navigation unit (FR SIG+)
B6 BRN Navigation unit (RR SIG+)
B7 LT BLU Navigation unit (AMP ON)
B8 ORN Navigation unit (FL SIG-)
B10 WHT Navigation unit (RL SIG-)
B11 RED Navigation unit (FR SIG-)
B13 YEL Navigation unit (RR SIG-)
B14
(2)
BLK Ground (G505)
(1)
(2)
'06 model
B1 BLU Audio unit (FL SIG+)
B2
GRY
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 1, No. 3, No. 4, No. 6, No. 8, No.
10, and No. 13 (SIG SHIELD)
B3 BLK Audio unit (RL SIG+)
B4 GRN Audio unit (FR SIG+)
B6 BRN Audio unit (RR SIG+)
B7 LT BLU Audio unit (AMP ON)
B8 ORN Audio unit (FL SIG-)
BIO WHT Audio unit (RL SIG-)
B11 RED Audio unit (FR SIG-)
B13 YEL Audio unit (RR SIG-)
B14
(2)
BLK Ground (G505)

2008 Honda Civic LX

STEREO AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR FOR INPUTS AND OUTPUTS ('07-08 4-DOOR WITH
PREMIUM SOUND SYSTEM)
Fig. 11: Identifying Stereo Amplifier For Inputs And Outputs Connector
Terminals ('07-08 4-Door With Premium Sound System)
Stereo Amplifier Connector A (20P)
(1)
(2)
'06 model
A1 PNK Right tweeter (+)
A3 LT GRN Driver's door speaker (+)
A4 RED Left tweeter (+)
A5 GRN Subwoofer (+)
A8 GRY Left rear speaker (+)

2008 Honda Civic LX

(With navigation)
A10 LT GRN +B (Main stereo power supply)
A11 BLU Right tweeter (-)
A13 PNK Driver's door speaker (-)
A14 GRN Left tweeter (-)
A15 RED Subwoofer (-)
B1 BLU Navigation unit (FL SIG+)
B2
BRN
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 1 and No. 8 (FL SHIELD
GND)
B3 BLK Navigation unit (RL SIG+)
B4 BLU Navigation unit (FR SIG+)
B5
GRY
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 4 and No. 11 (FR SHIELD
GND)
B6 LT GRN Navigation unit (RR SIG+)
B7 LT BLU Navigation unit (AMP ON)
B8 RED Navigation unit (FL SIG-)
B9
GRN
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 3 and No. 10 (RL SHIELD
GND)
B10 WHT Navigation unit (RL SIG-)
B11 PNK Navigation unit (FR SIG-)
B12
YEL
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 6 and No. 13 (RR SHIELD
GND)

2008 Honda Civic LX

XM RECEIVER CONNECTOR FOR INPUTS AND OUTPUTS ('06-08 2-DOOR WITH NAVIGATION
AND '07-08 4-DOOR WITH NAVIGATION)
B13 PUR Navigation unit (RR SIG-)
(1)
B1 BLU Audio unit (FL SIG+)
B2
BRN
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 1 and No. 8 (FL SHIELD
GND)
B3 BLK Audio unit (RL SIG+)
B4 BLU Audio unit (FR SIG+)
B5
GRY
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 4 and No. 11 (FR SHIELD
GND)
B6 LT GRN Audio unit (RR SIG+)
B7 LT BLU Audio unit (AMP ON)
B8 RED Audio unit (FL SIG-)
B9
GRN
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 3 and No. 10 (RL SHIELD
GND)
B10 WHT Audio unit (RL SIG-)
B11 PNK Audio unit (FR SIG-)
B12
YEL
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 6 and No. 13 (RR SHIELD
GND)
B13 PUR Audio unit (RR SIG-)
(1)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 12: Identifying XM Receiver For Inputs And Outputs Connector
Terminals ('06-08 2-Door With Navigation)
XM Receiver Connector A (14P)
A1 BLU Navigation unit (+B)
A2 LT BLU Navigation unit (SAT SYS ACC)
A3
(2)
BRN
(1)
Shield for terminals No. 9 and No. 10 (BUS SHIELD
GND)
A5 WHT Navigation unit (SAT R+)
A6 RED Navigation unit (SAT L+)
A9 BLU Navigation unit (SAT BUS+ (GA-NET))
A10 PNK Navigation unit (SAT BUS- (GA-NET))
A11 BLK Navigation unit (GND)
A13 BLK Navigation unit (SAT R-)
A14 GRN Navigation unit (SAT L-)
(1)

2008 Honda Civic LX

XM Receiver Connector B (2P)
AUXILIARY JACK ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR FOR INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
Fig. 13: Identifying Auxiliary Jack Assembly For Inputs And Outputs
Connector Terminals
Auxiliary Jack Assembly 5P Connector
(With navigation)
(2)
'07-08 models
B1 - Satellite signal antenna (SIG)
B2 - Satellite signal antenna (SIELD (XM))
1 WHT Navigation unit (AUX DET)
2 BLU Navigation unit (AUX GND)
3 BRN Navigation unit (AUX SGND)
4 YEL Navigation unit (AUX L)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Auxiliary Jack Assembly 5P Connector
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
With Navigation
5 GRN Navigation unit (AUX R)
1 WHT Audio Unit (AUX DET)
2 BLU Audio Unit (AUX GND)
3 BRN Audio Unit (AUX SGND)
4 YEL Audio Unit (AUX L)
5 GRN Audio Unit (AUX R)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 14: Audio System Circuit Diagram - With Navigation (1 Of 3)

2008 Honda Civic LX

With Navigation

2008 Honda Civic LX

Audio without Navigation

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 17: Audio System Circuit Diagram - Without Navigation (1 Of 3)
Audio without Navigation

2008 Honda Civic LX


2008 Honda Civic LX

Without Audio

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 20: Audio System Circuit Diagram - (Without Audio)
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
WITHOUT NAVIGATION

2008 Honda Civic LX

The audio system has a self-diagnostic function.
SERIAL NUMBER DISPLAY MODE
To obtain the audio unit serial number on a vehicle, do the following:
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
2. With the audio unit turned off, push and hold the No. 1 and No. 6 buttons.
While holding the buttons, push the VOL push PWR knob (A) to ON.
Fig. 21: Identifying Buttons And Self-Diagnostic Function
3. The display will show a 8 digit serial number.
Eight digits of the serial number (example 12345678)
Fig. 22: Identifying Eight Digits Of Serial Number
NOTE:
This procedure can only be performed when the battery
power is disconnected from the audio unit and the
audio unit displays CODE.
To obtain the navigation unit serial number, refer to
NAVI ECU in the navigation system diagnostic mode .

2008 Honda Civic LX

4. Use all 8 numbers as the serial number when using the Interactive Network (i
N) to retrieve the 5 digit anti-theft code.
5. The serial number display mode ends when you turn the audio unit off, or turn
the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
HOW TO CHECK FOR AUDIO SYSTEM CONDITION
2. Push and hold the No. 1 and No. 6 buttons. While holding the buttons, push the
VOL push PWR knob (A) to ON. Release the buttons and the self-diagnostic
function begins.
Fig. 23: Identifying Buttons And Self-Diagnostic Function
3. By pressing a preset button, the input will trigger the diagnostic mode that is
assigned to that preset switch.
NO. 3 button
Entire LCD lighting/light-out mode: Turns on/off the entire LCD to show the
presence or absence of an LCD failure.
NOTE: The audio unit must be in the code enter screen before
performing the self-diagnostic function.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO. 4 button
Duty (for the Illumination dim) indication mode: Indicates the duty for the
Illumination dim.
NO. 5 button
Vehicle speed pulse indication mode: Indicates the vehicle speed pulse.
FM button (Push and hold 5 sec.)
Reception level check mode: Indicates the reception level. When entering the
reception level check mode, the AM/FM button is used to change the main/sub
antenna.
CD button (Push and hold 5 sec.)
DRAM residual quantity indication mode: Indicates the DRAM residual
quantity.
4. The self-diagnostic function will end when the audio unit is turned off, or the
ignition switch to LOCK (0).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 24: CD Buttons Self-Diagnostic Function -: Display
Speaker check mode
5. Turn off the audio unit.
6. Push and hold the No. 1 and No. 3 buttons. While holding the buttons, push the
VOL push PWR knob to ON. Release the buttons and the speaker check mode
will begin. A low-frequency hum should sound for about one minute. Change
the test speaker by push the SKIP button. If you find a speaker(s) with no
sound, check the speaker and harness connections. If the connections are good,
replace the speaker and retest.
7. The self-diagnostic function ends when the audio unit is turned off, or the
ignition switch to LOCK (0).
ERROR CODES
The audio system displays error codes when a problem is detected with the disc
changer, the disc, the tape player, the XM radio, or the anti-theft code.

2008 Honda Civic LX

CD Error Codes ('06-07 models and '08 model with navigation)
CD ERROR CODES ('06-07 MODELS AND '08 MODEL WITH
NAVIGATION)
CD Error Codes ('08 model without navigation)
CD ERROR CODES ('08 MODEL WITHOUT NAVIGATION)
CD Error Codes ('06-08 models)
CD ERROR CODES ('06-08 MODELS)
Error Code
Displayed
Possible Cause Solution
DISC
ERROR
The system cannot read the disc because
an audio or video DVD is inserted into the
unit. The CD may be inserted upside
down.
Make sure the unit
functions with a
known-good CD.
MECH
ERROR
There is a problem with the mechanism. A
CD label may be jammed in the
mechanism.
Replace the
navigation unit.
Error Code
Displayed
BAD DISC-PLEASE
CHECK OWNERS
MANUAL PUSH
EJECT
CD label jammed
in the mechanism.
CD eject
mechanism or
motor is
inoperative.
CD spindle motor
won't spin up the
CD.
The wrong type
disc is inserted.
Press the EJECT button and
hold it for 5 seconds. If the disc
does not eject, try again. If the
disc still won't eject, replace the
unit.
Error Code

2008 Honda Civic LX

XM Error Codes
XM ERROR CODES
Displayed Possible Cause Solution
HEAT
ERROR
CD player is too hot. This can
happen if the vehicle is parked
in the sunlight all day and is
warmer than 104 F (40 C).
The unit should function normally
when it cools off, and internal
temperature is less than 104 F
(40 C).
FORMAT
Audio unit cannot read the
files on the CD or CD-R.
Current track will skipped. The
next supported track or file plays
automatically.
Verify that CD, CD-R, or
CD-RW file names end in
CD-A or WMA.
Verify that CD, CD-R, or
CD-RW with compressed
music formats end in MP3 or
WMA.
Other file formats like iTunes
or Ogg are not recognized.
WMA files may have (DRM)
copy protection and cannot
be read.
Error Code
Displayed
LOADING
XM radio is
acquiring audio or
program
information.
Wait until the radio receives the
information.
(XM) OFF
AIR
XM channel not in
service.
Try another XM channel.
(XM) NO Both terrestrial and satellite antennas have

2008 Honda Civic LX

Audio Unit Error Codes
AUDIO UNIT ERROR CODES
POOR AM OR FM RADIO RECEPTION OR INTERFERENCE (WITH NAVIGATION)
SIGNAL
Loss of signal.
lost signal. Park the vehicle outside with a
clear view of the southern horizon.
(XM)
UPDATING
XM radio is
receiving
information update
from the network.
This message will disappear once the
update finishes.
(XM) CHECK
ANTENNA
XM antenna error.
Repair open or short in the satellite
antenna. Substitute the XM antenna with a
known-good one, and recheck. If the error
is gone, replace the original XM antenna. If
the error is still present, replace the antenna
lead.
(XM)
ANTENNA
ERROR
-
No signal from
XM.
Check a known-good vehicle with XM
radio. If the known-good vehicle has the
same symptoms, contact XM Satellite
Radio at (800) 852-9696.
Error Code
Displayed
CODE
ERROR 1
Anti-theft code
mismatch (1
st

try).
Enter the correct anti-theft code.
CODE
ERROR E
Anti-theft code
mismatch (10
th

try).
Remove No. 23 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood
fuse/relay box, then reinsert it. You will have
10 more tries to enter the correct anti-theft
code.
NOTE:
Check the vehicle battery condition first.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Do the seek stop test (see SEEK STOP TEST).
Is the test vehicle within 10% of the known-good vehicle?
YES -Multipath interference or weak station. Operation is normal.
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Check if the radio reception/interference is the same in several locations.
Is the reception/interference the same?
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Multi path interference or weak station. Operation is normal.
4. Start the engine.
5. Check the reception/interference.
Is there noise (static or whine) only with the engine running?
YES -Check the antenna and radio grounds. If OK, check the charging system
Check for aftermarket accessories plugged into the
vehicle accessory power sockets.
Check the connectors for poor connections or loose
terminals.
Check the radio reception in an open area. Compare it
to a known-good vehicle whenever possible. Poor
reception/interference can be caused by the following:
The radio station is far away.
Atmospheric conditions are unfavorable.
Tall buildings, mountains, or high-voltage power
lines are nearby.
Aftermarket metallic window tint.

2008 Honda Civic LX

and the ignition system.
NO -Go to step 6.
7. Wrap aluminum foil (A) around the tip of a tester probe (B) as shown.
Fig. 25: Identifying Wrap Aluminum Foil And Tip Of Tester Probe
8. Check for continuity by touching one tester probe to the window antenna
terminal (A), and move the other tester probe along the antenna wires.
Fig. 26: Checking Continuity By Touching Tester Probe To Window
Antenna Terminal

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is there continuity in all sections of the antenna?
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Repair the window antenna wire. Go to AM/FM ANTENNA REPAIR .
9. Remove the navigation unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Check that the antenna lead is properly
connected.
Is it connected properly?
YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Reconnect the connector, and recheck the function.
10. Disconnect the AM/FM antenna lead 3P connector from the AM/FM antenna
amplifier (see AM/FM ANTENNA AMPLIFIER REPLACEMENT).
12. Turn on the navigation unit.
13. Measure the voltage between the AM/FM antenna lead connector No. 3
terminal at the AM/FM antenna amplifier and body ground.
Fig. 27: Measuring Voltage Between AM/FM Antenna Lead Connector
Terminal At AM/FM Antenna Amplifier And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 18.
NO -Go to step 14.
15. Disconnect navigation unit connector G (3P).
16. Check for continuity between the AM/FM antenna amplifier connector (3P)
No. 3 terminal and body ground.
Fig. 28: Checking Continuity Between AM/FM Antenna Amplifier
Connector Terminal 3P And Body Ground
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the navigation unit and
the AM/FM antenna amplifier.
NO -Go to step 17.
17. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector G (3P) No. 3 terminal
and the AM/FM antenna amplifier 3P connector No. 3 terminal.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 29: Checking Continuity Between Navigation Unit Connector
Terminal And AM/FM Antenna Amplifier 3P Connector Terminal
YES -Substitute a known-good navigation unit, and recheck.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the navigation unit and the AM/FM
antenna amplifier.
19. Disconnect navigation unit connector G (3P).
and body ground.
Fig. 30: Checking Continuity Between Navigation Unit G (3P) Connector
Terminal And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Replace the AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead.
NO -Go to step 21.
21. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector G (3P) No. 1 and No.
2 terminals.
Terminals
YES -Replace the antenna lead and/or sublead.
NO -Go to step 22.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 23.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Replace the AM/FM antenna amplifier, and recheck. If the reception is
still poor, replace the navigation unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT
NO -Replace the AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead.
POOR AM OR FM RADIO RECEPTION OR INTERFERENCE (WITHOUT NAVIGATION)
2. Do the seek stop test (see SEEK STOP TEST).
Is the test vehicle within 10 % of the known-good vehicle?
YES -Multipath interference or weak station. Operation is normal.
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Check if the radio reception/interference is the same in several locations.
Is the reception/interference the same?
YES -Go to step 4.
NOTE:
vehicle accessory power sockets.
terminals.
reception/interference can be caused by the following:
The radio station is far away.
Atmospheric conditions are unfavorable.
Tall buildings, mountains, or high-voltage power
lines are nearby.
Aftermarket metallic window tint.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Multipath interference or weak station. Operation is normal.
5. Check the reception/interference.
Is there noise (static or whine) only with the engine running?
YES -Check the antenna and radio grounds. If OK, check the charging system
and the ignition system.
NO -Go to step 6.
7. Wrap aluminum foil (A) around the tip of a tester probe (B) as shown.
Fig. 34: Identifying Wrap Aluminum Foil And Tip Of Tester Probe
8. Check for continuity by touching one tester probe to the window antenna
terminal (A), and move the other tester probe along the antenna wires.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 35: Checking Continuity By Touching Tester Probe To Window
Antenna Connector Terminal
Is there continuity in all sections of the antenna?
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Repair the window antenna wire. Go to AM/FM ANTENNA REPAIR .
9. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).
Check that the antenna lead is properly connected.
YES -Go to step 10.
10. Disconnect the antenna cable 3P connector from the AM/FM antenna amplifier
(see AM/FM ANTENNA AMPLIFIER REPLACEMENT).
12. Turn on the audio unit.
13. Measure the voltage between the AM/FM antenna lead connector No. 3
terminal at the AM/FM antenna amplifier and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 36: Measuring Voltage Between AM/FM Antenna Lead Connector
Terminal At AM/FM Antenna Amplifier And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 18.
NO -Go to step 14.
15. Disconnect audio unit connector G (3P).
16. Check for continuity between the AM/FM antenna amplifier connector (3P)
Fig. 37: Checking Continuity Between AM/FM Antenna Amplifier (3P)
Connector Terminal And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the audio unit and the
AM/FM antenna amplifier.
NO -Go to step 17.
17. Check for continuity between audio unit connector G (3P) No. 3 terminal and
the AM/FM antenna amplifier 3P connector No. 3 terminal.
Fig. 38: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit G (3P) Connector
YES -Substitute a known-good audio unit, and recheck.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the audio unit and the AM/FM antenna
amplifier.
19. Disconnect audio connector G (3P).
body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 21.
21. Check for continuity between audio unit connector G (3P) No. 1 and No. 2
terminals.
Terminals

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 22.
NO -Go to step 23.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Replace the AM/FM antenna amplifier, and recheck. If the reception is
still poor, replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).
NO -Replace the antenna lead and/or sublead.
AUDIO UNIT POWER SWITCH WILL NOT TURN ON (NO INFORMATION DISPLAY AND NO
SOUND) (WITH NAVIGATION)
2. Push the power switch ON to see if the navigation unit turns ON.
Does the navigation unit display operate properly, and does the audio sound
normal?
NO -Go to step 3.
4. Check the No. 23 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and No. 35 (7.5
A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Are the fuses OK?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Replace the fuse(s), and recheck.
NOTE:
terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Check that the navigation unit is properly
connected.
YES -Go to step 6.
7. Measure the voltage between body ground and navigation unit connector A
(17P) terminals No. 14 and No. 17 individually.
Fig. 43: Measuring Voltage Between Navigation Unit A (17P) Connector
Terminals And Body Ground
Is there battery voltage on both terminals?
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Repair open in the wire(s) between the No. 23 (10 A) fuse in the under-
hood fuse/relay box and No. 35 (7.5 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box and
the audio unit.
NOTE: Eject all the discs before removing the navigation unit
to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism.

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Measure the voltage between navigation unit connector A (17P) No. 9 terminal
and body ground, and navigation unit connector B (22P) No. 15 terminal and
body ground.
Fig. 45: Measuring Voltage Between Navigation Unit B (22P) Connector
Is there less than 0.1 V on both terminals?
YES -Replace the navigation unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT
NO -Repair open in the wire between navigation unit connector A (17P) No.

2008 Honda Civic LX

19 terminal or navigation unit connector B (22P) No. 15 terminal and body
ground (G505) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ).
AUDIO UNIT POWER SWITCH WILL NOT TURN ON (NO INFORMATION DISPLAY AND NO
SOUND) (WITHOUT NAVIGATION)
2. Push the power switch ON to see if audio unit turns ON.
Does the audio unit operate properly, and does the audio sound normal?
NO -Go to step 3.
4. Check the No. 23 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and No. 35 (7.5
A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Are the fuses OK?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Replace the fuse(s), and recheck.
Check that the audio unit is properly connected.
NOTE:
terminals.
NOTE: Eject all the discs before removing the audio unit to
prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 6.
7. Measure the voltage between audio unit connector A (17P) terminal No. 14 and
body ground, and between terminal No. 17 and body ground.
Fig. 46: Measuring Voltage Between Audio Unit A (17P) Connector
Is there battery voltage on the both terminals?
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Repair open in the wire(s) between the No. 23 (10 A) fuse in the under-
hood fuse/relay box and No. 35 (7.5 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box and
the audio unit.
10. Measure the voltage between audio unit connector A (17P) No. 9 terminal and
body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is there less than 0.1 V?
YES -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT
NO -Repair open in the wire between audio unit connector A (17P) No. 9
terminal and body ground (G505) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS
INDEX ).
AUDIO UNIT POWER SWITCH WILL NOT TURN OFF (WITH NAVIGATION)
2. Push the power switch OFF or turn the ignition switch OFF to see if the
navigation unit turns OFF.
Is the navigation unit OFF?
YES -Operation is normal.
NO -Go to step 2.
NOTE:
vehicle's accessory power sockets.
terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

5. Measure the voltage between navigation unit connector A (17P) terminal No.
14 and body ground.
YES -Check for short to power on PUR wire.
NO -Replace the navigation unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT
AUDIO UNIT POWER SWITCH WILL NOT TURN OFF (WITHOUT NAVIGATION)
2. Push the power switch OFF or turn the ignition switch OFF to see if the audio
unit turns OFF.
NOTE:
vehicle's accessory power sockets.
terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is the audio unit OFF?
NO -Go to step 3.
5. Measure the voltage between audio unit connector A (17P) terminal No. 14 and
body ground.
Is there voltage?
YES -Check for short to power on PUR wire.
NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT
NO SOUND IS HEARD FROM SPEAKER(S) (DISPLAY IS NORMAL) (WITH NAVIGATION)
NOTE:
terminals.
Set the fader and balance positions to the center.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Check for sound in each mode (AM, FM, XM, and CD).
Is the sound OK in each mode?
YES -Intermittent failure. The system is OK at this time. Check for loose
connections at the navigation unit and speaker(s).
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Check that the volume button is not set to the MIN level.
Is it at the MIN level?
YES -Raise the volume level, and recheck the function.
NO -Go to step 4.
4. On the steering wheel, check the navigation TALK command.
Is the navigation TALK command function set?
YES -Cancel the navigation TALK command by pressing the navigation
BACK button, then recheck the function.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Check to see if there is a specific speaker that has no sound.
Do any or all of the speakers fail to sound?
YES -Speaker(s) failed the test:
If at least one speaker is OK, go to step 6.
If all speakers fail to sound:
With premium sound system: Go to step 14.
Without premium sound system: Go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Speakers all work, but sound quality is poor in step 1.
If sound is poor only with XM radio, or the XM radio does not function,
go to POOR OR NO SOUND WITH XM RADIO .
If the sound is poor only with AM or FM, go to POOR AM OR FM
RADIO RECEPTION OR INTERFERENCE .
If the sound is poor only with disc.
Try several known- good tapes/disc in the navigation unit.
If the sound quality is normal, the original disc is faulty.
If the sound quality is still poor, replace the navigation unit.
If the sound is poor in all modes, go to SOUND QUALITY
DIAGNOSIS .
7. Remove the speaker(s) with no sound (see SPEAKER REPLACEMENT),
and disconnect its connector.
8. Check the speaker 2P connector for a loose or poor connection.
Reconnect the speaker 2P connector and recheck the symptom; does it still
fail?
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Operation is normal.
9. Make sure the ignition switch is in LOCK (0).
10. Measure the resistance between the (+) and (-) terminals of the speaker
connector.
Is there about 4 ohms?
YES -

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Faulty speaker(s).
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Disconnect navigation unit connector A
(17P).
12. Measure the resistance between the following terminals of navigation unit
connector A (17P) according to the table.
SPEAKER TERMINALS REFERENCE
Fig. 50: Measuring Resistance Between Navigation Unit A (17P)
Connector Terminals
Speaker Terminal Wire color
Driver's door speaker, Left tweeter
A12 (+) LT GRN
A3 (-) PNK
Front passenger's door speaker, Right tweeter
A15 (+) GRY
A7 (-) BRN
Left rear speaker
A11 (+) YEL
A2 (-) BRN
Right rear speaker
A16 (+) BLU
A8 (-) ORN

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 13.
NO -Repair open or short in the wires between navigation unit and speaker(s).
13. Check for continuity between body ground and the following terminals of
navigation unit connector A (17P).
Fig. 51: Checking Continuity Between Navigation Unit A (17P) Connector
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire(s) between the navigation unit
and speaker(s).
NO -Substitute a known-good navigation unit and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original navigation unit.
A12 (+) LT GRN
A3 (-) PNK
A15 (+) GRY
A7 (-) BRN
Left rear speaker
A11 (+) YEL
A2 (-) BRN
Right rear speaker
A16 (+) BLU
A8 (-) ORN

2008 Honda Civic LX

14. Measure the voltage between stereo amplifier connector A (20P) No. 10
terminal and body ground.
Fig. 52: Measuring Voltage Between Stereo Amplifier A (20P) Connector
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -
'06 model: Repair open in the wire between No. 5 (15 A) fuse in the
under-dash fuse/relay box and stereo amplifier connector A (20P) No. 10
terminal.
'07-08 models: Repair open in the wire between No. 17 (15 A) fuse in the
under-hood fuse/relay box and stereo amplifier connector A (20P) No. 10
terminal.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 17.
NO -Repair open in the wire between No. 35 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box and stereo amplifier connector A (20P) No. 9 terminal.
17. Measure the voltage between stereo amplifier connector B (14P) No. 7
Fig. 54: Measuring Voltage Between Stereo Amplifier B (14P) Connector
YES -Go to step 18.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Repair open in the wire between the stereo amplifier connector B (14P)
No. 7 terminal and navigation unit connector B (22P) No. 20 terminal.
terminal and body ground, and between stereo amplifier connector B (14P) No.
14 terminal and body ground.
'06-08 models
'06 model

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 19.
NO -Repair open in the wire between stereo amplifier connector A (20P) No.
20 terminal or connector B (14P) No. 14 terminal and body ground, 2-door
model (G505), 4-door model (G601).
20. Disconnect stereo amplifier connector A (20P).
21. Measure the resistance between the following terminals of stereo amplifier
Driver's door speaker
A3 (+) LT GRN
A13 (-) PNK
Left tweeter
A4 (+) RED
A14 (-) GRN
Front passenger's door speaker
A2 (+) GRY
A12 (-) BRN
Right tweeter
A1 (+) PNK
A11 (-) BLU
Left rear speaker
A8 (+) YEL
A18 (-) BRN
Right rear speaker
A7 (+) BLU
A17 (-) ORN
Subwoofer
A5 (+) GRN
A15 (-) RED

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 57: Measuring Resistance Between Stereo Amplifier A (20P)
Connector Terminals
YES -Go to step 22.
NO -Repair oper or short in the wires between stereo amplifier and speaker(s).
stereo amplifier connector A (20P).
A3 (+) LT GRN
A13 (-) PNK
Left tweeter
A4 (+) RED
A14 (-) GRN
A2 (+) GRY
A12 (-) BRN
Right tweeter
A1 (+) PNK
A11 (-) BLU
Left rear speaker
A8 (+) YEL
A18 (-) BRN
Right rear speaker
A7 (+) BLU
A17 (-) ORN
Subwoofer
A5 (+) GRN
A15 (-) RED

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 58: Checking Continuity Between Stereo Amplifier A (20P)
Connector Terminals And Body Ground
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire(s) between stereo amplifier and
speaker(s).
NO -
2-door: Go to step 23.
'08 4-door: Go to step 27.
23. Disconnect stereo amplifier connector B (14P).
24. Disconnect navigation unit connector A (17P).
25. Check for continuity between stereo amplifier connector B (14P) and body
ground according to the table. Then check for continuity between the same
terminals listed in the table and stereo amplifier connector B (14P) No. 2
terminal (the harness shield).
AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR REFERENCE
Amplifier connector Wire color
B1 BLU
B3 BLK
B4 GRN
B6 BRN
B8 ORN
B10 WHT

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 59: Checking Continuity Between Stereo Amplifier B (14P) Connector
YES -Repair short in the wire between the stereo amplifier and the navigation
unit. Replace the appropriate shielded harness.
NO -Go to step 26.
26. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector A and stereo amplifier
connector B according to the table.
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR AND AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR
REFERENCE
B11 RED
B13 YEL
Navigation unit connector Amplifier connector Wire color
A2 B10 WHT
A3 B8 ORN
A7 B11 RED
A8 B13 YEL
A11 B3 BLK
A12 B1 BLU
A15 B4 GRN
A16 B6 BRN

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Substitute a known-good navigation unit and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original navigation unit. If the
symptom is still present, substitute a known-good stereo amplifier and recheck.
If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original stereo amplifier (see
STEREO AMPLIFIER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).
NO -Repair open in the wire(s) between the navigation unit and stereo
amplifier.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 30.
REFERENCE
B1 BLU
B8 RED
A3 B8 RED
A12 B1 BLU

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 31.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the navigation unit and stereo amplifier.
B4 BLU
B11 PNK

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 32.
REFERENCE
A7 B11 PNK
A15 B4 BLU

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 33.
B3 BLK
B10 WHT

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 34.
REFERENCE
A2 B10 WHT
A11 B3 BLK

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 35.
NO -Go to step 36.
B6 LT GRN
B13 PUR

2008 Honda Civic LX

REFERENCE
YES -Substitute a known-good navigation unit and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original navigation unit. If the
symptom is still present, substitute a known-good stereo amplifier and recheck.
If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original stereo amplifier (see
NO SOUND IS HEARD FROM SPEAKER(S) (DISPLAY IS NORMAL) (WITHOUT NAVIGATION)
A8 B13 PUR
A16 B6 LT GRN

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Check that the volume button is not set to min level.
Is it at MIN level?
YES -Raise the volume level, and recheck the function.
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Do the speaker check mode in the self-diagnostic function (see SELF-
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION).
Do any or all of the speakers fail to sound?
YES -Speaker(s) failed the test:
If at least one speaker is OK, go to step 4.
If all speakers fail to sound;
NO -Speakers all work, but sound quality is poor:
If the sound is poor only with AM or FM, go to POOR AM OR FM
RADIO RECEPTION OR INTERFERENCE (see POOR AM OR FM
RADIO RECEPTION OR INTERFERENCE (WITHOUT
NOTE:
terminals.
Before performing symptom troubleshooting, do the
power switch will not turn ON troubleshooting (see
AUDIO UNIT POWER SWITCH WILL NOT TURN ON (NO
INFORMATION DISPLAY AND NO SOUND) (WITHOUT
NAVIGATION)).

2008 Honda Civic LX

NAVIGATION)).
If the sound is poor only with disc.
Try several known- good disc in the audio unit.
If the sound quality is normal, the original disc is faulty.
If the sound quality is still poor, replace the audio unit.
If the sound is poor in all modes, go to SOUND QUALITY
DIAGNOSIS .
5. Remove the speaker(s) with no sound (see SPEAKER REPLACEMENT),
and disconnect its connector.
6. Check the speaker 2P connector for a loose or poor connection.
Reconnect the speaker 2P connector and recheck the symptom; does it still
fail?
YES -Go to step 7.
7. Make sure turn the ignition switch is in LOCK (0).
8. Measure the resistance between the (+) and (-) terminal of the speaker
connector.
YES -
NO -Faulty speaker(s).
Disconnect audio unit connector A (17P).

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Measure the resistance between the following terminals of audio unit connector
A (17P).
Fig. 74: Measuring Resistance Between Audio Unit A (17P) Connector
Terminals
YES -Go to step 11.
NO -Repair open or short in the wires between audio unit and speaker(s).
11. Check for continuity between body ground and following terminals of audio
unit connector A (17P).
A12 (+) LT GRN
A3 (-) PNK
A15 (+) GRY
A7 (-) BRN
Left rear speaker
A11 (+) YEL
A2 (-) BRN
Right rear speaker
A16 (+) BLU
A8 (-) ORN

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 75: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit A (17P) Connector
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire(s) between the audio unit and
speaker(s).
NO -Substitute a known-good audio unit and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original audio unit.
A12 (+) LT GRN
A3 (-) PNK
Front passenger's door speaker. Right tweeter
A15 (+) GRY
A7 (-) BRN
Left rear speaker
A11 (+) YEL
A2 (-) BRN
Right rear speaker
A16 (+) BLU
A8 (-) ORN

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 13.
NO -
'06 model: Repair open in the wire between No. 5 (15 A) fuse in the
under-dash fuse/relay box and stereo amplifier connector A (20P) No. 10
terminal.
'07-08 models: Repair open in the wire between No. 17 (15 A) fuse in the
under-hood fuse/relay box and stereo amplifier connector A (20P) No. 10
terminal.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Repair open in the wire between No. 35 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box and stereo amplifier connector A (20P) No. 9 terminal.
15. Measure the voltage between stereo amplifier connector B (14P) No. 7
YES -Go to step 16.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the stereo amplifier connector B (14P)
No. 7 terminal and audio unit connector B (20P) No. 16 terminal.
terminal and body ground, and between stereo amplifier connector B (14P) No.
14 terminal and body ground.
'06-08 models

2008 Honda Civic LX

'06 model
YES -Go to step 17.
NO -Repair open in the wire between stereo amplifier connector A (20P) No.
20 terminal or connector B (14P) No. 14 terminal and body ground, 2-door
model (G505), 4-door model (G601).
18. Disconnect stereo amplifier connector A (20P).

2008 Honda Civic LX

19. Measure the resistance between the following terminals of stereo amplifier
YES -Go to step 20.
A3 (+) LT GRN
A13 (-) PNK
Left tweeter
A4 (+) RED
A14 (-) GRIM
A2 (+) GRY
A12 (-) BRN
Right tweeter
A1 (+) PNK
A11 (-) BLU
Left rear speaker
A8 (+) YEL
A18 (-) BRN
Right rear speaker
A7 (+) BLU
A17 (-) ORN
Subwoofer
A5 (+) GRN
A15 (-) RED

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Repair open or short in the wires between stereo amplifier and speaker(s).
stereo amplifier connector A (20P).
A3 (+) LT GRN
A13 (-) PNK
Left tweeter
A4 (+) RED
AH (-) GRN
A2 (+) GRY
A12 (-) BRN
Right tweeter
A1 (+) PNK
A11 (-) BLU
Left rear speaker
A8 (+) YEL
A18 (-) BRN
Right rear speaker
A7 (+) BLU
A17 (-) ORN
Subwoofer
A5 (+) GRN
A15 (-) RED

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire(s) between stereo amplifier and
speaker(s).
NO -
2-door: Go to step 21.
'08 4-door: Go to step 25.
22. Disconnect audio unit connector A (17P).
B1 BLU
B3 BLK
B4 GRN
B6 BRN
B8 ORN
B10 WHT
B11 RED
B13 YEL

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Repair short in the wire between the stereo amplifier and the audio unit.
Replace the appropriate shielded harness.
NO -Go to step 24.
24. Check for continuity between audio unit connector A and stereo amplifier
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR AND AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR
REFERENCE
Audio unit connector Amplifier connector Wire color
A2 B10 WHT
A3 B8 ORN
A7 B11 RED
A8 B13 YEL
A11 B3 BLK
A12 B1 BLU
A15 B4 GRN
A16 B6 BRN

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Substitute a known-good audio unit and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original audio unit. If symptom is
still present, substitute a known-good stereo amplifier and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original stereo amplifier (see
NO -Repair open in the wire between the audio unit and stereo amplifier.
B1 BLU
B8 RED

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 27.
REFERENCE
A3 B8 RED
A12 B1 BLU

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 28.
B4 BLU
B11 PNK

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 29.
REFERENCE
A7 B11 PNK
A15 B4 BLU

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 30.
NO -Go to step 31.
B3 BLK
B10 WHT

2008 Honda Civic LX

REFERENCE
Terminals
Terminals
YES -Go to step 32.
A2 B10 WHT
A11 B3 BLK

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 33.
REFERENCE
B6 LT GRN
B13 PUR
A8 B13 PUR
A16 B6 LT GRN

2008 Honda Civic LX

Terminals
Terminals
YES -Substitute a known-good audio unit and recheck. If the
still present, substitute a known-good stereo amplifier and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original stereo amplifier (see
AUXILIARY INPUT SOUND IS LOW OR CANNOT BE HEARD
NOTE:
terminals.
Use auxiliary stereo cables with 3.5 mm ends only.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Turn on the audio unit or navigation unit and connect an auxiliary accessory to
the auxiliary input jack.
3. Check the volume operation.
Is the sound normal?
YES -Operation is normal at this time.
NO -Go to step 4.
4. Make sure the auxiliary accessory volume is set to high.
Is the volume set to high?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Raise the auxiliary accessory volume is set to high. Make sure the audio
unit volume is turned down before retesting.
5. Substitute a known-good auxiliary audio accessory and/or auxiliary stereo
cable and recheck.
Does the auxiliary audio accessory operate properly?
YES -Original auxiliary audio accessory or auxiliary stereo cable is faulty.
NO -Go to step 6.
7. Remove the auxiliary jack assembly (see AUXILIARY JACK ASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT), and check that the auxiliary jack assembly is properly
connected.
Auxiliary accessories may be played on the audio unit
using the auxiliary input.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is the auxiliary jack assembly connected properly?
YES -
With navigation: go to step 8.
Without navigation: go to step 13.
8. Disconnect auxiliary jack assembly 5P connector.
9. Disconnect navigation unit connector B (22P).
10. Check for continuity between body ground and navigation unit connector B
(22P) according to the table.
REFERENCE
Fig. 98: Checking Continuity Between Navigation Unit B (22P) Connector
Navigation unit connector Wire color
B1 BRN
B3 BLU
B11 YEL
B12 GRN
B13 WHT

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Short to body ground in the wire(s) between navigation unit and
auxiliary jack assembly. Replace the affected shielded harness.
NO -Go to step 11.
11. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector B (22P) according to
the table.
TERMINALS REFERENCE
Fig. 99: Checking Continuity Between Navigation Unit B (22P) Connector
Terminals
YES -Short in the wire(s) between navigation unit and auxiliary jack assembly.
Replace the affected shielded harness.
NO -Go to step 12.
From terminal To terminals
B1
B2
(1)
, B3, B11, B12, B13
B2
(1)
B3, B11, B12, B13
B3 B11, B12, B13
B11 B12, B13
B12 B13
(1)
Shielded wire

2008 Honda Civic LX

12. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector B (22P) and auxiliary
jack assembly 5P connector according to the table.
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR AND AUXILIARY JACK
ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR REFERENCE
Fig. 100: Checking Continuity Between Navigation Unit B (22P)
Connector Terminals
Fig. 101: Checking Continuity Between Auxiliary Jack Assembly 5P
Connector Terminals
YES -Substitute a known-good auxiliary jack assembly and recheck. If the
Navigation unit connector Auxiliary jack assembly connector Wire color
B1 3 BRN
B3 2 BLU
B11 4 YEL
B12 5 GRN
B13 1 WHT

2008 Honda Civic LX

symptom/indication goes away, replace the original auxiliary jack assembly. If
the symptom/indication is still present, replace the navigation unit (see
NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
NO -Open in the wire(s) between navigation unit and auxiliary jack assembly.
Replace affected shielded harness.
13. Disconnect auxiliary jack assembly 5P connector.
14. Disconnect audio unit connector B (22P).
15. Check for continuity between body ground and audio unit connector B (20P)
according to the table.
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR REFERENCE
Fig. 102: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit B (20P) Connector
YES -Short to body ground in the wire(s) between audio unit and auxiliary
jack assembly. Replace the affected shielded harness.
Audio unit connector Wire color
B3 BRN
B5 BLU
B13 YEL
B14 GRN
B15 WHT

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 16.
16. Check for continuity between audio unit connector B (20P) according to the
table.
TERMINALS REFERENCE
Terminals
YES -Short in the wire(s) between navigation unit and auxiliary jack assembly.
NO -Go to step 17.
17. Check for continuity between audio unit connector B (20P) and auxiliary jack
assembly 5P connector according to the table.
B3
B4
(1)
, B5, B13, B14, B15
B4
(1)
B5, B13, B14, B15
B5 B13, B14, B15
B13 B14, B15
B14 B15
(1)
Shielded wire

2008 Honda Civic LX

AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR AND AUXILIARY JACK ASSEMBLY
CONNECTOR REFERENCE
Terminals
Fig. 105: Checking Continuity Between Auxiliary Jack Assembly 5P
Connector Terminals
YES -Substitute a known-good auxiliary jack assembly and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original auxiliary jack assembly. If
the symptom/indication is still present, replace the audio unit (see AUDIO
UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).
Audio unit connector Auxiliary jack assembly connector Wire color
B3 3 BRN
B5 2 BLU
B13 4 YEL
B14 5 GRN
B15 1 WHT

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Open in the wire(s) between navigation unit and auxiliary jack assembly.
Replace affected shielded harness.
POOR OR NO SOUND WITH XM RADIO (NAVIGATION UNIT CAN DISPLAY XM CHANNELS)
(WITH NAVIGATION)
2. Turn on the navigation unit and select XM radio.
3. Check for an error message on the display.
Are there any messages displayed?
YES -Go to ERROR CODE LIST .
NO -Go to step 4.
5. Disconnect navigation unit connector E (14P) and XM receiver connector A
(14P).
6. Check for continuity between navigation connector E (14P) and body ground
according to the table. Then check for continuity between the same terminals
listed in the table and navigation unit connector E (14P) No. 4 terminal (the
NOTE:
terminals.
reception/interference can be caused by tall buildings,
mountains, or high-voltage power lines that are nearby.
If you can only tune to channels 000, 001, 174, and 247,
make sure the audio unit is set to the channel mode
(see owner's manual), if it is set to channel mode, call
XM satellite radio customer support and check the
account activation status.

2008 Honda Civic LX

harness shield).
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR REFERENCE
Fig. 106: Checking Continuity Between Navigation E (14P) Connector
YES -Short in the wire(s) between navigation unit and XM receiver. Replace
the affected shielded harness.
NO -Go to step 7.
7. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector E (14P) and XM
receiver connector A (14P) according to the table.
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR AND XM RECEIVER
CONNECTOR REFERENCE
Navigation unit connector Wire color
E6 RED
E14 GRN
E5 WHT
E13 BLK
Navigation unit connector XM receiver connector Wire color
E5 A5 WHT
E6 A6 RED
E13 A13 BLK

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 107: Checking Continuity Between Navigation Unit E (14P)
Connector Terminals
Fig. 108: Checking Continuity Between XM Receiver A (14P) Connector
Terminals
YES -Substitute a known-good XM receiver, then reconnect the all connectors
and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original XM
receiver. If the symptom/indication is still present, replace the navigation unit
(see NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
NO -Repair open in the wire between the navigation unit and the XM receiver.
XM RADIO DISPLAY IS BLANK AND NO STATION INFORMATION IS DISPLAYED (WITH
NAVIGATION)
E14 A14 GRN
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Measure the voltage between XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 1 terminal
and body ground.
Fig. 109: Measuring Voltage Between XM Receiver A (14P) Connector
YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Repair open in the wire between No. 23 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood
fuse/relay box and XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 1 terminal.
and body ground.
terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the XM receiver connector A (14P) No.
1 terminal and navigation unit connector E (14P) No. 11 terminal.
and body ground.
Is there 10 V or more present?
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Go to step 6.
6. Measure the voltage between navigation unit connector E (14P) No. 2 terminal
and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 112: Measuring Voltage Between Navigation Unit E (14P) Connector
Is there 10 V or more present?
YES -Repair open or short to body ground in the wire between the navigation
unit and XM receiver.
NO -Substitute a known-good navigation unit and recheck. If 10 V or more are
present, replace the original navigation unit.
8. Measure voltage between the navigation unit connector E (14P) No. 2 terminal
and body ground.
Fig. 113: Measuring Voltage Between Navigation Unit E (14P) Connector

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -# Substitute a known-good navigation unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and recheck. If 0.5 V or less are present,
replace the original navigation unit.
10. Disconnect navigation unit connector E (14P) and XM receiver connector A
(14P).
11. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector E (14P) and body
terminals listed in the table and navigation unit connector E (14P) No. 3
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR REFERENCE
YES -Short to body ground in the wire(s) between navigation unit and XM
receiver. Replace the affected shielded harness.
NO -Go to step 12.
Navigation unit connector Wire ester
E9 BLU
E10 PNK

2008 Honda Civic LX

12. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector E (14P) and XM
receiver connector A (14P) according to the table.
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR AND XM RECEIVER
CONNECTOR REFERENCE
Connector Terminals
Fig. 116: Checking Continuity Between XM Receiver Connector A (14P)
Connector Terminals
YES -Substitute a known-good XM receiver, then reconnect all connectors and
recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original XM
receiver. If symptom/indication is still present, replace the navigation unit (see
NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
Navigation unit connector XM receiver connector Wire color
E9 A9 BLU
E10 A10 PNK

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Open in the wire(s) between navigation unit and XM receiver. Replace
the affected shielded harness.
AUDIO SYSTEM SOUND IS WEAK OR DISTORTED (DISPLAY IS NORMAL)
1. Check for sound in each mode (AM, FM, XM, and CD).
Is there sound from the speakers, and is the sound quality normal in each
mode?
YES -Intermittent failure. The system is OK at this time. Check for loose
connections at the navigation unit, audio unit, amplifier, and each speaker.
NO -Speakers all work, sound quality is poor.
If the sound quality is poor only with the XM radio, or the XM radio does
not function, go to POOR OR NO SOUND WITH XM RADIO .
If the sound quality is poor only with AM or FM radio, go to POOR AM
OR FM RADIO RECEPTION OR INTERFERENCE .
If sound is poor in all modes, go to SOUND QUALITY DIAGNOSIS .
NAVIGATION UNIT BUTTON ILLUMINATION DOES NOT WORK (WITH NAVIGATION)
2. Turn the combination lighting switch to the parking light position.
3. Check the illumination of the navigation unit buttons.
Are the buttons illuminated?
NOTE:
terminals.
NOTE:
terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Intermittent problem: the navigation unit is OK at this time. Check for
loose or poor connections at the navigation unit connector A (17P).
NO -Go to step 4.
4. Check the illumination of several other buttons not related to the navigation
system.
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Troubleshoot the interior lights. Start by checking the No. 14 (7.5 A) fuse
in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, check for an open in the
wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the navigation unit.
7. Disconnect gauge control module (tach) 36P connector.
8. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector A (17P) No. 1 terminal
and gauge control module (tach) 36P connector No. 14 terminal.
Fig. 117: Checking Continuity Between Navigation Unit A (17P)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Connector Terminal And Gauge Control Module (Tach) 36P Connector
Terminal
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module and the
navigation unit.
10. With the headlight switch still on, measure the voltage between navigation unit
connector A (17P) No. 10 terminal and body ground.
YES -Check the connections at navigation unit connector A (17P). If all
connections are OK, replace the navigation unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT
NO -Repair open in the wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the
navigation unit.
AUDIO UNIT BUTTON ILLUMINATION DOES NOT WORK (WITHOUT NAVIGATION)

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Turn the combination lighting switch to the parking light position.
3. Check the illumination of the audio unit buttons.
YES -Intermittent problem: the audio unit is OK at this time. Check for loose
or poor connections at the audio unit connector A (17P).
NO -Go to step 4.
4. Check the illumination of several other buttons not related to the audio system.
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Troubleshoot the interior lights. Start by checking the No. 14 (7.5 A) fuse
in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, check for an open in the
wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the audio unit.
7. Disconnect gauge control module (tach) 36P connector.
8. Check for continuity between audio unit connector A (17P) No. 1 terminal and
gauge control module (tach) 36P connector No. 14 terminal.
NOTE:
terminals.
prevent the CD player's load mechanism.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Terminal And Gauge Control Module (Tach) 36P Connector Terminal
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module and the audio
unit.
10. With the headlight switch still on, measure the voltage between audio unit
connector A (17P) No. 10 terminal and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Check the connections at audio unit connector A (17P). If all the
connections are OK, replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT
audio unit.
RADIO PRESET MEMORY IS LOST
1. Set each of the radio station preset buttons.
Do each of the buttons set properly?
YES -Go to step 2.
NO -
With navigation: Replace the navigation unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT
Without navigation: Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT
2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) for 1 minute, then turn it back to ON (II).
3. Test the preset buttons for proper recall operation.
Do the preset buttons recall the set radio stations?
YES -System is normal at this time. Check the connections at the navigation
unit or audio unit.
NO -
NOTE: If only the XM stations are lost, go to XM RADIO PRESET
MEMORY IS LOST .

2008 Honda Civic LX

XM RADIO PRESET MEMORY IS LOST (WITH NAVIGATION)
2. Set each of the XM radio channel preset buttons.
Do each of the XM radio channel preset buttons set properly?
YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Replace the navigation unit.
3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) for 1 minute, then turn it back to ON (II).
4. Test all of the XM radio channel preset buttons for proper recall operation.
Do the preset buttons recall the set radio stations?
YES -System is normal at this time. Check the connections at the navigation
unit.
NO -Go to step 5.
and body ground.
NOTE: If you can only tune to channels 000,001,174, and 247, make
sure the audio unit is set to the channel mode (see owner's
manual), if it is set to channel mode, call XM satellite radio
customer support and check the account activation status.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and XM
receiver connector A (14P) No. 1 terminal.
and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Replace the XM receiver (see SPEAKER REPLACEMENT).
NO -Repair open in the wire between XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 11
terminal and body ground (G505) .
ERROR CODE: XM NO SIGNAL OR XM ANTENNA IS DISPLAYED
1. Park vehicle outside with a clear view of the southern horizon.
Does XM radio receive a signal?
YES -Reception interference operation is normal.
NO -Go to step 2.
2. Check XM antenna connector B (2P) at XM receiver.
Is XM antenna connector B connected?
YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Reconnect XM connector B, recheck XM radio operation. If the signal
restored, operation is normal. If signal not restored go to step 3.
and body ground.
NOTE:
terminals.
Check XM radio reception in an open area. Poor
reception/interference can be caused by tall buildings,
mountains, or high-voltage power lines.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Repair open in the wire between navigation unit and XM receiver
connector A (14P) No. 1 terminal.
and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Repair open in the wire between XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 11
terminal and body ground (G505) .
6. Substitute known-good XM antenna.
Does the XM radio receiver a signal?
YES -Replace XM antenna (see XM ANTENNA REPLACEMENT).
NO -Substitute known-good XM antenna subharness. If XM radio receives
signal, replace original XM antenna subharness. If the XM radio does not
receive a signal, substitute a known-good XM receiver.
AUDIO DISC DOES NOT EJECT
1. Turn on the audio system.
Does the system turn on?
YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Go to POWER SWITCH WILL NOT TURN ON .
2. Check to see if the disc ejects correctly with no binding by pushing the EJECT
button.
Does the disc eject normally?
NOTE:
terminals.
Disc labels should not be used in the navigation unit or
audio unit. They may damage the player mechanism.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -
With navigation: Replace navigation unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT
Without navigation: Replace audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO DISC DOES NOT LOAD
1. Insert a known-good disc to see if the symptom can be duplicated.
Does the disc load?
YES -Operation is normal. If the disc loads normally, lower case but will not
play, go to AUDIO DISC DOES NOT PLAY .
NO -Go to step 2.
2. Insert another disc-Does the disc load?
YES -The original disc is faulty.
NO -
NOTE:
terminals.
Make sure the disc is compatible with the system (see
the owner's manual for more information).

2008 Honda Civic LX

RADIO TUNER DOES NOT CHANGE STATIONS
1. Check the audio information on the display panel.
Does the audio information display properly?
YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Go to POWER SWITCH WILL NOT TURN ON .
2. Operate the tuning knob to see if the radio station changes.
Does the radio station change?
YES -Intermittent failure: the tuning knob is OK at this time.
NO -
VOLUME DOES NOT CHANGE
1. Listen for sound from the speakers.
Is the sound normal?
YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Go to AUDIO SYSTEM SOUND IS WEAK OR DISTORTED, or NO
SOUND IS HEARD FROM SPEAKER(S) .
NOTE:
terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Operate the volume knob to see if the volume changes.
Does the volume change?
NO -
VOLUME DOES NOT INCREASE WITH SPEED
1. Verify the SVC mode setting in the navigation or audio unit sound set-up.
Is the SVC set to off?
YES -Change the setting to Mid and retest (see SYSTEM DESCRIPTION).
NO -Go to step 2.
2. Do the self-diagnostic function for the vehicle speed pulse indication (see
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION).
Does the self-diagnostic function indicate a VSP signal?
YES -Substitute a known-good navigation or audio unit and retest. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original navigation or audio unit.
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Test-drive the vehicle at highway speeds, and monitor if the volume increases.
NOTE:
terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Do the volume increase?
NO -Go to step 4.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), or audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION), and disconnect the navigation, or audio unit
connector A (17P).
5. Drive the vehicle, and have an assistant measure voltage at navigation or audio
unit connector A (17P) terminal No. 13.
Fig. 125: Measuring Voltage At Navigation Or Audio Unit A (17P)
Connector Terminal
Is there a 0- 5 V Pulse?
YES -
NOTE: Eject all the discs before removing the audio unit or
navigation unit to prevent damaging the CD player's
load mechanism.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Repair open or shorts in the wire between the navigation, or audio unit
connector A (17P) No. 13 terminal and the ECM/PCM connector A (44P) No.
29 terminal. If no opens or shorts are found, substitute a known-good
ECM/PCM and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the
original ECM/PCM . See ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT .
VOLUME IS TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW WHEN DRIVING AT FREEWAY SPEEDS
1. Test-drive the vehicle at highway speeds and monitor volume level.
Is the volume level too high, or too low?
YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time.
2. Change the SVC mode setting in sound set-up to Mid (see SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION).
Is the volume level still too high, or too low?
YES -
NO -Improper SVC setting for customers sound taste.
DISPLAY DOES NOT DIM OR BRIGHTEN WITH DIMMER (WITHOUT NAVIGATION)
NOTE:
terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Turn the combination light switch ON and LOCK (0) to see if the symptom
can be duplicated.
Is it duplicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
3. Turn the combination light switch OFF.
4. Operated the illumination control dial.
Is it normal?
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Disconnect and check audio unit connector A (17P) for loose or a poor
connection.
Reconnect audio unit connector A (20P) and recheck the symptom; does it still
appear?
YES -Go to step 6.
NOTE:
terminals.
If the vehicle is equipped with navigation, refer to
DISPLAY DAY/NIGHT MODE DOES NOT WORK .
prevent the CD player's load mechanism.

2008 Honda Civic LX

9. Measure the voltage between audio unit connector A (17P) No. 1 and No. 10
terminals. Operate the dash brightness controller buttons to see if the voltage
changes.
Terminals
Does the voltage change?
YES -Substitute a known-good audio unit, and recheck. If the
still present, substitute a known-good center panel display and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original center panel display (see
AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).
gauge control module.
Diagnostics CD 07AAZ-SDBA100
AUDIO DISC DOES NOT PLAY

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Try loading a known-good disc.
Does the disc load?
YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Go to AUDIO DISC DOES NOT LOAD .
2. Insert another known-good disc to see if the symptom can be duplicated.
Does the disc play?
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Insert the audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) in the navigation unit
or audio unit.
Does the disc play?
YES -The original disc is faulty, or has an unreadable format.
NO -
NOTE:
terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

AUDIO DISC SKIPS
1. Confirm the vehicles tires are properly inflated.
2. Check the customers CD for scratches, fingerprints, and marks.
3. Test drive to identify when the CD skips. The audio diagnostic CD (T/N:
07AAZ-SDBA100) can be used if customers CD is not available. Use tracks 10
to 12.
Does the CD skip?
YES -Go to step 4.
4. Compare the customers CD that is skips in a known-good vehicle under the
same conditions.
Does the CD skip in the known-good vehicle under the same conditions?
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Insert the diagnostic skip test CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA300) (ABEX TCD 721).
Play tracks 2 to 11 and note the track number(s) where the CD starts skipping.
Do the same test on a known-good vehicle.
Does the CD skip on the same track number(s) as the known-good vehicle?
NOTE: The following test should be performed with audio unit
bass and treble set to customers listening performance.
When comparing to known-good vehicles, comparison
should be performed on same model and trim level.
NOTE: The following test should be performed with vehicle
parked and engine running.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 6.
6. Insert the diagnostic skip test CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA200) (ABEX TCD
725B) play tracks 7 to 11 and tracks 13 to 15 and note the track number(s)
where the CD starts skipping. Perform the same test on a known-good vehicle.
Does the CD skip on same track number (s) as the known-good vehicle?
NO -
AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH DOES NOT WORK PROPERLY
1. Check the audio unit operation.
Is the audio unit operation OK?
YES -Go to step 2.
NO -
NOTE:
terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Test the audio remote switch (see AUXILIARY JACK ASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT).
Is the audio remote switch OK?
YES -
With navigation: Go to step 3.
Without navigation: Go to step 6.
NO -Replace the audio remote switch.
4. Measure the resistance between navigation unit connector B (22P) No. 6 and
No. 7 terminals as specified in the table.
Fig. 127: Measuring Resistance Between Navigation Unit B (22P)
Connector Terminals
AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH TABLE
AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH REFERENCE
Button held
down
VOL
DOWN
VOL
UP
CH (-) CH (+) MODE
No button
pressed
Resistance
about 100
ohms
about
370
about
840
about 2.0
K ohms
about 6.0
K ohms
about 10 k
ohms

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is the resistance OK?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Repair open or high resistance in the circuit between the navigation unit
and the audio remote switch. If the wires are OK, replace the cable reel (see
CABLE REEL REPLACEMENT ).
5. Check for continuity between the No. 6 and No. 7 terminals of navigation unit
connector B (22P) and body ground.
Fig. 128: Checking Continuity Between Navigation Unit B (22P)
YES -Repair short to body ground in the circuit between the navigation unit
and the audio remote switch. If the wires are OK, replace the cable reel (see
7. Measure the resistance between audio unit connector B (20P) No. 6 and No. 7
terminals as specified in/the table.
ohms ohms

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 129: Measuring Resistance Between Audio Unit B (20P) Connector
Terminals
AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH TABLE
AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH REFERENCE
Is the resistance OK?
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Repair open or high resistance in the circuit between the audio unit and
the audio remote switch. If the wires are OK, replace the cable reel (see
8. Check for continuity between the No. 6 and No. 7 terminals of the audio unit
connector B (20P) and body ground.
Button held
down
VOL
DOWN
VOL
UP
CH (-) CH (+) MODE
No button
pressed
Resistance
about 100
ohms
about
370
ohms
about
840
ohms
about 2.0
K ohms
about 6.0
K ohms
about 10 k
ohms

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Repair short to body ground in the circuit between audio unit and the
audio remote switch. If the wires are OK, replace the cable reel (see CABLE
REEL REPLACEMENT ).
NO -Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO DISC CANNOT BE INSERTED AND/OR EJECTED (WITH NAVIGATION)
1. Press the OPEN/CLOSE button to open the navigation display.
2. Try inserting an audio CD.
Does the player accept the CD?
NOTE:
terminals.
Make sure the disc is compatible with the system (see
the owner's manual for more information).

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -The system is OK at this time.
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Press the CD eject button.
Does the player eject the CD?
PC CARD WILL NOT PLAY/CARD ICON ON AUDIO SCREEN CANNOT BE SELECTED (WITH
NAVIGATION)
Unfortunately, there are no error messages and no diagnostics for the PC card.
There are many reasons why a card won't play audio files in the audio unit.
The card may not be fully inserted into the slot. Eject the card, and inspect for
warping or damage to the edge connector. Never use excessive force to insert a
card. This can result in damage to the pins in the rear of the slot.
The customer's card may contain audio files that are not recognized by the
system. Only MP3 and WMA music files are played.
The flash card type may not be accepted by the system. Only Compact Flash
and ATA cards have been tested.
The card's PCMCIA adapter may be preventing a known-good card from
playing. New PCMCIA adapters are constantly being released and have not
been tested.
The card's capacity may exceed 1 GB. Only cards with capacities of up to 1
GB (1000 MB) have been tested.
There may not be any files on the card. Some cards have write protection.
Make sure it is turned off before putting files on the card.
Although flash memory chips are reliable, occasionally they develop bad
sectors or other formatting errors that prevent them from playing. The
customer should reformat the card using the FAT or FAT32 format.

2008 Honda Civic LX

The card may have been damaged by heat. Suggest that the customer remove
the card when exiting the vehicle.
The customer may have formatted the card using the format NTFS. Only the
formats FAT and FAT32 are accepted by the system.
Hard Disc Drive (HDD) cards may not work properly in the system and can
overheat and quit functioning, particularly in a hot vehicle. They are not
recommended.
The filing structure of the card may exceed the specification of 8 folder levels
deep, 99 folders maximum, and 999 total tracks maximum. If any of these
limitations are exceeded, the system may not properly display or play the
tracks.
SOUND QUALITY DIAGNOSIS
Use the following tests to check sound quality.
LEFT/RIGHT CHANNEL ID
Do this test to confirm proper channel routing.
1. Insert the audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) into the navigation
NOTE: A delay when first inserting a card is normal. The system is
reading the File Tag information for album names, artists,
and song titles, and there is no hourglass. The delay length
depends on the number of tracks and the complexity of the
folder structure. See the audio article for an explanation of
the terms used above.
NOTE: Before beginning the following tests, write down the
customer's bass, treble, fader and balance settings, and
then set them to their center positions for testing.

2008 Honda Civic LX

unit or audio unit.
2. Play track No. 1 (left, both, right channel ID) at a normal, or slightly higher
than normal, volume level.
3. The voice should be audible only from the channel or channels when indicated.
If the channel ID is correct for each side, go to the PHASE TEST.
If the channel ID is not correct, check for;
Shorted speaker wire
Faulty amplifier (with premium sound system)
Faulty navigation unit
Faulty audio unit
PHASE TEST
Do this test to confirm proper speaker phasing.
unit or audio unit.
2. Play track No. 2 (phase) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal, volume
level.
3. The voice should sound centered and focused when it is in-phase.
4. The voice should sound diffused, and have less bass when it is out of phase.
If the voice changes from in-phase to out of phase as indicated by the
prompt, the phasing is correct. Go to ELECTRICAL NOISE TEST.
If the voice always sounds out of phase, phasing is not correct. Check for;
Crossed speaker wires
Faulty navigation unit - Faulty audio unit

2008 Honda Civic LX

ELECTRICAL NOISE TEST
Do this test to check for electrical noise being induced into the audio system.
unit or audio unit.
2. Play track No. 4 (digital zero) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal,
volume level.
3. Operate any electrical device that may create electrical noise in the audio
system, including starting the engine.
4. Play track No. 5 (near digital zero) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal,
volume level.
6. Play track No. 6 (SNR) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal, volume
level.
If no abnormal noise is heard, go to INDIVIDUAL SPEAKER TEST.
If the noise is present only during the SNR track, replace the navigation
unit or audio unit.
If the noise is heard during the digital zero or near digital zero track, check
for;
Poor ground for the audio unit, amplifier, engine or battery cable
Pinched or shorted speaker or amplifier wire
Faulty navigation unit
NOTE: Electrical noise may be caused by outside sources that
cannot be handled by the audio system. Make sure you
remove any cell phones and/or turn off any aftermarket
device before beginning this test.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Faulty audio unit
Other faulty components causing excessive electrical noise (ignition
coils, alternator, door lock actuators, etc.). Disconnect any suspect
components, and then replay the tracks that were originally noisy. If
the noise is gone, check the component's circuit and the component.
INDIVIDUAL SPEAKER TEST
Do this test to identify a faulty speaker.
unit or audio unit.
2. Play track No. 30 (steady 300 Hz tone) at a normal, or slightly higher than
normal, volume level.
3. Listen to each speaker for poor sound compared to the other speakers. Use the
audio unit's fader and balance settings to help isolate the channel with the
problem.
If the sound quality produced by a specific speaker is poor, substitute it
with a known-good speaker. If the poor sound quality continues, go to the
SOUND BALANCE TEST.
If the sound quality is OK, go to the SOUND BALANCE TEST.
SOUND BALANCE TEST
Perform this test to identify a faulty channel or speaker.
unit or audio unit.
2. Confirm the bass and treble are set to the center positions.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Play track No. 3 (pink noise) at a normal, or slightly higher then normal,
volume level.
4. A static type sound should be heard through all speakers.
unit or audio unit of a known-good vehicle.
6. Set the bass and treble to the center position.
7. Play track No. 3 (pink noise) all the same level as was played in step 3.
8. Compare the sounds made by the two vehicles.
If the noise sounds made by the two vehicles are very similar, go to the
FREQUENCY SWEEP TEST .
If the sound does not have as much bass, check the subwoofer and circuit.
If the sound does not have enough hiss, check the tweeters and their
circuits.
FREQUENCY SWEEP
Do this test to find rattles or reverberation that may cause a perception of poor
sound quality.
unit or audio unit.
2. Play track No. 13 (sweep from 500 Hz to 35 Hz) at a normal, or slightly higher
than normal, volume level.
3. Listen to each speaker for poor sound quality or reverberations caused by
specific frequencies. Use the voice-over to estimate the frequency that causes
the vibration. Use the audio unit's fader and balance settings to help isolate the
channel with the problem.
If vibrations or poor sound quality are heard, go to step 4.
If no vibrations or poor sound quality are heard, go to sound judging.
4. Choose the appropriate track from No. 14 to 25 (small range frequency sweep)

2008 Honda Civic LX

or 26 to 53 (single frequencies) to recreate the frequency that caused the poor
sound quality or vibration located in step 3: this aids in diagnosis of the cause.
5. Replace or insulate the source of the vibrations or, if the speaker is the source
of the poor sound quality, replace it.
SOUND JUDGING
Do this test to compare overall sound quality, imaging, and dynamics between
the customer's vehicle and a known-good vehicle. Only use a vehicle of the
same model and trim level for this test.
Make sure the vehicle is using only OEM speakers.
1. In the customer's vehicle, set the bass, treble, fader, and balance settings to the
customer's normal settings that were written down before beginning testing.
unit or audio unit.
3. Play tracks No. 7 to 12 (sound quality, midland, dynamics, and imaging
demonstration tracks) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal, volume level.
Write down the volume setting being used.
4. Listen to areas of the track that stand out as being either very clear, or poorer
than other areas of the track.
unit or audio unit of a known-good vehicle.
6. Play the tracks at the same volume level and the same bass, treble, balance, and
fader settings as used in step 3 in the customer's vehicle.
7. Listen to the same area of the track that stood out as being either very clear or
NOTE: When you get to the track that recreates the problem,
select the repeat function on the navigation unit or
audio unit, this will help you isolate the cause.

2008 Honda Civic LX

poorer than other areas of the track.
8. Compare the customer's vehicle's sound quality results to the known-good
vehicle's results.
If the sound quality in the customer's vehicle is comparable to the sound
quality in the known-good vehicle, then the customer's vehicle is operating
as designed.
If the sound quality is not comparable, check these items in order.
Loose or improperly installed speakers or other hardware that may
become excited by the vibrations generated by the speakers
Poor power or ground to the stereo amplifier (with premium sound
system)
Damaged speaker(s)
Faulty navigation unit - Faulty audio unit
SEEK STOP TEST
Do this test to check the performance of the audio unit's AM and FM reception.
Refer to AUDIO UNIT POWER SWITCH WILL NOT TURN OFF
(WITHOUT NAVIGATION) symptom troubleshooting: audio sound weak or
distorted, or no sound is heard from speakers (display is normal) before continuing
with this test.
1. Park the customer's vehicle in an open area away from buildings or other
obstructions.
2. Park a known-good vehicle (same year, model, and trim level) next to the
customer's vehicle, facing the same direction.
NOTE:
Window tint, aftermarket theft-recovery devices and
other aftermarket accessories may reduce radio
reception.
Changes in cloud cover and other atmosphere
conditions will affect the ability of the navigation unit or
audio unit to receive radio signals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Start the engine in the customer's vehicle, and turn on the radio.
4. Set the FM receiver to 87.7 MHz.
5. Press the Seek + button and record the first station that the navigation unit or
audio unit locks onto.
6. Press the Seek + button repeatedly, and write down each station that the
navigation unit or audio unit locks onto until the station recorded in step 5 is
reached again.
7. Set the AM receiver to 530 kHz.
8. Press the Seek + button, and record the first station that the navigation unit or
audio unit locks onto.
9. Press the Seek + button repeatedly, and write down each station that the
navigation unit or audio unit locks onto until the station recorded in step 8 is
reached again.
11. Start the engine in the known-good vehicle, and then perform steps 4 thru 10
on the known-good vehicle.
12. Compare the number of stations received in steps 6 and 9 in the customer's
vehicle with the number of stations received in the known-good vehicle.
If the number of stations received is the same, or within 10%, the audio
unit's tuner performance is OK. The problem may be atmospheric
conditions, multi path interference, or other obstructions to the radio
signal.
If the customer's vehicle receives fewer stations by at least 10%, go to step
2 of poor AM or FM radio reception of interference (see POOR AM OR
FM RADIO RECEPTION OR INTERFERENCE (WITH
NAVIGATION)).
AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WITHOUT NAVIGATION
SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component location, 4-
door (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ), 2-door (see COMPONENT
LOCATION INDEX ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Also review the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND
PROCEDURES ) in the SRS article before doing repairs or service.
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system, then write down
the audio presets.
2. Remove the subdisplay visor (see SUBDISPLAY VISOR
3. Remove the center pocket hole lid and bolts, then pull out the center panel (A).
NOTE:
Put on gloves to protect your hands.
Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related
parts.
Lay a workshop towel under the parts when working on
them to protect the face panel from scratches or other
damage.
Do not work in a dusty or dirty place.
Discharge static electricity from your body before and
during the work.
Do not touch the circuit board(s) with your bare hands.
Do not work with dirty hands.
Be careful not to fold the flat plate cable.
Do not touch the terminal connector of the flat plate
cable with your bare hands. (If you have touched it,
wipe it off thoroughly.)
Eject all the discs before removing the audio unit to
If you are replacing the audio unit, write down the audio
presets (if possible), and enter them into the new audio
unit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 131: Identifying Center Pocket Hole Lid And Bolts
4. Disconnect the connectors (B), then remove the center panel.
5. Remove the bolts, screws and the brackets (A).
Fig. 132: Identifying Brackets And Bolts, Screws
6. Remove the screws, rear covers (A) and the audio unit (B) from the center
panel display (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 133: Identifying Rear Covers And Audio Unit From Center Panel
Display
7. Install the audio unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure all connectors and antenna lead are secure.
Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system, then enter the audio presets.
Set the clock.
STEREO AMPLIFIER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
2-DOOR
2. Remove the stereo amplifier connectors (A) from the stereo amplifier (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 134: Identifying Stereo Amplifier Connectors
3. Loosen the mounting bolt, and remove the mounting bolt, then remove the
stereo amplifier.
4. Install the stereo amplifier in the reverse order of removal.
4-DOOR
1. Slide the driver's front seat forward fully.
2. Remove the amplifier cover (A), and connectors (B).
Fig. 135: Identifying Amplifier Cover And Connectors
3. Remove the bolts and stereo amplifier (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

4. Install the stereo amplifier in the reverse order of removal.
XM RECEIVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Open the trunk lid and remove the right trunk side trim panel (see TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - TRUNK AREA ).
2. Disconnect the antenna 1P connector (A) and 14P connector (B) from the XM
receiver (C).
Fig. 136: Identifying Antenna 1P Connector And 14P Connector From
XM Receiver
3. Loosen the three bolts, and remove the XM receiver.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
SPEAKER REPLACEMENT
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
1. Remove the front door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL
2. Remove the screw. Then lift the speaker (A) straight up to release the lower
clips (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 137: Identifying Speaker And Lower Clips
3. Disconnect the 2P connector (C), and remove the speaker.
4. Install the speaker in the reverse order of removal.
TWEETER
1. Carefully pry the tweeter grille (A) out of the dashboard. Be careful not to
damage the tweeter grille and the dashboard.
Fig. 138: Identifying Tweeter Grille And Dashboard
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (B) from the tweeter.
3. Remove the tweeter speaker from the speaker grille.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 139: Identifying Tweeter Speaker From Speaker Grille
4. Install the speaker in the reverse order of removal.
REAR SPEAKER (4-DOOR)
1. Remove the rear speaker grille (A).
Fig. 140: Identifying Rear Speaker Grille
2. Remove the screw. Then lift the speaker (A) straight up to release the clips (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 141: Identifying Speaker And Clips
REAR SPEAKER (2-DOOR)
1. Remove the rear shelf (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR
SHELF AREA ).
2. Remove the screw. Then lift the speaker (A) straight up to release the clips (B).
Fig. 142: Identifying Speaker And Clips

2008 Honda Civic LX

SUBWOOFER
SHELF AREA ).
2. Remove the four mounting bolts from the subwoofer (A).
Fig. 143: Identifying Four Mounting Bolts From Subwoofer
3. Disconnect the 2P connector (B), and remove the subwoofer.
AUXILIARY JACK ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
1. With navigation: Remove the navigation unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT
Without navigation: Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT
2. Carefully pull out the auxiliary jack assembly (A), then disconnect the 5P
connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 144: Identifying Auxiliary Jack Assembly And 5P Connector
AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH TEST
1. Remove the driver's airbag assembly (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the 20P connector (A) from the cable reel (B).
Fig. 145: Identifying 20P Connector From Cable Reel
3. Measure the resistance between the No. 9 and No. 10 terminals in each switch
position according to the table.

2008 Honda Civic LX

RESISTANCE SPECIFICATION
4. If the resistance is not as specified, replace the audio remote switch (see
AM/FM ANTENNA AMPLIFIER REPLACEMENT).
AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the steering wheel (see STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL ).
2. Remove the audio remote switch (see STEERING WHEEL
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY ).
3. Install the audio remote switch in the reverse order of removal.
AM/FM ANTENNA AMPLIFIER REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the right side C-pillar trim (see C-PILLAR TRIM - 4-DOOR ).
2. 2-door: Remove the terminal cover (A).
2-door
Position Resistance
No button pressed About 10 k ohms
MODE About 6.0 k ohms
CH (+) About 2.0 k ohms
CH (-) About 840 ohms
 (VOL.UP) About 370 ohms
 (VOL.DOWN) About 100 ohms

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 146: Identifying AM/FM Antenna Amplifier And Terminal Cover
3. Disconnect the connectors (B) from the AM/FM antenna amplifier (C).
4-door
Fig. 147: Identifying AM/FM Antenna Amplifier And Connectors
4. Remove the bolt and AM/FM antenna amplifier.
5. Install the unit in the reverse order of removal.
XM ANTENNA REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the nut (A) from the XM antenna (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 148: Identifying XM Antenna And Nut
3. Disconnect the connector (C) and remove the XM antenna.
AM/FM ANTENNA REPAIR
1. Lightly rub the area around the broken section (A) with fine steel wool, then
clean it with alcohol.
Fig. 149: Identifying Broken Section Around Area
NOTE: To make an effective repair, the broken section must not be
longer than one inch.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Carefully mask above and below the broken portion of the window antenna
wire (B) with cellophane tape (C).
3. Mix the silver conductive paint thoroughly. Using a small brush, apply a heavy
coat of paint (A) extending about 1/8" on both sides of the break. Allow 30
minutes to dry.
Fig. 150: Applying Heavy Coat Of Paint On Both Sides
4. Check for continuity in the repaired wire.
5. Apply a second coat of paint in the same way. Let it dry 3 hours before
removing the tape.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2006-08 TRANSMISSION
Automatic Transmission - Civic (Except Hybrid)
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
SPECIAL TOOLS

2008 Honda Civic LX
2006-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic LX

How to Check for DTCs with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS)
When the powertrain control module (PCM) senses an abnormality in the input or
output system, the D indicator (A) in the gauge control module (tach) (B) will
usually blink.
Fig. 2: Identifying D Indicator
When the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) is connected to the data link connector
(DLC) (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover and the SCS mode is
selected, it will indicate the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) when the ignition switch
is turned to ON (II) and the appropriate menu is selected.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 3: Identifying Data Link Connector
If the D indicator or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has been reported on, or
if a driveability problem is suspected, do this:
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. (See the HDS user's manual for specific
instructions.)
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with
the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC
CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ).
3. Select A/T system, and observe the DTC in the DTCs MENU on the HDS
screen.
4. Record the freeze data and on-board snapshots for all fuel and emissions DTCs
and A/T DTCs.
5. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the fuel and emissions system
as indicated by the DTC.
6. Clear the DTC and data.
7. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the same conditions as those
indicated by the freeze data, and then recheck for a DTC. If the A/T DTC
returns, go to the INDICATED DTC'S TROUBLESHOOTING. If the DTC
does not return, there was an intermittent problem within the circuit. Make sure
all pins and terminals in the circuit are tight.
Symptom Troubleshooting Versus DTC Troubleshooting
Some symptoms will not trigger diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) or cause the D
indicator to blink. If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) was reported on or the D
indicator has been blinking, check for DTCs. If the vehicle has an abnormal
symptom, and there are no DTCs stored, do the symptom troubleshooting. Check
the list of probable cause(s) for the symptom, in the sequence listed, until you find
the problem.
How to Check for DTCs with the SCS Mode (retrieving the flash codes)
NOTE: The preferred method is to use the HDS to retrieve the P-

2008 Honda Civic LX

When the PCM senses an abnormality in the input or output system, the D indicator
(A) in the gauge control module (tach) (B) will usually blink.
Fig. 4: Identifying D Indicator
When the D indicator has been reported on, connect the HDS to the DLC (A)
located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(II), select SCS mode, then the D indicator will indicate flash the DTC.
If the D indicator and the MIL come on at the same time, or if a driveability
problem is suspected, do this:
code.

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. (See the HDS user's manual for specific
instructions.)
the PCM. If it does not, go to DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING . .
3. Select SCS mode, then observe the D indicator in the gauge control module.
Codes 1 through 9 are indicated by individual short blinks. Code 10 and above
are indicated by a series of long and short blinks. One long blink equals 10
short blinks. Add the long and short blinks together to determine the code.
Fig. 6: D Indicator - Blinking Pattern
4. Record all fuel and emissions DTCs and A/T DTCs.
5. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the fuel and emissions system
as indicated by the DTC.
6. Clear the DTC and data.
7. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the same conditions as those
indicated by the freeze data, and then recheck for DTCs. If the A/T DTC
returns, go to the INDICATED DTC'S TROUBLESHOOTING. If the DTC
does not return, there was an intermittent problem within the circuit. Make sure
all pins and terminals in the circuit are tight.
How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM Connectors
NOTE: The PCM overwrites data and monitors the EVAP system
for up to 15 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
2. Remove the PCM cover (A).
Fig. 7: Identifying PCM Cover
3. Remove the mounting bolts, disconnect the PCM connectors, and probe the
terminals in the inspection port on the terminal side of the connectors.
LOCK (0). Jumping the SCS line after turning the ignition
switch to LOCK (0) cancels this function. Disconnecting the
PCM during this function, without jumping the SCS line
first, can damage the PCM.
NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=[], B=
triangle symbol , C=o) embossed on them for
identification.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 8: Disconnecting PCM Connectors
4. Check the connector inspection port (A) size, and select a suitable pin probe.
Fig. 9: Identifying Connector Inspection Port
5. Connect one end of the patch cords (A) terminal to a digital multimeter (B),
and connect the other side of the patch cord terminal to a commercially
available banana jack (Pomona Electronics Tool No. 3563 or equivalent) (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 10: Checking Connector Terminal Port
6. Gently slide the pin probe into the inspection port at the connector terminal
side. Always use the inspection port. Do not slide the probe into the connector
terminals.
Clear A/T DTCs Procedures
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower
cover.
NOTE:
For accurate result, always use the pin probe (male)
To prevent damage to the connector terminals, do
not insert test equipment probes, paper clips, or
other substitutes as they can damage the terminals.
Damaged terminals cause a poor connection and an
incorrect measurement.
Do not puncture the insulation on a wire. Punctures
can cause poor or intermittent electrical
connections.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to DLC
CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING .
4. Clear the DTC(s) on the HDS screen.
OBD Status
The OBD status shows the current system status of each DTC and all of the
parameters. This function is used to see if the technician's repair was successfully
completed. The results of diagnostic tests for the DTC are displayed as:
PASSED: The On-board diagnosis is successfully completed.
FAILED: The On-board diagnosis has finished but failed.
NOT COMPLETED: The On-board diagnosis was running but is out of the
enable conditions of the DTC.
How to End a Troubleshooting Session
This procedure must be done after any troubleshooting.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait for 30 seconds.
NOTE: Reset the PCM with the HDS while the engine is stopped.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and disconnect the HDS from the DLC.
4. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN
PROCEDURE ).
5. Start the engine with the shift lever in P or N, and warm it up to normal
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
6. To verify that the problem is repaired, test-drive the vehicle for several minutes
at speeds over 31 mph (50 km/h) or under the same conditions as those
indicated by the freeze data.
Updating the PCM
Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester
Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM
update software
HDS pocket tester
GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software
NOTE:
Use this procedure when you need to update the PCM
during troubleshooting procedures.
Make sure HDS/HIM has the latest software version
downloaded from the iN (interactive network).
To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM
update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced.
You cannot update a PCM with the program it already
has. It will only accept a new program.
Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery is
fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a
battery charger) to maintain system voltage.
Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) while
updating the PCM. If you turn the ignition switch to
LOCK (0) before completion, the PCM can be damaged.

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), but do not start the engine.
cover.
3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. if it does not, go to DLC
CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING .
4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the
To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything
electrical (audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows,
moonroof (if equipped), door locks, etc.) during the
update.
If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module
(HIM) because the HIM's red (#3) light came on or was
flashing during the update, leave the ignition switch in
the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from
the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM
damage.
High temperature in the engine compartment might
cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If
the engine has been running before this procedure,
open the hood and cool the engine compartment.

2008 Honda Civic LX

HDS screen prompts.
6. Exit the HDS, then select the CM update, and follow the screen prompts to
update the PCM.
7. If the PCM has the latest software, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC,
and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM
is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to choose the
PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both.
8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body (see
THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ).
PROCEDURE ).
10. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN
NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue
this procedure.
NOTE: If the PCM update procedure requires you to cool the
PCM, follow the screen prompts. If you run into a
problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status
bar goes over 100%, D or immobilizer indicator flashes,
HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure,
follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging
the PCM:
Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position.
Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery
charger).
Shut down the HDS.
Disconnect the HDS from the DLC.
Reboot the HDS.
Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update
procedure again.

2008 Honda Civic LX

CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ).
Substituting the PCM
Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester
Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM
update software
HDS pocket tester
GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software
Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good PCM during
troubleshooting procedures.
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation
system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets.
cover.
4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to DLC
CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING . If you did the DLC circuit
troubleshooting, skip steps 5 thru 9, then clean the throttle body (see

2008 Honda Civic LX

THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ) after substituting the PCM.
5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
6. Select the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST with the HDS.
8. Remove the battery.
9. Remove the PCM cover (A).
Fig. 14: Identifying PCM Cover
10. Remove the bolts (D), and remove the PCM (E).
NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue
this procedure.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 15: Identifying PCM Connectors
11. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C.
12. Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal.
14. Input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS.
15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software.
16. Select the IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM with the HDS.
17. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM replacement procedure in the HDS;
this allows you to start the engine.
18. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
19. If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED in step 6, clean the throttle
body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ).
NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=[], B=
triangle symbol , C=o) embossed on them for
identification.
NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN not Programmed or Mismatch" will be
stored because VIN has not been programmed into the
PCM. Ignore it, and continue this procedure.

2008 Honda Civic LX

PROCEDURE ).
21. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN
CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ).
22. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if
equipped), enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without
navigation).
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-
board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting
INFORMATION ).
DTC
(1)
D Indicator MIL Detection Item
P0107 (12)
(3)
Blinks ON or OFF Manifold Absolute
Pressure (MAP)
Sensor Circuit Low
Voltage Input
P0108 (12)
(3)
Blinks ON or OFF Manifold Absolute
Pressure (MAP)
Sensor Circuit High
Voltage Input
P0335 (88)
(3)
Blinks ON or OFF Crankshaft Position
(CKP) Sensor No
signal
P0339 (88)
(3)
Blinks ON or OFF Crankshaft Position
(CKP) Sensor
Intermittent
Interruption
P0365 (89)
(3)
Blinks ON or OFF Camshaft Position
(CMP) Sensor No

2008 Honda Civic LX

Signal
P0369 (89)
(3)
Blinks ON or OFF Camshaft Position
(CMP) Sensor
Intermittent
Interruption
P0603 (0)
(3)
Blinks ON or OFF PCM Internal Control
Module Keep Alive
Memory (KAM) Error
P0705 (5)
(2)
Blinks ON Short in Transmission
Range Switch Circuit
(Multiple Shift-
position Input)
P0706 (6)
(2)
OFF ON Open in Transmission
Range Switch Circuit
P0711 (28)
(2)
Blinks OFF Problem in ATF
Temperature Sensor
Circuit
P0712 (28)
(2)
Blinks OFF Short in ATF
Temperature Sensor
Circuit
P0713 (28)
(2)
Blinks OFF Open in ATF
Temperature Sensor
Circuit
P0716 (15)
(2)
Blinks ON Problem in Input Shaft
(Mainshaft) Speed
Sensor Circuit
P0717 (15)
(2)
Blinks ON Problem in Input Shaft
(Mainshaft) Speed
Sensor Circuit (No
Signal Input)
P0718 (15)
(2)
Blinks ON Input Shaft
(Mainshaft) Speed
Sensor Intermittent
Failure

2008 Honda Civic LX

P0721 (9)
(2)
Blinks ON Problem in Output
Shaft (Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Circuit
P0722 (9)
(2)
Blinks ON Problem in Output
Shaft (Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Circuit
(No Signal Input)
P0723 (9)
(2)
Blinks ON Output Shaft
(Countershaft) Speed
Sensor Intermittent
Failure
P0731 (64) Blinks OFF Problem in 1st Clutch
and 1st Clutch
Hydraulic Circuit (1st
Gear Incorrect Ratio)
P0732 (64) Blinks OFF Problem in 2nd Clutch
and 2nd Clutch
Hydraulic Circuit (2nd
P0733 (64) Blinks OFF Problem in 3rd Clutch
and 3rd Clutch
Hydraulic Circuit (3rd
P0734 (64) Blinks OFF Problem in 4th Clutch
and 4th Clutch
Hydraulic Circuit (4th
P0735 (64) Blinks OFF Problem in 5th Clutch
and 5th Clutch
Hydraulic Circuit (5th
P0741 (40) OFF ON Torque Converter
Clutch Hydraulic
Circuit Stuck OFF

2008 Honda Civic LX

P0746 (76) Blinks ON A/T Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid
Valve A Stuck OFF
Control Solenoid
Valve A Stuck ON
P0751 (70) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve
A Stuck OFF
A Stuck ON
B Stuck OFF
B Stuck ON
C Stuck OFF
C Stuck ON
D Stuck OFF
D Stuck ON
Control Solenoid
Valve B Stuck OFF
Control Solenoid
Valve B Stuck ON
Control Solenoid
Valve C Stuck OFF
Control Solenoid
Valve C Stuck ON

2008 Honda Civic LX

P0812 (65)
(2)
Blinks ON Open in Transmission
Range Switch ATP
RVS Switch Circuit
P0842 (25)
(2)
Blinks ON Short in 2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch
Circuit, or 2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck
ON
P0843 (25)
(2)
Blinks ON Open in 2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch
Circuit, or 2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid
OFF
P0847 (26)
(2)
Blinks ON Short in 3rd Clutch
Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch
Circuit, or 3rd Clutch
Transmission Fluid
ON
P0848 (26)
(2)
Blinks ON Open in 3rd Clutch
Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch
Circuit, or 3rd Clutch
Transmission Fluid
OFF
P0962 (16)
(2)
Blinks ON Problem in A/T Clutch
Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve A
Circuit

2008 Honda Civic LX

P0963 (16)
(2)
Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve A
P0966 (23)
(2)
Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve B
Circuit
P0967 (23)
(2)
Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve B
P0970 (29)
(2)
Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve C
Circuit
P0971 (29)
(2)
Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve C
P0973 (7)
(2)
Blinks ON Short in Shift Solenoid
Valve A Circuit
P0974 (7)
(2)
Blinks ON Open in Shift Solenoid
Valve A Circuit
P0976 (8)
(2)
Valve B Circuit
P0977 (8)
(2)
Valve B Circuit
P0979 (22)
(2)
Valve C Circuit
P0980 (22)
(2)
Valve C Circuit
P0982 (60)
(2)
Valve D Circuit
P0983 (60)
(2)
Valve D Circuit
P16C0 (99) OFF ON PCM A/T Control

2008 Honda Civic LX

System Incomplete
Update
P1717 (62)
(2)
Blinks ON Open in Transmission
Range Switch ATP
RVS Switch Circuit
P1746 (45) Blinks OFF Problem in Shift
Control System; Cut
Valve A Stuck OFF,
or Cut Valve B Stuck
ON
P1747 (45) Blinks OFF Problem in Shift
Control System; Cut
Valve A Stuck ON, or
Cut Valve B Stuck
OFF
P1780 (49) Blinks ON Problem in Shift
Control System
P2122 (20) Blinks ON Accelerator Pedal
Position (APP) Sensor
A (Throttle Position
Sensor D) Circuit Low
Voltage Input
P2123 (20) Blinks ON Accelerator Pedal
Position (APP) Sensor
A (Throttle Position
Sensor D) Circuit
High Voltage Input
U0028 (107) Blinks OFF F-CAN Malfunction
(BUS-OFF (PCM))
U0121 (107) Blinks OFF F-CAN Malfunction
(PCM-ABS)
U0155 (107)
(3)
Blinks ON or OFF F-CAN Malfunction
(PCM-Gauge Control
Module)

2008 Honda Civic LX

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

(1)
The DTC in parentheses is the flash code. The D indicator indicates when
the data link connector (DLC) is connected to the HDS, and in the SCS
mode.
(2)
This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused
by a mechanical problem in the transmission.
(3)
The MIL comes on when the PGM-FI system detects the same failure.
Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes
When you turn
the ignition
switch to ON
(II), the D
indicator comes
on and stays on
in all shift lever
positions, or it
never comes on
at all
F-CAN
communication
line error
Gauge control
module defective
PCM defective
Check the F-CAN
communication line for a DTC
(see DTC B1168: GAUGE
CONTROL MODULE LOST
COMMUNICATION WITH
ECM/PCM (ENGINE
MESSAGES); DTC B1169:
GAUGE CONTROL
MODULE LOST
COMMUNICATION WITH
THE PCM (A/T
GAUGE CONTROL
MODULE LOST
COMMUNICATION WITH
THE ABS/VSA
MODULATOR-CONTROL
UNIT ( ).
Check the indicator drive circuit
in the gauge control module by
using the gauge control module

2008 Honda Civic LX

self-diagnostic function (see
THE INDICATOR DRIVE
CIRCUIT CHECK ).
A/T gear position
indicator does
not come on
while the shift
lever is in that
position
F-CAN
communication
line error
Gauge control
module defective
PCM defective
Transmission
range switch
defective
Check the F-CAN
communication line for a DTC
(see DTC B1168: GAUGE
CONTROL MODULE LOST
COMMUNICATION WITH
ECM/PCM (ENGINE
GAUGE CONTROL
MODULE LOST
COMMUNICATION WITH
THE PCM (A/T
GAUGE CONTROL
MODULE LOST
COMMUNICATION WITH
THE ABS/VSA
MODULATOR-CONTROL
UNIT ( ).
Check the indicator drive circuit
in the gauge control module by
using the gauge control module
self-diagnostic function (see
THE INDICATOR DRIVE
CIRCUIT CHECK ).
Inspect the transmission range
switch (see TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH TEST ).
Shift lever cannot
be moved from P
while you are
pressing on the
Accelerator pedal
position sensor
circuit
Accelerator pedal
Inspect the APP Sensor signal
(see APP SENSOR SIGNAL
INSPECTION ).
Troubleshoot the shift lock

2008 Honda Civic LX

brake pedal position sensor
defective
Brake switch
circuit
Brake switch
defective
Shift lock
solenoid defective
Shift lock
solenoid control
circuit
Shift lock
mechanism
defective
Throttle body
defective
Transmission
range switch ATP
P switch stuck
OFF
Transmission
range switch ATP
P switch line
opened
system circuit (see SHIFT
LOCK SYSTEM CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
Test the shift lock solenoid (see
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
TEST ).
Ignition switch
cannot be moved
from
ACCESSORY
(1) to LOCK (0)
(key is pushed in,
the shift lever in
P)
Interlock control
system circuit
Key interlock
solenoid stuck ON
Park pin switch
stuck OFF
Transmission
range switch
Troubleshoot the key interlock
system circuit (see KEY
INTERLOCK SYSTEM
CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
HDS does not DLC circuit error Troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see

2008 Honda Civic LX

communicate
with the PCM or
the vehicle
DLC CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
Engine runs, but
vehicle does not
move in any gear
1. Low ATF level
2. Shift cable broken
or out of
adjustment
3. Connection
between shift
cable and
transmission or
body is worn
4. ATF pump worn
or binding
5. Regulator valve
stuck or spring
worn
6. ATF strainer
clogged
7. Mainshaft worn or
damaged
8. Final gears worn
or damaged
9. Transmission-to-
engine assembly
error
10. Axle disengaged
Check the ATF level, and check
the ATF cooler lines for leakage
and loose connections. If
necessary, clean the ATF cooler
lines.
Check for a loose shift cable at
the shift lever and the
transmission control lever.
Check for a stored DTC, and
check for loose connections.
Check the line pressure.
Improper alignment of ATF
pump and torque converter
housing may cause the ATF
pump to seize. The symptoms
are mostly an rpm-related
ticking noise or a high pitched
squeak.
Be careful not to damage the
torque converter housing when
replacing the main ball bearing.
You may also damage the ATF
pump when you torque down
the main valve body. This will
cause the ATF pump seize.
Install the main seal flush with
the torque converter housing
when replacing the main seal. If
you push it into the torque
converter housing until it
bottoms out, it will block the

2008 Honda Civic LX

fluid return passage and result in
damage.
Check the ATF strainer for
debris. If the strainer is clogged,
find the damaged components
that caused the debris.
Inspect the differential pinion
gears for wear. If the differential
pinion gears are worn, replace
the differential assembly,
replace the ATF strainer,
thoroughly clean the
transmission, and clean the ATF
cooler and the cooler lines.
Replace the torque converter.
Inspect the countershaft and the
secondary shaft for wear and
damage.
Vehicle moves in
2 and R, but not
in D, D3, or 1
1. 1st accumulator
defective
2. 1st gears worn or
damaged
3. 1st clutch
defective
Inspect the 1st accumulator
piston, the O-ring, and the
spring for wear and damage in
the servo body.
Inspect the countershaft, the
secondary shaft, and the 1st
clutch for wear and damage.
Check the 1st clutch pressure.
Inspect the clutch piston, the
clutch piston check valve, and
the O-rings. Check the spring
retainer for wear and damage.
Inspect the clearance between
the clutch end-plate and the top
disc. If the clearance is out of
tolerance, inspect the clutch

2008 Honda Civic LX

discs and the plates for wear and
damage, and inspect the clutch
wave-plate height. If the discs
and the plates are worn or
damaged, replace them as a set.
If the wave-plate height is out of
tolerance, replace the wave-
plate. If they are OK, adjust the
clearance with the clutch end-
plate.
Vehicle moves in
D, 1, and R, but
not in 2
1. 2nd accumulator
defective
2. 2nd gears worn or
damaged
3. 2nd clutch
defective
Inspect the 2nd accumulator
spring for wear and damaged in
the servo body.
Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
Inspect the countershaft, the
secondary shaft, and the 2nd
clutch for wear and damage.

2008 Honda Civic LX

plate.
Inspect the 2nd clutch feed pipe.
If the 2nd clutch feed pipe is
scored, replace the end cover.
Replace the secondary shaft if
the bushing for the 2nd clutch
feed pipe is loose or damaged.
Vehicle moves in
D, D3, 2, and 1,
but not in R
1. Shift solenoid
valve D defective
2. Shift fork shaft
stuck
3. Shift valve D
defective
4. 5th/reverse
accumulator
defective
5. 5th clutch
defective
6. Reverse gears
worn or damaged
Test the shift solenoid valve
function with the HDS.
Inspect the O-rings, and check
the shift solenoid valve for
seizure.
Check for a missing shift fork
bolt on the shift fork shaft.
Inspect the servo valve O-ring.
Check the shift fork shaft detent
for wear and damage.
Inspect the 5th accumulator
the servo body.
Check the 5th clutch pressure.
Inspect the mainshaft and the
5th clutch for wear and damage.

2008 Honda Civic LX

plate.
Inspect the reverse selector gear
teeth chamfers, and inspect the
engagement teeth chamfers of
the countershaft 5th gear and the
reverse gear. Replace the
reverse gears and the reverse
selector if they are worn or
damaged. If the transmission
makes clicking, grinding,
whirring noise, also replace the
mainshaft 5th gear, the reverse
idler gear, and the countershaft
5th gear.
Poor acceleration
1. Shift solenoid
valve A defective
2. Shift solenoid
valve B defective
3. Shift solenoid
valve C defective
Poor
acceleration;
flares when
1. Low ATF level
or out of
Check the ATF level and check
the ATF lines for leakage and
loose connections. If necessary,

2008 Honda Civic LX

starting off in D,
D3, and R; stall
speed high in 2
and 1, and in D
and D3 in 1st and
2nd
adjustment
3. ATF pump worn
or binding
4. Regulator valve
stuck or spring
worn
5. ATF strainer
clogged
6. Torque converter
check valve
defective
clean the ATF lines.
Improper alignment of the ATF
pump and the torque converter
squeak.
cause the ATF pump to seize.
damage.
debris. If the strainer is clogged,
that caused the debris.
Inspect the differential pinion
gears for wear. If the differential
pinion gears are worn, replace

2008 Honda Civic LX

the differential assembly,
replace the ATF strainer,
thoroughly clean the
transmission, and clean the ATF
warmer and the ATF lines.
Replace the torque converter.
Poor
acceleration;
flares when
starting off in D,
D3, and R; stall
speed high when
starting off in 2
2nd clutch defective
Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
Inspect the secondary shaft and
the 2nd clutch for wear and
damage.
plate.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Poor
acceleration;
flares when
starting off in D,
D3, and R; stall
speed high in R
or out of
adjustment
2. 5th clutch
defective
the O-rings: Check the spring
plate.
Poor
acceleration; stall
speed low in 2
and 1, and in D
and D3 in 1st and
2nd
1. Shift solenoid
valve D defective
2. Torque converter
one-way clutch
defective
3. Engine output low
4. Torque converter
clutch piston
defective
seizure.
Replace the torque converter
assembly.

2008 Honda Civic LX

5. Lock-up shift
valve defective
Check the lock-up shift valve in
the regulator valve body.
Check the engine control
system.
Poor
acceleration; stall
speed low in R
2. Torque converter
clutch piston
defective
3. Lock-up shift
valve defective
system.
assembly.
Engine idle
vibration
1. Low ATF level
2. Shift solenoid
valve D defective
3. Drive plate
defective or
transmission
misassembled
5. Torque converter
clutch piston
defective
6. ATF pump worn
or damaged
7. Lock-up shift
valve defective
8. Misassembled
engine and
transmission
mount
Check the ATF level and check
the ATF lines for leakage and
loose connections. If necessary,
clean the ATF lines.
seizure.
Check the transmission and the
drive plate installation.
Check the drive plate for wear
and damage, if the drive plate is
worn or damaged, replace the
drive plate.
system.
assembly.

2008 Honda Civic LX

squeak.
cause ATF pump to seize.
damage.
Adjust the transmission and
engine mounts by loosening and
retightening the mount bolts.
Vehicle moves in
N
1. Excessive ATF
2. Foreign material
in separator plate
orifice
3. Relief valve
defective
Check the ATF level, and drain
the ATF if it is overfilled.
Check for a clogged orifice in
the separator plate. If the orifice
is clogged, remove it and clean
the separator plate orifice.

2008 Honda Civic LX

4. 1st clutch
defective
5. 2nd clutch
defective
6. 3rd clutch
defective
7. 4th clutch
defective
8. 5th clutch
defective
9. Clearance
between clutch
end-plate and top
disc incorrect
10. Needle bearing
seized, worn, or
damaged
11. Thrust washer
seized, worn, or
damaged
debris. If the strainer is clogged
with particles of steel or
aluminum, inspect the ATF
pump. If the ATF pump is OK,
that caused the debris. If no
cause for contamination is
found, replace the torque
converter.
Check the relief valve in the
main valve body.
Check the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and
5th clutch pressures.
Inspect the mainshaft, the
secondary shaft, the 1st, 2nd,
3rd, 4th, and 5th clutches for
wear and damage.
the 0-rings. Check the spring
plate.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Inspect the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
clutch feed pipes.
If the 3rd or 4th clutch feed pipe
is scored, replace it and the O-
rings under the feed pipe flange.
feed pipe or the 4th clutch feed
pipe is loose or damaged.
Replace the mainshaft if the
bushing for the 3rd clutch feed
Late shift after
shifting from N
to D, or
excessive shock
when shifted into
D
1. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
defective
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve B
defective
3. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
defective
or out of
adjustment
5. Connection
between shift
cable and
transmission or
Test the solenoid valve function
with the HDS.
Inspect the A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve body
gasket, the ATF feed pipes, and
the O-rings, for wear and
damage.
Check the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor and the
output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor installation.
Inspect the sensor O-ring for
wear and damage.

2008 Honda Civic LX

body is worn
6. Input shaft
(mainshaft) speed
sensor defective
7. Output shaft
(countershaft)
speed sensor
defective
8. ATF temperature
sensor defective
9. Foreign material
in separator plate
orifice
10. Servo control
valve defective
11. 1st accumulator
defective
12. 1st check ball
stuck
13. Lock-up shift
valve defective
14. 1st clutch
defective
converter.
Check the servo control valve in
the main valve body.
Check that the 1st check ball is
not stuck in the main valve
body.
Check the 1st clutch pressure.
Inspect the secondary shaft and
the 1st clutch for wear and
damage.

2008 Honda Civic LX

plate.
Late shift after
shifting from N
to R, or excessive
shock when
shifted into R
1. Shift solenoid
valve D defective
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
defective
or out of
adjustment
4. Connection
between shift
cable and
transmission or
body is worn
5. Input shaft
(mainshaft) speed
sensor defective
6. Output shaft
(countershaft)
speed sensor
defective
7. ATF temperature
with the HDS.
the O-rings, for wear and
damage.
seizure.
wear and damage.
Check for a missing shift fork

2008 Honda Civic LX

sensor defective
8. Shift fork shaft
stuck
9. Foreign material
in separator plate
orifice
10. Shift valve E
defective
11. 5th/reverse
accumulator
defective
12. Lock-up shift
valve defective
13. 5th clutch
defective
bolt on the shift fork shaft.
Inspect the servo valve O-ring.
Check the shift fork shaft detent
for wear and damage.
with panicles of steel or
converter.
Check shift valve D in the main
valve body.
Inspect the 5th accumulator
the servo body.

2008 Honda Civic LX

plate.
Late shift after
shifting from D3
to 2, or 2 to 1
1. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
defective
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve B
defective
3. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
defective
with the HDS.
the O-rings for wear and
damage.
Transmission
does not shift
1. Input shaft
(mainshaft) speed
sensor defective
2. Output shaft
(countershaft)
speed sensor
defective
wear and damage.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Excessive shock
or flares on all
upshifts and
downshifts
1. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve B
defective
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
defective
3. Input shaft
(mainshaft) speed
sensor defective
4. Output shaft
(countershaft)
speed sensor
defective
5. ATF temperature
sensor defective
6. Foreign material
in separator plate
orifice
with the HDS.
damage.
wear and damage.
converter.
Excessive shock
or flares on 1-2
upshift or 2-1
downshift
1. Shift solenoid
valve D defective
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
check, for loose connections.
with the HDS.

2008 Honda Civic LX

solenoid valve A
defective
3. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve B
defective
4. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
defective
5. 2nd clutch
transmission fluid
pressure switch
defective
6. Foreign material
in separator plate
orifice
7. 1st accumulator
defective
8. 2nd accumulator
defective
9. 1st check ball
stuck
10. 2nd check ball
stuck
11. 1st clutch
defective
12. 2nd clutch
defective
13. Look up shift
valve defective
damage.
seizure.
the transmission fluid pressure
switch connector. If the orifice
the connector.
converter.
the servo body.
Inspect the 2nd accumulator

2008 Honda Civic LX

the servo body.
Check that the 1st check ball
and the 2nd check ball are not
stuck in the main valve body.
Check the 1st and 2nd clutch
pressures.
Inspect the secondary shaft, the
1st clutch, and the 2nd clutch for
wear and damage.
plate.
Excessive shock
1. A/T clutch Check for a stored DTC, and

2008 Honda Civic LX

or flares on 2-3
upshift or 3-2
downshift
pressure control
solenoid valve B
defective
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
defective
3. 3rd clutch
transmission fluid
pressure switch
defective
4. Foreign material
in separator plate
orifice
5. 2nd accumulator
defective
6. 3rd accumulator
defective
7. 2nd check ball
stuck
8. 2nd clutch
defective
9. 3rd clutch
defective
with the HDS.
damage.
the transmission fluid pressure
switch connector. If the orifice
the connector.
converter.
Inspect the 2nd and 3rd
accumulator pistons, the O-
rings, and springs for wear and
damage in the servo body.
Check that the 2nd check ball is
not stuck in the main valve
body.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Check the 2nd and 3rd clutch
pressures.
Inspect the secondary shaft, the
mainshaft, the 2nd clutch, and
the 3rd clutch for wear and
damage.
plate.
Inspect the 2nd and 3rd clutch
feed pipes.
If the 3rd clutch feed pipe is
scored, replace it and the O-

2008 Honda Civic LX

Excessive shock
or flares on 3-4
upshift or 4-3
downshift
1. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve B
defective
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
defective
3. Foreign material
in separator plate
orifice
4. 3rd accumulator
defective
5. 4th accumulator
defective
6. 3rd clutch
defective
7. 4th clutch
defective
with the HDS.
damage.
converter.
Inspect the 3rd and 4th
rings, and the springs for wear
and damage in the servo body.
Check the 3rd and 4th clutch
pressures.

2008 Honda Civic LX

secondary shaft, the 3rd clutch,
and the 4th clutch for wear and
damage.
plate.
Inspect the 3rd and 4th clutch
feed pipes.
If the 3rd clutch feed pipe is
If the 4th clutch feed pipe is
the bushing for the 4th clutch

2008 Honda Civic LX

Excessive shock
or flares on 4-5
upshift or 5-4
downshift
1. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve B
defective
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
defective
3. Foreign material
in separator plate
orifice
4. 4th accumulator
defective
5. 5th accumulator
defective
6. 4th clutch
defective
7. 5th clutch
defective
with the HDS.
damage.
converter.
Inspect the 4th and 5th
rings, and the springs for wear
and damage in the servo body.
Check the 4th and 5th clutch
pressures.
secondary shaft, the 4th clutch,
and the 5th clutch for wear and
damage.

2008 Honda Civic LX

plate.
Inspect the 4th clutch feed
pipes. If the 4th clutch feed pipe
is scored, replace it and the O-
the bushing for the 4th clutch
Engine flares
while driving
1. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve B
defective
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
defective
3. Shift solenoid
with the HDS.
damage.

2008 Honda Civic LX

valve A defective
4. Shift solenoid
valve B defective
5. Shift solenoid
valve C defective
seizure.
Noise from
transmission in
all shift lever
positions
1. ATF pump worn
or damaged
2. Mainshaft
bearing,
countershaft
bearing, or
secondary shaft
bearing defective
squeak.
cause the ATF pump seize.
damage.
countershaft, and the secondary
shaft bearing for wear and
damage.
Vehicle does not
accelerate above
Torque converter one-
way clutch defective
assembly.

2008 Honda Civic LX

31 mph (50
km/h)
Vibration in all
shift lever
positions
Drive plate defective
or transmission
misassembled
Check the transmission and the
drive plate installation.
Check the drive plate for wear
and damage, if the drive plate is
worn or damaged, replace the
drive plate.
system.
Shock just before
stopping the
engine, or at the
instant after the
engine stopped
1. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
defective
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve B
defective
with the HDS.
damage.
Shift lever does
not operate
smoothly
1. Transmission
range switch
defective or out of
adjustment
or out of
adjustment
3. Connection
between shift
cable and
transmission or
body is worn
switch. If the transmission range
switch is faulty, replace it. If the
transmission range switch is out
of adjustment, adjust it and shift
cable.
Transmission
does not shift
or out of

2008 Honda Civic LX

into P adjustment
2. Connection
between shift
cable and
transmission or
body is worn
3. Park mechanism
defective
Check the park pawl spring
installation and the park lever
spring installation. If installation
is incorrect, install the spring
correctly. Make sure that the
park lever stop is not installed
upside down. Check the distance
between the park pawl shaft and
the park lever pin. If the
distance is out of tolerance,
adjust the distance with the park
lever stop.
Torque converter
clutch does not
disengage
1. Shift solenoid
valve D defective
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
defective
3. Torque converter
clutch piston
defective
4. Lock-up shift
valve defective
5. Lock-up control
valve defective
with the HDS.
damage.
seizure.
assembly.
Check the lock-up control valve
in the main valve body.
Torque converter
clutch does not
1. Shift solenoid
valve D defective

2008 Honda Civic LX

operate smoothly
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
defective
3. Torque converter
clutch piston
defective
4. Torque converter
check valve
defective
5. Lock-up shift
valve defective
6. Lock-up control
valve defective
with the HDS.
damage.
seizure.
assembly.
Check the torque converter
check valve in the regulator
valve body.
Torque converter
clutch does not
engage
1. Shift solenoid
valve D defective
2. A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
defective
3. Input shaft
(mainshaft) speed
sensor defective
4. Output shaft
(countershaft)
speed sensor
defective
5. Torque converter
with the HDS.
damage.
seizure.

2008 Honda Civic LX

clutch piston
defective
6. Torque converter
check valve
defective
7. Lock-up shift
valve defective
8. Lock-up control
valve defective
wear and damage.
assembly.
Check the torque converter
check valve in the regulator
valve body.
A/T gear position
indicator does
not indicate shift
lever positions
1. Transmission
range switch
defective or out of
adjustment
or out of
adjustment
3. Connection
between shift
cable and
transmission or
body worn
switch. If the transmission range
switch is faulty, replace it. If the
transmission range switch is out
of adjustment, adjust it and the
shift cable.
Speedometer and
odometer do not
work
Output shaft
(countershaft) speed
sensor defective
Check the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor
installation.
Inspect the sensor O-ring.
Engine does not
rev to high rpm,
Engine rocker arm
defective
Check the engine rocker arms.

2008 Honda Civic LX

and the
transmission
upshifts at low
rpm (engine at
normal operating
temperature)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 16: Identifying Automatic Transmission Component Location
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
General Operation
The automatic transmission is a combination of a three-element torque converter
and triple-shaft electronically controlled unit which provides five speeds forward
and one in reverse. The entire unit is positioned in line with the engine.
Torque Converter, Shafts, Gears, and Clutches
The torque converter consists of a pump, turbine, and stator assembly in a single
unit. The converter housing (pump) is connected to the engine crankshaft and turns
as the engine runs. Around the outside of the torque converter is a ring gear which
meshes with the starter drive gear when the engine is being started. The entire
torque converter assembly serves as a flywheel while transmitting power to the
transmission mainshaft. The transmission has three parallel shafts; the mainshaft,
the countershaft, and the secondary shaft. The mainshaft is in line with the engine
crankshaft, and includes the 3rd and 5th clutches, and gears for 3rd, 5th, reverse,
and idler. The mainshaft reverse gear is integral with the mainshaft 5th gear. The
countershaft includes the gears for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th-5th, reverse, park, and the final
drive. The countershaft 4th-5th gear enables the shared use of the secondary shaft
4th gear and the mainshaft 5th gear. The countershaft 4th-5th gear and the
countershaft reverse gear can be locked to the countershaft providing the 4th, 5th or
reverse gear, depending on which way the selector is moved. The final drive gear is
integral with the countershaft. The secondary shaft includes the 1st, 2nd, and 4th
clutches, and gears for 1st, 2nd, 4th, and idler. The idler gear shaft is located
between the mainshaft and the secondary shaft, and the idler gear transmits power
between the mainshaft and the secondary shaft. The gears on the mainshaft and the
secondary shaft are in constant mesh with those on the countershaft. When certain
combinations of gears in the transmission are engaged by the clutches, power is
transmitted through the mainshaft, then to the secondary shaft to the countershaft,
or through the mainshaft to the countershaft to provide drive.
Electronic Control

2008 Honda Civic LX

The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM),
sensors, and seven solenoid valves. Shifting and lock-up are electronically
controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions. The PCM is located in the
engine compartment.
Hydraulic Control
The valve bodies include the main valve body, the regulator valve body, and the
servo body. They are bolted to the torque converter housing. The main valve body
contains the manual valve, cut valve B, shift valves A, C, and D, the relief valve,
the lock-up control valve, the cooler check valve, the servo control valve, and the
ATF pump gears. The regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the torque
converter check valve, the lock-up shift valve, the 1st accumulator, and the 3rd
accumulator. The servo body contains the servo valve, shift valve B, cut valve A,
the accumulators for 2nd, 4th, and 5th, and shift solenoid valves A, B, C, and D.
Fluid from the regulator passes through the manual valve to the various control
valves. The 2nd, 3rd, and 4th clutches receive fluid from their respective feed pipes,
and the 1st and the 5th clutches receive fluid from the internal hydraulic circuit.
Shift Control Mechanism
To shift gears, the PCM controls shift solenoid valves A, B, C, and D, and A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C, while receiving input signals
from various sensors and switches located throughout the vehicle. The shift
solenoid valves shift the positions of the shift valves to switch the port to send
hydraulic pressure to the clutch. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B,
and C regulate their respective pressure, and pressurize the clutches to engage them
and their corresponding gears.
Lock-up Mechanism
The lock-up mechanism operates in D (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears), and D3
(1st, 2nd and 3rd gears). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the
torque converter through a fluid passage, causing the torque converter clutch piston
to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the mainshaft
rotates at the same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with the hydraulic
control, the PCM optimizes the timing and the volume of the lock-up mechanism.
When shift solenoid valve D is turned on by the PCM, shift solenoid valve D

2008 Honda Civic LX

pressure switches the lock-up shift valve lock-up on and off. A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve A and the lock-up control valve control the volume of the
lock-up conditions.
Gear Selection
The shift lever has seven positions; P: PARK, R: REVERSE, N: NEUTRAL, D:
DRIVE 1st through 5th gear ranges, D3: DRIVE 1st through 3rd gear ranges, 2: 2nd
gear, and 1: 1st gear.
SHIFT LEVER GEAR POSITION
Position Description
P: PARK Front wheels locked; park pawl
engaged with park gear on
countershaft. All clutches are released.
R: REVERSE Reverse; reverse selector engaged with
countershaft reverse gear and 5th
clutch engaged.
N: NEUTRAL All clutches are released.
D: DRIVE (1st through 5th) General driving; starts off in 1st, shifts
automatically to 2nd, 3rd, 4th, then
5th, depending on vehicle speed and
throttle position. Downshifts through
4th, 3rd, 2nd, and 1st on deceleration
to stop. The lock-up mechanism
operates in 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th
gears.
D3: DRIVE (1st through 3rd) Used for rapid acceleration at highway
speeds and general driving, up-hill and
down-hill driving; starts off in 1st,
shifts automatically to 2nd, then 3rd,
depending on vehicle speed and
throttle position. Downshifts through
2nd to 1st on deceleration to stop. The
lock-up mechanism operates in 1st,
2nd, and 3rd gears.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Starting the engine is possible only in P and N because of a slide-type neutral-safety
switch.
Automatic Transmission Gear Position Indicator
The A/T gear position indicator in the gauge control module shows which shift
lever position has been selected without having look down at the shift lever.
Clutches and Gears
The five-speed automatic transmission uses hydraulically-actuated clutches to
engage or disengage the transmission gears. When hydraulic pressure is introduced
into the clutch drum, the clutch piston moves. This presses the friction discs and the
steel plates together, locking them so they do not slip. Power is then transmitted
through the engaged clutch pack to its hub-mounted gear. Likewise, when the
hydraulic pressure is bled from the clutch pack, the piston releases the friction discs
and the steel plates, and they are free to slide past each other. This allows the gear
to spin independently on its shaft, transmitting no power.
2: SECOND Used for engine braking or better
traction starting off on loose or
slippery surfaces; stays in 2nd gear;
does not shift up and down.
1: FIRST Used for engine braking; stays in 1st
gear; does not upshift.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 17: Section View Of Clutches And Gears
1st Clutch
The 1st clutch engages/disengages 1st gear, and is located at the right end of the
secondary shaft, opposite the end cover. The 1st clutch is supplied hydraulic
pressure by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
2nd Clutch
The 2nd clutch engages/disengages 2nd gear, and is located at the middle of the
secondary shaft. The 2nd clutch is joined back-to-back to the 4th clutch, and is

2008 Honda Civic LX

supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the secondary shaft.
3rd Clutch
The 3rd clutch engages/disengages 3rd gear, and is located at the middle of the
mainshaft. The 3rd clutch is joined back-to-back to the 5th clutch, and is supplied
hydraulic pressure by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
4th Clutch
The 4th clutch engages/disengages 4th gear, and is located at the middle of the
secondary shaft. The 4th clutch is joined back-to-back to the 2nd clutch, and is
supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the secondary shaft.
5th Clutch
The 5th clutch engages/disengages 5th gear, as well as reverse gear, and is located
at the middle of the mainshaft. The 5th clutch is joined back-to-back to the 3rd
clutch, and is supplied hydraulic pressure by a circuit connected to the internal
hydraulic circuit.
Gear Operation
Gears on the mainshaft:
3rd gear is engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 3rd clutch.
5th gear is engaged/disengages with the mainshaft by the 5th clutch.
Reverse gear is engaged/disengaged with the mainshaft by the 5th clutch.
Idler gear is splined with the mainshaft, and rotates with the mainshaft.
Gears on the countershaft:
Final drive gear is integral with the countershaft.
1st, 2nd, 3rd, and park gears are splined with the countershaft, and rotate with
the countershaft.
4th-5th gear and reverse gear rotate freely from the countershaft. The reverse
selector engages 4th-5th gear and reverse gear with the reverse selector hub.
The reverse selector hub is splined to the countershaft so 4th-5th gear and

2008 Honda Civic LX

reverse gear engage with the countershaft.
Gears on the secondary shaft:
1st gear is engaged/disengaged with the secondary shaft by the 1st clutch.
2nd gear is engaged/disengaged with the secondary shaft by the 2nd clutch.
4th gear is engages/disengages with the secondary shaft by the 4th clutch.
Idler gear is splined with the secondary shaft, and rotates with the secondary
shaft.
The idler gear on the idler gear shaft transmits power between the mainshaft and the
secondary shaft.
The reverse idler gear transmits power from the mainshaft reverse gear to the
countershaft reverse gear, and change rotational direction of the countershaft to
reverse.
Power Flow
P Position
Hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to the
countershaft. The countershaft is locked by the park pawl interlocking the park
gear.
N Position
Engine power transmitted from the torque converter drives the mainshaft idler gear,
the idler gear shaft idler gear, and the secondary shaft idler gear, but hydraulic
pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to the countershaft.
In this position, the position of the reverse selector differs according to whether the
shift lever shifted from D or R:
When shifted from D, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft 4th-
5th gear and the reverse selector hub, and the 4th-5th gear engages with the
countershaft.
When shifted from R, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft
reverse gear and the reverse selector hub, and the reverse gear engages with the

2008 Honda Civic LX

countershaft.
Fig. 18: Automatic Transmission - Power Flow Diagram
D, D3 Position
In D and D3, the optimum gear is automatically selected from 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 5th
gears in D; 1st, 2nd, and 3rd gears in D3 according to conditions such as the
balance between the throttle opening (engine loading) and the vehicle speed.
In 1st Gear and 1 Position
Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, then the 1st clutch engages the
secondary shaft 1st gear with the secondary shaft.
The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler gear shaft idler

2008 Honda Civic LX

gear and the secondary shaft idler gear.
The secondary shaft 1st gear drives the countershaft 1st gear and the
countershaft.
Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final
driven gear.
Fig. 19: Automatic Transmission - Power Flow Diagram - 1st Gear And 1
Position
In 2nd Gear and 2 Position
Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 2nd clutch, then the 2nd clutch engages the
secondary shaft 2nd gear with the secondary shaft.

2008 Honda Civic LX

The secondary shaft 2nd gear drives the countershaft 2nd gear and the
countershaft.
driven gear.
Fig. 20: Automatic Transmission - Power Flow Diagram - 2nd Gear And 2
Position
In 3rd Gear
Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 3rd clutch, then the 3rd clutch engages the
mainshaft 3rd gear with the mainshaft.
The mainshaft 3rd gear drives the countershaft 3rd gear and the countershaft.

2008 Honda Civic LX

driven gear.
Fig. 21: Automatic Transmission - Power Flow Diagram - 3rd Gear
In 4th Gear
Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the
secondary shaft 4th gear with the secondary shaft.
The secondary shaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th-5th gear.
The countershaft 4th-5th gear drives the countershaft via the reverse selector,

2008 Honda Civic LX

which drives the reverse selector hub.
driven gear.
Fig. 22: Automatic Transmission - Power Flow Diagram - 4th Gear
In 5th Gear
Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector
with the countershaft 4th-5th gear and the reverse selector hub while the shift
lever is in forward range; D, D3, 2, and 1.
Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 5th clutch, then the 5th clutch engages
the mainshaft 5th gear with the mainshaft.
The mainshaft 5th gear drives the countershaft 4th-5th gear.

2008 Honda Civic LX

The countershaft 4th-5th gear drives the countershaft via the reverse selector,
driven gear.
Fig. 23: Automatic Transmission - Power Flow Diagram - 5th Gear
R Position
Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector
with the countershaft reverse gear and the reverse selector hub while the shift
lever is in R.
Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 5th clutch, then the 5th clutch engages

2008 Honda Civic LX

the mainshaft reverse gear with the mainshaft.
The mainshaft reverse gear drives the countershaft reverse gear via the reverse
idler gear.
The rotational direction of the countershaft reverse gear is changed by the
reverse idler gear.
The countershaft reverse gear drives the countershaft via the reverse selector,
driven gear.
Fig. 24: Automatic Transmission - Power Flow Diagram - R Position
Electronic Control System

2008 Honda Civic LX

Electronic Control
The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM),
sensors, and seven solenoid valves. Shifting and lock-up are electronically
controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions.
The PCM receives input signals from the sensors, switches, and other control units,
processes data, and outputs signals for the engine control system and A/T control
system. The A/T control system includes shift control, grade logic control, clutch
pressure control, and lock-up control. The PCM switches the shift solenoid valves
and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to control shifting transmission
gears and lock-up torque converter clutch.
Fig. 25: Electronic Control System Diagram

2008 Honda Civic LX

Shift Control
The PCM instantly determines which gear should be selected by various signals
sent from the sensors and the switches, and actuates shift solenoid valves A, B, C,
and D to control gear selection.
The shift solenoid valves are a normally closed type. When a shift solenoid valve is
turned ON by the PCM, its port opens and the pressure from the shift solenoid valve
(s) moves to the shift valves. When a shift solenoid valve is turned OFF by the
PCM, its port closes, cutting off the pressure to the shift valves.
The combination of driving signals to shift solenoid valves A, B, C, and D and their
respective gear position are shown in the table.
SHIFT LEVER GEAR POSITION
Shift lever
Position
Gear
Position
Shift Solenoid Valves
A B C D
D, D3 Shifting from
N
OFF OFF OFF OFF
Stays in 1st OFF ON OFF ON or OFF
Shifting
gears
between 1st
and 2nd
ON ON OFF ON or OFF
Stays in 2nd ON OFF OFF ON or OFF
Shifting
gears
between 2nd
and 3rd
OFF OFF OFF ON or OFF
Stays in 3rd OFF OFF ON ON or OFF
D Shifting
gears
between 3rd
and 4th
ON OFF ON ON or OFF

2008 Honda Civic LX

Shift Control - Grade Logic Control
The grade logic control system has been adopted to control shifting in D. To control
shifting while the vehicle is ascending or descending a slope, the PCM compares
actual driving conditions with programmed driving conditions, based on the input
from the accelerator pedal position sensor, the throttle position sensor, the engine
coolant temperature sensor, the barometric pressure sensor, the brake pedal position
switch signal, and the shift lever position signal.
Stays in 4th ON ON ON ON or OFF
Shifting
gears
between 4th
and 5th
OFF ON ON ON or OFF
Stays in 5th OFF ON OFF ON or OFF
2 2nd ON OFF OFF ON or OFF
1 1st OFF ON OFF ON or OFF
N Neutral OFF OFF OFF OFF
R Shifting from
P and N
OFF OFF ON ON
Stays in
reverse
OFF ON ON ON
Reverse
inhibit
control
ON OFF ON OFF
P Park OFF OFF OFF ON

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 26: Shift Control - Grade Logic Control System Diagram
Grade Logic Control: Ascending Control
When the PCM determines that the vehicle is climbing a hill in D, the PCM extends
the engagement area of 2nd gear, 3rd gear, and 4th gear to prevent the transmission
from frequently shifting between 2nd and 3rd gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and
between 4th and 5th gears, so the vehicle can run smooth and have more power
when needed.
NOTE: Shift commands stored in the PCM between 2nd and 3rd
gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th and 5th
gears, enable the PCM to automatically select the most
suitable gear according to the magnitude of a gradient.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 27: Grade Logic Control - Ascending Control Graph
Grade Logic Control: Descending Control
When the PCM determines that the vehicle is going down a hill in D, the shift-up
speed from 4th to 5th gear, 3rd to 4th gear, and from 2nd to 3rd (when the throttle is
closed) becomes faster than the set speed for flat road driving to extend the 4th
gear, 3rd gear, and 2nd gear engagement areas. This, in combination with engine
braking from the deceleration lock-up, achieves smooth driving when the vehicle is
descending. There are three descending modes with different 4th gear driving areas,
3rd gear driving areas and 2nd gear driving areas according to the magnitude of a
gradient stored in the PCM. When the vehicle is in 5th or 4th gear and you are
decelerating while applying the brakes on a steep hill, the transmission will
downshift to a lower gear. When you accelerate, the transmission will then return to
a higher gear.
Fig. 28: Grade Logic Control - Descending Control Graph

2008 Honda Civic LX

Clutch Pressure Control
The PCM actuates A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C to
control the clutch pressure. When shifting between gears, the clutch pressure
regulated by A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C engages and
disengages the clutch smoothly.
The PCM receives input signals from the various sensors and switches, processes
data, and outputs current to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and
C.
Fig. 29: Clutch Pressure Control System Diagram
Lock-up Control

2008 Honda Civic LX

Shift solenoid valve D controls the hydraulic pressure to switch the lock-up shift
valve and lock-up ON and OFF. The PCM actuates shift solenoid valve D and A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to start lock-up. A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve A applies and regulates hydraulic pressure to the lock-up
control valve to control the volume of the lock-up. The lock-up mechanism operates
in D (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears) and in D3 (1st, 2nd, and 3rd gears).
Fig. 30: Lock-Up Control System Diagram
PCM A/T Control System Electrical Connections

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 31: PCM A/T Control System - Circuit Diagram
PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 32: Identifying PCM Harness Connector Terminal Location
PCM CONNECTOR A [] (44P)
CONNECTOR TERMINAL WIRE COLOR REFERENCE
Terminal
number
Wire
color Terminal name Description Signal
A27 PNK SLS (SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID)
Drives shift lock
solenoid
With
ignition
switch ON
(II), in P,
brake pedal
pressed, and
accelerator
released:
Battery
voltage
A31 BRN SCS (SERVICE
CHECK SIGNAL)
Detects service
check signal
With
service
check signal
shorted
using the
HDS: About
0 V
With
service
check signal

2008 Honda Civic LX

PCM CONNECTOR B (TRIANGLE SYMBOL) (44P)
opened
About 5.0 V
A36 WHT CAN H (CAN
COMMUNICATION
SIGNAL HIGH)
Sends and
receives
communication
signal
With
ignition
switch ON
(II): About
2.5 V
(pulses)
A37 RED CAN L (CAN
COMMUNICATION
SIGNAL LOW)
Sends and
receives
communication
signal
With
ignition
switch ON
(II): About
2.5 V
(pulses)
A40 LT GRN BK SW (BRAKE
PEDAL POSITION
SWITCH)
Detects brake
pedal position
switch signal
With brake
pedal
pressed:
Battery
voltage
With Brake
pedal
released:
About 0 V
NOTE:
Standard battery voltage is about 12 V.
Terminal
number Wire color Terminal name Description Signal
B1 BLK PG2 (POWER
GROUND)
Ground
circuit for
PCM circuit
Less than 1.0 V
at all times
B2 BLU/RED EGR (EXHAUST Drives EGR With EGR

2008 Honda Civic LX

GAS
RECIRCULATION
(EGR) VALVE)
valve operating:
Duty
controlled
With EGR not
operating:
About 0 V
B8 BLU/YEL OP2SW (2ND
CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION
FLUID PRESSURE
SWITCH)
Detects 2nd
clutch
transmission
fluid pressure
switch signal
With ignition
switch ON (II):
Without
2nd clutch
pressure:
About 5.0
V
With 2nd
clutch
pressure:
About 0 V
B9 BLK/RED OP3SW (3RD
CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION
FLUID PRESSURE
SWITCH)
Detects 3rd
clutch
transmission
fluid pressure
switch signal
With ignition
switch ON (II):
Without
3rd clutch
pressure:
About 5.0
V
With 3rd
clutch
pressure:
About 0 V
B10 BLU SH A (SHIFT
SOLENOID VALVE
A)
Drivers shift
solenoid
valve A
With engine
running in 2, D
(in 2nd and 4th
gears), and D3
(in 2nd gear):

2008 Honda Civic LX

Battery voltage
With engine
running in P,
R, N, 1, and D
(in 1st, 3rd,
and 5th gears),
and D3 (in 1st
and 3rd gears)
About 0 V
B11 GRN/RED SH D (SHIFT
SOLENOID VALVE
D)
Drivers shift
solenoid
valve D
With engine
running in P
and R: Battery
voltage
With engine
running in N:
About 0 V
B12 RED/BLK ATP N
(TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH N)
Detects
transmission
range switch
N position
signal
In N: About 0
V
In any position
other than N:
About 5.0 V
B13 BLU/BLK ATP P
(TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH P)
Detects
transmission
range switch
P position
signal
In P: About 0
V
In any position
other than P:
About 5.0 V
B14 WHT/GRN ATP R
(TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH R)
Detects
transmission
range switch
R position
signal
In R: About 0
V
In any position
other than R:
About 5.0 V
B15 RED ATP D3
(TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH
D3)
Detects
transmission
range switch
D3 position
In D3: About 0
V
In any position
other than D3:

2008 Honda Civic LX

signal Battery voltage
B16 BRN ATP 2-1
(TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH 2-
1)
Detects
transmission
range switch
2 position and
1 position
signal
In 2 and 1:
About 0 V
In any position
other than 2
and 1: Battery
voltage
B17 WHT/RED NM (INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR)
Detects input
shaft
(mainshaft)
speed sensor
signal
With the
ignition switch
ON (II): About
0 V or about
5.0 V
With engine
idling in N:
About 2.5 V
(pulses)
B18 YEL/BLU VCC2 (SENSOR
VOLTAGE)
Provides
sensor
reference
voltage
With the
ignition switch
ON (II): About
5.0 V
B20 GRN SH C (SHIFT
SOLENOID VALVE
C)
Drives shift
solenoid
valve C
With engine
running in R,
D3 (in 3rd
gear), and D
(in 3rd gear):
Battery voltage
With engine
running in P,
N, 2, D3 (in 1st
and 2nd gears),
and D (in 1st,
2nd, 4th, and
5th gears):
About 0 V
B21 YEL/GRN ATP D Detects In D: About 0

2008 Honda Civic LX

(TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH D)
transmission
range switch
D position
signal
V
In any position
other than D:
Battery voltage
B22 YEL ATP RVS
(TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH
RVS)
Detects
transmission
range switch
R position
signal
In R: About 0
V
In any position
other than R:
Battery voltage
B25 BLU/WHT LS C (A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
C)
Drives A/T
clutch
pressure
control
solenoid
valve C
With ignition
switch ON (II)
Current
controlled
B26 GRN/WHT SH B (SHIFT
SOLENOID VALVE
B)
Drives shift
solenoid
valve B
With engine
running in R,
1, D3 (in 1st
gear), and D
(in 1st gear)
Battery voltage
With engine
running in P,
N, 2, D3 (in
2nd and 3rd
gears), and D
(in 2nd, 3rd,
4th, and 5th
gears): About 0
V
B27 BRN/RED ATFT (ATF
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR)
Detects ATF
temperature
sensor signal
With igniting
switch ON (II):
0.2-4.8 V
(about 1.8 V at
operating

2008 Honda Civic LX

temperature)
(depending on
ATF
temperature)
B28 BLU/YEL ATP FWD
(TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH
FWD)
Detects
transmission
range switch
D, D3, and 2
positions
signal
In D, D3, and
2: About 0 V
In any position
other than D,
D3, and 2:
Battery voltage
B29 WHT/BLK EGRP (EXHAUST
GAS
RECIRCULATION
(EGR) VALVE
POSITION SENSOR)
Detects EGR
valve position
sensor signal
With engine
running. 1.2-
3.0 V
(depending on
EGR valve lift)
B33 GRN/YEL SG2 (SENSOR
GROUND)
Sensor
ground
Less than 1.0 V
at all times
B35 WHT LS A (A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
A)
Drives A/T
clutch
pressure
control
solenoid
valve A
With ignition
switch ON (II):
Current
controlled
B36 BLK PG1 (POWER
GROUND)
Ground
circuit for
PCM circuit
Less than 1.0 V
at all times
B37 BRN IMT + (INTAKE
MANIFOLD
TUNING (IMT)
ACTUATOR + SIDE)
Drives IMT
actuator
With ignition
switch ON (II).
Battery voltage
B38 WHT/BLK IMT - (INTAKE
MANIFOLD
TUNING (IMT)
ACTUATOR - SIDE)
Ground for
IMT actuator
With ignition
switch ON (II):
About 4.5 V
(between IMT

2008 Honda Civic LX

PCM CONNECTOR C o (44P)
+ terminal and
IMT -
terminal)
B39 WHT IMTM (INTAKE
MANIFOLD
TUNING (IMT)
VALVE MONITOR)
Detects IMT
valve position
With ignition
switch ON (II):
About 0 V
With engine
speed about
5,200 rpm:
About 5.0 V
B44 BRN/WHT LS B (A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
B)
Drives A/T
clutch
pressure
control
solenoid
valve B
With ignition
switch ON (II):
Current
controlled
NOTE:
Terminal
number Wire color Terminal name Description Signal
C11 GRN/RED MAP (MANIFOLD
ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE (MAP)
SENSOR)
Detects MAP
sensor signal
With
ignition
switch ON
(II): About
3.0 V
At idle:
About 1.0 V
(depending
on engine
speed)
C13 YEL/RED VCC1 (SENSOR Provides sensor With

2008 Honda Civic LX

VOLTAGE) reference
voltage
ignition
switch ON
(II): About 5
0 V
C14 GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR
GROUND)
Sensor ground Less than
1.0 V at all
times
C22 WHT/BLK POILCS (ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE (EOP)
SENSOR)
Detects EOP
sensor signal
With
ignition
switch ON
(II). About
0.5 V
With engine
running:
About 0.7 V
(depending
on engine
oil pressure)
C36 BLK/YEL IG1 (IGNITION
SIGNAL)
Detects ignition
switch signal
With
ignition
switch ON
(II): Battery
voltage
C40 BRN/YEL LG1 (LOGIC
GROUND)
Ground circuit
for PCM circuit
Less than
1.0 V at all
times
C43 BLK/BLU NC (OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR)
Detects output
shaft
(countershaft)
speed sensor
signal
With
ignition
switch ON
(II): About 0
V or about 5
0 V
With vehicle
moving
About 2.5 V

2008 Honda Civic LX

Hydraulic Controls
The valve body includes the main valve body, the regulator valve body, and the
servo body. The ATF pump is driven by splines on the end of the torque converter
which is attached to the engine. Fluid flows through the regulator valve to maintain
specified pressure through the main valve body to the manual valve, directing
pressure to each of the clutches. Shift solenoid valves A, B, C, and D are mounted
on the servo body. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C are
mounted on the transmission housing.
(pulses)
C44 BRN/YEL LG2 (LOGIC
GROUND)
Ground circuit
for PCM circuit
Less than
1.0 V at all
times
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 33: Identifying A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Components
Main Valve Body
The main valve body contains the manual valve, cut valve B, shift valves A, C, and
D, the relief valve, the lock-up control valve, the cooler check valve, the servo
control valve, and the ATF pump gears. The primary function of the main valve
body is to switch fluid pressure on and off to control hydraulic pressure going to the
hydraulic control system.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 34: Identifying Main Valve Body Components
Regulator Valve Body
The regulator valve body is located on the main valve body. The regulator valve
body contains the regulator valve, the torque converter check valve, the lock-up
shift valve, the 1st accumulator, and the 3rd accumulator.
Fig. 35: Identifying Regulator Valve Body Components
Regulator Valve

2008 Honda Civic LX

The regulator valve maintains constant hydraulic pressure from the ATF pump to
the hydraulic control system. While also furnishing fluid to the lubrication system
and the torque converter. Fluid from the ATF pump flows through B and B'. Fluid
entering from B flows through the valve orifice to the A cavity. This pressure of the
A cavity pushes the regulator valve toward the spring, and this movement of the
regulator valve uncovers the fluid port to the torque converter and the relief valve.
The fluid flows out to the torque converter and the relief valve, and the regulator
valve returns under spring force. According to the level of the hydraulic pressure
through B, the position of the regulator valve changes, and the amount of fluid from
B' through the torque converter changes. This operation is continued, maintaining
the line pressure.
Fig. 36: Regulator Valve Operation Diagram
Increases in hydraulic pressure according to torque are regulated by the regulator
valve using stator torque reaction. The stator shaft is splined to the stator in the
torque converter, and its arm end contacts the regulator spring cap. When the
vehicle is accelerating or climbing (torque converter range), stator torque reaction
acts on the stator shaft, and the stator arm pushes the regulator spring cap in the
direction of the arrow in proportion to the reaction. The stator reaction spring
compresses, and the regulator valve moves to increase the line pressure which is
regulated by the regulator valve. The line pressure reaches its maximum when the
stator torque reaction reaches its maximum.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 37: Identifying Regulator Spring Cap
Servo Body
The servo body is on the main valve body. The servo body contains the servo valve,
shift valve B, cut valve A, the accumulators for 2nd, 4th, and 5th, and shift solenoid
valves A, B, C, and D.
Fig. 38: Identifying Servo Body Components

2008 Honda Civic LX

Accumulator
The accumulators are located in the regulator valve body and the servo body. The
regulator valve body contains the 1st and 3rd accumulators, and the servo body
contains the 2nd, 4th, and 5th accumulators.
Fig. 39: Identifying Accumulator Components
Hydraulic Flow
Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
As the engine turns, the ATF pump starts to operate. Automatic transmission fluid
(ATF) is drawn through the ATF strainer (filter) and discharged into the hydraulic
circuit. Then, ATF flowing from the ATF pump becomes line pressure that is
regulated by the regulator valve. Torque converter pressure from the regulator valve
enters the torque converter through the lock-up shift valve, and it is discharged from
the torque converter. The torque converter check valve prevents torque converter
pressure from rising.
The PCM turns the shift solenoid valves ON and OFF. The shift solenoid valve
controls line pressure from the ATF pump via the manual valve when the shift

2008 Honda Civic LX

solenoid valve is OFF. When the shift solenoid valve is turned ON by the PCM,
line pressure changes to shift solenoid valve pressure at the shift solenoid valve,
then the shift solenoid valve pressure flows to the shift valve. Applying shift
solenoid pressure to the shift valve moves the position of the shift valve, and
switches the port of the hydraulic circuit. The PCM also controls A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C. The A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valves regulate hydraulic pressure, and apply the pressure to the clutches
to engage smoothly. The clutches receive optimum clutch pressure which is
regulated by the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves for comfortable driving
and shifting under all conditions.
Hydraulic Pressure at the Port for use in the hydraulic circuit
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE REFERENCE
Port No.
Hydraulic
Pressure Port No.
Hydraulic
Pressure
1 Line 5T A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
3 Line SA Shift solenoid
valve A
3' Line SB Shift solenoid
valve B
4 Line SC Shift solenoid
valve C
4' Line SD Shift solenoid
valve D
4" Line 10 1st clutch
7 Line 20 2nd clutch
1A Line 30 3rd clutch
1B Line 40 4th clutch
1C Line or A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
50 5th clutch

2008 Honda Civic LX

3A Line or A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
55 A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
3B Line or A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
55' A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
3C Line or A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
56 A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve B
5A Line or A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
57 A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
5B Line, A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A,
or C
90 Torque converter
5C A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
91 Torque converter
5D Line or A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A
92 Torque converter
5E Line or A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve B
93 ATF cooler
5F A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve B
94 Torque converter
5G Line, A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve A,
or B
95 Lubrication
5H A/T clutch
pressure control
96 Torque converter

2008 Honda Civic LX

N Position
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid
valves and positions of the shift valve are as follows:
Shift solenoid valve A is turned OFF, shift valve A remains on the right side,
and cut valve A remains on the left side.
Shift solenoid valve B is turned OFF, and shift valve B remains on the right
side.
Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF, and shift valve C remains on the right
side.
Line pressure (1) passes through the manual valve and stops at cut valve B. Line
pressure (1) also flows to shift solenoid valves, and A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve A. Under this condition, hydraulic pressure is not applied to the
clutches.
solenoid valve B
5J A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
97 Torque converter
5K A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
99 Suction
5L A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
X Drain
5M A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve B
HX High position drain
5R A/T clutch
pressure control
solenoid valve C
AX Air drain
NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 40: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (N Position)
D Position: 1st gear shifting from the N position
The shift solenoid valves and the shift valves remain the same position when
shifting from D to N. The PCM actuates A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
A to regulate the line pressure. Line pressure (1) becomes A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve A pressure (55), and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A pressure flows to the lock-up shift valve, shift valve B, the manual valve,
and shift valve A. Also solenoid valve A pressure becomes 1st clutch pressure (10)
at shift valve C, and 1st clutch pressure (10) flows to the 1st clutch. The 1st clutch
is engaged by A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure mode when
shifting to D from N.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 41: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (D Position - 1st Gear Shifting
From N Position)
D Position: Driving in 1st gear
The PCM turns shift solenoid valve B ON, and shift solenoid valves A and C
remain OFF. Shift solenoid valve B pressure (SB) is applied to the right side of shift
valve B. Shift valve B then moves to the left side, causing the line pressure port
leading to the 1st clutch to be uncovered, and the A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve A pressure port to be covered. Line pressure (1B) passed through
shift valve B flows to the manual valve, shift valve A, and shift valve C, and
becomes 1st clutch pressure (10). 1st clutch pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, and
the 1st clutch is engaged by the line pressure mode.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 42: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (D Position - Driving In 1st
Gear)
D Position: Shifting between 1st gear and 2nd gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift
solenoid valve A ON, shift solenoid valve B remains ON, and C remains OFF. Shift
solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is applied to the right end of shift valve A and to the
left side of cut valve A. Cut valve A is moved to the right side to release 1st clutch
pressure in line pressure mode, and shift valve A is moved to the left side to switch
line pressure (5A) port to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure
(5C) port leading to the 1st clutch. Also shift valve A uncovers 2nd clutch pressure
(20) port leading A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) to the
2nd clutch. The 1st clutch and the 2nd clutch are engaged by the A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve pressure mode.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 43: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (D Position - Shifting Between
1st Gear And 2nd Gear)
D Position: Driving in 2nd gear
The PCM turns shift solenoid valve B OFF, shift solenoid valve A remains ON, and
C remains OFF. Shift solenoid valve B is turned OFF, and shift solenoid valve B
pressure (SB) in the right end of shift valve B and in the left end of the servo
control valve is released. Cut valve B and servo control valve are kept in the right
side by line pressure (4) even though releasing hydraulic pressure in the left end.
Shift valve B is moved to the right side to switch A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve B pressure (5F) port to line pressure (5D) port leading to the 2nd
clutch. 2nd clutch pressure (20) is applied to the 2nd clutch, and the 2nd clutch is
engaged by the line pressure mode.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 44: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (D Position - Driving In 2nd
Gear)
D Position: Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear
solenoid valve A OFF, while shift solenoid valve B and C remain OFF. Shift
solenoid valve A is turned OFF, and shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) in the
right end of shift valve A and in the left end of cut valve A is released. Even though
shift solenoid valve A pressure is released, cut valve A is kept on the right side by
line pressure (4). Shift valve A is moved to the right side to switch to the line
pressure (5G) port to the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (5E)
port leading to the 2nd clutch. Also shift valve A uncovers 3rd clutch pressure (30)
port leading A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (5L) to the 3rd
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

clutch. The 2nd and 3rd clutch are engaged by the A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve pressure mode.
2nd Gear And 3rd Gear)
D Position: Driving in 3rd gear
The PCM turns shift solenoid valve CON, and shift solenoid valve A and B remain
OFF. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of shift valve
C and cut valve B. Shift valve C is then moved to the left side to releasing the 2nd
clutch pressure. The 3rd clutch keeps on engaging with the A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve C pressure mode.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 46: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (D Position - Driving In 3rd
Gear)
D Position: Shifting between 3rd gear and 4th gear
solenoid valve A ON. Shift solenoid valve B remains OFF, and C remains ON.
Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is applied to the right end of shift valve A and
the left end of cut valve A. Shift valve A is moved to the left side, switching the line
pressure (5L) port to the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (5K)
port leading to the 3rd clutch. Also shift valve A uncovers the 4th clutch pressure
(40) port leading A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (5H) to the
4th clutch. The 3rd and 4th clutches are engaged by the A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve pressure mode.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3rd Gear And 4th Gear)
D Position: Driving in 4th gear
The PCM turns shift solenoid valve B ON, and shift solenoid valve A and B remain
ON. Shift solenoid valve B pressure (SB) is applied to the right side of shift valve B
and the left side of the servo control valve. Shift valve B then moves to the left side
releasing the 3rd clutch pressure. The 4th clutch is engaged by the A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve B pressure mode.
hydraulic circuit.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 48: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (D Position - Driving In 4th
Gear)
D Position: Shifting between 4th gear and 5th gear
solenoid valve A OFF while shift solenoid valve B and C remain ON. As a result,
the pressure in the right end of shift valve A is released. Even though shift solenoid
valve A pressure (SA) is released, cut valve A is kept on the right side by the line
pressure (4). Shift valve A is moved to the right side to uncover A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve C pressure (5T) (5J) port leading to the 4th clutch. The 4th
and 5th clutches are engaged by the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
pressure mode.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

4th Gear And 5th Gear)
D Position: Driving in 5th gear
The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C OFF, shift solenoid valve A remains OFF,
and B remains ON. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) is then released to the right
side of shift valve C. This causes shift valve C to move to the right side, releasing
the 4th clutch pressure. The 5th clutch is engaged by the A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve C pressure mode.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 50: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (D Position - Driving In 5th
Gear)
2 Position
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves and the A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and the position of the
shift valves are as follows:
Shift solenoid valve A is turned ON, causing shift valve A to move to the left
side.
Shift solenoid valve B is turned OFF, keeping shift valve B on the right side.
Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF, keeping shift valve C on the left side.
Line pressure travels up and through shift valve C (5D), through shift valve B (5G),
and then up to shift valve A (20) to become 2nd clutch pressure. The 2nd clutch is
engages by the 2nd clutch pressure.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 51: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (2 Position)
1 Position
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves and the A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and the position of the
shift valves are as follows:
Shift solenoid valve A is turned OFF, keeping shift valve A on the right side.
Shift solenoid valve B is turned ON, causing shift valve B move to the left
side.
Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF, keeping shift valve C on the right side.
Line pressure (1) from the manual valve flows to cut valve B, cut valve A, shift
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

valve B, and becomes line pressure (5A) at the manual valve. Line pressure (5A)
passes through shift valve A, flows to shift valve C, and becomes 1st clutch
pressure (10). 1st clutch pressure (10) is applied to the 1st clutch, and the 1st clutch
is engaged.
Fig. 52: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (1 Position)
R Position: Shifting to the R position from the P or N position
The manual valve is moved into the R position. This causes line pressure (1) to
become line pressure (1), (3), and (7) at the manual valve. The PCM turns shift
solenoid valves C and D ON, and shift solenoid valves A and B remain OFF. Shift
solenoid valve D pressure (SD) is applied to the left end of shift valve D, causing
shift valve D to move to the right side, uncovering the line pressure (3) port leading
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

to the servo valve. Line pressure (3') from shift valve D flows to the servo valve,
and pushes the servo valve to the reverse position. The PCM controls A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A to regulate A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A pressure (55), and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure
(55) flows to the lock-up shift valve, shift valve B, the manual valve, the servo
valve, shift valve D, and cut valve A. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
pressure (3C) becomes 5th clutch pressure (50) at cut valve A. 5th clutch pressure
(50) is applied to the 5th clutch, and the 5th clutch is engaged by the A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A pressure mode.
Fig. 53: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (R Position - Shifting To R
Position From P Or N Position)
R Position: Driving in reverse gear
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

When starting off in reverse gear, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves B and C ON.
Shift solenoid valve A remains OFF, and D remains ON. Shift solenoid valve B is
turned ON, and shift solenoid valve B pressure (SB) is applied to the right end of
shift valve B. Shift valve B is moved to the right side to switch A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve A pressure (55') port to line pressure (1B) port leading to the
5th clutch. The 5th clutch is engaged with the line pressure mode.
Reverse Inhibitor Control
When R is selected while the vehicle is moving forward at speeds over 6 mph (10
km/h), the PCM turns shift solenoid valves A and C ON, and shift solenoid valves
B and D OFF. Shift solenoid valve D is kept OFF, and shift valve D is kept in the
left side to cover line pressure (3) port leading to the servo valve. The servo valve is
kept in the forward position. Shift solenoid valve A is turned ON, shift valve A is
moved to the right side and covers the port to stop line pressure (1 A) leading to the
5th clutch. The servo valve is not applied line pressure, the 5th clutch is not applied
5th clutch pressure, as a result, power is not transmitted to the reverse direction.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 54: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (R Position - Driving In
Reverse Gear)
P Position
The manual valve is moved into the P position, line pressure (1) becomes line
pressure (1), (3), and (7) at the manual valve. The PCM turns shift solenoid valve D
ON, and shift solenoid valves A, B, and C OFF. Shift solenoid valve D pressure
(SD) is applied to the left end of shift valve D, and shift valve D is moved to the
right side to uncover line pressure (3) port leading to the servo valve. Line pressure
(3') from shift valve D flows to the servo valve, and pushes the servo valve to the
reverse position. Line pressure (1) is intercepted at cut valve B, line pressure (1B) is
intercepted at shift valve B, and hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 55: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (P Position)
Lock-up System
The lock-up mechanism of the torque converter clutch operates in D (2nd, 3rd, 4th,
and 5th gears) and D3 (2nd and 3rd gears). The pressurized fluid is drained from the
back of the torque converter through a fluid passage, causing the torque converter
clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the
mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with the
hydraulic control, the PCM optimizes the timing and the amount of ATF the lock-
up mechanism receives. When shift solenoid valve D is turned on by the PCM, shift
solenoid valve D pressure turns the lock-up shift valve lock-up on and off. A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the lock-up control valve control the
volume of lock-up.
Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up ON (Engaging Torque Converter Clutch)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fluid in the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter
clutch piston is drained off, and fluid entering from the chamber between the pump
and the stator exerts pressure through the torque converter clutch piston against the
torque converter cover. The torque converter clutch piston engages with the torque
converter cover; the torque converter clutch locks-up, and the mainshaft rotates at
the same as the engine.
Fig. 56: Torque Converter Clutch Lock-Up On Diagram (Engaging Torque
Converter Clutch)
Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up OFF (Disengaging Torque Converter Clutch)
Fluid entered from the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque
converter clutch piston passes through the torque converter and goes out from the
chambers between the turbine and the stator, and the pump and the stator. As a
result, the torque converter clutch piston moves away from the torque converter
cover, and the torque converter clutch lock-up is released.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 57: Torque Converter Clutch Lock-Up Off Diagram (Disengaging Torque
Converter Clutch)
No Lock-up
The PCM turns shift solenoid valve D OFF. The lock-up shift valve is on the right
side, and uncovers the torque converter pressure port leading to the back of the
torque converter. Torque converter pressure (92) regulated by the regulator valve
flows to the lock-up shift valve, and becomes torque converter pressure (94).
Torque converter pressure (94) enters into the back of the torque converter, and
discharges into the circuit from the front of the torque converter. When the
hydraulic pressure flow enters the torque converter from the rear and discharges it
from the front, the torque converter clutch piston and cover become disengaged.
This is called the non lock-up condition.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 58: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (No Lock-Up)
Partial Lock-up
solenoid valve D ON. Shift solenoid valve D pressure (SD) is applied to the right
end of the lock-up shift valve, which switches the pressure over to the torque
converter pressure port leading to the front of the torque converter. Torque
converter pressure (91) enters into the front of the torque converter to engage the
torque converter clutch piston. The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve A to regulate A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure
(55), and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) is applied to
the lock-up control valve. Torque converter pressure (94) drained from the back of
the torque converter is applied to the right side of the lock-up control valve, and

2008 Honda Civic LX

torque converter pressure (90) is applied to the left side of the lock-up control valve.
The lock-up control valve controls the lock-up volume, by receiving these
pressures. The torque converter clutch is engaged partially during torque converter
pressure (90) in the left side of the lock-up control valve is higher, and the torque
converter clutch is engaged securely according to the volume of pressure in the
right side of the lock-up control valve. Under this condition, the torque converter
clutch is engaged by pressure entering into the front side of the torque converter;
this condition is partial lock-up.
Fig. 59: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (Partial Lock-Up)
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Full Lock-up
When the vehicle speed increases, the PCM controls A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve A to increase A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure
(55). A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) is applied to the
lock-up control valve, and the lock-up control valve is moved to the left side to
release torque converter back pressure (94). Torque converter pressure (91) enters
into the front of the torque converter, and the torque converter clutch piston is
engaged with the torque converter cover securely by torque converter pressure.
Under this condition, torque converter back pressure is released fully, causing the
torque converter clutch to be fully engaged; this condition is full lock-up.
hydraulic circuit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 60: Hydraulic Fuel Pressure Flow Diagram (Full Lock-Up)
Circuit Diagram - PCM A/T Control System
Fig. 61: PCM A/T Control System - Circuit Diagram (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 62: PCM A/T Control System - Circuit Diagram (2 Of 2)
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Input; DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute
Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Input

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), then turn it to ON (II) again.
4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs in the PGM-FI SYSTEM with the HDS.
Is DTC P0107 or P0108 indicated in the PGM-FI SYSTEM?
YES -Go to the INDICATED DTC'S TROUBLESHOOTING in the PGM-
FI system:
P0107 (see DTC P0107: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE )
P0108 (see DTC P0108: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
VOLTAGE )
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Check for DTCs in the A/T SYSTEM with the HDS.
Is DTC P0107 or P0108 indicated in the A/T SYSTEM?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If any other DTCs were
indicated, go to the INDICATED DTC'S TROUBLESHOOTING.
6. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE
PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE
PCM ).
7. Start the engine, and wait for at least 2 minutes.
board snapshot with the HDS, and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM. If the PCM
was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE
PCM ), then go to step 7. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 9.
9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0107 or P0108 in the DTCs MENU with the
HDS.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was
substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If
any other DTCs were indicated in step 8, go to the INDICATED DTC'S
TROUBLESHOOTING.
NO -If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose
terminals at the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
(see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 7. If the PCM was
substituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step
7.
DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor No Signal; DTC P0365: Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor No Signal

2008 Honda Civic LX

FI system:
P0335 (see DTC P0335: CKP SENSOR NO SIGNAL )
P0365 (see DTC P0365: CMP SENSOR NO SIGNAL )
NO -Go to step 5.
YES -Go to step 6.
PCM ).
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM, If the PCM
NO -Go to step 9.
HDS.

2008 Honda Civic LX

TROUBLESHOOTING.
7.
DTC P0339: Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Intermittent Interruption; DTC P0369: Camshaft Position (CMP)
Sensor Intermittent Interruption
3. Start the engine, and raise the engine speed to at least 2,000 rpm.
FI system:
P0339 (see DTC P0339: CKP SENSOR INTERMITTENT
INTERRUPTION )
P0369 (see DTC P0369: CMP SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT
INTERRUPTION )
NO -Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 6.
PCM ).
NO -Go to step 9.
HDS.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
7.
DTC P0603: PCM Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Error

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is DTC P0603 indicated in the PGM-FI SYSTEM?
YES -Go to DTC P0603: ECM/PCM INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE
KEEP ALIVE MEMORY (KAM) ERROR in the PGM-FI system .
NO -Go to step 4.
Is DTC P0603 indicated in the A/T SYSTEM?
YES -Go to step 5.
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was
any other DTCs were indicated, go to the INDICATED DTC'S
TROUBLESHOOTING.
DTC P0705: Short in Transmission Range Switch Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input)
4. With the brake pedal pressed, move the shift lever through all positions. Stop
for at least 1 second in each position.
5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0705 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -If the HDS indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at
this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wires between the
transmission range switch and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
COMPLETED, go to step 3.
7. Inspect the transmission range switch (see TRANSMISSION RANGE
SWITCH TEST ).
Is the switch OK?
NOTE:
Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any
on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review General
This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and
cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -With the switch connector disconnected, go to step 8.
NO -Replace the transmission range switch (see TRANSMISSION RANGE
SWITCH REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 50.
9. Measure the voltage between transmission range switch connector terminals
No. 6 and No. 10.
Fig. 63: Measuring Voltage Between Transmission Range Switch
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Go to step 10.
12. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B13 and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 64: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal B13 And
Body Ground
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector
terminal B13 and the transmission range switch, then go to step 50.
NO -Go to step 14.
14. Check for continuity between transmission range switch connector terminal
Fig. 65: Checking Continuity Between Transmission Range Switch
YES -Go to step 57.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Repair open in the wire between transmission range switch connector
terminal No. 10 and ground (G101) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS
INDEX ), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 50.
No. 7 and No. 10.
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 20.
NO -Go to step 16.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Body Ground
NO -Go to step 57.
No. 2 and No. 10.
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 25.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 21.
Body Ground
NO -Go to step 57.
No. 8 and No. 10.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 30.
NO -Go to step 26.
Body Ground
NO -Go to step 57.
No. 3 and No. 10.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 35.
NO -Go to step 31.
Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 57.
No. 9 and No. 10.
YES -Go to step 40.
NO -Go to step 36.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Body Ground
NO -Go to step 57.
No. 5 and No. 10.
YES -Go to step 45.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 41.
Body Ground
NO -Go to step 57.
No. 1 and No. 10.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 57.
NO -Go to step 46.
Body Ground
NO -Go to step 57.
50. Reconnect all connectors.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is DTC P0705 indicated?
YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the
transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 56.
YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step
55, go to the INDICATED DTC'S TROUBLESHOOTING.
NO -If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground
in the wire between the transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to step
1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 53.
PCM ).
YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the
transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a

2008 Honda Civic LX

known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 58. If
the PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 61.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
in the wire between the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM
PCM ), then go to step 58. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the
HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 58.
DTC P0706: Open in Transmission Range Switch Circuit
3. Raise the front of the vehicle, make sure it is securely supported, and allow the
front wheels to rotate freely. Or raise the vehicle on a lift.
4. Start the engine, run the vehicle with the shift lever in D until the vehicle speed
reaches 25 mph (40 km/h), then slow down and stop the wheels.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Repeat the test-drive in step 4, then go
to step 6.
YES -Go to step 7.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the
8. Inspect the transmission range switch (see TRANSMISSION RANGE
SWITCH TEST ).
Is the switch OK?
YES -Go to step 9.
9. Adjust the shift cable (see SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT ).
to step 14.
YES -Go to step 15.

2008 Honda Civic LX

15. Shift to D, and check the ATP FWD and ATP D in the DATA LIST with the
HDS.
Are ATP FWD and ATP D ON?
YES -Go to step 16.
NO -Go to step 22.
16. Shift to D3, and check the ATP FWD and ATP D3 in the DATA LIST with the
HDS.
Are ATP FWD and ATP D3 ON?
YES -Go to step 17.
NO -Go to step 22.
17. Shift to 2, and check the ATP FWD and ATP 2-1 in the DATA LIST with the
HDS.
Are ATP FWD and ATP 2-1 ON?
YES -Go to step 18.
NO -Go to step 22.
to step 21.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 22.
23. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector.
YES -Go to step 25.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the transmission range switch and
ground (G101) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), or repair poor
ground (G101), then go to step 30.
No. 5 and No. 10.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 27.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the transmission range switch and PCM
connector terminal B28, then go to step 30.
No. 8 and No. 10.
YES -Go to step 28.

2008 Honda Civic LX

No. 3 and No. 10.
YES -Go to step 29.
No. 9 and No. 10.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 37.
to step 35.
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission
range switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 36.
terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to step

2008 Honda Civic LX

PCM ).
to step 40.
range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 38. If the PCM was
substituted, go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 41.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was
updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ),
then go to step 38. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HDS
indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 38.
DTC P0711: Problem in ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Does the ATF temperature exceed the ambient air temperature?
YES -Record the ATF temperature. Leave the engine off for at least 30
minutes, then go to step 3.
NO -Record the ATF temperature. Test the stall speed RPM (see STALL
SPEED TEST ) three times, then go to step 3.
Did the ATF temperature change?
YES -Leave the engine off for at least 30 minutes, then go to step 4.
NO -Replace the ATF temperature sensor (see ATF TEMPERATURE
SENSOR TEST/REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 6.
4. Check the ECT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Does the ECT SENSOR read about the same as the ambient air temperature?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Leave the engine off until ECT SENSOR reads the same as the ambient
air temperature, then go to step 5.
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Does the ATF temperature read about the same as ECT SENSOR?
YES -Go to step 12.
7. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator
fan comes on).
8. Allow the engine coolant temperature to cool to the ambient air temperature.
fan comes on), and wait for at least 20 seconds, then drive the vehicle at speeds
over 19 mph (31 km/h) for at least 5 minutes.
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF
temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 11.
terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 7.
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

fan comes on).
14. Allow the engine coolant temperature to cool to the ambient air temperature.
fan comes on), and wait for at least 20 seconds, then drive the vehicle at speeds
over 19 mph (31 km/h) for at least 5 minutes.
temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-
good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 13. If the
PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 17.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was
DTC P0712: Short in ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage 0.07 V or less?
YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for an
intermittent short to body ground in the ATFT wire between the ATF
temperature sensor and the PCM.
4. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector.
Is the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage 0.07 V or less?
YES -Go to step 7.
10. Check for continuity between shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 6
and body ground.
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 85: Checking Continuity Between Shift Solenoid Harness Connector
Terminal No. 6 And Body Ground
terminal B27 and shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 6, then go to
step 12.
NO -Go to step 11.
and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Replace the ATF temperature sensor (see ATF TEMPERATURE
NO -Go to step 18.
15. Start the engine with the shift lever in P, and wait for at least 20 seconds.
YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the ATF
NO -Go to step 17.
in the wire between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the ATF
NO -Go to step 21.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
in the wire between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was
DTC P0713: Open in ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit
Does the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage exceed 4.93 V?
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor
connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the
PCM.
5. Connect shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7 with a
jumper wire.
Fig. 87: Connecting Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminals 6 And 7
With A Jumper Wire
Does the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage exceed 4.93 V?
YES -Go to step 8.
9. Remove the jumper wire from the shift solenoid harness connector.

2008 Honda Civic LX

11. Measure the voltage between shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 6
and body ground.
Fig. 88: Measuring Voltage Between Shift Solenoid Harness Connector
Terminal 6 And Body Ground
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Go to step 17.
15. Connect shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 7 and body ground with
a jumper wire.
Fig. 89: Connecting Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal 7 And

2008 Honda Civic LX

Body Ground With A Jumper Wire
Body Ground
YES -Go to step 27.
NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal B33 and the
ATF temperature sensor, then go to step 21.
20. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B27 and shift solenoid
harness connector terminal No. 6.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal No. 6
YES -Go to step 27.
ATF temperature sensor, then go to step 21.
NO -Go to step 26.

2008 Honda Civic LX

terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 24.
PCM ).
NO -Go to step 30.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was
DTC P0716: Problem in Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit; DTC P0717: Problem in Input Shaft (Mainshaft)
Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal Input)

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Check for proper input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor installation (see INPUT
SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
5. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in D, and keep the vehicle at speeds
over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least 10 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels.
HDS.
YES -Go to step 7.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the input
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
9. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
10. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C40 and body ground,
and between terminal C44 and body ground.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 92: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C40 And
C44 Body Ground
YES -Go to step 11.
NO -Repair open in the wires between PCM connector terminals C40, C44,
and ground (G101) (seeCONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), or repair
poor ground (G101), then go to step 32.
11. Connect PCM connector C (44P).
12. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector.
14. Measure the voltage between input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector
Fig. 93: Measuring Voltage Between Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed
Sensor Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 18.
NO -Go to step 15.
17. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B18 and input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 1.
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal 1
YES -Go to step 20.
input shaft {mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 32.
20. Check for continuity between input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 95: Checking Continuity Between Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed
Sensor Connector Terminal 2 And Body Ground
terminal B17 and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 32.
NO -Go to step 21.
21. Check for continuity between PCM connector, terminal B33 and input shaft
Fig. 96: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector, Terminal B33
And Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal 3
YES -Go to step 22.

2008 Honda Civic LX

input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 32.
22. Connect PCM connector B (44P).
Sensor Connector Terminals 2 And 3
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 28.
NO -Go to step 25.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal 2
YES -Go to step 38.
28. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector.
over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least 10 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels.
HDS.
YES -Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (see INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 32.
NO -Go to step 38.

2008 Honda Civic LX

over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least 10 seconds. Slowdown and stop the wheels.
Is DTC P0716 or P0717 indicated?
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 37.
HDS.
terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then
go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 35.
PCM ).
over 12 mph (20 km/h) for more than 10 seconds. Slow down and stop the
wheels.
(mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 41.
HDS.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the
PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING
THE PCM ), then go to step 39. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If
the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 39.
DTC P0718: Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Intermittent Failure
3. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in D, and let the transmission shift
through all five gears at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h).
to step 5.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 6.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the input
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
7. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, and inspect the
connector and connector terminals to be sure they are making good contact.
Are the connector terminals OK?
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Repair the connector terminals, then go to step 8.
8. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector.
to step 11.
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -If the HDS indicates PASSED, troubleshooting is complete. If the HDS

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 99: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C40 And
C44 Body Ground
YES -Go to step 16.
and ground (G101) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), or repair
17. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 20.
NO -Go to step 29.
22. Check for continuity between input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector
Fig. 101: Checking Continuity Between Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed

2008 Honda Civic LX

terminal B17 and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 32.
NO -Go to step 23.
23. Connect PCM connector B (44P).
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (see INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 32.
NO -Go to step 26.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 103: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal B17
YES -Go to step 39.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 32.
to step 37.
(mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 38.
terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then
go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 35.
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

to step 42.
(mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a
NO -Go to step 43.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the
PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING
DTC P0721: Problem in Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit; DTC P0722: Problem in Output Shaft
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal Input)
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Check for proper output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor installation (see
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR
REPLACEMENT ).
5. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in D and the engine speed 2,000 rpm
or higher, for at least 10 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels.
HDS.
YES -Go to step 7.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output
shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 105: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C40
And C44 Body Ground
YES -Go to step 11.
and ground (G101) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), or repair a
12. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector.
14. Measure the voltage between output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
Fig. 106: Measuring Voltage Between Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 18.
NO -Go to step 15.
17. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C13 and output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 1.
And Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal 1
YES -Go to step 18.
NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal C13 and the
output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 32.
20. Check for continuity between output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 108: Checking Continuity Between Output Shaft (Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Connector Terminal 2 And Body Ground
terminal C43 and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step
32.
NO -Go to step 21.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 22.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor connector and PCM connector terminal C14, then go to step 32.
connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3.
Sensor Connector Terminals 2 And 3
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 28.
NO -Go to step 25.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 38.
28. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector.
30. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in D and the engine speed 2,000 rpm
or higher, for at least 10 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels.
HDS.
YES -Replace the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (see OUTPUT
SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then
go to step 32.
NO -Go to step 38.

2008 Honda Civic LX

35. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in D at speeds over 12 mph (20
km/h), for at least 10 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels.
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 37.
HDS.
terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM,
then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 35.
PCM ).
39. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in D at speeds over 12 mph (20
km/h), for at least 10 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels.
(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 41.
HDS.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If
the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING
DTC P0723: Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Intermittent Failure
3. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in D with engine speed 2,000 rpm or
higher, and let the transmission shift through all five gears.
to step 5.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 6.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output
shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
7. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, and inspect
the connector and connector terminals to be sure they are making good contact.
Are the connector terminals OK?
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Repair the connector terminals, then go to step 8.
8. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector.
9. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in D with engine speed 2,000 rpm or
higher, and let the transmission shift through all five gears.
to step 11.
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -If the HDS indicates PASSED, troubleshooting is complete. If the HDS

2008 Honda Civic LX

And C44 Body Ground
YES -Go to step 16.
and ground (G101) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), or repair
17. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 20.
NO -Go to step 29.
22. Check for continuity between output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
Fig. 114: Checking Continuity Between Output Shaft (Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Connector Terminal 2 And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

terminal C43 and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step
32.
NO -Go to step 23.
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Replace the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (see OUTPUT
SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then
go to step 32.
NO -Go to step 26.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 39.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 32.
to step 37.
(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 38.
terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM,
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

to step 42.
(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a
NO -Go to step 43.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If
the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING
DTC P0731: Problem in 1st Clutch and 1st Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (1st gear incorrect ratio)

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes
on).
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid
leaks.
3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal
debris or excessive clutch material.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material?
YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 13.
NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4.
4. Measure the line pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ).
Is the line pressure within service limit?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Repair the ATF pump and the regulator valve, or replace the transmission,
then go to step 13.
5. Measure the 1st clutch pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ).
Is the 1st clutch pressure within service limits?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Shift valves B and C are stuck. Repair these valves and the hydraulic
circuit, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13.
6. Test stall speed with the shift lever in 1 (see STALL SPEED TEST ).
Is the stall speed within service limits?
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Shift valves A and D are stuck. Repair these valves and the hydraulic

2008 Honda Civic LX

9. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear with the shift lever in D at speeds over 7 mph
(12 km/h) and the engine speed above 1,000 rpm, for at least 12 seconds.
to step 11.
YES -Repair the 1st clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13.
NO -Go to step 12.
NO -If the HDS indicates FAILED, repair the 1st clutch, or replace the
transmission. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 9.
13. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear with the shift lever in D at speeds over 7 mph
to step 15.
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and
the PCM, then go to step 4.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 16.
terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 4. If the HDS
DTC P0732: Problem in 2nd Clutch and 2nd Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (2nd gear incorrect ratio)
on).
leaks.
Is the line pressure within service limit?
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and Any on-

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 5.
then go to step 13.
5. Measure the 2nd clutch pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ).
Is the 2nd clutch pressure within service limits?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Shift valves A and 6 are stuck. Repair these valves and the hydraulic
6. Test stall speed with the shift lever in 2 (see STALL SPEED TEST ).
Is the stall speed within service limits?
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Shift valve C is stuck. Repair the shift valve C and the hydraulic circuit,
or replace the transmission, then go to step 13.
9. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear with the shift lever in D at speeds over 7
mph (12 km/h) and the engine speed above 1,000 rpm, for at least 12 seconds.
to step 11.
YES -Repair the 2nd clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13.
NO -Go to step 12.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -If the HDS indicates FAILED, repair the 2nd clutch, or replace the
13. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear with the shift lever in D at speeds over 7
mph (12 km/h) and the engine speed above 1,000 rpm, for at least 12 seconds.
to step 15.
NO -Go to step 16.
DTC P0733: Problem in 3rd Clutch and 3rd Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (3rd gear incorrect ratio)

2008 Honda Civic LX

on).
leaks.
Is the line pressure within service limits?
YES -Go to step 5.
then go to step 12.
5. Measure the 3rd clutch pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ).
Is the 3rd clutch pressure within service limits?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Shift valves A and D are stuck. Repair these valves and the hydraulic
8. Test-drive the vehicle in 3rd gear with the shift lever in D at speeds over 7 mph

2008 Honda Civic LX

to step 10.
YES -Repair the 3rd clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12.
NO -Go to step 11.
NO -If the HDS indicates FAILED, repair the 3rd clutch, or replace the
12. Test-drive the vehicle in 3rd gear with the shift lever in D at speeds over 7 mph
to step 14.
NO -Go to step 15.

2008 Honda Civic LX

DTC P0734: Problem in 4th Clutch and 4th Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (4th gear incorrect ratio)
on).
leaks.
YES -Go to step 5.
then go to step 12.

2008 Honda Civic LX

5. Measure the 4th clutch pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ).
Is the 4th clutch pressure within service limits?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Shift valves A, B, C, and/or D are stuck. Repair these valves and the
hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12.
8. Test-drive the vehicle in 4th gear with the shift lever in D at speeds over 7 mph
to step 10.
YES -Repair the 4th clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12.
NO -Go to step 11.
NO -If the HDS indicates FAILED, repair the 4th clutch, or replace the
to step 14.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 15.
DTC P0735: Problem in 5th Clutch and 5th Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (5th gear incorrect ratio)
on).
leaks.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 5.
then go to step 12.
5. Measure the 5th clutch pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ).
Is the 5th clutch pressure within service limits?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Shift valves A, B, C, and/or D are stuck. Repair these valves and the
hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12.
to step 10.
YES -Repair the 5th clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12.
NO -Go to step 11.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -If the HDS indicates FAILED, repair the 5th clutch, or replace the
to step 14.
NO -Go to step 15.
DTC P0741: Torque Converter Clutch Hydraulic Circuit Stuck OFF

2008 Honda Civic LX

on).
leaks.
6. Select Shift Solenoid Valve D in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that
shift solenoid valve D operates with the HDS.
Is a clicking sound heard?
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Replace shift solenoid valve D (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE AND
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE HARNESS REPLACEMENT ), then go to step
12.
7. Run the engine until the ECT SENSOR temperature reaches 176 F (80 C).
8. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous
Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the
HDS.
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result. Go to step
12 if any part is replaced.
9. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road with a steady throttle at 60 mph (96
km/h) for at least 20 seconds.
to step 11.
YES -Repair the faulty torque converter clutch mechanism, the torque
converter clutch hydraulic circuit, the lock-up shift valve, or the lock-up
control valve, or replace the transmission, then go to step 15.
this time. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 9.
15. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road with a steady throttle at 60 mph (96
km/h) for at least 20 seconds, or test-drive the vehicle for several minutes
under the same condition as those indicated by the freeze data.
to step 17.
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Go to step 18.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -If the HDS indicates FAILED, go to step 5. If the HDS indicates NOT
DTC P0746: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF
on).
leaks.
through all five gears, then slow down to a stop. Shift to R, and drive the
vehicle for at least 2 seconds.

2008 Honda Civic LX

to step 8.
YES -Go to step 9.
10. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid valve A in the Miscellaneous
HDS.
YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the HDS indicates
NOT COMPLETED, retest A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with
the HDS.
NO -Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result. If the
HDS has not determined the cause of the failure, go to step 11. If any part is
replaced, go to step 12.
11. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A TEST ).
Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A operate properly?
YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valve A, or replace the
transmission, then go to step 14.
NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A REPLACEMENT ), then
go to step 12.

2008 Honda Civic LX

to step 16.
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Go to step 17.
DTC P0747: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON
on).
leaks.

2008 Honda Civic LX

through all five gears.
to step 8.
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -lf the HDS indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at
10. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid valve A in the Miscellaneous
HDS.
NOT COMPLETED, retest A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with
the HDS.

2008 Honda Civic LX

11. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A TEST ).
Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A operate properly?
YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valve A, or replace the
go to step 12.
to step 16.
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Go to step 17.
DTC P0751: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF; DTC P0752: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON

2008 Honda Civic LX

on).
leaks.
6. Select Shift Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check it
operates with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Replace shift solenoid valve A (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE AND
10.
to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic LX

HDS.
YES -Repair shift valve A, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12.
to step 14.
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Go to step 15.
HDS.
DTC P0756: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF; DTC P0757: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON

2008 Honda Civic LX

on).
leaks.
6. Select Shift Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check it
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Replace shift solenoid valve B (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE AND
10.
to step 9.
HDS.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Repair shift valve B, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12.
to step 14.
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Go to step 15.
HDS.
DTC P0761: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF; DTC P0762: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON

2008 Honda Civic LX

on).
leaks.
6. Select Shift Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check it
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Replace shift solenoid valve C (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE AND
10.
to step 9.
HDS.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Repair shift valve C, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12.
to step 14.
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Go to step 15.
HDS.
DTC P0766: Shift Solenoid Valve D Stuck OFF

2008 Honda Civic LX

on).
leaks.
6. Select Shift Solenoid Valve D in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check it
YES -Go to step 7.
10.
7. Start the engine, and shift to N. Then shift to R and drive the vehicle for at least
2 seconds. Slow the vehicle down to a stop. Then drive the vehicle in D, and let
the transmission shift through all five gears.
to step 9.
YES -Repair shift valve D, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12.

2008 Honda Civic LX

12. Start the engine, and shift to N. Then shift to R and drive the vehicle for at least
2 seconds. Slow the vehicle down to a stop. Then drive the vehicle in D, and let
the transmission shift through all five gears.
to step 14.
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Go to step 15.
DTC P0767: Shift Solenoid Valve D Stuck ON
on).

2008 Honda Civic LX

leaks.
6. Select Shift Solenoid Valve D in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check it
YES -Go to step 7.
10.
to step 9.
YES -Repair shift valve D, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12.

2008 Honda Civic LX

to step 14.
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Go to step 15.
DTC P0776: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF; DTC P0777: A/T Clutch Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON
on).
leaks.

2008 Honda Civic LX

to step 8.
HDS.
YES -Go to step 9.
10. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous
Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the
HDS.
NOT COMPLETED, retest A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with
the HDS.

2008 Honda Civic LX

11. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (see A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B TEST ).
Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B work properly?
YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valve B, or replace the
NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (see A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C
REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12.
to step 16.
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Go to step 17.
HDS.

2008 Honda Civic LX

DTC P0796: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF; DTC P0797: A/T Clutch Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON
on).
leaks.
to step 8.
HDS.
YES -Go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous
Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the
HDS.
NOT COMPLETED, retest A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with
the HDS.
NO -Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result, If the
11. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (see A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C TEST ).
Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C work properly?
YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valve C, or replace the
NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (see A/T CLUTCH
to step 16.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Go to step 17.
HDS.
DTC P0812: Open in Transmission Range Switch ATP R Switch Circuit
2. Shift to R, and check the A/T R SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the A/T R SWITCH ON?
NO -Go to step 3.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Connector Terminal 10 And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 6.
No. 7 and No. 10.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Connector Terminals 7 And 10
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 8.
transmission range switch, then go to step 9.
8. Check for continuity between transmission range switch connector terminals
No. 7 and No. 10 while the shift lever is in R, and when the shift lever is
shifted to any position other than R.
Is there continuity while the shift lever is in R, and no continuity when the shift
lever is shifted to any position other than R?

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 16.
11. Clear the DTC with to the HDS.
12. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in R at speeds below 3 mph (5 km/h)
for at least 2 seconds. Then increase the speed and drive over 3 mph (5 km/h)
for at least 2 seconds.
to step 14.
NO -Go to step 15.
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

for at least 2 seconds. Then increase the speed and drive over 3 mph (5 km/h)
for at least 2 seconds.
to step 19.
NO -Go to step 20.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
DTC P0842: Short in 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck ON
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Check the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS when
not in 2nd gear.
Is the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF?
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Go to step 7.
fan comes on).
5. Test-drive the vehicle in 3rd gear with the shift lever in D, for at least 2
seconds.
YES -Go to step 7.
this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the
2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the HDS
8. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector.
10. Check the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF?
YES -Replace the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (see 2ND
CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH
NO -Go to step 11.
Body Ground
terminal B8 and the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to
step 15.
NO -Go to step 22.

2008 Honda Civic LX

fan comes on).
19. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in 2 for at least 2 seconds, then shift
to D, and drive in 3rd gear for at least 2 seconds. Then drive in 4th gear for at
least 2 seconds.
YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 2nd
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 21.
in the wire between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the
PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step
18.
PCM ).
fan comes on).
24. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in 2 for at least 2 seconds, then shift
to D, and drive in 3rd gear for at least 2 seconds. Then drive in 4th gear for at
least 2 seconds.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 2nd
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was
then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 26.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
in the wire between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the
PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see
SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was
23.
DTC P0843: Open in 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck OFF
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

fan comes on).
4. Shift the shift lever into 2.
5. Check the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH ON?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
6. Test-drive the vehicle with the shift lever in 2 for at least 2 seconds.
YES -Go to step 8.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 2nd
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the HDS indicates
NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6.
9. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector.
11. Measure the voltage between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch
connector terminal and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 122: Measuring Voltage Between 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Connector Terminal And Body Ground
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Replace the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (see 2ND
NO -Go to step 12.
15. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B8 and the 2nd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch connector terminal.
Fig. 123: Checking Continuity Between PCM Terminal B8 And 2nd
Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Terminal

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 23.
NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal B8 and the 2nd
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step 16.
fan comes on).
20. Drive the vehicle with the shift lever in 2 for at least 2 seconds, then shift to D,
and drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds.
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 2nd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 22.
terminals between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the
19.

2008 Honda Civic LX

PCM ).
fan comes on).
25. Drive the vehicle with the shift lever in 2 for at least 2 seconds, then shift to D,
and drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds.
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 2nd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to
step 24. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 27.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the
24.
DTC P0847: Short in 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck ON

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Check the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS when
not in 3rd gear.
Is the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF?
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Go to step 7.
fan comes on).
5. Drive the vehicle in 4th gear with the shift lever in D, for at least 2 seconds.
YES -Go to step 7.
this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the
3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the HDS
8. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Check the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF?
YES -Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (see 3RD
NO -Go to step 11.
Body Ground
terminal B9 and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to
step 15.
NO -Go to step 22.

2008 Honda Civic LX

fan comes on).
19. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear with the shift lever in D3, for at least 2 seconds.
Then shift to D, and drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds.
YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 3rd
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 21.
in the wire between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the
18.
PCM ).
fan comes on).
24. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear with the shift lever in D3, for at least 2 seconds.
Then shift to D, and drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 3rd
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was
then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 26.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
in the wire between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the
23.
DTC P0848: Open in 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck OFF
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

fan comes on).
4. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear with the shift lever in D3, and check that the
SHIFT COMMAND indicates 3rd in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
5. Check the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH ON?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
6. Test-drive the vehicle in 3rd gear with the shift lever in D3, for at least 2
seconds.
YES -Go to step 8.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
9. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector.
11. Measure the voltage between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch
connector terminal and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 125: Checking Voltage Between 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Connector Terminal And Body Ground
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (see 3RD
NO -Go to step 12.
15. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B9 and 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch connector terminal.
Fig. 126: Checking Continuity Between PCM Terminal B9 And 3rd
Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Terminal

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 23.
NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal B9 and the 3rd
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step 16.
fan comes on).
seconds. Then shift to D, and drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds.
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 22.
terminals between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the
19.

2008 Honda Civic LX

PCM ).
fan comes on).
seconds. Then shift to D, and drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds.
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
NO -Go to step 27.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the
24.
DTC P0962: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Circuit
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second.
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
6. In the Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Control menu, select A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A at 1.0 A.
YES -Go to step 8.
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector.
10. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
Fig. 127: Measuring Resistance Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve A Connector Terminals 1 And 2
Is there 3-10 ohms?
YES -Go to step 11.
go to step 16.
11. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 128: Checking Continuity Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve A Connector Terminal 2 And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Repair open in the wire between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A and ground (G101) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), or
repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 16.
Solenoid Valve A Connector Terminal 1 And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 1 and body ground, then go to
step 16.
NO -Go to step 15.
connector terminal No. 1 and PCM connector terminals B35.
Solenoid Valve A Terminal 1 And PCM Terminals B35
YES -Go to step 22.
valve A connector terminal No. 1 and PCM connector terminal B35, then go to
step 16.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 21.
terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM,
PCM ).
pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
NO -Go to step 25.

2008 Honda Civic LX

TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM.
If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see
23.
DTC P0963: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
pressure control solenoid valve A at 0.2 A.
YES -Go to step 8.
pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
10. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
Solenoid Valve A Terminals 1 And 2
Is there 3-10 ohms?
YES -Go to step 11.

2008 Honda Civic LX

go to step 12.
Solenoid Valve A Terminal 2 And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 18.
valve A and ground (G101) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), or

2008 Honda Civic LX

pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 17.
terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM,
PCM ).
pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
NO -Go to step 21.
TROUBLESHOOTING.

2008 Honda Civic LX

terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM.
19.
DTC P0966: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Circuit
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

pressure control solenoid valve B at 1.0 A.
YES -Go to step 8.
pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector.
10. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
Solenoid Valve B Terminals 1 And 2
Is there 3-10 ohms?
YES -Go to step 11.

2008 Honda Civic LX

11. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
Solenoid Valve B Terminal 2 And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 12.
valve B and ground (G101) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), or

2008 Honda Civic LX

control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 1 and body ground, then go to
step 16.
NO -Go to step 15.
connector terminal No. 1 and PCM connector terminals B44.
Solenoid Valve B Terminal 1 And PCM Terminals B44

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 22.
valve B connector terminal No. 1 and PCM connector terminal B44, then go to
step 16.
pressure control solenoid valve Band the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 21.
terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM,
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
NO -Go to step 25.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM.
23.
DTC P0967: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
pressure control solenoid valve B at 0.2 A.
YES -Go to step 8.
pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector.
10. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B

2008 Honda Civic LX

Solenoid Valve B Terminals 1 And 2
Is there 3-10 ohms?
YES -Go to step 11.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 18.
valve B and ground (G101) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), or
pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 17.
terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM,
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
NO -Go to step 21.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM.
19.
DTC P0970: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Circuit
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
pressure control solenoid valve C at 1.0 A.
YES -Go to step 8.
pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector.
10. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C

2008 Honda Civic LX

Solenoid Valve C Terminals 1 And 2
Is there 3-10 ohms?
YES -Go to step 11.
11. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
Solenoid Valve C Terminal 2 And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 12.
valve C and ground (G101) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), or
control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 1 and body ground, then go to
step 16.
NO -Go to step 15.
connector terminal No. 1 and PCM connector terminal B25.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Solenoid Valve C Terminal 1 And PCM Connector Terminal B25
YES -Go to step 22.
valve C connector terminal No. 1 and PCM connector terminal B25, then go to
step 16.
pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 21.

2008 Honda Civic LX

terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM,
PCM ).
pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
NO -Go to step 25.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM.
23.

2008 Honda Civic LX

DTC P0971: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
pressure control solenoid valve C at 0.2 A.
YES -Go to step 8.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector.
10. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
Solenoid Valve C Terminals 1 And 2
Is there 3-10 ohms?
YES -Go to step 11.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 18.
valve C and ground (G101) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), or
pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 17.

2008 Honda Civic LX

terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM,
PCM ).
pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
NO -Go to step 21.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM.
19.

2008 Honda Civic LX

DTC P0973: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve A Circuit
3. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear with the shift lever in D, for at least 1
second.
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Shift Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift
solenoid valve A with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
6. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear with the shift lever in D, for at least 1
second.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 8.
this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift
solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go
to step 5.
10. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P).
11. Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals B10 and C40.
Fig. 145: Measuring Resistance Between PCM Connector Terminals B10
And C40
Is there less than 12 ohms?
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Go to step 21.
13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals B10 and C40.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 146: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminals B10
And C40
terminal B10 and the shift solenoid harness connector, then go to step 15.
NO -Go to step 14.
14. Inspect shift solenoid valve A and the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT
SOLENOID VALVE TEST ).
Is shift solenoid valve A and the harness OK?
YES -Go to step 21.
NO -Replace shift solenoid valve A or the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT
SOLENOID VALVE AND SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE HARNESS
18. Start the engine with the shift lever in P, and wait for at least 1 second. Then
drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in D, for at least 1 second.
19. Check for DTCs with the HDS:

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift
solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 20.
in the wire between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. If
PCM ).
solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-
NO -Go to step 24.

2008 Honda Civic LX

TROUBLESHOOTING.
in the wire between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was
DTC P0974: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve A Circuit
3. Start the engine with the shift lever in P, and wait for at least 1 second.
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Shift Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift
solenoid valve A with the HDS.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
YES -Go to step 8.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid
valve A and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5.
And C40
Is there 12-25 ohms?
YES -Go to step 22.
NO -Go to step 12.

2008 Honda Civic LX

And Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal 5
YES -Go to step 14.
shift solenoid harness connector, then go to step 16.
14. Remove the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE AND
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE HARNESS REPLACEMENT ).
and the shift solenoid valve A connector terminal.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 149: Checking Continuity Between Shift Solenoid Harness Terminal 5
And Shift Solenoid Valve A Connector
YES -Replace shift solenoid valve A (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE AND
16.
NO -Replace the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
AND SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE HARNESS REPLACEMENT ), then go
to step 16.
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid
valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 21.
terminals between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the

2008 Honda Civic LX

PCM ).
valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
NO -Go to step 25.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was
DTC P0976: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve B Circuit
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear with the shift lever in D, for at least 1 second.
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Shift Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift
solenoid valve B with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
YES -Go to step 8.
solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go
to step 5.
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

And C40
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Go to step 21.
And C40

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 14.
14. Inspect shift solenoid valve B and the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT
Is shift solenoid valve B and the harness OK?
YES -Go to step 21.
NO -Replace shift solenoid valve B or the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT
Then drive in 3rd gear for at least 1 second.
solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 20.

2008 Honda Civic LX

in the wire between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. If
PCM ).
solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-
NO -Go to step 24.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
in the wire between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was

2008 Honda Civic LX

DTC P0977: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve B Circuit
3. Test-drive the vehicle in 3rd gear with the shift lever in D, for at least 1 second.
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Shift Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift
solenoid valve B with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
YES -Go to step 8.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

valve B and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5.
And C40
YES -Go to step 22.
NO -Go to step 12.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 153: Checking Continuity Between PCM Terminal B26 And Shift
Solenoid Harness Terminal 2
YES -Go to step 14.
and the shift solenoid valve B connector terminal.
And Shift Solenoid Valve B Connector

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Replace shift solenoid valve B (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE AND
16.
to step 16.
valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 21.
terminals between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
NO -Go to step 25.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was
DTC P0979: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve C Circuit
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Shift Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift
solenoid valve C with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
YES -Go to step 8.
solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go
to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic LX

And C40
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Go to step 21.
And C40

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 14.
14. Inspect shift solenoid valve C and the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT
Is shift solenoid valve C and the harness OK?
YES -Go to step 21.
NO -Replace shift solenoid valve C or the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT
drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D, for at least 1 second.
solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 20.
in the wire between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. If

2008 Honda Civic LX

PCM ).
drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D, for at least 1 second.
solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-
NO -Go to step 24.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
in the wire between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was
DTC P0980: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve C Circuit
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Shift Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift
solenoid valve C with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
YES -Go to step 8.
valve C and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5.
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

And C40
YES -Go to step 22.
NO -Go to step 12.
Solenoid Harness Terminal 1

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 14.
and the shift solenoid valve C connector terminal.
And Shift Solenoid Valve C Connector
YES -Replace shift solenoid valve C (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE AND
16.
to step 16.

2008 Honda Civic LX

drive in 3rd gear in D, for at least 1 second.
valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 21.
terminals between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
PCM ).
drive in 3rd gear in D, for at least 1 second.
valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
NO -Go to step 25.

2008 Honda Civic LX

TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was
DTC P0982: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve D Circuit
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

5. Select Shift Solenoid Valve D in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift
solenoid valve D with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
YES -Go to step 8.
solenoid valve D and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go
to step 5.
And C40

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Go to step 21.
And C40
NO -Go to step 14.
14. Inspect shift solenoid valve D and the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT
Is shift solenoid valve D and the harness OK?
YES -Go to step 21.
NO -Replace shift solenoid valve D or the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT

2008 Honda Civic LX

solenoid valve D and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 20.
in the wire between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM, then go to step 1. If
PCM ).
solenoid valve D and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 24.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
in the wire between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM. If the PCM was
DTC P0983: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve D Circuit
3. Start the engine, then shift to N while pressing the brake pedal, and wait for at
least 1 second.
NOTE:
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Select Shift Solenoid Valve D in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift
solenoid valve D with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 8.
least 1 second.
YES -Go to step 8.
valve D and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic LX

And C40
YES -Go to step 22.
NO -Go to step 12.
Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal 8
YES -Go to step 14.

2008 Honda Civic LX

and the shift solenoid valve D connector terminal.
Terminal 8 And Shift Solenoid Valve D Connector
YES -Replace shift solenoid valve D (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE AND
16.
to step 16.
least 1 second.

2008 Honda Civic LX

valve D and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 21.
terminals between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
PCM ).
least 1 second.
valve D and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
NO -Go to step 25.

2008 Honda Civic LX

TROUBLESHOOTING.
terminals between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM. If the PCM was
DTC P16C0: PCM A/T Control System Incomplete Update
1. Update the PCM (see UPDATING THE PCM ).
Is DTC P16C0 indicated?
YES -Replace the PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ).
NO -PCM updating is complete.
DTC P1717: Open in Transmission Range Switch ATP RVS Switch Circuit
NOTE:
This code is indicated when PCM updating is
incomplete.
Do not turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) while
updating the PCM. If you turn the ignition switch to
LOCK (0) before completion, the PCM can be damaged.
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Shift to R, and check the A/T R SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the A/T R SWITCH ON?
YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Check for proper transmission range switch installation (see
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ), adjust the shift
cable (see SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT ), then recheck.
3. Check the REVERSE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the REVERSE SWITCH ON?
NO -Go to step 4.
transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 7.
No. 1 and No. 10.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 9.
transmission range switch, then go to step 10.
9. Check for continuity between transmission range switch connector terminals
No. 1 and No. 10 while the shift lever is in R, and when the shift lever is
shifted to any position other than R.
Is there continuity while the shift lever is in R, and no continuity when the shift
lever is shifted to any position other than R?
YES -Go to step 16.
for at least 2 seconds. Then increase the speed and drive at speeds over 3 mph
(5 km/h) for at least 2 seconds.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO -Go to step 15.
PCM ).
for at least 2 seconds. Then increase the speed and drive at speeds over 3 mph
(5 km/h) for at least 2 seconds.
NO -Go to step 19.

2008 Honda Civic LX

TROUBLESHOOTING.
DTC P1746: Problem in Shift Control System; Cut Valve A Stuck OFF, or Cut Valve B Stuck ON
on).
leaks.

2008 Honda Civic LX

to step 8.
YES -Repair cut valve A in the servo body (see SERVO BODY
DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY ), cut valve B in the
main valve body (see MAIN VALVE BODY DISASSEMBLY,
INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY ), replace the main valve body or the
servo body, or replace the transmission, then go to step 9.
to step 11.
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Go to step 12.
DTC P1747: Problem in Shift Control System; Cut Valve A Stuck ON, or Cut Valve B Stuck OFF

2008 Honda Civic LX

on).
leaks.
to step 8.
YES -Repair cut valve A in the servo body (see SERVO BODY
DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY ), cut valve B in the
main valve body (see MAIN VALVE BODY DISASSEMBLY,
INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY ), replace the main valve body or the
servo body, or replace the transmission, then go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic LX

to step 11.
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Go to step 12.
DTC P1780: Problem in Shift Control System
to step 5.
5. Check for other DTCs indicated along with DTC P1780 with the HDS.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Are there other DTCs?
YES -Go to the INDICATED DTC'S TROUBLESHOOTING.
NO -Go to step 6.
PCM ).
to step 9.
NO -Go to step 10.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
NOTE: DTC P1780 means there is one or more A/T DTCs
regarding the shift control system.

2008 Honda Civic LX

7.
DTC P2122: Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A (Throttle Position Sensor D) Circuit Low Voltage Input
YES -Go to the DTC P2122 troubleshooting in the electronic throttle control
system (ETCS) (see DTC P2122: APP SENSOR A (THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR D) CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE ).
NO -Go to step 4.
YES -Go to step 5.
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

9. Check for DTCs the A/T SYSTEM with the HDS.
NO -Go to step 10.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
8.
DTC P2123: Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A (Throttle Position Sensor D) Circuit High Voltage Input
board snap shot with the HDS, and review General

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to the DTC P2123 troubleshooting in the electronic throttle control
system (ETCS) (see DTC P2123: APP SENSOR A (THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR D) CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE ).
NO -Go to step 4.
YES -Go to step 5.
PCM ).
9. Check for DTCs the A/T SYSTEM with the HDS.
NO -Go to step 10.

2008 Honda Civic LX

TROUBLESHOOTING.
8.
DTC U0028: F-CAN Malfunction (BUS-OFF (PCM))
Is DTC U0155 indicated in the PGM-FI SYSTEM?
YES -Go to the DTC U0155 troubleshooting in the PGM-FI system (see DTC
U0155: F-CAN MALFUNCTION (ECM/PCM-GAUGE CONTROL
MODULE) ).
NO -Go to step 4.
Is DTC U0028 indicated in he A/T SYSTEM?
YES -Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic LX

PCM ).
Is DTC U0028 indicated in the A/T SYSTEM?
NO -Go to step 8.
8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for U0028 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
6.
DTC U0121: F-CAN Malfunction (PCM-ABS)

2008 Honda Civic LX

MODULE) ).
NO -Go to step 4.
YES -Go to step 5.
PCM ).
NO -Go to step 8.

2008 Honda Civic LX

TROUBLESHOOTING.
6.
DTC U0155: F-CAN Malfunction (PCM-Gauge Control Module)
MODULE) ).
NO -Go to step 4.
YES -Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic LX

PCM ).
NO -Go to step 8.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
6.
ROAD TEST
fan comes on).
2. Apply the parking brake, and block both rear wheels.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Shift to D while pressing the brake pedal. Press the accelerator pedal, and
release it suddenly. The engine should not stall.
4. Repeat step 3 in all shift lever positions.
cover, and go to the A/T Mode Menu.
6. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC
circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ).
7. Prepare the HDS to take a HIGH SPEED SNAPSHOT (Refer to the HDS
user's guide for more details if needed):
Select High Speed Snapshot.
Select these parameters:
Vehicle Speed
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed (rpm)
Engine Speed
Relative TP Sensor
APP Sensor A (V)
ATF Temp Sensor
Battery Voltage
Shift Control

2008 Honda Civic LX

Brake Switch
Set the Trigger Type to Parameter.
Adjust the Parameter setting to APP Sensor A (V) above 1.3 V.
Set the recording time to 60 seconds.
Set the Trigger point to -30 seconds.
8. Find a suitable level road. When you are ready to do the test, press OK on the
HDS.
9. Monitor the HDS and accelerate quickly until the APP Sensor A reads 1.3 V.
Maintain a steady throttle until the transmission shifts to 5th gear, then slow
the vehicle and come to a stop.
10. Save the snapshot if the entire event was recorded or increase the recording
time setting as necessary and repeat step 9.
11. Adjust the Parameter setting to 2.5 V. Retest-drive the vehicle. While
monitoring the HDS accelerate quickly until the APP Sensor A reads 2.5 V.
Maintain a steady throttle until the transmission shifts to 5th gear (or
reasonable speed), then slow the vehicle and come to a stop.
12. Save the snapshot if the entire event was recorded or increase the recording
time setting as necessary and repeat step 11.
13. Accelerate quickly until the accelerator pedal is to the floor. Maintain a steady
pedal until the transmission shifts to 3rd gear, then slow to a stop, and save the
snap shot.
14. Review each snapshot individually and compare the Shift Command, APP
Sensor A (V), and the Vehicle Speed to the table below.
Upshift: D Position
VEHICLE SPEED REFERENCE - UPSHIFT D POSITION
APP Sensor A voltage: 1.3 V
1st-->2nd 9-12 mph (15-19
km/h)
2nd-->3rd 17-21 mph (28-33
km/h)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Downshift: D Position
VEHICLE SPEED REFERENCE - DOWNSHIFT D POSITION
3rd-->4th 26-30 mph (42-49
km/h)
4th-->5th 35-41 mph (57-66
km/h)
Lock-->up ON 31-37 mph (50-60
km/h)
1st-->2nd 18-22 mph (29-35
km/h)
2nd-->3rd 34-39 mph (54-62
km/h)
3rd-->4th 50-55 mph (80-89
km/h)
4th-->5th 75-86 mph (121-138
km/h)
Lock-->up ON 93-104 mph (150-167
km/h)
Fully-opened throttle APP Sensor A
voltage: 4.4 V
1st-->2nd 35-40 mph (57-65
km/h)
2nd-->3rd 64-72 mph (103-116
km/h)
3rd-->4th 102-112 mph (164-181
km/h)
Lock-up OFF 30-37 mph (49-59
km/h)
5th-->4th 30-35 mph (49-57
km/h)

2008 Honda Civic LX

15. Drive the vehicle in 4th or 5th gear in D, then shift to 2, the vehicle should
immediately begin to slow down from engine braking.
16. Shift to 1, accelerate from a stop at full throttle, and check for abnormal noise
and clutch slippage. Upshifts should not occur in this position.
17. Shift to 2, accelerate from a stop at full throttle, and check for abnormal noise
and clutch slippage. Upshifts and downshifts should not occur in this position.
18. Shift to R, accelerate from a stop at full throttle, and check for abnormal noise
and clutch slippage.
19. Park the vehicle on a slope (about 16-degrees), apply the brake, and shift into
P. Release the brake; the vehicle should not move.
4th-->3rd 22-25 mph (36-41
km/h)
3rd-->2nd 5-8 mph (8-13 km/h)
2nd-->1st 5-8 mph (8-13 km/h)
APP sensor A voltage: 2.5 V
Lock-up OFF 60-68 mph (97-110
km/h)
Fully-opened throttle APP Sensor A
voltage: 4.4 V
Lock-up OFF 119-129 mph (191-208
km/h)
4th-->3rd 82-92 mph (132-148
km/h)
3rd-->2nd 54-61 mph (87-98
km/h)
2nd-->1st 26-31 mph (42-50
km/h)
NOTE: Always use the parking brake to hold the vehicle, when
stopped on an incline in gear. Depending on the grade
of the incline, the vehicle could roll backwards if the
brake is released.

2008 Honda Civic LX

STALL SPEED TEST
1. Make sure the transmission fluid is filled to the proper level (see ATF LEVEL
CHECK ).
2. Apply the parking brake, and block all four wheels.
cover, and go to the A/T DATA LIST.
5. Make sure the A/C switch is OFF.
6. After the engine has warmed up to normal operating temperature (the radiator
fan comes on), shift to 2.
7. Firmly press the brake pedal and accelerator pedal for 6 to 8 seconds, and note
engine speed. Do not move the shift lever while raising the engine speed.
8. Allow 2 minutes for cooling, then repeat the test in the D, 1, and R.
NOTE:
Do not test stall speed for more than 10 seconds at
a time.
Stall speed tests should be used for diagnostic
purposes only.
Stall speed tests should be the same in D, 2, 1, and

2008 Honda Civic LX

Stall Speed rpm:
Specification: 2,670 rpm
Service Limit: 2,520-2,820 rpm
9. If the stall speeds are out of the service limit, problems and probable causes are
listed in the table.
PROBLEMS AND PROBABLE CAUSES
R.
Do not test stall speed with the A/T oil pressure
gauges installed.
Problem Probable causes
Stall speed rpm high in
the D, 2, 1, and R
positions
ATF pump output
low
Clogged ATF
strainer
Regulator valve
stuck
Slipping clutch
the 1 position
Slippage of 1st clutch
the 2 position
Slippage of 2nd clutch
the R position
Slippage of 5th clutch
Stall speed rpm low in
the D, 2, 1, and R
positions
Engine output low
Engine throttle
valve closed
Torque converter
one-way clutch
slipping

2008 Honda Civic LX

PRESSURE TEST
A/T oil pressure gauge set w/panel 07406-0020400 or 07406-0020401
A/T pressure hose, 2,210 mm 07MAJ-PY4011A
A/T pressure hose adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
1. Make sure the transmission fluid is filled to the proper level (see ATF LEVEL
CHECK ).
2. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and
raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported.
3. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely.
4. Remove the splash shield.
cover, and go to the A/T Mod Menu.
7. Connect the A/T oil pressure gauge to the line pressure inspection port (A). Do
NOTE: There may come ABS DTC(s) during the pressure test. If the
ABS DTC(s) comes on, clear the ABS DTC(s) with the HDS.

2008 Honda Civic LX

not allow dust or other foreign particles to enter the ports while connecting the
gauges.
Fig. 171: Identifying Line Pressure Inspection Port
fan comes on).
9. Measure the line pressure at the line pressure inspection port in P or N while
holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
FLUID PRESSURE REFERENCE
NOTE: Higher pressure may be indicated if measurements are
made in shift lever position other than P or N.
Pressure
Fluid Pressure
Standard Service Limit

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the A/Toil pressure gauge from the line
pressure inspection port.
11. Install the sealing bolt to the line pressure inspection port with a new sealing
washer, and tighten the bolt to 18 N.m (1.8 kgf.m, 13 lbf.ft). Do not reuse the
old sealing washer.
12. Remove the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and the intake air duct.
13. Connect the A/Toil pressure gauge to the 1st clutch pressure inspection port
(B). Then temporarily install the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct.
Fig. 172: Identifying 1st Clutch Pressure Inspection Port
14. Connect the A/Toil pressure gauge to the 2nd clutch pressure inspection port
(C).
Line 900-960 kPa
(9.2-9.8
kgf/cm
2
, 130-
140 psi)
850 kPa (8.7
kgf/cm
2
, 120
psi)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 173: Identifying 2nd Clutch Pressure Inspection Port
15. Start the engine, and shift to 1.
16. Measure the 1st clutch pressure at the 1st clutch pressure inspection port (B)
while holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
17. Shift to 2, and measure the 2nd clutch pressure at the 2nd clutch pressure
inspection port (C) while holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
18. Turn the engine off, remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct,
then disconnect the A/T oil pressure gauges from the 1st clutch pressure and
the 2nd clutch pressure inspection ports.
19. Install the sealing bolts to the 1st clutch pressure and the 2nd clutch pressure
inspection ports with new sealing washers, and tighten the bolts to 18 N.m (1.8
kgf.m, 13 lbf.ft). Do not reuse the old sealing washer.
20. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER
Pressure
Fluid Pressure
1st clutch (B)
2nd clutch (C)
890-970 kPa
(9.1-9.9
kgf/cm
2
, 130-
140 psi)
840 kPa
(8.6 kgf/cm
2
,
120 psi)

2008 Honda Civic LX

21. Connect the A/T oil pressure gauge to the 3rd clutch pressure inspection port
(D) and the 4th clutch pressure inspection port (E).
Fig. 174: Identifying 3rd Clutch Pressure Inspection Port And 4th Clutch
Pressure Inspection Port
22. Connect the A/T oil pressure gauge to the 5th clutch pressure inspection port
(F).
Fig. 175: Identifying 5th Clutch Pressure Inspection Port
23. Select Pressure Test Assistance Mode in the Miscellaneous Test Menu of the
A/T Mode Menu.

2008 Honda Civic LX

24. Start the engine, and shift to D3.
25. Measure the 3rd clutch pressure at the 3rd clutch pressure inspection port (D)
while holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
26. Shift to D, and measure the 4th clutch pressure at the 4th clutch pressure
inspection port (E) and the 5th clutch pressure at the 5th clutch pressure
inspection port (F) while holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
27. Bring the engine back to an idle, then apply the brake to stop the wheels from
rotating.
28. Shift to R, then release the brake pedal. Raise the engine speed to 2,000 rpm,
and measure the 5th clutch pressure at the 5th clutch pressure inspection port
(F).
29. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the A/T oil pressure gauges from the 3rd,
4th, and 5th clutch pressure inspection ports.
30. Install the sealing bolts in the 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch pressure inspection ports
with new sealing washers, and tighten the bolts to 18 N.m (1.8 kgf.m, 13
lbf.ft). Do not reuse the old sealing washer.
Pressure
Fluid Pressure
3rd clutch (D)
4th clutch (E)
5th clutch (F)
890-970 kPa
(9.1-9.9
kgf/cm
2
, 130-
140 psi)
840 kPa (8.6
kgf/cm
2
, 120
psi)
Pressure
Fluid Pressure
5th clutch (F)
in R
890-970 kPa
(9.1-9.9
kgf/cm
2
, 130-
140 psi)
840 kPa (8.6
kgf/cm
2
, 120
psi)

2008 Honda Civic LX

31. If the pressures are out of the service limit, problems and probable causes are
listed in the table.
PROBLEMS AND PROBABLE CAUSES
32. Install the splash shield.
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE TEST
cover.
Problem Probable causes
No or low line
pressure
Torque converter
ATF pump
Regulator valve
Torque converter
check valve
Clogged ATF
strainer
No or low 1st clutch
pressure
1st clutch
O-rings
No or low 2nd clutch
pressure
2nd clutch
O-rings
No or low 3rd clutch
pressure
3rd clutch
O-rings
No or low 4th clutch
pressure
4th clutch
O-rings
pressure
5th clutch
O-rings
pressure in the R
position
Servo valve
4th clutch
O-rings

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Select Shift Solenoid Valve A, B, C, and D Test in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu on the HDS.
4. Check that shift solenoid valve A, B, C, and D operate with the HDS. A
clicking sound should be heard.
If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK.
The test is complete, disconnect the HDS.
If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 5, and test the solenoid valves.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 177: Identifying Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal
8. Measure the shift solenoid valve resistance between the shift solenoid harness
connector terminals below and body ground:
No. 1: Shift solenoid valve C
No. 2: Shift solenoid valve B
No. 5: Shift solenoid valve A
No. 8: Shift solenoid valve D
Standard: 12-25 ohms
If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9 and check solenoid
valve for a clicking sound.
If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 10.
9. Connect a jumper wire from the battery positive terminal to each shift solenoid
harness connector terminals individually. A clicking sound should be heard.
If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK.
The test is complete, connect the connector.
If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10 and test the shift solenoid
harness.

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF).
Fig. 178: Identifying Drain Plug w/Torque Specification
11. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B).
12. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C),
and the harness clamp bracket (D).
Fig. 179: Identifying Shift Solenoid Valve Cover, Dowel Pins, Gasket,
Harness Clamp Bracket & Torque Specification
13. Disconnect the connectors from shift solenoid valve A, shift solenoid valve B,

2008 Honda Civic LX

shift solenoid valve C, and shift solenoid valve D.
Fig. 180: Identifying Shift Solenoid Valve
14. Measure the resistance of each solenoid valve between the connector terminal
and body ground.
Standard: 12-25 ohms
If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 17 and replace the shift
solenoid valve.
If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 15 and check the
solenoid valve for a clicking sound.
15. Connect a jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to each solenoid
terminal individually.
If a clicking sound is heard, go to step 16 and replace the solenoid harness.
If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 17 and replace shift solenoid
valve.
16. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A), and replace it. Install a new
O-ring (B) on the shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in
the transmission housing, then go to step 22.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 181: Identifying Shift Solenoid Harness Connector, O-Ring w/Torque
Specification
17. Remove the mounting bolts, then hold the shift solenoid valve body and
remove the solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the solenoid
valve.
Fig. 182: Identifying Shift Solenoid Valve, O-Ring & Torque Specification
18. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (E) on the reused solenoid
valve.

2008 Honda Civic LX

19. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) and shift solenoid valve C
(brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the
mounting bracket contacts the servo body.
20. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by holding the shift solenoid
valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body.
21. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid
valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift
solenoid valve B.
22. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors:
BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A.
ORN, WHT, and WHT wires to shift solenoid valve B.
GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C.
YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D.
23. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the
harness clamp bracket.
24. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely.
25. Refill the transmission with ATF (see step 5 ).
NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you
install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided
on it.
NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the connector when
installing the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the
solenoid valve body.
NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing
shift solenoid valve B. If shift solenoid valve A is
installed before installing shift solenoid valve B, it may
damage to hydraulic control system.

2008 Honda Civic LX

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE AND SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE HARNESS REPLACEMENT
Fig. 183: Identifying Drain Plug, Sealing Washer & Torque Specification

2008 Honda Civic LX

6. Disconnect the shift solenoid valve connectors.
If replacing shift solenoid valve(s), go to step 7.
If replacing the shift solenoid harness, remove the shift solenoid harness
connector (A), and replace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new shift
solenoid harness connector, and install it in the transmission housing, then
go to step 12.
Fig. 185: Identifying Shift Solenoid Harness Connector, O-Ring &
7. Remove the mounting bolts, then hold the shift solenoid valve body and
remove the solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the solenoid
valve.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 186: Identifying Shift Solenoid Valve, O-Ring & Torque Specification
8. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (E) on the solenoid valve.
9. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) and shift solenoid valve C
(brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the
mounting bracket contacts the servo body.
valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body.
valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift
solenoid valve B.
NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you
install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided
on it.
NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the connector when
installing the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the

2008 Honda Civic LX

ORN, WHT, and WHT wires to shift solenoid valve B.
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A TEST
cover.
CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING )

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous
Test Menu with the HDS.
4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS.
If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS.
If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS.
If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause,
go to step 5.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and the intake air duct.
6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the
harness clamp (B).
Fig. 188: Identifying Harness Cover, Harness Clamp & Torque
Specification
7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector (A)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 189: Identifying A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A
Connector
8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A resistance at the
connector terminals.
Standard: 3-10 ohms
If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve A (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE A REPLACEMENT ).
If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9.
9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect
another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal
No. 1.
If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and
install all removed parts.
If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10.
10. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 190: Identifying ATF Pipe, ATF Joint Pipes, O-Rings, Gasket &
11. Remove the ATF pipe (B), the ATF joint pipes (C), the O-rings (D), and the
gasket (E).
12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination.
pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect
No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A moves.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 191: Checking A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A
14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid
passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves
sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A.
15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and
the transmission housing.
16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the
transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes.
17. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes.
18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A.
19. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then
connect the connectors securely.
20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness
clamp.
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER ELEMENT
INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ) and the intake air duct.
harness clamp (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Specification
4. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A.

2008 Honda Civic LX

5. Remove the ATF pipe (B), the ATF joint pipes (C), the O-rings (D), and the
gasket (E).
6. Check the fluid passage of the transmission housing for dust or dirt, and clean
the passage.
transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes.
8. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes.
9. Install a new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A.
10. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector for rust, dirt,
or oil, then connect the connector securely.
clamp.

2008 Honda Civic LX

ELEMENT INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT )
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B TEST
cover.
3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous
Test Menu with the HDS.
4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS.
go to step 5.
harness clamp (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Specification
7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector (A).
Fig. 196: Identifying A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B
Connector
8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B resistance at the

2008 Honda Civic LX

Standard: 3-10 ohms
solenoid valve B (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ).
pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect
No. 1.
10. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C.

2008 Honda Civic LX

11. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the
gasket (F).
pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect
No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves.
Fig. 198: Checking A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B
pressure control solenoid valves B and C.
transmission housing.
17. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the
ATF joint pipes.
18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C.
19. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for
rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely.

2008 Honda Civic LX

clamp.
ELEMENT INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ).
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C TEST
cover.
3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous
Test Menu on the HDS.
4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS.
go to step 5.
harness clamp (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 200: Identifying Harness Cover, Clamp & Torque Specification
7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector (A).
Fig. 201: Identifying A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C
Connector
8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C resistance at the
Standard: 3-10 ohms

2008 Honda Civic LX

solenoid valve C (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ).
pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect
No. 1.

2008 Honda Civic LX

gasket (F).
pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect
No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C moves.
Fig. 203: Checking A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C
pressure control solenoid valves B and C.
ATF joint pipes.
clamp.

2008 Honda Civic LX

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT
harness clamp (D).
Fig. 204: Identifying Harness Cover, Clamp & Torque Specification
3. Disconnect the connectors from A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
and C.

2008 Honda Civic LX

gasket (F).
6. Clean the mounting surface and the fluid passages of the transmission housing.
ATF joint pipes.
9. Install a new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C.
clamp.

2008 Honda Civic LX

INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner
housing bracket (B).
Fig. 206: Identifying Harness Clamp, Torque Specification And Air
Cleaner Housing Bracket
3. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the
input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 207: Identifying Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor, O-Ring &
4. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then
install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing.
6. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its
bracket.
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT
2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, and remove
the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (A).
Fig. 208: Identifying Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor, O-Ring &
3. Install a new O-ring (B) on a new output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor,
then install the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor in the transmission

2008 Honda Civic LX

housing.
2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT
Fig. 209: Identifying Harness Clamp, Air Cleaner Housing Bracket &
3. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, and
remove the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 210: Identifying 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch,
Sealing Washer & Torque Specification
4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connectors.
5. Install a new 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing
washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal
part, not the plastic part.
6. Connect the connector securely.
7. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its
bracket.
3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT
1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels,
and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported.
3. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, then
remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 211: Identifying 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch,
Sealing Washer & Torque Specification
4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connector.
5. Install a new 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing
washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal
part, not the plastic part.
6. Connect the connector securely.
ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST/REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 212: Identifying Shift Solenoid Harness Connector
4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness
Standard: 50 ohms-25 kohms
5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF
temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not
available separately from the shift solenoid harness.
If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the
connector securely, and install the splash shield.

2008 Honda Civic LX

9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 215: Identifying Shift Solenoid Harness Connector, O-Ring & Torque
Specification
10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install
the connector in the transmission housing.
11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B.
ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses.
ATF LEVEL CHECK
1. Park the vehicle on the level ground.
NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

fan comes on), and turn the engine off. Do not allow the engine to warm up
more than two cycles of the cooling fan.
3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) (A), and wipe it with a clean cloth.
Fig. 216: Identifying Dipstick (Yellow Loop)
4. Insert the dipstick into the transmission.
5. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid level. It should be between the upper
mark (A) and the lower mark (B).
NOTE: Check the fluid level within 60-90 seconds after turning
the engine off. Higher fluid level may be indicated if the
radiator fan comes on twice or more.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 217: Identifying Upper Mark And Lower Mark On Dipstick
6. If the level is below the lower mark, check for fluid leaks at the transmission,
the hoses, and the line joints. If a problem is found, fix it before filling the
transmission with ATF.
7. If the level is above the upper mark, drain the ATF to proper level (see step 3 ).
8. If necessary, fill the transmission with ATF through the dipstick hole (A) to
bring the fluid level between the upper mark and the lower mark of the
dipstick. Do not fill the fluid above the upper mark. Always use genuine Honda
ATF-Z1 automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can
affect shift quality.
NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level is below the
lower mark:
Transmission damage will result.
The vehicle might not move in any gear.
The vehicle may accelerate poorly, and flare when
starting off in D and R.
The engine may vibrate at idle.
NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level is above the
upper mark, the vehicle may creep forward while in N,
or have problems shifting.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 218: Identifying Dipstick Hole
9. Insert the dipstick back into the transmission.
ATF REPLACEMENT
fan comes on).
2. Park the vehicle on the level ground, and turn the engine off.
NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

5. Refill the transmission with the recommended fluid into the dipstick hole to
bring the fluid level between the upper mark and the lower mark of the
dipstick. Always use Honda ATF-Z1 automatic transmission fluid (ATF).
Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality.
Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity:
2.4 L (2.5 US qt, 2.1 Imp qt) at change
5.9 L (6.2 US qt, 5.2 Imp qt) at overhaul
6. Check that the fluid level is between the upper mark and the lower mark of the
dipstick.
7. Insert the dipstick back into the transmission.
cover.
10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and reset the ATF life with the HDS.
11. '06 4-door model and '07-08 2 and 4 door models: If the maintenance minder
recommends replacing the ATF, reset the maintenance minder (see

2008 Honda Civic LX

RESETTING THE MAINTENANCE INFORMATION DISPLAY ), and
this procedure is complete. If the maintenance minder did not recommend
replacing the ATF, go to step 12.
'06 2-door model: If the maintenance minder recommends replacing the ATF,
reset the maintenance minder (see RESETTING THE MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION DISPLAY ), and this procedure is complete. If the
maintenance minder did not recommend replacing the ATF, notify the
customer that the maintenance minder service interval has not been reached
and the maintenance minder will still be on the same interval as before.
12. Select BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS.
13. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES MENU with the HDS.
14. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS.
15. Select RESETTING THE ATF with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL
1.8 support eyelet 07AAK-SNAA400
1.8 support bolt 07AAK-SNAA500
2006 Civic engine hanger VSB02C000025 *
Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T-12566 *
Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016 *
* These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
Program 1-888-424-6857.
NOTE: If you changed the engine oil at the same time with the
ATF, select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE AND
ATF with the HDS instead.
NOTE:
Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
Special tool engine hanger must be used with the side
engine mount installed.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Remove the cowl cover (see COWL COVER REPLACEMENT ) and the
under-cowl panel.
3. Remove the front grille cover (see FRONT GRILLE COVER
REPLACEMENT ).
4. Make sure the ignition switch is in LOCK (0).
Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then disconnect the positive
cable.
5. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and remove the battery and the battery
tray.
7. Remove the battery base and the resonator.
8. Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is securely supported, and remove the
wheels.
9. Remove the splash shield (see step 23 on ENGINE REMOVAL ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

12. Secure the hood in the vertical position.
harness clamp (B).
Fig. 222: Identifying Harness Cover And Clamp
14. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector (C), the
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector (D), and the A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve C connector (E).
housing mounting bracket (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 223: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Mounting Bracket And Harness
Clamp
16. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector (A).
Fig. 224: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector, Output Shaft
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector And Harness Clamps
17. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector (B), and
remove the harness clamps (C) from the clamp brackets (D).
18. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector (A) and the 2nd
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 225: Identifying Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor And 2nd
Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector
19. Disconnect the ATF warmer hoses (A) from the ATF lines (B). Turn the end of
the ATF warmer hoses up to prevent ATF from flowing out, then plug the
hoses and lines.
Fig. 226: Identifying ATF Warmer Hoses And ATF Lines
20. Remove the bolts securing the ATF warmer. Do not disconnect the ATF hoses
and water by-pass hoses from the ATF warmer.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 227: Identifying ATF Hoses And Water By-Pass Hoses With Bolts
21. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector (A) and the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch connector (B), and remove the harness
clamps (C) from the clamp brackets (D).
Fig. 228: Identifying Shift Solenoid Harness Connector And 3rd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector
22. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket (B), and remove the radiator
hose (C) from the clamp (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 229: Identifying Harness Clamp, Bracket, Radiator Hose And Clamp
23. Remove the air cleaner housing mounting bracket (A).
Fig. 230: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Mounting Bracket
24. Install the support eyelet behind the breather pipe (A) and down to the threaded
hole (B) on the cylinder head.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 231: Identifying Breather Pipe And Threaded Hole
25. Attach the support eyelet to the cylinder head with the support bolt. Tighten the
bolt by hand.
Fig. 232: Identifying Support Eyelet And Support Bolt
26. Install the front leg assembly (A), hook (B), and wing nut (C) from an A and
Reds engine support hanger (AAR-T-12566) onto the engine hanger
(VSB02C000025). Carefully position the engine hanger on the vehicle, and
attach the hook to the slotted hole in the support eyelet (D). Tighten the wing

2008 Honda Civic LX

nut by hand to lift and support the engine/transmission assembly.
Fig. 233: Identifying Engine Support Hanger On Vehicle
27. Remove the nuts and bolt securing the lower arm and ball joint, and separate
the lower arms from the ball joints.
Fig. 234: Identifying Lower Arms From Ball Joints
28. Remove both body mount brackets.
NOTE: Use care when working around the windshield.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 235: Identifying Body Mount Brackets
29. Remove the steering gearbox mounting bracket bolts.
Fig. 236: Identifying Steering Gearbox Mounting Bracket Bolts
30. Remove the rear steering gearbox mounting bolt (A), the stiffener mounting
bolt (B), and the stiffener (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 237: Identifying Rear Steering Gearbox Mounting Bolt, Stiffener
Mounting Bolt And Stiffener
31. Remove the bolt (D) securing the power steering fluid line clamp bracket (E).
32. Remove the front steering gearbox mounting bolt (A), the stiffener mounting
bolt (B), and the stiffener (C).
Fig. 238: Identifying Front Steering Gearbox Mounting Bolt, Stiffener
Mounting Bolt And Stiffener

2008 Honda Civic LX

33. Remove the bolt (A) securing the power steering fluid line bracket (B) on the
right of the front subframe, and remove the power steering fluid line (C) from
the clamp (D).
Fig. 239: Identifying Power Steering Fluid Line Bracket, Power Steering
Fluid Line And Clamp
34. Remove the lower torque rod bolts.
Fig. 240: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Bolts
35. Make reference marks (A) on both sides of the front subframe that line up with
the body (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 241: Identifying Reference Marks On Both Sides Of Front Subframe
Line Up With Body
36. Attach the front subframe adapter (VSB02C000016) to the front subframe by
looping the strap (A) over the front of the subframe, then secure the strap with
the stop (B), then tighten the wing nut (C).
Fig. 242: Attaching Front Subframe Adapter (VSB02C000016) To Front
Subframe
37. Raise the jack and line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on the corner
of the jack base, then tighten the bolts.
38. Remove the four bolts securing the front subframe, and lower the front

2008 Honda Civic LX

subframe.
Fig. 243: Lifting Front Subframe
39. Hang the steering gearbox to the body with a rope.
40. Remove the driveshafts from the differential. Coat all precision machined
surfaces with clean engine oil, then put plastic bags over the driveshaft ends.
Fig. 244: Identifying Driveshafts
41. Remove the shift cable cover (A), and remove the three bolts securing the shift
cable holder (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 245: Identifying Shift Cable Cover And Shift Cable Holder
42. Pry up the lock tab of the lock washer (C), and remove the lock bolt (D) and
the lock washer, then separate the shift cable (E) from the control shaft (F). Do
not bend the shift cable excessively.
43. Remove the shift cable holder bracket from the transmission.
Fig. 246: Identifying Shift Cable Holder Bracket
44. Remove the torque converter cover (A), and remove the drive plate bolts (B)

2008 Honda Civic LX

(8) while rotating the crankshaft pulley.
Fig. 247: Identifying Torque Converter Cover And Drive Plate Bolts
45. Remove the upper transmission housing mounting bolts.
Fig. 248: Identifying Upper Transmission Housing Mounting Bolts
46. Remove the transmission mount bracket bolts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 249: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket Bolts
47. Remove the front transmission housing mounting bolts.
Fig. 250: Identifying Front Transmission Housing Mounting Bolts
48. Remove the rear transmission housing mounting bolts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 251: Identifying Rear Transmission Housing Mounting Bolts
49. Lower the transmission by loosening the wing nut of the engine support
hanger, and tilt the engine just enough for the transmission to clear the side
frame.
50. Place a jack under the transmission.
51. Remove the lower transmission housing mounting bolts.
Fig. 252: Identifying Lower Transmission Housing Mounting Bolts
52. Slide the transmission away from the engine to remove it from the vehicle.
53. Remove the torque converter, the O-ring, and the dowel pins.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 253: Identifying Torque Converter, O-Ring And Dowel Pins
54. Inspect the drive plate, and replace it if it is damaged.
TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION
* These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program
1-888-424-6857.
1. Install the torque converter (A) on the mainshaft (B) with a new O-ring (C).
NOTE: Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 254: Identifying Torque Converter On Mainshaft With O-Ring
2. Install the 14 x 20 mm dowel pins (D) in the torque converter housing.
3. Place the transmission on a jack, and raise the transmission to the engine level.
4. Install the lower transmission housing mounting bolt (A) part-way in the bolt
hole on the engine, then attach the transmission to the engine.
Fig. 255: Identifying Lower Transmission Housing Mounting Bolt
w/Torque Specifications
5. Install the lower transmission housing mounting bolt (B), and tighten the bolts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

6. Install the rear transmission housing mounting bolts.
Fig. 256: Identifying Rear Transmission Housing Mounting Bolts
w/Torque Specification
7. Install the front transmission housing mounting bolts.
Fig. 257: Identifying Front Transmission Housing Mounting Bolts
8. Install the upper transmission housing mounting bolts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 258: Identifying Upper Transmission Housing Mounting Bolts
9. Secure the transmission mount bracket on the transmission housing with new
mounting bolts.
Fig. 259: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket & Mounting Bolts
10. Install a new set ring (A) on both driveshafts (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 260: Identifying Set Ring On Driveshafts
11. Clean the areas where the driveshaft contacts the transmission (differential)
with solvent, and dry with compressed air. Then install the driveshaft, be sure
not to allow dust or other foreign particles to enter the transmission. Turn the
steering knuckle fully outward, and slide the driveshaft into the differential
until you feel its set ring fully engage the side gear.
12. Attach the torque converter to the drive plate with the eight bolts (A). Rotate
the crankshaft pulley as necessary to tighten the bolts to 1/2 of the specified
torque, then to the final torque, in a crisscross pattern. After tightening the last
bolt, check that the crankshaft rotate freely.
Fig. 261: Identifying Torque Converter Cover And Bolts w/Torque
Specifications

2008 Honda Civic LX

13. Install the torque converter cover.
14. Install the shift cable holder bracket.
Fig. 262: Identifying Shift Cable Holder Bracket And Bolts w/Torque
Specification
15. Install the control lever (A) over the control shaft (B).
Fig. 263: Identifying Control Lever, Control Shaft, Shift Cable Holder &
16. Install the shift cable holder (C) on the holder bracket (D) with tightening bolts

2008 Honda Civic LX

loosely. Tighten the bolts (E) in the lateral position to the specified torque, then
tighten the bolt (F) in the vertical position.
17. Secure the control lever with a new lock washer (G) and the lock bolt (H), then
bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head.
18. Install the shift cable cover (I).
19. Set the front subframe adapter (VSB02C000016) to the front subframe by
looping the strap (A) over the front of the front subframe, then secure the strap
with the stop (B), then tighten the wing nut (C).
Fig. 264: Setting Front Subframe Adapter (VSB02C000016) To Front
Subframe
20. Line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on the corner of the jack base,
and tighten the bolts, then lift the front subframe up to the body.
21. Loosely install the new front subframe mounting bolts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 265: Lifting Front Subframe Up To Body, Bolts & Torque
Specifications
22. Align the front subframe reference marks (A) to the body (B), as noted during
removal. Tighten the front subframe mounting bolts to the specified torque.
Fig. 266: Aligning Front Subframe Reference Marks To Body
23. Secure the lower torque rod with new bolts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 267: Identifying Lower Torque Rod, Bolts & Torque Specification
24. Remove the engine support hanger, support bolt, and support eyelet from the
vehicle.
25. Position the steering gearbox on the gearbox mounting bracket of the front
subframe.
26. Install the gearbox stiffener (A) and the bolts, and tighten the bolts loosely.
Fig. 268: Identifying Gearbox Stiffener And Bolts w/Torque Specifications
27. Install the gearbox stiffener (A) and the bolts, and tighten the bolts loosely.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 269: Identifying Gearbox Stiffener, Power Steering Fluid Line Clamp
Bracket, Bolts & Torque Specifications
28. Secure the power steering fluid line clamp bracket (B) with the bolt.
29. Align the slit (A) of the gearbox mounting rubber (B) with the rear bracket
surface (C), and install the steering gearbox mounting bracket (D) with
pointing the arrow (E) up.
Fig. 270: Aligning Slit Of Gearbox Mounting Rubber, Rear Bracket

2008 Honda Civic LX

Surface, And Bolts w/Torque Specification
30. Tighten the steering gearbox mounting bolts and the stiffener mounting bolts to
the specified torque.
31. Secure the power steering fluid line bracket (A) with the bolt, and secure the
line (B) with the clamp (C).
Fig. 271: Identifying Power Steering Fluid Line Bracket With Line,
Clamp, Bolts & Torque Specification
32. Install both body mount brackets with new bolts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 272: Identifying Body Mount Brackets & Bolts w/Torque
Specification
33. Install both of the lower arms (A) to the ball joints (B), and loosely install new
mounting nuts and bolts.
Fig. 273: Identifying Lower Arms, Ball Joints & Bolts w/Torque
Specifications
34. Tighten the nuts and the bolts to 59 N.m (6.0 kgf.m, 43 lbf.ft) in the following
order; (C), (D), then (E).
35. Remove the support bolt and support eyelet from the cylinder head.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 274: Identifying Support Bolt And Support Eyelet
36. Install the air cleaner housing mounting bracket (A) on the cylinder head.
Fig. 275: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Mounting Bracket & Bolt
37. Connect the shift solenoid harness connector (A) and the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch connector (B), and install the harness clamps
(C) on the clamp brackets (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 276: Identifying Shift Solenoid Connector, 3rd Clutch Transmission
Fluid Pressure Switch Connector, Clamps And Clamp Brackets
38. Install the harness clamp (A) in its bracket (B), and install the radiator hose (C)
in the clamp (D).
Fig. 277: Identifying Harness Clamp, Bracket, Radiator Hose And Clamp
39. Install the ATF warmer (A) on the bracket (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 278: Identifying ATF Warmer, Bracket & Bolts w/Torque
Specification
40. Connect the ATF warmer hoses (A) to the ATF lines (B), and secure the hoses
with the clips (C) (see DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
Fig. 279: Identifying ATF Warmer Hoses, ATF Lines, Hoses And Clips
41. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector (A) and the 2nd
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 280: Identifying Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector
And 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector
42. Connect the transmission range switch connector (A) and the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor connector (B), and install the harness clamps (C)
on the brackets (D).
Fig. 281: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector And Output
Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector
43. Install the air cleaner housing mounting bracket (A), and install the harness

2008 Honda Civic LX

clamp (B) on its bracket (C).
Fig. 282: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Mounting Bracket w/Torque
Specification And Harness Clamp
44. Connect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector (A), the
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector (B), and the A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve C connector (C).
Fig. 283: Identifying A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A
Connector And A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Connector

2008 Honda Civic LX

45. Secure the harness cover (D) with the mounting bolts, and install the harness
clamp (E) on its bracket (F).
46. Loosen the upper torque rod bolt (A).
Fig. 284: Identifying Upper Torque Rod Bolt w/Specification
47. Loosen the transmission mounting bolt (A) and the nuts (B).
Fig. 285: Identifying Transmission Mounting Bolt, Nuts & Torque
Specification

2008 Honda Civic LX

48. Loosen the lower torque rod bolt (A).
Fig. 286: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Bolt w/Specification
49. Tighten the lower torque rod bolt.
50. Tighten the transmission mounting bolt and the nuts.
51. Tighten the upper torque rod bolt.
53. Install the battery base and the resonator.
55. Install the grille cover (see FRONT GRILLE COVER REPLACEMENT ).
56. Install the under-cowl panel and the cowl cover (see COWL COVER
REPLACEMENT ).
57. Install the battery tray and the battery, then secure the battery with its hold-
down bracket.
58. Install the wheels.
59. Reconnect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable.
60. Set the parking brake. Start the engine, and shift the transmission through all
positions three times.
61. Check the shift lever operation, the A/T gear position indicator operation, and

2008 Honda Civic LX

the shift cable adjustment.
62. Check and adjust the front wheel alignment (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
64. Start the engine in P or N, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the
radiator fan comes on). Turn off the engine, and check the ATF level (see ATF
LEVEL CHECK ).
equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without
navigation).
66. Do the road test (see ROAD TEST ).
DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1. Remove the transmission assembly (see TRANSMISSION REMOVAL ).
2. Remove the drive plate (A) and the washer (B) from the engine.
Fig. 287: Identifying Drive Plate, Washer & Torque Specification
3. Install the drive plate and the washer on the engine crankshaft, and tighten the
eight bolts in a crisscross pattern in two or more steps.
4. Install the transmission assembly (see TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

ATF WARMER HOSE REPLACEMENT
1. Slide the ATF warmer hoses (A) on the ATF filter (B) until the hose ends
contact the filter housing, and secure the hoses with the clips (C) at 6-8 mm
(0.24-0.31 in.) (D) from the filter housing.
Fig. 288: Identifying ATF Warmer Hoses And ATF Filter
2. Slide the ATF warmer hoses (E) over the ATF lines (F) until the hoses stop,
and secure the hoses with the clip (G) at 6-8 mm (0.24-0.31 in.) (H) from the
hose end.
3. Slide the ATF warmer hoses (I) over the ATF warmer lines (J) until the hose
ends contact the bulge (K), and secure the hoses with the clip (L) at 6-8 mm
(0.24-0.31 in.) (M) from the hose end.
ATF WARMER REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Drain the engine coolant (see COOLANT REPLACEMENT ).
4. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then disconnect the positive
cable.
5. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and remove the battery and the battery
tray.
7. Remove the battery base and the resonator.
8. Disconnect the water by-pass hoses (A) and the ATF warmer hoses (B) from
the ATF warmer (C), and turn the hose ends up to prevent fluid from flowing
out.
Fig. 289: Identifying Water By-Pass Hoses, ATF Warmer Hoses & Bolts
9. Remove the ATF warmer, and replace it with new one.

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Install a new ATF warmer on its bracket (D).
11. Slide the water by-pass hoses to the ATF warmer, and secure the hoses with
the clips.
12. Slide the ATF warmer hoses over the ATF warmer lines (E) until the hose ends
contact the bulge (F), and secure the hoses with the clip (G) at 6-8 mm (0.24-
0.31 in.) (H) from the hose end.
13. Install the battery base and the resonator.
15. Install the battery tray and the battery, then secure the battery with its hold-
down bracket.
16. Reconnect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable.
18. Check the ATF level, and add ATF to proper level if necessary (see ATF
LEVEL CHECK ).
19. Fill the engine cooling system with recommended coolant (see step 9 on
COOLANT REPLACEMENT ).
20. Start the engine in P or N, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the
radiator fan comes on). Turn off the engine, and recheck the ATF level (see
ATF LEVEL CHECK ).
navigation).
ATF FILTER REPLACEMENT
2. Disconnect the ATF warmer hose (A) from the ATF filter (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 290: Identifying ATF Warmer Hose, ATF Filter & Bolts w/Torque
Specification
3. Remove the ATF filter holder (C).
4. Remove the bolt (D) securing the ATF inlet line (E).
5. Remove the joint bolt (F) from the ATF inlet line.
6. Disconnect the ATF filter from the ATF warmer hose (G), and replace it with
new one.
7. Slide the ATF warmer hose (A) on the new ATF filter until the hose end
contacts the filter housing, and secure the hose with the clip (H) at 6-8 mm
(0.24-0.31 in.) (I) from the filter housing.
8. Install the ATF filter and the ATF inlet line/hose with the joint bolt and new
sealing washers (J).
9. Secure the ATF filter with the ATF filter holder and the bolt.
10. Slide the ATF warmer hose (G) on the ATF filter until the hose end contacts

2008 Honda Civic LX

the filter housing, and secure the hose with the clip (K) at 6-8 mm (0.24-0.31
in.) (L) from the filter housing.
SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL
2. Shift the shift lever into R.
3. Pry the socket holder lock (A) up using a screwdriver.
Fig. 291: Prying Socket Holder Lock
4. Remove the nut securing the shift cable end.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 292: Identifying Shift Cable Nut
5. Rotate the socket holder retainer (A) counterclockwise, push it against the
socket holder bracket (B), then slide the socket holder to remove the shift cable
(C) from the bracket.
Fig. 293: Identifying Socket Holder Retainer, Socket Holder Bracket And
Shift Cable
6. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid connector (A) and the park pin switch/A/T
gear position indicator panel light connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 294: Identifying Shift Lock Solenoid Connector And Park Pin
Switch/A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Connector
7. Remove the shift lever assembly.
SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION
1. Install the shift lever assembly.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 295: Identifying Shift Lock Solenoid Connector, Park Pin Switch/A/T
Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Connector & Bolts w/Torque
Specification
2. Connect the shift lock solenoid connector (A) and the park pin switch/A/T gear
position indicator panel light connector (B).
3. Install the shift cable on the shift lever, and adjust the cable (see SHIFT
CABLE ADJUSTMENT ).
SHIFT LEVER DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 296: Disassembling Shift Lever & Screws w/Torque Specification
SHIFT CABLE REPLACEMENT
1. Raise the vehicle on a lift or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Pry the socket holder lock (A) up using a screwdriver.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 299: Identifying Socket Holder Retainer, Socket Holder Bracket And
Shift Cable
6. Remove the shift cable cover (A), and remove the three bolts securing the shift
cable holder (B).
Fig. 300: Identifying Shift Cable Cover And Shift Cable Holder
7. Pry up the lock tab of the lock washer (C), and remove the lock bolt (D) and
the lock washer, then separate the shift cable (E) from the control shaft (F).

2008 Honda Civic LX

8. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket (A) and the grommet (B).
Fig. 301: Identifying Shift Cable Bracket, Grommet & Bolts w/Torque
Specification
9. Remove the shift cable grommet, and pull out the shift cable (C).
10. Insert a new shift cable through the grommet hole (D), and install the grommet
in its hole. Do not bend the shift cable excessively.
11. Secure the shift cable bracket and the grommet with the nuts.
12. Make sure that the transmission is in the R position at the selector control shaft.
13. Install the control lever (A) over the control shaft (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 302: Identifying Control Lever, Control Shaft, Shift Cable Holder &
Bolts w/Torque Specifications
14. Install the shift cable holder (C) on the holder bracket (D) and tighten the bolts
loosely. Tighten the bolts (E) in the lateral position to the specified torque, then
tighten the bolt (F) in the vertical position.
15. Secure the control lever with a new lock washer (G) and the lock bolt (H), then
bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head.
16. Install the shift cable cover (I).
17. Install the shift cable on the shift lever, and adjust the cable (see step 5 ).
SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT
2. Pry the socket holder lock (A) up with a screwdriver.

2008 Honda Civic LX


2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 305: Identifying Socket Holder Retainer And Socket Holder Bracket
With Shift Cable
5. While holding the socket holder (A), rotate the socket holder retainer (B) fully
counterclockwise, and press in the socket holder lock (C) between the holder
and retainer.
Fig. 306: Pressing Socket Holder Lock Between Holder And Retainer
6. Align the socket holder (A) with the slot (B) in the socket holder bracket (C),
then slide the holder into the bracket.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 307: Identifying Socket Holder And Socket Holder Bracket With Slot
7. Rotate the socket holder retainer (A) clockwise, and push the socket holder
lock (B). Rotate the holder retainer counterclockwise until the retainer stops at
the stop (C) of the holder lock to secure the shift cable.
Fig. 308: Pushing Socket Holder Lock
8. Push the shift cable (A) until it stops, then release it. Pull the shift cable back

2008 Honda Civic LX

one step so that the shift position is in R. Do not hold the shift cable guide (B)
to adjust the shift cable.
Fig. 309: Pushing Shift Cable
9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and check that the R indicator comes on.
Fig. 310: Identifying R Indicator
11. Place the shift lever in R, then insert a 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) into the
positioning hole (B) on the shift lever bracket, through the positioning hole on
the shift lever, and into the positioning hole on the bracket. Use only a 6.0 mm
pin that is free any burns.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 311: Inserting Pin Into Hole On Shift Lever Bracket
12. Check that the shift lever is secured in R.
13. Install the shift cable end (A) over the mounting stud (B) by aligning its square
hole (C) with the square fitting (D) at the bottom of the stud. Do not install the
shift cable by holding the shift cable guide (E).
Fig. 312: Aligning Square Hole With Square Fitting

2008 Honda Civic LX

14. Check that the shift cable end (A) is properly installed on the mounting stud
(B).
Fig. 313: Identifying Shift Cable Properly And Improperly Installation
Position
15. If improperly installed, align the square fitting with the square hole by rotating
the mounting stud.
16. Install and tighten the nut.
Fig. 314: Identifying Shift Cable Nuts w/Torque Specification

2008 Honda Civic LX

17. Remove the 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin that was installed to hold the shift lever.
18. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever to each position, and
check that the A/T gear position indicator follows the transmission range
switch.
19. Shift to P, and check that the shift lock works properly. Push the shift lock
release, and check that the shift lever releases.
20. Install the center console (see CENTER CONSOLE
A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 315: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 316: A/T Gear Position Indicator - Circuit Diagram
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH TEST

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness connector (A).
Fig. 317: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Harness Connector
Terminal
3. Check for continuity between terminals at the harness connector. There should
be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch
position.
Fig. 318: Transmission Range Switch Harness Connector Continuity
Chart

2008 Honda Civic LX

4. Transmission range switch test is completed if the test results are OK.
If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 5.
6. Remove the transmission range switch cover.
Fig. 319: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Cover & Bolts w/Torque
Specification

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 320: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector Terminal
8. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should
be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch
position.
Fig. 321: Transmission Range Switch Connector Continuity Chart
9. If the transmission range switch test is OK, replace the faulty transmission
range switch harness. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step
10.
10. Remove the transmission range switch, and check the end of the selector
control shaft (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Selector Control Shaft Specification:
Width (B): 6.1-6.2 mm (0.240-0.244 in.)
End Gap (C): 1.8-2.0 mm (0.07-0.08 in.)
Fig. 322: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Gap
11. If the measurement at the end of the selector control shaft end is within the
standard, replace the transmission range switch. If the measurement is out of
the standard, repair the selector control shaft end, and recheck the transmission
range switch continuity.
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH REPLACEMENT
2. Shift the shift lever to N.
3. Remove the transmission range switch cover.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 323: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Cover
4. Remove the transmission range switch.
Fig. 324: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector
5. Make sure the selector control shaft is in the N position. If necessary, move the
shift lever to the N position from the P position.
NOTE: Do not use the selector control shaft to adjust the shift
position. If the selector control shaft tips are squeezed
together it will cause a faulty signal or position due to
play between the selector control shaft and switch.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 325: Identifying Shift Lever Position
6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts
(B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler
gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position.
Fig. 326: Aligning Cutouts On Rotary-Frame With Neutral Positioning
Cutouts On Transmission Range Switch
7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft
(B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C).
NOTE: Be sure to use a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade or equivalent to
hold the switch in the N position.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 327: Holding Transmission Range Switch N Position With Blade
8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue holding
the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the
bolts. Remove the feeler gauge.
Fig. 328: Moving Transmission Range Switch & Bolts w/Torque
Specification
9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then
connect the connector securely.
10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever through all positions,
and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear
position indicator.

2008 Honda Civic LX

11. Check that the engine will start in P and N, and will not start in any other shift
lever position.
12. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R.
13. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the
shift lever operation.
14. Install the transmission range switch cover.
Fig. 329: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Cover & Bolts w/Torque
Specification
A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR PANEL LIGHT HARNESS/PARK PIN SWITCH
REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL ).
2. Loosen the A/T gear position indicator panel (see SHIFT LEVER
3. Remove the park pin switch (A) while pressing the park pin switch lock (B).
NOTE: The A/T gear position indicator light and the park pin switch
are not available separately. Replace the A/T gear position
indicator light and the park pin switch as a set.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 330: Pressing Park Pin Switch Lock
4. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel light and socket (A) from the
indicator panel (B), and remove the light bulb (C) from the socket.
Fig. 331: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light, Socket,
Indicator Panel And Light Bulb
5. Remove the harness clamp (D), and remove the park pin switch/A/T gear
position indicator panel light connector (E) from the shift lever assembly/

2008 Honda Civic LX

bracket base (F).
6. Install a new park pin switch (G) on the shift lever.
7. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel light bulb in the new socket, and
install it in the indicator panel.
8. Clamp the harnesses together with the harness clamp, then install the harness
clamp on the shift lever bracket base.
9. Route the harnesses along the harness guides, and install the new connector in
the bracket base.
10. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel (see SHIFT LEVER
11. Install the shift lever assembly (see SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION ).
A/T INTERLOCK SYSTEM

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 332: Identifying A/T Interlock System Component Location
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 333: A/T Interlock System - Circuit Diagram
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Connect the HDS tot he DLC located behind the driver's dashboard lower
cover.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Select Shift Lock Solenoid Test in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check
that the shift lock solenoid operates with the HDS.
Does the shift lock solenoid work properly?
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Go to step 4.
5. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid connector.
7. Measure the voltage between shift lock solenoid connector terminal No. 1 and
body ground.
Fig. 334: Measuring Voltage Between Shift Lock Solenoid Connector
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Check for a blown No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If

2008 Honda Civic LX

the fuse is OK, repair open or short to body ground in the wire between the
shift lock solenoid connector and the under-dash fuse/relay box.
8. Shift to P, and press the brake pedal. Do not press the accelerator.
9. Measure the voltage between shift lock solenoid connector terminals No. 1 and
No. 2 while pressing the brake pedal.
Terminals 1 And 2
YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Go to step 11.
10. Release the brake pedal, and measure the voltage between shift lock solenoid
connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. The shift lever must be in P.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Terminals 1 And 2
terminal A27 and the shift lock solenoid.
NO -Check the shift lock mechanism. If the mechanism is OK, replace the shift
lock solenoid (see SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID REPLACEMENT ).
13. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
14. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A27 and shift lock
solenoid connector terminal No. 2.
Fig. 337: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal A27
And Shift Lock Solenoid Connector Terminal 2
YES -Substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ) and
recheck.
NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal A27 and the
shift lock solenoid connector.

2008 Honda Civic LX

15. Press the brake pedal.
Are the brake lights ON?
YES -Go to step 16.
NO -Repair faulty brake light circuit.
19. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal A40 and body ground
while pressing the brake pedal and when the brake pedal is released.
Fig. 338: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminal A40 And
Body Ground
Is there battery voltage while the brake pedal is pressed, and no voltage when
the pedal is released?
YES -Go to step 21.
NO -Go to step 20.
20. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A40 and brake pedal
position switch 4P connector terminal No. 2.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 339: Checking Continuity Between PCM Terminal A40 And Brake
Pedal Position Switch 4P Terminal 2
recheck.
NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal A40 and the
brake pedal position switch.
21. Connect PCM connector A (44P).
No. 6 and No. 10.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 30.
NO -Go to step 25.
27. Check for continuity between PCM connector : terminal B13 and body ground.
And Body Ground
terminal B13 and the transmission range switch.
NO -Go to step 28.
28. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B13 and transmission
range switch connector terminal No. 6.

2008 Honda Civic LX

And Transmission Range Switch Connector Terminal 6
YES -Go to step 29.
transmission range switch.

2008 Honda Civic LX

recheck
INDEX ), or repair poor ground (G101).
30. Test the transmission range switch (see TRANSMISSION RANGE
SWITCH TEST ).
Is the switch OK?
YES -Go to step 30.
SWITCH REPLACEMENT ).
31. Connect the HDS to the DLC.
32. Check the accelerator pedal position sensor 1 in the DATA LIST with the
HDS. Do not press the accelerator.
Is the accelerator pedal position sensor 1 opening 11 % and above, or the
sensor 1 voltage 0.90 V and above?
YES -Check the APP Sensor (see APP SENSOR SIGNAL INSPECTION ).
NO -Substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ) and
recheck.
KEY INTERLOCK SYSTEM CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, 4-
LOCATION INDEX ), and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS
AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repair or service.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY (I). The shift lever must be in P.
2. Disconnect the steering lock assembly connector.
3. Check if the ignition switch can be turned to the LOCK (0) position.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Can the ignition switch be turned the LOCK (0) position?
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Replace the ignition key cylinder/steering lock assembly (see
STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
5. Move the shift lever out of P.
6. Check for continuity between steering lock assembly connector terminal No. 3
and body ground.
Fig. 344: Checking Continuity Between Steering Lock Assembly
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the key interlock
solenoid and the MICU.
NO -Go to step 7.
8. Check for continuity between park pin switch/A/T gear position indicator panel
light connector terminal No. 3 and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 345: Checking Continuity Between Park Pin Switch/A/T Gear
Position Indicator Panel Light Connector Terminal 3 And Body Ground
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between park pin switch/A/T
gear position indicator panel light connector terminal No. 3 and the MICU.
NO -Go to step 9.
9. Shift to P.
10. Check for continuity between park pin switch/A/T gear position indicator panel
light connector terminals No. 3 and No. 4. Do not push the shift lever button.
Fig. 346: Checking Continuity Between Park Pin Switch/A/T Gear
Position Indicator Panel Light Connector Terminals 3 And 4

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Replace the park pin switch (see A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
PANEL LIGHT HARNESS/PARK PIN SWITCH REPLACEMENT ).
NO -Substitute 8 known-good MICU and recheck.
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TEST
cover.
3. Select Shift Lock Solenoid Test in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check
that the shift lock solenoid operates with the HDS.
4. Make sure that the shift lever can be moved out of P when Shift Lock Solenoid
is ON. Move the shift lever back in P, and make sure it locks when Shift Lock
Solenoid is OFF.
5. Make sure that the shift lock releases when the shift lock release is pushed, and
check that it locks when the shift lock release is released.
6. If the shift lock solenoid does not work properly, go to the shift lock system
troubleshooting (see SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector.
3. Release the shift lock solenoid lock (A), then remove the shift lock solenoid
(B).
Fig. 348: Removing Shift Lock Solenoid Lock
4. Replace the shift lock solenoid (A), solenoid plunger (B), and plunger spring
(C) assembly.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 349: Identifying Shift Lock Solenoid, Solenoid Plunger And Plunger
Spring
5. Apply silicone grease to the tip (D) of the shift lock stop (E), and install a new
shift lock solenoid assembly by aligning the joint of the shift lock solenoid
plunger with the tip of the shift lock stop.
6. Route the shift lock solenoid harness in the guide, and install the connector (F)
on the bracket base.
SHIFT LOCK STOP, SHIFT LOCK STOP CUSHION REPLACEMENT
2. Release the shift lock solenoid lock (A), then remove the shift lock solenoid
(B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 350: Removing Shift Lock Solenoid Lock
3. Remove the shift lock release (A) and release the spring (B).
Fig. 351: Identifying Shift Lock Stop And Stop Cushion
4. Remove the shift lock stop (C) and the stop cushion (D), and replace the shift
lock stop or the stop cushion.
5. Install the shift lock stop cushion on the shift lock stop.
6. Apply silicone grease to the pin on the shift lever bracket base, and install the
shift lock stop over the pin.
7. Install the shift lock release spring and the shift lock release, apply silicone

2008 Honda Civic LX

grease to the shift lock release mounting tip if necessary.
8. Apply silicone grease to the tip of the shift lock stop, and install the shift lock
solenoid assembly by aligning the joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with
the tip of the shift lock stop.
9. Route the shift lock solenoid harness in the guide.
PARK PIN SWITCH TEST
2. Move the shift lever into P, and check for continuity between park pin
switch/A/T gear position indicator panel light connector terminals No. 3 and
No. 4. There should be no continuity.
Fig. 352: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Connector
3. Shift out of P, and check for continuity between connector terminals No. 3 and
No. 4. There should be continuity.

2008 Honda Civic LX

4. If the park pin switch tests OK, install the center console (see CENTER
CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
If the park pin switch fails the test, replace the park pin switch (see A/T GEAR
POSITION INDICATOR PANEL LIGHT HARNESS/PARK PIN
TRANSMISSION END COVER
END COVER REMOVAL
Mainshaft holder 07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100
1. Remove the ATF dipstick.
2. Remove the five bolts (D) securing the ATF inlet line brackets, the ATF filter
bracket bolts (E), the line bolt and the sealing washers, and remove the ATF
inlet line, the ATF hose, and the ATF filter (F).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 353: Disassembling Transmission
3. Remove the ATF outlet line bolt, the line mounting bolt, the sealing washers,
and the ATF outlet line (G).
4. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A, the ATF joint pipes, the
O-rings, the ATF pipe, and the gasket.
5. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C, the O-rings, the
ATF pipe, the ATF joint pipes, and the gasket.
6. Remove the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (H) and the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor (I).

2008 Honda Civic LX

7. Remove the ATF warmer bracket (J).
8. Remove the transmission range switch cover (K).
9. Remove the transmission range switch harness clamps (L) from the clamp
bracket (M), then remove the transmission range switch (N).
10. Remove the clamp bracket from the end cover (O).
11. Remove the end cover, the dowel pins, the O-rings, and the end cover gasket.
12. Remove the ATF lubrication pipe (P) from the idler gear shaft.
13. Slip the mainshaft holder onto the mainshaft.
Fig. 354: Identifying Mainshaft Holder
14. Engage the park pawl with the park gear.
15. Cut the lock tab (A) of the each shaft locknut (B) using a chisel (C). Then
remove the locknuts and conical spring washers from each shaft.
NOTE:
Countershaft and secondary shaft locknuts have
left-hand threads.
Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the
transmission.
Clean the old locknuts; they are used to install the
press fit idler gears and park gear.

2008 Honda Civic LX

16. Remove the snap ring securing the idler gear to the idler gear shaft.
17. Install 6 x 1.0 mm bolts (A) on the idler gear shaft idler gear (B). Set a puller
(C) on the idler gear shaft (D) with putting a spacer (E) between the puller and
the idler gear shaft, then remove the idler gear shaft idler gear.
Fig. 356: Removing Idler Gear Shaft Idler Gear
18. Set the puller, 6 x 1.0 mm bolts, and spacer on the secondary shaft idler gear
(F), and remove the secondary shaft idler gear from the secondary shaft in the
same manner as the removal of the idler gear shaft idler gear.
19. Set the puller, 6 x 1.0 mm bolts, and spacer on the mainshaft idler gear (G),
and remove the mainshaft idler gear from the mainshaft in the same manner as
Fig. 355: Cutting Lock Tab

2008 Honda Civic LX

the removal of the idler gear shaft idler gear.
20. Set the puller, 6 x 1.0 mm bolts, and spacer on the park gear (H), and remove
the park gear from the countershaft in the same manner as the removal of the
idler gear shaft idler gear.
21. Remove the park pawl, the park pawl spring, the park pawl shaft, and the stop
shaft.
22. Remove the park lever from the selector control shaft.
PARK LEVER STOP INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
1. Set the park lever in the P position.
2. Measure the distance (A) between the park pawl shaft center (B) and the
extension line (C) connected centers of the park lever roller pin (D) and the
control shaft (E) in the vertical direction from the extension line.
Standard: 46.8-47.8 mm (1.84-1.88 in.)
Fig. 357: Measuring Distance Between Park Pawl Shaft Center And
Extension Line
3. If the measurement is out of standard, select and install the appropriate park

2008 Honda Civic LX

lever stop (A) from the table.
Fig. 358: Identifying Park Lever Stop Measurement
PARK LEVER STOP
PART NUMBER REFERENCE
4. After replacing the park lever stop, make sure the distance is within tolerance.
IDLER GEAR SHAFT BEARING REPLACEMENT
Adjustable bearing puller, 25-40 mm 07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A
Driver 07749-0010000
Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400
1. Remove the idler gear shaft bearing from the end cover using the adjustable
bearing puller and a commercially available 3/8"-16 slide hammer (A).
Mark
Part
Number B C
1 24537-
PA9-003
11.00 mm
(0.433 in.)
11.00 mm
(0.433 in.)
2 24538-
PA9-003
10.80 mm
(0.425 in.)
10.65 mm
(0.419 in.)
3 24539-
PA9-003
10.60 mm
(0.417 in.)
10.30 mm
(0.406 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 359: Identifying Idler Gear Shaft Bearing
2. Install a new bearing in the end cover using the driver and the 52 x 55 mm
attachment.
Fig. 360: Tapping Bearing
SELECTOR CONTROL SHAFT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
Driver 07749-0010000
Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800
1. Remove the oil seal from the end cover.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 361: Identifying Oil Seal
2. Install a new oil seal flush to the end cover using the driver and the 22 x 24
mm attachment.
Fig. 362: Pressing Oil Seal
SELECTOR CONTROL SHAFT BEARING REPLACEMENT
Driver 07749-0010000
Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800
1. Remove the oil seal from the end cover.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Remove the selector control shaft bearing from the end cover.
Fig. 364: Tapping Selector Control Shaft Bearing
3. Install a new bearing flush to the end cover using the driver and the 22 x 24
mm attachment.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 365: Pressing Bearing Flush
4. Install a new oil seal flush to the end cover using the driver and the 22 x 24
mm attachment.
Fig. 366: Pressing Oil Seal Flush
ATF FEED PIPE REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the snap ring (A), the 3rd clutch feed pipe (B), and the feed pipe
flange (C) from the end cover (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 367: Identifying Snap Ring, 3rd Clutch Feed Pipe And Feed Pipe
Flange
2. Install a new O-ring (E) over a new 3rd clutch feed pipe.
3. Install the 3rd clutch feed pipe in the end cover by aligning the feed pipe tabs
(F) with the indentations in the end cover.
4. Install a new O-ring (G) in the end cover, then install the feed pipe flange over
the 3rd clutch feed pipe.
5. Secure the 3rd clutch feed pipe and the feed pipe flange with the snap ring.
6. Remove the snap ring (H) and feed pipe flange (I).
7. Check the 4th clutch feed pipe (J) and 2nd clutch feed pipe (K) for scoring and
damage. Replace the end cover, if the feed pipes are scored or damaged.
8. Install a new O-ring (L) over a new 4th clutch feed pipe.
9. Install a new O-ring (M) in the end cover, then install the feed pipe flange over
the 4th clutch feed pipe.
10. Secure the 4th clutch feed pipe and feed pipe flange with the snap ring.
TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 368: Identifying 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, 3rd
Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch & Bolts w/Torque
Specifications
3. Install a new 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and a new sealing
washer (B), then tighten the switch to the specified torque on the metal part,
not the plastic part.
4. Remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (C).
6. Install a new 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and a new sealing
washer (D), then tighten the switch to the specified torque on the metal part,
not the plastic part.
AIR CHECK VALVE INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT
1. Check the air check valve filter for clogging. If the filter is clogged, remove the
air check valve (A), and clean the filter thoroughly by pouring clean ATF. Do
not blow out the filter with compressed air. Replace the air check valve, if the
filter or check valve (ball) is clogged or damaged.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 369: Identifying Air Check Valve, Sealing Washer & Bolts w/Torque
Specification
2. Install the air check valve and a new sealing washer (B).
TRANSMISSION HOUSING
HOUSING AND SHAFT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
Housing puller 07HAC-PK40102

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 370: Disassembling Transmission Housing
2. Disconnect the connectors from the shift solenoid valves, and remove the
solenoid harness connector (E).
3. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts (F) (19).
4. Align the spring pin (A) on the selector control shaft (B) with the transmission
housing groove (C) by turning the selector control shaft with the detent plate.
NOTE: Do not squeeze the end of the selector control shaft
tips together when turning the control shaft.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 371: Aligning Spring Pin On Selector Control Shaft With
Transmission Housing Groove
5. Install the housing puller over the countershaft, then remove the transmission
housing.
6. Remove the countershaft reverse gear and the needle bearing.
7. Remove the lock bolt securing the shift fork, then remove the shift fork with
the reverse selector together.
8. Remove the mainshaft subassembly (A), the countershaft subassembly (B), and
the secondary shaft subassembly (C) together. If the reverse selector hub is
removed by hand, remove the 4th-5th gear and the needle bearings, and
remove the mainshaft subassembly. Then remove the countershaft subassembly
and the secondary shaft subassembly together.
NOTE: If the top arm of your housing puller is too short,
replace it with housing puller arm, 205 mm 07SAC-
P0Z0101.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 372: Identifying Mainshaft Subassembly, Countershaft Subassembly
And Secondary Shaft Subassembly
9. Remove the differential assembly.
BEARING REMOVAL
Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600
Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100
Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
Driver 07749-0010000
1. Remove the snap ring (A), the cotter retainer (B), and the cotters (C) from the
idler gear shaft (D), then remove the idler gear shaft. Do not distort the snap
ring.
NOTE: If you are not removing the idler gear shaft bearing,
idler gear shaft removal is not needed.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 373: Identifying Snap Ring, Cotter Retainer And Cotters
2. To remove the mainshaft bearing (A), the countershaft bearing (B), the
secondary shaft bearing (C), and the idler gear shaft bearing (D) from the
transmission housing, expand each snap ring using snap ring pliers, then push
the bearing out using the driver and the attachment.
Fig. 374: Removing Mainshaft Bearing
BEARING INSTALLATION
NOTE: Do not remove the snap ring unless it is necessary to
clean the grooves in the housing.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600
Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100
Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
Driver 07749-0010000
1. Install the mainshaft bearing (A), the countershaft bearing (B), the secondary
shaft bearing (C), and the idler gear shaft bearing (D) in the transmission
housing in the direction shown.
Fig. 375: Installing Mainshaft Bearing
2. Expand each snap ring using snap ring pliers, and install the bearing part-way
into the housing.
3. Release the pliers, then push the beating down into the housing using the driver
and the attachment until the snap ring snaps in place around it.
4. After installing the bearings check that the snap rings (A) are seated in the
bearing and housing grooves, and that the ring end gaps (B) are 0-7 mm (0-
0.28 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 376: Identifying Snap Ring Gap
5. Install the idler gear shaft (A) in the idler gear shaft bearing.
Fig. 377: Identifying Idler Gear Shaft, Cotters And Cotter Retainer
6. Install the cotters (B) and the cotter retainer (C), and secure the idler gear shaft
with the snap ring (D).
REVERSE IDLER GEAR REMOVAL
1. Remove the bolts (A) securing the reverse idler gear shaft holder (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 378: Identifying Idler Gear Shaft Holder And Bolts
2. Install a 5 x 0.8 mm bolt (C) in the reverse gear shaft, and pull it to remove the
reverse idler gear shaft (D) and the reverse idler gear shaft holder together.
3. Remove the reverse idler gear.
Fig. 379: Removing Reverse Idler Gear
REVERSE IDLER GEAR INSTALLATION
1. Lightly coat the reverse idler gear shaft (A), the needle bearing (B), and new
O-rings (C) with lithium grease.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 380: Identifying Reverse Idler Gear Shaft, Needle Bearing And O-
Rings
2. Assemble new O-rings and needle bearing on the reverse idler gear shaft, then
install the reverse idler gear shaft in the reverse idler gear shaft holder (D).
Align the D-shaped (E) cutout of the shaft with the D-shaped area (F) of the
holder.
3. Install the reverse idler gear in the transmission housing in the direction shown.
Fig. 381: Installing Reverse Idler Gear
4. Install the reverse idler gear shaft/holder assembly in the reverse idler gear.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 382: Identifying Reverse Idler Gear Shaft/Holder Assembly & Bolts
5. Secure the holder with the bolts.
IDLER GEAR SHAFT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1. Remove the snap ring (A), the cotter retainer (B), and the cotters (C) from the
idler gear shaft (D), then remove the idler gear shaft. Do not distort the snap
ring.
Fig. 383: Identifying Snap Ring, Cotter Retainer, Cotters And Idler Gear
Shaft

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Check the snap ring and the cotter retainer for wear and damage. Replace the
snap ring and/or the cotter retainer if the snap ring or the cotter retainer is
worn, distorted, or damaged.
3. Install the idler gear shaft in the idler gear shaft bearing.
4. Install the cotters and the cotter retainer, and secure the idler gear shaft with the
snap ring.
VALVE BODY
VALVE BODY AND ATF STRAINER REMOVAL
1. Remove the ATF feed pipe (A) from the regulator valve body (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 384: Disassembling Valve Body And ATF Strainer
2. Remove the ATF feed pipes (C) (D) from the servo body (E).
3. Remove the ATF strainer (F) (two bolts).
4. Unhook the detent spring (G) from the detent arm (H), and remove the selector
control shaft (I).
5. Remove the regulator valve body (10 bolts).
6. Remove the stator shaft (J) and the stator shaft stop (K), then remove the
regulator separator plate (L) and the two dowel pins (M).

2008 Honda Civic LX

7. Remove the servo body (13 bolts), then remove the separator plate (N) and the
two dowel pins (O).
8. Remove the ATF joint pipes (P) (Q).
9. Remove the cooler check valve spring (R) and the cooler check valve (S), then
remove the main valve body (T) (three bolts). Do not let the check balls (U)
fall out.
10. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft (V), then remove the ATF pump
gears (W).
11. Remove the main separator plate (X) and the two dowel pins (Y).
12. Remove the ATF magnet (Z), clean and reinstall it in the torque converter
housing (AA).
13. Remove the O-ring (BB) from the stator shaft, and remove the O-ring (CC)
from the ATF strainer. Install new ones when installing the valve bodies.
14. Clean the inlet opening (A) of the ATF strainer (B) thoroughly with
compressed air, then check that it is in good condition and that the inlet
opening is not clogged.
Fig. 385: Identifying Inlet Opening Of ATF Strainer
15. Test the ATF strainer by pouring clean ATF through the inlet opening, and
replace it if it is clogged or damaged.
VALVE BODY REPAIR
NOTE: Valve body repair is only necessary if one or more of the

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Soak a sheet of #600 abrasive paper in ATF for about 30 minutes.
2. Carefully tap the valve body so the sticking valve drops out of its bore. It may
be necessary to use a small screwdriver to pry the valve free. Be careful not to
scratch the bore with the screwdriver.
3. Inspect the valve for any scuff marks. Use the ATF-soaked #600 paper to
polish off any burrs that are on the valve, then wash the valve in solvent and
dry it with compressed air.
4. Roll up half of the ATF-soaked #600 paper and insert it in the valve bore of the
sticking valve. Twist the paper slightly, so that it unrolls and fits the bore
tightly, then polish the bore by twisting the paper as you push it in and out.
Fig. 386: Inspecting Valve
5. Remove the #600 paper. Thoroughly wash the entire valve body in solvent,
then dry it with compressed air.
6. Coat the valve with ATF, then drop it into its bore. It should drop to the bottom
of the bore under its own weight. If not, repeat steps 4 and 5, then retest. If the
valve still sticks, replace the valve body.
valves in a valve body do not slide smoothly in their bores.
Use this procedure to free the valves.
NOTE: The valve body is aluminum and does not require much
polishing to remove any burrs.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 387: [Identifying Valve]
7. Remove the valve, and thoroughly clean it and the valve body with solvent.
Dry all parts with compressed air, then reassemble using ATF as a lubricant.
VALVE BODY VALVE INSTALLATION
1. Coat all parts with ATF before assembly.
2. Install the valves and springs in the sequence shown for the main valve body
(see MAIN VALVE BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND
REASSEMBLY ), the regulator valve body (see REGULATOR VALVE
BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY ), and the
servo body (see SERVO BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND
REASSEMBLY ). Refer to the following valve cap illustrations, and install
the each valve cap so the end shown facing up will be facing the outside of the
valve body, then secure the valve cap with the valve cap clip.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 388: Identifying Valves And Springs
3. Install the valve and the valve spring (A) in the valve body (B). Push the valve
spring in with a screwdriver, then install the spring seat (C).
Fig. 389: Pushing Valve Spring
MAIN VALVE BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY
1. Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Blow
out all passages.
2. Do not use a magnet to remove the check balls, it may magnetize the check
balls.
3. Inspect the main valve body for scoring and damage.

2008 Honda Civic LX

4. Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to VALVE
BODY REPAIR .
5. Coat all parts with ATF during assembly.
Fig. 390: Disassembling Main Valve Body
VALVE SPRING SPECIFICATIONS
Valve Springs
Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.)
Wire
Diameter O.D.
Free
Length
No. of
Coils
A Cut
valve B
spring
0.8
(0.031)
9.9
(0.390)
27.3
(1.075)
8.0
B Shift
valve
A
spring
0.8
(0.031)
7.1
(0.280)
23.7
(0.933)
9.7
C Shift
valve C
0.8
(0.031)
7.1
(0.280)
23.7
(0.933)
9.7

2008 Honda Civic LX

ATF PUMP INSPECTION
1. Install the ATF pump drive gear (A), the ATF pump driven gear (B), and the
ATF pump driven gear shaft (C) in the main valve body (D). Lubricate all parts
with ATF, and install the ATF pump driven gear with its grooved and
chamfered side facing up.
spring
D Relief
valve
spring
1.0
(0.039)
9.6
(0.378)
34.1
(1.343)
10.2
E Lock-
up
control
valve
spring
0.6
(0.024)
7.1
(0.280)
31.2
(1.228)
11.2
F Cooler
check
valve
spring
0.85
(0.033)
6.6
(0.260)
27.0
(1.063)
11.3
G Shift
valve
D
spring
0.8
(0.031)
5.6
(0.220)
28.1
(1.106)
15.9
H Servo
control
valve
spring
0.8
(0.031)
9.9
(0.390)
27.3
(1.075)
8.0

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 391: Identifying ATF Pump Drive Gear, ATF Pump Driven Gear,
ATF Pump Driven Gear Shaft And Main Valve Body
2. Measure the side clearance of the ATF pump drive gear (A) and the ATF pump
driven gear (B).
ATF Pump Gears Side (Radial) Clearance
Standard (New)
ATF Pump Drive Gear:
0.210-0.265 mm (0.0083-0.0104 in.)
ATF Pump Driven Gear:
0.070-0.125 mm (0.0028-0.0049 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 392: Measuring Side Clearance Of ATF Pump Drive Gear And ATF
Pump Driven Gear
3. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft. Measure the thrust clearance
between the ATF pump driven gear (A) and the valve body (B) with a straight
edge (C) and a feeler gauge (D).
ATF Pump Drive/Driven Gear Thrust (Axial)
Clearance:
Standard (New): 0.03-0.06 mm (0.001-0.002 in.)
Service Limit: 0.07 mm (0.003 in.)
Fig. 393: Measuring Thrust Clearance Between ATF Pump Driven Gear
And Valve Body

2008 Honda Civic LX

REGULATOR VALVE BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY
out all passages except the air check valve filter.
2. Inspect the regulator valve body for scoring and damage.
3. Hold the regulator spring cap in place while removing the stop bolt. The
regulator spring cap is spring loaded. Once the stop bolt is removed, release the
spring cap slowly so it does not pop out.
BODY REPAIR .
5. Check the air check valve filter for clogging. If the filter is clogged, remove the
air check valve, and clean the filter thoroughly by pouring clean ATF. Do not
blow out the filter with compressed air. Replace the air check valve, if the filter
or check valve (ball) is clogged or damaged.
7. Align the hole in the regulator spring cap with the stop bolt hole, then press the
spring cap into the valve body, and tighten the stop bolt.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 394: Disassembling Regulator Valve Body
Valve Springs
Wire
Diameter O.D.
Free
Length
No. of
Coils
A Stator
reaction
spring
4.5
(0.177)
35.4
(1.394)
30.3
(1.193)
1.92
B Regulator
valve spring
A
1.9
(0.075)
14.7
(0.579)
80.6
(3.173)
16.1
C Regulator
valve spring
B
1.6
(0.063)
9.2
(0.362)
44.0
(1.732)
12.5
D Torque
converter
check valve
spring
1.2
(0.047)
8.6
(0.339)
33.8
(1.331)
12.2
E Lock-up
shift valve
spring
1.0
(0.039)
6.6
(0.260)
35.5
(1.398)
18.2
F 1st
accumulator
spring B
2.4
(0.094)
12.2
(0.480)
35.0
(1.378)
7.7
G 1st
accumulator
spring A
2.4
(0.094)
18.6
(0.732)
50.1
(1.972)
6.7
H 4th
accumulator
spring
2.5
(0.098)
14.6
(0.575)
29.9
(1.177)
4.9

2008 Honda Civic LX

SERVO BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY
out all passages.
2. Inspect the servo body for scoring and damage.
BODY REPAIR .
Fig. 395: Disassembling Servo Body & Bolts w/Torque Specification
Wire Free No. of

2008 Honda Civic LX

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the solenoid valves by holding the
2. Install new O-rings (E) on each solenoid valve.
Valve Springs Diameter O.D. Length Coils
A Cut valve A
spring
0.9
(0.035)
9.9
(0.390)
22.3
(0.878)
6.9
B Shift valve
B spring
0.8
(0.031)
7.1
(0.280)
23.7
(0.933)
9.7
C 5th
accumulator
spring A
2.5
(0.098)
16.6
(0.654)
46.9
(1.846)
7.8
D 5th
accumulator
spring B
1.9
(0.075)
10.0
(0.394)
38.5
(1.516)
10.6
E 2nd
accumulator
spring A
1.8
(0.071)
14.6
(0.575)
43.8
(1.724)
7.9
F 2nd
accumulator
spring B
1.85
(0.073)
9.4
(0.370)
32.5
(1.280)
8.7
G 3rd
accumulator
spring A
1.8
(0.071)
14.6
(0.575)
43.8
(1.724)
7.9
H 3rd
accumulator
spring B
1.85
(0.073)
9.4
(0.370)
32.5
(1.280)
8.7
NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve connector to remove and
install the solenoid valves. Be sure to hold the solenoid
valve body.
NOTE: A new shift solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 396: Identifying Shift Solenoid Valve, O-Ring & Bolts w/Torque
Specifications
3. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) by holding the shift solenoid
valve body; be sure to install the mounting bracket contacts to the servo body.
4. Install shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid
valve body; be sure to install the mounting bracket contacts to the servo body.
valve body; be sure to install the mounting bracket Contacts to the servo body.
valve body; be sure to install the mounting bracket contacts to the bracket of
shift solenoid valve B.
you install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings
provided on it.

2008 Honda Civic LX

TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING
MAINSHAFT BEARING AND OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
Driver 07749-0010000
Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600
1. Remove the mainshaft bearing and oil seal using the adjustable bearing puller
and a commercially available 3/8"-16 slide hammer (A).
Fig. 397: Removing Mainshaft Bearing And Oil Seal
2. Install a new mainshaft bearing until it bottoms in the torque converter housing
using the driver and the 62 x 68 mm attachment.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 398: Tapping Mainshaft Bearing
3. Install a new oil seal flush with the housing using the driver and the 72 x 75
mm attachment.
Fig. 399: Tapping Oil Seal
COUNTERSHAFT BEARING REPLACEMENT
Driver 07749-0010000
Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
1. Remove the countershaft bearing using the adjustable bearing puller and a
commercially available 3/8"-16 slide hammer (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 400: Removing Countershaft Bearing
2. Install the ATF guide plate (A).
Fig. 401: Tapping ATF Guide Plate
3. Install a new countershaft bearing (B) in the housing using the driver and the
62 x 68 mm attachment; install the bearing outer race surface in height (C) of
0-0.03 mm (0-0.001 in.) above the housing surface (D). Do not install the
bearing exceeding 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) high from housing surface.
SECONDARY SHAFT BEARING REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic LX

Driver 07749-0010000
Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
1. Remove the bolt, then remove the lock washer (A) and the bearing set plate
(B).
Fig. 402: Identifying Lock Washer, Bearing Set Plate w/Torque
Specification
2. Remove the secondary shaft bearing (A) by heating the housing to about 212
F (100 C) with a heat gun (B). Do not heat the housing more than 212 F (100
C).
NOTE: Let the housing cool to normal temperature before
installing the bearing.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 403: Heating Housing
3. Install new O-rings (A) on the ATF guide collar (B), then install the ATF guide
collar in the housing.
Fig. 404: Identifying O-Rings And ATF Guide Collar
4. Install a new secondary shaft bearing (C) in the direction shown.
5. Install the secondary shaft bearing using the driver and the 62 x 68 mm
attachment securely in the housing.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 405: Tapping Secondary Shaft Bearing
6. Check that the bearing groove aligns with the housing surface, then install the
bearing set plate aligned with the bearing groove.
7. Install a new lock washer and the bolt, then bend the lock tab of the lock
washer against the bolt head.
LUBRICATION CHECK VALVE REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the sealing bolt (A) and the sealing washer (B).
Fig. 406: Identifying Lubrication Check Valve, Sealing Bolt, Sealing
Washer & Bolt w/Torque Specification
2. Remove the lubrication check valve (C) from the torque converter housing (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Install a new lubrication check valve, a new sealing washer, and the sealing
bolt.
SELECTOR CONTROL SHAFT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
Driver 07749-0010000
Oil seal driver attachment 07947-ZV00100
1. Remove the oil seal from the torque converter housing.
2. install a new oil seal (A) in the torque converter housing to a depth (B) of 0.5-
1.5 mm (0.02-0.06 in.) below the housing surface using the driver and the oil
seal driver attachment.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 408: Pressing Oil Seal
SHAFTS AND CLUTCHES
MAINSHAFT DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY
1. Inspect the thrust needle bearing and the needle bearing for galling and rough
movement.
Fig. 409: Exploded View Of Mainshaft
2. Inspect the splines for excessive wear and damage.
3. Check the shaft bearing surface for scoring and excessive wear.

2008 Honda Civic LX

4. Before installing the O-rings, wrap the shaft splines with tape to prevent O-ring
damage.
5. Lubricate all parts with ATF during assembly.
6. Install the conical spring washer, the 40 x 63 mm thrust washer in the direction
shown.
7. Replace the locknut and the conical spring washer with new ones when
assembling the transmission.
8. Check the axial clearance of 3rd gear (see MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
AXIAL CLEARANCE INSPECTION ).
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR AXIAL CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Remove the mainshaft transmission housing bearing (see BEARING
REMOVAL ).
2. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), 3rd gear (B), the needle bearing (C), the
thrust needle bearing (D), the 40 x 63 mm thrust washer (E), the 3rd/5th clutch
(F), the 5th gear collar (G), and the transmission housing bearing (H) on the
mainshaft (I). Do not install the O-rings during inspection.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 410: Identifying Thrust Needle Bearing, 3rd Gear, Needle Bearing
And Thrust Needle Bearing
3. Install the idler gear (J) on the mainshaft by a press, then install the conical
spring washer (K) and the locknut (L).
4. Tighten the locknut to 29 N.m (3.0 kgf.m, 22 lbf.ft).
5. Set the dial indicator (A) on 3rd gear (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 411: Setting Dial Indicator On 3rd Gear
6. Lift 3rd gear (A) up while holding the mainshaft, and use the dial indicator (B)
to read the 3rd gear axial clearance.
Fig. 412: Measuring 3rd Gear Axial Clearance
7. Measure the 3rd gear axial clearance in at least three places while moving 3rd
gear. Use the average as the actual clearance.
Standard: 0.04-0.10 mm (0.002-0.004 in.)
8. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the 40 x 63 mm thrust washer and
measure its thickness (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 413: Identifying Thrust Washer Thickness
9. Select and install a new thrust washer, then recheck.
THRUST WASHER, 40 x 63 mm
THRUST WASHER THICKNESS SPECIFICATION
No. Part Number Thickness
1 90414-RPC-
002
3.750 mm
(0.1476 in.)
2 90415-RPC-
002
3.775 mm
(0.1486 in.)
3 90416-RPC-
002
3.800 mm
(0.1496 in.)
4 90417-RPC-
002
3.825 mm
(0.1506 in.)
5 90418-RPC-
002
3.850 mm
(0.1516 in.)
6 90419-RPC-
002
3.875 mm
(0.1526 in.)
7 90420-RPC-
002
3.900 mm
(0.1535 in.)
8 90421-RPC-
002
3.925 mm
(0.1545 in.)
9 90422-RPC-
002
3.950 mm
(0.1555 in.)
10 90423-RPC-
002
3.975 mm
(0.1565 in.)
11 90424-RPC-
002
4.000 mm
(0.1575 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. After replacing the thrust washer, make sure the clearance is within standard.
11. Disassemble the installed parts from the mainshaft.
12. Reinstall the bearing in the transmission housing (see BEARING
INSTALLATION ).
COUNTERSHAFT DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY
movement.
Fig. 414: Exploded View Of Countershaft

2008 Honda Civic LX

5. Install the conical spring washer, the park gear, the reverse selector, the 33 x 45
x 7.8 mm collar, and gears in the direction shown.
assembling the transmission. The countershaft locknut has left-hand threads.
7. Some reverse selector hubs are press-fitted to the countershaft; remove the
hubs with a press (see COUNTERSHAFT REVERSE SELECTOR HUB
REMOVAL ), and install them with the special tool and a press (see
COUNTERSHAFT REVERSE SELECTOR HUB REMOVAL ).
COUNTERSHAFT REVERSE SELECTOR HUB REMOVAL
1. Remove the reverse selector hub from the countershaft by hand. If the reverse
selector hub (A) cannot be removed by hand, it is press-fitted to the
countershaft (B), and remove it from the countershaft with a press. Place 4th-
5th gear (C) on press bases (D), and place a shaft protector (E) between the
countershaft and press to prevent damaging the countershaft.
Fig. 415: Removing Countershaft Reverse Selector Hub
NOTE: Some reverse selector hubs are not press-fitted, and
can be removed without using a press.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Support the bottom of the countershaft with one hand, then press the
countershaft out of the press-fitted reverse selector hub, and remove the
countershaft while holding the underside the countershaft. The countershaft
will drop down after pressing it out of the press-fitted reverse selector hub.
3. Remove the remaining parts from the countershaft, if necessary.
COUNTERSHAFT REVERSE SELECTOR HUB INSTALLATION
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
1. Install 1st gear, 2nd gear, 3rd gear, the 33.2 x 40 x 26 mm collar, the 29 mm
cotters, and the 33 x 45 x 7.8 mm collar on the countershaft, and secure them
with the snap ring.
2. Install the needle bearings and 4th-5th gear.
3. Slide the reverse selector hub (A) over the countershaft (B), then press it in
place using the 40 mm I.D. driver and a press.
NOTE: Some reverse selector hubs are not press-fitted, and
can be installed without using the special tool and a
press.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 416: Installing Countershaft Reverse Selector Hub
SECONDARY SHAFT DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY
movement.
Fig. 417: Exploded View Of Secondary Shaft
4. Before installing the O-rings, wrap the shaft splines with tape to prevent O-ring
damage.

2008 Honda Civic LX

6. Install the conical spring washer, the idler gear, and the 31 x 54 mm thrust
washer in the direction shown.
assembling the transmission. The locknut has left-hand threads.
8. Check the axial clearance of 1st gear (see SECONDARY SHAFT 1ST GEAR
AXIAL CLEARANCE INSPECTION ) and 2nd gear (see SECONDARY
SHAFT 2ND GEAR AXIAL CLEARANCE INSPECTION ).
9. Inspect the condition of the sealing rings. If the sealing rings are worn,
distorted, or damaged, replace them (see SECONDARY SHAFT SEALING
RING REPLACEMENT ).
SECONDARY SHAFT 1ST GEAR AXIAL CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), 1st gear (B), the needle bearing (C), the
thrust needle bearing (D), the 31 x 54 mm thrust washer (E), and the 1st clutch
(F) on the secondary shaft (G), then secure them with the snap ring (H).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 418: Identifying Thrust Needle Bearing, 1st Gear, Needle Bearing
And Thrust Needle Bearing
2. Measure the clearance between the snap ring (A) and the 1st clutch drum (B)
using a feeler gauge (C), in at least three places. Use the average as the actual
clearance.
Standard: 0.04-0.12 mm (0.002-0.005 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 419: Measuring Clearance Between Snap Ring And 1st Clutch Drum
3. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the 31 x 54 mm thrust washer and
measure its thickness (A).
Fig. 420: Identifying Thrust Washer Thickness
THRUST WASHER, 31 x 54 mm
1 90521-RPC- 3.925 mm

2008 Honda Civic LX

001 (0.1545 in.)
2 90522-RPC-
001
3.950 mm
(0.1555 in.)
3 90523-RPC-
001
3.975 mm
(0.1565 in.)
4 90524-RPC-
001
4.000 mm
(0.1575 in.)
5 90525-RPC-
001
4.025 mm
(0.1585 in.)
6 90526-RPC-
001
4.050 mm
(0.1594 in.)
7 90527-RPC-
001
4.075 mm
(0.1604 in.)
8 90528-RPC-
001
4.100 mm
(0.1614 in.)
9 90529-RPC-
001
4.125 mm
(0.1624 in.)
10 90530-RPC-
000
4.150 mm
(0.1634 in.)
11 90531 -RPC-
000
4.175 mm
(0.1644 in.)
12 90532-RPC-
000
4.200 mm
(0.1654 in.)
13 90533-RPC-
000
4.225 mm
(0.1663 in.)
14 90534-RPC-
000
4.250 mm
(0.1673 in.)
15 90535-RPC-
000
4.275 mm
(0.1683 in.)
16 90536-RPC-
000
4.300 mm
(0.1693 in.)
17 90537-RPC-
000
4.325 mm
(0.1703 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

6. Disassemble the installed parts from the secondary shaft.
SECONDARY SHAFT 2ND GEAR AXIAL CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), the needle bearing (B), 2nd gear (C), the
thrust needle bearing (D), the 43 x 54.5 mm thrust washer (E), the 39 mm
cotters (F), and the cotter retainer (G) on the secondary shaft (H), then secure
them with the snap ring (I).
Fig. 421: Identifying Thrust Needle Bearing, Needle Bearing, 2nd Gear,
Thrust Needle Bearing And Thrust Washer
2. Set the dial indicator (A) on 2nd gear (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 422: Setting Dial Indicator On 2nd Gear
3. Lift 2nd gear (A) up while holding the secondary shaft (B), and use the dial
indicator (C) to read the 2nd gear axial clearance.
Fig. 423: Measuring 2nd Gear Axial Clearance
4. Measure the 2nd gear axial clearance in at least three places while turning 2nd
gear. Use the average as the actual clearance.
Standard: 0.04-0.12 mm (0.002-0.005 in.)
5. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the 43 x 54.5 mm thrust washer and
measure its thickness.

2008 Honda Civic LX

THRUST WASHER, 43 x 54.5 mm
1 90502-RPC-
000
2.900 mm
(0.1142 in.)
2 90503-RPC-
000
2.925 mm
(0.1152 in.)
3 90504-RPC-
000
2.950 mm
(0.1161 in.)
4 90505-RPC-
000
2.975 mm
(0.1171 in.)
5 90506-RPC-
000
3.000 mm
(0.1181 in.)
6 90507-RPC-
000
3.025 mm
(0.1191 in.)
7 90508-RPC-
000
3.050 mm
(0.1201 in.)
8 90509-RPC-
000
3.075 mm
(0.1211 in.)
9 90510-RPC-
000
3.100 mm
(0.1220 in.)
10 90511-RPC-
000
3.125 mm
(0.1230 in.)
11 90512-RPC-
000
3.150 mm
(0.1240 in.)
12 90513-RPC-
000
3.175 mm
(0.1250 in.)
13 90514-RPC-
000
3.200 mm
(0.1260 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

8. Disassemble the installed parts from the secondary shaft.
SECONDARY SHAFT SEALING RING REPLACEMENT
The sealing rings are synthetic resin with chamfered ends. Check the condition of
the sealing rings, and replace them only if they are worn, distorted, or damaged.
1. For a better fit, squeeze sealing rings together slightly before installing them.
Fig. 424: Identifying Sealing Rings
2. Apply ATF to new sealing rings, then install them on the mainshaft.
Fig. 425: Identifying Sealing Rings On Mainshaft
3. After installing the sealing rings, check the following:
The rings are fully seated in the groove.
The rings are not twisted.
The chamfered ends of the rings are properly joined.
CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY

2008 Honda Civic LX

Clutch spring compressor attachment 07LAE-PX40100 or 07HAE-PL50101
Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly 07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-
PG4020A
1. Remove the snap ring using a screwdriver.
Fig. 426: Removing Snap Ring
2. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), the clutch discs (B) (6), the clutch wave-
plates (C) (6), and the waved spring (D) from the 1st clutch drum (E)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 427: Identifying Clutch End-Plate, Clutch Discs, Clutch Wave-Plates,
Waved Spring And 1st Clutch Drum
3. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), the clutch discs (B) (4), the clutch flat-plates
(C) (4), and the waved spring (D) from the 2nd clutch drum (E).
Fig. 428: Disassembling 2nd Clutch Drum
4. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), the clutch discs (B) (4), the clutch flat-plates
(C) (4), and the waved spring (D) from the 4th clutch drum (E).
Fig. 429: Disassembling 4th Clutch Drum

2008 Honda Civic LX

plates (C) (4), and the waved spring (D) from the 3rd clutch drum (E).
Fig. 430: Disassembling 3rd Clutch Drum
plates (C) (4), and the waved spring (D) from the 5th clutch drum (E).
7. Install the clutch spring compressor attachment and the clutch spring
compressor bolt assembly.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 432: Identifying Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment And Clutch
Spring Compressor Bolt Assembly
8. Set the clutch spring compressor attachment (A) on the spring retainer (B) of
the 1st clutch in such a way that it works on the clutch return spring (C).
Fig. 433: Setting Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment On Spring
Retainer
9. Be sure the clutch spring compressor attachment (A) is adjusted to have full
contact with the return spring retainer (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 434: Identifying Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment And Return
Spring Retainer
10. Check the placement of the clutch spring compressor attachment. If either end
of the clutch spring compressor attachment is set over an area of the spring
retainer that is unsupported by the return spring, the retainer may be damaged.
Fig. 435: Identifying Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment
11. Compress the return spring until the snap ring can be removed.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 436: Compressing Return Spring
12. Remove the snap ring using snap ring pliers.
Fig. 437: Removing Snap Ring
13. Remove the clutch spring compressor attachment and the clutch spring
14. Remove the snap ring (A), the spring retainer (B), and the return spring (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 438: Identifying Snap Ring, Spring Retainer And Return Spring
15. Wrap a shop rag around the clutch drum, and apply air pressure to the fluid
passage to remove the piston. Place a finger tip on the other passage while
applying air pressure.
Fig. 439: Applying Air Pressure To Fluid Passage
16. Remove the clutch piston (A), and remove the outer O-ring (B) and the inner

2008 Honda Civic LX

O-ring (C) from the piston.
Fig. 440: Identifying Clutch Piston, Outer O-Ring And Inner O-Ring
CLUTCH INSPECTION
1. Inspect the 4th and 5th clutch pistons and the clutch piston check valves (A).
Fig. 441: Identifying Clutch Piston Check Valves
2. If the clutch piston check valve is loose or damaged, replace the clutch piston.
3. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage.
4. Check the oil seal (A) on the spring retainer of the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutches
for wear, damage, and peeling.

2008 Honda Civic LX

5. If the oil seal is worn, damaged, or peeling, replace the spring retainer.
6. Inspect the clutch discs, the clutch plates, and the clutch end-plate for wear,
damage, and discoloration.
Clutch Discs Standard Thickness:
1st Clutch: 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
2nd Clutch: 1.96 mm (0.077 in.)
3rd Clutch: 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
4th Clutch: 1.96 mm (0.077 in.)
5th Clutch: 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
Clutch Plates Standard Thickness:
1st Clutch (wave-plates): 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
2nd Clutch (flat-plates): 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
3rd Clutch (wave-plates): 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
4th Clutch (flat-plates): 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
5th Clutch (wave-plates): 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

7. If the clutch discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. If the clutch
discs are replaced, inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the
top disc.
8. If any plate is worn, damaged, or discolored, replace the damaged plate with a
new plate, and inspect the other wave-plates for a phase difference. If the
clutch plate is replaced, inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and
the top disc.
9. If the clutch end-plate is worn, damaged, or discolored, inspect the clearance
between the clutch end-plate and the top disc, then replace the clutch end-plate.
CLUTCH WAVE-PLATE PHASE DIFFERENCE INSPECTION
1. Place the clutch wave-plate (A) on a surface plate, and set a dial indicator (B)
on the wave-plate.
Fig. 443: Checking Clutch Wave-Plate Surface
2. Find the bottom (C) of a phase difference of the wave-plate, zero the dial
indicator and make a reference mark on the bottom of the wave-plate.
3. Rotate the 1st clutch wave-plate about 56-degrees or 67-degrees apart from the
bottom while holding the wave-plate by its circumference, and rotate the 3rd
and 5th clutch wave-plate about 60-degrees apart from the bottom while
holding the wave-plate by its circumference. The dial indicator should be at the
top (D) of a phase difference. Do not rotate the wave-plate while holding its

2008 Honda Civic LX

surface, always rotate it by holding its circumference.
4. Read the dial indicator. The dial indicator reads the phase difference (E) of the
wave-plate between the bottom and top.
Standard: 0.07-0.20 mm (0.003-0.008 in.)
5. Rotate the 1st clutch wave-plate about 67-degrees or 56-degrees from the top,
and rotate the 3rd and 5th clutch wave-plate about 60-degrees. The dial
indicator should be at the bottom of a phase difference (F and G), and zero the
dial indicator.
6. Measure the phase difference at the other two tops (H and I) of the wave-plate
by following steps 3 thru 5.
7. If the two values of the three measurements are within the standard, the wave-
plate is OK. If the two values of the three measurements are out of the
standard, replace the wave-plate.
CLUTCH CLEARANCE INSPECTION
Clutch compressor attachment 07ZAE-PRP0100
1. Inspect the clutch piston, discs, plates, and the end-plate for wear and damage
(see CLUTCH INSPECTION ), and inspect the clutch wave-plate phase
difference (see CLUTCH WAVE-PLATE PHASE DIFFERENCE
INSPECTION ), if necessary.
2. Install the clutch pistons in the clutch drums. Do not install the O-rings during
inspection.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 444: Identifying Clutch Pistons
3. Install the waved spring (A) in the 1st clutch drum (B). Starting with the clutch
wave-plate, alternately install the wave-plates (C) (6) and the discs (D) (6).
Install the clutch end-plate (E) with the flat side down on the top disc.
Fig. 445: Disassembling 1st Clutch Drum
4. Install the waved spring (A) in the 2nd clutch drum (B). Starting with the
clutch flat-plate, alternately install the flat-plates (C) (4) and the discs (D) (4).

2008 Honda Civic LX

5. Install the waved spring (A) in the 4th clutch drum (B). Starting with the clutch
flat-plate, alternately install the flat-plates (C) (4) and the discs (D) (4). Install
the clutch end-plate (E) with the flat side down on the top disc.
6. Install the waved spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum (B). Starting with the clutch

2008 Honda Civic LX

8. Install the snap ring using a screwdriver to secure the clutch end-plate.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 450: Installing Snap Ring
9. Set a dial indicator (A) on the clutch end-plate (B).
Fig. 451: Setting Dial Indicator On Clutch End-Plate
10. Zero the dial indicator with the clutch end-plate lifted up to the snap ring (C).
11. Release the clutch end-plate to lower the clutch end-plate, then put the clutch
compressor attachment on the end-plate (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 452: Pressing Clutch Compressor Attachment Down
12. For the 1st, 3rd, and 5th clutches: Press the clutch compressor attachment
down with 150-160 N (15-16 kgf, 33-35 lbf) (B) using a force gauge, and read
the dial indicator (C). The dial indicator reads the clearance (D) between the
clutch end-plate and top disc (E). Take measurements in at least three places,
and use the average as the actual clearance.
13. For 2nd and 4th clutches: Press the clutch compressor attachment down with
39 N (4 kgf, 9 lbf) (B) using a force gauge, and read the dial indicator (C). The
dial indicator reads the clearance (D) between the clutch end-plate and top disc
(E). Take measurements in at least three places, and use the average as the
actual clearance.
Clearance between Clutch End-Plate and Top Disc Service Limit:
1st Clutch: 1.62-1.82 mm (0.064-0.072 in.)
2nd Clutch: 0.7-0.9 mm (0.028-0.035 in.)
3rd Clutch: 0.93-1.13 mm (0.037-0.044 in.)
4th Clutch: 0.7-0.9 mm (0.028-0.035 in.)
5th Clutch: 0.93-1.13 mm (0.037-0.044 in.)
14. If the clearance of the 1st, 3rd, or 5th clutch is out of the service limit, select a

2008 Honda Civic LX

new clutch end-plate from the following table.
Fig. 453: Identifying Clearance Between Clutch And Plate
1ST CLUTCH END-PLATES
1ST CLUTCH END-PLATES THICKNESS SPECIFICATION
3RD and 5TH CLUTCH END-PLATES
3RD AND 5TH CLUTCH END-PLATES THICKNESS
SPECIFICATION
Mark Part Number Thickness
1 22551-RPC-
003
2.1 mm (0.083
in.)
2 22552-RPC-
003
2.2 mm (0.087
in.)
3 22553-RPC-
003
2.3 mm (0.091
in.)
4 22554-RPC-
003
2.4 mm (0.094
in.)
5 22555-RPC-
003
2.5 mm (0.098
in.)
6 22556-RPC-
003
2.6 mm (0.102
in.)
7 22557-RPC-
003
2.7 mm (0.106
in.)
8 22558-RPC-
003
2.8 mm (0.110
in.)
9 22559-RPC-
003
2.9 mm (0.114
in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

15. If the clearance of the 2nd or 4th clutch is out of the service limit, remove the
clutch end-plate and check the clutch end-plate mark. Select a new clutch end-
plate from the following tables by the mark on the old clutch end-plate; use the
AC-AL Plates table with the old clutch end-plate is marked with between AC
and AL, and use the AM-AV Plates table with the old clutch end-plate is
marked with between AM and AV.
Fig. 454: Identifying Clearance Between Clutch And Plate
2ND and 4TH CLUTCH END-PLATES
1 22561-RPC-
003
2.1 mm (0.083
in.)
2 22562-RPC-
003
2.2 mm (0.087
in.)
3 22563-RPC-
003
2.3 mm (0.091
in.)
4 22564-RPC-
003
2.4 mm (0.094
in.)
5 22565-RPC-
003
2.5 mm (0.098
in.)
6 22566-RPC-
003
2.6 mm (0.102
in.)
7 22567-RPC-
003
2.7 mm (0.106
in.)
8 22568-RPC-
003
2.8 mm (0.110
in.)
9 22569-RPC-
003
2.9 mm (0.114
in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

AC-AL Plates
2ND AND 4TH CLUTCH END-PLATES THICKNESS
SPECIFICATION (AC-AL PLATES)
AM-AV Plates
2ND AND 4TH CLUTCH END-PLATES THICKNESS
SPECIFICATION (AM-AV PLATES)
AC 22551-RPC-
004
2.1 mm (0.083
in.)
AD 22552-RPC-
004
2.2 mm (0.087
in.)
AE 22553-RPC-
004
2.3 mm (0.091
in.)
AF 22554-RPC-
004
2.4 mm (0.094
in.)
AG 22555-RPC-
004
2.5 mm (0.098
in.)
AH 22556-RPC-
004
2.6 mm (0.102
in.)
AJ 22557-RPC-
004
2.7 mm (0.106
in.)
AK 22558-RPC-
004
2.8 mm (0.110
in.)
AL 22559-RPC-
004
2.9 mm (0.114
in.)
AM 22561-RPC-
004
2.1 mm (0.083
in.)
AN 22562-RPC-
004
2.2 mm (0.087
in.)
AP 22563-RPC- 2.3 mm (0.091

2008 Honda Civic LX

16. Install a new clutch end-plate, and recheck the clearance. If the thickest clutch
end-plate is installed, but the clearance is still over the service limit, replace the
clutch discs and plates.
1ST CLUTCH REASSEMBLY
PG4020A
1. Soak the clutch discs thoroughly in ATF for a minimum of 30 minutes.
2. Install a new O-ring (A) in the 1st clutch piston (B), and install a new O-ring
(C) on the clutch drums (D).
004 in.)
AQ 22564-RPC-
004
2.4 mm (0.094
in.)
AR 22565-RPC-
004
2.5 mm (0.098
in.)
AS 22566-RPC-
004
2.6 mm (0.102
in.)
AT 22567-RPC-
004
2.7 mm (0.106
in.)
AU 22568-RPC-
004
2.8 mm (0.110
in.)
AV 22569-RPC-
004
2.9 mm (0.114
in.)
NOTE:
Hold the spring compressor attachment in a vise with
soft jaws. Be careful not to damage the clutch drum.
Insert the spring retainer can be adjusted (center of
tolerance) to prevent damaging the spring retainer oil
seal.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 455: Installing O-Ring In 1st Clutch Piston
3. Install the clutch piston (A) in the clutch drum (B). Apply pressure and rotate
to ensure proper seating. Lubricate the piston O-ring with ATF before
installing. Do not pinch the O-ring by installing the piston with too much force.
Fig. 456: Installing Clutch Piston In Clutch Drum
4. Set the return spring (A) and the spring retainer (B), and position the snap ring
(C) on the spring retainer.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 457: Identifying Return Spring, Spring Retainer And Position
6. Set the clutch spring compressor attachment (A) on the spring retainer (B) so
that it compresses the clutch return spring (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 459: Setting Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment On Spring
Retainer
7. Compress the return spring carefully until the snap ring can be installed. Check
that the spring retainer (A) is properly installed on the clutch hub (B). If
improperly installed, change the position of the spring compressor attachment
and the spring retainer.
Fig. 460: Identifying Spring Retainer And Clutch Hub
NOTE: Coat the circumference of the spring retainer and the
areas where the spring retainer contacts the clutch
piston with ATF before installation.

2008 Honda Civic LX

8. Install the snap ring with snap ring pliers.
9. Make sure the oil seal of the spring retainer (A) is properly installed on the
clutch piston (B). If the oil seal was damaged or cracked, replace the spring
retainer.
Fig. 462: Identifying Spring Retainer Proper And Improper Installation
Position

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Install the waved spring (A) in the 1st clutch drum (B). Starting with the clutch
Fig. 463: Disassembling 1st Clutch Drum
12. Check that the clutch piston moves by applying air pressure into fluid passage.
2ND, 3RD, 4TH, AND 5TH CLUTCH REASSEMBLY

2008 Honda Civic LX

PG4020A
1. Soak the clutch discs thoroughly in ATF for a minimum of 30 minutes.
2. Install new O-rings (A) on the clutch piston (B).
Fig. 465: Installing O-Rings On Clutch Piston
3. Install the clutch piston (A) in the clutch drum (B) while applying pressure and
rotating to ensure proper seating. Do not pinch the O-ring.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 466: Installing Clutch Piston In Clutch Drum
4. Set the return spring (A) and the spring retainer (B), and position the snap ring
(C) on the spring retainer.
Fig. 467: Identifying Return Spring, Spring Retainer And Snap Ring

2008 Honda Civic LX

6. Be sure the clutch spring compressor attachment (A) is adjusted to have full
contact with the spring retainer (B).
Fig. 469: Identifying Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment With Spring
Retainer
7. Check the placement of the clutch spring compressor attachment. If either end
of the clutch spring compressor attachment is set over an area of the spring
retainer that is unsupported by the return spring, the retainer may be damaged.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 470: Identifying Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment
8. Compress the return spring until the snap ring can be installed.
Fig. 471: Compressing Return Spring
9. Install the snap ring using snap ring pliers.

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Remove the clutch spring compressor attachment and the clutch spring
11. Install the waved spring (A) in the 2nd clutch drum (B). Starting with the
clutch flat-plate, alternately install the flat-plates (C) (4) and the discs (D) (4).
flat-plate, alternately install the flat-plates (C) (4) and the discs (D) (4). Install
the clutch end-plate (E) with the flat side down on the top disc.

2008 Honda Civic LX

13. Install the waved spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum (B). Starting with the clutch

2008 Honda Civic LX

16. Check that the clutch piston moves by applying air pressure into fluid passage.
VALVE BODY AND ATF STRAINER INSTALLATION
1. Make sure that the ATF magnet is cleaned and installed in the torque converter
housing.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 478: Exploded View Of Valve Body And ATF Strainer w/Torque
Specification
2. Install the main separator plate and the two dowel pins on the torque converter
housing.
3. Install the ATF pump drive gear (A), the ATF pump driven gear (B), and the
ATF pump driven gear shaft (C). Install the ATF pump driven gear with its

2008 Honda Civic LX

grooved and chamfered side facing down.
Fig. 479: Identifying ATF Pump Drive Gear, ATF Pump Driven Gear And
ATF Pump Driven Gear Shaft
4. Install the main valve body.
5. Make sure the ATF pump drive gear (A) rotates smoothly in the normal
operating direction, and the ATF pump driven gear shaft (B) moves smoothly
in the axial and normal operating direction.
Fig. 480: Checking ATF Pump Drive Gear
6. If the ATF pump drive gear and the ATF pump driven gear shaft do not move
smoothly, loosen the main valve body bolts. Realign the ATF pump driven
gear shaft, and retighten the bolts to the specified torque, then recheck. Failure
to align the ATF pump driven gear shaft correctly will result in a seized ATF

2008 Honda Civic LX

pump drive gear or ATF pump driven gear shaft.
7. Make sure that the three check balls and the cooler check valve are in the main
valve body, then install the cooler check valve spring in the cooler check valve.
8. Install the ATF joint pipes between the main valve body and the torque
converter housing.
9. Install the regulator separator plate and the two dowel pins on the main valve
body.
10. Install a new O-ring on the stator shaft, and install the stator shaft and the stator
shaft stop.
11. Install the regulator valve body (10 bolts).
12. Install the servo separator plate and the two dowel pins on the main valve
body.
13. Install the servo body (13 bolts).
14. If the detent arm was removed, install the detent arm (A) with arm collar (B)
on the servo body (C), and install a new lock washer (D) by aligning its cutout
(E) with the projection (F) of the servo body. Install and tighten the bolt, then
bend the lock tab (G) of the lock washer against the bolt head.
Fig. 481: Aligning Cutout With Projection Of Servo Body & Bolt

2008 Honda Civic LX

15. Install the selector control shaft (A) in the torque converter housing while
aligning the manual valve lever pin (B) on the selector control shaft with the
guide of the manual valve (C).
Fig. 482: Aligning Manual Valve Lever Pin On Selector Control Shaft
With Guide Of Manual Valve
16. Hook the detent arm spring (A) to the detent arm (B).
Fig. 483: Hooking Detent Arm Spring To Detent Arm
17. Install a new O-ring on the ATF strainer, and install the ATF strainer (two
bolts).
18. Install the 8 x 180.5 mm ATF feed pipe in the regulator valve body.

2008 Honda Civic LX

19. Install the 8 x 192.5 mm ATF feed pipe and the 8 x 180.5 mm ATF feed pipe
in the servo body.
SHAFT ASSEMBLY AND HOUSING INSTALLATION
1. Install the spacer in the torque converter housing with the spacer tab into the
guide of the torque converter housing. Do not mix-up the spacers from the
transmission housing and the torque converter housing. Install the differential
assembly in the torque converter housing, and put the spacer on the
differential.
Fig. 484: Exploded View Of Shaft Assembly, Housing & Bolt Torque

2008 Honda Civic LX

Specification
2. Install the differential assembly securely in the torque converter housing so
there is no clearance.
3. Install the 90 mm thrust shim in the transmission housing.
4. Assemble the mainshaft, the countershaft, and the secondary shaft.
Countershaft reverse selector hub is press-fitted type, go to step 5.
Countershaft reverse selector hub is not press-fitted type, go to step 6.
5. Join the mainshaft subassembly (A), the countershaft subassembly (B), and the
secondary shaft subassembly (C) together, and install them in the torque
converter housing.
Fig. 485: Identifying Mainshaft Subassembly, Countershaft Subassembly
And Secondary Shaft Subassembly
6. Join the countershaft subassembly and the secondary shaft subassembly
together, then install them in the torque converter housing, and install the
mainshaft subassembly. Install the needle bearings, 4th-5th gear, and the
reverse selector hub over the countershaft.

2008 Honda Civic LX

7. Turn the shift fork shaft (A) so the large chamfered hole (B) is facing the fork
bolt hole (C) of the shift fork (D).
Fig. 486: Identifying Shift Fork Shaft, Shift Fork, Lock Washer & Bolt
8. Install the shift fork and the reverse selector together on the shift fork shaft and
the countershaft. Secure the shift fork to the shift fork shaft with the lock bolt
and a new lock washer (E), then bend the lock tab of the lock washer against
the bolt head.
9. Install the needle bearing and the countershaft reverse gear on the countershaft.
10. Install the reverse idler gear in the transmission housing (see REVERSE
IDLER GEAR INSTALLATION ).
11. Install the three dowel pins (A) and a new gasket (B) on the torque converter
housing (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 487: Disassembling Torque Converter Housing & Torque
Specification
12. Align the spring pin (D) of the control shaft (E) with the transmission housing
groove (F) by turning the selector control shaft detent plate. Do not squeeze the
end of the selector control shaft tips together when turning the shaft. If the tips
are squeezed together, it will causes a faulty shift position signal or position
due to the play between the selector control shaft and the switch.
13. Place the transmission housing (G) on the torque converter housing. Do not
install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor before installing the transmission housing on the
torque converter housing.
14. Wrap a screwdriver tip with tape to prevent damage to the reverse idler gear

2008 Honda Civic LX

teeth. Engage the reverse idler gear with the reverse gears by rotating the idler
gear using the screwdriver.
Fig. 488: Engaging Reverse Idler Gear With Reverse Gears
15. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts, and tighten the 19 bolts to 44
N.m (4.5 kgf.m, 33 lbf.ft) in two or more steps in a crisscross pattern.
16. Install the shift solenoid harness connector (E) in the transmission housing with
a new O-ring (F).
Fig. 489: Identifying Shift Solenoid Harness Connector, Transmission
Housing, O-Ring & Bolt Torque Specification

2008 Honda Civic LX

17. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B.
ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses.
19. Install the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the two dowel pins (B), a new gasket
(C), and the harness clamp bracket (D).
Harness Clamp Bracket & Bolt Torque Specification
END COVER INSTALLATION
Mainshaft holder 07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100
Gear installer set 070AC-XFD0100

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Install the mainshaft holder onto the mainshaft.
Fig. 491: Identifying Mainshaft Holder Onto Mainshaft
2. Lubricate the following parts with ATF:
Splines and threads of the mainshaft.
Splines of the mainshaft idler gear.
Old conical spring washer and old locknut.
3. Install the mainshaft idler gear (A), the old conical spring washer (B), and the
old locknut (C) on the mainshaft (D), and tighten the locknut to 216 N.m (22.0
kgf.m, 159 lbf.ft).
NOTE:
Do not tap the idler gear to install.
Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do not
use an impact wrench.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Splines and threads of the secondary shaft and the idler gear shaft.
Splines of the secondary shaft idler gear.
5. Install the secondary shaft idler gear (A) on the secondary shaft (B), and install
the idler gear shaft idler gear (C) on the idler gear shaft (D).
Fig. 492: Identifying Mainshaft Idler Gear, Old
Conical Spring Washer, Old Locknut And Mainshaft

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 493: Identifying Secondary Shaft Idler Gear, Secondary Shaft, Idler
Gear Shaft Idler Gear And Idler Gear Shaft
6. Set the gear installer set on the idler gear shaft and the idler gear, and tighten
the installer nut to install the idler gear part-way.
Fig. 494: Tightening Installer Nut
7. Install the old conical spring washer (A) and the old locknut (B) on the
secondary shaft (C), and tighten the locknut to 226 N.m (23.0 kgf.m, 166
lbf.ft).
NOTE: The installer nut has left-hand threads.
NOTE:
Do not tap the idler gear to install.
Secondary shaft locknut has left-hand threads.

2008 Honda Civic LX

8. Retighten the installer nut to seat the idler gear in the idler gear shaft until it
stops. Remove the gear installer set from the idler gear shaft.
Fig. 496: Tightening Installer Nut
9. Install a new snap ring (A) on the idler gear shaft (B), and check that the snap
ring is seated securely into the groove.
Fig. 495: Identifying Conical Spring Washer,
Locknut And Secondary Shaft

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 497: Identifying Snap Ring And Idler Gear Shaft
10. Install the park lever (A) and the park lever stop (B) on the selector control
shaft (C), then install the lock bolt and a new lock washer (D). Do not bend the
lock tab of the lock washer until step 23.
Fig. 498: Identifying Park Lever, Park Lever Stop, Selector Control Shaft
& Screw w/Torque Specification
11. Install the park pawl shaft (E), the park pawl spring (F), the park pawl (G), and
the stop shaft (H) on the transmission housing.
Threads and splines of the countershaft.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Areas where the park gear contacts the conical spring washer.
13. Install the park gear (I), the old conical spring washer (J), and the old locknut
(K) on the countershaft.
14. Lift the park pawl up, and engage it with the park gear, then tighten the locknut
to 226 N.m (23.0kgf.m, 166 lbf.ft).
15. Remove the locknuts and the conical spring washers from the mainshaft, the
countershaft, and the secondary shaft.
16. Lubricate the threads of the shafts, the new locknuts and the new conical spring
washers with ATF.
17. Install new conical spring washers (A) (B) with facing stamped mark side up in
the direction shown, and install a new mainshaft locknut (C), a new
countershaft locknut (D), and a new secondary shaft locknut (E).
Fig. 499: Identifying Conical Spring Washers, Mainshaft Locknut And
Countershaft Locknut
NOTE:
Do not tap the park gear to install.
Countershaft locknut has left-hand threads.

2008 Honda Civic LX

18. Tighten the countershaft locknut and the secondary shaft locknut to 167 N.m
(17.0 kgf.m, 123 lbf.ft), and tighten the mainshaft locknut to 155 N.m (15.8
kgf.m, 114 lbf.ft).
19. Remove the mainshaft holder from the mainshaft.
20. Stake the locknuts into the shafts to a depth (A) of 0.7-1.3 mm (0.03-0.05 in.)
using a 3.5 mm punch (B).
Fig. 500: Staking Locknuts
21. Set the park pawl (A) in the P position, then check that the park pawl engages
with the park gear (B).
NOTE:
Be sure to install the conical spring washers in the
direction shown.
Countershaft and secondary shaft locknuts have
left-hand threads.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 501: Identifying Distance Between Park Pawl Shaft, Extension Line &
22. If the park pawl does not engage fully, check the distance (C) between the park
pawl shaft and the extension line connected centers of the park lever roller pin
and the selector control shaft (see PARK LEVER STOP INSPECTION
AND ADJUSTMENT ).
23. Tighten the lock bolt (D), and bend the lock tab of the lock washer (E) against
the bolt head.
24. Install the ATF lubrication pipe (A) into the idler gear shaft (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 502: Identifying ATF Lubrication Pipe, Idler Gear Shaft, Gasket,
Dowel Pins & Bolts w/Torque Specification
25. Install a new gasket (C) on the transmission housing, and install the two dowel
pins (D) and new O-rings (E) over the top of the ATF feed pipes (F).
26. Install the end cover (G), and tighten the 17 bolts.
27. Set the selector control shaft (A) to the N position by turning the selector
control shaft on the torque converter side.
tips together when turning the shaft. If the selector
control shaft tips are squeezed together it will cause a
faulty signal or position due to play between the
selector control shaft and the transmission range
switch.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 503: Setting Selector Control Shaft To N Position
28. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts
(B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler
gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position.
Fig. 504: Aligning Cutouts On Rotary-Frame With Neutral Positioning
Cutouts On Transmission Range Switch
29. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft
(B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C).
NOTE: Be sure to use a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade or equivalent to
hold the switch in the N position.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 505: Holding N Position With Blade
30. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue to hold
it in the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch while
tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge.
Fig. 506: Tightening Bolts
31. Install the harness clamp bracket (A) on the end cover (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 507: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Cover, Harness Clamp
Bracket, Cover & Bolts w/Torque Specification
32. Connect the transmission range switch connector (C) securely, then install the
harness clamps (D) on the clamp bracket.
33. Install the transmission range switch cover (E).
34. Install a new O-ring (A) on the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (B), then
install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 508: Identifying Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor, O-Ring &
Bolts w/Torque Specification
35. Install a new O-ring (C) on the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (D),
then install the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor.
36. Install a new gasket (B) on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe
(C) and the ATF joint pipes (D).
Fig. 509: Identifying ATF Pipe, ATF Joint Pipes, Gasket, O-Ring & Bolts

2008 Honda Civic LX

37. Install new O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes, and install A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A.
38. Install a new gasket (A) with facing the blue side to the transmission housing
and the white side faces to the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve body.
Fig. 510: Identifying ATF Pipe, ATF Joint Pipes, O-Ring & Bolts
39. Install the ATF pipe (D) and the ATF joint pipes (E), and install new O-rings
(F) over the ATF joint pipes.
41. Install the ATF warmer bracket.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 511: Identifying ATF Warmer Bracket & Bolts w/Torque
Specification
42. Install the ATF outlet line (A) on the torque converter housing, and secure it
with the line bolt (B) and new sealing washers (C).
Fig. 512: Identifying ATF Outlet Line, Sealing Washers & Bolts w/ Torque
Specification
43. Secure the ATF outlet line with the bracket bolt.
44. Install the transmission hanger (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 513: Identifying Transmission Hanger, ATF Filter Bracket, Line
Brackets & Bolts w/Torque Specification
45. Install the ATF filter bracket (B).
46. Install the ATF inlet line and the hose (C) on the torque converter housing, and
secure it with the line bolt (D) and new sealing washers (E).
47. Put the ATF filter (F) on its bracket, and secure with the bracket (G) and the
bolt.
48. Secure the line brackets (H) with the bolts on the transmission hanger and the
torque converter housing.
49. Install the breather cap on the breather pipe.
50. Install the ATF dipstick.
A/T DIFFERENTIAL

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 514: Identifying A/T Differential Component Location
BACKLASH INSPECTION
1. Install both axles into the differential, and place the axles on V-blocks (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 515: Measuring Backlash Of Pinion Gears
2. Measure the backlash of the pinion gears (B) using a dial indicator (C).
Standard: 0.05-0.15 mm (0.002-0.006 in.)
3. If the backlash is out of standard, replace the differential carrier (see
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER AND FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
REPLACEMENT ).
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER AND FINAL DRIVEN GEAR REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the final driven gear (A) from the differential carrier (B). The final
driven gear bolts have left-hand threads.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 516: Identifying Final Driven Gear, Differential Carrier & Bolts
2. Install a new final driven gear on the differential carrier in the direction shown.
Tighten the bolts to 101 N.m (10.3 kgf.m, 74.5 lbf.ft) in a crisscross pattern in
two or more steps.
CARRIER BEARING REPLACEMENT
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
1. Place a collar (A) on the differential carrier, and remove the carrier bearing (B)
using the commercially available bearing puller (C).
NOTE: Check the bearing for wear and rough rotation. If the
bearing is OK, removal is not necessary.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 517: Removing Carrier Bearing
2. Install a new bearing using the 40 mm I.D. driver and a press. Press the bearing
on until it bottoms.
Fig. 518: Pressing Bearing
OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
Driver 07749-0010000
Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101
1. Remove the oil seal from the transmission housing.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 519: Identifying Oil Seal From Transmission Housing
2. Remove the oil seal from the torque converter housing.
Fig. 520: Identifying Oil Seal From Torque Converter Housing
3. Install a new oil seal flush with the transmission housing using the driver and
the oil seal driver attachment.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 521: Identifying Oil Seal Flush With Transmission Housing
4. Install a new oil seal in the torque converter housing using the driver and the
oil seal driver attachment.
Fig. 522: Identifying Oil Seal In Torque Converter Housing
CARRIER BEARING SIDE CLEARANCE INSPECTION
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Install the spacer (A) in the torque converter housing with the spacer tab (B)
into the guide. Do not install the spacers mix-up in the transmission housing
and the torque converter housing.
Fig. 523: Identifying Differential Assembly, Spacer And Spacer Tab
2. Install the differential assembly (C) in the torque converter housing, and put
the spacer (D) on the differential.
3. Install the differential assembly securely using the 40 mm I.D. driver and the
30 mm I.D. attachment in the torque converter housing, so there is no clearance
between the bearing, the spacer, and the torque converter housing.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 524: Identifying Differential Assembly In Torque Converter Housing
4. Install the 90 mm thrust shim (A) in the transmission housing (B).
If you replace the 90 mm thrust shim with a new one, use the same thickness as
the old one.
Fig. 525: Installing Thrust Shim
5. Align the spring pin (A) on the selector control shaft (B) with the transmission
housing groove (C) by turning the control shaft with the detent plate (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 526: Disassembling Torque Converter Housing & Bolts w/Torque
Specification
6. Install the gasket (E) and the three dowel pins (F) on the torque converter
housing (G).
7. Place the transmission housing (H), and install the mounting bolts (19 bolts).
Tighten the bolts to 44 N.m (4.5 kgf.m, 33 lbf.ft) in a crisscross pattern in two
or more steps.
8. Measure the clearance between the 90 mm thrust shim and the spacer using a
feeler gauge.
tips together when turning the control shaft.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Standard: 0-0.07 mm (0-0.003 in.)
Fig. 527: Measuring Clearance Between Thrust Shim And Spacer
9. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the 90 mm thrust shim, and measure
its thickness.
10. Select and install a new thrust shim. Recheck the clearance and make sure it is
within the standard.
THRUST SHIM, 90 mm
THRUST SHIM THICKNESS SPECIFICATION
A 41441-RPC-
000
1.30 mm
(0.051 in.)
B 41442-RPC-
000
1.35 mm
(0.053 in.)
C 41443-RPC-
000
1.40 mm
(0.055 in.)
D 41444-RPC-
000
1.45 mm
(0.057 in.)
E 41445-RPC-
000
1.50 mm
(0.059 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

F 41446-RPC-
000
1.55 mm
(0.061 in.)
G 41447-RPC-
000
1.60 mm
(0.063 in.)
H 41448-RPC-
000
1.65 mm
(0.065 in.)
I 41449-RPC-
000
1.70 mm
(0.067 in.)
J 41450-RPC-
000
1.75 mm
(0.069 in.)
K 41451-RPC-
000
1.80 mm
(0.071 in.)
L 41452-RPC-
000
1.85 mm
(0.073 in.)
M 41453-RPC-
000
1.90 mm
(0.075 in.)
N 41454-RPC-
000
1.95 mm
(0.077 in.)
O 41455-RPC-
000
2.00 mm
(0.079 in.)
P 41456-RPC-
000
2.05 mm
(0.081 in.)
Q 41457-RPC-
000
2.10 mm
(0.083 in.)
R 41458-RPC-
000
2.15 mm
(0.085 in.)
S 41459-RPC-
000
2.20 mm
(0.087 in.)
T 41460-RPC-
000
2.25 mm
(0.089 in.)
U 41461-RPC-
000
2.30 mm
(0.091 in.)
V 41462-RPC- 2.35 mm

2008 Honda Civic LX

000 (0.093 in.)
W 41463-RPC-
000
2.40 mm
(0.095 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

GENERAL INFORMATION
Trouble Shooting - Basic Procedures
* PLEASE READ THIS FIRST *
ACCESSORIES & ELECTRICAL
CHARGING SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING
BASIC CHARGING SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
NOTE: This is GENERAL information. This article is not intended to
be specific to any unique situation or individual vehicle
configuration. The purpose of this Trouble Shooting
information is to provide a list of common causes to
problem symptoms. For model-specific Trouble Shooting,
refer to SUBJECT, DIAGNOSTIC, or TESTING articles
available in the section(s) you are accessing.
CONDITION & POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION
Vehicle Will Not Start

2008 Honda Civic EX
GENERAL INFORMATION Trouble Shooting - Basic Procedures

2008 Honda Civic EX

Dead battery Check battery cells,
alternator belt tension
and alternator output
Loose or corroded battery connections Check all charging
system connections
Ignition circuit or switch malfunction Check and replace as
necessary
Alternator Light Stays On With Engine Running
Loose or worn alternator drive belt Check alternator drive
tension and condition,
See Belt Adjustment in
TUNE-UP article in the
TUNE-UP section
Loose alternator wiring connections Check all charging
system connections
Short in alternator light wiring See Indicator Warning
Lights in STANDARD
INSTRUMENTS in the
ACCESSORIES &
EQUIPMENT section
Defective alternator stator or diodes See Bench Tests in
ALTERNATOR article
Defective regulator See Regulator Check in
ALTERNATOR article
Alternator Light Stays Off With Ignition Switch ON
Blown fuse See WIRING
DIAGRAMS
Defective alternator See Testing in
ALTERNATOR article
Defective indicator light bulb or socket See Indicator Warning
Lights in STANDARD
INSTRUMENTS in the
ACCESSORIES &
EQUIPMENT section

2008 Honda Civic EX

Alternator Light Stays OFF With Ignition Switch ON
Short in alternator wiring See On-Vehicle Tests
in ALTERNATOR
article
Defective rectifier bridge See Bench Tests in
ALTERNATOR article
Lights or Fuses Burn Out Frequently
Defective alternator wiring See On-Vehicle Tests
in ALTERNATOR
article
Defective regulator See Regulator Check in
ALTERNATOR article
Defective battery Check and replace as
necessary
Ammeter Gauge Shows Discharge
Loose or worn drive belt Check alternator drive
belt tension and
condition. See Belt
Adjustment in TUNE-
UP article in the
TUNE-UP section
Defective wiring Check all wires and
wire connections
Defective alternator or regulator See Bench Tests and
On-Vehicle Tests in
ALTERNATOR article
Defective ammeter, or improper ammeter wiring
connection
See Testing in
STANDARD
INSTRUMENTS in the
ACCESSORIES &
EQUIPMENT section
Noisy Alternator
Loose drive pulley Tighten drive pulley
attaching nut

2008 Honda Civic EX

IGNITION SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING
Loose mounting bolts Tighten all alternator
mounting bolts
Worn or dirty bearings See Bearing
Replacement
ALTERNATOR article
Defective diodes or stator See Bench Test in
ALTERNATOR article
Battery Does Stay Charged
Loose or worn drive belt Check alternator drive
belt tension and
condition. See Belt
Adjustment in
appropriate TUNE-UP
article in the TUNE-UP
section
Loose or corroded battery connections Check all charging
system connections
Loose alternator connections Check all charging
system connections
Defective alternator or battery See On-Vehicle Tests
and Bench Tests in
ALTERNATOR article
Add-on electrical accessories exceeding
alternator capacity
Install larger alternator
Battery Overcharged-Uses Too Much Water
Defective battery Check alternator output
and repair as necessary
Defective alternator See On-Vehicle Test
and Bench Tests in
ALTERNATOR article
Excessive alternator voltage Check alternator output
and repair as necessary

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Ignition Secondary Trouble Shooting Chart

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Ignition Primary Trouble Shooting Chart
STARTER TROUBLE SHOOTING
BASIC STARTER TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
Starter Fails to Operate
Dead battery or bad connections between starter
and battery
Check battery charge
and all wires and
connections to starter
Ignition switch faulty or misadjusted Adjust or replace
ignition switch
Open circuit between starter switch ignition
terminal on starter relay
Check and repair wires
and connections as
necessary
Starter relay or starter defective See Testing in
STARTER article
Open solenoid pull-in wire Testing in STARTER
article
Starter Does Not Operate and Headlights Dim
Weak battery or dead cell Charge or replace
battery as necessary
Loose or corroded battery connections Check that battery
connections are clean
and tight
Internal ground in starter windings See Testing in
STARTER article

2008 Honda Civic EX

Grounded starter fields See Testing in
STARTERS
Armature rubbing on pole See STARTER article
shoes
Starter Turns but Engine Does Not Rotate
Starter clutch slipping See STARTER article
Broken clutch housing See STARTER article
Pinion shaft rusted or dry See STARTER article
Engine basic timing incorrect See Ignition Timing in
TUNE-UP article
Broken teeth on engine flywheel Replace flywheel and
check for starter pinion
gear damage
Starter Will Not Crank Engine
Faulty overrunning clutch See STARTER article
Broken flywheel teeth Replace flywheel and
check for starter pinion
gear damage
Armature shaft sheared or reduction gear teeth
stripped
See STARTER article
Weak battery Charge or replace
Faulty solenoid See On-Vehicle Tests
in STARTER article
Poor grounds Check all ground
connections for tight
and clean connections
ignition switch as
necessary
Starter Cranks Engine Slowly
Battery weak or defective Charge or replace

2008 Honda Civic EX

Engine overheated See ENGINE
COOLING SYSTEM
article
Engine oil too heavy Check that proper
viscosity oil is used
Poor battery-to-starter connections Check that all between
battery and starter are
clean and tight
Current draw too low or too high See Bench Tests in
STARTER article
Bent armature, loose pole shoes screws or worn
bearing
See STARTER article
Burned solenoid contacts Replace solenoid
Faulty starter Replace starter
Starter Engages Engine Only Momentarily
Engine timing too far advanced See Ignition Timing in
TUNE-UP article
Overrunning clutch not engaging properly Replace overrunning
clutch. See STARTER
article
Broken starter clutch See STARTER article
check starter pinion
gear for damage
Weak drive assembly thrust spring See STARTER article
Weak hold-in coil See Bench Tests in
STARTER article
Starter Drive Will Not Engage
Defective point assembly See Testing in
STARTER article
Poor point assembly ground See Testing in
STARTER article

2008 Honda Civic EX

Defective pull-in coil Replace starter
solenoid
Starter Relay Does Not Close
Dead battery Charge or replace
Faulty wiring Check all wiring and
connections leading to
relay
Neutral safety switch faulty Replace neutral safety
switch
Starter relay faulty Replace starter relay
Starter Drive Will Not Disengage
Starter motor loose on mountings Tighten starter attach
bolts
Worn drive end bushing See STARTER article
Damaged engine flywheel teeth Replace flywheel and
starter pinion gear for
damage
Drive yolk return spring broken or missing Replace return spring
Faulty ignition switch Replace ignition switch
Insufficient clearance between winding leads to
solenoid terminal and main contact in solenoid
Replace starter
solenoid
Starter clutch not disengaging Replace starter clutch
Ignition starter switch Replace ignition switch
contacts sticking
Starter Relay Operates but Solenoid Does Not
Faulty solenoid switch, switch connections or
relay
Check all wiring
between relay and
solenoid or replace
relay or solenoid as
necessary
Broken lead or loose soldered connections Repair wire or wire
connections as

2008 Honda Civic EX

AIR CONDITIONING & HEAT
AIR CONDITIONING TROUBLE SHOOTING
necessary
Solenoid Plunger Vibrates When Switch is Engaged
Solenoid contacts corroded Clean contacts or
replace solenoid
Faulty wiring Check all wiring
leading to solenoid
Broken connections inside switch cover Repair connections or
replace solenoid
Open hold-in wire solenoid
Low Current Draw
Worn brushes or weak brush springs Replace brushes or
brush springs as
necessary
High Pitched Whine During Cranking Before Engine Fires but Engine Fires
and Cranks Normally
Distance too great between starter pinion and
flywheel
Align starter or check
that correct starter and
flywheel are being
used
High Pitched Whine After Engine Fires With Key released. Engine Fires and
Cranks Normally
Distance too small between starter pinion and
flywheel
Flywheel runout
contributes to the
intermittent nature
WARNING: This is GENERAL information. This article is not
intended to be specific to any unique situation or
individual vehicle configuration. The purpose of this

2008 Honda Civic EX

BASIC AIR CONDITIONING TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
Trouble Shooting information is to provide a list of
common causes to problem symptoms. For model-
specific Trouble Shooting, refer to SUBJECT,
DIAGNOSTIC, or TESTING articles available in the
section(s) you are accessing.
CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSE
Compressor Not
Working
Compressor clutch circuit open.
..... Compressor clutch coil inoperative.
..... Poor clutch ground connection.
..... Fan belts loose.
..... Thermostatic switch inoperative.
..... Thermostatic switch not adjusted.
..... Ambient temperature switch open.
..... Superheat fuse blown.
Excessive Noise or
Vibration
Missing or loose mounting bolts.
..... Bad idler pulley bearings.
..... Fan belts not tightened correctly.
..... Compressor clutch contacting body.
..... Excessive system pressure.
..... Compressor oil level low.
..... Damaged clutch bearings.
..... Damaged reed valves.
..... Damaged compressor.
Insufficient or No
Cooling; Compressor
Working
Expansion valve inoperative.
..... Heater control valve stuck open.
..... Low system pressure.
..... Blocked condenser fins.

2008 Honda Civic EX

HEATER SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING
BASIC HEATER SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
..... Blocked evaporator fins.
..... Vacuum system leak.
..... Vacuum motors inoperative.
..... Control cables improperly adjusted.
..... Restricted air inlet.
..... Mode doors binding.
..... Blower motor inoperative.
..... Temperature above system capacity.
refer to DIAGNOSTIC, or TESTING articles available in the
section(s) you are accessing.
Insufficient, Erratic, or No
Heat
Low Coolant Level
..... Incorrect thermostat.
..... Restricted coolant flow through core.
..... Heater hoses plugged.
..... Misadjusted control cable.
..... Sticking heater control valve.
..... Vacuum hose leaking.
..... Vacuum hose blocked.
..... Vacuum motors inoperative.
..... Blocked air inlet.
..... Inoperative heater blower motor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

BRAKES
BRAKE SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING
..... Oil residue on heater core fins.
..... Dirt on heater core fins.
Too Much Heat Improperly adjusted cables.
..... Sticking heater control valve.
..... No vacuum to heater control valve.
..... Temperature door stuck open.
Air Flow Changes During
Acceleration
Vacuum system leak.
..... Bad check valve or reservoir.
Air From Defroster At All
Times
Vacuum system leak.
..... Improperly adjusted control cables.
..... Inoperative vacuum motor.
Blower Does Not Operate
Correctly
Blown fuse.
..... Blower motor windings open.
..... Resistors burned out.
..... Motor ground connection loose.
..... Wiring harness connections loose.
..... Blower motor switch inoperative.
..... Blower relay inoperative.
..... Fan binding or foreign object in housing.
..... Fan blades broken or bent.

2008 Honda Civic EX

BRAKE SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
Brakes Pull Left or Right
Incorrect tire pressure Inflate tires to proper
pressure
Front end out of alignment See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT
Mismatched tires Check tires sizes
Restricted brake lines or hoses Check hose routing
Loose or malfunctioning caliper See DISC BRAKES or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Bent shoe or oily linings See DRUM BRAKES
or BRAKE SYSTEM
Malfunctioning rear brakes See DRUM, DISC
BRAKES or BRAKE
SYSTEM
Loose suspension parts See SUSPENSION
Noises Without Brakes Applied
Front linings worn out Replace linings
Dust or oil on drums or rotors See DRUM, DISC
BRAKES or BRAKE
SYSTEM
Noises With Brakes Applied
Insulator on outboard shoe damaged See DISC BRAKES or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Incorrect pads or linings Replace pads or
linings
Brake Rough, Chatters or Pulsates
Excessive lateral runout Check rotor runout
Parallelism not to specifications Reface or replace rotor
Wheel bearings not adjusted See SUSPENSION

2008 Honda Civic EX

Rear drums out-of-round Reface or replace
drums
Disc pad reversed, steel against rotor Remove and reinstall
pad
Excessive Pedal Effort
Malfunctioning power unit See POWER
BRAKES or BRAKE
SYSTEM
Partial system failure Check fluid and pipes
Worn disc pad or lining Replace pad or lining
Caliper piston stuck or sluggish See DISC BRAKES or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Master cylinder piston stuck See MASTER
CYLINDERS or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Brake fade due to incorrect pads for linings Replace pads or
linings
Linings or pads glazed Replace pads or
linings
Worn drums Reface or replace
drums
Excessive Pedal Travel
Partial brake system failure Check fluid and pipes
Insufficient fluid in master cylinder See MASTER
CYLINDERS or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Air trapped in system See BRAKE
BLEEDING or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Rear brakes not adjusted See Adjustments in
DRUM BRAKES or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Bent shoe or lining See DRUM BRAKES

2008 Honda Civic EX

or BRAKE SYSTEM
Plugged master cylinder cap See MASTER
CYLINDERS or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Improper brake fluid Replace brake fluid
Pedal Travel Decreasing
Compensating port plugged See MASTER
CYLINDERS or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Swollen cup in master cylinder See MASTER
CYLINDERS or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Master cylinder piston not returning See MASTER
CYLINDERS or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Weak shoe retracting springs See DRUM BRAKES
BRAKE SYSTEM
Wheel cylinder piston sticking See DRUM BRAKES
or BRAKE SYSTEM
Dragging Brakes
Master cylinder pistons not returning See MASTER
CYLINDERS BRAKE
SYSTEM
Restricted brake lines or hoses Check line routing
Incorrect parking brake adjustment See DRUM BRAKES
BRAKE SYSTEM
Parking Brake cables frozen See DRUM BRAKES
BRAKE SYSTEM
Incorrect installation of inboard disc pad Remove and replace
correctly
Power booster output rod too long See POWER BRAKE
UNITS BRAKE
SYSTEM

2008 Honda Civic EX

ENGINE MECHANICAL
COOLING SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING
COOLING SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING
Brake pedal not returning freely See DISC, DRUM
BRAKES BRAKE
SYSTEM
Brakes Grab or Uneven Braking Action
Malfunction of combination valve See CONTROL
VALVE or BRAKE
SYSTEM
Malfunction of power brake unit See POWER BRAKE
UNITS or BRAKE
SYSTEM
Binding brake pedal See DISC, DRUM
BRAKES or BRAKE
SYSTEM
Pulsation or Roughness
Uneven pad wear caused by caliper See DISC BRAKES or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Uneven rotor wear See DISC BRAKES or
BRAKE SYSTEM
Drums out-of-round Reface or replace
drums

2008 Honda Civic EX

Overheating
Coolant Leak Fill/Pressure Test
System
A/C Condenser Fins Clogged Remove/Clean
Condenser
Radiator Fins Clogged Remove/Clean
Radiator
Thermostat Stuck Closed Replace Thermostat
Clogged Cooling System Passages Clean/Flush Cooling
System
Water Pump Malfunction Replace Water Pump
Fan Clutch Malfunction Replace Fan Clutch
Retarded Ignition Timing Reset Ignition Timing
Cooling Fan Malfunction Test Cooling
Fan/Circuit
Cooling Fan Motor Malfunction Test Fan Motor
Cooling Fan Relay Malfunction Test Fan Relay
Faulty Radiator Cap Replace Radiator Cap
Broken/Slipping Fan Belt Replace Fan Belt
Restricted Exhaust Repair Exhaust
System
Corrosion
Impurities In Coolant Clean/Flush System
Coolant Leakage
Damaged hose Replace Hose
Leaky Water Pump Replace Water Pump
Damaged Radiator Seam Replace/Repair
Radiator
Leaky Thermostat Cover Replace Thermostat
Cover
Cylinder Head Problem Check Head/Head
Gasket

2008 Honda Civic EX

GASOLINE ENGINE - MECHANICAL TROUBLE SHOOTING
BASIC GASOLINE ENGINE - MECHANICAL TROUBLE SHOOTING
CHART
Leaky Freeze Plugs Replace Freeze Plugs
Recovery System Inoperative
Loose and/or Defective Radiator Cap Replace Radiator Cap
Overflow Tube Clogged and/or Leaking Repair Tube
Recovery Bottle Vent Restricted Clean Vent
No Heater Core Flow
Collapsed Heater Hose Replace Heater Hose
Plugged Heater Core Clean/Replace Heater
Core
Faulty Heater Valve Replace Heater Valve
Engine Lopes At Idle
Intake manifold-to-head leaks Replace manifold
gasket, See ENGINES
Blown head gasket Replace head gasket,
See ENGINES
Worn timing gears, chain or sprocket Replace gears, chain
or sprocket
Worn camshaft lobes Replace camshaft, See
ENGINES
Overheated engine Check cooling system,

2008 Honda Civic EX

See COOLING
Blocked crankcase vent valve Remove restriction
Leaking EGR valve Repair leak and/or
replace valve
Faulty fuel pump Replace fuel pump
Engine Has Low Power
Leaking fuel pump Repair leak and/or
replace fuel pump
Excessive piston-to-bore clearance Install larger pistons,
See ENGINES
Sticking valves or weak valve springs Check valve train
components, See
ENGINES
Incorrect valve timing Reset valve timing,
See ENGINES
ENGINES
Blown head gasket Replace head gasket.
See ENGINES.
Clutch slipping Adjust pedal and/or
replace components,
See ENGINES
Engine overheating Check cooling system,
See COOLING
Auto. Trans. pressure regulator valve faulty Replace pressure
regulator valve
Auto. Trans. fluid level too low Add fluid as necessary
Improper vacuum diverter valve operation Replace vacuum
diverter valve
Vacuum leaks Inspect vacuum
system and repair as
required
Leaking piston rings Replace piston rings,

2008 Honda Civic EX

See ENGINES
Faulty High Speed Operation
Low fuel pump volume Replace fuel pump
Leaking valves or worn Replace valves and/or
springs, See
ENGINES
Incorrect valve timing Reset valve timing,See
ENGINES
Intake manifold restricted Remove restriction
Worn distributor shaft Replace distributor
Faulty Acceleration
Improper fuel pump stroke Remove pump and
reset pump stroke
Incorrect ignition timing Reset ignition timing,
See TUNE-UP
Leaking valves Replace valves, See
ENGINES
Worn fuel pump diaphragm or piston Replace diaphragm or
piston
Intake Backfire
Improper ignition timing Reset ignition timing,
See TUNE-UP
Faulty accelerator pump discharge Replace accelerator
pump
Improper choke operation Check choke and
adjust as required
Defective EGR valve Replace EGR valve
Fuel mixture too lean Reset air/fuel mixture,
See TUNE-UP
Choke valve initial clearance too large Reset choke valve
initial clearance
Exhaust Backfire
Vacuum leak Inspect and repair

2008 Honda Civic EX

vacuum system
Faulty vacuum diverter valve Replace vacuum
diverter valve
Faulty choke operation Check choke and
adjust as required
Exhaust system leak repair exhaust system
leak
Engine Detonation
Ignition timing too far advanced Reset ignition timing,
See TUNE-UP
Faulty ignition system Check ignition timing,
See TUNE-UP
Spark plugs loose or faulty Retighten or replace
plugs
Fuel delivery system clogged Inspect lines, pump
and filter for clog
EGR valve inoperative Replace EGR valve
PCV system inoperative Inspect and/or replace
hoses or valve
Vacuum leaks Check vacuum system
and repair leaks
Excessive combustion chamber deposits Remove built-up
deposits
Leaking, sticking or broken valves Inspect and/or replace
valves
External Oil Leakage
Fuel pump improperly seated or worn gasket Remove pump,
replace gasket and seat
properly
Oil pan gasket broken or pan bent Straighten pan and
replace gasket
Timing chain cover gasket broken Replace timing chain
cover gasket

2008 Honda Civic EX

Rear main oil seal worn Replace rear main oil
seal
Oil pan drain plug not seated properly Remove and reinstall
drain plug
Camshaft bearing drain hole blocked Remove restriction
Oil pressure sending switch leaking Remove and reinstall
sending switch
Excessive Oil Consumption
Worn valve stems or guides Replace stems or
guides, See ENGINES
Valve "O" ring seals damaged Replace "O" ring
seals, See ENGINES
Plugged oil drain back holes Remove restrictions
Improper PCV valve operation Replace PCV valve
Engine oil level too high Remove excess oil
Engine oil too thin Replace thicker oil
Valve stem oil deflectors damaged Replace oil deflectors
Incorrect piston rings Replace piston rings,
See ENGINES
Piston ring gaps not staggered Reinstall piston rings,
See ENGINES
Insufficient piston ring tension Replace rings, See
ENGINES
Piston ring grooves or oil return slots clogged Replace
piston rings, See
ENGINES
Piston rings sticking in grooves Replace piston rings,
See ENGINES
Piston ring grooves excessively worn Replace piston and
rings, See ENGINES
Compression rings installed upside down Replace compression
rings correctly, See
ENGINES

2008 Honda Civic EX

Worn or scored cylinder walls Rebore cylinders or
replace block
Mismatched oil ring expander and rail Replace oil ring
expander and rail, See
ENGINES
Intake gasket dowels too long Replace intake gasket
dowels
Excessive main or connecting rod bearing
clearance
Replace main or
connecting rod
bearings, See
ENGINES
No Oil Pressure
Low oil level Add oil to proper level
Oil pressure sender or gauge broken Replace sender or
gauge
Oil pump malfunction Remove and overhaul
oil pump, See
ENGINES
Oil pressure relief valve sticking Remove and reinstall
valve
Oil pump passages blocked Overhaul oil pump,
See ENGINES
Oil pickup screen or tube blocked Remove restriction
Loose oil inlet tube Tighten oil inlet tube
Loose camshaft bearings Replace camshaft
bearings, See
ENGINES
Internal leakage at oil passages Replace block or
cylinder head
Low Oil Pressure
Low engine oil level Add oil to proper level
Engine oil too thin Remove and replace
with thicker oil

2008 Honda Civic EX

Excessive oil pump clearance Reduce oil pump
clearance, See
ENGINES
Oil pickup tube or screen blocked Remove restrictions
Main, rod or cam bearing clearance excessive Replace bearing to
reduce clearance, See
ENGINES
High Oil Pressure
Improper grade of oil Replace with proper
oil
Oil pressure relief valve stuck closed Eliminate binding
Oil pressure sender or gauge faulty Replace sender or
gauge
Noisy Main Bearings
Inadequate oil supply Check oil delivery to
main bearings
Excessive main bearing clearance Replace main
bearings, See
ENGINES
Excessive crankshaft end play Replace crankshaft,
See ENGINES
Loose flywheel or torque converter Tighten attaching bolts
Loose or damaged vibration damper Tighten or replace
vibration damper
Crankshaft journals out-of-round Re-grind crankshaft
journals
Excessive belt tension Loosen belt tension
Noisy Connecting Rods
Excessive bearing clearance or missing bearing Replace bearing, See
ENGINES
Crankshaft rod journal out-of-round Re-grind crankshaft
journal
Misaligned connecting rod or cap Remove rod or cap

2008 Honda Civic EX

and realign
Incorrectly tightened rod bolts Remove and re-tighten
rod bolts
Noisy Pistons and Rings
Excessive piston-to-bore clearance Install larger pistons,
See ENGINES
Bore tapered or out-of-round Rebore block
Piston ring broken Replace piston rings,
See ENGINES
Piston pin loose or seized Replace piston pin,
See ENGINES
Connecting rods misaligned Realign connecting
rods
Ring side clearance too loose or tight Replace with larger or
smaller rings
Carbon build-up on piston Remove carbon
Noisy Valve Train
Worn or bent push rods Replace push rods,
See ENGINES
Worn rocker arms or bridged pivots Replace push rods,
See ENGINES
Dirt or chips in valve lifters Remove lifters and
remove dirt/chips
Excessive valve lifter leak-down Replace valve lifters,
See ENGINES
Valve lifter face worn Replace valve lifters,
See ENGINES
Broken or cocked valve springs Replace or reposition
springs
Too much valve stem-to-guide clearance Replace valve guides,
See ENGINES
Valve bent Replace valve, See
ENGINES

2008 Honda Civic EX

Loose rocker arms Retighten rocker arms,
See ENGINES
Excessive valve seat run-out Reface valve seats,
See ENGINES
Missing valve lock Install new valve lock
Excessively worn camshaft lobes Replace camshaft, See
ENGINES
Plugged valve lifter oil holes Eliminate restriction
or replace lifter
Faulty valve lifter check ball Replace lifter check
ball, See ENGINES
Rocker arm nut installed upside down Remove and reinstall
correctly
Valve lifter incorrect for engine Remove and replace
valve lifters
Faulty push rod seat or lifter plunger Replace plunger or
push rod
Noisy Valves
Improper valve lash Re-adjust valve lash,
See ENGINES
Worn or dirty valve lifters Clean and/or replace
lifters
Worn valve guides Replace valve guides,
See ENGINES
Excessive valve seat or face run-out Reface seats or valve
face
ENGINES
Loose rocker arm studs Re-tighten rocker arm
studs, See ENGINES
Bent push rods Replace push rods,
See ENGINES
Broken valve springs Replace valve springs,

2008 Honda Civic EX

See ENGINES
Burned,Sticking or Broken Valves
Weak valve springs or warped valves Replace valves and/or
springs, See
ENGINES
Improper lifter clearance Re-adjust clearance or
replace lifters
Worn guides or improper guide clearance Replace valve guides,
See ENGINES
Out-of-round valve seats or improper seat width Re-grind valve seats
Gum deposits on valve stems, seats or guide Remove deposits
Improper spark timing Re-adjust spark timing
Broken Pistons/Rings
Undersize pistons Replace with larger
pistons, See
ENGINES
Wrong piston rings Replace with correct
rings, See ENGINES
Out-of-round cylinder bore Re-bore cylinder bore
Improper connecting rod alignment Remove and realign
connecting rods
Excessively worn ring grooves Replace pistons, See
ENGINES
Improperly assembled piston pins Re-assemble pin-to-
piston, See ENGINES
Insufficient ring gap clearance Install new rings, See
ENGINES
Engine overheating Check cooling system
Incorrect ignition timing Re-adjust ignition
timing, See TUNE-UP
Excessive Exhaust Noise
Leaks at manifold to head, or to pipe Replace manifold or
pipe gasket

2008 Honda Civic EX

ENGINE PERFORMANCE
CARBURETOR TROUBLE SHOOTING:
BASIC COLD START SYMPTOMS TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
Exhaust manifold cracked or broken Replace exhaust
manifold, See
ENGINES
Engine Won't Start
Choke not closing Check choke
operation, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Choke linkage bent Check linkage, see
FUEL SYSTEM
Engine Starts, Then Dies
Choke vacuum kick setting too wide Check setting and
adjust see, FUEL
SYSTEMS
Fast idle RPM too low Reset RPM to
specification, see
TUNE-UP
Fast idle cam index incorrect Reset fast idle cam
index, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Vacuum leak Inspect vacuum system

2008 Honda Civic EX

BASIC HOT START SYMPTOMS TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
BASIC COLD ENGINE DRIVEABILITY SYMPTOMS TROUBLE
SHOOTING CHART
for leaks
Low fuel pump outlet Repair or replace
pump, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Low carburetor fuel level Check float setting see
FUEL SYSTEM
Engine Quits Under Load
Choke vacuum kick setting incorrect Reset vacuum kick
setting,see FUEL
SYSTEMS
index, see FUEL
SYSTEM
Incorrect hot fast idle speed RPM Reset fast idle RPM,
see TUNE-UP
Engine Starts, Runs Up, Then Idles, Slowly With Black Smoke
Choke vacuum kick set too narrow Reset vacuum kick,
see FUEL SYSTEMS
index, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Hot fast idle RPM too low Reset fast idle RPM,
see TUNE-UP
Engine Won't Start
Engine flooded Allow fuel to
evaporate
Engine Stalls in Gear

2008 Honda Civic EX

BASIC WARM ENGINE DRIVEABILITY SYMPTOMS TROUBLE
SHOOTING CHART
Choke vacuum kick setting incorrect Reset choke vacuum
kick, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Fast idle RPM incorrect Reset fast idle RPM,
see TUNE-UP
Fast idle cam index incorrect Reset fast idle cam see
FUEL SYSTEMS
Acceleration Sag or Stall
Defective choke control switch Replace choke control
switch
Choke vacuum kick setting incorrect Reset choke vacuum
kick see, FUEL
SYSTEMS
Float level incorrect (too low) Adjust float level,
FUEL SYSTEMS
Accelerator pump defective Repair or replace
pump see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Secondary throttles not closed Inspect lockout
adjustment, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Sag or Stall After Warmup
Defective choke control switch Replace choke control
switch, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Defective accelerator pump Replace pump, see
FUEL SYSTEMS
Float level incorrect (too low) Adjust float level, see
FUEL SYSTEMS
Backfiring & Black Smoke
Plugged heat crossover system Remove restriction

2008 Honda Civic EX

DIESEL ENGINE TROUBLE SHOOTING
Hesitation With Small Amount of Gas Pedal Movement
Vacuum leak Inspect vacuum lines
Accelerator pump weak or inoperable Replace pump, see
FUEL SYSTEMS
Float level setting too low Reset float level,
see,FUEL SYSTEMS
Metering rods sticking or binding Inspect and/or replace
rods, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Carburetor idle or transfer system plugged Inspect system and
remove restriction
Frozen or binding heated air inlet Inspect heated air door
for binding
Hesitation With Heavy Gas Pedal Movement
Defective accelerator pump Replace pump, see
FUEL SYSTEMS
Metering rod carrier sticking or binding Remove restriction
Large vacuum leak Inspect vacuum system
and repair leak
Float level setting too low Reset float level, see
FUEL SYSTEMS
Defective fuel pump, lines or filter Inspect pump, lines
and filter
Air door setting incorrect Adjust air door setting,
see FUEL

2008 Honda Civic EX

BASIC DIESEL ENGINE TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
NOTE: Diesel engines mechanical diagnosis is the same as
gasoline engines for items such as noisy valves, bearings,
pistons, etc. The following trouble shooting covers only
items pertaining to diesel engines.
Engine Won't Crank
Bad battery connections or dead batteries Check connections
and/or replace batteries
Bad starter connections or bad starter Check connections
and/or replace starter
Engine Cranks Slowly, Won't Start
Bad battery connections or dead batteries Check connections
and/or replace batteries
Engine oil too heavy Replace engine oil
Engine Cranks Normally, But Will Not Start
Glow plugs not functioning Check glow plug
system, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Glow plug control not functioning Check controller, see
FUEL SYSTEMS
Fuel not injected into cylinders Check fuel injectors,
see FUEL SYSTEMS
No fuel to injection pump Check fuel delivery
system
Fuel filter blocked Replace fuel filter
Fuel tank filter blocked Replace fuel tank filter
Fuel pump not operating Check pump operation
and/or replace pump

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fuel return system blocked Inspect system and
remove restriction
No voltage to fuel solenoid Check solenoid and
connections
Incorrect or contaminated fuel Replace fuel
Incorrect injection pump timing Re-adjust pump
timing, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Low compression Check valves, pistons,
rings, see ENGINES
Injection pump malfunction Inspect and/or replace
injection pump
Engine Starts, Won't Idle
Incorrect slow idle adjustment Reset idle adjustment,
see TUNE-UP
Fast idle solenoid malfunctioning Check solenoid and
connections
Fuel return system blocked Check system and
remove restrictions
Glow plugs go off too soon See glow plug
diagnosis in FUEL
SYSTEMS
Injection pump timing incorrect Reset pump timing, see
FUEL SYSTEMS
No fuel to injection pump Check fuel delivery
system
Low compression Check valves, piston,
rings, see ENGINES
Injection pump malfunction Replace injection
pump, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Fuel solenoid closes in RUN position Check solenoid and

2008 Honda Civic EX

connections
Engines Starts/Idles Rough W/out Smoke or Noise
Incorrect slow idle adjustment Reset slow idle, see
TUNE-UP
Injection line fuel leaks Check lines and
connections
Fuel return system blocked Check lines and
connections
Air in fuel system Bleed air from system
Injector nozzle malfunction Check nozzles, see
FUEL SYSTEMS
Engines Starts and Idles Rough W/out Smoke or Noise, But Clears After
Warm-Up
FUEL SYSTEMS
Engine not fully broken in Put more miles on
engine
Air in system Bleed air from system
Injector nozzle malfunction Check nozzles, see
FUEL SYSTEMS
Engine Idles Correctly, Misfires Above Idle
Blocked fuel filter Replace fuel filter
FUEL SYSTEMS
Engine Won't Return To Idle
Fast idle adjustment incorrect Reset fast idle, see
TUNE-UP
Internal injection pump malfunction Replace injection
pump, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
External linkage binding Check linkage and

2008 Honda Civic EX

remove binding
Fuel Leaks On Ground
Loose or broken fuel line Check lines and
connections
Internal injection pump seal leak Replace injection
pump, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Cylinder Knocking Noise
Injector nozzles sticking open Test injectors, see
FUEL SYSTEMS
Very low nozzle opening pressure Test injectors and/or
replace
Loss of Engine Power
Restricted air intake Remove restriction
EGR valve malfunction Replace EGR valve
Blocked or damaged exhaust system Remove restriction
and/or replace
components
Blocked fuel tank filter Replace filter
Restricted fuel filter Remove restriction
and/or replace filter
Block vent in gas cap Remove restriction
and/or replace cap
Tank-to-injection pump fuel supply blocked Check fuel lines and
connections
Blocked fuel return system Remove restriction
Blocked injector nozzles Check nozzle for
blockage, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Low compression Check valves, rings,
pistons, see ENGINES
Loud Engine Noise With Black Smoke

2008 Honda Civic EX

VACUUM PUMP DIAGNOSIS
Basic timing incorrect Reset timing, see
FUEL SYSTEMS
Internal injection pump malfunction Replace injection
pump, see FUEL
SYSTEMS
Incorrect injector pump housing pressure Check pressure, see
FUEL SYSTEMS
Engine Overheating
Cooling system leaks Check cooling system
and repair leaks
Belt slipping or damaged Check tension and/or
replace belt
Thermostat stuck closed Remove and replace
thermostat, see
ENGINE COOLING
Head gasket leaking Replace head gasket
Oil Light on at Idle
Low oil pump pressure Check oil pump
operation, see
ENGINES
Oil cooler or line restricted Remove restriction
and/or replace cooler
Engine Won't Shut Off
Injector pump fuel solenoid does not return fuel
valve to OFF position
Remove and check
solenoid and replace if
needed
Excessive Noise
Loose pump-to-drive assembly screws Tighten screws
Loose tube on pump assembly Tighten tube

2008 Honda Civic EX

FUEL INJECTION TROUBLE SHOOTING
BASIC FUEL INJECTION TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
Valves not functioning properly Replace valves
Oil Leakage
Loose end plug Tighten end plug
Bad seal crimp Remove and re-crimp
seal
Engine Won't Start (Cranks Normally)
Cold start valve inoperative Test valve and circuit
Poor connection;vacuum or wiring Check vacuum and
electrical connections
Contaminated fuel Test fuel for water or
alcohol
Defective fuel pump relay or circuit Test relay and wiring
Battery too low Charge and test battery
Low fuel pressure Test pressure regulator
and fuel pump, check
for restricted lines and
filters
No distributor reference pulses Repair ignition system
as necessary
Open coolant temperature sensor circuit Test sensor and wiring
Shorted W.O.T. switch in T.P.S. Disconnect W.O.T.

2008 Honda Civic EX

switch, engine should
start
Defective ECM Replace ECM
Fuel tank residual pressure valve leaks Test for fuel pressure
drop after shut down
Hard Starting
Disconnected hot air tube to air cleaner Reconnect tube and
test control valve
Defective Idle Air Control (IAC) valve Test valve operation
and circuit
Shorted, open or misadjusted T.P.S. Test and adjust or
replace T.P.S.
EGR valve open Test EGR valve and
control circuit
Poor Oxygen sensor signal Test for shorted or
circuit
Incorrect mixture from PCV system Test PCV for flow,
check sealing of oil
filter cap
Poor High Speed Operation
Low fuel pump volume Faulty pump or
restricted fuel lines or
filters
Poor MAP sensor signal Test MAP sensor,
vacuum hose and
wiring
Poor Oxygen sensor signal Test for shorted or
open sensor or circuit
Open coolant temperature sensor circuit Test sensor and wiring
Faulty ignition operation Check wires for cracks
or poor connections,
test secondary voltage
with oscilloscope

2008 Honda Civic EX

Contaminated fuel Test fuel for water or
alcohol
Intermittent ECM ground Test ECM ground
connection for
resistance
Restricted air cleaner Replace air cleaner
Restricted exhaust system Test for exhaust
manifold back
pressure
Poor MAF sensor signal Check leakage
between sensor and
manifold
Poor VSS signal If tester for ALCL
hook-up is available
check that VSS
reading matches
speedometer
Ping or Knock on Acceleration
Poor Knock sensor signal Test for shorted or
Poor Baro sensor signal Test for shorted or
Improper ignition timing See VEHICLE
EMISSION
CONTROL LABEL
(where applicable)
Check for engine overheating problems Low coolant, loose
belts or electric
cooling fan inoperative
NOTE: For additional electronic fuel injection trouble shooting
information, see the appropriate article in the ENGINE
PERFORMANCE section (not all vehicles have Computer
Engine Control articles). Information is provided there for

2008 Honda Civic EX

IGNITION SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING
diagnosing fuel system problems on vehicles with
electronic fuel injection.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Ignition Secondary Trouble Shooting Chart

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Ignition Primary Trouble Shooting Chart
STARTER TROUBLE SHOOTING
BASIC STARTER TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
Starter Fails to Operate
Dead battery or bad connections between starter
and battery
Check battery charge
and all wires and
connections to starter
ignition switch
Open circuit between starter switch ignition
terminal on starter relay
Check and repair
wires and connections
as necessary
Starter relay or starter defective See Testing in
STARTER article
Open solenoid pull-in wire See Testing in
STARTER article
Starter Does Not Operate and Headlights Dim
Weak battery or dead cell Charge or replace
Loose or corroded battery connections Check that battery
connections are clean
and tight
Internal ground in starter windings See Testing in
STARTER article

2008 Honda Civic EX

Grounded starter fields See Testing in
STARTERS
Armature rubbing on pole shoes See STARTER article
Starter Turns but Engine Does Not Rotate
Starter clutch slipping See STARTER article
Pinion shaft rusted or dry See STARTER article
Engine basic timing incorrect See Ignition Timing
in TUNE-UP article
check for starter
pinion gear damage
Starter Will Not Crank Engine
Faulty overrunning clutch See STARTER article
Broken flywheel teeth Replace flywheel and
check for starter
pinion gear damage
Armature shaft sheared or reduction gear teeth
stripped
See STARTER article
Faulty solenoid See On-Vehicle Tests
in STARTER article
Poor grounds Check all ground
connections for tight
and clean connections
ignition switch as
necessary
Starter Cranks Engine Slowly
Battery weak or defective Charge or replace

2008 Honda Civic EX

Engine overheated See ENGINE
COOLING SYSTEM
article
Engine oil too heavy Check that proper
viscosity oil is used
Poor battery-to-starter connections Check that all
between battery and
starter are clean and
tight
Current draw too low or too high See Bench Tests in
STARTER article
Bent armature, loose pole shoes screws or worn
bearings
See STARTER article
Burned solenoid contacts Replace solenoid
Faulty starter Replace starter
Starter Engages Engine Only Momentarily
Engine timing too far advanced See Ignition Timing
in TUNE-UP article
Overrunning clutch not engaging properly Replace overrunning
clutch. See
STARTER article
Broken starter clutch See STARTER article
check starter pinion
gear for damage
Weak drive assembly thrust spring See STARTER article
Weak hold-in coil See Bench Tests in
STARTER article
Starter Drive Will Not Engage
Defective point assembly See Testing in
STARTER article
Poor point assembly ground See Testing in
STARTER article

2008 Honda Civic EX

Defective pull-in coil Replace starter
solenoid
Starter Relay Does Not Close
Dead battery Charge or replace
Faulty wiring Check all wiring and
connections leading
to relay
Neutral safety switch faulty Replace neutral safety
switch
Starter relay faulty Replace starter relay
Starter Drive Will Not Disengage
Starter motor loose on mountings Tighten starter attach
bolts
Worn drive end bushing See STARTER article
Damaged engine flywheel teeth Replace flywheel and
starter pinion gear for
damage
Drive yolk return spring broken or missing Replace return spring
Faulty ignition switch Replace ignition
switch
Insufficient clearance between winding leads to
solenoid terminal and main contact in solenoid
Replace starter
solenoid
Starter clutch not disengaging Replace starter clutch
Ignition starter switch contacts sticking Replace ignition
switch
Starter Relay Operates but Solenoid Does Not
Faulty solenoid switch, switch connections or relay Check all wiring
between relay and
solenoid or replace
relay or solenoid as
necessary
Broken lead or loose soldered connections Repair wire or wire

2008 Honda Civic EX

TUNE-UP TROUBLE SHOOTING - GAS ENGINE VEHICLES
connections as
necessary
Solenoid Plunger Vibrates When Switch is Engaged
Solenoid contacts corroded Clean contacts or
replace solenoid
Faulty wiring Check all wiring
leading to solenoid
Broken connections inside switch cover Repair connections or
replace solenoid
Open hold-in wire Replace solenoid
Low Current Draw
Worn brushes or weak Replace brushes or
brush springs as
necessary
High Pitched Whine During Cranking Before Engine Fires but Engine Fires
and Cranks Normally
Distance too great between starter pinion and
flywheel
Align starter or check
that correct starter
and flywheel are
being used
High Pitched Whine After Engine Fires With Key released. Engine Fires and
Cranks Normally
Distance too small between starter pinion and
flywheel
Flywheel runout
contributes to the
intermittent nature

2008 Honda Civic EX

BASIC SPARK PLUG TROUBLE SHOOTING CHARTS
Normal Spark Plug Condition
Light Tan or Gray deposits No Action
Electrode not burned or fouled No Action
Gap tolerance not changed No Action
Cold Fouling or Carbon Deposits
Overrich air/fuel mixture Adjust air/fuel
mixture, see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
section
Faulty choke Replace choke
assembly, see
ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
section
Clogged air filter Clean and/or replace
air filter
Incorrect idle speed or dirty carburetor Reset idle speed and/
or clean carburetor
Faulty ignition wires Replace ignition
wiring
Prolonged operation at idle Shut engine off during
long idle
Sticking valves or worn valve guide seals Check valve train
Wet Fouling or Oil Deposits
Worn rings and pistons Install new rings and
pistons
Excessive cylinder wear Rebore or replace

2008 Honda Civic EX

block
Excessive valve guide clearance Worn or loose bearing
Gap Bridged
Deposits in combustion chamber becoming fused
to electrode
Clean combustion
chamber of deposits
Blistered Electrode
Engine overheating Check cooling system
Wrong type of fuel Replace with correct
fuel
Loose spark plugs Retighten spark plugs
Over-advanced ignition timing Reset ignition timing
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Pre-Ignition or Melted Electrodes
Incorrect type of fuel Replace with correct
fuel
Incorrect ignition timing Reset ignition timing
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Burned valves Replace valves
Engine Overheating Check cooling system
Wrong type of spark plug, too hot Replace with correct
spark plug, see
ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Chipped Insulators
Severe detonation Check for over-
advanced timing or
combustion
Improper gapping procedure Re-gap spark plugs
Rust Colored Deposits
Additives in unleaded fuel Try different fuel
brand

2008 Honda Civic EX

BASIC ELECTRONIC IGNITION TROUBLE SHOOTING CHARTS
Water In Combustion Chamber
Blown head gasket or cracked head Repair or replace head
or head gasket
NOTE: Before diagnosing an electronic ignition system, ensure
that all wiring is connected properly between distributor,
wiring connector and spark plugs. Ignition problem will
show up either as: Engine Will Not Start or Engine Runs
Rough.
Engine Won't Start
Open circuit between distributor and bulkhead
connector
Repair circuit
Open circuit between bulkhead connector and
ignition switch
Repair circuit
Open circuit between ignition switch and starter
solenoid
Repair circuit
Engine Runs Rough
Fuel lines leaking or clogged Tighten fitting,
remove restriction
Initial timing incorrect Reset ignition timing
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Centrifugal advance malfunction Repair distributor
advance
Defective spark plugs or wiring Replace plugs or plug
wiring
Component Failure
Spark arc-over on cap, rotor or coil Replace cap, rotor or
or coil
Defective pick-up coil Replace pick-up coil

2008 Honda Civic EX

BASIC ELECTRONIC IGNITION TROUBLE SHOOTING CHARTS -
USING OSCILLOSCOPE PATTERNS
Defective ignition coil Replace ignition coil
Defective vacuum unit Replace vacuum unit
Defective control module Replace control
module
Firing Voltage Lines are the Same, but Abnormally High
Retarded ignition timing Reset ignition timing,
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
section
Fuel mixture too lean Readjust carburetor,
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
High resistance in coil wire Replace coil wire
Corrosion in coil tower terminal Clean and/or replace
coil
Corrosion in distributor coil terminal Clean and/or replace
distributor cap
Firing Voltage Lines are the Same but Abnormally Low
Fuel mixture too rich Readjust carburetor,
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Breaks in coil wire causing arcing Replace coil wire
Cracked coil tower causing arcing Replace coil
Low coil output Replace coil
Low engine compression Determine cause and
repair
One or More, But Not All Firing Voltage Lines are Higher Than Others
Carburetor idle mixture not balanced Readjust carburetor,
see ENGINE

2008 Honda Civic EX

BASIC DRIVEABILITY PROBLEMS TROUBLE SHOOTING
PERFORMANCE
EGR valve stuck open Clean and/or replace
valve
High resistance in spark plug wires Replace spark plug
wires
Cracked or broken spark plug insulator Replace spark plugs
Intake vacuum leak Repair leak
Defective spark plugs Replace spark plugs
Corroded spark plug terminals Replace spark plugs
One or More, But Not All Firing Voltage Lines Are Lower Than Others
Curb idle mixture not balanced Readjust carburetor,
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Breaks in plug wires Replace plug wires
causing arcing
Cracked coil tower causing arcing Replace coil
Low compression Determine cause and
repair
Corroded spark plugs Replace spark plugs
Cylinders Not Firing
Cracked distributor cap terminals Replace distributor cap
Shorted spark plug wire Determine cause and
repair
Mechanical problem in engine Determine cause and
repair
Spark plugs fouled Replace spark plugs
Hard Starting
Binding carburetor linkage Eliminate binding

2008 Honda Civic EX

Binding choke linkage Eliminate binding
Binding choke piston Eliminate binding
Restricted choke vacuum Check vacuum lines
for blockage
Worn or dirty needle valve and seat Clean carburetor, see
ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Float sticking Readjust or replace
float see the ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
section
Incorrect choke adjustment Reset choke
adjustment see
ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Defective coil Replace coil
Improper spark plug gap Regap spark plugs
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Detonation
Over-advanced ignition timing Reset ignition timing
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Fuel lines clogged Clean fuel lines
EGR system malfunction Check and repair EGR
system
PCV system malfunction Repair PCV system
Vacuum leaks Check and repair
vacuum system
Loose fan belts Tighten or replace fan
belts, see ENGINE

2008 Honda Civic EX

PERFORMANCE
Restricted airflow Remove restriction
Vacuum advance malfunction Check distributor
operation
Dieseling
Binding throttle linkage Eliminate blinding
Binding choke linkage or fast idle cam Eliminate binding
Defective idle solenoid Replace idle solenoid
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Improper base idle speed Reset idle speed, see
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Incorrect idle mixture setting Reset idle mixture, see
ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Faulty Acceleration
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Engine cold and choke too lean Adjust choke and
allow engine to warm-
up
Defective coil Replace coil
Faulty Low Speed Operation
Clogged idle transfer slots Clean idle transfer
slots, see FUEL
Restricted idle air bleeds and passages Disassemble and clean

2008 Honda Civic EX

carburetor, see FUEL
Clogged air cleaner Replace air filter
Defective ignition wires Replace ignition wire
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Defective distributor cap Replace distributor cap
Faulty High Speed Operation
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Defective distributor centrifugal advance Replace advance
mechanism
Defective distributor vacuum advance Replace advance unit
Incorrect spark plugs or plug gap Check gap and/or
replace spark plugs
Faulty choke operation Check choke and
repair as required
Clogged vacuum passages Remove restrictions
Improper size or clogged main jet Check jet size and
clean, see FUEL
Restricted air cleaner Check filter and
replace as necessary
Defective distributor cap, rotor or coil Replace cap, rotor or
coil
Misfire at All Speeds
Defective spark plug wires Replace spark plug
wires
Defective distributor cap, rotor, or coil Replace cap, rotor, or
coil
Cracked or broken vacuum hoses Replace vacuum hoses
Vacuum leaks Repair vacuum leaks

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fuel lines clogged Remove restriction
Hesitation
Cracked or broken vacuum Replace vacuum hoses
hoses
Vacuum leaks Repair Vacuum leaks
Binding throttle linkage Eliminate binding
Binding choke linkage or fast idle cam Eliminate binding
Improper float setting Readjust float setting,
see FUEL
Cracked or broken ignition wires Replace ignition wires
Rough Idle, Missing or Stalling
Incorrect curb idle or fast idle speed Reset idle speed, see
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Incorrect basic timing Reset ignition timing
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Improper idle mixture adjustment Reset idle mixture, see
ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Improper feedback system operation Check feedback
system see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Incorrect spark plug gap Reset spark plug gap,
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Moisture in ignition components Dry components
Loose or broken ignition wires Replace ignition wires
Damaged distributor cap or or rotor Replace distributor cap
or rotor
Faulty ignition coil Replace ignition coil
Fuel filter clogged or worn Replace fuel filter

2008 Honda Civic EX

Damaged idle mixture screw Replace idle mixture
screw, see FUEL
Improper fast idle cam adjustment Reset fast idle cam
adjustment, see
TUNE- see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Improper EGR valve operation Replace EGR valve
Faulty PCV valve air flow Replace PCV valve
Choke binding or improper choke setting Reset choke or
eliminate binding
Vacuum leak Repair vacuum leak
Improper float bowl fuel level Reset float adjustment,
see FUEL
Clogged air bleed or idle passages Clean carburetor
passages, see FUEL
Clogged or worn air cleaner filter Replace air filter
Faulty choke vacuum diaphragm Replace diaphragm,
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Exhaust manifold heat valve inoperative Replace heat valve
Improper distributor spark advance Check distributor
operation
Leaking valves or valve components Check and repair
valvetrain
Improper carburetor mounting Remove and remount
carburetor
Excessive play in distributor shaft Replace distributor
Loose or corroded wiring connections Repair or replace as
required
Engine Surges
Improper PCV valve airflow Replace PCV valve
Clogged air bleeds Remove restriction

2008 Honda Civic EX

Restricted air cleaner filter Replace air filter
Cracked or broken vacuum hoses Replace vacuum hoses
Cracked or broken ignition wires Replace ignition wires
Vacuum advance malfunction Check unit and replace
as necessary
Defective or fouled spark plugs Replace spark plugs
Ping or Spark Knock
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Distributor centrifugal or vacuum advance
malfunction
Check operation and
replace as necessary
Carburetor setting too lean Readjust mixture
setting, see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Vacuum leak Eliminate vacuum leak
Poor Gasoline Mileage
Cracked or broken vacuum Replace vacuum hoses
hoses
Defective ignition wires Replace wires
Incorrect choke setting Readjust setting, see
ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Defective vacuum advance Replace vacuum
advance
Binding carburetor power piston Eliminate binding
Dirt in carburetor jets Clean and/or replace
jets
Incorrect float adjustment Readjust float setting,

2008 Honda Civic EX

VACUUM PUMP - DIESEL TROUBLE SHOOTING
VACUUM PUMP (DIESEL) TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
see FUEL
Defective power valve Replace power valve,
see ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Incorrect idle speed Readjust idle speed
Engine Stalls
Improper float level Readjust float level
Leaking needle valve and seat Replace needle valve
and seat
Vacuum leaks Eliminate vacuum
leaks
NOTE: Diesel engines mechanical diagnosis is the same as
gasoline engines for items such as noisy valves, bearings,
pistons, etc. The following trouble shooting covers only
items pertaining to diesel engines.
Excessive Noise
Loose pump-to-drive assembly screws Tighten screws
Loose tube on pump assembly Tighten tube
Valves not functioning properly Replace valves
Oil Leakage

2008 Honda Civic EX

MANUAL TRANSMISSION
MANUAL TRANSMISSION TROUBLE SHOOTING
MANUAL TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE TROUBLE SHOOTING
Loose end plug Tighten end plug
Bad seal crimp Remove and re-
crimp seal
Condition Possible Cause
Noisy In Forward Gears Low gear oil level, Loose bell housing
bolts, Worn bearings or gears
Clunk On Deceleration (FWD Only) Loose engine mounts, Worn inboard
CV joints, Worn differential pinion
shaft, Side gear hub counterbore in
case worn oversize
Gear Clash When Shifting Forward
Gears
Clutch Out Of Adjustment, Shift
linkage damaged or out of adjustment,
Gears or synchronizers damaged, Low
gear oil level
Transmission Noisy When Moving
(RWD Only) Quiet In Neutral With
Clutch Engaged
Worn rear outputshaft bearing
Gear Rattle Worn bearings, Wrong gear oil, Low
gear oil, Worn gears
Steady Ticking At Idle (Increases With
RPM)
Broken tooth on gear

2008 Honda Civic EX

POWERTRAIN
CLUTCH TROUBLE SHOOTING
Gear Clash When Shifting Forward
Gears
Worn or broken synchronizers
Loud Whine In Reverse
Normal condition
(1)
Noise When Stepping On Clutch Bad release bearing, Worn pilot
bearing
Ticking Or Screeching As Clutch Is
Engaged
Faulty release bearing, Uneven
pressure plate fingers
Click Or Snap When Clutch Is
Engaged
Worn clutch fork, Worn or broken
front bearing retainer
Transmission Shifts Hard Clutch not releasing, Shift mechanism
binding, Clutch installed backwards
Will Not Shift Into One Gear, Shifts
Into All Others
Bent shift fork, Worn detent balls
Locked Into Gear, Cannot Shift Clutch adjustment, Worn detent balls
Transmission Jumps Out Of Gear Pilot bearing worn, Bent shift fork,
Worn gear teeth or face, Excessive
gear train end play, Worn
synchronizers, Missing detent ball
spring, Shift mechanism worn or out of
adjustment, Engine or transmission
mount bolts loose or out of adjustment,
Transmission not aligned
Shift Lever Rattle Worn shift lever or detents, Worn shift
forks, Worn synchronizers sleeve
Shift Lever Hops Under Acceleration Worn engine or transmission mounts
(1)
Most units use spur cut gears in reverse and are noisy

2008 Honda Civic EX

BASIC CLUTCH TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
Chattering or Grabbing
Incorrect clutch adjustment Adjust clutch
Oil, grease or glaze on facings Disassemble and clean or
replace
Loose "U" joint flange See DRIVE AXLES
article
Worn input shaft spline Replace input shaft
Binding pressure plate Replace pressure plate
Binding release lever See CLUTCH article
Binding clutch disc hub Replace clutch disc
Unequal pressure plate contact Replace worn/misaligned
components
Loose/bent clutch disc Replace clutch disc
Incorrect transmission alignment Realign transmission
Worn pressure plate, disc or flywheel Replace damaged
components
Broken or weak pressure springs Replace pressure plate
Sticking clutch pedal Lubricate clutch pedal &
linkage
Incorrect clutch disc facing Replace clutch disc
Engine loose in chassis Tighten all mounting
bolts
Failure to Release
Oil or grease on clutch facings Clean or replace clutch
clutch disc
Incorrect release lever or pedal adjustment See CLUTCH article

2008 Honda Civic EX

Worn or broken clutch facings Replace clutch disc
Bent clutch disc or pressure plate Replace damaged
components
Clutch disc hub binding on input shaft Clean or replace clutch
disc and/or input shaft
Binding pilot bearing Replace pilot bearing
Sticking release bearing sleeve Replace release bearing
and/or sleeve
Binding clutch cable See CLUTCH article
Defective clutch master Replace master cylinder
Defective clutch slave Replace slave cylinder
Air in hydraulic system Bleed hydraulic system
Rattling
Weak or broken release lever spring Replace spring and
check alignment
Damaged pressure plate Replace pressure plate
Broken clutch return spring Replace return spring
Worn splines on clutch disc or input shaft Replace clutch disc
and/or input shaft
Worn clutch release bearing Replace release bearing
Dry or worn pilot bearing Lubricate or replace pilot
bearing
Unequal release lever contact Align or replace release
lever
Incorrect pedal free play Adjust free play
Warped or damaged clutch disc Replace damaged
components
Slipping
Pressure springs worn or Release pressure plate
Oily, greasy or worn facings Clean or replace clutch
disc
Incorrect clutch alignment Realign clutch assembly

2008 Honda Civic EX

Warped clutch disc or pressure plate Replace damaged
components
Binding release levers or clutch pedal Lubricate and/or replace
release components
Squeaking
Worn or damaged release Replace release bearing
Dry or worn pilot or release bearing Lubricate or replace
assembly
Pilot bearing turning in crankshaft Replace pilot bearing
and/or crankshaft
Worn input shaft bearing Replace bearing and seal
Incorrect transmission alignment Realign transmission
Dry release fork between pivot Lubricate release fork
and pivot
Heavy and/or Stiff Pedal
Sticking release bearing sleeve Replace release bearing
and/or sleeve
Dry or binding clutch pedal hub Lubricate and align
components
Floor mat interference with pedal Lay mat flat in proper
area
Dry or binding ball/fork pivots Lubricate and align
components
Faulty clutch cable Replace clutch cable
Noisy Clutch Pedal
Faulty interlock switch Replace interlock switch
Self-adjuster ratchet noise Lubricate or replace self-
adjuster
Speed control interlock switch Lubricate or replace
interlock switch
Clutch Pedal Sticks Down
Binding clutch cable See CLUTCH article
Springs weak in pressure plate Replace pressure plate

2008 Honda Civic EX

DRIVE AXLE - NOISE DIAGNOSIS
Unrelated Noises
Some driveline trouble symptoms are also common to the engine, transmission,
wheel bearings, tires, and other parts of the vehicle. Ensure cause of trouble actually
is in the drive axle before adjusting, repairing, or replacing any of its parts.
Non-Drive Axle Noises
A few conditions can sound just like drive axle noise and have to be considered in
pre-diagnosis. The 4 most common noises are exhaust, tires, CV/universal joints
and wheel trim rings.
In certain conditions, the pitch of the exhaust gases may e gear whine. At other
times, it may be mistaken for a wheel bearing rumble.
Tires, especially radial and snow, can have a high-pitched tread whine or roar,
similar to gear noise. Also, some non-standard tires with an unusual tread
construction may emit a roar or whine.
Binding in clutch linkage Lubricate and free
linkage
Noisy
Dry release bearing Lubricate or replace
release bearing
Dry or worn pilot bearing Lubricate or replace
bearing
Worn input shaft bearing Replace bearing
Transmission Click
Weak springs in pressure Replace pressure plate
plate
Release fork loose on ball stud Replace release fork
and/or ball stud
Oil on clutch disc damper Replace clutch disc
Broken spring in slave cylinder Replace slave cylinder

2008 Honda Civic EX

Defective CV/universal joints may cause clicking noises or excessive driveline play
that can be improperly diagnosed as drive axle problems.
Trim and moldings also can cause a whistling or whining noise. Ensure none of
these components are causing the noise before disassembling the drive axle.
Gear Noise
A "howling" or "whining" noise from the ring and pinion gear can be caused by an
improper gear pattern, gear damage, or improper bearing preload. It can occur at
various speeds and driving conditions, or it can be continuous.
Before disassembling axle to diagnose and correct gear ke sure that tires, exhaust,
and vehicle trim have been checked as possible causes.
Chuckle
This is a particular rattling noise that sounds like a stick against the spokes of a
spinning bicycle wheel. It occurs while decelerating from 40 MPH and usually can
be heard until vehicle comes to a complete stop. The frequency varies with the
speed of the vehicle.
A chuckle that occurs on the driving phase is usually caused ive clearance due to
differential gear wear, or by a damaged tooth on the coast side of the pinion or ring
gear. Even a very small tooth nick or a ridge on the edge of a gear tooth is enough
the cause the noise.
This condition can be corrected simply by cleaning the gear tooth nick or ridge with
a small grinding wheel. If either gear is damaged or scored badly, the gear set must
be replaced. If metal has broken loose, the carrier and housing must be cleaned to
remove particles that could cause damage.
Knock
This is very similar to a chuckle, though it may be louder, and occur on acceleration
or deceleration. Knock can be caused by a gear tooth that is damaged on the drive
side of the ring and pinion gears. Ring gear bolts that are hitting the carrier casting
can cause knock. Knock can also be due to excessive end play in the axle shafts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Clunk
Clunk is a metallic noise heard when an automatic transmission is engaged in
Reverse or Drive, or when throttle is applied or released. It is caused by backlash
somewhere in the driveline, but not necessarily in the axle. To determine whether
driveline clunk is caused by the axle, check the total axle backlash as follows:
1. Raise vehicle on a frame or twinpost hoist so that drive wheels are free. Clamp
a bar between axle companion flange and a part of the frame or body so that
flange cannot move.
2. On conventional drive axles, lock the left wheel to keep it from turning. On all
models, turn the right wheel slowly until it is felt to be in Drive condition. Hold
a chalk marker on side of tire about 12" from center of wheel. Turn wheel in
the opposite direction until it is again felt to be in Drive condition.
3. Measure the length of the chalk mark, which is the total axle backlash. If
backlash is one inch or less, drive axle is not the source of clunk noise.
Bearing Whine
Bearing whine is a high-pitched sound similar to a whistle. It is usually caused by
malfunctioning pinion bearings. Pinion bearings operate at drive shaft speed. Roller
wheel bearings may whine in a similar manner if they run completely dry of
lubricant. Bearing noise will occur at all driving speeds. This distinguishes it from
gear whine, which usually comes and goes as speed changes.
Bearing Rumble
Bearing rumble sounds like marbles being tumbled. It is usually caused by a
malfunctioning wheel bearing. The lower pitch is because the wheel bearing turns at
only about 1/3 of drive shaft speed.
Chatter On Turns
This is a condition where the entire front or rear of vehicle vibrates when vehicle is
moving. The vibration is plainly felt as well as heard. Extra differential thrust
washers installed during axle repair can cause a condition of partial lock-up that
creates this chatter.
Axle Shaft Noise

2008 Honda Civic EX

Axle shaft noise is similar to gear noise and pinion bearing whine. Axle shaft
bearing noise will normally distinguish itself from gear noise by occurring in all
driving modes (Drive, cruise, coast and float), and will persist with transmission in
Neutral while vehicle is moving at problem speed.
If vehicle displays this noise condition, remove suspect parts, replace wheel seals
and install a new set of bearings. Re-evaluate vehicle for noise before removing any
internal components.
Vibration
Vibration is a high-frequency trembling, shaking or grinding condition (felt or
heard) that may be constant or variable in level and can occur during the total
operating speed range of the vehicle.
The types of vibrations that can be felt in the vehicle can d into 3 main groups:
Vibrations of various unbalanced rotating parts of the vehicle.
Resonance vibrations of the body and frame structures caused by rotating of
unbalanced parts.
Tip-in moans of resonance vibrations from stressed engine or exhaust system
mounts or driveline flexing modes.
DRIVE AXLE - RWD TROUBLE SHOOTING
DRIVE AXLE (RWD) TROUBLE SHOOTING
available in the section(s) you are accessing. For
definitions of listed noises or sounds, see DRIVE AXLE -
NOISE DIAGNOSIS under POWERTRAIN.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Knocking or Clunking
Differential Side Gear Clearance Check Clearance
Worn Pinion Shaft Replace Pinion
Shaft
Axle Shaft End Play Check End Play
Missing Gear Teeth Check
Differential/Replace
Gear
Wrong Axle Backlash Check Backlash
Misaligned Driveline Realign Driveline
Clinking During Engagement
Side Gear Clearance Check Clearance
Ring and Pinion Backlash Check Backlash
Worn/Loose Pinion Shaft Replace
Shaft/Bearing
Bad "U" Joint Replace "U" Joint
Sticking Slip Yoke Lube Slip Yoke
Broken Rear Axle Mount Replace Mount
Loose Drive Shaft Flange Check Flange
Click/Chatter On Turns
Differential Side Gear Clearance Check Clearance
Wrong Turn On Plates
(1)
Replace Clutch
Plates
Wrong Differential Lubricant
(1)
Change Lubricant
Knock Or Click
Flat Spot on Rear Wheel Bearing Replace Wheel
Bearing
Low Vibration At All Speeds
Faulty Wheel Bearing Replace Wheel
Bearing
Faulty "U" Joint Replace "U" Joint
Faulty Drive Shaft Balance Drive Shaft

2008 Honda Civic EX

FWD AXLE SHAFTS & CV JOINTS TROUBLE SHOOTING
BASIC FWD AXLE SHAFTS & CV JOINTS TROUBLE SHOOTING
CHART
STEERING & SUSPENSION
MANUAL STEERING GEAR TROUBLE SHOOTING
Faulty Companion Flange Replace Flange
Faulty Slip Yoke Flange Replace Flange
(1)
Limited slip differential only.
Grease Leaks CV boot torn or cracked
Clicking Noise on Cornering Damaged outer CV
Clunk Noise on Acceleration Damaged inner CV
Vibration or Shudder on Acceleration Sticking, damaged or worn CV
Misalignment or spring height

2008 Honda Civic EX

BASIC MANUAL STEERING GEAR TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
Rattle or Chucking Noise in Rack and Pinion
Rack and pinion mounting bracket loose Tighten all mounting
bolts
Lack of/or incorrect lubricant Correct as necessary
Steering gear mounting bolts loose Tighten all mounting
bolts
Excessive Play
Front wheel bearing improperly adjusted See FRONT
SUSPENSION article
Loose or worn steering linkage See STEERING
LINKAGE article
Loose or worn steering gear shift See MANUAL
STEERING GEAR
article
Steering arm loose on gear shaft See MANUAL
STEERING GEAR
article
Steering gear housing bolts loose Tighten all mounting
bolts
Steering gear adjustment too loose See MANUAL
STEERING GEAR
article
Steering arms loose on knuckles Tighten and check
steering linkage
Rack and pinion mounting loose Tighten all mounting
bolts
Rack and pinion out of adjustment See adjustment in
STEERING article
Tie rod end loose Tighten and check
steering linkage
Excessive Pitman shaft-to-ball nut lash Repair as necessary

2008 Honda Civic EX

Poor Returnability
Lack of lubricant in ball joint or linkage Lubricate and service
systems
Binding in linkage or ball joints See STEERING
LINKAGE and
SUSPENSION article
Improper front end alignment See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT article
Improper tire pressure Inflate to proper
pressure
Tie rod binding Inflate to proper
pressure
Shaft seal rubbing shaft See STEERING
COLUMN article
Excessive Vertical Motion
pressure
Tires, wheels or rotors out of balance Balance tires then
check wheels and
rotors
Worn or faulty shock absorbers Check and replace if
necessary
Loose tie rod ends or steering Tighten or replace if
necessary
Loose or worn wheel bearings See SUSPENSION
article
Steering Pulls to One Side
pressure
Front tires are different sizes Rotate or replace if
necessary
Wheel bearings not adjusted properly See FRONT
SUSPENSION article

2008 Honda Civic EX

POWER STEERING TROUBLE SHOOTING
Bent or broken suspension components See FRONT
SUSPENSION article
Improper wheel alignment See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT article
Brakes dragging See BRAKES article
Instability
Low or uneven tire pressure Inflate to proper
pressure
Loose or worn wheel bearings See FRONT
SUSPENSION article
Loose or worn idler arm bushing See FRONT
SUSPENSION article
Loose or worn strut bushings See FRONT
SUSPENSION article
Incorrect front wheel alignment See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT article
Steering gear not centered See MANUAL
STEERING GEARS
article
Springs or shock Check and replace if
necessary
Improper cross shaft See MANUAL
STEERING GEARS
article

2008 Honda Civic EX

BASIC POWER STEERING TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
Rattle or Chucking Noise
Pressure hoses touching engine parts Adjust to proper
clearance
Loose Pitman shaft Adjust or replace if
necessary
Tie rods ends or Pitman arm loose Tighten and check
system
Rack and pinion mounts loose Tighten all mounting
bolts
Free play in worm gear See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Loose sector shaft or thrust bearing adjustment See POWER
STEERING GEAR
Free play in pot coupling See STEERING
COLUMN article
Worn shaft serrations See STEERING
COLUMN article
Growl in Steering Pump
Excessive pressure in hoses Restricted hoses, see
POWER STEERING
GEAR article
Scored pressure plates See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Scored thrust plates or rotor See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Extreme wear of cam ring See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article

2008 Honda Civic EX

Rattle in Steering Pump
Vanes not installed See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Vanes sticking in rotor See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Swish noise in Pump
Defective flow control valve See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Groan in Steering Pump
Air in fluid See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Poor pressure hose connection Tighten and check,
replace if necessary
Squawk When Turning
Damper "O" ring on valve spool cut See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Moan or Whine in Pump
Pump shaft bearing scored Replace bearing and
fluid
Air in fluid or fluid level low See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Hose or column grounded Check and replace if
necessary
Cover "O" ring missing or damaged See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Valve cover baffle missing or damaged See POWER

2008 Honda Civic EX

STEERING PUMP
article
Interference of components in pump See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Loose or poor bracket alignment Correct or replace if
necessary
Hissing When Parking
Internal leakage in steering gear Check valved
assembly first
Chirp in Steering Pump
Loose or worn power steering belt Adjust or replace if
necessary
Buzzing When Not Steering
Noisy pump See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Free play in steering shaft bearing See STEERING
COLUMN article
Bearing loose on shaft serrations See STEERING
COLUMN article
Clicking Noise in Pump
Pump slippers too long See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Broken slipper springs See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Excessive wear or nicked rotors See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Damaged cam contour See POWER
STEERING PUMP

2008 Honda Civic EX

article
Poor Return of Wheel
Wheel rubbing against turn signal See STEERING
COLUMN
SWITCHES article
Flange rubbing steering gear adjuster See STEERING
COLUMN article
Tight or frozen steering shaft bearing See STEERING
COLUMN article
Steering gear out of adjustment See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Sticking or plugged spool valve See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Improper front end alignment See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT article
Wheel bearings worn or loose See FRONT
SUSPENSION article
Ties rods or ball joints binding Check and replace if
necessary
Intermediate shaft joints binding See STEERING
COLUMN article
Kinked pressure hoses Correct or replace if
necessary
Loose housing head spanner nut See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Damaged valve lever See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Sector shaft adjusted too tight See ADJUSTMENTS
in POWER
STEERING GEAR

2008 Honda Civic EX

article
Worm thrust bearing adjusted too tight See ADJUSTMENTS
in POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Reaction ring sticking in cylinder See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Reaction ring sticking in housing head See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Steering pump internal leakage See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Steering gear-to-column misalignment See STEERING
COLUMN article
Lack of lubrication in linkage Service front
suspension
Lack of lubrication in ball joints Service front
suspension
Increased Effort When Turning Wheel Fast Foaming, Milky Power Steering
Fluid, Low Fluid Level or Low Pressure
High internal pump leakage See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Power steering pump belt slipping Adjust or replace if
necessary
Low fluid level Check and fill to
proper level
Engine idle speed to low Adjust to correct
setting
Air in pump fluid system See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article

2008 Honda Civic EX

Pump output low See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Steering gear malfunctioning See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Wheel Surges or Jerks
Low fluid level Check and fill to
proper level
Loose fan belt Adjust or replace if
necessary
Insufficient pump pressure See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Sticky flow control valve See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Linkage hitting oil pan at full turn Replace bent
components
Kick Back or Free Play
Air in pump fluid system See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Worn poppet valve in steering gear See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Excessive over center lash See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Thrust bearing out of adjustment See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Free play in pot coupling See POWER
STEERING PUMP

2008 Honda Civic EX

article
Steering gear coupling loose on shaft See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Steering disc mounting bolts loose Tighten or replace if
necessary
Coupling loose on worm shaft Tighten or replace if
necessary
Improper sector shaft adjustment See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Excessive worm piston side play See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Damaged valve lever See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Universal joint loose Tighten or replace if
necessary
Defective rotary valve See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
No Power When Parking
Sticking flow control valve See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Insufficient pump pressure output See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Excessive internal pump leakage See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Excessive internal gear leakage See POWER
STEERING PUMP

2008 Honda Civic EX

article
Flange rubs against gear adjust plug See STEERING
COLUMN article
Loose pump belt Adjust or replace if
necessary
Low fluid level Check and add proper
amount of fluid
Engine idle too low Adjust to correct
setting
Steering gear-to-column misaligned See STEERING
COLUMN article
No Power, Left Turn
Left turn reaction seal "O" ring worn See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Left turn reaction seal damaged/missing See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Cylinder head "O" ring damaged See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
No Power, Right Turns
Column pot coupling bottomed See STEERING
COLUMN article
Right turn reaction seal "O" ring worn See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Right turn reaction seal damaged See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Internal leakage through piston end plug See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article

2008 Honda Civic EX

Internal leakage through side plugs See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Lack of Effort in Turning
Left and/or right reaction seal sticking in cylinder
head
Replace, see POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Wanders to One Side
Front end alignment incorrect See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT article
Unbalanced steering gear valve See POWER
STEERING GEAR
article
Low Pressure Due to Steering Pump
Flow control valve stuck or inoperative See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Pressure plate not flat against cam ring See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Extreme wear of cam ring Replace and check
adjustments
Scored plate, thrust plate or rotor See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Vanes not installed properly See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Vanes sticking in rotor slots See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article
Cracked/broken thrust or pressure plate See POWER
STEERING PUMP
article

2008 Honda Civic EX

STEERING COLUMN TROUBLE SHOOTING
BASIC STEERING COLUMN TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
Noise in Steering
Coupling pulled apart See STEERING
COLUMNS article
Column not correctly aligned See STEERING
COLUMNS article
Broken lower joint Replace joint
Horn contact ring not See STEERING
COLUMN article
Bearing not lubricated See STEERING
COLUMN article
Shaft snap ring not properly seated Reseat or replace snap
ring
Plastic spherical joint not lubricated See STEERING
COLUMN article
Shroud or housing loose Tighten holding
screws
Lock plate retaining ring not seated See STEERING
COLUMN article
Loose sight shield Tighten holding
screws
High Steering Shaft Effort
Column assembly misaligned See STEERING

2008 Honda Civic EX

COLUMN article
Improperly installed dust shield Adjust or replace
Tight steering universal joint See STEERING
COLUMN article
High Shift Effort
Column is out of alignment See STEERING
COLUMN article
Improperly installed dust shield Adjust or replace
Seals or bearings not lubricated See STEERING
COLUMNS article
Mounting bracket screws too long Replace with new
shorter screws
Burrs on shift tube Remove burrs or
replace tube
Lower bowl bearing assembled wrong See STEERING
COLUMN article
Shift tube bent or broken Replace as necessary
Improper adjustment of shift levers See STEERING
COLUMN article
Improper Trans. Shifting
Sheared shift tube joint Replace as necessary
Sheared lower shaft lever Replace as necessary
Improper shift lever adjustment See STEERING
COLUMN article
Improper gate plate adjustment See STEERING
COLUMN article
Excess Play in Column
Instrument panel bracket bolts loose Tighten bolts and
check bracket
Broken weld nut on jacket See STEERING
COLUMN article
Instrument bracket capsule sheared See STEERING
COLUMN article

2008 Honda Civic EX

SUSPENSION TROUBLE SHOOTING
BASIC SUSPENSION TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
Column bracket/jacket bolts loose Tighten bolts and
check bracket
Steering Locks in Gear
Release lever mechanism See STEERING
COLUMN article
Front End Noise
Loose or worn wheel See Wheel Bearing
Adjustment in
SUSPENSION
Worn shocks or shock mountings Replace struts or strut
mountings
Worn struts or strut mountings Replace struts or strut
mountings
Loose or worn lower control arm See SUSPENSION
Loose steering gear-to-frame bolts See STEERING
Worn control arm bushings See SUSPENSION
Ball joints not lubricated Lubricate ball joints &
see Ball Joint
Checking in
SUSPENSION
Front Wheel Shake, Shimmy, or Vibration

2008 Honda Civic EX

Tires or wheels out of balance Check tire balance
Incorrect wheel alignment See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT
Drive shaft unbalanced Check drive shaft
balance
Loose or worn wheel bearings See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT
Loose or worn tie rod ends See SUSPENSION
Worn upper ball joints See Ball Joint
Checking in
SUSPENSION
Worn shock absorbers Replace shock
absorbers
Worn strut bushings Replace strut bushings
Car Pulls to One Side
Mismatched or uneven tires Check tire condition
Broken or sagging springs See SUSPENSION
Loose or worn strut bushings See SUSPENSION
Improper wheel alignment See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT
Improper rear axle alignment Check rear axle
alignment
Power steering gear unbalanced See STEERING
Front brakes dragging See BRAKES
Abnormal Tire Wear
Unbalanced tires Check tire balance &
rotation
Sagging or broken springs See SUSPENSION
Incorrect front end alignment See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT
Faulty shock absorbers Replace chock
absorbers
Scuffed Tires

2008 Honda Civic EX

WHEEL ALIGNMENT TROUBLE SHOOTING
Toe-In incorrect See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT
Suspension arm bent or twisted See appropriate
SUSPENSION article
Springs Bottom or Sag
Bent or broken springs See SUSPENSION
Leaking or worn shock absorbers Replace shock
absorbers
Frame misalignment Check frame for
damage
Spring Noises
Loose "U" Bolts See SUSPENSION
Loose or worn bushings See SUSPENSION
Worn or missing interliners See SUSPENSION
Shock Absorber Noise
Loose shock mountings Check & tighten
mountings
Worn bushings Replace bushings
Air in system Bleed air from system
Undercoating on shocks Remove undercoating
Car Leans or Sways on Corners
Loose stabilizer bar See SUSPENSION
Faulty shocks or mountings Replace shocks or
mountings
Broken or sagging springs See SUSPENSION
Shock Absorbers Leaking
Worn seals or reservoir tube crimped See SUSPENSION
Broken Springs
Loose "U" bolts See SUSPENSION
Inoperative shock absorbers Replace shock
absorbers

2008 Honda Civic EX

BASIC WHEEL ALIGNMENT TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART
Premature Tire Wear
Improper tire inflation Check tire pressure
Front alignment out of tolerance See ALIGNMENT
SPECS in WHEEL
ALIGNMENT section
Suspension components worn See SUSPENSION
section
Steering system components worn See STEERING
section
Improper standing height See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT
Uneven or sagging springs See SUSPENSION
section
Bent wheel See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT
Improper torsion bar adjustment See SUSPENSION
section
BEARING ADJ. in
SUSPENSION section
Worn or defective shock Replace shock
absorbers
Tires out of balance Check tire balance
Pulls to One Side

2008 Honda Civic EX

Brake dragging See BRAKE section
Mismatched tires See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT
Broken or sagging spring See SUSPENSION
section
Broken torsion bar See SUSPENSION
section
Power steering valve not centered See STEERING
section
Front alignment out of tolerance See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT section
Defective wheel bearing See WHEEL
BEARINGS in
SUSPENSION section
Uneven sway bar links See SUSPENSION
section
Frame bent Check for frame
damage
Steering system bushing worn See STEERING
section
Hard Steering
Idler arm bushing too tight See STEERING
LINKAGE in
STEERING section
Ball joint tight or seized See SUSPENSION
section
Steering linkage too tight See STEERING
LINKAGE in
STEERING section
Power steering fluid low Add proper amount of
fluid
Power steering drive belt loose See STEERING

2008 Honda Civic EX

section
Power steering pump defective See STEERING
section
Steering gear out of adjustment See STEERING
section
Incorrect wheel alignment See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT
Damaged steering gear See STEERING
section
Damaged suspension See SUSPENSION
section
Bent steering knuckle or supports See SUSPENSION
section
Vehicle "Wanders"
Strut rod or control arm bushing worn See SUSPENSION
section
BEARINGS in
SUSPENSION section
Stabilizer bar missing or defective See SUSPENSION
section
Wheel alignment out of tolerance See Adjustment in
WHEEL
ALIGNMENT section
Broken spring See SUSPENSION
section
Defective shock absorber Replace shock
absorbers
Worn steering & suspension components See SUSPENSION
section
Front End Shimmy
Tire out of balance/round Check tire balance

2008 Honda Civic EX

Excessive wheel runout See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT
Insufficient or improper caster See WHEEL
ALIGNMENT section
Worn suspension or steering components See SUSPENSION
section
Defective shock absorbers Replace shock
absorber
Wheel bearings worn or loose See WHEEL
BEARING ADJ. in
SUSPENSION section
Power steering reaction Bracket loose See STEERING
section
Steering gear box (rack) mounting loose See STEERING
section
Steering gear adjustment loose See STEERING
section
Worn spherical joints See SUSPENSION
section
Toe-In Not Adjustable
Lower control arm bent See SUSPENSION
section
Frame bent Check frame for
damage
Camber Not Adjustable
Control arm bent See SUSPENSION
section
Frame bent Check frame for
damage
Hub & bearing not seated properly See SUSPENSION
section

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 BRAKES
Conventional Brake Components - Civic (Except Hybrid)
SPECIAL TOOLS
NOTE: Refer to the CONVENTIONAL BRAKE COMPONENTS (GX)
(SUPPLEMENT) article for additional information for the GX
model.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Locating Conventional Brake Component
BRAKE SYSTEM INSPECTION AND TEST
Inspect the brake system components listed. Repair or replace any parts that are
leaking or damaged.
BRAKE SYSTEM COMPONENT INSPECTIONS REFERENCE
Component Procedure Also check for
Master Cylinder
Look for damage or signs of
fluid leakage at:
Reservoir tank, reservoir
union or master cylinder
body.
Lines, reservoir tank
Bulging seat at reservoir cap.
This is a sign of fluid
contamination.

2008 Honda Civic GX

BRAKE SYSTEM TEST
Brake pedal sinks/fades when braking
1. Set the parking brake, and start the engine, then turn off the A/C switch. Allow
hose and grommets, and
their joints.
Between master cylinder
and booster.
Brake Hoses
fluid leakage at:
Line joints and banjo
bolt connections.
Hoses and lines, also
inspect for twisting or
damage.
Bulging, twisted, or bent
lines.
Caliper
fluid leakage at:
Piston seal.
Banjo bolt connections.
Bleed screw.
Seized or sticking caliper
pins.
Wheel Cylinder
fluid leakage at:
Wheel cylinder.
Line joints.
Bleed Screw.

ABS or VSA
Modulator-control
Unit
fluid leakage at:
Line joints.
Modulator-control unit.

2008 Honda Civic GX

the engine to warm up to normal operating temperature (radiator fan comes on
twice).
2. Attach a 50 mm (2 in.) piece of masking tape along the bottom of the steering
wheel, and draw a horizontal reference mark across it.
3. With the transmission M/T in neutral position, A/T in P or N position, press
and hold the brake pedal lightly (about the same pressure needed to keep an
A/T-equipped vehicle from creeping), then release the parking brake.
4. While still holding the brake pedal, hook the end of the tape measure behind
the brake pedal, then pull the tape up to the steering wheel. Note the
measurement between the brake pedal and the reference mark on the steering
wheel.
5. Apply steady pressure to the brake pedal for 3 minutes.
6. Watch the tape measure.
If the measurement increases 10 mm (3/8 in.) or less, the master cylinder
is OK.
If the measurement increases more than 10 mm (3/8 in.), replace the
master cylinder.
RAPID BRAKE PAD WEAR, VEHICLE VIBRATION (AFTER A LONG DRIVE), OR HIGH, HARD
BRAKE PEDAL
The upper caliper pin B and lower caliper pin A are different. If the pins are
installed in the wrong location, it will cause, vibration, and or uneven or rapid pad
wear, or possibly uneven tire wear. For proper caliper pin location: Except Si model
(see EXCEPT SI MODEL ), Si model (see SI MODEL ).
1. Drive the vehicle until the brakes drag or until the pedal is high and hard. This
can take 20 or more brake pedal applications during an extended test-drive.
2. With the engine running, raise the vehicle on a lift, and spin all four wheels by
hand.
NOTE: Make sure that the caliper pins are installed correctly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Is there brake drag at any of the wheels?
YES - Go to step 3.
NO - Look for other causes of the pad wear, high pedal, or vehicle vibration.
3. Turn the engine off, pump the brake pedal to deplete the vacuum in the brake
booster, and then spin the wheels again to check for brake drag.
YES - Go to step 4.
NO - Replace the brake booster: Except Si model (see EXCEPT SI
MODEL ), Si model (see SI MODEL ).
4. Without removing the brake lines, unbolt and separate the master cylinder from
the booster, then spin the wheels to check for brake drag.
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Check the brake pedal position switch adjustment and pedal free play
(see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
ADJUSTMENT ).
5. Loosen the hydraulic lines at the master cylinder, then spin the wheels to check
for brake drag.
YES - Go to step 6.
NO - Replace the master cylinder (see MASTER CYLINDER
REPLACEMENT ).
6. Loosen the bleed screws at each caliper or wheel cylinder, then spin the wheels
to check for brake drag.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES - Disassemble and repair the caliper or wheel cylinder on the wheel(s)
with brake drag.
NO - Look for and replace any damaged brake lines. If all brake lines are OK,
replace the ABS or VSA modulator-control unit: ABS (except Si model) (see
REMOVAL - EXCEPT SI MODEL ), ABS (Si model) (see REMOVAL -
SI MODEL ), VSA (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
PEDAL HEIGHT
1. Turn the brake pedal position switch (A) counterclockwise, and pull it back
until it is no longer touching the brake pedal.
Fig. 3: Turning Brake Pedal Position Switch Counterclockwise

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Pull back the carpet and find the cutout in the insulator. Lift up the insulator
cutout and measure the pedal height (B) at the middle of the left side center of
the pedal pad (C) to the floor.
Standard pedal height (with carpet removed):
M/T model: 153 mm (6 in.)
A/T model: 158 mm (6 1/4 in.)
3. Loosen the pushrod locknut (A), and screw the pushrod (B) in or out with
pliers until the standard pedal height from the floor is reached. After
adjustment, tighten the locknut firmly. Do not adjust the pedal height with the
pushrod pressed.
Fig. 4: Loosening Pushrod Locknut (With Specifications)
Brake Pedal Position Switch Clearance
4. Pull up on the brake pedal, then push in the brake pedal position switch until its
plunger is fully pressed (threaded end (A) touching the pad (B) on the pedal
arm). Then, turn the brake pedal position switch 45 clockwise to lock it. The
gap between the brake pedal position switch and the pad is automatically
adjusted to 0.7 mm (0.03 in.) by locking the switch. Make sure the brake lights
go off when the pedal is released.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying Brake Pedal Position Switch
5. Check the brake pedal free play.
PEDAL FREE PLAY
1. With the ignition switch OFF, inspect the pedal free play (A) on the pedal pad
(B) by pushing the pedal by hand. If the brake pedal free play is insufficient, it
may result in excessive brake drag.
Free play: 1-5 mm (1/16-3/16 in.)
Fig. 6: Inspecting Pedal Free Play On Pedal Pad Pushing Pedal
PARKING BRAKE INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
INSPECTION

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Pull the parking brake lever (A) with 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) of force to fully
apply the parking brake. The parking brake lever should be locked within the
specified number of clicks.
Lever locked clicks: 8 to 10
Fig. 7: Inspecting Parking Brake (With Specifications)
2. If the number of lever clicks is excessive, adjust the parking brake.
ADJUSTMENT - REAR DISC BRAKE TYPE
1. Remove the center console panel (see CENTER CONSOLE
2. Release the parking brake lever fully.
3. Loosen the parking brake adjusting nut (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 8: Loosening Parking Brake Adjusting Nut
4. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper
locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ).
5. Remove the rear wheels.
6. Make sure the parking brake lever (A) on the rear brake caliper contacts the
stop pin (B).
Fig. 9: Making Sure Parking Brake Lever On Rear Brake Caliper
Contacts Stop Pin
7. Install the rear wheels.
NOTE: The parking brake lever will only contact the stop pin
when the parking brake adjusting nut is loosened.

2008 Honda Civic GX

8. Pull the parking brake lever 1 click.
9. Tighten the parking brake adjusting nut until the parking brakes drag slightly
when the rear wheels are turned.
10. Release the parking brake lever fully, and check that the parking brakes do not
drag when the rear wheels are turned. Readjust if necessary.
11. Make sure the parking brakes are fully applied when the parking brake lever is
pulled all the way (8 to 10 clicks).
12. Install the center console panel (see CENTER CONSOLE
ADJUSTMENT - REAR DRUM BRAKE TYPE
1. Remove the center console panel (see CENTER CONSOLE
3. Loosen the parking brake adjusting nut (A).
Fig. 10: Loosening Parking Brake Adjusting Nut
4. Press the brake pedal several times to set the self-adjusting brake before
adjusting the parking brake.
5. Pull the parking brake lever 1 click.
6. Tighten the parking brake adjusting nut until the parking brakes drag slightly
when the rear wheels are turned.

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Release the parking brake lever fully, and check that the parking brakes do not
drag when the rear wheels are turned. Readjust if necessary.
8. Make sure the parking brakes are fully applied when the parking brake lever is
pulled all the way (8 to 10 clicks).
9. Install the center console panel (see CENTER CONSOLE
BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING
1. Make sure the brake fluid level in the reservoir (A) is at the MAX (upper) level
line (B).
NOTE:
Do not reuse the drained fluid. Use only clean Honda
DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a
non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten
the life of the system.
Do not mix different brands of brake fluid; they may not
be compatible.
Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to
contaminate the brake fluid.
Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle, it may damage
the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it
off immediately with water.
The reservoir connected to the master cylinder must be
at the MAX (upper) level mark at the start of the
bleeding procedure and checked after bleeding each
brake system. Add fluid as required.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 11: Identifying Brake Fluid Level In Reservoir Is At MAX (Upper)
Level Line
2. Have someone slowly pump the brake pedal several times, then apply steady
pressure.
3. Start the bleeding at the driver's side of the front brake system.
Fig. 12: Bleeding Calipers Or Wheel Cylinder In Sequence
4. Attach a length of clear drain tube (A) to the bleed screw (B), then, loosen the
bleed screw to allow air to escape from the system. Then tighten the bleed
screw securely.
Front
Fig. 13: Attaching Clear Drain Tube To Bleed Screw (Front) (With
Specifications)
Rear-disc type
NOTE: Bleed the calipers or the wheel cylinders in the
sequence shown.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 14: Attaching Clear Drain Tube To Bleed Screw (Rear-Disc Type)
(With Specifications)
Rear-drum type
Fig. 15: Attaching Clear Drain Tube To Bleed Screw (Rear-Drum Type)
5. Refill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line.
6. Repeat the procedure for each brake circuit until no air bubbles are in the fluid.
BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 16: Identifying Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH TEST
2. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector (A) from the parking brake
switch (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 17: Disconnecting Parking Brake Switch Connector From Parking
Brake Switch
3. Check for continuity between the positive terminal (C) and body ground.
With the parking brake lever pulled, there should be continuity.
With the parking brake lever released, there should be no continuity.
NOTE:
If both the ABS indicator and the brake system
indicator come on at the same time, check the
ABS or VSA system first: ABS (see GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ), VSA
(see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
If the parking brake switch and fluid level switch
are OK, but the brake system indicator does not
function, check the ABS or VSA system: ABS
(see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ), VSA (see GENERAL

2008 Honda Civic GX

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH TEST
Check for continuity between the terminals (1) and (2) with the float in the down
position and in the up position.
FRONT BRAKE PAD INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT
NOTE:
Remove the brake fluid completely from the reservoir.
With the float down, there should be continuity.
Fill the reservoir with brake fluid to the MAX (upper)
level (A). With the float up, there should be no
continuity.
If both the ABS indicator and the brake system
indicator come on at same time, check the ABS or VSA
system first: ABS (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ), VSA (see GENERAL
If the parking brake switch and fluid level switch are
OK, but brake system indicator does not function,
check the ABS or VSA system: ABS (see GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ), VSA (see
GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ).
Fig. 18: Testing Brake Fluid Level Switch

2008 Honda Civic GX

Brake caliper piston compressor 07AAE-SEPA101
INSPECTION - EXCEPT SI MODEL
1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper
2. Remove the front wheels.
3. Check the thickness (A) of the inner pad (B) and outer pad (C). Do not include
the thickness of the backing plate.
Brake pad thickness:
Standard: 9.6-10.2 mm (0.38-0.40 in.)
Service limit: 1.6 mm (0.06 in.)
Inner pad
CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of
material composition, could be hazardous to your
health.
Avoid breathing dust particles.
Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake
assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum
cleaner.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 19: Identifying Inner Pad Thickness
Outer pad
Fig. 20: Identifying Outer Pad Thickness
4. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace the front brake
pads as a set.
REPLACEMENT - EXCEPT SI MODEL
1. Remove some brake fluid from the master cylinder.
4. Remove the flange bolt (A), and pivot the caliper (B) up out of the way. Check

2008 Honda Civic GX

the hose and pin boots for damage and deterioration.
Fig. 21: Removing Flange Bolt And Pivot Caliper
5. Remove the pad shims (A) and brake pads (B).
Fig. 22: Removing Pad Shims And Brake Pads
6. Remove the pad retainers (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 23: Removing Pad Retainers
7. Clean the caliper bracket (B) thoroughly; remove any rust, and check for
grooves and cracks.
8. Check the brake disc for damage and cracks.
9. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the retainers on
their mating surfaces (indicated by the arrows) against the caliper bracket.
10. Install the pad retainers. Wipe excess assembly paste off the retainers. Keep the
assembly paste off the discs and pads.
11. Mount the brake caliper piston compressor (A) on the caliper body (B).
Fig. 24: Mounting Brake Caliper Piston Compressor On Caliper Body
12. Press in the piston with the brake caliper piston compressor so the caliper will
fit over the brake pads. Make sure the piston boot is in position to prevent

2008 Honda Civic GX

damaging it when pivoting the caliper down.
13. Remove the brake caliper piston compressor.
14. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the pad side of
the shims (A), the back of the brake pads (B) and the other areas indicated by
the arrows. Wipe excess assembly paste off the pad shims and brake pads.
Contaminated brake discs or brake pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease
and assembly paste off the brake discs and brake pads.
Fig. 25: Applying Assembly Paste To Pad Shims And Brake Pads
15. Install the brake pads and pad shims correctly. Install the brake pad with the
wear indicator (C) on the upper inside. If you are reusing the brake pads,
always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent a
temporary loss of braking efficiency.
16. Pivot the caliper down into position. Install the flange bolt (A), and tighten it to
the specified torque.
NOTE: Be careful when pressing in the piston; brake fluid
might overflow from the master cylinder's reservoir.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 26: Installing Flange Bolt (With Specifications)
17. Press the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work.
18. Add brake fluid as needed.
19. After installation, check for leaks at the hose and line joints or connections, and
retighten if necessary. Test-drive the vehicle, then check for leaks (see
BRAKE HOSE AND LINE INSPECTION ).
INSPECTION - SI MODEL
Standard: 9.0-9.7 mm (0.35-0.38 in.)
NOTE: Engagement may require a greater pedal stroke
immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as
a set. Several applications of the brake pedal will
restore the normal pedal stroke.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Inner pad
Fig. 27: Checking Inner Pad Thickness
Outer pad
Fig. 28: Checking Outer Pad Thickness
pads as a set.
REPLACEMENT - SI MODEL

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Remove the flange bolt (A) while holding the caliper pin (B) with a wrench. Be
careful not to damage the pin boot, and pivot the caliper (C) up out of the way.
Check the hose and pin boots for damage and deterioration.
Fig. 29: Removing Flange Bolt Holding Caliper Pin With Wrench

2008 Honda Civic GX

grooves and cracks.
Fig. 32: Mounting Brake Caliper Piston Compressor On Caliper Body

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 33: Applying Assembly Paste To Pad Side Of Shims And Brake Pads
the specified torque while holding the caliper pin (B), with a wrench. Be

2008 Honda Civic GX

careful not to damage the pin boot.
Fig. 34: Installing Flange Bolt (With Specifications)
FRONT BRAKE DISC INSPECTION
RUNOUT
3. Remove the brake pads: Except Si model (see REPLACEMENT - EXCEPT
SI MODEL ), Si model (see REPLACEMENT - SI MODEL ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Inspect the brake disc surface for damage and cracks. Clean the brake disc
thoroughly, and remove all rust.
5. Install suitable flat washers (A) and wheel nuts (B), and tighten the wheel nuts
to the specified torque to hold the brake disc securely against the hub.
Fig. 35: Installing Flat Washers And Wheel Nuts (With Specifications)
6. Set up the dial gauge against the brake disc as shown, and measure the runout
at 10 mm (3/8 in.) from the outer edge of the brake disc.
Brake disc runout:
7. If the brake disc is beyond the service limit, refinish the brake disc with an on-
car brake lathe. The Kwik-Lathe produced by Kwik-Way Manufacturing Co.
and the "Front Brake Disc Lathe" offered by Snap-on Tools Co. are approved
for this operation.
Max. refinishing limit:
Except Si model: 19.0 mm (0.75 in.)
Si model: 23.0 mm (0.91 in.)

2008 Honda Civic GX

THICKNESS AND PARALLELISM
3. Remove the brake pads: Except Si model (see REPLACEMENT - EXCEPT
SI MODEL ), Si model (see REPLACEMENT - SI MODEL ).
4. Using a micrometer, measure the brake disc thickness at eight points, about 45
apart and 10 mm (3/8 in.) in from the outer edge of the brake disc. Replace the
brake disc if the smallest measurement is less than the max. refinishing limit.
Brake disc thickness:
Standard:
Except Si model: 20.9-21.1 mm (0.82-0.83 in.)
Si model: 24.9-25.1 mm (0.98-0.99 in.)
Max. refinishing limit:
Except Si model: 19.0 mm (0.75 in.)
Si model: 23.0 mm (0.91 in.)
Brake disc parallelism: 0.015 mm (0.0006 in.) max.
NOTE:
If the brake disc is beyond the service limit for
refinishing, replace it (see KNUCKLE/HUB
REPLACEMENT ).
A new brake disc should be refinished if its runout
is greater than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.).
NOTE: This is the maximum allowable difference between the
thickness measurements.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 36: Measuring Brake Disc Thickness At Eight Points By Micrometer
5. If the brake disc is beyond the service limit for parallelism, refinish the brake
disc with an on-car brake lathe. The Kwik-Lathe produced by Kwik-Way
Manufacturing Co. and the "Front Brake Disc Lathe" offered by Snap-on Tools
Co. are approved for this operation.
FRONT BRAKE CALIPER OVERHAUL
EXCEPT SI MODEL
Remove, disassemble, inspect, reassemble, and install the caliper, and note these
items:
NOTE: If the brake disc is beyond the service limit for
refinishing, replace it (see KNUCKLE/HUB
REPLACEMENT ).
health.
cleaner.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid
gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water.
To prevent dripping brake fluid, cover disconnected hose joints with rags or
shop towels.
Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with
compressed air.
Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dirt and other foreign
particles.
Replace parts with new ones as specified in the illustration.
Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter gets in the brake fluid.
Make sure no grease or oil gets on the brake discs or pads.
When reusing brake pads, always reinstall them in their original positions to
prevent loss of braking efficiency.
Do not reuse drained brake fluid. Use only clean Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid
from an unopened container. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause
corrosion and shorten the life of the system.
Do not mix different brands of brake fluid as they may not be compatible.
Coat the pistons, piston seal grooves, and caliper bores with clean brake fluid.
Replace all rubber parts with new ones whenever disassembled.
After installing the caliper, check the brake hose and line for leaks,
interference, and twisting.
Upper caliper pin B and lower caliper pin A are different. If
the these caliper pins are installed in the wrong location, it
will cause vibration, uneven or rapid brake pad wear, and
possibly uneven tire wear.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 37: Exploded View Of Front Brake Caliper Overhaul (Except Si
Model) (With Specifications)
SI MODEL
items:
health.
cleaner.
the these caliper pins are installed in the wrong location, it
will cause vibration, uneven or rapid brake pad wear, and

2008 Honda Civic GX

shop towels.
compressed air.
particles.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 38: Exploded View Of Front Brake Caliper Overhaul (Si Model)
MASTER CYLINDER REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the air cleaner: Except Si model (see AIR CLEANER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), Si model (see AIR CLEANER
2. Remove the reservoir cap and brake fluid from the master cylinder reservoir
with a syringe.
3. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch connector (A).
NOTE:
equivalent.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 39: Disconnecting Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector (With
Specifications)
4. Remove the reservoir tank mounting bolt (B).
5. Disconnect the brake lines (A) from the master cylinder (B). To prevent spills,
cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels.
Fig. 40: Disconnecting Brake Lines From Master Cylinder (With
Specifications)
6. Remove the master cylinder mounting nuts (C) and washers (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Remove the master cylinder from the brake booster (E). Be careful not to bend
or damage the brake lines when removing the master cylinder.
8. Remove the rod seal (F) from the master cylinder.
9. Install the master cylinder in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Use a new rod seal on reassembly.
Coat the inner bore lip and outer circumference of the new rod seal with
the Shin-Etsu silicone grease (P/N 08798-9013).
Check the brake pedal height and free play after installing the master
cylinder, and adjust if necessary (see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE
PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ).
11. Spin the wheels to check for brake drag.
MASTER CYLINDER INSPECTION
1. Inspect and note these items:
particles.
Do not try to disassemble the master cylinder assembly. Replace the
master cylinder assembly with a new part if necessary.
Do not allow dirt or foreign matter to contaminate the brake fluid.
NOTE: During installation, set the new rod seal onto the master
cylinder with its grooved side (G) toward the master
cylinder.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 41: Inspecting Master Cylinder
2. If the reservoir tank hose was disconnected, install the reservoir tank (A) and
the reservoir tank hose (B) to the reservoir union (C).
NOTE:
Align the "TRIANGLE" marks (D) on the reservoir
tank and reservoir union with the paint marks (E) on
the hose.
Position the direction of the clamp (F).
Fig. 42: Installing Reservoir Tank And Hose To

2008 Honda Civic GX

BRAKE BOOSTER TEST
FUNCTIONAL TEST
1. With the engine stopped, press the brake pedal several times to deplete the
vacuum reservoir, then press the brake pedal hard, and hold it for 15 seconds.
If the brake pedal sinks, either the master cylinder is bypassing internally, or
the brake system is leaking. Inspect the brake hoses and lines (see BRAKE
HOSE AND LINE INSPECTION ).
2. Start the engine with the brake pedal pressed. If the brake pedal sinks slightly,
the vacuum booster is operating normally. If the brake pedal height does not
vary, do the leak test.
3. Do the brake system test (see BRAKE SYSTEM INSPECTION AND
TEST ).
LEAK TEST
1. Press the brake pedal with the engine running, then stop the engine. If the
brake pedal height does not vary while pressed for 30 seconds, the vacuum
booster is OK. If the pedal height rises go to step 6. If it does not rise go to step
2.
2. Start the engine and let it idle for 30 seconds. Turn the ignition switch off, and
wait 30 seconds. Press the brake pedal several times using normal pressure.
When the pedal is first pressed, it should be low. On consecutive applications,
the pedal height should gradually rise. Does the pedal rise on each consecutive
application? If it rises the booster is OK. If it does not go to step 3.
3. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose (A) at the booster. The check valve
is built into the hose.
Reservoir Union

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 43: Disconnecting Brake Booster Vacuum Hose At Booster
4. Start the engine, and let it idle. There should be vacuum available. If no
vacuum is available, the check valve is not working properly. Replace the
brake booster vacuum hose and check valve, and retest. If vacuum is found, go
to step 5.
5. With the engine off, reconnect the vacuum hose to the brake booster.
6. Start the engine, and then pinch the brake booster vacuum hose between the
check valve and the booster.
7. Turn the ignition switch off, and wait 30 seconds. Press the brake pedal several
times using normal pressure. When the pedal is first pressed, it should be low.
On consecutive applications, the pedal height should gradually rise.
If the pedal position does not vary inspect the seal between the master
cylinder and booster. If the seal is OK, replace the brake booster.
If the pedal position varies, replace the brake booster vacuum hose/check
valve assembly.
BRAKE BOOSTER REPLACEMENT
EXCEPT SI MODEL
1. Remove the master cylinder (see MASTER CYLINDER
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose (A) from the brake booster (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 44: Disconnecting Brake Booster Vacuum Hose From Brake Booster
3. Remove the engine wire harness clamps (A).
Fig. 45: Removing Engine Wire Harness Clamps
4. Remove the heater hoses (A) from the clamp (B).
Fig. 46: Removing Heater Hoses From Clamp
5. Remove the lock pin (A) and the joint pin (B), then disconnect the yoke from
the brake pedal.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 47: Removing Lock Pin And Joint Pin (With Specifications)
6. Remove the brake booster mounting nuts (C).
7. Pull the brake booster (A) forward.
8. Remove the brake booster (A) by pulling it out and turning it, and remove it
from the engine compartment.
NOTE:
Be careful not to damage the booster surfaces and
the threads on the booster studs.
Be careful not to bend or damage the brake lines.
Fig. 48: Pulling Brake Booster Forward

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 49: Removing Brake Booster
9. Install the brake booster in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Install the master cylinder after installing the brake booster (see MASTER
CYLINDER REPLACEMENT ).
cylinder, and adjust it if necessary (see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE
Bleed the brake system (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ).
SI MODEL
1. Remove the master cylinder (see MASTER CYLINDER
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose (A) from the brake booster (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 50: Disconnecting Brake Booster Vacuum Hose
3. Remove the engine wire harness clamps (A).
Fig. 51: Removing Engine Wire Harness Clamps (With Specifications)
4. Remove the air cleaner bracket (B).
5. Remove the lock pin (A) and the joint pin (B), then disconnect the yoke from
the brake pedal.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 52: Removing Lock Pin And Joint Pin (With Specifications)
6. Remove the brake booster mounting nuts (C).
7. Pull the brake booster (A) forward.
8. Remove the brake booster by pulling it out and turning it, and remove it from
NOTE:
Be careful not to damage the booster surfaces and
the threads on the booster studs.
Be careful not to bend or damage the brake lines.
Fig. 53: Pulling Brake Booster Forward

2008 Honda Civic GX

the engine compartment.
9. Install the brake booster in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Install the master cylinder after installing the brake booster (see MASTER
CYLINDER REPLACEMENT ).
cylinder, and adjust it if necessary (see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE
Bleed the brake system (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ).
REAR BRAKE PAD INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT
INSPECTION
Standard: 8.3-9.4 mm (0.33-0.37 in.)
health.
cleaner.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 54: Checking Thickness Of Inner Pad And Outer Pad
4. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace all the rear
brake pads as a set.
REPLACEMENT
4. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 55: Removing Brake Hose Mounting Bolt
5. Remove the flange bolts (B) while holding respective caliper pin (C) with a
wrench. Be careful not to damage the pin boot, and remove the caliper (D).
NOTE: Do not twist the brake hose and the parking brake cable
to prevent damage.

2008 Honda Civic GX

grooves and cracks.
the shims (A), the back of the brake pads (B), and the other areas indicated by
Contaminated brake discs or brake pads reduce stopping ability. Keep
assembly paste off the brake discs and pads.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 58: Applying Assembly Paste To Pad Side Of Shims And Brake Pads
wear indicator (C) on the bottom inside. If you are reusing the brake pads,
14. Rotate the caliper piston (A) clockwise into the cylinder, then align the cutout
(B) in the piston with the tab (C) on the inner pad by turning the piston back.
Lubricate the boot with rubber grease to avoid twisting the piston boot. If the
piston boot is twisted, back it out so it is positioned properly.
NOTE: Be careful when moving the piston back in the caliper;
brake fluid might overflow from the master cylinder's
reservoir.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 59: Rotating Caliper Piston Clockwise Into Cylinder
15. Install the caliper. Install the flange bolts (D), and tighten it to the specified
torque while holding respective caliper pin with a wrench. Be careful not to
damage the pin boots.
16. Install the brake hose mounting bolt (E).
REAR BRAKE DISC INSPECTION
RUNOUT

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Remove the brake pads (see REAR BRAKE PAD INSPECTION AND
REPLACEMENT ).
Fig. 60: Installing Suitable Flat Washer And Wheel Nuts (With
Specifications)
Brake disc runout:
for this operation.
Max. refinishing limit: 8.0 mm (0.31 in.)

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Remove the brake pads (see REAR BRAKE PAD INSPECTION AND
REPLACEMENT ).
Standard: 8.9-9.1 mm (0.35-0.36 in.)
NOTE:
refinishing, replace it (see HUB BEARING UNIT
REPLACEMENT-DISC BRAKE TYPE ).
is greater than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 61: Measuring Brake Disc Thickness
REAR BRAKE CALIPER OVERHAUL
items:
refinishing, replace it (see HUB BEARING UNIT
health.
cleaner.

2008 Honda Civic GX

shop towels.
compressed air.
particles.
Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter gets into the brake fluid.
Coat the piston, piston seal groove, and caliper bore with clean brake fluid.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 62: Exploded View Of Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul (With
Specifications)
REAR DRUM BRAKE INSPECTION
health.
cleaner.

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Release the parking brake, and remove the brake drum (see HUB BEARING
UNIT REPLACEMENT-DRUM BRAKE TYPE ).
Fig. 63: Identifying Rear Drum Brake (With Specifications)
4. Check the wheel cylinder (A) for leakage.
Fig. 64: Checking Wheel Cylinder For Leakage

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Check the brake linings (B) for cracking, glazing, wear, and contamination.
6. Measure the brake lining thickness (C). Measurement does not include brake
shoe thickness.
Brake lining thickness:
Standard: 4.0 mm (0.16 in.)
7. If the brake lining thickness is less than the service limit, replace the brake
shoes as a set.
8. Check the hub (D) for smooth operation. If it requires servicing, replace the
hub bearing unit (see HUB BEARING UNIT REPLACEMENT-DRUM
BRAKE TYPE ).
9. Measure the inside diameter of the brake drum with inside vernier calipers.
Drum inside diameter:
Standard: 199.9-200 mm (7.870-7.874 in.)
Service limit: 201 mm (7.91 in.)
Fig. 65: Measuring Drum Inside Diameter
10. If the inside diameter of the brake drum is more than the service limit, replace
NOTE: Contaminated brake linings or drums reduce stopping
ability.

2008 Honda Civic GX

the brake drum.
11. Check the brake drum for scoring, grooves, corrosion, and cracks.
REAR BRAKE SHOE REPLACEMENT
DISASSEMBLY
3. Release the parking brake, and remove the brake drum (see HUB BEARING
UNIT REPLACEMENT-DRUM BRAKE TYPE ).
4. Remove the tension pins (A) by pushing respective retainer spring (B) and
turning the pin.
Fig. 66: Removing Tension Pins Pushing Respective Retainer Spring And
health.
cleaner.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Turning Pin
5. Remove the lower return spring (A), and remove the brake shoe assembly over
the hub.
Fig. 67: Removing Lower Return Spring
6. Remove the forward brake shoe (B) by removing the upper return spring (C),
and disassemble the brake shoe assembly.
7. Remove the rearward brake shoe (D) by disconnecting the parking brake cable
from the parking brake lever (E).
8. Remove the U-clip (A), wave washer (B), and pivot pin (C), and separate the
parking brake lever (D) from the brake shoe (E).
Fig. 68: Removing U-Clip, Wave Washer And Pivot Pin
REASSEMBLY

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Apply rubber grease to the sliding surface of the pivot pin (A) for the rearward
brake shoe (B).
Fig. 69: Applying Grease To Sliding Surface Of Pivot Pin
2. Install the parking brake lever (C) and the wave washer (D) on the pivot pin,
and secure with a new U-clip (E).
3. Connect the parking brake cable to the parking brake lever.
4. Apply a thin coat of rubber grease to the connecting rod ends (A), and the
sliding surfaces (B) as shown. Wipe off any excess. Keep grease off the brake
linings.
NOTE: Pinch the U-clip securely to prevent the parking brake
lever from coming out of the brake shoe.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 70: Applying Coat Of Rubber Grease To Connecting Rod Ends
5. Apply a thin coat of Molykote 44MA grease to the shoe ends (A) and to the
edge of the shoe surfaces (B) that make contact the backing plate as shown.
Wipe off any excess. Keep grease off the brake linings.
Fig. 71: Applying Grease To Shoe Ends And Edge Of Shoe Surfaces
6. Install connecting rods A and B on the adjuster bolt (C).
NOTE:
Clean the threaded portions of connecting rod A
and the sliding surface of connecting rod B, then
coat them with rubber grease.
Shorten connecting rod A by fully turning the

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Assemble the brake shoes, the upper return spring (D), and the connecting rods
with the adjuster bolt against the backing plate, then install the self-adjuster
lever (E) and the self-adjuster spring (F) on the forward brake shoe (G).
8. Install the tension pins (A) and the retainer springs (B) by pushing in respective
spring and turning each pin.
Fig. 73: Installing Tension Pins And Retainer Springs
9. Install the lower return spring.
adjuster bolt.
Fig. 72: Installing Connecting Rods A And B On
Adjuster Bolt

2008 Honda Civic GX

10. Install the brake drum.
12. Press the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work and to set the
self-adjusting brake.
13. Do the parking brake adjustment (see PARKING BRAKE INSPECTION
AND ADJUSTMENT ).
REAR WHEEL CYLINDER REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the brake shoes (see REAR BRAKE SHOE REPLACEMENT ).
2. Disconnect the brake line (A) from the wheel cylinder (B).
NOTE: Make sure the brake shoes positioning on the brake
shoe bosses of the backing plate, and fitting the top of
the brake shoes onto the wheel cylinder pistons.
NOTE: Before installing the brake drum, clean the mating
surface of the rear hub and the inside of the brake
drum.
NOTE: Engagement of the brakes may require a greater pedal
stroke immediately after the brake shoes have been
replaced as a set. Several applications of the brake
pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke.
NOTE:
the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it
off immediately with water.
To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or
shop towels.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 74: Disconnecting Brake Line From Wheel Cylinder (With
Specifications)
3. Remove the bolts (C) and the wheel cylinder from the backing plate.
4. Apply Cemedine 366E sealant or equivalent between the wheel cylinder and
backing plate (D), and install the wheel cylinder, then connect the brake line.
5. Install the brake shoes (see REAR BRAKE SHOE REPLACEMENT ).
7. Do the parking brake inspection and adjustment (see PARKING BRAKE
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ).
8. Spin the wheels to check for brake drag.
9. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line joints or connections, and
BRAKE PEDAL REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the brake pedal position switch connector (A).
NOTE: Use the special bolts on reassembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 75: Disconnecting Brake Pedal Position Switch Connector (With
Specifications)
2. Remove the lock pin (B) and joint pin (C).
3. Remove the brake pedal bracket mounting bolt (D) and nuts (E).
4. Remove the brake pedal with bracket (F).
6. Do the brake pedal and brake pedal position switch adjustment (see BRAKE
PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ).
BRAKE HOSE AND LINE INSPECTION
1. Inspect the brake hoses for damage, deterioration, leaks, interference, and
twisting.
2. Check the brake lines for damage, rusting, and leaks. Also check for bent brake
lines.
3. Check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if
necessary.
4. Check the master cylinder and the ABS or VSA modulator-control unit for
damage and leaks.
MASTER CYLINDER AND ABS OR VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL
UNIT

2008 Honda Civic GX

Connection
Point
Component Connected to
Specified
Torque Value
Note
A Front brake caliper
Brake hose
34 N.m (3.5
kgf.m, 25 lbf.ft)
Banjo
bolt
Bleed screw
9 N.m (0.9
kgf.m, 7 lbf.ft)

B
Rear brake caliper
(disc type)
Brake hose
34 N.m (3.5
kgf.m, 25 lbf.ft)
Banjo
bolt
Bleed screw
9 N.m (0.9
kgf.m, 7 lbf.ft)

Rear wheel cylinder
(drum type)
Brake line
15 N.m (1.5
kgf.m, 11 lbf.ft)
Flare
nut
Bleed screw
7 N.m (0.7
kgf.m, 5 lbf.ft)

C Brake hose Brake line
15 N.m (1.5
kgf.m, 11 lbf.ft)
Flare
nut
D
Master cylinder
(ABS)
Brake line
15 N.m (1.5
kgf.m, 11 lbf.ft)
Flare
nut
Master cylinder
(VSA)
22 N.m (2.2
kgf.m, 16 lbf.ft)
E
ABS modulator-
control unit
Brake line
15 N.m (1.5
kgf.m, 11 lbf.ft)
Flare
nut
VSA modulator-
control unit
Brake line (10
mm nut)
15 N.m (1.5
kgf.m, 11 lbf.ft)
Brake line (12
mm nut)
22 N.m (2.2
kgf.m, 16 lbf.ft)
F 4-way joint Brake line
15 N.m (1.5
kgf.m, 11 lbf.ft)
Flare
nut

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 76: Inspecting Brake Hose And Line
BRAKE HOSE REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the brake hose (A) from the brake line (B) using a 10 mm flare-nut
wrench (C).
NOTE:
Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dirt
and other foreign particles.
Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to do
so.
The illustrations show only the front of the vehicle
except where the procedure is different for the rear.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 77: Disconnecting Brake Hose From Brake Line
2. With clip type: Remove and discard the brake hose clip (A) from the brake
hose (B).
Fig. 78: Removing And Discarding Brake Hose Clip (Clip Type)
3. Disc brake type: Remove the banjo bolt (C), and disconnect the brake hose
from the caliper.
4. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt(s) (D), then remove the brake hose.
NOTE: Without clip type: Remove the brake hose with the
bracket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

INSTALLATION
1. Install the brake hose (A) with the mounting bolt (B).
Fig. 79: Installing Brake Hose (With Specifications)
2. Disc brake type: Connect the brake hose to the caliper with the banjo bolt (C)
and new sealing washers (D).
3. Position the brake hose ends (A).
With clip type
NOTE:
With clip type: Install the brake hose on the brake
hose bracket (B) with a new brake hose clip (C).
Without clip type: Install the brake hose bracket (D)
to the frame.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 80: Installing Brake Hose On Brake Hose Bracket (With Clip Type)
Without clip type
Fig. 81: Installing Brake Hose Bracket To Frame (Without Clip Type)
4. Connect the brake line (E) to the brake hose.
5. After installing the brake hose, bleed the brake system (see BRAKE SYSTEM
BLEEDING ).
6. Do the following check:
Check the brake hose and line joint for leaks, and tighten if necessary.
Check the brake hoses for interference and twisting.
PARKING BRAKE CABLE REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic GX

EXPLODED VIEW
Fig. 82: Exploded View Of Conventional Brake (With Specifications)
REAR DISC BRAKE TYPE
2. Loosen the parking brake cable adjustment nut (see ADJUSTMENT - REAR
DISC BRAKE TYPE ).
3. Remove the parking brake cable clip (A) from the brake cable (B).
NOTE:
The parking brake cables must not be bent or distorted.
This will lead to stiff operation and premature failure.
Refer to Fig. 82 as needed during this procedure.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 83: Removing Parking Brake Cable Clip
4. Disconnect the parking brake cable from the lever (C).
5. Remove the parking brake cable mounting hardware, then remove the cable.
6. Install the parking brake cable in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Be careful not to bend or distort the cable.
Make sure the parking brake cable clip is fully seated on the cable
housing.
Do the parking brake adjustment (see ADJUSTMENT - REAR DISC
BRAKE TYPE ).
REAR DRUM BRAKE TYPE
1. Loosen the parking brake cable adjustment nut (see ADJUSTMENT - REAR
DRUM BRAKE TYPE ).
2. Remove the brake drum and shoes, and disconnect the parking brake cable
from the parking brake lever (see REAR BRAKE SHOE
REPLACEMENT ).
3. Remove the flange bolt (A) and parking brake cable (B) from the backing plate
(C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 84: Removing Flange Bolt And Parking Brake Cable (With
Specifications)
4. Reinstall the parking brake cable in the reverse order of removal, and note
these items:
Connect the parking brake cable to the brake lever, and install the brake
shoes and drum (see REAR BRAKE SHOE REPLACEMENT ).
Do the parking brake adjustment (see ADJUSTMENT - REAR DRUM
BRAKE TYPE ). Apply the parking brake firmly 10 times then adjust it
again.
PARKING BRAKE LEVER GRIP AND COVER REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
Lever Grip
2. Pull up the parking brake fully (8 to 10 clicks).
3. Start at the front edge (A), peel lever grip away from lever cap (B). Continue to
peel the grip from the lever to gain access to the hooks (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 85: Peeling Lever Grip Away From Lever Cap
4. Push in both sides of the hook (A) on the lever cap (B), and remove the lever
cap and the pushrod (C) with the knob (D).
Fig. 86: Removing Lever Cap And Pushrod With Knob
5. Remove the lever grip (A) by sliding it up.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 87: Removing Lever Grip
Lever Cover
6. Remove the clip (A) on the driver's side of the parking brake lever cover (B).
Fig. 88: Removing Clip On Driver's Side
7. Separate the parking brake lever covers, and remove them.
INSTALLATION
Lever Cover
1. Install the clip (A) on driver's side of the parking brake lever cover (B) to the

2008 Honda Civic GX

lever (C).
Fig. 89: Installing Clip On Driver's Side Of Parking Brake Lever Cover
To Lever
2. Install the passenger's side of the parking brake lever cover (D), and squeeze
both sides of the cover together.
Lever Grip
3. Install a new lever grip (A) by sliding it over the cover.
Fig. 90: Installing Lever Grip Sliding Over Cover
4. Install a new lever cap (A) on to the lever by aligning the notch (B) in the cap
with the tab (C) on the lever.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 91: Installing Lever Cap On To Lever
5. With the lever cap and grip in position, push down on the cap to lock the hooks
(D) into place.
6. Carefully peel back the front edge (A) of the lever grip, and apply a small
amount of gel type super glue (B). Carefully push the grip back into place and
wait a minute for the glue to adhere.
Fig. 92: Peeling Back Front Edge Of Lever Grip
7. Install a new pushrod (A) with the knob (B), and push them into the parking

2008 Honda Civic GX

brake lever (C).
Fig. 93: Installing Pushrod With Knob
8. Release and pull the parking brake about 10 times.
9. Check the push knob play of about 0.08 in (2 mm.) and that the parking brake
lever moves smoothly, then do the parking brake inspection (see PARKING
BRAKE INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ).
BRAKE PEDAL COVER REPLACEMENT
1. Cover the carpet under the brake pedal to prevent metal shaving from getting
on carpet.
2. Center-punch each of the rivets (A), and drill their heads off with a 0.12 in (3
mm.) drill bit (B).
NOTE: Do not use the removed pushrod and knob.
NOTE: This procedure is for models equipped with a metal brake
cover.
NOTE: Do not drill the brake pedal plate (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 94: Center-Punching Each Rivets
3. Remove the brake pedal cover (D).
4. Install the brake pedal cover (A) with the rivets (B) firmly.
Fig. 95: Installing Brake Pedal Cover With Rivets
5. Make sure the brake pedal cover is fastened on the brake pedal by a hand.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 BRAKES
Conventional Brake Components - Civic GX
SPECIAL TOOLS
NOTE: Refer to the CONVENTIONAL BRAKE COMPONENTS
(EXCEPT HYBRID) article for additional information that is
not shown in this article.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Identifying Conventional Brake Components Location
FRONT BRAKE PAD INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT
Brake caliper piston compressor 07AAE-SEPA101
health.

2008 Honda Civic GX

INSPECTION
locations, refer to the VEHICLE LIFT .
Standard: 9.6-10.2 mm (0.38-0.40 in.)
assemblies. Use an appropriate vacuum cleaner.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 3: Identifying Brake Inner Pad And Outer Pad Thickness
pads as a set.
REPLACEMENT
4. Remove the flange bolt (A) while holding the caliper pin (B) with a wrench. Be
careful not to damage the pin boot, and pivot the caliper (C) up out of the way.
Fig. 4: Removing Flange Bolt Holding Caliper Pin

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying Pad Shims And Brake Pads
grooves and cracks.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 7: Identifying Brake Caliper Piston Compressor On Caliper Body

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 8: Identifying Brake Pad And Shim
the specified torque while holding the caliper pin (B), with a wrench. Be
careful not to damage the pin boot.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 9: Tightening Flange Bolt (With Torque Specifications)
retighten if necessary. Test-drive the vehicle, then check for leaks, refer to the
BRAKE HOSE AND LINE INSPECTION .
FRONT BRAKE DISC INSPECTION
RUNOUT
3. Remove the brake pads (see REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 10: Installing Suitable Flat Washers And Wheel Nuts (With Torque
Specifications)
Brake disc runout:
for this operation.
NOTE:
refinishing, replace it, refer to the
KNUCKLE/HUB/WHEEL BEARING REPLACEMENT .
is greater than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.)

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Remove the brake pads (see REPLACEMENT ).
Standard: 22.9-23.1 mm (0.90-0.91 in.)
Fig. 11: Identifying Brake Disc Thickness
refinishing, replace it, refer to the

2008 Honda Civic GX

FRONT BRAKE CALIPER OVERHAUL
items:
shop towels.
compressed air.
particles.
KNUCKLE/HUB/WHEEL BEARING REPLACEMENT .
health.
assemblies. Use an appropriate vacuum cleaner.
the caliper pins are installed in the wrong location, it will
cause vibration, uneven or rapid brake pad wear, and

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 12: Exploded View Off Front Brake Caliper (With Torque
Specifications)
REAR DRUM BRAKE INSPECTION
health.

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Release the parking brake, and remove the rear brake drum, refer to the
KNUCKLE/HUB BEARING UNIT REPLACEMENT .
Fig. 13: Identifying Rear Drum Brake Components (With Torque
Specifications)
4. Check the wheel cylinder (A) for leakage.
cleaner.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 14: Checking Wheel Cylinder For Leakage
5. Check the brake linings (B) for cracking, glazing, wear, and contamination.
6. Measure the brake lining thickness (C). Measurement does not include brake
shoe thickness.
Brake lining thickness:
Standard: 4.5 mm (0.18 in.)
7. If the brake lining thickness is less than the service limit, replace the brake
shoes as a set.
8. Check the hub (D) for smooth operation. If it requires servicing, replace the
hub bearing unit, refer to the KNUCKLE/HUB BEARING UNIT
REPLACEMENT .
9. Measure the inside diameter of the brake drum with inside vernier calipers.
Drum inside diameter:
Standard: 219.9-220.0 mm (8.657-8.661 in.)
NOTE: Contaminated brake linings or drums reduce stopping
ability.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Service limit: 221 mm (8.70 in.)
Fig. 15: Measuring Inside Diameter Of Brake Drum With Inside Vernier
Calipers
10. If the inside diameter of the brake drum is more than the service limit, replace
the brake drum.
11. Check the brake drum for scoring, grooves, corrosion, and cracks.
REAR BRAKE SHOE REPLACEMENT
Brake spring installer 07LAF-SM40200
DISASSEMBLY
health.
cleaner.

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Release the parking brake, and remove the brake drum, refer to the
KNUCKLE/HUB BEARING UNIT REPLACEMENT .
4. Unhook the upper return spring (A) from the rearward shoe using the brake
spring installer (B).
Fig. 16: Identifying Upper Return Spring From Rearward Shoe
5. Remove the tension pins (A) by pushing respective retainer spring (B) and
turning the pin.
Fig. 17: Pushing Respective Retainer Spring And Turning Pin
6. Remove the lower return spring (A), and remove the brake shoe assembly over
the hub.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 18: Identifying Brake Shoe Assembly Over Hub
7. Remove the forward brake shoe (B) by removing the upper return spring (C),
and disassemble the brake shoe assembly.
8. Remove the rearward brake shoe (D) by disconnecting the parking brake cable
from the parking brake lever (E).
9. Remove the U-clip (A), and wave washer (B), and separate the parking brake
lever (C) from the brake shoe (D).
Fig. 19: Identifying U-Clip, And Wave Washer, And Brake Shoe
REASSEMBLY
1. Apply rubber grease to the sliding surface of the pivot pin (A) on the parking
brake lever (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 20: Identifying Pivot Pin On Parking Brake Lever
2. Install the rearward brake shoe (C) and the wave washer (D) on the pivot pin,
and secure with a new U-clip (E).
3. Connect the parking brake cable to the parking brake lever.
4. Apply a thin coat of rubber grease to the connecting rod ends (A), and the
sliding surfaces (B) as shown. Wipe off any excess. Keep grease off the brake
linings.
Fig. 21: Identifying Brake Linings
NOTE: Pinch the U-clip securely to prevent the parking brake
lever from coming out of the brake shoe.

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Apply a thin coat of Molykote 44MA grease to the shoe ends (A) and to the
edge of the shoe surfaces (B) that make contact the backing plate as shown.
Wipe off any excess. Keep grease off the brake linings.
Fig. 22: Identifying Brake Shoe Ends And Edge Of Shoe Surface
6. Install connecting rods A and B on the adjuster bolt (C).
NOTE:
Clean the threaded portions of connecting rod A
and the sliding surface of connecting rod B, then
coat them with rubber grease.
Shorten connecting rod A by fully turning the
adjuster bolt.

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Assemble the brake shoes, the upper return spring (D), and the connecting rods
with the adjuster bolt against the backing plate, then install the self-adjuster
lever (E) and the self-adjuster spring (F) on the forward brake shoe (G).
8. Install the tension pins (A) and the retainer springs (B) by pushing in the
respective spring and turning the pin.
Fig. 24: Pushing In Respective Spring And Turning Pin
9. Install the lower return spring.
10. Hook the end (A) of the upper return spring (B) with the brake spring installer
(C).
Fig. 23: Identifying Threaded Portions Of
Connecting Rod And Sliding Surface Of Connecting
Rod
NOTE: Make sure the brake shoes positioning on the brake
shoe bosses of the backing plate, and fitting the top of
the brake shoes onto the wheel cylinder pistons.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 25: Identifying Hook End Of Upper Return Spring With Brake
Spring Installer
11. Install the brake drum.
13. Press the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work and to set the
self-adjusting brake.
14. Do the parking brake adjustment, refer to the PARKING BRAKE
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .
PARKING BRAKE CABLE REPLACEMENT
EXPLODED VIEW
NOTE: Before installing the brake drum, clean the mating
surface of the rear hub and the inside of the brake
drum.
NOTE: Engagement of the brakes may require a greater pedal
stroke immediately after the brake shoes have been
replaced as a set. Several applications of the brake
pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 26: Exploded View Of Parking Brake Components (With Torque
Specifications)
1. Loosen the parking brake cable adjusting nut, refer to the ADJUSTMENT -
REAR DRUM BRAKE TYPE .
2. Remove the brake drum and shoes, and disconnect the parking brake cable
from the parking brake lever (see REAR BRAKE SHOE
REPLACEMENT ).
3. Remove the flange bolts (A) and the parking brake cable (B) from the backing
plate (C).
NOTE:
The parking brake cables must not be bent or distorted.
This will lead to stiff operation and premature failure.
Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW as needed during this
procedure.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 27: Identifying Flange Bolts And Parking Brake Cable From Backing
Plate (With Torque Specifications)
4. Reinstall the parking brake cable in the reverse order of removal, and note
these items:
Connect the parking brake cable to the brake lever, and install the brake
shoes and drum (see REAR BRAKE SHOE REPLACEMENT ).
Do the parking brake adjustment, refer to the ADJUSTMENT - REAR
DRUM BRAKE TYPE .
Apply the parking brake firmly 10 times then adjust it again.

2008 Honda Civic GX

CABIN AIR FILTERS
Dust & Pollen Filter - Civic, Civic Hybrid, CR-V
REMOVAL & INSTALLATION
CABIN AIR FILTER
Removal & Installation
1. Open the glove box. Remove the glove box stop (B) on each side, then let the
glove box hang down. See Fig. 1.
NOTE: Manufacturer's terminology for this filter is dust and pollen
filter.

2008 Honda Civic EX
CABIN AIR FILTERS Dust & Pollen Filter - Civic, Civic Hybrid, CR-V

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Locating Glove Box Stops
2. Remove the dust and pollen filter assembly (A) from the evaporator. See Fig.
2.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Removing Dust & Pollen Filter
3. Remove the filter (A) from the housing (B), and replace the filter. See Fig. 3.
Install the filter in the reverse order of removal. Make sure that there is no air
leaking out of the evaporator.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Dust & Pollen Filter Installation Position
4. If there was a maintenance reminder to replace the dust and pollen filter, reset
the maintenance reminder, and this procedure is complete. Maintenance
reminder can be reset using a factory scan tool, or equivalent aftermarket scan
tool.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE
Catalytic Converter System - Civic GX
Fig. 1: Identifying Catalytic Coverter System Component Location
CATALYTIC CONVERTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Remove the A/F sensor (sensor 1), refer to the A/F SENSOR
REPLACEMENT .
2. Remove the secondary HO2S (sensor 2), refer to the A/F SENSOR
REPLACEMENT .
3. Removethe cover (A).
NOTE: Refer to the CATALYTIC CONVERTER SYSTEM (R18A1)
article for additional information that is not shown in this
article.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Catalytic Converter System - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Identifying Catalytic Converter Remove/Install Components (With
Torque Specifications)
4. Remove the TWC (B).
5. Remove the converter cover (C).
6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new gaskets(D).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Catalytic Converter System (K20Z3) - Civic (All Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Catalytic Converter System (K20Z3) - Civic (All Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 1: Identifying Catalytic Converter System Component Location
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING

2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC P0420: CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in neutral)
until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
4. Test-drive under these conditions:
Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 F (70 C)
Transmission in 5th gear
Vehicle speed between 45-75 mph (72-120 km/h) for 5 minutes or more
with cruise control set
'06 model: Maintain the vehicle speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) for 5 minutes
or more with cruise control set
'07 model: Maintain the vehicle speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) for 30 seconds
or more
5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0420 in the DTCs MENU with the
HDS.
Does the screen indicate EXECUTING?
NOTE:
on-board snapshot, and review the general
troubleshooting information (see GENERAL
If some of the DTCs listed below are stored at the same
time as DTC P0420, troubleshoot them first, then
recheck for DTC P0420.
P0137, P0138: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) P0141:
Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) heater
Poor quality fuel may cause this DTC.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 6.
NO -If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 4 and recheck. If
the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time. If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 8.
6. Continue test driving until a result comes on.
HDS.
Does the screen indicate FAILED?
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at
this time. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result
comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 4 and
recheck.
9. Replace the TWC (see CATALYTIC CONVERTER
11. Reset the ECM with the HDS.
12. Do the ECM idle learn procedure (see ECM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ).
14. Test-drive for about 10 minutes, varying the vehicle speed.
15. Check the CATA MONITOR CONDITION in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the temperature OK?
YES -Go to step 16.
NO -Go to step 13 and recheck.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Transmission in 5th gear
'06 model: Vehicle speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) for 5 minutes
'07 model: Vehicle speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) for 30 seconds or more
HDS.
YES -Go to step 18.
18. Continue test-driving until a result comes on.
19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated?
YES -go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting .
NO -Go to step 20.
HDS.
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
YES -Troubleshooting is complete.
NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check the fuel quality. If the screen
indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen
indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 13 and recheck.

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Remove the A/F sensor (sensor 1) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the secondary H02S (sensor 2) (see A/F SENSOR
REPLACEMENT ).
3. Remove the catalytic converter (A).
Fig. 2: Identifying Catalytic Converter, Converter Cover & Gaskets (With
4. Remove the converter cover (B).
5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with new gaskets (C) and new
self-locking nuts (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Catalytic Converter System (R18A1) - Civic (Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Catalytic Converter Component Location
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC P0420: CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD
NOTE: Refer to the CATALYTIC CONVERTER SYSTEM (GX)
(SUPPLEMENT) article for additional information for the GX
model.
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Catalytic Converter System (R18A1) - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or
neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
A/T in D position (M/T in 5th gear)
Vehicle speed between 45-75 mph (72-120 km/h) for 5 minutes or more
Maintain the vehicle speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) for 5 minutes or more
HDS.
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 4 and recheck. If
the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time. If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 8.
6. Continue the test-drive until a result comes on.
If some of the DTCs listed below are stored at the same
time as DTC P0420, troubleshoot them first, then
recheck for DTC P0420.
P0137, P0138: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) P0141:
Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) heater
Poor quality fuel may cause this DTC.

2008 Honda Civic GX

HDS.
YES -Go to step 8.
this time. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result
comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 4 and
recheck.
9. Replace the TWC (see CATALYTIC CONVERTER
11. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS.
12. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN
PROCEDURE ).
14. Test-drive for about 10 minutes, varying the vehicle speed.
15. Check the CATA MONITOR CONDITION in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the temperature OK?
YES -Go to step 16.
Vehicle speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) for 5 minutes or more with cruise
control set

2008 Honda Civic GX

HDS.
YES -Go to step 18.
18. Continue the test-drive until a result comes on.
Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated?
YES -go to the indicated .
NO -Go to step 20.
HDS.
YES -Troubleshooting is complete.
NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check the fuel quality. If the screen
indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 13 and recheck.
1. Remove the A/F sensor (sensor 1) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the secondary H02S (sensor 2) (see A/F SENSOR
REPLACEMENT ).
3. Remove the EGR pipe (see EGR VALVE REPLACEMENT ).
4. Remove the cover (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Identifying Catalytic Converter Components (With Torque
Specifications)
5. Remove the TWC (B).
6. Remove the converter cover (C).
7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with new gaskets (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 ELECTRICAL
Charging System (K20Z3) - Civic (All Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System (K20Z3) - Civic (All Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 1: Locating Charging System Components (K20Z3)
Charging system indicator does not
come on with the ignition switch
ON (II)
TROUBLESHOOT THE CHARGING
SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT
Charging system indicator stays on
1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
2. Troubleshoot the charging system
indicator circuit (see CHARGING
SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
3. Check for a broken drive belt (see
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ).
4. Check the drive belt auto-tensioner
(see DRIVE BELT AUTO-
TENSIONER INSPECTION ).
Battery discharged
1. Check for excessive parasitic
electrical current draw with the
ignition switch off, and the key
removed. The multiplex control unit
may take up to 10 minutes to turn off
(sleep mode) for some models.
2. Check for a broken drive belt (see
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ).
3. Check the drive belt auto-tensioner
(see DRIVE BELT AUTO-
TENSIONER INSPECTION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
4. Troubleshoot the alternator and
regulator circuit (see
ALTERNATOR AND
REGULATOR CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. Check for a poor connection at the
battery terminal.
6. Test the battery (see BATTERY
TEST ).
Battery overcharged
1. Troubleshoot the alternator and
regulator circuit (see
ALTERNATOR AND
REGULATOR CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
2. Test the battery (see BATTERY
TEST ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Charging System - Circuit Diagram
CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
Does the charging system indicator come on?

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES - Go to step 2.
NO - Go to step 14.
2. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 1 minute.
Does the charging system indicator go off?
YES - Charging system indicator circuit is OK. Go to the alternator and
regulator circuit troubleshooting (see ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR
NO - Go to step 3.
3. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function procedure (see SELF-
Does the charging system indicator flash?
YES - Go to step 4.
NO - Replace the gauge control module (tach) (see REPLACEMENT ).
5. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector.
YES - Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ), or repair the alternator (see ALTERNATOR
OVERHAUL ).
NO - Go to step 7.
8. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC)
(see step 2 in HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC

2008 Honda Civic GX

SYSTEM) ).
10. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control
module (ECM). If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC
11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch OFF.
12. Disconnect ECM connector B (44P).
13. Check for continuity between ECM connector terminal B42 and body ground.
Fig. 3: Checking Continuity Between ECM Connector Terminal B42 And
Body Ground
YES - Repair short in the wire between the alternator and the ECM.
NO - Update the ECM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING
THE ECM ), or substitute a known-good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE
ECM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
ECM, replace the original ECM (see ECM REPLACEMENT ).
NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM from
damage.

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO - Replace the gauge control module (tach) (see REPLACEMENT ).
17. Connect alternator 4P connector terminal No. 3 and body ground with a jumper
wire.
Fig. 4: Connecting Alternator 4P Connector Terminal No. 3 And Body
Ground With Jumper Wire
OVERHAUL ).
NO - Go to step 19.

2008 Honda Civic GX

SYSTEM) ).
22. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM. If it doesn't,
troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ).
25. Check for continuity between ECM connector terminal B42 and alternator 4P
connector terminal No. 3.
Body Ground
YES - Update the ECM if it does not have the latest software (see
UPDATING THE ECM ), or substitute a known-good ECM (see
SUBSTITUTING THE ECM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes
away with a known-good ECM, replace the original ECM (see ECM
REPLACEMENT ).
damage.

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO - Repair open in the wire between the alternator and the ECM.
ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Make sure the battery connections are good and the battery is sufficiently
charged.
2. Connect a VAT-40 (or equivalent tester), and turn the selector switch to
position 1 (starting).
Fig. 6: Turning Selector Switch To Position 1 (Starting)
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm, with no load until the
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
4. Raise the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there.
Is the voltage over 15.1 V?
INSTALLATION ), or rear housing assembly (see ALTERNATOR

2008 Honda Civic GX

OVERHAUL ).
NO - Go to step 5.
5. Release the accelerator pedal, and let the engine idle.
6. Turn off all the accessories. Select the charging test on the tester.
7. Remove the inductive pickup, and zero the ammeter.
8. Place the inductive pickup over the B terminal wire of the alternator so the
arrow points away from the alternator.
Is the voltage less than 13.5 V?
YES - Go to alternator control circuit troubleshooting (see ALTERNATOR
CONTROL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ).
NO - Go to step 10.
10. Apply a load with the VAT-40 until the battery voltage drops within 12-13.5
V.
Is the amperage 87.5 A or more?
YES - The charging system is OK.
NO - Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND
OVERHAUL ).
ALTERNATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
NOTE: If the charging system indicator is still on, replace the
alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

SYSTEM) ).
4. Check for DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ). If a DTC is present, diagnose and repair the cause before
continuing with this test.
5. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector from the alternator.
6. Start the engine, and turn on the headlights to high beam.
7. Measure the voltage between alternator 4P connector terminal No. 2 and the
positive terminal of the battery.
Fig. 7: Measuring Voltage Between Alternator 4P Connector Terminal No.
2 And Positive Terminal Of Battery
Is there 1 V or less?
NO - Go to step 8.
damage.

2008 Honda Civic GX

10. Check for continuity between ECM connector terminal B41 and body ground.
Body Ground
YES - Repair short in the wire between the alternator and the ECM.
NO - Update the ECM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING
13. Check for continuity between ECM connector terminal B41 and alternator 4P
damage.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Alternator 4P Connector Terminal No. 2
OVERHAUL ).
NO - Repair open in the wire between the alternator and the ECM.
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION
1. Inspect the belt for cracks and damage. If the belt is cracked or damaged,
replace it.
2. Check that the auto-tensioner indicator (A) is within the standard range (B) as
shown. If it is out of the standard range, replace the drive belt (see DRIVE
BELT INSPECTION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 10: Checking Auto-Tensioner Indicator Is Within Standard Range
DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Belt tension release tool Snap-on YA9317 or equivalent, commercially available
1. Move the auto-tensioner (A) using the belt tension release tool to relieve
tension from the drive belt, then remove the drive belt.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 11: Moving Auto-Tensioner Using Belt Tension Release Tool To
Relieve Tension From Drive Belt
2. Install the new belt in the reverse order of removal.
DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER INSPECTION
Belt tension release tool Snap-on YA9317 or equivalent, commercially available
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and make sure to turn the A/C switch OFF.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the position of the auto-tensioner indicator's pointer (A). Start the
engine then check the position again with the engine idling. If the position of
the indicator moves of fluctuates a lot, replace the auto-tensioner (see DRIVE
BELT AUTO-TENSIONER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
Fig. 12: Checking Position Of Auto-Tensioner Indicator's Pointer
3. Check for abnormal noise from the tensioner pulley. If you hear abnormal
noise, replace the tensioner pulley.
4. Remove the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ).
5. Move the auto-tensioner within its limit using the belt tension release tool in
the direction shown. Check that the tensioner moves smoothly and without any
abnormal noise. If the tensioner does not move smoothly, or you hear abnormal

2008 Honda Civic GX

noise, replace the auto-tensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER
Fig. 13: Moving Auto-Tensioner Within Its Limit Using Belt Tension
Release Tool
6. Remove the auto-tensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER
7. Clamp the auto-tensioner (A) by using two 8 mm bolts (B) and a vise (C) as
shown. Do not clamp the auto-tensioner itself.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 14: Clamping Auto-Tensioner
8. Set the torque wrench (D) in the pulley bolt in the direction shown.
9. Align the indicator (E) on the tensioner base with center mark (F) on the
tensioner arm by using the torque wrench, and measure the torque. If the torque
value is out of specification, replace the auto-tensioner.
Auto-tensioner Spring Torque: 32.5-39.7 N.m (3.31-4.05 kgf.m, 23.9-29.3
lbf.ft)
NOTE: If the indicator exceeds the center mark, recheck the
torque.

2008 Honda Civic GX

DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
2. Remove the idler pulley base.
Fig. 15: Removing Idler Pulley Base
3. Remove the pulley bolt (A), then remove the tensioner pulley (B).
Fig. 16: Removing Pulley Bolt And Tensioner Pulley

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Remove the auto-tensioner.
Fig. 17: Removing Auto-Tensioner
5. Install the auto-tensioner in the reverse order of removal.
TENSIONER PULLEY REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the pulley bolt (A), then remove the tensioner pulley (B).
Fig. 18: Removing Pulley Bolt And Tensioner Pulley

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Install the tensioner pulley in the reverse order of removal.
IDLER PULLEY REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the idler pulley.
Fig. 19: Removing Idler Pulley
3. Install the idler pulley in the reverse order of removal.
ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system and the navigation
2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery first, then disconnect the
positive cable.
REPLACEMENT ).
5. Disconnect the fan motor connectors (A) and hood switch connector (B), then
remove the harness clamps (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 20: Disconnecting Fan Motor Connectors And Hood Switch
Connector
6. Remove the reservoir hose (A), radiator cap base mounting bolts (B), clips (C)
and radiator upper brackets (D).
Fig. 21: Removing Reservoir Hose, Radiator Cap Base Mounting Bolts,
Clips And Radiator Upper Brackets
7. Remove the condenser bracket mounting bolts (A), then remove the bulkhead
(B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 22: Removing Condenser Bracket Mounting Bolts
8. Remove the three bolts securing the alternator.
Fig. 23: Removing Alternator Bolts
9. Disconnect the alternator connector (A), BLK wire (B) and harness clamp (C)
from the alternator, then remove the alternator.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 24: Removing Alternator
INSTALLATION
1. Connect the alternator connector (A), BLK wire (B) and harness clamp (C) to
the alternator.
Fig. 25: Connecting Alternator Connector, BLK Wire And Harness
Clamp To Alternator (With Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Tighten the three bolts securing the alternator.
Fig. 26: Tightening Alternator Bolts (With Specifications)
3. Install the bulkhead (A), then install the condenser bracket mounting bolts (B).
Fig. 27: Installing Condenser Bracket Mounting Bolts (With

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)
4. Apply body paint to the bulkhead mounting bolts.
5. Install the radiator upper brackets (A), radiator cap base mounting bolts (B),
reservoir hose (C), and Clips (D).
Fig. 28: Installing Radiator Upper Brackets And Radiator Cap Base
Mounting Bolts (With Specifications)
6. Connect the fan motor connectors (A) and hood switch connector (B), then
install the harness clamps (C).
Fig. 29: Connecting Fan Motor And Hood Switch Connectors

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Install the front grille cover (see FRONT GRILLE COVER
REPLACEMENT ).
8. Install the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ).
9. Connect the positive cable to the battery first, then connect the negative cable.
10. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system and the navigation system (if
equipped), then enter the audio preset.
11. Set the clock.
ALTERNATOR OVERHAUL
EXPLODED VIEW

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 30: Exploded View Of Alternator Overhaul
Driver 07749-0010000
Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300
1. Test the alternator and regulator before you remove them (see
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 30 as needed during this procedure.

2008 Honda Civic GX

TROUBLESHOOTING ).
2. Remove the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
3. If the front bearing needs replacing, remove the pulley locknut with a 10 mm
wrench (A) and a 22 mm wrench (B). If necessary, use an impact wrench.
Fig. 31: Removing Locknut With Wrench
4. Remove the harness stay and the three flange nuts from the alternator.
Fig. 32: Removing Harness Stay And Flange Nuts
5. Remove the end cover.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 33: Removing End Cover
6. Remove the brush holder.
Fig. 34: Removing Brush Holder
7. Remove the four bolts, then remove the rear housing assembly (A), and washer
(B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 35: Removing Rear Housing Assembly
8. If you are not replacing the front bearing, go to step 13. Remove the rotor from
the drive end housing.
Fig. 36: Removing Rotor
9. Inspect the rotor shaft for scoring, and inspect the bearing journal surface in the
drive end housing for seizure marks.

2008 Honda Civic GX

If the rotor is damaged, replace the rotor assembly.
If the rotor is OK, go to step 10.
10. Remove the front bearing retainer plate.
Fig. 37: Removing Front Bearing Retainer Plate
11. Drive out the front bearing with a brass drift and hammer.
Fig. 38: Removing Front Bearing With Brass Drift And Hammer
12. With a hammer and special tools, install a new front bearing in the drive end

2008 Honda Civic GX

housing.
Fig. 39: Installing Front Bearing In Drive End Housing
Alternator Brush Inspection
13. Measure the length of both brushes (A) with vernier caliper (B).
If either brush is shorter than the service limit, replace the brush holder
assembly.
If brush length is OK, go to step 14.
Alternator Brush Length
Standard (New): 10.5 mm (0.41 in.)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 40: Measuring Length Of Brushes
Rotor Slip Ring Test
14. Check for continuity between the slip rings (A).
If there is continuity, go to step 15.
If there is no continuity, replace the rotor assembly.
Fig. 41: Checking Continuity Between Slip Rings
15. Check for continuity between each slip ring and the rotor (B) and the rotor
shaft (C).
If there is no continuity, replace the rear housing assembly, and go to step
16.
If there is continuity, replace the rotor assembly.
Alternator Reassembly
16. If you removed the pulley, put the rotor in the drive end housing, then tighten
its locknut to 110 N.m (11.2 kgf.m, 81.0 lbf.ft).
17. Remove any grease or any oil from the slip rings.
18. Put the rear housing assembly and drive end housing/rotor assembly together,
tighten the four through bolts.
19. Push the brushes (A) in, then insert a pin or drill bit (B) (about 1.6 mm (0.06
in.) diameter) to hold them there.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 42: Pushing Brushes In And Inserting Pin Or Drill Bit To Hold
20. Install the brush holder, and pull out the pin.
Fig. 43: Installing Brush Holder And Removing Pin
21. Install the end cover.
22. After assembling the alternator, turn the pulley by hand to make sure the rotor
turns smoothly and without noise.
23. Install the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ) and drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 ELECTRICAL
Charging System (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Charging System Component

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Also
check
for
Charging system
indicator does not
come on with the
ignition switch ON
(II)
Troubleshoot the charging system indicator circuit
(see CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR

Charging system
indicator stays on
1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL
2. Troubleshoot the charging system indicator
circuit (see CHARGING SYSTEM
INDICATOR CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
3. Check for a broken drive belt (see DRIVE
BELT INSPECTION ).
4. Check the drive belt auto-tensioner (see
DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER
INSPECTION ).

Battery discharged
1. Check for excessive parasitic electrical current
draw with the ignition switch off, and the key
removed. The multiplex control unit may take
up to 10 minutes to turn off (sleep mode) for
some models.
2. Check for a broken drive belt (see DRIVE
BELT INSPECTION ).
3. Check the drive belt auto-tensioner (see
DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER
INSPECTION ).
4. Troubleshoot the alternator and regulator
circuit (see ALTERNATOR AND

2008 Honda Civic GX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
REGULATOR CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. Check for a poor connection at the battery
terminal.
6. Test the battery (see BATTERY TEST ).
Battery
overcharged
1. Troubleshoot the alternator and regulator
circuit (see ALTERNATOR AND
REGULATOR CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
2. Test the battery (see BATTERY TEST ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Charging System - Circuit Diagram
CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Go to step 14.
2. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 1 minute.
YES -Charging system indicator circuit is OK. Go to the ALTERNATOR
AND REGULATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING .
NO -Go to step 3.
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Replace the gauge control module (tach) (see REPLACEMENT ).
4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0)
YES -Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND
OVERHAUL ).
NO -Go to step 7.
NOTE: The charging system indicator may come on and then
go off.

2008 Honda Civic GX

(see step 2 on HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM) ).
module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't, troubleshoot
the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ).
11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition to LOCK (0).
12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (44P).
13. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B42 and body
ground.
Fig. 3: Checking For Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal
B42 And Body Ground
YES -Repair short in the wire between the alternator and the ECM/PCM.
NO -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see
UPDATING ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see
SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the
NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from
damage.

2008 Honda Civic GX

symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the
original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ).
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Replace the gauge control module (tach) (see REPLACEMENT ).
17. Connect alternator 4P connector terminal No. 3 and body ground with a jumper
wire.
Fig. 4: Connecting Alternator 4P Connector Terminal No. 3 And Body
Ground
OVERHAUL ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO -Go to step 19.
20. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see step 2 on HOW TO USE THE HDS
(HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) ).
22. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it
doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
ground.
Fig. 5: Checking For Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal
B42 And Body Ground
YES -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see
damage.

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO -Repair open in the wire between the alternator and the ECM/PCM.
ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Make sure the battery connections are good and the battery is sufficiently
charged.
2. Connect a VAT-40 (or equivalent tester), and turn the selector switch to
position 1 (starting).
Fig. 6: Identifying VAT-40 (Or Equivalent Tester)
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm, with no load until the
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
Is the voltage over 15.1 V?

2008 Honda Civic GX

INSTALLATION ), or rear housing assembly (see ALTERNATOR
OVERHAUL ).
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Release the accelerator pedal, and let the engine idle.
6. Turn off all the accessories. Select the charging test on the tester.
7. Remove the inductive pickup, and zero the ammeter.
8. Place the inductive pickup over the B terminal wire of the alternator so the
arrow points away from the alternator.
Is the voltage less than 13.5 V?
YES -Go to ALTERNATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING (see ).
NO -Go to step 10.
10. Apply a load with the VAT-40 until the battery voltage drops within 12-13.5
V.
Is the amperage 87.5 A or more?
YES -The charging system is OK.
NO -Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND
OVERHAUL ).
ALTERNATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
NOTE: If the charging system indicator is still on, replace the
alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

SYSTEM) ).
5. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector from the alternator.
6. Start the engine, and turn on the headlights to high beam.
7. Measure the voltage between alternator 4P connector terminal No. 2 and the
positive terminal of the battery.
Fig. 7: Identifying Voltage Between Alternator 4P Connector Terminal
No. 2
Is there 1 V or less?
YES -Go to step 11.
NO -Go to step 8.

2008 Honda Civic GX

ground.
Fig. 8: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B41
And Body Ground
YES -Repair short in the wire between the alternator and the ECM/PCM.
NO -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see
damage.
damage.

2008 Honda Civic GX

13. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B41 and
alternator 4P connector terminal No. 2.
And Alternator 4P Connector Terminal
OVERHAUL ).
NO -Repair open in the wire between the alternator and the ECM/PCM.
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION
1. Inspect the belt for cracks and damage. If the belt is cracked or damaged,
replace it.
2. Check that the auto-tensioner indicator (A) is within the standard range (B) as
shown. If it is out of the standard range, replace the drive belt (see DRIVE
BELT INSPECTION ). After you inspected or replaced the drive belt, go to
step 3.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 10: Checking Auto-Tensioner Indicator
3. If the maintenance minder required to inspect the drive belt, reset the
maintenance minder (see RESETTING THE MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION DISPLAY ), and this procedure is complete.
DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Set a long-handled, boxed-end wrench on the drive belt auto-tensioner from
above the engine. Slowly turn the wrench in the direction shown, then remove
the drive belt.
NOTE: This is a hydraulic type auto-tensioner; you must turn
the wrench slowly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 11: Identifying Drive Belt
2. Install the new belt in the reverse order of removal.
DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and make sure to turn the A/C switch OFF.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Check the position of the auto-tensioner indicator's pointer (A). Start the
engine then check the position again with the engine idling. If the position of
the indicator moves or fluctuates a lot, replace the auto-tensioner (see DRIVE
BELT AUTO-TENSIONER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
Fig. 12: Identifying Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Inspection
3. Check for abnormal noise from the tensioner pulley. If you hear abnormal
noise, replace the auto-tensioner pulley (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-
TENSIONER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
5. Set a long-handled, boxed-end wrench on the drive belt auto-tensioner from
above the engine. Slowly turn the wrench in the direction shown. Check that
the tensioner moves smoothly and without any abnormal noise. If the tensioner
does not move smoothly, or you hear abnormal noise, replace the auto-
tensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER
NOTE: This is a hydraulic type auto-tensioner; you must turn
the wrench slowly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 13: Identifying Long-Handled, Boxed-End Wrench
DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Loosen the water pump pulley mounting bolts.
Fig. 14: Identifying Water Pump Pulley Mounting Bolts
INSTALLATION ).
4. Remove the water pump pulley.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 15: Identifying Water Pump Pulley (With Torque Specifications)
5. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner.
Fig. 16: Identifying Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner (With Torque
Specifications)
6. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner in the reverse order of removal.

2008 Honda Civic GX

DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER AIR BLEEDING
2. Set a long-handled, boxed-end wrench on the drive belt auto-tensioner from the
top of the engine. Apply slow and steady pressure (3 seconds or more to
complete the stroke) to compress the drive belt auto-tensioner. Pull the wrench
back, taking 3 or more seconds to complete the stroke. Do this action a total of
3 times to complete the air bleeding.
Fig. 17: Identifying Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Air Bleeding
ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL
positive cable.
4. Disconnect the alternator connector (A) and BLK wire (B) from the alternator.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 18: Identifying Alternator Components Description
5. Remove the harness connector (C) and harness clamps (D) from the alternator.
6. Remove the alternator.
Fig. 19: Identifying Alternator
INSTALLATION
1. Install the alternator.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 20: Identifying Alternator (With Torque Specifications)
2. Connect the alternator connector (A) and BLK wire (B) to the alternator.
Fig. 21: Identifying Alternator Connector And BLK Wire To Alternator
(With Torque Specifications)
3. Install the harness connector (C) and harness clamp (D) to the alternator.

2008 Honda Civic GX

equipped), then enter the audio presets.
7. Set the clock.
ALTERNATOR OVERHAUL
EXPLODED VIEW

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 22: Exploded View Of Alternator
Driver 07749-0010000
Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300

2008 Honda Civic GX

Alternator Disassembly
1. Test the alternator and regulator before you remove them (see
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
INSTALLATION ).
3. Remove the heat shield (A) and harness brackets (B).
Fig. 23: Removing Heat Shield And Harness Brackets
4. Remove the terminal insulator.
NOTE: Refer to the exploded view as needed during this
procedure. See Fig. 22.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 24: Removing Terminal Insulator
5. Remove the four through bolts.
Fig. 25: Removing Through Bolts
6. Heat the rear bearing seat with a heat gun for about 5 minutes (129-140 F, 50-
60 C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 26: Identifying Heat Rear Bearing Seat With Heat Gun
7. Separate the rear housing from the drive end housing by inserting a flat-tip
screwdriver into the openings and prying them apart.
Fig. 27: Identifying Rear Housing From Drive End Housing
8. Separate the rear housing (A) and drive end housing (B) with the stator (C)
attached to the rear housing.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the stator with the tip of the
screwdriver.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 28: Separating Rear Housing And Drive End Housing
9. If you are not replacing the front bearing and/or rear bearing, go to step 17.
Clamp the rotor in a soft-jawed vise, then remove the pulley locknut.
Fig. 29: Removing Pulley Locknut
10. Remove the rotor using a puller as shown.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 30: Removing Rotor Using Puller
11. Inspect the rotor shaft for scoring, and inspect the bearing journal surface in the
drive end housing for seizure marks.
If either the rotor or drive end housing is damaged, replace the alternator.
If both the rotor and the drive end housing are OK, go to step 12.
12. Remove the rear bearing using the puller as shown.
Fig. 31: Removing Rear Bearing Using Puller
13. Use a hand press to install the new rear bearing. Apply pressure only on the
inner race to avoid damaging the bearing.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 32: Applying Pressure On Inner Race Bearing
14. Remove the front bearing retainer plate.
Fig. 33: Removing Front Bearing Retainer Plate
15. Support the drive end housing in a vise, and drive out the front bearing with a
brass drift and hammer.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 34: Identifying Support Drive End Housing In Vise
16. With a hammer and the special tools, install a new front bearing in the drive
end housing.
Fig. 35: Installing Front Bearing In Drive End Housing
Alternator Brush Inspection
17. Measure the length of both brushes with a vernier caliper.

2008 Honda Civic GX

If either brush is shorter than the service limit, replace the rear housing
assembly.
If the brush length is OK, go to step 18.
Alternator Brush Length
Fig. 36: Measuring Length Of Both Brushes With Vernier Caliper
Rotor Slip Ring Test
18. Check for continuity between the slip rings (A).
If there is no continuity, replace the rotor assembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 37: Checking Continuity Between Slip Rings
19. Check for no continuity between each slip ring (A) and the rotor (B) and the
rotor shaft (C).
If there is no continuity, replace the rear housing assembly, and go to step
20.
If there is continuity, replace the rotor assembly.
Alternator Reassembly
20. If you removed the pulley, put the rotor in the drive end housing, then tighten
its locknut to 111 N.m (11.3 kgf-m, 81.7 lbf-ft).
21. Remove any grease or oil from the slip rings.
22. Push the brushes (A) in, then insert a pin or drill bit (B) (about 1.8 mm (0.77
in.) diameter) to hold them there.
Fig. 38: Removing Grease Or Oil From Slip Rings

2008 Honda Civic GX

23. Heat the rear bearing seat with a heat gun for about 5 minutes (129-140 F, 50-
60 C).
24. Put the rear housing assembly (A) and drive end housing/rotor assembly (B)
together, tighten the four through bolts (C), and pull out the pin (D).
Fig. 39: Identifying Heat Rear Bearing Seat With Heat Gun
25. After assembling the alternator, turn the pulley by hand to make sure the rotor
turns smoothly and without noise.
26. Install the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ) and drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Consoles - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 *
*Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-
424-6857
SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see
COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see
PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service.
1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover (see PASSENGER'S
DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Standard M/T model: Lower the shift lever boot (A) to release the hooks (B)
from the boot, then remove the shift knob (C).
Fig. 1: Removing Shift Knob
NOTE:
Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to
avoid damage when prying components.
Take care not to scratch the front seat, dashboard, and
related parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Consoles - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Si model: Loosen the locknut (A), then remove the shift knob (B).
Fig. 2: Removing Shift Knob (Si Model)
4. Standard M/T model: Detach the clips by pulling the front inner panel (A) up.
Fig. 3: Pulling Front Inner Panel To Detach Clips
5. Si model: Remove the locknut (A). Detach the clips by pulling the front inner
panel (B) up.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Pulling Front Inner Panel To Detach Clips (Si Model)
6. Gently pull out along the rear of the center console panel (A) to release the
clips (B, C).
Fig. 5: Releasing Clips By Pulling Rear Of Center Console Panel
7. Pull the center console panel (A) up and rearward to release the tabs (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Releasing Tabs By Pulling Center Console Panel
8. Open the armrest (A), then remove the console box mat (B) and bolts.
Fig. 7: Removing Console Box Mat And Bolts (With Specifications)
9. From the front portion of the center console, remove the bolts (A) and clips
(B), and disconnect the console subharness connector (C), then detach the
connector clip (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Disconnecting Console Subharness Connector (With Specifications)
10. Slide both front seats all the way back, and recline the seat-back fully.
11. Slide the center console (A) rearward to release the pins (B) from the bracket
(C).
Fig. 9: Sliding Center Console Rearward To Release Pins

2008 Honda Civic EX

12. Lift up the rear of the console (A), and remove it from the dashboard.
Fig. 10: Removing Rear Of Console
13. Install the console in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure each connector is plugged in properly.
Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary,
replace them with new ones.
Push the clips and hooks into place securely.
When installing the center console panel, install the tabs (A) into the notch
(B) of the parking brake base frame (C).
Fig. 11: Installing Console
14. Si model: Install the shift knob (A).
1 By hand, thread the locknut (B) on to the shaft unit it bottoms out on the
shaft.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2 By hand, thread the shift knob on the shaft.
3 Rotate the shift knob to proper position.
4 Tighten the locknut securely.
Fig. 12: Installing Shift Knob (Si Model) (With Specifications)
CENTER CONSOLE DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
*Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-
424-6857
2. If equipped, remove the center console armrest (see CENTER CONSOLE
ARMREST REPLACEMENT ).
3. Using a T20 TORX bit, remove the screws, and disconnect the accessory
socket connector (A).
NOTE:
Take care not to scratch the center console, dashboard,
and related parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Identifying Accessory Socket Connector
4. Release the hooks (A) and pins (B), then separate the left console side panel
(C), right console side panel (D), console beverage holder (E) and console box
(F). If equipped, detach the harness clips (G), then remove the console
subharness (H) from the hooks (I). 4-door is shown; 2-door is similar.
Fig. 14: Removing Console Subharness
5. Release the hooks (A, B), then separate the console upper box (C) and console
lower box (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 15: Separating Console Upper And Lower Box
6. Assemble the console in the reverse order of removal, and make sure the
console subharness connector is plugged in properly.
CENTER CONSOLE ARMREST REPLACEMENT
FOR SOME MODELS
2. Gently pull out the center console rear cover (A) to detach the clips.
NOTE: Take care not to scratch the armrest, center console, and
related parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 16: Removing Center Console Rear Cover
3. Open the armrest (A), pull the pin (B) off the armrest, then separate the armrest
and center console (C).
Fig. 17: Separating Armrest And Center Console
4. Install the center console armrest in the reverse order of removal and check if
the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with
new ones.
ARMREST LOCK REPLACEMENT
FOR SOME MODELS

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the center console armrest (see CENTER CONSOLE ARMREST
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Using a T15 TORX bit, remove the screws. Slide the armrest liner (A)
downward to release the hooks (B), then remove the armrest liner and armrest
spring (C).
Fig. 18: Removing Armrest Liner And Spring
3. Using a T15 TORX bit, remove the screws.
Fig. 19: Removing Armrest Screw
4. Slide the armrest (A) all the way forward, using a T15 TORX bit, remove the
screws, then remove the armrest backbone (B).
NOTE: Take care not to scratch the armrest and related parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 20: Removing Armrest Backbone
5. From the back of the armrest backbone (A), push the edge of the armrest lock
pin (B) with a flat-tip screwdriver, then slide the armrest lock pin fully.
Fig. 21: Sliding Armrest Lock Pin
6. Remove the armrest lock (A) with the armrest lock pin (B) from the armrest
backbone (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 22: Removing Armrest Lock With Armrest Lock Pin
7. Remove the armrest lock pin (A), then separate the armrest lock (B) and
armrest lock spring (C).
Fig. 23: Removing Armrest Lock Pin
8. Install the armrest lock in the reverse order of removal.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ENGINE
Fan Controls (K20Z3) - Civic (All Except Si)
Fig. 1: Identifying A/C Condenser Fan Relay And Radiator Fan Relay

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Fan Controls (K20Z3) - Civic (All Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Symptom Diagnostic Procedure
Also check
for
Engine overheats
1. Check the coolant level.
2. Check for any engine coolant
leakage (from gaskets, hoses, O-
rings, etc.).
3. Check for dirt, leaves, or insects
on radiator and condenser.
4. Check for deteriorated coolant.
5. Check for a damaged or
deformed fan shroud.
6. Inspect the fan motors (see FAN
MOTOR TEST ) or fan relays
(see POWER RELAY TEST ).
7. Check the radiator cap (see
RADIATOR CAP TEST ).
8. Check the thermostat (see FAN
MOTOR TEST ).
9. Inspect the water pump (see
WATER PUMP
INSPECTION ).
10. Check for a plugged or
deteriorated radiator hoses.
11. Check for plugged heater core
or hoses.
12. Check for a damaged cylinder
head gasket.

The A/C condenser fan
runs at low speed, but it
does not run at high speed
A/C condenser fan high speed circuit
troubleshooting (see A/C
Cleanliness
and tightness

2008 Honda Civic GX

when the engine coolant
temperature is above 199
F (93 C)
CONDENSER FAN HIGH SPEED
CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
of all
connectors
With the A/C off and the
engine coolant temperature
at 199 F (93 C) or below,
the radiator fan runs at
high speed and the A/C
condenser fan does not
run. When the engine
coolant temperature is
above 199 F (93 C), both
fans run at high speed
Remove the fan control relay, and
test.
If the relay is faulty, replace it.
If the relay is OK, check for a
short in the wire between the fan
control relay 5P socket terminal
No. 1 and radiator fan motor 2P
Cleanliness
and tightness
of all
connectors
Both the radiator fan and
the A/C condenser fan run
at high speed with the
ignition switch ON (II), the
A/C off, and the engine
coolant temperature below
194 F (90 C)
Check for short in the wire between
A/C condenser fan relay 4P socket
terminal No. 3 and ECM connector
terminal A5.
Cleanliness
and tightness
of all
connectors
at low speed with the
ignition switch ON (II) and
the A/C off
radiator fan relay 4P socket terminal
No. 4 and ECM connector terminal
A4.
Cleanliness
and tightness
of all
connectors
the A/C condenser fan do
not run at low speed with
the A/C on
Radiator and A/C condenser fans low
speed circuit troubleshooting (see
RADIATOR AND A/C
CONDENSER FAN LOW SPEED
CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
Cleanliness
and tightness
of all
connectors
at low speed, but the
radiator fan does not run at
RADIATOR FAN HIGH SPEED
CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
Cleanliness
and tightness

2008 Honda Civic GX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
high speed when the
engine coolant temperature
is above 199 F (93 C)
(see ). of all
connectors
not run at high speed when
the engine coolant
temperature is above 199 T
(93 C)
Check for open in the wire between
terminal No. 3 and ECM connector
terminal A5.
Cleanliness
and tightness
of all
connectors

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Fan Controls Circuit Diagram
RADIATOR FAN HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Remove the fan control relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it
Is the relay OK?

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Replace the fan control relay.
2. Check the No. 36(10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Replace the fuse.
4. Measure the voltage between the fan control relay 5P socket terminal No. 5
and body ground.
Fig. 3: Measuring Voltage Between Fan Control Relay 5P Socket Terminal
5 And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the under-hood fuse/relay box and the
under-dash fuse/relay box.
6. Check for continuity between the fan control relay 5P socket terminal No. 2

2008 Honda Civic GX

and body ground.
Fig. 4: Checking For Continuity Between Fan Control Relay 5P Socket
YES -Replace the under hood fuse/relay box.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the fan control relay 5P socket terminal
No. 2 and body ground (G301). If the wire is OK, check for poor ground at
G301.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 ENGINE
Cooling System - Civic GX
Fig. 1: Identifying Cooling System Components
NOTE: Refer to the COOLING SYSTEM (R18A1) (EXCEPT HYBRID)
article for items not shown in this article.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic GX

THERMOSTAT HOUSING REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL
1. Drain the engine coolant, refer to the THERMOSTAT REPLACEMENT .
2. Remove the air cleaner housing assembly, refer to the AIR CLEANER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .
3. Remove the harness bracket (A), and cover the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
connector and secondary heated oxygen sensor (secondary HO2S) connector
with a tape to protect the connectors from engine coolant, then remove the
lower radiator hose (B), the water bypass hoses (C), and the heater hose (D).
Fig. 2: Identifying Harness Bracket, Radiator Hose, Water Bypass Hoses
And Heater Hose
4. Remove the thermostat housing.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 3: Identifying Thermostat Housing With Bolts
5. Remove the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) plate (A), thermostat cover (B),
and thermostat (C).
Fig. 4: Identifying Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Plate, Thermostat
Cover And Thermostat
INSTALLATION
1. Install the new rubber seal (A) onto the thermostat, then install the thermostat
(B) with pin (C) up, and install the thermostat cover (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying Rubber Seal, Thermostat, Pin And Thermostat Cover
2. Install the EGR plate (E) with a new gasket (F).
3. Install the thermostat housing (A), using a new gasket (B) and new O-ring (C).
Fig. 6: Identifying Thermostat Housing, Gasket And O-Ring
4. Install the lower radiator hose (A), heater hose (B), and water bypass hoses
(C), then install the harness bracket (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 7: Identifying Lower Radiator Hose, Heater Hose And Water Bypass
Hoses
5. Install the air cleaner housing assembly, refer to the AIR CLEANER
6. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed the air from the cooling
system with the heater valve open, refer to the COOLANT
REPLACEMENT .
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR THERMOSTAT REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the cowl panel and under-cowl cover, refer to the COWL COVER
REPLACEMENT .
2. Remove the water bypass hoses (A) from the fuel pressure regulator
thermostat, then plug the hoses.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 8: Identifying Water Bypass Hoses And Fuel Pressure Regulator
Thermostat
3. Remove the fuel pressure regulator thermostat (B).
4. Install the fuel pressure regulator thermostat in the reverse order of removal.
5. Install the cowl panel and under-cowl cover, refer to the COWL COVER
REPLACEMENT .
system with the heater valve open, refer to the COOLANT
REPLACEMENT .

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 ENGINE
Cooling System (K20Z3) - Civic (All Except Si)
Fig. 1: Identifying Cooling System Components
RADIATOR CAP TEST
1. Remove the radiator cap (A). Wet the seal with engine coolant, then install it
on a commercially available pressure tester (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Cooling System (K20Z3) - Civic (All Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Installing Cap On Pressure Tester
2. Apply a pressure of 93-123 kPa (0.95-1.25 kgf/cm
2
, 14-18 psi).

3. Check for a drop in pressure.
4. If the pressure drops, replace the cap.
RADIATOR TEST
1. Wait until the engine is cool, then carefully remove the radiator cap, and fill
the radiator with engine coolant to the top of the filler neck.
2. Attach a commercially available pressure tester (A) to the radiator, and apply a
pressure of 93-123 kPa (0.95-1.25 kgf/cm
2
, 14-18 psi).
Fig. 3: Attaching Pressure Tester To Radiator
3. Inspect for engine coolant leaks, and a drop in pressure.

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Remove the tester, then reinstall the radiator cap.
5. Check for engine oil in the coolant and/or coolant in the engine oil.
FAN MOTOR TEST
1. Disconnect the 2P connectors from the radiator fan motor and condenser fan
motor.
Fig. 4: Identifying 2P Connectors From Radiator Fan Motor And
Condenser Fan Motor
2. Test the motor by connecting battery power to the terminal No. 2 and ground to
the terminal No. 1.
3. If the motor fails to run, or does not run smoothly, replace it.
THERMOSTAT TEST
Replace the thermostat if it is open at room temperature.
To test a closed thermostat:
1. Suspend the thermostat (A) in a container of water. Do not let the thermometer
(B) touch the bottom of the hot container.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying Thermostat In Container Of Water
2. Heat the water, and check the temperature with a thermometer. Check the
temperature when the thermostat first opens, then check the temperature when
the thermostat is fully open.
3. Measure the lift height of the thermostat when it is fully open. If the thermostat
is not within the specification, replace it.
Standard Thermostat
Lift Height: Above 8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
Starts Opening: 169-176 F (76-80 C)
Fully Open: 194 F (90 C)
WATER PUMP INSPECTION
2. Turn the water pump pulley counterclockwise. Check that it turns freely. If it
doesn't turn smoothly, replace the water pump (see WATER PUMP
INSPECTION ).
NOTE: When you check the water pump, you may see a small

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 6: Identifying Bleed Holes
WATER PUMP REPLACEMENT
2. Drain the engine coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ).
3. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner pulley (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-
4. Remove the crankshaft pulley (see CRANKSHAFT PULLEY REMOVAL
AND INSTALLATION ).
5. Remove the oil cooler joint pipe (A), then remove the seven bolts securing the
water pump. Remove the water pump (B).
amount of "weeping" from the bleed holes (A). This it is
normal.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 7: Identifying Water Pump Components (With Torque Specifications)
6. Inspect, and clean the O-ring groove and mating surface with the water
passage.
7. Install the water pump with new O-rings (C) in the reverse order of removal.
8. Clean up any spilled engine coolant.
9. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner pulley (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-
10. Install the crankshaft pulley (see INSTALLATION ).
system with the heater valve open (see step 6 ).
COOLANT CHECK
1. Look at the coolant level in the coolant reservoir. Make sure it is between the
MAX mark (A) and MIN mark (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 8: Identifying MAX Mark And MIN Mark
2. If the coolant level in the coolant reservoir is at or below the MIN mark, add
coolant to bring it up to the MAX mark, and inspect the cooling system for
leaks.
COOLANT REPLACEMENT
1. Start the engine. Set the heater temperature control dial to maximum heat, then
turn off the ignition switch. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool to the
touch.
2. Remove the radiator cap.
3. Loosen the drain plug (A), and drain the coolant.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 9: Loosening Drain Plug
4. After the coolant has drained, tighten the radiator drain plug.
5. Remove the coolant reservoir, and drain the coolant, then reinstall the coolant
reservoir.
6. Fill the coolant reservoir to the MAX mark (A) with Honda Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 (P/N OL999-9001).
Fig. 10: Identifying MAX Mark
7. Pour Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 (P/N OL999-9001) into the
radiator up to the base of the filler neck.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Engine Coolant Capacities (Including the reserve tank capacity of 0.4 L
(0.11 US gal))
At Coolant Change: 4.5 L (1.19 US gal)
After Engine Overhaul: 6.8 L (1.80 US gal)
Fig. 11: Identifying Engine Coolant Capacities
8. Loosely install the radiator cap.
9. Start the engine, and let it run until it warms up (the radiator fan comes on at
least twice).
10. If the maintenance minder indicated to replace the engine coolant, reset the
INFORMATION DISPLAY ), then go to step 19. If the maintenance minder
did not indicate to replace the engine coolant, go to step 11.
NOTE:
Always use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant
Type 2 (P/N OL999-9001). Using a non-Honda
coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling
system to malfunction or fail.
Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 is a
mixture of 50 % antifreeze and 50 % water. Do not
add water.

2008 Honda Civic GX

12. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (see GENERAL
14. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM. If it doesn't
communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
15. Select BODY ELECTRICAL with he HDS.
18. Select MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM 5 RESET with the HDS.
19. Turn off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, and add Honda Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2, if needed.
20. Put the radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine again, and check for leaks.
22. Reset the maintenance information display (seeRESETTING THE
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION DISPLAY ).
THERMOSTAT REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the splash shield .
3. Remove the lower hose, then remove the thermostat.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 12: Identifying Thermostat, Harness Clamp And Lower Hose (With
4. Install the thermostat with a new O-ring, then install the lower hose.
5. Install the splash shield .
WATER PASSAGE REPLACEMENT
INSTALLATION ).
3. Remove the condenser fan shroud assembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Remove the A/C compressor without disconnecting the A/C hoses (see step 38
on ENGINE REMOVAL ).
5. Remove the intake manifold (see REMOVAL ).
6. Remove a bolt (A) securing the connecting pipe.
Fig. 13: Identifying Lower Radiator Hose, Connecting Pipe And Harness
Clamp
7. Remove the lower radiator hose (B), connecting pipe (C), water bypass hose
(D), and harness clamp (E).
8. Remove the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (A), then remove the
water passage (B).
Fig. 14: Identifying Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Hose And

2008 Honda Civic GX

Water Passage
Fig. 15: Identifying Thermostat Housing
10. Remove the water pump (see WATER PUMP INSPECTION ).
11. Install the water pump (see WATER PUMP INSPECTION ).
12. Install the thermostat housing (A) with a new O-ring (B).
Fig. 16: Identifying Thermostat Housing With New O-Ring (With Torque
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

13. Clean, and dry the water passage mating surfaces.
14. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004,08718-0001, 08718-0002,08718-0003, or
08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the water passage.
Fig. 17: Identifying Engine Block Mating Surface
15. Install the water passage (A) with a new O-ring (B).
NOTE: Do not install components if too much time has passed
after applying the liquid gasket (for P/N 08718-0002, no
more than 4 minutes, for all others, no more than 5
minutes). Instead, remove the old residue and reapply
the liquid gasket.
NOTE:
Wait at least 30 minutes to allow liquid gasket to
cure before filling the engine with oil.
Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours to allow
liquid gasket to cure after installing the water
passage.

2008 Honda Civic GX

16. Install the PCV hose (C).
17. Install the connecting pipe (A) with a new O-ring (B).
Fig. 19: Identifying Connecting Pipe With New O-Ring (With Torque
Specifications)
18. Install the lower radiator hose (C), water bypass hose (D), and harness clamp
(E).
19. Tighten a bolt (F) securing the connecting pipe.
Fig. 18: Identifying Water Passage With New O-Ring

2008 Honda Civic GX

20. Install the intake manifold (see INSTALLATION ).
21. Install the A/C compressor (see step 24 on ENGINE INSTALLATION ).
22. Install the condenser fan shroud assembly.
23. Install the alternator (see INSTALLATION ).
system with the heater valve open (see step 6 on ).
WATER OUTLET REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL
3. Remove the harness holder (A) from the bracket, then remove the harness
holder bracket (B).
Fig. 20: Identifying Harness Holder Bracket
4. Remove the upper radiator hose (A), heater hose (B), and water bypass hose
(C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 21: Identifying Upper Radiator Hose, Heater Hose, And Water
Bypass Hose
5. Remove the air cleaner housing brackets.
Fig. 22: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Brackets
6. Remove the water outlet.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 23: Identifying Water Outlet
7. Remove the EGR plate.
Fig. 24: Identifying EGR Plate
INSTALLATION
1. Install the EGR plate (A) with a new gasket (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 25: Identifying EGR Plate With Gasket (With Torque Specifications)
2. Install the water outlet (A) with a new gasket (B).
Fig. 26: Identifying Water Outlet With New Gasket (With Torque
Specifications)
3. Install the air cleaner housing brackets.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 27: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Brackets (With Torque
Specifications)
4. Install the upper radiator hose (A), heater hose (B), and water bypass hose (C).
Fig. 28: Identifying Upper Radiator Hose, Heater Hose , And Water
Bypass Hose
5. Install the harness holder bracket (A), then install the harness holder (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 29: Identifying Harness Holder Bracket And Harness Holder (With
6. Install the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER
RADIATOR AND FAN REPLACEMENT
positive cable.
5. Remove the bulkhead cover (see FRONT BUMPER

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 30: Identifying Fan Motor Connectors And Hood Switch Connector
7. Remove the reservoir hose (A), radiator cap base mounting bolts (B), clips (C),
Fig. 31: Identifying Reservoir Hose, Radiator Cap Base Mounting Bolts
And Clips (With Torque Specifications)
8. Remove the upper radiator hose.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 32: Identifying Upper Radiator Hose
Fig. 33: Identifying Splash Shield
10. Disconnect the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 2 connector (A), and
remove the harness clamp (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 34: Identifying Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) And Harness
Clamp
11. Remove the lower radiator hose from the radiator.
(B).
Fig. 35: Identifying Condenser Bracket Mounting Bolts And Bulkhead

2008 Honda Civic GX

13. Pull up the radiator, then remove the fan shroud assemblies and other parts
from the radiator.
Fig. 36: Identifying Fan Shroud Assemblies And Parts From Radiator
14. Install the radiator in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the upper and
lower cushions are set securely.

2008 Honda Civic GX

15. Install the bulkhead in the reverse order of removal. Apply body paint to the
bulkhead mounting bolts.
16. Install the battery, and connect the positive cable to the battery first, then
connect the negative cable.
equipped), then enter the audio preset. Set the clock.
18. Fill the radiator with engine coolant and bleed the air (see step 6 ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 ENGINE
Cooling System (R18A1) - Civic (Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Component Location Index
RADIATOR CAP TEST
NOTE: Refer to the COOLING SYSTEM (GX) (SUPPLEMENT) article
for additional information for the GX model.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Cooling System (R18A1) - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Remove the radiator cap (A). Wet the seal with engine coolant, then install it
on a commercially available pressure tester (B).
Fig. 2: Testing Radiator Cap
2. Apply a pressure of 93-123 kPa (0.95-1.25 kgf/cm
2
, 14-18 psi).

3. Check for a drop in pressure.
4. If the pressure drops, replace the cap.
RADIATOR TEST
1. Wait until the engine is cool, then carefully remove the radiator cap, and fill
the radiator with engine coolant to the top of the filler neck.
2. Attach a commercially available pressure tester (A) to the radiator, and apply a
pressure of 93-123 kPa (0.95-1.25 kgf/cm
2
, 14-18 psi).
Fig. 3: Testing Radiator

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Inspect for engine coolant leaks, and a drop in pressure.
4. Remove the tester, then reinstall the radiator cap.
5. Check for engine oil in the coolant and/or coolant in the engine oil.
FAN MOTOR TEST
1. Disconnect the 2P connectors from the radiator fan motor (A) and condenser
fan motor (B).
Fig. 4: Identifying Radiator Fan Motor And Condenser Fan Motor
2. Test each motor by connecting battery power to the No. 2 terminal and ground
to the No. 1 terminal.
3. If either motor fails to run, or does not run smoothly, replace it (see
RADIATOR AND FAN REPLACEMENT ).
THERMOSTAT TEST
Replace the thermostat if it is open at room temperature.
To test a closed thermostat:
1. Suspend the thermostat (A) in a container of water. Do not let the thermometer
(B) touch the bottom of the hot container.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Checking Temperature When Thermostat Opens
2. Heat the water and check the temperature with a thermometer. Check the
temperature when the thermostat first opens, then check the temperature when
the thermostat is fully open.
3. Measure the lift height of the thermostat when it is fully open.
Standard Thermostat
Lift Height: Above 8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
Starts Opening: 176-183 F (80-84 C)
Fully Open: 203 F (95 C)
WATER PUMP INSPECTION
1. Loosen the water pump pulley mounting bolts.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 6: Identifying Water Pump Pulley Mounting Bolts
3. Remove the water pump pulley.
Fig. 7: Identifying Torque Specifications Of Water Pump Pulley Bolts
4. Turn the water pump counterclockwise. Check that it turns freely. If doesn't
turn smoothly, replace the water pump (see WATER PUMP
REPLACEMENT ).
NOTE: When you check the water pump, you may see a small

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 8: Identifying Bleed Holes
5. Install the water pump pulley.
7. Tighten the water pump pulley mounting bolts to the specified torque.
WATER PUMP REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-
3. Remove the water pump (A) by removing the five bolts.
amount of "weeping" from the bleed holes (A). This is
normal.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 9: Identifying Torque Specifications Of Water Pump Bolts
4. Inspect, and clean the O-ring groove and the mating surface of the engine
block.
5. Install the water pump with a new O-ring (B) in the reverse order of removal.
7. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER
8. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, then bleed the air from the cooling
system (see step 8).
COOLANT CHECK
1. Look at the coolant level in the coolant reservoir. Make sure it is between the
MAX mark (A) and MIN mark (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 10: Identifying Coolant Reservoir MAX Mark And MIN Mark
2. If the coolant level in the coolant reservoir is at or below the MIN mark, add
coolant to bring it between the MIN and MAX marks, then inspect the cooling
system for leaks.
COOLANT REPLACEMENT
1. Start the engine. Set the heater temperature control dial to maximum heat, then
turn off the ignition switch. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool to the
touch.
3. Loosen the drain plug (A), and drain the coolant.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 11: Identifying Drain Plug
4. Remove the drain bolt (A) located at the front of the engine block.
Fig. 12: Identifying Torque Specifications Of Drain Bolt
5. After the coolant has drained, apply liquid gasket to the drain bolt threads, then
reinstall the bolt with a new washer and tighten it securely.
6. Tighten the radiator drain plug securely.
7. Remove the coolant reservoir, then drain the coolant, and reinstall the reserve
tank.
8. Fill the reserve tank to the MAX mark (A) with Honda Long Life

2008 Honda Civic GX

Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 (P/N OL999-9001).
Fig. 13: Identifying Reserve Tank MAX Mark
9. Pour Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 into the radiator up to the
base of the filler neck.
Engine Coolant Capacities (Including the reserve tank capacity of 0.4 L
(0.11 US gal)):
4-door model:
M/T:
NOTE:
Always use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant
Type 2 (P/N OL999-9001). Using a non-Honda
coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling
system to malfunction or fail.
Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 is a
mixture of 50 % antifreeze and 50 % water. Do not
add water.

2008 Honda Civic GX

A/T:
2-door model:
M/T:
A/T:
Fig. 14: Pouring Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 Into
Radiator

2008 Honda Civic GX

10. Loosely install the radiator cap.
11. Start the engine, and let it run until it warms up (the radiator fan comes on at
least twice).
12. If the maintenance minder required to replace the engine coolant, reset the
INFORMATION DISPLAY ), then go to step 20. If the maintenance minder
did not require to replace the engine coolant, go to next step.
13. Connect the HDS to the data link connector.
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
16. Select BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS.
19. Select MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM 5 RESET with the HDS.
20. Turn off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, and add Honda Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2, if needed.
21. Put the radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine again, and check for leaks.
23. Reset the maintenance information display (see RESETTING THE
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION DISPLAY ).
THERMOSTAT REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the harness clamp bracket and thermostat cover, then remove the
thermostat.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 15: Identifying Thermostat Cover With Tightening Torque
3. Install the thermostat with a new rubber seal.
4. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, then bleed air from the cooling system
(see step 8).
THERMOSTAT HOUSING REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL
2. Remove the air cleaner assembly (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ).
3. Remove the harness bracket (A), and cover the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
connector and secondary heated oxygen sensor (secondary H02S) connector
with a tape to protect the connectors from engine coolant, then remove the
lower radiator hose (B), the water bypass (C), and the heater hose (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 16: Identifying Harness Bracket
4. Remove the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) pipe.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 17: Identifying Exhaust Gas Recirculation Pipe
5. Disconnect the EGR connector.
Fig. 18: Identifying Thermostat Housing
7. Remove the EGR valve (A), thermostat cover (B), and thermostat (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 19: Identifying EGR Valve, Thermostat Cover And Thermostat
INSTALLATION
1. Install the new rubber seal (A) onto the thermostat, then install the thermostat
(B) with pin (C) up, and install the thermostat cover (D).
Fig. 20: Identifying Thermostat, Pin And Thermostat Cover With
Tightening Torque

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Install the EGR valve (E) with a new gasket (F).
3. Install the thermostat housing (A), using a new gasket (B) and new O-ring (C).
Fig. 21: Identifying Thermostat Housing, Gasket And O-Ring With
Tightening Torque
4. Connect the EGR connector.
5. Install the EGR pipe (A), using the new gaskets (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 22: Identifying EGR Pipe And Gaskets With Tightening Torque
6. Install the lower radiator hose (A), heater hose (B), and water bypass hoses
(C), then install the harness bracket (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 23: Identifying Lower Radiator Hose, Heater Hose, And Water
Bypass Hoses
7. Install the air cleaner assembly (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ).
system with the heater valve open (see step 8).
WATER OUTLET REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), then remove the harness holder
(B) from the cylinder head.
Fig. 24: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Bracket And Harness Holder
4. Disconnect the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector (C).
5. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), upper radiator hose (B), and water
bypass hose (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 25: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Bracket, Upper Radiator Hose
And Water Bypass Hose
6. Remove the water outlet (A) and ECT sensor 1 (B).
Fig. 26: Identifying Water Outlet And ECT Sensor 1
INSTALLATION
1. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the water outlet mating surfaces,
bolts, and bolt holes.
2. Clean, and dry the water outlet mating surfaces.
3. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004,08718-0001, 08718-0002, 08718-0003,
or 08718-0009, evenly to the cylinder head mating surface of the water outlet.
the liquid gasket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 27: Identifying Liquid Gasket Applying Line
4. Install the water outlet (A), then install the ECT sensor 1 (B) with a new O-ring
(C).
NOTE:
cure before filling the engine with coolant.
liquid gasket to cure after installing the water outlet.

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Install the air cleaner housing bracket (A), upper radiator hose (B), and water
bypass hose (C).
Fig. 29: Identifying Torque Specifications Of Air Cleaner Housing
Bracket Bolt
6. Connect the engine temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector (A).
Fig. 28: Identifying Torque Specifications Of Water
Outlet Bolts

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 30: Identifying Engine Temperature Sensor 1 Connector With
Tightening Torques
7. Install the harness holder (B) on the cylinder head, then install the air cleaner
housing bracket (C).
HEATER OUTLET REPLACEMENT
3. Remove the heater hose (A) from the clamp.
Fig. 31: Identifying Heater Hose
4. Remove the heater hose (B) and water bypass hose (C).
5. Remove the heater outlet (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 32: Identifying Heater Outlet With Tightening Torque
6. Install the heater outlet with a new gasket (B).
7. Install the other parts in the reverse order of removal.
RADIATOR AND FAN REPLACEMENT
cable.
5. Remove the bulkhead cover.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 33: Identifying Fan Motor Connectors And Hood Switch Connector
7. Remove the reservoir hose (A), radiator cap base mounting bolts (B), clips (C),
Fig. 34: Identifying Torque Specifications Of Radiator Cap Base
Mounting Bolts
8. Remove the upper radiator hose (A) and lower radiator hose (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 35: Identifying Upper Radiator Hose And Lower Radiator Hose
10. Disconnect the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 2 connector (A), and

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 37: Identifying Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 2 Connector And
Harness Clamp
(B).
Fig. 38: Identifying Condenser Bracket Mounting Bolts And Bulkhead
With Tightening Torque
12. Pull up the radiator, then remove the fan shroud assemblies and other parts

2008 Honda Civic GX

from the radiator.
DENSO
Fig. 39: Identifying Radiator And Fan Components - DENSO - With
Tightening Torque
CoPAR

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 40: Identifying Radiator And Fan Components - COPAR - With
Tightening Torque
13. Install the radiator in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the upper and
lower cushions are set securely.
14. Install the bulkhead in the reverse order of removal. Apply body paint to the
bulkhead mounting bolts.
15. Install the battery, and connect the positive cable to the battery first, then

2008 Honda Civic GX

connect the negative cable.
equipped), then enter the audio preset. Set the clock.
17. Fill the radiator with engine coolant and bleed the air (see step 8).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Cruise Control (K20Z3) - Civic (All Except Si)
Fig. 1: Locating Cruise Control Components

2008 Honda Civic LX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cruise Control (K20Z3) - Civic (All Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for
Cruise control
cannot be set
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
2. Check the No. 3 (10 A) fuse in the
3. Do the cruise control input test
(see CRUISE CONTROL
INPUT TEST ).
4. Do the cruise control combination
switch test (see CRUISE
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).

Cruise control
can be set, but
the cruise main
indicator does
not come on
Do the gauge control module self-
diagnostic function procedure (see
Faulty gauge control
module (tach)
Cruise control
can be set, but
the cruise
control indicator
does not come
on
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
2. Do the gauge control module self-
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTION ).
module (tach)

2008 Honda Civic LX

(see CRUISE CONTROL
INPUT TEST ). Test the cruise
control indicator signal input.
Vehicle does not
decelerate or
accelerate
accordingly
when the
set/decel or
resume/accel
switch is pressed
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
control set/decel, resume/accel
switch signal input.
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
Open circuit, loose
or disconnected
terminals:
YEL/RED, LT GRN
or LT GRN/BLK,
ORN
Set speed does
not cancel when
the brake pedal
is pressed
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
INPUT TEST ).
3. Test the brake pedal position
switch signal input. Do the brake
pedal position switch test (see
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION
SWITCH TEST ).
Short to power
on the BRN
wire
Faulty brake
pedal position
switch
Set speed does
not cancel
(engine rpm
stays high) when
the clutch pedal
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
Short in the LT
BLU wire
Faulty clutch
pedal position

2008 Honda Civic LX

is pressed
(see CRUISE CONTROL
INPUT TEST ). Test the clutch
pedal position switch signal input.
3. Do the clutch pedal position switch
test (see CLUTCH PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH TEST ).
switch
Set speed does
not cancel when
the cruise
control main
switch is pressed
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
control main switch signal input.
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
Short to power on
the PNK, YEL wire
Set speed does
not cancel when
the cancel
switch is pressed
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
control cancel switch signal input.
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
Open circuit, loose
or disconnected
terminals:
YEL/RED, LT GRN
or LT GRN/BLK,
ORN

2008 Honda Civic LX

Set speed will
not resume
when the
resume/accel
switch is pressed
(with the cruise
control main
switch turned
on, and set
speed
temporarily
canceled by
pressing the
brake pedal)
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
2. Check the brake pedal position
switch adjustment (see BRAKE
PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
ADJUSTMENT ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
control resume/accel switch signal
input. Test the brake pedal position
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
Faulty brake
pedal position
switch
Open circuit,
loose or
disconnected
terminals: LT
GRN/BLK,
ORN
Set speed will
not resume
when the
resume/accel
switch is pressed
(with the cruise
control main
switch turned
on, and set
speed
temporarily
canceled by
pressing the
clutch pedal)
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
2. Check the clutch pedal position
switch adjustment (see CLUTCH
PEDAL, CLUTCH PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH, AND
CLUTCH INTERLOCK
SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
control resume/accel switch signal
Faulty clutch
pedal position
switch
Open circuit,
loose or
disconnected
terminals: LT
GRN/BLK,
ORN

2008 Honda Civic LX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
input. Test the clutch pedal
position switch signal input.
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
With the
ignition switch
ON (II), and the
lighting switch
turned on, the
cruise control
combination
switch
illumination
does not come
on
Replace the cruise control combination
switch (see CRUISE CONTROL
COMBINATION SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 2: Cruise Control - Circuit Diagram
CRUISE CONTROL INPUT TEST
NOTE: Always make sure you have the latest HDS software before
doing the input tests.

2008 Honda Civic LX

(see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ).
4. Go to PGM-FI, and check for DTCs (see DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
INDEX .
5. Do the following tests while monitoring parameters in the PGM-FI DATA
LIST with the HDS.
Cruise Control Input Test
NOTE: Intermittent failures are often caused by loose circuit
connections. While monitoring cruise control inputs,
flex their circuits, and note if any of the test results
change.
Signal to
be tested
Test condition
Parameter: Desired
result
Possible cause if
result is not
obtained
Brake
pedal
position
switch
signal
Brake pedal
pressed, then
released
CRUISE BRAKE SW
should indicate OFF
when the brake pedal is
pressed and ON when
the brake pedal is
released.
Faulty brake
pedal position
switch
Blown No. 3 (10
A) fuse in the
under-dash
fuse/relay box
Open in the wire
between the
ECM and the
brake pedal
position switch
A wire shorted to

2008 Honda Civic LX

ground between
the ECM/PCM
and the brake
pedal position
switch
Clutch
pedal
position
switch
signal
Clutch pedal
pressed, then
released
SHIFT/CLUTCH SW
should indicate ON
when the clutch pedal is
pressed and OFF when
the clutch pedal is
released.
Faulty clutch
pedal position
switch
Open in the wire
between the
ECM and the
clutch pedal
position switch
Short to ground
in the wire
between the
ECM and the
clutch pedal
position switch
Poor ground
G401
Cruise
control
main
switch
signal
Cruise control main
switch ON and OFF
CRUISE MASTER
(MAIN) SW should
indicate ON when the
cruise control main
switch is turned ON and
OFF when the cruise
Faulty cruise
control main
switch
Faulty gauge
control module
(tach)
Open in the wire
between the
gauge control
module (tach)
and the cruise
control main
switch

2008 Honda Civic LX

control main switch is
turned OFF.
Short to ground
in the wire
between the
gauge control
module (tach)
and the cruise
control main
switch
Set
switch
signal
Set/decel switch
pressed and
released
CRUISE SET SW
should indicate ON
when the set/decel
switch is pressed and
OFF when the set/decel
switch is released.
Faulty cruise
control
combination
switch
Faulty gauge
control module
(tach)
Open in the wire
between the
gauge control
module (tach)
and the cruise
control
combination
switch
Short to ground
in the wire
between the
gauge control
module (tach)
and the cruise
control
combination
switch
Faulty cruise
control

2008 Honda Civic LX

Resume
switch
signal
Resume/accel
switch pressed and
released
CRUISE RESUME SW
should indicate ON
when the resume/accel
OFF when the
resume/accel switch is
released.
combination
switch
Faulty gauge
control module
(tach)
Open in the wire
between the
gauge control
module (tach)
and the cruise
control
combination
switch
Short to ground
in the wire
between the
gauge control
module (tach)
and the cruise
control
combination
switch
Cancel
switch
signal
Cancel switch
pressed and
released
CRUISE CANCEL SW
should indicate ON
when the cancel switch
is pressed and OFF
when the cancel switch
is released.
Faulty cruise
control
combination
switch
Faulty gauge
control module
(tach)
Cruise
control
indicator
Start the engine,
turn the cruise
control main switch
on, and drive the
vehicle above 25
CRUISE INDICATOR
should indicate ON
when the cruise control
is set and OFF when the
Faulty ECM
Cruise control
was not set at the

2008 Honda Civic LX

CRUISE CONTROL COMBINATION SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT
PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) in the SRS before doing repairs or
service.
1. Remove the driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the steering wheel trim.
Fig. 3: Removing Steering Wheel Trim
3. Remove the cruise control combination switch.
signal mph (40 km/h). Set
and cancel the
cruise control.
cruise control is
canceled.
test by other
malfunction

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 4: Removing Cruise Control Combination Switch
4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according
to Fig. 5 .
If there is continuity, and it matches the table, but switch failure occurred
on the cruise control input test, check and repair the wire harness on the
switch circuit.
If there is no continuity in one or more positions, replace the switch.
Fig. 5: Checking Continuity Between Cruise Control Combination
Switch
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH TEST

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Disconnect the 3P connector from the clutch pedal position switch.
Fig. 6: Disconnecting 3P Connector From Clutch Pedal Position Switch
2. Remove the clutch pedal position switch.
3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to Fig. 7 .
If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch pedal position
switch.
If OK, install the clutch pedal position switch, and adjust the pedal height
(see CLUTCH PEDAL, CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH,
AND CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ).
Fig. 7: Checking Continuity Between Clutch Pedal Position Switch

2008 Honda Civic LX

Cruise Control (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Locating Cruise Control Components

2008 Honda Civic LX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Cruise Control (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Cruise control
cannot be set
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
2. Check the No. 3(10 A) fuse in the
(see CRUISE CONTROL
INPUT TEST ).
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).

Cruise control can
be set, but the
cruise main
indicator does not
come on
Do the gauge control module self-
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTION ).
Faulty gauge
control module
(tach)
Cruise control can
be set, but the
cruise control
indicator does not
come on
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
2. Do the gauge control module self-
diagnostic function procedure
(see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTION ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
Faulty gauge
control module
(tach)

2008 Honda Civic LX

control indicator signal input.
Vehicle does not
decelerate or
accelerate
accordingly when
the set/decel or
resume/accel
switch is pressed
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
control set/decel, resume/accel
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
Open circuit, loose
or disconnected
terminals:
YEL/RED, LT
GRN or LT
GRN/BLK, ORN
Set speed does not
cancel when the
brake pedal is
pressed
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
INPUT TEST ). Test the brake
pedal position switch signal input.
3. Do the brake pedal position
switch test (see BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH TEST ).
Short to power
on the BRN
wire
Faulty brake
pedal position
switch
Set speed does not
cancel (engine rpm
stays high) when
the clutch pedal is
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
INPUT TEST ). Test the clutch
Short in the LT
BLU wire
Faulty clutch
pedal position

2008 Honda Civic LX

pressed (M/T) pedal position switch signal input.
3. Do the clutch pedal position
switch test (see CLUTCH
PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
TEST ).
switch
Set speed does not
cancel when the
cruise control main
switch is pressed
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
control main switch signal input.
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
Short to power on
the PNK, YEL wire
Set speed does not
cancel when the
cancel switch is
pressed
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
control cancel switch signal input.
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
Open circuit, loose
or disconnected
terminals:
YEL/RED, LT
GRN or LT
GRN/BLK, ORN
GENERAL

2008 Honda Civic LX

Set speed will not
resume when the
resume/accel
switch is pressed
(with the cruise
control main
switch turned on,
and set speed
temporarily
canceled by
pressing the brake
pedal)
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
2. Check the brake pedal position
switch adjustment (see BRAKE
PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
ADJUSTMENT ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
control resume/accel switch
signal input. Test the brake pedal
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
Faulty brake
pedal position
switch
Open circuit,
loose or
disconnected
terminals: LT
GRN/BLK,
ORN
Set speed will not
resume when the
resume/accel
switch is pressed
(with the cruise
control main
switch turned on,
and set speed
temporarily
canceled by
pressing the clutch
pedal) (M/T)
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
2. Check the clutch pedal position
switch adjustment (see CLUTCH
PEDAL, CLUTCH PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH, AND
CLUTCH INTERLOCK
SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ).
(see CRUISE CONTROL
control resume/accel switch
signal input. Test the clutch pedal
Faulty clutch
pedal position
switch
Open circuit,
loose or
disconnected
terminals: LT
GRN/BLK,
ORN

2008 Honda Civic LX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
With the ignition
switch ON (II),
and the lighting
switch turned on,
the cruise control
combination
switch
illumination does
not come on
Replace the cruise control
combination switch (see CRUISE
CONTROL COMBINATION
SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 2: Cruise Control - Circuit Diagram
CRUISE CONTROL INPUT TEST
NOTE: Always make sure you have the latest HDS software before
doing the input tests.

2008 Honda Civic LX

SYSTEM) ).
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
4. Go to PGM-FI, and check for DTCs (see DTC TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. Do the following tests while monitoring parameters in the PGM-FI DATA
LIST with the HDS.
Cruise Control Input Test
NOTE: Intermittent failures are often caused by loose circuit
connections. While monitoring cruise control inputs, flex
their circuits, and note if any of the test results change.
Signal to be
tested
Test condition
Parameter: Desired
result
Possible cause if result
is not obtained
Brake pedal
position
switch signal
Brake pedal
pressed, then
released
CRUISE BRAKE
SW should indicate
OFF when the brake
pedal is pressed and
ON when the brake
pedal is released.
Faulty brake pedal
position switch
Blown No. 3 (10 A)
fuse in the under-
dash fuse/relay box
Open in the wire
between the engine
control module
(ECM/powertrain
control module
(PCM) and the
brake pedal position
switch
A wire shorted to
ground between the

2008 Honda Civic LX

ECM/PCM and the
brake pedal position
switch
Clutch pedal
position
switch signal
Clutch pedal
pressed, then
released
SHIFT/CLUTCH
SW should indicate
ON when the clutch
pedal is pressed and
OFF when the clutch
pedal is released.
Faulty clutch pedal
position switch
Open in the wire
between the ECM
and the clutch pedal
position switch
Short to ground in
the wire between the
ECM and the clutch
pedal position
switch
Poor ground G401
Transmission
range switch
signal
Shift lever in D,
D3, and 2
SHIFT/CLUTCH
SW should indicate
ON in P, R, N, and 1
and OFF in D, D3,
and 2.
Faulty transmission
range switch
Open in the wire
between the PCM
and the transmission
range switch
Short to in the wire
ground between the
PCM and the
transmission range
switch
Poor ground G101
CRUISE MASTER
(MAIN) SW should
indicate ON when
Faulty cruise control
main switch
module (tach)
Open in the wire
between the gauge

2008 Honda Civic LX

Cruise
control main
switch signal
Cruise control
main switch ON
and OFF
the cruise control
main switch is turned
ON and OFF when
the cruise control
main switch is turned
OFF.
control module
(tach) and the cruise
control main switch
Short to ground in
gauge control
module (tach) and
the cruise control
main switch
Set switch
signal
Set/decel switch
pressed and
released
CRUISE SET SW
should indicate ON
when the set/decel
OFF when the
set/decel switch is
released.
combination switch
module (tach)
Open in the wire
between the gauge
control module and
the cruise control
combination switch
Short to ground in
gauge control
module and the
cruise control
combination switch
Resume
switch signal
Resume/accel
switch pressed
and released
CRUISE RESUME
SW should indicate
ON when the
resume/accel switch
is pressed and OFF
when the
combination switch
module (tach)
Open in the wire
between the gauge
control module
(tach) and the cruise
control combination

2008 Honda Civic LX

CRUISE CONTROL COMBINATION SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT
service.
1. Remove the driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ).
2. Disconnect the connectors (A), then remove the steering wheel trim (B).
resume/accel switch
is released.
switch
Short to ground in
gauge control
module (tach) and
the cruise control
combination switch
Cancel
switch signal
Cancel switch
pressed and
released
CRUISE CANCEL
SW should indicate
ON when the cancel
OFF when the cancel
switch is released.
combination switch
module (tach)
Cruise
control
indicator
signal
Start the engine,
turn the cruise
control main
switch on, and
drive the vehicle
above 25 mph
(40 km/h). Set
and cancel the
cruise control.
CRUISE
INDICATOR should
indicate ON when
the cruise control is
set and OFF when
the cruise control is
canceled.
Faulty ECM/PCM
Cruise control was
not set at the test by
other malfunction

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 3: Removing Steering Wheel Trim
3. Remove the cruise control combination switch.
Fig. 4: Removing Cruise Control Combination Switch
to Fig. 5 .
If there is continuity, and it matches the table, but switch failure occurred
on the cruise control input test, check and repair the wire harness on the

2008 Honda Civic LX

switch circuit.
If there is no continuity in one or more positions, replace the switch.
Fig. 5: Checking Continuity Between Cruise Control Combination
Switch
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH TEST
1. Disconnect the 3P connector from the clutch pedal position switch.
Fig. 6: Disconnecting 3P Connector From Clutch Pedal Position Switch
2. Check for continuity between the terminals according to Fig. 7 .
If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch pedal position

2008 Honda Civic LX

switch.
If OK, install the clutch pedal position switch, and adjust the pedal height
(see CLUTCH PEDAL, CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH,
AND CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ).
Fig. 7: Checking Continuity Between Clutch Pedal Position Switch
Test

2008 Honda Civic LX

2006-08 ENGINE
Cylinder Head - Civic GX
NOTE: Refer to the CYLINDER HEAD (EXCEPT HYBRID) article for
items not shown in this article.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 1: Identifying Cylinder Head Components (1 Of 3)

2008 Honda Civic GX

CYLINDER HEAD REMOVAL
NOTE:
To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors
carefully while holding the connector portion.
To avoid damaging the cylinder head, wait until the
engine coolant temperature drops below 100 F (38 C)
before loosening the cylinder head bolts.
Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection. Also,

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Make sure you have anti-theft codes for the audio system and navigation
2. Turn off the manual shut-off valve, (see ENGINE REMOVAL ).
3. To reduce pressure in the lines, start the engine, and run it until it stalls.
4. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery.
5. Drain the engine coolant, refer to the COOLANT REPLACEMENT .
6. Remove the drive belt, refer to the DRIVE BELT
7. Remove the intake manifold (see REMOVAL ).
8. Remove the harness clamps (A), and remove the positive crankcase ventilation
(PCV) hose from the clamp (B).
Fig. 4: Removing Harness Clamps
9. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), then remove the harness holder
(B) from the cylinder head.
be sure that they do not contact other wiring or hoses,
or interfere with other parts.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Bracket
10. Remove the upper radiator hose (A), heater hose (B), and water bypass hose
(C).
Fig. 6: Identifying Upper Radiator Hose, Heater Hose And Water Bypass
Hose
11. Remove the engine wire harness connectors and wire harness clamps from the
cylinder head.
Four fuel injector connectors
Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor connector
Secondary heated oxygen sensor (secondary HO2S) connector
Rocker arm oil control solenoid connector

2008 Honda Civic GX

Rocker arm oil pressure switch connector
12. Remove the four ignition coils, refer to the IGNITION COIL
13. Remove the three way catalytic converter (TWC) (see CATALYTIC
CONVERTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
14. Remove the thermostat housing, refer to the THERMOSTAT HOUSING
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .
15. Remove the cam chain, refer to the CAM CHAIN REMOVAL .
16. Remove the cylinder head bolts. To prevent warpage, unscrew the bolts, in
sequence, 1/3 of a turn at a time; repeat the sequence until all bolts are
loosened.
Fig. 7: Identifying Loosening Sequence Of Cylinder Head Bolts
17. Remove the cylinder head.
CAMSHAFT INSPECTION
1. Remove the camshaft sprocket, refer to the CAMSHAFT SPROCKET
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .
2. Remove the rocker arm assembly, refer to the ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL .
3. Put the rocker shaft holders on the cylinder head, then tighten the bolts, in
sequence, to the specified torque.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specified Torque:
6 x 1.0 mm
15 N.m (1.5 kgf.m, 11 Ibf.ft)
Fig. 8: Identifying Tightening Sequence Of Cylinder Head Bolts
4. Seat the camshaft by pushing it toward the rear of the cylinder head.
5. Zero the dial indicator against the end of the camshaft. Push the camshaft back
and forth, and read the end play. If the end play is beyond the service limit,
replace the thrust cover and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit,
replace the camshaft.
Camshaft End Play
Standard (New): 0.050-0.250 mm
(0.002-0.010 in.)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 9: Measuring Camshaft End Play
6. Remove the camshaft, refer to the CAMSHAFT REMOVAL .
7. Wipe the camshaft clean, then inspect the lift ramps. Replace the camshaft if
any lobes are pitted, scored, or excessively worn.
8. Measure the diameter of each camshaft journal.
Fig. 10: Measuring Diameter Of Camshaft Journal
9. Zero the gauge to the journal diameter.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 11: Checking Zero Gauge To Journal Diameter
10. Clean the camshaft bearing surfaces in the cylinder head. Measure the inside
diameter of each camshaft bearing surface, and check for an out-of-round
condition.
If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is within limits, go to step 12.
If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the service limit, and the
camshaft has been replaced, replace the cylinder head.
If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the service limit, and the
camshaft has not been replaced, go to step 11.
Camshaft-to-Holder Oil Clearance
(0.0018-0.0033 in.)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 12: Checking Camshaft-To-Holder Oil Clearance
11. Check the total runout with the camshaft supported on V-blocks.
If the total runout of the camshaft is within the service limit, replace the
cylinder head.
If the total runout is beyond the service limit, replace the camshaft, and
recheck the oil clearance. If the oil clearance is still out of tolerance,
replace the cylinder head.
Camshaft Total Runout
Standard (New): 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 13: Measuring Camshaft Total Runout
12. Measure cam lobe height.
Fig. 14: Measuring Cam Lobe Height
VALVE SEAT RECONDITIONING
1. Inspect the valve stem-to-guide clearance, refer to the VALVE STEM-TO-
GUIDE CLEARANCE INSPECTION . If the valve guides are worn, replace
them, refer to the VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT before cutting the

2008 Honda Civic GX

valve seats.
2. Renew the valve seats in the cylinder head using a valve seat cutter.
Fig. 15: Making Valve Seats In Cylinder Head
3. Carefully cut a 45 seat, removing only enough material to ensure a smooth
and concentric seat.
4. Bevel the upper edge of the seat with the 30 cutter and the lower edge of the
seat with the 60 cutter. Check the width of the seat and adjust accordingly.
Fig. 16: Identifying Upper And Lower Edge Angle Of Seat
5. Make one more very light pass with the 45 cutter to remove any possible burrs
caused by the other cutters.
Valve Seat Width
Intake:

2008 Honda Civic GX

Exhaust:
6. After resurfacing the seat, inspect it for even valve seating. Apply Prussian
Blue compound (A) to the valve face. Insert the valve in its original location in
the head, then lift it and snap it closed against the seat several times.
Fig. 17: Identifying Valve Seat Width
7. The actual valve seating surface (B), as shown by the blue compound, should
be centered on the seat.
If it is too high (closer to the valve stem), you must make a second cut
with the 60 cutter to move it down, then one more cut with the 45 cutter
to restore seat width.
If it is too low (closer to the valve edge), you must make a second cut with
the 30 cutter to move it up, then one more cut with the 45 cutter to
restore seat width.
8. Insert the intake and exhaust valves in the head, and measure the valve stem
installed height (A).
Intake Valve Stem Installed Height
NOTE: The final cut should always be made with the 45cutter.

2008 Honda Civic GX

(2.646-2.654 in.)
Exhaust Valve Stem Installed Height
(2.299-2.307 in.)
Fig. 18: Identifying Valve Stem Installed Height
9. If the valve stem installed height is beyond the service limit, replace the valve
and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the cylinder head; the
valve seat in the head is too deep.
CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION
1. Clean the cylinder head and block surface.
2. Install the new coolant separator (A) in the engine block when replacing the
engine block.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 19: Identifying Cylinder Head Gasket And Dowel Pins
3. Install the new cylinder head gasket (B) and dowel pins (C) on the engine
block. Always use a new cylinder head gasket.
4. Set the crankshaft to top dead center (TDC). Align the TDC mark (A) on the
crankshaft sprocket with the pointer (B) on the engine block.
Fig. 20: Aligning TDC Mark On Crankshaft Sprocket With Pointer
5. Set the camshaft TDC. The "UP" mark (A) on the camshaft sprocket should be
at the top, and the TDC grooves (B) on the camshaft sprocket should line up
with the top edge of the head.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 21: Identifying Camshaft TDC Up Mark On Camshaft Sprocket
6. Install the cylinder head on the block.
7. Measure the diameter of each cylinder head bolt at point A and point B.
Fig. 22: Measuring Diameter Of Cylinder Head Bolt
8. If either diameter is less than 10.6 mm (0.42 in.), replace the cylinder head
bolt.
9. Apply new engine oil to the threads and under the bolt heads of all cylinder
head bolts.
10. Tighten the cylinder head bolts in sequence to 39 N.m (4.0 kgf-m, 29 Ibf-ft).
Use a beam-type torque wrench. When using a preset-type torque wrench, be

2008 Honda Civic GX

sure to tighten slowly and do not overtighten. If a bolt makes any noise while
you are torquing it, loosen the bolt and retighten it from the first step.
Fig. 23: Identifying Tightening Sequence Of Cylinder Head Bolts
11. After torquing, tighten all cylinder head bolts in two steps (90 per step). If you
are using a new cylinder head bolt, tighten the bolt an extra 60.
Fig. 24: Identifying Cylinder Head Bolt Tightening Steps
12. Install the cam chain, refer to the CAM CHAIN INSTALLATION .
13. Adjust the valve clearance, refer to the VALVE CLEARANCE
ADJUSTMENT .
NOTE: Remove the cylinder head bolt if you tightened it
beyond the specified angle, and go back to step 7 of the
procedure. Do not loosen it back to the specified angle.

2008 Honda Civic GX

14. Install the cylinder head cover, refer to the CYLINDER HEAD COVER
INSTALLATION .
15. Install the thermostat housing (see INSTALLATION ).
16. Install the three way catalytic converter (TWC) (see CATALYTIC
CONVERTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
17. Connect the engine wire harness connectors, and install the wire harness
clamps to the cylinder head.
Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor connector
Secondary heated oxygen sensor (secondary HO2S) connector
Rocker arm oil control solenoid connector
Rocker arm oil pressure switch connector
18. Install the upper radiator hose (A), heater hose (B), and water bypass hose (C).
Fig. 25: Identifying Upper Radiator Hose, Heater Hose And Water Bypass
Hose
19. Install the harness holder (A) on the cylinder head, then Install the air cleaner

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 26: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Bracket (With Torque
Specifications)
20. Install the harness clamps (A), and remove the positive crankcase ventilation
(PCV) hose from the clamp (B).
Fig. 27: Identifying Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Hose Clamp
21. Install the intake manifold (see INSTALLATION ).
22. Install the drive belt, refer to the DRIVE BELT
23. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper. Assemble them,

2008 Honda Civic GX

and apply grease to prevent corrosion.
24. After installation, check that all tubes, hoses and connectors are installed
correctly.
25. Do the leak Inspection (see LEAK INSPECTION ).
26. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed air from the cooling system
with the heater valve open, refer to the step 8 on COOLANT
REPLACEMENT .
27. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure
(see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN
LEARN ).
28. Do the power window control unit reset procedure, refer to the RESETTING
THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT .
29. Inspect the idle speed, refer to the IDLE SPEED INSPECTION .
30. Inspect the ignition timing, refer to the IGNITION TIMING INSPECTION .
31. Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system and navigation system (if
equipped).
32. Set the clock.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Dashboard - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
INSTRUMENT PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
* Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-
424-6857
1. Remove these items:
Subdisplay visor (see SUBDISPLAY VISOR
Navigation unit, with navigation system (see NAVIGATION UNIT
Audio unit, without navigation system (see AUDIO UNIT
2. Remove the screws.
NOTE:
parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Removing Instrument Panel Screws
3. Detach the clips along the lower edge of the instrument panel (A).
Fig. 2: Detaching Clips Along Lower Edge Of Instrument Panel
4. Detach the clips along the upper edge of the instrument panel (A). Gently pull
out the instrument panel to release the hooks (B) from the holder (C) of the
gauge control module.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Detaching Clips Along Upper Edge Of Instrument Panel
5. Install the instrument panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Push the clips into place securely.
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE (SPEEDO) TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
424-6857
1. Pry up on the inside edge of the gauge control module (speedo) trim (A) with a
trim tool to detach the clips.
NOTE:
parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Detaching Clips Of Gauge Control Module (Speedo) Trim
2. Using a trim tool, detach the clips, and release the hooks (A) and pins (B)
along the edge of the gauge control module (speedo) trim (C), then remove the
trim.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Releasing Hooks And Pins To Remove Trim
3. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
SUBDISPLAY VISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
424-6857
NOTE:
parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD
LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Tilt the steering column down, and telescope it out.
3. Remove the screw.
Fig. 6: Removing Subdisplay Visor Screw
4. Pull the back of the driver's pocket (A) (4-door) or switch panel (2-door) by
hand from the driver's lower cover opening to release the clips (B) and hook
(C) on the outside.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Releasing Clips And Hook Of Driver's Pocket (4-Door) Or Switch
Panel (2-Door)
5. Pry up on the inside edge of the subdisplay visor (D) with a trim tool to detach
the clip (E), and release the pin (F).
6. Detach the clips along the upper edge of the subdisplay visor (A). Gently pull
out the visor to release the hooks (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Detaching Clips Along Upper Edge Of Subdisplay Visor
7. Disconnect the illumination control switch connector (A), and power mirror
switch connector (B) (2-door).
Fig. 9: Disconnecting Illumination Control Switch Connector And Power
Mirror Switch Connector (2-Door)
8. If necessary, remove the screws, then remove the illumination control switch
(A), and driver's pocket (B) (4-door) or the switch panel (2-door) from the
subdisplay visor (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 10: Removing Illumination Control Switch And Driver Pocket (4-
Door) Or Switch Panel (2-Door)
9. Install the subdisplay visor in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Make sure all connectors are plugged in properly.
DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
424-6857
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Adjust the steering column upward.
2. Gently pull out on the lower edge of the dashboard lower cover (A) to detach
the lower clips.
Fig. 11: Detaching Lower Clips
3. Detach the upper clips, and release the hook (A) and pin (B) by pulling the
driver's dashboard lower cover (C) back.
parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 12: Detaching Upper Clips
4. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
DRIVER'S DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FOR SOME MODELS
1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover (A).
1 Turn the lock knob (B) 90.
2 Gently pull down the rear edge to detach the clips.
3 Pull the cover away to release the pin (C) from the holder (D).
NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Removing Driver Dashboard Undercover
CENTER POCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disassemble the dashboard/steering hanger beam (see
DASHBOARD/STEERING HANGER BEAM
2. Remove the screws, then remove the center pocket (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 14: Removing Center Pocket
3. Install the center pocket in the reverse order of removal.
PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FOR SOME MODELS
1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover (A).
1 Gently pull out the rear edge to detach the clips (B, C).
2 Pull the cover away to release the pins (D) from the holders (E).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 15: Removing Passenger's Dashboard Undercover
2. Install the undercover in the reverse order of removal, and check if the clips are
damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.
GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES )
and the precautions and procedures (see ) before doing repairs or service.
1. Remove the bolts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 16: Removing Glove Box Bolts (With Specifications)
2. While holding the glove box (A), release the glove box stop (B) on each side
from the dashboard by pushing them in, then remove the glove box.
Fig. 17: Removing Glove Box
3. Install the glove box in the reverse order of removal.
DASHBOARD VENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

2008 Honda Civic EX

424-6857
DRIVER'S OUTER VENT
2. Remove the screws securing the driver's outer vent (A), then remove the
driver's outer vent from the subdisplay visor (B).
Fig. 18: Removing Driver's Outer Vent
3. Install the outer vent in the reverse order of removal.
DRIVER'S CENTER VENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Remove the screws securing the driver's center vent (A), then remove the
driver's center vent from the center panel (B).
Fig. 19: Removing Driver's Center Vent
3. Install the center vent in the reverse order of removal.
PASSENGER'S VENT
PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES before doing repairs or service.
NOTE:
parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. While holding the glove box (A), release the glove box stop (B) on each side
from the dashboard by pushing them inside.
Fig. 20: Releasing Glove Box Stop On Each Side
2. Push on the side hooks (A) by hand to release them. Gently pull out the side
vent (B) to release the other hooks (C), then remove the passenger's vent.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 21: Removing Passenger's Vent
3. Install the passenger's vents in the reverse order of removal.
GLOVE BOX STRIKER REPLACEMENT
SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, 2-
door (see ), 4-door (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the
precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before
doing repairs or service.
1. While holding the glove box, release the glove box stop on each side from the

2008 Honda Civic EX

dashboard by pushing them inside (see step 1 in PASSENGER'S VENT ).
2. Remove the screws, then remove the glove box striker (A).
Fig. 22: Removing Glove Box Striker
3. Install the striker in the reverse order of removal.
DASHBOARD SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Remove the dashboard side trim (A).
1 Gently pull up the rear edge to release the rear hooks (B).
2 Pull the trim away to release the front hook (C) from the A-pillar trim
(D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 23: Removing Dashboard Side Trim
2. Install the side trim in the reverse order of removal.
SIDE DEFOGGER VENT TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Insert the trim tool into a gap between the side defogger vent trim (A) and the
dashboard (B), and release the hook (C).
Fig. 24: Removing Side Defogger Vent Trim
2. Install the side defogger vent trim in the reverse order of removal.
DASHBOARD/STEERING HANGER BEAM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

2008 Honda Civic EX

424-6857
PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service.
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio or the navigation system,
then write down the audio presets.
2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes
before beginning work.
Driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD
LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
Driver's dashboard undercover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD
UNDERCOVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
Passenger's dashboard undercover (see PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD
Center console (see CENTER CONSOLE
Glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
Kick panel, both sides:
2-door (see DOOR SILL AREA - 2-DOOR )
NOTE:
Have an assistant help you when removing and
installing the dashboard/steering hanger beam.
Take care not to scratch the dashboard, body and other
related parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

A-pillar trim, both sides (see A-PILLAR TRIM )
Steering column (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION )
Stereo amplifier, with premium sound system (see STEREO
AMPLIFIER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
Driver's side
4. Remove the bolt securing the under-dash fuse/relay box (A). Disconnect the
roof wire harness connector (B), then lower the box.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 25: Removing Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (With Specifications)
5. From under the dash, disconnect the cabin wire harness connectors (C), driver's
door wire harness connectors (D), and floor wire harness connectors (E) from
the dashboard wire harness connectors (F) or the under-dash fuse/relay box. On
2-door, release the joint (G) to remove the dashboard wire harness connectors

2008 Honda Civic EX

from the floor wire harness connector.
Middle portion
6. Disconnect the SRS unit connector (A), antenna connector (B), and detach the
wire harness clips (C). Using a T30 TORX bit, remove the ground bolt (D).
Fig. 26: Disconnecting SRS Unit Connector, Antenna Connector And Wire
Harness Clips (With Specifications)
7. Disconnect the A/C subharness connector (A) in the glove box opening.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 27: Disconnecting A/C Subharness Connector In Glove Box Opening
Passenger's side
8. From under the dash, disconnect the passenger's door wire harness connectors
(A).
Fig. 28: Disconnecting Passenger Door Wire Harness Connectors
9. Remove the special bolts (A) from outside the passenger's door.
1 4-door: Remove the caps (B).
2 Loosen the special bolt until its threads have come off the sleeve (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

The bolt will be screwed into the inside female screw of the adjusting nut
(D) by loosening the bolt. Because of the thread locks on the thread of the
bolt, the bolt and adjusting nut will be fixed.
3 Loosen the bolt again to screw the externally threaded nut into the sleeve
fully, then the gap (E) will be between the nut and body.
4 Remove the bolt.
Fig. 29: Removing Special Bolts From Outside Passenger Door
10. If necessary, remove the dashboard side cover (A).
1 Gently pull out along the rear edge to release the hooks (B).
2 Gently pull out on the side cover to release the hooks (C), then remove
the side cover.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 30: Removing Dashboard Side Cover
11. If the adjusting nuts (A) are not screwed fully into the sleeve when removing
the special bolts, screw externally threaded nuts into the sleeve with a 21 mm
open-end wrench. In this case, the special bolt should be replaced with a new
one because its thread locks were worn out.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 31: Screwing Externally Threaded Nuts Into Sleeve (With
Specifications)
12. Remove the caps (A) (4-door only), then remove the bolts (B, C, D, E, F) from
outside the driver's door.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 32: Removing Caps (4-Door Only) And Outside Driver's Door (With
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic EX

13. Lift upon the dashboard (A) to release it from the guide pins (B). Carefully
remove the dashboard through the front door opening. Take care not to scratch
the body with the adjusting nuts on the passenger's side.
Fig. 33: Releasing Dashboard From Guide Pins
14. Remove the bolt and detach the connector clip (A), then remove the center pipe
extension (B).
Fig. 34: Removing Center Pipe Extension (With Specifications)
NOTE: Do not rest the dashboard on its lower center cover
opening, or it may be damaged. Lay it on its front or
back.

2008 Honda Civic EX

15. Install the dashboard in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Before tightening the bolts, make sure the wire harnesses are not pinched.
Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly, and the antenna lead
and each cable are connected properly.
If you screwed the adjusting nut into the sleeve with an open end wrench
to remove the dashboard, and either of the special bolts came off the
adjusting nut before having screwed the adjusting nut fully into the sleeve,
replace the special bolt with a new one.
Before reinstalling the dashboard, screw all of the adjusting nuts into the
sleeves fully by hand, reinstall the floor joint bracket on the center frame,
and slightly tighten the mounting bolts.
After setting the dashboard on the body, reinstall all of the mounting bolts
to the dashboard, tighten the driver's side bracket to the specified torque,
then torque the special bolt (A) on the passenger's side.
First screw the special bolt into the adjusting nut (B), they will be
fixed because of the thread lock on the bolt. Go on tightening the bolt
with the adjusting nut, the externally threaded nut is loosened from
the sleeve (C) until the nut contacts the inside face of the body. Then
tighten the bolts again to the specified torque.
If the adjusting nut doesn't contact the body while tightening the
special bolt fully, the nut shouldn't be loosen with an open-end
wrench. In this case, replace this special bolt with a new one.
Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to the bolts securing the
center bracket and the dashboard before reinstallation.
Reconnect the negative cable to the battery.
Enter the anti-theft code for the audio or the navigation system, then enter
the audio presets.
Set the clock.
Check for any DTCs that may have been set during repairs, and clear
them.
Special bolt tightening on passenger's side

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 35: Identifying Special Bolts On Passenger's Side (With
Specifications)
DASHBOARD/STEERING HANGER BEAM DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
424-6857
1. Remove the dashboard/steering hanger beam (see
DASHBOARD/STEERING HANGER BEAM
NOTE:
parts.
Take care not to bend the brackets.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Remove these items from the dashboard:
Instrument panel (see INSTRUMENT PANEL
Gauge control module (speedo) trim (see GAUGE CONTROL
MODULE (SPEEDO) TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
Subdisplay visor (see SUBDISPLAY VISOR
Passenger's airbag (see FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG
REPLACEMENT )
Gauge control module (speedo) (see SPEEDOMETER )
Gauge control module (tach) (see TACHOMETER )
Fig. 36: Removing Dashboard/Steering Hanger Beam Bolts (With
Specifications)
4. From the back of the dashboard, release the hooks (A), then remove the center

2008 Honda Civic EX

joint duct (B).
Fig. 37: Removing Center Joint Duct
5. From the back of the dashboard, disconnect the tweeter connectors (A) and the
accessory socket connector (B), then detach the harness clips (C).
Fig. 38: Disconnecting Tweeter Connectors And Accessory Socket
Connector
6. From the back of the dashboard, remove the screws (A, B), then separate the
dashboard (C) from the steering hanger beam (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 39: Separating Dashboard From Steering Hanger Beam
7. Assemble the dashboard and steering hanger beam in the reverse order of
removal, and note these items:
Make sure the dashboard wire harness is not pinched.
Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT
Rear Window Defogger - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Rear Window Defogger Component Locations
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Rear Window Defogger - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Rear Window Defogger Circuit Diagram
FUNCTION TEST
NOTE:
Be careful not to scratch or damage the defogger wires

2008 Honda Civic EX

[ ] : 2-door
1. Check for voltage between the positive terminal (A) and body ground with the
ignition switch and the defogger switch ON.
There should be battery voltage.
If there is no voltage, check for:
Faulty rear window defogger relay.
Faulty HVAC control unit/heater control panel.
An open in the RED wire to the positive terminal.
If there is voltage, go to step 2.
Fig. 3: Function Test Defogger Wires With Tester Probe
2. Disconnect the negative terminal (B) from the rear window defogger.
3. Check for continuity between the negative terminal (B) and body ground.
If there is no continuity, check for an open in the wire or poor ground (G801).
4. Reconnect the negative terminal to the rear window defogger.
5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and the rear window defogger switch ON.
with the tester probe.
Before testing, check the No. 8 (30 A) [No. 8 (40 A)] fuse
in the under-hood fuse/relay box and the No. 36 (10 A)
fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. Touch the voltmeter positive probe to each point on each defogger wire, and
the negative probe to the negative terminal.
If the voltage is as specified, the defogger wire up to that point is OK.
If the voltage is not as specified, repair the defogger wire.
If it is more than specified at one of the points, there is a break in the
negative half of the wire.
If it is less than specified at one of the points, there is a break in the
positive half of the wire.
DEFOGGER WIRE REPAIR
1. Lightly rub the area around the broken section (A) with fine steel wool, then
clean it with isopropyl alcohol.
Fig. 4: Identifying Defogger Wire Broken Section
2. Carefully mask above and below the broken portion of the defogger wire (B)
with cellophane tape (C).
3. Using a small brush, apply a heavy coat of silver conductive paint
(commercially available) (A) extending about 1/8 " on both sides of the break.
Allow 25 minutes to dry.
NOTE: To make an effective repair, the broken section must be no
longer than 1 inch (2.5 mm).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Applying Heavy Coat Of Silver Conductive Paint On Both Sides Of
Defogger Wire Break
4. Do the function test to confirm that the wire is repaired (see FUNCTION
TEST ).
5. Apply a second coat of paint in the same way. Let it dry 3 hours before
removing the tape.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Doors - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
SPECIAL TOOLS
Fig. 1: Identifying Body Special Tools
2-door

2008 Honda Civic LX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Doors - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 2: Exploded View Of Doors (2-Door - 1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 3: Exploded View Of Doors (2-Door - 2 Of 2)
4-door Front Door

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Front Door (4-Door - 1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 5: Exploded View Of Front Door (4-Door - 2 Of 2)
4-door Rear Door

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 6: Exploded View Of Rear Door (4-Door - 1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 7: Exploded View Of Rear Door (4-Door - 2 Of 2)
DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Trim pad remover. Snap-on A 177A or equivalent, commercially available

2008 Honda Civic LX

*Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call
888-424-6857
2-DOOR
1. Raiser the glass fully.
2. Remove the mirror mount cover (see step 2 in 2-DOOR ).
3. Using the appropriate trim tool, pry out on the rear portion of the inner handle
cap (A) to release the hooks (B, C).
Fig. 8: Releasing Hooks Prying Out On Rear Portion Of Inner Handle
Cap
4. Remove the screw (A) and clip (B) securing the inner handle (C).
NOTE:
Take care not to scratch the door and related parts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 9: Removing Screw And Clip Of Inner Handle
5. Pry out the bottom edge of the grip cover (A) at the notch (B) with the trim tool
to release the hooks (C). Then remove the cover and the screw.
Fig. 10: Releasing Hooks Prying Bottom Edge Of Grip Cover
6. Remove the screws.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 11: Removing Door Panel Screws
7. Remove the door panel (A) with as little bending as possible to avoid creasing
or breaking it.
1 Start at the bottom edge of the door panel, release the clips (B, C) with a
commercially available trim pad remover.
2 Detach the upper clips.
3 Starting at the rear, pull the door panel upward.
4 Disconnect the power window switch connector (D).
NOTE: The inner handle cable (E) and latch cable (F) are
connected to the inner handle (G). Do not pull the
door panel up too far, or these cables will be
damaged.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 12: Removing Door Panel
8. While holding the door panel (A) away from the door, remove the inner handle
(B) from the door panel by releasing the hooks (C).
Fig. 13: Removing Inner Handle By Releasing Hooks
9. Remove the door panel (A) while pulling the inner handle (B) out through the
hole in the door panel.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 14: Removing Door Panel Pulling Inner
10. If necessary, disconnect the inner handle cable (A) and the latch cable (B) from
the inner handle (C), then remove the handle.
1 Detach the inner handle cable fastener (D), then disconnect the inner
handle cable from the cable fastener (E).
2 Detach the latch cable fastener (F) with a flat-tip screwdriver, then
disconnect the latch cable from the cable fastener (G).
Fig. 15: Disconnecting Inner Handle Cable And Latch Cable
11. Remove the power window switch panel (A).
NOTE: Check for damaged or stress-whitened cable
fasteners.

2008 Honda Civic LX

1 Remove the screws (B, C), then remove the grip base (D).
2 Remove the screws (E), and release the hooks (F) from the pull pocket
(G), then remove the power window switch panel.
Fig. 16: Removing Power Window Switch Panel
12. Install the door panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Replace any damaged cable fasteners with new ones.
The latch cable (A) should be fixed to the cable fastener (B) with the latch
in lock position as shown.
Make sure the power window switch connector is plugged in properly, and
the cable is connected securely.
Make sure the window and power door lock operate properly.
When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed
properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water.
Check for water leaks (see step 7 in FRONT AND REAR DOOR
GLASS ADJUSTMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 17: Installing Door Panel
FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
888-424-6857
4-DOOR
1. Raise the glass fully.
NOTE: Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid
damage when prying components.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 18: Releasing Hooks Prying Out On Rear Portion Of Inner Handle
Cap
Fig. 19: Removing Inner Handle Screw And Clip
1 Using the appropriate trim tool, pry up on the rear edge of the switch
panel to release the rear clip.
2 Pull out along the edge of the panel to release all of the hooks (B).
3 Pull the switch panel rearward to release the front hook (C).
4 Disconnect the power mirror switch connector (D) (driver's) and the
power window switch connector (E).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 21: Removing Front Door Panel Screw
or breaking it.
1 Start at the bottom edge of the door panel, release the clips (B, C) that
are just above the marks (D) on the edge of the panel with a commercially
available trim pad remover.
2 Detach the upper clips.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3 Starting at the rear, pull the door panel upward.
(B) from the door panel by releasing the hooks (C).
Fig. 23: Removing Inner Handle
damaged.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 24: Removing Door Panel Pulling Inner Handle
the inner handle (C), then remove the handle.
disconnect the latch cable from the cable fastener (G).
fasteners.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly, and the cables are
connected securely.
GLASS ADJUSTMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

FRONT DOOR OUTER HANDLE REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the door panel:
2-door (see 2-door )
3. Disconnect the power door lock actuator connector (A).
NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 27: Disconnecting Power Door Lock Actuator Connector
4. Remove the plug caps (B), then remove the plastic cover (C), as needed.
5. Detach the rod fastener (A).
Fig. 28: Detaching Rod Fastener

2008 Honda Civic LX

6. Remove the hole seal (A) (2-door) or maintenance cap (B) (4-door). With a
clip remover, disconnect the outer handle rod (C).
Fig. 29: Removing Hole Seal (2-Door) Or Maintenance Cap (4-Door)
7. Driver's and some passenger's: Pull both side flanges (A) of the retainer (B)
outward, and pull the middle flange portion (C) of the outer casing cover (D)
out, then disconnect the cylinder cable (E) from the latch.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 30: Disconnecting Cylinder Cable
8. Remove the bolt, then remove the spacer (A).
Fig. 31: Removing Spacer (With Specifications)
9. Remove the bolt securing the outer handle protector (A), then remove the
protector by releasing the hook (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 32: Removing Protector (With Specifications)
10. If necessary; remove the special screws, then separate the door cylinder (A)
and outer handle protector (B). If the retainer (C) is damaged, release the hooks
(D), and replace it.
Fig. 33: Separating Door Cylinder And Outer Handle Protector
NOTE: If removed, the special screws must be replaced.

2008 Honda Civic LX

11. While pulling the outer handle (A), remove the handle from the holes in the
door panel. Take care not to scratch the door.
Fig. 34: Removing Handle
12. Remove the rod fastener (A) from the outer handle (B), then replace it with a
new one.
Fig. 35: Removing Rod Fastener
13. Install the handle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure the cylinder cable and each rod is connected securely.
Make sure the door key cylinder/door locks operate properly.
Make sure the door handle works properly.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Check for water leaks.
FRONT DOOR LATCH REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the door panel and inner handle:
3. Remove the plastic cover, as needed (see step 4 in FRONT DOOR OUTER
HANDLE REPLACEMENT ).
4. Detach the rod fastener (see step 5 in FRONT DOOR OUTER HANDLE
REPLACEMENT ).
5. Disconnect the outer handle rod from the outer handle (see step 6 in FRONT
DOOR OUTER HANDLE REPLACEMENT ).
6. Disconnect the cylinder cable from the latch (see step 7 in FRONT DOOR
OUTER HANDLE REPLACEMENT ).
7. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as needed, and remove the bolt, then
remove the center lower channel (B) by pulling it downward.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 36: Removing Center Lower Channel (With Specifications)
8. Detach the latch cable (A) and inner handle cable (B) from the holder (C), then
remove the screws (D, E) securing the latch (F), then remove the latch through
the hole in the door. Take care not to bend the outer handle rod (G), latch
cable, and inner handle cable.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 37: Detaching Latch Cable And Inner Handle Cable
9. Remove the screw, then remove the latch protector (A) by releasing the hook
(B).
Fig. 38: Removing Latch Protector

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Detach the latch cable (A) and the inner handle cable (B) from the latch (C).
Fig. 39: Detaching Latch Cable And Inner Handle Cable
11. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure the actuator connector is plugged in properly and each rod is
connected securely.
Make sure the door locks and opens properly.
FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the door panel:
2. Disconnect the power door lock actuator connector (A), and remove the plug
caps (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Pass the cables (C) and the harnesses (D) through the slits (E) in the plastic
cover (F), then remove them.
4. Carefully raise the glass (A) until you can see the bolts, then remove them.
Carefully pull the glass out through the window slot. Take care not to drop the
glass inside the door.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 41: Removing Front Door Glass (With Specifications)
5. Disconnect the connector (A), and detach the harness clip (B) from the
regulator (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 42: Disconnecting Connector And Detaching Harness Clip (With
Specifications)
6. Remove the bolts (D), and loosen the bolts (E), then remove the regulator
through the hole in the door.
7. Apply multipurpose grease to all the sliding surfaces of the regulator (A) where

2008 Honda Civic LX

shown.
Fig. 43: Applying Multipurpose Grease To Sliding Surfaces
8. Install the glass and regulator in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding.
Make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run
channel when the glass is closed.
Adjust the position of the glass as necessary (see FRONT AND REAR
DOOR GLASS ADJUSTMENT ).
Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING
THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

GLASS ADJUSTMENT ).
Test-drive and check for wind noise and rattles.
Make sure the power door locks, windows, and power mirror operate
properly.
DOOR SASH OUTER TRIM REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
1. Lower the glass fully.
2. From inside the door, remove the screw.
3. Pull up the door sash outer rim (A) to release the hooks (B), then remove it
from the door.
NOTE: Take care not to scratch the door.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 44: Removing Door Sash Outer Trim
4. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal.
DOOR GLASS OUTER WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
2. Remove the door sash outer trim (see DOOR SASH OUTER TRIM
REPLACEMENT ).
3. Starting at the rear, slowly pull up the door glass outer weatherstrip (A).
NOTE:
Take care not to scratch the door.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 45: Pulling Up Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip
4. Release the front portion of the glass outer molding (A) from the power mirror
(B).
Fig. 46: Releasing Front Portion Of Glass Outer Molding
5. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal.
FRONT DOOR GLASS OUTER WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Release the front hook (A) from inside of the door, then pull up the front door
glass outer weatherstrip (B).
Fig. 47: Pulling Up Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip
3. Starting at the front, slowly pull up the front door glass outer weatherstrip (A).
Fig. 48: Pulling Front Door Outer Weatherstrip
4. Slide the front door glass outer weatherstrip (A) forward.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 49: Sliding Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip
5. Twist the front door glass outer weatherstrip (A) to pull the rear hook (B) out
from the inside of the door, then remove the weatherstrip.
Fig. 50: Removing Weatherstrip
6. Push the clip portions of new front door glass outer weatherstrip into place
securely.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 51: Pushing Clips Of Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Into Place
FRONT DOOR WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT
1. At the A-pillar, remove the door checker mounting bolt (A).
NOTE:
Use a clip remover to remove the clips.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 52: Removing Door Checker Mounting Bolt (With Specifications)
2. Detach the clips (B, C, D, E), then remove the door weatherstrip (F).

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the holder (G) securely.
Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to door checker mounting
bolt before installation.
REAR DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
888-424-6857
4-DOOR

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 53: Releasing Hooks Prying Out Rear Portion Of Inner Handle Cap
Fig. 54: Removing Inner Handle Screw And Clip
1 Using the appropriate trim tool, pry up on the rear edge of the switch
panel to release the rear clip.
2 Pull out along the edge of the panel to release the hooks (B).
3 Pull the switch panel rearward to release the front hook (C).
4 Disconnect the power window switch connector (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 56: Removing Rear Door Panel Screw
or breaking it.
1 Start at the bottom edge of the door panel, release the clips that are just
above the marks (B) on the edge of the panel with a commercially
available trim pad remover.
2 Detach the upper clips (C, D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

3 Stating at the rear, pull the door panel upward.
(B) from the door panel by releasing the hooks (C), if necessary.
Fig. 58: Removing Inner Handle
damaged.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 59: Removing Door Panel Pulling Inner Handle
the inner handle (C).
disconnect latch cable from the cable fastener (G).
fasteners.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Make sure the connector is plugged in properly, and the cables are
connected securely.
GLASS ADJUSTMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

REAR DOOR OUTER HANDLE REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
2. Remove the door panel (see REAR DOOR PANEL
3. Detach the harness clip (A), and disconnect the power door lock actuator
connector (B).
4. Remove the rear portion of the plug cap (C), then remove the plastic cover (D),
as needed.
5. Remove the latch mounting screws, then lower the latch (see step 4 in REAR
DOOR LATCH REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

6. Detach the rod fastener (A).
Fig. 63: Detaching Rod Fastener
7. With a clip remover, disconnect the outer handle rod (A) from the outer handle
(B).
Fig. 64: Identifying Outer Handle Rod From Outer Handle
8. Remove the maintenance seal (A). Remove the bolts securing the outer handle
protector (B), then remove the protector by releasing the hook (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 65: Removing Maintenance Seal (With Specifications)
9. While pulling the outer handle (A), remove the handle from the holes in the
door panel. Take care not to scratch the door.
Fig. 66: Removing Handle
10. Remove the rod fastener (A) from the outer handle (B), then replace it with a
new one.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 67: Removing Rod Fastener
11. Install the handle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
REAR DOOR LATCH REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
3. Remove the plastic cover, as needed (see step 4 in REAR DOOR OUTER
HANDLE REPLACEMENT ).
4. Remove the screws (A, B) securing the latch (C), then lower it.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 68: Removing Rear Door Latch Screws (With Specifications)
5. Detach the rod fastener (see step 6 in REAR DOOR OUTER HANDLE
REPLACEMENT ).
6. Disconnect the outer handle rod from the outer handle (see step 7 in REAR
DOOR OUTER HANDLE REPLACEMENT ).
7. Detach the latch cable (A) and inner handle cable (B) from the holder (C), then
remove the latch (D) out from between the rear lower channel (E) and the door.
Take care not to bend the outer handle rod (F), latch cable, and inner handle
cable.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 69: Detaching Latch Cable And Inner Handle Cable From Holder
8. Remove the screw, then remove the latch protector (A) by releasing the hook
(B).
Fig. 70: Removing Latch Protector
9. Detach the latch cable (A) and the inner handle cable (B) from the latch (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 71: Detaching Latch And Inner Handle Cable From Latch
Make sure the connector is plugged in properly, and each rod is connected
securely.
REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
2. Detach the harness clip (A), and disconnect the power door lock actuator
connector (B). Remove the plug caps(C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 72: Detaching Harness Clip And Disconnecting Power Door Lock
Actuator Connector
3. Pass the cable (D) and the harnesses (E) through the holes (F) and slit (G) in
the plastic cover (H), then remove it.
4. Carefully move the glass (A) until you can see the bolts, then remove them.
Release the glass from the holder (B), then remove it from the regulator (C),
and carefully lower the glass. Take care not to drop the glass inside the door.
Fig. 73: Removing Glass And Bolts (With Specifications)
5. Remove the bolt (A) from the rear lower channel (B). Pull the glass run
channel (C) away as needed, and remove the screw (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 74: Removing Rear Lower Channel Bolt (With Specifications)
6. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as needed. Pull the rear lower channel (B)
forward from the quarter glass seal (C) then release the upper hook (D) from
the door. Remove the rear lower channel from the rear door glass (E), then pull
the channel up to remove it.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 75: Removing Rear Lower Channel From Rear Door Glass
7. Remove the rear lower channel (A) from the glass run channel (B).
Fig. 76: Removing Rear Lower Channel From Glass Run Channel
8. Carefully remove the glass (A) out through the window slot. Take care not to
drop the glass inside the door.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 77: Removing Glass Out Through Window Slot
9. Remove the quarter glass (A). Take care not to damage the outer weatherstrip
(B).
Fig. 78: Removing Quarter Glass
10. Disconnect the connector (A) from the regulator (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 79: Disconnecting Connector From Regulator
11. Remove the bolts (C), and loosen the bolt (D), then remove the regulator
through the hole in the door.
12. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator (A) where shown.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 80: Applying Grease To Sliding Surfaces Of Regulator
13. Install the glass and regulator in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding.
Make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run
channel when the glass is closed.
Adjust the position of the glass as necessary (see FRONT AND REAR
DOOR GLASS ADJUSTMENT ).
GLASS ADJUSTMENT ).
REAR DOOR GLASS OUTER WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
Door panel (see REAR DOOR PANEL
Plastic cover (see step 4 in REAR DOOR OUTER HANDLE
REPLACEMENT )
Rear door glass (see REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
REPLACEMENT )
Quarter glass (see step 9 in REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
REPLACEMENT )
2. Release the front hook (A) from inside of the door, then pull up the front
portion of the rear door glass outer weatherstrip (B).
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 81: Releasing Front Hook From Inside Of Door
3. Starting at the front, slowly pull up the rear door glass outer weatherstrip (A).
Fig. 82: Pulling Rear Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip
4. Push the rear hook (A) out from inside of the door, then remove the rear door
glass outer weatherstrip (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 83: Removing Rear Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip
5. Push the clip portions of the rear door glass outer weatherstrip into place
securely.
REAR DOOR WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
1. At the B-pillar, remove the door checker mounting bolt (A).
NOTE:
Put on glove to protect your hands.
Use a clip remover to remove the clips.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 84: Removing Door Checker Mounting Bolt (With Specifications)
2. Detach the clips (B, C, D), then remove the door weatherstrip (E).
3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the holder (F) securely.
Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to the door checker
mounting bolt before installation.

2008 Honda Civic LX

FRONT AND REAR DOOR GLASS ADJUSTMENT
1. Place the vehicle on a firm, level surface.
Door panel:
4-door front door (see 4-door )
4-door rear door (see 4-door )
Plastic cover:
Front door (see step 4 in FRONT DOOR OUTER HANDLE
REPLACEMENT )
Rear door (see step 4 in REAR DOOR OUTER HANDLE
REPLACEMENT )
3. Carefully move the glass (A) until you can see the glass mounting bolts (B),
then loosen them.
NOTE: Check the weatherstrip and glass run channel for damage
or deterioration, and replace them if necessary.

2008 Honda Civic LX


2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 85: Moving Glass (With Specifications)
4. Push the glass against the channel (C), then tighten the glass mounting bolts.
5. Check that the glass moves smoothly.
6. Raise the glass fully, and check for gaps. Also make sure that the glass (A)
contacts the glass run channel (B) evenly.
Fig. 86: Checking Glass Contacts Glass Run Channel
7. Check for water leaks. Run water over the roof and on the sealing area as
shown, and note these items:
Use a 12 mm (0.47 in.) diameter hose (A).
Adjust the rate of water flow as shown (B).
Do not use a nozzle.
Hold the hose about 300 mm (12 in.) away from the door (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 87: Checking For Water Leaks (With Specifications)
8. Attach the plastic cover making sure it is sealed around its outside perimeter to
seal out water. Recheck for water leaks, then install the door panel
4-door front door (see 4-door )
4-door rear door (see 4-door )
FRONT AND REAR DOOR POSITION ADJUSTMENT
1. Place the vehicle on a firm, level surface when adjusting the doors.
2. Adjust at the hinges (A):
Pad a floor jack (B) with shop towels (C), then use the jack to support the
door to prevent damage to the door while adjusting it.
On the front door: Remove the front inner fender, 2-door (see FRONT
INNER FENDER REPLACEMENT ), 4-door (see 4-DOOR ). Loosen
the hinge mounting bolts (D) slightly, and move the door backward or
forward, up or down as necessary to equalize the gaps.
NOTE: Check for a flush fit with the body, then check for equal
gaps between the front, rear, and bottom door edges and
the body. Check that the door and body edges are parallel.
Before adjusting, replace the mounting bolts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

On the rear door: Loosen the hinge mounting bolts (E) slightly, and move
the door backward or forward, up or down as necessary to equalize the
gaps.
Attach the plastic cover making sure it is sealed around its outside
perimeter to seal out water. Recheck for water leaks, then install the door
panel.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 88: Adjusting Front And Rear Door Hinges (With Specifications)
3. If necessary, replace the door mounting bolts with the adjusting bolts (P/N

2008 Honda Civic LX

90102-SFA-305) made specifically for door adjustment, then adjust at the
door: Loosen the door mounting bolts (F) slightly, and move the door up or
down as necessary to equalize the gaps, and move it in or out until it's flush
with the body.
4. Check that the door and body edges are parallel. If necessary, adjust the door
cushions (A) to make the rear of the doors flush with the body.
Fig. 89: Adjusting Door Cushions
5. Apply touch-up paint to the hinge mounting bolts, and around the hinges.
6. Check for water leaks (see step 7 in FRONT AND REAR DOOR GLASS
ADJUSTMENT ).
FRONT AND REAR DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT
Make sure the door latches securely without slamming it. If necessary, adjust the
striker (A): The striker nuts are fixed, but the striker can be adjusted slightly up or
down, and in or out.
1. Loosen the screws (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 90: Loosening Screws Of Front And Rear Door Striker
2. Wrap the striker with a shop towel, then adjust the striker by tapping it with a
plastic hammer (C). Do not tap the striker too hard.
3. Lightly tighten the screws.
4. Hold the outer handle out, and push the door against the body to be sure the
striker allows a flush fit. If the door latches properly, tighten the screws and
recheck.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2006-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES
Driveline/Axle - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
SPECIAL TOOLS

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Identifying Driveline/Axle Component Location
DRIVESHAFT INSPECTION
1. Check the inboard boot (A) and the outboard boot (B) for cracks, damage,
leaking grease, and loose boot bands (C). If any damage is found, replace the
boot and boot bands.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 3: Checking Inboard Boot And Outboard Boot For Cracks, Damage,
Leaking Grease
2. Check the driveshaft (D) for cracks and damage. If any damage is found,
replace the driveshaft.
3. Check the inboard joint (E) and the outboard joint (F) for cracks and damage.
If any damage is found, replace the inboard joint or the outboard joint as an
assembly.
4. Hold the inboard joint and turn the front wheel by hand, then make sure the
joint is not excessively loose. If necessary, replace the inboard joint or the
outboard joint as an assembly.
DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL
1. Raise the vehicle on the hoist.
3. Lift up the locking tab (A) on the spindle nut (B), then remove the nut.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 4: Identifying Driveshaft Spindle Nut
4. Drain the transmission fluid. Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer:
5-speed Manual transmission (except Si) (see TRANSMISSION FLUID
INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT )
6-speed Manual transmission (Si) (see TRANSMISSION FLUID
INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ).
Automatic transmission (see ATF REPLACEMENT )
5. Remove the nuts and bolt, then separate the lower arm with a prybar.
Fig. 5: Identifying Lower Arm Nuts And Bolt
6. Remove the driveshaft outboard joint from the front wheel hub using a plastic

2008 Honda Civic GX

hammer.
Fig. 6: Taping Driveshaft Outboard Joint
7. Pull the knuckle outward, and remove the driveshaft outboard joint from the
front wheel hub.
Fig. 7: Identifying Driveshaft Outboard Joint
8. Right driveshaft: Drive the inboard joint (A) off of the intermediate shaft using
a drift and hammer (M/T model). Pry the inboard joint (B) from the
transmission housing with a prybar (A/T model). Remove the driveshaft as an
assembly.
NOTE: Do not pull on the driveshaft (C) or the inboard joint
may come apart. Pull the driveshaft straight out to
avoid damaging the oil seal.

2008 Honda Civic GX

M/T model:
Fig. 8: Taping Inboard Joint - M/T Model
A/T model:
Fig. 9: Prying Inboard Joint - A/T Model
9. Left driveshaft: Pry the inboard joint (A) from the transmission housing with a
prybar. Remove the driveshaft as an assembly.
NOTE: Do not pull on the driveshaft (B) or the inboard joint
may come apart. Pull the driveshaft straight out to
avoid damaging the oil seal.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 10: Pulling Driveshaft
DRIVESHAFT DISASSEMBLY
Threaded adapter, 22 x 1.5 mm 07XAC-001010A
Threaded adapter, 24 x 1.5 mm 07XAC-001020A
Slide hammer, 5/8"-18 UNF, commercially available
INBOARD JOINT SIDE
1. Remove the set ring (A) from the inboard joint.
Fig. 11: Identifying Set Ring
2. Remove the boot bands. Be careful not to damage the boot.
If the boot band is a welded type (A), cut the boot band.

2008 Honda Civic GX

If the boot band is a double loop type (B), lift up the band bend (C), and
push it into the clip (D).
If the boot band is a low profile type (E), pinch the boot band using the
commercially available boot band pliers (F).
Fig. 12: Identifying Boot Band - Welded Type

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Make marks (A) on each roller (B) and inboard joint (C) to identify the
locations of rollers and grooves in the inboard joint. Then remove the inboard
joint on the shop towel (D). Be careful not to drop the rollers when separating
them from the inboard joint.
Fig. 13: Identifying Scribe Marks On Rolling Surfaces
4. Use a paint pen to make marks (A) on the rollers (B) and spider (C) to identify
the locations of the rollers on the spider, then remove the rollers.
Fig. 14: Identifying Driveshaft Components
NOTE: Do not engrave or scribe marks on the rolling surfaces.
NOTE: Do not engrave or scribe marks on the rolling surfaces.

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Remove the circlip (D).
6. Mark (E) the spider and driveshaft (F) to identify the position of the spider on
the shaft.
7. Remove the spider.
8. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging to
the boot.
Fig. 15: Identifying Driveshaft Vinyl Tape
9. Remove the inboard boot. Be careful not to damage the boot.
10. Remove the vinyl tape.
Outboard Joint Side:
1. Remove the boot bands (A). Lift up the three tabs (B) with a screwdriver. Be
careful not to damage the boot.
Fig. 16: Identifying Boot Bands

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Slide the outboard boot (A) partially to the inboard joint side. Be careful not to
damage the boot.
Fig. 17: Identifying Outboard Boot
3. Wipe off the grease to expose the driveshaft and the outboard joint inner race.
4. Make a mark (A) on the driveshaft (B) at the same level as the outboard joint
rim (C).
Fig. 18: Identifying Make A Mark On Driveshaft
5. Securely clamp the driveshaft in a bench vise with a shop towel.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 19: Clamping Driveshaft In Bench Vise
6. Remove the outboard joint (A) using the threaded adapter (B) and a
commercially available 5/8"-18 UNF slide hammer (C).
7. Remove the driveshaft from the bench vise.
8. Remove the stop ring from the driveshaft.
Fig. 20: Identifying Stop Ring
9. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging to
the boot.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 21: Identifying Driveshaft Vinyl Tape
10. Remove the outboard boot. Be careful not to damage the boot.
DYNAMIC DAMPER REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the inboard joint (see INBOARD JOINT SIDE ).
2. Remove the double loop band or low profile bands (see step 2 ).
If the band is a welded type, cut the band.
If the band is a double loop type, lift up the band bend, and push it into the
clip.
If the band is a low profile type, pinch the band using a commercially
available boot band pliers.
3. Remove the dynamic damper. Type A

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 22: Identifying Dynamic Damper
DYNAMIC DAMPER TYPE
Model Factory Type
5-speed M/T Model (Except Si)
Suzuka Factory
Right Type A
Left Type A
Except Suzuka Factory
Right Type A
Left Type A
6-speed M/T Model (Si)
Right Type B
Left Type B
Right Type A

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Install the new dynamic damper and adjust the position of the new dynamic
damper to these measurements
A/T Model
Suzuka Factory Left Type C
Except Suzuka Factory
Right Type A
Left Type C
NOTE: Be careful not to swap the dynamic damper.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 23: Identifying Dynamic Damper Dimension
DYNAMIC DAMPER POSITION
Model Factory Type Measurement
Suzuka Factory
Right
Type
A
292.5-297.5 mm (11.70-
11.90 in.)

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Install the dynamic damper band (see step 10 ).
6. Install the inboard joint (see INBOARD JOINT SIDE ).
DRIVESHAFT REASSEMBLY
EXPLODED VIEW
5-speed M/T Model
(Except Si)
Left
Type
A
292.5-297.5 mm (11.70-
11.90 in.)
Except Suzuka
Factory
Right
Type
A
293.0-297.0 mm (11.72-
11.88 in)
Left
Type
A
293.0-297.0 mm (11.72-
11.88 in.)
6-speed M/T Model
(Si)

Right
Type
B
284.0-288.0 mm (11.18-
11.34 in.)
Left
Type
B
284.0-288.0 mm (11.18-
11.34 in.)
A/T Model
Suzuka Factory
Right
Type
A
558.0-563.0 mm (22.32-
22.52 in.)
Left
Type
C
274.5-279.5 mm (10.98-
11.18 in.)
Except Suzuka
Factory
Right
Type
A
558.5-562.5 mm (22.34-
22.50 in.)
Left
Type
C
275.0-279.0 mm (11.00-
11.18 in.)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 24: Exploded View Of Driveshaft Components
Boot band tool, KD-3191 or equivalent commercially available
Boot band pliers, Kent-Moore J-35910 or equivalent commercially available
NOTE: Refer to the exploded view, as needed, during this

2008 Honda Civic GX

INBOARD JOINT SIDE
1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging to the inboard boot.
Fig. 25: Identifying Splines With Vinyl Tape
2. Install the inboard boot onto the driveshaft, then remove the vinyl tape. Be
careful not to damage the inboard boot.
3. Install the spider (A) onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks (B) you made
on the spider and the end of the driveshaft.
Fig. 26: Aligning Marks On Spider Of Driveshaft
4. Fit the circlip (C) into the driveshaft groove. Always rotate the circlip in its
procedure. See Fig. 24.

2008 Honda Civic GX

groove to make sure it is fully seated.
5. Fit the rollers (A) onto the spider (B) with the high shoulders facing outward,
and note these items:
Reinstall the rollers in their original positions on the spider by aligning the
marks (C) you made.
Hold the driveshaft pointed up to prevent the rollers from falling off.
Fig. 27: Identifying Marks Driveshaft Spider
6. Pack the inboard joint with the joint grease included in the new in board boot
set.
Grease quantity
Inboard joint
5-speed M/T model (except Si):
130-140 g {4.6-4.9 oz)
6-speed M/T model(Si):
180-200 g (6.3-7.0 oz)
A/T model:
100-110 g (3.5-3.9 oz)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 28: Identifying Area Applying Grease
7. Fit the inboard joint onto the driveshaft and note these items:
Reinstall the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks (A)
you made on the inboard joint and the rollers.
Hold the driveshaft so the inboard joint is pointing up to prevent it from
falling off.
Fig. 29: Identifying Marks On Inboard Joint And Rollers
8. Fit the boot (A) ends onto the driveshaft (B) and the inboard joint (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 30: Locating Driveshaft And Inboard Joint
9. Adjust the length of the driveshaft to the figure that is on the chart, then adjust
the boots to halfway between full compression and full extension.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 31: Identifying Driveshaft Length
DRIVESHAFT LENGTH (5-SPEED M/T MODEL (EXCEPT SI))
Factory Type Measurement
Japan-Produced Right Type A 487.0-502.0 mm
(19.88-20.08 in.)
Left Type B 509.0-514.0 mm
(20.36-20.56 in.)

2008 Honda Civic GX

DRIVESHAFT LENGTH (6-SPEED M/T MODEL (SI))
DRIVESHAFT LENGTH (A/T MODEL)
10. Install new double loop bands (replacement part only).
11. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and the inboard joint, then install the new
double loop band (A) onto the boot (B).
North America-
Produced
Right Type A 493.0-498.0 mm
(19.72-19.92 in.)
(20.20-20.40 in.)
Right Type C 486.0-491.8 mm
(19.17-19.36 in.)
Left Type D 510.7-515.7 mm
(20.11-20.30 in.)
Japan-Produced Right Type B 803.0-808.0 mm
(32.12-32.32 in.)
Left Type E 511.0-516.0 mm
(20.44-20.64 in.)
North America-
Produced
Right Type B 807.0-812.0 mm
(32.28-32.48 in.)
(20.28-20.48 in.)
NOTE: Pass the end of the new double loop band through the
clip (C) twice in the direction of the forward rotation of
the driveshaft.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 32: Twisting In Direction Of Forward Rotation Of Driveshaft
12. Pull up the slack in the band by hand.
13. Mark a position (A) on the band 10-14 mm (0.4-0.6 in.) from the clip (B).
Fig. 33: Identifying Mark Position On Band From Clip
14. Thread the free end of the band through the nose section of the commercially
available boot band tool (A), and into the slot on the winding mandrel

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 34: Tightening Band Until Marked Spot
15. Using a wrench on the winding mandrel of the boot band tool, tighten the band
until the marked spot (C) on the band meets the edge of the clip.
16. Lift up the boot band tool to bend the free end of the band 90 degrees to the
clip. Center-punch the clip, then fold over the remaining tail onto the clip.
Fig. 35: Lifting Up Boot Band Tool To Bend
17. Unwind the boot band tool, and cut off the excess free end of the band to leave
a 5-10 mm (0.2-0.4 in.) tail protruding from the clip.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 36: Identifying Band Tail Protruding
18. Bend the band end (A) by tapping it down with a hammer.
19. Repeat steps 11 through 18 for the band on the other end of the boot.
OUTBOARD JOINT SIDE
NOTE:
Make sure the band and clip do not interfere with
anything on the vehicle and the band does not
move.
Remove any grease remaining on the surrounding
surfaces.
Fig. 37: Tapping Band

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging to the outboard boot.
Fig. 38: Identifying Clamp Bands And Splines With Vinyl Tape
2. Install the new ear clamp bands (B) and outboard boot, then remove the vinyl
tape. Be careful not to damage the outboard boot.
3. Install the new stop ring into the driveshaft groove (A).
Fig. 39: Identifying Stop Ring Into Driveshaft Groove
4. Pack about 35 g (1.2 oz) grease included in the new outboard boot set into the
driveshaft hole in the outboard joint.
NOTE: If you are installing a new outboard joint, the grease is
already installed.

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Insert the driveshaft (A) into the outboard joint (B) until the stop ring (C) is
close to the joint.
Fig. 41: Locating Driveshaft Stop Ring
6. To completely seat the outboard joint, pick up the driveshaft and joint, and tap
or hit them from a height of about 10 cm (4 in.) onto a had surface.
NOTE: Do not use a hammer as excessive force may damage
the driveshaft. Be careful not to damage the threaded
section (A) of the outboard joint.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 42: Locating Threaded Section Of Outboard Joint
7. Check the alignment of the paint mark (A) you made with the outboard joint
rim (B).
Fig. 43: Checking Alignment Of Paint Mark
8. Pack the outboard joint (A) with the remaining grease included in the new
outboard boot set.
Total grease quantity
Outboard joint

2008 Honda Civic GX

105-115 g (3.7-4.0 oz)
6-speed M/T model (Si):
110-130 g (3.8-4.5 oz)
A/T model:
95-105 g (3.4-3.7 oz)
9. Fit the boot (A) ends onto the driveshaft (B) and outboard joint (C).
Fig. 45: Identifying Outboard Joint Position
10. Adjust the length of the driveshaft to the figure as shown, then adjust the boots

2008 Honda Civic GX

to halfway between full compression and full extension.
Doing this prevents a vacuum or too much air in the boot, preventing it from
compressing or extending properly.
Fig. 46: Identifying Driveshaft Length
DRIVESHAFT LENGTH (5-SPEED M/T MODEL (EXCEPT SI))

2008 Honda Civic GX

DRIVESHAFT LENGTH (6-SPEED M/T MODEL (SI))
DRIVESHAFT LENGTH (A/T MODEL)
11. Close the ear portion (A) of the band with a commercially available boot band
pliers Kent Moore J-35910 or equivalent (B).
Japan-Produced Right Type A 487.0-502.0 mm
(19.88-20.08 in.)
(20.36-20.56 in.)
North America-
Produced
Right Type A 493.0-498.0 mm
(19.72-19.92 in.)
(20.20-20.40 in.)
Right Type C 486.0-491.8 mm
(19.17-19.36 in.)
Left Type D 510.7-515.7 mm
(20.11-20.30 in.)
Japan-Produced Right Type B 803.0-808.0 mm
(32.12-32.32 in.)
(20.44-20.64 in.)
North America-
Produced
Right Type B 807.0-812.0 mm
(32.28-32.48 in.)
(20.28-20.48 in.)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 47: Closing Portion Of Band
12. Check the clearance between the closed ear portion of the band. If the
clearance is not within the standard, close the ear portion of the band tighter.
Fig. 48: Identifying Clearance Between Closed Ear Portion Of Band
13. Repeat steps 11 and 12 for the band on the other end of the boot.
DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION
1. Apply about 5 g (0.18 oz) moly 60 paste (P/N 08734-0001) to the contact area
of the outboard joint and the front wheel bearing.
NOTE: Before starting installation, make sure the mating surfaces
of the joint and the splined section are not dusty or dirty.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Install a new set ring onto the set ring groove of the driveshaft.
Fig. 50: Identifying Driveshaft Ring
3. M/T model: Apply specified grease to the whole splined surface (A) of the
right driveshaft. After applying grease, remove the grease from the splined
grooves at intervals of 2-3 splines and from the set ring groove (B) so that air
can bleed from the intermediate shaft.
Grease quantity
NOTE: The paste helps to prevent noise and vibration.

2008 Honda Civic GX

0.5-1.0 g (0.02-0.04 oz)
6-speed M/T model (Si):
2.0-3.0 g (0.08-0.12 oz)
4. Clean the areas where the driveshaft contacts the differential thoroughly with
solvent or brake cleaner, and dry with compressed air.
5. Insert the inboard end (A) of the driveshaft into the differential (B) or
intermediate shaft (C) (M/T model) until the set ring (D) locks in the groove
(E).
NOTE: Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent.
NOTE: Insert the driveshaft horizontally to prevent damaging
the differential oil seal.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 52: Inserting Inboard Of Driveshaft Into Differential
6. Install the outboard joint (A) into the front hub (B).
Fig. 53: Identifying Outboard Joint And Front Hub
7. Install the knuckle (A) onto the lower arm (B). During installation, install a
new flange bolt and new self-locking nuts. After lightly tightening all three
fasteners, tighten them to the specified torque in the following order; the nut on
the front (C), the nut on the rear (D), then the bolt (E).
Fig. 54: Identifying Nuts And Bolt With Torque Specification

2008 Honda Civic GX

8. Apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the new spindle
nut (A).
Fig. 55: Identifying Spindle Nut With Torque Specifications
9. Install a new spindle nut, then tighten the nut. After tightening, use a drift to
stake the spindle nut shoulder (B) against the driveshaft.
10. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake discs and the front wheels, then install
the front wheels.
11. Turn the front wheels by hand, and make sure there is no interference between
the driveshaft and surrounding parts.
12. Refill the transmission with the recommended transmission fluid:
5-speed Manual transmission (except Si) (see TRANSMISSION FLUID
INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT )
6-speed Manual transmission (Si) (see TRANSMISSION FLUID
Automatic transmission (see ATF REPLACEMENT )
13. Lower the vehicle on the lift.
14. Check the front wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary (see WHEEL
ALIGNMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REMOVAL
5-SPEED M/T MODEL (EXCEPT SI)
1. Drain the transmission fluid. Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer (see
TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the right driveshaft (see DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL ).
3. Remove the lower torque rod bracket (A).
Fig. 56: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Bracket
4. Remove the flange bolts.
Fig. 57: Identifying Flange Bolts

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Remove the intermediate shaft (A) from the differential. Hold the intermediate
shaft horizontal until it is clear of the differential to prevent damaging the
differential oil seal (B).
Fig. 58: Identifying Intermediate Shaft And Oil Seal
6-SPEED M/T MODEL (SI)
2. Remove the right driveshaft (see DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL ).
3. Remove the heat shield (A).
Fig. 59: Identifying Heat Shield

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Remove the flange bolt (A) and the two shoulder bolts (B).
Fig. 60: Identifying Shoulder Bolts
5. Remove the intermediate shaft (A) from the differential. Hold the intermediate
shaft horizontal until it is clear of the differential to prevent damaging the
differential oil seal (B).
Fig. 61: Identifying Intermediate Shaft And Oil Seal
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT DISASSEMBLY
Half shaft base 07NAF-SR30101
Oil seal driver 07947-SB00100

2008 Honda Civic GX

5-SPEED M/T MODELS (EXCEPT SI)
1. Remove the set ring (A), the outer seal (B), and the external snap ring (C).
Fig. 62: Identifying External Snap Ring - 5-Speed M/T Models (Except Si)
2. Press the intermediate shaft (A) out of the intermediate shaft bearing (B) using
a press. Be careful not to damage the bearing support ring (C) on the
intermediate shaft during disassembly.
Fig. 63: Pressing Intermediate Shaft Out Of Intermediate Shaft Bearing
3. Remove the internal snap ring.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 64: Identifying Internal Snap Ring
4. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) out of the bearing support (B) using
the half shaft base (C), oil seal driver (D), and a press.
Fig. 65: Pressing Intermediate Shaft Bearing Out Of Bearing Support
1. Remove the set ring (A), the outer seal (B), and the external snap ring (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 66: Identifying External Snap Ring - 6-Speed M/T Model (Si)
2. Press the intermediate shaft (A) out of the intermediate shaft bearing (B) using
a press. Be careful not to damage the bearing support ring (C) on the
intermediate shaft during disassembly.
Fig. 67: Pressing Intermediate Shaft Out Of Intermediate Shaft Bearing
3. Remove the internal snap ring.

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) out of the bearing support (B) using
the half shaft base (C), oil seal driver (D) and a press.
Fig. 69: Pressing Intermediate Shaft Bearing Out Of Bearing Support
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REASSEMBLY
5-SPEED M/T MODEL (EXCEPT SI)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 70: Exploded View Of Intermediate Shaft - 5-Speed M/T Model (Except
Si) With Torque Specification
Oil seal driver 07GAD-PH70201
Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400
Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400
Driver 07749-0010000
5-speed M/T model (except Si)
1. Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry them with compressed air.
2. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) into the bearing support (B) using the
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 70, as needed, during this procedure.

2008 Honda Civic GX

52 x 55 mm attachment (C), driver (D), and a press.
Fig. 71: Pressing Intermediate Shaft Bearing
3. Seat the internal snap ring into the groove of the bearing support.
4. Press the intermediate shaft (A) into the new shaft bearing (B) using the 35 mm
I.D. attachment (C) and a press.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 73: Pressing Intermediate Shaft
5. Seat the external snap ring (A) into the groove of the intermediate shaft (B).
Fig. 74: Identifying External Snap Ring
6. Install the new outer seal (A) into the bearing support (B) using the oil seal
driver (C) and a press.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 75: Identifying Outer Seal
Fig. 76: Exploded View Of Intermediate Shaft - 6-Speed M/T Model (Si) With

2008 Honda Civic GX

Oil seal driver 07GAD-PH70201
Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400
Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400
Driver 07749-0010000
2. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) into the bearing support (B) using the
52 x 55 mm attachment (C), driver (D), and a press.
Fig. 77: Pressing Intermediate Shaft Bearing
3. Seat the internal snap ring into the groove of the bearing support.
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 76, as needed, during this procedure.

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Press the intermediate shaft (A) into the new shaft bearing (B) using the 35 mm
I.D. attachment (C) and a press.
Fig. 79: Pressing Intermediate Shaft
5. Seat the external snap ring (A) into the groove of the intermediate shaft (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 80: Identifying External Snap Ring
6. Install the new outer seal (A) into the bearing support (B) using the oil seal
driver (C) and a press.
Fig. 81: Identifying Outer Seal
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT INSTALLATION
5-SPEED MODEL (EXCEPT SI)
1. Install the new set ring.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 82: Identifying Set Ring - 5-Speed Model (Except Si)
2. Clean the areas where the intermediate shaft contacts the differential
thoroughly with solvent or brake cleaner, and dry with compressed air.
3. Insert the intermediate shaft assembly (A) into the differential until the set ring
locks in the groove.
Fig. 83: Identifying Intermediate Shaft Assembly And Differential Oil Seal
NOTE: Insert the intermediate shaft horizontally to prevent
damaging the differential oil seal (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Install the flange bolts (A).
Fig. 84: Identifying Flange Bolts With Torque Specification
5. Install the lower torque rod bracket (A), and tighten the flange bolts in the
sequence shown.
Fig. 85: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Bracket With Torque
Specifications
6. Install the right driveshaft (see DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Refill the transmission with the recommended transmission fluid (see
1. Install the new set ring.
Fig. 86: Identifying Set Ring - 6-Speed M/T Model (Si)
2. Clean the areas where the intermediate shaft contacts the differential
thoroughly with solvent or brake cleaner, and dry with compressed air.
3. Insert the inboard end (A) of the driveshaft into the differential (B) or
intermediate shaft (C) until the set ring (D) locks in the groove (E).
NOTE: Insert the driveshaft horizontally to prevent damaging
the differential oil seal.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 87: Identifying Intermediate Shaft Assembly And Differential Oil Seal
4. Install the flange bolt (A) and the two shoulder bolts (B).
Fig. 88: Identifying Shoulder Bolts With Torque Specifications
5. Install the heat shield (A), and tighten the three bolts.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 89: Identifying Heat Shield Bolts With Torque Specification
6. Install the right driveshaft (see DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

EGR System (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Locating EGR System Components
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC P0400: EGR SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED
1. Check for a loose or damaged EGR pipe.
board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting
information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EGR System (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is the EGR pipe OK?
YES - Go to step 2.
NO - Reconnect or replace the EGR pipe, then go to step 7.
Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158F (70C)
Vehicle speed at 25 mph (40 km/h) for 5 minutes or more
HDS.
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EGR valve and
the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 3 and
recheck.
6. Replace the EGR valve (see EGR VALVE REPLACEMENT ).
PROCEDURE ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Vehicle speed at 25 mph (40 km/h) for 5 minutes or more
YES - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EGR valve and the
ECM/PCM, then go to step 1.
NO - Go to step 12.
HDS.
YES - Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
were indicated in step 11, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
NO - If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose
terminals at the EGR valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen
DTC P0401: EGR INSUFFICIENT FLOW
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Do the EGR TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
Is the result OK?
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Go to step 7.
Drive at a steady speed between 55-75 mph (88-120 km/h) for at least 10
seconds
During the drive, decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 5 seconds
HDS.
YES - Clean the intake manifold EGR port and EGR pipe (see EGR VALVE
REPLACEMENT ) with throttle plate and induction cleaner. Also, clean the
passage inside the EGR valve with throttle plate and induction cleaner, then go
to step 9.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EGR valve and
the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a
result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 5
and recheck.

2008 Honda Civic EX

PROCEDURE ).
seconds
ECM/PCM. If the connections are OK, go to step 15.
NO - Go to step 14.
HDS.
terminals at the EGR valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen
indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 12.
15. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING
ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING
THE ECM/PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

seconds
ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 16. If
the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO - Go to step 18.
HDS.
YES - If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the
ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM
REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in
step 17, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
terminals at the EGR valve and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated,
substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE
ECM/PCM ), then go to step 16. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step
1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If
the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 16.
DTC P0404: EGR VALVE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is the result OK?
YES - Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Clean any carbon
build-up on the EGR valve with throttle plate and induction cleaner.
NO - Go to step 5.
6. Disconnect the EGR valve 6P connector.
7. At the EGR valve side, measure resistance between EGR valve 6P connector
Fig. 2: Measuring Resistance Between EGR Valve 6P Connector
Terminals No. 1 And No. 2
Is there 100 kohms or more?
NO - Go to step 8.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is there 100 k ohms or more?
NO - Go to step 9.
9. Check for continuity between EGR valve 6P connector terminal No. 6 and
body ground.
Fig. 4: Checking Continuity Between EGR Valve 6P Connector Terminal
No. 1 And No. 3

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Repair open in the wire between the EGR valve and G101; A/T model
(see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), M/T model (see
CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), then go to step 26.
ground.
And Body Ground
YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B2) and the EGR
valve, then go to step 26.
NO - Go to step 13.
13. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B2 and EGR
valve 6P connector terminal No. 4.

2008 Honda Civic EX

And EGR Valve 6P Connector Terminal No. 4
NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B2) and the EGR valve,
then go to step 26.
14. Remove the EGR valve (see EGR VALVE REPLACEMENT ).
15. Clean the intake manifold EGR port and the EGR pipe (see EGR VALVE
passage inside the EGR valve with throttle plate and induction cleaner.
16. Install the EGR valve (see EGR VALVE REPLACEMENT ).
17. Reconnect the EGR valve 6P connector.
18. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector B (44P).
PROCEDURE ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is the result OK?
NO - Go to step 24.
PROCEDURE ).
ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the connections and terminals are OK, go to
step 34.
NO - Go to step 33.
HDS.
NO - If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 1 and recheck. If the screen
indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen

2008 Honda Civic EX

THE ECM/PCM ).
NO - Go to step 38.
HDS.
REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step
37, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
NO - If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals
at the EGR valve and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a
known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to
step 35. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates
EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF
CONDITION, go to step 35.
DTC P0406: EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Check EGR VLS in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is 4.88 V or more
indicated?
YES - Go to step 3.
NO - Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor
connections or loose terminals at the EGR valve and the ECM/PCM.
6. Measure voltage between EGR valve 6P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3.
Fig. 7: Measuring Voltage Between EGR Valve 6P Connector Terminals
No. 2 And No. 3
Is there about 5 V?
NO - Go to step 7
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

ECM/PCM connector terminal B33.
No. 2 And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B33
NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B33) and the EGR
PROCEDURE ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are
indicated, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
THE ECM/PCM ).
ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the
ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO - If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the
REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go
to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
DTC P2413: EGR SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is the result OK?
YES - Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor
connections or loose terminals at the EGR valve and the ECM/PCM.
NO - Go to step 5.
7. Check the EGR VLS in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is about 0 V indicated?
YES - Go to step 8.
NO - Go to step 21.
11. Measure voltage between EGR valve 6P connector terminal No. 3 and body
ground.
Fig. 9: Measuring Voltage Between EGR Valve 6P Connector Terminal

2008 Honda Civic EX

No. 3 And Body Ground
Is there about 5 V?
NO - Go to step 12.
Fig. 10: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal
B18 And EGR Valve 6P Connector Terminal No. 3
NO - Repair open in the wire between the EGR valve and the ECM/PCM
(B18), then go to step 44.

2008 Honda Civic EX

ground.
B29 And Body Ground
NO - Go to step 20.

2008 Honda Civic EX

B29 And EGR Valve 6P Connector Terminal No.1
NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B29) and the EGR
22. If not already done, disconnect the EGR valve 6P connector.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 24.
Terminals No. 1 And No. 3.
NO - Go to step 25.
25. If not already done, jump the SCS line with the HDS.
26. If not already done, disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (44P).
ground.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 15: Checking For Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector
Terminal B2 And Body Ground
NO - Go to step 28.
And EGR Valve 6P Connector Terminal 4

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B2) and the EGR valve,
then go to step 44.
body ground.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the EGR valve and G101; A/T model
(see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), M/T model (see
CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), then go to step 44.
30. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector B (44P).
31. Connect the battery positive terminal to EGR valve 6P connector terminal No.
4 with a jumper wire.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 18: Connecting Battery Positive Terminal To EGR Valve 6P
Connector Terminal No. 4 With Jumper Wire
32. Start the engine, and let it idle. Then connect the battery negative terminal to
EGR valve 6P connector terminal No. 6 with a jumper wire.
Does the engine stall or run roughly?
NO - Go to step 33.
34. Remove the EGR valve (see EGR VALVE REPLACEMENT ).
35. Clean the intake manifold EGR port and the EGR pipe (see EGR VALVE
passage inside the EGR valve with throttle plate and induction cleaner.
36. Install the EGR valve (see EGR VALVE REPLACEMENT ).
PROCEDURE ).
Is the result OK?

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 42.
PROCEDURE ).
NO - Go to step 50.
HDS.
NO - If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 1 and recheck. If the screen
indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen

2008 Honda Civic EX

THE ECM/PCM ).
NO - Go to step 56.
HDS.
terminals at the EGR valve and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated,
1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If
the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 54.
EGR VALVE REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the injector cover (see step 8 in ENGINE REMOVAL ).
2. Disconnect the EGR valve 6P connector (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 19: Disconnecting EGR Valve 6P Connector (With Specifications)
3. Remove the EGR valve (B).
4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new gasket (C).
5. Install the injector cover (see step 48 in ENGINE INSTALLATION ).
EGR PIPE REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL
1. Remove the bolts (A) and nuts (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 20: Removing EGR Pipe Bolts And Nuts
2. Remove the EGR pipe (C).
INSTALLATION
1. Install the EGR pipe on the water passage side, and tighten the nuts (A) by
hand with a new gasket (B).
Fig. 21: Installing EGR Pipe On Water Passage Side (With Specifications)
2. Install the EGR pipe on the TWC side, and tighten the bolts (C) with a new
gasket (D).
3. Tighten the nuts on the water passage side.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2008 HONDA
Civic - Except Hybrid
BUZZERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
BUZZERS, RELAYS & TIMERS LOCATION
Component Location
A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
In under-hood fuse/relay box. See Fig.
2.
A/C Condenser Fan Relay
In underhood fuse/relay box. See Fig.
2.
Blower Motor Relay
2.
Console Accessory Power Socket
Relay
Near under-dash junction box. See Fig.
64.
Driver's Seat Heater Relay (High) Under driver's seat. See Fig. 182.
Driver's Seat Heater Relay (Low) Under driver's seat. See Fig. 183.
ETCS Control Relay
2.
Fan Control Relay
2.
Front Accessory Power Socket Relay
64.
Front Passenger's Seat Heater Relay
(High)
Under front passenger's seat. See Fig.
183.
Front Passenger's Seat Heater Relay
(Low)
183.
Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Relay Under left side of dash. See Fig. 158.
Ignition Coil Relay
2.
Injector Control Module Relay Under left side of dash. See Fig. 158.
PGM-FI Main Relay 1
2.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2008 HONDA Civic - Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic GX

CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES
CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES LOCATION
CONTROL UNITS
CONTROL UNITS LOCATION
PGM-FI Main Relay 2
In under-dash fuse/relay box. See Fig.
1.
PGM-FI Sub-Relay
2.
Power Mirror Defogger Relay
2.
Power Window Relay
1.
Radiator Fan Relay
2.
Rear Window Defogger Relay
2.
Starter Control Relay Under left side of dash. See Fig. 158.
Starter Cut Relay
1.
Component Location
Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Under left end of dash. See Fig. 56.
Under-Dash Junction Box Under left side of dash. See Fig. 63.
Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box
Left side of engine compartment. See
Fig. 41.
Component Location
ABS Modulator-Control Unit
Right side of engine compartment. See
Fig. 3.
ECM/PCM
Fig. 42.
EPS Control Unit Behind right kick panel. See Fig. 82.

2008 Honda Civic GX

MOTORS
MOTORS LOCATION
Gauge Control Module (Speedo) Left side of dash. See Fig. 146.
Gauge Control Module (Tach) Left side of dash. See Fig. 147.
Immobilizer-Keyless Control Unit On steering column. See Fig. 54.
Injector Control Module Behind right kick panel. See Fig. 159.
Moonroof Control Unit Center rear of roof. See Fig. 112.
ODS Unit
In front passenger' seat back. See Fig.
89.
SRS Unit Under middle of dash. See Fig. 74.
TPMS Control Unit Under left side of dash. See Fig. 175.
VSA Modulator Control Unit
Fig. 3.
XM Receiver (2 Door) Right side of trunk. See Fig. 122.
XM Receiver (4 Door) Right side of trunk. See Fig. 167.
Component Location
A/C Condenser Fan Motor Connector
Top of A/C condenser fan motor. See
Fig. 14.
Air Mix Control Motor
On left side of HVAC assembly. See
Fig. 66.
Blower Motor Under right side of dash. See Fig. 81.
Driver's Power Window Motor In driver's door. See Fig. 102.
Front Passenger's Power Window
Motor
In front passenger's door. See Fig. 102.
Fuel Tank Unit In top of fuel tank. See Fig. 119.
Left Power Mirror Connector (4-Door) Front of driver's door. See Fig. 106.
Left Power Mirror (2-Door) Front of driver's door. See Fig. 105.
Left Rear Power Window Motor In left rear door. See Fig. 107.
Mode Control Motor
Behind glove box, on HVAC
assembly. See Fig. 77.
Front of engine compartment. See Fig.

2008 Honda Civic GX

SENDING UNITS & SENSORS
SENDING UNITS & SENSORS LOCATION
Radiator Fan Motor Connector 15.
Recirculation Control Motor
Behind glove box, on HVAC
Right Power Mirror
Front of front passenger's door. See
Fig. 105.
Right Rear Power Window Motor In right rear door. See Fig. 107.
Starter
Lower right rear of engine. See Fig.
152.
Windshield Washer Motor
Behind right side of front bumper. See
Fig. 127.
Windshield Wiper Motor
Under right side of cowl cover. See
Fig. 49.
Component Location
A/C Pressure Sensor
Fig. 3.
A/F Sensor Connector (Except Si) Top left rear of engine. See Fig. 24.
A/F Sensor Connector (Si)
Rear of engine compartment. See Fig.
143.
APP Sensor Under left side of dash. See Fig. 66.
CKP Sensor (Except Si) Top left rear of engine. See Fig. 23.
CKP Sensor (Si) Lower front of engine. See Fig. 131.
CMP Sensor Rear of engine. See Fig. 30.
CMP Sensor A Right rear of engine. See Fig. 32.
CMP Sensor B Right rear of engine. See Fig. 32.
Driver's Seat Position Sensor Under driver's seat. See Fig. 83.
ECT Sensor 1 (Except Si) Rear of engine. See Fig. 27.
ECT Sensor 1 (Si) Right rear of engine. See Fig. 33.
ECT Sensor 2
Lower left side of radiator. See Fig.
135.

2008 Honda Civic GX

EGR Valve & EGR Valve Position
Sensor
Top left rear of engine. See Fig. 25.
EOP Sensor Top right front of engine. See Fig. 10.
EPS Torque Sensor
Under left side of engine compartment.
See Fig. 168.
Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Connector
Under right side of dash. See Fig. 80.
Front Impact Sensor (Left/Right)
Behind respective side of front
bumper. See Fig. 130.
Front Passenger's Weight Sensor
(Front Inner Side)
Under left side of front passenger's
seat. See Fig. 90.
Front Passenger's Weight Sensor
(Front Outer Side)
Under right side of front passenger's
seat. See Fig. 91.
Front Passenger's Weight Sensor (Rear
Inner Side)
Under left side of front passenger's
seat. See Fig. 90.
Front Passenger's Weight Sensor (Rear
Outer Side)
Under right side of front passenger's
seat. See Fig. 91.
FTP Sensor (Except GX) Under left side of floor. See Fig. 145.
FTP Sensor (GX) Behind rear seat (GX). See Fig. 161.
FTT Sensor Behind rear seat (GX). See Fig. 161.
Fuel Pressure Sensor Right rear of engine. See Fig. 157.
Fuel Temperature Sensor Rear of engine. See Fig. 154.
Inner Side Front Passenger's Weight
Sensor Connector (2-Door)
88.
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor On transmission housing. See Fig. 35.
Knock Sensor (Except Si)
141.
Knock Sensor (Si) Left front side of engine. See Fig. 22.
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
Connector
Under left rear of vehicle (Right
similar). See Fig. 169.
MAF/IAT Sensor (Except Si)
Left rear of engine compartment. See
Fig. 46.

2008 Honda Civic GX

MAF/IAT Sensor (Si) Fig. 47.
MAP Sensor (Except Si) Rear of engine. See Fig. 30.
MAP Sensor (Si) Left rear side of engine. See Fig. 21.
Motor Angle Sensor Connector Under rear of engine. See Fig. 133.
Outer Side Front Passenger's Weight
Sensor Connector (2-Door)
88.
Sensor (A/T)
On transmission housing. See Fig. 36.
Sensor (M/T)
Sensor (Si)
Under transmission housing (Si). See
Fig. 129.
Outside Air Temperature Sensor
Behind left side of front bumper. See
Fig. 178.
Rear Safing Sensor Middle of floor. See Fig. 96.
Secondary HO2S Connector (Except
Si)
Secondary HO2S Connector (Si) Under center console. See Fig. 93.
Side Impact Sensor (Left/Right 1st) (2-
Door)
At respective outer side of floor. See
Fig. 95.
Side Impact Sensor (Left/Right 1st) (4-
Door)
Base of respective "B" pillar. See Fig.
99.
Side Impact Sensor (Left/Right 2nd)
(2-Door)
In respective "B" pillar. See Fig. 98.
Side Impact Sensor (Left/Right 2nd)
(4-Door)
In respective "C" pillar. See Fig. 116.
Steering Angle Sensor
In steering column cover (Si). See Fig.
165.
TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator (Except
Si)
On throttle body. See Fig. 164.
TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator (Si) On throttle body. See Fig. 174.
Wheel Speed Sensor Connector (Left
Front)
On left frame rail. See Fig. 137.

2008 Honda Civic GX

SOLENOIDS & SOLENOID VALVES
SOLENOIDS & SOLENOID VALVES LOCATION
Wheel Speed Sensor Connector (Right
Front)
On frame rail. See Fig. 137.
Wheel Speed Sensor Connector (Right
Rear)
Under right rear of floor. See Fig. 144.
Wheel Speed Sensor (Left Rear) Under left rear of floor. See Fig. 144.
Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration Sensor
(Si)
Under middle of dash. See Fig. 170.
Component Location
A/C Compressor Connector (Except
Si)
Left front of engine. See Fig. 8.
A/C Compressor Connector (Si)
Lower left front of engine. See Fig.
134.
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid
Valve A
Valve B
Valve C
EGR Valve & EGR Valve Position
Sensor
EVAP Canister Purge Valve Right rear of engine. See Fig. 31.
EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Under left side of floor. See Fig. 145.
Fuel Pressure Regulator Shut-Off
Solenoid Valve
Right rear of engine. See Fig. 155.
Fuel Tank Internal Solenoid Valve
(GX)
Left side of trunk (GX). See Fig. 162.
IMT Actuator Right front of engine. See Fig. 9.
Injectors No. 1, 2, 3 & 4 (Except Si)
Top of engine, at respective cylinders.
See Fig. 19.
Top left side of engine, at respective

2008 Honda Civic GX

SWITCHES
SWITCHES LOCATION
Injectors No. 1, 2, 3 & 4 (Si) cylinders. See Fig. 20.
Reverse Lockout Solenoid
Top of transmission housing. See Fig.
40.
Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid
(Except Si)
Top front of engine. See Fig. 172.
Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid (Si) Top front of engine. See Fig. 13.
Shift Lock Solenoid Connector Under center console. See Fig. 92.
Starter Solenoid (Except Si)
152.
Starter Solenoid (Si) On starter motor. See Fig. 173.
Trunk Lid Opener Solenoid/Latch
Switch
Middle of trunk lid. See Fig. 124.
VTC Oil Control Solenoid Valve Front of engine. See Fig. 12.
Component Location
A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel
Light/Park Pin Switch Connector
(A/T)
Under center console. See Fig. 92.
Back-Up Light Switch (Except Si) On transaxle housing. See Fig. 38.
Back-Up Light Switch (Si) On transmission housing. See Fig. 39.
Brake Fluid Level Switch
On brake master cylinder reservoir.
See Fig. 44.
Brake Pedal Position Switch Under left side of dash. See Fig. 61.
Clutch Interlock Switch Under left side of dash. See Fig. 59.
Clutch Pedal Position Switch Under left side of dash. See Fig. 59.
Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch
(Driver's/Front Passenger's)
Rear of respective front door. See Fig.
103.
Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch
(Left/Right Rear)
Rear of respective rear door. See Fig.
108.
Driver's Door Switch In left "B" pillar. See Fig. 100.

2008 Honda Civic GX

MISCELLANEOUS
MISCELLANEOUS LOCATION
Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector Under driver's seat. See Fig. 85.
Front Passenger's Door Switch In right "B" pillar. See Fig. 100.
Front Passenger's Seat Belt Switch
Connector
87.
Fuel Fill Door Switch Connector Left rear shelf (GX). See Fig. 163.
Fuel Pressure Regulator Switch Right rear of engine. See Fig. 156.
Left Rear Door Switch In left "C" pillar. See Fig. 101.
Oil Pressure Switch (Except Si) Top left rear of engine. See Fig. 23.
Oil Pressure Switch (Si) Near oil filter. See Fig. 132.
Parking Brake Switch
At base of parking brake lever. See
Fig. 92.
PSP Switch
Fig. 6.
Right Rear Door Switch In right "C" pillar. See Fig. 101.
Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Top front of engine. See Fig. 13.
Security Hood Switch Connector
Front center of engine compartment.
See Fig. 16.
Transmission Range Switch On transmission housing. See Fig. 137.
Trunk Key Cylinder Switch (2-Door)
Right side of trunk lid, on key cylinder
Trunk Key Cylinder Switch (4-Door) Right side of trunk lid. See Fig. 151.
Trunk Latch Switch Connector Middle of trunk lid. See Fig. 123.
Trunk Lid Opener Solenoid/Latch
Switch
Middle of trunk lid. See Fig. 124.
2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch
Component Location

2008 Honda Civic GX

Alternator (Except Si) Left front of engine. See Fig. 8.
Alternator (Si) Lower left front of engine. See Fig. 11.
AM/FM Antenna Amplifier Right "C" pillar. See Fig. 118.
AM Signal Window Antenna (2-Door)
Top right side of rear window. See Fig.
117.
AM Signal Window Antenna (4-Door) In right "C" pillar. See Fig. 118.
Antenna Lead Connector
Under front of center console. See Fig.
76.
Blower Power Transistor
Under right side of dash, near blower
motor. See Fig. 80.
Cable Reel Connector A On steering column. See Fig. 53.
Cable Reel Connector B On steering column. See Fig. 52.
Cable Reel Connector C In steering wheel. See Fig. 51.
DLC Under left side of dash. See Fig. 67.
Driver's Airbag First & Second
Inflators Connector
In steering wheel. See Fig. 50.
Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner
Connector
Under driver's seat. See Fig. 85.
Driver's Seat Belt Tensioner Connector
(4-Door)
Base of left "B" pillar. See Fig. 99.
Driver's Seat Belt Tensioner (2-Door) At left "B" pillar. See Fig. 98.
Driver's Side Airbag Inflator
Connector
Under driver's seat. See Fig. 84.
EPS Gearbox Connectors A & B Under rear of engine. See Fig. 133.
FM Signal Window Antenna (2-Door)
Top right side of rear window. See Fig.
117.
FM Signal Window Antenna (4-Door) In right "C" pillar. See Fig. 118.
Front Passenger's Airbag First &
Second Inflators Connector
Behind right side of dash. See Fig. 71.
Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle
Tensioner Connector
87.
Front Passenger's Seat Belt Tensioner
Connector (4-Door)
Base of right "B" pillar. See Fig. 99.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Front Passenger's Seat Belt Tensioner
(2-Door)
At right "B" pillar. See Fig. 98.
Front Passenger's Side Airbag Inflator
Connector
86.
Fuel Pressure Regulator Leak Check
Connector
Front of engine compartment. See Fig.
153.
GPS Antenna Under middle of dash. See Fig. 70.
Horn
Behind left side of front bumper. See
Fig. 178.
Ignition Coils No. 1, 2, 3 & 4 (Except
Si)
Top of engine. See Fig. 18.
Ignition Coils No. 1, 2, 3 & 4 (Si) Top of engine. See Fig. 171.
Junction Connector C101
Near brake master cylinder. See Fig.
45.
Junction Connector C105 Top rear of engine. See Fig. 26.
Fig. 5.
Right rear of engine compartment. See
Fig. 7.
Junction Connector C753 Front of driver's door. See Fig. 177.
Left Side Curtain Airbag Inflator
Connector (2-Door)
In left "C" pillar. See Fig. 113.
Left Side Curtain Airbag Inflator
Connector (4-Door)
In left "C" pillar. See Fig. 114.
MES Connector
On under-dash fuse/relay box. See Fig.
148.
Microphone (Navigation) In roof console. See Fig. 109.
Noise Reduction Condenser Connector In left "C" pillar. See Fig. 116.
Right Side Curtain Airbag Inflator
Connector (2-Door)
In right "C" pillar. See Fig. 113.
Right Side Curtain Airbag Inflator
Connector (4-Door)
In right "C" pillar. See Fig. 114.
Stereo Amplifier (2-Door) Under middle of dash. See Fig. 176.

2008 Honda Civic GX

CONNECTORS
CONNECTORS LOCATION
Stereo Amplifier (4-Door) Under driver's seat. See Fig. 94.
Thermal Joint S1 (Except Si) Rear of engine. See Fig. 29.
Thermal Joint S1 (Si) Rear of engine. See Fig. 34.
Thermal Joint S2 Rear of engine. See Fig. 29.
Thermal Joint S3 (Except Si) Rear of engine. See Fig. 29.
Thermal Joint S3 (Si) Rear of engine. See Fig. 34.
XM Antenna Lead Connector (2-Door) Left rear of roof. See Fig. 111.
XM Antenna Lead Connector (4-Door) Left rear of roof. See Fig. 166.
Component Location
C102 (Except Si) (Black, 1 Pin)
Near brake master cylinder. See Fig.
45.
C102 (Si) (Black, 1 Pin)
Left front of engine compartment. See
Fig. 48.
C103 (Black, 1 Pin) On lower rear of engine. See Fig. 142.
C106 (Black, 10 Pin) Left side of engine. See Fig. 17.
C107 (Black, 10 Pin) On transmission housing. See Fig. 36.
C109 (Black/Gray, 8 Pin)
Underside of transmission housing.
See Fig. 138.
C201 (Blue, 14 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 69.
C202 (Blue, 20 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 179.
C203 (Yellow, 4 Pin)
Under under-dash fuse/relay box. See
Fig. 57.
C204 (White, 14 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 58.
C205 (Brown, 2 Pin) Under left side of dash. See Fig. 65.
C208 (2 Door, 4 Door) (White, 3 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 58.
C209 (White, 4 Pin)
Under right side of engine
compartment. See Fig. 133.

2008 Honda Civic GX

C210 (Optional) (Brown, 1 Pin) Under left end of dash. See Fig. 61.
C211 (Optional) (Brown, 1 Pin)
Fig. 128.
C501 (2-Door) (White, 23 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 179.
C502 (2 Door) (White, 4 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 179.
C504 (White, 3 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 180.
C505 (White, 20 Pin) Under middle of dash. See Fig. 71.
C506 (White, 23 Pin)
76.
C509 (Optional) (White, 6 Pin) Under middle of dash. See Fig. 72.
C601 (2-Door) (White, 13 Pin)
73.
73.
C602 (White, 2 Pin) Under driver's seat. See Fig. 84.
C603 (White, 12 Pin)
73.
C604 (White, 8 Pin) Under driver's seat. See Fig. 84.
C606 (Brown, 12 Pin) Under center console. See Fig. 181.
C701 (2-Door) (White, 14 Pin) In left "C" pillar. See Fig. 113.
C701 (4-Door) (White, 14 Pin) In left "C" pillar. See Fig. 115.
C702 (Light Blue, 6 Pin) Left "C" pillar. See Fig. 115.
C703 (Green, 2 Pin) Middle of trunk lid. See Fig. 125.
C751 (Blue, 23 Pin) Under left end of dash. See Fig. 55.
C752 (White, 18 Pin) Under left end of dash. See Fig. 55.
C754 (White, 18 Pin) In driver's door. See Fig. 104.
C761 (Blue, 23 Pin) Under right end of dash. See Fig. 55.
C762 (White, 18 Pin) Under right end of dash. See Fig. 55.
C763 (White, 18 Pin) In front passenger's door. See Fig. 104.
C771 (White, 18 Pin) At left "B" pillar. See Fig. 100.

2008 Honda Civic GX

GROUNDS
GROUNDS LOCATION
C781 (White, 18 Pin) At right "B" pillar. See Fig. 100.
86.
86.
C783 (White, 8 Pin)
86.
C801 (DX, DX-G, LX & GX) (Blue, 6
Pin)
Fig. 57.
C801 (EX, EX-L & Si) (Blue, 20 Pin)
Fig. 57.
C852 (Brown, 1 Pin) In left "C" pillar. See Fig. 113.
C861 (Light Blue, 6 Pin)
Left side of rear seat back. See Fig.
160.
Component Location
G1
Fig. 43.
G2 At top right front of engine. See Fig. 4.
G3
Fig. 43.
G101 (Except Si) Right rear of engine. See Fig. 28.
G101 (Si) Left rear of engine. See Fig. 21.
G201
Fig. 128.
G202
Fig. 128.
G301
Lower left side of engine
compartment. See Fig. 136.
G401 Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 68.

2008 Honda Civic GX

COMPONENT LOCATION GRAPHICS
G402 Behind glove box. See Fig. 79.
G403 (2 Door) Behind right kick panel. See Fig. 82.
G403 (4-Door) Behind glove box. See Fig. 79.
G501 Under gauge assembly. See Fig. 60.
G503 Under left side of dash. See Fig. 62.
G504
64.
G506 Under middle of dash. See Fig. 75.
G601 Front left side of floor. See Fig. 94.
G602 Front right side of floor. See Fig. 97.
G603 In left "C" pillar. See Fig. 115.
G701 (2-Door) Left side of trunk. See Fig. 120.
G701 (4-Door) Left rear of trunk. See Fig. 121.
G801 Left side of roof. See Fig. 149.
G801 Right "C" pillar. See Fig. 150.
G851 Base of right "C" pillar. See Fig. 110.
NOTE: Figures may show multiple component locations. Refer to
appropriate table for proper figure references.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 1: Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 3: Right Side Of Engine Compartment

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 6: Right Side Of Engine Compartment (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 7: Right Side Of Engine Compartment (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 8: Left Front Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 9: Right Front Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 10: Right Front Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 11: Left Front Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 12: Front Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 14: Right Front Of Engine Compartment

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 15: Front Of Engine Compartment

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 16: Front Of Engine Compartment (USA: LX, EX & Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 17: Front Of Engine Compartment (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 18: Top Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 19: Top Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 20: Top Left Side Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 21: Left Rear Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 22: Left Front Side Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 23: Left Rear Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 24: Top Left Rear Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 25: Top Left Rear Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 26: Rear Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 28: Right Rear Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 31: Right Rear Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 34: Rear Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 35: Transmission Housing (A/T)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 38: Transaxle Housing (Except Si) (M/T)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 39: Transmission Housing (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 40: Transmission Housing (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 41: Left Side Of Engine Compartment

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 44: Left Rear Of Engine Compartment

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 45: Left Rear Of Engine Compartment

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 46: Left Rear Of Engine Compartment (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 47: Left Side Of Engine Compartment (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 48: Left Front Of Engine Compartment (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 49: Under Right Side Of Windshield

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 50: Steering Wheel

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 51: Steering Wheel

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 52: Steering Column

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 55: Under Left End Of Dash (Right Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 56: Under Left End Of Dash

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 57: Under Left End Of Dash

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 58: Behind Left Kick Panel (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 59: Under Left Side Of Dash

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 68: Behind Left Kick Panel

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 70: Under Middle Of Dash

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 71: Behind Middle Of Dash

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 73: Under Front Of Center Console (EX, EX-L & Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 76: Under Front Of Center Console

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 77: Behind Glove Box

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 80: Under Right Side Of Dash

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 81: Under Right Side Of Dash

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 82: Behind Right Kick Panel (2-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 83: Under Driver's Seat

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 86: Under Front Passenger's Seat

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 87: Under Front Passenger's Seat

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 88: Under Front Passenger's Seat (2-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 89: Front Passenger's Seat Back

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 92: Under Center Console

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 93: Under Center Console (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 95: Left Side Of Floor (2-Door) (Right Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 96: Middle Of Floor

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 97: Front Right Side Of Floor

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 98: Left "B" Pillar (2-Door) (Right Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 99: Base Of Left "B" Pillar (4-Door) (Right Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 100: Left "B" Pillar (Right Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 101: Left "C" Pillar (Right Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 102: Driver's Door (Front Passenger's Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 105: Driver's Door (2-Door) (Front Passenger's Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 106: Driver's Door (4-Door) (Front Passenger's Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 107: Left Rear Door (Right Rear Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 108: Left Rear Door (Right Rear Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 109: Front Of Roof

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 110: Left Side Of Roof

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 111: Left Rear Of Roof

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 112: Rear Of Roof

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 113: Left "C" Pillar (2-Door) (Right Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 115: Left "C" Pillar (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 117: Right Rear Of Roof (2-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 118: Right "C" Pillar (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 119: Middle Front Of Trunk

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 120: Left Side Of Trunk (2-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 121: Left Rear Of Trunk (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 122: Right Side Of Trunk (2-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 123: Middle Of Trunk Lid

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 126: Right Side Of Trunk Lid

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 127: Behind Right Side Of Front Bumper

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 128: Behind Right Side Of Front Bumper

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 129: Under Transmission Housing (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 130: Behind Left Side Of Front Bumper (Right Side Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 132: Lower Rear Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 133: Lower Rear Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 134: Lower Front Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 135: Lower Left Front Of Engine Compartment

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 136: Lower Left Side Of Engine Compartment

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 137: Lower Left Side Of Engine Compartment (Right Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 140: Transmission Housing (M/T) (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 141: Lower Right Rear Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 142: Rear Of Engine (M/T)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 143: Rear Of Engine Compartment (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 144: Under Left Rear Of Vehicle (Right Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 145: Under Middle Of Vehicle

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 146: Left Side Of Dash

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 147: Left Side Of Dash

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 151: Right Side Of Trunk Lid (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 152: Under Rear Of Engine (M/T)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 153: Front Of Engine Compartment

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 154: Rear Of Engine Compartment

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 155: Right Rear Of Engine (GX)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 158: Under Left Side Of Dash (GX)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 159: Behind Right Kick Panel (GX)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 160: Left Side Of Rear Seat Back (GX)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 161: Behind Rear Seat (GX)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 162: Left Side Of Trunk (GX)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 163: Left Of Rear Shelf (GX)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 164: Left Side Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 165: Steering Column Cover (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 166: Left Rear Of Roof (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 167: Right Side Of Trunk (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 168: Left Side Of Engine Compartment (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 169: Under Left Rear Of Vehicle (Right Similar)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 170: Under Middle Of Dash (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 171: Top Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 172: Top Front Of Engine (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 173: Left Rear Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 174: Left Side Of Engine (Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 176: Under Middle Of Dash (2-Door)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 177: Driver's Door

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 178: Behind Left Side Of Front Bumper

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 181: Under Center Console

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 182: Under Driver's Seat (EX-L)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 183: Under Front Passenger's Seat (EX-L)

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 STEERING
EPS System - Civic (All Except Hybrid & Si)

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 STEERING EPS System - Civic (All Except Hybrid & Si)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Locating EPS Components
EPS INDICATOR
Under normal conditions, the EPS indicator comes on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON (II) position, then goes off after the engine is started. This
indicates that the LED and its circuit are operating correctly. If there is a failure in
the system after the engine is started, the EPS indicator will stay on, and the power
assist is turned off.
When the EPS indicator comes on, the control unit memorizes the DTC. In this
case, the control unit will not activate the EPS system after the engine starts again,
but it keeps the EPS indicator on.
When DTC 51-01, 51-02 or 51-06 is stored in the control unit, the EPS indicator
will stay on until the DTC is erased. When a problem is detected and the EPS
indicator comes on, there are cases when the indicator stays on until the ignition
switch is turned OFF, and cases when the indicator goes off automatically when the
system returns to normal. Even though the system is operating normally, the EPS
indicator will come on under the following conditions:
The vehicle speed decreases abruptly from 12mph (20 km/h) or more (by
applying brake), and it is less than 1 mph (1 km/h) and engine speed is 2,000
rpm or above for 5 seconds (continuously) after the abrupt deceleration.
While turning the steering wheel with the vehicle speed of 1 mph (1 km/h) or
less for 20 seconds, and the engine speed is 2,000 rpm or above for at least 10
seconds.
When the engine speed is 500 rpm or less, and the vehicle is travelling at a
speed of 6 mph (10 km/h) or more for about 3 seconds.
To determine the actual cause of the problem, question the customer about the
conditions during which the problem occured, taking the above conditions into
consideration.

2008 Honda Civic EX

If the CPU cannot be activated, or it fails, the EPS indicator comes on, but the
DTC is not memorized.
The memory can hold any number of DTCs. However, when the same DTC is
detected more than once, the most recent DTC is written over the prior DTC,
therefore only one occurance is memorized.
The lowest DTC is indicated first. The DTCs are indicated in ascending order,
not in the order that they occurred.
The DTCs are memorized in the EEPROM (nonvolatile memory) therefore the
memorized DTCs cannot be erased by disconnecting the battery. Perform the
specified procedures to clear DTCs.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Self-diagnosis can be classified into three categories:
Initial diagnosis: Done right after the engine starts and until the EPS indicator
goes off.
Steering diagnosis: Done during regular diagnosis while turning steering
wheel.
The EPS control unit performs the following functions when a problem is detected
by self-diagnosis:
1. Turns on the EPS indicator.
2. Memorizes the DTC.
3. Stops power assist and manual steering operation resumes.
RESTRICTION ON POWER ASSIST OPERATION
Repeated extreme steering force, such as turning the steering wheel continuously
NOTE: For DTCs 11-01, 11-02, 12-01,21-01,21-02, 22-01 and 35-
04 the EPS indicator will go off automatically, and the
system returns to normal.

2008 Honda Civic EX

back-and-forth with the vehicle stopped, causes an increase of power consumption
in the EPS motor. The increase of electric current causes the motor to heat up.
Because this heat adversely affects the system, the control unit monitors the electric
current of the motor.
When the control unit detects heat build-up in the motor, it reduces the electric
current to the motor gradually to protect the system, and it restricts the power assist
operation. The EPS indicator does not come on during this function.
When steering torque is not applied to the steering wheel, or when the ignition is
turned off and the motor cools, the control unit will restore the power assist
gradually until it's fully restored (after about 8 minutes).
TORQUE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
The EPS control unit stores the torque sensor neutral position in the EEPROM. The
torque sensor neutral position must be memorized whenever the gearbox, the motor,
or the EPS control unit is replaced.
and the EPS indicator is still on. Following the procedure when the EPS indicator
does not come on can result in incorrect diagnosis.
1. Question the customer about the conditions when the problem occured, and try
to reproduce the same conditions for troubleshooting. Find out when the EPS
indicator came on, such as during EPS control, after EPS control, when the
vehicle was at a certain speed, etc.
2. When the EPS indicator does not come on during the test-drive, but
terminal contact, etc., in the affected circuit before you start troubleshooting.
3. After troubleshooting, clear the DTC and test-drive the vehicle. Be sure the
EPS indicator does not come on.
NOTE: The torque sensor neutral position is not effected when
erasing the DTCs.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. With the ignition switch to LOCK (0), connect the HDS (Honda diagnostic
system) to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of
the dashboard.
Fig. 2: Identifying DLC Connector
3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the EPS control unit. If
it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
HOW TO CLEAR DTCS
1. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0) position, connect the HDS to the data
link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard.
NOTE: See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions.

2008 Honda Civic EX

TROUBLESHOOTING ).
MEMORIZING THE TORQUE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
The torque sensor neutral position must be memorized whenever the gearbox, the
motor, or the EPS control unit is replaced. Note that the torque sensor neutral
position is not affected when erasing the DTC.
1. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0) position, connect the HDS to the data
link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard.
NOTE: The torque sensor is sensitive to temperature. This
procedure should be performed within the range of 68F
50F (20C 10C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

TROUBLESHOOTING ).
4. From the EPS MENU, select MISCELLANEOUS TEST then TORQUE
SENSOR LEARN and follow the screen prompts on the HDS.
DTC Detection Item
11-01 Low/high IG1-terminal voltage (Initial
diagnosis)
11-02 Low/high IG1-terminal voltage (Regular
diagnosis)
12-01 Low/high VBU voltage (Regular
diagnosis)
21-01 Excessive change of the vehicle speed
signal (Regular diagnosis)
21-02 Comparison between the vehicle speed

2008 Honda Civic EX

and the engine speed signal (Regular
diagnosis)
22-01 Engine speed signal (Initial diagnosis)
31-01 No writing the torque sensor neutral
position (Initial diagnosis)
32-01 EPS control unit internal circuit (current
sensor) (Initial diagnosis)
sensor) (Regular diagnosis)
sensor) (Steering diagnosis)
32-08 Current sensor (Regular diagnosis)
32-09 Current sensor (Initial diagnosis)
33-01 Lower FET stuck ON (Initial diagnosis)
33-02 Upper FET stuck ON (Initial diagnosis)
33-06 Lower FET stuck ON (Regular
diagnosis)
33-07 Upper FET stuck ON (Regular
diagnosis)
34-01 Power relay stuck ON (IG switch is
OFF)
34-02 Fail-safe relay stuck ON (Initial
diagnosis)
35-01 EPS control unit internal circuit (CPU)
(Initial diagnosis/regular diagnosis)
35-02 EPS control unit internal circuit
(EEPROM) (Initial diagnosis)
35-03 EPS control unit internal circuit (EPS
CPU) (Initial diagnosis)
35-04 EPS control unit internal circuit (CPU
communication) (Regular diagnosis)
(Motor/EPS CPU) (Initial diagnosis)

2008 Honda Civic EX

35-06 EPS control unit internal circuit (ITN
communication) (Regular diagnosis)
(INHL/INHR ports) (Initial
diagnosis/regular diagnosis)
36-02 EPS control unit internal circuit (INH
output circuit) (Initial diagnosis)
37-01 EPS control unit internal circuit (Step-
up circuit) (Initial diagnosis)
51-01 Low/high voltage for the torque sensor
(VT1 and VT2) (Regular diagnosis)
51-02 Torque sensor (VT3 Differential-
amplification Function) (Regular
diagnosis)
51-03 Torque sensor (VT1, VT2 rapid change)
(Regular diagnosis)
51-06 Torque sensor (VT1, VT2 average)
(Regular diagnosis)
51-07 Torque sensor (VT1, VT2 initial check)
(Initial diagnosis)
61-04 Open/short in the motor harness
(Steering diagnosis)
71-01 Motor angle sensor (SIN/COS signals)
71-02 Motor angle sensor (neutral position
learning of SIN/COS) (Initial diagnosis)
71-03 Motor angle sensor (SIN/COS signals)
71-04 Motor angle sensor (check signal)
(Regular diagnosis)
71-05 Motor angle sensor (SIN/COS signals
changing amount) (Steering diagnosis)
71-06 Motor angle sensor (neutral position of

2008 Honda Civic EX

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EPS CONTROL UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR CONNECTOR A (2P)
SIN/COS) (Initial diagnosis)
NOTE:
Initial diagnosis: Done right after the engine starts and
until the EPS indicator goes off.
Regular diagnosis: Done right after the initial diagnosis
until the ignition switch is turned off.
Steering diagnosis: Done during regular diagnosis
while turning steering wheel.
EPS indicator does not come
on
Symptom Troubleshooting (see EPS
INDICATOR DOES NOT COME ON )
EPS indicator does not go
off, and no DTCs are stored
Symptom Troubleshooting (see EPS
INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND
NO DTCS ARE STORED )
EPS indicator is not on, no
DTCs are stored, but there is
no power assist or power
assist is down
1. Check the motor power wires between the
EPS control unit and the motor for a short
to body ground. Repair as needed.
2. If the motor power wires are OK, replace
the motor (short in the motor) (see
MOTOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
3. Check the power and ground connections at
the EPS control unit.
HDS does not communicate
with the EPS control unit or
the vehicle
Troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Identifying EPS Control Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector A
(2P)
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EPS CONTROL UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR CONNECTOR B (2P)
Fig. 6: Identifying EPS Control Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector B
(2P)
TERMINAL NUMBER REFERENCE
Terminal
number
Wire
color
Terminal
sign
(Terminal
name)
Description
Signal
Terminals Conditions Voltage
1 BLK
PG (Power
ground)
Ground for the
actuator motor
- - -
2 WHT
+B (Plus
battery)
Power source
for the
actuator motor
2-GND At all times
Battery
voltage
Terminal
number
Wire
color
Terminal
sign
(Terminal
name)
Description
Signal

2008 Honda Civic EX

EPS CONTROL UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR CONNECTOR C (2P)
Fig. 7: Identifying EPS Control Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector C
(2P)
EPS CONTROL UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR CONNECTOR D (28P)
Fig. 8: Identifying EPS Control Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector D
(28P)
1 GRIM H-W
Drives the
actuator
motor
- - -
Terminal
number
Wire
color
Terminal
sign
(Terminal
name)
Description
Signal
1 RED H-U
Drives the
actuator
motor
- - -
2 BLU H-V
Drives the
actuator
motor
- - -

2008 Honda Civic EX

Terminal
number
Wire
color
Terminal
sign
(Terminal
name)
Description
Signal
1 WHT
CAN-H
(CAN-HI)
CAN
communication
circuit
- - -
3 BLU
NEP
(Engine
pulse)
Detects
tachometer
signal
3-GND
With
engine
running
3 V or
less-6 V
or more
7 BRN
SCS
(Service
check
signal)
Detects service
check connector
signal
7-GND
SCS not
grounded
About 5
V
8
LT
GRN
VS2
(Voltage
sensor 2)
Detects torque
sensor signal
- - -
9 BRN
PVF
(Voltage
fade)
Drives the
torque sensor
- - -
10 GRN
VS1
(Voltage
sensor 1)
Detects torque
sensor signal
- - -
12 PNK
S1 (Signal
1)
Detects motor
angle sensor
signal
- - -
13 BLU
R1 (Motor
angle
sensor 1)
Detects motor
angle sensor
signal
- - -
14 BRN
S2 (Signal
2)
Detects motor
angle sensor
signal
- - -
CAN-L CAN

2008 Honda Civic EX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
15 RED
(CAN-LO) communication
circuit
- - -
16 GRY
IG1
(Ignition 1)
Power source
for activating
the system
16-GND
Ignition
switch ON
(II)
Battery
voltage
Ignition
switch OFF
0 V
17
LT
BLU
K-LINE
(Data link
connector)
Communicates
with HDS
17-GND
HDS not
connected
About 5
V
26 BRN
S3 (Signal
3)
Detects motor
angle sensor
signal
- - -
27 PNK
R2 (Motor
angle
sensor 2)
Detects motor
angle sensor
signal
- - -
28 BLU
S4 (Signal
4)
Detects motor
angle sensor
signal
- - -

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Identifying EPS Circuit Diagram (1 Of 3)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC 11-01: LOW/HIGH IG1-TERMINAL VOLTAGE (INITIAL DIAGNOSIS)

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Wait at least 60 seconds.
Does the EPS indicator come on?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Check for loose wires or poor connections. If the connections are good,
the system is OK at this time.
6. Disconnect EPS control connector D (28P).
9. Measure voltage between EPS control unit connector D (28P) terminal No. 16
and body ground.
Fig. 12: Measuring Voltage Between EPS Control Unit Connector D (28P)
Is the voltage between 9.63-16.6 V?
YES -Check for loose terminals in the EPS control unit connectors and repair
if necessary. If no poor connections are found, replace the EPS control unit
(see EPS CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
NO -If there is no voltage, or the voltage is lower than specified, repair an open

2008 Honda Civic EX

or high resistance in the wire between the No. 4 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box and EPS control unit. If the wire checks OK, check the battery
(see BATTERY TEST ), and troubleshoot the alternator regulator circuit (see
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
DTC 11-02: LOW/HIGH ID-TERMINAL VOLTAGE (REGULAR DIAGNOSIS)
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Check for loose wires or poor connections. If the connections are good,
6. Disconnect EPS control connector D (28P).
and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Check for loose terminals in the EPS control unit connectors and repair
NO -If there is no voltage, or the voltage is lower than specified, repair an open
or high resistance in the wire between the No. 4 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box and EPS control unit. If the wire checks OK, check the battery
(see BATTERY TEST ), and troubleshoot the alternator regulator circuit (see
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
DTC 12-01: LOW/HIGH VBU VOLTAGE (REGULAR DIAGNOSIS)
4. Check the BATTERY in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the voltage at 9.2-17.4 V?
YES -Check for loose wires or poor connections. If the connections are good,
NO -Go to step 5.
6. Check the No. 1 (70 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
YES -Reinstall the fuse, and go to step 7.
NO-Replace the fuse, and recheck. If the fuse is blown, check for a short to

2008 Honda Civic EX

body ground in this fuse circuit.
7. Disconnect EPS control unit connector A (2P) and connector D (28P).
8. Measure voltage between EPS control unit connector A (2P) terminal No. 2
and body ground.
Fig. 14: Measuring Voltage Between EPS Control Unit Connector A (2P)
YES -Check for loose terminals in the EPS control unit connectors, and repair
NO -Repair open in the wire between the EPS control unit and No. 1 (70 A)
fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
DTC 21-01: EXCESSIVE CHANGE OF THE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (REGULAR DIAGNOSIS);
DTC 21-02: COMPARISON BETWEEN THE VEHICLE SPEED AND THE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
(REGULAR DIAGNOSIS)
NOTE:
If the MIL indicator is on, troubleshoot the fuel and
emissions systems first.
Even though the system is operating normally, the EPS
indicator will come on caused by the detecting
condition of DTC 21-01 or DTC 21-02.

2008 Honda Civic EX

LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ), and allow all wheels to rotate freely.
4. Start the engine, run the vehicle in 4th gear.
5. Check the VEHICLE SPEED in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the vehicle speed indicated?
NO -Go to step 6.
6. Check for DTCs in the fuel and emissions systems with the HDS.
YES -Troubleshoot the indicated DTC.
NO -Go to step 7.
7. Start the engine and check the tachometer.
Is the tachometer working correctly?
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Troubleshoot the gauge control module (tach) (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTION ).
10. Disconnect ECM connector A (44P) and EPS control unit connector D (28P).
11. Check for continuity between EPS control unit connector D (28P) terminals
No. 1 and ECM connector A (44P) terminals No. 36.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 15: Checking Continuity Between EPS Control Unit Connector D
(28P) Terminals No. 1 And ECM Connector A (44P) Terminals No. 36
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the EPS control unit and the ECM.

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC 22-01: ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL (INITIAL DIAGNOSIS)
4. Check the ENGINE SPEED in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is there 0 rpm at idle?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -The system is OK at this time.
6. Disconnect EPS control unit connector D (28P).
and body ground.
NOTE: If the MIL indicator is on, troubleshoot the fuel and
emissions systems first.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is there any voltage?
NO -Go to step 9.
10. Check for continuity between EPS control unit connector D (28P) terminal No.
3 and body ground.
(28P) Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the EPS control unit

2008 Honda Civic EX

and the ECM.
NO -Go to step 11.
12. Disconnect ECM connector A (44P).
YES -Check for loose terminals in the ECM connector A (44P), and repair if
necessary. If no poor connections are found replace the ECM (see ECM
REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 32-01: EPS CONTROL UNIT INTERNAL CIRCUIT (CURRENT SENSOR) (INITIAL
DIAGNOSIS); DTC 32-02: EPS CONTROL UNIT INTERNAL CIRCUIT (CURRENT SENSOR)
(REGULAR DIAGNOSIS); DTC 35-01: EPS CONTROL UNIT INTERNAL CIRCUIT (CPU) (INITIAL
DIAGNOSIS/REGULAR DIAGNOSIS); DTC 35-02: EPS CONTROL UNIT INTERNAL CIRCUIT
(EEPROM) (INITIAL DIAGNOSIS); DTC 35-04: EPS CONTROL UNIT INTERNAL CIRCUIT (CPU
COMMUNICATION) (REGULAR DIAGNOSIS); DTC 35-06: EPS CONTROL UNIT INTERNAL
CIRCUIT (ITN COMMUNICATION) (REGULAR DIAGNOSIS); DTC 35-07: EPS CONTROL UNIT
INTERNAL CIRCUIT (INHL/INHR PORTS) (INITIAL DIAGNOSIS/REGULAR DIAGNOSIS); DTC

2008 Honda Civic EX

36-02: EPS CONTROL UNIT INTERNAL CIRCUIT (INH OUTPUT CIRCUIT) (INITIAL
DIAGNOSIS); DTC 37-01: EPS CONTROL UNIT INTERNAL CIRCUIT (STEP-UP CIRCUIT)
(INITIAL DIAGNOSIS)
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Check for loose terminals or poor connections. If the connections are
good, the system is OK at this time.
Is DTC 32-01, 32-02, 35-01, 35-02, 35-04, 35-06, 35-07, 36-02, or 37-01?
NO -Troubleshoot the indicated DTC. If there are no DTCs, the system is OK
at this time.
DTC 32-07: EPS CONTROL UNIT INTERNAL CIRCUIT (CURRENT SENSOR) (STEERING
DIAGNOSIS)
4. Turn the steering wheel to the right or left, and wait 10 seconds or more.
YES -Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic EX

at this time.
DTC 32-08: CURRENT SENSOR (REGULAR DIAGNOSIS); DTC 32-09: CURRENT SENSOR
(INITIAL DIAGNOSIS)
YES -Go to step 5.
Is DTC 32-08 or DTC 32-09 indicated?
YES -Go to step 6.
at this time.

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Disconnect EPS control unit connector B (2P) and connector C(2P).
8. Check for continuity between the following terminals of the EPS control unit
connector B (2P) and connector C (2P).
Fig. 20: Checking Continuity Between Following Terminals Of EPS
Control Unit Connector B (2P) And Connector C (2P)
YES -Check for loose terminals in the EPS control unit connectors and motor
connectors, and repair if necessary. If no poor connections are found, replace
the EPS control unit (see EPS CONTROL UNIT
NO -Go to step 9.
9. Disconnect the motor 1P connector and motor 2P connector.
10. On the motor side, check for continuity between the following terminals of the
motor 1P and motor 2P connector.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 21: Checking Continuity Between Following Terminals Of Motor 1P
And Motor 2P Connector
YES -Repair open in the wire harness between the EPS control unit and motor.
NO -Open in the motor wire harness, or motor internal circuit, replace the
motor (see MOTOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
DTC 33-01: LOWER FET STUCK ON (INITIAL DIAGNOSIS); DTC 33-06: LOWER FET STUCK ON
(REGULAR DIAGNOSIS)
YES -Go to step 4.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 5.
at this time.
7. Check for continuity between body ground and EPS control unit connector B
(2P) No. 1 terminal, connector C (2P) No. 1 terminal, connector C (2P) No. 2
Fig. 22: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And EPS Control
Unit Connector B (2P) No. 1 Terminal
Fig. 23: Checking Continuity Between Connector C (2P) No. 1 Terminal,
Connector C (2P) No. 2

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Check for loose terminals in the EPS control unit connectors, and repair if
necessary. If no poor connections are found, replace the EPS control unit (see
EPS CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
(2P) No. 1 terminal, connector C (2P) No. 1 terminal, connector C (2P) No. 2
Fig. 25: Checking Continuity Connector C (2P) No. 1 Terminal Connector
C (2P) No. 2 Terminal
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the EPS control unit
and motor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Short in the motor wire harness, or motor internal circuit, replace the
DTC 33-02: UPPER FET STUCK ON (INITIAL DIAGNOSIS); DTC 33-07: UPPER FET STUCK ON
(REGULAR DIAGNOSIS)
YES -Go to step 4.
YES -Go to step 5.
at this time.
6. Disconnect EPS control unit connector B (2P) and connector C (2P).
8. Measure voltage between body ground and EPS control unit connector B (2P)
No. 1 terminal, connector C (2P) No. 1 terminal, and connector C (2P) Non

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 26: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And EPS Control Unit
Connector B (2P) No. 1 Terminal
Fig. 27: Measuring Voltage Between Connector C (2P) No. 1 Terminal
And Connector C (2P) Non Terminal
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Check for loose terminals in the EPS control unit connectors and motor
connectors, and repair if necessary. If no poor connections are found, replace
the EPS control unit (see EPS CONTROL UNIT
No. 1 terminal, connector C (2P) No. 1 terminal, and connector C (2P) No. 2

2008 Honda Civic EX

And Connector C (2P) No. 2 Terminal
YES - Repair short to power in the wire between the EPS control unit and
motor.
NO - Short to power in the motor wire harness, or motor internal circuit,
replace the motor (see MOTOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
DTC 34-01: POWER RELAY STUCK ON (IGNITION SWITCH IS OFF)

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Go to step 4.
NO - Check for loose terminals or poor connections. If the connections are
at this time.
DTC 34-02: FAIL-SAFE RELAY STUCK ON (INITIAL DIAGNOSIS)
YES -Go to step 4.
YES -Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic EX

at this time.
6. Disconnect EPS control unit connector B (2P) and connector C (2P).
No. 1 terminal, connector C (2P) No. 1 terminal, and connector C (2P) No. 2
And Connector C (2P) No. 2 Terminal
YES -Repair short to power in the wire between the EPS control unit and the
motor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Replace the EPS control unit (see EPS CONTROL UNIT
DTC 35-03: EPS CONTROL UNIT INTERNAL CIRCUIT (EPS CPU) (INITIAL DIAGNOSIS); DTC
35-05: EPS CONTROL UNIT INTERNAL CIRCUIT (MOTOR/EPS CPU) (INITIAL DIAGNOSIS)
YES -Go to step 4.
5. Wait 10 seconds or more.
at this time.
DTC 51-01: LOW/HIGH VOLTAGE FOR THE TORQUE SENSOR (VT1 AND VT2) (REGULAR
DIAGNOSIS)
4. Check the ADVT1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Go to step 6.
5. Check the ADVT2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
YES -Check for loose wires or poor connections. If the connections are good,
NO -Go to step 6.
8. Measure resistance between EPS control unit connector D (28P) terminals No.
9 and No. 10.
Fig. 32: Measuring Resistance Between EPS Control Unit Connector D
(28P) Terminals No. 9 And No. 10
Is the resistance between 12-15 ohms?
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Go to step 13.

2008 Honda Civic EX

8 and No. 9.
YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Go to step 15.
9 and body ground.
YES -Go to step 11.

2008 Honda Civic EX

11. Disconnect the torque sensor 3P connector from the steering gearbox.
9 and body ground.
YES -Repair short to ground in the wire between the torque sensor and the
EPS control unit.
NO -Faulty torque sensor (short in the sensor internal circuit), replace the
steering gearbox (see STEERING GEARBOX REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
14. On the sensor side, measure the resistance between torque sensor terminals No.
1 and No. 2.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 36: Measuring Resistance Between Torque Sensor Terminals No. 1
And No. 2
YES -Repair open or short between the PNK and BLU/RED wires in the
torque sensor circuit between the torque sensor and the EPS control unit.
NO -Faulty torque sensor (short or open in the internal circuit), replace the
INSTALLATION ).
2 and No. 3.
And No. 3

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Repair open or short between the WHT/GRN and BLU/RED wires in the
INSTALLATION ).
DTC 51-02: TORQUE SENSOR (VT3 DIFFERENTIAL-AMPLIFICATION FUNCTION) (REGULAR
DIAGNOSIS); DTC 51-03: TORQUE SENSOR (VT1, VT2 RAPID-CHANGE) (REGULAR
DIAGNOSIS); DTC 51-06: TORQUE SENSOR (VT1, VT2 AVERAGE) (REGULAR DIAGNOSIS);
DTC 51-07: TORQUE SENSOR (VT1, VT2 INITIAL CHECK) (INITIAL DIAGNOSIS)
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS
YES -Go to step 4.
Is DTC 51-02, 51-03, 51-06 or 51-07 indicated?
YES -Go to step 5.
at this time.
7. Measure the resistance between EPS control unit connector D (28P) terminals
No. 9 and No. 10.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 12.
8 and No. 9.
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Go to step 14.

2008 Honda Civic EX

9 and body ground.
YES -Go to step 10.
9 and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the torque sensor and
the EPS control unit.
NO -Faulty torque sensor (short in the sensor internal circuit), replace the
INSTALLATION ).
1 and No. 2.
And No. 2
YES -Repair open or short between the PNK and BLU/RED wires in the
INSTALLATION ).
2 and No. 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

And No. 3
YES -Repair open or short between the BLU/RED and WHT/GRN wires in the
INSTALLATION ).
DTC 61-04: OPEN/SHORT IN THE MOTOR HARNESS (STEERING DIAGNOSIS)
YES -Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 6.
at this time.
8. Check for continuity between the following terminals of the EPS control unit
connector B (2P) and connector C(2P).
Fig. 44: Checking Continuity Between Following Terminals Of EPS
Control Unit Connector B (2P) And Connector C(2P)
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Go to step 12.
(2P) No. 1 terminal, connector C (2P) No. 1 terminal, and connector C (2P)
No. 2 terminal individually.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 46: Checking Continuity Connector C (2P) No. 1 Terminal And
Connector C (2P) No. 2 Terminal
YES -Go to step 10.
10. Disconnect the motor 1P connector and the motor 2P connector.
(2P) No. 1 terminal, connector C (2P) No. 1 terminal, and connector C (2P)
No. 2 terminal individually.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 48: Checking Continuity Connector C (2P) No. 1 Terminal And
Connector C (2P) No. 2 Terminal
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire harness between the EPS control
unit and the motor.
NO -Short to the body ground in the motor wire harness, or motor internal
circuit, replace the motor (see MOTOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
12. Disconnect the motor 1P connector and the motor 2P connector.
13. On the motorside, check for continuity between the following terminals of the
motor 1P and the motor 2P connector.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 49: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Motor 1P And Motor
2P Connector
YES -Repair open in the wire harness between the EPS control unit and the
motor.
NO -Open in the motor wire harness, or motor internal circuit, replace the
DTC 71-01: MOTOR ANGLE SENSOR (SIN/COS SIGNALS) (STEERING DIAGNOSIS); DTC 71-02:
MOTOR ANGLE SENSOR (NEUTRAL POSITION LEARNING OF SIN/COS) (INITIAL
DIAGNOSIS); DTC 71-03: MOTOR ANGLE SENSOR (SIN/COS SIGNALS) (STEERING
DIAGNOSIS); DTC 71-05: MOTOR ANGLE SENSOR (SIN/COS SIGNALS CHANGING AMOUNT)
(STEERING DIAGNOSIS); DTC 71-06: MOTOR ANGLE SENSOR (NEUTRAL POSITION OF
SIN/COS) (INITIAL DIAGNOSIS)

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 5.
Is DTC 71-01, 71-02, 71-03, 71-05 or 71-06 indicated?
YES -Go to step 6.
at this time.
8. Measure the resistance between the following terminals of EPS control unit
connector D (28P).
Fig. 50: Measuring Resistance Between Following Terminals Of EPS
Control Unit Connector D (28P)
Is the resistance between R1-R2 13-25 ohms, S1-S3 26-49 ohms, and S2-S4 26-
49 ohms?
YES -Go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Go to step 12.
9. Check for continuity between body ground and EPS control unit connector D
(28P) No. 12 terminal, No. 13 terminal, No. 14 terminal, No. 26 terminal, No.
27 terminal, and No. 28 terminal individually.
Unit Connector D (28P) No. 12 Terminal, No. 13 Terminal
YES -Go to step 10.
10. Disconnect the motor angle sensor 6P connector.
11. Check for continuity between body ground and motor angle sensor 6P
connector No. 1 terminal, No. 2 terminal, No. 3 terminal, No. 4 terminal, No. 5
terminal, and No. 6 terminal individually.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 52: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Motor Angle
Sensor 6P Connector No. 1 Terminal, No. 2 Terminal, No. 3 Terminal
YES -Faulty motor angle sensor (internal failure), or short to body ground in
the wire (sensor side), replace the motor (see MOTOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
NO -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the motor angle sensor
6P connector and the EPS control unit.
13. Measure resistance between the following terminals of the motor angle sensor
6P connector.
Fig. 53: Measuring Resistance Between Following Terminals Of Motor
Angle Sensor 6P Connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is the resistance between R1-R2 13-25 ohms, S1-S3 26-49 ohms, and S2-S4 26-
49 ohms?
YES -Open, or short to body ground in the wire between the motor angle
sensor 6P connector and the EPS control unit.
NO -Faulty motor angle sensor (internal failure), or short to body ground in the
wire (sensor side), replace the motor (see MOTOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
DTC 71-04: MOTOR ANGLE SENSOR (CHECK SIGNALS) (REGULAR DIAGNOSIS)
YES -Go to step 5.
YES -Go to step 6.
at this time.
8. Measure the resistance between the EPS control unit connector D (28P)
terminal No. 13 and No. 27.

2008 Honda Civic EX

(28P) Terminal No. 13 And No. 27
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Go to step 12.
9. Check for continuity between body ground and the EPS control unit connector
D (28P) No. 13 terminal and the No. 27 terminal individually.
Unit Connector D (28P) No. 13 Terminal And No. 27 Terminal
YES -Go to step 10.

2008 Honda Civic EX

11. Check for continuity between body ground and motor angle sensor 6P
connector No. 2 terminal and the No. 5 terminal individually.
Fig. 56: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Motor Angle
Sensor 6P Connector No. 2 Terminal
YES -Faulty motor angle sensor (internal failure), or short to body ground in
the wire (sensor side), replace the motor (see MOTOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
NO -Repair short to body ground in the wire harness between the motor angle
sensor 6P connector and the EPS control unit.
13. Measure the resistance between the motor angle sensor 6P connector terminals
No. 2 and No. 5.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 57: Measuring Resistance Between Motor Angle Sensor 6P Connector
YES -Open, or short to body ground in the wire harness between the motor
angle sensor 6P connector and EPS control unit.
NO -Faulty motor angle sensor (internal failure), or short to body ground in the
wire (sensor side), replace the motor (see MOTOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
EPS INDICATOR DOES NOT COME ON
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the EPS indicator.
NO -Troubleshoot the gauge control module (tach) (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTION ).
EPS INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED
Are any DTCs indicated?
YES -Troubleshooting the indicated DTC.
NO -Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is the fuse OK?
YES -Reinstall the fuse, and go to step 7.
NO -Replace the fuse, and recheck. If the fuse is blown, check for a short to
body ground in this fuse circuit.
and body ground.
YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the EPS control unit and under-dash
fuse/relay box.
11. Disconnect EPS control unit connector A (2P).
12. Check for continuity between EPS control unit connector A (2P) terminal No.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1 and body ground.
Fig. 59: Checking Continuity Between EPS Control Unit Connector A (2P)
YES -Go to step 13.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the EPS control unit and body ground
(G402).
13. Disconnect the gauge control module (tach) 36P connector and EPS control
unit connector D (28P).
1 and gauge control module (tach) 36P connector terminal No. 1.
(28P) Terminal No. 1 And Gauge Control Module

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the EPS control unit and the gauge
control module (tach).
15 and gauge control module (tach) 36P connector terminal No. 19.
Fig. 61: Check For Continuity Between EPS Control Unit Connector D
(28P) Terminal No. 15
NO -Repair open in the wire between the EPS control unit and the gauge
control module (tach).
MOTOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL
NOTE: Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials to enter
the steering gearbox.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the steering gearbox (see STEERING GEARBOX REMOVAL
AND INSTALLATION ).
2. Disconnect the torque sensor 3P connector (A) from the steering gearbox, then
remove the harness clamp bolts and the ground terminal (B).
Fig. 62: Identifying Steering Gearbox And Harness Clamp Bolts
3. Remove the motor (A) from the steering gearbox, then remove the O-ring (B)
and discard it.
Fig. 63: Identifying Motor (A) From Steering Gearbox And O-Ring
INSTALLATION
1. Clean the mating surface of the motor (A) and the steering gearbox.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 64: Identifying Mating Surface Of Motor (A) And Steering Gearbox
2. Apply a thin coat of silicone grease to the new O-ring (B), and carefully fit it
on the motor.
3. Apply grease (Shell steering gear grease or Honda's equivalent steering gear
grease) into the motor shaft (C).
4. Install the motor on the steering gearbox by engaging the motor shaft and the
worm shaft (D).
5. Before tightening the bolts, turn the motor two or three times to the right and
left about 45 degrees. Make sure the motor is evenly seated on the steering
gearbox, and that the O-ring is not pinched between the mating surfaces.
6. Connect the torque sensor 3P connector (A) to the steering gearbox, then install
the harness clamp bolts and the ground terminal (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 65: Identifying Steering Gearbox Harness Clamp Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
7. Finish the installation, and note these items:
Make sure the torque sensor 3P connector is properly connected.
Make sure the motor and the EPS wires are not caught or pinched by any
parts.
8. Install the steering gearbox (see INSTALLATION ).
STEERING GEARBOX REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202
Engine hanger/adaptor VSB02C000015 *
Front subframe adaptor VSB02C000016 *
* Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment program, 1-888-
424-6857.
REMOVAL
Note these items during removal:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Use solvent and a brush to wash any oil and dirt off the end of the steering
gearbox. Avoid any electrical parts. Blow dry with compressed air.
Make sure to remove the steering wheel before disconnecting the steering joint
to avoid damaging the cable reel.
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio or navigation system, then
write down the audio presets.
2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF, then disconnect the negative cable from
the battery.
6. Remove the driver's dashboard under cover (see DRIVER's DASHBOARD
7. Remove the steering joint cover (A).
Fig. 66: Identifying Steering Joint Cover (A)
8. Hold the lower slide shaft (A) on the column with a piece of wire (B) between
the joint yoke (C) of the lower slide shaft and joint yoke (D) of the upper shaft
to prevent the slider shaft from pulling out.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 67: Identifying Lower Slide Shaft With Wire Between Joint Yokes
9. Release the lock lever, and adjust the steering column to the full telescopic out
position, then tighten the lock lever.
10. Remove the steering joint bolt (A), and disconnect the steering joint by moving
the steering joint (B) toward the column..
Fig. 68: Identifying Steering Joint Moving Steering Joint Toward Column
11. Remove the center guide (A) (if equipped), and discard it. The center guide is
for factory assembly only.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 69: Identifying Center Guide
12. Remove the under cowl panel (see FRONT GRILLE COVER
REPLACEMENT ).
13. Remove the air cleaner housing.
For R18A1 engine (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING )
For K20Z3 engine (see AIR CLEANER
14. Attach the engine hanger adapter to the threaded hole in the cylinder head.
Fig. 70: Identifying Cylinder Head

2008 Honda Civic EX

Reds engine support hanger (AAR-T-12566) onto the engine hanger. Carefully
position the engine hanger on the vehicle, and attach the hook to the forward
hole in the engine hanger/adapter (D). Tighten the wing nut by hand to lift and
support the engine/transmission assembly.
Fig. 71: Identifying Front Leg Assembly (A)
16. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the 12 mm nut (B), and loosen the nut.
Fig. 72: Identifying Cotter Pin (A)
NOTE: Be careful when working around the windshield.

2008 Honda Civic EX

17. Separate the tie-rod ball joint and the knuckle using the ball joint remover (see
BALL JOINT REMOVAL ).
18. Remove the front splash shield (see FRONT SPLASH SHIELD
REPLACEMENT ).
19. Disconnect the torque sensor 4P connector (A), motor angle sensor 6P
connector (B), motor IP connector (C), and motor 2P connector (D) from the
right side of the steering gearbox. Wrap the connectors with vinyl tape to avoid
contamination from grease or water.
Fig. 73: Identifying Motor Angle Sensor 6P Connector (B)
20. Remove the lower ball joint mounting bolt (A) and the flange nuts (B) from the
lower arm.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 74: Identifying Lower Ball Joint Mounting Bolt
21. Disconnect the lower arm from the lower ball housing.
22. Remove the exhaust hanger (A) from the three way catalytic converter (TWC)
(B).
Fig. 75: Identifying Exhaust Hanger (A) From Three Way Catalytic
Converter (TWC)
23. Note the reference marks (A) on both sides of the subframe that line up with
the body (B).
Fig. 76: Identifying Subframe Line Up With Body (B)
24. Attach the front subframe adaptor (A) to the front subframe (B) and the
transmission jack (model number LSL-W9371) or the powertrain lift (model

2008 Honda Civic EX

number OTC-1585), then tighten the front subframe adaptor screw.
Fig. 77: Identifying Front Subframe Adaptor To Front Subframe
25. Make sure the front subframe is securely supported by the jack with the front
subframe adaptor.
26. Remove the front subframe middle mount bolt (A) from the left side.
Fig. 78: Identifying Front Subframe Middle Mount Bolt (A) From Left
Side
27. Remove the front subframe middle mount bolt (A) from the right side.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 79: Identifying Front Subframe Middle Mount Bolt (A) From Right
Side
28. Remove the lower torque rod mounting bolt (A) and discard it.
Fig. 80: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Mounting Bolt
29. Remove the lower radiator hose (A) from the radiator hose stay (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 81: Identifying Lower Radiator Hose From Radiator Hose Stay
30. Remove the lower engine mounting bolt (A) while holding the nut (B) with a
wrench and discard it.
Fig. 82: Identifying Lower Engine Mounting Bolt
31. Remove the front subframe front mounting bolts (A) from the right and left
sides of the vehicle, and discard them.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 83: Identifying Front Subframe Front Mounting Bolts
32. Remove the front subframe rear mounting bolts (A) from the right and left
sides of the vehicle, and discard them.
Fig. 84: Identifying Front Subframe Rear Mounting Bolts From Right
And Left Sides Of Vehicle
33. Lower the front subframe and steering gearbox as an assembly by lowering the
jack slowly.
34. Remove the harness clamp bracket (A) from the front subframe, then remove

2008 Honda Civic EX

the harness clips (B).
Fig. 85: Identifying Harness Clamp Bracket From Front Subframe
35. Remove the torque sensor 4P connector (A), motor angle sensor 6P connector
(B), motor 1P connector (C) and motor 2P connector (D) from the right side of
the gearbox mounting bracket (E).
Fig. 86: Identifying Torque Sensor 4P Connector Motor Angle Sensor 6P
Connector
36. Remove the pinion shaft grommet (A) from the top of the torque sensor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 87: Identifying Pinion Shaft Grommet (A) From Top Of Torque
Sensor
37. Remove the two 10 mm bolts from the right side of the steering gearbox, then
remove the gearbox mounting bracket (A) and the mounting cushion (B).
Fig. 88: Identifying Steering Gearbox
38. Remove the four 10 mm flange bolts from the left side of the steering gearbox,
then remove the stiffener plates (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

39. Remove the steering gearbox (B) from the front subframe.
Installation
1. Place the steering gearbox in position on the front subframe.
2. Loosely install the stiffener plates (A) and the gearbox mounting bolts on the
left side of the steering gearbox.
Fig. 90: Identifying Stiffener Plates (A) And Gearbox Mounting Bolts
3. Position the cutout (A) on the mounting cushion (B) as shown, and install it on
the right side of the steering gearbox securely.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 91: Identifying Cutout (A) On Mounting Cushion (With Torque
Specifications)
4. Install the gearbox mounting bracket (C) over the mounting cushion, and
loosely install the two 10 mm bolts.
5. Tighten the 10 mm bolts on both sides of the steering gearbox to the specified
torque alternately in two or more steps.
6. Install the pinion shaft grommet (A). Align the slot in the pinion shaft grommet
with the lug portion (B) on the torque sensor. The grommet must not have a
gap at the mating surface of the grommet and the torque sensor.
Fig. 92: Identifying Pinion Shaft Grommet (A)

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Install the torque sensor 4P connector (A), motor angle sensor 6P connector
(B), motor 1P connector (C), and motor 2P connector (D) on the right side of
the gearbox mounting bracket (E).
Fig. 93: Identifying Gearbox Mounting Bracket
8. Install the harness clips (A) to the harness clamp bracket (B), then install the
harness clamp bracket to the front subframe.
Fig. 94: Identifying Harness Clamp Bracket (With Torque Specifications)
9. Carefully raise the front subframe with the front subframe adapter and the
transmission jack or the powertrain lift until the subframe is in position, then
loosely install new subframe mounting bolts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

removal.
Fig. 95: Identifying Front Subframe Reference Marks To Body
11. Tighten the new front subframe rear mounting bolts (A) to the specified torque.
Fig. 96: Identifying Front Subframe Rear Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
NOTE: Be sure that the pinion shaft grommet is in place
securely. Check whether the pinion shaft grommet is
not turning up. Incorrect installation can cause leakage
of water, mud, and noise.

2008 Honda Civic EX

12. Tighten the new front subframe front mounting bolts (A) to the specified
torque.
Fig. 97: Identifying Front Subframe Front Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
13. Install the new lower engine mounting bolt (A) while holding the nut (B) with
a wrench.
Fig. 98: Identifying Lower Engine Mounting Bolt (With Torque

2008 Honda Civic EX

Specifications)
14. Install the lower radiator hose (A) to the radiator hose stay (B).
Fig. 99: Identifying Lower Radiator Hose (A) To Radiator Hose Stay
15. Install the new lower torque rod bracket bolt (A) and tighten it to the specified
torque.
Fig. 100: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Bracket Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
16. Install the new front subframe middle mount bolt (A) on the left side, and
tighten it to the specified torque.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 101: Identifying Front Subframe Middle Mount Bolt (A) On Left Side
17. Install the new front subframe middle mount bolt (A) on the right side, and
Fig. 102: Identifying Front Subframe Middle Mount Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
18. Install the exhaust hanger (A) to the three way catalytic converter (TWO (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 103: Identifying Exhaust Hanger (A) To Three Way Catalytic
Converter
19. Connect the lower arm (A) to the lower ball joint (B).
Fig. 104: Identifying Lower Arm (A) To Lower Ball (With Torque
Specifications)
20. Install a new flange bolt and the new flange nuts. After lightly tightening all
three fasteners, tighten them to the specified torque in the following order; the
flange nut on the front (C), the flange nut on the rear (D), then the flange bolt
(E).
21. Remove the vinyl tape, then connect the torque sensor 4P connector (A), motor
angle sensor 6P connector (B), motor 1P connector (C), and motor 2P
connector (D) to the steering gearbox. Make sure to push these connectors until

2008 Honda Civic EX

you hear a click so that the connectors are secured.
Fig. 105: Connecting Torque Sensor 4P Connector
22. Install the front splash shield (see FRONT SPLASH SHIELD
REPLACEMENT ).
23. Wipe off any grease contamination from the ball joint tapered section and the
threads. Reconnect the tie-rod ends (A) to the steering knuckles. Install the 12
mm nut (B), and tighten it.
Fig. 106: Identifying Front Splash Shield
24. Install the new cotter pin (C), and bend it as shown.
25. Center the steering rack within its stroke in the steering joint connection.
26. With the rack in the straight ahead driving position, cut the wire (A) and slip
the lower end of the steering joint onto the pinion shaft (B) in the range shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 107: Identifying Center Steering Rack
27. Align the bolt hole (A) on the steering joint with the groove (B) around the
pinion shaft, and loosely install the joint bolt (C). Be sure that the joint bolt is
securely in the groove in the pinion shaft. Pull on the steering joint to make
sure that the steering joint is fully seated. Tighten the steering joint bolt to the
specified torque.
Fig. 108: Identifying Steering Joint With Groove (B) Around Pinion Shaft
28. Install the steering joint cover (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 109: Identifying Steering Joint Cover (A)
29. Install the driver's dashboard under cover (see DRIVER's DASHBOARD
30. Install the front wheel, then set the wheels in the straight ahead position.
31. Install the steering wheel (see STEERING WHEEL INSTALLATION ).
32. Holding the tires raised off the ground (lifted up), check for the following
symptoms by turning the steering wheel fully to the right and left several times.
SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE REFERENCE
33. Install the air cleaner housing (see AIR CLEANER
34. Install the under cowl panel (see FRONT GRILLE COVER
REPLACEMENT ).
35. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery and do these items:
Symptom Probable cause
Rubbing sound coming from the
lower steering column area.
Steering column joint is contacting the
cover.
Grating sound from the lower steering
column area, or a rough feeling
during steering.
Poor engagement of the pinion shaft
serrations.
Noise from around the steering wheel
during steering.
Poor engagement of the SRS cable reel
with the steering wheel, or a damaged
cable reel.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Enter the anti-theft code for the audio or navigation system, then enter the
audio presets.
Set the clock.
Make sure the horn and turn signal switch work properly.
Make sure the steering wheel switches work properly.
Make sure the steering wheel is centered.
Do the memorizing the torque sensor neutral position (see
MEMORIZING THE TORQUE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION ).
36. After installation, do the following checks:
Start the engine, and let it idle. Turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock
several times. Check that the EPS indicator does not come on.
Check the steering wheel spoke angle. If steering spoke angles to the right
and left are not equal (steering wheel and rack are not centered), correct
the engagement of the joint/pinion shaft serrations, then adjust the front
toe by turning the tie-rod ends, if necessary.
Check the front toe inspection (see FRONT TOE
INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT ).
RACK END REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
EXPLODED VIEW

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 110: Exploded View Of Rack End Components (With Torque
Specifications)
Removal
NOTE: Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials to enter
the steering gearbox.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the boot bands (A) and discard them. Remove the tie-rod clips (B),
and pull the boots away from the ends of the steering gearbox.
2. Unbend the lock washer (A).
Fig. 112: Identifying Unbend Lock Washer (A)
3. Unscrew both rack ends (A) with a wrench. Be careful not to damage the rack
shaft surface with the wrench. Remove the lock washer (B) and rubber stop (C)
and discard them.
NOTE: Hold the flat surfaces of the rack shaft on the pinion
shaft side with another wrench.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 113: Identifying Rack Shaft On Pinion Shaft
Installation
1. Install the new rubber stop (A) and lock washer (B) on the rack shaft. Align the
lock washer tabs (C) with the slots (D) in the rack shaft. Install the rack end (E)
while holding the lock washer in place. Repeat this step for the other side of
the rack shaft.
Fig. 114: Identifying Rubber Stop (A) And Lock Washer (B) On Rack
Shaft (With Torque Specifications)
2. Tighten both rack ends. Be careful not to damage the rack shaft surface with
the wrench.
3. Bend the lock washer (A) back against the flat spots (B) on the rack end ball

2008 Honda Civic EX

joint housing.
Fig. 115: Identifying Lock Washer (A) Back Against Flat Spots (B) On
Rack End Ball Joint Housing
4. Apply multipurpose grease to the circumference of the rack end joint housing
(A) and lock washer.
Fig. 116: Identifying Multipurpose Grease To Circumference Of Rack
End Joint Housing (A) And Lock Washer
5. Apply a light coat of silicone grease (P/N 08798-9013) to the boot fitting
grooves (B) on the rack ends.
6. Center the steering rack within its stroke.
7. Clean off any grease or contamination from the boot installation grooves (A)
on the gearbox housing. Install the boots (B) on the rack ends with the tie-rod
clips (C), and fit the boot end in the installation grooves in the housing
properly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 117: Identifying Steering Boot
8. After installing the boots, wipe the grease off the thread section (D) of the rack
end.
9. Install the new boot bands by aligning the tabs (A) with the holes (B) of the
band.
10. Close the ear portion (A) of the band (B) with commercially available pincers,
Oetiker 1098 or equivalent (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 119: Identifying Pincers
11. Slide the rack shaft right and left to be certain that the boots are not deformed
or twisted.
GEARBOX MOUNT CUSHION REPLACEMENT
AND INSTALLATION ).
2. Position the 34 mm socket wrench (A) on the flange part of the gearbox
housing with a washer (B), 10 x 105 mm flange bolt (C) and the 10 mm nut
(D) as shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Hold the 10 mm nut with a wrench, and tighten the 10 x 105 mm flange bolt
with another wrench. Remove the gearbox mount cushion (E).
4. Apply a mild soap and water solution to the new gearbox mount cushion
surface (A), then place the mount cushion on the gearbox mounting cushion
hole.
Fig. 121: Identifying Water Solution To Gearbox Mount Cushion Surface
5. Using a flat-tipped screwdriver, push the edge of the mount cushion (B) until it
is about 1/3 of the way into the gearbox housing.
6. Position the 34 mm socket wrench on the flange part of the gearbox housing
with a washer, flange bolt, and the nut as shown.
7. Install the gearbox mount cushion by tightening the nut until the mount
cushion edges (A) properly fit on the gearbox flange surface.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the surface of the mount
cushion when pushing it with the flat-tipped
screwdriver.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 122: Identifying Gearbox Mount Cushion
8. Install the steering gearbox (see INSTALLATION ).
9. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary (see WHEEL
ALIGNMENT ).
RACK GUIDE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Note these items during removal/installation: Do not allow dust, dirt, or other
foreign materials to enter the steering gearbox.
AND INSTALLATION ).
2. Loosen the locknut (A), then remove the rack guide screw (B), spring (C), disc
washer (D), and rack guide (E).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 123: Identifying Steering Gearbox Components
3. Remove the O-ring (F) from the rack guide. Wipe the grease off the sliding
surface of the rack guide.
4. Apply multipurpose grease to the new O-ring, then install it to the rack guide.
5. Apply multipurpose grease to the sliding surface and the circumference of the
rack guide, and install it onto the gearbox housing. Wipe the grease off the
threaded section of the housing,
6. Apply multipurpose grease to both ends of the spring, and install it onto the
gearbox housing.
7. Install the disc washer with its convex side facing the rack guide.
8. Remove the old sealant from the rack guide screw and apply new sealant
(Three Bond 1215 or Loctite 5699) to the middle of the threads. Loosely install
the rack guide screw on the steering gearbox.
9. Loosely install the locknut.
10. Adjust the rack guide screw (see EPS TYPE ). After adjusting, check that the
rack moves smoothly by sliding the rack right and left.
EPS CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio or navigation system,

2008 Honda Civic EX

the battery.
3. Remove the passenger's dashboard under cover (see PASSENGER's
4. Remove the passenger's side kick panel: 2-door (see TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS ), 4-door (see FRONT
DOOR SILL AREA - 4-DOOR ).
5. Disconnect EPS control unit connector A (2P), connector B (2P), connector C
(2P), and connector D (28P).
Fig. 124: Identifying EPS Control Unit Connector
6. Remove the nuts (E) from the EPS control unit (F).
7. Remove the EPS control unit.
8. Install the EPS control unit in the reverse order of removal.
audio presets.
Set the clock.
If the EPS control unit is replaced, the EPS control unit must memorize
the torque sensor neutral position (see MEMORIZING THE TORQUE
SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION ).
10. After installation, start the engine, and let it idle. Turn the steering wheel from

2008 Honda Civic EX

lock-to-lock several times. Check that the EPS indicator does not come on.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ENGINE
Engine Assembly - Civic GX
SPECIAL TOOLS
ENGINE REMOVAL
Engine hanger plate 07AAK-SNAA120
* : Available through Honda Tool and Equipment Program, 888-424-6857
NOTE: Refer to ENGINE ASSEMBLY (EXCEPT HYBRID) article for
items not shown in this article.
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Close the manual shut-off valve.
Fig. 2: Closing Manual Shut-Off Valve
2. To reduce pressure in the fuel lines, start the engine, and run it until it stalls.
3. Make sure you have anti-theft codes for the audio system and navigation
4. Secure the hood in the wide open position (Position the support rod in the
lower hole).
To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors
carefully while holding the connector portion.
be sure that they do not contact other wiring, hoses, or
interfere with other parts.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 3: Identifying Hood
5. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then the positive cable.
7. Remove the air cleaner housing assembly, refer to AIR CLEANER
8. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel, refer to COWL COVER
REPLACEMENT .
9. Remove the fuel feed hose.
Fig. 4: Identifying Fuel Feed Hose
10. Remove the vacuum hose (A), brake booster vacuum hose (B), and power
steering (P/S) hose clamp (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying Vacuum Hose And Brake Booster Vacuum Hose
11. Remove the battery cables (A) from the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Fig. 6: Identifying Battery Cables
12. Remove the harness clamps (B).
13. Remove the powertrain control module (PCM) cover (A), then remove the
three bolts (B) securing the PCM.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 7: Identifying Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Cover
14. Disconnect the PCM connectors (A) and the engine wire harness connectors
(B).
Fig. 8: Identifying PCM Connectors And Engine Wire Harness
Connectors
15. Remove the harness clamps (C).
16. Remove the drive belt, refer to DRIVE BELT

2008 Honda Civic GX

18. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height.
Fig. 9: Identifying Splash Shield And Clips
21. Loosen the drain plug in the radiator, and drain the engine coolant, refer to
COOLANT REPLACEMENT .
22. Drain the engine oil, refer to ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT .
23. Drain the transmission fluid (ATF), refer to ATF REPLACEMENT .
24. Remove exhaust pipe A.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 10: Identifying Exhaust Pipe
25. Remove the shift cable, refer to step 41 on TRANSMISSION REMOVAL .
26. Separate the stabilizer links, refer to STABILIZER LINK
27. Separate the knuckles from the lower arms, refer to LOWER ARM
28. Remove the driveshafts, refer to step 8 on DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL . Coat
all precision-finished surfaces with clean engine oil. Tie plastic bags over the
driveshaft ends.
29. Remove the power steering (P/S) pump without disconnecting the P/S hoses
from the pump.
Fig. 11: Identifying Power Steering (P/S) Pump
30. Unclamp the power steering fluid line clamp (A) on the front subframe, and
remove the P/S line mounting bolts (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 12: Identifying P/S Line Mounting Bolts
31. Remove the steering gearbox mounting bolt (A), then remove the steering
gearbox stiffener (B).
Fig. 13: Identifying Steering Gearbox Mounting Bolt
32. Remove the steering gearbox bracket (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 14: Identifying Steering Gearbox Mounting Bolt
35. Remove the radiator, refer to RADIATOR AND FAN REPLACEMENT .
36. Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch connector (A), then remove the harness
clamp (B).
Fig. 15: Identifying A/C Compressor Clutch Connector
37. Remove the A/C compressor (C) without disconnecting the A/C hoses.
38. Remove the heater hoses.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 16: Identifying Heater Hoses
39. Remove the air cleaner housing mounting bracket (A), and install 1.8 support
eyelet (B) behind the breather pipe (C) and down to the threaded hole (D) on
the cylinder head.
Fig. 17: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Mounting Bracket
40. Attach the 1.8 support eyelet (A) to the cylinder head with the 1.8 support bolt
(B). Tighten the bolt by hand.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 18: Identifying Special Tool
41. Install the bulkhead, and tighten the mounting bolts, refer to step 11 on
RADIATOR AND FAN REPLACEMENT .
Reds engine support hanger (AAR-T-12566) onto the 2006 Civic engine
hanger. Carefully position the 2006 Civic engine hanger on the vehicle, and
attach the hook to the slotted hole in the 1.8 support eyelet (D). Tighten the
wing nut by hand to lift and support the engine/transmission assembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

44. Remove the lower torque rod.
Fig. 20: Identifying Lower Torque Rod
the body (B).
Fig. 21: Identifying Reference Marks Of Subframe
46. Loosen the mid-stiffener mounting bolts (A) on both sides.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 22: Identifying Mid-Stiffener Mounting Bolts
47. Attach the front subframe adapter (A) to the subframe and hang the belt of the
front subframe adapter over the front of the subframe, then secure the belt with
its stop.
Fig. 23: Identifying Front Subframe Adapter
of the jack base, then attach them with bolts securely.
49. Remove the subframe.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 24: Identifying Subframe
51. Remove the ground cable (A), then install the engine hanger plate with a 10 x
1.25 x 20 mm bolt (B).
Fig. 25: Identifying Ground Cable
52. Attach a chain hoist (A) to the engine hanger plate (B) and transmission hook
(C). Lift up on the engine/transmission assembly until it's securely supported
by the chain hoist, and remove the engine support hanger from the engine and
vehicle.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 26: Attaching Chain Hoist To Engine Hanger Plate And Transmission
Hook
53. Remove the side engine mount bracket mounting bolt and nut.
Fig. 27: Identifying Engine Mount Bracket Mounting Bolt And Nut
54. Remove the transmission mounting bolt and nuts (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 28: Identifying Transmission Mounting Bolt And Nuts
55. Remove the ground cable (B).
56. Check that the engine/transmission is completely free of vacuum hoses, fuel
and coolant hoses, and electrical wiring.
57. Slowly lower the engine/transmission assembly about 150 mm (6 in.). Check
once again that all hoses and electrical wiring are disconnected and free from
the engine/transmission, then lower it all the way.
58. Disconnect the chain hoist from the engine/transmission assembly.
59. Raise the vehicle all the way, and remove the engine/transmission assembly
from under the vehicle.
ENGINE INSTALLATION

2008 Honda Civic GX

* : Available through Honda Tool and Equipment Program, 888-424-6857
1. Install the accessory brackets and tighten their bolts to the specified torques.
Fig. 29: Identifying Engine Brackets (With Torque Specifications)
2. Position the engine/transmission assembly under the vehicle. Be sure that they
are properly aligned. Carefully lower the vehicle until the engine and
transmission are properly positioned in the engine compartment. Make sure the
vehicle is not resting on any part of the engine or transmission. Lift and support

2008 Honda Civic GX

the engine with a chain hoist (A) and carefully raise the engine/transmission
assembly into place.
Fig. 30: Lowering Engine/Tranmission Assembly
3. Install 1.8 support eyelet (A) behind the breather pipe (B) and down to the
thread hole (C) on the cylinder head.
NOTE: Reinstall the mounting bolts/support nuts in the
sequence given in the following steps. Failure to follow
this sequence may cause excessive noise and
vibration, and reduce engine mount life.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 31: Identifying Support Eyelet (1 Of 2)
4. Attach the 1.8 support eyelet (A) to the cylinder head with the 1.8 support bolt
(B). Tighten the bolt by hand.
Fig. 32: Identifying Support Eyelet (2 Of 2)
hanger. Carefully position the 2006 Civic engine hanger on the vehicle, and
attach the hook to the slotted hole in the support eyelet (D). Tighten the wing
nut by hand to lift and support the engine/transmission assembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 33: Identifying Engine Support Hanger
6. Loosen the upper torque rod mounting bolt (A).
Fig. 34: Identifying Mounting Bolt
7. Tighten the new side engine mount bracket mounting bolt and nut.
Fig. 35: Identifying Engine Mount Bracket Mounting Bolt And Nut (With
8. Tighten the new transmission mounting bolt and nuts (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 36: Identifying Transmission Mounting Bolt And Nuts (With Torque
Specifications)
9. Install the ground cable (B).
10. Remove the chain hoist, then raise the vehicle on the lift to full height.
11. Using the front subframe adapter (A) and a jack, raise the subframe up to body.
12. Loosely install the new subframe mounting bolts.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 38: Identifying Subframe Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
removal. Tighten the subframe mounting bolts to the specified torque.
Fig. 39: Aligning Front Subframe Reference Marks To Body
14. Remove the jack and front subframe adapter.
15. Tighten the new mid-stiffener mounting bolts on both sides.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 40: Identifying Mid-Stiffener Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
16. Install the lower torque rod, then tighten the new lower torque rod mounting
bolts in the numbered sequence shown.
Fig. 41: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
17. Lower the vehicle on the lift, and remove the engine hanger, support eyelet,
and bolt.
18. Tighten the upper torque rod mounting bolt.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 42: Identifying Upper Torque Rod Mounting Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
19. Remove the engine hanger plate and bolt (A), then install the ground cable (B).
Fig. 43: Identifying Engine Hanger Plate And Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
21. Install the steering gearbox stiffener (A), then tighten the steering gearbox
mounting bolt and stiffener bolt.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 44: Identifying Steering Gearbox Mounting Bolt And Stiffener Bolt
22. Position the "FR" mark to the front of the vehicle, then install the steering
gearbox bracket (B).
Fig. 45: Identifying Steering Gearbox Mounting Bolt And Stiffener Bolt
24. Install the power steering (P/S) line on the clamp (A), then install the P/S line

2008 Honda Civic GX

brackets (B) on the subframe.
Fig. 46: Identifying Power Steering (P/S) Line On Clamp (With Torque
Specifications)
25. Install the P/S pump.
Fig. 47: Identifying P/S Pump And Bolts (With Torque Specifications)
26. Install the shift cable, refer to step 14 on TRANSMISSION
INSTALLATION .
27. Install a new set ring on the end of each driveshaft, then install the driveshafts.
Make sure each ring "clicks" into place in the differential and intermediate
shaft.

2008 Honda Civic GX

28. Connect the lower arms to the knuckles, refer to step 9 on LOWER ARM
29. Connect the stabilizer links, refer to STABILIZER LINK
30. Install exhaust pipe A. Use new gaskets (B) and new self-locking nuts (C).
Fig. 48: Identifying Exhaust Pipe Self-Locking Nuts (With Torque
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 49: Identifying Splash Shield Clips
33. Install the heater hoses.
34. Install the A/C compressor (A).
Fig. 51: Identifying A/C Compressor And Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
35. Connect the A/C compressor clutch connector (B), then install the harness

2008 Honda Civic GX

clamp (C).
36. Install the drive belt, refer to DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .
37. Remove the bulkhead, then install the radiator, refer to RADIATOR AND
FAN REPLACEMENT .
38. Connect the powertrain control module (PCM) connectors (A) and engine wire
harness connectors (B).
Fig. 52: Identifying Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connectors
39. Install the harness clamps (C).
40. Install the PCM (A), then install the PCM cover (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 53: Identifying PCM Cover (With Torque Specifications)
41. Install the battery cables (A) to the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Fig. 54: Identifying Battery Cables
42. Install the harness clamps (B).
43. Install the vacuum hose (A), the brake booster vacuum hose (B), and the power
steering (P/S) hose clamp (C).
Fig. 55: Identifying Vacuum Hose And Brake Booster Vacuum Hose (With

2008 Honda Civic GX

44. Install the fuel feed hose (A). Use new O-ring (B).
Fig. 56: Identifying Fuel Feed Hose And O-Ring (With Torque
Specifications)
45. Install the under-cowl panel and cowl cover, refer to COWL COVER
REPLACEMENT .
Fig. 57: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Mounting Bracket And Bolt
47. Install the air cleaner housing, refer to AIR CLEANER
48. Install the front wheels.

2008 Honda Civic GX

49. Install the battery. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals, then assemble
them, and apply grease to prevent corrosion.
50. Move the shift lever to each gear, and verify that the A/T gear position
indicator follows the transmission range switch.
51. Do the leak Inspection (see LEAK INSPECTION ).
52. Refill the engine with engine oil, refer to step 4 on ENGINE OIL
REPLACEMENT .
53. Refill the transmission with fluid, refer to step 5 on ATF REPLACEMENT .
with the heater valve open, refer to step 8 on COOLANT REPLACEMENT .
55. Do the PCM reset procedure (see PCM RESET ).
(see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN
LEARN ).
57. Inspect the idle speed, refer to IDLE SPEED INSPECTION .
58. Inspect the ignition timing, refer to IGNITION TIMING INSPECTION .
59. Check the wheel alignment, refer to WHEEL ALIGNMENT .
60. Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system and navigation system (if
61. Do the power window control unit reset procedure, refer to RESETTING
THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT .
62. Set the clock.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 ENGINE
Engine Assembly - Civic (Except Hybrid)
ENGINE ASSEMBLY (R18A1)
SPECIAL TOOLS
ENGINE REMOVAL
Universal eyelet 07AAK-SNAA120
* : Available through Honda Tool and Equipment Program, 1-888-424-6857
NOTE: Go to ENGINE ASSEMBLY (GX) (SUPPLEMENT) article for
additional information for the GX model.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Secure the hood in the wide open position (support rod in the lower hole).
Fig. 2: Identifying Support Rod In Lower Hole
3. Relieve the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE RELIEVING ).
cable.
7. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel (see FRONT GRILLE
COVER REPLACEMENT ).
8. Remove the injector cover.
NOTE:
To avoid damaging the wiring and terminals, unplug the
wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector
portion.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 3: Identifying Injector Cover
9. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A), then disconnect the fuel feed hose
(see FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING REMOVAL ).
Fig. 4: Identifying Quick-Connect Fitting Cover
10. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A), brake booster
vacuum hose (B), and power steering (P/S) hose clamp (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Hose And
Brake Booster Vacuum Hose
Fig. 6: Identifying Battery Cables And Harness Clamps
12. Remove the harness clamps (B).
13. Remove the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM)
cover (A), then remove the three bolts (B) securing the ECM/PCM.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 7: Identifying Control Module (PCM) Cover
14. Disconnect the ECM/PCM connectors (A) and the engine wire harness
connectors (B).
Fig. 8: Identifying ECM/PCM Connectors And Engine Wire Harness
Connectors
16. M/T model: Remove the two bolts (A) securing the harness holder, then

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 9: Identifying Harness Clamp Bolts
17. M/T model: Remove the shift cable (see step 9 on TRANSMISSION
REMOVAL ).
18. M/T model: Remove the clutch slave cylinder, and the clutch line bracket
mounting bolt (see step 7 on TRANSMISSION REMOVAL ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

24. Loosen the drain plug in the radiator, and drain the engine coolant (see
25. Drain the engine oil (see OIL PRESSURE TEST ).
26. Drain the transmission fluid:
Manual transmission (see step 3 on TRANSMISSION REMOVAL )
Automatic transmission (see step 3 on ATF REPLACEMENT )
Fig. 11: Identifying Exhaust Pipe
28. A/T model: Remove the shift cable (see step 41 on TRANSMISSION
REMOVAL ).
29. Separate the stabilizer links (see STABILIZER LINK
30. Separate the knuckles from the lower arms (see step 5 on DRIVESHAFT
REMOVAL ).
31. Remove the driveshafts (see step 8 on DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL ). Coat all
precision-finished surfaces with clean engine oil. Tie plastic bags over the
driveshaft ends.

2008 Honda Civic GX

32. Remove the power steering (P/S) pump without disconnecting the P/S hoses
from the pump.
Fig. 12: Identifying Power Steering (P/S) Pump
33. Unclamp the power steering fluid line clamp (A) on the front subframe, and
remove the P/S line mounting bolts (B).
Fig. 13: Identifying P/S Line Mounting Bolts

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 14: Identifying Steering Gearbox Stiffener And Mounting Bolt
35. Remove the steering gearbox bracket (C).
36. Remove the steering gearbox mounting bolts (A), then remove the steering
Fig. 15: Identifying Steering Gearbox Stiffener And Mounting Bolt
38. Remove the radiator (see RADIATOR AND FAN REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

39. Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch connector (A), then remove the harness
clamp (B).
Fig. 16: Identifying A/C Compressor Clutch Connector And Harness
Clamp
40. Remove the A/C compressor (C) without disconnecting the A/C hoses.
42. Remove the air cleaner housing mounting bracket (A), and install support

2008 Honda Civic GX

the cylinder head.
Fig. 18: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Mounting Bracket And Support
Eyelet
43. Attach the support eyelet (A) to the cylinder head with the support bolt (B).
Tighten the bolt by hand.

2008 Honda Civic GX

position the engine hanger on the vehicle, and attach the hook to the slotted
hole in the support eyelet (D). Tighten the wing nut by hand to lift and support
the engine/transmission.
46. Remove the lower torque rod. M/T

2008 Honda Civic GX

47. Note the reference marks (A) on both sides of the front subframe that line up
with the body (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 22: Identifying Marks On Both Sides Of Front Subframe
48. Loosen the front subframe body mount bracket mounting bolts (A) on both
sides.
Fig. 23: Identifying Front Subframe Body Bracket Mounting Bolts
49. Attach the front subframe adapter (A) to the front subframe and hang the belt
of the front subframe adapter over the front of the subframe, then secure the
belt with its stop.

2008 Honda Civic GX

51. Remove the front subframe.
Fig. 25: Identifying Front Subframe Bolts

2008 Honda Civic GX

53. Remove the ground cable (A), then install the special tool with a 10 x 1.25 x 20
mm bolt (B).
Fig. 26: Identifying Ground Cable
54. Attach a chain hoist (A) to the special tool (B) and transmission hook (C). Lift
up on the engine/transmission until it's securely supported by the chain hoist,
and remove the engine support hanger from the engine and vehicle.
Fig. 27: Lifting Up On Engine/Transmission

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 28: Identifying Engine Mount Bracket Mounting Bolt And Nut
56. Remove the transmission mounting bolt and nuts (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

57. Remove the ground cable (B).
59. Slowly lower the engine/transmission about 150 mm (6 in.). Check once again

2008 Honda Civic GX

that all hoses and electrical wiring are disconnected and free from the
engine/transmission, then lower it all the way.
60. Disconnect the chain hoist from the engine/transmission.
61. Raise the vehicle all the way, and remove the engine/transmission from under
the vehicle.
ENGINE INSTALLATION
Universal eyelet 07AAK-SNAA120

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 30: Identifying Engine Components Location (With Torque
Specifications)
2. Position the engine/transmission under the vehicle. Be sure that they are
properly aligned. Carefully lower the vehicle until the engine and transmission
are properly positioned in the engine compartment, Make sure the vehicle is
not resting on any part of the engine or transmission. Lift and support the
engine with a chain hoist and carefully raise the engine/transmission into place.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 31: Lifting Engine With Chain Hoist
3. Install support eyelet (A) behind the breather pipe (B) and down to the thread
hole (C) on the cylinder head.
Fig. 32: Identifying Support Eyelet

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 33: Identifying Support Eyelet To Cylinder Head With Support Bolt
the engine/transmission.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 35: Identifying Upper Torque Rod Mounting Bolt
Fig. 36: Identifying Engine Mount Bracket Mounting Bolt And Nut (With

2008 Honda Civic GX

8. Tighten the new transmission mounting bolt and nuts (A).
Specifications)
9. Install the ground cable (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

10. Remove the chain hoist, then raise the vehicle on the hoist to full height.
11. Using the front subframe adapter (A) and a jack, raise the front subframe up to
body.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 39: Identifying Front Subframe Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
Fig. 40: Identifying Subframe Mark On Body

2008 Honda Civic GX

15. Tighten the new front subframe body mount bracket mounting bolts on both
sides.
Fig. 41: Identifying Subframe Body Mount Bracket Mounting Bolts (With

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 42: Identifying Tightening Sequence For Lower Torque Rod
Mounting Bolts (With Torque Specifications)
17. Lower the vehicle on the lift, and remove the engine hanger, support eyelet,
and bolt.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)
19. Remove the special tool and bolt (A), then install the ground cable (B).
Fig. 44: Identifying Special Tool (With Torque Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 45: Identifying Steering Gearbox Mounting Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
22. Position the "FR" mark to the front of the vehicle, then install the steering
gearbox bracket (B).
Fig. 46: Identifying Steering Gearbox Mounting And Stiffener Bolt (With

2008 Honda Civic GX

24. Install the power steering (P/S) line on the clamp (A), then install the P/S line
brackets (B) on the subframe.
Fig. 47: Identifying P/S Line Brackets (With Torque Specifications)
25. Install the P/S pump.
Fig. 48: Identifying P/S Pump Bolts (With Torque Specifications)
26. A/T model: Install the shift cable (see step 15 on TRANSMISSION

2008 Honda Civic GX

INSTALLATION ).
shaft.
28. Connect the lower arms to the knuckles (see step 5 on LOWER ARM
29. Connect the stabilizer links (see STABILIZER LINK
Fig. 49: Identifying Exhaust Pipe And Self-Locking Nuts (With Torque
Specifications)
31. Install the splash shield

2008 Honda Civic GX

34. Install the A/C compressor (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 52: Identifying A/C Compressor Clutch Connector (With Torque
Specifications)
35. Connect the A/C compressor clutch connector (B), then install the harness
clamp (C).
36. Install the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
37. Remove the bulkhead, then install the radiator (see RADIATOR AND FAN
REPLACEMENT ).
38. M/T model: Install the clutch slave cylinder and clutch line bracket mounting
bolt (see step 33 on TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION ).
39. M/T model: Install the shift cable (see step 31 on TRANSMISSION
INSTALLATION ).
40. M/T model: Install the harness holder (A) and harness clamp (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 53: Identifying Harness Holder And Harness Clamp (With Torque
Specifications)
41. Connect the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM)
connectors (A) and engine wire harness connectors (B).
Fig. 54: Identifying Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connectors
43. Install the ECM/PCM (A), then install the ECM/PCM cover (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 55: Identifying ECM/PCM Cover And Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
Fig. 56: Identifying Battery Cables And Harness Clamps
45. Install the harness clamps (B).
46. Install the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A), the brake booster

2008 Honda Civic GX

vacuum hose (B), and the power steering (P/S) hose clamp (C).
Fig. 57: Identifying Brake Booster Vacuum Hose And Power Steering
(P/S) Hose Clamp
47. Connect the fuel feed hose (see FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING
INSTALLATION ), then install the quick-connect fitting cover (A).
48. Install the injector cover.

2008 Honda Civic GX

49. Install the under-cowl panel and cowl cover (see FRONT GRILLE COVER
REPLACEMENT ).
Fig. 60: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Mounting Bracket (With Torque
Specifications)
54. Inspect for fuel leaks: Turn the ignition switch ON (II) (do not operate the

2008 Honda Civic GX

starter) so the fuel pump runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel line.
Repeat this operation two or three times, then check for fuel leakage at any
point in the fuel line.
55. A/T model: Move the shift lever to each gear, and verify that the A/T gear
position indicator follows the transmission range switch.
56. M/T model: Check that the transmission shifts into gear smoothly.
57. Refill the engine with engine oil (see step 4 on ENGINE OIL
REPLACEMENT ).
58. Refill the transmission with fluid:
Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION
AND REPLACEMENT )
Automatic transmission (see step 5 on ATF REPLACEMENT )
with the heater valve open (see step 8 on COOLANT REPLACEMENT ).
60. Do the ECM/PCM reset procedure (see ECM/PCM RESET ).
(see ECM/PCM RESET ).
62. Inspect the idle speed (see IDLE SPEED INSPECTION ).
63. Inspect the ignition timing (see IGNITION TIMING INSPECTION ).
64. Check the wheel alignment (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
66. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation).
SIDE ENGINE MOUNT REPLACEMENT
1. Support the engine with a jack and a wood block under the oil pan.
2. Remove the bolt (A) securing the A/C line, then remove the upper torque rod
(B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 61: Identifying Upper Torque Rod
3. Remove the ground cable (A), then remove the side engine mount bracket (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 62: Identifying Ground Cable And Side Engine Mount Bracket
4. Remove the side engine mount stiffener (A), then remove the side engine
mount (B).
Fig. 63: Identifying Side Engine Mount Stiffener And Side Engine Mount
5. Install the side engine mount, then install the side engine mount stiffener.
6. Install the side engine mount bracket (A), then loosely tighten the new bolt and
nut (B). Loosely tighten the bolt (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 64: Identifying Side Engine Mount Bracket
7. Install the ground cable.
9. Loosen the transmission mounting bolt and nuts (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

11. Loosen the lower torque rod mounting bolt (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

13. Tighten the side engine mount mounting bolts and nut.
Fig. 67: Identifying Side Engine Mount Mounting Bolts And Nut (With
14. Tighten the transmission mounting bolt and nuts.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)
16. Tighten the lower torque rod mounting bolt.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 69: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Mounting Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
19. Install the upper torque rod (A), then tighten the new upper torque rod
mounting bolts in the numbered sequence shown.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 70: Identifying Tightening Sequence For Upper Torque Rod
20. Install the bolt (B) securing the A/C line.
TRANSMISSION MOUNT REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Remove the engine control module (ECM)/ powertrain control module (PCM)
cover, then remove the three bolts securing the ECM/PCM.
4. Remove the ECM/PCM bracket.
5. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box from the bracket.
6. Support the transmission with a jack and a wood block under the transmission.
7. Remove the transmission mount stiffener (A), then remove the transmission
mount (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 72: Identifying Transmission Mount Stiffener And Transmission
Mount (With Torque Specifications)
8. Install the transmission mount with the new mounting bolts (C), then install the
transmission mount stiffener.
9. Loosely tighten the new bolt and nuts (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)
Specifications)
18. Install the under-hood fuse/relay box to the bracket.
19. Install the ECM/PCM bracket.
20. Install the ECM/PCM, then install the ECM/PCM cover.

2008 Honda Civic GX

LOWER TORQUE ROD REPLACEMENT
3. Remove the lower torque rod. M/T

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 78: Identifying Lower Torque Rod (With Torque Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)
UPPER TORQUE ROD REPLACEMENT
(B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 80: Identifying Upper Torque Rod (With Torque Specifications)
2. Install the upper torque rod, then tighten the new bolts in the numbered
sequence shown.
SIDE ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET REPLACEMENT
1. Support the engine with a jack and a wood block under the oil pan.

2008 Honda Civic GX

(B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 82: Identifying Side Engine Mount Bracket And Ground Cable (With
4. Install the side engine mount bracket, then loosely tighten the new bolt and nut
(C), and loosely tighten the bolt (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)
17. Install the upper torque rod (A), then tighten the new upper torque rod
mounting bolts in the numbered sequence shown.

2008 Honda Civic GX

18. Install the bolt (B) securing the A/C line.
ENGINE ASSEMBLY (K20Z3)
SPECIAL TOOLS

2008 Honda Civic GX

ENGINE REMOVAL
Engine hanger adapter VSB02C000015 *
2. Secure the hood in the wide open position (support rod in the lower hole).
NOTE:
To avoid damaging the wiring and terminals, unplug the
wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector
portion.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 90: Identifying Support Rod In Lower Hole
positive cable.
7. Remove the under-cowl panel (see FRONT GRILLE COVER
REPLACEMENT ).
8. Disconnect the connector (A), and remove the harness clamp (B), then remove
the resonator (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 91: Identifying Connector And Harness Clamp
Fig. 92: Identifying Battery Cables And Harness Clamp
10. Remove the harness clamp (B).
11. Remove the engine control module (ECM) cover (A), then remove the three
bolts (B) securing the ECM.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 93: Identifying Engine Control Module (ECM) Cover And Bolts
12. Disconnect the ECM connectors (A) and the engine wire harness connector
(B).
Fig. 94: Identifying ECM Connectors And Engine Wire Harness
Connector
14. Remove the engine cover.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 95: Identifying Engine Cover
15. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A) and brake booster
vacuum hose (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

17. Remove the shift cable (see step 9 on TRANSMISSION REMOVAL ).
18. Remove the clutch slave cylinder, and clutch line bracket mounting bolt (see
step 7 on TRANSMISSION REMOVAL ).
19. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

COOLANT CHECK ).
27. Drain the transmission fluid (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION
AND REPLACEMENT ).
28. Disconnect the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor connector (A).
Fig. 100: Identifying (Secondary HO2S) Connector
29. Remove the grommet (B), then disconnect the secondary heated oxygen sensor

2008 Honda Civic GX

(secondary HO2S) connector (C).
30. Remove the three way catalytic converter (TWO (D).
32. Separate the knuckles from the lower arms (see step 5 on LOWER ARM
33. Remove the driveshafts (see step 8 on DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL ). Coat all
precision-finished surfaces with clean engine oil. Tie plastic bags over the
driveshaft ends.
34. Remove the steering gearbox bracket (A).
Fig. 101: Identifying Steering Gearbox Bracket And Mounting Bolt
35. Remove the steering gearbox mounting bolt (B), stiffener mounting bolt (C),
and stiffener (D).
36. Remove the steering gearbox mounting bolt (A), stiffener mounting bolt (B),
and stiffener (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 102: Identifying Stiffener Mounting Bolt And Stiffener
37. Remove the harness clamp (D) from the subframe.
38. Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch connector (A), then remove the A/C
compressor (B) without disconnecting the A/C hoses.
Fig. 103: Identifying A/C Compressor Clutch Connector And A/C
Compressor
40. Remove the radiator (see RADIATOR AND FAN REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

42. Install the bulkhead, and tighten the mounting bolts to 9.8 N.m (1.0 kgf.m, 7.2
lbf.ft).
43. Attach the special tool to the threaded hole in the cylinder head.
Fig. 105: Identifying Special Tool To Threaded Hole In Cylinder Head

2008 Honda Civic GX

hole in the engine hanger adapter (D). Tighten the wing nut by hand to lift and
support the engine/transmission.
Fig. 106: Identifying Engine Support Hanger
46. Remove the lower torque rod.

2008 Honda Civic GX

47. Remove lower radiator hose from the clamp (A), then remove the front mount
mounting bolt (B).
Fig. 108: Identifying Lower Radiator Hose Clamp And Mounting Bolts
48. Note the reference marks (A) on both sides of the front subframe that line up
with the body (B).
Fig. 109: Identifying Marks On Both Sides Of Front Subframe
49. Loosen the front subframe body mount bracket mounting bolts (A) on both
side.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 110: Identifying Front Subframe Body Mount Bracket Mounting
Bolts
50. Attach the front subframe adapter (A) to the front subframe and hang the belt
of the front subframe adapter over the front of the front subframe, then secure
the belt with its stop.
Fig. 111: Identifying Front Subframe Adapter (Special Tools)
52. Remove the front subframe.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 112: Identifying Front Subframe And Bolts
54. Remove the idler pulley base (see step 2 on DRIVE BELT AUTO-
55. Install the special tool.

2008 Honda Civic GX

56. Attach a chain hoist (A) to the special tool (B), and the transmission hook (C).
Lift up on the engine/transmission until it's securely supported by the chain
hoist, and remove the engine hanger.
Fig. 114: Lifting Up On Engine/ Transmission
Fig. 115: Identifying Side Engine Mount Bracket Mounting Bolt And Nut

2008 Honda Civic GX

58. Remove the transmission mount bracket mounting bolt and nuts.
Fig. 116: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket Mounting Bolt And
Nuts
60. Slowly lower the engine/transmission about 150 mm (6 in.). Check once again
that all hoses and electrical wiring are disconnected and free from the
engine/transmission, then lower it all the way.
61. Disconnect the chain hoist from the engine/transmission.
62. Raise the vehicle all the way on the hoist, and remove the engine/transmission
from under the vehicle.
ENGINE INSTALLATION
Engine hanger adapter VSB02C000015 *

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 117: Identifying Engine Brackets (With Torque Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Raise the vehicle on the hoist, and position the engine/transmission under the
vehicle. Lower the vehicle, and attach the special tool and chain hoist to the
engine, then lift the engine into position in the vehicle.
Fig. 118: Identifying Mounting Bolts/Support Nuts
3. Attach the special tool to the threaded hole in the cylinder head.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 119: Identifying Special Tool To Threaded Hole In Cylinder Head
hole in the engine hanger adapter (D). Tighten the wing nut by hand to lift and
support the engine/transmission.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 120: Identifying Engine Hanger Adapter

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 122: Identifying Side Engine Mount Bracket Mounting Bolt And Nut
7. Tighten the new transmission mounting bolt and nuts.
Specifications)
8. Remove the chain hoist.
9. Remove the special tool.

2008 Honda Civic GX

10. Raise the vehicle on the lift.
11. 11 Set the front subframe adapter (A) to the front subframe and hang the belt of
the front subframe adapter over the front of the subframe, then secure the belt
with its stop.
12. Line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on the corner of the jack base,
and tighten the bolts, then lift the front subframe up to the body.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 126: Identifying Front Subframe Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
removal. Tighten the bolts on the front subframe to the specified torque.

2008 Honda Civic GX

16. Tighten the new front subframe body mount bracket mounting bolts on both
side.
Fig. 128: Identifying Front Subframe Body Mount Bracket Mounting
Bolts (With Torque Specifications)
Fig. 129: Identifying Tightening Sequence For Lower Torque Rod

2008 Honda Civic GX

18. Loosely tighten the new front mount mounting bolt (A), then install the lower
radiator hose to the clamp (B).
Fig. 130: Identifying Front Mount Mounting Bolt And Lower Radiator
Hose Clamp
20. Remove the special tools from the engine and vehicle.
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

23. Tighten the front mount mounting bolt.
Fig. 132: Identifying Front Mount Mounting Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
24. Install the A/C compressor (A), then connect the A/C compressor clutch
connector (B).
Fig. 133: Identifying A/C Compressor And Clutch Connector (With

2008 Honda Civic GX

25. Install the stiffener (A), then tighten the steering gearbox mounting bolt (B)
and stiffener mounting bolt(C).
Fig. 134: Identifying Steering Gearbox Mounting Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
26. Install the harness clamp (D) to the subframe.
27. Install the steering gearbox bracket (A).
Fig. 135: Identifying Steering Gearbox Bracket (With Torque
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

28. Install the stiffener (B), then tighten the steering gearbox mounting bolt (C)
and stiffener mounting bolt(D).
shaft.
32. Install the three way catalytic converter (TWC) (A). Use new gaskets (B) and
new self-locking nuts (C).
Fig. 136: Identifying (Secondary HO2S) Connector (With Torque
Specifications)
33. Connect the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor connector (D).
34. Connect the secondary heated oxygen sensor (secondary HO2S) connector (E),
then install the grommet (F).

2008 Honda Civic GX

38. Install the radiator (see RADIATOR AND FAN REPLACEMENT ).
39. Install the idler pulley base (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER
41. Install the air cleaner housing bracket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

42. Install the shift cable (see step 34 on TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION ).
43. Install the clutch slave cylinder, and clutch line bracket mounting bolt (see step
37 on TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION ).
45. Install the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A) and brake booster
vacuum hose (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

46. Install the engine cover.
Fig. 142: Identifying Engine Cover (With Torque Specifications)
47. Connect the engine control module (ECM) connectors (A) and engine wire
harness connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 143: Identifying Engine Control Module (ECM) Connectors And
Engine Wire Harness Connector
49. Install the ECM (A), then install the ECM cover (B).
Fig. 144: Identifying ECM Cover (With Torque Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 145: Identifying Battery Cables And Harness Clamp
51. Install the harness clamp (B).
52. Install the resonator (A) A
Fig. 146: Identifying Resonator And Harness Clamp
53. Connect the connector (B), and install the harness clamp (C).
54. Install the under-cowl panel (see FRONT GRILLE COVER

2008 Honda Civic GX

REPLACEMENT ).
58. Check that the transmission shifts into gear smoothly.
59. Inspect for fuel leaks: Turn the ignition switch ON (II) (do not operate the
starter) so the fuel pump runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel line.
Repeat this operation two or three times, then check for fuel leakage at any
point in the fuel line.
REPLACEMENT ).
61. Refill the transmission with fluid (see TRANSMISSION FLUID
with the heater valve open (see step 6 on COOLANT CHECK ).
63. Do the ECM reset procedure (see HDS CLEAR COMMAND ).
(see HDS CLEAR COMMAND ).
65. Inspect the idle speed (see IDLE SPEED INSPECTION ).
66. Inspect the ignition timing (see IGNITION TIMING INSPECTION ).
67. Check the wheel alignment (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
69. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation).
SIDE ENGINE MOUNT REPLACEMENT
1. Support the engine with a jack and wood block under the oil pan.
2. Remove the upper torque rod.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 148: Identifying Ground Cable And Side Engine Mount Bracket
4. Remove the side engine mount stiffener (A), then remove the side engine
mount (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 149: Identifying Side Engine Mount (With Torque Specifications)
5. Install the side engine mount, then install the side engine mount stiffener.
6. Install the side engine mount bracket (A), then loosely tighten the new bolt and
nut (B), and loosely tighten the bolt (C).
Fig. 150: Identifying Side Engine Mount Bracket (With Torque
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Install the ground cable (D).
13. Loosen the front mount mounting bolt (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 153: Identifying Front Mount Mounting Bolt
Fig. 154: Identifying Side Engine Mount Mounting Bolts And Nut

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)
21. Install the upper torque rod, then tighten the new upper torque rod mounting

2008 Honda Civic GX

22. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height, and tighten the front mount
mounting bolt.
Specifications)
TRANSMISSION MOUNT REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Remove the engine control module (ECM) cover, then remove the three bolts
securing the ECM.
4. Remove the ECM bracket.
5. Remove the under hood fuse/relay box from the bracket.
6. Support the transmission with a jack and wood block under the transmission.
7. Remove the transmission mount (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 160: Identifying Transmission Mount (With Torque Specifications)
8. Install the transmission mount with the new mounting bolts (B).
9. Loosely tighten the new bolt and nuts (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)
Specifications)
20. Install the under-hood fuse/relay box to the bracket.
21. Install the ECM bracket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

22. Install the ECM, then install the ECM cover.
mounting bolt.
Specifications)
LOWER TORQUE ROD REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Remove the lower torque rod (A).
Fig. 169: Identifying Lower Torque Rod (With Torque Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)
mounting bolt.
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

UPPER TORQUE ROD REPLACEMENT
4. Remove the upper torque rod (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 173: Identifying Upper Torque Rod (With Torque Specifications)
5. Install the upper torque rod, then tighten the new bolts in the numbered
sequence shown.
6. Raise the hoist to full height, and tighten the front mount mounting bolt.
Specifications)
SIDE ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Support the engine with a jack and wood block under the oil pan.
2. Remove the upper torque rod.
Fig. 176: Identifying Ground Cable (With Torque Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Install the side engine mount bracket, then loosely tighten the new bolt and nut
(C), and loosely tighten the bolt (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

19. Install the upper torque rod, then tighten the new upper torque rod mounting
Mounting Bolts
mounting bolt.

2008 Honda Civic GX

FRONT ENGINE MOUNT REPLACEMENT
1. Raise the lift to full height.
3. Remove the front mount (A).
Fig. 185: Identifying Front Mount (With Torque Specifications)
4. Install the front mount, then tighten the new front mount mounting bolts in the
numbered sequence shown.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 ENGINE
Engine Block - Civic GX
Fig. 1: Identifying Engine Block Component (1 Of 2)
NOTE: Refer to the ENGINE BLOCK (EXCEPT HYBRID) article for
items not shown in this section.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Identifying Engine Block Component (2 Of 2)
PISTON RING REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the piston from the engine block, refer to the CRANKSHAFT AND
PISTON REMOVAL .
2. Using a ring expander (A), remove the old piston rings (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 3: Removing Piston Rings
3. Clean all the ring grooves thoroughly with a squared-off broken ring, or a ring
groove cleaner with a blade to fit the piston grooves. File down a blade if
necessary. The top ring and second ring grooves are 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) wide,
and the oil ring groove is 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) wide. Do not use a wire brush to
clean the ring grooves, or cut the ring grooves deeper with the cleaning tools.
4. Using a piston, push a new ring (A) into the cylinder bore 15-20 mm (0.6-0.8
in.) from the bottom.
Fig. 4: Pushing Piston Rings
NOTE: If the piston is to be separated from the connecting rod,
do not install new rings yet.

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Measure the piston ring end-gap (B) with a feeler gauge:
If the gap is too small, check to see if you have the proper rings for your
engine.
If the gap is too large, recheck the cylinder bore diameter against the wear
limits, refer to the BLOCK AND PISTON INSPECTION . If the bore is
beyond the service limit, the engine block must be rebored.
Piston Ring End-Gap
Top Ring:
Second Ring:
Oil Ring:
6. Install the rings as shown. The top ring (A) has a 1R mark, and the second ring
(B) has a 2A or 2R mark. The manufacturing marks (C) must be facing
upward.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying Piston Rings With Installation
7. Rotate the rings in their grooves to make sure they do not bind.
8. Position the ring end gaps as shown:
Fig. 6: Identifying Piston Ring End Gaps Angle

2008 Honda Civic GX

9. After installing a new set of rings, measure the ring-to-groove clearances:
Top Ring Clearance
Second Ring Clearance
Fig. 7: Checking Top Ring Clearance

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 ENGINE
Engine Block - Civic (Except Hybrid)
ENGINE BLOCK (R18A1)
SPECIAL TOOLS
NOTE: Refer to the ENGINE BLOCK (GX) (SUPPLEMENT) article for

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Identifying Engine Block, Flywheel And Crankshaft

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 3: Identifying Engine Block , Piston And Connecting Rod
CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT END PLAY INSPECTION
1. Remove the oil pan (see OIL PAN REMOVAL ).
2. Remove the oil screen and baffle plate (see step 8 ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Measure the connecting rod end play with a feeler gauge between the
connecting rod and crankshaft.
Connecting Rod End Play
Fig. 4: Measuring Connecting Rod End Play
4. If the connecting rod end play is beyond the service limit, install a new
connecting rod, and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit; replace the
crankshaft (see CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL ).
5. Push the crankshaft firmly away from the dial indicator, and zero the dial
against the end of the crankshaft. Then pull the crankshaft firmly back toward
the indicator; the dial reading should not exceed the service limit.
Crankshaft End Play

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Pushing Crankshaft Firmly Away From Dial Indicator
6. If the end play is beyond the service limit, replace the thrust washers and
recheck, if it is still beyond the service limit, replace the crankshaft (see
CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL ).
CRANKSHAFT MAIN BEARING REPLACEMENT
Main Bearing Clearance Inspection
1. To check the main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the lower block
and bearing halves (see CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL ).
2. Clean each main journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel.
3. Place one strip of plastigage across each main journal.
4. Reinstall the bearings and lower block, then torque the bolts to 25 N-m (2.5
kgf-m, 18 lbf-ft) + 57 degrees in the proper sequence (see step 19 ).
5. Remove the lower block and bearings again, and measure the widest part of the
plastigage.
Main Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance
Standard (New): 0.018 - 0.034 mm (0.0007 - 0.0013 in.)
NOTE: Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 6: Measuring Widest Part Of Plastigage
6. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the crankshaft, and
remove the upper half of the bearing. Install a new, complete bearing with the
same color code(s), and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the
bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
7. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or
smaller bearing (the color listed above or below the current one), and check
again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate
larger or smaller bearings, replace the crankshaft, and start over.
Main Bearing Selection
Crankshaft Bore Code Location
1. Numbers, letters or bars have been stamped on the either side of the block end
as a code for the size of each of the five main journal bores. Write down the
crank bore codes.
If you can't read the codes because of accumulated dirt and dust, do not scrub
them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 7: Identifying Crankshaft Bore Code Location
Main Journal Code Location
2. The main journal codes are stamped on the crankshaft.
Fig. 8: Identifying Main Journal Code Location
3. Use the crank bore codes and crank journal codes to select the appropriate
replacement bearings from the following table.
NOTE:
Color code is on the edge of the bearing.
When using bearing halves of different colors, it
does not matter which color is used in the top or
bottom.

2008 Honda Civic GX

CONNECTING ROD BEARING REPLACEMENT
Rod Bearing Clearance Inspection
2. Remove the oil screen and baffle plate (see step 8 ).
3. Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half.
4. Clean the crankshaft rod journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel.
5. Place plastigage across the rod journal.
6. Reinstall the bearing half and cap, and torque the bolts to 20 N.m (2.0 kgf.m,
14 lbf.ft) + 90 degrees using a commercially available torque angle gauge.
7. Remove the rod cap and bearing half, and measure the widest part of the
plastigage.
Connecting Rod Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance
Fig. 9: Identifying Crank Bore Codes And Crank
Journal Codes Reference

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 10: Measuring Widest Part Of Plastigage
8. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the
bearing, install a new, complete bearing with the same color code(s), and
recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to
adjust clearance.
clearance again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the
appropriate larger or smaller bearing, replace the crankshaft, and start over.
Rod Bearing Selection
1. Inspect each connecting rod for cracks and heat damage.
Connecting Rod Big End Bore Code Locations
2. Each rod has a tolerance range from 0 to 0.024 mm (0.0009 in.), in 0.006 mm
(0.0002 in.) increments, depending on the size of its big end bore. It is then
stamped with a number or bar (1, 2, 3 or 4/I, II, III, or MM) indicating the
range. You may find any combination of numbers and bars in any engine. (Half

2008 Honda Civic GX

the number or bar is stamped on the bearing cap, the other half is on the rod.)
If you can't read the code because of an accumulation of oil and varnish, do not
scrub it with a wire brush or scraper. Clean it only with solvent or detergent.
Normal Bore Size: 48.0 mm (1.89 in.)
Fig. 11: Identifying Connecting Rod Big End Bore Code Locations
Connecting Rod Journal Code Location
3. The connecting rod journal codes are stamped on the crankshaft.
Fig. 12: Identifying Connecting Rod Journal Code Location
4. Use the big end bore codes and rod journal codes to select the appropriate

2008 Honda Civic GX

OIL PAN REMOVAL
1. If the engine is already out of the vehicle, go to step 12.
3. Remove the A/C condenser fan shroud (see A/C COMPRESSOR
REPLACEMENT ).
4. Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch connector, then remove the harness
clamp. Remove the A/C compressor without disconnecting the A/C hoses (see
step 39 on ENGINE REMOVAL ).
5. Raise the vehicle on the hoist to full height.
7. Drain the engine oil (see ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT ).
NOTE:
Color code is on the edge of the bearing.
bottom.
Fig. 13: Identifying Big End Bore Codes And Rod
Journal Codes Reference

2008 Honda Civic GX

8. Remove exhaust pipe A (see step 27 on ENGINE REMOVAL ).
9. Support the oil pan with a jack.
10. Remove the lower torque rod (see step 46 on ENGINE REMOVAL ).
11. Remove the jack.
12. Remove the lower torque rod bracket.
13. Remove the A/C compressor bracket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 15: Identifying A/C Compressor Bracket
14. A/T model: Remove the shift cable cover.
Fig. 16: Identifying Shift Cable Cover
15. Remove the clutch cover/torque converter cover (A), and remove the two bolts
securing the transmission.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 17: Identifying Clutch Cover/Torque Converter Cover
16. Remove the bolts securing the oil pan.
17. Using a flat blade screwdriver, separate the oil pan from the block in the places
shown.
Fig. 18: Identifying Oil Pan From Block
18. Remove the oil pan.
CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Remove the engine assembly (see ENGINE REMOVAL ).
2. Remove the transmission:
Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION REMOVAL )
Automatic transmission (see TRANSMISSION REMOVAL )
3. M/T model: Remove the pressure plate, clutch disc and flywheel (see
PRESSURE PLATE AND CLUTCH DISC REMOVAL (5-SPEED
MODEL) ).
4. A/T model: Remove the drive plate (see DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
6. Remove the oil pump (see REMOVAL ).
7. Remove the cylinder head (see CYLINDER HEAD REMOVAL ).
8. Remove the oil screen (A) and baffle plate (B).
Fig. 19: Identifying Oil Screen And Baffle Plate
9. Remove the 8 mm bolts.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 20: Identifying Baffle Plate And Bolts
10. Remove the bearing cap bolts. To prevent warpage, unscrew the bolts in
sequence 1/3 turn at a time; repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened.
Fig. 21: Identifying Bearing Cap Bolts
11. Using a flat blade screwdriver, separate the lower block from the engine block
in the places shown.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 22: Identifying Lower Block From Engine Block
12. Remove the lower block and bearings. Keep all the bearings in order.
13. Remove the rod caps/bearings. Keep all caps/bearings in order.
14. Lift the crankshaft (A) out of the engine. Be careful not to damage the journals
and the crankshaft position (CKP) pulse plate (B).
Fig. 23: Identifying Crankshaft Position (CKP) Pulse Plate And
Crankshaft
15. Remove the CKP pulse plate (B).
16. Remove the thrust washers (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

17. Remove the upper bearing halves from the connecting rods, and set them aside
with their respective caps.
18. If you can feel a ridge of metal or hard carbon around the top of each cylinder,
remove it with a ridge reamer (A). Follow the reamer manufacturer's
instructions. If the ridge is not removed, it may damage the pistons as they are
pushed out.
Fig. 24: Removing Upper Bearing Halves From Connecting Rods
19. Use the wooden handle of a hammer (A) to drive out the piston/connecting rod
assembly (B). Take care not to damage the oil jets or cylinder with the
connecting rod.
Fig. 25: Driving Out Piston/Connecting Rod Assembly
20. Reinstall the lower block and the bearings on the engine in the proper order.

2008 Honda Civic GX

21. Reinstall the connecting rod bearings and caps after removing each
piston/connecting rod assembly.
22. Mark each piston/connecting rod assembly with its cylinder number to make
sure they are reused in the original order.
CRANKSHAFT INSPECTION
Out-of-Round and Taper
1. Remove the crankshaft from the engine block (see CRANKSHAFT AND
PISTON REMOVAL ).
2. Clean the crankshaft oil passages with pipe cleaners or a suitable brush.
3. Clean the keyway and the threads.
4. Measure the out-of-round at the middle of each rod and main journal in two
places. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be
more than the service limit.
Journal Out-of-Round
NOTE: The existing number on the connecting rod does not
indicate its position in the engine, it indicates the rod
bore size.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 26: Identifying Crankshaft
5. Measure the taper at the edges of each rod and main journal. The difference
between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit.
Journal Taper
Straightness
6. Place the engine block on the surface plate.
7. Clean and install the bearings on the No. 1 and No. 5 journals of the engine
block.
8. Lower the crankshaft into the block.
9. Measure the runout on all of the main journals. Rotate the crankshaft two
complete revolutions. The difference between measurements on each journal
must not be more than the service limit.
Crankshaft Total Runout

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 27: Measuring Runout On Of Main Journals
BLOCK AND PISTON INSPECTION
1. Remove the crankshaft and pistons (see CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON
REMOVAL ).
2. Check the piston for distortion or cracks.
3. Measure the piston diameter at a point 14 mm (0.55 in.) from the bottom of the
skirt.
Piston Diameter
Oversize Piston Diameter
0.25: 81.230-81.240 mm (3.1980-3.1984 in.)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 28: Measuring Piston Diameter Point From Bottom Of Skirt
4. Measure the wear and taper Y at three levels inside each cylinder as shown. If
the measurements in any cylinder are beyond the Oversize Bore Service Limit,
replace the engine block. If the engine block is being rebored, refer to step 7
after reboring.
Cylinder Bore Size
Oversize Bore
0.25: 81.250-81.265 mm (3.1988-3.1994 in.)
Reboring limit: 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) max.
Bore Taper

2008 Honda Civic GX

Limit: (Difference between first and third measurement) 0.05 mm (0.002
in.)
Fig. 29: Identifying Wear And Taper At Three Levels Inside Each
Cylinder
5. Scored or scratched cylinder bores must be honed.
6. Check the top of the engine block for warpage. Measure along the edges, and
across the center as shown.
Engine Block Warpage

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 30: Identifying Top Of Engine Block For Warpage
7. Calculate the difference between the cylinder bore diameter and the piston
diameter. If the clearance is near, or exceeds the service limit, inspect the
piston and engine block for excessive wear.
Piston-to-Cylinder Bore Clearance

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 31: Identifying Calculate Difference Between Cylinder Bore Diameter
And Piston Diameter
CYLINDER BORE HONING
Only a scored or scratched cylinder bore must be honed.
1. Measure the cylinder bores (see BLOCK AND PISTON INSPECTION ). If
the engine block is to be reused, hone the cylinders, and remeasure the bores.
2. Remove and replace the oil jets (see OIL JET REPLACEMENT ).
3. Hone the cylinder bores with honing oil and a fine (400 grit) stone.
Honing Pattern: Within 30-60 degree cross-hatch pattern (A)
Fig. 32: Identifying Honing Pattern
NOTE: Use only a rigid hone with 400 grit or finer stone such
as Sunnen, Ammco, or equivalent. Do not use stones
that are worn or broken.

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. When honing is complete, thoroughly clean the engine block of all metal
particles. Wash the cylinder bores with hot soapy water, then dry and oil them
immediately to prevent rusting. Never use solvent, it will only redistribute the
grit on the cylinder walls.
5. If scoring or scratches are still present in the cylinder bores after honing the
engine block to the service limit, rebore the engine block. Some light vertical
scoring and scratching is acceptable if it is not deep enough to catch your
fingernail, and does not run the full length of the bore.
6. Install the new oil jets (see OIL JET REPLACEMENT ).
PISTON, PIN, AND CONNECTING ROD REPLACEMENT
Disassembly
1. Remove the piston from the engine block (see CRANKSHAFT AND
PISTON REMOVAL ).
2. Apply new engine oil to the piston pin snap rings (A), and turn them in the ring
grooves until the end gaps are lined up with the cutouts in the piston pin bores
(B).
Fig. 33: Identifying Piston Pin Snap Rings And Piston Pin Bores
3. Remove both snap rings (A). Start at the cutout in the piston pin bore. Remove
NOTE: Take care not to damage the ring grooves.

2008 Honda Civic GX

the snap rings carefully so they do not go flying or get lost. Wear eye
protection.
Fig. 34: Removing Both Snap Rings
4. Heat the piston and connecting rod assembly to about 158F (70C), then
remove the piston pin.
Fig. 35: Heating Piston And Connecting Rod Assembly
Inspection
NOTE: Inspect the piston, piston pin, and connecting rod when
they are at room temperature.

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Measure the diameter of the piston pin.
Piston Pin Diameter
Fig. 36: Measuring Diameter Of Piston Pin
2. Zero the dial indicator to the piston pin diameter.
Fig. 37: Identifying Piston Pin Diameter
3. Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and piston pin hole

2008 Honda Civic GX

diameter in the piston.
Piston Pin-to-Piston Clearance
Standard (New): -0.004 to +0.003 mm (-0.00016 to +0.00012 in.)
Fig. 38: Checking Difference Between Piston Pin Diameter And Piston Pin
Hole Diameter In Piston
4. Measure the piston pin-to-connecting rod clearance.
Piston Pin-to-Connecting Rod Clearance

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 39: Measuring Piston Pin-To-Connecting Rod Clearance
Reassembly
1. Install one piston pin snap ring (A).
Fig. 40: Installing Piston Pin Snap Ring
2. Coat the piston pin bore, the bore in the connecting rod, and the piston pin with
new engine oil.
3. Heat the piston to about 158F (70C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 41: Heating Piston
4. Assemble the piston (A) and connecting rod (B) with the mark (C) and the
embossed mark (D) on the same side. Install the piston pin (E).
Fig. 42: Identifying Piston And Connecting Rod With Mark

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Install the remaining snap ring (F).
6. Turn the snap rings until the end gaps are positioned at the bottom of the
piston.
PISTON REMOVAL ).
Fig. 43: Removing Old Piston Rings
3. Clean all ring grooves thoroughly with a squared-off broken ring or ring
groove cleaner with a blade to fit the piston grooves.
The top and 2nd ring grooves are 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) wide. The oil ring groove
is 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) wide. File down a blade if necessary. Do not use a wire
brush to clean the ring grooves, or cut the ring grooves deeper with the
cleaning tools.
4. Using a piston that has its rings removed, push a new ring (A) into the cylinder
bore 15-20 mm (0.6-0.8 in.) from the bottom.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 44: Pushing Ring Into Cylinder Bore
engine.
limits (see BLOCK AND PISTON INSPECTION ). If the bore is
Piston Ring End-Gap
Top Ring:
Second Ring:
Oil Ring:

2008 Honda Civic GX

6. Install the top ring and the second ring as shown. The top ring (A) has a 1T,
1A, or 1R mark, and the second ring (B) has a 2T, 2A, or 2R mark. The
manufacturing marks (C) must be facing upward.
Fig. 45: Identifying Top Ring And Second Ring
8. Position the ring end gaps as shown:

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 46: Positioning Ring End Gaps
9. After installing a new set of rings, measure the ring-to-groove clearances:
Top Ring Clearance

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 47: Measuring Ring-To-Groove Clearances
PISTON INSTALLATION
If the Crankshaft is Already Installed
1. Set the crankshaft to bottom dead center (BDC) for each cylinder as its piston
is installed.
2. Remove the connecting rod caps, then install the ring compressor. Check that
the bearing is securely in place.
3. Apply new engine oil to the piston, inside of the ring compressor, and the
cylinder bore, then attach the ring compressor to the piston/connecting rod
assembly.
4. Position the mark (A) to face the cam chain side of the engine.
Fig. 48: Identifying Mark To Face Cam Chain Side Of Engine
5. Position the piston in the cylinder, and tap it in using the wooden handle of a
hammer (A). Push down on the ring compressor (B) to prevent the rings from
expanding before entering the cylinder bore.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 49: Positioning Piston In Cylinder
6. Stop after the ring compressor pops free, and check the connecting rod-to-
crank journal alignment before pushing the piston into place.
7. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance with plastigage (see
CONNECTING ROD BEARING REPLACEMENT ).
8. Inspect the connecting rod bolts (see CONNECTING ROD BOLT
INSPECTION ).
9. Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads, then install the rod caps with
bearings. Torque the bolts to 20 N.m (2.0 kgf.m, 14 lbf.ft).
10. Tighten the connecting rod bolts an additional 90 .
NOTE: Remove the connecting rod bolt if you tightened it

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 50: Identifying Connecting Rod Bolt Tightening Angle
If the Crankshaft is Not Installed
1. Remove the connecting rod caps, then install the ring compressor, and check
that the bearing is securely in place.
assembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 52: Positioning Piston In Cylinder
5. Position all pistons at top dead center (TDC).
CONNECTING ROD BOLT INSPECTION
1. Measure the diameter of each connecting rod bolt at point A and point B.
Fig. 53: Identifying Diameter Of Each Connecting Rod Bolt
2. Calculate the difference in diameter between point A and point B.
Point A-Point B = Difference in Diameter
Difference in Diameter:
Specification: 0-0.1 mm (0-0.004 in.)
3. If the difference in diameter is out of specification, replace the connecting rod
bolt.
CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION

2008 Honda Civic GX

Driver 07749-0010000
Attachment, 24 x 26 mm 07746-0010700
Oil seal driver attachment 96 07ZAD-PNAA100
1. With a manual transmission, install the crankshaft end bushing when replacing
the crankshaft. Using the special tools, drive in the crankshaft end bushing
until the special tools bottom against the crankshaft.
3. Check the main bearing clearance with plastigage (see CRANKSHAFT
MAIN BEARING REPLACEMENT ).
4. Install the bearing halves in the engine block and connecting rods.
5. Apply a coat of new engine oil to the main bearings and rod bearings.
6. Install the crankshaft position (CKP) pulse plate (A) to the crankshaft (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 55: Identifying Crankshaft Position (CKP) Pulse Plate To Crankshaft
7. Hold the crankshaft so that rod journal No. 2 and rod journal No. 3 are straight
up, and lower the crankshaft into the engine block.
8. Apply new engine oil to the thrust washer surfaces. Install the thrust washers
(A) in the No. 4 journal of the engine block.
Fig. 56: Identifying Thrust Washers

2008 Honda Civic GX

INSPECTION ).
10. Seat the rod journals into connecting rod No. 1 and connecting rod No. 4. Line
up the mark (A) on the connecting rod and cap, then install the caps and bolts
finger-tight.
Fig. 57: Identifying Mark On Connecting Rod And Cap
11. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise, and seat the journals into connecting rod No.
2 and connecting rod No. 3. Line up the mark on the connecting rod and cap,
then install the caps and bolts finger-tight.
12. Tighten the connecting rod bolts to 20 N.m (2.0 kgf.m, 14 lbf.ft).

2008 Honda Civic GX

14. Remove any old liquid gasket from the lower block mating surfaces, bolts, and
bolt holes.
15. Clean, and dry the lower block mating surfaces.
16. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004,08718-0001, 08718-0002, 08718-0003,
or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the lower block.
Fig. 59: Identifying Lower Block Mating Surfaces
the liquid gasket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

17. Put the lower block on the engine block.
Fig. 60: Identifying Lower Block On Engine Block
18. Apply new engine oil to the threads and flange of the bearing cap bolts.
19. Tighten the bearing cap bolts, in sequence, to 25 N.m (2.5 kgf.m, 18 lbf.ft).
20. Tighten the bearing cap bolts an additional 57 degrees.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 62: Identifying Bearing Cap Bolts Tightening Angle
21. Tighten the 8 mm bolts, in sequence, to 24 N.m (2.4 kgf.m, 17 lbf-ft).
22. Use the special tools to drive a new oil seal squarely into the engine block to
the specified installed height.

2008 Honda Civic GX

23. Measure the distance between the engine block (A) and oil seal (B).
Oil Seal Installed Height: 0.2-1.2 mm (0.001-0.047 in.)
Fig. 65: Identifying Distance Between Engine Block And Oil Seal
24. Install the baffle plate (A), then install the oil screen (B) with a new O-ring (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 66: Identifying Baffle Plate Oil Screen
25. Install the oil pump (see INSTALLATION ).
26. Install the oil pan (see OIL PAN INSTALLATION ).
27. Install the cylinder head (see CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION ).
28. M/T model: Install the flywheel, clutch disc and pressure plate (see
MODEL) ).
29. A/T model: Install the drive plate (see DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
30. Install the transmission:
Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION )
Automatic transmission (see TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION )
31. Install the engine assembly (see ENGINE INSTALLATION ).
NOTE: Whenever any crankshaft or connecting rod bearing is
replaced, it is necessary after reassembly to run the
engine at idle speed until it reaches normal operating
temperature, then continue running it for about 15
minutes.

2008 Honda Civic GX

OIL PAN INSTALLATION
1. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil pan mating surfaces, bolts, and
bolt holes.
2. Clean, and dry the oil pan mating surfaces.
3. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-00004, 08718-0001, 08718-0002, 08718-0003,
or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the oil pan.
Fig. 67: Identifying Oil Pan Mating Surfaces
4. Install the dowel pins (A), then install the oil pan (B) with new O-rings (C).
the liquid gasket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 68: Identifying Dowel Pins, Oil Pan And O-Rings
5. Tighten the bolts in two or three steps. In the final step, tighten all bolts, in
sequence, to 18 N.m (1.8 kgf.m, 13 lbf.ft). Wipe off the excess liquid gasket on
the each side of crankshaft pulley and flywheel/drive plate.
NOTE:
liquid gasket to cure after installing the oil pan.

2008 Honda Civic GX

6. Install the clutch cover/torque converter cover (A), and install the two bolts
securing the transmission.
Fig. 70: Identifying Torque Converter Cover And Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
7. A/T model: Install the shift cable cover.
Fig. 69: Identifying Oil Pan Bolts

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 71: Identifying Shift Cable Cover (With Torque Specifications)
8. Install the A/C compressor bracket.
Fig. 72: Identifying A/C Compressor Bracket (With Torque
Specifications)
9. Remove the lower torque rod bracket. M/T

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 73: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Bracket (With Torque
Specifications)
10. If the engine is still in the vehicle, do the following steps.
12. Loosen the upper torque rod mounting bolt (see step 6 on ENGINE
INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

14. Install the lower torque rod (see step 16 on ENGINE INSTALLATION ).
16. Tighten the upper torque rod mounting bolt (see step 18 on ENGINE
INSTALLATION ).
18. Install exhaust pipe A (see step 30 on ENGINE INSTALLATION ).
20. Install the A/C compressor. Install the harness clamp, then connect the A/C
compressor clutch connector (see step 34 on ENGINE INSTALLATION ).
21. Install the A/C condenser fan shroud (see step 5 on A/C CONDENSER
REPLACEMENT ).
REPLACEMENT ).
24. Install the splash shield (see step 31 on ENGINE INSTALLATION ).
PULLEY END CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL INSTALLATION - IN CAR
Oil seal driver 07LAD-PT3010A
1. Remove the crankshaft pulley (see CRANKSHAFT PULLEY REMOVAL
AND INSTALLATION ).
2. Remove the pulley end crankshaft oil seal.
3. Clean, and dry the crankshaft oil seal housing.
4. Apply a light coat of multipurpose grease to the crankshaft and to the lip of the
seal.
5. Using the seal driver, drive in the crankshaft oil seal until the driver bottoms
against the oil pump. When the seal is in place, clean any excess grease off the
crankshaft, and check that the oil seal lip is not distorted.

2008 Honda Civic GX

6. Install the crankshaft pulley (see INSTALLATION ).
TRANSMISSION END CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL INSTALLATION - IN CAR
Driver 07749-0010000
1. Remove the transmission:
Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION REMOVAL )
Automatic transmission (see TRANSMISSION REMOVAL )
2. M/T model: Remove the pressure plate, clutch disc and flywheel (see
MODEL) ).
3. A/T model: Remove the drive plate (see DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
4. Remove the transmission end crankshaft oil seal.
seal.

2008 Honda Civic GX

9. M/T model: Install the flywheel , clutch disc and pressure plate (see
MODEL) ).
10. A/T model: Install the drive plate (see DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL AND

2008 Honda Civic GX

INSTALLATION ).
11. Install the transmission:
Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION )
Automatic transmission (see TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION )
DRAIN BOLT/SEALING BOLT INSTALLATION
Fig. 77: Identifying Drain Bolt/Sealing Bolt (With Torque Specifications)
ENGINE BLOCK (K20Z3)
SPECIAL TOOLS
NOTE: When installing the drain bolt and/or sealing bolt, always
use a new washer.

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 79: Identifying Flywheel, Lower Block And Crankshaft

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 80: Identifying Engine Block, Piston And Connecting Rod
CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT END PLAY INSPECTION
1. Remove the oil pump (see OIL PUMP REMOVAL ).
2. Remove the baffle plates (see step 7 ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Measure the connecting rod end play with a feeler gauge between the
connecting rod and crankshaft.
Connecting Rod End Play
Fig. 81: Measuring Connecting Rod End Play
4. If the connecting rod end play is beyond service limit, install a new connecting
rod, and recheck. If it is still beyond service limit; replace the crankshaft (see
CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL ).
5. Push the crankshaft firmly away from the dial indicator, and zero the dial
against the end of the crankshaft. Then pull the crankshaft firmly back toward
the indicator; the dial reading should not exceed the service limit.
Crankshaft End Play

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 82: Identifying Crankshaft Firmly Away From Dial Indicator
6. If the end play is beyond service limit, replace the thrust washers and recheck,
if it is still beyond service limit, replace the crankshaft (see CRANKSHAFT
AND PISTON REMOVAL ).
CRANKSHAFT MAIN BEARING REPLACEMENT
Main Bearing Clearance Inspection
1. To check main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the lower block and
bearing halves (see CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL ).
2. Clean each main journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel.
3. Place one strip of plastigage across each main journal.
4. Reinstall the bearings and lower block, then torque the bolts to 29 N.m (3.0
kgf.m, 22 lbf.ft) + 56 in the proper sequence (see step 19 ).
5. Remove the lower block and bearings again, and measure the widest part of the
plastigage.
Main Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance
No. 1, 2, 4, 5 Journals:

2008 Honda Civic GX

Service Limit: 0.050 mm (0.0020 in.) No. 3 Journal:
Fig. 83: Identifying Widest Part Of Plastigage
6. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the crankshaft, and
remove the upper half of the bearing. Install a new, complete bearing with the
same color code(s), and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the
bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate
larger or smaller bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over.
Main Bearing Selection
Crankshaft Bore Code Location
1. Numbers, letters or bars have been stamped on the end of the block as a code
for the size of each of the five main journal bores. Write down the crank bore
codes.
If you can't read the codes because of accumulated dirt and dust, do not scrub

2008 Honda Civic GX

them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent.
Fig. 84: Identifying Crankshaft Bore Code Location
Main Journal Code Location
2. The main journal codes are stamped on the crankshaft in either location.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 85: Identifying Main Journal Code Location
3. Use the crank bore codes and crank journal codes to select the appropriate
NOTE:
The color code is on the edge of the bearing.
bottom.

2008 Honda Civic GX

CONNECTING ROD BEARING REPLACEMENT
Rod Bearing Clearance Inspection
2. Remove the baffle plates (see step 7 ).
3. Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half.
4. Clean the crankshaft rod journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel.
5. Place plastigage across the rod journal.
6. Reinstall the bearing half and cap, and torque the bolts to 29 N.m (3.0 kgf.m,
22 lbf.ft) + 90
7. Remove the rod cap and bearing half, and measure the widest part of the
plastigage.
Connecting Rod Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance
Fig. 86: Identifying Crank Bore Codes And Crank
Journal Codes

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 87: Identifying Widest Part Of Plastigage
8. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the
bearing, install a new, complete bearing with the same color code(s), and
recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to
adjust clearance.
clearance again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the
appropriate larger or smaller bearing, replace the crankshaft and start over.
Rod Bearing Selection
1. Inspect each connecting rod for cracks and heat damage.
Connecting Rod Big End Bore Code Locations
2. Each rod has a tolerance range from 0 to 0.024 mm (0.0009 in.), in 0.006 mm
(0.0002 in.) increments, depending on the size of its big end bore. It's then
stamped with a number or bar (1,2,3, or 4/I, II, III, or Mil) indicating the range.
You may find any combination of numbers and bars in any engine. (Half the
number or bar is stamped on the bearing cap, the other half is on the rod.)
If you can't read the code because of an accumulation of oil and varnish, do not

2008 Honda Civic GX

scrub it with a wire brush or scraper. Clean it only with solvent or detergent.
Normal Bore Size: 51.0 mm (2.01 in.)
Fig. 88: Identifying Connecting Rod Big End Bore Code Locations
Connecting Rod Journal Code Location
3. The connecting rod journal codes are stamped on the crankshaft in either
location.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 89: Identifying Connecting Rod Journal Code Location
4. Use the big end bore codes and rod journal codes to select appropriate
NOTE:
The color code is on the edge of the bearing.
bottom.

2008 Honda Civic GX

OIL PAN REMOVAL
1. If the engine is out of the vehicle, go to step 16.
7. Separate the knuckles from the lower arms (see step 5 on LOWER ARM
8. Remove the steering gearbox bracket. Remove the steering gearbox mounting
bolt, stiffener mounting bolt, and stiffener (see step 34 on ENGINE
REMOVAL ).
9. Remove the steering gearbox mounting bolt, stiffener mounting bolt, and
stiffener. Remove the harness clamp from the front subframe (see step 36 on
ENGINE REMOVAL ).
10. Remove the lower torque rod (see step 46 on ENGINE REMOVAL ).
Fig. 90: Identifying Big End Bore Codes And Rod
Journal Codes

2008 Honda Civic GX

11. Remove the front mount mounting bolt (see step 47 on ENGINE
REMOVAL ).
12. Note the reference marks on both sides of the front subframe that line up with
the body (see step 48 on ENGINE REMOVAL ).
13. Loosen the front subframe body mount bracket mounting bolts on both side
(see step 49 on ENGINE REMOVAL ).
14. Support the front subframe with the front subframe adapter and a jack (see step
50 on ENGINE REMOVAL ).
15. Remove the front subframe (see step 52 on ENGINE REMOVAL ).
16. Remove the lower torque rod bracket.
17. Remove the clutch cover (A) and transmission mounting bolts (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 92: Identifying Clutch Cover And Transmission Mounting Bolts
18. Remove the bolts securing the oil pan.
19. Using a flat blade screwdriver, separate the oil pan from the block in the places
shown.
Fig. 93: Identifying Oil Pan From Block
20. Remove the oil pan.
CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Remove the engine assembly (see ENGINE REMOVAL ).
2. Remove the transmission (see TRANSMISSION REMOVAL ).
3. Remove the pressure plate , clutch disc and flywheel (see PRESSURE
PLATE AND CLUTCH DISC REMOVAL (5-SPEED MODEL) ).
6. Remove the cylinder head (see CYLINDER HEAD REMOVAL ).
7. Remove the baffle plates.
Fig. 94: Identifying Baffle Plates
8. Remove the 8 mm bolts in sequence.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 95: Identifying Bolts In Sequence Position
9. Remove the bearing cap bolts. To prevent warpage, unscrew the bolts in
sequence 1/3 turn at a time; repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened.
10. Remove the lower block and bearings. Keep all the bearings in order.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 97: Identifying Lower Block And Bearings
11. Remove the rod caps/bearings. Keep all caps/bearings in order.
12. Lift the crankshaft out of the engine. Being careful not to damage the journals.
Fig. 98: Identifying Crankshaft Out Of Engine
13. Remove the upper bearing halves from the connecting rods, and set them aside
with their respective caps.
14. If you can feel a ridge of metal or hard carbon around the top of each cylinder,

2008 Honda Civic GX

remove it with a ridge reamer (A). Follow the reamer manufacturer's
instructions. If the ridge is not removed, it may damage the pistons as they are
pushed out.
Fig. 99: Identifying Hard Carbon Around Top Of Each Cylinder
15. Use the wooden handle of a hammer (A) to drive out the piston/connecting rod
assembly (B).
Fig. 100: Driving Out Piston/Connecting Rod Assembly
16. Reinstall the lower block and bearings on the engine in the proper order.
17. Reinstall the connecting rod bearings and caps after removing each
piston/connecting rod assembly.
18. Mark each piston/connecting rod assembly with its cylinder number to make

2008 Honda Civic GX

sure they are reused in the original order.
CRANKSHAFT INSPECTION
Out-of-Round and Taper
1. Remove the crankshaft from the engine block (see CRANKSHAFT AND
PISTON REMOVAL ).
2. Clean the crankshaft oil passages with pipe cleaners or a suitable brush.
3. Clean the keyway and threads.
4. Measure the out-of-round at the middle of each rod and main journal in two
places. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be
Journal Out-of-Round
NOTE: The existing number on the connecting rod does not
indicate its position in the engine, it indicates the rod
bore size.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 101: Identifying Crankshaft Journal Out-Of-Round
5. Measure the taper at the edges of each rod and main journal. The difference
between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit.
Journal Taper
Straightness
6. Place the engine block on the surface plate.
7. Clean and install the bearings on the No. 1 and No. 5 journals of the engine
block.
8. Lower the crankshaft into the engine block.
9. Measure runout on all main journals. Rotate the crankshaft two complete
revolutions. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be
Crankshaft Total Runout

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 102: Measuring Runout On Main Journals
BLOCK AND PISTON INSPECTION
1. Remove the crankshaft and pistons (see CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON
REMOVAL ).
2. Check the piston for distortion or cracks.
3. Measure the piston diameter at a point 11 mm (0.4 in.) from the bottom of the
skirt. There are two standard-size pistons (No Letter or A, and B). The letter is
stamped on the top of the piston. Letters are also stamped on the block as
cylinder bore sizes.
Piston Diameter
Standard (New):
No Letter (or A): B: 85.980-85.990 mm (3.3850-3.3854 in.)
B: 85.970-85.980 mm (3.3846-3.3850 in.)
Service Limit:
No Letter (or A): 85.930 mm (3.3831 in.) 85.920 mm (3.3827 in.)
Oversize Piston Diameter

2008 Honda Civic GX

0.25: 86.230-86.240 mm (3.3949-3.3953 in.)
Fig. 103: Measuring Piston Diameter Point From Bottom Of Skirt
4. Measure the wear and taper in direction X and Y at three levels in each
cylinder as shown. If the measurements in any cylinder are beyond the
Oversize Bore Service Limit, replace the engine block. If the engine block is
being rebored, refer to step 7 after reboring.
Cylinder Bore Size
Standard (New):
A or I: 86.010-86.020 mm (3.3862-3.3866 in.)
B or II: 86.000-86.010 mm (3.3858-3.3862 in.)
Service Limit: 86.070 mm (3.3886 in.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Oversize
0.25: 86.250-86.260 mm (3.3957-3.3961 in.)
Reboring Limit: 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) max.
Bore Taper
Limit: (Difference between first and third measurement) 0.05 mm (0.002
in.)
Fig. 104: Identifying Wear And Taper Direction X And Y Three Levels In
Each Cylinder
5. Scored or scratched cylinder bores must be honed.
6. Check the top of the engine block for warpage. Measure along the edges, and
across the center as shown.
Engine Block Warpage

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 105: Identifying Top Of Engine Block For Warpage
7. Calculate the difference between the cylinder bore diameter and the piston
diameter. If the clearance is near or exceeds the service limit, inspect the piston
and cylinder bore for excessive wear.
Piston-to-Cylinder Bore Clearance

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 106: Identifying Difference Between Cylinder Bore Diameter And
Piston Diameter
CYLINDER BORE HONING
Only a scored or scratched cylinder bore must be honed.
1. Measure the cylinder bores (see BLOCK AND PISTON INSPECTION ). If
the engine block is to be reused, hone the cylinders, and remeasure the bores.
2. Hone the cylinder bores with honing oil and a fine (400 grit) stone in a 60
degree cross-hatch pattern (A). Use only a rigid hone with 400 grit or finer
stone such as Sunnen, Ammco, or equivalent. Do not use stones that are worn
or broken.
Fig. 107: Identifying Cross-Hatch Pattern
3. When honing is complete, thoroughly clean the engine block of all metal
particles. Wash the cylinder bores with hot soapy water, then dry and oil them

2008 Honda Civic GX

immediately to prevent rusting. Never use solvent, it will only redistribute the
grit on the cylinder walls.
4. If scoring or scratches are still present in the cylinder bores after honing the
engine block to the service limit, rebore the engine block. Some light vertical
scoring and scratching is acceptable if it is not deep enough to catch your
fingernail, and does not run the full length of the bore.
PISTON, PIN, AND CONNECTING ROD REPLACEMENT
Disassembly
PISTON REMOVAL ).
2. Apply new engine oil to the piston pin snap rings (A), and turn them in the ring
grooves until the end gaps are lined up with the cutouts in the piston pin bores
(B).
Fig. 108: Identifying Piston Pin Snap Rings And Piston Pin Bores
3. Remove both snap rings (A). Start at the cutout in the piston pin bore. Remove
the snap rings carefully so they do not go flying or get lost. Wear eye
protection.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the ring grooves.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 109: Identifying Snap Rings
4. Heat the piston and connecting rod assembly to about 158F (70C), then
remove the piston pin.
Fig. 110: Heating Piston And Connecting Rod Assembly
Inspection
1. Measure the diameter of the piston pin.
Piston Pin Diameter
NOTE: Inspect the piston, piston pin, and connecting rod when
they are at room temperature.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 111: Measuring Diameter Of Piston Pin
2. Zero the dial indicator to the piston pin diameter.
Fig. 112: Seating Dial Indicator To Piston Pin Diameter
3. Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and piston pin hole
diameter in the piston.
Piston Pin-to-Piston Clearance
Standard (New): -0.005 to +0.002 mm (-0.00020 to +0.00008 in.)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 113: Checking Difference Between Piston Pin Diameter And Piston
Pin Hole Diameter In Piston
4. Measure the piston pin-to-connecting rod clearance.
Piston Pin-to-Connecting Rod Clearance
Fig. 114: Measuring Piston Pin-To-Connecting Rod Clearance
Reassembly

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Install a piston pin snap ring (A).
Fig. 115: Identifying Piston Pin Snap Ring
2. Coat the piston pin bore in the piston, the bore in the connecting rod, and the
piston pin with new engine oil.
3. Heat the piston to about 158F (70C).
Fig. 116: Heating Piston
4. Assemble the piston (A) and connecting rod (B) with the arrow (C) and the
embossed mark (D) on the same side. Install the piston pin (E).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 117: Identifying Piston , Connecting Rod And Piston Pin
5. Install the remaining snap ring (F).
6. Turn the snap rings in the ring grooves until the end gaps are positioned at the
bottom of the piston.
PISTON REMOVAL ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 118: Removing Piston Rings
3. Clean all ring grooves thoroughly with a squared-off broken ring or ring
groove cleaner with a blade to fit the piston grooves.
The top and 2nd ring grooves are 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) wide. The oil ring groove
is 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) wide. File down a blade if necessary.
Do not use a wire brush to clean the ring grooves, or cut the ring grooves
deeper with the cleaning tools.
4. Using a piston that has its rings removed, push a new ring (A) into the cylinder
bore 15-20 mm (0.6-0.8 in.) from the bottom.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 119: Pushing Ring Into Cylinder Bore
engine.
limits (see BLOCK AND PISTON INSPECTION ). If the bore is
Piston Ring End-Gap
Top Ring:
Second Ring:
Oil Ring:
6. Install the top ring and the second ring as shown. The top ring (A) has a 1R
mark and the second ring (B) has a 2R mark. The manufacturing marks (C)
must be facing upward.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 120: Identifying Top Ring And Second Ring
8. Position the ring end gaps as shown: About 90

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 121: Identifying Ring End Gaps Turning Angle
9. After installing a new set of rings, measure the ring-to-groove clearances.
Top Ring Clearance
Fig. 122: Identifying Ring-To-Groove Clearances

2008 Honda Civic GX

PISTON INSTALLATION
If the Crankshaft is Already Installed
1. Set the crankshaft to bottom dead center (BDC) for each cylinder as its piston
is installed.
2. Remove the connecting rod caps, then install the ring compressor. Check that
the bearing is securely in place.
assembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 124: Pushing Down On Ring Compressor
6. Stop after the ring compressor pops free, and check the connecting rod-to-
crank journal alignment before pushing the piston into place.
INSPECTION ).
9. Install the rod caps with bearings. Torque the bolts to 29 N.m (3.0 kgf.m, 22
lbf.ft).

2008 Honda Civic GX

If the Crankshaft is Not Installed
1. Remove the connecting rod caps, then install the ring compressor, and check
that the bearing is securely in place.
assembly.
Fig. 127: Pushing Down On Ring Compressor

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Position all pistons at top dead center (TDC).
CONNECTING ROD BOLT INSPECTION
1. Measure the diameter of each connecting rod bolt at point A and point B.
Fig. 128: Identifying Diameter Of Connecting Rod Bolt
2. Calculate the difference in diameter between point A and point B.
Point A-Point B = Difference in Diameter
Difference in Diameter
Specification: 0-0.1 mm (0-0.004 in.)
3. If the difference in diameter is out of specification, replace the connecting rod
bolt.
CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION
Driver 07749-0010000

2008 Honda Civic GX

Attachment, 24 x 26 mm 07746-0010700
Oil seal driver attachment, 96 mm 07ZAD-PNAA100
1. Install the crankshaft end bushing when replacing the crankshaft.
Using the special tools, drive in the crankshaft end bushing until the special
tools bottom against the crankshaft.
3. Check the main bearing clearance with plastigage (see CRANKSHAFT
MAIN BEARING REPLACEMENT ).
4. Install the bearing halves in the engine block and connecting rods.
5. Apply a coat of new engine oil to the main bearings and rod bearings.
6. Hold the crankshaft so that rod journal No. 2 and rod journal No. 3 are straight
up, and lower the crankshaft into the engine block.
7. Apply new engine oil to the thrust washer surfaces. Install the thrust washers
(A) in the No. 4 journal of the engine block.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 130: Identifying Thrust Washers In Engine Block
INSPECTION ).
9. Apply engine oil to the threads of the connecting rod bolts.
10. Seat the rod journals into connecting rod No. 1 and connecting rod No. 4. Line
up the mark (B) on the connecting rod and cap, then install the caps and bolts
finger-tight.
11. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise, and seat the journals into connecting rod No.
2 and connecting rod No. 3. Line up the mark on the connecting rod and cap,
then install the caps and bolts finger-tight.
12. Tighten the connecting rod bolts to 29 N.m (3.0 kgf.m, 22 lbf.ft).

2008 Honda Civic GX

14. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the lower block mating surfaces,
bolts, and bolt holes.
15. Clean, and dry the lower block mating surfaces.
16. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0002, 08718-0003,
or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the lower block.
Fig. 132: Identifying Lower Block
the liquid gasket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

17. Put the lower block on the engine block.
18. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the bearing cap bolts.
19. Tighten the bearing cap bolts, in sequence, to 29 N.m (3.0 kgf.m, 22 lbf.ft).
Fig. 133: Identifying Bearing Cap Bolts Tightening Sequence
20. Tighten the bearing cap bolts an additional 56 .
Fig. 134: Identifying Bearing Cap Bolts Tightening Angle
21. Tighten the 8 mm bolts, in sequence, to 22 N.m (2.2 kgf.m, 16 lbf-ft).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 135: Identifying Crank Shaft Bolt Tightening Sequence

2008 Honda Civic GX

24. Install the baffle plates.
Fig. 138: Identifying Baffle Plates (With Torque Specifications)
25. Install the oil pump (see OIL PUMP INSTALLATION ).
26. Install the oil pan (see OIL PAN INSTALLATION ).
27. Install the cylinder head (see CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

28. Install the flywheel , clutch disc and pressure plate (see PRESSURE PLATE
AND CLUTCH DISC REMOVAL (6-SPEED MODEL) ).
29. Install the transmission (see TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION ).
30. Install the engine assembly (see ENGINE INSTALLATION ).
OIL PAN INSTALLATION
1. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil pan mating surfaces, bolts, and
bolt holes.
2. Clean, and dry the oil pan mating surfaces.
3. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004,08718-0001, 08718-0002,08718-0003, or
08718-0009, evenly to the lower engine block mating surface and to the inside
edge of the bolt holes.
NOTE: Whenever any crankshaft or connecting rod bearing is
replaced, it is necessary after reassembly to run the
engine at idle speed until it reaches normal operating
temperature, then continue to running it for about 15
minutes.
the liquid gasket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 139: Identifying Lower Engine Block Mating Surface
4. Install the oil pan.
5. Tighten the bolts in two or three steps. In the final step, tighten all bolts, in
sequence, to 12 N.m (1.2 kgf.m, 8.7 lbf.ft). Wipe off the excess liquid gasket
on the each side of crankshaft pulley and flywheel.
6. Install the transmission mounting bolts (A) and clutch cover (B).
NOTE:
liquid gasket to cure after installing the oil pan.
Fig. 140: Identifying Oil Pan Bolt Tightening
Sequence

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 141: Identifying Transmission Mounting Bolts And Clutch Cover
7. Install the lower torque rod bracket.
Fig. 142: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Bracket (With Torque
Specifications)
8. If the engine still in the vehicle, do the following steps.
9. Support the front subframe with the front subframe adapter and a jack, and lift

2008 Honda Civic GX

it up to the body.
10. Loosely install the new front subframe mounting bolts (see step 13 on
ENGINE INSTALLATION ).
11. Align all reference marks on the front subframe with the body, then tighten the
bolts on the front subframe to the specified torque (see step 14 on ENGINE
INSTALLATION ).
13. Tighten the new front subframe mid-stiffener mounting bolts on both side (see
step 16 on ENGINE INSTALLATION ).
15. Loosen the upper torque rod mounting bolt (see step 5 on ENGINE
INSTALLATION ).
bolts in the numbered sequence shown (see step 17 on ENGINE
INSTALLATION ).
18. Loosely tighten the new front mount mounting bolt (see step 18 on ENGINE
INSTALLATION ).
20. Tighten the upper torque rod mounting bolt (see step 21 on ENGINE
INSTALLATION ).
22. Tighten the front mount mounting bolt (see step 23 on ENGINE
INSTALLATION ).
23. Install the stiffener, then tighten the steering gearbox mounting bolt and
stiffener mounting bolt. Install the harness clamp from the front subframe (see
step 25 on ENGINE INSTALLATION ).
24. Install the steering gearbox bracket. Install the stiffener, then tighten the
steering gearbox mounting bolt and stiffener mounting bolt (see step 27 on
ENGINE INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

27. Install the splash shield (see step 35 on ENGINE INSTALLATION ).
TRANSMISSION END CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL INSTALLATION - IN CAR
Driver 07749-0010000
1. Remove the transmission (see TRANSMISSION REMOVAL ).
2. Remove the pressure plate , clutch disc and flywheel (see PRESSURE
PLATE AND CLUTCH DISC REMOVAL (5-SPEED MODEL) ).
seal.

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Install the flywheel, clutch disc , and pressure plate (see PRESSURE PLATE
AND CLUTCH DISC REMOVAL (6-SPEED MODEL) ).
8. Install the transmission (see TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION ).
SEALING BOLT AND JOINT PIPE INSTALLATION
NOTE:
When installing the sealing bolt, always use a new
washer.
When installing the joint pipe, always use a new O-ring.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 145: Identifying Sealing Bolt And Joint Pipe (With

2008 Honda Civic GX

EVAP System (K20Z3) - Civic (Except GX & Si)
Fig. 1: Identifying EVAP System Component Location

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System (K20Z3) - Civic (Except GX & Si)

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC P0443: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
Vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A or equivalent, commercially
available
YES - Go to step 5.
connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the ECM.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and allow the engine to cool below 140F (60
C).
6. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the purge valve (B) in the engine
compartment, and connect a vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, to the hose.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Disconnecting Vacuum Hose From Purge Valve
7. Start the engine, and let it idle.
Is there vacuum?
YES - Go to step 8.
NO - Go to step 14.
9. Disconnect the EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector.
10. Check for continuity between EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector
Fig. 3: Checking Continuity Between EVAP Canister Purge Valve 2P

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 23.
YES - Repair short in the wire between the EVAP canister purge valve and the
ECM (B3), then go to step 24.
NO - Go to step 30.
17. Measure voltage between EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector terminal

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Measuring Voltage Between EVAP Canister Purge Valve 2P
NO - Repair open in the wire between the EVAP canister purge valve and the
No. 3 ALTERNATOR (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box, then go to
step 24.
21. Check for continuity between ECM connector terminal B3 and EVAP canister
purge valve 2P connector terminal No. 2.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Checking Continuity Between ECM Terminal B3 And EVAP
Canister Purge Valve 2P Terminal No. 2
ECM (B3), then go to step 24.
22. At the valve side, measure resistance between EVAP canister purge valve 2P
Fig. 7: Measuring Resistance Between EVAP Canister Purge Valve 2P
Connector Terminals No. 1 And 2
Is there about 25 ohms at room temperature?
NO - Go to step 23.
23. Replace the EVAP canister purge valve (see EVAP CANISTER VENT
SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister
purge valve and the ECM, then go to step 1.
NO - Go to step 29.
HDS.
were indicated in step 28, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting.
terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the ECM, then go to step 1. If
the screen indicates EXECUTING or OUT OF CONDITION, keep idling until
a result comes on.
31. Update the ECM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE
ECM ), or substitute a known-good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE
ECM ).
purge valve and the ECM. If the ECM was updated, substitute a known-good
ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM ), then go to step 32. If the ECM was

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 34.
HDS.
YES - If the ECM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM was
substituted, replace the original ECM (see ECM REPLACEMENT ). If any
other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 33, go to the indicated
DTC's troubleshooting.
terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the ECM. If the ECM was
updated, substitute a known-good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM ),
then go to step 32. If the ECM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen
indicates EXECUTING or OUT OF CONDITION, keep idling until a result
comes on.
DTC P0451: FTP SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM
3. Start the engine, and let it idle 1 minute.
HDS.
NOTE:
If DTC P2422 is stored at the same time as DTC P0451,
troubleshoot DTC P2422 first, then recheck for DTC
P0451.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Go to step 5.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and
the ECM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result
comes on.
6. Replace the FTP sensor (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
YES - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the
ECM, then go to step 1.
NO - Go to step 12.
HDS.
terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM, then go to step 1. If the screen
indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.
DTC P0452: FTP SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Remove the fuel fill cap.
6. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is about - 7.3 kPa (-2.16 in.Hg, - 55 mmHg), or 0.3 V or less indicated?
NO - Go to step 7.
7. Install the fuel fill cap.
HDS.
the ECM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 4 and
recheck.
11. Disconnect the FTP sensor 3P connector.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is about 7.3 kPa (2.15 in.Hg, 54.7 mmHg) or 4.90 V or more indicated?
NO - Go to step 14.
14. Measure voltage between FTP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 1 and body
ground.
Fig. 8: Measuring Voltage Between FTP Sensor 3P Connector Terminal
Is there about 5 V?
NO - Go to step 15.
18. Connect FTP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper
wire.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Connecting FTP Sensor 3P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body
19. Check for continuity between ECM connector terminal A19 and body ground.
Fig. 10: Checking Continuity Between ECM Connector Terminal A19
And Body Ground
NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM (A19) and the FTP sensor,
then go to step 26.

2008 Honda Civic EX

23. Check for continuity between FTP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 2 and
body ground.
Fig. 11: Checking Continuity Between FTP Sensor 3P Connector
YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM (A26) and the FTP sensor,
then go to step 26.
NO - Go to step 32.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 31.
HDS.
ECM ).
34. Start the engine and let it idle.
ECM. If the ECM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM (see
SUBSTITUTING THE ECM ), then go to step 34. If the ECM was
NO - Go to step 36.
HDS.

2008 Honda Civic EX

terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM. If the ECM was updated, substitute a
known-good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM ), then go to step 34. If
the ECM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT
COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.
DTC P0453: FTP SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE
Is about 7.3 kPa (2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg), or 4.7 V or more indicated?
NO - Go to step 7.
HDS.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

the ECM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6 and
recheck.
12. Connect FTP sensor 3P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3 with a jumper
wire.
Fig. 12: Connecting FTP Sensor 3P Connector Terminals No. 2 And 3
With Jumper Wire
NO - Go to step 26.
15. Measure voltage between FTP sensor 3P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Measuring Voltage Between FTP Sensor 3P Connector Terminals
No. 1 And 3
Is there about 5 V?
NO - Go to step 16.
wire.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 15: Checking Continuity Between ECM Connector Terminal A9 And
Body Ground
NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM (A9) and the FTP sensor, then
go to step 28.
wire.

2008 Honda Civic EX

And Body Ground
NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM (A26) and the FTP sensor,
then go to step 28.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 33.
HDS.
ECM ).
ECM. If the ECM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM (see
SUBSTITUTING THE ECM ), then go to step 36. If the ECM was
NO - Go to step 38.
HDS.

2008 Honda Civic EX

terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM. If the ECM was updated, substitute a
known-good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM ), then go to step 36. If
the ECM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT
DTC P0455: EVAP SYSTEM LARGE LEAK DETECTED; DTC P0456: EVAP SYSTEM VERY
SMALL LEAK DETECTED
available
NOTE: The fuel system is designed to allow specified maximum
vacuum and pressure conditions. Do not deviate from the
vacuum and pressure tests as indicated in these
procedures. Excessive pressure/vacuum would damage the
EVAP components or cause eventual fuel tank failure.
NOTE:
Fresh fuel has a higher volatility that will create greater
pressure/vacuum. The optimum condition for testing is
less than a full tank of fresh fuel. If possible, to assist in
leak detection, add 1 gallon of fresh fuel to the tank (as
long as it will not fill the tank), just before starting these
procedures.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Check the fuel fill cap (the cap must say "TIGHTEN TO CLICK"). It should
turn 1/4 turn after it's tight, then it clicks.
Is the correct fuel fill cap installed and properly tightened?
YES - Go to step 2.
NO - Replace or tighten the cap, then go to step 22.
2. Check the fuel fill cap seal (A) and the fuel fill pipe mating surface (B). Verify
that the fuel fill cap tether cord (C) is not caught under the cap.
Fig. 18: Checking Fill Cap Seal And Fuel Fill Pipe Mating Surface
Is the fuel fill cap seal missing or damaged, is the fuel fill pipe damaged, or is
the tether cord caught under the cap?
YES - Replace the fuel fill cap or the fuel fill pipe, then go to step 22.
NO - Go to step 3.
5. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
Is the result OK?

2008 Honda Civic EX

connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister purge
valve, or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM.
NO - Go to step 6.
7. Check for a poor connection or damage at the fuel tank vapor recirculation
tube.
Is the tube OK?
YES - Go to step 8.
NO -
Replace the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube, then go to step 22.
If necessary, replace the fuel tank (see FUEL TANK
8. Disconnect the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube (A) from the EVAP canister
(B), and plug the EVAP canister port (C).
Fig. 19: Disconnecting Fuel Tank Vapor Recirculation Tube From EVAP
Canister

2008 Honda Civic EX

9. Disconnect the vacuum hose (purge line) (A) from the EVAP canister purge
valve (B) in the engine compartment, and connect a vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30
in.Hg, to the vacuum hose as shown.
Fig. 20: Disconnecting Vacuum Hose (Purge Line)
11. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
12. Apply vacuum to the hose until the FTP reads 1.90 V (-0.59 in.Hg, -15.1
mmHg).
13. Monitor the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST for 1 minute with the HDS.
Does the voltage increase more than 0.2 V (0.1 in.Hg, 0.5 mmHg)?
NO - Go to step 19.
14. Select EVAP CVS OFF in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
15. Disconnect the fresh air hose (A) from the EVAP canister (B), and plug the
NOTE: Be careful not to exceed the pressure. If you exceed the
pressure, the FTP sensor can be damaged.

2008 Honda Civic EX

EVAP canister port (C).
Fig. 21: Disconnecting Fresh Air Hose From EVAP Canister
16. Apply vacuum to the EVAP system until the FTP reads 1.90 V (-0.59 in.Hg, -
15.1 mmHg).
NO - Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve, then go to step 21.
18. Check for a loose or damaged EVAP canister purge line between the EVAP
canister and the EVAP canister purge valve.
Is the line OK?

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Replace these parts, then go to step 21:
FTP sensor O-ring
EVAP canister vent shut valve case and O-ring
EVAP canister
NO - Reconnect or repair the EVAP canister purge hose, then go to step 21.
20. Check these parts for looseness or damage:
Fuel fill pipe
Fuel vapor return pipe
Are the parts OK?
YES - Check the fuel tank unit base gasket (see FUEL TANK
REPLACEMENT ), and check the fuel tank, then go to step 21.
NO - Repair or replace the damaged parts, then go to step 21.
21. Reconnect all hoses and connectors.
Is the result OK?
YES - Troubleshooting is complete.
NO - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, the
EVAP canister purge valve, the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the ECM,
then go to step 1.
DTC P0457: EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED/FUEL FILL CAP LOOSE OR MISSING

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Go to step 2.
Fig. 22: Checking Fuel Fill Cap Seal And Fuel Fill Pipe Mating Surface
NO - Go to step 3.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is the result OK?
connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, or the EVAP canister vent
shut valve, and the ECM.
NO - Go to step 6.
7. Remove the EVAP canister vent shut valve from the EVAP canister (see
EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ).
8. Connect the 2P connector to the EVAP canister vent shut valve.
11. Check the EVAP canister vent shut valve (A) operation.
Fig. 23: Checking EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Operation
Does the valve operate?
YES - Check the routing of the EVAP canister vent tube, then go to step 18.
NO - Go to step 12.

2008 Honda Civic EX

13. Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve (see EVAP CANISTER VENT
Is the result OK?
EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the ECM, then go to step 1.
18. Reinstall the EVAP canister vent shut valve.
Is the result OK?
DTC P0496: EVAP SYSTEM HIGH PURGE FLOW DETECTED
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is the result OK?
valve, the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the ECM.
NO - Go to step 4.
5. Replace the EVAP canister purge valve (see EVAP CANISTER VENT
Is the result OK?
then go to step 1.
DTC P0497: EVAP SYSTEM LOW PURGE FLOW DETECTED ('06 MODEL)
Vacuum/pressure gauge, 0-4 in.Hg, 07JAZ-001000B
Vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A or equivalent,
commercially available

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Check the fuel fill cap installation (The cap must say "TIGHTEN TO CLICK".
The cap should tighten 1/4 turn after it is tight.).
Is the fuel fill cap installed and properly tightened?
YES - Go to step 2.
NO - Properly install the fuel fill cap, then go to step 23.
Is the result OK?
valve, or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM.
NO - Go to step 5.
5. Check for a loose or damaged EVAP canister purge line between the intake
manifold and the EVAP canister purge valve.
Is the line OK?
YES - Go to step 6.
NO - Reconnect or repair the EVAP canister purge line, then go to step 23.
6. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the EVAP canister purge valve (B) in
the engine compartment, and connect a T-fitting (C) from the vacuum gauge
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

and the vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, to the vacuum hose as shown.
Fig. 24: Disconnecting Vacuum Hose From EVAP Canister Purge Valve
In Engine Compartment
7. Select EVAP PCS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
8. Slowly apply about 0.6 in.Hg (15 mmHg) of vacuum to the hose.
Does it hold vacuum?
YES - Replace the EVAP canister purge valve, then go to step 22.
NO - Go to step 9.
9. Reconnect the vacuum hose to the EVAP canister purge valve.
10. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the purge line (at the EVAP canister side),
and connect a T-fitting (A) from the vacuum gauge and the vacuum
pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, to the hose as shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 25: Connecting T-Fitting From Vacuum Gauge And Vacuum
Pump/Gauge To Hose
12. Slowly apply about 2 kPa (0.6 in.Hg, 15 mmHg) of vacuum to the hose.
YES - Check for a restrictied EVAP canister purge line between the EVAP
canister purge valve and the EVAP canister, then go to step 22.
NO - Go to step 13.
13. Remove the FTP sensor with its connector connected (see FTP SENSOR
REPLACEMENT ).
14. Connect a T-fitting (A) from the vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, and the
vacuum pump to the FTP sensor (B) as shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 26: Connecting T-Fitting From Vacuum Pump/Gauge And Vacuum
Pump To FTP Sensor
15. Check and record the FTP SENSOR reading in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
16. Slowly apply about 1.3 kPa (0.4 in.Hg, 10 mmHg) of vacuum to the hose.
Is the difference more than 1.1 kPa (0.31 in.Hg, 8 mmHg) before and after
applying vacuum?
NO - Replace the FTP sensor (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then
go to step 22.
18. Reconnect the vacuum hoses to the EVAP canister purge line (EVAP canister
side), and reinstall the FTP sensor.
valve (B), and connect a T-fitting (C) from the vacuum gauge and the vacuum

2008 Honda Civic EX

Pump/Gauge To Hose
Does the hose hold vacuum?
YES - Check for blockage at the EVAP canister port, then go to step 22.
NO - Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve (see EVAP CANISTER
VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 22.
22. Reconnect all hoses.
Is the result OK?

2008 Honda Civic EX

then go to step 1.
DTC P0497: EVAP SYSTEM LOW PURGE FLOW DETECTED ('07 MODEL)
Vacuum/pressure gauge, 0-4 in.Hg 07JAZ-001000B
Is the result OK?
connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM.
NO - Go to step 4.
5. Check for poor connection, blockage, or damage at the EVAP canister purge
line between the throttle body and the EVAP canister.
Is the line OK?
YES - Go to step 5.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the EVAP canister purge valve (B).
Pump/Gauge To Hose

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Apply about 2 kPa (0.6 in.Hg, 15 mmHg) of vacuum to the hose.
Does the vacuum release momentary?
NO - Go to step 10.
10. Select EVAP PCS OFF in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
11. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the EVAP canister purge valve (B).
Connect a T-fitting (C) from the vacuum gauge and the vacuum pump/gauge,
0-30 in.Hg, and the EVAP canister purge valve as shown.
Pump/Gauge And EVAP Canister Purge Valve

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Check for blockage in the EVAP canister purge line between the EVAP
NO - Replace the EVAP canister purge valve (see EVAP CANISTER VENT
SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 24.
14. Connect the vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, to the vacuum hose (A) as
shown.
Fig. 31: Connecting Vacuum Pump/Gauge To Vacuum Hose
Is there vacuum?
NO - Check for blockage at the EVAP purge line between the throttle body
and the EVAP canister purge valve, then go to step 24.
REPLACEMENT ).
vacuum pump, to the FTP sensor (B) as shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 32: Identifying T-Fitting And FTP Sensor
Does the value change?
YES - Check for debris or blockage at the EVAP canister port, then go to step
24.
NO - Go to step 23.
Is the result OK?

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the
DTC P0498: EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE
YES - Go to step 6.
NO - Go to step 4.
YES - Go to step 6.
connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the
ECM.
7. Disconnect the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector.
9. Measure voltage between EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector terminal
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 33: Measuring Voltage Between EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 2P
NO - Repair open in the wire between the EVAP canister vent shut valve and
the PGM-FI subrelay, then go to step 18.
11. At the valve side, measure resistance between EVAP canister vent shut valve
2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2.
Fig. 34: Measuring Resistance Between EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve
2P Connector Terminals No. 1 And 2

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is there about 25-30 0, at room temperature?
NO - Go to step 17.
And Body Ground
YES - Repair short in the wire between the EVAP canister vent shut valve and
the ECM (A10), then go to step 18.
NO - Go to step 15.
15. Connect EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body
ground with a jumper wire.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 36: Connecting EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 2P Terminal No. 1
To Body Ground With Jumper Wire
And Body Ground
the ECM (A10), then go to step 18.

2008 Honda Civic EX

vent shut valve and the ECM, then go to step 1.
NO - Go to step 24.
HDS.
YES - Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTSs
terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM, then go to step 1.
If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 22.
ECM ).
vent shut valve and the ECM. If the ECM was updated, substitute a known-

2008 Honda Civic EX

good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM ), then go to step 27. If the
ECM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO - Go to step 29.
HDS.
terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM. If the ECM was
DTC P0499: EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE
YES - Go to step 5.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

ECM.
ECM ).
vent shut valve and the ECM. If the ECM was updated, substitute a known-
good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM ), then go to step 6. If the ECM
was substituted, go to step 1.
NO - Go to step 8.
HDS.
terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM. If the ECM was
DTC P1454: FTP SENSOR RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM; DTC P2422: EVAP CANISTER
VENT SHUT VALVE STUCK CLOSED MALFUNCTION

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Remove the fuel fill cap, and wait 1 minute.
Is it between - 0.67 and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and 0.2 in.Hg, - 5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4
and 2.6 V?
YES - Go to step 6.
NO - Go to step 17.
HDS.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, the
EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the ECM. Also check for a blockage in the
vent hoses and the drain joint. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED,
keep idling until a result comes on.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Check for a blockage in the EVAP canister, vent hoses, and drain joint,
then install the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and go to step 23.
17. Disconnect the air tube (A) from the FTP sensor (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 39: Disconnecting Air Tube From FTP Sensor
Is it between - 0.67 and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and 0.2 in.Hg, - 5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4
and 2.6 V?
YES - Check for a blockage in the FTP sensor air tube or vent, then go to step
23.
NO - Go to step 19.
20. Remove the FTP sensor (A) from the EVAP canister with its connector
connected (see EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT ).
Fig. 40: Removing FTP Sensor

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is it between - 0.67 kPa and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and 0.2 in.Hg, - 5 and 5 mmHg),
or 2.4 and 2.6 V?
YES - Check for debris or clogging at the EVAP canister and the FTP sensor
port, then go to step 23.
go to step 23.
Is DTC P1454 and/or P2422 indicated?
YES - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, the
NO - Go to step 28.
28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC PI 454 in the DTCs MENU with the
HDS.
terminals at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the ECM,
then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until

2008 Honda Civic EX

a result comes on.
DTC P145C: EVAP SYSTEM PURGE FLOW MALFUNCTION ('07 MODEL)
FUEL CAP WARNING MESSAGE SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING
Vacuum/pressure gauge, 0-4 in.Hg 07JAZ-001000B
When the fuel cap warning message does not go off after fuel cap tightened, or the
message turned on frequently, do this troubleshooting procedure.
'07-08 model
turn 1/4 after it's tight, then it clicks.
YES - Go to step 2.
NOTE:
If DTC P145C is indicated alone, do the troubleshooting
for DTC P0496 and P0497 using freeze date for P145C.
If any of the DTCs listed below are indicated at the
same time as DTC P145C, troubleshoot those DTC first,
then recheck for P145C:
P0496, P0497: EVAP system purge flow

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 3.
3. Reinstall and tighten the fuel fill cap.
neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle for 1 minute.
6. Test drive at 45 mph (72 km/h) for 1 minute or more.
Does fuel cap warning message come on?
YES - Go to step 7.

2008 Honda Civic EX

and the vacuum pump/gauge 0-30 in.Hg, to the EVAP canister purge valve as
shown.
Pump/Gauge To EVAP Canister Purge Valve
11. Select the EVAP PCS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
YES - Check for blockage at the EVAP canister purge line between EVAP
NO - Replace the EVAP canister purge valve (see EVAP CANISTER VENT
SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12.
15. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

neutral) until a radiator fan comes on, then let it idle for 1 minute.
17. Test drive at 45 mph (72 km/h) for 1 minute or more.
Does the fuel cap message come on?
YES - Go to step 1 and recheck.
NO - Troubleshooting is complete.
EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT
Fig. 43: Removing Cover
2. Remove the EVAP canister guard pipe (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 44: Removing EVAP Canister Guard Pipe (With Specifications)
3. Remove the hoses (A), the FTP sensor connector (B), the EVAP canister vent
shut valve connector (C) and the bolts (D).
Fig. 45: Removing Hoses, FTP Sensor Connector, EVAP Canister Vent
Shut Valve Connector And Bolts

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Remove the EVAP canister.
5. Remove the cap (A).
Fig. 46: Removing Cap
6. Remove the EVAP canister vent shut valve (B).
7. Install the EVAP canister vent shut valve on the new EVAP canister with new
O-rings (C).
8. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal.
FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the cover (see step 1 in EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT ).
2. Disconnect the FTP sensor connector (A).
NOTE: Do not coat the O-rings with oil.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 47: Disconnecting FTP Sensor Connector
3. Disconnect the hose (B), and then remove the FTP sensor (C).
4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D) and a
new retainer (E).
EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the EVAP canister (see EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with new O-rings (C) and a
new cap (A).
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the intake manifold cover (see INTAKE MANIFOLD AND
EXHAUST SYSTEM (K20Z3) ).
2. Remove the air cleaner (see AIR CLEANER
4. Remove the fuel line (A).
Fig. 49: Removing Fuel Line
5. Disconnect the EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector (B).
6. Remove the bolts (C) and the hoses (D), then remove the EVAP canister purge
valve (E).

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

EVAP System (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying EVAP System Component Location

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC P0443: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
available
4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0443 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the
ECM/PCM.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and allow the engine to cool below HOT (60C).
the engine compartment, and connect a vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, to the
hose.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is there vacuum?
YES - Go to step 8.
NO - Go to step 14.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 23.
YES - Repair short in the wire between the EVAP canister purge valve and the
ECM/PCM (B3), then go to step 24.
NO - Go to step 30.
17. Measure voltage between EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector terminal

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Measuring Voltage Between EVAP Canister Purge Valve 2P
No. 3 ALTERNATOR (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box, then go to
step 24.
21. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B3 and EVAP
canister purge valve 2P connector terminal No. 2.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Terminal B3 And EVAP
Canister Purge Valve 2P Terminal No. 2
ECM/PCM (B3), then go to step 24.
22. At the purge valve side, measure resistance between EVAP canister purge
valve 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2.
Fig. 7: Measuring Resistance Between EVAP Canister Purge Valve 2P
Is there about 25 ohms at room temperature?
NO - Go to step 23.
23. Replace the EVAP canister purge valve (see EVAP CANISTER PURGE
VALVE REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

PROCEDURE ).
purge valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1.
NO - Go to step 29.
HDS.
NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose
terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step
1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING or OUT OF CONDITION, keep idling
until a result comes on.
THE ECM/PCM ).
purge valve and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a
known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go
to step 32. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 34.
HDS.
terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the ECM/PCM. If the
ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see
SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 32. If the ECM/PCM
was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING or OUT OF
CONDITION, keep idling until a result comes on.
DTC P0451: FTP SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM
HDS.
NOTE:
If DTC P2422 is stored at the same time as DTC P0451,
troubleshoot DTC P2422 first, then recheck for DTC
P0451.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Go to step 5.
the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a
result comes on.
PROCEDURE ).
NO - Go to step 12.
HDS.
terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is about - 7.3 kPa (-2.16 in.Hg, - 55 mmHg), or 0.3 V or less indicated?
NO - Go to step 7.
HDS.
recheck.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is about 7.3 kPa (2.15 in.Hg, 54.7 mmHg) or 4.90 V indicated?
NO - Go to step 14.
14. Measure voltage between FTP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 1 and body
ground.
Fig. 8: Measuring Voltage Between FTP Sensor 3P Connector Terminal
Is there about 5 V?
NO - Go to step 15.
wire.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Ground
19. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A19 and body
ground.
A19 And Body Ground
NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A19) and the FTP
sensor, then go to step 26.

2008 Honda Civic EX

body ground.
YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A26) and the FTP
NO - Go to step 32.
PROCEDURE ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 31.
HDS.
THE ECM/PCM ).
NO - Go to step 36.
HDS.

2008 Honda Civic EX

terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated,
1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes
on.
Is about 7.3 kPa (2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg), or 4.7 V or more Indicated?
NO - Go to step 7.
HDS.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

recheck.
wire.
With Jumper Wire
NO - Go to step 26.

2008 Honda Civic EX

No. 1 And 3
Is there about 5 V?
NO - Go to step 16.
wire.

2008 Honda Civic EX

ground.
Fig. 15: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A9
And Body Ground
wire.

2008 Honda Civic EX

ground.
A26 And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic EX

PROCEDURE ).
NO - Go to step 33.
HDS.
THE ECM/PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 38.
HDS.
terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated,
1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes
on.
DTC P0455: EVAP SYSTEM LARGE LEAK DETECTED; DTC P0456: EVAP SYSTEM VERY
SMALL LEAK DETECTED
available
NOTE: The fuel system is designed to allow specified maximum
vacuum and pressure conditions. Do not deviate from the
vacuum and pressure tests as indicated in these
procedures. Excessive pressure/vacuum would damage the
EVAP components or cause eventual fuel tank failure.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Go to step 2.
Fig. 18: Checking Fuel Fill Cap Seal And Mating Surface
NOTE:
Fresh fuel has a higher volatility that will create greater
pressure/vacuum. The optimum condition for testing is
less than a full tank of fresh fuel. If possible, to assist in
leak detection, add 1 gallon of fresh fuel to the tank (as
long as it will not fill the tank), just before starting these
procedures.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 3.
Is the result OK?
valve, or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM.
NO - Go to step 6.
7. Check for a poor connection or damage at the fuel tank vapor recirculation
tube.
Is the tube OK?
YES - Go to step 8.
NO -
Replace the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube, then go to step 22.
If necessary, replace the fuel tank (see FUEL TANK
8. Disconnect the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube (A) from the EVAP canister
(B), and plug the EVAP canister port (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 19: Disconnecting Fuel Tank Vapor Recirculation Tube From EVAP
Canister
valve (B) in the engine compartment, and connect a vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30
in.Hg, to the vacuum hose as shown.
Fig. 20: Disconnecting Vacuum Hose (Purge Line) And EVAP Canister
Purge Valve

2008 Honda Civic EX

12. Apply vacuum to the hose until the FTP reads 1.90 V (-0.59 in.Hg,-15.1
mmHg).
NO - Go to step 19.
15. Disconnect the fresh air hose (A) from the EVAP canister (B), and plug the
EVAP canister port (C).
Fig. 21: Disconnecting Fresh Air Hose From EVAP Canister
16. Apply vacuum to the EVAP system until the FTP reads 1.90 V (-0.59 in.Hg,-

2008 Honda Civic EX

15.1 mmHg).
18. Check for a loose or damaged EVAP canister purge line between the EVAP
canister and the EVAP canister purge valve.
Is the line OK?
YES - Replace these parts, then go to step 21:
FTP sensor O-ring
EVAP canister vent shut valve case and O-ring
EVAP canister
NO - Reconnect or repair the EVAP canister purge hose, then go to step 21.
20. Check these parts for looseness or damage:
Fuel fill pipe
Fuel vapor return pipe
Are the parts OK?
YES - Check the fuel tank unit base gasket (see FUEL TANK
REPLACEMENT ), and check the fuel tank, then go to step 21.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Repair or replace the damaged parts, then go to step 21.
21. Reconnect all hoses and connectors.
PROCEDURE ).
Is the result OK?
EVAP canister purge valve, the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the
DTC P0457: EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED/FUEL FILL CAP LOOSE OR MISSING
YES - Go to step 2.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 3.
Is the result OK?
connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, or the EVAP canister vent
shut valve and the ECM/PCM.
NO - Go to step 6.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Check the routing of the EVAP canister vent tube, then go to step 18.
NO - Go to step 12.
PROCEDURE ).
Is the result OK?
EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1.

2008 Honda Civic EX

18. Reinstall the EVAP canister vent shut valve.
PROCEDURE ).
Is the result OK?
DTC P0496: EVAP SYSTEM HIGH PURGE FLOW DETECTED
Is the result OK?
valve, the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the ECM/PCM.
NO - Go to step 4.
5. Replace the EVAP canister purge valve (see EVAP CANISTER PURGE
VALVE REPLACEMENT ).
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

PROCEDURE ).
Is the result OK?
DTC P0497: EVAP SYSTEM LOW PURGE FLOW DETECTED
Vacuum/pressure gauge, 0-4 in.Hg, 07JAZ-001000B
1. Check the fuel fill cap installation. (The cap must say "TIGHTEN TO CLICK."
The cap should tighten 1/4 turn after it is tight.)
Is the fuel fill cap installed and properly tightened?
YES - Go to step 2.
NO - Properly install the fuel fill cap, then go to step 23.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is the result OK?
valve, or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM.
NO - Go to step 5.
5. Check for a loose or damaged EVAP canister purge line between the intake
manifold and the EVAP canister purge valve.
Is the line OK?
YES - Go to step 6.
and the vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, to the vacuum hose (A) as shown.
Pump/Gauge, To Vacuum Hose

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Slowly apply about 0.6 in.Hg (15 mmHg) of vacuum to the hose.
YES - Replace the EVAP canister purge valve, then go to step 22.
NO - Go to step 9.
9. Reconnect the vacuum hose to the EVAP canister purge valve.
Fig. 25: Connecting T-Fitting From Vacuum Gauge And Vacuum Pump/
Gauge To Hose

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Check for a restricted EVAP canister purge line between the EVAP
NO - Go to step 13.
REPLACEMENT ).
vacuum pump to the FTP sensor (B) as shown.
Fig. 26: Connecting T-Fitting From Vacuum Pump/Gauge And Vacuum
Pump To FTP Sensor
Is the difference more than 1.1 kPa (0.31 in.Hg, 8 mmHg) before and after
applying vacuum?

2008 Honda Civic EX

go to step 22.
18. Reconnect the vacuum hoses to the EVAP canister purge line (EVAP canister
side), and reinstall the FTP sensor.
valve (B), and connect a T-fitting (C) from the vacuum gauge and the vacuum
Pump/Gauge To Hose
Does the hose hold vacuum?
YES - Check for a blockage at the EVAP canister port, then go to step 22.

2008 Honda Civic EX

PROCEDURE ).
Is the result OK?
DTC P0498: EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE
YES - Go to step 6.
NO - Go to step 4.
YES - Go to step 6.
ECM/PCM.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Disconnect the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector.
9. Measure voltage between EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector terminal
Fig. 28: Measuring Voltage Between EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 2P
the PGM-FI subrelay (E), then go to step 18.
11. At the valve side, measure resistance between EVAP canister vent shut valve
2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 29: Measuring Resistance Between EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve
2P Connector Terminals No. 1 And 2
Is there about 25-30 ohms at room temperature?
NO - Go to step 17.
ground.
A10 And Body Ground
YES - Repair short in the wire between the EVAP canister vent shut valve and
the ECM/PCM (A10), then go to step 18.
NO - Go to step 15.
15. Connect EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 31: Connecting EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Terminal No. 1 To
Body Ground With Jumper Wire
ground.
A10 And Body Ground
the ECM/PCM (A10), then go to step 18.

2008 Honda Civic EX

PROCEDURE ).
vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1.
NO - Go to step 24.
HDS.
terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to
step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 22.
THE ECM/PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a
NO - Go to step 29.
HDS.
terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. If the
was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
step 27.
DTC P0499: EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE
YES - Go to step 5.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

ECM/PCM.
THE ECM/PCM ).
vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a
NO - Go to step 8.
HDS.
terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. If the
was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
step 6.
DTC P1454: FTP SENSOR RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM; DTC P2422: EVAP CANISTER

2008 Honda Civic EX

VENT SHUT VALVE STUCK CLOSED MALFUNCTION
4. Remove the fuel fill cap, and wait 1 minute.
Is it between - 0.67 and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and 0.2 in.Hg, -5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4
and 2.6 V?
YES - Go to step 6.
NO - Go to step 17.
8. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park on
HDS.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, the
EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the ECM/PCM. Also check for a blockage
in the vent hoses and the drain joint. If the screen indicates NOT
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Check for a blockage in the EVAP canister, vent hoses, and drain joint,
then install the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and go to step 23.
17. Disconnect the air tube (A) from the FTP sensor (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 34: Disconnecting Air Tube From FTP Sensor
Is it between - 0.67 and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and 0.2 in.Hg, -5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4
and 2.6 V?
YES - Check for a blockage in the FTP sensor air tube or vent, then go to step
23.
NO - Go to step 19.
20. Remove the FTP sensor (A) from the EVAP canister with its connector
connected (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
Fig. 35: Removing FTP Sensor From EVAP Canister With Connector
Connected

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is it between - 0.67 kPa and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and 0.2 in.Hg, -5 and 5 mmHg), or
2.4 and 2.6 V?
YES - Check for debris or clogging at the EVAP canister and the FTP sensor
port, then go to step 23.
go to step 23.
PROCEDURE ).
If DTC P1454 and/or P2422 indicated?
YES - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, the
NO - Go to step 28.
HDS.

2008 Honda Civic EX

terminals at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the
ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep
idling until a result comes on.
EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the EVAP canister guard pipe (A).
Fig. 37: Removing EVAP Canister Guard Pipe (With Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Remove the hoses (A), the FTP sensor connector (B), the EVAP canister vent
shut valve connector (C) and the bolts (D).
Fig. 38: Removing Hoses, FTP Sensor Connector, EVAP Canister Vent
Shut Valve Connector And Bolts (With Specifications)
4. Remove the EVAP canister.

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Install the EVAP canister vent shut valve in the new EVAP canister with new
O-rings (C).
1. Remove the cover (see step 1 in EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT ).
2. Disconnect the FTP sensor connector (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 40: Disconnecting FTP Sensor Connector
3. Disconnect the hose (B), and remove the FTP sensor (C).
4. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D) and a
new retainer (E).
EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the EVAP canister (see EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with new O-rings (C) and a
new cap.
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel (see COWL COVER
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Disconnect the hose (A) and the EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector (B).
Fig. 42: Disconnecting Hose And EVAP Canister Purge Valve 2P
Connector (With Specifications)
3. Remove the EVAP canister purge valve (C).
4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Exterior Lights - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
4-door except Si model
Fig. 1: Locating Exterior Lights Components (4-Door Except Si Model - 1 Of

2008 Honda Civic LX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic LX

2)
2)
2-door except Si model

2008 Honda Civic LX

2)

2008 Honda Civic LX

2)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 5: Locating Exterior Lights Components (2-Door Si Model - 1 Of 2)
Si model

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 6: Locating Exterior Lights Components (2-Door Si Model - 2 Of 2)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 7: Exterior Light - Circuit Diagram (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 8: Exterior Light - Circuit Diagram (2 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 9: Brake Lights - Circuit Diagram

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 10: Back-Up Lights - Circuit Diagram
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING

2008 Honda Civic LX

DTC B1078: DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS SIGNAL ERROR (CANADA); DTC B1079: DAYTIME
RUNNING LIGHTS SIGNAL ERROR (USA)
2. Pull the parking brake lever.
3. Clear the DTCs with the HDS.
4. Release the parking brake lever.
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II).
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Intermittent failure. The daytime running lights system is OK at this time.
Check for loose or poor connections.
7. Turn the headlight switch ON (high beam).
Do both headlights (high beam) come on?
YES - Go to step 8.
NO - Go to step 10.
9. Check the voltage between the No. 6 and No. 33 terminals of the under-dash
fuse/relay box connector E (42P) and body ground, and between the No. 20
terminal of the under-dash fuse/relay box connector F (34P) and body ground
individually.
NOTE: If you are troubleshooting multiple DTCs, be sure to follow
the instructions in B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A
(see TROUBLESHOOTING - B-CAN SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 11: Checking Voltage Between No. 6 Terminal Of Under-Dash
Fuse/Relay Box Connector E (42P) And Body Ground
Fig. 12: Checking Voltage Between No. 20 Terminal Of Under-Dash
Fuse/Relay Box Connector F (34P) And Body Ground
YES - Faulty MICU; replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.
NO - Repair an open in the BLK wire or poor ground (G401, G501, G601,
G602).
10. Turn the ignition and headlight switches OFF.
11. Check the No. 12, No. 13, and No. 18 fuses in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Are all fuses OK?

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO - Replace the blown fuse and recheck. If the No. 18 (30 A) fuse is blown
again, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the No. 12(10 A) or No. 13 (10
A) fuse is blown again, repair a short in the wire between the under-dash
fuse/relay box and appropriate headlight (high beam).
12. Check the headlight bulbs.
Are the headlight bulbs OK?
NO - Replace the faulty bulb.
13. Disconnect the under-dash fuse/relay box connectors F (34P) and G (21P).
14. Disconnect both of the headlight (high beam) 2P connectors.
15. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal of the right headlight (high
beam) 2P connector and No. 22 terminal of the under-dash fuse/relay box
connector F (34P).
Fig. 13: Checking Continuity Between Right Headlight 2P Connector
Terminal And Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector F Terminal (34P)

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO - Repair an open in the wire between the right headlight (high beam) and
the under-dash fuse/relay box.
16. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal of the left headlight (high
beam) 2P connector and No. 15 terminal of the under-dash fuse/relay box
connector G (21P).
Fig. 14: Checking Continuity Between Left Headlight 2P Connector
Terminal And Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector G Terminal (21P)
NO - Repair an open in the wire between the left headlight (high beam) and the
17. Check for continuity between the No. 1 terminal of each headlight (high beam)
2P connector and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 15: Checking Continuity Between No 1 Terminal Of Headlight (High
Beam) 2P Connector And Body Ground
NO - Repair an open in the BLK wire or poor ground (G201-right side, G301-
left side).
MICU INPUT TEST
NOTE:
The MICU turns on the headlights (high beams) in a
dimming mode for the Daytime Running Lights under
the following conditions:
With the ignition switch ON (II)
The headlight switch OFF
The parking brake is released (parking brake switch
OFF)
The DRL indicator will come when one of the headlight
(high beams) bulbs is blown, or if the high beam wiring
has an open circuit with the daytime running lights ON.
For Canada models: If the vehicle is equipped with an
optional remote control engine start system, the
daytime running lights will not function when started
with the remote start.

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Before troubleshooting the lighting system, troubleshoot the B-CAN System
Diagnosis Test Mode A (see TROUBLESHOOTING - B-CAN SYSTEM
DIAGNOSIS TEST MODE A ).
2. Check the No. 12 (10 A), No. 13 (10 A), No. 15 (7.5 A), No. 16 (10 A), No. 17
(10 A), No. 18 (20 A), No. 19 (15 A), and No. 21 (20 A), and No. 37 (7.5 A)
fuses in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If any fuse is blown, replace it and go to
step 3.
3. Disconnect the under-dash fuse/relay box connectors E, F, G, S, and T.
Fig. 16: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector Terminals
4. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good
NOTE: All connector views are shown from wire side of female
terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

contact.
If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary and
recheck the system.
If the terminals look OK, go to step 5.
5. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the appropriate
connector.
If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the
system.
If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 6.
MICU INPUT TEST (CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED)
Cavity Wire
Test
condition
Test: Desired result
Possible cause
if result is not
obtained
E19 RED
Under all
conditions
Connect battery power to the E19
terminal: The taillights, rear side
marker lights, and license plate
lights should come on.
Poor ground
(G701)
Blown bulb
An open in
the wire
F3 RED
Under all
conditions
Connect battery power to the F3
terminal: The right front side
marker/parking light should come
on.
Poor ground
(G201)
Blown bulb
An open in
the wire
F4 GRN
Under all
conditions
terminal: The right headlight (high
beam) should come on.
Poor ground
(G201)
Blown bulb
An open in
the wire
F22 WHT
Under all
terminal: The right headlight (low
Poor ground
(G201)
Blown bulb

2008 Honda Civic LX

6. Reconnect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box, and make these
input tests at the connectors.
system.
If all the input tests prove OK, the MICU must be faulty; replace the
MICU INPUT TEST (CONNECTORS DISCONNECTED)
conditions beam) should come on.
An open in
the wire
G5 RED
Under all
conditions
Connect battery power to the G5
terminal: The left front side
marker/parking light should come
on.
Poor ground
(G301)
Blown bulb
An open in
the wire
G15 PNK
Under all
conditions
terminal: The left headlight (high
Poor ground
(G301)
Blown bulb
An open in
the wire
G17 PUR
Under all
conditions
terminal: The left headlight (low
Poor ground
(G301)
Blown bulb
An open in
the wire
Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result
Possible cause if
result is not obtained
G2 ORN
Under all
conditions
Check for voltage
between G2 terminal
and body ground:
There should be
Blown No. 23 (10
A) fuse in the
under-hood
fuse/relay box

2008 Honda Civic LX

battery voltage.
An open in the
wire
G18 WHT
Under all
conditions
Check for voltage
between G18
terminal and body
ground: There
should be battery
voltage.
Blown No. 4 (50
A) fuse in the
under-hood
fuse/relay box
An open in the
wire
C3 ORN
Ignition switch ON
(II)
Check for voltage
between C3 and
body ground there
should be battery
voltage.
Faulty ignition
switch
An open in the
wire
E6 BLK
Under all
conditions
Check for voltage to
ground: There
should be less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G602)
An open in the
wire
E33 BLK
Under all
conditions
ground: There
should be less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G601)
An open in the
wire
F20 BLK
Under all
conditions
ground: There
should be less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G401)
An open in the
wire
T34 BLK
Under all
conditions
ground: There
should be less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G501)
An open in the
wire
Combination light
Check for voltage
between S1 and S5
terminals: There
Faulty
combination light
switch

2008 Honda Civic LX

S1 ORN
switch OFF should be less than 1
V.
An open in the
wire
Combination light
switch in any other
position than OFF
Check for voltage
between S1 and S5
terminals: There
should be 5 V or
more.
Faulty
combination light
switch
Short to ground in
the wire
S11 PNK
Combination light
switch (Headlight
position) ON
Check for voltage
between S11 and S5
terminals: There
should be less than 1
V.
Faulty
combination light
switch
An open in the
wire
Combination light
switch OFF
Check for voltage
between S11 and S5
terminals: There
should be 5 V or
more.
Faulty
combination light
switch
Short to ground in
the wire
S12 RED
Combination light
switch lever pulled
(Passing)
Check for voltage
between S12 and S5
terminals: There
V.
Faulty
combination light
switch
An open in the
wire
Combination light
switch lever
released from
passing position
Check for voltage
between S12 and S5
terminals: There
should be 5 V or
more.
Faulty
combination light
switch
Short to ground in
the wire
Combination light
switch (SMALL
position) ON
Check for voltage
between S13 and S5
terminals: There
V.
Faulty
combination light
switch
An open in the
wire

2008 Honda Civic LX

COMBINATION LIGHT SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER
COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Remove the steering column covers (see STEERING COLUMN
3. Disconnect the 12P connector (A) from the combination light switch (B).
S13 GRY
Combination light
switch OFF
Check for voltage
between S13 and S5
terminals: There
should be 5 V or
more.
Faulty
combination light
switch
Short to ground in
the wire
S16
LT
BLU
Combination light
switch (Dimmer) in
high beam position
Check for voltage
between S16 and S5
terminals: There
V.
Faulty
combination light
switch
An open in the
wire
Combination light
switch (Dimmer) in
low beam position
Check for voltage
between S16 and S5
terminals: There
should be 5 V or
more.
Faulty
combination light
switch
Short to ground in
the wire

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 17: Disconnecting 12P Connector
4. Remove the two screws, then slide out the combination light switch.
5. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.
If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and
recheck the system.
If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between the terminals in
each switch position according to the tables.
If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch.
Light switch:
Fig. 18: Checking Continuity Between Light Switch Terminals Chart

2008 Honda Civic LX

Turn signal switch:
Fig. 19: Checking Continuity Between Turn Signal Switch Terminals
Chart
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT
Before adjusting the headlights:
Park the vehicle on a level surface.
Make sure the tire pressures are correct.
The driver or someone who weighs the same should sit in the driver's seat.
1. Clean the outer lens so that you can see the center (A) of the headlights.
CAUTION: Headlights become very hot during use; do not touch
them or any attaching hardware immediately after
they have been turned off.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 20: Cleaning Outer Lens Of Headlights
2. Park the vehicle in front of a wall or a screen (A).
Fig. 21: Parking Vehicle In Front Of Wall Or Screen
3. Turn the low beams on.
4. Determine if the headlights are aimed properly.
Vertical adjustment:
Measure the height of the headlights (A). Adjust the cut line (B) to the lights

2008 Honda Civic LX

height.
Fig. 22: Measuring Headlights
5. If necessary, open the hood and adjust the headlights to local requirements by
turning the vertical adjuster.
Fig. 23: Adjusting Vertically

2008 Honda Civic LX

HEADLIGHT REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the front bumper (see FRONT BUMPER
2. Remove the connectors (A) from the headlight assembly (B).
Fig. 24: Removing Connectors From Headlight Assembly
3. Remove the four bolts, then remove the headlight.
4. Remove the bolt (C) and the corner upper beam (D) from the headlight.
5. Install the headlight in the reverse order of removal.
6. After replacement, adjust the headlight to local requirement.
BULB REPLACEMENT
HEADLIGHT
1. For low beam: Remove the inner fender.
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the headlight.
Headlight (high beam): 60 W
NOTE: 4-door shown, the 2-door is similar.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Headlight (low beam): 51 W
Fig. 25: Disconnecting 2P Connector From Headlight
3. Turn the bulb socket 45 counterclockwise to remove the bulb.
4. Install a new bulb in the reverse order of removal.
FRONT SIDE MARKER/PARKING/TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS
1. Remove the inner fender.
2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the front side marker/parking/turn signal

2008 Honda Civic LX

light.
Front Side Marker/Parking/Turn Signal Lights:
21/5 W (4-door)
28/8 W (2-door)
Fig. 26: Disconnecting 3P Connector From Front Side
Marker/Parking/Turn Signal Light
4. Install a new bulb in the reverse order of removal.
TAILLIGHT REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
1. Remove the rear bumper (see REAR BUMPER
2. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the taillights (B).
Brake Lights/Taillights: 21/5 W
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W
Back-up Light: 21 W
Rear Side Maker Light: 5 W

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 27: Disconnecting Connectors From Taillights
3. Turn the bulb sockets 45 counterclockwise to remove the bulbs.
4. Remove the nuts and screws, then remove the taillight.
5. Install the light in the reverse order of removal.
2-DOOR
2. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the taillights (B).
Brake Lights/Taillights: 21/5W
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W
Back-up Light: 21 W
Rear Side Marker Light: 5 W

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 28: Disconnecting Connectors From Taillights
3. Turn the bulb sockets 45 counterclockwise to remove the bulbs.
4. Remove the nuts and screws, then remove the taillight.
INNER TAILLIGHT REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the rear license trim (see 4-DOOR ).
2. Disconnect the connector (A) from the inner taillight (B).
Taillight: 5W

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 29: Disconnecting Connector From Inner Taillight
4. Remove the nuts, then remove the taillight.
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REPLACEMENT
1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the rear license trim (see SIDE SILL
PROTECTION TAPE REPLACEMENT ).
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the license plate light.
License Plate Light: 5 W (4-door) 3 CP (2-door)
NOTE: 4-door shown, the 2-door is similar.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 30: Disconnecting 2P Connector From License Plate Light
3. Release the bulb socket (B) from the lens (C) by pressing on the tabs.
4. Remove the lens from the trunk lid by pressing on the tabs.
HIGH MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT REPLACEMENT
EXCEPT SI MODELS
1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the high mount brake light.
Bulb: 21 W

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 31: Disconnecting 2P Connector From High Mount Brake Light
3. Turn the bulb socket (B) 45 counterclockwise to remove the bulb (C).
4. Remove the rear shelf.
2-door (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SHELF
AREA )
4-door (see REAR SHELF EXTENSION - 2-DOOR )
5. Remove the high mount brake light (A).
Fig. 32: Removing High Mount Brake Light

2008 Honda Civic LX

SI MODEL
1. Remove the two screws from the high mount brake light (A).
Fig. 33: Removing Hight Mount Brake Light Screws
2. Disconnect the terminals (B) and remove the high mount brake light.
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH TEST
1. Disconnect the 4P connector (A) from the brake pedal position switch (B).
Fig. 34: Disconnecting 4P Connector And Brake Pedal Position Switch
2. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

There should be continuity when the brake pedal is pressed.
There should be no continuity when the brake pedal is released.
3. Check for continuity between the No. 3 and No. 4 terminals (with cruise
control).
There should be no continuity when the brake pedal is pressed.
There should be continuity when the brake pedal is released.
4. If necessary, adjust or replace the switch, or adjust the pedal height (see
BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
ADJUSTMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Exterior Trim - Civic GX
EMBLEM/STICKER REPLACEMENT
1. Clean the body surface with a sponge dampened in alcohol. After cleaning,
keep oil, grease, and water from getting on the surface.
2. Apply the stickers where shown:
When installing the AT-PZEV sticker on the inside surface of the left rear
door quarter glass, align the sticker with the edge of the glass mark as
shown, then press the sticker into place, and remove the application tape.
When installing the side NGV stickers on both rear doors, align the
application tape with the edges of the rear door and rear door molding as
shown, then press the sticker into place, and remove the application tape.
When installing the CNG sticker on the trunk lid, align the application
tape with the edge of the trunk lid as shown, then press the sticker into
place, and remove the application tape.
NOTE: When removing the stickers, take care not to scratch the
body.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Identifying Front Emblem

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Identifying Side NGV Sticker And Rear Door Molding

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT)
Exterior Trim - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
FRONT GRILLE REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR (EXCEPT SI MODEL)
2. Remove the screws, and remove the front grille (A) from the front bumper (B).
Fig. 1: Identifying Front Bumper Front Grille
3. If emblem (C) replacement is necessary, refer to EMBLEM/STICKER
REPLACEMENT .
4. Install the grille in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE: Refer to the EXTERIOR TRIM (GX) (SUPPLEMENT) article
NOTE: Take care not to scratch the bumper and grille.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT) Exterior Trim - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Remove the nuts, and release the hooks (A), then remove the front grille (B)
from the front bumper (C).
Fig. 2: Removing Front Grille From Front Bumper (With Specifications)
3. If necessary, remove the screw, and release the hooks, then remove the front
emblem base (A) from the front grille (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Removing Front Emblem Base From Front Grille
4. If emblem (C) replacement is necessary, refer to EMBLEM/STICKER
REPLACEMENT .
SI MODEL
2. Remove the screws, and remove the front grille (A) from the front bumper (B).
Fig. 4: Removing Front Grille From Front Bumper
3. Remove the screws, then separate the front grille molding (A) and the front
grille base (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Separating Front Grille Molding And Front Grille Base
4. If emblems replacement is necessary, refer to EMBLEM/STICKER
REPLACEMENT .
FRONT FENDER TRIM REPLACEMENT
1. Move the steering fluid reservoir (A) as needed.
NOTE:
Take care not to scratch the fender trim and body.
When removing components, use the trim tool or
equivalent.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Moving Steering Fluid Reservoir
2. Remove the clips.
3. Disconnect the washer mouth (A) from the washer reservoir (B). Release the
hook (C), then remove the front fender trim (D) and the washer mouth.
Fig. 7: Disconnecting Washer Mouth From Washer Reservoir
4. Install the fender trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Replace the clips (A) with new ones.
Fig. 8: Installing Fender Trim
FRONT GRILLE COVER REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the front fender trim from both sides (see FRONT FENDER TRIM
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the clips by carefully pulling the front grille cover (A) up, then
remove the cover by releasing the front edge of the cover from the grille (B).
Take care not to scratch the body.
NOTE:
When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with
protective tape to prevent damage.
Take care not to scratch the rear bumper and body.
NOTE: To remove the clips, pry the inner clip up at the edge
near the line (C) on its head.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Removing Cover By Releasing Front Edge Of Cover From Grille
3. Install the covers in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Push the clip portions into place securely.
COWL COVER REPLACEMENT
1. Turn on the wiper switch, and move the windshield wiper arms 90.
2. Remove the center cowl cover (A).
1 Remove the hood rear seal (B) by pulling it out.
2 Remove the clips (C).
3 Release three front hooks (D) from the edge of the under-cowl panel (E).
4 Detach the clips (F, G) by carefully pulling the cover up, then remove
the cover by releasing the hooks (H). Take care not to scratch the body.
NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 10: Removing Center Cowl Cover
3. Disconnect the windshield washer tube (I).
4. If necessary, remove the bolts (A, B), then remove the under-cowl panel (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Removing Under-Cowl Panel (With Specifications)
Windshield wiper arms:
4-door (see WIPER MOTOR REPLACEMENT )
Front fender trim, both sides (see FRONT FENDER TRIM
REPLACEMENT )
6. Detach the clips by carefully pulling the side cowl cover (A) up, then remove
the cover by releasing the hooks (B) from the front fender. Take care not to
scratch the body. Repeat this step for the other side cowl cover, and disconnect
the windshield washer tube.
Fig. 12: Removing Cover By Releasing Hooks Form Front Fender
7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure the washer tubes are connected securely.
ROOF MOLDING REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

424-6857
MOLDING REPLACEMENT - 2-DOOR
1. Remove the cowl cover (see COWL COVER REPLACEMENT ).
2. Detach the bottom clip (A) at the lower corner of the windshield.
Fig. 13: Detaching Bottom Clip At Lower Corner Of Windshield
3. Remove the windshield portion of the roof molding (A).
1 Carefully insert a trim tool (B) under the molding next to the lower clip
NOTE:
Take care not to damage the windshield.
Do not use any metallic tools to remove the roof
molding, or you may chip the edge of the windshield
and some cracks in the windshield will occur.
Take care not to bend the roof molding.

2008 Honda Civic EX

(C).
2 While pulling the clip portion of the molding up by hand, push each of
the small hooks (D) to release the clip from the retainer (E). Do not try to
pry up the clip if it is hard to release from the retainer.
3 Gradually work your way up to release each of the clips.
Fig. 14: Removing Windshield Portion Of Roof Molding (With
Specifications)
4. Pull up the middle portion of the roof molding (A) to release it from the
retainers (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 15: Pulling Up Middle Portion Of Roof Molding
5. Pull up and release the rear end of the roof molding (A) from the pin (B), then
remove the roof molding.
Fig. 16: Releasing Rear End Of Roof Molding
6. Install the molding in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure the roof molding is installed securely.
MOLDING REPLACEMENT - 4-DOOR
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the cowl cover (see COWL COVER REPLACEMENT ).
2. Detach the bottom clip (A) at the lower corner of the windshield.
Fig. 17: Detaching Bottom Clip At Lower Corner Of Windshield
3. Remove the windshield portion of the roof molding (A).
1 Carefully insert a plastic spatula (B) in under the molding next to the
lower clip (C).
2 While pulling the clip portion of the molding up by hand, push hooks
(D) to release the clip from the retainer (E). Do not try to pry up the clip if
it is hard to release from the retainer.
Take care not to damage the windshield.
Do not use any metallic tools to remove the roof
molding, or you may chip the edge of the windshield
and some cracks in the windshield will occur.
Take care not to bend the roof molding.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3 Gradually work your way up to release each of the clips (F, G).
Fig. 18: Removing Windshield Portion Of Roof Molding (With
Specifications)
4. Pull up the middle portion of the roof molding (A) to release it from the
retainers (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 19: Pulling Up Middle Portion Of Roof Molding
5. Pull up and release the rear end of the roof molding (A) from the pin (B), then
remove the roof molding.
Fig. 20: Releasing Rear End Of Roof Molding From Pin
6. Install the molding in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure the roof molding is installed securely.
RETAINER REPLACEMENT
1. While prying the middle hook (A) with a flat-tip screwdriver, slide the upper

2008 Honda Civic EX

retainer (C), upward to release them from the T-studs (D) on the A-pillar and
roof drip portion. Take care not to scratch the body.
Fig. 21: Sliding Upper Retainer Upward To Release
2. Install the retainers in the reverse order removal.
A-PILLAR CORNER TRIM REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Open the front door.
2. Wrap a flat-tip screwdriver with protective tape, and apply protective tape
around the body to prevent damage. Carefully insert a flat-tip screwdriver trim
tool next to the upper clip, and detach the clip by prying on the A-pillar corner
trim (A). Take care not to scratch the body and related parts.
Fig. 22: Prying A-Pillar Corner Trim
3. Pull the A-pillar corner trim (A) back by hand to detach remaining lower clips,
then remove the trim.
Fig. 23: Removing A-Pillar Corner Trim

2008 Honda Civic EX

DOOR MOLDING REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
Front door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and plastic cover (see step 4 in
FRONT DOOR OUTER HANDLE REPLACEMENT )
Rear door panel (see REAR DOOR PANEL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and plastic cover (see step 4 in REAR
DOOR OUTER HANDLE REPLACEMENT )
2. Release the clips (A), and gently pry the front door molding (B) or rear door
molding (C) away from the door while separating the adhesive tape (D, E, F,
G).
Adhesive tape (D): Thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) Width 5 mm (0.2 in.)
Length 30 mm (1.2 in.)
Adhesive tape (E): Thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) Width 10 mm (0.39
in.) Length 930 mm (36.6 in.)
Adhesive tape (F): Thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) Width 10 mm (0.39
in.) Length 580 mm (22.8 in.)
Adhesive tape (G): Thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) Width 5 mm (0.2 in.)
NOTE:
Be careful not to pry too far or you may bend the
molding.
When removing components, use the trim tool or
equivalent.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 24: Releasing Clips And Prying Front Door Molding Or Rear Door
Molding
3. Install the moldings in the reverse order of removal, check if the clips are
SIDE SILL PROTECTION TAPE REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
1. Slowly peel up the old side sill protection tape.
2. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge dampened in alcohol. After
cleaning, keep oil, grease, and water from getting on the surface.
3. Peel the adhesive backing from the side sill protection tape.
4. Align the alignment marks (A) of the side sill protection tape (B) with the body
line (C), and align the alignment marks (D) of the application tape (E) with the
convex portion (F), then press the side sill protection tape into place.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 25: Replacing Side Sill Protection Tape
REAR LICENSE TRIM REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
1. From inside the trunk lid, remove the nuts (A) securing the rear license trim
(B), and push out the clips (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 26: Removing Rear License Trim Nuts (With Specifications)
2. Gently close the trunk lid, release the clip, and pull the rear license trim (A) out
to detach the clips, then remove the trim. Take care not to scratch the trunk lid.
Fig. 27: Pulling Rear License Trim Out To Detach Clips
4-DOOR
1. If equipped, remove the trunk lid trim {see TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - TRUNK LID ).
2. Remove the bolt securing the trunk lid lock cylinder (see step 2 on page 20-
261).
3. Detach the clips by pushing it from the hole in the trunk lid (A), then remove
the rear license trim (B). Take care not to scratch the trunk lid.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 28: Removing Rear License Trim
4. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and check if the clips are
TRUNK LID SPOILER REPLACEMENT
1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the nuts (A) from inside the trunk lid, and push
out the clips (B).
NOTE:
Take care not to scratch the trunk lid.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 29: Removing Nuts Inside Trunk Lid
2. Close the trunk lid. Pull the trunk lid spoiler (A) up to release the clips from the
grommets (B) on the trunk lid while removing the adhesive tape (C), then
remove the spoiler.
Adhesive tape:
Thickness 1.2 mm (0.05 in.)
Width 8 mm (0.3 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 30: Releasing Clips From Grommets
3. Install the spoiler in the reverse order of removal. Check if the clips are
2-DOOR (SI MODEL)
1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the nut (A) and bolts (B) from inside the trunk
lid.
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 31: Removing Trunk Lid Bolts And Nut (With Specifications)
2. Close the trunk lid. While lifting the trunk lid spoiler (A) up, disconnect the
high mount brake light terminals (B) from the spoiler subharness (C), then
remove the spoiler.
Fig. 32: Disconnecting High Mount Brake Light Terminals
3. Install the spoiler in the reverse order of removal, and make sure the high
mount brake light terminals are plugged in properly.
4-DOOR (SI MODEL)

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the nuts from inside the trunk lid.
Fig. 33: Removing Trunk Lid Nuts (With Specifications)
2. Push out the clips from inside the trunk lid.
Fig. 34: Pushing Out Clips From Inside Trunk Lid
3. Close the trunk lid. While lifting the trunk lid spoiler (A) up, disconnect the
high mount brake light terminals (B) from the spoiler subharness (C), then
remove the spoiler.
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 35: Disconnecting High Mount Brake Light Terminals
4. Install the spoiler in the reverse order of removal, and make sure the high
mount brake light terminals are plugged in properly.
EMBLEM/STICKER REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
1. Except Si model: To remove the front "H" emblem, remove the front grille (see
FRONT GRILLE REPLACEMENT ).
2. Si model: To remove the front "H" emblem, or the front Si emblem, remove
the front grille (see SI MODEL ).
4. Apply the emblem/sticker where shown:
When installing the LEV sticker on the inside surface of the left quarter
glass, align the sticker with the edge of the glass mark and black ceramic
as shown, then press the sticker into place, and remove the application
tape.
When installing the side i-VTEC sticker on the body, align notches in the
application tape with the edge of the body and door opening, then press
the sticker into place, and remove the application tape.
NOTE: When removing the emblems, take care not to scratch the
body.

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Except Si model: After installing the front "H" emblem, reinstall the front
grille (see FRONT GRILLE REPLACEMENT ).
6. Si model: After installing the front "H" emblem or the front Si emblem,
reinstall the front grille (see SI MODEL ).
Fig. 36: Replacing Emblem/Sticker (With Specifications) (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 37: Replacing Emblem/Sticker (With Specifications) (2 Of 2)
4-DOOR
1. Except Si model: To remove the front "H" emblem, remove the front grille (see
FRONT GRILLE REPLACEMENT ).
2. Si model: To remove the front "H" emblem or the front Si emblem, remove the
NOTE: When removing the emblems, take care not to scratch the
body.

2008 Honda Civic EX

front grille (see SI MODEL ).
4. Apply the emblem/sticker where shown:
When installing the LEV sticker on the inside surface of the left quarter
glass, align the sticker with the edge of the glass mark and black ceramic
as shown, then press the sticker into place, and remove the application
tape.
When installing the side i-VTEC sticker on the body, align notches in the
application tape with the edge of the body and door opening, then press
the sticker into place, and remove the application tape.
5. Except Si model: After installing the front "H" emblem, reinstall the front
grille (see FRONT GRILLE REPLACEMENT ).
6. Si model: After installing the front "H" emblem or the front Si emblem,
reinstall the front grille (see SI MODEL ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 38: Removing Emblem/Sticker (With Specifications) (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 39: Removing Emblem/Sticker (With Specifications) (2 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ENGINE
Fan Controls (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Fan Controls Component Locations

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Fan Controls (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Symptom Diagnostic Procedure
Also check
for
Engine overheats
1. Check the coolant level.
2. Check for any engine coolant
leakage (from gaskets, hoses,
O-rings, etc.).
3. Check for dirt, leaves, or insects
on radiator and condenser.
4. Check for deteriorated coolant.
deformed fan shroud.
6. Inspect the fan motors (see
FAN MOTOR TEST ) or fan
relays (see POWER RELAY
TEST ).
7. Check the radiator cap (see
RADIATOR CAP TEST ).
8. Check the thermostat (see FAN
MOTOR TEST ).
9. Inspect the water pump (see
WATER PUMP
INSPECTION ).
10. Check for a plugged or
deteriorated radiator hoses.
11. Check for plugged heater core
or hoses.
12. Check for a damaged cylinder
head gasket.

The A/C condenser fan
runs at low speed, but it A/C condenser fan high speed circuit Cleanliness

2008 Honda Civic GX

does not run at high speed
when the engine coolant
F (96.5 C)
CONDENSER FAN HIGH
SPEED CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
and tightness
of all
connectors
With the A/C off (if
equipped) and the engine
coolant temperature at 206
F (96.5 CC) or below, the
radiator fan runs at high
speed and the A/C
condenser fan does not run.
When the engine coolant
F (96.5 C), both fans run
at high speed
Remove the fan control relay, and
test.
If the relay is faulty, replace it.
If the relay is OK, check for a
short in the wire between the
fan control relay 5P socket
terminal No. 1 and radiator fan
motor 2P connector terminal
No. 1.
Cleanliness
and tightness
of all
connectors
at high speed with the
ignition switch ON (II), the
A/C off (if equipped), and
the engine coolant
temperature below 202 T
(94.5 C)
terminal No. 3 and ECM/PCM
connector terminal A5.
Cleanliness
and tightness
of all
connectors
at low speed with the
ignition switch ON (II) and
the A/C off (if equipped)
radiator fan relay 4P socket terminal
No. 3 and ECM/PCM connector
terminal A4.
Cleanliness
and tightness
of all
connectors
not run at low speed with
the A/C on (if equipped)
Radiator and A/C condenser fans
low speed circuit troubleshooting
(see RADIATOR AND A/C
CONDENSER FAN LOW SPEED
CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
Cleanliness
and tightness
of all
connectors

2008 Honda Civic GX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
at low speed, but the
radiator fan does not run at
high speed when the engine
coolant temperature is
above 206 F (96.5 C)
RADIATOR FAN HIGH SPEED
CIRCUIT
Cleanliness
and tightness
of all
connectors
not run at high speed when
the engine coolant
F (96.5 C)
Check for open in the wire between
terminal No. 3 and ECM/PCM
connector terminal A5.
Cleanliness
and tightness
of all
connectors

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Fan Controls Circuit Diagram
RADIATOR FAN HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Remove the fan control relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it
Is the relay OK?

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Replace the fan control relay.
Is the fuse OK?
YES -Go to step 3.
and body ground.
Fig. 3: Measuring Voltage Between Fan Control Relay 5P Socket Terminal
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the under-hood fuse/relay box and the

2008 Honda Civic GX

and body ground.
Fig. 4: Checking For Continuity Between Fan Control Relay 5P Socket
YES -Replace the under hood fuse/relay box.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the fan control relay 5P socket terminal
No. 2 and body ground (G301). If the wire is OK, check for poor ground at
G301.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fenderwell - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
FRONT INNER FENDER REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the front inner fender (A).
1 On the back of the wheel arch, remove the screws (B), and remove the
front splash guard (C) (Canada models).
2 From under the front bumper (D), remove the clip (E), securing the
splash shield (F), and front inner fender, and remove the bolt (G) and clip
(H) securing the front bumper and front inner fender.
3 From the wheel arch, remove the clips (I, J, K) securing the front inner
fender (and splash shield) to the body.
4 Release the hook(L) of the splash shield, then remove the front inner
fender.
NOTE: Refer to the FENDERWELL (GX) (SUPPLEMENT) article for
NOTE: To remove the clips E, H and I, pry the inner the clip up
at the edge near the line (M) on its head.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Fenderwell - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Identifying Front Inner Fender Clip - 2-Door (With Torque
Specifications) (Except Si Model)
2. Install the inner fender in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
2-DOOR (SI MODEL)
2 From under the front bumper (D), remove the clip (E) securing the

2008 Honda Civic EX

splash shield (F) and front inner fender, remove the bolt (G) securing the
front strake (H), front bumper, and front inner fender, and remove the clip
(I) securing the front bumper and front inner fender.
3 From the wheel arch, remove the clips (J, K, L) securing the front inner
4 Release the hook (M) of the splash shield, then remove the front inner
fender.
Fig. 2: Identifying Front Bumper Clip - 2-Door (With Torque
Specifications) (Si Model)
NOTE: To remove the clips E, I and J, pry the inner pin up at
the edge near the line (N) on its head.

2008 Honda Civic EX

4-DOOR
2 From under the front bumper (D), remove the clips (E) securing the front
bumper, splash shield (F), and front inner fender.
3 From the wheel arch, remove the clips (G, H, I) securing the front inner
4 Release the hook (J) of the splash shield, then remove the front inner
fender.
NOTE: To remove the clips E and G, pry the inner the clip up at
the edge near the line (K) on its head.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Identifying Front Bumper Clips - 4-Door
FRONT SPLASH SHIELD REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
1. Remove the splash shield (A).
1 Remove the clips (B, C) that secure the front inner fender (D) and splash
shield to the body.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2 From under the front bumper (E), remove the clips (F).
3 From under the body, remove the clips (G).
4 Release the hooks (H) of the splash shield, then pull the splash shield
out.
2. Install the splash shield in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
NOTE: To remove the clips B, C, F and G, pry the inner the clip
up at the edge near the line (I) on its head.

2008 Honda Civic EX

4-DOOR
1. Remove the splash shield (A).
1 Remove the clips (B) that secure the front inner fender (C) and front
splash shield to the body.
2 From under the front bumper (D), remove the clips (E, F).
3 From under the body, remove the clips (G).
4 Release the hooks (H) of the front splash shield, then pull the splash
shield out.
NOTE: To remove the clips B, E, F and G, pry the inner the clip
up at the edge near the line (I) on its head.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Install the splash shield in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
FRONT FENDER FAIRING REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the front inner fender as needed:
2-door (see 2-door (Except Si model) )
2. From the wheel arch, remove the clips.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Identifying Wheel Clips
3. Open the front door. Detach the hooks (A) securing the front fender fairing (B).
Fig. 7: Identifying Front Door Hooks
4. Remove the front fender fairing (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Identifying Front Fender Fairing
5. Install the fender fairing in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
MIDDLE FLOOR UNDERCOVER REPLACEMENT
FOR SOME MODELS
1. Remove the bolts (A), and detach the clips (B), then remove the left middle
floor undercover (C) and right middle undercover (D).
NOTE: To remove the clips B, pry the inner clip up at the edge
near the line (E) on its head.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Identifying Middle Floor Undercover Clips (With Torque
Specifications)
2. Install the undercover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
REAR FLOOR UNDERCOVER REPLACEMENT
FOR SOME MODELS
1. Remove the clips (A) and bolts (B), then remove the rear floor undercover (C).
Take care not to scratch the rear bumper (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 10: Identifying Rear Floor Undercover Clips (With Torque
Specifications)
FUEL PIPE PROTECTOR REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the left rear wheel (see HUB BEARING UNIT REPLACEMENT-
DISC BRAKE TYPE ).
2. Remove the clips, then remove the fuel pipe protector (A).
NOTE:
Take care not to scratch the body.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Identifying Fuel Pipe Protector Clips
3. Install the protector in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
REAR FENDER COVER REPLACEMENT
FOR SOME MODELS
1. Remove the screws, then remove the rear fender cover (A) from the rear
bumper (B) and body.
NOTE: Take care not to scratch the rear bumper and body.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 12: Identifying Rear Fender Cover Screws
2. Install the fender cover in the reverse order of removal.
REAR STRAKE REPLACEMENT
FOR SOME MODELS
Remove the bolts, then remove the rear strake (A) from the body.
1. Remove the clips (A) and bolts (B), then remove the rear floor undercover (C).
Take care not to scratch the rear bumper (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Identifying Rear Floor Undercover Clips (With Torque
Specifications)
2. Install the strike in the reverse order of removal,
REAR AIR OUTLET REPLACEMENT
2. Detach the hooks (A), then remove the rear air outlet (B). Take care not to
scratch the body.
Fig. 14: Removing Rear Air Outlet
3. Install the air outlet by pushing on the hook portions until the hooks snap into
place.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Frame - Civic (Except Hybrid)
UPPER DASHBOARD SUPPORT GUSSET REPLACEMENT
UPPER DASHBOARD SUPPORT GUSSET TORQUE
NOTE: Refer to the FUEL FILL DOOR (GX) (SUPPLEMENT) article

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Frame - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Identifying Upper Dashboard Support Gusset Components (With
REAR FLOOR UPPER CROSS-MEMBER GUSSET REPLACEMENT
REAR FLOOR UPPER CROSS-MEMBER GUSSET TORQUE

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Identifying Rear Floor Upper Cross-Member Gusset Components
MIDDLE CROSS-MEMBER GUSSET REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
1. Remove the rear side trim panel (see 2-DOOR ).
2. Pull back the rear part of the carpet, as needed.
3. Remove the insulator (A). A
Fig. 3: Identifying Insulator

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Detach the floor wire harness clips (A).
Fig. 4: Identifying Floor Wire Harness Clips
5. Remove the bolts (B) and nuts (C), then remove the middle cross-member
gusset (D).
6. Install the gusset in the reverse order of removal. When installing the mounting
bolts for the middle cross-member gusset (A), torque the mounting hardware in
the sequence shown. If the mounting bolts are not torqued in this sequence,
damage to the quarter panel will occur.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Identifying Mounting Bolts For Middle Cross-Member Gusset
SUBFRAME REPLACEMENT
FRONT SUBFRAME TORQUE
NOTE:
After loosening the subframe mounting bolts, be sure
to replace them with new ones.
When installing, align both installation reference holes
in the subframe with both reference holes in the body
using a screwdriver or tapered punch as a guide.

2008 Honda Civic EX

FRAME REPAIR CHART
EXCEPT SI MODEL TOP VIEW
Fig. 6: Identifying Subframe Components (With Torque
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Frame Repair Chart - Except Si Model Top View (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Frame Repair Chart - Except Si Model Top View (2 Of 2)
SI MODEL TOP VIEW

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Frame Repair Chart - Si Model Top View (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 10: Frame Repair Chart - Si Model Top View (2 Of 2)
EXCEPT SI MODEL SIDE VIEW

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Frame Repair Chart - Except Si Model Side View (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 12: Frame Repair Chart - Except Si Model Side View (2 Of 2)
SI MODEL SIDE VIEW

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Frame Repair Chart - Si Model Side View (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 14: Frame Repair Chart - Si Model Side View (2 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 SUSPENSION
Front Suspension Civic (All Except Hybrid)
KNUCKLE/HUB/WHEEL BEARING REPLACEMENT
EXPLODED VIEW
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing (With Torque
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Hub dis/assembly tool 07GAF-SD40100
Hub dis/assembly tool 07GAF-SE00100
Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000
Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
Driver 07749-0010000
Attachment, 96 mm 07948-SB00101
Support base 07965-SD90100
KNUCKLE/HUB REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the front wheel.
Fig. 2: Identifying Front Wheel And Nut (With Torque Specifications)
3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 3: Identifying Brake Hose Mounting Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), and remove the caliper
assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or
brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the
undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively.
5. Remove the wheel sensor (A) from the knuckle (B). Do not disconnect the
wheel sensor connector.
Fig. 4: Identifying Wheel Sensor And Knuckle (With Torque
Specifications)
6. Raise the stake (A), then remove the spindle nut (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying Spindle Nut (With Torque Specifications)
7. Remove the 6 mm brake disc retaining screws (A).
Fig. 6: Identifying Brake Disc Retaining Screws (With Torque
Specifications)
8. Remove the brake disc (B) from the hub.
9. Check the front hub for damage and cracks.
10. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the tie-rod end ball joint, then remove the nut
(B).
NOTE: If the brake disc has clung to the hub. Screw two 8 x
1.25 mm bolts (C) into the brake disc to push it away
from the hub. Turn each bolt 90 degrees to prevent the
brake disc from binding.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 7: Identifying Cotter Pin Position (With Torque Specifications)
11. Disconnect the tie-rod ball joint from the knuckle using the ball joint remover
(see BALL JOINT REMOVAL ).
12. Remove the flange bolt and flange nuts from the lower arm (A).
NOTE: During installation, install the new cotter pin after
tightening the nut, and bend its end as shown.
NOTE: During installation, install a new flange bolt and new
flange nuts. After lightly tightening all three fasteners,
tighten them to the specified torque in the following
order; the nut on the front (B), the nut on the rear (C),
then the bolt (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 8: Identifying Lower Ball Joint (With Torque Specifications)
13. Disconnect the lower ball joint (E) from the lower arm.
14. Remove the damper pinch bolts (A) and the self-locking nuts (B) from the
damper.
Fig. 9: Identifying Damper Pinch Bolts (With Torque Specifications)
15. Remove the driveshaft outboard joint (C) from the knuckle (D) by tapping the
driveshaft end (E) with a plastic hammer while drawing the hub outward, then
remove the knuckle.
NOTE: During installation, install the new damper pinch bolts
and the new self-locking nuts.

2008 Honda Civic GX

16. Remove the lock pin (A) from the lower ball joint pin (B), then remove the nut
(C).
Fig. 10: Identifying Lower Ball Joint Pin (With Torque Specifications)
17. Install the ball joint thread protector (D).
18. Disconnect the lower ball joint (E) from the knuckle using the ball joint
remover (see BALL JOINT REMOVAL ).
19. Install the knuckle/hub in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when installing the knuckle.
Tighten all mounting hardware to the specified torque values.
Before connecting the lower ball joint to the knuckle, degrease the
threaded section and tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the knuckle
NOTE:
Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The inner
driveshaft joint may come apart.
During installation, apply grease to the mating
surface of the wheel bearing and driveshaft
outboard joint (see DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION ).
NOTE: During installation, install a lock pin after tightening the
new castle nut.

2008 Honda Civic GX

connecting hole, the threaded section, and mating surface of the castle nut.
First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then
raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully
tightening to the specified torque values.
Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only
far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the
castle nut by loosening it.
Use a new spindle nut during reassembly.
Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small amount of engine oil to the
seating surface of the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle
nut shoulder against the driveshaft.
Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surface of the front hub
and the inside of the brake disc.
Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of the brake disc and
the inside of the wheel.
Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary (see WHEEL
ALIGNMENT ).
WHEEL BEARING REPLACEMENT
1. Separate the hub (A) from the knuckle (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool and
a hydraulic press. Hold the knuckle with the attachment (C) of the hydraulic
press or equivalent tool. Be careful not to deform the splash guard. Hold onto
the hub to keep it from falling when pressed clear.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 11: Separating Hub From Knuckle
2. Press the wheel bearing inner race (A) off of the hub (B) using the hub
dis/assembly tool, a commercially available bearing separator (C), and a press.
Fig. 12: Pressing Wheel Bearing Inner Race
3. Remove the splash guard (A) and the snap ring (B) from the knuckle (C).
Fig. 13: Identifying Splash Guard And Snap Ring
4. Press the wheel bearing (A) out of the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the
driver, and a press.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 14: Pressing Wheel Bearing Out Of Knuckle
5. Wash the knuckle and hub thoroughly in high flashpoint solvent before
reassembly.
6. Press a new wheel bearing (A) into the knuckle (B) using the old bearing (C), a
steel plate (D), the attachment, the support base, and a press.
NOTE:
Install the wheel bearing with the wheel sensor
magnetic encoder (E) (brown color), toward the
inside of the knuckle.
Remove any oil, grease, dust, metal debris, and
other foreign material from the encoder surface.
Keep all magnetic tools away from the encoder
surface.
Be careful not to damage the encoder surface when
you insert the wheel bearing.

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Install the snap ring (A) securely in the knuckle (B).
Fig. 15: Pressing Wheel Bearing Into Knuckle

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 16: Identifying Snap Ring In Knuckle (With Torque Specifications)
8. Install the splash guard (C), and tighten the screws (D) to the specified torque
value.
9. Install the hub (A) onto the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, the
support base, and a hydraulic press. Be careful not to distort the splash guard
(C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 17: Installing Hub Onto Knuckle
LOWER BALL JOINT REPLACEMENT
Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000
1. Remove the front wheel (see KNUCKLE/HUB REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 18: Tightening Bolts (With Torque Specifications)
4. Remove the spindle nut (see step 6 ), and remove the outboard joint (A) from
the knuckle (B) by tapping the driveshaft end (C) with a plastic hammer while
drawing the hub outward.
then the bolt (D).
NOTE:
Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The inner
driveshaft joint may come apart.
During installation, apply grease to the mating
surface of the wheel bearing and driveshaft
outboard joint (see DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Remove the lock pin (A) from the lower ball joint pin (B), then remove the
castle nut (C).
Fig. 20: Identifying Lock Pin And Lower Ball Joint Pin (With Torque
Specifications)
6. Install the ball joint thread protector (D).
7. Disconnect the lower ball joint from the knuckle using the ball joint remover
Fig. 19: Tapping Driveshaft
NOTE: During installation, install a lock pin after tightening the
new castle nut.

2008 Honda Civic GX

(see BALL JOINT REMOVAL ), then remove the lower ball joint.
8. Install the lower ball joint in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
tighten the lower ball joint to the lower arm to the specified torque. Raise
the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening
the lower ball joint to the knuckle to the specified torque values.
Use a new spindle nut during reassembly.
inside of the wheel.
ALIGNMENT ).
BALL JOINT BOOT REPLACEMENT
Attachment, 40 mm 07GAF-SE00200
1. Remove the lower ball joint (see LOWER BALL JOINT
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the boot clip and the boot.
3. Pack the interior and lip (A) of a new boot with grease. Keep the grease off of
the boot-to-lower ball housing mating surfaces (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Wipe the grease off the tapered portion of the pin (C), and pack fresh grease
into the base (D). Do not let dirt or other foreign materials get into the boot.
5. Install the boot on the ball joint, then squeeze it gently to force out any air.
6. Press the boot with the attachment until the bottom seats on the lower ball
housing (A) all the way around.
Fig. 22: Pressing Boot With Attachment Until Bottom Seats On Lower
Ball Housing
7. After installing a boot, wipe any grease off the exposed portion of the ball joint
pin.
8. Install the lower ball joint (see LOWER BALL JOINT REPLACEMENT ).
LOWER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Bushing driver 07AAF-SVAA100
Receiver set 07AAF-SVAA200
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
2. Remove the center cap and front wheel.
3. Remove the flange nut (A) while holding the respective joint pin (B) with a

2008 Honda Civic GX

hex wrench (C), then disconnect the stabilizer links from the lower arm (D).
Fig. 23: Identifying Respective Joint Pin With Hex Wrench (With Torque
Specifications)
4. Turn the stabilizer bar backward to gain easier access to the front side of the
lower arm mounting bolt.
NOTE: Use a new flange nut during reassembly.
then the bolt (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 24: Identifying Lower Arm Bolts (With Torque Specifications)
7. Remove the lower arm mounting bolt (A).
Fig. 25: Identifying Lower Arm Mounting Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
8. Remove the lower arm mounting bolt (B), then remove the lower arm (C) from
the front suspension subframe (D).
9. Install the lower arm in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
tighten the lower ball joint to the lower arm to the specified torque. Raise
the suspension the lower ball joint to the knuckle and the lower arm to the
subframe to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the
specified torque.
NOTE: During installation, install a new mounting bolt.
NOTE: During installation, install a new mounting bolt.

2008 Honda Civic GX

ALIGNMENT ).
BUSHING REPLACEMENT
Fig. 26: Identifying Paint Mark On Lower Arm
1. Press out the bushing (A) with the bushing driver, receiver set (attachment A)
and a hydraulic press, and remove the bushing from the lower arm (B).
NOTE: Replace the lower arm (A) as an assembly if the lower arm
has the paint mark (B) around the hole near the front
bushing. The paint mark can also be seen around a hole on
the bottom side of the lower arm in the same area. Paint
marks indicate a oversize bushing has been installed.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the inside of the bushing hole
when pressing on the bushing.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 27: Pressing Out Bushing
2. Clean the mating surface of the new bushing and the lower arm.
3. Position the tab (A) of the bushing (B) with the lower arm (C) as shown.
Fig. 28: Identifying Tab Position
4. Using a hydraulic press, bushing driver, and receiver set attachments, press in

2008 Honda Civic GX

the bushing into the lower arm.
5. Using a yellow oil-based paint marker, paint a mark (A) around the hole (B)
near the front bushing (C). Also paint a mark around the hole on the bottom
side of the lower arm in the same area.
Fig. 29: Identifying Paint Marks On Lower Arm
STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
2. Remove the front wheel.
3. Remove the self-locking nut (A) and the flange nut (B) while holding the
respective joint pin (C) with a hex wrench (D), then remove the stabilizer link
(E).
NOTE: These marks are used to identify a lower control arm
that has had the bushing replaced. Do not replace the
bushing in a lower arm with there paint marks; you
must replace the lower arm.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 30: Identifying Self-Locking Nut (With Torque Specifications)
4. Install the stabilizer link on the stabilizer bar (F) and lower arm (G) with the
joint pins set at the center of their range of movement.
5. Install a new self-locking nut and a new flange nut, and lightly tighten them.
6. Place a jack under the lower arm, and raise the suspension to load it with the
vehicle's weight.
7. Tighten the self-locking nut and flange nut to the specified torque values while
holding the respective joint pin with a hex wrench.
8. Reinstall all removed parts and test-drive the vehicle.
9. After 5 minutes of driving, torque the self-locking nut again to the specified
torque value.
STABILIZER BAR REPLACEMENT
3. Disconnect both stabilizer links from the stabilizer bar (see STABILIZER
LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
NOTE: The stabilizer link has a paint mark (H). Align the paint
mark on the stabilizer link facing rearward.

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Remove the flange bolts (A) and the bushing holders (B), then remove the
bushings (C) and the stabilizer bar (D) from the front suspension subframe (E).
Fig. 31: Identifying Flange Bolts And Bushing Holders
5. Install the stabilizer bar in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Note the right and left direction of the stabilizer bar.
Align the paint marks (F) on the stabilizer bar with the sides of the
bushings.
Note the fore/aft direction of the bushing holders.
Refer to STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to
connect the stabilizer bar to the links .
inside of the wheel.
ALIGNMENT ).
DAMPER/SPRING REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then turn on the windshield wipers. Turn the
ignition switch off when the wipers are near the A-pillars.
3. Remove the front wheel.
4. Remove the wheel sensor harness clip (A) and the brake hose bracket (B) from
the damper. Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector.
Fig. 32: Identifying Wheel Sensor Harness Clip And Brake Hose Bracket
5. Remove the damper pinch bolts (A) and self-locking nuts (B) from the damper.
Fig. 33: Identifying Damper Pinch Bolts And Self-Locking Nuts
6. Remove the service cap (A) and the lid (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 34: Identifying Service Cap And Lid
7. Remove the three flange nuts (C) from the top of the damper.
8. Remove the damper assembly (A).
Fig. 35: Identifying Damper Assembly
NOTE:
Damper springs are different, left and right. Mark
the springs L and R before you continue.
Be careful not to damage the body.

2008 Honda Civic GX

INSTALLATION
1. Install the damper assembly (A) onto the frame.
Fig. 36: Identifying Damper Assembly
2. Loosely install the new flange nuts (A).
NOTE: Install the service cap (B) and the lid (C) after tightening
the flange nuts to the specified torque value.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 37: Identifying Flange Nuts (With Torque Specifications)
3. Loosely install new damper pinch bolts (A) and new self-locking nuts (B) to
the damper (C).
Fig. 38: Identifying Damper Pinch Bolts (With Torque Specifications)
4. Install the wheel sensor harness clip (A) and the brake hose bracket (B) to the
damper (C).
Fig. 39: Identifying Wheel Sensor Harness Clip And Brake Hose Bracket
5. Raise the front suspension with a floor jack to load the suspension with the
vehicle's weight.
6. Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque value.

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Tighten the flange nuts on top of the damper to the specified torque value.
8. Install the service cap and the lid.
9. Clean the mating surface of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then
install the front wheel.
ALIGNMENT ).
11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), then turn the windshield wipers to the
default positions, and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
DAMPER/SPRING DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY
EXPLODED VIEW

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 40: Exploded View Of Damper/Spring (With Torque Specifications)
Strut nut adapter 07AAA-SVAA100
NOTE: When compressing the damper spring, use a commercially
available strut spring compressor (Branick MST-580A or

2008 Honda Civic GX

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove the cap (A) from the top of the damper.
Fig. 41: Identifying Damper Cap
2. Compress the damper spring, then remove the self-locking nut (A) using the
strut nut adapter (B) while holding the damper shaft with a hex wrench (C). Do
not compress the spring more than necessary to remove the nut.
Fig. 42: Identifying Compress Damper Spring
3. Release the pressure from the strut spring compressor, then disassemble the
damper as shown in the Exploded View.
Model 7200, or equivalent) according to the manufacturer's
instructions.

2008 Honda Civic GX

INSPECTION
1. Reassemble all the parts, except for the upper spring mounting cushion, the
bump stop, and the damper spring.
2. Compress the damper assembly by hand, and check for smooth operation
through a full stroke, both compression and extension. The damper should
extend smoothly and constantly when compression is released. If it does not,
the gas is leaking and the damper should be replaced.
Fig. 43: Identifying Compress Damper Assembly By Hand
3. Check for oil leaks, abnormal noises, or binding during these tests.
REASSEMBLY
1. Install the damper spring (A) on the upper spring mounting cushion (B) by
aligning the ledge portion (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 44: Aligning Ledge Portion
2. Compress the damper spring.
3. Install all the parts except the damper mounting washer and self-locking nut
onto the damper unit (A) by referring to the Exploded View.
Fig. 45: Exploded View Of Damper
4. Align the bottom of the spring (B) and the stepped part of the lower spring seat
(C).
5. Align the damper bracket (A) and the damper mounting base (B) so that the
"delta" stamp (C) points toward the front.
Fig. 46: Aligning Angle Of Strut Bolt On Damper Bracket
6. Align the angle of the strut bolt (D) on the damper bracket as shown.
7. Install a new self-locking nut (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 47: Identifying Self-Locking Nut (With Torque Specifications)
8. Hold the damper shaft using a hex wrench (B), and tighten the new self-
locking nut using the strut nut adapter (C) to the specified torque value.
9. Install the cap.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fuel Supply System - Civic GX
Fig. 1: Identifying Fuel Supply System Components (1 Of 2)
NOTE: Refer to the FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM (R18A1) (EXCEPT
HYBRID) article for additional information that is not shown
in this article.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Identifying Fuel Supply System Components (2 Of 2)
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC P0181: FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Note the ambient temperature.
3. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
4. Compare the value of the IAT SENSOR and the ambient temperature.
Is the value of the IAT SENSOR and the ambient temperature same?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Allow the IAT SENSOR to cool to ambient temperature, then go to step
5.
5. Note the value of the FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR in the DATA LIST
with the HDS.
6. Compare the value of the IAT SENSOR and the value of the FUEL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
Does the value of the FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR differ 45 F (25 C) or
more?
YES -Go to step 7.
connections or loose terminals at the fuel temperature sensor and the PCM.
7. Replace the fuel temperature sensor (see FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
REPLACEMENT ).
9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure, refer to the ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN
PROCEDURE .
10. Allow the IAT SENSOR to cool to ambient temperature.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel temperature
sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO -Go to step 13.
HDS.
YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
terminals at the fuel temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 10.
DTC P0182: FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE
2. Check the FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the
HDS.
Is about 356 F (180 C) or more, or 0.08 V or less indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Disconnect the fuel temperature sensor 2P connector.
HDS.
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Go to step 11 11.
10. Check for continuity between fuel temperature sensor 2P connector terminal
Fig. 3: Checking Continuity Between Fuel Temperature Sensor 2P
YES -Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B5) and the fuel temperature

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO -Go to step 18.
REPLACEMENT ).
PROCEDURE .
NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are
indicated, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting.
PCM ).
sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
(see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then recheck. If the PCM was
substituted, replace the original PCM, refer to the ECM/PCM
REPLACEMENT . If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go

2008 Honda Civic GX

to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting.
DTC P0183: FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE
HDS.
Is about - 40F (-40C) or less, or 4.92 V or more indicated?
YES -Go to step 3.
4. Disconnect the fuel temperature sensor 2P connector.
5. Connect fuel temperature sensor 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a
jumper wire.
Fig. 4: Connecting Fuel Temperature Sensor 2P Connector Terminals No.
1 And 2 With Jumper Wire
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

HDS.
Is about -40F (-40 C) or less, or 4.92 V or more indicated?
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 11 20.
9. Remove the jumper wire from the fuel temperature sensor 2P connector.
11. Measure voltage between fuel temperature sensor 2P connector terminal No. 2
and body ground.
Fig. 5: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Temperature Sensor 2P
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Go to step 16.

2008 Honda Civic GX

No. 1 and PCM connector terminal B33.
Connector Terminals
YES -Go to step 27.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B33) and the fuel temperature
No. 2 and PCM connector terminal B5.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Connector Terminals
YES -Go to step 27.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B5) and the fuel temperature
REPLACEMENT ).
PROCEDURE .

2008 Honda Civic GX

PCM ).
DTC P0191: FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM
2. Check for a loose or damaged fuel pressure regulator P1 vacuum line.
Is the line OK?
YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Reconnect or repair the fuel pressure regulator P1 vacuum line, then go to
step 21.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Check the fuel system for any leaking parts (see LEAK INSPECTION ).
Are any parts leaking?
YES -Replace the leaking part(s), then go to step 21.
NO -Go to step 4.
5. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded on-
board snapshot parameters:
ENGINE SPEED
MAP SENSOR
HDS.
YES -Go to step 7.
this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel rail
pressure sensor and the PCM. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep
driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION,
go to step 4 and recheck.
8. Snap the throttle to an engine speed of 3,000 rpm or more.
9. Check the FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the
HDS while snapping the throttle.
Does the reading change 4 kPa (0.58 psi, 0.04 kgf/cm
2
) or more?

YES -Go to step 10.

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO -Replace the fuel rail pressure sensor (see FUEL PRESSURE SWITCH
HDS at idle.
Is about 204-326 kPa (29.58-47.3 psi, 2.08-3.32 kgf/cm
2
) indicated?

YES -Go to step 16.
NO -Go to step 11.
12. Remove the fuel rail pressure sensor (see FUEL PRESSURE SWITCH
REPLACEMENT ).
13. Reconnect the fuel rail pressure sensor 3P connector to the sensor.
15. Compare the value of the BARO SENSOR and the FUEL RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Does the reading differ 22.3 kPa (3.23 psi, 0.23 kgf/cm
2
) or more?

YES -Replace the fuel rail pressure sensor (see FUEL PRESSURE SWITCH
NO -Replace the fuel pressure regulator P1 (see FUEL PRESSURE
REGULATOR P1 REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 19.
16. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 17.
NO -Replace the MAP sensor, refer to the MAP SENSOR
REPLACEMENT , then go to step 19.

2008 Honda Civic GX

18. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS while snapping
the throttle to fuel cut engine speed.
Is about 36.9 kPa (10.9 in.Hg, 277 mmHg), or 1.51 V or less indicated?
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel rail pressure
sensor and the PCM. Also check for a loose or damage fuel pressure regulator
P1 vacuum line. Then go to step 19.
NO -Replace the MAP sensor, refer to the MAP SENSOR
REPLACEMENT , then go to step 19.
PROCEDURE .
24. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded on-
board snapshot parameters:
ENGINE SPEED
MAP SENSOR
NO -Go to step 26.
HDS.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
terminals at the fuel rail pressure sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the
screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 23.
DTC P0192: FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE
HDS.
Is there about 0.23 V or less?
YES -Go to step 3.
connections or loose terminals at the fuel rail pressure sensor and the PCM.
4. Disconnect the fuel rail pressure sensor 3P connector.
HDS.
YES -Go to step 8.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO -Go to step 7.
7. Measure voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor 3P connector terminals No.
1 and No. 3.
Fig. 8: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 3P
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 16.
NO -Go to step 12.
11. Check for continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor 3P connector terminal

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 9: Checking Continuity Between Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 3P
Connector Terminals
YES -Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C10) and the fuel rail
pressure sensor, then go to step 18.
NO -Go to step 23.
No. 1 and PCM connector terminal A19.
Connector Terminals
YES -Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A19) and the fuel rail
pressure sensor, then go to step 18.
NO -Go to step 23.

2008 Honda Civic GX

17. Replace the fuel rail pressure sensor (see FUEL PRESSURE SWITCH
REPLACEMENT ).
PROCEDURE .
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC P0193: FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE
HDS.
Is there about 4.77 V or more?
YES -Go to step 3.
connections or loose terminals at the fuel rail pressure sensor and the PCM.
3. Try to start the engine when the ambient temperature is 32 F (0 C) or more.
Does the engine start?
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 4.
5. Disconnect the fuel pressure regulator switch 2P connector (see FUEL
PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ).
7. Check the LOW FUEL INDICATOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is OFF indicated?
YES -Replace fuel pressure regulator P1 (see FUEL PRESSURE
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO -Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A41) and the fuel pressure
regulator switch 2P connector, the fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay. Also
replace fuel pressure regulator P1 (see FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR P1
REPLACEMENT ). Then go to step 35.
HDS, and note the value.
10. Close the manual shut-off valve.
11. Start the engine, and let it idle until it stops.
HDS.
13. Compare the current value of the FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR with the
value from step 8.
Is the current value lower than the value from step 4?
YES -Go to step 14.
NO -Go to step 18.
15. Disconnect the fuel pressure regulator switch 2P connector (see FUEL
PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ).
Is OFF indicated?
YES -Replace fuel pressure regulator P1 (see FUEL PRESSURE
NO -Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A41) and the fuel pressure
regulator switch 2P connector, the fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay. Also
replace fuel pressure regulator P1 (see FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR P1
REPLACEMENT ). Then go to step 35.

2008 Honda Civic GX

19. Disconnect the fuel rail pressure sensor 3P connector (see FUEL PRESSURE
20. Connect fuel rail pressure sensor 3P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3 with
a jumper wire.
Fig. 11: Connecting Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 3P Connector Terminals
No. 2 And 3 With Jumper Wire
HDS.
YES -Go to step 23.
NO -Replace the fuel rail pressure sensor (see FUEL PRESSURE SWITCH
24. Remove the jumper wire from the fuel rail pressure sensor 3P connector.
26. Measure voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor 3P connector terminals No.
1 and No. 3.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 12: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 3P
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 27.
NO -Go to step 31.
No. 2 and PCM connector terminal C10.
Connector Terminals

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 41.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C10) and the fuel rail pressure
No. 3 and PCM connector terminal A9.
Connector Terminals
YES -Go to step 41.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A9) and the fuel rail pressure

2008 Honda Civic GX

PROCEDURE .
PCM ).
DTC P1187: FTT SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Check the FTT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 3.
connections or loose terminals at the FTT sensor and the PCM.
4. Disconnect the FTT sensor 2P connector (see FTP SENSOR
REPLACEMENT ).
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Go to step 11.
10. Check for continuity between FTT sensor 2P connector terminal No. 2 and
body ground.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 15: Checking Continuity Between FTT Sensor 2P Connector
YES -Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A32) and the FTT sensor,
then go to step 13.
NO -Go to step 18.
12. Replace the FTT sensor (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
PROCEDURE .
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTT sensor and the
PCM, then go to step 1.

2008 Honda Civic GX

PCM ).
SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go
to step 1.
DTC P1188: FTT SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE
YES -Go to step 3.
connections or loose terminals at the FTT sensor and the PCM.
4. Disconnect the FTT sensor 2P connector.
5. Connect FTT sensor 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

wire.
Fig. 16: Connecting FTT Sensor 2P Connector Terminals No. 1 And 2
With Jumper Wire
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 22.
9. Remove the jumper wire from the FTT sensor 2P connector.
11. Measure voltage between FTT sensor 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body
ground.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 17: Measuring Voltage Between FTT Sensor 2P Connector Terminal
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Go to step 17.
15. Connect FTT sensor 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a
jumper wire.
Fig. 18: Connecting FTT Sensor 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body
16. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A9 and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 19: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal A9 And
Body Ground
YES -Go to step 29.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A9) and the FTT sensor, then
go to step 24.
20. Connect FTT sensor 2P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a
jumper wire.
Fig. 20: Connecting FTT Sensor 2P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body

2008 Honda Civic GX

Body Ground
YES -Go to step 29.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A32) and the FTT sensor, then
go to step 24.
23. Replace the FTT sensor (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
PROCEDURE .
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

to step 1.
YES -Go to step 3.
connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the PCM.
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 7.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

No. 1 And 2
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 17.
NO -Go to step 12.
body ground.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A26) and the FTP sensor,
then go to step 19.
NO -Go to step 24.
wire.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Body Ground
YES -Go to step 24.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A19) and the FTP sensor, then
go to step 19.
PROCEDURE .
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the
PCM ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

to step 1.
YES -Go to step 3.
connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the PCM.
wire.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

With Jumper Wire
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 22.
9. Remove the jumper wire from the FTP sensor 3P connector.
No. 1 And 2

2008 Honda Civic GX

Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Go to step 17.
wire.
Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 29.
go to step 24.
wire.
Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 29.
go to step 24.
PROCEDURE .
PCM ).
to step 1.

2008 Honda Civic GX

LOW FUEL INDICATOR TROUBLESHOOTING
If the low fuel indicator is blinking, do this:
Is ON indicated?
YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor
connections or loose terminals at the fuel pressure switch and the PCM, then
disconnect the negative cable from the battery for a few seconds to reset the
low fuel indicator.
NO -Go to step 3.
4. Disconnect the fuel pressure switch 2P connector (see FUEL PRESSURE
5. Check for continuity between fuel pressure switch 2P connector terminal No. 2
and body ground.
NOTE: If the PCM has any DTCs, do the DTC troubleshooting first.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 32: Checking Continuity Between Fuel Pressure Switch 2P Connector
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the fuel pressure switch and G401 (see
CONNECTOR INDEX ), then disconnect the negative cable from the battery
for a few seconds to reset the low fuel indicator.
6. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover, refer to the DRIVER'S
DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .
7. Remove the fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay (A).
Fig. 33: Identifying Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Relay
9. Measure voltage between fuel pressure switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and
body ground.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 34: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Pressure Switch 2P Connector
Is there about 5 V?
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Go to step 10.
11. Connect fuel pressure switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with
a jumper wire.
Fig. 35: Connecting Fuel Pressure Switch 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 To
14. Check for continuity between body ground and PCM connector terminal A41.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 36: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And PCM Connector
Terminal A41
YES -Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING
THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE
PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
PCM, replace the original PCM, refer to the ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ,
then disconnect the negative cable from the battery for a few seconds to reset
the low fuel indicator.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the fuel pressure switch and the PCM
(A41), then disconnect the negative cable from the battery for a few seconds to
reset the low fuel indicator.
HDS.
Is about 500 kPa indicated?
YES -Replace the fuel pressure regulator P1 (see FUEL PRESSURE
REGULATOR P1 REPLACEMENT ), then disconnect the negative cable
from the battery for a few seconds to reset the low fuel indicator.
NO -Replace the original fuel pressure switch (see FUEL PRESSURE
SWITCH REPLACEMENT ), then disconnect the negative cable from the
battery for a few seconds to reset the low fuel indicator.

2008 Honda Civic GX

FUEL SHUT-OFF SOLENOID VALVE 1/FUEL SHUT-OFF SOLENOID VALVE
2 CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
5. Measure voltage between fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay 5P connector
Fig. 38: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Relay
5P Connector Terminal No. 5 And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 11.
YES -Go to step 14.
NO -Go to step 7.
7. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then check the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse
in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -
Repair short in the wire between the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and
the PCM (C36), between the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the fuel
shut-off solenoid valve relay, or between the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A)
fuse and the immobilizer control unit. Also replace the No. 2 FUEL

2008 Honda Civic GX

PUMP (15A) fuse.
If the wire is OK, update the PCM if it does not have the latest software
(see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see
SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the original PCM, refer to
the ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT .
8. Disconnect the under-dash fuse/relay box 12P connector.
9. Connect under-dash fuse/relay box 12P connector terminal No. 12 to body
Fig. 40: Connecting Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box 12P Connector Terminal
No. 12 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire
10. Check for continuity between body ground and fuel shut-off solenoid valve
relay 5P connector terminal No. 1.
Fig. 41: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Fuel Shut-Off
Solenoid Valve Relay

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Replace the under-dash fuse/relay box, refer to the UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX (ALL EXCEPT HYBRID) .
fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay.
12. Remove the injector control module relay (A).
Fig. 42: Identifying Injector Control Module Relay
13. Check for continuity between injector control module relay 5P connector
terminal No. 2 and fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay 5P connector terminal No.
5.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 43: Checking Continuity Between Module Relay Terminals And Fuel
Shut-Off Solenoid Terminals
YES -Do the injector control module relay circuit troubleshooting (see
INJECTOR CONTROL MODULE RELAY CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
NO -Repair open in the wire between the injector control module relay and the
fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay.
14. Check for continuity between fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay 5P connector

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 44: Checking Continuity Between Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Relay
5P Connector Terminals
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the fuel pressure regulator switch and the
fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay. If the wire is OK, replace the fuel pressure
switch (see FUEL PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ).
15. Reinstall the fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay.
5P Connector Terminals
YES -Go to step 18.
NO -Replace the fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay.
19. Disconnect the fuel shut-off solenoid valve 2 2P connector (see FUEL
PRESSURE REGULATOR P1 REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

20. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then measure voltage between fuel shut-off
solenoid valve 2 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground within 2
seconds.
Fig. 46: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Valve 2 2P
Connector Terminals
YES -Go to step 28.
NO -Go to step 21.
22. Disconnect the fuel subharness 6P connector (see FUEL PRESSURE
RELIEVING ).
23. Turning the ignition switch ON (II), then measure voltage between fuel
subharness 6P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground within 2 seconds.
Fig. 47: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Subharness 6P Connector

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 30.
NO -Go to step 24.
26. Connect fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay 5P connector terminals No. 1 and
No. 2 with a jumper wire.
Fig. 49: Connecting Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Relay 5P Connector
Terminals 1 And 2 With Jumper Wire
27. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then measure voltage between fuel shut-off

2008 Honda Civic GX

solenoid valve 2 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground within 2
seconds.
Fig. 50: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Valve 2 2P
YES -Check the fuel subharness, and repair it as necessary. Replace the fuel
shut-off solenoid valve relay.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay,
fuel shut-off solenoid valve 2, and the fuel subharness 6P connector.
29. Check for continuity between fuel shut-off solenoid valve 2 2P connector
Fig. 51: Checking Continuity Between Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Valve 2 2P
Connector Terminals

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Replace the fuel pressure regulator P1 solenoid valve (see FUEL
PRESSURE REGULATOR P1 REPLACEMENT ).
NO -Repair open in the wire between fuel shut-off solenoid valve 2 and G401
(see CONNECTOR INDEX ).
31. Check for continuity between fuel subharness 6P connector terminal No. 1 and
body ground.
Fig. 52: Checking Continuity Between Fuel Subharness 6P Connector
YES -Check the fuel subharness, and replace it if necessary. If the fuel sub-
harness is OK, replace the fuel tank (see FUEL TANK
NO -Repair open in the wire between the fuel subharness 6P connector and
G601 (see CONNECTOR INDEX ).
INJECTOR CONTROL MODULE CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
2. Disconnect the injector control module 26P connector (see FUEL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Disconnect the injector 2P connector.
4. Check for continuity between each injector 2P connector terminal No. 2 and
body ground (see table).
Fig. 53: Checking Continuity Between Injector 2P Connector Terminal
CONTINUITY REFERENCE
YES -Repair short in the wire between the injector control module and the
injector.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Connect each injector 2P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a
jumper wire.
INJECTOR
INJECTOR CONTROL MODULE
TERMINAL
WIRE
COLOR
No. 1 No. 2 BRN
No. 2 No. 1 RED
No. 3 No. 15 BLU
No. 4 No. 14 YEL

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 54: Connecting Injector 2P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body
6. Check for continuity between body ground and injector control module 26P
connector terminals No. 1, No. 2, No. 14, and No. 15.
Fig. 55: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Injector Control
Module 26P Terminals
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the injector control module and the
injector.
8. Disconnect PCM connectors A (44P) and C (44P).
9. Check for continuity between body ground and the PCM connector terminals
(see table).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Terminals
YES -Repair short in the wire between the PCM and the injector control
module.
NO -Go to step 10.
PCM
TERMINAL
PCM
TERMINAL
NAME
INJECTOR CONTROL
MODULE TERMINAL
WIRE
COLOR
C5 INJCNTL1 No. 11 BRN/BLK
C6 INJCNTL2 No. 10 RED/BLK
C7 INJCNTL3 No. 9 BLU/BLK
C8 INJCNTL4 No. 8 YEL/BLK
A43 INJMODE No. 24 ORN

2008 Honda Civic GX

10. Connect injector control module 26P connector terminals No. 8, No. 9, No. 10,
No. 11, and No. 24 to body ground with a jumper wire (see table).
Fig. 57: Connecting Injector Control Module 26P Connector Terminals
No. 8, 9, 10, 11 And 24 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire
INJECTOR CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR TERMINALS
CONNECTION REFERENCE
11. Check for continuity between body ground and the PCM connector terminals
(see table).
PCM
TERMINAL
PCM
TERMINAL
NAME
INJECTOR CONTROL
MODULE TERMINAL
WIRE
COLOR
C5 INJCNTL1 No. 11 YEL
C6 INJCNTL2 No. 10 GRY
C7 INJCNTL3 No. 9 PNK
C8 INJCNTL4 No. 8 LT GRN

2008 Honda Civic GX

Terminals
YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the PCM and the injector control
module.
PCM
TERMINAL
PCM
TERMINAL
NAME
INJECTOR CONTROL
MODULE TERMINAL
WIRE
COLOR
C5 INJCNTL1 No. 11 BRN/BLK
C6 INJCNTL2 No. 10 RED/BLK
C7 INJCNTL3 No. 9 BLU/BLK
C8 INJCNTL4 No. 8 YEL/BLK

2008 Honda Civic GX

12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then measure voltage between body ground
and injector control module 26P connector terminals No. 13, No. 26, and
injector 2P connector terminal No. 1 within 2 seconds.
Fig. 59: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And Injector Control
Module 26P Connector Terminals No. 13 And 26
Fig. 60: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And Injector 2P
Connector Terminal No. 1
YES -Go to step 13.
NO -Check the injector relay circuit (see INJECTOR CONTROL MODULE
RELAY CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ).
13. Check for continuity between body ground and injector control module 26P
connector terminals No. 3, No. 12, No. 16, and No. 25 individually.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 61: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Injector Control
Module 26P Terminals
YES -Go to step 14.
NO -Repair open in the wire(s) between the injector control module, G101,
and the PCM.
15. Substitute a known-good injector control module (see FUEL
17. Try to start the engine.
YES -Replace the original injector control module (see FUEL
NO -Go to step 18.
19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and listen for a clicking sound from the
injectors within 2 seconds.
Do all the injectors click?

2008 Honda Civic GX

PCM, replace the original PCM, refer to the ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT .
NO -Go to step 20.
20. Disconnect the injector 2P connector from the problem cylinder.
21. At injector side, measure resistance between injector 2P connector terminals
No. 1 and No. 2.
Fig. 62: Measuring Resistance Between Injector 2P Connector Terminals
No. 1 And 2
Is there 1.14-1.26 ohms at 68 F (20 C)?
YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the injector control
module, the injector, and the PCM.
NO -Replace the injector(s) (see INJECTOR REPLACEMENT ).
INJECTOR CONTROL MODULE RELAY CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
3. Remove the injector control module relay (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 63: Identifying Injector Control Module Relay
4. Connect injector control module relay 5P connector terminal No. 3 to body
Fig. 64: Connecting Injector Control Module Relay 5P Connector
Terminal No. 3 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire
7. Check for continuity between body ground and PCM connector terminal A15.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Terminal A15
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the injector control module relay and the
PCM (A15).
8. Measure voltage between injector control module relay 5P connector terminal
Fig. 66: Measuring Voltage Between Injector Control Module Relay 5P
YES -Go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO -
Repair open in the wire between the injector control module relay and the
No. 5 +B INJ (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Also replace
the No. 5 +B INJ (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Repair open in the wire between the No. 5 +B INJ (15 A) fuse in the
under-dash fuse/relay box and the No. 5 +B OP MAIN (80 A) fuse in the
under-hood fuse/relay box. Also replace the No. 5 +B OP MAIN (80 A)
fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
If needed, replace the under-hood fuse/relay box, refer to the UNDER-
HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX (ALL EXCEPT HYBRID) , or the under-
dash fuse/relay box, refer to the UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
(ALL EXCEPT HYBRID) .
YES -Go to step 11.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the injector control module relay and
PGM-FI main relay 1.

2008 Honda Civic GX

12. Reconnect the injector control module relay and PCM connector A (44P).
13. Open the SCS line with the HDS.
YES -Repair open in the wire between the injector control module relay, the
injector control module, the injector, or the fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay.
NO -Go to step 16.
16. Test the injector control module relay (see POWER RELAY TEST ).
Is the injector control module relay OK?
PCM, replace the original PCM, refer to the ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT .
NO -Replace the injector control module relay.
LEAK INSPECTION

2008 Honda Civic GX

available
Check for a gas leak if there is an odor coming from the vehicle. Compressed
natural gas (CNG) can only be smelled, not seen.
1. Open the hood and the fuel fill door.
2. Connect a vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, to the hose (A) from fuel pressure
regulator P1, and apply 67.7 kPa (20 in.Hg, 508 mmHg) of vacuum.
Fig. 69: Identifying Hose
3. If fuel pressure regulator P2 does not hold vacuum, replace it before continuing
to the next step.
4. Inspect the fuel lines and hoses under the hood for kinks, abrasion, and other
signs of damage.
5. With the manual shut-off valve open, turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do
not start the engine. After the fuel pressure regulator shut-off solenoid
valve/fuel tank internal solenoid valve operates for about 2 seconds, the fuel
WARNING: Compressed natural gas is flammable and highly
explosive. You could be killed or seriously injured if
leaking natural gas is ignited.
Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks and flames
away.

2008 Honda Civic GX

pressure in the fuel lines rises. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Repeat this two
or three times.
6. Within 1 minute, check for any damaged lines with a leak detector (A)
(Matheson Leak Hunter Plus, model number 8066 or Snoop Soap Suds (B)).
Fig. 70: Identifying Leak Detector And Snoop Soap Suds
7. If no damage was noticed during the inspection, turn the ignition switch ON
(II) for 2 seconds, then turn the ignition switch OFF. Within 1 minute, check
for a leak at the vent hose outlet inside the fuel pipe protector (A).
Fig. 71: Identifying Fuel Pipe Protector
8. If you detect a leak, remove the vent hose, and check the fuel lines and fittings
at the solenoid valve with a leak detector.
9. If you cannot find the leak, raise the vehicle on a hoist, remove the under-floor

2008 Honda Civic GX

cover, and inspect all the fuel lines under the vehicle visually and with a leak
detector.
10. If you still cannot find the leak, remove the rear seat, and check all fuel lines
and fittings at the fuel tank and the fuel joint block.
FUEL PRESSURE RELIEVING
This procedure should be done outside in a well-ventilated area or in a properly
equipped CNG shop.
BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND THE MANUAL SHUT-OFF VALVE
This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system
downstream of the manual shut-off valve, such as fuel pressure regulator P1 or the
fuel injectors.
1. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands.
2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A).
Fig. 72: Identifying Manual Shut-Off Valve
3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall.
away.

2008 Honda Civic GX

BETWEEN THE FUEL TANK AND THE ENGINE
This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system
downstream of the fuel tank such as the fuel joint block or the manual shut-off
valve.
2. Disconnect the fuel subharness 6P connector (A) (this prevents the tank from
supplying fuel to the system).
Fig. 73: Identifying Fuel Subharness 6P Connector
BETWEEN THE FUEL RECEPTACLE AND THE FUEL TANK
This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system between
the fuel joint block and fuel receptacle.
1. Relieve the fuel pressure between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve
(see the previous procedure).
2. Remove the under floor cover (A).
NOTE: Make sure the manual shut-off valve is open.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 74: Identifying Floor Cover With Torque Specifications
3. Loosen the sealing bolt (A) on the fuel joint block slowly.
Fig. 75: Identifying Sealing Bolt And Fuel Stem With Torque
Specifications
4. Turn the fuel stem assembly (B) 1/2-1 turn counterclockwise.
5. Replace the fuel stem assembly and sealing bolt O-ring (C).
AT THE FUEL TANK
NOTE: This procedure degrades the integrity of the fuel tank. Do it
only if you are replacing the fuel tank.

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Lift the vehicle and support it with jackstands.
2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A).
Fig. 76: Identifying Manual Shut-Off Valve
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the negative cable from the
battery.
5. Connect a ground wire (A) (available from AH special tools department) to the
fuel line to eliminate any static electricity.
Fig. 77: Identifying Ground Wire, Fuel Supply Pipe And Fuel Pressure
Regulator P1
6. Disconnect the fuel supply pipe (B) from fuel pressure regulator P1 (C). Be
careful not to lose the O-rings.

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Connect the vent tube to the fuel supply pipe.
8. Secure the other end of the vent tube to the highest possible location.
9. Remove the fuel pipe duct, and slowly remove the manual lock-down valve
(A). Install the manual override vent tool (B) (available from AH special tools
department) in its place.
Fig. 78: Identifying Manual Lock-Down Valve, Manual Override Vent
Tool With Torque Specifications
10. Slowly turn the tool's Allen bolt clockwise until it stops. This opens the line
between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve.
11. Open the manual shut-off valve so fuel can vent from the fuel tank. The fuel
tank is empty when the hissing sound goes away.
12. Remove the manual override vent tool.
FUEL LINE INSPECTION
Check the fuel system lines, hoses, fuel filter, and other components for damage,
leaks, and deterioration, and replace them if necessary.
NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing
the fuel pipe nut (see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ).
NOTE: When installing a new O-ring, apply silicone oil or
polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to the O-ring, and carefully

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 79: Identifying Fuel Line Nuts With Torque Specifications
install it into its proper position.
NOTE: Check all hose clamps and retighten them if necessary.
* 1: Apply silicone grease (PARKER CHRISTO-LUBE) to a
new O-ring at the fuel filter housing and drain plug, and
carefully install it into its proper position.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 80: Exploded View Of Fuel System Line
FUEL FILTER A WATER BLEEDING
* 2: Apply silicone oil silicone grease (Shinetsu silicone GR
10M) to a new rubber seal, and carefully install it into its
proper position.

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Relieve the fuel pressure (between the engine and the manual shut-off valve)
(see FUEL PRESSURE RELIEVING ).
3. Remove the under-floor cover (see step 3 on page 11-147).
4. Loosen the drain plug (A) on fuel filter A slowly, and bleed the water from fuel
filter A. Hold the fuel filter housing (B) when loosening the drain plug.
Fig. 81: Loosening Drain Plug
5. Apply silicone grease (PARKER CHRISTO-LUBE) to a new O-ring (C), and
carefully install it into its proper position (see FUEL TANK SCRAPPING ).
6. Install parts in reverse order of removal.
7. Do the leak inspection procedure (see LEAK INSPECTION ).
FUEL RECEPTACLE INSPECTION
1. Check the nozzle O-ring (A), and replace it if it is damaged.
away.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 82: Identifying Nozzle O-Ring, Filter And Dust Cap
2. Check the filter (B) for contamination, and clean it if it is dirty.
3. Check the dust cap (C), and replace it if it is damaged.
4. If you detect a leak at the fuel receptacle valve (A) after fuel filling, blow fuel
on the valve from the nozzle to remove the contamination.
Fig. 83: Identifying Receptacle Valve
FUEL TANK INSPECTION
2. Remove the trunk lid from and the trunk partition (see TRIM
NOTE:
You must be an SCI-certified technician to do fuel tank
inspection or replacement work.
You do not need to remove the fuel tank for the
inspection.

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Check the fuel tank's expiration date at the label (A). If the tank is expired,
replace the tank (see FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
Fig. 84: Identifying Fuel Tank Expiration Date Label
4. Using a flashlight and an inspection mirror, thoroughly check the exterior of
the fuel tank for any of these problems:
Excessive rust on the bands or the mounting frame
Abrasions
Cuts
Dents
Expansion or deformation
Evidence of overheating
Loose fuel tank frame bolts, and loose fuel tank band bolts and nuts
Incorrect alignment of the tank and bands
NOTE: The horizontal alignment of marks (A) on the tank (B)
and the bands (C) do not need to be perfectly aligned.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 85: Identifying Alignment Marks, Tank And Bands
5. If the tank has any problems listed in step 4, refer to the NGV Fuel Container
Inspection Guidelines booklet for further information.
FUEL TANK SCRAPPING
1. Slowly remove the manual lock-down valve. Install the manual override vent
tool in its place. Relieve the fuel pressure from the fuel tank (see FUEL
PRESSURE RELIEVING ).
2. Purge any remaining fuel from the tank with compressed air.
3. Remove the fuel tank (see FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Dispose of the fuel tank according to your local regulations.
FUEL PIPE CONNECTOR O-RING REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the old O-ring.
NOTE: The fuel tank must be replaced 15 years after its production
date.
NOTE:
a. To prevent O-ring contamination, be sure O-rings and
mating surfaces are clean just before assembly.
b. Install O-rings with clean hands. Do not install O-rings
while wearing fibrous gloves.
c. Do not twist O-rings.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Wrap vinyl tape around the threads, and coat the surface of the tape with
silicone oil or grease.
Fig. 86: Identifying Vinyl Tape
3. Install a new O-ring (A) into the groove.
Fig. 87: Identifying O-Ring
4. Using a small brush, apply silicone oil or grease to the outer surface of the O-
ring.
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR P1 REPLACEMENT
NOTE: Wrap the vinyl tape (A) so that there is no stepped
portion.
NOTE: Be careful not damage the sealing face of the O-ring.

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the manual shut-off valve (see
FUEL PRESSURE RELIEVING ).
2. Drain the engine coolant, refer to the COOLANT REPLACEMENT .
3. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel, refer to the COWL COVER
REPLACEMENT .
4. Remove the fuel pressure regulator protector (A).
Fig. 88: Exploded View Of Fuel Pressure Regulator With Torque
Specifications
5. Remove the fuel feed hose (B), then disconnect the hoses (C) and the fuel line
(D).
away.
the fuel line nuts (see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

6. Disconnect the connectors (E), and remove the bolt (F) and the nut (G).
8. Remove exhaust pipe A, refer to the EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER
REPLACEMENT .
9. Remove the heat shield (A).
Fig. 89: Identifying Heat Shield With Torque Specifications
10. Remove fuel pressure regulator P1 (A) from the bracket (B).
Fig. 90: Removing Fuel Pressure Regulator From Bracket
11. Move fuel pressure regulator P1 (A) as shown.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 91: Moving Fuel Pressure Regulator
12. Remove fuel pressure regulator P1 (A).
Fig. 92: Identifying Fuel Pressure Regulator
13. Remove the stay (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 93: Identifying Stay With Torque Specifications
14. Install fuel pressure regulator P1 in the reverse order of removal. Be careful not
to deform any of the lines, and assemble them securely when you reinstall the
heater hoses.
15. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, refer to the COOLANT
REPLACEMENT .
FUEL PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT
1. Remove fuel pressure regulator P1 (see FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
P1 REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the fuel pressure switch (A).
NOTE: Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a
new O-ring and the fuel pressure regulator (see FUEL
TANK SCRAPPING ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 94: Identifying Fuel Pressure Switch And O-Ring
3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT
REPLACEMENT .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 95: Identifying Fuel Feed Hose, Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor With
4. Remove the fuel rail pressure sensor (B).
5. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (C) and
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT
REPLACEMENT .
3. Disconnect the fuel temperature sensor connector (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 96: Identifying Fuel Temperature Sensor Connector, Fuel
Temperature Sensor And O-Ring
4. Remove the fuel temperature sensor (B).
5. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (C) and
INJECTOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover, refer to the PASSENGER'S
2. Remove the right kick panel, refer to the TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - PILLAR AREAS .
3. Disconnect the injector control module connector (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 97: Identifying Injector Control Module And Injector Control
Module Connector
4. Remove the injector control module (B).
MANUAL SHUT-OFF VALVE REPLACEMENT
1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the fuel tank (see FUEL
3. Remove the under-floor cover (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 98: Identifying Under-Floor Cover With Torque Specifications
4. Disconnect the fuel lines (A).
Fig. 99: Identifying Manual Shut-Off Valve, Fuel Lines, O-Rings With
With Torque Specifications
5. Remove the bolt (B) and the manual shut-off valve (C).
the fuel line nuts (see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

6. Apply silicone grease (PARKER CHRISTO-LUBE) to the new O-rings (D)
and carefully install them into their proper positions (see FUEL TANK
SCRAPPING ).
FUEL RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT
1. Relieve fuel pressure between the fuel receptacle and the fuel tank (see
BETWEEN THE FUEL RECEPTACLE AND THE FUEL TANK ).
2. Remove the fuel pipe protector, refer to FUEL PIPE PROTECTOR
REPLACEMENT .
3. Remove the bolts (A).
Fig. 100: Identifying Fuel Fill Pipe, Bolts With Torque Specifications
4. Remove the fuel fill pipe (B).
the fuel pipe nut (see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Apply silicone grease (PARKER CHRISTO-LUBE) to a new O-ring (C), and
FUEL FILTER A ELEMENT REPLACEMENT
4. Remove the fuel filter A housing (A), and replace the fuel filter A element (B).
Fig. 101: Identifying Fuel Filter A Housing, Fuel Filter A Element And O-
Ring
5. Apply silicone grease (PARKER CHRISTO-LUBE) to a new O-ring (C) and
away.

2008 Honda Civic GX

FUEL FILTER A REPLACEMENT
4. Remove the fuel lines (B), stay (C), and bolts (D). Replace fuel filter A. Make
sure the arrow is pointing towards the engine.
Fig. 102: Exploded View Of Fuel Filter
away.
fuel line nuts (see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Apply silicone grease (PARKER CHRISTO-LUBE) to the new O-rings (E),
and carefully install them into their proper positions (see FUEL TANK
SCRAPPING ).
FUEL FILTER B ELEMENT REPLACEMENT
3. Remove the fuel filter B housing (A), and replace the fuel filter B element (B).
Fig. 103: Identifying Fuel Filter B Housing, Element And O-Ring
NOTE: When assembling the stay and fuel filter A, make sure
to assembly them that the "IN" mark (F) is visible.
Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flames
away.

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Apply silicone grease (Shinetsu silicone GR 10M) to a new O-ring (C) and
FUEL JOINT BLOCK REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the fuel tank (see FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Remove the fuel pipe duct (A), then remove the fuel pipes (B) from the fuel
tank, and disconnect the connector (C).
NOTE: If the fuel filter B housing is rusty or damaged, replace
the fuel filter B housing and seal (D).
away.
fuel pipe nuts (see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 104: Identifying Fuel Pipe Duct, Connector, Fuel Pipes With Torque
Specifications
3. Remove the fuel joint duct (A), and the fuel pipes (B).
Fig. 105: Exploded View Of Fuel Joint Block With Torque Specifications
4. Disconnect the FTP sensor connector (C) and the FTT sensor connector (D).
5. Remove the connectors (A).
the fuel pipe nuts (see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ).
fuel pipe nuts (see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 106: Exploded View Of FTT And FTP Sensor With Torque
Specifications
6. Remove the FTT sensor (B), the FTP sensor (C), and the bolts (D).
7. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to the new O-rings (E), and
carefully install them into their proper positions (see FUEL TANK
SCRAPPING ).
1. Remove the fuel joint block (see FUEL JOINT BLOCK
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the FTP sensor (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 107: Identifying FTP Sensor And O-Ring
FTT SENSOR REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the fuel joint block (see FUEL JOINT BLOCK
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the FTT sensor (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 108: Identifying FTT Sensor And O-Ring
FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the fuel tank (see FUEL
3. Remove the under-floor cover (A).
away.
NOTE:
You must be an SCI-certified technician to do fuel tank
inspection or replacement work.
This procedure degrades the integrity of the fuel tank. If
you do it, do not reinstall the original fuel tank. Install a
new one.
Wear gloves while handing the fuel tank.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 109: Identifying Under-Floor Cover With Torque Specifications
4. Remove the three fuel pipes (A) at the fuel joint block (B) and the two fuel
joint block mounting bolts (C).
NOTE:
Always use two wrenches when removing or
installing fuel pipe nuts (see FUEL LINE
INSPECTION ).
Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to
a new O-ring (D) and carefully install it into its
proper position (see FUEL TANK SCRAPPING ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 110: Identifying Fuel Pipes, Fuel Joint Block With Mounting Bolts
5. Lower the vehicle. Remove the left-rear door, refer to the REAR DOOR
PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION , then disconnect the connector (A).
Fig. 111: Identifying Connector
7. Remove the rear seat belt, refer to the REAR SEAT BELT
REPLACEMENT .
8. Remove the rear pillar trim, refer to the TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - PILLAR AREAS .
SHELF AREA ) and the trunk floor lid (see TRIM
10. Remove the trunk partition (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION -
TRUNK AREA ).
11. Remove the gussets (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 112: Identifying Gussets With Torque Specifications
12. Remove the harness clip (A) and the rear parcel cover (B).
Fig. 113: Identifying Harness Clip, Rear Parcel Cover With Torque
Specifications
13. Remove the harness clip (A) and the rear shelf gussets (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 114: Identifying Harness Clip, Rear Shelf Gussets With Torque
Specifications
14. Remove the rear floor upper cross-member gusset, refer to the REAR FLOOR
UPPER CROSS-MEMBER GUSSET REPLACEMENT .
15. Remove the bolts (A).
Fig. 115: Identifying Bolts Torque Specifications
16. Disconnect the vent hose (A) from the fuel tank (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 116: Identifying Vent Hose And Fuel Tank
17. Remove the tank frame mounting bolts (A).
Fig. 117: Identifying Tank Frame Mounting Bolts Torque Specifications
18. Push the front seats forward, then cover the seats and floor with a tarp or
similar material.
19. With the help of two other technicians, lift the frame, and slide the entire fuel
tank assembly (A) into the passenger compartment. Be careful not to damage
the fuel joint block.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 118: Sliding Entire Fuel Tank Assembly
20. Rotate the fuel tank so the fuel joint block and the frame can clear the door
opening, then carefully remove the fuel tank assembly from the vehicle.
21. Install the new fuel tank assembly in the reverse order of removal.
22. Open the manual look-down valves on the new tank. (New tank come with
these valves closed).
FILL PROCEDURE
If a tank has less than 690340 kPa (7.03.5 kgf/cm
2
, 10050 psi) of internal
pressure and is at an ambient temperature of 32 F (0 C) or less, follow the
procedure below. Otherwise, fill the tank normally.
1. Fill the fuel tank to 4,800340 kPa (49.23.5 kgf/cm
2
, 70050 psi) slowly
(from a compressor, not from a cascade storage system).
2. Wait 1 hour.
NOTE: Do this when you install the left rear door:
Tighten the door checker mounting bolt, refer to the
REAR DOOR WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT .
Adjust the door position, refer to the FRONT AND
REAR DOOR POSITION ADJUSTMENT .

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Fill the rest of the tank normally.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fuel Supply System (R18A1) - Civic (Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Fuel Supply System Component Location (1 Of 2)
NOTE: Refer to the FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM (GX) (SUPPLEMENT)
article for additional information for the GX model.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System (R18A1) - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Identifying Fuel Supply System Component Location (2 Of 2)
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC P0461: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Test the fuel gauge sending unit (see FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT
TEST ).
Is the fuel gauge sending unit OK?
YES - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel gauge sending
unit and the gauge assembly.
NO - Replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see FUEL PUMP/FUEL GAUGE
SENDING UNIT REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 2.
PROCEDURE ).
YES - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel gauge sending
unit and the gauge control module, then go to step 1.
DTC P0462: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE
NOTE:
Because it requires 162 miles (260 km) of driving
without refueling to complete this diagnosis, DTC
P0461 cannot be duplicated during this
troubleshooting.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Clear the DTC with the HDS, and wait 5 seconds.
YES - Go to step 4.
connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module (tach) and the fuel
gauge sending unit.
5. Remove the rear seat cushion (see REAR SEAT
6. Remove the rear floor upper cross-member and the access panel from the floor
(see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
7. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector.
YES - Replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see FUEL PUMP/FUEL GAUGE
NO - Go to step 11.
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

12. Remove the gauge control module (tach) (see TACHOMETER ).
14. Check for continuity between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminal No. 1 and
body ground.
Fig. 3: Checking Continuity Between Fuel Tank Unit 4P Connector
YES - Repair short in the wire between the gauge control module (tach) (signal
line) and the fuel gauge sending unit, then go to step 23.
NO - Go to step 15.
16. Remove the fuel tank unit (see FUEL TANK UNIT
17. Connect the fuel tank unit 4P connector.
20. Set the float (A) to the E position.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 4: Setting Float To E Position (With Specifications)
21. Check the fuel gauge.
Does the gauge move to the empty position?
NO - Replace the gauge control module (tach) (see TACHOMETER ), then
go to step 22.
PROCEDURE ).
YES - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control
module (tach) and the fuel gauge sending unit, then go to step 1.

2008 Honda Civic GX

THE ECM/PCM ).
module (tach) and the fuel gauge sending unit. If the ECM/PCM was updated,
ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
DTC P0463: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE
YES - Go to step 4.
IMO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor
INFORMATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module (tach) and the fuel
gauge sending unit.
6. Remove the rear floor upper cross-member and the access panel from the floor
(see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
8. Connect fuel tank unit 4P connector terminal No. 3 to body ground with a
jumper wire.
Fig. 5: Connecting Fuel Tank Unit 4P Connector Terminal No. 3 To Body
9. Remove the gauge control module (tach) (see TACHOMETER ).
11. Check for continuity between gauge control module (tach) 36P connector

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 6: Checking Continuity Between Gauge Control Module (TACH)
NO - Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module (tach) (GND
12. Connect fuel tank unit 4P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a
jumper wire.
Fig. 7: Connecting Fuel Tank Unit 4P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body
13. Check for continuity between gauge control module (tach) 36P connector

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 8: Checking Continuity Between Gauge Control Module (TACH)
NO - Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module (tach) (signal
14. Remove the jumper wire from the fuel tank unit 4P connector.
16. Test the fuel gauge sending unit (see FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT
TEST ).
17. Connect the fuel tank unit 4P connector.

2008 Honda Civic GX

21. Set the float (A) to the F position.
Fig. 9: Setting Float To F Position (With Specifications)
22. Check the fuel gauge.
Does the gauge move to the full position?
NO - Replace the gauge control module (tach) (see TACHOMETER ), then
go to step 23.
PROCEDURE ).
module (tach) and the fuel gauge sending unit, then go to step 1.

2008 Honda Civic GX

THE ECM/PCM ).
module (tach) and the fuel gauge sending unit. If the ECM/PCM was updated,
ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
If you suspect a problem with the fuel pump, check that the fuel pump actually
runs; when it is on, you will hear some noise if you listen to the fuel fill port with
the fuel fill cap removed. The fuel pump should run for 2 seconds when the ignition
switch is first turned on. If the fuel pump does not make noise, check as follows:
2. Remove the under-dash fuse/relay box (see REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ), then remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (A)
from the under-dash fuse/relay box.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 10: Removing PGM-FI Main Relay (Fuel Pump)
3. Reinstall the under-dash fuse/relay box.
5. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P connector
Fig. 11: Measuring Voltage Between PGM-FI Main Relay 2 (FUEL
PUMP) 4P Connector Terminal No. 4 And Body Ground
NO - Go to step 6.

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Disconnect the under-hood fuse/relay box connector E (10P).
8. Disconnect C101 connector at left side of engine compartment; A/T model (see
CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), M/T model (see CONNECTOR
TO HARNESS INDEX ).
9. Disconnect the under-dash fuse/relay box connector G (21P).
10. Connect under-dash fuse/relay box connector G (21P) terminal No. 4 to body
Fig. 12: Connecting Fuse/Relay Box Connector G (21P) Terminal No. 4 To
11. Check for continuity between under-hood fuse/relay box connector E (10P)
Fig. 13: Checking Continuity Between Fuse/Relay Box Connector E (10P)

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -
Replace PGM-FI main relay 1.
If needed, replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
NO - Repair open in the wire between the under-hood fuse/relay box and the
12. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P connector
Fig. 14: Measuring Voltage Between PGM-FI Main Relay 2 (FUEL
PUMP) 4P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground
NO -
Check the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay
box.
If needed, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box (see REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

14. Connect PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P connector terminal No. 3 to
body ground with a jumper wire.
Fig. 15: Connecting PGM-FI Main Relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P Connector
Terminal No. 3 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire
17. Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal
A15.
Fig. 16: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM
Connector Terminal A15

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO - Repair open in the wire between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP)
and the ECM/PCM (A15).
INSTALLATION ), then reinstall PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP).
19. Reinstall the under-dash fuse/relay box (see REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
20. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminal A6 to body ground with a jumper wire.
Fig. 17: Connecting ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A6 To Body Ground
With Jumper Wire
22. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal A15 and body
ground.
Fig. 18: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A15

2008 Honda Civic GX

And Body Ground
NO - Replace PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP).
24. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P).
25. Open the SCS line with the HDS.
27. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure voltage between under-dash
fuse/relay box connector F (34P) terminal No. 10 and body ground within 2
seconds.
Fig. 19: Measuring Voltage Between Fuse/Relay Box Connector F (34P)
YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO - Go to step 28.
28. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure voltage between under-dash
fuse/relay box connector F (34P) terminal No. 10 and body ground after 2
seconds.
Fig. 20: Measuring Voltage Between Fuse/Relay Box Connector F
NO - If needed, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box (see REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ), then go to step 29.
31. Remove the rear floor upper cross-member, then remove the access panel from
the floor (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
32. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure voltage between fuel tank unit
4P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground within 2 seconds.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 21: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Tank Unit 4P Connector
NO - Go to step 33.
34. Remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP).
35. Connect PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P connector terminals No. 1
and No. 2 with a jumper wire.
Fig. 22: Connecting PGM-FI Main Relay 4P Connector Terminals No. 1
And 2 With Jumper Wire
36. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure voltage between fuel tank unit
4P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground within 2 seconds.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 23: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Tank Unit 4P Connector
YES - Replace PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP).
NO - Repair open in the wire between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP)
and the fuel tank unit 4P connector.
38. Check for continuity between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminal No. 4 and
body ground.
Fig. 24: Checking Continuity Between Fuel Tank Unit 4P Connector

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES - Replace the fuel pump (see FUEL PUMP/FUEL GAUGE SENDING
UNIT REPLACEMENT ).
NO - Repair open in the wire between the fuel tank unit 4P connector and
G601; 4-door (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), 2-door (see
CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ).
FUEL PRESSURE RELIEVING
Before disconnecting fuel lines or hoses, relieve pressure from the system by
disabling the fuel pump and disconnecting the fuel tube/quick connect fitting in the
engine compartment.
WITH THE HDS
system (if equipped).
3. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the
driver's side of the dashboard.
Fig. 25: Connecting HDS To DLC
5. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle
systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the pressure in the fuel tank.
9. From the INSPECTION MENU of the HDS, select Fuel Pump OFF, then start
the engine, and let it idle until it stalls.
12. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A).
Fig. 26: Removing Quick-Connect Fitting Cover
13. Check the fuel quick-connect fitting for dirt, and clean it if needed.
14. Place a rag or shop towel over the quick-connect fitting (A).
NOTE:
Do not allow the engine to idle above 1,000 rpm or
the ECM/PCM will continue to operate the fuel
pump.
A DTC or a Temporary DTC may be set during this
procedure. Check for DTCs, and clear them as
needed (see HDS CLEAR COMMAND ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 27: Placing Rag Or Shop Towel Over Quick-Connect Fitting Cover
15. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) with one
hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them
from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector off.
NOTE:
Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other parts.
Do not use tools.
If the connector does not move, keep the retainer
tabs pressed down, and alternately pull and push
the connector until it comes off easily.
Do not remove the retainer from the line; once
removed, the retainer must be replaced with a new
one.
Fig. 28: Disconnecting Quick-Connect Fitting

2008 Honda Civic GX

16. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check it for dirt or damage (see
step 4 in FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING REMOVAL ).
17. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, then do this:
equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock ( on vehicles without
navigation).
WITHOUT THE HDS
system (if equipped).
INSTALLATION ), then remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (A)
from the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Fig. 29: Removing PGM-FI Main Relay (Fuel Pump)
3. Reinstall the under-dash fuse/relay box.
4. Start the engine, and let it idle until it stalls.
NOTE: If any DTCs are stored, clear and ignore them.

2008 Honda Civic GX

8. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A).
Fig. 30: Removing Quick-Connect Fitting Cover
9. Check the fuel quick-connect fitting for dirt, and clean it if needed.
10. Place a rag or shop towel over the quick-connect fitting (A).
Fig. 31: Placing Rag Or Shop Towel Quick-Connect Fitting Cover
11. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) with one
hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them
from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector off.
NOTE:
Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other parts.

2008 Honda Civic GX

12. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check it for dirt or damage (see
step 4 in FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING REMOVAL ).
13. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, then do this:
equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock ( on vehicles without
navigation).
FUEL PRESSURE TEST
Fuel pressure gauge 07406-004000B
Fuel pressure gauge attachment set 07AAJ-S6MA150
2. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting. Attach the fuel pressure gauge set and the
Do not use tools.
one.
Fig. 32: Disconnecting Quick-Connect Fitting

2008 Honda Civic GX

fuel pressure gauge.
Fig. 33: Attaching Fuel Pressure Gauge Set And Fuel Pressure Gauge
If the engine starts, go to step 5.
If the engine does not start, go to step 4.
4. Check to see if the fuel pump is running: Listen to the fuel filler port with the
fuel fill cap removed. The fuel pump should run for 2 seconds when the
ignition switch is first turned on.
If the pump runs, go to step 5.
If the pump does not run, do the fuel pump circuit troubleshooting (see
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. Read the fuel pressure gauge. The pressure should be 380-430 kPa (3.9-4.4
kgf/cm
2
, 55-63 psi).
If the pressure is OK, the test is complete.
If the pressure is out of specification, replace the fuel pressure regulator
(see FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR REPLACEMENT ) and the
fuel filter (see FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR REPLACEMENT ),
then recheck the fuel pressure.
FUEL TANK DRAINING

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Using a hand pump, a hose, and a container suitable for fuel, draw the fuel
from the fuel tank.
3. Reinstall the fuel tank unit (see INSTALLATION ).
FUEL LINE INSPECTION
Check the fuel system lines and hoses for damage, leaks, and deterioration. Replace
any damaged parts.
Fig. 34: Checking Fuel System Lines And Hoses
Check all clamps, and make sure they are properly positioned and tightened.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 35: Checking All Clamps
FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING PRECAUTIONS

2008 Honda Civic GX

The fuel line/quick-connect fittings (A), (B), (C), and (D) connect the fuel rail (E)
to the fuel feed hose (F), the fuel feed hose to the fuel line (G), the fuel line (H) to
the fuel tank unit (I), the fuel vapor line (J) to the EVAP canister (K), and the fuel
tank vapor recirculation tube (L) to the fuel fill pipe (M). When removing or
installing the fuel feed hose, the fuel tank unit, or the fuel tank, it is necessary to
disconnect or connect the quick-connect fittings. Pay attention to the following:
The fuel feed hoses, fuel line, and quick-connect fittings are not heat-resistant;
be careful not to damage them during welding or other heat-generating
procedures.
The fuel feed hoses, fuel line, and quick-connect fittings are not acid-proof; do
not touch them with a shop towel that was used for wiping battery electrolyte.
Replace them if they come in contact with electrolyte or something similar.
When connecting or disconnecting the fuel feed hoses, fuel line, and quick-
connect fittings, be careful not to bend or twist them excessively. Replace them
if they are damaged.

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 36: Precautions For Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting
A disconnected quick-connect fitting can be reconnected, but the retainer on the
mating line cannot be reused once it has been removed from the line. Replace the
retainer when:
replacing the fuel rail.
replacing the fuel line.
replacing the fuel pump.
replacing the fuel filter.
replacing the fuel gauge sending unit.
replacing the EVAP purge line.
replacing the EVAP canister.
replacing the fuel tank.
replacing the fuel fill pipe.
it has been removed from the line.
it is damaged.
FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING
FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING REMOVAL
Location Manufacturer Retainer color Line diameter
A Tokai Green 0.25 in. (6.3 mm)
B Sanoh White 0.4 in. (9.5 mm)
C Sanoh White 0.5 in. (12 mm)
D Tokai Natural 0.5 in. (12 mm)
NOTE: Before you work on the fuel lines and fittings, read the
"Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions" (see FUEL
LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING PRECAUTIONS ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Check the fuel quick-connect fittings (A) for dirt, and clean them if needed.

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 37: Checking Fuel Quick-Connect Fittings
3. Place a rag or shop towel over the quick-connect fitting. Hold the connector
(A) with one hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (B) with the other hand to
release them from the locking tabs (C). Pull the connector off.
4. Check the contact area (A) of the line (B) for dirt or damage.
If it is dirty, clean the connector with a pressure washer, and dry it with
the compressed air.
If it is rusty or damaged, replace the fuel filter or the fuel feed line.
NOTE:
Be careful not to damage the line (D) or other parts.
Do not use tools.
one.
Fig. 38: Pulling Connector

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 39: Checking Contact Area Of Line
5. To prevent damage and keep foreign matter out, cover the disconnected
connector and line ends with plastic bags (A).
NOTE: The retainer cannot be reused once it has been
removed from the line. Replace the retainer when:
replacing the fuel feed line.
replacing the EVAP purge pipe.
it has been removed from the line.
it is damaged.

2008 Honda Civic GX

FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING INSTALLATION
1. Check the contact area (A) of the line (B) for dirt or damage, and clean it if
needed.
Fig. 41: Checking Contact Area And Line
Fig. 40: Covering Connector And Line In Plastic
Bags
NOTE: Before you work on the fuel lines and fittings, read the
"Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions" (see FUEL
LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING PRECAUTIONS ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Insert a new retainer (A) into the connector (B) if the retainer is damaged, or
after:
replacing the fuel feed line.
replacing the EVAP purge pipe.
removing the retainer from the line.
Use the same manufacturer retainer and the same size retainer when
replacing the retainer (see FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING
PRECAUTIONS ).
Fig. 42: Inserting Retainer Into Connector
3. Before connecting a new fuel tube/quick-connect fitting assembly (A), remove
the old retainer from the mating line.

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 43: Removing Old Retainer From Mating Line Before Connecting
Fuel Tube/Quick-Connect Fitting Assembly
4. Align the quick-connect fittings with the line (A), and align the retainer locking
tabs (B) with the connector grooves (C). Then press the quick-connect fittings
onto the line until both retainer tabs lock with a clicking sound.
NOTE: If it is hard to connect, put a small amount of new
engine oil on the line end.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 44: Aligning Quick-Connect Fittings With Line And Retainer Locking
Tabs With Connector Grooves
5. When you reconnect the connector with the old retainer, make sure the
connection is secure and the tabs are firmly locked into place; check visually

2008 Honda Civic GX

and also by pulling the connector. When you replace the fuel line with a new
one, make sure you remove the ring pull upwards after you confirm the
connection is secure.
Fig. 45: Making Sure Connection Is Secure And Tabs Are Firmly Locked
Into Place
6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, and turn the ignition switch ON
(II) (but do not operate the starter motor). The fuel pump will run for about 2
seconds, and fuel pressure will rise. Repeat this two or three times, and check
that there is no leakage in the fuel supply system.
NOTE: Before you remove the ring pull, make sure the fuel line
connection is secure. If the connection is not secure,
the ring pull could break when you try to remove it.

2008 Honda Civic GX

FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Fuel pump module locknut wrench 07AAA-SNAA100
REMOVAL
4. Remove the rear floor upper cross-member (A).
Fig. 46: Removing Rear Floor Upper Cross-Member Bolt And Nuts
5. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 47: Removing Access Panel From Floor
6. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector (B).
7. Disconnect the quick-connect fittings (C) from the fuel tank unit.
8. Using the special tool, loosen the locknut (A).
Fig. 48: Loosening Locknut Using Special Tool
9. Remove the locknut (A) and the fuel tank unit (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 49: Identifying Locknut And Fuel Tank Unit
INSTALLATION
1. Temporarily attach a new base gasket (A) to the fuel tank unit (B), then insert
the fuel tank unit partially into the fuel tank.
Be careful not to damage a new base gasket.
Be careful not to bend the fuel gauge sending unit.
Do not coat the base gasket with oil.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 50: Identifying Base Gasket And Fuel Tank Unit
2. Transfer the base gasket (A) from the fuel tank unit onto the fuel tank.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 51: Identifying Base Gasket From The Fuel Tank, Alignment Marks
And Fuel Tank
3. Align the marks (B) on the fuel tank and the fuel tank unit, then insert the fuel
tank unit into the fuel tank until it sits on the base gasket.
4. Install the new locknut plate (A) and the new locknut (B).
NOTE: To prevent a fuel leak, check the base gasket, visually
or by hand, to make sure it is not pinched

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 52: Identifying Locknut Plate And The Locknut
5. Using the special tool, tighten a locknut (A) to the specified torque.
After tightening, make sure the marks are still aligned.
After installation, check the base gasket, visually o by hand, to make sure
it is not pinched.
Fig. 53: Tightening Fuel Tank Unit Locknut (With Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

6. Connect the fuel tank unit 4P connector, then connect the quick-connect fitting.
7. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, and turn the ignition switch ON
(II) (but do not operate the starter motor). The fuel pump will run for about 2
seconds, and fuel pressure will rise. Repeat this two or three times, then check
that there is no leakage in the fuel supply system.
8. Install the access panel (A) to the floor.
Fig. 54: Installing The Access Panel To The Floor
9. Install the rear floor upper cross-member (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 55: Installing The Rear Floor Upper Cross-Member
10. Install the rear seat cushion (see SEAT CUSHION )
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the bracket (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 56: Removing Bracket
3. Remove the ground ring (B).
4. Remove the fuel pressure regulator (C).
5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with new O-rings (D) and a
new bracket (A). When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit
and the fuel tank (see INSTALLATION ).
FUEL FILTER REPLACEMENT
The fuel filter should be replaced whenever the fuel pressure drops below the
specified value (see FUEL PRESSURE TEST ), after making sure that the fuel
pump and the fuel pressure regulator are OK.
2. Remove the fuel filter (A).
NOTE: Coat the O-rings with clean engine oil; do not use any
other oil. Do not pinch the O-rings during installation.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 57: Removing Fuel Filter
3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit:
When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and
the connectors (B) are firmly locked into place.
When installing the fuel gauge sending unit (C), make sure the connection
is secure and the connector is firmly locked into place. Be careful not to
bend or twist it excessively.
4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with new O-rings (D). When
installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank (see
INSTALLATION ).
FUEL PUMP/FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit
(B).
NOTE: Coat the O-rings with clean engine oil; do not use any
other oil.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 58: Removing Fuel Level Sensor From Fuel Tank Unit
3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit:
When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and
the connectors (C) are firmly locked into place.
When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is
secure and the connector is firmly locked into place. Be careful not to
bend or twist it excessively.
4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank
unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank (see INSTALLATION ).
FUEL TANK REPLACEMENT
1. Drain the fuel tank (see FUEL PRESSURE TEST ), then disconnect the fuel
tank unit 4P connector (A) and the quick-connect fitting (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 59: Disconnecting Fuel Tank Unit 4P Connector And Quick-Connect
Fitting (With Specifications)
3. Remove the cover (C), and the EVAP canister guard (D).
4. Disconnect the fuel fill tube (E). Slide back the clamps, then twist the hoses as
you pull to avoid damaging them.
5. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (F) and the fuel tank vapor recirculation
tube (G).
6. Place a jack or other support under the tank (H).
7. Remove the strap bolts and the strap (I).
8. Remove the fuel tank.

2008 Honda Civic GX

FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT TEST
1. Check the No. 10 METER (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box before
testing.
2. Check for body electrical system DTCs.
If no problem is found, go to step 3.
If DTC B1175 or B1176 is indicated, go to the indicated DTC's
troubleshooting.
5. Remove the rear floor upper cross-member (A).
Fig. 60: Removing Rear Floor Upper Cross-Member
6. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor.
NOTE: For the fuel gauge system circuit diagram, refer to the (see
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - GAUGE CONTROL MODULE (TACH) ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 61: Removing Access Panel From Floor
7. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector (B).
8. Measure voltage between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No.
3 with the ignition switch ON (II). There should be battery voltage.
If the voltage is OK, go to step 9.
If the voltage is not as specified, check for:
a short in the ORN (2-door: PUR) wire to ground.
an open in the ORN (2-door: PUR) or LT GRN (2-door: ORN) wire.
Fig. 62: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Tank Unit 4P
Connector Terminals No. 1 And 3 With Ignition Switch ON (II)

2008 Honda Civic GX

10. Remove the fuel tank unit from the fuel tank (see FUEL TANK UNIT
11. Measure resistance between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and
No. 3 with the float at E (EMPTY), LOW (LOW FUEL INDICATOR), 1/2
(HALF FULL), and F (FULL) positions. If you do not get the following
readings, replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see FUEL PUMP/FUEL
GAUGE SENDING UNIT REPLACEMENT ).
FLOAT POSITION RESISTANCE SPECIFICATION
Fig. 63: Measuring Resistance Between Fuel Tank Unit 4P Connector
Terminals No 1 And 3
12. Reconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector.
13. Remove the No. 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box
for at least 10 seconds, then reinstall it.
15. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge indicates "F" with the float at F.
If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not indicate "F", replace the gauge
assembly.
Float Position
F 5.6 in.
(139.8 mm)
1/2 2.9 in.
(72.1 mm)
LOW 0.8 in.
(19.5 mm)
E 0.4 in. (8.9
mm)
Resistance
(ohms)
19 to 21 205.8 to 215.8 537.5 to 707 772 to 788

2008 Honda Civic GX

If the gauge is OK, the test is complete.
LOW FUEL INDICATOR TEST
1. Do the gauge self-diagnostic function (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTION ).
If the low fuel indicator flashes, go to step 2.
If the low fuel indicator does not flash, replace the gauge control module
2. Check for body electrical system DTCs.
If any DTCs are indicated, do the indicated DTC's troubleshooting.
If no DTCs are indicated, go to step 3.
3. Do the fuel gauge sending unit test (see FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT
TEST ).
NOTE:
The pointer of the fuel gauge returns to the bottom
of the gauge dial when the ignition switch is OFF,
regardless of the fuel level.
Remove the No. 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the
under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds
after completing troubleshooting, otherwise it may
take up to 20 minutes for the fuel gauge to indicate
the correct fuel level.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Gauges - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Locating Gauges Components

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Gauges - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Identifying Speedometer And Tachometer Components

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Identifying Gauge Control Modules
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

2008 Honda Civic EX

Before troubleshooting the gauge system, refer to multiplex integrated control
system B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see TROUBLESHOOTING - B-
CAN SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS TEST MODE A ).
The gauge control module (tach) has a self-diagnostic function shown, and also has
a customizable reset function.
The beeper drive circuit check.
The indicator drive circuit check.
The switch input test.
The LCD segments check.
4-door: The gauges drive circuit check (Tachometer, Fuel gauge, Coolant
temperature gauge).
2-door: The self-diagnostic function does not operate the Fuel gauge and
Coolant temperature gauge.
The communication line check (of the body-controller area network (B-CAN)
communication line and the fast-controller area network (F-CAN)
communication line between the gauges).
ENTERING THE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION WITH THE HDS
4-door: Using the HDS, select Body Electrical, Gauges, then Function Test and do
the self-diagnostic Function.
2-door: Use the manual method.
ENTERING THE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION (MANUAL METHOD)
Before doing the self-diagnostic function, check the No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the
under-dash fuse/relay box and the No. 23 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay
box.
1. Push and hold the SEL/RESET switch button.
2. Turn the headlights ON.
NOTE: Indicators are also controlled via the communication line.

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Within 5 sec, turn the headlights OFF, then ON and OFF again.
5. Within 5 sec, release the SEL/RESET switch button, and then push and release
the button three times repeatedly.
THE INDICATOR DRIVE CIRCUIT CHECK
When entering the self-diagnostic mode, the following indicators blink:
ABS indicator, A/T gear position indicator, brake system indicator, charging system
indicator, cruise control indicator, cruise indicator, door indicator, DRL indicator,
high beam indicator, immobilizer indicator, lights-on indicator, low fuel indicator,
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL), oil pressure indicator, Seat belt indicator,
security indicator, side airbag off indicator, smart maintenance indicator, SRS
indicator, trunk indicator, and washer fluid level indicator (Canada models).
SWITCH INPUT CHECK
NOTE:
While in the self-diagnostic mode, the dash lights
brightness controller operates normally.
While in the self-diagnostic mode, the SEL/RESET
button is used to start the Beeper Drive Circuit Test
and the Gauge Drive Circuit Check.
If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.2 mph (2 km/h) or the
ignition switch is turned OFF, the self-diagnostic
mode ends.
Fig. 4: Self-Diagnostic Function Blinking Pattern

2008 Honda Civic EX

At the initial stage of the self-diagnostic function, the beep sounds intermittently,
the beeper sounds continuously when any of the following switch inputs are
switched from OFF to ON:
Cruise control master, SET, RESUME, CANCEL switches, SEL/RESET switch,
mph-km/h switch, illumination volume (+), (-) switch, parking brake switch, and
VSA OFF switch.
THE BEEPER DRIVE CIRCUIT CHECK
When entering the self-diagnostic mode, the beeper sounds five times.
THE LCD SEGMENT CHECK
4-door: When entering the self-diagnostic mode, all the segments blink five times.
2-door: Self-diagnostic function does not operate the Fuel gauge and Coolant
temperature gauge.
THE GAUGE DRIVE CIRCUIT CHECK
When entering the self-diagnostic mode, the tachometer, needle sweeps from the
minimum position to maximum position, then returns to the minimum position.
The check cannot be started again until the gauge needle returns to the minimum
position.
The needle sweeps from the minimum position to the maximum position, then
return to the minimum position.
NOTE: After the beeper stops sounding and the gauge needle
returns to the minimum position, pushing the SEL/RESET
switch starts the Beeper Drive Circuit Check (one beep) and
the Gauge Drive Circuit Check again.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Checking Gauge Drive Circuit Blinking Pattern
If the needle fails to sweep, or the beeper does not sound, replace the gauge control
module (tach).
THE COMMUNICATION LINE CHECK
While in the self-diagnostic mode, the Communication Line Check starts after the
LCD Segments Check.
If all segments come on, the communication line is OK. If faulty, the word "Error"
will be indicated on the odometer display followed by number(s).
4-DOOR ERROR CODE LIST
2-DOOR ERROR CODE LIST
Error code Type of communication line(s) error
Error 1 F-CAN communication
Error 2 B-CAN communication
Error 3 UART communication
Error 12 F-CAN and B-CAN communication
Error 13 F-CAN and UART communication
Error 23 B-CAN and UART communication
Error 123 F-CAN, B-CAN and UART communication
Error code Type of communication line(s) error
Error 1 F-CAN communication
Error 2 B-CAN communication

2008 Honda Civic EX

Example Indication
Fig. 6: Example Of Indication
If the word "Error 1" is indicated, there is a malfunction in the communication
line between the gauge control module (tach) and the fast-controller area
network (F-CAN). Check for DTCs in the ECM/PCM and troubleshoot any
DTCs found. If no DTCs are found, go to indicated troubleshooting.
If the word "Error 2" is indicated, there is a malfunction in the communication
line between the gauge control module (tach) and the body-controller area
network (B-CAN). Go to troubleshooting DTC B1155 to DTC B1160 .
4-door: the word "Error 3" is indicated, there is a malfunction in the UART
communication line between the gauge control module (tach) and the gauge
control module (speedo). Go to GAUGE CONTROL MODULE (TACH)
INPUT TEST and check the No. 20 terminal . If the wire harness is OK,
substitute a known-good gauge control module (speedo) and recheck.
If any F-CAN or B-CAN communication line errors are found, go to DTC check
using HDS .
ENDING THE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
NOTE: If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.2 mph (2 km/h), the self-

2008 Honda Civic EX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - GAUGE CONTROL MODULE (TACH)
Fig. 7: Circuit Diagram - Gauge Control Module (Tach) (1 Of 5)
diagnostic function ends.

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - DASH LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS CONTROLLER

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 12: Circuit Diagram - Dash Lights Brightness Controller
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - GAUGE CONTROL MODULE (SPEEDO)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Circuit Diagram - Gauge Control Module (Speedo) (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 14: Circuit Diagram - Gauge Control Module (Speedo) (2 Of 2)
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC B1152: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE (EEPROM) ERROR
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Wait for 6 seconds or more.
YES - Replace the gauge control module (tach).
NO - Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for loose or
poor connections. If the connections are good, check the battery condition (see
BATTERY TEST ), and the charging system.
DTC B1155: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE MICU
(HEADLIGHT SWITCH MESSAGE); DTC B1156: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST
COMMUNICATION WITH THE MICU (WIPER SWITCH MESSAGE); DTC B1159: GAUGE
CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE MICU (DOOR SW MESSAGE); DTC
B1188: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE MICU (RM
MESSAGE)
Are DTCs B1155, B1156, B1157, B1159, B1160, and/or B1188 indicated?
YES - Go to step 4.
NO - Intermittent failure. The gauge control module is OK at this time. Check
for loose or poor connections. If the connections are good, check the battery
condition (see BATTERY TEST ), and the charging system.
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Are DTCs B1155, B1156, B1157, B1159, B1160, and/or B1188 indicated?
YES - Faulty MICU; replace the under-dash fuse/relay box (see UNDER-
DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ).
NO - Replace the gauge control module (tach) (see REPLACEMENT).
DTC B1157: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE MICU (MICU
MESSAGE)
YES - Go to step 5.
Are DTCs B1905 or B1211 also indicated?
NO - Replace the gauge control module (tach).
DTC B1160: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE MICU
(DRLOCKSW MESSAGE)
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Go to step 5.
Are DTCs B1160 or B1905 also indicated?
DTC B1168: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ECM/PCM (ENGINE
MESSAGES); DTC B1169: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE
PCM (A/T MESSAGES); DTC B1170: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION
WITH THE ABS/VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT (ABS/VSA MESSAGE); DTC B1178: F-CAN
COMMUNICATION LINE ERROR; DTC B1187: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST
COMMUNICATION WITH THE SRS UNIT (SRS MESSAGE)
1. Clear the DTCs using the HDS.
TEST MODE A ).
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Start and run the engine for at least 5 seconds then turn the engine off.
Is DTC B1168, B1169, B1170, B1178, and/or B1187 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure, the F-CAN communication line is OK at this time.
Check for loose or poor connections. If the connections are good, check the
battery condition (see BATTERY TEST ), and the charging system.
5. Check for DTCs in the ECM/PCM or ABS/VSA.
YES - Troubleshoot the ECM/PCM or ABS/VSA.
NO - Go to step 6.
6. Do the Gauge Control Module Input Test (see GAUGE CONTROL
MODULE (TACH) INPUT TEST ).
Are all inputs OK?
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Repair the faulty input then recheck for DTCs.
7. Substitute a known-good gauge control module (tach).
10. Start and run the engine for at least 5 seconds then turn the engine off.
Is DTC B1168, B1169, B1170, B1178, and/or B1187 indicated?

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and retest. If the system/indication
goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM.
NO - The original gauge control module (tach) is faulty; replace the gauge
control module (tach) (see TACHOMETER ).
DTC B1173: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE TPMS
CONTROL UNIT (TPMS MESSAGE)
1. Clear the DTCs using the HDS.
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for loose or
poor connections.
7. Disconnect the TPMS control unit 20P connector.
8. Check for continuity between the gauge control module (tach) 36P connector
No. 1 and No. 19 and TPMS control unit 20P connector No. 2 and No. 11
terminals individually.
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 15: Checking Continuity Between Gauge Control Module & TPMS
Control Module
YES - Substitute a known-good TPMS control unit and recheck. If DTC
B1183 is still indicated, replace the gauge control module (tach).
NO - Repair an open in the wire.
DTC B1175: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT OPEN
3. Wait for 30 seconds.
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is DTC B1175 indicated ?
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure, the fuel level sensor circuit is OK at this time. Check
for loose or poor connections.
6. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 5P connector and the gauge control module (tach)
36P connector.
7. Connect the fuel tank unit 4P connector No. 1 and No. 3 terminals and body
ground with jumper wires.
Fig. 16: Connecting Fuel Tank Unit 4P Connector No. 1 And No. 3
Terminals And Body Ground With Jumper Wires
8. Check for continuity between gauge control module (tach) 36P connector No.
32 and No. 33 terminals and body ground individually.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 17: Checking Continuity Between Gauge Control Module (Tach) 36P
Connector No. 32 And No. 33 Terminals And Body Ground
YES - Go to step 9.
NO - Repair an open in the wire between the gauge control module (tach) and
the fuel tank unit.
9. Do the fuel gauge sending unit test (see FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT
TEST for R18A1 engine or FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT TEST for
R20Z3 engine ) .
NO - Replace the fuel tank unit.
DTC B1176: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT SHORT
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure, the fuel level sensor circuit is OK at this time. Check
for loose or poor connections.
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

SENDING UNIT REPLACEMENT for R18A1 engine or FUEL
PUMP/FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT REPLACEMENT for R20Z3
engine ).
Connector No. 32 Terminal And Body Ground
Are there continuity?
YES - Repair a short in the wire between the gauge control module (tach) and
the fuel tank unit.

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC B1177: BATTERY VOLTAGE ABNORMAL
YES - Go to step 8.
NO - Go to step 4.
6. Crank the engine.
YES - Go to step 8.
NO - Intermittent failure. The gauge control module (tach) and power supply
voltage (IG1) that is supplied to the gauge control module (tach) are OK at this
time. The battery may have been discharged, and recovered.
8. Check the battery (see BATTERY TEST ) and the charging system.
Is the battery condition normal and the charging system OK?
YES - Go to step 9.
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - The battery needs a recharge or replacement, or the charging system
needs to repaired.
10. With the gauge control module (tach) 36P connector still connected, check for
voltage between the body ground and the gauge control module (tach) 36P
connector No. 17 terminal.
Is the voltage above 7.5 V?
NO - Repair an open or high resistance in the BRN wire between the ignition
switch and the gauge control module (tach).
DTC B1183: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE EPS CONTROL
UNIT (EPS MESSAGE)
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure. The gauge control module (tach) is OK at this time.
Are DTCs B1168, B1169, B1178, and B1187 and indicated at the same time?
YES - Troubleshoot DTC B1178.
NO - Go to step 6.

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. Check for EPS DTCs with the HDS.
YES - Go to the indicated DTC troubleshooting , then recheck.
NO - Go to step 7.
9. Disconnect the EPS control unit 20P connector.
No. 1 and No. 19 and EPS control unit 28P connector No. 1 and No. 15
terminals individually.
Connector No. 1 And No. 19 And EPS Control Unit 28P Connector No. 1
And No. 15 Terminals
YES - Substitute a known-good EPS control unit and recheck. If DTC B1183
is still indicated, replace the gauge control module (tach).

2008 Honda Civic EX

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE (TACH) INPUT TEST
2. Remove the gauge control module (tach) and disconnect the 36P connector
from it (see TACHOMETER ).
Fig. 20: Identifying Gauge Control Module (Tach) 36P Connector
contact.
recheck the system.
If the terminals are OK, go to step 4.
4. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector.
system.
(CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED)
NOTE: Before testing, do the gauge control module self-diagnosis
procedure, and make sure the B-CAN communication line is
OK.
Possible
cause if

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Reconnect the connector to the gauge control module (tach), and make these
input tests at the connector.
system.
If all the input tests prove OK, the gauge control module (tach) must be
faulty; replace it.
result is not
obtained
20 [2]
LT
GRN
[GRY]
Under all
conditions
(disconnect the
gauge control
module (speedo)
12P connector)
Check for continuity
between the No. 20
terminal and gauge
control module (speedo)
12P connector No. 7
terminal: There should
be continuity.
An open in
the wire
Check for continuity:
There should be no
continuity.
A short to
ground in the
wire
13
RED
[BLU]
Combination light
switch ON
Attach to ground: The
illuminations of the
steering wheel switches
come on full bright.
Faulty
LEDs
An open
in the
wire
14 RED
Combination light
switch ON
Attach to ground: The
illuminations of the dash
lights, the audio unit,
and the heater control
panel/HVAC control
unit lights come on full
bright.
Faulty
LEDs
An open
in the
wire
[ ] :2-door

2008 Honda Civic EX

(CONNECTOR RECONNECTED)
Cavity Wire Test condition
Test:
Desired
result
Possible cause if
result is not
obtained
15 BLK Under all conditions
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G503)
An open in the
wire
16 BLK Under all conditions
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G504)
An open in the
wire
17 BRN Ignition switch ON (ID
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be battery
voltage.
Blown No. 10
(7.5 A) fuse in
the under-dash
fuse/relay box
An open in the
wire
18 WHT Under all conditions
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be battery
voltage.
Blown No. 23
(10 A) fuse in
the under-hood
fuse/relay box
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), ILLUMI (+)
switch pressed
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be less than 1
Poor ground
(G501)
Faulty dash
light
brightness

2008 Honda Civic EX

4 BRN
V. controller
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), ILLUMI (+)
switch released
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be 5 V or
more.
Faulty dash
light
brightness
controller
A short to
ground in the
wire
5 YEL
Ignition switch ON
(II), ILLUMI (-)
switch pressed
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G501)
Faulty dash
light
brightness
controller
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), ILLUMI (-)
switch released
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be 5 V or
more.
Faulty dash
light
brightness
controller
A short to
ground in the
wire
6 BLU
Ignition switch ON
(II), SELECT/RESET
switch pressed
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G501)
Faulty dash
light
brightness
controller
An open in the
wire

2008 Honda Civic EX

Ignition switch ON
(II), SELECT/RESET
switch released
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be 5 V or
more.
Faulty dash
light
brightness
controller
A short to
ground in the
wire
7 PUR
Ignition switch ON
(II), mph, km/h switch
pressed
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G501)
Faulty dash
light
brightness
controller
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), mph, km/h switch
released
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be 5 V or
more.
Faulty dash
light
brightness
controller
A short to
ground in the
wire
8
(Canada
models)
BLU
Ignition switch ON
(II), washer fluid is
half or more in the
washer reservoir
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G401)
Faulty washer
fluid level
switch
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), washer fluid is
empty in the washer
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
Faulty washer
fluid level
switch

2008 Honda Civic EX

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE (SPEEDO) INPUT TEST
reservoir be 5 V or
more.
A short to
ground in the
wire
27 GRN
Ignition switch ON
(II), brake fluid is full
level in the reservoir
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be 5 V or
more.
Faulty brake
fluid level
switch
A short to
ground in the
wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), brake fluid is
lower level in the
reservoir
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G401)
Faulty brake
fluid level
switch
An open in the
wire
28
LT
GRN
Ignition switch ON
(II), parking brake
lever pulled
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be less than 1
V.
Faulty parking
brake switch
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), parking brake
lever released
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There should
be 5 V or
more.
Faulty parking
brake switch
A short to
ground in the
wire
NOTE: Before testing, do the gauge control module self-diagnosis
procedure, and make sure the B-CAN communication line is
OK.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Remove the gauge control module (SPEEDO) and disconnect the 12P
connector from it (see SPEEDOMETER ).
Fig. 21: Identifying Gauge Control Module (Speedo) 12P Connector
contact.
recheck the system.
If the terminals are OK, go to step 4.
4. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector.
system.
(CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED)
Possible cause if
result is not
obtained
11 BLU
Ignition switch
ON, turn signal
ground: There should be
battery voltage when the
Faulty MICU
Faulty
combination
light switch

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Reconnect the connector to the gauge control module (speedo), and make the
input test at the connector.
system.
If the input test proves OK, the gauge control module (speedo) must be
faulty; replace it.
(CONNECTOR RECONNECTED)
switch in LEFT lights are flashing.
An open in
the wire
12 GRN
Ignition switch
ON, turn signal
switch in
RIGHT
battery voltage when the
lights are flashing.
Faulty MICU
Faulty
combination
light switch
An open in
the wire
7
LT
GRN
Under all
conditions
(disconnect the
gauge control
module (tach)
36P connector)
between the No. 7
terminal and gauge
control module (tach)
36P connector No. 20
terminal: There should
be continuity.
An open in the
wire
between the No. 7
terminal and body
ground (gauge control
module (tach) 36P
connector
disconnected): There
should be no continuity.
A short ground in
the wire
Test Test: Desired Possible cause if result

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT
TACHOMETER
1. Remove the subdisplay visor assembly (see SUBDISPLAY VISOR
2. Remove the three screws from the gauge control module (tach) (A).
Fig. 22: Removing Gauge Control Module Screws (Tach)
3. Disconnect the 36P connector (B) from the gauge control module (tach).
Cavity Wire condition result is not obtained
6 WHT
Under all
conditions
ground: There
should be battery
voltage.
Blown No. 23 (10 A)
fuse in the under-
hood fuse/relay box
An open in the wire
5 BRN
Ignition
switch ON
(ID
ground: There
should be battery
voltage.
Blown No. 10 (7.5
A) fuse in the under-
dash fuse/relay box
An open in the wire
4 BLK
Under all
conditions
ground: There
should be less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground(G504)
An open in the wire

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Install the gauge in the reverse order of removal.
SPEEDOMETER
1. Remove the instrument panel (see INSTRUMENT PANEL
2. Remove the three screws from the gauge control module (speedo) (A).
Fig. 23: Removing Gauge Control Module Screws (Speedo)
3. Disconnect the 12P connector (B) from the gauge control module (speedo).
4. Install the gauge in the reverse order of removal.
REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING SMART MAINTENANCE
ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE
NOTE:
Obtain a new gauge control module before starting the
rewriting process.
Rewriting is not possible on a gauge control module
that will not communicate with the HDS.
Make sure that the HDS shows the correct VIN for the
car you are working on.
One you have started this procedure, you must
complete it before removing the HDS from the DLC.
Connect a battery jump box (not a Battery charger) to
insure that correct battery voltage will be maintained.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Before replacing the gauge control module, connect the HDS.
2. Select GAUGES from the BODY ELECTRICAL menu display.
3. Select "Gauge Control Module Replacement (ODO rewrite)" from the
ADJUSTMENT menu, and follow the instructions on the display to retrieve
the ODO value and the Smart Maintenance information.
4. Replace the gauge control module.
5. Follow the instructions on the display to write the new ODO value and Smart
maintenance to the new gauge control module. If the data transfer fails, refer to
the instructions to release the locked ODO value .
RELEASE LOCKED ODOMETER MILEAGE TO THE ORIGINAL GAUGE CONTROL MODULE
If after you attempt to transfer mileage the odometer has dashes (- - -), garbled, or
incorrect value display, do the following Start over. The original gauge control
module is going to be unlocked and restored to its original state.
1. Confirm that you have the latest HDS version of software.
2. Make sure that the HDS shows the correct VIN for the car you are working on.
3. With the ignition switch OFF, reconnect the original gauge assembly.
4. Completely re-boot the HDS.
5. Clear any stored DTCs.
6. Navigate to Body Electric/Gauges/Adjustment/Instrument Panel Replacement.
7. Select "3. Releasing Locked ODO Valve".
8. Follow the prompts and the Odometer mileage will be restored.
9. Start over and make sure the screen prompts are followed.
DASH LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS CONTROLLER AND ODOMETER
SELECT/RESET BUTTON TEST/REPLACEMENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and disconnect the connectors.
2. Remove the two screws and the dash lights brightness controller-odometer
select/reset button (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 24: Removing Dash Lights Brightness Controller-Odometer
Select/Reset Button
Fig. 25 .
Fig. 25: Checking Continuity Between Dash Light Brightness Controller
And Odometer Select/Reset Button Terminals Chart
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulbs (B) or the dash lights
brightness controller-odometer select/reset button.
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE INDICATOR CALIBRATION
DESCRIPTION
The outside temperature sensor is located behind the center of the front bumper.
The gauge control module (tach) uses measurements from this sensor to display the
outside air temperature.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Because of the location of the sensor, it may be affected by heat reflection from the
road, engine and radiator heat or hot exhaust from surrounding traffic. These
conditions can heat soak the outside air temperature sensor and cause inaccurate
readings. Logic has been written into the gauge control module (tach) to help
prevent abnormal or fluctuating outside air temperature indicator readings.
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LOGIC
Initial outside air temperature indication after the ignition switch is turned ON (II).
If the engine coolant temperature is 140F (60C) or higher when the ignition
switch is turned ON (II), the outside air temperature indicated the last time the
key was turned off will be displayed regardless of the current temperature
measured by the outside air temperature sensor.
If the engine coolant temperature is 139F (59C) or lower when the ignition
switch is turned ON (II), the current temperature measured by the outside air
temperature sensor will be indicated.
UPDATE TO THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE INDICATOR WHILE DRIVING
If the temperature measured by the outside air temperature sensor is greater than the
temperature on the outside air temperature indicator, the outside temperature
indicator will increase by 1.8F (1C) per minute after the vehicle speed is greater
than 19 mph (30 km/h) for more than 1 minute and 30 seconds. It will continue to
increase until the current outside air temperature is indicated. So, the first change to
the outside air temperature indicator is 1 minute and 30 seconds after the vehicle
speed is greater than 19 mph (30 km/h). If the vehicle speed drops below 19 mph
(30 km/h), the indicator will not update again until the vehicle speed is increased to
19 mph (30 km/h) or more for more than 1 minute and 30 seconds again. If the
outside air temperature is less than the indicated temperature, the temperature will
decrease 1F every 1.1 seconds (1C every 2 seconds) until the current outside air
temperature is indicated regardless of vehicle speed.
TROUBLESHOOTING
If the indicator displays "- - -" for more than 2 seconds after selecting the outside air
temperature display mode, check the outside air temperature sensor, or gauge
control module self-diagnosis (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

CALIBRATION
The outside air temperature indicator's displayed temperature can be recalibrated
5F (or 3C) to meet the customer's expectations.
2. Select the outside air temperature display.
3. Press and hold the SEL/RESET switch until the trip meter resets, then release
it. Press, and continue to hold, the switch again, and the display will scroll
through temperature settings from +5F to -5F (or +3C to -3C) as shown.
Fig. 26: Resetting Trip Meter
4. When the desired correction value appears on the display, release the button,
and the recalibrated outside air temperature will be displayed.
Example:
Incorrect value = 68F (20 C)
Desired correction value = +2F (+1C)
Correct valve = 70F (21C)
Desired correction value = -2F (-1C)
Correct valve = 66F (19C)
NOTE: The recalibration temperature is not the value the
sensor sees. Therefore the temperature can only be
adjusted 5 degrees from the sensor.
NOTE: To recalibrate the display to the true temperature,
remove the outside air temperature sensor (A), but
leave it connected. Submerge the sensor and a
thermometer (B) in a container of ice water (C). Select
the calibration mode as described above, then

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 27: Submerging Sensor And Thermometer In Container Of Ice Water
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST
1. Remove the outside air temperature sensor (see OUTSIDE AIR
2. Dip the sensor in ice water, and measure the resistance. Then pour warm water
on the sensor, and check for a change in resistance.
3. Compare the resistance reading between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the
outside air temperature sensor with the specifications shown in Fig. 28 ; the
resistance should be within the specifications.
recalibrate the display to the true temperature.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 28: Outside Air Temperature Sensor Graph
4. If the resistance is not as specified, replace the outside air temperature sensor
(see OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT
2. Lift the tab (A) to release the lock, then remove the outside air temperature
sensor (B) from the receiver/dryer desiccant bracket [from the A/C condenser].
[ ] :2-door
Fig. 29: Removing Outside Air Temperature Sensor
3. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Glass - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Glass

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Glass - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

2-door
Fig. 2: Exploded View Of Glass (2-Door)
4-door
Fig. 3: Exploded View Of Glass (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic EX

2-door
Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Quarter Glass (2-Door)
WINDSHIELD REPLACEMENT
Windshield wiper arms:
NOTE:
Wear eye protection while cutting the glass adhesive
with a piano wire.
Use seat covers to avoid damaging the seat.
When replacing a broken windshield a commercially
available windshield cutter can be efficiently used for
cutting the adhesive. For details, follow the instructions
of the tool manufacturer.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Cowl covers (see COWL COVER REPLACEMENT )
Rearview mirror (see REARVIEW MIRROR REPLACEMENT )
A-pillar trim, both sides (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION -
PILLAR AREAS )
Roof moldings (see ROOF MOLDING REPLACEMENT )
2. Remove the molding (A) from the upper edge of the windshield (B). If
necessary, cut the molding with a utility knife.
Fig. 5: Removing Molding From Upper Edge Of Windshield
3. If the old windshield will be reinstalled, make alignment marks across the glass
and body with a grease pencil.
4. Pull down the front portion of the headliner (see HEADLINER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Take care not to bend the headliner
excessively, or you may crease or break it.
5. Apply protective tape along the edge of the dashboard and body. Using an awl,
make a hole through the rubber dam and adhesive from inside the vehicle at the
corner portion of the windshield. Push a piece of piano wire through the hole,
and wrap each end around a piece of wood.
6. With a helper on the outside, pull the piano wire (A) back and forth in a sawing
motion. Hold the piano wire as close to the windshield (B) as possible to
prevent damage to the body and dashboard. Carefully cut through the rubber

2008 Honda Civic EX

dam and adhesive (C) around the entire windshield.
Fig. 6: Cutting Through Rubber Dam And Adhesive Around Windshield
Cutting positions
Fig. 7: Identifying Cutting Positions
7. Carefully remove the windshield.
8. With a knife, scrape the old adhesive smooth to a thickness of about 2 mm
(0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire windshield opening flange:
Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the body; damaged paint will
interfere with proper bonding.
Remove the rubber dam and fasteners from the body.
Replace the dashboard seal with a new one.

2008 Honda Civic EX

cleaning, keep oil, grease and water from getting on the clean surface.
10. If the old windshield will be reinstalled, use a putty knife to scrape off the old
adhesive, the fasteners and the rubber dam from the windshield. Clean the
inside face and the edge of the windshield with alcohol where new adhesive
will be applied. Make sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil, and
grease.
11. Attach the upper rubber dam (A), side rubber dam (B), and clips (C) with
adhesive tape to the inside face of the windshield (D) as shown in Fig. 8:
Be sure the rubber dam and clips line up with the alignment marks (E).
Be sure the convex portion (F) of the left and right clips toward left.
Be careful not to touch the windshield where adhesive will be applied.
Rubber dams adhesive tape:
Width 3.5 mm (0.14 in.)
Clips adhesive tape:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Attaching Upper Rubber Dam, Side Rubber Dam And Clips With
Adhesive Tape To Inside Face Of Windshield (With Specifications)
12. Attach the molding (A) with adhesive tape (B) to the upper edge of the
windshield (C). Be careful not to touch the windshield where adhesive will be
applied.
Molding adhesive tape: Thickness 0.8 mm (0.03 in.) Width 4 mm (0.16 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Attaching Molding With Adhesive Tape To Upper Edge Of
Windshield (With Specifications)
13. Apply primer to the molding (A), then attach the molding upper seal (B) with
adhesive tape to the inside surface of the molding as shown.
Seals adhesive tape: Thickness 0.16 mm (0.006 in.) Width 7 mm (0.28 in.)
Fig. 10: Applying Primer To Molding
14. Attach the lower rubber dam (A) with body side adhesive tape to the body as
shown. Do not peel the glass side adhesive backing.
Rubber dam adhesive tape:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Attaching Lower Rubber Dam With Body Side Adhesive Tape To
Body
15. Set the windshield in the opening, and center it. Make alignment marks (A)
across the windshield and body with a grease pencil at the four points shown.
Make sure both clips (B) contact with the edge of the body holes. Be careful
not to touch the windshield where adhesive will be applied.
Fig. 12: Making Alignment Marks Across Windshield And Body With
Grease Pencil
16. Remove the windshield.
17. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer around the edge of the
windshield (A) between the dams (B) and molding (C) as shown, then lightly
wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth:
Apply glass primer to the molding.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Do not apply body primer to the windshield, and do not get body and glass
primer sponges mixed up.
Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. If you do, the adhesive
may not bond to the windshield properly, causing a leak after the
windshield is installed.
Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials away from primed surfaces.
Fig. 13: Applying Glass Primer Around Edge Of Windshield Between
Dams And Molding (With Specifications)
18. With a sponge, carefully apply a light coat of body primer to any exposed paint
or metal around the flange where new adhesive will be applied. Let the primer
dry for at least 10 minutes:
Do not apply body primer to any remaining original adhesive on the
flange.
Be careful not to mix up the body and glass primer sponges.
Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Apply body primer to shaded area shown in illustrations.
2-door
Fig. 14: Applying Body Primer To Exposed Paint (2-Door) (With
Specifications)
4-door
Fig. 15: Applying Body Primer To Exposed Paint (4-Door) (With
Specifications)
19. Cut a "V" in the end of the nozzle (A) on the adhesive cartridge as shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 16: Cutting "V" In End Of Nozzle (With Specifications)
20. Pack adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets to ensure continuous
delivery. Put the cartridge in a caulking gun, and run a bead of adhesive (A)
around the edge of the windshield (B) between the dams (C) and molding (D)
as shown. Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass
primer. Make a slightly thicker bead at each corner.
Fig. 17: Running Bead Of Adhesive Around Edge Of Windshield Between
Dams And Molding (With Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic EX

21. Pull out the glass side adhesive backing away from the lower rubber dam.
22. Use suction cups to hold the windshield over the opening, align it with the
alignment marks made in step 15, and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly
push on the windshield until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the
way around.
23. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty knife or towel. To remove
adhesive from a painted surface or the windshield, wipe with a soft shop towel
dampened with alcohol.
24. After the adhesive has dried, spray water over the windshield and check for
leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the windshield dry, then seal with sealant:
Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after windshield installation. If
the vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven
slowly.
Keep the windshield dry for the first hour after installation.
25. Reinstall all remaining removed parts.
FRONT CORNER GLASS REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
NOTE: Do not open or close any of the doors for about an hour
until the adhesive is dry.
NOTE: Advise the customer not to do the following things for 2
to 3 days:
Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up.
Twist the body excessively (such as when going in
and out of driveways at an angle or driving over
rough, uneven roads).
NOTE:
Wear eye protection while cutting the glass adhesive.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the A-pillar trim (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION -
PILLAR AREAS ).
2. From inside the vehicle, use a knife (A) to cut through the front corner glass
adhesive (B) all the way around. Apply protective tape along the edge of the
entire front corner glass opening flange.
Fig. 18: Cutting Through Front Corner Glass Adhesive Using Knife
3. From outside the vehicle, pry the front corner glass clips (A) and the front
corner trim clips (B), then carefully remove the glass (C) and trim (D) together.
The trim has not be attached to the glass.
Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surface.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 19: Prying Front Corner Glass Clips And Trim Clips
4. With a putty knife, scrape the old adhesive smooth to a thickness of about 2
mm (0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire front corner glass
opening flange:
If any of the clips are broken, remove them from the body.
6. If the old front corner glass will be reinstalled, use a putty knife to scrape off
the old adhesive from the front corner glass. Clean the inside face of the front
corner glass and the edge of the glass with alcohol where new adhesive will be
applied. Make sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil, and grease.
7. Attach the rubber dam (A) and clips (B) with adhesive tape to the inside face of
the front corner glass (C) as shown in Fig. 20.
Be careful not to touch the front corner glass where adhesive will be applied.
Rubber dam adhesive tape:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Clip adhesive tape:
Fig. 20: Attaching Rubber Dam And Clips With Adhesive Tape To Inside
Face Of Front Corner Glass (With Specifications)
8. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer to the inside face of the front
corner glass (A) as shown in Fig. 21, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or
cheesecloth:
With the printed dots (B) on the front corner glass as a guide, apply the
glass primer to both lower corner portions of the front corner glass.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Do not apply body primer to the front corner glass, and do not get body
and glass primer sponges mixed up.
Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. If you do the adhesive
may not bond to the front corner glass properly, causing a leak after the
front corner glass is installed.
Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials away from primed surface.
Fig. 21: Applying Glass Primer To Inside Face Of Front Corner Glass
9. With a sponge, apply a light coat of body primer to the original adhesive
remaining around the front corner glass opening flange. Let the body primer
Do not apply glass primer to the body, and be careful not to mix up glass
and body primer sponges.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Mask off the dashboard before painting the flange.
Fig. 22: Applying Body Primer To Original Adhesive Around Front
Corner Glass Opening Flange (With Specifications)
10. Before filling a cartridge, cut a "V" in the end of the nozzle (A) as shown.
around the front corner glass (B) as shown:
With the printed dots (C) on the front corner glass as a guide, apply the
adhesive to both side portions of the front corner glass.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer.
Make a slightly thicker bead at each corner.
Fig. 24: Running Bead Of Adhesive Around Front Corner Glass
12. Set the front corner glass (A) to the front corner trim (B) quickly. Be careful
not to touch the front corner glass where adhesive will be spread.
NOTE: Make sure that there is no clearance between the sash
and front lower sash.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 25: Setting Front Corner Glass To Front Corner Trim
13. Use a suction cup to hold the front corner glass (A) over the opening while
holding the front corner trim (B) by the other hand, align the clips, and set it
down on the adhesive. Lightly push on the front corner glass until its edges are
fully seated on the adhesive all the way around.
Fig. 26: Using Suction Cup To Hold Front Corner Glass Over Opening
adhesive from a painted surface or the front corner glass, wipe with a soft shop

2008 Honda Civic EX

towel dampened with alcohol.
15. After the adhesive has dried, spray water over the front corner glass and check
for leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the front corner glass dry, then seal with
sealant. Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after front corner glass
installation. If the vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be
driven slowly.
REAR WINDOW REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
Trunk lid
Rear shelf (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SHELF
AREA )
Rear shelf extension (see REAR SHELF EXTENSION - 2-DOOR )
Quarter pillar trim (see QUARTER PILLAR TRIM - 2-DOOR )
2. Remove the window antenna terminal cover (A) from the window antenna
to 3 days:
NOTE:
with a piano wire.
Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surfaces.
Do not damage the rear window defogger grid lines,
window antenna grid lines, and terminals.

2008 Honda Civic EX

terminal cover base (B), and disconnect the window antenna connector (C).
Fig. 27: Removing Terminal Cover From Window Antenna Terminal
Cover Base
3. Disconnect the rear window defogger connectors (D).
4. If the old rear window will be reinstalled, make alignment marks across the
glass and body with a grease pencil.
5. Pull down the rear portion of the headliner (A) by detaching the clips (B). Take
care not to bend the headliner excessively, or you may crease or break it.
Fig. 28: Detaching Clips To Remove Rear Portion Of Headliner
6. Apply protective tape along the inside and outside edges of the body. Using an
awl, make a hole through the adhesive from inside the vehicle at the corner
portion of the rear window. Push a piece of piano wire through the hole, and

2008 Honda Civic EX

wrap each end around a piece of wood.
7. Remove the lower rubber dam (A) from the lower edge of the rear window (B).
If necessary, cut the molding with a utility knife.
Fig. 29: Removing Lower Rubber Dam From Lower Edge Of Rear
Window
motion. Hold the piano wire as close to the rear window (B) as possible to
prevent damage to the body, and carefully cut through the adhesive (C) around
the entire rear window.
Fig. 30: Pulling Piano Wire Back And Forth In Sawing Motion
Cutting positions

2008 Honda Civic EX

9. Carefully remove the rear window.
mm (0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire rear window opening
flange:
Remove the fasteners from the body.
12. If the old rear window will be reinstalled, use a putty knife to scrape off the old
adhesive, the moldings and the fasteners from the rear window. Clean the
inside face and the edge of the rear window with alcohol where new adhesive
grease.
13. Attach the window antenna terminal cover base (A) with adhesive tape to the
inside face of the rear window (B) as shown. Apply primer to the inside face of
the rear window as shown. Be careful not to touch the rear window where
adhesive will be applied.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 32: Identifying Antenna Terminal Cover Base With Adhesive Tape To
Inside Face Of Rear Window (With Specifications)
14. Apply primer to the edge of the rear window (A) where the lower rubber dam
adhesive tape will be attached as shown. Attach the lower rubber dam (B) with
adhesive tape (C) to the lower edge of the rear window:
After installing the rubber dam, cut the ends (D) of the rubber dam as
shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 33: Applying Primer To Edge Of Rear Window (With Specifications)
15. Attach the upper rubber dams (A), side rubber dam (B), clips (C), and fasteners
(D) with adhesive tape to the inside face of the rear window (E) as shown in
Fig. 34:
First attach the upper rubber dam, then attach the side rubber dams around
the edge of the rear window. Be sure the top of the side rubber dam
contacts with the bottom of the upper rubber dam. If necessary, cut the
rubber dam.
Be sure the clips, and fasteners line up with the alignment marks (F).
Be careful not to touch the rear window where adhesive will be applied.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fasteners adhesive tape:
Fig. 34: Attaching Upper Rubber Dams, Side Rubber Dam, Clips And
Fasteners With Adhesive Tape To Inside Face Of Rear Window (With
Specifications)
16. Attach the fasteners (A) with adhesive tape to the rear window opening flange
of the body on both sides.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 35: Attaching Fasteners With Adhesive Tape To Rear Window
Opening Flange
17. Set the rear window in the opening, and center it. Make alignment marks (A)
across the rear window and body with a grease pencil at the four points shown.
Make sure both upper clips (B) are in the body holes. Be careful not to touch
the rear window where adhesive will be applied.
Fig. 36: Making Alignment Marks Across Rear Window And Body

2008 Honda Civic EX

18. Remove the rear window.
19. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer along the edge of the rear
window (A) between the dams (B) as shown, then lightly wipe it off with
gauze or cheesecloth:
Do not apply body primer to the rear window, and do not get body and
glass primer sponges mixed up.
may not bond to the rear window properly, causing a leak after the rear
window is installed.
Fig. 37: Applying Glass Primer Along Edge Of Rear Window Between
Dams (With Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic EX

flange.
Fig. 38: Applying Body Primer To Any Exposed Paint (With
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic EX

around the edge of the rear window (B) between the dams (C) as shown.
Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Make a
slightly thicker bead at each corner.
Fig. 40: Running Bead Of Adhesive Around Edge Of Rear Window
Between Dams (With Specifications)
23. Use suction cups to hold the rear window over the opening, align it with the
alignment marks you made in step 17, and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly

2008 Honda Civic EX

push on the rear window until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the
way around.
adhesive from a painted surface or the rear window, use a soft shop towel
25. After the adhesive has dried, spray water over the rear window and check for
leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the rear window dry, then seal with sealant.
Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after rear window installation. If the
vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven slowly.
4-DOOR
Trunk lid
to 3 days:
NOTE:
with a piano wire.
Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surfaces.
Do not damage the rear window defogger grid lines,
window antenna grid lines, and terminals.

2008 Honda Civic EX

C-pillar trim (see C-PILLAR TRIM - 4-DOOR )
Rear shelf (see REAR SHELF EXTENSION - 2-DOOR )
2. Disconnect the window antenna connectors (A) and rear window defogger
connectors (B).
Fig. 41: Disconnecting Window Antenna Connectors And Rear Window
Defogger Connectors
3. If the old rear window will be reinstalled, make alignment marks across the
glass and body with a grease pencil.
4. Pull down the rear portion of the headliner (A) by detaching the clips (B). Take
care not to bend the headliner excessively, or you may crease or break it.
Fig. 42: Detaching Clips To Remove Rear Portion Of Headliner
5. Apply protective tape along the inside and outside edges of the body. Using an
awl, make a hole through the adhesive from inside the vehicle at the corner
portion of the rear window. Push a piece of piano wire through the hole, and
wrap each end around a piece of wood.

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. Remove the lower rubber dam (A) from the lower edge of the rear window (B).
If necessary, cut the molding with a utility knife.
Fig. 43: Removing Lower Rubber Dam From Lower Edge Of Rear
Window
motion. Hold the piano wire as close to the rear window (B) as possible to
prevent damage to the body, and carefully cut through the adhesive (C) around
the entire rear window.
Cutting positions

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Carefully remove the rear window.
mm (0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire rear window opening
flange:
Remove the fasteners from the body.
11. If the old rear window will be reinstalled, use a putty knife to scrape off the old
adhesive, the moldings and the fasteners from the rear window. Clean the
inside face and the edge of the rear window with alcohol where new adhesive
grease.
12. Apply primer to the edge of the rear window (A) where the lower rubber dam
adhesive tape will be attached as shown. Attach the lower rubber dam (B) with
adhesive tape (C) to the lower edge of the rear window:
After installing the rubber dam, cut the ends (D) of the rubber dam as
shown.
Molding adhesive tape:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 46: Applying Primer To Edge Of Rear Window (With Specifications)
13. Attach the upper rubber dams (A), side rubber dams (B), clips (C) (except USA
produced models), upper fasteners (D) (USA produced models), and side
fasteners (E) with adhesive tape to the inside face of the rear window (F) as
shown in Fig. 47:
First attach the upper rubber dam, then attach the side rubber dams around
the edge of the rear window. Be sure the top of the side rubber dam
contacts with the bottom of the upper rubber dam. If necessary, cut the
rubber dam.
Be sure the clips, and fasteners line up with the alignment marks (G).
Be careful not to touch the rear window where adhesive will be applied.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Upper fasteners adhesive tape:
Width 11.4 mm (0.45 in.)
Side fasteners adhesive tape:
Fig. 47: Attaching Upper Rubber Dams, Side Rubber Dams And Clips

2008 Honda Civic EX

14. Attach the fasteners (A) with adhesive tape to the rear window opening flange
of the body on both sides.
Fig. 48: Attaching Fasteners With Adhesive Tape To Rear Window
Opening Flange
15. Set the rear window in the opening, and center it. Make alignment marks (A)
across the rear window and body with a grease pencil at the four points shown.
Make sure both clips (B) are in the body holes (except USA produced models).
Make sure both pins (C) from the upper fasteners (D) contact with the edge of
the body holes (USA produced models). Be careful not to touch the rear
window where adhesive will be applied.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 49: Making Alignment Marks Across Rear Window And Body
16. Remove the rear window.
17. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer along the edge of the rear
window (A) between the dams (B) as shown, then lightly wipe it off with
gauze or cheesecloth:
With the printed dots (D) on the rear window as a guide, apply the glass
primer to both lower corner portions of the rear window.
Do not apply body primer to the rear window, and do not get body and
may not bond to the rear window properly, causing a leak after the rear
window is installed.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 50: Applying Glass Primer Along Edge Of Rear Window Between
Dams (With Specifications)
flange.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Specifications)
around the edge of the rear window (B) between the dams (C) as shown:
With the printed dots (D) on the rear window as a guide, apply the
adhesive to both side portions of the rear window.
Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Make a slightly thicker bead at each corner.
Fig. 53: Running Bead Of Adhesive Around Edge Of Rear Window
Between Dams (With Specifications)
21. Use suction cups to hold the rear window over the opening, align it with the
alignment marks you made in step 15, and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly
push on the rear window until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the
way around.
adhesive from a painted surface or the rear window, use a soft shop towel

2008 Honda Civic EX

23. After the adhesive has dried, spray water over the rear window and check for
leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the rear window dry, then seal with sealant.
Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after rear window installation. If the
vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven slowly.
QUARTER GLASS REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
Rear seat cushion (see SEAT CUSHION )
Rear shelf (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SHELF
AREA )
Rear side trim panel, as needed (see 2-DOOR )
Front seat belt upper anchor (see step 7 in FRONT SEAT BELT - 2-
DOOR )
Quarter pillar trim (see QUARTER PILLAR TRIM - 2-DOOR )
2. Apply protective tape along the inside and outside edges of the body, and along
the edge of the headliner. Using an awl, make a hole through the adhesive from
inside the vehicle. Push a piece of piano wire through the hole, and wrap each
end around a piece of wood.
to 3 days:
NOTE:
Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surface.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Remove the front seal (A) from the front edge of the quarter glass (B). If
necessary, cut the front seal with a utility knife.
Fig. 54: Removing Front Seal From Front Edge Of Quarter Glass
4. Carefully cut through the adhesive (A) at the rear corner portion of the quarter
glass (B) with a utility knife. With a helper on the outside, pull the piano wire
(C) back and forth in a sawing motion. Hold the piano wire as close to the
quarter glass as possible to prevent damage to the body, and carefully cut
through the adhesive around the entire quarter glass:
If the quarter glass is to be reinstalled, take care not to damage the
molding (D).
If the molding is damaged, replace the quarter glass, molding, and clips
(E) as an assembly.
If any of the clips are broken, the quarter glass can be reinstalled using
butyl tape (refer to step 11).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Cutting positions
5. Carefully remove the quarter glass.
mm (0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire quarter glass opening
flange:
Remove the clips and fastener from the body.
8. If the old quarter glass will be reinstalled, use a putty knife to scrape off the old
adhesive, any broken clips, and the fastener from the glass. Clean the inside

2008 Honda Civic EX

face and the edge of the glass with alcohol where new adhesive will be applied.
Make sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil, and grease.
9. Set the quarter glass in the opening. Make an alignment mark (A) to the quarter
glass with a grease pencil as shown where the clip will be installed.
Fig. 57: Making Alignment Mark To Quarter Glass (With Specifications)
10. Remove the quarter glass.
11. If the old quarter glass will be reinstalled (and either clip is broken off the
molding), apply a light coat of primer, then apply butyl tape (A) to the molding
(B) as shown. Attach the clip (C) with adhesive tape to the inside face of the
quarter glass (D):
Be sure the clip line up with alignment mark (E) you made in step 9.
Be careful not to touch the quarter glass where adhesive will be applied.
Do not peel the separator off the butyl tape.
Clip adhesive tape:
Width 7.5 mm (0.3 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 58: Applying Butyl Tape To Molding (With Specifications)
12. Attach the front seal (A) with adhesive tape (B) onto the molding (C).
Seal adhesive tape:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 59: Attaching Front Seal With Adhesive Tape Onto Molding (With
Specifications)
13. If the old quarter glass will be reinstalled (and either clip is broken off the
molding), seal the body holes with pieces of urethane tape (A). Then set the
quarter glass upright in the opening, and make alignment marks (B) across the
quarter glass and body with a grease pencil at the three points shown. Be
careful not to touch the quarter glass where adhesive will be applied.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 60: Sealing Body Holes With Pieces Of Urethane Tape
14. Remove the quarter glass.
15. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer along the edge of the front
seal (A) and molding (B) as shown, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or
cheesecloth:
With the printed dots (C) on the quarter glass (D) as a guide, apply the
glass primer to the front portion of the quarter glass.
Do not apply body primer to the quarter glass, and do not get body and
may not bond to the quarter glass properly, causing a leak after the quarter
glass is installed.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 61: Applying Glass Primer Along Edge Of Front Seal And
Molding (With Specifications)
flange.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Specifications)
around the edge of the front seal (B) and molding (C) as shown. With the glass
primer (D) you applied in step 15 on the quarter glass (E) as a guide, apply the
adhesive to the upper and lower corner portions of the quarter glass. Apply the
adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Make a slightly
thicker bead at each corner.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 64: Running Bead Of Adhesive Around Edge Of Front Seal And
Molding (With Specifications)
19. Using suction cups (A) to hold the quarter glass (B) over the opening, align the
clips or the alignment marks (C) made in step 13, and set it down on the
adhesive. Lightly push on the quarter glass until its edges are fully seated on
the adhesive all the way around.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 65: Holding Quarter Glass Using Suction Cups
adhesive from a painted surface or the quarter glass, wipe with a soft shop
towel dampened with alcohol.
21. After the adhesive has dried, spray water over the quarter glass window and
check for leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the quarter glass window dry, then
seal with sealant. Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after quarter glass
window installation. If the vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it
must be driven slowly.
to 3 days:

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 HVAC
Heating - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Heating Component Location
HOW TO USE THE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 HVAC Heating - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

The heater control panel has a self-diagnostic function for heating and ventilation
system. To run the self-diagnostic function, do the following:
2. Press and hold the recirculation control and rear window defogger buttons, and
turn the ignition switch ON (II).
3. Recirculation indicator turns on for 2 seconds, then self-diagnostic function
begins.
Example of DTC Indication Pattern (DTC 3)
NOTE:
The blower motor will run at any speed regardless of
the dial positioning.
In the case of multiple problems, the recirculation
indicator will blink the lowest number DTC only.
If no DTCs are found, the indicator will not blink.
Fig. 2: Identifying Recirculation Control Button,
Recirculation/Ventilation Indicator

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Identifying DTC Indication Pattern (DTC 3)
DETECTION ITEM REFERENCE
DTC (Recirculation
Indicator Blinks)
Detection Item
1
An open in the air mix control motor circuit (see DTC
INDICATOR 1: AN OPEN IN THE AIR MIX
CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT )
2
A short in the air mix control motor circuit (see DTC
INDICATOR 2: A SHORT IN THE AIR MIX
3
A problem in the air mix control linkage, door, or motor
(see DTC INDICATOR 3: A PROBLEM IN THE
AIR MIX CONTROL LINKAGE, DOOR, OR
MOTOR )
4
An open or short in the mode control motor circuit (see
DTC INDICATOR 4: AN OPEN OR SHORT IN
THE MODE CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT )
5
A problem in the mode control linkage, doors, or motor
MODE CONTROL LINKAGE, DOORS, OR
MOTOR )
6
A problem in the blower motor circuit (see DTC
INDICATOR 6: A PROBLEM IN THE BLOWER
MOTOR CIRCUIT )
Heater control panel internal error (see DTC

2008 Honda Civic EX

Clear the DTCs
When the problem is repaired, DTCs will automatically clear.
7
INDICATOR 7: HEATER CONTROL PANEL
INTERNAL ERROR )
Recirculation
control doors do
not change
between Fresh and
Recirculate
RECIRCULATION
CONTROL MOTOR
CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING
HVAC DTCs (see
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION )
Blown fuse No. 36 (10 A)
in the under-dash
fuse/relay box
Cleanliness and tightness
of all terminals
Blower and heater
controls do not
work
HEATER CONTROL
POWER AND GROUND
CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING
HVAC DTCs (see HOW
TO USE THE SELF-
DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTION )
in the under-dash
fuse/relay box
Poor ground at G504 (see
CONNECTOR TO
HARNESS INDEX )
of all terminals
Infufficient heating
1. Check the coolant
level (see COOLANT
Damaged cylinder head gasket

2008 Honda Civic EX

CHECK )
2. Check the radiator cap
(see RADIATOR
CAP TEST )
3. Check the coolant
temperature
4. Check the operation of
the air mix control
motor and door (see
Air Mix Control
Motor Test)
5. Check the blower
motor for obstructions
6. Check for air leaks
around the ducts and
vents
7. Check the inlet heater
hose temperature
If it is COLD,
check for
restrictions in the
hose, a damaged
or leaking
thermostat, and a
damaged or
leaking water
pump.
If it is HOT,
check for
restrictions in the
heater core. Back
flush the heater
core or replace
heater core.

2008 Honda Civic EX

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
HEATING DOOR POSITIONS
Fig. 4: Identifying Heating Door Positions
HEATER CONTROL PANEL INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Identifying Heater Control Panel 24P Connectors
WIRE COLOR AND SIGNALS REFERENCE
Cavity Wire color Signal
1 BLK AIR MIX POTENTIAL +5V OUTPUT
2 - - -
3 ORN MODE 1 OUTPUT
4 LT GRN MODE 2 OUTPUT
5 PUR MODE 3 OUTPUT
6 BLU MODE 4 OUTPUT
7 BLU BLOWER FEEDBACK INPUT
8 YEL POWER TRANSISTOR CONTROL OUTPUT
9 - - -
10 - - -
11 - - -
12 RED ILLUMI (-) OUTPUT
13 RED SENSOR COMMON GROUND INPUT
14 WHT MODE VENT OUTPUT
15 GRN MODE DEF OUTPUT
16 ORN RECIRCULATE INPUT
17 PUR FRESH INPUT
18 GRY AIR MIX POTENTIAL OUTPUT
19 LT BLU AIR MIX COOL OUTPUT
20 PNK AIR MIX HOT OUTPUT

2008 Honda Civic EX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
21 BLK GROUND (G504) OUTPUT
22 BRN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY INPUT
23 LTGRN IG2 (Power) INPUT
24 GRY ILLUMI (+) INPUT

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Heater Control Panel - Circuit Diagram
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC INDICATOR 1: AN OPEN IN THE AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Clear the DTC (see CLEAR THE DTCS ).
2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and then ON (II).
3. Do the self-diagnostic with the heater control panel (see HOW TO USE THE
4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 1 indicated?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Intermittent failure, check for loose wires or poor connections on the air
mix control motor circuit.
6. Test the air mix control motor (see AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR TEST ).
Is the air mix control motor OK?
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Replace the air mix control motor (see AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR
TEST ).
7. Disconnect the air mix control motor 7P connector.
8. Disconnect the heater control panel 24P connector.
9. Check for continuity between the following terminals of the heater control
panel 24P connector and the air mix control motor 7P connector.
CONTINUITY CHECK INDEX
24P 7P
1 5
13 7
18 3

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Check Continuity Between Heater Control Panel Connector & Air
Mix Control Motor Connector
YES -Check for loose wires or poor connections at the heater control panel
24P connector and at the air mix control motor 7P connector. If the
connections are good, substitute a known-good heater control panel and
recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater
control panel.
NO -Repair any open in the wires between the heater control panel and the air
mix control motor.
DTC INDICATOR 2: A SHORT IN THE AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 2 indicated?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Intermittent failure.
YES -Go to step 7.
TEST ).
9. Check for continuity between body ground and the heater control panel 24P
connector terminals No. 1, 13 and 18 individually.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Checking Continuity Between Ground & Heater Control Panel
Connector
YES -Repair any short to body ground in the wires between the heater control
panel and the air mix control motor.
NO -Go to step 10.
10. Check for continuity between the heater control panel 24P connector terminals
as follows.
TERMINALS REFERENCE
Is there continuity between any of the terminals?
YES -Repair the short in the wires.
NO -Go to step 11.
1 13,18
13 18

2008 Honda Civic EX

11. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check the same terminals for voltage to
body ground. See Fig. 8.
YES -Repair any short to power in the wires between the heater control panel
and the air mix control motor. This short may also damage the heater control
panel. Repair the short to power before replacing the heater control panel.
NO -Substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater control panel.
DTC INDICATOR 3: A PROBLEM IN THE AIR MIX CONTROL LINKAGE, DOOR, OR MOTOR
4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 3 indicated?
YES -Go to step 5.
YES -Substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the
TEST ), or repair the air mix control linkage or door.

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Disconnect the heater control motor 24P connector.
Fig. 9: Checking Continuity Between Heater Control Panel Connector &
Air Mix Control Motor Connector
24P 7P
19 2
20 1

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Repair any open in the wires between the heater control panel and the air
mix control motor.
connector terminals No. 19 and 20 individually.
Connector
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wires between the heater control

2008 Honda Civic EX

DTC INDICATOR 4: AN OPEN OR SHORT IN THE MODE CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT
4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 4 indicated?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Intermittent failure, check for loose wires or poor connections on the
mode control motor circuit.
6. Test the mode control motor (see MODE CONTROL MOTOR TEST ).
Is the mode control motor OK?
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Replace the mode control motor (see MODE CONTROL MOTOR
TEST ).
7. Disconnect the mode control motor 7P connector.
panel 24P connector and the mode control motor 7P connector.
24P 7P
3 6
4 5

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Checking Continuity Between Heater Control Panel Connector &
Mode Control Motor Connector
YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Repair any open in the wires between the heater control panel and the
mode control motor.
connector terminals No. 3, 4, 5, 6, and 13 individually.
5 4
6 3
13 7

2008 Honda Civic EX

Connector
panel and the mode control motor.
NO -Go to step 11.
11. Check for continuity between the heater control panel 24P connector terminals
as follows.
TERMINALS REFERENCE
3 4, 5, 6, 13
4 5, 6, 13
5 6, 13
6 13

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Go to step 12.
and the mode control motor. This short may also damage the heater control
panel. Repair the short to power before replacing the heater control panel.
NO -Check for loose wires or poor connections at the heater control panel 24P
connector and at the mode control motor 7P connector. If the connections are
good, substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the
DTC INDICATOR 5: A PROBLEM IN THE MODE CONTROL LINKAGE, DOORS, OR MOTOR
4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 5 indicated?
YES -Go to step 5.
YES -

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Replace the mode control motor (see MODE CONTROL MOTOR
TEST ), or repair the mode control linkage or doors.
Fig. 13: Checing Continuity Between Heater Control Connector & Mode
Control Motor Connector
YES -Go to step 8.
24P 7P
14 1
15 2

2008 Honda Civic EX

mode control motor.
Connector
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wires between the heater control
DTC INDICATOR 6: A PROBLEM IN THE BLOWER MOTOR CIRCUIT

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 6 indicated?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Intermittent failure, check for loose wires or poor connections on the
blower motor circuit.
6. Check the No. 9 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box, and the No. 36
(10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Are the fuses OK?
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Replace the fuses, and recheck.
7. Connect the blower motor 2P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a
jumper wire.
Fig. 15: Connecting Blower Motor 2P Connector Terminal No 2 To Body
Does the blower motor run?

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Go to step 25.
10. Disconnect the jumper wire.
11. Disconnect the power transistor 4P connector.
12. Check for continuity between the power transistor 4P connector terminal No. 2
and body ground.
Fig. 16: Checking Continuity Between Power Transistor 4P Connector
Terminal No 2 And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 13.
NO -Check for an open in the wire between the power transistor and body
ground. If the wire is OK, check for poor ground at G401 (see CONNECTOR
TO HARNESS INDEX ).
13. Connect the power transistor 4P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 4 with a
jumper wire.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 17: Connecting Power Transistor 4P Connector Terminals No 2 And
4 With Jumper Wire
Does the blower motor run at high speed?
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Repair open in the GRN wire between the power transistor and the blower
motor.
connector terminals No. 7 and No. 8 individually.
Fig. 18: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Heater Control

2008 Honda Civic EX

Panel 24P Terminals No 7 And 8
panel and the power transistor.
NO -Go to step 19.
panel 24P connector and the power transistor 4P connector.
Fig. 19: Checking Continuity Between Heater Control Panel 24P And
Power Transistor 4P Connector Terminals
YES -Go to step 20.
24P 4P
7 3
8 1

2008 Honda Civic EX

power transistor.
21. Measure the voltage between body ground and the heater control panel 24P
Fig. 20: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And Heater Control
Panel 24P Connector Terminals No 7 And 8
Is there voltage?
YES -Repair short to power in the wires.
NO -Go to step 22.
23. Reconnect the heater control panel 24P connector.
24. Test the power transistor (see POWER TRANSISTOR TEST ).
Is the power transistor OK?
24P connector and at the power transistor 4P connector. If the connections are
good, substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the
NO -Replace the power transistor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

27. Disconnect the blower motor 2P connector.
29. Measure the voltage between the blower motor 2P connector terminal No. 1
and body ground.
Fig. 21: Measuring Voltage Between Blower Motor 2P Connector
YES -Replace the blower motor.
NO -Go to step 30.
31. Remove the blower motor relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it
Is the relay OK?
YES -Go to step 32.
NO -Replace the blower motor relay.
32. Measure the voltage between the blower motor relay 4P socket terminal No. 1

2008 Honda Civic EX

and body ground.
Fig. 22: Measuring Voltage Between Blower Motor Relay 4P Socket
YES -Go to step 33.
NO -Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 35.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 36 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box and the blower motor relay.
36. Check for continuity between the blower motor relay 4P socket terminal No. 4
and body ground.
Fig. 24: Checking Continuity Between Blower Motor Relay 4P Socket
YES -Repair open in the WHT wire between the blower motor relay and the
blower motor.
NO -Check for an open in the wire between the blower motor relay and body
TO HARNESS INDEX ).
DTC INDICATOR 7: HEATER CONTROL PANEL INTERNAL ERROR
NOTE: Check the battery condition (see BATTERY TEST ) and the
charging system (see CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 7 indicated?
YES -The heater control panel is faulty, replace the heater control panel (see
HEATER CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
NO -Intermittent failure, the heater control panel is OK at this time.
RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
Is the fuse OK?
YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Replace the fuse, and recheck. If the fuse blows again, check for a short in
the No. 36 (10 A) fuse circuit.
2. Disconnect the recirculation control motor 7P connector.
4. Measure the voltage between the recirculation control motor 7P connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 25: Measuring Voltage Between Recirculation Control Motor 7P
Connector Terminal No 1 And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 5.
fuse/relay box and the recirculation control motor.
6. Test the recirculation control motor (see RECIRCULATION CONTROL
MOTOR TEST ).
Is the recirculation control motor OK?
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Replace the recirculation control motor (see RECIRCULATION
CONTROL MOTOR TEST ), or repair the recirculation control linkage or
door.
Fig. 26: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Heater Control

2008 Honda Civic EX

panel and the recirculation control motor.
NO -Go to step 9.
body ground.
Fig. 27: Checking Voltage Between Body Ground And Heater Control
and the recirculation control motor. This short may also damage the heater
control panel. Repair the short to power before replacing the heater control
panel.
NO -Go to step 10.
panel 24P connector and the recirculation control motor IP connector.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 28: Checking Continuity Between Heater Control Panel 24P And
Recirculation Control Motor IP Connector Terminals
24P connector and at the recirculation control motor 7P connector. If the
connections are good, substitute a known-good heater control panel, and
recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater
control panel.
recirculation control motor.
HEATER CONTROL POWER AND GROUND CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
Is the fuse OK?
YES -Go to step 2.
24P 7P
16 7
17 5

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Replace the fuse, and recheck. If the fuse blows again, check for a short in
the No. 36 (10 A) fuse circuit.
4. Measure the voltage between the heater control panel 24P connector terminal
Fig. 29: Measuring Voltage Between Heater Control Panel 24P Connector
YES -Go to step 5.
fuse/relay box and the heater control panel.
6. Check for continuity between the heater control panel 24P connector terminal

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 30: Checking Continuity Between Heater Control Panel 24P
Connector Terminal No 21 And Body Ground
24P connector. If the connections are good, substitute a known-good heater
control panel, and recheck.
NO -Check for an open in the wire between the heater control panel and body
TO HARNESS INDEX ).
POWER TRANSISTOR TEST
1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover (see PASSENGER's
2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the power transistor.
3. Measure the resistance between the No. 3 and No. 4 terminals of the power
transistor. It should be about 1.5 kohms.
If the resistance is within the specifications, go to step 4.
If the resistance is not within the specifications, replace the power
transistor.
NOTE: Also check the blower motor. Power transistor failure
can be caused by a defective blower motor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 31: Measuring Resistance Between No 3 And No 4 Terminals Of
Power Transistor
4. Carefully release the lock tab on the No. 1 terminal (YEL) (A) in the 4P
connector, then remove the terminal and insulate it from body ground.
Fig. 32: Identifying 4P Connector Terminal No. 1
5. Reconnect the 4P connector to the power transistor.
6. Make sure the YEL wire is completely isolated, then supply 12 V to the No. 1
cavity with a jumper wire.
7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the blower motor runs.
If the blower motor does not run, replace the power transistor.
If the blower motor runs, the power transistor is OK.

2008 Honda Civic EX

AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR TEST
1. Disconnect the 7P connector from the air mix control motor.
2. Connect battery power to the No. 1 terminal of the air mix control motor, and
ground the No. 2 terminal; the air mix control motor should run, and stop at
Max Hot. If it doesn't, reverse the connections; the air mix control motor
should run, and stop at Max Cool. When the air mix control motor stops
running, disconnect battery power immediately.
Fig. 33: Identifying Air Mix Control Motor Terminals
3. If the air mix control motor did not run in step 2, remove it, then check the air
mix control linkage and door for smooth movement.
If the linkage and door move smoothly, replace the air mix control motor
(see AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR TEST ).
If the linkage or door sticks or binds, repair them as needed.
If the air mix control motor runs smoothly, go to step 4.
4. Measure the resistance between the No. 5 and No. 7 terminals. It should be
between 4.2 to 7.8 kohms.
5. Reconnect the air mix control motor 7P connector, then turn the ignition switch
NOTE: Before testing, check for HVAC DTCs (see HOW TO USE
THE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ).
NOTE: Incorrectly applying power and ground to the air mix
control motor will damage it. Follow the instructions
carefully.

2008 Honda Civic EX

ON (II).
6. Using the backprobe set. Measure the voltage between the No. 3 and No. 7
terminals.
Max Cool: about 0.5 V
Max Hot: about 4.5 V
7. If either the resistance or voltage readings are not as specified, replace the air
mix control motor (see AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR TEST ).
AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover (see DRIVER's DASHBOARD
2. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the air mix control motor (B). Remove
the self-tapping screws and the air mix control motor from the heater unit.
Fig. 34: Identifying 7P Connector And Air Mix Control Motor
3. Install the motor in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the pin on the
motor is properly engaged with the linkage. After installation, make sure the
motor runs smoothly.
MODE CONTROL MOTOR TEST

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Disconnect the 7P connector from the mode control motor.
2. Connect battery power to the No. 1 terminal of the mode control motor, and
ground the No. 2 terminal; the mode control motor should run smoothly, and
stop at Vent. If it doesn't, reverse the connections; the mode control motor
should run smoothly, and stop at Defrost. When the mode control motor stops
running, disconnect battery power immediately.
Fig. 35: Identifying Mode Control Motor Terminals
3. If the mode control motor did not run in step 2, remove it, then check the mode
control linkage and doors for smooth movement.
If the linkage and doors move smoothly, replace the mode control motor
(see MODE CONTROL MOTOR TEST ).
If the linkage or doors stick or bind, repair them as needed.
If the mode control motor runs smoothly, go to step 4.
4. Use a digital multimeter with an output of 1 mA or less at the 20 k ohms range.
With the mode control motor running as in step 2, check for continuity
between the No. 3, 4, 5, and 6 terminals and the No. 7 terminal individually.
There should be continuity for a moment at each terminal as the motor moves
past the switch's terminal.
NOTE: Incorrectly applying power and ground to the mode
control motor will damage it. Follow the instructions
carefully.

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. If there is no continuity for a moment at each terminal, replace the mode
control motor (see MODE CONTROL MOTOR TEST ).
MODE CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the glove box (see PASSENGER's DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER
2. Remove the wire harness clip (A), the self-tapping screws, and the passenger's
heater duct (B).
Fig. 36: Identifying Wire Harness Clip And Passenger's Heater Duct
3. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the mode control motor (B). Remove the
self-tapping screws and the mode control motor from the heater unit.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 37: Identifying 7P Connector And Mode Control Motor
RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR TEST
1. Disconnect the 7P connector from the recirculation control motor.
2. Connect battery power to the No. 1 terminal of the recirculation control motor,
and ground the No. 5 and No. 7 terminals; the recirculation control motor
should run smoothly. To avoid damaging the recirculation control motor, do
not reverse power and ground. Disconnect the No. 5 or No. 7 terminals from
ground; the recirculation control motor should stop at Fresh (when the No. 5
terminal is disconnected) or Recirculate (when the No. 7 terminal is
disconnected). Don't cycle the recirculation control motor for a long time.
NOTE: Incorrectly applying power and ground to the
recirculation control motor will damage it. Follow the
instructions carefully.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 38: Identifying Recirculation Control Motor Terminals
3. If the recirculation control motor did not run in step 2, remove it, then check
the recirculation control linkage and door for smooth movement.
If the linkage and door move smoothly, replace the recirculation control
motor (see RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR TEST ).
If the linkage or door stick or bind, repair them as needed.
RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the glove box (see PASSENGER's DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and the passenger's kick panel, 2-door (see
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS ), 4-door (see
FRONT DOOR SILL AREA - 4-DOOR ).
2. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the recirculation control motor (B).
Remove the self-tapping screws and the recirculation control motor from the
blower unit.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 39: Identifying 7P Connector And Recirculation Control Motor
HEATER CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1. Remove the center panel (see AUDIO UNIT
2. Remove the dials (A), the self-tapping screws, and the heater control panel (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 40: Identifying Dials And Heater Control Panel
3. Install the control panel in the reverse order of removal. After installation,
operate the various functions to make sure they work properly.
4. Run the self-diagnosis function to confirm that there are no problems in the
system (see HOW TO USE THE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ).
DUST AND POLLEN FILTER REPLACEMENT
1. Open the glove box. Remove the glove box stop on each side, then let the
glove box hang down (see PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER
2. Remove the dust and pollen filter assembly (A) from the evaporator.
Fig. 41: Identifying Dust And Pollen Filter Assembly
3. Remove the filter (A) from the housing (B), and replace the filter.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 42: Identifying Filter And Housing
4. Install the filter in the reverse order of removal. Make sure that there is no air
leaking out of the evaporator.
BLOWER UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1. Remove the glove box (see PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD
2. Cut the plastic cross brace (A) in the glove box opening with diagonal cutters
in the area shown, and discard it.
Fig. 43: Identifying Plastic Cross Brace
3. Remove the bolts and the glove box frame (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 44: Identifying Glove Box Frame
4. Remove the wire harness clip (A), the self-tapping screws, and the passenger's
heater duct (B).
Fig. 45: Identifying Wire Harness Clip And Passenger's Heater Duct
5. Disconnect the connector (A) from the blower motor. Remove the wire harness
clip (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 46: Identifying Connector And Wire Harness Clip
6. Disconnect the connector (A) from the recirculation control motor. Remove the
self-tapping screws, the bolt, the mounting nuts, and the blower unit (B).
Fig. 47: Identifying Connector And Blower Unit (With Torque
Specifications)
7. Install the unit in the reverse order of removal. Make sure that there is no air
leakage.

2008 Honda Civic EX

BLOWER UNIT COMPONENT REPLACEMENT
Note these items when overhauling the blower unit:
The recirculation control motor (A), blower motor (B) and the dust and pollen
filter (C) can be replaced without removing the blower unit.
Before reassembly, make sure that the recirculation control linkage and door
move smoothly without binding.
After reassembly, make sure the recirculation control motor runs smoothly (see
RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR TEST ).
Fig. 48: Identifying Recirculation Control Motor, Blower Motor And Dust
And Pollen Filter
HEATER UNIT/CORE REPLACEMENT
service.
2. Make sure the ignition is OFF, then disconnect the negative cable from the

2008 Honda Civic EX

battery.
3. Remove the air cleaner housing assembly (see THROTTLE BODY
CLEANING ).
4. When the engine is cool, drain the engine coolant from the radiator (see
5. From under the hood, slide the hose clamps (A) back. Disconnect the inlet
heater hose (B) and the outlet heater hose (C) from the heater unit. Note the
orientation of the hoses.
Engine coolant will run out when the hoses are disconnected; drain it into a
clean drip pan. Be sure not to let coolant spill on the electrical parts or the
painted surfaces. If any coolant spills, rinse it off immediately.
Fig. 49: Identifying Hose Clamps, Inlet Heater Hose And Outlet Heater
Hose
6. Remove the mounting nut from the heater unit. Take care not to damage or
bend the fuel lines or brake lines, etc.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 50: Identifying Heater Unit Mounting Nut (With Torque
Specifications)
7. Remove the dashboard (see SIDE DEFOGGER VENT TRIM
clip (B).
Fig. 51: Identifying Blower Motor Connector And Wire Harness Clip
9. Disconnect the connector (A) from the recirculation control motor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 52: Identifying Recirculation Control Motor Connector
10. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the mode control motor, the evaporator
temperature sensor, and the power transistor. Remove the wire harness clip(B).
Fig. 53: Identifying Connectors And Wire Harness Clip
11. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the air mix control motor and A/C wire
harness. Remove the connector clip (B), the wire harness clips (C), and the
wire harness (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 54: Identifying Air Mix Control Motor Connector, Connector Clip
And Wire Harness
12. Remove the mounting bolt, mounting nuts, and blower-heater unit (A).
Fig. 55: Identifying Blower-Heater Unit Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
13. Remove the self-tapping screws, the heater core cover (A), the grommet (B),
and carefully pull out the heater core (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 56: Identifying Heater Core Cover, Grommet And Heater Core
14. Install the heater core in the reverse order of removal.
15. Install the heater unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Do not interchange the inlet and outlet heater hoses, and install the hose
clamps securely.
Refill the cooling system with engine coolant (see COOLANT
REPLACEMENT ).
Make sure that there is no coolant leakage.
Make sure that there is no air leakage.
audio presets.
Set the clock.

2008 Honda Civic EX

OBDII
MIL
P0106
5
MAP Circuit Range Or Performance
P0107
3
MAP Circuit Low Input
P0108
3
MAP Circuit High Input
P0111
10
IAT Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
P0112
10
IAT Sensor Circuit Low Input
P0113
10
IAT Sensor Circuit High Input
P0116
86
ECT Circuit Range Or Performance
P0117
6
ECT Circuit Low Input
P0118
6
ECT Circuit High Input
P0122
7
TP Sensor Circuit Low Input
P0123
7
TP Sensor Circuit High Input
P0131
1
Primary HO2S Circuit Low Voltage (Sensor 1)
P0132
1
Primary HO2S Circuit High Voltage (Sensor 1)
P0133
61
Primary HO2S Circuit Slow Response (Sensor 1)
P0135
41
Front HO2S Heater Circuit Fault (Sensor 1)
P0137
63
Secondary HO2S Circuit Low Voltage (Sensor 2)
P0138
63
Secondary HO2S Circuit High Voltage (Sensor 2)
P0139
63
Secondary HO2S Circuit Slow Response (Sensor 2)
P0141
65
Secondary HO2S Heater Circuit Fault (Sensor 2)
P0171
45
System Too Lean
P0172
45
System Too Rich
P0300

Random Misfire
P0301
71
Misfire Cyl. 1 Or Random Misfire
P0302
72
P0303
73
P0304
74
P0305
75
P0306
76
P0325
23
KS Circuit Malfunction
P0335
4
CKP Sensor Circuit Low Input
P0336
4
CKP Sensor Range/Performance
P0401
80
EGR Insufficient Flow Detected
P0420
67
Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold
P0441
92
EVAP Emission Control System Improper Purge Flow
P0451
91
Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Range/Performance
P0452
91
Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit Low Input
P0453
91
Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit High Input
P0500
17
VSS Circuit Malfunction (M/T)
P0501
17
VSS Circuit Range/Performance (A/T)
P0505
14
ICS Malfunction
P0560
34
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Backup Voltage Circuit Low Voltage
P0700, P0715, P0720, P0725, P0730, P0740, P0753, P0758, P0763, P0780
70
A/T Concerns
P1106
13
BARO Circuit Range/Performance
P1107
13
BARO Circuit Low Input
P1108
13
BARO Circuit High Input
P1121
7
Throttle Position Lower Than Expected
P1122
7
Throttle Position Higher Than Expected
P1128
5
MAP Lower Than Expected
P1129
5
MAP Higher Than Expected
P1149
61
Primary HO2S (Sensor 1) Circuit Range/Performance Problem
P1162
48
Primary HO2S (No. 1) Circuit Malfunction
P1163
61
Primary HO2S (No. 1) Circuit Slow Response
P1164
61
Primary HO2S (No. 1) Circuit Range/Performance
P1165
61
Primary HO2S (No. 1) Circuit Range/Performance
P1166
41
Primary HO2S (No. 1) Heater System Electrical
P1167
41
Primary HO2S (No. 1) Heater System
P1168
48
Primary HO2S (No. 1) LABEL Low Input
P1169
48
Primary HO2S (No. 1) LABEL High Input
P1253
21
VTEC System Malfunction
P1257, P1258, P1259
22
VTEC System Malfunction
P1297
20
Electrical Load Detector Circuit Low Input
P1298
20
Electrical Load Detector Circuit High Input
P1300
7174
Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected
P1336
54
CSF Sensor Intermittent Interruption
P1337
54
CSF Sensor No Signal
P1359
8
CKP/TDC Sensor Connector Disconnection
P1361
8
TDC Sensor Intermittent Interruption
P1362
8
TDC Sensor No Signal
P1366
58
TDC Sensor No. 2 Intermittent Interruption
P1367
58
TDC Sensor No 2 Signal
P1381
9
Cylinder Position Sensor Intermittent Interruption
P1382
9
Cylinder Position Sensor No Signal
P1456
90
EVAP Emission Control System Leak Detected (Fuel Tank System)
P1457
90
EVAP Emission Control System Leak Detected (Control Canister System)
P1459
92
EVAP Emission Purge Flow Switch Malfunction
P1486

Thermostat Range/Performance Problem
P1491
12
EGR Valve Lift Insufficient Detected
P1498
12
EGR Valve Lift Sensor High Voltage
P1508
14
IAC Valve Circuit Failure
P1509
14
IAC Valve Circuit Failure
P1519
14
Idle Air Control Valve Circuit Failure
P1607

ECM/PCM Internal Circuit Failure A
P1655
30
SEAF/SEFA/TMA/TMB Signal Line Failure
P1660
70
A/T FI Signal A Circuit Failure
P1676

FPTDR Signal Line Failure
P1678

FPTDR Signal Line Failure
P1681
30
A/T FI Signal A Low Input
P1682
30
A/T FI Signal A High Input
P1686
31
A/T FI Signal B Low Input
P1687
31
A/T FI Signal B High Input
P1705, P1706, P1738, P1739, P1753, P1758, P1768, P1773, P1785, P1786, P1790, P1791,
P1792, P1793, P1794
70
A/T Concerns
P1870, P1873, P1879, P1885, P1886, P1888, P1890, P1891
70
A/T Concerns

Hood - Civic (Except Hybrid)
ADJUSTMENT
Front fender trim (see FRONT FENDER TRIM REPLACEMENT )
Front grille cover (see FRONT GRILLE COVER REPLACEMENT )
Cowl cover (see FRONT GRILLE COVER REPLACEMENT )
2. Slightly loosen each bolts (A).
Fig. 1: Identifying Hood Edge Cushions, Hood Latch And Bolts (With
3. Adjust the hood alignment in this sequence:

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Hood - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Adjust the hood right and left, as well as forward and rearward, by using
the elongated holes in the hood hinges (B).
Turn the hood edge cushions (C), as necessary, to make the hood fit flush
with the body at the front and side edges.
4. Adjust the hood latch (D) to obtain the proper height at the forward edge, and
move the hood latch right or left until the striker (E) is centered in the hood
latch.
5. Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.
6. Check that the hood opens properly and closes securely.
7. Apply touch-up paint to the hinge mounting bolts and around the hinges, and
let the paint dry.
8. Apply multipurpose grease to the hood latch and hood hinges as indicated by
the arrows.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Identifying Grease Apply Area To Hood Latch And Hood Hinges
9. Reinstall all of the removed parts.
HOOD SEAL REPLACEMENT
1. Using a clip remover, detach the clips, then remove the hood seals (A) and
hood corner seals (B). Take care not to scratch the hood.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Identifying Hood Seals And Hood Corner Seals
2. Install the seals in the reverse order of removal, and check if the clips are
HOOD INSULATOR REPLACEMENT
FOR SOME MODELS
1. Using a clip remover, detach the clips. Release the hooks (A), then remove the
hood insulator (B). Take care not to scratch the hood.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Identifying Hooks And Hood Insulator
2. Install the insulator in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Horn - Civic (Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Horns Component Location

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Horn - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Fig. 2: Horns - Circuit Diagram
HORN TEST/REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Disconnect the 1P connector (A) from the horn (B).
Fig. 3: Identifying 1P Connector And Horn
3. Test the horn by connecting battery power to the terminal (A) and grounding
the bracket (B). The horn should sound.
Fig. 4: Identifying Terminal And Bracket
4. If it fails to sound, replace it.
HORN SWITCH TEST
2. Disconnect the cable reel 20P connector (A) from the dashboard wire harness.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Identifying Cable Reel 20P Connector
3. Using a jumper wire, connect the No. 10 terminal of the dashboard wire
harness 20P connector to body ground. The horn should sound.
If the horn sounds, go to step 4.
If the horn does not sound, check these items:
No. 12 (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
MICU.
Horn.
An open in the wire.
4. Reconnect the cable reel 20P connector (A) to the dashboard wire harness.
Fig. 6: Identifying Cable Reel 20P Connector, Horn Switch 1P Positive
Terminal And Cable Reel

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT ), and disconnect the horn switch 1P positive terminal (B)
from the cable reel (C).
6. Using a jumper wire, connect the 1P connector to body ground.
If the horn sounds, replace the driver's airbag assembly.
If the horn does not sound, check these items:
Cable reel.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 HVAC
Heating/Air Conditioning - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Heating/Air Conditioning System Component Location (1
Of 3)

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 HVAC Heating/Air Conditioning - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Of 3)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Of 3)
A/C SERVICE TIPS AND PRECAUTIONS
WARNING:
Compressed air mixed with the R-134a forms a
combustible vapor.
The vapor can burn or explode causing serious
injury.
Never use compressed air to pressure test R-
134a service equipment or vehicle air

2008 Honda Civic EX

The air conditioning system uses HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant and
polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) refrigerant oil, which are not compatible with CFC-12
(R-12) refrigerant and mineral oil. Do not use R-12 refrigerant or mineral oil in this
system, and do not attempt to use R-12 servicing equipment; damage to the air
conditioning system or your servicing equipment will result. Use only service
equipment that is U.L.-listed and is certified to meet the requirements of SAE J2210
to remove R-134a from the air conditioning system.
If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work area before resuming service.
R-134a service equipment or vehicle air conditioning systems should not be
pressure tested or leak tested with compressed air.
Additional health and safety information may be obtained from the refrigerant and
lubricant manufacturers.
Always disconnect the negative cable from the battery whenever replacing air
conditioning parts.
Keep moisture and dirt out of the system. When disconnecting any lines, plug
or cap the fittings immediately; don't remove the caps or plugs until just before
you reconnect each line.
Before connecting any hose or line, apply a few drops of refrigerant oil to the
O-ring.
When tightening or loosening a fitting, use a second wrench to support the
matching fitting.
When discharging the system, use an R-134a refrigerant
recovery/recycling/charging station; don't release refrigerant into the
atmosphere.
conditioning systems.
CAUTION:
Air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant vapor
can irritate your eyes, nose, or throat.
Be careful when connecting service equipment.
Do not breathe refrigerant or vapor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

A/C REFRIGERANT OIL REPLACEMENT
Recommended PAG oil: SP-10
P/N 38897-P13-A01AH: 120 mL (4 fl-oz)
P/N 38899-P13-A01: 40 mL (1 1/3 fl-oz)
Add the recommended refrigerant oil in the amount listed if you replace any of the
following parts.
To avoid contamination, do not return the oil to the container once dispensed,
and never mix it with other refrigerant oils.
Immediately after using the oil, reinstall the cap on the container, and seal it to
avoid moisture absorption.
Do not spill the refrigerant oil on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if it gets
on the paint, wash it off immediately.
A/C compressor.......Since the oil separator is equipped inside the compressor for
this vehicle, oil drainage is unnecessary at the time of compressor replacement.
A/C LINE REPLACEMENT
A/C condenser 50 mL (1 2/3 fl-oz)
Evaporator 40 mL (1 1/3 fl-oz)
Line or hose 10 mL (1/3 fl-oz)
Receiver/Dryer 10 mL (1/3 fl-oz)
Leakage repair 25 mL (5/6 fl-oz)
A/C compressor
Since the oil separator is equipped
inside the compressor for this vehicle,
oil drainage is unnecessary at the time
of compressor replacement.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Replacing A/C Line (With Specifications)
How to Use the Self-diagnostic Function
The HVAC control unit has a self-diagnostic function for heating, ventilation, and
air conditioning system. To run the self-diagnostic function, do the following:

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Press and hold the recirculation control and rear window defogger buttons, turn
the ignition switch ON (II).
3. Recirculation indicator turns on for 2 seconds, then self-diagnostic function
begins.
DETECTION ITEM REFERENCE
NOTE:
The blower motor will run at any speed regardless of
the dial positioning.
In the case of multiple problems, the recirculation
indicator will blink the lowest number DTC only.
If no DTCs are found, the indicator will not blink.
Fig. 5: Using Self-Diagnostic Function
Fig. 6: Example Of DTC Indication Pattern (DTC3)
DTC (Recirculation
Indicator Blinks)
Detection Item

2008 Honda Civic EX

CLEAR THE DTCS
When the problem is repaired, DTCs will automatically clear.
1
An open in the air mix control motor circuit (see DTC
INDICATOR 1: AN OPEN IN THE AIR MIX
2
A short in the air mix control motor circuit (see DTC
INDICATOR 2: A SHORT IN THE AIR MIX
3
A problem in the air mix control linkage, door, or motor
AIR MIX CONTROL LINKAGE, DOOR, OR
MOTOR )
4
An open or short in the mode control motor circuit (see
DTC INDICATOR 4: AN OPEN OR SHORT IN
THE MODE CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT )
5
A problem in the mode control linkage, doors, or motor
MODE CONTROL LINKAGE, DOORS, OR
MOTOR )
6
A problem in the blower motor circuit (see DTC
INDICATOR 6: A PROBLEM IN THE BLOWER
MOTOR CIRCUIT )
7
HVAC control unit internal error (see DTC
INDICATOR 7: HVAC CONTROL UNIT
INTERNAL ERROR )
8
An open in the evaporator temperature sensor circuit (see
DTC INDICATOR 8: AN OPEN IN THE
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT )
9
A short in the evaporator temperature sensor circuit (see
DTC INDICATOR 9: A SHORT IN THE
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT )

2008 Honda Civic EX

MAX COOL POSITION FUNCTION
When the mode control button is in the MAX A/C position, the HVAC control unit
will automatically select the recirculation mode and turn the A/C on. If the
recirculation switch is pressed when in MAX A/C, MAX A/C turns off. If A/C is
pressed when in MAX A/C, the A/C turns off.
Recirculation
control doors
do not change
between Fresh
and
Recirculate
Recirculation control motor
circuit troubleshooting (see
RECIRCULATION
CONTROL MOTOR
CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING )
HVAC DTCs (see
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION )
in the under-dash
fuse/relay box
of all terminals
Blower, heater
controls, and
A/C do not
work
HVAC control power and
ground circuit troubleshooting
(see HVAC CONTROL
POWER AND GROUND
CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING )
HVAC DTCs (see
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION )
in the under-dash
fuse/relay box
CONNECTOR TO
HARNESS INDEX )
of all terminals
HVAC DTCs (see
GENERAL

2008 Honda Civic EX

Both fans do
not run at low
speed with the
A/C on (but
the A/C
compressor
runs with the
A/C on)
Radiator and A/C condenser
fan low speed circuit
troubleshooting (see
RADIATOR AND A/C
CONDENSER FAN LOW
SPEED CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING )
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION )
Blown fuse No. 7 (20 A:
M/T) or (30 A: A/T) in the
under-hood fuse/relay box,
and No. 36 (10 A) in the
under-dash fuse/relay box
CONNECTOR TO
HARNESS INDEX )
of all terminals
The A/C
condenser fan
does not run at
high speed
(but both fans
run at low
speed and the
A/C
compressor
operates with
the A/C on)
A/C condenser fan high speed
circuit troubleshooting (see
A/C CONDENSER FAN
HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING )
HVAC DTCs (see
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION )
and No. 15 (7.5 A) in the
under-hood fuse/relay box
CONNECTOR TO
HARNESS INDEX )
of all terminals
A/C pressure sensor
troubleshooting (R18A1
engine): A/C pressure sensor
circuit low voltage (see DTC
P0532: A/C PRESSURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
VOLTAGE ), A/C pressure
sensor circuit high voltage (see
DTC P0533: A/C
PRESSURE SENSOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

Both fans do
not run at high
speed with the
A/C on (but
both fans run
at low speed
and the A/C
compressor
operates with
the A/C on)
CIRCUIT HIGH
VOLTAGE )
A/C pressure sensor
troubleshooting (K20Z3
P0532: A/C PRESSURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
DTC P0533: A/C
PRESSURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT HIGH
VOLTAGE )
ECT troubleshooting (R18A1
engine): ECT sensor 2 circuit
low voltage (see DTC P2184:
ECT SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT
LOW VOLTAGE ), ECT
sensor 2 circuit high voltage
(see DTC P2185: ECT
SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH
VOLTAGE )
ECT troubleshooting (K20Z3
engine): ECT sensor circuit
low voltage (see DTC P2184:
ECT SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT
LOW VOLTAGE ), ECT
DTC P2185: ECT SENSOR 2
CIRCUIT HIGH
VOLTAGE )
Powertrain DTCs, R18A1
engine (see GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ),
K20Z3 engine (see
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION )
of all terminals
The A/C
HVAC DTCs (see
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING

2008 Honda Civic EX

compressor
clutch does
not engage
(but both fans
run with the
A/C on)
A/C compressor clutch circuit
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING )
INFORMATION )
Blown fuse No. 12 (7.5 A)
in the under-hood
fuse/relay box, and No. 36
(10 A) in the under-dash
fuse/relay box
of all terminals
A/C system
does not come
on (both fans
and the A/C
compressor do
not work);
heater is OK
A/C signal circuit
SIGNAL CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING )
A/C pressure sensor
troubleshooting (R18A1
P0532: A/C PRESSURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
DTC P0533: A/C
PRESSURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT HIGH
VOLTAGE )
A/C pressure sensor
troubleshooting (K20Z3
P0532: A/C PRESSURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
DTC P0533: A/C
PRESSURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT HIGH
HVAC DTCs (see
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION )
Powertrain DTCs, R18A1
engine (see GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ),
K20Z3 engine (see
GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION )
of all terminals

2008 Honda Civic EX

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The air conditioning system removes heat from the passenger compartment by
circulating refrigerant through the system.
Fig. 7: Heating/Air Conditioning System Description
This vehicle uses HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant, which does not contain
chlorofluorocarbons. Pay attention to the following service items:
Do not mix refrigerants CFC-12 (R-12) and HFC-134a (R-134a). They are not
compatible.
Use only the recommended polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) refrigerant oil (SP-10)
designed for the R-134a A/C compressor. Intermixing the recommended
(PAG) refrigerant oil with any other refrigerant oil will result in A/C
compressor failure.
VOLTAGE )

2008 Honda Civic EX

All A/C system parts (A/C compressor, discharge line, suction line, evaporator,
A/C condenser, receiver/dryer, expansion valve, O-rings for joints) are
designed for refrigerant R-134a. Do not exchange with R-12 parts.
Use a halogen gas leak detector designed for refrigerant R-134a.
R-12 and R-134a refrigerant servicing equipment are not interchangeable. Use
only a recovery/recycling/charging station that is U.L.-listed and is certified to
meet the requirements of SAE J2210 to service the R-134a air conditioning
systems.
Always recover refrigerant R-134a with an approved
recovery/recycling/charging station before disconnecting any A/C fitting.
OIL SEPARATOR
Oil emission from the A/C compressor to the A/C line is reduced by placing the oil
separator in the A/C compressor. This results in a thinner oil film inside of the heat
exchanger (A/C condenser and evaporator). Air conditioning efficiency is increased
without sacrificing engine performance.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Oil Separator System Description
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR
The A/C pressure sensor converts A/C pressure into electrical signals to the
ECM/PCM.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: A/C Pressure Sensor System Description (1 Of 2)
The response of the A/C pressure sensor is shown in Fig. 10 .
Fig. 10: A/C Pressure Sensor System Description (2 Of 2)
Heating/Air Conditioning Door Positions

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Identifying Heating/Air Conditioning Door Positions (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 12: Identifying Heating/Air Conditioning Door Positions (2 Of 2)
HVAC CONTROL UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
Fig. 13: Identifying HVAC Control Unit 24P Inputs And Outputs
HVAC CONTROL UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
Cavity Wire color Signal

2008 Honda Civic EX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
1 BLK AIR MIX POTENTIAL +5V OUTPUT
2 BRN EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENOR OUTPUT
3 ORN MODE 1 OUTPUT
4 LT GRN MODE 2 OUTPUT
5 PUR MODE 3 OUTPUT
6 BLU MODE 4 OUTPUT
7 BLU BLOWER FEEDBACK INPUT
8 YEL POWER TRANSISTOR CONTROL OUTPUT
9 - - -
10 - - -
11 BRN A/C SIGNAL OUTPUT
12 RED ILLUMI (-) OUTPUT
13 RED SENSOR COMMON GROUND INPUT
14 WHT MODE VENT OUTPUT
15 GRN MODE DEF OUTPUT
16 ORN RECIRCULATE INPUT
17 PUR FRESH INPUT
18 GRY AIR MIX POTENTIAL OUTPUT
19 LT BLU AIR MIX COOL OUTPUT
20 PNK AIR MIX HOT OUTPUT
21 BLK GROUND (G504) OUTPUT
22 BRN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY INPUT
23 LT GRN IG2 (Power) INPUT
24 GRY ILLUMI (+) INPUT

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 14: Heating/Air Conditioning - Circuit Diagram (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 15: Heating/Air Conditioning - Circuit Diagram (2 Of 2)
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC INDICATOR 1: AN OPEN IN THE AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT
3. Do the self-diagnostic with the HVAC control unit (see HOW TO USE THE

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 1 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure, check for loose wires or poor connections on the air
mix control motor circuit.
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Replace the air mix control motor (see AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR
TEST ).
8. Disconnect the HVAC control unit 24P connector.
9. Check for continuity between the following terminals of the HVAC
controlpanel 24P connector and the air mix control motor 7P connector.
24P 7P
1 5
13 7
18 3

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 16: Check Continuity Between HVAC Control Panel Connector & Air
Mix Control Motor Connector
YES -Check for loose wires or poor connections at the HVAC control panel
24P connector and at the air mix control motor 7P connector. If the
connections are good, substitute a known-good HVAC control panel and
recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original HVAC
control panel.
NO -Repair any open in the wires between the HVAC control panel and the air
mix control motor.
DTC INDICATOR 2: A SHORT IN THE AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 2 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure.
YES - Go to step 7.
TEST ).
9. Check for continuity between body ground and the HVAC control panel 24P
connector terminals No. 1, 13 and 18 individually.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 17: Checking Continuity Between Ground & HVAC Control Panel
Connector
YES -Repair any short to body ground in the wires between the HVAC control
NO -Go to step 10.
10. Check for continuity between the HVAC control panel 24P connector
terminals as follows.
TERMINALS REFERENCE
NO -Go to step 11.
1 13,18
13 18

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Repair any short to power in the wires between the HVAC control unit
and the air mix control motor. This short may also damage the HVAC control
unit. Repair the short to power before replacing the HVAC control unit.
NO - Substitute a known-good HVAC control unit, and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original HVAC control unit.
DTC INDICATOR 3: A PROBLEM IN THE AIR MIX CONTROL LINKAGE, DOOR, OR MOTOR
4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 3 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
YES - Go to step 7.
TEST ), or repair the air mix control linkage or door.
7. Check for continuity between the following terminals of the HVAC control

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 18: Checking Continuity Between HVAC Control Panel Connector &
Air Mix Control Motor Connector
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Repair any open in the wires between the HVAC control panel and the air
mix control motor.
24P 7P
19 2
20 1

2008 Honda Civic EX

Connector
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wires between the HVAC control
NO -Substitute a known-good HVAC control panel, and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original HVAC control panel.
DTC INDICATOR 4: AN OPEN OR SHORT IN THE MODE CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 4 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure, check for loose wires or poor connections on the
mode control motor circuit.
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Replace the mode control motor (see AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR
REPLACEMENT ).
7. Disconnect the mode control motor 7P connector.
24P 7P
3 6
4 5
5 4
6 3
13 7

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 20: Checking Continuity Between HVAC Control Panel Connector &
Mode Control Motor Connector
YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Repair any open in the wires between the HVAC control panel and the
mode control motor.
connector terminals No. 3, 4, 5, 6, and 13 individually.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Connector
YES -Repair any short to body ground in the wires between the HVAC control
NO -Go to step 11.
11. Check for continuity between the HVAC control unit 24P connector terminals
as follows.
HVAC CONTROL UNIT 24P CONNECTOR TERMINALS
3 4, 5, 6, 13, 14
4 5, 6, 13, 14
5 6, 13, 14
6 13, 14

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Repair the short in the wires.
NO - Go to step 12.
YES -Repair any short to power in the wires between the HVAC control panel
and the mode control motor. This short may also damage the HVAC control
panel. Repair the short to power before replacing the HVAC control panel.
NO -Check for loose wires or poor connections at the HVAC control panel 24P
connector and at the mode control motor 7P connector. If the connections are
good, substitute a known-good HVAC control panel, and recheck. If the
DTC INDICATOR 5: A PROBLEM IN THE MODE CONTROL LINKAGE, DOORS, OR MOTOR
4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 5 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
YES - Go to step 7.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Replace the mode control motor (see AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR
REPLACEMENT ), or repair the mode control linkage or doors.
Fig. 22: Checing Continuity Between HVAC Control Connector & Mode
Control Motor Connector
YES -Go to step 8.
24P 7P
14 1
15 2

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Repair any open in the wires between the HVAC control panel and the
mode control motor.
Connector
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wires between the HVAC control
NO -Substitute a known-good HVAC control panel, and recheck. If the
DTC INDICATOR 6: A PROBLEM IN THE BLOWER MOTOR CIRCUIT

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 6 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
blower motor circuit.
6. Check the No. 9 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box, and the No. 36
Are the fuses OK?
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Replace the fuses, and recheck. If the fuses blow again, check for a short
in the No. 9 (40 A) and No. 36 (10 A) fuses circuit.
7. Connect the blower motor 2P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a
jumper wire.
Fig. 24: Connecting Blower Motor 2P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body
Does the blower motor run?

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Go to step 9.
NO - Go to step 25.
11. Disconnect the power transistor 4P connector.
12. Check for continuity between the power transistor 4P connector terminal No. 2
and body ground.
Fig. 25: Checking Continuity Between Power Transistor 4P Connector
NO - Check for an open in the wire between the power transistor and body
TO HARNESS INDEX ).
13. Connect the power transistor 4P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 4 with a
jumper wire.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 26: Connecting Power Transistor 4P Connector Terminals No. 2 And
No. 4 With Jumper Wire
Does the blower motor run at high speed?
NO - Repair open in the GRN wire between the power transistor and the
blower motor.
18. Check for continuity between body ground and the HVAC control unit 24P
Fig. 27: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And HVAC Control
Unit 24P Connector Terminals No. 7 And No. 8

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Repair any short to body ground in the wires between the HVAC
control unit and the power transistor.
NO - Go to step 19.
unit 24P connector and the power transistor 4P connector.
HVAC CONTROL UNIT 24P CONNECTOR AND POWER
TRANSISTOR 4P CONNECTOR
Fig. 28: Checking Continuity Between HVAC Control Unit 24P And
Power Transistor 4P Connector Terminals
NO - Repair any open in the wires between the HVAC control unit and the
power transistor.
24P 4P
No. 7 No. 3
No. 8 No. 1

2008 Honda Civic EX

21. Measure the voltage between body ground and the HVAC control unit 24P
Fig. 29: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And HVAC Control
Unit 24P Terminals No. 7 And No. 8
Is there voltage?
YES - Repair short to power in the wires.
NO - Go to step 22.
23. Reconnect the HVAC control unit 24P connector.
24. Test the power transistor (see POWER TRANSISTOR TEST ).
Is the power transistor OK?
YES - Check for loose wires or poor connections at the HVAC control unit
24P connector and at the power transistor 4P connector. If the connections are
good, substitute a known-good HVAC control unit, and recheck. If the
NO - Replace the power transistor (see POWER TRANSISTOR TEST ).
27. Disconnect the blower motor 2P connector.

2008 Honda Civic EX

28. Turn ignition ON (II).
29. Measure the voltage between the blower motor 2P connector terminal No. 1
and body ground.
Fig. 30: Measuring Voltage Between Blower Motor 2P Connector
YES - Replace the blower motor (see BLOWER UNIT COMPONENT
REPLACEMENT ).
NO - Go to step 27.
31. Remove the blower motor relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it
Is the relay OK?
NO - Replace the blower motor relay.
and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 36 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box and the blower motor relay.
36. Check for continuity between the blower motor relay 4P socket terminal No. 4
and body ground.
Fig. 33: Checking Continuity Between Blower Motor Relay 4P Socket
YES - Repair open in the WHT wire between the blower motor relay and the
blower motor.
NO - Check for an open in the wire between the blower motor relay and body
TO HARNESS INDEX ).
DTC INDICATOR 7: HVAC CONTROL UNIT INTERNAL ERROR
1. Clear the DTC. (see CLEAR THE DTCS ).
3. Do the self-diagnostic with the HVAC control unit. (see HOW TO USE THE
NOTE: Check the battery condition (see BATTERY TEST ) and the
charging system (see CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 7 indicated?
YES - The HVAC control unit is faulty, replace the HVAC control unit (see
HVAC CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
NO - Intermittent failure, the HVAC control unit is OK at this time.
DTC INDICATOR 8: AN OPEN IN THE EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
3. Do the self-diagnostic with the HVAC control unit. (see HOW TO USE THE
4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 8 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
evaporator temperature sensor circuit.
6. Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (see EVAPORATOR CORE
REPLACEMENT ) and test it (see EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR TEST ).
Is the evaporator temperature sensor OK?
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Replace the evaporator temperature sensor (see EVAPORATOR CORE
REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Check for continuity between the HVAC control unit 24P connector terminal
No. 2 and the evaporator temperature sensor 2P connector terminal No. 2.
Fig. 34: Checking Continuity Between HVAC Control Unit 24P Terminal
No. 2 And Evaporator Temperature Sensor 2P Terminal No. 2
YES - Go to step 9.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the HVAC control unit and the
evaporator temperature sensor.
No. 13 and the evaporator temperature sensor 2P connector terminal No. 1.
No. 13 And Evaporator Temperature Sensor 2P Terminal No. 1

2008 Honda Civic EX

24P connector and at the evaporator temperature sensor 2P connector. If the
connections are good, substitute a known-good HVAC control unit, and
control unit.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the HVAC control unit and the
DTC INDICATOR 9: A SHORT IN THE EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
4. Check for DTCs.
Is DTC 9 indicated?
YES - Go to step 4.
6. Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (see EVAPORATOR CORE
REPLACEMENT ) and test it (see EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR TEST ).
Is the evaporator temperature sensor OK?
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Replace the evaporator temperature sensor (see EVAPORATOR CORE
REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Repair short to body ground in the wires between the HVAC control
unit and the evaporator temperature sensor.
NO - Go to step 9.
9. Check for continuity between the HVAC control unit 24P connector terminals
No. 2 and No. 13.
Fig. 37: Checking Continuity Between HVAC Control Unit 24P Connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Repair short in the wires between the HVAC control unit and the
NO - Substitute a known-good HVAC control unit, and recheck. If the
RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
Is the fuse OK?
YES - Go to step 2.
NO - Replace the fuse, and recheck. If the fuse blows again, check for a short
in the No. 36 (10 A) fuse circuit.
2. Disconnect the recirculation control motor 7P connector.
4. Measure the voltage between the recirculation control motor 7P connector
Fig. 38: Measuring Voltage Between Recirculation Control Motor 7P
YES - Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic EX

fuse/relay box and the recirculation control motor.
6. Test the recirculation control motor (see RECIRCULATION CONTROL
MOTOR TEST ).
Is the recirculation control motor OK?
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Replace the recirculation control motor (see RECIRCULATION
CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT ), or repair the recirculation control
linkage or door.
YES - Repair any short to body ground in the wires between the HVAC
control unit and the recirculation control motor.
NO - Go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic EX

body ground.
Fig. 40: Checking Voltage Between Body Ground And HVAC Control
YES - Repair any short to power in the wires between the HVAC control unit
and the recirculation control motor. This short may also damage the HVAC
control unit. Repair the short to power before replacing the HVAC control unit.
NO - Go to step 10.
unit 24P connector and the recirculation control motor 7P connector.
HVAC CONTROL UNIT 24P CONNECTOR AND RECIRCULATION
CONTROL MOTOR 7P CONNECTOR
24P 7P
No. 16 No. 7
No. 17 No. 5

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 41: Checking Continuity Between HVAC Control Unit 24P And
Recirculation Control Motor 7P Connector
24P connector and at the recirculation control motor 7P connector. If the
connections are good, substitute a known-good HVAC control unit, and
control unit.
NO - Repair any open in the wires between the HVAC control unit and the
recirculation control motor.
HVAC CONTROL POWER AND GROUND CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
Is the fuse OK?
YES - Go to step 2.
NO - Replace the fuse, and recheck. If the fuse blows again, check for a short
in the No. 36 (10 A) fuse circuit.

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Measure the voltage between the HVAC control unit 24P connector terminal
Fig. 42: Measuring Voltage Between HVAC Control Unit 24P Connector
YES - Go to step 5.
fuse/relay box and the HVAC control unit.
Fig. 43: Checking Continuity Between HVAC Control Unit 24P Connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

24P connector. If the connections are good, substitute a known-good HVAC
control unit, and recheck.
NO - Check for an open in the wire between the HVAC control unit and body
TO HARNESS INDEX ).
RADIATOR AND A/C CONDENSER FAN LOW SPEED CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Check the No. 7 (20 A: M/T) or (30 A: A/T) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay
box, and the No. 36 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Are the fuses OK?
YES - Go to step 2.
in the No. 7 (20 A: M/T) or (30 A: A/T) and No. 36 (10 A) fuses circuit.
2. Remove the radiator fan relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it
(see REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
Is the relay OK?
YES - Go to step 3.
NO - Replace the radiator fan relay.
NOTE:
Do not use this troubleshooting procedure if the A/C
compressor is inoperative. Refer to the SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX.
Before performing symptom troubleshooting, check for
powertrain DTCs, R18A1 engine (see GENERAL
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ), K20Z3 engine

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Turn on the A/C on the HVAC control unit.
6. Check the FAN LOW CTRL in the PGM-FI Data List with the HDS.
Is the FAN LOW CTRL on?
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, R18A1 engine (see
SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), K20Z3 engine (see SUBSTITUTING
THE ECM ), and retest. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-
good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM, R18A1 engine (see
ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ), K20Z3 engine (see ECM
REPLACEMENT ).
7. Measure the voltage between the radiator fan relay 4P socket terminal No. 1
and body ground.
Fig. 44: Measuring Voltage Between Radiator Fan Relay 4P Socket
YES - Go to step 8.
INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Connect the radiator fan relay 4P socket terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a
jumper wire.
Fig. 45: Connecting Radiator Fan Relay 4P Socket Terminals No. 1 And
No. 2 With Jumper Wire
Do the A/C condenser and radiator fans run on low?
YES - Go to step 9.
NO - Go to step 20.
12. Measure the voltage between the radiator fan relay 4P socket terminal No. 3
and body ground.
Fig. 46: Measuring Voltage Between Radiator Fan Relay 4P Socket

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Go to step 38.
14. Reinstall the radiator fan relay.
17. Connect the ECM/PCM connector A (44P) terminal No. 4 to body ground with
a jumper wire.
Fig. 47: Connecting ECM/PCM Connector A (44P) Terminal No. 4 To
Do the A/C condenser and radiator fans run on low?
YES - Check for loose wires or poor connections at ECM/PCM connector A
(44P) terminal No. 4. If the connections are good, substitute a known-good
ECM/PCM, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the
original ECM/PCM, R18A1 engine (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ),
NOTE: This step must be done to protect the engine control
module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) from
damage.

2008 Honda Civic EX

K20Z3 engine (see ECM REPLACEMENT ).
NO - Repair open in the wire between the radiator fan relay and the
ECM/PCM.
21. Reinstall the radiator fan relay.
22. Disconnect the radiator fan 2P connector.
23. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then set the A/C button and fan control dial
ON.
24. Measure the voltage between the radiator fan 2P connector terminal No. 2 and
body ground.
Fig. 48: Measuring Voltage Between Radiator Fan 2P Connector Terminal
NO - Repair open in the wire between the radiator fan relay and the radiator
fan.
25. Set the A/C button and fan control dial OFF, then turn the ignition switch to
LOCK (0).
26. Reconnect the radiator fan 2P connector.
27. Connect the radiator fan 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a

2008 Honda Civic EX

jumper wire.
Fig. 49: Connecting Radiator Fan 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body
ON.
Does the radiator fan run?
NO - Replace the radiator fan motor, R18A1 engine (see RADIATOR AND
FAN REPLACEMENT ), K20Z3 engine (see RADIATOR AND FAN
REPLACEMENT ).
LOCK (0).
31. Remove the fan control relay from the under-hood relay box, and test it (see
Is the relay OK?
NO - Replace the fan control relay.
ON.

2008 Honda Civic EX

and body ground.
Fig. 50: Measuring Voltage Between Fan Control Relay 5P Socket
NO - Repair open in the wire between the radiator fan and the fan control
relay.
LOCK (0).
35. Disconnect the A/C condenser fan 2P connector.
and the A/C condenser fan 2P connector terminal No. 2.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 51: Checking Continuity Between Fan Control Relay 5P Socket
Terminal No. 4 And A/C Condenser Fan 2P Terminal No. 2
NO - Repair open in the wire between the fan control relay and the A/C
condenser fan.
37. Check for continuity between the A/C condenser fan 2P connector terminal
Fig. 52: Checking Continuity Between A/C Condenser Fan 2P Connector
YES - Replace the A/C condenser fan motor, R18A1 engine (see RADIATOR
AND FAN REPLACEMENT ), K20Z3 engine (see RADIATOR AND FAN
REPLACEMENT ).
NO - Check for an open in the wire between the A/C condenser fan and body
TO HARNESS INDEX ).
39. Remove A/C diode A from the under-hood fuse/relay box.
40. Using the diode setting on a DVOM, check for current flow in both directions
between the A/C diode A terminals No. 1 and No. 2.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 53: Checking Current Flow In Both Directions Between A/C Diode A
Is there current flow in only one direction?
NO - Replace A/C diode A.
42. Measure the voltage between the A/C diode A 2P socket terminal No. 2 and
body ground.
Fig. 54: Measuring Voltage Between A/C Diode A 2P Socket Terminal No.
2 And Body Ground
YES - Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
fuse/relay box and A/C diode A.

2008 Honda Civic EX

A/C CONDENSER FAN HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Check the No. 6 (20 A) and No. 15 (7.5 A) fuses in the under-hood fuse/relay
box.
Are the fuses OK?
YES - Go to step 2.
in the No. 6 (20 A) and No. 15 (7.5 A) fuses circuit.
2. Remove the A/C condenser fan relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and
test it (see POWER RELAY TEST ).
Is the relay OK?
YES - Go to step 3.
NO - Replace the A/C condenser fan relay.
3. Measure the voltage between the A/C condenser fan relay 4P socket terminal
NOTE:
Do not use this troubleshooting procedure if the A/C
compressor is inoperative. Refer to the SYMPTOM

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 55: Measuring Voltage Between A/C Condenser Fan Relay 4P Socket
YES - Go to step 4.
INSTALLATION ).
4. Connect the A/C condenser fan relay 4P socket terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with
a jumper wire.
Fig. 56: Connecting A/C Condenser Fan Relay 4P Socket Terminals No. 1
And No. 2 With Jumper Wire
Does the A/C condenser fan run on high?
YES - Go to step 5.
INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Measure the voltage between the A/C condenser fan relay 4P socket terminal
Fig. 57: Measuring Voltage Between A/C Condenser Fan Relay 4P Socket
YES - Go to step 8.
NO - Go to step 16.
9. Check for continuity between the fan control relay 5P socket No. 2 terminal
and body ground.
NO - Check for an open in the wire between the fan control relay and body
ground. If the wire is OK, check for poor ground at G301.
10. Reinstall the A/C condenser fan relay.

2008 Honda Civic EX

13. Connect the ECM/PCM connector A (44P) terminal No. 5 to body ground with
a jumper wire.
Does the A/C condenser fan run on high?
(44P) terminal No. 5. If the connections are good, substitute a known-good
ECM/PCM, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the
original ECM/PCM, R18A1 engine (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ),
K20Z3 engine (see ECM REPLACEMENT ).
NO - Repair open in the wire between the A/C condenser fan relay and the
ECM/PCM.
16. Remove A/C diode B from the under-hood fuse/relay box.
damage.

2008 Honda Civic EX

18. Measure the voltage between the A/C diode B 2P socket terminal No. 2 and
body ground.
Fig. 59: Measuring Voltage Between A/C Diode B 2P Socket Terminal No.
2 And Body Ground
INSTALLATION ).
19. Using the diode setting on a DVOM, check for current flow in both directions
between the A/C diode B terminals No. 1 and No. 2.
Fig. 60: Checking Current Flow In Both Directions Between A/C Diode B
Is there current flow in only one direction?
YES - Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see REMOVAL AND

2008 Honda Civic EX

INSTALLATION ).
NO - Replace A/C diode B.
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Check the No. 20 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box, and the No. 36
Are the fuses OK?
YES - Go to step 2.
NO - Replace the fuses and recheck. If the fuses blow again, check for a short
in the No. 20 (7.5 A) and No. 36 (10 A) fuses circuit.
4. Turn on the A/C on the HVAC control unit.
5. Check the A/C CLUTCH in the PGM-FI Data List with the HDS at idle.
HDS A/C VALUES
NOTE:
It is normal for the A/C compressor to turn off under
certain conditions, such as low idle, high engine
coolant temperature, or hard acceleration.
Do not use this troubleshooting procedure if the fans
are also inoperative with the A/C on. Refer to the
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX.
Before doing any symptom troubleshooting, check for
ECT sensor 2 176-212 F (80-100 C)
TP sensor About 0.5 V at idle

2008 Honda Civic EX

Are all the values within specifications?
YES - Go to step 6.
NO - Troubleshoot the value that is not within the specfications.
7. Remove the A/C compressor clutch relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box,
and test it (see POWER RELAY TEST ).
Is the relay OK?
YES - Go to step 8.
NO - Replace the A/C compressor clutch relay.
8. Measure the voltage between the A/C compressor clutch relay 4P socket
Fig. 61: Measuring Voltage Between A/C Compressor Clutch Relay 4P
Socket Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground
YES - Go to step 9.
RPM More than 670
A/C Switch ON
A/C Clutch ON

2008 Honda Civic EX

INSTALLATION ).
9. Connect the A/C compressor clutch relay 4P socket terminals No. 1 and No. 2
with a jumper wire.
Fig. 62: Connecting A/C Compressor Clutch Relay 4P Socket Terminals
No. 1 And No. 2 With Jumper Wire
Does the A/C compressor clutch click?
NO - Go to step 19.
12. Measure the voltage between the A/C compressor clutch relay 4P socket
Fig. 63: Measuring Voltage Between A/C Compressor Clutch Relay 4P
Socket Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic EX

fuse/relay box and the A/C compressor clutch relay.
14. Reinstall the A/C compressor clutch relay.
17. Connect the ECM/PCM connector A (44P) terminal No. 14 to body ground
with a jumper wire.
Does the A/C compressor click?
(44P). If the connections are good, check the ECM/PCM grounds. If the
damage.

2008 Honda Civic EX

grounds are good, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, and recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM, R18A1 engine
(see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ), K20Z3 engine (see ECM
REPLACEMENT ).
NO - Repair open in the wire between the A/C compressor clutch relay and the
ECM/PCM.
20. Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch 3P connector.
21. Check for continuity between the A/C compressor clutch relay 4P socket
terminal No. 2 and the A/C compressor clutch 3P connector terminal No. 2.
Fig. 65: Checking Continuity Between A/C Compressor Clutch Relay 4P
Socket Terminal No. 2 And A/C Compressor Clutch 3P Terminal
YES - Check the A/C compressor clutch clearance, and the compressor clutch
field coil (see A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CHECK ). Repair as needed.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the A/C compressor clutch relay and the
A/C compressor clutch.
A/C SIGNAL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Measure the voltage between the HVAC control unit 24P connector terminal
Fig. 66: Measuring Voltage Between HVAC Control Unit 24P Terminal
Is there voltage?
NO - Go to step 5.
6. Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch 3P connector.
NOTE:
Do not use this troubleshooting procedure if any of the
following items are operative; A/C condenser fan,
radiator fan, A/C compressor. Refer to the SYMPTOM

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. R18A1 engine: Measure the voltage between the A/C compressor clutch 3P
K20Z3 engine: Measure the voltage between the A/C compressor clutch 3P
R18A1 engine
Fig. 67: Measuring Voltage Between A/C Compressor Clutch 3P Terminal
No. 3 And Body Ground (R18A1 Engine)
K20Z3 engine
Fig. 68: Measuring Voltage Between A/C Compressor Clutch 3P Terminal
No. 1 And Body Ground (K20Z3 Engine)
YES - Go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO - Repair open in the wire between the A/C compressor and the MICU. If
the wire is OK, substitute a known-good MICU and recheck. If the symptom
goes away, replace the original MICU.
9. Test the A/C compressor thermal protector (see A/C COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH CHECK ).
Is the A/C compressor thermal protector OK?
NO - Replace the A/C compressor thermal protector (see A/C
COMPRESSOR THERMAL PROTECTOR REPLACEMENT ).
10. R18A1 engine: Check for continuity between the HVAC control unit 24P
connector terminal No. 11 and the A/C compressor clutch 3P connector
terminal No. 1.
K20Z3 engine: Check for continuity between the HVAC control unit 24P
connector terminal No. 11 and the A/C compressor clutch 3P connector
terminal No. 3.
R18A1 engine
No. 11 And A/C Compressor Clutch 3P Terminal No. 1 (R18A1 Engine)

2008 Honda Civic EX

K20Z3 engine
No. 11 And A/C Compressor Clutch 3P Terminal No. 3 (K20Z3 Engine)
24P connector and at the A/C compressor clutch 3P connector.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the HVAC control unit and A/C
compressor.
12. Measure the evaporator temperature sensor resistance between the HVAC
control unit 24P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 13.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 71: Measuring Evaporator Temperature Sensor Resistance Between
HVAC Control Unit 24P Connector Terminals No. 2 And No. 13
Is resistance less than 24 kohms ?
NO - Test the evaporator temperature sensor (see EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST ).
13. Reconnect the HVAC control unit 24P connector.
15. Check if the blower motor operates at all speeds.
Does the blower motor operates at all speeds?
24P connector. If the connections are good, substitute a known-good HVAC
control unit and recheck. If the symptom goes away, replace the original
HVAC control unit.
NO - Repair the problem in the blower motor circuit.
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST
1. Remove the evaporator core and the evaporator temperature sensor (see
EVAPORATOR CORE REPLACEMENT ).
2. Dip the sensor in ice water, and measure the resistance between its terminals.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 72: Measuring Resistance Between Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Terminals
3. Then pour warm water on the sensor, and check for a change in resistance.
4. Compare the resistance readings with the specifications shown in Fig. 73 ; the
resistance should be within the specifications.
Fig. 73: Resistance To Temperature Graph
5. If the resistance is not as specified, replace the evaporator temperature sensor
(see EVAPORATOR CORE REPLACEMENT ).
HVAC CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1. Remove the center panel (see AUDIO UNIT
2. Remove the dials (A), the self-tapping screws, and the HVAC control unit (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 74: Removing Dials, Self-Tapping Screws And HVAC Control Unit
3. Install the control unit in the reverse order of removal. After installation,
operate the various functions to make sure they work properly.
4. Run the self-diagnostic function to confirm that there are no problems in the
system (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ).
EVAPORATOR CORE REPLACEMENT
1. Recover the refrigerant with a recovery/recycling/charging station (see
REFRIGERANT RECOVERY ).
2. Remove the bolt.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 75: Removing Evaporator Core Bolt (With Specifications)
3. Remove the nut, then disconnect the A/C lines (A) from the evaporator core.
Fig. 76: Disconnecting A/C Lines From Evaporator Core (With
Specifications)
4. Remove the stud bolt.
Fig. 77: Removing Stud Bolt (With Specifications)
5. Remove the blower unit (see BLOWER UNIT REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
6. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the evaporator temperature sensor and the

2008 Honda Civic EX

power transistor, then remove the connector clip (B). Remove the self-tapping
screws, the expansion valve cover (C), and the seal (D).
Fig. 78: Disconnecting Connectors From Evaporator Temperature Sensor
And Power Transistor
7. Carefully pull out the evaporator core (A) without bending the lines, then
remove the plate (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 79: Removing Evaporator Core Without Bending Lines
8. Remove the clips (A) and the evaporator temperature sensor (B).
Fig. 80: Removing Clips And Evaporator Temperature Sensor (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 81: Removing Clips And Evaporator Temperature Sensor (2-Door)
9. Install the core in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
If you're installing a new evaporator core, add refrigerant oil (SP-10) (see
A/C REFRIGERANT OIL REPLACEMENT ).
Replace the O-rings with new ones at each fitting, and apply a thin coat of
refrigerant oil before installing them. Be sure to use the correct O-rings for
HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage.
Immediately after using the oil, reinstall the cap on the container, and seal
it to avoid moisture absorption.
Do not spill the refrigerant oil on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if
the refrigerant oil contacts the paint, wash it off immediately.
Charge the system (see SYSTEM CHARGING ).
HEATER UNIT/CORE REPLACEMENT
service.
2. Make sure the ignition is OFF, then disconnect the negative cable from the
battery.
3. Disconnect the A/C line from the evaporator core (see EVAPORATOR
CORE REPLACEMENT ).
4. Remove the air cleaner housing assembly, R18A1 engine (see THROTTLE
BODY CLEANING ), K20Z3 engine (see AIR CLEANER
5. When the engine is cool, drain the engine coolant from the radiator, R18A1
engine (see COOLANT REPLACEMENT ), K20Z3 engine (see COOLANT
CHECK ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. From under the hood, slide the hose clamps (A) back. Disconnect the inlet
heater hose (B) and the outlet heater hose (C) from the heater unit. Note the
orientation of the hose.
Engine coolant will run out when the hoses are disconnected; drain it into a
clean drip pan. Be sure not to let coolant spill on the electrical parts or the
painted surfaces. If any coolant spills, rinse it off immediately.
Fig. 82: Disconnecting Inlet And Outlet Heater Hose
7. Remove the mounting nut from the heater unit. Take care not to damage or
bend the fuel lines or brake lines, etc.
Fig. 83: Removing Heater Unit Nut (With Specifications)
8. Remove the dashboard (see DASHBOARD/STEERING HANGER BEAM

2008 Honda Civic EX

clip (B).
Fig. 84: Disconnecting Connector From Blower Motor
10. Disconnect the connector (A) from the recirculation control motor.
Fig. 85: Disconnecting Connector From Recirculation Control Motor
11. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the mode control motor, the evaporator
temperature sensor, and the power transistor. Remove the wire harness clips
(B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 86: Disconnecting Connector From Mode Control Motor
12. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the air mix control motor and A/C wire
harness. Remove the connector clip (B), the wire harness clips (C), and the
wire harness (D).
Fig. 87: Disconnecting Connectors From Air Mix Control Motor And A/C
Wire Harness
13. Remove the mounting bolt, mounting nuts, and blower-heater unit (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 88: Removing Blower-Heater Unit (With Specifications)
14. Remove the self-tapping screws, the heater core cover (A), the grommet (B),
and carefully pull out the heater core (C).
Fig. 89: Removing Heater Core Cover
15. Install the heater core and the evaporator core in the reverse order of removal.
16. Install the heater unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Do not interchange the inlet and outlet heater hoses, and install the hose
clamps securely.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Refill the cooling system with engine coolant, R18A1 engine (see
COOLANT REPLACEMENT ), K20Z3 engine (see COOLANT
REPLACEMENT ).
Make sure that there is no coolant leakage.
Refer to EVAPORATOR CORE REPLACEMENT .
audio presets.
Set the clock.
A/C COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT
R18A1 ENGINE
1. If the A/C compressor is marginally operable, run the engine at idle speed, and
let the air conditioning work for a few minutes, then shut the engine off.
REPLACEMENT ) and the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL
AND INSTALLATION ).
5. Disconnect the connector (A) from the A/C condenser fan motor. Remove the
wire harness clip (B) and the connector clip (C). Remove the upper mounting
bolts, and the A/C condenser fan shroud (D). Be careful not to damage the
radiator fins when removing the A/C condenser fan shroud.
NOTE: Do not install an A/C compressor into a system unless you
are completely sure that the system is free of
contamination. Installing the A/C compressor into a
contaminated system can result in premature A/C
compressor failure.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 90: Removing A/C Condenser Fan Shroud (With Specifications)
6. Remove the bolt and the nut, then disconnect the suction hose (A) and
discharge hose (B) from the A/C compressor. Plug or cap the lines immediately
after disconnecting them to avoid moisture and dust contamination.
Fig. 91: Disconnecting Suction Hose And Discharge Hose (With
Specifications)
7. Remove the mounting bolts and the A/C compressor (A). Be careful not to
damage the radiator fins when removing the A/C compressor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 92: Removing A/C Compressor (With Specifications)
8. Install the compressor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Inspect the A/C lines for any signs of contamination.
If you're installing a new A/C compressor, you must calculate the amount
of refrigerant oil to be removed from it (see A/C REFRIGERANT OIL
REPLACEMENT ). A new A/C compressor comes with a full charge of
oil.
Use refrigerant oil (SP-10) for HFC-134a spiral type A/C compressor
only.
To avoid contamination, do not return the oil to the container once
dispensed, and never mix it with other refrigerant oils.
audio presets.
Set the clock.

2008 Honda Civic EX

K20Z3 ENGINE
1. If the A/C compressor is marginally operable, run the engine at idle speed, and
let the air conditioning work for a few minutes, then shut the engine off.
REPLACEMENT ) and the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ).
4. Remove the clips (A) and the bolts.
Fig. 93: Removing Clips And Bolts (With Specifications)
5. Remove the bolts, the connector (A), wire harness clips (B), and the bulkhead
(C).
NOTE: Do not install an A/C compressor into a system unless you
are completely sure that the system is free of
contamination. Installing the A/C compressor into a
contaminated system can result in premature A/C
compressor failure.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 94: Removing Bulkhead (With Specifications)
6. Disconnect the connector (A) from the A/C condenser fan motor. Remove the
wire harness clip (B), the upper mounting bolts, and the A/C condenser fan
shroud (C). Be careful not to damage the radiator fins when removing the A/C
condenser fan shroud.
Fig. 95: Removing A/C Condenser Fan Shroud (With Specifications)
7. Remove the bolt.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 96: Removing Bolt (With Specifications)
8. Remove the splash shield (see FRONT SPLASH SHIELD
REPLACEMENT ).
9. Disconnect the connector (A). Remove the bolt and the nut, then disconnect the
suction hose (B) and discharge hose (C) from the A/C compressor. Plug or cap
the lines immediately after disconnecting them to avoid moisture and dust
contamination.
Fig. 97: Disconnecting Suction Hose And Discharge Hose From A/C
Compressor (With Specifications)
10. Remove the mounting bolts and the A/C compressor (A). Be careful not to
damage the radiator fins when removing the A/C compressor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 98: Removing A/C Compressor (With Specifications)
11. Install the compressor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Inspect the A/C lines for any signs of contamination.
Use refrigerant oil (SP-10) for HFC-134a SANDEN spiral type A/C
compressor only.
To avoid contamination, do not return the oil to the container once
dispensed, and never mix it with other refrigerant oils.
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CHECK

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Check the armature plate for discoloration, peeling, or other damage. If there is
damage, replace the clutch set (see A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
OVERHAUL ).
2. Check the rotor pulley bearing play and drag by rotating the rotor pulley by
hand. Replace the clutch set with a new one if it is noisy or has excessive
play/drag (see A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH OVERHAUL ).
Fig. 99: Checking Rotor Pulley Bearing Play And Drag Rotating Rotor
Pulley
3. Measure the clearance between the rotor pulley (A) and the armature plate (B)
all the way around. If the clearance is not within specified limits, remove the
armature plate (see A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH OVERHAUL ) and add
or remove shims as needed to increase or decrease clearance.
Clearance: 0.35-0.65 mm (0.014-0.026 in.)
NOTE: The shims are available in four thicknesses: 0.1 mm, 0.2
mm, 0.4 mm, and 0.5 mm.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 100: Measuring Clearance Between Rotor Pulley And Armature Plate
4. Check for continuity between the A/C compressor clutch connector No. 1 and
No. 3. If there is no continuity, replace the thermal protector (see A/C
COMPRESSOR THERMAL PROTECTOR REPLACEMENT ).
Fig. 101: Checking Continuity Between A/C Compressor Clutch
Connector No. 1 And No. 3
5. Disconnect the field coil connector (A). Check resistance of the field coil. If
resistance is not within specifications, replace the field coil (see A/C
NOTE: The thermal protector will have no continuity above
about 252 to 262F (122 to 128C). When the
temperature drops below about 241 to 219F (116 to
104C), the thermal protector will have continuity.

2008 Honda Civic EX

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH OVERHAUL ).
Field Coil Resistance: 3.15-3.45 ohms 68F (20C)
Fig. 102: Checking Resistance Of Field Coil
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH OVERHAUL
A/C clutch holder, Robinair 10204 or Kent-Moore J37872, or Honda Tool and
Equipment KMT-J33939, commercially available
1. Remove the center nut while holding the armature plate (A) with a
commercially available A/C clutch holder (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 103: Removing Center Nut Holding Armature Plate (With
Specifications)
2. Remove the armature plate (A) and shim(s) (B), taking care not to lose the
shim(s). If the clutch needs adjustment, increase or decrease the number and
thickness of shims as necessary, then reinstall the armature plate, and recheck
its clearance (see A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH OVERHAUL ).
Fig. 104: Removing Armature Plate and Shim(s)
3. If you are replacing the field coil, remove the snap ring (A) with snap ring
pliers, then remove the rotor pulley (B). Be careful not to damage the rotor
pulley and A/C compressor.
NOTE: The shims are available in four thicknesses: 0.1 mm, 0.2
mm, 0.4 mm, and 0.5 mm.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 105: Removing Snap Ring And Rotor Pulley
4. Remove the bolt and holder (A), then disconnect the field coil connector (B).
Remove the snap ring (C) with snap ring pliers, then remove the field coil (D).
Be careful not to damage the field coil and A/C compressor.
Fig. 106: Removing Field Coil (With Specifications)
5. Reassemble the clutch in the reverse order of disassembly, and note these
items:
Install the field coil with the wire side facing down, and align the boss on
the field coil with the hole in the A/C compressor.
Clean the rotor pulley and A/C compressor sliding surfaces with contact
cleaner or other non-petroleum solvent.
Install new snap rings, note the installation direction, and make sure they
are fully seated in the groove.
Make sure that the rotor pulley turns smoothly after it's reassembled.
Route and clamp the wires properly or they can be damaged by the rotor

2008 Honda Civic EX

pulley.
A/C COMPRESSOR THERMAL PROTECTOR REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the bolt and the holder (A). Disconnect the field coil connector (B),
then remove the thermal protector (C).
Fig. 107: Removing Thermal Protector (With Specifications)
2. Replace the thermal protector (A) with a new one, and apply silicone sealant
(B) to the bottom of the thermal protector.
Fig. 108: Applying Silicone Sealant To Bottom Of Thermal Protector
3. Install the thermal protector in the reverse order of removal.
A/C COMPRESSOR RELIEF VALVE REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Remove the relief valve cover (A), the relief valve (B), and the O-ring (C).
Plug the opening to keep foreign matter from entering the system and the A/C
compressor oil from running out.
Fig. 109: Removing Relief Valve Cover, Relief Valve And O-Ring (With
Specifications)
3. Clean the mating surfaces.
4. Replace the O-ring with a new one at the relief valve, and apply a thin coat of
refrigerant oil before installing it.
5. Remove the plug, and install and tighten the relief valve.
6. Charge the system (see SYSTEM CHARGING ).
A/C CONDENSER REPLACEMENT
3. Remove the bolts, then disconnect the discharge hose (A) from the A/C
condenser.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 110: Disconnecting Discharge Hose (With Specifications)
4. Remove the bolt, then disconnect the receiver line (A) from the A/C condenser.
Fig. 111: Disconnecting Receiver Line (With Specifications)
5. Remove the bolts and the A/C condenser upper mount brackets (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 112: Removing A/C Condenser Upper Mount Brackets (With
Specifications)
6. Lift the tab (A) to release the lock, then remove the outside air temperature
sensor (B) from the receiver/dryer desiccant bracket. Disconnect the 2P
connector (C) then remove the clip (D).
Fig. 113: Disconnecting 2P Connector And Removing Clip
7. Remove the A/C condenser (A). Be careful not to damage the radiator and A/C
condenser fins when removing the A/C condenser.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 114: Removing A/C Condenser
8. Install the A/C condenser in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
If you're installing a new A/C condenser, add refrigerant oil (SP-10) (see
A/C REFRIGERANT OIL REPLACEMENT ).
RECEIVER/DRYER DESICCANT REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
1. Remove the A/C condenser (see A/C CONDENSER REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the bolts from the A/C condenser, then remove the receiver/dryer (A),
the bracket (B), and the O-rings (C).
NOTE: Install the receiver/dryer as quickly as possible to prevent
the system from absorbing moisture from the air.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 115: Removing Receiver/Dryer, Bracket And O-Rings (With
Specifications)
3. Install the receiver/dryer in the reverse order of removal. Replace the O-rings
with new ones, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil (SP-10) before installing
them. Be sure to use the correct O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid
leakage.
2-DOOR
1. Remove the A/C condenser (see A/C CONDENSER REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the cap (A) from the bottom of the A/C condenser. Remove the O-
rings (B) and the desiccant (C).
NOTE: Install the receiver/dryer as quickly as possible to prevent
the system from absorbing moisture from the air.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 116: Removing O-Rings And Desiccant (With Specifications)
3. Install the receiver/dryer in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Replace the O-rings with new ones, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil
(SP-10) before installing them. Be sure to use the correct O-rings for
Install the cap to the specified torque. It is made of resin a can be easily
stripped.
REFRIGERANT RECOVERY
CAUTION:
NOTE:
If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work
area before resuming service.
Additional health and safety information may be
obtained from the refrigerant and lubricant
manufacturers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Connect an R-134a refrigerant recovery/recycling/charging station (A) to the
high-pressure service port (B) and the low-pressure service port (C), as shown,
following the equipment manufacturer's instructions.
Fig. 117: Connecting Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling/Charging Station To
High-Pressure And Low-Pressure Service Port
2. Measure the amount of refrigerant oil removed from the A/C system after the
recovery process is completed. Be sure to put the same amount of new
refrigerant oil back into the A/C system before charging.
SYSTEM EVACUATION
CAUTION:

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. When an A/C System has been opened to the atmosphere, such as during
installation or repair, it must be evacuated using an R-134a refrigerant
recovery/recycling/charging station. If the system has been open for several
days, the receiver/dryer should be replaced, and the system should be
evacuated for several hours.
following the equipment manufacturer's instructions. Evacuate the system.
3. If the low-pressure does not reach more than 93.3 kPa (700 mmHg, 27.6 in.Hg)
in 15 minutes, there is probably a leak in the system. Partially charge the
NOTE:
manufacturers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

system, and check for leaks (see step 3 in REFRIGERANT LEAK TEST ).
SYSTEM CHARGING
CAUTION:
NOTE:
manufacturers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Evacuate the system (see SYSTEM EVACUATION ).
3. Add the same amount of new refrigerant oil to the system that was removed
during recovery. Use only SP-10 refrigerant oil.
4. Charge the system with the specified amount of R-134a refrigerant. Do not
overcharge the system; the A/C compressor will be damaged.
Select the appropriate units of measure for your refrigerant charging station.
Refrigerant Capacity:
400 to 450 g
0.40 to 0.45 kg
0.9 to 1.0 lbs
14.1 to 15.9 oz
5. Check for refrigerant leaks (see REFRIGERANT LEAK TEST ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. Check the system performance (see A/C SYSTEM TEST ).
REFRIGERANT LEAK TEST
Leak detector, Honda Tool and Equipment YGK-H-10PM or commercially
available
CAUTION:
NOTE:
manufacturers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Open high pressure valve to charge the system to the specified capacity, then
close the supply valve, and disconnect the charging station fittings.
Select the appropriate units of measure for your refrigerant charging station.
Refrigerant Capacity:
400 to 450 g
0.40 to 0.45 kg
0.9 to 1.0 lbs
14.1 to 15.9 oz
3. Check the system for leaks using an R-134a refrigerant leak detector with an
accuracy of 14 g (0.5 oz) per year or better.
4. If you find leaks that require the system to be opened (to repair or replace
hoses, fittings, etc.), recover the system.
5. After checking and repairing leaks, the system must be evacuated.

2008 Honda Civic EX

A/C SYSTEM TEST
PERFORMANCE TEST
The performance test will help determine if the A/C system is operating within
specifications.
1. Connect an R-134a refrigerant recovery/recycling/charging station to the high-
pressure service port and the low-pressure service port, following the
equipment manufacturer's instructions.
2. Determine the relative humidity and air temperature.
3. Open the glove box. Remove the glove box stop on each side, then let the
glove box hang down (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Insert a thermometer (A) in the center vent.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
manufacturers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 121: Inserting Thermometer In Center Vent
5. Place a thermometer (B) near the blower unit's recirculation inlet duct.
6. Test conditions:
Avoid direct sunlight.
Open hood.
Open front doors.
Set the temperature control dial to Max Cool, the mode control switch to
Vent, and the recirculation control switch to Recirculate.
Turn the A/C switch ON and the fan switch to Max.
Hold the engine speed at 1,500 rpm.
No driver or passengers in vehicle.
7. After running the air conditioning for 10 minutes under the above test
conditions, read the delivery temperature from the thermometer in the center
vent, the intake temperature near the blower unit, and the discharge (high) and
suction (low) pressures on the A/C gauges.
8. To complete the charts:
Mark the delivery temperature along the vertical line.
Mark the intake temperature (ambient air temperature) along the bottom
line.
Draw a line straight up from the air temperature to the humidity.

2008 Honda Civic EX

From each point, draw a horizontal line across the delivery temperature.
The delivery temperature should fall between the two lines.
Complete the low-side pressure test and high-side pressure test in the same
way.
Any measurements outside the line may indicate the need for further
inspection.
Example
Intake temperature (dry): 86F (30C) Humidity level 70%
Intake temperature (wet): 77.9F (25.5C)
Delivery temperature: 61F (15.9C)
Intake pressure: 261 kPa (2.7 kgf/cm
2
(38psi)

Delivery pressure: 1,780 kPa (18.2 kgf/cm
2
(258 psi)

Results: Within normal range

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 122: A/C System Test Graph
PRESSURE TEST
PRESSURE TEST DESCRIPTION
Test results Related symptoms Probable cause Remedy
Discharge
(high)
pressure
After stopping A/C
compressor,
pressure drops about
196 kPa (2.0
kgf/cm
2
,28 psi)
quickly, and then
falls gradually.
Air in system
Recover, evacuate (see
REFRIGERANT
RECOVERY ), and
recharge with specified
amount (see SYSTEM
CHARGING ).
Clogged
condenser or
radiator fins Clean

2008 Honda Civic EX

abnormally
high
Reduced or no
airflow through A/C
condenser.
A/C
condenser or
radiator fan
not working
properly
Check voltage and
fan rpm.
Check fan direction.
Line to A/C
condenser is
excessively hot.
Restricted flow of
refrigerant in
system
Restricted lines.
Discharge
pressure
abnormally
low
High and low-
pressures are
balanced soon after
stopping A/C
compressor. Low
side is higher than
normal.
Faulty A/C
compressor
discharge
valve
Faulty A/C
compressor
seal
Replace the A/C
compressor.
Outlet of expansion
valve is not frosted,
low-pressure gauge
indicates vacuum.
Faulty
expansion
valve
Moisture in
system
Replace.
Recover, evacuate,
and recharge with
specified amount.
Suction
(low)
pressure
abnormally
low
Expansion valve is
not frosted, and low-
pressure line is not
cold. Low-pressure
gauge indicates
vacuum.
Frozen
expansion
valve
(Moisture in
system)
Faulty
expansion
valve
Recover, evacuate,
and recharge with
specified amount.
Replace the
expansion valve.
Discharge
temperature is low,
and the airflow from
vents is restricted.
Frozen evaporator
Run the fan with A/C
compressor off, then
check evaporator
temperature sensor.
Expansion valve is Clogged
Clean or replace.

2008 Honda Civic EX

frosted. expansion valve
Suction
pressure
abnormally
high
Low-pressure hose
and check joint are
cooler than the
temperature around
evaporator.
Expansion valve
open too long
Repair or replace.
Suction pressure is
lowered when A/C
condenser is cooled
by water.
Excessive
refrigerant in
system
Recover, evacuate, and
recharge with specified
amount.
High and low-
pressures are
equalized as soon as
the A/C compressor
is stopped, and both
gauges fluctuate
while running.
Faulty gasket
Faulty high-
pressure
valve
Foreign
particle stuck
in high-
pressure
valve
Replace the A/C
compressor.
Suction and
discharge
pressures
abnormally
high
Reduced airflow
through A/C
condenser.
Clogged A/C
condenser or
radiator fins
A/C
condenser or
radiator fan
not working
properly
Clean
Check voltage and
fan rpm.
Check fan direction.
Suction and
discharge
pressures
abnormally
low
Low-pressure hose
and metal end areas
are cooler than
evaporator.
Clogged or kinked
low-pressure hose
parts
Repair or replace.
Temperature around
expansion valve is
too low compared Clogged high-
Repair or replace.

2008 Honda Civic EX

with that around
receiver/dryer.
pressure line
Refrigerant
leaks
A/C compressor
clutch is dirty.
A/C compressor
shaft seal leaking
Replace the A/C
compressor.
A/C compressor bolt
(s) are dirty.
Leaking around
bolt(s)
Tighten bolt(s) or
replace A/C compressor.
A/C compressor
gasket is wet with
oil.
Gasket leaking
Replace the A/C
compressor.
A/C fitting is dirty. Leaking O-ring
Clean the A/C fitting
and replace the O-ring.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Ignition Switch - Civic
TEST
service.
then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and the steering column
covers (see COLUMN COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B).
Fig. 1: Identifying Ignition Switch And 7P Connector
to the table.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Ignition Switch - Civic

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Continuity Reference Chart
6. If the continuity checks do not agree with the table, replace the ignition switch
(see REPLACEMENT ).
7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio or the
navigation system, then enter the customer's audio presets, and set the clock.
REPLACEMENT
service.
then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and the steering column
covers (see COLUMN COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Identifying 7P Connector And Ignition Switch
5. Remove the two screws and the ignition switch.
7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio or the
navigation system, then enter the customer's audio presets, and set the clock.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ENGINE
Ignition System (K20Z3) - Civic (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ENGINE Ignition System (K20Z3) - Civic (Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Identifying Ignition System (K20Z3) Component Location
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Ignition System - Circuit Diagram
IGNITION TIMING INSPECTION

2008 Honda Civic EX

SYSTEM) ).
4. Check for DTCs. If a DTC is present, diagnose and repair the cause before
6. Check the idle speed (see IDLE SPEED INSPECTION ).
8. Connect the timing light to the service loop (white tape).
Fig. 3: Identifying Ignition Timing Mark
9. Aim the light toward the pointer (A) on the cam chain case. Check the ignition
timing under a no load condition (headlights, blower fan, rear window
defogger, and air conditioner are turned off).
Ignition Timing:
8 2 BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in Neutral

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Checking Ignition Timing
10. If the ignition timing differs from the specification, check the cam timing. If
the cam timing is OK, update the engine control module (ECM) if it does not
have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM ), or substitute a known-
good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM ), then recheck. If the system
work properly, and the ECM was substituted, replace the original ECM (see
ECM REPLACEMENT ).
11. Disconnect the HDS and the timing light.
IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the ignition coil cover (A), disconnect the ignition coil connectors (B),
then remove the ignition coils (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Identifying Ignition Coil (With Torque Specifications)
3. Install the ignition coils in the reverse order of removal.
IGNITION COIL RELAY CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Check the No. 18 (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
YES -Go to step 2.
2. Remove the ignition coil relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it
Is the relay OK?
YES -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Replace the ignition coil relay.
3. Measure the voltage between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 2 and
body ground, then terminal No. 4 and body ground.
Fig. 6: Checking Voltage Between Ignition Coil Relay 4P Socket Terminal
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box.
4. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 2 and
the No. 1 ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3.
Fig. 7: Checking Continuity Between Ignition Coil Relay 4P Socket
Terminal No. 2 And No. 1 Ignition Coil 3P Connector Terminal No. 3

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Repair open in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No.
2 and ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3.
5. Check for continuity between each ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 2
and the body ground.
Fig. 8: Checking For Continuity Between Ignition Coil 3P Connector
Terminal No. 2 And The Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 6.
2 and body ground.
SYSTEM) ).
body ground.
damage.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Repair short in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal
No. 3 and ECM (A6).
NO -Go to step 11.
ECM connector terminal A6.
Terminal No. 3 And ECM Connector Terminal A6
YES -The system is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections at
the ignition coil relay and the ECM (A6).
3 and the ECM (A6).
SPARK PLUG INSPECTION
1. Remove the spark plugs and inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator.
Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by:
Advanced ignition timing

2008 Honda Civic EX

Loose spark plug
Plug heat range too hot
Insufficient cooling
Fouled plugs may be caused by:
Retarded ignition timing
Oil in combustion chamber
Incorrect spark plug gap
Plug heat range too cold
Excessive idling/low speed running
Clogged air cleaner element
Deteriorated ignition coils
Fig. 11: Identifying Spark Plug Components
2. If the spark plug electrode is dirty or contaminated, clean the electrode with a
plug cleaner.
NOTE:
Do not use a wire brush or scrape the iridium
electrode since this will damage the electrode.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Replace the plug at the specified interval, or if the center electrode is rounded
(A), or if the spark plug gap (B) is out of specification. Use only the listed
spark plugs.
Spark Plugs
NGK: IFR7G11KS
DENSO: SK22PR-M11S
Electrode Gap
Fig. 12: Identifying Spark Plug Gap
4. Apply small amount of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw the
plugs into the cylinder head, finger-tight. Then torque them to 18 N.m (1.8
kgf.m, 13 lbf.ft).
When using a sand blaster spark plug cleaner, do
not clean for more than 20 seconds to avoid
damaging the electrode.
NOTE: Do not adjust the gap of iridium tip plugs.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ENGINE
Ignition System (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
NOTE: Go to IGNITION SYSTEM (GX) (SUPPLEMENT) article for

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ENGINE Ignition System (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Identifying Ignition System Component
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Ignition System - Circuit Diagram
IGNITION TIMING INSPECTION

2008 Honda Civic EX

SYSTEM) ).
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in the P or
N position (A/T) or neutral (M/T)) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it
idle.
6. Check the idle speed (see IDLE SPEED INSPECTION ).
8. Connect the timing light to the No. 1 ignition coil harness.
9. Aim the light toward the pointer (A) on the cam chain case. Check the ignition
timing under a no load condition (headlights, blower fan, rear window
defogger, and air conditioner are turned off).
Ignition Timing
M/T: 8 2 BTDC (RED mark (B) at idle in Neutral
A/T: 8 2 BTDC (RED mark (B) at idle in Park or Neutral

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Aiming Timing Light Toward Pointer
Fig. 4: Identifying Timing Marks
10. If the ignition timing differs from the specification, check the cam timing. If
the cam timing is OK, update the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain
control module (PCM) if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING
THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the system works properly, and the
REPLACEMENT ).
11. Disconnect the HDS and the timing light.

2008 Honda Civic EX

IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the ignition coil connectors (A), then remove the ignition coils (B).
Fig. 5: Disconnecting Ignition Coil Connectors
2. Install the ignition coils in the reverse order of removal.
IGNITION COIL RELAY CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Check the No. 18(15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
YES -Go to step 2.
2. Remove the ignition coil relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it
Is the relay OK?
YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Replace the ignition coil relay.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Measure the voltage between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 2 and
body ground, then terminal No. 4 and body ground.
Fig. 6: Measuring Voltage Between Ignition Coil Relay 4P Socket
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box.
the No. 1 ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3.
Fig. 7: Checking For Continuity Between Ignition Coil Relay 4P Socket
Terminal No. 1

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 5.
1 and ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3.
5. Check for continuity between each ignition coil 3P connector terminal NO. 2
and the body ground.
Fig. 8: Checking For Continuity Between Each Ignition Coil 3P Connector
Terminal No. 2 And The Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 6.
2 and body ground.
SYSTEM) ).
body ground.
damage.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Repair short in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal
No. 3 and the ECM/PCM (A20).
NO -Go to step 11.
ECM/PCM connector terminal A20.
Terminal No. 3
YES -The system is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections at
the ignition coil relay and the ECM/PCM (A20).
3 and the ECM/PCM (A20).
1. Remove the spark plugs and inspect the electrodes and the ceramic insulator.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Loose spark plug
Fig. 11: Identifying Worn Or Deformed Electrodes, Damaged
Gasket, Cracked Insulator And Improper Gap
plug cleaner.
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

(A), or if the spark plug gap is out of specification. Use only the listed spark
plugs.
Spark Plugs
NGK: IZFR6K11S
DENSO: SKJ20DR-M11S
Electrode Gap
Fig. 12: Identifying Spark Plugs And Electrode Gap
4. Apply small amount of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw the
plugs into the cylinder head, finger-tight. Then torque them to 25 N.m (2.5
kgf.m, 18 lbf.ft).
NOTE: Do not adjust the gap (B) of iridium tip plugs.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ENGINE
Ignition System - Civic GX
NOTE: Refer to the IGNITION SYSTEM (R18A1) article for additional
information that is not shown in this article.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ENGINE Ignition System - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Identifying Ignition System Component Location

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the spark plugs and inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator.
Loose spark plug
Fig. 2: Identifying Spark Plug Gap
plug cleaner.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Replace the spark plug if the gap is out of specification.
Electrode Gap
Fig. 3: Identifying Electrode Gap
(A). Use only the spark plugs as listed.
Spark Plugs IFR7F8DS
NOTE:
NOTE: Do not adjust the gap of iridium tip plugs.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Identifying Spark Plugs Gap
5. Apply a small amount of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw
the plugs into the cylinder head, finger-tight. Torque them to 25 N.m (2.5
kgf.m, 18 Ibf.ft).

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ENGINE
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Civic (Except Hybrid)
INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST SYSTEM (R18A1)
INTAKE MANIFOLD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Exploded View
NOTE: Refer to the INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST SYSTEM
(GX) (SUPPLEMENT) article for additional information for
the GX model.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Intake Manifold (With Torque Specifications)
Removal
INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ).
3. Remove the air intake duct.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Identifying Air Intake Duct
4. Remove the injector cover.
5. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A), brake booster
vacuum hose (B), positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (C), and power
steering (P/S) hose clamp (D).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 4: Identifying Evaporative Emission Canister Hose And Brake
Booster Vacuum Hose
intake manifold.
Throttle actuator connector
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor connector
Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve connector

2008 Honda Civic GX

Intake manifold tuning (IMT) valve actuator connector
8. Remove the water bypass hoses, then plug the water bypass hoses.
Fig. 6: Identifying Water Bypass Hoses
9. Remove the throttle body.
Fig. 7: Identifying Throttle Body
10. Remove the heater hose clamp bracket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 8: Identifying Heater Hose Clamp Bracket
12. Remove the intake manifold bracket.
Fig. 9: Identifying Intake Manifold Bracket
14. Remove the all intake manifold mounting bolts and nuts, then remove the
intake manifold from the cylinder head.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 10: Identifying Intake Manifold Mounting Bolts And Nuts
15. Remove the harness clamps, then remove the intake manifold from the vehicle.
Fig. 11: Identifying Harness Clamps
Installation
1. Install the harness clamps to the intake manifold.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 12: Identifying Harness Clamps
2. Install the intake manifold (A) with new gaskets (B), and tighten the bolts and
nuts in a crisscross pattern in two or three steps, beginning with the inner bolt.
Fig. 13: Identifying Intake Manifold And Gaskets (With Torque
Specifications)
4. Install the intake manifold bracket (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 14: Identifying Intake Manifold Bracket (With Torque Specifications)
6. Install the heater hose clamp bracket.
Fig. 15: Identifying Heater Hose Clamp Bracket (With Torque
Specifications)
7. Install the throttle body (A) with a new gasket (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 16: Identifying Throttle Body And Gasket (With Torque
Specifications)
8. Install the water bypass hoses.
clamps to the intake manifold.
Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve connector
Intake manifold tuning (IMT) valve actuator connector
REMOVAL ), then install the quick-connect fitting cover (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

11. Install the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A), brake booster
vacuum hose (B), positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (C), and power
steering (P/S) hose clamp (D).
Booster Vacuum Hose (With Torque Specifications)
12. Install the injector cover.

2008 Honda Civic GX

13. Install the air intake duct.
14. Install the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER ELEMENT
15. Install the cowl cover and under-cowl panel (see FRONT GRILLE COVER
REPLACEMENT ).
17. After installation, check that all tubes, hoses, and connectors are installed
correctly.
system with the heater valve open (see step 8 on COOLANT

2008 Honda Civic GX

REPLACEMENT ).
EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER REPLACEMENT
Fig. 22: Identifying Exhaust Pipe And Muffler Components (With Torque
NOTE: Use new gaskets and self-locking nuts when reassembling.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specifications)
INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST SYSTEM (K20Z3)
INTAKE MANIFOLD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Exploded View
Fig. 23: Exploded View Of Intake Manifold (With Torque Specifications)
Removal
2. Remove the engine cover.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 24: Identifying Engine Cover
3. Remove the vacuum hose (A) and breather pipe (B), then remove the air intake
duct (C).
intake manifold.

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Remove the ground cable (A) and harness clamp bracket (B), then remove the
harness holder (C) from the stay.
Fig. 26: Identifying Ground Cable, Harness Clamp Bracket And Harness
Holder
6. Remove the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (A), evaporative
emission (EVAP) canister hose (B) and brake booster vacuum hose (C).
Fig. 27: Identifying Positive Crankcase Ventilation Hose
7. Remove the water bypass hoses, then plug the water bypass hoses.

2008 Honda Civic GX

10. Remove the connector (A), then remove the intake manifold bracket (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

12. Remove the intake manifold (A) from the cylinder head, then remove the water
bypass hose (B).
Fig. 31: Identifying Intake Manifold
Installation
1. Install the water bypass hose (A) to the intake manifold (B), then install the
intake manifold with a new gasket (C), and tighten the bolts and nuts in a
crisscross pattern in two or three steps, beginning with the inner bolt.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 32: Identifying Intake Manifold (With Torque Specifications)
3. Install the intake manifold bracket (A), then install the connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

6. Install the water bypass hoses.
7. Install the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (A), evaporative emission
(EVAP) canister hose (B) and brake booster vacuum hose (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 36: Identifying Positive Crankcase Ventilation Hose
8. Install the harness holder (A) to the stay, then install the ground cable (B) and
harness clamp bracket (C).
Fig. 37: Identifying Harness Holder (With Torque Specifications)
clamps to the intake manifold.

2008 Honda Civic GX

10. Install the air intake duct (A), then install the vacuum hose (B) and breather
pipe (C).
11. Install the engine cover.
Fig. 39: Identifying Engine Cover (With Torque Specifications)
13. After installation, check that all tubes, hoses and connectors are installed

2008 Honda Civic GX

correctly.
system with the heater valve open (see step 6 on COOLANT
REPLACEMENT ).
EXHAUST MANIFOLD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
COOLANT CHECK ).
REPLACEMENT ).
4. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A) and brake booster
vacuum hose (B).
Booster Vacuum Hose

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Remove the rocker arm oil control solenoid (see ROCKER ARM OIL
CONTROL VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
8. Remove the intermediate shaft heat shield .
9. Remove the cover and exhaust manifold bracket, then remove the exhaust
manifold.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 43: Exploded View Of Exhaust Manifold (With Torque
Specifications)
10. Install the exhaust manifold and tighten the bolts and nuts in a crisscross
pattern in two or three steps, beginning with the inner bolt.
11. Install the other parts in the reverse order of removal.
12. Inspect for leaks: Turn the ignition switch ON (II) (do not operate the starter)
so the fuel pump runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel line. Repeat
this operation two or three times, then check for fuel leakage at any point in the

2008 Honda Civic GX

fuel line.
with the heater valve open (see step 6 on COOLANT REPLACEMENT ).
EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER REPLACEMENT
NOTE: Use new gaskets and self-locking nuts when reassembling.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 44: Exploded View Of Exhaust Pipe And Muffler (With Torque
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Interior Lights - Civic
Fig. 1: Identifying Interior Lights Component Locations

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Lights - Civic

2008 Honda Civic EX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Fig. 2: Interior Lights - Circuit Diagram
FRONT INDIVIDUAL MAP LIGHT TEST/REPLACEMENT
WITH MOONROOF

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Turn the map light switch OFF.
2. Carefully pry the lens (A) off with a small screwdriver.
Front Map Light: 8 W x 2
Fig. 3: Identifying Front Map Light Components
3. Remove the screws, then remove the map lights (B) and moonroof switch or
navigation microphone (C).
4. Disconnect the 3P connector from the map lights and the 10P connector from
the moonroof switch or navigation microphone.
to the table.
Fig. 4: Terminals Continuity Table

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. If the continuity is not as specified, check the bulb(s). If the bulb(s) are OK,
replace the light assembly.
WITHOUT MOONROOF
1. Turn the map light switch OFF.
Front Map Light: 8 W x 2
Fig. 5: Identifying Front Map Light Components
3. Remove the screws, then remove the map lights (B).
4. Disconnect the 3P connector (C) from the map lights.
to the table.

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. If the continuity is not as specified, check the bulb(s). If the bulb(s) are OK,
replace the light assembly.
CEILING LIGHT TEST/REPLACEMENT
1. Turn the ceiling light switch OFF.
Ceiling Light: 5W
Fig. 7: Identifying Ceiling Light Components
3. Remove the screws, then remove the ceiling light (B).
4. Disconnect the 3P connector (C) from the ceiling light.
5. Check for continuity between the terminals.
There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals with the
switch in the MIDDLE position.
There should be continuity between the No. 2 and No. 3 (Body ground)
terminals with the switch in the ON position.

2008 Honda Civic EX

There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals, and
between the No. 2 and body ground with the switch in the OFF position.
6. If the continuity is not as specified, check the bulb. If the bulb is OK, replace
the light.
TRUNK LIGHT TEST/REPLACEMENT
2. Carefully pry out the trunk light (A).
Trunk Light: 5 W
Fig. 8: Identifying Trunk Light Components
3. Disconnect the 2P connector (B) from the light.
4. Check for continuity between the No. 1 (+) and No. 2 (-) terminals. There
should be continuity. If there is no continuity, check the bulb. If the bulb is
OK, replace the trunk light assembly.
TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH TEST

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Disconnect the connector (A) from the trunk lid latch assembly (B).
Fig. 9: Identifying Trunk Lid Latch Assembly Connector
3. Check for continuity between the No. 1 [No. 3] and No. 2 terminals.
[ ] : With trunk release
There should be continuity with the trunk lid open.
There should be no continuity with the trunk lid closed.
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the trunk lid latch assembly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT
WITH MOONROOF
1. Remove the front individual map lights (see FRONT INDIVIDUAL MAP
LIGHT TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
2. Disconnect the moonroof switch 10P connector (A) and map light 3P
connector (B).
Fig. 10: Identifying Moonroof Switch 10P Connector And Map Light 3P
Connector
3. Remove the moonroof switch (C).
4. At the moonroof switch 10P connector, check for continuity between the No. 1
and No. 8 terminals.
There should be continuity when the interior light switch is in the DOOR
position.
There should be no continuity when the interior light switch is in the OFF
position.
NOTE: The interior light switch is built into the moonroof switch,
and it switches the front individual map lights between the
OFF and DOOR positions.

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. If the continuity check is not as specified, replace the illumination bulb (D) or
the switch.
6. Install the switch and light in the reverse order of removal.
AMBIENT LIGHT REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR WITH MOONROOF
2. Disconnect the moonroof switch 10P connector (A) and map light 3P
connector (B).
Fig. 11: Identifying Moonroof Switch 10P Connector And Map Light 3P
Connector
NOTE: The ambient light is built into the moonroof switch.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Interior Trim - Civic GX
Fig. 1: Identifying Interior Trim Component Location
NOTE: Refer to the INTERIOR TRIM (EXCEPT HYBRID) article for
additional information that is not shown in this article.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic EX

TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SHELF AREA
424-6857
SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and
the precautions and procedures, refer to the SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM) (EXCEPT HYBRID) article before doing repairs or
service.
Rear seat cushion (see REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
Rear seat-back (see REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
Rear door opening seal, as needed, refer to the REAR DOOR SILL
AREA - 4-DOOR
C-pillar trim, both sides, refer to the C-PILLAR TRIM - 4-DOOR
Trunk front trim panel and trunk partition (see TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - TRUNK AREA )
2. From the trunk compartment, disconnect the high mount brake light connector
(A).
NOTE:
Take care not to bend or scratch the rear shelf and trim.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Identifying High Mount Brake Light Connector
3. From the trunk compartment, release the four white clips (A) by tapping on
them.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Identifying Trunk Compartment Clips
4. Lift the rear shelf (A) upward to detach the remaining seven clips, and release
the hook (B) and pin (C) from the holes on the body.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Identifying Interior Trim Hook And Pin From Holes On Body
5. Release each anchor rod (D) out through the hole in the rear shelf, and pull
both rear seat belts (E) and rear center seat belt (F) out through the slits (G) in
the rear shelf.
6. Install the shelf in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
When installing the rear shelf, slip the rear seat belt through the slit and
the rear center seat belt into the lid opening in the rear shelf.
Make sure the high mount brake light connector is plugged in properly.
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - TRUNK AREA

2008 Honda Civic EX

424-6857
1. Pull the trunk floor (A) up, then remove the trunk tool box (B).
Fig. 5: Pulling Trunk Floor
2. While pushing both hooks (A) down with your hands, pull the trunk floor (B)
back to release these hooks from the holes (C) in the trunk front trim panel (D),
then remove the trunk floor.
NOTE:
Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels.
avoid damage when removing components.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Removing Trunk Floor
3. Remove the trunk lid weatherstrip near the trunk rear trim panel.
4. Detach the clips, and release the hooks (A) by pulling the trunk rear trim panel
(B) up, then remove it.
Fig. 7: Pulling Trunk Rear Trim Panel
5. Remove the clips (A) securing the trunk front trim panel (B), and using a trim
tool, remove the caps (C), and remove the nuts (D) securing the trunk partition
(E).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Identifying Trunk Front Trim Panel And Clips
6. Fold both side edges of the trunk front trim panel (A), then remove the trunk
front trim panel and trunk partition (B) as an assembly.
Fig. 9: Identifying Trunk Front Trim Panel And Trunk Partition
Assembly
7. If necessary, remove the clips, then separate the trunk front trim panel (A) and
trunk partition (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 10: Removing Clips, Trunk Front Trim Panel And Trunk Partition
8. Remove the clips, then remove the trunk side trim panel (A).
Fig. 11: Removing Trunk Side Trim Panel

2008 Honda Civic EX

Interior Trim - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
2-door
NOTE: Refer to the INTERIOR TRIM (GX) (SUPPLEMENT) article for

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Locating Interior Trim (2-Door)
4-door

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Locating Interior Trim (4-Door)
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS

2008 Honda Civic EX

424-6857
DOOR SILL AREA - 2-DOOR
1. Driver's side: Remove the front seat belt lower anchor (see step 4 in FRONT
SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ).
2. Driver's side: Remove the footrest (see step 3 in CARPET
REPLACEMENT ).
3. Driver's side: Remove the front side cap from the door sill trim, and remove the
opener lock cylinder and screw (see TRUNK LID OPENER/FUEL FILL
DOOR OPENER REPLACEMENT ).
4. Detach the hooks (A) and tabs (B) from the kick panel (C) and rear side trim
panel (D), and pull the door sill trim (E) up by hand to detach the clips, then
remove it.
Driver's side
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Detaching Hooks And Tabs From Kick Panel And Rear Side Trim
Panel (Driver'S Side)
Passenger's side

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Detaching Hooks And Tabs From Kick Panel And Rear Side Trim
Panel (Passenger'S Side)
5. Pull out the door opening seal (A) from the trim hooks (B) and around the door
opening flange, then remove the seal.
Fig. 5: Identifying Door Opening Seal From Trim Hooks

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. Pull the left kick panel (A) or the right kick panel (B) back by hand to detach
the clips (C, D, E, F), then remove it.
Driver's side
Fig. 6: Detaching Clips To Remove Kick Panel (Driver's Side)
Passenger's side
Fig. 7: Detaching Clips To Remove Kick Panel (Passenger's Side)

2008 Honda Civic EX

424-6857
FRONT DOOR SILL AREA - 4-DOOR
1. Driver's side: Remove the footrest (see CARPET REPLACEMENT ).
2. Driver's side: Remove the front side cap from the front door sill trim, and
remove the opener lock cylinder and screw (see TRUNK LID
OPENER/FUEL FILL DOOR OPENER REPLACEMENT ).
3. Detach the hooks (A) and tabs (B) from the kick panel (C) and B-pillar lower
trim (D), and pull the front door sill trim (E) up by hand to detach the clips (F,
G), then remove it.
Driver's side
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Detaching Hooks And Tabs From Kick Panel & B-Pillar Lower
Trim (Driver's Side)
Passenger's side

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Detaching Hooks And Tabs From Kick Panel & B-Pillar Lower
Trim (Passenger's Side)
4. Pull out the front door opening seal (A) from the trim hooks (B) and around the
front door opening flange, then remove the seal.
Fig. 10: Identifying Front Door Opening Seal From Trim Hooks
5. Pull the left kick panel (A) or the right kick panel (B) back by hand to detach
the clips (C, D, E, F), then remove it.
Driver's side

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Detaching Clips Pulling Left And Right Kick Panel (Driver's Side)
Passenger's side
Fig. 12: Detaching Clips Pulling Left And Right Kick Panel (Passenger's
Side)

2008 Honda Civic EX

424-6857
REAR DOOR SILL AREA - 4-DOOR
1. Detach the hook (A) and tab (B) from the B-pillar lower trim (C), and pull the
rear door sill trim (D) up by hand to detach the clips, then remove it.
Fig. 13: Detaching Hook And Tab From B-Pillar Lower Trim
2. Pull the rear seat cushion (A) up to release the hook (B). While pulling the
cushion up, detach the clips and remove the rear door sill trim (C) from the rear
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

door opening seal (D).
Fig. 14: Pulling Rear Seat Cushion Up To Release Hook
3. Pull out the rear door opening seal (A) from the trim hooks (B) and around the
rear door opening flange, then remove the seal.
Fig. 15: Pulling Out Rear Door Opening Seal From Trim Hook

2008 Honda Civic EX

TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - PILLAR AREAS
424-6857
A-PILLAR TRIM
service.
NOTE:
Follow the A-pillar trim installation procedure carefully;
improper installation could cause the side curtain
airbag to deploy improperly and possibly cause injury.
Take care not to scratch the trim and panels.
The upper clip in the A-pillar trim (A) consists of a
grommet (B) and a pin (C). The grommet expanded with
the pin secures it to the body panel (D). The projections
(E) on the pin is broken during removal, so the clip
must be replaced with a new one when the trim is
reinstalled.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Pull the door opening seal away from the A-pillar as needed:
2-door (see step 5 in TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR
AREAS )
4-door (see step 4 in TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR
AREAS )
2. Hit the upper clip in the A-pillar trim (A) with a rubber mallet. The clip is
under the "SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG" mark (B). Hitting the clip breaks the
projections (C) on the pin (D) and pushes it into the grommet (E) and against
the body (F). The grommet becomes narrow.
Fig. 16: Identifying A-Pillar Trim
NOTE: The clip must be replaced with a new one when the A-
pillar trim is reinstalled.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 17: Using Rubber Mallet To Hit Upper Clip In A-Pillar Trim
3. Pull the front of the A-pillar trim (A) back by hand to remove the upper clip
(B) from the body (C).
Fig. 18: Removing Front Of A-Pillar Trim And Upper Clip
4. Pull the A-pillar trim (A) by hand to detach the clips. Pull the trim up from the
dashboard (B), then remove it.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2-door
Fig. 19: Detaching Clips By Pulling A-Pillar Trim (2-Door)
4-door
Fig. 20: Detaching Clips By Pulling A-Pillar Trim (4-Door)
5. If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the A-pillar trim and all clips on
the trim with new ones (see COMPONENT
REPLACEMENT/INSPECTION AFTER DEPLOYMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. If the side curtain airbag has not deployed, remove the upper clip (A) from the
removed A-pillar trim (B) and discard it. Then check the trim:
To prevent the side curtain airbags from deploying improperly and
possibly causing injury, inspect the A-pillar trim and replace it if it has any
of these types of damage:
-Any cracks, deformations, or stress-whitening in the A-pillar trim
-Any cracks or stress-whitening in the clip seating surfaces (C, D)
Replace the lower clips (E) if it is damaged.
Replace the upper clip with a new one.
4-door A-pillar trim is shown; 2-door A-pillar trim is similar.
Fig. 21: Removing Upper Clip From A-Pillar Trim
7. Before installing the A-pillar trim (A), whether replaced or reinstalled,
temporarily remove a new upper clip (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 22: Installing A-Pillar Trim
8. Check the overlap between the headliner and A-pillar trim, and if necessary,
adjust it (see CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE
HEADLINER/PILLAR TRIM OVERLAP ).
9. Carefully install a new upper clip (A) to the A-pillar trim (B). Be sure that the
grommet (C) is nearest to the top of the pin (D) as shown.
Fig. 23: Installing Upper Clip To A-Pillar Trim
10. Reinstall the A-pillar trim (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

-1 Insert the bottom of the trim into the dashboard (B).
-2 Place the trim over the A-pillar (C), and fit its upper clip (D), and lower
clips (E), and pins (F) into the holes (G) in the A-pillar, then lightly push
the trim into place.
2-door
Fig. 24: Installing A-Pillar Trim (2-Door)
4-door
NOTE:
Make sure the side curtain airbag isn't tucked
down under the clips and ribs.
Push lightly on the upper clip. If you push too
hard, the clip will be damaged, and it will not
hold the trim properly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 25: Installing A-Pillar Trim (4-Door)
11. Reinstall the front door opening seal.
424-6857
B-PILLAR UPPER/LOWER TRIM - 4-DOOR
service.
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Front door sill trim (see FRONT DOOR SILL AREA - 4-DOOR )
Rear door sill trim (see REAR DOOR SILL AREA - 4-DOOR )
Front door opening seal, as needed (see step 4 in FRONT DOOR SILL
AREA - 4-DOOR )
Rear door opening seal, as needed (see step 3 in REAR DOOR SILL
AREA - 4-DOOR )
2. Slide the front seat forward fully.
3. Remove the B-pillar lower trim (A).
-1 Pull the upper portion of the trim back to release the upper hooks (B).
-2 Detach the lower clips by pulling the bottom of the trim back by hand.
Fig. 26: Removing B-Pillar Lower Trim
4. Remove the front seat belt lower anchor (see FRONT SEAT BELT
REPLACEMENT ).
5. Pull the bottom of the B-pillar upper trim (A) back by hand to detach the lower
hooks (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 27: Detaching Lower Hooks Pulling Bottom Of B-Pillar Upper Trim
6. Detach the upper clip by pulling the top of the B-pillar upper trim (A). Pull the
trim down to release the upper hooks (B) from the side curtain airbag B-pillar
bracket (C).
Fig. 28: Pulling Top Of B-Pillar Upper Trim To Detach Upper Clip
7. Pass the front seat belt (A) lower anchor out through a hole in the slider (B),
then remove the B-pillar upper trim (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 29: Removing B-Pillar Upper Trim
8. Remove the slider (A) from the B-pillar upper trim (B).
Fig. 30: Removing Slider From B-Pillar Upper Trim
Check if the clips (A) are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary,
If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the B-pillar upper and
lower trim and all clips on the trim with new ones (see COMPONENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

possibly causing injury, inspect the trim and replace it if it has any of these
types of damage:
-Any cracks or deformations in the B-pillar upper trim (B) and the
upper hooks (C), and any stress-whitening in the upper part of the
trim
-Any cracks or deformations in the B-pillar lower trim (D), and any
breakages in the part (E) fitted with the B-pillar upper trim
-Any cracks or stress-whitening in the clips seating surface (F)
Replace any damaged parts with new ones.
Make sure the top of the trim overlaps with the headliner correctly (see
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE HEADLINER/PILLAR TRIM
OVERLAP ).
Make sure the pin (G) on the front seat belt shoulder anchor adjuster (H)
and the hole (I) on the back of the slider are engaged when installing the
B-pillar upper trim.
Make sure the trim hook is installed into the side curtain airbag B-pillar
bracket securely.
Push the clip and hooks into place securely.
Before installing the anchor bolt, make sure there are no twists or kinks in
the seat belt.
Fig. 31: Installing Trim

2008 Honda Civic EX

Slider engagement with shoulder anchor adjuster
Fig. 32: Identifying Slider Engagement With Shoulder Anchor Adjuster
KTC trim tool set SOJATP20U *
424-6857
QUARTER PILLAR TRIM - 2-DOOR
service.
NOTE:
Follow the quarter pillar trim installation procedure
carefully; improper installation could cause the side
curtain airbag to deploy improperly and possibly cause
injury.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Rear side trim panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR
SIDE AREA )
The B-pillar upper clip (A) in the quarter pillar trim (B)
consists of a grommet (C) and a pin (D). The grommet
expanded with the pin secures it to the body panel (E).
The projections (F) on the pin is broken during removal,
so the clip must be replaced with a new one when the
trim is reinstalled.
The C-pillar upper clip (G) under the airbag lid (H)
consists of a resin grommet (I) and a metal pin (J). The
groove (K) in the grommet secures it to the body panel.
The shoulder (L) on the grommet is broken during
removal, so the grommet must be replaced with a new
one when the trim is reinstalled.
Fig. 33: Identifying Quarter Pillar Trim (2-Door)

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Remove the front seat belt upper anchor (see FRONT SEAT BELT
REPLACEMENT ).
3. Lower the coat hanger (A), pry off the lid (B) with a trim tool, then remove the
screw.
Fig. 34: Removing Screw
4. Release the hooks (A), then remove the rear window harness cap (B) from the
quarter pillar trim (C).
Fig. 35: Removing Rear Window Harness Cap
5. Pull the door opening seal away from the B-pillar as needed (see step 5 in
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS ).
6. Hit the surface of the quarter pillar trim (A) just upon the upper clip with a

2008 Honda Civic EX

rubber mallet. Hitting the trim surface breaks the projections (B) on the pin (C)
and pushes it into the grommet (D) and against the body (E). The grommet
becomes narrow.
Fig. 36: Using Rubber Mallet To Hit Surface Of Quarter Pillar Trim
7. Hit the surface of the airbag lid (A) just upon the upper clip with a rubber
mallet. The clip is halfway between the "SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG" mark (B)
and the rear window. Hitting the lid surface breaks the shoulder (C) on the
grommet (D) and pushes the pin (E) and grommet against the body (F).
NOTE: The clip must be replaced with a new one when the
quarter pillar trim is reinstalled.
NOTE:
The clip must be replaced with a new one when the
quarter pillar trim is reinstalled.
Do not hit the lower side of the airbag lid, or it will
be folded and stress-whitened at the middle of its
own. It is very delicate part.

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Remove the quarter pillar trim (A).
-1 Detach and release the clips (B, C, D) from the body (E) and remove
the pin (F) from the grommet (G) remaining in the body by pulling the
trim back.
-2 Lower the trim to release the upper edge of it from the headliner (H).
Fig. 37: Using Mallet To Hit Surface Of Airbag Lid

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 38: Removing Quarter Pillar Trim
9. Remove the grommet from the body.
10. If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the quarter pillar trim and all
clips on the trim with new ones (see COMPONENT
11. If the side curtain airbag has not deployed, remove the clip (A) from the
removed quarter pillar trim (B) and discard it. Then check the trim:
possibly causing injury, inspect the quarter pillar trim and replace it if it
has any of these types of damage:
NOTE: The grommet must be replaced with a new one because
the it is damaged during removal.

2008 Honda Civic EX

-Any cracks, deformations, or stress-whitening in the quarter pillar
trim
-Any cracks or stress-whitening in the clip seating surfaces (C, D, E)
-Damaged top of the C-pillar upper clip pin (F)
If any of the lower clips (G, H) are damaged or stress-whitened, replace
them.
Replace the clip (A) with a new one.
Fig. 39: Removing Clip From Removed Quarter Pillar Trim
12. Before installing the quarter pillar trim (A), whether replaced or reinstalled,
temporarily remove a new clip (B), and the grommet (C) from the pin (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 40: Removing Clip And Grommet Temporarily
13. Check the overlap between the headliner and quarter pillar trim, and if
necessary, adjust it (see CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE
14. Carefully reinstall the clip (A) to the quarter pillar trim (B), and the grommet
(C) on the pin (D):
Be sure that the grommet (E) is nearest to the top of the pin (F) as shown.
Seat the pin with the grommet on the quarter pillar trim as shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 41: Installing Clip To Quarter Pillar Trim
15. Reinstall the quarter pillar trim (A).
-1 Fit the upper edge of the trim to the headliner (B).
-2 Place the trim over the center/C-pillar (C), and fit its B-pillar upper clip
(D), C-pillar upper clip (E), and all of the other clips (F, G) into holes (H)
in the body, then lightly push the trim into place.
NOTE:
Apply pressure to the areas of the trim just
upon the quarter/C-pillar upper clips until these
clip fittings are felt. If you push too hard, the
clip will be damaged, and it will not hold the
trim properly.
Make sure the upper clip portions of the trim
don't come off the body by tugging on the trim

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 42: Installing Quarter Pillar Trim
16. Reinstall the rear window harness cap (A) to the quarter pillar trim (B) until its
hooks (C) snap into place securely.
back.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 43: Installing Rear Window Harness Cap To Quarter Pillar Trim
17. Reinstall the screw and the lid (A).
Fig. 44: Installing Screw And Lid
18. Reinstall the door opening seal.
424-6857
C-PILLAR TRIM - 4-DOOR

2008 Honda Civic EX

service.
Rear seat cushion (see REAR SEAT CUSHION COVER
REPLACEMENT )
NOTE:
Follow the C-pillar trim installation procedure carefully;
improper installation could cause the side curtain
airbag to deploy improperly and possibly cause injury.
The front clip in the C-pillar trim (A) consists of a
grommet (B) and a pin (C). The grommet expanded with
the pin secures it to the body panel (D). The projections
(E) on the pin is broken during removal, so the clip
must be replaced with a new one when the trim is
reinstalled.
Fig. 45: Identifying C-Pillar Trim (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Rear seat side bolster (see SEAT SIDE BOLSTER - 4-DOOR )
Rear door opening seal, as needed (see step 3 in REAR DOOR SILL
AREA - 4-DOOR )
2. Fold the seat-back forward.
3. Hit the front clip in the C-pillar trim (A) a rubber mallet. The clip is near the
triangle mark (B). Hitting the clip breaks the projections (C) on the pin (D) and
pushes it into the grommet (E) and against the body (F). The grommet becomes
narrow.
Fig. 46: Using Rubber Mallet To Hit Front Clip In C-Pillar Trim
4. Pull the front of the C-pillar trim (A) back by hand to remove the front clip (B)
from the body (C).
NOTE: The clip must be replaced with a new when the C-pillar
trim is reinstalled.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 47: Pulling Front Of C-Pillar Trim To Remove Front Clip
5. Pull the C-pillar trim (A) by hand to detach the clips, then pull the trim up from
the rear shelf (B).
Fig. 48: Pulling C-Pillar Trim To Detach Clips
6. If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the C-pillar trim and all clips on
the trim with new ones (see COMPONENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. If the side curtain airbag has not deployed, remove the front clip (A) from the
removed C-pillar trim (B) and discard it. Then check the trim:
possibly causing injury, inspect the C-pillar trim and replace it if it has any
of these types of damage:
-Any cracks, deformations, or stress-whitening in the C-pillar trim
-Any cracks or stress-whitened in the clip seating surfaces (C, D)
Replace the rear clips (E) if it is damaged.
Replace the front clip with a new one.
Fig. 49: Removing Front Clip From Removed C-Pillar Trim
8. Before installing the C-pillar trim (A), whether replaced or reinstalled,
temporarily remove new front clip (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 50: Removing Front Clip
9. Check the overlap between the headliner and C-pillar trim, and if necessary,
adjust it (see CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE
10. Carefully reinstall a new front clip (A) to the C-pillar trim (B). Be sure that the
grommet (C) is nearest to the top of the pin (D) as shown.
Fig. 51: Installing Front Clip To C-Pillar Trim
11. Reinstall the C-pillar trim (A).
-1 Insert the bottom of the trim into the rear shelf (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

-2 Place the trim over the C-pillar (C), and fit its front clip (D) and rear
clips (E) into holes (F) in the C-pillar, then lightly push the trim into place.
12. Reinstall the rear door opening seal.
424-6857
NOTE:
Push lightly on the front clip. If you push too
hard, the clip will be damaged, and it will not
hold the trim properly.
Fig. 52: Installing C-Pillar Trim

2008 Honda Civic EX

TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SIDE AREA
2-DOOR
service.
Door sill trim (see DOOR SILL AREA - 2-DOOR )
Rear seat-back:
-Fold down (see REAR SEAT-BACK COVER
REPLACEMENT )
-Split fold down (see SEAT-BACK - SPLIT FOLD DOWN - 2-
DOOR )
REPLACEMENT )
2. Lower the rear seat pivot bracket (A).
Fig. 53: Lowering Rear Seat Pivot Bracket
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Release the clip (A). Detach the clips (B) by pulling the rear side trim panel
(C) back, release the upper hooks (D) and tabs (E) from the quarter pillar trim
(F) and the rear shelf extension (G), then remove the trim panel.
Fig. 54: Detaching Clips By Pulling Rear Side Trim Panel Back
4. Install the panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SHELF AREA
424-6857

2008 Honda Civic EX

REAR SHELF - 2-DOOR
service.
1. Fold both seat-backs forward.
2. From the trunk compartment, disconnect and detach the high mount brake light
connector (A).
Fig. 55: Disconnecting And Detaching High Mount Brake Light Connector
3. Carefully lift up on the front edge of the rear shelf (A) by hand to release the
front hooks (B) from the body, to detach the clips, and to disengage the side
hooks (C) from the rear shelf extension (D).
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 56: Lifting Front Edge Of Rear Shelf To Release Front Hook From
Body
4. While lifting the front of the rear shelf (A) up to release each portion away
from three child seat tether anchor strikers (B), pull the shelf back to release it
from the clips remain on the rear parcel shelf, and to release the hooks (C) near
the high mount brake light.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 57: Lifting Front Of Rear Shelf Up To Release Each Portion Away
From Child Seat Tether Anchor Strikers
5. Pull the high mount brake light connector (D) in from the trunk compartment.
6. Pull the rear center seat belt (E) out through the slit (F) in the rear shelf, then
remove the rear shelf.
7. Install the rear shelf in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
When installing the rear shelf, slip the rear center seat belt through the slit
in the rear shelf.
With the rear clips (A) installed in the rear parcel shelf (body), set the rear
shelf (B) on the parcel shelf. Push down on the rear edge of the shelf, then
slide it back to set the rear clips and hooks (C) into place. Center the rear
shelf using the center tether anchor (D) for reference. Push down on the

2008 Honda Civic EX

rear shelf to set the remaining clips.
Make sure the high mount brake light connector is plugged in properly.
Fig. 58: Installing Rear Shelf
424-6857
REAR SHELF EXTENSION - 2-DOOR
Rear shelf
Rear side trim panel (see 2-door )
2. Detach the clips, and release the hooks (A) from the C-pillar trim (B).
NOTE:
Take care not to bend or scratch the extension and
panels.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 59: Releasing Hooks From C-Pillar Trim
3. Pull the rear seat belt (C) out through the slit (D) in the rear shelf extension (E),
then remove it.
4. Install the extension in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
When installing the rear shelf extension, slip the rear seat belt through the
slit in the extension.
424-6857
REAR SHELF - 4-DOOR
service.

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT )
Rear seat-back:
- Fold down (see SEAT-BACK - FOLD DOWN - 4-DOOR )
- Split fold down (see SEAT-BACK - SPLIT FOLD DOWN - 4-
DOOR )
Rear seat side bolster, both sides (see SEAT SIDE BOLSTER - 4-
DOOR )
Rear door opening seal, as needed (see REAR DOOR SILL AREA - 4-
DOOR )
C-pillar trim, both sides (see C-PILLAR TRIM - 4-DOOR )
2. From the trunk compartment, disconnect the high mount brake light connector
(A).
Fig. 60: Disconnecting Mount Brake Light Connector
3. Except Si model: From the trunk compartment, release the white clips (A) by
tapping on them.
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 61: Releasing White Clips (Except Si Model)
4. Si model: From the trunk compartment, release the white clips (A) by tapping
on them.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 62: Releasing White Clips (Si Model)
5. Release the hooks (A) by pushing in on the detents (B) on the rear shelf (C),
then lift up on the front edge of the shelf at each detent.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 63: Releasing Hooks Pushing In On Detents On Rear Shelf
6. Lift the rear shelf (A) upward to detach the remaining four clips. Except Si
model: Release the hooks (B) of the high mount brake light from the rear shelf.
Release the pin (C) from the holes on the body.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 64: Detaching Clips By Lifting Rear Shelf Upward
7. Release each anchor rod (D) out through the hole in the rear shelf, and pull
both rear seat belts (E) and rear center seat belt (F) out through the slits (G) in
the rear shelf.
8. Install the shelf in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
When installing the rear shelf, slip the rear seat belt through the slit and
the rear center seat belt into the lid opening in the rear shelf.
Make sure the high mount brake light connector is connected securely.
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - TRUNK AREA

2008 Honda Civic EX

424-6857
2-DOOR
1. Fold both rear seat-backs forward.
2. Pull back the front portion of the spare tire lid (A), and detach the clips.
Fig. 65: Pulling Back Front Portion Of Spare Tire Lid To Detach Clips
3. Remove the spare tire lid (A).
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 66: Removing Spare Tire Lid
4. Remove the trunk lip weatherstrip near the trunk rear trim panel.
Fig. 67: Removing Trunk Rear Trim Panel, Hooks And Clips
6. Remove the clips (A, B), then remove the trunk side trim panel (C) from the
trunk. Release the rear seat-back release cable (D) out through the slit (E) in
the trim panel.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 68: Removing Trunk Side Trim Panel And Clip
7. If necessary, remove the trunk tool box (A).
Fig. 69: Removing Trunk Tool Box

2008 Honda Civic EX

424-6857
4-DOOR
1. Fold the rear seat-back forward.
2. Pull back the front portion of the spare tire lid (A), and detach the clips.
Fig. 70: Detaching Clips By Pulling Back Front Portion Of Spare Tire
3. Remove the spare tire lid (A).
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 71: Removing Spare Tire Lid
4. Remove the trunk lid weatherstrip near the trunk rear trim panel.
Fig. 72: Removing Trunk Rear Trim Panel, Hooks And Clips
6. Remove the clips (A, B), then remove the trunk side trim panel (C). Release
the wire harness (D) from the slit (E) in the trim panel.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 73: Removing Trunk Side Trim Panel And Clip
7. If necessary, remove the trunk tool box (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 74: Removing Trunk Tool Box
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - TRUNK LID
424-6857
4-DOOR
1. Remove the clips from both trunk lid hinge covers (A), then remove the covers.
Fig. 75: Removing Covers
2. Remove the clips (A, B), then remove the trunk lid trim (C).
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 76: Removing Trunk Lid Trim
3. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and check if the clips are
GRAB HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
424-6857
1. Lower the grab handle (A), then pull out the stoppers (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 77: Removing Stoppers
2. While pinching the clips (A), release the hooks (B), then remove the grab
handle (C).
Fig. 78: Removing Grab Handle
3. Using a pair of pliers, remove all of the clips (A) by pinching its hooks.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 79: Identifying Clips By Pinching Hooks
4. If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the grab handle with a new one
(see COMPONENT REPLACEMENT/INSPECTION AFTER
DEPLOYMENT ).
5. If the side curtain airbag has not deployed, to prevent the side curtain airbags
from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect removed
pieces and replace them if they have any of these types of damage:
Any cracks or breakages in the grab handle (A).
Any cracks or stress-whitened in the stoppers (B).
Fig. 80: Inspecting Grab Handle And Stoppers
6. Install the clips (A) to the grab handle (B), then install the stoppers (C) fully
into the clips.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 81: Installing Clips To Grab Handle And Stoppers
7. Position the grab handle (A) on the bracket (B), and push on the grab handle
until the clips (C) snap into place securely.
Fig. 82: Snapping Grab Handle Into Place
HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

2008 Honda Civic EX

424-6857
service.
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio or the navigation system,
2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes
2-door:
-A-pillar trim, both sides (see A-PILLAR TRIM )
-Ceiling light (see CEILING LIGHT TEST/REPLACEMENT )
-Front seat belt upper anchor, both sides (see FRONT SEAT BELT
REPLACEMENT )
-Rear side trim panel (see 2-DOOR )
-Quarter pillar trim (see QUARTER PILLAR TRIM - 2-DOOR )
-Grab handles, two places (see GRAB HANDLE
4-door:
-A-pillar trim, both sides (see A-PILLAR TRIM )
-Ceiling light (see CEILING LIGHT TEST/REPLACEMENT )
-Front seat belt upper anchor, both sides (see FRONT SEAT BELT
REPLACEMENT )
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

-B-pillar lower trim (see B-PILLAR UPPER/LOWER TRIM - 4-
DOOR )
-B-pillar upper trim, both sides (see B-PILLAR UPPER/LOWER
TRIM - 4-DOOR )
-C-pillar upper trim, both sides (see C-PILLAR TRIM - 4-DOOR )
-Grab handles, four places (see GRAB HANDLE
4. From both sides, using a trim tool, release the tabs (A) from the bracket (B).
Fig. 83: Releasing Tabs From Bracket
5. Remove the sunvisor cap (A) from the bracket (B). Turn the cap, and remove
it.
Fig. 84: Removing Sunvisor Cap From Bracket
6. From both sides, remove the sunvisor (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

-1 Remove the sunvisor from the body and holder (B).
-2 Using a T25 TORX bit, remove the screws.
-3 Remove the sunvisor from the body.
Fig. 85: Removing Sunvisor
7. Using a flat-tip screwdriver, push the hook (A), and turn the holder (B) 90,
then pull it out.
Fig. 86: Removing Hook
8. Remove the map light assembly (A).
-1 Remove the lenses (B).
-2 Remove the bolts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

-3 If equipped, release the four tabs (C), then pull out the moonroof switch
(D) or the navigation microphone.
-4 Disconnect the front individual map light connector (E). If equipped,
disconnect the moonroof switch connector (F) and the navigation
microphone connector (G).
Fig. 87: Removing Map Light Assembly (With Specifications)
9. Without moonroof: Detach the harness clips (A) from the A-pillar (B).
2-door

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 88: Detaching Harness Clips From A-Pillar (2-Door)
4-door
Fig. 89: Detaching Harness Clips From A-Pillar (4-Door)
10. Without moonroof: Remove the driver's dashboard undercover (see
DRIVER'S DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER
11. Without moonroof: From under the dash, disconnect the roof wire harness
connector (A), and detach the harness clip (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 90: Disconnecting Roof Wire Harness Connector And Clip
13. Slide the front seat all the way back, and recline the seat-back fully.
14. 4-door: Remove the bolts securing the parking brake base frame (A) and lay it
down as needed.
Fig. 91: Removing Parking Base Frame (4-Door) (With Specifications)
15. Lower the headliner (A).
-1 Remove the front door opening seals (B), and rear door opening seals

2008 Honda Civic EX

(C) from each roof portion.
-2 2-door: Release the clips (D).
-3 With the help of an assistant, detach the rear clips (E) by pulling the
rear portion of the headliner down.
-4 With moonroof: Release the velcro fasteners (F) by lowering the
headliner.
-5 With moonroof: Release the hooks (G) of the moonroof by moving the
headliner rearward.
Fig. 92: Removing Lower Headliner (2-Door)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 93: Removing Lower Headliner (4-Door)
16. Lower the front of the headliner below the steering wheel. Rotate the liner, and
pull it along with the roof wire harness (I) out through the passenger's front
door. Do not bend the liner. Bending the liner will crease and damage it.
17. If necessary, remove the cushion tape (A, B) fastening the roof wire harness
(C) to the headliner (D), then remove them from the headliner.
Cushion tape A: P/N 91903-SNA-003
100 x 50 mm (3.94 x 1.97 in.)
Cushion tape B: P/N91902-SNA-003
50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 94: Removing Cushion Tape From Headliner
18. If necessary, remove the side curtain airbag mounting bolt (A) and grab handle
bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the grab handle bracket (C) from each
side by releasing the hooks (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 95: Removing Side Curtain Airbag Mounting Bolt And Grab Handle
Bracket Mounting Bolts (With Specifications)
19. Install the headliner in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the headliner and removed
trim pieces with new ones (see COMPONENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

possibly causing injury, inspect removed pieces and replace them if they
have any of these types of damage:
-Any crease or tears in the headliner (A)
-Any cracks or breakages in the grab handle (B)
-Any damages around the grab handle holes (C) or sunvisor holes in
the headliner
-Any cracks in the sunvisor stay base (D)
-Any bends or cracks in the sunvisor stay shaft (E)
-Any cracks in the sunvisor base (F)
-Any cracks or breakages in the vanity mirror base (G)
-Any velcro fasteners (H) and clip bases (I) which have come off the
headliner
When installing the grab handle, push on the handle against the bracket (J)
until the clips (K) snap into place securely.
Replace the removed cushion tape with new ones.
Check that both sides of the headliner are securely attached to the trim.
Make sure the headliner overlaps the trim pieces correctly (see
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE HEADLINER/PILLAR TRIM
OVERLAP ).
When reinstalling the headliner through the front passenger's door
opening, be careful not to fold or bend it. Also, be careful not to scratch
the body.
Set the clock.
the audio presets.
them.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 96: Installing Headliner (2-Door And 4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 97: Installing Headliner (Grab Handle And Sunvisor)
CARPET REPLACEMENT
424-6857
2-DOOR
service.
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Front seats, both sides (see FRONT SEAT
REPLACEMENT )
Door sill trim, both sides (see DOOR SILL AREA - 2-DOOR )
Kick panels, both sides (see step 6 in DOOR SILL AREA - 2-DOOR )
Steering joint cover (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION )
2. Push the knob (A) back to release the hooks (B) then pull up the accelerator
pedal (C).
Take care not to damage, wrinkle or twist the carpet.
Be careful not to damage the dashboard or other
interior trim pieces.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 98: Pulling Up Accelerator Pedal
3. Remove the footrest (A).
-1 Using a 6 mm hexagon socket wrench, remove the lower clip (B) from
the stud bolt (C).
-2 Using a flat-tip screwdriver, remove the upper clip (D) from the stud
bolt.
Fig. 99: Removing Footrest
4. Disconnect the parking brake cables from the equalizer (see PARKING
BRAKE CABLE REPLACEMENT ).
5. Remove the floor mat holders (A) from the driver's side.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 100: Removing Floor Mat Holders From Driver Side
6. Release the clip from the rear portion of the carpet (A). Pull out the edge of the
carpet from under both rear side trim panels (B).
Fig. 101: Removing Rear Portion Of Carpet
7. Release the clips. Release the velcro fasteners (A), then pull the carpet out
from under the dashboard.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 102: Releasing Velcro Fasteners
8. Pull the seat harnesses (B) out through the hole in the carpet, then remove the
carpet.
9. Install the carpet in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure the seat harnesses and parking brake cables are routed
correctly.
Push the velcro fasteners and clips into place securely.
Slip the carpet under both rear side trim panels properly.
Push the accelerator pedal hooks into place securely, and after installing,
make sure the accelerator pedal does not come off the floor by pulling it
up.

2008 Honda Civic EX

424-6857
4-DOOR
service.
Front seats, both sides (see FRONT SEAT
REPLACEMENT )
Front door sill trim, both sides (see step 3 in FRONT DOOR SILL
AREA - 4-DOOR
Rear door sill trim, both sides (see REAR DOOR SILL AREA - 4-
DOOR )
Kick panels, both sides (see step 5 in FRONT DOOR SILL AREA - 4-
DOOR )
B-pillar lower trim (see B-PILLAR UPPER/LOWER TRIM - 4-
DOOR )
NOTE:
Be careful not to damage the dashboard or other
interior trim pieces.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Steering joint cover (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION )
2. Push the knob (A) back to release the hooks (B) then pull up the accelerator
pedal (C).
Fig. 103: Pulling Up Accelerator Pedal
3. Remove the footrest (A).
-1 Using a 6 mm hexagon socket wrench, remove the lower clip (B) from
the stud bolt (C).
-2 Using a flat-tip screwdriver, remove the upper clip (D) from the stud
bolt.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 104: Removing Footrest
4. Remove the bolts (A, B), and detach the connector clip (C), then remove the
center pipe extension (D).
Fig. 105: Removing Center Pipe Extension (With Specifications)
5. Remove the rear heater joint duct (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 106: Removing Rear Heater Joint Duct
6. Disconnect the parking brake cables from the equalizer (see PARKING
BRAKE CABLE REPLACEMENT ).
7. Remove the floor mat holders (A) from the driver's side.
Fig. 107: Removing Floor Mat Holders
8. Remove the clips.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 108: Removing Clips
9. Release the velcro fasteners (A), then pull the carpet (B) out from under the
dashboard.
Fig. 109: Releasing Velcro Fasteners
10. Pull the seat harnesses (C) out through the hole in the carpet, then remove the
carpet.
11. Install the carpet in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure the seat harnesses and parking brake cables are routed
correctly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Push the velcro fasteners and clips into place securely.
Push the accelerator pedal hooks into place securely, and after installing,
make sure the accelerator pedal does not come off the floor by pulling it
up.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 MAINTENANCE
Maintenance - Civic (Exept GX & Hybrid))
LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS
For details of lubrication points and type of lubricants to be applied, refer to
LUBRICANT OR FLUID REFERENCE and various work procedures (such as
Assembly/Reassembly, Replacement, Overhaul, Installation, etc.) .
LUBRICANT OR FLUID REFERENCE
Application Lubricant or Fluid
A Engine Honda Motor Oil:
American Honda P/N
08798-9023 (5W-20),
Honda Canada P/N
CA66806 (5W-20)
Look for the API
certification seal on the oil
container as shown in Fig. 1.
Make sure it says "For
Gasoline Engines." SAE
viscosity .
B Manual transmission Honda Manual Transmission
Fluid (MTF): P/N 08798-
9016
Always use Honda MTF.
Using motor oil can cause
stiffer shifting because it
does not contain the proper
additives.
Automatic transmission Honda Automatic
Transmission Fluid (ATF-
Z1):
American Honda P/N
08200-9001,

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 MAINTENANCE Maintenance - Civic (Exept GX & Hybrid))

2008 Honda Civic EX

Honda Canada P/N
CA66689
Always use Honda ATF-Z1.
Using a non-Honda ATF can
affect shift quality.
C Brake system (including
ABS/VSA line)
Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid:
P/N 08798-9008
Always use Honda DOT 3
Brake Fluid. Using a non-
Honda brake fluid can cause
corrosion and decrease the
life of the system.
D Clutch system (manual
transmission)
Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid:
P/N 08798-9008
Always use Honda DOT 3
Brake Fluid. Using a non-
Honda brake fluid can cause
corrosion and decrease the
life of the system.
E Brake booster clevis Multipurpose Grease
F Clutch master cylinder
clevis (manual
transmission)
G Release fork (manual
transmission)
H Battery terminals
I Fuel fill door
J Hood hinges
K Trunk hinges and trunk
latch
L Rear brake shoe linkage
(rear drum brake model)
Rubber Grease
M Shift cable ends Honda Silicone Grease: P/N
08C30-B0234M
N Caliper piston boots,

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Identifying API Certification Seal And Recommended Engine Oil
caliper piston seals,
caliper pins, and boots
O Power steering system Honda Power Steering
Fluid: P/N 08206-9002
Always use Honda Power
Steering Fluid. Using any
other type of power steering
fluid or automatic
transmission fluid can cause
increased wear and poor
steering in cold weather.
P Air conditioning
compressor
Compressor Oil: SP-10 (P/N
38897-P13-A01AH or
38899-P13-A01) for
refrigerant HFC-134a (R-
134a)
Q Cooling System Honda Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2:
P/N OL999-9001
NOTE: The illustration shows the 4-door model.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Identifying Grease Lubrication Points (4-Door Model)
MAINTENANCE MINDER
GENERAL INFORMATION
Maintenance Display
The Maintenance Minder is an important feature of the information display. The
Civic's onboard computer (ECM/PCM) calculates the remaining engine oil life and
automatic transmission fluid life. The system also displays the code for other
scheduled maintenance items needing service.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Identifying Maintenance Minder Display And Driver's Side Dashboard
Service Information
1. The remaining engine oil life (A) is shown as a percentage in the information
display. To see the current engine oil life , turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position, then push and release the SEL/RESET button repeatedly until the
engine oil life displays.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Engine Oil Life At 80 Percent Displayed
2. When the ignition switch is in the ON (II) position, and the remaining engine
oil life is 6% to 15%, the remaining engine oil life (A) and other scheduled
maintenance item(s) needing service are displayed. The maintenance minder
indicator (B) also comes on when the engine oil life is 15% or less. To cancel
the display and the indicator, press the SEL/RESET button.
Complete list of maintenance main items (C) (see MAINTENANCE
MAIN ITEMS ).
Complete list of maintenance sub items (D) (see MAINTENANCE SUB
ITEMS ).
Fig. 5: Engine Oil Life At 15 Percent Displayed
3. When the ignition switch in the ON (II) position, and the remaining engine oil
life is 1% to 5%, the message "SERVICE" (A) is displayed along with engine
oil life and the same maintenance item code(s).
Fig. 6: Service Oil Life At 5 Percent Displayed
oil life is 0%, the engine oil life indicator (A) blinks. Pressing the SEL/RESET

2008 Honda Civic EX

button cancels the display, but the maintenance minder indicator stays on.
Fig. 7: Service Oil Life At 0 Percent Displayed
5. If the indicated maintenance is not done, the engine oil life indicator shows a
negative mileage, for example "-10,", on the display. If the negative mileage is
between 0 and -9, the indicator is displayed for only a few seconds when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON (II) position. The negative mileage remains
displayed after the vehicle is driven more than 10 miles (for USA models) or
10 km (for Canada models) after 0% oil life is reached. This means the
indicated maintenance item(s) should have been done more than 10 miles (or
10 km) ago.
Fig. 8: Service Oil Life At Negative 10 Miles
Resetting the Maintenance Information Display
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be stopped to reset the display.
If a required service is done and the display is not reset,
or if the maintenance display is reset without doing the
service, the system will not show the proper
maintenance timing. This can lead to serious
mechanical problems because there will be no accurate
record of when the required maintenance is needed.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Press the SEL/RESET button repeatedly until the engine oil life indicator is
displayed.
3. Press and release and hold the SEL/RESET button for about 10 seconds. The
engine oil life indicator and the maintenance item code(s) will blink.
4. Press and hold the SEL/RESET button for another 5 seconds. The maintenance
item code(s) will disappear, and the engine oil life will reset to "100."
Fig. 9: Oil Life At 100 Percent
MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEMS
If the message "SERVICE" does not appear more than 12 months after the display
is reset, change the engine oil every year.
MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEMS DESCRIPTION
NOTE: If you are resetting the display when the engine oil life
is more than 15%, make sure any maintenance item(s)
requiring service are done before resetting the display.
NOTE:
Replace the brake fluid every 3 years (Independent of
the maintenance messages in the information display).
Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km).
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1,2 or 3, only if
they are noisy.
Symbol Maintenance Main Items
A
Replace engine oil R18A1 (see OIL PRESSURE TEST ), K20Z3
(see OIL PRESSURE TEST ).
Engine oil capacity without oil filter: R18A1 3.5 L (3.7 US qt), K20Z3
4.2L (4.4 US qt).

2008 Honda Civic EX

B
Replace engine oil and oil filter R18A1 (see ENGINE OIL FILTER
REPLACEMENT ), K20Z3 (see ENGINE OIL FILTER
REPLACEMENT ).
Engine oil capacity with oil filter: R18A1 3.7 L (3.9 US qt), K20Z3
4.4 L (4.6 US qt).
Inspect front and rear brakes (see COMPONENT LOCATION
INDEX ).
Check pads and discs for wear (thickness), damage, and cracks.
Check calipers for damage, leaks, and tightness of mounting
bolts.
Check the wheel cylinder for leaks.
Check the brake linings for craking, glazing, wear, or
contamination.
Check parking brake adjustment (see PARKING BRAKE
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ).
Check the number of clicks (8 to 10) when the parking brake lever is
pulled with 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) of force.
Inspect tie-rod ends, steering gearbox, and gearbox boots (see
COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ).
Check rack grease and steering linkage.
Check boots for damage and leaking grease.
Check fluid lines for damage and leaks.
Inspect suspension components (see COMPONENT LOCATION
INDEX ).
Check bolts for tightness.
Check condition of ball joint boots for deterioration and damage.
Inspect driveshaft boots (see DRIVESHAFT INSPECTION ).
Check boots for cracks and boot bands for tightness.
Inspect brake hoses and lines including ABS/VSA (see BRAKE
HOSE AND LINE INSPECTION ).
Check the master cylinder and ABS/VSA modulator-control unit for

2008 Honda Civic EX

MAINTENANCE SUB ITEMS
damage or leakage.
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids.
Engine coolant R18A1 (see COOLANT CHECK ), K20Z3 (see
COOLANT CHECK ).
Automatic transmission fluid (ATF-Z1) (see ATF LEVEL
CHECK ).
Manual transmission fluid (MTF) SPFM (see TRANSMISSION
FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ), PNN3,
PNN4 (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND
REPLACEMENT ).
Clutch fluid (see CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
REPLACEMENT ).
Power steering fluid (see STEERING
COLUMN/TILT/TELESCOPIC INSPECTION ).
Brake fluid (see BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH TEST ).
Windshield washer fluid.
Inspect exhaust system* R18A1 (see INTAKE MANIFOLD AND
EXHAUST SYSTEM (R18A1) ), K20Z3 (see INTAKE
MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST SYSTEM (K20Z3) ).
Check catalytic converter heat shields, exhaust pipes, and muffler for
damage, leaks, and tightness.
Inspect fuel lines* and connections* R18A1 (see FUEL LINE
INSPECTION ), K20Z3 (see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ).
Check for loose connections, cracks, and deterioration; retighten loose
connections and replace damaged parts.
NOTE: According to state and federal regulations, failure to do the
maintenance items marked with an asterisk ( * ) will not void
the customer's emissions warranties. However, Honda
recommends that all maintenance services be done at the
recommended interval, to ensure long-term reliability.

2008 Honda Civic EX

MAINTENANCE SUB ITEMS DESCRIPTION
Number Maintenance Sub Items
1
Rotate tires, and check tire inflation and condition.
Follow the pattern shown in the Owner's Manual.
2
Replace air cleaner element R18A1 (see AIR CLEANER
ELEMENT INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ), K20Z3 (see AIR
CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ).
Replace every 15,000 miles (24,000 km), if the vehicle is driven
primaly in dusty conditions.
Replace dust and pollen filter (see DUST AND POLLEN FILTER
REPLACEMENT ).
Replace the filter at 15,000 miles (24,000 km) intervals if the
vehicle is driven mostly in urban areas that have high
concentrations of soot in the air from industry and diesel-
powered vehicles.
Replace the filter whenever airflow from the heating and cooling
system is less than normal.
Inspect drive belt R18A1 (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER
INSPECTION ), K20Z3 (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ).
Look for cracks and damage, then check the position of the drive belt
auto-tensioner indicator.
3
Replace automatic transmission fluid (see ATF REPLACEMENT ).
Capacity: 2.4 L (2.5 US qt); use Honda ATF-Z1.
Replace manual transmission fluid SPFM (see TRANSMISSION
FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ), PNN3, PNN4
(see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND
REPLACEMENT ).
Capacity: SPFM 1.4 L (1.5 US qt), PNN3 1.5 L (1.6 US qt); use
Honda MTF.
Replace spark plugs R18A1 (see SPARK PLUG INSPECTION ),
K20Z3 (see SPARK PLUG INSPECTION ).
Use R18A1 IZFR6K1 IS (NGK) or SKJ20DR-M11S (DENSO),
K20Z3 IFR7G11KS (NGK) or SK22PR-MIIS(DENSO).

2008 Honda Civic EX

4
Inspect the valve clearance (cold) R18A1 (see VALVE
CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ), K20Z3 (see VALVE
CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ).
R18A1 Intake: 0.18-0.22 mm (0.007-0.009 in.), Exhaust: 0.23-0.27
mm (0.009-0.011 in.), K20Z3 engine Intake 0.21-0.25 mm (0.008-
0.010 in.), Exhaust: 0.25-0.29 mm (0.010-0.011 in.).
5
Replace engine coolant R18A1 (see COOLANT
REPLACEMENT ), K20Z3 (see COOLANT REPLACEMENT ).
Capacity (including the reservoir): 4-door model (except Si): 5.2 L
(1.37 US gal), 2-door model (except Si): 5.2 L (1.37 US gal). Si: 4.5
L (1.19 US gal); use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 MAINTENANCE
Maintenance - Civic GX
LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS
For details of lubrication points and type of lubricants to be applied, refer to the
illustrated index and various work procedures (such as Assembly/Reassembly,
Replacement, Overhaul, Installation, etc.) contained in each section.
LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS SPECIFICATION
Application Lubricant or Fluid
A Engine
Honda Motor Oil: P/N 08798-9023 (5W-20)
Look for the API certification seal on the oil
container. Make sure it says "For Gasoline Engines."
SAE viscosity: See chart.
B
Automatic
transmission
Honda Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF-Z1):
P/N 08200-9001
Always use Honda ATF-Z1. Using a non-Honda
ATF can affect shift quality.
C
Brake system
(including ABS line)
Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid: P/N 08798-9008
Always use Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a
non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and
decrease the life of the system.
D Brake booster clevis Multipurpose Grease
E Battery terminals
F Fuel fill door
G
Hood hinges and hood
latch

H Trunk hinges
I
Rear brake shoe
linkage
Rubber Grease
J
Caliper piston boots,
caliper piston seals,
caliper pins, and boots
Honda Silicone Grease: P/N 08C30-B0234M

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 MAINTENANCE Maintenance - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Identifying API Certification Seal
Recommended Engine Oil
Engine oil viscosity for ambient temperature ranges
Fig. 2: Identifying Engine Oil Viscosity Ranges
K Power steering system
Honda Power Steering Fluid: P/N 08206-9002
Always use Honda Power Steering Fluid. Using any
other type of power steering fluid or automatic
transmission fluid can cause increased wear and
poor steering in cold weather.
L
Air conditioning
compressor
Compressor oil: SP-10 (P/N 38897-P13-A01AH or
38899-P13-A01) for refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a)
MCooling system
Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 P/N
OL999-9001

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Identifying Lubrication Or Fluid Location
MAINTENANCE MINDER
GENERAL INFORMATION
Maintenance Display
The Maintenance Minder is an important feature of the information display. The
Civic GX's onboard computer (PCM) calculates the remaining engine oil life and
automatic transmission fluid life. The system also displays the code for other
scheduled maintenance items needing service.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Identifying Maintenance Display
Service Information
1. The remaining engine oil life (A) is shown as a percentage in the information
display. To see the current engine oil life, turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position, then push and release the SEL/RESET button repeatedly until the
engine oil life displays.
Fig. 5: Information Display - Remaining Engine Oil Life
oil life is 6 % to 15 %, the remaining engine oil life (A) and other scheduled

2008 Honda Civic EX

maintenance item(s) needing service are displayed. The maintenance minder
indicator (B) also comes on when the engine oil life is 15 % or less. To cancel
the display and the indicator, press the SEL/RESET button.
Complete list of maintenance main items (C) (see MAINTENANCE
MAIN ITEMS ).
Complete list of maintenance sub items (D) (see MAINTENANCE SUB
ITEMS ).
Fig. 6: Information Display - Maintenance Main & Sub Items
oil life is 1 % to 5 %, the message "SERVICE" (A) is displayed along with
engine oil life and the same maintenance item code(s).
Fig. 7: Information Display - Remaining Service Oil Life
oil life is 0 %, the engine oil life indicator (A) blinks.
Pressing the SEL/RESET button cancels the display, but the maintenance
minder indicator stays on.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Information Display - 0% Service Engine Oil Life
5. If the indicated maintenance is not done, the engine oil life indicator shows a
negative mileage, for example "-10," on the display.
If the negative mileage is between 0 and -9, the indicator is displayed for only
a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON (II) position. The
negative mileage remains displayed after the vehicle is driven more than 10
miles after 0 % oil life is reached.
This means the indicated maintenance item(s) should have been done more
than 10 miles ago.
Fig. 9: Information Display - Negative Service Engine Oil Life
Resetting the Maintenance Information Display
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position.
2. Press the SEL/RESET button repeatedly until the engine oil life indicator is
displayed.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be stopped to reset the display.
If a required service is done and the display is not reset,
or if the maintenance display is reset without doing the
service, the system will not show the proper
maintenance timing. This can lead to serious
mechanical problems because there will be no accurate
record of when the required maintenance is needed.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Press and release and hold the SEL/RESET button for about 10 seconds. The
engine oil life indicator and the maintenance item code(s) will blink.
4. Press and hold the SEL/RESET button for another 5 seconds. The maintenance
item code(s) will disappear, and the engine oil life will reset to "100."
Fig. 10: Information Display - Reset Engine Oil Life
MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEMS
If the message "SERVICE" does not appear more than 12 months after the display
is reset, change the engine oil every year.
MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEMS REFERENCE
NOTE: If you are resetting the display when the engine oil life
is more than 15 %, make sure any maintenance item(s)
requiring service are done before resetting the display.
NOTE:
Replace the brake fluid every 3 years (Independent of
the maintenance messages in the information display).
Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km).
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2 or 3, only if
they are noisy.
Symbol Maintenance Main Items
A Replace engine oil (see ENGINE OIL
REPLACEMENT )
Engine oil capacity without oil filter: 3.5
L (3.7 US qt).
B Replace engine oil and oil filter (see
ENGINE OIL FILTER
REPLACEMENT )

2008 Honda Civic EX

Engine oil capacity with oil filter: 3.7 L
(3.9 US qt).
Replace fuel filter B element (low
pressure) (see FUEL FILTER B
ELEMENT REPLACEMENT ).
Drain fuel filter A (high pressure) (see
FUEL FILTER A WATER
BLEEDING ).
Inspect front and rear brakes (see
COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ).
Check pads and discs for wear
(thickness), damage, and cracks.
Check calipers for damage, leaks,
and tightness of mounting bolts.
Check the wheel cylinder for leaks.
Check the brake linings for cracking,
glazing, wear or contamination.
Check parking brake adjustment (see
PARKING BRAKE INSPECTION
AND ADJUSTMENT )
Check the number of clicks (8 to 10)
when the parking brake lever is pulled
with 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) of force.
Inspect tie-rod ends, steering gearbox,
and gearbox boots (see STEERING
LINKAGE AND GEARBOX
INSPECTION )
Check rack grease and steering
linkage.
Check boots for damage and leaking
grease.
Check fluid lines for damage and

2008 Honda Civic EX

leaks.
Inspect suspension components (see
FRONT AND REAR SUSPENSION
(INSPECTION) (ALL EXCEPT
HYBRID) )
Check bolts for tightness.
Check condition of ball joint boots
for deterioration and damage.
Inspect driveshaft boots (see
DRIVESHAFT INSPECTION )
Check boots for cracks and boot bands
for tightness.
Inspect brake hoses and lines including
ABS (see BRAKE HOSE AND LINE
INSPECTION )
Check the master cylinder and ABS
modulator-control unit for damage or
leakage.
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of
fluids.
Engine coolant (see COOLANT
CHECK )
Automatic transmission fluid (ATF-
Z1) (see ATF LEVEL CHECK )
Power steering fluid (see FLUID
REPLACEMENT )
Brake fluid (see BRAKE SYSTEM
BLEEDING )
Windshield washer fluid.
Inspect exhaust system
*2
(see
EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER
REPLACEMENT )

2008 Honda Civic EX

MAINTENANCE SUB ITEMS
Fuel tank should be replaced 15 years after manufactured.
If the item number 2 does not appear more than 36 months after the display is
reset, inspect the fuel tank every 3 years.
MAINTENANCE SUB ITEMS REFERENCE
Check catalytic converter heat shields,
exhaust pipes, and muffler for damage,
leaks, and tightness.
Inspect fuel lines and connections
*2
(see
FUEL LINE INSPECTION ).
Check for loose connections, cracks, and
deterioration; retighten loose connections
and replace damaged parts.
NOTE: According to state and federal regulations, failure to do the
maintenance items marked with an asterisk ( * 2) will not
void the customer's emissions warranties. However, Honda
recommends that all maintenance services be done at the
recommended interval, to ensure long-term reliability.
Number Maintenance Sub Items
1 Rotate tires, and check tire inflation and
condition.
Follow the pattern shown in the Owner's
Manual.
2 Replace air cleaner element (see AIR
CLEANER ELEMENT
INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT )
Replace every 15,000 miles (24,000 km), if
the vehicle is driven primarily in dusty
conditions.
Replace dust and pollen filter (see DUST
AND POLLEN FILTER

2008 Honda Civic EX

REPLACEMENT )
Replace the filter at 15,000 miles
(24,000 km) intervals, if the vehicle is
driven primarily in urban areas that
have high concentrations of soot in the
air from industry and diesel-powered
vehicles.
Replace the filter whenever airflow
from the heating and cooling system is
less than normal.
Replace fuel filter A element (high
pressure) (see FUEL FILTER A
REPLACEMENT ).
Inspect fuel tank (see FUEL TANK
INSPECTION ).
Inspect valve clearance (cold) (see VALVE
CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT )
Intake: 0.18-0.22 mm (0.007-0.009 in.),
Exhaust: 0.23-0.27 mm (0.009-0.011 in.).
Inspect drive belt (see DRIVE BELT
INSPECTION )
Look for cracks and damage, then check the
position of the drive belt auto-tensioner
indicator.
3 Replace automatic transmission fluid (see
ATF REPLACEMENT )
Capacity: 2.4 L (2.5 US qt); use Honda
ATF-Z1.
4 Replace spark plugs (see SPARK PLUG
INSPECTION ).
Use IFR7F8DS (NGK).
5 Replace engine coolant (see COOLANT
REPLACEMENT )

2008 Honda Civic EX

Capacity (including the reservoir): 5.3 L
(1.40 US gal); use Honda Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Manual Transmission (SPFM) 5-Speed) - Civic
5-SPEED MANUAL TRANSMISSION
SPECIAL TOOLS
Fig. 1: Identifying 5-Speed Manual Transmission Special Tools
REVERSE LOCKOUT SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

2008 Honda Civic LX
2006-08 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission (SPFM) 5-Speed) - Civic

2008 Honda Civic LX

The reverse lockout system prevents mis-shifting from 5th gear to reverse.
Fig. 2: Identifying Reverse Lockout System Prevents Mis-Shifting From 5Th
Gear To Reverse
Shifting to 5th gear or reverse gear
When the shift lever is moved to the 5th gear-reverse plane, the shift piece pushes
and turns the reverse lock cam. When the shift lever is shifted to 5th gear or reverse,
the shift fork moves and completes the gear change. When the shift to 5th gear or
reverse is completed, the reverse lock cam is turned back to a neutral position by
the return spring.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 3: Identifying 5th Gear Or Reverse Gear Position
Shifting from 5th gear to reverse
When shifting out of 5th gear, the shift piece is stopped by the notch in the reverse
lock cam, thus preventing a mis-shift from 5th gear to reverse.
Fig. 4: Identifying Reverse Lock Cam
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Symptom Probable cause(s) Diagnostic procedure
Hard to shift 1. 1st synchro ring
Check the 1st synchro ring (see

2008 Honda Civic LX

into 1st gear defective. SYNCHRO SLEEVE AND HUB
INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
2. 1st/2nd synchro
sleeve and hub
defective.
Check the 1st/2nd synchro sleeve and
hub (see SYNCHRO SLEEVE AND
HUB INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
3. 1st gear defective.
Check 1st gear (see SYNCHRO
SLEEVE AND HUB INSPECTION
AND REASSEMBLY ).
4. Change lever
assembly defective.
Check the change lever assembly (see
CHANGE LEVER ASSEMBLY
Hard to shift
into 2nd gear
1. 2nd synchro ring
defective.
Check the 2nd synchro ring (see
SYNCHRO SLEEVE AND HUB
INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
2. 1st/2nd synchro
sleeve and hub
defective.
HUB INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
3. 2nd gear
defective.
Check 2nd gear (see SYNCHRO
AND REASSEMBLY ).
4. Change lever
assembly defective.
Hard to shift
into 3rd gear
1. 3rd synchro ring
defective.
Check the 3rd synchro ring (see
INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
2. 3rd/4th synchro
sleeve and hub
Check the 3rd/4th synchro sleeve and

2008 Honda Civic LX

defective. HUB INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
3. 3rd gear
defective.
Check 3rd gear (see SYNCHRO
AND REASSEMBLY ).
4. Change lever
assembly defective.
Hard to shift
into 4th gear
1. 4th synchro ring
defective.
Check the 4th synchro ring (see
INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
2. 3rd/4th synchro
sleeve and hub
defective.
HUB INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
3. 4th gear
defective.
Check 4th gear (see SYNCHRO
AND REASSEMBLY ).
4. Change lever
assembly defective.
Hard to shift
into 5th gear
1. 5th synchro ring
defective.
INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
2. 5th synchro
sleeve defective.
3. 5th gear
defective.
Check the 5th synchro sleeve and hub
(see SYNCHRO SLEEVE AND
HUB INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
4. Change lever
assembly defective.
Check 5th gear (see SYNCHRO
AND REASSEMBLY ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Hard to shift
into reverse
1. Reverse shift fork
defective.
Check the reverse shift fork (see
REVERSE SHIFT FORK
CLEARANCE INSPECTION ).
2. Reverse idler gear
defective.
Check the reverse idler gear (see
REVERSE SHIFT FORK
3. Reverse gear
defective.
Check reverse gear.
4. Change lever
assembly defective.
5. Reverse lockout
system defective.

Check the reverse lockout system.
Noise from
the
transmission
1. Low transmission
fluid level.
2. Worn or damaged
transmission gears.
Check the transmission fluid level (see
TRANSMISSION FLUID
INSPECTION AND
REPLACEMENT ).
3. Worn or damaged
transmission
bearings.
Check the transmission gears.
Check the transmission bearings.
Shift lever
does not
operate
smoothly
1. Shift cable
defective.
Check the change wires.
2. Joint in shift
cable and
transmission or
body.
Check joint in the change wires (see
GEARSHIFT MECHANISM
REPLACEMENT ).
Transmission
jumps out of
gear
1. Detent ball
springs defective.
Check the detent ball springs.
2. Worn synchro
teeth.
Check the synchro teeth.

2008 Honda Civic LX

TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the filler plug (A) and washer (B), check the condition of the fluid,
and make sure it is at the proper level (C).
Fig. 5: Identifying Filler Plug And Washer
3. If the fluid is dirty, remove the drain plug (A), and drain it.
Fig. 6: Identifying Drain Plug (With Torque Specifications)
4. Install the drain plug with a new washer, and refill the transmission fluid to the
proper level.
Fluid Capacity
1.4 L (1.5 US qt) at fluid change
1.6 L (1.7 US qt) at overhaul

2008 Honda Civic LX

Always use Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF). Using engine oil can
cause stiffer shifting because it does not contain the proper additives.
5. Install the filler plug (B) with a new washer.
6. If the maintenance minder required to replace the fluid, reset the maintenance
minder (see MAINTENANCE MINDER ). If it did not, select BODY
ELECTRICAL, GAUGES, ADJUSTMENT, MAINTENANCE MINDER,
RESET, MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM 3 with the HDS.
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH TEST
1. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector (A).
Fig. 7: Identifying Back-Up Light Switch Connector (With Torque
Specifications)
2. Check for continuity between the back-up light switch 2P connector terminals
No. 1 and No. 2. There should be continuity when the change lever is only in
reverse.
3. If necessary, replace the back-up light switch. Install the new washer and back-
up light switch on the transmission housing.

2008 Honda Civic LX

1.8 Support eyelet 07AAK-SNAA400
1.8 Support bolt 07AAK-SNAA500
Engine support hanger, A & Reds AAR-T-12566 *
Subframe adapter VSB02C000016 *
* These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
program.
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio unit and or the navigation
system, then write down the audio presets.
cable.
6. Remove the harness clips (A) and the intake air duct (B), then remove the
battery base (C) with the coolant reservoir (D).
Fig. 8: Identifying Harness Clips And Intake Air Duct

2008 Honda Civic LX

7. Remove the clutch line bracket (A), then carefully remove the slave cylinder
(B) to avoid bending the clutch line.
Fig. 9: Identifying Clutch Line Bracket And Slave Cylinder
8. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector (A), then remove the engine
harness cover (B) and the harness clips (C).
Fig. 10: Identifying Back-Up Light Switch Connector And Engine Harness
Cover
NOTE: Do not press the clutch pedal after the slave cylinder
has been removed.

2008 Honda Civic LX

9. Remove the cable bracket (A), then disconnect the cables (B) from the top of
the transmission housing. Carefully remove both cables and the bracket
together to avoid bending the cables.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 11: Identifying Cable Bracket And Cables

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector (A).
Fig. 12: Identifying Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector
11. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), and install support eyelet (B)
behind the breather pipe (C) and down to the threaded hole (D) on the cylinder
head.
Fig. 13: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Bracket And Support Eyelet

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 14: Identifying Support Eyelet To Cylinder Head
13. Install the front leg assembly (A), hook (B), and wingnut (C) from an A and
hole in the support eyelet (D). Tighten the wingnut by hand to lift and support
the engine/transmission assembly.
Fig. 15: Identifying Front Leg Assembly Hook And Wingnut
14. Remove the upper transmission mounting bolt.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 16: Identifying Upper Transmission Mounting Bolt
15. Remove the transmission mounting bolt (A) and nuts (B), then remove the
ground cable (C). Remove the transmission mounting bracket base bolts (D).
16. Remove the stud bolts (A) and the transmission mounting bracket base (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 18: Identifying Stud Bolts And Transmission Mounting Bracket Base
17. Raise the vehicle, on the lift.
20. Separate the lower arm (see step 6 on DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL ).
21. Remove the stiffner plates (A) and mounting bracket (B) from the steering
gearbox.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 20: Identifying Stiffner Plates And Mounting Bracket
22. Remove the steering line brackets (A) and clip (B).
Fig. 21: Identifying Steering Line Brackets And Clip

2008 Honda Civic LX

23. Remove the middle subframe mounting bolts (A).
Fig. 22: Identifying Subframe Mounting Bolts
24. Remove the lower torque rod mounting bolts.
Fig. 23: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Mounting Bolts
the body (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 24: Locating Subframe Marks
26. Attach the front subframe adapter to the front subframe by wrapping the band
over the front subframe and attaching the end of the band to the front subframe
adapter with the pin (A).
Fig. 25: Attaching Front Subframe Adapter To Front Subframe By
Wrapping Band
27. Raise the jack, and line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on the
corner of the jack base (B), then attach them securely.
28. Remove the front subframe mounting bolts (A) and front subframe (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 26: Identifying Front Subframe Mounting Bolts And Front Subframe
29. Pry the driveshafts inboard joint (see step 8 on DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL ).
30. Remove the intermediate shaft (see INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
REMOVAL ).
31. Remove the clutch cover (A).
Fig. 27: Identifying Clutch Cover
NOTE: Suspend the steering gearbox with an appropriate size
wire.

2008 Honda Civic LX

32. Support the transmission with the transmission jack.
33. Remove the lower transmission mounting bolts.
Fig. 28: Identifying Lower Transmission Mounting Bolts
34. Pull the transmission away from the engine until the transmission mainshaft
clears the clutch pressure plate.
35. Slowly lower the transmission about 150 mm (6 in.) Check once again that all
hoses and electrical wiring are disconnected and free from the transmission,
then lower it all the way.
36. Remove the release fork boot (A) from the clutch housing (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 29: Identifying Release Fork Boot From Clutch Housing
37. Remove the release fork (C) from the clutch housing by squeezing the release
fork set spring (D) with pliers. Remove the release bearing (E).
Engine support hanger, A & Reds AAR-T-12566*
Subframe adapter VSB02C000016 *
2006 Civic engine hanger *
* : These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
program.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Make sure the two dowel pins (A) are installed in the clutch housing.
Fig. 31: Identifying Dowel Pins
3. Install the release fork, the release bearing, and the boot (see step 4 on
MODEL) ).
4. Place the transmission on the transmission jack, and raise it to the engine level.
5. Install the lower transmission mounting bolts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 32: Identifying Lower Transmission Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
6. Install the clutch cover.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 33: Identifying Clutch Cover (With Torque Specifications)
7. Install the intermediate shaft (see INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
INSTALLATION ).
8. Install the driveshaft inboard joint (see DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION ).
9. Support the front subframe with the front subframe adapter and a jack.
Fig. 34: Identifying Driveshaft Inboard Joint
10. Install the front subframe (A). Loosely install the new subframe mounting bolts
(B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 35: Installing Front Subframe (With Torque Specifications)
Fig. 36: Aligning Front Subframe Marks
12. Install the lower torque rod mounting bolts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 37: Installing Lower Torque Rod Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
13. Install the middle subframe mounting bolts.
Fig. 38: Identifying Subframe Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
14. Install the steering gearbox stiffner plates (A) and mounting bracket (B).
Tighten the mounting bolts to the specified torque.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 39: Installing Steering Gearbox Stiffner Plates (With Torque
Specifications)
15. Install the steering line bracket (A) and the clip (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 40: Identifying Steering Line Bracket And Clip (With Torque
Specifications)
16. Connect the lower arm (see step 7 on DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION ).
18. Install the transmission mounting bracket base (A) and stud bolts (B).
Fig. 41: Identifying Transmission Mounting Bracket Base And Stud Bolts

2008 Honda Civic LX

19. Install the transmission mounting bracket bolts (A). Install the transmission
mounting bolt (B) and nuts (C), then install the ground cable (D).
Fig. 42: Identifying Transmission Mounting Bracket Bolts And Nuts (With
21. Loosen and retighten the lower torque rod mounting bolt.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Specifications)
Fig. 44: Locating Splash Shield

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 45: Tightening Upper Torque Rod Mounting Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
26. Install the upper transmission mounting bolts.
Fig. 46: Installing Upper Transmission Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
27. Remove the engine hanger and support eyelet (A) from the engine.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 47: Identifying Engine Hanger And Support Eyelet (With Torque
Specifications)
28. Install the air cleaner housing bracket (B) on the cylinder head.
29. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector (A).
Fig. 48: Locating Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector
30. Apply a light coat of super high temp urea grease (P/N 08798-9002) to the
cable ends (A), and the surface of the cable end rubber (B) with silicone
grease.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 49: Identifying Area For Applying Super High Temp Urea Grease

2008 Honda Civic LX

31. Install the cable bracket (C) and the cables (D), then install the new cotter pins
(E).
32. Connect the back-up light switch connector (A), then install the engine harness
cover (B) and the harness clips (C).
Fig. 50: Identifying Back-Up Light Switch Connector (With Torque
Specifications)
33. Apply super high temp urea grease (P/N 08798-9002) to the end of the slave
cylinder rod. Install the slave cylinder (A) then install the clutch line bracket
(B). Be careful not to bend the clutch line.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 51: Identifying Area For Applying Super High Temp Urea Grease
34. Install the battery base (A) with the coolant reservoir (B).
Fig. 52: Identifying Battery Base With Coolant Reservoir (With Torque
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic LX

35. Install the harness clips (C) and the intake air duct (D).
37. Install the battery. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals. Connect the
positive cable to the battery first, then connect the negative cable, and apply
multipurpose grease to prevent corrosion.
REPLACEMENT ).
40. Check the change lever and the clutch operation.
41. Check the front wheel alignment (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
42. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio unit or the navigation system, then enter
the audio presets. Set the clock.
43. Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE
POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ).
TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY
Exploded View - Clutch Housing

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 53: Exploded View Of Clutch Housing (With Torque Specifications)
Exploded View - Transmission Housing

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 54: Exploded View Of Transmission Housing (With Torque
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A) and the harness bracket (B).
2. Remove the detent bolts (A), springs (B) and steel balls (C).
Fig. 56: Identifying Detent Bolts, Springs And Steel Balls
3. Remove the 20 mm bolt (D) and 20 mm washer (E).
4. Remove the change lever assembly (A) and the 8x10 mm dowel pins (B).
NOTE: Place the clutch housing on two pieces of wood thick
enough to keep the mainshaft from hitting the workbench.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 57: Identifying Change Lever Assembly
5. Remove the transmission hanger (A) and back-up light switch (B).
Fig. 58: Identifying Transmission Hanger And Back-Up Light Switch
6. Remove the drain plug (A), filler plug (B) and the output shaft (countershaft)
speed sensor (C), then remove the O-ring (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 59: Identifying Drain Plug And Filler Plug
7. Remove the 8 mm flange bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps.
Fig. 60: Identifying Flange Bolts In Crisscross Pattern
8. Remove the 32 mm sealing cap (A). A,

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 61: Identifying Sealing Cap
9. Expand the 69 mm snap ring (B) on the countershaft ball bearing, and remove
it from the groove using a pair of snap ring pliers.
10. Remove the transmission housing (C) and the two 14 x 20 mm dowel pins (D).
11. Remove the reverse shift fork.
Fig. 62: Identifying Reverse Shift Fork
12. Remove the reverse idler gear (A) and reverse gear shaft (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 63: Identifying Reverse Idler Gear And Reverse Gear Shaft
13. Apply tape to the mainshaft splines to protect the seal, then remove the
mainshaft assembly (A) and countershaft assembly (B) with the shift forks (C)
from the clutch housing (D).
Fig. 64: Identifying Area For Applying Tape To Mainshaft Splines To
Protect Seal
14. Remove the 36 mm spring washer (E) and 26 mm washer (F).

2008 Honda Civic LX

15. Remove the differential assembly (A) and magnet (B).
Fig. 65: Identifying Spring Washer
16. Remove the oil gutter plate (A), 52 x 62 mm shim (B), and oil guide plate M.
Fig. 66: Identifying Oil Gutter Plate
REVERSE SHIFT FORK CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Measure clearance between the reverse idler gear (A) and the reverse shift fork

2008 Honda Civic LX

(B) with a feeler gauge (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go
to step 2.
Standard: 0.20-0.60 mm (0.007-0.024 in.)
Fig. 67: Measuring Clearance Between Reverse Idler Gear And Reverse
Shift Fork
2. Measure width of the reverse shift fork.
If the width is not within the standard, replace the reverse shift fork.
If the width is within the standard, replace the reverse idler gear.
Standard: 14.7-14.9 mm (0.579-0.587 in.)
Fig. 68: Identifying Width Of Reverse Shift Fork
CHANGE LEVER ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY

2008 Honda Civic LX

Exploded View
Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply MTF to
any contact surface.
Fig. 69: Exploded View Of Change Lever Assembly (With Torque
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Attachment, 24 x 26 mm 07746-0010700
Driver 07749-0010000
1. Remove the breather cap (A), detent bolt (B), washer (C), spring (D), and steel
ball (E). Remove the detent bolt (F).
Fig. 70: Identifying Breather Cap, Detent Bolt And Washer (With Torque
Specifications)
2. Remove the special bolt (A) and spring washer (B).
Fig. 71: Identifying Bolt And Spring Washer (With Torque Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Remove the shift lever (C) and shift arm (D) from the shift arm cover (E).
4. Remove the oil seal (F).
5. Remove the spring pin (A) from the select lever (B).
Fig. 72: Identifying Shift Lever And Shift Arm From Shift Arm Cover
6. Remove the select lever from the shift arm cover (C), then remove the shift
piece (D) and the interlock (E).
7. Remove the oil seal (F).
8. Remove the reverse lock cam (A).
NOTE: Install the spring pin into the interlock with the groove
of the spring pin at the angle shown.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 73: Identifying Select Lever From Shift Arm Cover (With Torque
Specifications)
Fig. 74: Installing Oil Seal
SHIFT ARM CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Measure clearance between the shift arm (A) and shift piece (B) with a feeler
gauge (C). If the clearance exceeds the service limit, go to step 2.
Standard: 0.20-0.61 mm (0.008-0.024 in.)
NOTE: Install the oil seal (A) using the attachment, 24 x 26 mm
(B) and driver (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 75: Measuring Clearance Between Shift Arm And Shift Piece
2. Measure groove of the shift piece.
If the groove is not within the standard, replace the shift piece.
If the groove is within the standard, replace the shift arm.
Standard: 16.00-16.20 mm (0.630-0.638 in.)
Fig. 76: Identifying Groove Of Shift Piece
SHIFT FORK CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Measure clearance between each shift fork (A) and its matching synchro sleeve
(B). If the clearance exceeds the service limit, go to step 2.
NOTE: The synchro sleeve and synchro hub should be replaced as
a set.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Standard: 0.35-0.65 mm (0.014-0.026 in.)
Fig. 77: Measuring Clearance Between Shift Fork And Matching Synchro
Sleeve
2. Measure thickness of the shift fork fingers.
If the thickness is not within the standard, replace the shift fork.
If the thickness is within the standard, replace the synchro sleeve and
synchro hub as a set.
Standard:
1st/2nd shift fork: 6.7-6.9 mm (0.26-0.27 in.)
3rd/4th, 5th shift fork: 7.4-7.6 mm (0.29-0.30 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 78: Identifying Thickness Of Shift Fork Fingers
3. Measure clearance between the shift fork (A) and the shift piece (B). If the
clearance exceeds the standard, go to step 4.
Standard: 0.2-0.5 mm (0.008-0.020 in.)
Fig. 79: Measuring Clearance Between Shift Fork And Shift Piece
4. Measure width of the shift piece.
If the width is not within the standard, replace the shift piece.
If the width is within the standard, replace the shift fork.
Standard: 15.9-16.0 mm (0.626-0.630 in.)
Fig. 80: Identifying Width Of Shift Piece

2008 Honda Civic LX

SHIFT FORK DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply MTF to
any contact surfaces.
Fig. 81: Identifying Shift Fork Assembly
MAINSHAFT ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Support the bearing inner race with an appropriate sized socket (A), and push
down on the mainshaft (B).
NOTE: If replacement is required, always replace the synchro
sleeve and synchro hub as a set.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 82: Identifying Bearing Inner Race
2. Measure clearance between 2nd gear (C) and 3rd gear (D) with a feeler gauge
(E).
If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 3.
If the clearance is within the service limit, go to step 4.
Standard: 0.06-0.21 mm (0.002-0.008 in.)
3. Measure thickness of 3rd gear.
If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 3rd gear.
If the thickness is within the service limit, replace the 3rd/4th synchro hub
and 3rd/4th synchro sleeve as a set.
Standard: 27.02-27.07 mm (1.064-1.066 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 83: Identifying Thickness Of 3rd Gear
4. Measure clearance between 4th gear (A) and the distance collar (B) with a dial
indicator (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 5.
Standard: 0.06-0.19 mm (0.002-0.007 in.)
Fig. 84: Identifying Clearance Between 4th Gear And Distance Collar
5. Measure length (1) of the distance collar as shown
If the length (1) is not within the standard, replace the distance collar.
If the length (1) is within the standard, go to step 6.
Standard: 22.53-22.56 mm (0.887-0.888 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 85: Identifying Length Of Distance Collar
6. Measure thickness of 4th gear.
If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 4th gear.
Standard: 25.52-25.57 mm (1.005-1.007 in.)
Fig. 86: Identifying Thickness Of 4th Gear
7. Measure clearance between the distance collar (A) and 5th gear (B) with a dial
indicator (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 8.
Standard: 0.06-0.14 mm (0.002-0.006 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 87: Identifying Clearance Between Distance Collar And 5th Gear
8. Measure length (1) of the distance collar as shown
Standard: 22.53-22.56 mm (0.887-0.888 in.)
9. Measure thickness of 5th gear.
If the thickness is within the service limit, replace the 5th synchro hub and
5th synchro sleeve as a set.
Standard: 22.42-22.47 mm (0.883-0.885 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Measure length of the MBS distance collar.
If the length is not within the standard, replace the MBS distance collar.
Standard: 24.03-24.08 mm (0.946-0.948 in)
Fig. 90: Identifying Length Of MBS Distance Collar
MAINSHAFT DISASSEMBLY
1. Support 5th gear (A) on steel blocks, and press the mainshaft out of the 5th
synchro hub (B) and ball bearing (C).
NOTE: Do not use a jaw-type puller; it can damage the gear
teeth.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 91: Supporting 5th Gear On Steel Blocks
2. Support 3rd gear (A) on steel blocks, and press the mainshaft out of the 3rd/4th
synchro hub (B).
Fig. 92: Identifying 3rd Gear On Steel Blocks
MAINSHAFT INSPECTION
1. Inspect the gear and bearing contact areas for wear and damage, then measure
the mainshaft at points A, B, C, D, and E. If any part of the mainshaft is less
than the service limit, replace it.
teeth.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Standard:
A. Ball Bearing Contact Area (Transmission Housing Side): 24.987-
25.000 mm (0.9837-0.9843 in.)
B. Distance Collar Contact Area: 28.992-29.005 mm (1.1414-1.1419 in.)
C. Needle Bearing Contact Area: 34.984-35.000 mm (1.3773-1.3780 in.)
D. Ball Bearing Contact Area (Clutch Housing Side): 25.977-25.990 mm
(1.0227-1.0232 in.)
E. Bushing Contact Area: 18.800-18.850 mm (0.7402-0.7421 in.)
Service Limit:
A. 24.93 mm (0.981 in.)
B. 28.93 mm (1.139 in.)
C. 34.93 mm (1.375 in.)
D. 25.92 mm (1.020 in.)
E. 18.75 mm (0.738 in.)
Fig. 93: Identifying Main Shaft
2. Inspect the runout by supporting both ends of the mainshaft. Rotate the
mainshaft two complete turns while measuring with a dial gauge. If the runout
is more than the service limit, replace the mainshaft.
Standard: 0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 94: Identifying Mainshaft Runout
MAINSHAFT REASSEMBLY
Exploded View

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 95: Exploded View Of Mainshaft Reassembly
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300
1. Clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply MTF to all contact surfaces
except the 3rd/4th and 5th synchro hubs.
2. Install the needle bearing and 3rd gear on the mainshaft.
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View, as needed, during this
procedure.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Install the 3rd gear synchro ring and synchro spring on the shaft.
Fig. 96: Installing 3rd Gear Synchro Ring And Synchro Spring On Shaft
4. Install the 3rd/4th synchro hub (A) by aligning the synchro ring fingers (B)
with the grooves in the 3rd/4th synchro hub (C).
5. Install the 3rd/4th synchro hub using the 40 mm I.D. driver (D).
6. Install the 3rd/4th synchro sleeve (A) by aligning the stops (B) of the 3rd/4th
synchro sleeve and 3rd/4th synchro hub. After installing, check the operation
of the 3rd/4th synchro hub set.
Fig. 97: Locating 3rd/4th Synchro Sleeve By Aligning Stops

2008 Honda Civic LX

7. Install the 4th gear synchro spring and synchro ring, 4th gear and needle
bearing, the 4th/5th gear distance collar, and 5th gear and its needle bearing on
the shaft.
8. Install the 5th gear synchro ring and synchro spring on the shaft.
9. Install the 5th synchro hub (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (B).
Fig. 98: Installing 5th Synchro Hub
10. Install the 5th synchro sleeve.
11. Install the MBS distance collar and the tapered cone ring.
12. Install the new angular ball bearing (A) using 40 mm I.D. driver (B) and 30
mm I.D. attachment (C).
Fig. 99: Installing Angular Ball Bearing

2008 Honda Civic LX

COUNTERSHAFT ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Measure clearance between 1st gear (A) and the distance collar (B) with a
feeler gauge (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 2.
Standard: 0.06-0.21 mm (0.002-0.008 in.)
Fig. 100: Measuring Clearance Between 1st Gear And Distance Collar
2. Measure length of the distance collar as shown.
If the length is not within than the standard, replace the distance collar.
If the length is within the standard, go to step 3.
Standard: 21.53-21.58 mm (0.843-0.849 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Measure thickness of 1st gear.
If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 1st gear.
If the thickness is within the service limit, replace the 1st/2nd synchro hub
and reverse gear as a set.
Standard: 27.42-27.47 mm (1.080-1.081 in.)
Fig. 102: Identifying Thickness Of 1st Gear
4. Measure clearance between 2nd gear (A) and 3rd gear (B) with a feeler gauge
(C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 5.
Standard: 0.06-0.14 mm (0.02-0.006 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 103: Measuring Clearance Between 2nd Gear And 3rd Gear
5. Measure length of the distance collar.
If the length is not within the standard, replace the distance collar.
Standard: 26.53-26.56 mm (1.044-1.046 in.)
6. Measure thickness 2nd gear.
If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 2nd gear.
Standard: 26.42-26.47 mm (1.040-1.042 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 105: Identifying Thickness 2nd Gear
COUNTERSHAFT DISASSEMBLY
1. Securely clamp the countershaft assembly in a bench vise with wood blocks.
Fig. 106: Clamping Countershaft Assembly In Bench Vise
2. Remove the special bolt (left-hand threads).
3. Support ball bearing (A) on steel blocks (B), then use a press (C) and an
attachment (D) to press the countershaft out of the ball bearing.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 107: Supporting Ball Bearing On Steel Blocks
4. Remove the 32 mm shim and distance collar.
5. Support 4th gear (A) on steel blocks (B), then use a press (C) and an
attachment (D) to press the countershaft (E) out of 5th gear.
Fig. 108: Supporting 4th Gear On Steel Blocks
6. Support 2nd gear (A) on steel blocks (B), then use a press (C) and an
attachment (D) to press the countershaft (E) out of 3rd gear.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 109: Supporting 2nd Gear On Steel Blocks
7. Support 1st gear (A) on steel blocks (B), then use a press (C) and an
attachment (D) to press the countershaft (E) out of the 1st/2nd synchro hub.
Fig. 110: Supporting 1st Gear On Steel Blocks
COUNTERSHAFT INSPECTION
countershaft at points A, B, and C. If any part of the countershaft is less than
the service limit, replace it.
Standard:
A. Ball Bearing Contact Area (Transmission Housing Side): 26.020-
26.033 mm (1.0244-1.0249 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

B. Distance Collar Contact Area: 38.987-39.000 mm (1.5349-1.5354 in.)
C. Needle Bearing Contact Area (Clutch Housing Side): 34.000-34.015
mm (1.3386-1.3392 in.)
Service Limit:
A. 25.97 mm (1.022 in.)
B. 38.94 mm (1.533 in.)
C. 33.95 mm (1.337 in.)
Fig. 111: Identifying Countershaft
2. Inspect the runout by supporting both ends of the countershaft. Rotate the
countershaft two complete turns while measuring with a dial gauge. If the
runout is more than the service limit, replace the countershaft.
Standard: 0.02 mm (0.001 in.). max

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 112: Checking Countershaft Runout
COUNTERSHAFT REASSEMBLY
Exploded View
Fig. 113: Exploded View Of Countershaft Assembly (With Torque
Specifications)
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Clean all parts in solvent, dry them, and apply MTF to all contact surfaces.
2. Install the distance collar and the needle bearing onto the countershaft.
3. Install the 1st gear synchro ring (A), synchro spring (B) and the friction
damper (C) on the 1st/2nd synchro hub (D).
Fig. 114: Installing 1st Gear Synchro Ring
4. Align the fingers (E) on the friction damper with the grooves (F) on the 1st/2nd
synchro hub, then install the 1st gear (G) onto the 1st/2nd synchro hub.
5. Supporting by hand, turn the 1st/2nd synchro hub side upward, then install the
1st/2nd synchro hub with 1st gear on to the counter shaft.
6. Support the countershaft (A) on steel blocks, then install the 1st/2nd synchro
hub (B) with 1st gear (C) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (D), 30 mm I.D.
attachment (E), and a press (F).
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View, as needed, during this
procedure.
NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum pressure.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 115: Supporting Countershaft On Steel Blocks
7. Install reverse gear, the synchro spring, and the synchro ring on the shaft.
8. Install the distance collar (A) and friction damper (B), by aligning the friction
damper fingers (C) with the 1st/2nd synchro hub grooves (D).
Fig. 116: Identifying Distance Collar And Friction Damper
9. Install the needle bearing and 2nd gear.
10. Support the countershaft (A) on steel blocks, then install 3rd gear (B) using the
40 mm I.D. driver (C) and a press (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 117: Supporting Countershaft On Steel Blocks
11. Install 4th gear (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (B) and a press (C).
Fig. 118: Installing 4th Gear

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 119: Installing 5th Gear
13. Install the distance collar.
14. Install the 32 mm shim and the old ball bearing (A) using the 40 mm I.D.
driver (B), 30 mm I.D. attachment (C), and a press.
Fig. 120: Installing Distance Collar
15. Measure clearance between the old bearing (A) and the 32 mm shim (B) with a
feeler gauge (C).
Standard: 0.04-0.10 mm (0.0016-0.0039 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 121: Measuring Clearance Between Bearing
16. If the clearance is more than the standard, select a new shim from the following
table. If the clearance measured in step 15 is within the standard, replace only
the new ball bearing.
SHIM SPECIFICATION 32 MM
Part Number Thickness
A 23971-RPF-000 1.56 mm (0.061 in.)
B 23972-RPF-000 1.60 mm (0.063 in.)
C 23973-RPF-000 1.64 mm (0.065 in.)
D 23974-RPF-000 1.68 mm (0.066 in.)
E 23975-RPF-000 1.72 mm (0.068 in.)
F 23976-RPF-000 1.76 mm (0.069 in.)
G 23977-RPF-000 1.80 mm (0.071 in.)
H 23978-RPF-000 1.84 mm (0.072 in.)
J 23979-RPF-000 1.88 mm (0.074 in.)
K 23980-RPF-000 1.92 mm (0.076 in.)
L 23981 -RPF-0001.96 mm (0.077 in.)
M 23982-RPF-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
N 23983-RPF-000 2.04 mm (0.080 in.)
P 23984-RPF-000 2.08 mm (0.082 in.)
Q 23985-RPF-000 2.12 mm (0.083 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

17. Support ball bearing (A) on steel blocks (B), then use a press (C) and an
Fig. 122: Supporting Ball Bearing On Steel Blocks
18. If necessary, install the 32 mm shim selected in step 16.
19. Install the new ball bearing (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (B), 30 mm I.D.
attachment (C), and a press, then recheck the clearance.
R 23986-RPF-000 2.16 mm (0.085 in.)
S 23987-RPF-000 2.20 mm (0.087 in.)
T 23988-RPF-000 2.24 mm (0.088 in.)
U 23989-RPF-000 2.28 mm (0.090 in.)
V 23990-RPF-000 2.32 mm (0.091 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 123: Installing Ball Bearing
20. Securely clamp the countershaft assembly in a bench vise with wood blocks
(A).
Fig. 124: Securing Clamp Countershaft Assembly In Bench Vise (With
21. Tighten the new special bolt (B) (left-hand threads).
SYNCHRO SLEEVE AND HUB INSPECTION AND REASSEMBLY
1. Inspect gear teeth on all synchro hubs and synchro sleeves for rounded off

2008 Honda Civic LX

corners, which indicate wear.
2. Install each synchro hub (A) in its mating synchro sleeve (B), and check for
free movement. Make sure to match the three sets of longer teeth (C) (120
degrees apart) on the synchro sleeve with the three sets of deeper grooves (D)
in the synchro hub.
Fig. 125: Inspecting Gear Teeth On Synchro Hubs And Synchro Sleeves
NOTE:
Do not install the synchro sleeve with its longer
teeth in the synchro hub slots (E) because it will
damage the spring ring.
If replacement is required, always replace the
synchro sleeve and synchro hub as a set.

2008 Honda Civic LX

SYNCHRO RING AND GEAR INSPECTION
1. Inspect the inside of each synchro ring (A) for wear. Inspect the teeth (B) on
each synchro ring for wear (rounded off).
Fig. 126: Locating Synchro Ring Teeth
2. Inspect the teeth (A) on each synchro sleeve and matching teeth on each gear
for wear (rounded off).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 127: Locating Synchro Sleeve And Matching Teeth
3. Inspect the thrust surface (A) on each gear hub for wear.
Fig. 128: Locating Thrust Surface On Gear Hub For Wear
4. Inspect the cone surface (B) on each gear hub for wear and roughness.
5. Inspect the teeth on all gears (C) for uneven wear, scoring, and cracks.
6. Coat the cone surface of each gear with MTF, and place its synchro ring on it.
Rotate the synchro ring, making sure that it does not slip.
7. Measure clearance between each gear (A) and its synchro ring (B) all around
the gear. Hold the synchro ring against the gear evenly while measuring
clearance. If the clearance is less than the service limit, replace the synchro
ring and gear.
Synchro Ring-to-Gear Clearance
Standard: 0.655-1.334 mm (0.026-0.053 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 129: Measuring Clearance Between Gear And Synchro Ring
Oil seal driver 07JAD-PL90100
Adjustable bearing puller, 20-40 mm 07736-A01000B
Attachment, 42x47 mm 07746-0010300
Driver 07749-0010000
Slide hammer, 3/8-16 UNF commercially available
1. Remove the ball bearing (A) from the clutch housing (B) using the 20-40 mm
adjustable bearing puller (C) and a commercially available 3/8"-16 UNF slide
hammer (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 130: Removing Ball Bearing From Clutch Housing
2. Remove the oil seal (A) from the clutch side. Be careful when removing the oil
seal so the clutch housing is not damaged.
Fig. 131: Locating Oil Seal From Clutch Side
3. Drive in the new oil seal from the transmission side using the drive (A) and 42
x 47 mm attachment (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 132: Driving Oil Seal From Transmission Side
4. Drive in the new ball bearing from the transmission side using the oil seal
driver (A).
Fig. 133: Driving Ball Bearing From Transmission Side

2008 Honda Civic LX

Slide hammer, 3/8"-16 UNF commercially available
1. Remove the needle bearing (A) using the 20-40 mm adjustable bearing puller
(B) and a commercially available 3/8"-16 UNF slide hammer (D), then remove
oil guide plate C.
Fig. 134: Removing Needle Bearing
2. Position oil guide plate C and new needle bearing (A) in the bore of the clutch
housing (B).
Fig. 135: Installing Needle Bearing

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Install the needle bearing using the oil seal driver (D).
MAINSHAFT THRUST CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT
Mainshaft holder 07GAJ-PG20110
Mainshaft base 07GAJ-PG20130
1. Remove the 52 x 62 mm shim (A) and oil guide plate M from the transmission
housing (B).
Fig. 136: Identifying Shim And Oil Guide Plate
2. Thoroughly clean the 36 mm spring washer (A) and 26 mm washer (B) before
installing them on the clutch housing side ball bearing (C). Note the installation
direction of the spring washer.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Install the 3rd/4th synchro hub, the 4th/5th gear distance collar, the 5th synchro
hub, the MBS distance collar, and angular ball bearing on the mainshaft.
4. Install the mainshaft in the clutch housing.
5. Place the transmission housing over the mainshaft and onto the clutch housing.
6. Tighten the clutch and transmission housings with several 8 mm bolts.
7. Lightly tap on the mainshaft with a plastic hammer.
8. Attach the mainshaft holder (A) and mainshaft base (B) to the mainshaft as
follows:
Backout the mainshaft holder bolt (C), and loosen the two hex bolts (D).
Fit the holder over the mainshaft so its lip is toward the transmission.
Align the mainshaft holder lip around the groove at the inside of the
mainshaft splines, then tighten the hex bolts.
Fig. 138: Identifying Mainshaft Holder And Mainshaft Base
NOTE: Refer to the MAINSHAFT REASSEMBLY EXPLODED
VIEW .
NOTE: It is not necessary to use sealing agent between the
housings for this procedure.

2008 Honda Civic LX

9. Fully seat the mainshaft by tapping its end with a plastic hammer.
10. Thread the mainshaft holder bolt in until it just contacts the wide surface of the
mainshaft base.
11. Zero a dial gauge (A) on the end of the mainshaft.
Fig. 139: Identifying Dial Gauge On End Of Mainshaft
12. Turn the mainshaft holder bolt (B) clockwise; stop turning when the dial gauge
has reached its maximum movement. The reading on the dial gauge is the
amount of mainshaft thrust clearance.
13. If the reading is with in the standard, the clearance is correct. If the reading is
not within the standard, select the appropriate shim needed from the table, and
recheck the thrust clearance.
Standard: 0.11-0.18 mm (0.004-0.007 in.)
(Example)
NOTE: Do not turn the mainshaft holder bolt more than 60
degrees after the needle of the dial gauge stops
moving. Applying more pressure with the mainshaft
holder bolt could damage the transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Measure reading: 1.93 mm (0.0759 in.)
Subtract the total clearance measurement from the middle of the clearance
standard 0.14 mm (0.0055 in.)
1.93 - 0.14 = 1.79 mm (0.0705 in.)
Select the shim closest to the amount calculated, for example the 1.78 mm
(0.0701 in.) shim.
14. With oil guide plate M and the appropriate size shim installed in the
transmission housing, check the thrust clearance again to verify the clearance is
within the standard.
SHIM SPECIFICATION 52 X 62 MM
A 23931-PZ9-000 0.85 mm (0.0335 in.)
B 23932-PZ9-000 0.88 mm (0.0346 in.)
C 23933-PZ9-000 0.91 mm (0.0358 in.)
D 23934-PZ9-000 0.94 mm (0.0370 in.)
E 23935-PZ9-000 0.97 mm (0.0382 in.)
F 23936-PZ9-000 1.00 mm (0.0394 in.)
G 23937-PZ9-000 1.03 mm (0.0406 in.)
H 23938-PZ9-000 1.06 mm (0.0417 in.)
I 23939-PZ9-000 1.09 mm (0.0429 in.)
J 23940-PZ9-000 1.12 mm (0.0441 in.)
K 23941-PZ9-000 1.15 mm (0.0453 in.)
L 23942-PZ9-000 1.18 mm (0.0465 in.)
M 23943-PZ9-000 1.21 mm (0.0476 in.)
N 23944-PZ9-000 1.24 mm (0.0488 in.)
O 23945-PZ9-000 1.27 mm (0.0500 in.)
P 23946-PZ9-000 1.30 mm (0.0512 in.)
Q 23947-PZ9-000 1.33 mm (0.0524 in.)
R 23948-PZ9-000 1.36 mm (0.0535 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

TRANSMISSION REASSEMBLY
S 23949-PZ9-000 1.39 mm (0.0547 in.)
T 23950-PZ9-000 1.42 mm (0.0559 in.)
U 23951-PZ9-000 1.45 mm (0.0571 in.)
V 23952-PZ9-000 1.48 mm (0.0583 in.)
W 23953-PZ9-000 1.51 mm (0.0594 in.)
X 23954-PZ9-000 1.54 mm (0.0606 in.)
Y 23955-PZ9-000 1.57 mm (0.0618 in.)
Z 23956-PZ9-000 1.60 mm (0.0630 in.)
AA 23957-PZ9-000 1.63 mm (0.0642 in.)
AB 23958-PZ9-000 1.66 mm (0.0654 in.)
AC 23959-PZ9-000 1.69 mm (0.0665 in.)
AD 23960-PZ9-000 1.72 mm (0.0677 in.)
AE 23987-PZ9-000 1.75 mm (0.0689 in.)
AF 23988-PZ9-000 1.78 mm (0.0701 in.)
AG 23989-PZ9-000 1.81 mm (0.0713 in.)
AH 23990-PZ9-000 1.84 mm (0.0724 in.)
AI 23991-PZ9-000 1.87 mm (0.0736 in.)
AJ 23992-PZ9-000 1.90 mm (0.0748 in.)
AK 23993-PZ9-000 1.93 mm (0.0760 in.)
AL 23994-PZ9-000 1.96 mm (0.0772 in.)
AM 23995-PZ9-000 1.99 mm (0.0783 in.)
AN 23996-PZ9-000 2.02 mm (0.0795 in.)
AO 23997-PZ9-000 2.05 mm (0.0807 in.)
AP 23998-PZ9-000 2.08 mm (0.0819 in.)
AQ 23999-PZ9-000 2.11 mm (0.0831 in.)
NOTE:
Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry
them, and apply MTF to any contact surfaces.
Place the clutch housing on two pieces of wood thick
enough to keep the mainshaft from hitting the

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Install the magnet (A) and differential assembly (B).
Fig. 140: Identifying Magnet And Differential Assembly
2. Install the 36 mm spring washer (A) and 26 mm washer (B) over the ball
bearing (C). Note the installation direction of the spring washer.
3. Apply tape on the mainshaft (D) spline to protect the seal. Install the mainshaft
workbench.

2008 Honda Civic LX

assembly and countershaft assembly (E) into the shift forks (F), and install
them as an assembly.
4. Install the reverse idler gear (A) and the reverse gear shaft (B).
5. Install the reverse shift fork.
Fig. 143: Identifying Reverse Shift Fork (With Torque Specifications)
6. Select the proper size 52 x 62 mm shim (A) according to the measurements
made during the Mainshaft Thrust Clearance Adjustment (see MAINSHAFT
THRUST CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ). Install the oil gutter plate (B),
oil guide plate M, and the 52 x 62 mm shim into the transmission housing (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 144: Identifying Oil Gutter Plate
7. Clean any dirt or oil from the transmission housing sealing surface.
8. Apply liquid gasket (P/IM 08718-0002) evenly to the mating surface of the
transmission housing and clutch housing. Install the component within 5
minutes of applying the liquid gasket.
Fig. 145: Identifying Liquid Gasket
NOTE:
If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the
component must be installed within 4 minutes.
If too much time has passed after applying the
liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket residue,
then reapply new liquid gasket.

2008 Honda Civic LX

9. Install the two 14 x 20 mm dowel pins (A).
Fig. 146: Identifying Dowel Pins
Fig. 147: Identifying Snap Ring Groove Dimension
10. Set the tapered cone ring (B) as shown. Place the transmission housing over the
clutch housing, being careful to line up the shafts.
11. Lower the transmission housing the rest of the way as you expand the 69 mm
snap ring (C). Release the snap ring so it seats in the groove of the countershaft
bearing.
12. Make sure the 69 mm snap ring is securely seated in the groove of the

2008 Honda Civic LX

countershaft bearing.
Dimension (1) as installed: 3.3-6.5 mm (0.13-0.25 in.)
13. Apply liquid gasket (P/N 08718-0002) evenly to the threads of the 32 mm
sealing cap (D), and install it on the transmission housing. Install the
component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket.
14. Install the 8 mm flange bolts finger-tight.
Fig. 148: Identifying Flange Bolts Finger-Tight
15. Tighten the 8 mm flange bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps.
Specified Torque:
8x1.25 mm
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

27 N.m (2.8 kgf.m, 20 lbf.ft)
Fig. 149: Identifying Tightening Flange Bolts In Crisscross Pattern
16. Clean any dirt or oil from the change lever assembly sealing surface.
17. Apply liquid gasket (P/N 08718-0002) evenly to the mating surface of the
change lever assembly and the transmission housing. Install the component
within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket.
NOTE:
Allow it to cure at least 30 minutes after assembly
before filling the transmission with MRF.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 150: Identifying Liquid Gasket
18. Install the 8x14 mm dowel pins (A) and change lever assembly (B).
Fig. 151: Identifying Dowel Pins And Change Lever Assembly (With
19. Install the drain plug (A), output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (B), and new
O-ring (C). Install the filler plug (D) finger-tight.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 152: Identifying Drain Plug And Output Shaft (With Torque
Specifications)
20. Install the steel balls, the springs, and the detent bolts (A) with new washers
(B).
Fig. 153: Identifying Detent Bolts Springs And Steel Balls (With Torque
Specifications)
21. Install the 20 mm bolt (C) and new 20 mm washer (D).
22. Install the new 18 mm washer (A), the back-up light switch (B), and the

2008 Honda Civic LX

transmission hanger (C).
Fig. 154: Identifying Washer And Back-Up Light Switch (With Torque
Specifications)
23. Install the air cleaner housing bracket (A) and the harness bracket (B).
Fig. 155: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Bracket (With Torque
Specifications)
GEARSHIFT MECHANISM REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 156: Identifying Gearshift Mechanism (With Torque Specifications)
M/T DIFFERENTIAL

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 157: Identifying M/T Differential Component Location Index
BACKLASH INSPECTION
1. Place the differential assembly on V-blocks (A), and install the intermediate
shaft (B) and the left driveshaft (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 158: Placing Differential Assembly On V-Blocks
2. Measure backlash of both pinion gears (D) with a dial indicator (E). If the
backlash is not within the standard, replace the differential carrier.
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, FINAL DRIVEN GEAR REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the bolts (left-hand threads) in a crisscross pattern in several steps,
then remove the final driven gear (A) from the differential carrier (B).
Fig. 159: Identifying Driven Gear From Differential Carrier (With Torque
Specifications)
2. Install the final driven gear with the chamfer on the inside diameter facing the
carrier. Tighten the bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Special Tool Required
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
1. Check the carrier bearings for wear and rough rotation. If they rotate smoothly
and their rollers show no signs of wear, the bearings are OK.
2. Remove the carrier bearings (A) with a commercially available bearing puller
(B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Install the new bearings (A) with the 40 mm I.D. driver (B) and a press. Press
on each bearing until it bottoms. There should be no clearance between the
bearings and the carrier.
NOTE: Place the seal (C) part of the bearing towards the
outside of the differential, and install it.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Oil seal driver attachment 07NAD-P20A100
Driver 07749-0010000
1. Remove the oil seal (A) from the transmission housing (B).
Fig. 162: Identifying Oil Seal From Transmission Housing
2. Remove the oil seal (A) from the clutch housing (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 163: Identifying Oil Seal From Clutch Housing
3. Install the new oil seal in the transmission housing with the driver (A) and oil
seal driver attachment (B).
Fig. 164: Identifying Oil Seal In Transmission Housing With Driver
4. Install the new oil seal in the clutch housing with the oil seal driver (A).
Fig. 165: Installing Oil Seal In Clutch Housing With Oil Seal Driver
DIFFERENTIAL THRUST CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT
Special Tool Required

2008 Honda Civic LX

Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
1. If you removed the 80 mm shim from the transmission housing, reinstall the
same size shim.
Fig. 166: Identifying Transmission Housing Shim
2. Install the differential assembly into the clutch housing.
Fig. 167: Identifying Differential Assembly Into Clutch Housing
3. Install the transmission housing onto the clutch housing, then tighten the 8 mm

2008 Honda Civic LX

flange bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps (see step 15 ).
Specified Torque
8x1.25 mm
27 N.m (2.8 kgf.m, 20 lbf.ft)
4. Use the 40 mm I.D. driver (A) to bottom the differential assembly in the clutch
housing.
Fig. 168: Installing Differential Assembly In Clutch Housing
5. Measure clearance between 80 mm shim and bearing outer race in transmission
housing.
Standard: 0-0.10 mm (0-0.0039 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 169: Measuring Clearance Between Shim And Bearing Outer Race In
Transmission Housing
6. If the clearance is more than the standard, select a new 80 mm shim from the
following table. If the clearance measured in step 5 is within the standard, go to
step 9.
SHIM SPECIFICATION 80 MM
A 41441-PL3-B00 1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
B 41442-PL3-B00 1.1 mm (0.043 in.)
C 41443-PL3-B00 1.2 mm (0.047 in.)
D 41444-PL3-B00 1.3 mm (0.051 in.)
E 41445-PL3-B00 1.4 mm (0.055 in.)
F 41446-PL3-B00 1.5 mm (0.059 in.)
G 41447-PL3-B00 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
H 41448-PL3-B00 1.7 mm (0.067 in.)
J 41449-PL3-B00 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)
K 41450-PL3-B001.05 mm (0.041 in.)
L 41451-PL3-B001.15 mm (0.045 in.)
M41452-PL3-B001.25 mm (0.049 in.)
N 41453-PL3-B001.35 mm (0.053 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

7. Remove the bolts and transmission housing.
8. Replace the thrust shim selected in step 6, then recheck the clearance.
9. Reinstall the transmission housing.
P 41454-PL3-B001.45 mm (0.057 in.)
Q 41455-PL3-B001.55 mm (0.061 in.)
R 41456-PL3-B001.65 mm (0.065 in.)
S 41457-PL3-B001.75 mm (0.069 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Manual Transmission (6-Speed)(Except Hybrid) - Civic
6-SPEED MANUAL TRANSMISSION
SPECIAL TOOLS

2008 Honda Civic LX
2006-08 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission (6-Speed)(Except Hybrid) - Civic

2008 Honda Civic LX

REVERSE LOCKOUT SYSTEM
How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the ECM Connectors
Fig. 2: Identifying Cover
3. Lift up the under-hood fuse/relay box (D).
NOTE: The ECM overwrites data and monitors the EVAP system
for up to 15 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to
OFF. Jumping the SCS line after turning the ignition switch
to LOCK (0) cancels this function. Disconnecting the ECM
during this function, without jumping the SCS line first, can
damage the ECM.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 3: Identifying Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box And ECM Connectors
4. Remove the coolant reservoir (E). Disconnect ECM connectors A, B, and C.
5. When diagnosis/troubleshooting is done at the ECM connector, use the
terminal test port (A) above the terminal you need to check.
Fig. 4: Identifying Terminal Test Port
6. Connect one side of the patch cord (A) terminals to a commercially available
digital multimeter (B), and connect the other side of the patch cord terminals to
a commercially available banana jack (Pomona Electronics Tool No. 3563 or
equivalent) (C).
NOTE: ECM connectors A, B and C have a symbols (A = [], B =
triangle symbol , C = o) embossed on them for
identification.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 5: Connecting Patch Cord Terminals To Digital Multimeter
7. Gently contact the pin probe (male) at the terminal test port from the terminal
side. Do not force the tips into the terminals.
NOTE:
For accurate results, always use the pin probe
(male).
To prevent damage to the connector terminals, do
not insert test equipment probes, paper clips, or
other substitutes as they can damage the terminals.
Damaged terminals cause a poor connection and an
incorrect measurement.
Do not puncture the insulation on a wire. Punctures
can cause poor or intermittent electrical
connections.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 6: Identifying Reverse Lockout System Component Location Index
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
At a vehicle speed of 12 mph (20 km/h) or more, the ECM receives a signal from
the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and activates the reverse lockout
solenoid, which pushes select lock cam B into the locked position. As a result, the
select lever can not rotate to the reverse select position, making it impossible to
engage reverse gear. At a vehicle speed of 9 mph (15 km/h) or less, the signal from
the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor is interrupted, the ECM turns off the
reverse lockout solenoid. The select lock return spring pulls back select lock cam B,
enabling the select lever to move freely so the reverse gear can be selected.
VEHICLE SPEED CHART
Vehicle speed Inhibitor Reverse selection
Above 12 mph (20 km/h) ON Not allowed
Below 9 mph (15 km/h) OFF Allowed
Ignition switch LOCK (0) OFF Allowed

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 7: Reverse Lockout System Diagram
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 8: Reverse Lockout System - Circuit Diagram
CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
Is the fuse OK?

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Replace the fuse, and recheck.
2. Start the engine, and check the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL).
Does the MIL come on?
YES -Troubleshoot the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ), and recheck.
NO -Go to step 3.
4. Shift into reverse.
Can you shift the transmission into reverse?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Repair the transmission, and recheck.
5. Raise the vehicle on the lift, make sure it is securely supported, and allow the
front wheels to rotate freely.
6. Start the engine. With the vehicle moving slowly (vehicle speed below 9 mph
(15 km/h), shift the transmission into reverse, but do not release the clutch
pedal.
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), then go to step 20.
7. Shift the transmission into 1st gear, and lightly press the throttle until the
speedometer reads above 12 mph (20 km/h). Try to the shift the transmission
into reverse.

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time.
9. Disconnect the reverse lockout solenoid 2P connector (A).
Fig. 9: Identifying Reverse Lockout Solenoid 2P Connector
11. Measure the voltage between the reverse lockout solenoid 2P connector
Fig. 10: Measuring Voltage Between Reverse Lockout Solenoid 2P

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES -Go to step 12.
NO -Check for loose terminals or poor connections at connector. If the
connections are OK, repair open or short in the wire between No. 3 (10 A) fuse
in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the reverse lockout solenoid.
13. Remove the reverse lockout solenoid (see REVERSE LOCKOUT
SOLENOID TEST ).
14. At the reverse lockout solenoid side, connect the reverse lockout solenoid 2P
connector terminal No.2 to the battery positive terminal, and connect the
terminal No. 1 to the battery negative terminal. Make sure the reverse lockout
solenoid works.
Fig. 11: Connecting Reverse Lockout Solenoid 2P Connector Terminal To
Battery Positive Terminal
Does the reverse lockout solenoid work properly?
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Replace the reverse lockout solenoid (see REVERSE LOCKOUT
SOLENOID TEST ).
15. Reinstall the reverse lockout solenoid, and reconnect the reverse lockout
solenoid 2P connector.

2008 Honda Civic LX

19. Measure the voltage between ECM connector A27 and body ground.
Fig. 12: Measuring Voltage Between ECM Connector Terminals A27 And
Body Ground
YES -Check for loose terminals or poor connections at ECM connector A
(44P). If necessary, update the ECM if it does not have the latest software (see
UPDATING THE ECM ), or substitute a known-good ECM (see
SUBSTITUTING THE ECM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes
away with a known-good ECM, replace the original ECM (see ECM
REPLACEMENT ).
NO -Repair open in the wire between the reverse lockout solenoid and ECM
(A27).
22. Disconnect the reverse lockout solenoid 2P connector.
23. Check for continuity between the reverse lockout solenoid 2P connector

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 13: Checking Continuity Between Reverse Lockout Solenoid 2P
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the reverse lockout
solenoid and the ECM (A27).
NO -Update the ECM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING
REVERSE LOCKOUT SOLENOID TEST
1. Remove the reverse lockout solenoid (see REVERSE LOCKOUT
SOLENOID TEST ).
2. Connect battery positive terminal to the reverse lockout solenoid 2P connector
No. 2 terminal, and connect the battery negative terminal to the No. 1 terminal.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 14: Connecting Reverse Lockout Solenoid 2P Connector Terminal To
Battery Positive Terminal
3. Make sure the reverse lockout solenoid works. If the reverse lockout solenoid
does not work, replace it.
REVERSE LOCKOUT SOLENOID DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
cable.
5. Remove the battery base (see step 6 ).
6. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, back-up
light switch connector, and reverse lockout solenoid connector (see step 8 ).
7. Carefully remove the shift cables, and cable bracket together to avoid bending
the shift cables (see step 9 ).
8. Remove the three bolts (A) and reverse lockout solenoid (B).
Fig. 15: Identifying Reverse Lockout Solenoid And Bolts
9. Remove the roller (A), the select lock return spring (C), and select lock cam B.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 16: Identifying Roller And Select Lock Return Spring
10. Install the components in the reverse order of removal.
11. Clean any the dirt and oil from the sealing surface.
12. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08718-0001 evenly to the transmission housing
mating surface of the reverse lockout solenoid. Install the component within 5
13. Install the reverse lockout solenoid.
NOTE:
If apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the
liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and
residue, then reapply new liquid gasket.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 17: Identifying Reverse Lockout Solenoid And Bolts
14. Install the cable bracket and shift cables (see step 37 ).
15. Connect the reverse lockout solenoid connector, back-up light switch
connector, and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector (see step
39 ).
16. Install the battery base (see step 41 ).
positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable, and apply
navigation).
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Symptom
Probable cause
Diagnostic procedure

2008 Honda Civic LX

(s)
Hard to shift
into 1st gear
1. 1st synchro
ring
defective.
2. 1st/2nd
synchro
sleeve and
hub
defective.
3. 1st gear
defective.
4. Change lever
assembly
defective.
Check the 1st synchro ring (see
SYNCHRO RING AND GEAR
INSPECTION ).
HUB INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
Check 1st gear (see SYNCHRO RING
AND GEAR INSPECTION ).
Hard to shift
into 2nd gear
1. 2nd synchro
ring
defective.
2. 1st/2nd
synchro
sleeve and
hub
defective.
3. 2nd gear
defective.
4. Change lever
assembly
defective.
Check the 2nd synchro ring (see
INSPECTION ).
HUB INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
Check 2nd gear (see SYNCHRO RING
1. 3rd synchro
ring
defective.
2. 3rd/4th
synchro
sleeve and
Check the 3rd synchro ring (see
INSPECTION ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Hard to shift
into 3rd gear
hub
defective.
3. 3rd gear
defective.
4. Change lever
assembly
defective.
HUB INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
Check 3rd gear (see SYNCHRO RING
Hard to shift
into 4th gear
1. 4th synchro
ring
defective.
2. 3rd/4th
synchro
sleeve and
hub
defective.
3. 4th gear
defective.
4. Change lever
assembly
defective.
INSPECTION ).
HUB INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
Check 4th gear (see SYNCHRO RING
Hard to shift
into 5th gear
1. 5th synchro
ring
defective.
2. 5th/6th
synchro
sleeve
defective.
3. 5th gear
defective.
4. Change lever
assembly
defective.
INSPECTION ).
Check the 5th/6th synchro sleeve and
HUB INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
1. 6th synchro Check the 6th synchro ring (see

2008 Honda Civic LX

Hard to shift
into 6th gear
ring
defective.
2. 5th/6th
synchro
sleeve
defective.
3. 6th gear
defective.
4. Change lever
assembly
defective.
INSPECTION ).
Check the 5th/6th synchro sleeve and
HUB INSPECTION AND
REASSEMBLY ).
Hard to shift
into reverse
1. Reverse shift
fork
defective.
2. Reverse idler
gear
defective.
3. Reverse gear
defective.
4. Change lever
assembly
defective.
5. Reverse
lockout
system
defective.
Check the reverse shift fork (see
REVERSE SHIFT FORK
Check the reverse idler gear (see
REVERSE SHIFT FORK
Check reverse gear.
Check the reverse lockout system (see
Noise from
the
transmission
1. Low
transmission
fluid level.
2. Worn or
damaged
transmission
gears.
Check the transmission fluid level (see
TRANSMISSION FLUID
INSPECTION AND
REPLACEMENT ).
Check the transmission gears.

2008 Honda Civic LX

TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT
1. Raise the vehicle on a lift.
2. Remove the filler plug (A) and sealing washer (B), check the condition of the
fluid, and make sure it is at the proper level (C).
Fig. 18: Identifying Filler Plug And Sealing Washer
3. If the fluid is dirty, remove the drain plug (A), and sealing washer (B) drain it.
3. Worn or
damaged
transmission
bearings.
Check the transmission bearings.
Shift lever
does not
operate
smoothly
1. Shift cable
defective.
2. Joint in shift
cable and
transmission
or body.
Check the shift cables.
Check the joint in the shift cables (see
GEARSHIFT MECHANISM
REPLACEMENT ).
Transmission
jumps out of
gear
1. Detent ball
springs
defective.
2. Worn
synchro
teeth.
Check the detent ball springs.
Check the synchro teeth.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 19: Identifying Drain Plug And Sealing Washer w/Torque Spec.
4. Install the drain plug with a new sealing washer, and refill the transmission
fluid to the proper level.
Fluid Capacity
1.5 L (1.6 US qt) at fluid change
1.7 L (1.8 US qt) at overhaul
Always use Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF). Using engine oil can
cause stiffer shifting because it does not contain the proper additives.
5. Install the filler plug (C) with a new sealing washer (D).
6. If the maintenance minder required to replace the fluid, reset the maintenance
minder (see MAINTENANCE MINDER ).
If it did not reset, select BODY ELECTRICAL, GAUGES, ADJUSTMENT,
MAINTENANCE MINDER, RESET, MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM 3 with
the HDS.
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH TEST
1. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 20: Identifying Back-Up Light Switch Connector w/Torque Spec.
2. Check for continuity between the back-up light switch 2P connector terminals
No. 1 and No. 2. There should be continuity when the change lever is only in
reverse.
3. If necessary, replace the back-up light switch. Apply liquid gasket (P/N 08718-
0001) evenly to the threads of the transmission housing. Install the switch
within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. Tighten the back-up light
switch to the specified torque.
Engine hanger/adapter VSB02C000015
Engine support hanger, A & Reds AAR-T-12566
Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016
2006 Civic engine hanger VSB02C000025
These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

1-888-424-6857.
2. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel (see COWL COVER
REPLACEMENT ).
cable.
6. Remove the harness clips (A) and the intake air duct (B), then remove the
battery base (C) with the coolant reservoir (D).
Fig. 21: Identifying Intake Air Duct And Clips
7. Remove the clutch line bracket (A), then carefully remove the slave cylinder
(B) to avoid bending the clutch line.
NOTE: Do not press the clutch pedal after the slave cylinder

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 22: Identifying Clutch Line Bracket And Slave Cylinder
8. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector (A), the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor connector (B), the reverse lockout solenoid
connector (C), and the harness clips (D).
Fig. 23: Identifying Back-Up Light Switch Connector And Countershaft
Speed Sensor Connector
9. Remove the cotter pins (A) and lock pins (B), shift cable bracket (C), then
disconnect the shift cables (D) from the top of the transmission housing.
Carefully remove both cables and the bracket together to avoid bending the
cables.
has been removed.

2008 Honda Civic LX

'06 model
Fig. 24: Identifying Shift Cable Bracket Cotter Pins And Lock Pins (06
Model)
'07-08 models
Fig. 25: Identifying Shift Cable Bracket Cotter Pins And Lock Pins (07-08

2008 Honda Civic LX

Models)
10. Remove the harness clips (A) from the clutch cable bracket (B) and harness
bracket (C).
Fig. 26: Identifying Clutch Cable Bracket And Clips
11. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A).
12. Remove the engine wire harness cover (A) by lifting up on the lock tab (B),
then slide the harness forward off the air cleaner housing mounting bracket (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 28: Identifying Engine Wire Harness Cover On Lock Tab
13. Attach the engine hanger (A) to the threaded holes in the cylinder head.
Fig. 29: Identifying Engine Hanger
14. Install the front leg assembly (A), hook (B), and wingnut (C) from an A and
hanger. Carefully position the engine hanger on the vehicle, and attach the
hook to the forward hole in the engine hanger/adapter (D). Tighten the wingnut
by hand to lift and support the engine/transmission assembly.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 30: Identifying Front Leg Assembly With Hook And Wingnut
15. Remove the two upper transmission mounting bolts.
Fig. 31: Identifying Upper Transmission Mounting Bolts
16. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box (A) by lifting up on the lock tabs (B),
then move it aside.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 32: Identifying Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box On Lock Tabs
17. Remove the engine control module (ECM) stay (A), then move it aside.
Remove the clutch line clamp (B).
Fig. 33: Identifying Engine Control Module (ECM) Stay And Clutch Line
Clamp
18. Disconnect the ground cable (A), then remove the transmission mount bracket
bolts (B) and nuts (C). Remove the transmission mount bracket (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 34: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket Bolts And Nuts
Fig. 35: Identifying Splash Shield And Bolts
22. Separate the lower arm (see step 5 on DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL ).
23. Remove the stiffner plate (A) and mounting bracket (B) from the steering

2008 Honda Civic LX

gearbox. Disconnect the exhaust mounting rubber (C).
Fig. 36: Identifying Stiffner Plate And Mounting Bracket
24. Remove the stiffner plate (A) and harness clip (B).
Fig. 37: Identifying Stiffner Plate And Harness Clip
25. Remove the front mount mounting bolt (A) and nut (B) then, remove the lower
radiator hose from the front mount bracket.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 38: Identifying Front Mount Mounting Bolt And Nut
26. Remove the front engine mount bracket (A) from the transmission and engine.
Fig. 39: Identifying Front Engine Mount Bracket
27. Remove the lower torque rod mounting bolt.

2008 Honda Civic LX

28. Remove the middle subframe mounting bolts (A).
Fig. 41: Identifying Middle Subframe Mounting Bolts
29. Note the reference marks (A) on both sides of the subframe that lines up with
the body (B).
Fig. 42: Identifying Marks On Both Sides Of Subframe
30. Attach the front subframe adapter to the front subframe by wrapping the band
over the front subframe and attaching the end of the band to the front subframe
adapter with the pin (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 43: Identifying Front Subframe Adapter With Pin
31. Raise the jack, and line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on the
corner of the jack base (B), then attach them securely.
32. Remove the front subframe mounting bolts (A) and front subframe (B).
Fig. 44: Identifying Front Subframe Mounting Bolts
NOTE: Suspend the steering gearbox with an appropriate size
wire.

2008 Honda Civic LX

33. Pry out the driveshafts inboard joint (see step 8 on DRIVESHAFT
REMOVAL ).
34. Remove the intermediate shaft (see INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
REMOVAL ).
35. Remove the clutch cover.
Fig. 45: Identifying Clutch Cover And Bolts
36. Support the transmission with the transmission jack.
37. Remove the transmission mounting bolts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 46: Identifying Transmission Mounting Bolts
38. Pull the transmission away from the engine until the transmission mainshaft
clears the clutch pressure plate.
39. Slowly lower the transmission about 150 mm (6 in). Check once again that all
hoses and electrical wiring are disconnected and free from the transmission,
then lower it all the way.
40. Remove the release fork boot (A) from the clutch housing (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 47: Identifying Release Fork Boot From Clutch Housing
41. Remove the release fork (C) from the clutch housing by squeezing the release
fork set spring (D) with pliers. Remove the release bearing (E).
Engine hanger/adapter VSB02C000015
Engine support hanger, A & Reds AAR-T-12566
Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016
2006 Civic engine hanger VSB02C000025
These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program
1-888-424-6857
2. Make sure the two dowel pins (A) are installed in the clutch housing.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 49: Identifying Dowel Pins In Clutch Housing
3. Install the release fork and the release bearing (see step 35 on PRESSURE
PLATE AND CLUTCH DISC REMOVAL (6-SPEED MODEL) ), then
install the release fork boot (see step 37 on page PRESSURE PLATE AND
CLUTCH DISC REMOVAL (6-SPEED MODEL) ).
4. Place the transmission on the transmission jack, and raise it to the engine level.
5. Install the transmission mounting bolts.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 50: Identifying Transmission Mounting Bolts w/Torque Spec.
6. Install the clutch cover.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 51: Identifying Clutch Cover And Bolts w/Torque Spec.
7. Install the intermediate shaft (see INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
INSTALLATION ).
8. Install the driveshafts inboard joint (see DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION ).
9. Support the front subframe with the front subframe adapter and a jack.
Fig. 52: Supporting Front Subframe With Front Subframe Adapter And
Jack
10. Install the front subframe (A). Loosely install the new subframe mounting bolts
(B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 53: Identifying Front Subframe And Subframe Mounting Bolts
w/Torque Specs.

2008 Honda Civic LX

12. Install the lower torque rod mounting bolt.
Fig. 55: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Mounting Bolt w/Torque Spec.
13. Install the front engine mount bracket (A) on the transmission and engine.
Fig. 56: Identifying Front Engine Mount Bracket w/Torque Spec.
14. Loose tighten the new front mount mounting bolt (A). Then attach the lower
radiator hose to the front engine mount bracket.

2008 Honda Civic LX

15. Install the middle subframe mounting bolts.
Fig. 58: Identifying Middle Subframe Mounting Bolts w/Torque Spec.
16. Install the steering gearbox stiffner plate (A) and harness clip (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 59: Identifying Steering Gearbox Stiffner Plate And Harness Clip
w/Torque Specs.
17. Install the stiffner plate (A) and mounting bracket (B). Connect the exhaust
mounting rubber (C).
Fig. 60: Identifying Stiffner Plate And Mounting Bracket w/Torque Specs.
18. Connect the lower arm (see step 7 on DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

20. Install the transmission mount bracket (A) and connect the ground cable (B).
Fig. 61: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket And Ground Cable
w/Torque Specs.
22. Loosen and retighten the lower torque rod mounting bolt.
Fig. 62: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Mounting Bolt w/Torque Spec.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 63: Identifying Upper Torque Rod Mounting Bolt w/Torque Spec.
26. Tighten the front mount mounting bolt.
Fig. 64: Identifying Front Mount Mounting Bolt w/Torque Spec.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 65: Identifying Splash Shield And Bolts
30. Remove the engine hanger and the hanger/adapter from the engine.
31. Install the engine control module (ECM) bracket (A), then install the clutch
line clamp (B).
Fig. 66: Identifying Engine Control Module (ECM) Bracket And Clutch
Line Clamp w/Torque Spec.

2008 Honda Civic LX

32. Install the under-food fuse/relay box (A) on the under-hood fuse/relay bracket.
Fig. 67: Identifying Under-Food Fuse/Relay Box On Under-Hood
Fuse/Relay Bracket
33. Install the two upper transmission mounting bolts.
Fig. 68: Identifying Upper Transmission Mounting Bolts w/Torque Spec.
34. Install the engine harness cover (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 69: Identifying Engine Harness Cover
35. Install the air cleaner housing mounting bracket.
Fig. 70: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Mounting Bracket w/Torque
Specs.
36. Install the harness clips (A) on the shift cable bracket (B) and harness bracket
(C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 71: Identifying Shift Cable Bracket And Harness Clips
37. Apply a light coat of super high temp urea grease (P/N 08798-9002) to the shift
cable ends (A).
'06 model
Fig. 72: Identifying Shift Cable Ends And Shift Cable Bracket w/Torque
Spec. (06 Model)

2008 Honda Civic LX

'07-08 models
Fig. 73: Identifying Shift Cable Ends And Shift Cable Bracket w/Torque
Spec.(07-08 Models)
38. Install the shift cable bracket (B) and the shift cables (C), then install the new
cotter pins (D) and lock pins (E).
39. Connect the back-up light switch connector (A), and the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor connector (B), and the reverse lockout solenoid
connector (C). Install the harness clips (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 74: Identifying Back-Up Light Switch Connector And Countershaft
Speed Sensor Connector
40. Apply super high temp urea grease (P/N 08798-9002) to the end of the slave
cylinder rod. Install the slave cylinder (A) then install the clutch line bracket
(B). Be careful not to bend the clutch line.
Fig. 75: Identifying Slave Cylinder And Clutch Line Bracket w/Torque
Specs.
41. Install the battery base (A) with the coolant reservoir (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 76: Identifying Battery Base With Coolant Reservoir w/Torque Specs.
42. Install the harness clips (C) and the intake air duct (D).
positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable, and apply
45. Install the under-cowl panel and cowl cover (see COWL COVER
REPLACEMENT ).
46. Check the change lever and the clutch operation.
47. Check the front wheel alignment (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
navigation).

2008 Honda Civic LX

TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY
Exploded View-Clutch Housing
Fig. 77: Exploded View Of Clutch Housing Components
Exploded View-Transmission Housing

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 78: Exploded View Of Transmission Housing Components
1. Remove the detent bolts (A), 12 mm washers (B) springs, steel balls, and the
back-up light switch (C). Then remove the transmission hanger (D).
NOTE: Place the clutch housing on two pieces of wood thick
enough to keep the mainshaft from hitting the workbench.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 79: Identifying Back-Up Light Switch With Bolts And Washers
2. Remove the 20 mm bolt (A) and the 20 mm washer (B).
Fig. 80: Identifying Bolts And Washers
3. Remove the interlock bolt (B), change lever assembly (C), 8 x 14 mm dowel
pins (D), and harness bracket A.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 81: Identifying Change Lever Assembly And Interlock Bolt
4. Remove the drain plug (A), the 14 mm sealing washer (B), the filler plug (C),
20 mm sealing washer (D), the 10 mm flange bolt (E), 10 mm washer (F), the
output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (G), and the O-ring (H).
Fig. 82: Identifying Drain Plug And Sealing Washer
5. Remove the transmission hanger A, the transmission hanger B, and the harness
bracket (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 83: Identifying Transmission Hanger And Harness Bracket With
Bolts
6. Remove the 8 mm flange bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps.
7. Remove the 32 mm sealing cap (A).
Fig. 84: Identifying Sealing Cap
8. Expand the 72 mm snap ring (B) on the countershaft ball bearing, and remove

2008 Honda Civic LX

it from the groove using a pair of snap ring pliers.
9. Remove the transmission housing (C) and the three 14 x 20 mm dowel pins
(D).
10. Remove the reverse idler gear (A) and the reverse gear shaft (B).
11. Remove the reverse shift fork.
Fig. 86: Identifying Reverse Shift Fork And Bolts
12. Apply tape to the mainshaft splines to protect the seal, then remove the
mainshaft assembly (A) and countershaft assembly (B) with the shift forks (C)
from the clutch housing (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 87: Identifying Mainshaft Assembly, Countershaft Assembly. Shift
Forks And Clutch Housing
13. Remove the 28 mm spring washer (E) and 28 mm washer (F).
14. Remove the differential assembly (A) and the magnet (B).
Fig. 88: Identifying Differential Assembly And Magnet
15. Remove the oil gutter plate (A), the oil guide plate M, and the 72 mm shim (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 89: Identifying Oil Gutter Plate And Shim
REVERSE SHIFT FORK CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Measure the clearance between the reverse idler gear (A) and the reverse shift
fork (B) with a feeler gauge (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit,
go to step 2.
Standard: 0.20-0.59 mm (0.007-0.024 in.) Service Limit: 1.3 mm (0.051 in.)
Fig. 90: Identifying Reverse Idler Gear, Reverse Shift Fork And Feeler
Gauge
2. Measure the width of the reverse shift fork.
If the width is not within the standard, replace the reverse shift fork.
If the width is within the standard, replace reverse idler gear.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Standard: 13.4-13.7 mm (0.527-0.539 in.)
Fig. 91: Identifying Width Of Reverse Shift Fork
CHANGE LEVER CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Measure the clearance between the change lever (A) and the select lever (B)
with a feeler gauge (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to
step 2.
Standard: 0.05-0.25 mm (0.002-0.010 in.) Service Limit: 0.50 mm (0.020
in.)
Fig. 92: Identifying Lever, Select Lever And Feeler Gauge
2. Measure the groove of the change lever.
If the groove is not within the standard, replace the shift lever.

2008 Honda Civic LX

If the groove is within the standard, replace the select lever.
Standard: 15.00-15.10 mm (0.591-0.594 in.)
Fig. 93: Identifying Groove Of Change Lever
CHANGE LEVER ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
NOTE:
If 5 minutes have passed after applying liquid gasket,
reapply it, and assemble the shift arm cover.
Prior to reassembling, clean all parts in solvent, dry
them, and apply grease to the contact surfaces as
shown.

2008 Honda Civic LX

SHIFT FORK CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Measure the clearance between each shift fork (A) and its matching synchro
Fig. 94: Exploded View Of Change Lever Assembly &
Torque Specs.
NOTE: The synchro sleeve and synchro hub should be replaced as
a set.

2008 Honda Civic LX

sleeve (B). If the clearance exceeds the service limit, go to step 2.
Fig. 95: Identifying Shift Fork And Synchro Sleeve
2. Measure the thickness of the shift fork fingers.
If the thickness is not within the standard, replace the shift fork.
If the thickness is within the standard, replace the synchro sleeve and
synchro hub as a set.
If one arm of the shift fork shows more wear than others, the fork may be
bent and needs to be replaced.
Standard: 7.4-7.6 mm (0.29-0.30 in.)
Fig. 96: Identifying Thickness Of Shift Fork Fingers

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Measure the clearance between the shift fork (A) and the shift arm (B). If the
clearance exceeds the service limit, go to step 4.
Fig. 97: Identifying Shift Fork And Shift Arm
4. Measure the width of the shift arm.
If the width is not within the standard, replace the shift arm.
If the width is within the standard, replace the shift fork or reverse shift
piece.
Standard: 16.9-17.0 mm (0.665-0.669 in.)
Fig. 98: Identifying Width Of Shift Arm
SHIFT FORK DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
NOTE: Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry
them, and apply manual transmission fluid (MTF) to all

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 99: Exploded View Of Shift Fork
MAINSHAFT ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Support the bearing inner race with an appropriate sized socket (A), and push
down on the mainshaft (B).
contact surfaces.
NOTE: If replacement is required, always replace the synchro
sleeve and synchro hub as a set.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 100: Identifying Socket And Mainshaft
2. Measure the clearance between 2nd gear (C) and 3rd gear (D) with a feeler
gauge (E).
in.)
3. Measure the thickness of 3rd gear.
If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 3rd gear.
Standard: 23.92-23.97 mm (0.941-0.944 in.) Service Limit: 23.80 mm
(0.937 in.)
Fig. 101: Identifying Thickness Of 3rd Gear

2008 Honda Civic LX

4. Measure the clearance between 4th gear (A) and the distance collar (B) with a
dial indicator (C).
in.)
Fig. 102: Identifying 4th Gear, Distance Collar And Dial Indicator
5. Measure the length (1) of the distance collar as shown.
Standard: 24.03-24.08 mm (0.946-0.948 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

6. Measure the thickness of 4th gear.
(0.937 in.)
7. Measure the clearance between the distance collar (A) and 5th gear (B) with a
dial indicator (C).
in.)
Fig. 105: Identifying Distance Collar, 5th Gear And Dial Indicator

2008 Honda Civic LX

8. Measure the length (2) of the distance collar as shown.
Standard: 24.03-24.08 mm (0.946-0.948 in.)
If the thickness, is within the service limit, replace the 5th/6th synchro hub
and 5th/6th synchro sleeve as a set.
(0.937 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Measure the clearance between 6th gear (A) and the angular ball bearing (B)
with a feeler gauge (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to
step 11.
in.)
Fig. 108: Identifying 6th Gear, Angular Ball Bearing And Feeler Gauge
11. Measure the length of the 6th gear distance collar.
If the length is not within the standard, replace the 6th gear distance collar.
Standard: 24.03-24.08 mm (0.946-0.948 in.)
Fig. 109: Identifying Length Of 6th Gear Distance Collar

2008 Honda Civic LX

If the thickness is within the service limit, replace the 5th/6th synchro hub
and 5th/6th synchro sleeve as a set.
(0.937 in.)
MAINSHAFT DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove the angular ball bearing (A) using a commercially available bearing
separator (B) and bearing puller (C).
Fig. 111: Identifying Angular Ball Bearing, Bearing Separator And
Bearing Puller

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Support 5th gear (A) on steel blocks, and press the mainshaft out of the 5th/6th
synchro hub (B).
Fig. 112: Identifying 5th Gear And 5th/6th Synchro Hub
3. Support 3rd gear (A) on steel blocks, and press the mainshaft out of the 3rd/4th
synchro hub (B).
Fig. 113: Identifying 3rd Gear And 3rd/4th Synchro Hub
teeth.
teeth.

2008 Honda Civic LX

MAINSHAFT INSPECTION
the mainshaft at points A, B, C, D, and E. If any part of the mainshaft is less
Standard:
A Ball Bearing Contact Area (Transmission Housing Side): 27.987-28.000
mm (1.1019-1.1024 in.)
B Distance Collar Contact Area: 31.984-32.000 mm (1.2594-1.2598 in.)
C Needle Bearing Contact Area: 38.984-39.000 mm (1.5348-1.5354 in.)
D Ball Bearing Contact Area (Clutch Housing Side): 27.977-27.990 mm
(1.1015-1.1020 in.)
E Bushing Contact Area: 20.80-20.85 mm (0.819-0.821 in.)
Service Limit:
A: 27.93 mm (1.100 in.)
B: 31.93 mm (1.257 in.)
C: 38.93 mm (1.533 in.)
D: 27.92 mm (1.099 in.)
E: 20.75 mm (0.817 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 114: Inspecting Gear And Bearing Contact Areas
2. Inspect the runout by supporting both ends of the mainshaft. Then rotate the
mainshaft two complete turns while measuring with a dial gauge. If the runout
is more than the service limit, replace the mainshaft.
Standard:
0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max. Service Limit: 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Fig. 115: Inspecting Runout
MAINSHAFT REASSEMBLY
Exploded View

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 116: Exploded View Of Mainshaft
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300
1. Clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply manual transmission fluid
(MTF) to all contact surfaces except the 3rd/4th and 5th/6th synchro hubs.
NOTE: Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW, as needed, during this
procedure.

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Install the needle bearing and 3rd gear on the mainshaft.
3. Install the double cone synchro assembly (A) by aligning the synchro cone
fingers (B) with the holes in 3rd gear (C), then install the synchro spring (D).
Fig. 117: Identifying Double Cone Synchro Assembly, Synchro Cone
Fingers, 3rd Gear And Synchro Spring
4. Install the 3rd/4th synchro hub (A) by aligning the synchro ring fingers (B)
with the grooves in the 3rd/4th synchro hub (C).
Fig. 118: Identifying 3rd/4th Synchro Hub, Synchro Ring Fingers And
3rd/4th Synchro Hub
5. Install the 3rd/4th synchro hub (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 119: Identifying 3rd/4th Synchro Hub And Driver
6. Install the 3rd/4th synchro sleeve (A) by aligning the stops (B) of the 3rd/4th
synchro sleeve and 3rd/4th synchro hub. After installing, check the operation
of the 3rd/4th synchro hub set.
Fig. 120: Identifying 3rd/4th Synchro Sleeve And Stops
7. Install the synchro spring (A).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 121: Identifying Synchro Spring
8. Install the double cone synchro assembly (B) by aligning the synchro ring
fingers (C) with the grooves in the 3rd/4th synchro hub (D).
9. Install 4th gear (A) by aligning the synchro cone fingers (B) with the holes in
4th gear (C).
Fig. 122: Identifying 4th Gear, Synchro Cone Fingers And 4th Gear
10. Install the needle bearings, 4th/5th gear distance collar, 5th gear, 5th gear
synchro spring, and the synchro ring.
11. Install the 5th/6th synchro hub (A) by aligning the synchro ring fingers (B)
with the grooves in the 5th/6th synchro hub (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 123: Identifying 5th/6th Synchro Hub, Synchro Ring Fingers And
5th/6th Synchro Hub
12. Install the 5th/6th synchro hub (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (B) and 30 mm
I.D. attachment (C).
Fig. 124: Identifying 5th/6th Synchro Hub, I.D. Driver And I.D.
Attachment
13. Install the 5th/6th synchro sleeve.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 125: Identifying Synchro Spring, Synchro Ring And Synchro Ring
Fingers
15. Install the synchro ring (B) by aligning the synchro ring fingers (C) with the
grooves in the 5th/6th synchro hub (D).
16. Install the 6th gear distance collar, needle bearing, and 6th gear.
17. Install the new angular ball bearing (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (B), 30
mm I.D. attachment (C), and press (D).
Fig. 126: Identifying Angular Ball Bearing, I.D. Driver And I.D.
Attachment
COUNTERSHAFT ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Measure the clearance between 1st gear (A) and the distance collar (B) with a

2008 Honda Civic LX

feeler gauge (C).
Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.)
Fig. 127: Identifying 1st Gear, Distance Collar And Feeler Gauge
2. Measure the length of the distance collar as shown.
Standard: 23.03-23.08 mm (0.907-0.909 in.)
3. Measure the thickness of 1st gear.
If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 1st gear.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Standard: 22.92-22.97 mm (0.902-0.904 in.)
Fig. 129: Identifying Thickness Of 1st Gear
4. Measure the clearance between 2nd gear (A) and 3rd gear (B) with a feeler
gauge (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 5.
Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.)
Fig. 130: Identifying 1st Gear, Distance Collar And Feeler Gauge
5. Measure the length of the distance collar.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Standard: 28.03-28.08 mm (1.104-1.106 in.)
6. Measure the thickness of 2nd gear.
If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 2nd gear.
Standard: 27.92-27.97 mm (1.099-1.101 in.)
Fig. 132: Identifying Thickness Of 2nd Gear
COUNTERSHAFT DISASSEMBLY

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Securely clamp the countershaft assembly in a bench vise with wood blocks.
Fig. 133: Identifying Countershaft Assembly In Bench Vise
2. Remove the special bolt (left-hand threads).
Fig. 134: Identifying 6th Gear, Steel Blocks, Press And Attachment
4. Remove the 35 mm shim.
attachment (D) to press the countershaft (E) out of the 5th gear.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 135: Identifying 4th Gear, Steel Blocks, Press, Attachment And
Countershaft
6. Support 2nd gear (A) on steel blocks (B), then use a press (C) and an
attachment (D) to press the countershaft (E) out of 3rd gear.
Fig. 136: Identifying 2nd Gear, Steel Blocks, Press And Attachment
COUNTERSHAFT INSPECTION
the countershaft at points A, B, and C. If any part of the countershaft is less
Standard:
A Ball Bearing Contact Area (Transmission Housing Side):

2008 Honda Civic LX

30.020-30.033 mm (1.1819-1.1824 in.)
B Distance Collar Contact Area:
39.937-39.950 mm (1.5723-1.5728 in.)
C Needle Bearing Contact Area (Clutch Housing Side):
35.000-35.015 mm (1.3780-1.3785 in.)
Service Limit:
A: 29.97 mm (1.180 in.)
B: 39.883 mm (1.5702 in.)
C: 34.95 mm (1.3760 in.)
Fig. 137: Inspecting Gear And Bearing Contact Areas
2. Inspect the runout by supporting both ends of the countershaft. Then rotate the
countershaft two complete turns while measuring with a dial gauge. If the
runout is more than the service limit, replace the countershaft.
Standard: 0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 138: Inspecting Runout
COUNTERSHAFT REASSEMBLY
Exploded View

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 139: Exploded View Of Countershaft w/Torque Spec.
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300
1. Clean all parts in solvent, dry them, and apply manual transmission fluid
(MTF) to all contact surfaces.
2. Install the distance collar and needle bearing onto the countershaft.
NOTE: Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW, as needed, during this
procedure.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Install 1st gear.
4. Install the triple cone synchro assembly (A) by aligning the synchro ring
fingers (B) with the grooves in 1st gear (C), then install the synchro spring (D).
Fig. 140: Identifying Triple Cone Synchro Assembly, Synchro Ring
Fingers And 1st Gear
5. Install the 1st/2nd synchro hub (A) by aligning the synchro ring fingers (B)
with the grooves in the 1st/2nd synchro hub (C).
Fig. 141: Identifying 1st/2nd Synchro Hub, Synchro Ring Fingers And
1st/2nd Synchro Hub
6. Install reverse gear.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 142: Identifying Synchro Spring, Triple Cone Synchro Assembly And
Synchro Ring Fingers
8. Install the triple cone synchro assembly (B) by aligning the synchro ring
fingers (C) with the grooves in the 1st/2nd synchro hub (D).
9. Install the distance collar (A) and friction damper (B) by aligning the friction
damper fingers (C) with the grooves in the 1st/2nd synchro hub (D).
Fig. 143: Identifying Distance Collar, Friction Damper And Friction
Damper Fingers
10. Install the needle bearing.
11. Install 2nd gear (A) by aligning the synchro cone fingers (B) with the grooves
(C) in 2nd gear.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 144: Identifying 2nd Gear, Synchro Cone Fingers And Grooves
12. Support the countershaft (A) on steel blocks, then install 3rd gear (B) using the
40 mm I.D. driver (C) and a press (D).
Fig. 145: Identifying Countershaft And 3rd Gear w/Torque Spec.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 146: Identifying 4th Gear, I.D. Driver, Press & Torque Spec.
Fig. 147: Identifying 5th Gear, I.D. Driver, Press & Torque Spec.
15. Install 6th gear (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (B), 30 mm I.D. attachment
(C), and a press (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 148: Identifying 6th Gear, I.D. Driver, I.D. Attachment, Press &
Torque Spec.
16. Install the 35 mm shim and the old ball bearing (A) using the 40 mm I.D.
driver (B), 30 mm I.D. attachment (C), and a press (D).
Fig. 149: Identifying Ball Bearing, I.D. Driver, I.D. Attachment And Press
17. Measure the clearance between the old bearing (A) and the 35 mm shim (B)
with a feeler gauge (C).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Standard: 0.04-0.10 mm (0.0016-0.0039 in.)
Fig. 150: Identifying Bearing, Shim And Feeler Gauge
18. If the clearance is more than the standard, select a new shim from the following
table. If the clearance measured in step 16 is within the standard, replace only
the ball bearing.
35 mm Shim
PART THICKNESS CHART
A 23981-PPP-0000.87 mm (0.034 in.)
AA 23981-PPP-9000.91 mm (0.036 in.)
B 23982-PPP-0000.95 mm (0.037 in.)
AB 23982-PPP-9000.99 mm (0.039 in.)
C 23983-PPP-0001.03 mm (0.041 in.)
AC 23983-PPP-9001.07 mm (0.042 in.)
D 23984-PPP-0001.11 mm (0.044 in.)
AD 23984-PPP-9001.15 mm (0.045 in.)
E 23985-PPP-0001.19 mm (0.047 in.)
AE 23985-PPP-9001.23 mm (0.048 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 151: Identifying 6th Gear, Steel Blocks, Press And Attachment
F 23986-PPP-0001.27 mm (0.050 in.)
AF 23986-PPP-9001.31 mm (0.052 in.)
G 23987-PPP-0001.35 mm (0.053 in.)
AG 23987-PPP-9001.39 mm (0.055 in.)
H 23988-PPP-0001.43 mm (0.056 in.)
AH 23988-PPP-9001.47 mm (0.058 in.)
J 23989-PPP-0001.51 mm (0.060 in.)
AJ 23989-PPP-9001.55 mm (0.061 in.)
K 23990-PPP-0001.59 mm (0.063 in.)
AK 23990-PPP-9001.63 mm (0.064 in.)
L 23991-PPP-0001.67 mm (0.066 in.)
AL 23991-PPP-9001.71 mm (0.067 in.)
M 23992-PPP-0001.75 mm (0.069 in.)
AM23992-PPP-9001.79 mm (0.070 in.)
N 23993-PPP-0001.83 mm (0.072 in.)
AN 23993-PPP-9001.87 mm (0.074 in.)
P 23994-PPP-0001.91 mm (0.075 in.)
AP 23994-PPP-9001.95 mm (0.077 in.)
Q 23995-PPP-0001.99 mm (0.078 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

20. If necessary, install the 35 mm shim selected in step 18.
21. Install 6th gear (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (B), 30 mm I.D. attachment
(C), and a press (D).
Fig. 152: Identifying 6th Gear, I.D. Driver, I.D. Attachment, Press &
Torque Spec.
22. Install the new ball bearing (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (B), 30 mm I.D.
attachment (C), and a press (D), then recheck the clearance.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 153: Identifying Ball Bearing, I.D. Driver, I.D. Attachment And Press
23. Securely clamp the countershaft assembly in a bench vise with wood blocks
(A).
Fig. 154: Identifying Clamp Countershaft Assembly In Bench Vise, Wood
Blocks & Torque Spec.
24. Tighten the new special bolt (B) (left-hand threads).
SYNCHRO SLEEVE AND HUB INSPECTION AND REASSEMBLY

2008 Honda Civic LX

1. Inspect gear teeth on all synchro hubs and synchro sleeves for rounded off
corners, which indicate wear.
2. Install each synchro hub (A) in its mating synchro sleeve (B), and check for
free movement. Make sure to match the three sets of longer teeth (C) (120
degrees apart) on the synchro sleeve with the three sets of deeper grooves (D)
in the synchro hub.
NOTE:
Do not install the synchro sleeve with its longer
teeth in the synchro hub slots (E) because it will
damage the spring ring.
If replacement is required, always replace the
synchro sleeve and synchro hub as a set.

2008 Honda Civic LX

SYNCHRO RING AND GEAR INSPECTION
1. Inspect the inside of each synchro ring (A) for wear. Inspect the teeth (B) on
each synchro ring for wear (rounded off).
Fig. 156: Identifying Synchro Ring And Teeth
2. Inspect the teeth (A) on each synchro sleeve and matching teeth on each gear
for wear (rounded off).
Fig. 155: Identifying Synchro Hub, Mating Synchro
Sleeve And Longer Teeth

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 157: Inspecting Teeth On Synchro Sleeve
3. Inspect the thrust surface (A) on each gear hub for wear.
Fig. 158: Identifying Thrust Surface, Cone Surface And Gears
4. Inspect the cone surface (B) on each gear hub for wear and roughness.
5. Inspect the teeth on all gears (C) for uneven wear, scoring, and cracks.
6. Coat the cone surface of each gear with manual transmission fluid (MTF), and
place its synchro ring on it. Rotate the synchro ring, making sure that it does
not slip.
7. Measure the clearance between each gear (A) and its synchro ring (B) all
around the gear. Hold the synchro ring against the gear evenly while measuring
the clearance. If the clearance is less than the service limit, replace the synchro
ring and gear.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Synchro-Ring-to-Gear Clearance
Standard: 0.70-1.49 mm (0.028-0.059 in.)
Double Cone Synchro-to-Gear Clearance Standard:
(1): Outer Synchro Ring (B) to Synchro Cone (C)
0.70-1.19 mm (0.028-0.047 in.)
(2): Synchro Cone (C) to Gear (A)
0.50-1.04 mm (0.020-0.041 in.)
(3): Outer Synchro Ring (B) to Gear (A)
0.95-1.68 mm (0.037-0.066 in.)
Service Limit:
(1): 0.3 mm (0.012 in.)
(2): 0.3 mm (0.012 in.)
(3): 0.6 mm (0.024 in.)
Triple Cone Synchro-to-Gear Clearance Standard:
(1): Outer Synchro Ring (B) to Synchro Cone (C)
0.70-1.19 mm (0.028-0.047 in.)
(2): Synchro Cone (C) to Gear (A)
0.50-1.04 mm (0.020-0.041 in.)
(3): Outer Synchro Ring (B) to Gear (A)

2008 Honda Civic LX

0.95-1.68 mm (0.037-0.066 in.)
Service Limit:
(1): 0.3 mm (0.012 in.)
(2): 0.3 mm (0.012 in.)
(3): 0.6 mm (0.024 in.)
Fig. 159: Identifying Gear And Synchro Ring

2008 Honda Civic LX

Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300
Driver 07749-001000
Slide hammer, 3/8"-16 UNF commercially available
1. Remove the ball bearing (A) from the clutch housing (B) using the 20-40 mm
adjustable bearing puller (C) and a commercially available 3/8"-16 UNF slide
hammer (D).
Fig. 160: Identifying Ball Bearing, Clutch Housing And Adjustable
Bearing Puller
2. Remove the oil seal (A) from the transmission side. Be careful when removing
the oil seal so the clutch housing is not damaged.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Drive in the new oil seal from the transmission side using the driver (A) and 42
x 47 mm attachment (B).
Fig. 162: Identifying Driver And Attachment
4. Drive in the new ball bearing (A) from the transmission side using the oil seal
driver (B).
Fig. 163: Identifying Ball Bearing And Oil Seal Driver

2008 Honda Civic LX

Slide hammer, 3/8"-16 UNF commercially available.
1. Remove the bearing set plate (A) from the clutch housing (B).
Fig. 164: Identifying Bearing Set Plate And Clutch Housing
2. Remove the needle bearing (A) using the 20-40 mm adjustable bearing puller
(B) and a commercially available 3/8"-16 UNF slide hammer (D), then remove
oil guide plate C.
Fig. 165: Identifying Needle Bearing, Adjustable Bearing Puller, Slide
Hammer And Oil Guide Plate

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Position oil guide plate C and new needle bearing (A) in the bore of the clutch
housing (B).
Fig. 166: Identifying Needle Bearing And Clutch Housing
4. Install the needle bearing using the oil seal driver (D).
5. Install the bearing set plate (A) with the bolts (B).
Fig. 167: Identifying Bearing Set Plate, Bolts w/Torque Spec.
MAINSHAFT THRUST CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT
Mainshaft holder 07GAJ-PG20110

2008 Honda Civic LX

Mainshaft base 07GAJ-PG20130
1. Remove the 72 mm shim (A) and oil guide plate M from the transmission
housing (B).
Fig. 168: Identifying Shim And Transmission Housing
2. Thoroughly clean the 28 mm spring washer (A) and 28 mm washer (B) before
installing them on the clutch housing side ball bearing (C).
Fig. 169: Identifying Spring Washer, Washer And Clutch Housing Side
Ball Bearing
NOTE:
Take measurement at normal room temperature.
Clean all the parts thoroughly before installation.
NOTE: Install the spring washer in the direction shown.

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Install the 3rd/4th synchro hub, the distance collar, the 5th/6th synchro hub, the
distance collar, and the angular ball bearing on the mainshaft.
4. Install the mainshaft in the clutch housing.
5. Place the transmission housing over the mainshaft and onto the clutch housing.
6. Tighten the clutch and transmission housings with several 8 mm bolts.
7. Lightly tap on the mainshaft with a plastic hammer.
8. Attach the mainshaft holder (A) and mainshaft base (B) to the mainshaft as
follows:
Backout the mainshaft holder bolt (C), and loosen the two hex bolts (D).
Fit the holder over the mainshaft so its lip is towards the transmission.
Align the mainshaft holder lip around the groove at the inside of the
mainshaft splines, then tighten the hex bolts.
Fig. 170: Identifying Mainshaft Holder And Mainshaft Base
9. Fully seat the mainshaft by tapping its end with a plastic hammer.
10. Thread the mainshaft holder bolt in until it just contacts the wide surface of the
NOTE: Refer to the MAINSHAFT REASSEMBLY Exploded
View .
NOTE: It is not necessary to use sealing agent between the
housing for this procedure.

2008 Honda Civic LX

mainshaft base.
11. Zero a dial gauge (A) on the end of the mainshaft.
Fig. 171: Identifying Dial Gauge
12. Turn the mainshaft holder bolt (B) clockwise; stop turning when the dial gauge
has reached its maximum movement. The reading on the dial gauge is the
amount of mainshaft thrust clearance.
13. If the reading is within the standard, the clearance is correct. If the reading is
not within the standard, select the appropriate shim needed from the table, and
recheck the thrust clearance.
Standard: 0.11-0.17 mm (0.004-0.007 in.)
(Example)
Measure reading: 1.93 mm (0.0759 in.)
Subtract the total clearance measurement from the middle of the clearance
standard 0.14 mm (0.0056 in.).
NOTE: Do not turn the mainshaft holder bolt more than 60
degrees after the needle of the dial gauge stops
moving. Applying more pressure with the mainshaft
holder bolt could damage the transmission.

2008 Honda Civic LX

1.93 - 0.14 = 1.79 mm (0.0704 in.)
Select the shim closest to the amount calculated. For this example, the 1.80
mm (0.0709 in.) shim is best.
14. With oil guide plate M and the appropriate size shim installed in the
transmission housing, check the thrust clearance again to make sure the
clearance is within the standard.
72 mm Shim
A 23931-P21-000 0.60 mm (0.0236 in.)
B 23932-P21-000 0.63 mm (0.0248 in.)
C 23933-P21-000 0.66 mm (0.0260 in.)
D 23934-P21-000 0.69 mm (0.0271 in.)
E 23935-P21-000 0.72 mm (0.0283 in.)
F 23936-P21-000 0.75 mm (0.0295 in.)
G 23937-P21-000 0.78 mm (0.0307 in.)
H 23938-P21-000 0,81 mm (0.0319 in.)
I 23939-P21-000 0.84 mm (0.0331 in.)
J 23940-P21-000 0.87 mm (0.0343 in.)
K 23941-P21-000 0.90 mm (0.0354 in.)
L 23942-P21-000 0.93 mm (0.0366 in.)
M 23943-P21-000 0.96 mm (0.0378 in.)
N 23944-P21-000 0.99 mm (0.0390 in.)
O 23945-P21-000 1.02 mm (0.0402 in.)
P 23946-P21-000 1.05 mm (0.0413 in.)
Q 23947-P21-000 1.08 mm (0.0425 in.)
R 23948-P21-000 1.11 mm (0.0437 in.)
S 23949-P21-000 1.14 mm (0.0449 in.)
T 23950-P21-000 1.17 mm (0.0461 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

U 23951-P21-000 1.20 mm (0.0472 in.)
V 23952-P21-000 1.23 mm (0.0484 in.)
W 23953-P21-000 1.26 mm (0.0496 in.)
X 23954-P21-000 1.29 mm (0.0508 in.)
Y 23955-P21-000 1.32 mm (0.0520 in.)
Z 23956-P21-000 1.35 mm (0.0531 in.)
AA 23957-P21-000 1.38 mm (0.0543 in.)
AB 23958-P21-000 1.41 mm (0.0555 in.)
AC 23959-P21-000 1.44 mm (0.0567 in.)
AD 23960-P21-000 1.47 mm (0.0579 in.)
AE 23961-P21-000 1.50 mm (0.0591 in.)
AF 23962-P21-000 1.53 mm (0.0602 in.)
AG 23963-P21-000 1.56 mm (0.0614 in.)
AH 23964-P21-000 1.59 mm (0.0626 in.)
AI 23965-P21-000 1.62 mm (0.0638 in.)
AJ 23966-P21-000 1.65 mm (0.0650 in.)
AK 23967-P21-000 1.68 mm (0.0661 in.)
AL 23968-P21-000 1.71 mm (0.0673 in.)
AM 23969-P21-000 1.74 mm (0.0685 in.)
AN 23970-P21-000 1.77 mm (0.0697 in.)
AO 23971-P21-000 1.80 mm (0.0709 in.)
AP 23972-PPP-J00 1.83 mm (0.0720 in.)
AQ 23973-PPP-J00 1.86 mm (0.0732 in.)
AR 23974-PPP-J00 1.89 mm (0.0744 in.)
AS 23975-PPP-J00 1.92 mm (0.0756 in.)
AT 23976-PPP-J00 1.95 mm (0.0768 in.)
AV 23977-PPP-J00 1.98 mm (0.0779 in.)
AW 23978-PPP-J00 2.01 mm (0.0791 in.)
AX 23979-PPP-J00 2.04 mm (0.0803 in.)
AY 23980-PPP-J00 2.07 mm (0.0815 in.)
AZ 23981-PPP-J00 2.10 mm (0.0827 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

TRANSMISSION REASSEMBLY
1. Install the magnet (A) and the differential assembly (B).
Fig. 172: Identifying Magnet And Differential Assembly
2. Install the 28 mm spring washer (A) and the 28 mm washer (B) over the ball
bearing (C).
BA 23982-PPP-J00 2.13 mm (0.0839 in.)
BB 23983-PPP-J00 2.16 mm (0.0850 in.)
BC 23984-PPP-J00 2.19 mm (0.0862 in.)
BD 23985-PPP-J00 2.22 mm (0.0874 in.)
BE 23986-PPP-J00 2.25 mm (0.0886 in.)
NOTE:
Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry
them, and apply manual transmission fluid (MTF) to any
contact surfaces.
Place the clutch housing on two pieces of wood thick
enough to keep the mainshaft from hitting the
workbench.
NOTE: Install the spring washer in the direction shown.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 173: Identifying Spring Washer, Washer And Ball Bearing
3. Apply tape to the mainshaft (D) splines to protect the seal. Install the mainshaft
assembly and the countershaft (E) into the shift forks (F), and install them as an
assembly.
4. Install the reverse shift fork.
Fig. 174: Identifying Mainshaft, Countershaft & Torque Spec.
5. Install the reverse idler gear (A) and the reverse gear shaft (B) by aligning the
mark (C) with the reverse gear shaft hole (D).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 175: Identifying Reverse Idler Gear, Reverse Gear Shaft And Mark
6. Select the proper size 72 mm shim (A) according to the measurements made
during the Mainshaft Thrust Clearance Adjustment (see MAINSHAFT
THRUST CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ). Install the oil gutter plate (B),
the oil guide plate M, and the 72 mm shim into the transmission housing (C).
Fig. 176: Identifying Oil Gutter Plate And Transmission Housing
7. Clean any dirt and oil from the transmission housing sealing surface.
8. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08718-0001, evenly to the mating surface of the
transmission housing and the clutch housing. Install the component within 5

2008 Honda Civic LX

9. Install the three 14 x 20 mm dowel pins (A).
NOTE:
Fig. 177: Applying Liquid Gasket To Mating Surface
Of Transmission Housing And Clutch Housing

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 178: Identifying Dowel Pins w/Torque Spec.
10. Place the transmission housing over the clutch housing, being careful to line up
the shafts.
11. Lower the transmission housing the rest of the way as you expand the 72 mm
snap ring (B). Release the snap ring so it seats in the groove of the countershaft
bearing.
12. Make sure the 72 mm snap ring is securely seated in the groove of the
countershaft bearing.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Dimension (1) as installed: 3.3-6.0 mm (0.13-0.24 in.)
13. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08718-0001, evenly to the threads of the 32 mm
searing cap (C) mating surface of the transmission housing. Install the
14. Install the transmission hanger A, the transmission hanger B, the harness
bracket (C), and the 8 mm flange bolts finger-tight.
Fig. 179: Identifying Transmission Hanger A, Transmission Hanger B
And Harness Bracket
15. Tighten the 8 mm flange bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps.
Specified Torque:
8 x 1.25 mm
27 N.m (2.8 kgf.m, 20 lbf.ft)
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 180: Tightening Flange Bolts w/Torque Spec. In Crisscross Pattern
16. Clean any dirt or oil from the change lever assembly sealing surface.
charge lever assembly and the transmission housing. Install the component
NOTE:
Allow it to cure at least 30 minutes after assembly
before filling the transmission with MTF.
Fig. 181: Applying Liquid Gasket To Mating Surface

2008 Honda Civic LX

18. Install the 8 x 14 mm dowel pins (B), change lever assembly (C), and harness
bracket A.
Fig. 182: Identifying Dowel Pins, Change Lever Assembly & Torque
Specs.
threads of the inter lock bolt (D) and transmission housing. Install the
20. Install the drain plug (A) and 10 mm flange bolt (B) with new sealing washers
(C). Install the filler plug (D) finger-tight.
Of Charge Lever Assembly And Transmission
Housing
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 183: Identifying Drain Plug, Flange Bolt, Sealing Washers & Torque
Specs.
21. Apply MTF to the new O-ring (E). Then install the new O-ring, and output
shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (F).
22. Install the detent bolts (A), the springs, and steel balls with new washers (B).
Then install the transmission hanger (C).
Fig. 184: Identifying Detent Bolts, Springs, Steel Balls, New Washers &
Torque Specs.
23. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08718-0001 evenly to the threads of the back-up light
switch (D) mating surface of the transmission housing. Install the component

2008 Honda Civic LX

24. Install the 20 mm bolt (A) and new 20 mm washer (B).
Fig. 185: Identifying Bolt, Washer & Torque Spec.
GEARSHIFT MECHANISM REPLACEMENT
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 186: Identifying Gearshift Mechanism Components w/Torque Specs.
M/T DIFFERENTIAL

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 187: Identifying M/T Differential Component Location
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, FINAL DRIVEN GEAR REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps, then remove the final
driven gear (A) from the differential carrier (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 188: Identifying Final Driven Gear, Differential Carrier & Torque
Spec.
2. Install the final driven gear with the chamfer on the inside diameter facing the
carrier. Tighten the bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps.
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
1. Check the carrier bearings for wear and rough rotation. If they rotate smoothly
and their rollers show no signs of wear, the bearings are OK.
2. Remove the carrier bearings (A) with a commercially available bearing puller
(B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 189: Identifying Carrier Bearings And Bearing Puller
3. Install the new bearings (A) with the 40 mm I.D. driver (B) and a press. Press
each bearing on until it bottoms. There should be no clearance between the
bearings and the carrier.
NOTE: Place the seal (C) part of the bearing towards the
outside of the differential, and install it.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 190: Identifying Bearings, I.D. Driver And Seal
Oil seal driver attachment 07NAD-P20A100
Driver 07749-0010000
1. Remove the oil seal (A) from the transmission housing (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 191: Identifying Oil Seal And Transmission Housing
2. Remove the oil seal (A) from the clutch housing (B).
Fig. 192: Identifying Oil Seal And Clutch Housing
3. Install the new oil seal in the transmission housing with the driver (A) and oil
seal driver attachment (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 193: Identifying Driver And Oil Seal Driver Attachment
4. Install the new oil seal in the clutch housing with the driver (A) and oil seal
driver attachment (B).
Fig. 194: Identifying Driver And Oil Seal Driver Attachment
DIFFERENTIAL THRUST CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
1. If you removed the 80 mm shim from the transmission housing, reinstall the
same sized shim.
Fig. 195: Identifying Shim

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Install the differential assembly into the clutch housing.
Fig. 196: Identifying Differential Assembly
3. Install the transmission housing onto the clutch housing, then tighten the 8 mm
flange bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps (see step 15 ).
Specified Torque
8 x 1.25 mm
27 N.m (2.8 kgf.m, 20 lbf.ft)
4. Use the 40 mm I.D. driver (A) to bottom the differential assembly in the clutch
housing.
Fig. 197: Identifying I.D. Driver

2008 Honda Civic LX

5. Measure the clearance between the 80 mm shim and the bearing outer race in
Standard: 0-0.10 mm (0-0.004 in.)
Fig. 198: Measuring Clearance Between Shim And Bearing Outer Race In
Transmission Housing
6. If the clearance is more than the standard, select a new 80 mm shim from the
following table. If the clearance measured in step 5 is within the standard, go to
step 9.
80 mm Shim
A 41441-PL3-B00 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.)
B 41442-PL3-B00 1.1 mm (0.0433 in.)
C 41443-PL3-B00 1.2 mm (0.0472 in.)
D 41444-PL3-B00 1.3 mm (0.0512 in.)
E 41445-PL3-B00 1.4 mm (0.0551 in.)
F 41446-PL3-B00 1.5 mm (0.0591 in.)
G 41447-PL3-B00 1.6 mm (0.0630 in.)
H 41448-PL3-B00 1.7 mm (0.0669 in.)
J 41449-PL3-B00 1.8 mm (0.0709 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

7. Remove the bolts and transmission housing.
8. Replace the thrust shim selected in step 6, then recheck the clearance.
9. Reinstall the transmission housing.
K 41450-PL3-B001.05 mm (0.0413 in.)
L 41451-PL3-B001.15 mm (0.0453 in.)
M41452-PL3-B001.25 mm (0.0492 in.)
N 41453-PL3-B001.35 mm (0.0531 in.)
P 41454-PL3-B001.45 mm (0.0571 in.)
Q 41455-PL3-B001.55 mm (0.0610 in.)
R 41456-PL3-B001.65 mm (0.0650 in.)
S 41457-PL3-B001.75 mm (0.0689 in.)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Mirrors - Civic
2-door
Fig. 1: Identifying Mirrors Component Locations (2-Door)
4-door

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Mirrors - Civic

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Identifying Mirrors Component Locations (4-Door) (1 Of 2)
Fig. 3: Identifying Mirrors Component Locations (4-Door) (2 Of 2)
POWER MIRROR REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
1. Lower the door glass fully.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. With your hand, carefully release the clip, lift the cover upward to release the
hook (A), and remove the mirror mount cover (B) in the sequence shown.
Fig. 4: Identifying Mirror Mount Cover And Hook
3. Disconnect the connector (A), and remove the cap (B).
Fig. 5: Identifying Connector And Cap (With Torque Specifications)
4. While holding the mirror, remove the nuts securing the mirror.
5. While holding the mirror, push in on the connector clip (A), then push out to

2008 Honda Civic EX

remove the mirror (B). Take care not to scratch the door.
Fig. 6: Identifying Connector Clip And Mirror
6. Install the mirror in the reverse order of removal, and make sure the connector
is plugged in properly.
4-DOOR
1. Raise the door glass fully.
Door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL
Plastic cover, as needed
3. Disconnect the connector (A), and detach the harness clip (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Identifying Connector And Clip
4. Remove the maintenance caps (A), and remove the nuts.
Fig. 8: Identifying Maintenance Caps And Nuts (With Torque
Specifications)
5. While holding the mirror (A), detach the clip (B), then remove the mirror, and
pull the harness (C) out through the hole in the door. Take care not to scratch
the door.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Identifying Mirror, Clip And Door
6. Install the mirror in the reverse order of removal, and make sure the connector
is plugged in properly.
MIRROR HOLDER REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
1. Adjust the mirror fully to the inward position.
2. Insert a long, thin flat-tipped screwdriver along the notch (A) on the mirror
holder (B). Slide the tip of the screwdriver between the mirror holder and the
actuator (C).
NOTE: When prying with a flat-tipped screwdriver, wrap it with

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 10: Identifying Mirror Holder And Actuator
3. Quickly twist the screwdriver to separate the mirror holder from the mirror
actuator.
4. Insert the screwdriver further under the mirror holder and twist it again.
5. Separate the mirror holder (A) from the actuator (B) by slowly pulling the
mirror apart while separating the adhesive (C), and release the hooks (D). If
equipped, disconnect the mirror defogger connectors from the heater pad
terminals.
Fig. 11: Identifying Mirror Holder From Actuator
6. Before reinstalling the mirror holder to the inner holder (A) of the actuator,
check the actuator rods (B) and the actuator boots (C):
If each rod is off the actuator hole, insert it securely.
NOTE: Do not pry up on the mirror holder to separate the two
parts, as this can cause either the mirror glass or
actuator to break.

2008 Honda Civic EX

The whole of each rod should be covered with the boot. If not, adjust the
boot into proper position.
Fig. 12: Identifying Actuator Rods And Actuator Boots
7. If equipped, reconnect the mirror defogger connectors.
8. Reattach the hooks of the mirror holder to the actuator, then position the mirror
holder on the actuator. Carefully push on the clip portions of the mirror holder
until the mirror holder locks into place.
9. Check the actuator operation.
4-DOOR
1. Carefully push on the top edge of the mirror holder (A) by hand.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Identifying Top Edge Of Mirror Holder
2. Put a shop towel in the opening between the lower edge of the mirror holder
and the mirror housing (B) to prevent scratches, and detach the bottom clips
(C) with a flat-tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape.
3. Carefully pull out the bottom edge of the mirror holder (A) to separate the
adhesive (B), and then release the side clips (C).
Fig. 14: Identifying Mirror Holder And Adhesive
4. Separate the mirror holder from the actuator (D) by releasing the hooks (E). If
equipped, disconnect the mirror defogger connectors (F).
5. Before reinstalling the mirror holder to the inner holder (A) of the actuator,
check the actuator rods (B) and the actuator boots (C):
If each rod is off the actuator hole, insert it securely.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Each rod should be covered with a boot. If not, adjust the boot into the
proper position.
Fig. 15: Identifying Actuator Rods And Actuator Boots
6. If equipped, reconnect the mirror defogger connectors.
7. Reattach the hooks of the mirror holder to the actuator, then position the mirror
holder on the actuator. Carefully push on the clip portions of the mirror holder
until the mirror holder locks into place.
8. Check the actuator operation.
REARVIEW MIRROR REPLACEMENT
1. Turn the rearview mirror base (A) 90 .

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 16: Identifying Rearview Mirror Base
2. Slide the rearview mirror (A) down toward the bottom of the windshield to
detach it from the spring (B) in the mount (C).
Fig. 17: Identifying Rearview Mirror Down Toward Bottom Of
Windshield
3. Install the rearview mirror in the reverse order of removal.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Moonroof - Civic
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Moonroof

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Moonroof - Civic

2008 Honda Civic EX

Water leaks from moonroof
1. Check for a clogged drain tube.
2. Check for a gap between the glass
weatherstrip and the roof panel.
3. Check for a defective or an improperly
installed glass weatherstrip or drain
channel.
4. Check for a gap between the drain seal
and the roof panel.
5. Adjust the moonroof height.
Wind noise from moonroof
1. Check for excessive clearance between
the glass weatherstrip and the roof panel.
2. Adjust the moonroof height.
Motor noise from moonroof
1. Check for a loose motor.
2. Check for a worn gear or bearing.
3. Check for a deformed cable assembly.
Moonroof glass does not move,
but motor turns
1. Check for a defective gear or inner cable.
2. Check for foreign matter stuck between
the guide rail and the slider.
3. Check for a loose inner cable.
4. Make sure the cable assembly is attached
properly.
Moonroof glass does not move
and motor does not turn (glass
can be moved with moonroof
wrench)
1. Check for a blown fuse.
2. Check for a faulty moonroof switch.
3. Check for a run down battery.
4. Check for a defective motor control unit.
Moonroof glass does not stop at
proper flush closed position
1. Reset the moonroof control unit (see
RESETTING THE MOONROOF
CONTROL UNIT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

GLASS POSITION ADJUSTMENT
The roof panel (A) should be even with the glass weatherstrip (B), to within 0+1/-1
mm (0+0.04/-0.04 in.) all the way around, and should be to length of between the
roof panel and glass, to within 13.5+1/-1 mm (0.55+0.04/-0.04 in). If not, make the
following adjustment:
Fig. 2: Adjusting Glass Position (with Specifications)
1. Remove the bracket cover.
2. Adjust the glass (A).
-1 Using a T25 TORX bit, slightly loosen the bolts.
-2 Move the glass up or down and forward or rearward.
-3 Tighten all bolts securely.
2. Check glass height adjustment.
Moonroof glass moves in a
jerking motion (moves 40 mm
(1.57 in.), stops for 0.4 seconds,
and repeats)
Reset the moonroof control unit (see
CONTROL UNIT ).
During auto close operation,
moonroof glass reverses when
no object is trapped
Check for dirt and debris in the track. Reset
the moonroof control unit (see RESETTING
THE MOONROOF CONTROL UNIT ).
Moonroof glass moves, but
there is no AUTO function
Reset the moonroof control unit (see
CONTROL UNIT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Adjusting Glass (With Specifications)
3. If necessary, repeat on the opposite side.
GLASS REPLACEMENT
1. Close the glass fully.
2. Slide the sunshade all the way back.
3. Pry out the lid (A), remove the screws (B), and release the hooks (C), then
remove both bracket covers (D). With a T25 TORX bit, remove the bolts (E)
from both glass brackets (F).
Fig. 4: Removing Both Glass Brackets (With Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Remove the glass (A) by lifting it up. Do not damage the roof panel.
Fig. 5: Removing Glass By Lifting Up
5. Install the glass in the reverse order of the removal, and adjust the glass height
alignment.
6. Reset the moonroof control unit (see RESETTING THE MOONROOF
CONTROL UNIT ).
7. Check for water leaks. Use free-flowing water from a hose without a nozzle.
Do not use high-pressure water.
WIND DEFLECTOR REPLACEMENT
1. Open the glass fully.
2. Remove the links (A) from both sides.
NOTE: It is normal for some water to seep past the moonroof
into the moonroof frame, and exit through the drains.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Removing Links
3. Remove the wind deflector (A).
Fig. 7: Removing Wind Deflector
4. Pry up on the deflector bases (A) and release the hooks (B), then remove the
bases with springs (C) from both sides.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Removing Deflector Bases, Hooks And Springs
5. Install the deflector in the reverse order of removal.
6. Reset the moonroof control unit (see RESETTING THE MOONROOF
CONTROL UNIT ).
DRAIN CHANNEL REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the glass (see GLASS REPLACEMENT ).
2. With the moonroof wrench, move both glass brackets (A) to the position where
the moonroof normally tilts up and disconnect the drain channel rods (B) on
both sides.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Moving Both Glass Bracket To Position Tilts Up
3. Slide the drain channel (A) forward.
Fig. 10: Sliding Drain Channel Forward
4. Pull the rear edge of the drain channel (A) up while pushing both clips (B), and
release the channel from both hooks (C) of the drain channel slider by pulling
it rearward.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Releasing Channel From Hooks Of Drain Channel Slider
5. Remove the drain channel.
6. Install the channel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Check the glass position adjustment (see GLASS POSITION
ADJUSTMENT ).
7. Check for water leaks. Let the water run freely from a hose without a nozzle.
Do not use a high-pressure spray.
SUNSHADE REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the drain channel (see DRAIN CHANNEL REPLACEMENT ).
2. Slide the sunshade (A) until you can see both sunshade slider spacers (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 12: Sliding Sunshade
3. Remove the screws, then remove both spacers.
4. While lifting the front portion of the sunshade (A), move the sunshade forward
until you can see both sunshade rear hooks (B). Do not damage the sunshade
and hooks.
Fig. 13: Moving Sunshade Forward

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Remove the screws, then remove both hooks.
6. Remove the sunshade (A).
Fig. 14: Removing Sunshade
7. Remove both front sunshade base sliders (A) and both rear sunshade base
sliders (B).
Fig. 15: Removing Front And Rear Sunshade Base Sliders
8. Install the sunshade in the reverse order of removal, and check the glass
position adjustment (see GLASS POSITION ADJUSTMENT ).
MOTOR REPLACEMENT
2. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Disconnect the connector (A), and remove

2008 Honda Civic EX

the bolts, then remove the motor (B).
Fig. 16: Removing Motor (With Specifications)
3. Install the motor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure the connector is plugged in properly.
Reset the moonroof control unit (see RESETTING THE MOONROOF
CONTROL UNIT ).
Check the motor operation.
FRAME AND DRAIN TUBE REPLACEMENT
service.
2-DOOR
Headliner (see HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
Moonroof glass (see GLASS REPLACEMENT )
2. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Disconnect the motor connector (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 17: Disconnecting Motor Connector
3. Disconnect the drain tubes (A).
Fig. 18: Disconnecting Drain Tubes
4. Remove the roof wire harness (B) by detaching the harness clips (C).
5. With an assistant holding the frame (A), remove the bolts (B, C), starting at the
rear, and release the rear hooks (D) by moving the frame forward.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 19: Releasing Rear Hooks By Moving Frame Forward (With
Specifications)
6. With the help of an assistant, carefully remove the frame through the front door
opening. Take care not to scratch the interior trim and body, or tear the seat
covers.
7. To remove a front drain valve (A) from the body, remove these parts:
Kick panel, left or right (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION -
DOOR AREAS )
Driver's dashboard undercover (see DRIVER's DASHBOARD
UNDERCOVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) or passenger's
dashboard undercover (see PASSENGER's DASHBOARD
Tie a string to the top end of the drain tube, then pull the front drain tube (B)
down out of the A-pillar. Leave the string in the pillar to use when reinstalling
the drain tube.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 20: Pulling Front Drain Tube Down Out Of A-Pillar
8. To remove a rear drain valve (A) from the body, remove these parts:
Spare tire lid (see step 3 in TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION -
TRUNK AREA )
Trunk rear trim panel (see step 5 in TRIM
Trunk side trim panel (see step 6 in TRIM
Tie a string to the top end of the rear drain tube (B), then pull the drain tube
down out of the pillar.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 21: Removing Rear Drain Valve From Body
9. Install the frame and drain tube in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Before installing the frame, clear the drain tubes and drain valves using
compressed air.
When installing, tie a string to the top end of the new drain tube and pull it
up into the roof.
Check the frame seal.
Clean the surface of the frame.
When installing the frame, first attach the rear hooks into the body holes.
When connecting the drain tube, slide it over the frame nozzle at least 10
mm (0.39 in.).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Install the tube clip (A) on the drain tube (B) as shown.
Fig. 22: Installing Frame And Drain Tube
service.
4-DOOR
Headliner (see HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
Moonroof glass (see GLASS REPLACEMENT )
2. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Disconnect the motor connector (A).
Fig. 23: Disconnecting Motor Connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Disconnect the drain tubes (A).
Fig. 24: Disconnecting Drain Tubes
4. Remove the roof wire harness (B) by detaching the harness clips (C).
5. With an assistant holding the frame (A), remove the bolts, starting at the rear,
and release the rear hooks (B) by moving the frame forward.
Fig. 25: Releasing Rear Hooks Moving Frame Forward (With
Specifications)
6. With the help of an assistant, carefully remove the frame through the front door
opening. Take care not to scratch the interior trim and body, or tear the seat
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. To remove a front drain valve (A) from the body, remove the kick panel, left or
right (see FRONT DOOR SILL AREA - 4-DOOR ), and the driver's
dashboard undercover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) or passenger's dashboard undercover (see
PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER
Detach the clips (B), then remove the front drain tube (C).
Fig. 26: Removing Front Drain Valve From Body
8. To remove a rear drain valve (A) from the body, remove these parts:
Spare tire lid (see step 2 in TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION -
TRUNK AREA )
Trunk rear trim panel (see step 5 in TRIM
Trunk side trim panel (see step 6 in TRIM
Tie a string to the top end of the rear drain tube (B), then pull the drain tube
down out of the pillar.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 27: Removing Rear Drain Valve From Body
9. Install the frame and drain tube in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Before installing the frame, clear the drain tubes and drain valves using
compressed air.
When installing, tie a string to the top end of the new drain tube and pull it
up into the roof.
Check the frame seal.
Clean the surface of the frame.
When installing the frame, first attach the rear hooks into the body holes.

2008 Honda Civic EX

When connecting the drain tube, slide it over the frame nozzle at least 10
mm (0.39 in.).
Install the tube clip (A) on the drain tube (B) as shown.
Fig. 28: Installing Frame And Drain Tube
DRAIN CHANNEL SLIDER AND CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the frame:
2. Remove these parts from the frame:
Sunshade (see SUNSHADE REPLACEMENT )
Moonroof motor (see MOTOR REPLACEMENT )
3. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Remove the screws (A, B) securing the
slide stops (C), and cable tube rear brackets (D), cable tube side bracket
mounting bolts (E) and the cable tube mounting screws (F) from both sides of
the frame (G).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 29: Removing Screws Securing Slide Stops (With Specifications)
4. Turn both cable tube side brackets (A) up to release the hooks (B) from the
holes in both sides of the frame.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 30: Turning Cable Tube Side Brackets Up To Release Hooks
5. Pivot the glass brackets (C) down by sliding the link lifters (D) back, then slide
both glass brackets back with the link lifters.
6. Slide the cable assembly (E) half-way.
7. Remove the slide stops (A) and the drain channel sliders (B) from both sides.
Fig. 31: Removing Slide Stops Drain Channel Sliders
8. Slide the cable assembly (A) and both glass brackets (B) back, remove the
deflector sliders (C) from both glass brackets, then remove them from the
frame (D).
Fig. 32: Sliding Cable Assembly And Both Glass Brackets Back

2008 Honda Civic EX

9. Install the slider and cable assembly in the reverse order of removal, and note
these items:
Damaged parts should be replaced.
Apply multipurpose grease to the glass bracket (A) and guide rail portion
of the frame (B) indicated by the arrows.
Before reinstalling the motor, make sure both link lifters are parallel, and
in the fully closed position.
Before reinstalling the motor, install the frame and glass, then check the
opening drag (see CLOSING FORCE AND OPENING DRAG
CHECK ).
After reinstalling the motor, reset the moonroof control unit (see
RESETTING THE MOONROOF CONTROL UNIT ).
Fig. 33: Installing Slider And Cable Assembly
CLOSING FORCE AND OPENING DRAG CHECK

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Closing force check:
With a shop towel (A) on the leading edge of the glass (B), attach a spring
scale (C) as shown in Fig. 34.
Have an assistant hold the switch to close the glass while you measure the
force required to stop it.
Read the force as soon as the glass stops moving, then immediately release
the switch and spring scale.
Closing force: 200-290 N (20-30 kgf, 44-66 lbf)
Fig. 34: Checking Closing Force
3. If the force in not within specification, remove the moonroof motor (see
MOTOR REPLACEMENT ), then check:
The gear portion and the inner cable for breakage and damage. If the gear
portion is broken, replace the motor. If the inner cable is damaged, remove
the frame, 2-door (see 2-door ), 4-door (see 4-door ), and replace the
cable (see DRAIN CHANNEL SLIDER AND CABLE ASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT ).
The moonroof motor (see MOONROOF CONTROL UNIT INPUT
TEST ). If the motor fails to run or doesn't turn smoothly, replace it.
The opening drag. Go to step 4.
4. Opening drag check: Protect the leading edge of the glass with a shop towel
(A). Measure the effort required to open the glass using a spring scale (B) as
shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 35: Checking Opening Drag
5. If the load is over 40 N (4 kgf, 9 lbf), check:
The side clearance and glass position adjustment (see GLASS
POSITION ADJUSTMENT ).
For broken or damaged sliding parts. If any sliding parts are damaged,
replace them.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Navigation System - Civic (Except Hybrid)
4-door
Fig. 1: Identifying Navigation System Component Location - 4-Door
2-door

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Navigation System - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Identifying Navigation System Component Location - 2-Door
GENERAL OPERATION
Refer to the Navigation System manual, for the navigation system operating
procedures.
ANTI-THEFT FEATURE
The navigation system has a coded theft protection circuit. Be sure you have the
customer's anti-theft security code before;

2008 Honda Civic EX

Disconnecting the battery
Disconnecting the navigation unit 12P and 17P connector
Removing the No. 23 (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box
After service, reconnect power to the navigation unit, and turn the ignition switch
ON (II). Enter the 4-digit anti-theft security codes, then select Done.
If the code cannot be found, use the interactive Network (i N) to look it up. You can
view the serial number in one of the Navi ECU diagnostic screen (see TOUCH
PANEL CALIBRATION). Alternatively, you will need the serial number from the
navigation unit in the dash.
When replacing the navigation unit, be sure to give the customer the new anti-theft
security code.
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Certain circumstances and system limitations will result in occasional vehicle
positioning errors. Some customers may think this indicates a problem with the
navigation system when, in fact, the system is normal. Keep the following items in
mind when interviewing customers about symptoms of the navigation system.
SELF-INERTIAL NAVIGATION LIMITATIONS
The limitations of the self-inertial portion of the navigation system (the yaw rate
sensor and the vehicle speed signal) can cause some discrepancies between the
vehicle's actual position and the indicated vehicle position (GPS vehicle position).
The following circumstances may cause vehicle positioning errors:
Moving the vehicle with the engine stopped and the vehicle stopped, such as
by ferry or tow truck, or if the vehicle is spun on a turn table.
Tire slippage, changes in tire rolling diameters, and some driving situations
may cause discrepancies in travel distances. Examples of this include:
Continuous tire slippage on a slippery surface.
Driving with snow chains mounted.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Abnormal tire pressure.
Incorrect tire size.
Frequent lane changes across a wide highway.
Continuous driving on a straight or gently curving highway.
Tolerances in the system and map inaccuracies will sometimes limit how
precisely the vehicle position is indicated. Examples of this include:
Driving on roads not shown on the map (map matching is not possible).
Driving on a road that winds in one direction, such as a loop bridge, an
interchange, or a spiral parking garage.
Driving on a road with a series of sharp hair-pin turns.
Driving near a gradual highway exit or transition.
Driving on one of two close parallel roads.
Making many 90 degree turns.
The direction to destination icon or the destination icon shown or the map
may be up to several hundred feet away from the actual location.
GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) LIMITATIONS
The GPS cannot detect the vehicle's position during the following conditions:
Metallic window tinting above the GPS antenna,
When only three satellite signals can be received (Four satellite signals are
required for accurate positioning).
When driving near high tension power lines.
When the satellite signals are blocked by the operation of some electronic after
market accessories including, but not limited to non-OEM in-dash
entertainment units (radio, CD players/changers, radar detectors and theft
recovery systems) and cell phones placed near the navigation system.
When the satellite control centers are experiencing problems.
The accuracy of GPS is reduced during these instances:
Metallic window tinting above the GPS antenna.

2008 Honda Civic EX

When only three satellite signals can be received (Four satellite signals are
required for accurate positioning).
When driving near high tension power lines.
When the satellite signals are blocked by the operation of some electronic after
market accessories including, but not limited to non-OEM in-dash
entertainment units (radio, CD players/changers, radar detectors and theft
recovery systems) and cell phones placed near the navigation system.
When the satellite control centers are experiencing problems.
MUTING LOGIC
Whenever the navigation system is giving guidance, the front speakers are muted.
When the voice control system is being used, all of the speakers are muted.
LCD UNIT LIMITATIONS
In cold temperatures, the display may stay dark for the first 2 or 3 minutes until
it warms up.
When the display is too hot because of direct summer sunlight, it will remain
dark until the temperature drops.
When the humidity is high and the interior temperature is low, the display may
appear cloudy. The display will clear up after some use.
Fingerprints on the touch panel may sometimes be noticeable because of the
panel's low-reflection coating. Clean the screen with a soft damp cloth. You
may use a mild cleaner intended for eye glasses or computer screens. To avoid
scratching the panel, do not rub too hard, or use abrasive cleaners, or shop
towels.
The touch panel consists of a touch sensitive resistive membrane covering the
display. Unlike previous systems, you must actually touch the display to
activate it. Never use hard or sharp implements to operate the screen because
you risk damaging the sensing membrane. If a touch switch does not function
immediately, shift your finger slightly, and touch it again.
SYMPTOM DUPLICATION
If you can duplicate the symptom, compare it to a known-good vehicle. Only

2008 Honda Civic EX

use a vehicle of the same model, year, trim, and software version. If you can
duplicate the symptom in the known-good vehicle, then it is a characteristic of
the system.
When the symptom can be duplicated, follow the self-diagnostic procedures
and the appropriate troubleshooting procedures.
When the symptom does not reappear or only reappears intermittently, ask the
customer about the conditions when the symptom occurred.
Try to establish if outside interference may be the cause.
Try to duplicate the symptom under the same conditions the customer
experienced.
Vibration, temperature extremes, and moisture (dew, humidity) are factors
that are difficult to duplicate.
Inspect the vehicle for after market electronic devices (vehicle locators,
radar detector amps, etc.) that may be hidden.
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
If the navigation unit needs to be replaced, inform the client that personal
information in the navigation system may be lost. If possible, have the
customer record any personal information before the unit is replaced. On '07-
08 models, you can back up the navigation data and transfer it to a new
navigation unit. See SAVE USER'S MEMORY .
Before disconnecting the battery, make sure you have the anti-theft codes for
the audio and navigation systems, and write down the audio presets.
Also obtain any PGM-FI or transmission DTCs and freeze frame date (which
will be lost when the ECM/PCM loses power).
NOTE: When troubleshooting navigation system problems, ensure
that the known-good vehicle is the same software version
year and model as the vehicle being serviced. Mixing
incompatible navigation DVDs or other system components
can delay the troubleshooting process by causing effects
unrelated to the original problem.

2008 Honda Civic EX

When the battery is disconnected, the internal GPS clock is reset to 0:00. The
clock will reset to the correct time after the system finishes GPS initialization.
After reconnecting the battery, you have to wait to get the initial signal from
the satellite. It will take 10 to 45 minutes.
Before returning the vehicle to the client, enter the audio and navigation anti-
theft security codes, then enter the audio presets.
Adjust the setup clock settings (time zone and daylight savings) in the
navigation system.
SYSTEM INITIALIZATION
If for any reason you lose power to the navigation system (the battery was
disconnected), the navigation system will require initialization. Once completed,
your system will be ready to use.
Initialization requires the following:
Entering the 4-digit anti-theft security code to unlock the system.
GPS initialization (may not be needed depending of the length of time the
system was without power).
Map-matching to align the GPS to a location on the map.
ENTERING SECURITY CODE
Anytime power is disconnected from the navigation unit, the 4-digit anti-theft code
must be entered on the navigation system display. This 4-digit code can be found on
a small code card that was given to the customer. Enter the 4-digit code, then select
Done.
If the navigation system anti-theft code cannot be found, use the interactive
Network (i N) to look it up. You will need the serial number from the navigation
unit to do this. You can view the serial number in the diagnostic mode. Select Unit
Check from the main menu, then the Navi ECU diagnostic screen. This allows you
go get the serial number without removing the navigation unit.
The i N may display more than one code for a given serial number. This is because

2008 Honda Civic EX

serial numbers are not unique. You may have to try more than one 4-digit code. If
no code is shown, or if the code(s) given do not work in the navigation unit, contact
the Automobile Warranty department. If the code 0000 works, then replace the
navigation unit.
When replacing the navigation unit or audio unit, be sure to give the customer the
new anti-theft security code.
GPS INITIALIZATION
Depending on the length of time the battery was disconnected, your system may
require GPS initialization. If it does, the following screen appears:
Fig. 3: Identifying GPS Initialization Label
If this procedure is not necessary, the system proceeds directly to the Disclaimer
screen. During initialization, the system searches for all available GPS satellites and
obtains their orbital information. During this procedure, the vehicle should be out in
the open with a clear view of the sky.
If the navigation system finds the satellites properly, this box clears and changes to
the Disclaimer screen. If within 10 minutes the system fails to locate a sufficient
number of satellites to locate your position, the following screen appears:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Identifying GPS Initialization Label
After 30 minutes with this screen displayed, turn off the engine, then restart the
vehicle. If you now see the Disclaimer screen, the GPS initialization is complete.
AFTER SERVICING PROCEDURES-MAP MATCHING
Park the vehicle in an area where the GPS satellite signals are unobstructed,
and check the satellite mark on the display.
Drive the vehicle 1 mile before entering a destination and confirm the road
being used is displayed at the bottom of the screen (map-matched).
Enter the dealer address and confirm the system routes and performs normally.
Clear any previous destinations and address entries that may have been entered
for testing purposes.
OBTAINING A NAVIGATION DVD
If the navigation DVD is lost or damaged, or you need a yearly updated DVD, you
have two ways to purchase one. You can either call (888) 291-4675, or order online
at www.honda.com.
Both methods require a credit card. The DVD for this model has a turquoise
NOTE:
The average acquiring time is less than 10 minutes, but
it can take as long as 45 minutes.
If the system is still unable to acquire a signal, follow
the instructions on the screen. If this screen appears
again, go to troubleshooting for the GPS icon is white
or not shown (see GPS ICON IS WHITE OR NOT
SHOWN).
To bypass the GPS acquire screens, press and hold the
Menu and Zoom Out keys at the same time. Touch the
Return button on the screen to exit the diagnostic
mode. This allows you to continue troubleshooting
while in the shop.

2008 Honda Civic EX

(blue/green) label and cannot be ordered through the parts system. The following
DVDs will not work in this navigation system:
Earlier model navigation DVDs (black, orange, or white label)
Map software programs manufactured by other companies
DVD movies or DVDs containing audio recordings
Copies of an original navigation DVD
Updated DVDs are available for purchase usually in the fall of each year. They may
contain the following:
Enhanced maps and points of interest (POI) coverage
Fixes for minor software bugs
Additional features
DVD HANDING AND CLEANING
To avoid damaging or leaving fingerprints on the DVD, always handle it by the
edges and place it in a jewel case whenever it is outside the navigation unit. Deep
NOTE:
Map-matching must be done any time the DVD is
removed or replaced.
Always order navigation DVDs on an as-needed basis.
During a typical model year, each color DVD may
undergo a half a dozen software-only version upgrades
to fix minor issues on some or all models the DVD
supports. This is normal. Usually only the letter at the
end of the version number changes, while the database
(maps and POIs) remain unchanged.
Never promise your clients future free updates. There
are no free programs for updating the navigation DVD.
Update DVDs are generally available for purchase each
fall. The online DVD order site provides information
when an update for a particular color DVD is available.
Damaged discs are not warrantable.

2008 Honda Civic EX

scratches or fingerprints on the back of the DVD can cause intermittent rebooting or
other system errors.
Fig. 5: Precaution For - DVD Handing
Smudges and fingerprints can be carefully removed using a mild cleaner and tissues
designed to clean eyeglasses. To clean a DVD, use a clean soft cloth. Very gently
wipe across the DVD from the center to the outside edge, never in a circular
motion.
Fig. 6: Precaution For - DVD Cleaning
Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the DVD.
EARLIEST DVD VERSION APPLICATION FOR EACH MODEL
Each navigation system DVD contains a map/POI (point of interest) database and
the navigation system software for each model that it supports. Inserting an older
DVD can cause problems since it lacks the software to provide the specific features

2008 Honda Civic EX

needed for that model. Unfortunately, the navigation software does not detect or
warn you that the version is outdated, and it may even appear to operate.
Typical warning symptoms that an outdated DVD is being used include:
The Honda model navigation screen may display a Acura logo while booting
up.
A newly introduced model future or accessory may not display properly, and
Extension will display instead.
The current street (the street being driven on) may not appear properly at the
bottom of the map screen display when the vehicle is driven on a main road.
HOW TO IDENTIFY NAVIGATION DVD VERSIONS, AND HOW TO INSPECT A DVD FOR
DAMAGE
To determine the navigation version on a particular model, start the engine, then
locate the navigation unit. Open the DVD door, and push the eject button to eject
the DVD. Hold the DVD by the edges, and check for these items:
The label color.
Read the DVD version on the label, and note it on the repair order. The version
number is near the bottom of the label text (for example, ver: 4.23A). You will
NOTE: Replacing a DVD just because the version number is higher
is not always warranted. A higher software version does not
necessarily mean it contains newer software for your
model. The DVD contains software for all models that use
the same color DVD, and a revised number may or may not
have software fixes or upgrades for the model in question.
NOTE: Extension may be displayed when using Music Link, but
should never be displayed when XM is selected.
NOTE: If necessary, compare the operation to the navigation
system of the same model and year vehicle that has a
current DVD.

2008 Honda Civic EX

need this version number:
To verify that the DVD version is appropriate for the vehicle.
Any time you call Tech Line regarding a navigation system issue.
To answer customer inquires concerning update or coverage issue.
Check the underside of the DVD for signs of mishandling. Deep scratches,
swirl marks, or fingerprints can cause random lock-ups, reboots, and DVD
read or format errors.
Verify that the underside of the DVD is silver, and not a copy with a blue
color. Copies will not work properly and can cause other symptoms that
mimic hardware problems.
Incorrectly colored DVDs being put into navigation vehicles. This causes the
system to either display error messages, or it causes system malfunctions that
mimic a hardware problem. This result in the customer driving away with a
malfunctioning navigation system.
The DVD version provided to the customer is out-of date or incompatible with
a particular model. This inconveniences your customer by delaying the repair,
or by causing additional (and unnecessary) returns to your dealership.
The customer experiences bugs or other issues that have already been resolved
in later versions currently available at the fulfillment desk.
NOTE: Customers may obtain DVDs from sources outside
the normal ordering process. If you determine this
is the case, recommend that your customer
purchase the appropriate DVD from the Honda Disc
Fulfillment Center (see ORDERING A DVD).
NOTE: A damaged DVD is not covered under warranty
unless the disc is damaged by the navigation unit.
Damage by the navigation unit typically appears as
circular scratches caused by something rubbing
against the DVD as it spins. The damage may
appear as arcs or complete circles on the DVD
reading surface.

2008 Honda Civic EX

If the DVD is defective, or has any of the issues mentioned above, return the
vehicle to your customer and recommend that they order the proper DVD from the
Honda Disc Fulfillment Center (see ORDERING A DVD).
HOW TO ANSWER CUSTOMER QUESTIONS ABOUT NAVIGATION COVERAGE
Some customers may ask questions regarding a city, address or POI (point of
interest) covered by the navigation system. It is better to verify a coverage question
on an actual vehicle than to disappoint your customer by promising coverage that
may be incomplete or missing in their area. The following suggestions can be used
to answer coverage inquiries from your customer.
Is my address covered by the navigation system?
Using a current production vehicle (of the same model), try entering the customer's
address (street first) to see if their area is covered. Always enter the street first,
because sometimes their city may be included in a neighboring township, or under
some lager metropolitan city name. If the address is shown in a later year vehicle,
but not your customer's vehicle, you might want to recommend that your customer
purchase an update.
Is my city covered by the navigation system?
For general questions about whether a city is covered, view the map coverage link
on the DVD order site. On the site, you enter a year and model, and then click on
the Coverage link. You then select a state or province, and the cities are listed. Of
course, this does not guarantee that the customer's road or address is in the system.
Verifying on an actual production vehicle is always the best guarantee that your
information is accurate.
The gas station on my corner is now a restaurant. Why is it still incorrect in
NOTE: If it is determined that the navigation unit is defective
(through the appropriate service manual troubleshooting
procedures) and the DVD will not eject, order a replacement
navigation unit, and also order a DVD from the Honda Disc
Fulfillment Center.

2008 Honda Civic EX

the navigation system?
For POI-related customer questions, explain that businesses are constantly moving,
and there can be a considerable lag in updating the millions of POIs in the system.
The database is updated annually, and the best way to the verify whether the POI is
accurate is verify the inquiry on a current production vehicle.
Answers to these and other questions regarding coverage can be found in these
locations:
In the Frequently Asked Questions section of the navigation system manual.
At the on-line DVD order site, by clicking on the FAQs link (see ORDERING
A DVD).
PRECAUTION ON CUSTOMER SNEAK PREVIEWS
Your customer might request a look (or sneak preview) at features in the latest
navigation software. You should never preview a navigation DVD in a customer's
vehicle. Inserting a new DVD installs the latest software from the DVD into the
memory of the customer's navigation system. When the original DVD is reinstalled,
the newer software remains in memory and is often incompatible with the
customer's original DVD Map and POI database.
If your customer wishes to see the latest navigation coverage or software features,
demonstrate it on an in-stock vehicle that already has the latest DVD version.
If, by chance, a newer version is located accidentally, either by the dealer or the
customer, the only remedy is to enter the navigation diagnostic mode's Version
screen and do a forced download. Refer to the i N for applicable patches that may
need reinstalling.
Symptom Troubleshooting
Navigation unit
Open/short between the

2008 Honda Civic EX

No picture is
displayed
(see NO PICTURE IS
DISPLAYED)
navigation unit, or the XM
receiver or the GA-Net bus
Harness/fuses/switches
Picture has
lines/rolls/other
issues or is an
odd color
(see PICTURE HAS
LINES/ROLLS/OTHER
ISSUES OR IS AN ODD
COLOR)
Navigation unit
Navigation
display buttons
do not work or
respond
properly
(see NAVIGATION
DISPLAY BUTTONS DO
NOT WORK OR
RESPOND PROPERLY)
Navigation unit
Open/short between the XM
GPS icon is
white or not
shown
(see GPS ICON IS
WHITE OR NOT
SHOWN)
Navigation unit
GPS antenna/cable
Voice guidance
cannot be heard,
is broken up, or
there is static
(see GPS ICON IS
WHITE OR NOT
SHOWN)
Navigation unit
Voice control
does not
work/respond
(see VOICE CONTROL
DOES NOT
WORK/RESPOND)
Navigation unit
Microphone/steering
buttons
Vehicle position
icon constantly
leaves road,
moves
erratically, or is
very far from
actual position
(see VEHICLE
POSITION ICON
CONSTANTLY LEAVES
ROAD, MOVES
ERRATICALLY, OR IS
VERY FAR FROM
ACTUAL POSITION)
Navigation unit
GPS antenna/cable
ECM/PCM (speed and fuel
pulses)

2008 Honda Civic EX

DVD screen
error messages
(see DVD SCREEN
ERROR MESSAGES)
Navigation unit
DVD
System always
comes up in in-
line diagnostic
mode
(see DVD SCREEN
ERROR MESSAGES)
Software remedy, do not replace
hardware
Display
day/night mode
does not work
(see DISPLAY
DAY/NIGHT MODE
DOES NOT WORK)
Navigation unit
Gauge control module
(CAN)
System locks up
or freezes
constantly
(see DISPLAY
DAY/NIGHT MODE
DOES NOT WORK)
Navigation unit
DVD
Vehicle icon
wanders across
the map when
driving (does
not follow a
displayed road)
or map or
vehicle ICON
spins
(see VEHICLE ICON
WANDERS ACROSS
THE MAP WHEN
DRIVING (DOES NOT
FOLLOW A
DISPLAYED ROAD) OR
MAP OR VEHICLE
ICON SPINS)
Navigation unit (Yaw rate
sensor)
Vehicle icon
moves by itself
or spins when
parked
(see VEHICLE ICON
WANDERS ACROSS
THE MAP WHEN
DRIVING (DOES NOT
FOLLOW A
DISPLAYED ROAD) OR
MAP OR VEHICLE
ICON SPINS)
Navigation unit
Navigation
(see NAVIGATION Harness/fuses/switches

2008 Honda Civic EX

display stays on
with ignition
switch OFF
DISPLAY STAYS ON
WITH IGNITION
SWITCH OFF)
Aftermarket accessory or
cell phone installed
Navigation
cannot control
audio system
(see NAVIGATION
DISPLAY STAYS ON
WITH IGNITION
SWITCH OFF)
Navigation unit
Navigation unit, or the XM
Navigation
cannot control
XM radio
(see NAVIGATION
CANNOT CONTROL
XM RADIO)
Navigation unit
Navigation unit, or the XM
Harness
Navigation
frequently asks
for anti-theft
code and needs
GPS
initialization
(see NAVIGATION
CANNOT CONTROL
XM RADIO)
Navigation unit
Harness/fuses/switches/unit
grounds
OPEN/CLOSE
function of the
display does not
work
(see OPEN/CLOSE
FUNCTION OF THE
DISPLAY DOES NOT
WORK)
Navigation unit
Harness
Navigation
display will not
close
(see NAVIGATION
DISPLAY WILL NOT
CLOSE)
Navigation unit
Harness
Navigation
display does not
open or opens
part way
(see NAVIGATION
DISPLAY WILL NOT
CLOSE)
Navigation unit
Harness
PC card will not
play/card icon
(see AUDIO DISC

2008 Honda Civic EX

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OVERVIEW
The navigation system is a highly sophisticated, hybrid locating system.
on audio screen
cannot be
selected
CANNOT BE INSERTED
AND/OR EJECTED
(WITH NAVIGATION) )
Navigation unit
The vehicle icon
lags behind
when the vehicle
turns
See SELF-INERTIAL
NAVIGATION
LIMITATIONS
Aftermarket accessories
connected to the system
GPS antenna/cable
Navigation
screen is darker
than normal or
takes time to
start up when it
is cold
See LCD UNIT
LIMITATIONS

A new
navigation DVD
is needed
See OBTAINING A
NAVIGATION DVD

The DVD is
scratched or
dirty
See DVD HANDING AND
CLEANING
Navigation unit
The wrong DVD
was installed
and now the
system does not
function
properly
See PRECAUTION ON
CUSTOMER SNEAK
PREVIEWS
Install the correct version
DVD
Check on-line for service
bulletins or other service
information for the
navigation system
A specific city
cannot be found
See PRECAUTION ON
CUSTOMER SNEAK
PREVIEWS
The DVD is scratched or dirty

2008 Honda Civic EX

The navigation unit uses global positioning system (GPS) satellite signals, internal
yaw and vehicle speed inputs, and a map database to show where the vehicle is and
to help guide you to a desired destination.
The navigation unit's GPS receiver receives signals from the GPS, a network of 24
satellites in orbit around the earth. By receiving signals from several of these
satellites, the navigation system can determine the latitude, longitude, and elevation
of the vehicle.
Signals from the system's yaw rate sensor (inside the navigation unit) detects turns,
and the ECM/PCM vehicle speed pulse (VSP) and reverse signal enable the system
to keep track of the vehicle's speed and direction of travel. The advantage of this
hybrid system is that the system can track your position if either the GPS signal or
the vehicle speed signal is missing. For instance, when in a tunnel (no GPS), the
speed signal is used to update your position on the map. Alternately, while the
vehicle is being transported on a ferry, GPS signals can show the vehicle position
on the map as it crosses the water.
The navigation system uses the location, direction, and speed information to display
the appropriate map and calculate a route to the destination entered. As you drive to
a destination, the system provides both visual and audio guidance. Audio guidance
is sent to the audio unit, and an RGB graphics color signal is sent to the navigation
display.
This navigation system also has voice recognition that allows voice control of most
of the navigation, and audio functions. The voice control switches (TALK and
BACK buttons on the steering wheel) activate the voice control system. The
microphone on the ceiling receives your voice commands. For more information on
this feature, consult the navigation owner's guide.
The illumination signal is used by the navigation unit to automatically switch the
display mode between the Night and Day display modes. When the headlights are
on, the dash brightness control setting full brightness overrides the Night display
mode, and allows a daytime navigation display with the lights on.
When the navigation system is giving voice guidance commands, the front speakers
are muted. When the voice control system is being used (TALK button pressed), all

2008 Honda Civic EX

of the speakers are muted.
The internal GA-Net II bus passes information back and forth between the
navigation display, the navigation unit, and the audio system components. The
information passed on this bus are touch button commands, audio muting signal,
audio (radio and XM), and any open in these bus lines can affect the navigation
system or other audio accessory operation.
The clock on the navigation display is set and maintained by the navigation unit.
The time is automatically adjusted for daylight savings, and time zone changes
while driving. The time can be adjusted in setup.
Additional information is available about the navigation components following the
System Diagram. A glossary of terms that are used throughout this article follows
the detailed information.
The Navigation System Manual in the glove box covers all of the system functions
and settings. Use this as a resource when evaluating a customer concern.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Navigation System Diagram
NAVIGATION FUNCTION
The navigation system is composed of the navigation unit, the ECM/PCM (vehicle
speed signal), the GPS antenna, microphone, voice control switch, XM receiver,
and the climate control unit.
These units communicate with each other on the GA-Net bus.
Function Diagram

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Navigation System Function Diagram
Vehicle Speed Pulse
The vehicle speed pulse is sent by the ECM/PCM. The ECM/PCM receives a signal
from the countershaft speed sensor, then it processes the signal and transmits it to
the speedometer and other systems.
Fig. 9: Vehicle Speed Pulse Circuit Diagram
GA-Net Bus Configuration
The GA-Net bus passes audio and navigation commands throughout the navigation
and audio components.
These commands include audio/XM selections by voice, and XM station and music
title names. Because the entire bus is daisy chained between components (see

2008 Honda Civic EX

diagram below), any open or short in the GA-Net bus harness will cause any or all
of these functions to become inoperative. The addition of any factory audio
accessory must maintain the continuity of the GA-Net bus by installing the Y cable
included with the accessory kit.
Fig. 10: GA-NET Bus Configuration - Communication Diagram
Yaw Rate Sensor
The yaw rate sensor (located in the navigation unit) detects the direction change
(angular speed) of the vehicle. The sensor is an oscillation gyro built into the
navigation unit.
Sensor Element Structure
The sensor element is shaped like a tuning fork, and it consists of the piezoelectric
parts, the metal block, and the support pin. There are four piezoelectric parts: one to
drive the oscillators, one to monitor and maintain the oscillation at a regular
frequency, and two to detect angular velocity. The two oscillators, which have a 90-
degree twist in the center, are connected at the bottom by the metal block and
supported by the support pin. A detection piezoelectric part is attached to the top of
each oscillator. The driving piezoelectric part is attached to the bottom of one
oscillator, and the monitoring piezoelectric part is attached to the bottom of the
other oscillator.
Oscillation Gyro Principles
The piezoelectric parts have electric/mechanical transfer characteristics. They bend
vertically when voltage is applied to both sides of the parts, and voltage is generated
between both sides of the piezoelectric parts when they are bent by an external
force. The oscillation gyro functions by utilizing this characteristic of the
piezoelectric parts and Coriolis force. (Coriolis force deflects moving objects as a
result of the earth's rotation.) In the oscillation gyro, this force moves the sensor

2008 Honda Civic EX

element when angular velocity is applied.
Operation
1. The driving piezoelectric part oscillates the oscillator by repeatedly bending
and returning when an AC voltage of 6 kHz is applied to the part, The
monitoring-side oscillator resonates because it is connected to the driving-side
oscillator by the metal block.
2. The monitoring piezoelectric part bends in proportion to the oscillation and
outputs voltage (the monitor signal). The navigation unit control circuit
controls the drive signal to stabilize the monitor signal.
3. When the vehicle is stopped, the detecting piezoelectric parts oscillate right
and left with the oscillators, but no signal is output because the parts are not
bent (no angular force).
4. When the vehicle turns to the right, the sensor element moves in a circular
motion with the right oscillator bending forward and the left oscillator bending
rearward. The amount of forward/rearward bend varies according to the
angular velocity of the vehicle.
5. The detecting piezoelectric parts output voltage (the yaw rate signal) according
to the amount of bend. The amount of vehicle direction change is determined
by measuring this voltage.
Fig. 11: Enlarged View Of Sensor Element
Global Positioning System (GPS)

2008 Honda Civic EX

The global positioning system (GPS) enables the navigation system to determine
the current position of the vehicle by using the signals transmitted from the
satellites in orbit around the earth. The satellites transmit the satellite identification
signal, orbit information, transmission time signal, and other information. When the
GPS receiver receives a signal from four or more satellites simultaneously, it
calculates the current position of the vehicle based on the distance to each satellite
and the satellite's positions in its respective orbit.
Position Detection Image with GPS Satellite
Fig. 12: Identifying Position Detection Image With GPS Satellite
Precision of GPS
The precision of the GPS varies according to the number of satellites from which
signals are received and the view of the sky. The precision is indicated by the color
and shape of the GPS icon shown on the display.
PRECISION GPS
GPS
ICON
COLOR
NUMBER OF
SATELLITES
CONDITION DESCRIPTION
White
GPS icon
None Faulty
The GPS can't be utilized due
to a faulty GPS receiver,
open in the wire, or other
fault or interference.
Impossible to detect
GPS function is normal. The
satellite signals received by

2008 Honda Civic EX

GPS Antenna
The GPS antenna amplifies and transmits the signals received from the satellites to
the GPS receiver.
GPS Receiver and Clock
The GPS receiver is built into the navigation unit. It calculates the vehicle position
by receiving the signal from the GPS antenna. The current time vehicle position and
signal reception condition is transmitted from the GPS receiver to the navigation
unit to adjust vehicle position.
Navigation Unit
The navigation unit calculates the vehicle position and guides you to the
destination. The unit performs map matching correction, GPS correction, and
distance tuning. It also controls the menu functions and the DVD-ROM drive, and
interprets voice commands. With control of all these items, the navigation unit
makes the navigation picture signal, then it transmits the signal to the navigation
display and audio driving instructions to the audio unit.
Calculation of Vehicle Position
The navigation unit calculates the vehicle position (the driving direction and the
current position) by receiving the directional change signals from the yaw rate
2 or less
vehicle position the GPS are too few to detect
the vehicle position.
Green
GPS icon
3
Vehicle position
detectable in 2
dimensions
The longitude and latitude of
the vehicle position can be
detected. (Less precise than
detection in three
dimensions)
4 or more
Vehicle position
detectable in 3
dimensions
(elevation
displayed)
The longitude, latitude and
the altitude of the vehicle
position can be detected.
(More precise than detection
in two dimensions)

2008 Honda Civic EX

sensor and the travel distance signals from the PCMs vehicle speed pulse (VSP)
signal.
Map Matching Tuning
The map matching tuning is accomplished by indicating the vehicle position on the
roads on the map. The map data transmitted from the DVD-ROM is checked
against the vehicle position data, and the vehicle position is indicate on the nearest
road. Map matching tuning does not occur when the vehicle travels on a road not
shown on the map, or when the vehicle position is far away from a road on the map.
GPS Tuning
The GPS tuning is accomplished by indicating the vehicle position as the GPS's
vehicle position. The navigation unit compares its calculated vehicle position data
with the GPS vehicle position data. If there is large difference between the two, the
indicated vehicle position is adjusted to the GPS vehicle position.
Distance Tuning
The distance tuning reduces the difference between the travel distance signal from
the VSP and the distance data on the map. The navigation unit compares its
calculated vehicle position data with the GPS vehicle position data. The navigation
unit then decreases the tuning value when the vehicle position is always ahead of
the GPS vehicle position, and it increases the tuning value when the vehicle
position is always behind the GPS vehicle position.
Route Guidance
The navigation unit can calculate different routes to a selected destination. You
have five options:
Direct Route - Calculate a route that is the most direct.
Easy Route - Calculate a route that minimizes the number of turns needed.
Minimize Freeways - Calculate a route that avoids freeway travel. If that is not
possible, keep the amount of freeway travel to a minimum.
Minimize Toll Roads - Calculate a route that avoids, or minimizes travel on
toll roads.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Maximize Freeways - Calculate a route that uses freeways as much as possible.
Audio Guidance
The navigation unit transmits audio driving instructions before entering an
intersection or passing a junction.
The audio instructions come through the audio unit to the front speakers.
DVD-ROM
The map data (including all scale rates) is stored in the DVD-ROM. The map data
includes:
Road distances, road widths, speed limits, traffic regulations, passing time at
junction, distances to junctions, and the driving instructions for audio guidance.
Latitude and longitude GPS.
Audio Unit (Built in the navigation unit)
The audio unit receives the audio driving instructions from the navigation unit, and
transmits the instructions through the front speakers even when the audio system is
in use.
Navigation Display
The navigation display uses liquid crystal display (LCD). The LCD is a 6.5-inch-
diagonal, thin film transistor (TFT), stripe type with 65,536 color, The color film
and fluorescent light are laid out on the back of the liquid crystal film. The touch
sensor on the front of the LCD consists of a touch sensitive resistive membrane
with an infinite number of possible touch locations.
NOTE: The front speakers are muted whenever the navigation
system is giving guidance commands, and all of the
speakers are muted when the voice control system is being
used.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Identifying Audio Unit
Microphone
The microphone (on the ceiling, near the front map light) receives voice commands
and transmits them to the navigation unit for interpretation.
TALK Button
Activates the voice control system in the navigation unit to accept voice commands.
BACK Button
Returns the display to the previous screen (similar function as the CANCEL
button).
Glossary
The following is a glossary of terms pertaining to the Voice Recognition Navigation
System.
GLOSSARY ITEM AND DESCRIPTION CHART
Item Definition
Breadcrumbs
Off road tracking dots that can be followed on the map to
retrace your route back to a mapped (digitized) road. This

2008 Honda Civic EX

function can be turned on/off in Setup screen 1.
CPU
Central Processing Unit. The main device within the
navigation unit that coordinates the rest of the electronic
functions.
Database
This consists of the Map data, and the POI (Points Of
Interest) data stored on the DVD.
DBW
Drive By Wire. Allows electrical control of the throttle
without the need of a mechanical linkage.
DCA
Detailed coverage area, an area that is covered in the
database digital mapping. For example, the 48 continuous
United States are within the DCA. Hawaii and Alaska are
outside of the DCA.
DTC
Diagnostic Trouble Codes. Use the HDS tablet to obtain, and
troubleshoot the cause of these codes.
Dead Reckoning
The use of the speed signal, and yaw rate sensor to position
the vehicle on the map even when tall buildings, or driving in
a tunnel obscures the GPS signal.
Digitized Road
A road that appears on the navigation screen. The road name
will appear at the bottom of the navigation screen. If the user
drives off road, the navigation system will display Not on a
digitized road. The breadcrumbs will appear after driving for
1/2 mile.
Disclaimer
Screen
Screen containing cautionary information. It is meant to be
read carefully and acknowledged by the customer when
using the navigation system.
DVD or DVD-
ROM
Digital Versatile Disk. The navigation program and database
resides on this disk. See the Navigation Owner's Manual for
information on how to order a replacement or an update
DVD.
ECM Engine Control Module. Typically referred to as the ECM.
FAQ
Frequently Asked Question. See the Navigation Owner's
Manual for a list of the customer FAQs, and troubleshooting
information.
GA-Net bus Units communication line.

2008 Honda Civic EX

GPS
Global Positioning System. A network of 24 satellites in
orbit around the earth. The navigation system can
simultaneously receive signals from up to 12 satellites to
accurately position the vehicle on the map.
HDS
Honda Diagnostic System. A hand held tablet PC used for
diagnosing vehicle problems.
H/U
Head Unit. The navigation system display unit assembly in
the dash.
Initialization
This refers to the period needed to re-acquire the GPS
satellite orbital information whenever the navigation system
power has been disconnected. This can take from 10 to 45
minutes.
LCD Liquid Crystal Display (the navigation screen)
Map Matching
The received GPS information allows the navigation system
to position the vehicle on the map. Map matching has
occurred if the map screen is displaying the current street
name in the bottom-shaded area.
Mic
Abbreviation for the microphone used for receiving voice
commands. It is located near the map light in the ceiling.
MW
Maneuver Window. While on-route to a destination, this
window displays information about the next maneuver.
Navi Abbreviation for the Navigation System
Off Route
This occurs when the user leaves mapped roads. Off road
tracking dots (breadcrumbs) are displayed if the option is
enabled in Setup. The user can use them to return to a
mapped road. The bottom of the navigation screen will say
"Not on a digitized road". Breadcrumbs will appear after
driving for 1/2 mile.
Outlying Areas
These are rural areas that typically have only their main
roads mapped. All other roads are shown in light brown for
reference only, since they have not been verified.
PC Card Slot
The PC card (PCMCIA, type II) slot is for playing MP3 and
WMA audio files.
Powertrain Control Module. This unit supplies the navigation

2008 Honda Civic EX

PCM system speed signal.
PCMCIA
A computer industry defined term referring to the PC card
slot standard.
PIN
Personal Identification Number. A random 4 digit number
created by the customer to protect personal information.
POI
Point Of Interest. These are the businesses, schools etc.
found under the places option on the main menu.
Polygon
Colored areas on the map screen denoting parks, schools etc.
See the Navigation System Manual "Traveling to Your
Destination" for a list of the assigned colors.
QWERTY
Keyboard layout resembling the typewriter keys. The
keyboard layout can be changed to an alphabetical layout in
the Setup mode.
Security Code
Code needed to activate the navigation system. You can
obtain the security code from the iN by entering the
navigation system control serial number. You can find the
serial number on the diagnostic screens (Unit Check, Navi
ECU) or on the underside of the navigation unit.
Touch Screen
Buttons or
Touch Sensor
The display panel has 2 layers of clear film on the screen
panel. If you touch the screen panel, the layers engage and
the navigation display detects the touch point.
Tuning
A continual update of internal navigation system scaling
factors. See the individual sensor tuning discussions under
either System Description, or System Diagnostic Mode (see
SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC MODE) in this article.
Unverified
Streets
These streets have not been verified for turn restrictions, one-
way, etc. They are shown in light brown on the map. You
can enter address destinations in these areas, but depending
on your Unverified Routing choice in setup, voice guidance
may end at the last verified street closest to your destination.
Verified Streets
These streets consist of the detailed metropolitan coverage
areas, and all other inter-town connection roads. These roads
are shown in black on the map.
Vehicle Position. When in map mode, this circular icon

2008 Honda Civic EX

Diagnostic System Diagram
This diagram below shows an overview of the navigation diagnostic features
starting at the center and working outward in layers. The diagram starts with "Key
On." Next the diagram shows two ways to get the diagnostic main menu:
From any of the navigation Map or Menu screens, press and simultaneously hold
the keys Menu Map Cancel.
Finally, the diagram shows the available diagnostic menu choices, starting at the
bottom left, and moving clockwise. In most cases, do not clear or change settings in
any diagnostic screen unless instructed to do so in the explanation, or by the
VP
shows the vehicle position on the map. Touch this icon to
show the latitude, longitude, and elevation of your current
position.
VR
Voice Recognition. This allows voice control of many of the
navigation functions. The hardware consists of the
microphone, steering wheel (TALK/BACK) buttons, and the
front speakers. See the overview for more information.
VSP
Vehicle Speed Pulse. This pulse signal coming from the
ECM/PCM is used to update the Vehicle position on the
map. These pulses do not indicate direction (forward or
backward). When in reverse, the navigation receives a signal
from the MICU and directs the VP to move backwards on the
map.
VSS
Vehicle Speed Signal. The counter shaft speed sensor reads
the output shaft speed at the transmission and provides a
speed pulse to the ECM/PCM. The ECM/PCM sends this
pulse to the navigation system.
XM Satellite
Radio
A satellite band radio system where signals are received from
either a satellite or land based transmitters.
Yaw Sensor
This device is located in the navigation system control unit
and senses the side-to-side twisting force generated when the
vehicle turns. See a detailed description of how this sensor
works in this article.

2008 Honda Civic EX

factory. If the factory asks you to insert a PCMCIA memory card into the PC card
slot, then the features specified on the diagram with PC card are available.
Fig. 14: Diagnostic System Diagram
NAVIGATION SYSTEM CONNECTOR LOCATION

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 15: Identifying Navigation System Connector Location
NAVIGATION UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR CONNECTOR A (17P)
Fig. 16: Identifying Navigation Unit Connector A (17P) Terminals
TERMINALS REFERENCE CHART
Terminal Wire Terminal
Description
Voltage
Symptom

2008 Honda Civic EX

Number Color Name (about)
1 RED ILL (-)
Ground for
illumination
light
With full
dash lights
brightness, 0
V
If open: When
brightness =
Auto, night
mode for the
display is
inoperative
when lights on.
If short to
ground: No
change to
display
9 BLK
RADIO GND
(Ground)
Ground for
display unit
0 V
If open: No
change to
display.
If short to
ground: No
change to
display.
10 GRY
ILL (+)
(Illumination
positive)
Parking light
on signal from
dash and
console lights
Light on =
battery
voltage,
Lights off =
0 V
If open: When
brightness =
Auto, night
mode for the
display is
inoperative
when lights on
If short to
ground: Blows
fuse No. 14 (7 5
A) in under-dash
fuse/relay box.
If open: No
vehicle speed
pulses.
Diagnostic

2008 Honda Civic EX

NAVIGATION UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR CONNECTOR C (12P)
Fig. 17: Identifying Navigation Unit Connector C (12P) Terminals
13 BLU
VSP (Vehicle
speed pulse)
Vehicle speed
pulse signal
from
ECM/PCM
Pulses 0-5
V: Average
2.5 V, when
moving
screen Car
Status, VSP
Navi = 0.
If short to
ground: No
vehicle speed
pulses.
Diagnostic
screen Car
Status, VSP
Navi = 0.
17 WHT
+B (+B power
source)
Continuous
power source
Battery
voltage
If open: Screen
completely off
(no backlight
visible).
If short to
ground: Blows
fuse No. 23 (10
A) in the under-
hood fuse/relay
box.
Terminal
Number
Wire
Color
Terminal
Name
Description
Voltage
(about)
Symptom

2008 Honda Civic EX

NAVIGATION UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR CONNECTOR D (5P)
1 WHT
+B
BACK
UP
Continuous
power source
Battery
voltage
If open: Display
picture goes out
(display back light
still on). NOTE:
System will reboot
to enter code
screen.
If short to ground:
Blows fuse No 23
(10 A) in the
under-dash
fuse/relay box.
4 BLK GND
Ground for
navigation unit
0 V
If open: No effect
on system.
If short to ground:
No effect on
system.
7 BRN
BACK
LT-
Reverse signal of
select laver from
Multiplex
integrated
Control unit
(A/T) or backup
light switch
(M/T)
In reverse,
battery
voltage
Otherwise 0
V
If open: Navigation
never sees the
reverse signal and
back-up camera
does not come on
when in reverse.
Diagnostic screen
Car Status, Back =
0.
If short to ground'
Blows fuse No. 10
(7 5 A) in the
under-dash
fuse/relay box.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 18: Identifying Navigation Unit Connector D (5P) Terminals
Terminal
Number
Wire
Color
Terminal
Name
Description
Voltage
(about)
Symptom
1 BRN
MIC
GND
Ground for
microphone
signal
0 V
If open: No
microphone signal
shown in diagnostics:
Navi System Link and
Functional Set up Mic
Level.
If short to ground: No
effect on voice
recognition.
2 YEL
MIC
SIG+
Microphone
output signal
positive
4-5 V (with
TALK
button
pressed)
If open: No
microphone signal
shown in diagnostic
screens: Navi System
Link and Functional
Setup Mic Level.
microphone signal
shown in diagnostic
screens: Navi System
Link and Functional
Setup Mic Level.
3
GRV MIC
Shield for
terminal No.
0 V
If open: No effect on
voice recognition.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NAVIGATION UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR CONNECTOR H (2P)
Fig. 19: Identifying Navigation Unit Connector H (2P) Terminals
(1)
SHIELD 1, 2, 5 effect on voice
recognition.
4 GRN
NAVI
GUIDE
Steering
wheel switch
output
4-5 V
(TALK
button
pressed)
2.5-3 V
(BACK
button
pressed)
If open: Steering
wheel TALK, and
BACK switch/ buttons
do not work.
If short to ground:
Steering wheel TALK,
and BACK
switch/buttons do not
work.
5 ORN
MIC
ADPT
Control
signal for
microphone
0 V
If open: No effect on
voice recognition.
If short to around: No
effect on voice
recognition.
(1)
Terminal
Number
Wire
Color
Terminal
Name
Description
Voltage
(about)
Symptom
If open: GPS icon on

2008 Honda Civic EX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
1 - GPS
GPS signal (5
V in, GPS
signal out)
5 V
screen is white,
system links screen
ANT shows NG.
If short to ground:
GPS icon on screen is
white, system links
screen ANT shows
NG.
2 - GPS SH
Shield for
terminal No. 1
0 V
If open: GPS icon on
screen is white,
system links screen
ANT shows NG.
If short to around: No
effect on system.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 20: Navigation System - Circuit Diagram
NO PICTURE IS DISPLAYED
NOTE:
Make sure that the correct DVD color and version are
installed.
Check any official Honda service website for more
service information about the navigation system.
For problems with the rearview camera, do the rearview

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Check the No. 23(10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and No. 35 (7.5
A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box, and reinstall the fuse if it is OK.
Is the fuse OK?
YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Replace the fuse and recheck.
3. Operate the radio and listen to the audio.
Can you hear the audio?
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Refer to audio system troubleshooting.
17 and body ground.
camera does not come on or work properly
troubleshooting.
terminals.
Before troubleshooting, make sure you have the
navigation system anti-theft code.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 21: Measuring Voltage Between Navigation Unit Connector A (17P)
YES -Go to step 7.
navigation unit.
14 and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 9.
navigation unit.
9. Measure the voltage between the navigation unit connector A (17P) terminal
No. 9 and body ground, and between navigation unit connector C (12P)
Fig. 24: Measuring Voltage Between Navigation Unit Connector C (12P)

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Repair open in the wire between the navigation unit and body ground
(G504) (see CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ), (G505) (see
CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX ).
PICTURE HAS LINES/ROLLS/OTHER ISSUES OR IS AN ODD COLOR
1. Check for electronic aftermarket accessories (possibly hidden) mounted near
the navigation unit.
Are there any electronic accessories?
YES -Disable the accessories, and recheck.
NO -Go to step 2.
3. Start up the navigation picture.
Is the picture scrolling horizontally (left to right or right to left)?
YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Go to step 4.
NOTE:
installed.
Check the navigation screen settings for brightness,
contrast, black level and the color screen for map color
and menu color.
terminals.
navigation and audio system anti-theft codes.

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Go into the Diagnostic mode and use RGB Color diagnostic under Monitor
Check (see MONITOR CHECK).
Are the red, green, and blue colored circle shown?
YES -Go to step 5.
5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), then turn to ON (II) and observe the
navigation picture.
Did the image improve?
YES -Check for sources of electrical noise, such as poor battery connection,
alternator, defective battery, aftermarket accessories or cell phone, and poor
pin fits at the display or control unit.
NAVIGATION DISPLAY BUTTONS DO NOT WORK OR RESPOND PROPERLY
Does the navigation display turn on?
NOTE:
Always make sure that the correct DVD color and
version are installed.
Always check the connectors for poor connections or
loose terminals.
navigation and audio system anti-theft codes.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Refer to troubleshooting for NO PICTURE IS DISPLAYED .
GPS ICON IS WHITE OR NOT SHOWN
1. Check for metallic window tint on the windshield and electronic aftermarket
accessories (possibly hidden) mounted near the GPS antenna or the navigation
unit.
Is there metallic window tint or electronic accessories?
YES -Remove tint or the accessories and recheck.
NO -Go to step 2.
2. Go into the Diagnostic Menu and use the Navi System Link test (see SYSTEM
DIAGNOSTIC MODE) to check the GPS antenna.
Is the GPS Ant icon red?
YES -Use the Navi ECU test under Unit Check (see UNIT CHECK) to check
for a kinked, crushed, or disconnected GPS antenna wire. If necessary, try a
known-good GPS antenna. If icon is still red, replace the navigation unit.
NO -Check that nothing is blocking the GPS antenna located behind the gauge
assembly and recheck. Substitute a known-good navigation unit, and recheck.
VOICE GUIDANCE CANNOT BE HEARD, IS BROKEN UP, OR THERE IS STATIC
NOTE:
Make sure the vehicle is parked outside and away from
buildings.
Refer to GPS INFORMATION for realtime satellite
reception display.
Check for window tinting above the GPS antenna and
any non-OEM accessories mounted near the navigation
unit or GPS antenna.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Press the display unit SET-UP button.
2. Check the volume setting for the navigation system.
Is it set to OFF?
YES -Set the volume to an audible level.
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Check the radio operation.
Can you hear the radio?
YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Troubleshoot the audio system.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE) to check the radio.
Is the Radio icon red?
NOTE:
installed.
Check that the volume setting and voice feedback are
turned ON.
Check the connectors for poor connection or loose
terminals.
navigation system 4-digit anti-theft code, then write
down the audio presets.
After troubleshooting, enter the navigation system anti-
theft code, then enter the audio presets.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Troubleshoot the audio system.
NO -Go to step 5.
5. Test the voice control switch (see VOICE CONTROL SWITCH TEST).
Is voice control switch OK?
NO -Replace the voice control switch (see VOICE CONTROL SWITCH
REPLACEMENT).
VOICE CONTROL DOES NOT WORK/RESPOND
Before assuming that a voice complaint is hardware related, ensure that the voice
control system is being operated correctly.
Make sure you are on the correct screen when trying to issue a voice command.
For instance, the command "Find the nearest Italian Restaurant" only works on
a Map screen.
(See the Navigation System Manual for a complete list of allowed voice
NOTE:
installed.
Check the connector for poor connection or loose
terminals.
navigation system 4-digit anti-theft code, then write
down the audio presets.
After troubleshooting, enter the anti-theft code then
enter the audio presets.

2008 Honda Civic EX

commands for the information being displayed.)
Close the windows, moonroof, and doors.
Set the fan speed to low (1 or 2).
Adjust the air flow from the air conditioning vents so that they do not blow
against the microphone on the ceiling.
Pause after pressing the TALK button, then give a voice command clearly in a
natural speaking voice. If the system cannot recognize your command, speak
louder.
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the system may not
interpret your voice commands correctly.
If you speak a command with something in your mouth, or your voice is too
husky, the system may misunderstand your command.
Compare the system operation with a known-good vehicle. Have more than
one person test the system operation. If the like known-good vehicle performs
the same, if is a characteristic of the system.
2. Go into the Diagnostic Menu and use the Mic Level test under Functional
Setup (see FUNCTIONAL SETUP) to check the operation of the TALK and
BACK buttons.
Are the TALK and BACK buttons operational?
YES -Go to step 15.
NO -Go to step 3.
4. Do the voice control switch test (see VOICE CONTROL SWITCH TEST).
Is the voice control switch OK?
YES -
2-door model: Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic EX

4-door model: Go to step 10.
NO -Replace the voice control switch.
5. Disconnect the voice control switch 5P connector and navigation unit
connector D (5P).
6. Check for continuity between body ground and navigation unit connector D
(5P) terminals No. 4.
Fig. 25: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Navigation Unit
Connector D (5P) Terminals No. 4
YES -Replace short to body ground in the wire between navigation unit and
voice control switch, or replace the cable reel.
NO -Go to step 7.
7. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector D (5P) terminal No. 4
and voice control switch 5P connector terminal No. 2.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 26: Checking Continuity Between Navigation Unit Terminal No. 4
And Voice Control Switch 5P Connector Terminal No. 2
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Repair open in the wire between navigation unit and voice control switch,
or replace the cable reel.
8. Disconnect navigation unit connector D (22P).
9. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector B (22P) terminal No. 6
and voice control switch 5P connector terminal No. 4.
And Voice Control Switch 5P Connector Terminal No. 4

2008 Honda Civic EX

10. Disconnect the cable reel 20P connector and navigation unit connector D (5P).
(5P) terminals No. 4.
Connector D (5P) Terminals No. 4
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between navigation unit and
voice control switch, or replace the cable reel.
NO -Go to step 12.
12. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector D (5P) terminal No. 4
and cable reel 20P connector terminal No. 8.

2008 Honda Civic EX

And Cable Reel 20P Connector Terminal No. 8
YES -Go to step 13.
13. Disconnect navigation unit connector B (22P).
14. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector B (22P) terminal No. 6
and cable reel 20P connector terminal No. 10.

2008 Honda Civic EX

And Cable Reel 20P Connector Terminal No. 10
15. Use the Mic Level diagnostic under Functional Setup (see FUNCTIONAL
SETUP) to check the operation of the microphone.
Is the microphone operational?
YES -Check the operation of the voice control system (see the Navigation
System Manual).
NO -Go to step 16.
17. Remove the moonroof switch and disconnect the microphone 3P connector
(see MICROPHONE REPLACEMENT).
18. Disconnect navigation unit connector D (5P).
(5P) terminal No. 2 and No. 5 individually.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Connector D (5P) Terminal No. 2 And No. 5
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire(s) between navigation unit and
microphone.
NO -Go to step 20.
20. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector D (5P) according to
the table.
TERMINALS CONTINUITY CHART
YES -Short in the wire(s) between the navigation unit and microphone.
NO -Go to step 21.
21. Check for continuity between navigation unit connector D (5P) and
microphone 3P connector according to the table.
D2 D3, D5
D3 D5

2008 Honda Civic EX

TERMINALS CONTINUITY CHART
Fig. 34: Identifying Microphone 3P Connector Terminals
YES -Substitute a known-good microphone, then reconnect all of the
connectors and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the
original microphone. If the symptom/indication is still present, replace the
navigation unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).
NO -Repair open in the wire(s) between the navigation unit and microphone.
VEHICLE POSITION ICON CONSTANTLY LEAVES ROAD, MOVES ERRATICALLY, OR IS
VERY FAR FROM ACTUAL POSITION
Navigation unit connector Microphone connector Wire color
D1 2 BRN
D2 1 YEL
D5 3 ORN

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Check the GPS icon on the navigation picture.
Is the GPS icon on the map screen?
YES -Do the troubleshooting for GPS icon is white or not shown (see GPS
ICON IS WHITE OR NOT SHOWN).
NO -Go to step 2.
2. Go into the Diagnostic Menu, and use the Yaw Rate test (see YAW RATE) to
check the yaw rate sensor.
3. Go into the Diagnostic Menu and use the Car Status test (see CAR STATUS)
to check the vehicle speed pulse.
Are the yaw rate sensor and vehicle speed pulse OK?
YES -The problem may be a normal characteristic. Check to see if the problem
occurs in the same place. If it does, the problem could be in the database.
Compare to a known-good vehicle under the same conditions. If you can
duplicate the problem, report it. Refer to the Customer Assistance section of
the Navigation User's Guide, "Reporting Errors".
NO -If the problem is the yaw rate sensor, replace the navigation unit (see
NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION). If the problem is the
vehicle speed pulse, troubleshoot the vehicle speed signal circuit.
DVD SCREEN ERROR MESSAGES
NOTE:
installed.
Check for aftermarket accessories.
NOTE:
installed.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Check the DVD-ROM reading surface for scratches.
Are there scratches?
YES -Replace the DVD-ROM.
NO -If the problem occurs occasionally when the system is cold, this is
normal. If the problem occurs frequently when driving, replace the navigation
unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).
SYSTEM ALWAYS COMES UP IN IN-LINE DIAGNOSTIC MODE
1. When a navigation unit is powered up for the first time at the factory, the
factory diagnosis screen (In Line Diag) appears. Normally the factory performs
the steps necessary to verify proper operation and terminate the factory
diagnostic. Until the proper confirmation sequence is performed, the screen
will appear every time the vehicle is started.
Fig. 35: Display Screen - In-Line Diagnostic Mode
Check the Navigation System Manual for a list of
common DVD screen error messages and the probable
cause.
Go into the Diagnostic Menu and use the Car Status
test (see CAR STATUS) to check the status of the
display.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Follow the steps to prevent the screen from showing up in the future:
Hold down the buttons (Menu+Map/Guide+Cancel) for about 5 seconds
(the Select Diagnosis Items screen will appear).
Hold down the Map/Guide button for 5-10 seconds (A screen with a
Complete button, will appear).
Touch Complete, and then the Return button (the system may re-boot).
Restart the vehicle, and confirm normal operation by completing the "PDI
of the navigation system" Service Bulletin.
DISPLAY DAY/NIGHT MODE DOES NOT WORK
1. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is not on full brightness.
Turn the headlights on and adjust the dash brightness to the middle range.
2. Change the day/night mode under Set-up to AUTO and recheck.
Does the display change to day and night modes when turning the headlights
on and off?
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Go into the Diagnostic Menu and use the Car Status test to check for an ILL
signal (see CAR STATUS).
NOTE:
terminals.
Before troubleshooting, get the navigation system anti-
theft code.
After troubleshooting, enter the navigation system anti-
theft code.
Full brightness on the instrument panel brightness
control with the head lights turned on causes the
system to stay in the day mode, even when the lights
are on.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is the ILL signal OK?
NO -Check the ILL+ circuit between the navigation unit and No. 14 (7.5 A)
fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
SYSTEM LOCKS UP OR FREEZES CONSTANTLY
1. Start the engine and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), then turn the ignition
switch to ON (II).
Does the system reboot?
NO -Check the DVD for scratches or damage, and the navigation unit for
water damage. If OK, go into the Diagnostic Menu and do all of the Unit
Check tests (see UNIT CHECK). Also check for low battery charge or poor
charging system performance.
VEHICLE ICON WANDERS ACROSS THE MAP WHEN DRIVING (DOES NOT FOLLOW A
DISPLAYED ROAD) OR MAP OR VEHICLE ICON SPINS
1. Go into the Diagnostic Menu and use the Yaw Rate test (see YAW RATE).
NOTE:
installed.
NOTE:
This symptom is usually caused by a defective yaw rate
sensor. Perform this diagnostic when the vehicle is
cold and warm.
Also refer to symptom troubleshooting for GPS ICON IS
WHITE OR NOT SHOWN .

2008 Honda Civic EX

Are the values correct?
VEHICLE ICON MOVES BY ITSELF OR SPINS WHEN PARKED
2. From the main menu, select places, then select any destination, and begin the
trip.
3. With the vehicle parked, watch the vehicle icon on the display.
Does the vehicle position icon move by itself?
NAVIGATION DISPLAY STAYS ON WITH IGNITION SWITCH OFF
NOTE:
terminals.
theft code, then write down the audio presets.
After troubleshooting, re-enter the anti-theft code, and
re-initialize the navigation system, then enter the audio
presets.
NOTE:
terminals.
theft code, then write down the audio presets.
After troubleshooting, re-enter the anti-theft code, and

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the key from the ignition.
Does the navigation screen stay on?
YES -Go to step 2.
2. The vehicle may have been used as a demonstration vehicle at an event like an
auto show. In these events, power is often jumpered to the navigation system
so that the ignition key is not needed in the vehicle. At the end of the show, the
jumper wire may not have been removed. Check the navigation unit connector
A (17P) for a non-factory jumper wire in series with the factory cable.
Is there a jumper wire?
YES -Remove the jumper wire, and re-test. Return the jumper wire to Tech
Line.
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Check if the audio unit works.
Does the audio unit work with the ignition switch off?
YES -Troubleshoot the ACC circuit for a short to power with another circuit.
NAVIGATION CANNOT CONTROL AUDIO SYSTEM
1. Make sure the anti-theft code for the navigation system is entered.
re-initialize the navigation system, then enter the audio
presets.
Check for aftermarket accessories that use the same
power circuit. A feedback can cause this problem.

2008 Honda Civic EX

DIAGNOSTIC MODE).
Is the Radio icon red?
YES -Do the troubleshooting for the voice guidance cannot be heard (see GPS
ICON IS WHITE OR NOT SHOWN).
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Substitute a known-good navigation unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION), and recheck.
Can the navigation control audio?
NO -Do the audio system troubleshooting.
NAVIGATION CANNOT CONTROL XM RADIO
Review the audio system diagnostic article.
If you can only tune to channels 000, 001, 174, and 247, make sure the audio
unit is set to the channel mode (see owner's manual), if is set to channel mode,
call XM satellite radio customer support and check the account activation
status.
1. Substitute a known-good navigation unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION), and recheck.
Can the navigation control the XM radio?
NO -Do the audio system troubleshooting.

2008 Honda Civic EX

NAVIGATION FREQUENTLY ASKS FOR ANTI-THEFT CODE AND NEEDS GPS
INITIALIZATION
17 and body ground.
YES -Go to step 2.
navigation unit.
14 and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Go to step 4.
navigation unit.
4. Measure the voltage between navigation unit connector A (17P) terminal No. 9
and body ground, and between navigation unit connector C (12P) terminal No.
4 and body ground.
Fig. 39: Measuring Voltage Between Navigation Unit Connector C (12P)

2008 Honda Civic EX

NO -Repair open in the wire between the navigation unit and body ground
(G504, G505).
OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION OF THE DISPLAY DOES NOT WORK
1. Press the OPEN/CLOSE button.
Does the display open and/or close normally?
NAVIGATION DISPLAY WILL NOT CLOSE
1. Check the CD slot. Look for foreign objects, stuck CD, broken or sticking slot.
Is the CD slot OK?
YES -Go to step 2.
2. Check the PC card.
NOTE: If the display's Open/Close button does not work, you must
manually open the display to obtain the customer's
navigation DVD, audio CD, and PC card (see CD, DVD, AND
PC CARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Is the PC card fully seated?
YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Reseat the card or remove it. If it still won't close, replace the navigation
unit (see NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).
Does the display open and/or close normally?
NAVIGATION DISPLAY DOES NOT OPEN OR OPENS PART WAY
Does the unit beep?
YES -Go to step 2.
Does the display open normally?
SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC MODE
START-UP PROCEDURE AND DIAGNOSIS MENU

2008 Honda Civic EX

Press and hold the Menu, the Map/Guide, and the Cancel buttons. Keep them
pressed for approximately 3 seconds. The display screen then goes directly to
the Diagnostic Menu.
Fig. 40: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display
2. After the display changes to the Diagnostic Menu, select the item you want to
check, and the test will begin. To return to the previous screen, select Return.
Navi System (Link)
Monitor Check
Unit Check
Car Status
GPS Information
Yaw Rate
Tire Calibrate
Functional Setup
Version
NAVI SYSTEM LINK
This diagnostic step tests the cables connecting the navigation components.
Ensure that the ignition switch is in the ON (II) position. When the diagnosis
begins, you hear a bong sound. The system is in a Detecting mode, and is

2008 Honda Civic EX

waiting for all the items in white to be tested. This includes the voice control
switch (TALK/BACK buttons), and the microphone. Press the TALK button
on the steering wheel, and in a normal voice, say "testing". The Talk indicator
on the screen should turn green, and the voice level indicator should move to at
least the 6th bar to pass. Next, press the BACK button. The Cancel indicator
should turn green.
If all of the communication lines connecting the system components, and the
TALK/BACK buttons/ microphone check out OK (all block diagram items
green), then the OK indicator turns green.
If there is a problem with the system, the faulty system component item turns
red, and the screen will show NG in red. Use the troubleshooting index, and
other diagnostic screens to help locate the problem.
The indicator on the screen may not change until you cycle the ignition switch.
After repairing the affected cable or system, repeat this diagnostic.
Select Return to return to the Diagnostic Menu, or the Exit Diag button to exit.
Fig. 41: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Navi System Link
NOTE: Green boxes and green OK indicate that the
communications lines (cables) are intact. This
diagnostic does not necessarily imply that the
individual components are functioning properly. For
instance, the GPS antenna wire may be crushed, but
still show as green. A road test, or other diagnostic may
be necessary to find the problem.
NOTE: The Mic Level indicator must reach the 6th bar or greater to
pass the test.

2008 Honda Civic EX

MONITOR CHECK
Overview of navigation display
The illumination input from the gauge brightness control provides back lighting for
the buttons surrounding the screen.
These screens allow troubleshooting of the navigation display. Select the item you
want to troubleshoot, and follow the diagnostic instructions.
RGB Color
Gray Tone
White Raster
Black Raster
Color Pattern
Monitor Adjustment
Touch Panel Check
Touch Panel Calibration
Fig. 42: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Monitor Check
RGB Color
This screen verifies that the navigation display is receiving the video (R, G, B and
Composite sync) signals properly. The three primary colors should all be shown
without distortion. The combination of all three should produce a central white
section. If the picture has lines in it, or scrolls horizontally or vertically, and any of
the colors are missing, troubleshoot for a Composite sync and color signal problem

2008 Honda Civic EX

(see PICTURE HAS LINES/ROLLS/OTHER ISSUES OR IS AN ODD
COLOR).
Fig. 43: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - RGB Color
Gray Tone
This screen looks for problems with contrast. You should be able to see the changes
from bar to bar across the scale. If you can't see the shade changes from bar to bar,
replace the navigation unit.
Fig. 44: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Gray Tone
White Raster
This diagnostic screen checks for pixels that may be dead (off). The entire display
must be white. If pixels are dead, replace the navigation unit.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 45: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - White Raster
Black Raster
The entire display must be black. This diagnostic screen checks for pixels that may
be stuck (on). If pixels are stuck on, replace the navigation unit.
Fig. 46: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Black Raster
Color Pattern
The chart below shows the colors being used for the Map and Menu screens. This is
for factory use only. To check the color signal use the RGB test.
Fig. 47: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Color Pattern
Monitor Adjustment
This allows you to center the navigation display. Use the joystick to move the
picture up/down or left/right. It is unlikely that you will ever need to adjust the
monitor position. The Default button will reset the display position to factory
specifications. The factory default is 0, 0. The H-POS button is for factory use only.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 48: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Monitor Adjustment
Touch Panel Check
The panel touch sensing system consists of a touch sensitive resistive membrane
covering the display. Contrary to other systems using infrared beams, the screen has
to be physically touched to make it work. The display has the capability of 479
touch locations (left to right), and 233 touch locations (top to bottom). The upper
left hand corner is position (0, 0) and the lower right hand corner is (479, 233) as
displayed. Touching anywhere on the screen will display the coordinate of the
location, and cause the place you touch to display a + icon. If any area of the screen
either doesn't respond, or responds at some other location when touched, then
replace the navigation unit.
Fig. 49: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Touch Panel Check
Touch Panel Calibration
NOTE: Unlike earlier screens that used infrared sensors, direct
sunlight will not affect this test.

2008 Honda Civic EX

The display screen uses a touch sensitive membrane. This means that every location
of the entire surface of the display is touch sensitive. This diagnostic allows
alignment of these touch locations with the location of the buttons images on the
screen.
Normally this should never need adjustment, and is used only to adjust the touch
locations for parallax (the touch locations appear different when viewed at an
angle). However, if an adjustment is necessary, follow this procedure:
The screen consists of the + button icons. Touch the center of the five +
buttons on order 1-5.
To store any change you make, touch the Set button.
Use the Return key to exit the diagnostic.
Fig. 50: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Touch Panel Calibration
UNIT CHECK
Select the item you want to check, and the test starts.
Display
Radio
Navi ECU
PC Card Info
Hard Key

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 51: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Unit Check
Display
This performs additional checks on the communication bus between the navi CPU
and the display. In addition, the internal electronics and touch screen functionality
are confirmed.
If the connection is NG, replace the navigation unit.
Connection verifies internal communications.
Version represents the software version for the display.
Fig. 52: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display
Radio
This diagnostic screen checks the internals of the radio (AM and FM) and CD
player. If NG, replace the navigation unit.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 53: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Radio
Navi ECU
This screen looks for problems with the navigation unit. When you initiate this
diagnostic, the navigation unit may delay up to a minute while the diagnostic runs.
If V-RAM or D-RAM is NG, then replace the navigation unit.
If GPS indicates NG (ANT), then check the entire GPS antenna wire from the
navigation unit to the antenna. If the wire is crushed or damaged, try a known-
good antenna. If this diagnostic reads OK, then order a new GPS antenna. If
the diagnostic still reads NG (ANT), then replace the navigation unit.
DVD ROM represents the database version on the DVD. You can also find this
information in setup by selecting System Information.
Serial No. should be the same as the serial number found on the underside of
the navigation unit. You need this number to obtain the security code from the
Interactive Network system.
Mem Clear is for factory use, and should never be used unless instructed by the
factory. Accidental selection will erase the customer's personal data, PINS, and
settings. If selected, a popup box appears asking if you want to clear the
memory. If so, select Yes.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 54: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Navi ECU
PC Card info
There is no PC card in the PC slot, and the screen should say, "PC card is not
inserted".
Fig. 55: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - PC Card Info
If the factory provides a PC card and instructs you to insert a card, then the screen
displays the Manufacturer, and Product Name as shown in the following screen.
Touch the FILES button to see the contents of the card.
Fig. 56: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - FILES Button
Hard Key
This diagnostic screen checks the status of each of the hard buttons surrounding the
navigation display. When you press each hard button, the corresponding item on the
screen should flash blue. Touch the return key, or press and hold the joystick to
exit.
NOTE: It is normal for the VOL (+, -) CH (+, -) and MODE button to
be inactive.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 57: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Hard Key
CAR STATUS
Use this screen to confirm that navigation unit is properly receiving input signals.
Signals equal to (0) are OFF, and signals equal to (1) are ON. If the value on the
display does not match the actual vehicle status, then check the wire carrying the
signal.
Fig. 58: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Car Status
VSP-Vehicle Speed Pulse from ECM/PCM connector A (Navigation unit
connector A (17P) terminal No. 13)
a. OFF (0) when vehicle is not moving
b. ON (1) when vehicle is moving
The VSP comes from the ECM/PCM as a dedicated signal. Internally, the
navigation unit compares the actual VP on the map against street data to adjust the
pulse to speed scaling factor.
BACK-Reverse indication from taillight relay (Navigation unit connector C
(12P) terminal No. 7)

2008 Honda Civic EX

a. OFF (0) when shift lever is in any position other than reverse
b. ON (1) when shift lever is in reverse
The Back signal is used by the navigation unit to allow the map screen to show the
VP moving backwards when in reverse and to trigger the optional rear view camera.
This signal is needed because the Speed Pulse does not provide any directional
information to the system.
ILL CANCEL
a. OFF (0) when the dash lights brightness control button is less than 90 %
brightness with the headlights turned on.
b. ON (1) when the dash lights brightness control button is more than 90 %
brightness with the headlights turned on.
ILL-Illumination Indication (Navigation unit connector A (17P) terminal No.
10)
a. OFF (0) when parking lights, or headlights are off
b. ON (1) when parking lights, or headlights are on
The navigation unit uses the signal to determine whether to put the navigation
screen into the Day or Night brightness mode. (Setup screen 1)
Display-this displays the current position of the display
a. (Close) when the display is closed
b. (Open) when the display is open
The navigation unit has a microswitch to detect this. If open is indicated when the
display is closed, replace the navigation unit.
GPS INFORMATION
This screen shows the current status of GPS reception. The circular diagram shows
the current location of the GPS satellites (yellow balls) as they would appear in the
sky. The outer circle represents the horizon (0 degrees elevation). The middle and
inner circles represents 30 and 60 degrees respectively. The very center of the
diagram (90 degrees elevation) is directly overhead. Nearby obstructions, like tall

2008 Honda Civic EX

buildings, will block satellites in that direction. That is why it is necessary to be in
an open area to effectively troubleshoot GPS reception issues. The satellites shown
on the diagram correspond to the PRN number in the GPS Details screen. There are
always 24 active GPS satellites in orbit. Because satellites fail, and have to be
removed from service, spares are always parked in orbit, ready to be activated. This
is why the PRN (satellite ID number) can be greater than 24.
Fig. 59: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - GPS Information
NOTE:
To use this screen for troubleshooting, the vehicle
should be outside, away from buildings, tall trees, and
high-tension wires for at least 10 minutes with the
engine running.
Metallic window tinting on the front or side window or
after-market electronic accessories mounted near the
navigation unit, GPS antenna, or navigation display can
interfere with GPS acquisition.
The Number of Satellites box shows the number of
acquired satellites (maximum of 12). It should contain 4
or more icons. If not, troubleshoot for GPS icon is white
or not shown (see GPS ICON IS WHITE OR NOT
SHOWN).
The Current Position shows latitude, longitude, and
elevation (in meters). If there are less than 4 satellites,
the elevation can be grossly inaccurate.
The Date/Time field shows the current date, and also a
time that includes daylight savings and other offsets
entered by the customer in Setup function Adjust Time
Zone/Clock.

2008 Honda Civic EX

GPS DETAIL
By pressing and holding the MENU button for 10 seconds, a GPS Detail screen
appears. This screen displays real time incoming satellite positional data. Most of
the information shown on this screen is for factory use, however some of the data
can indicate partial GPS signal interference.
Fig. 60: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - GPS Detail
The box TS/AS and HDop/VDop is for factory use.
The Speed and Direction information is updated in real time when driving, and
can be used to detect intermittent speed sensor problems.
The Date/Time Information is the same as in Setup screen 2 Adjust Time
Zone/Clock.
If the 3D icon is shown above the yellow dots, this implies that at least 4
satellites are available for map positioning, and the GPS indicator on the map
screen will be green. See the GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM detailed
explanation in the System Description .
If the row of data in the table below begins with a yellow dot, the AZI and EL
fields can be used to locate each satellite PRN # on the circular GPS diagram
(see prior screen).
NOTE: Push and hold the Map/Guide button, and the dots on the
diagram are replaced with the PRN # (satellite numbers).
These numbers correspond to the numbers in the PRN
column on the GPS details screen.

2008 Honda Civic EX

GPS DATA CHART
YAW RATE
This diagnostic checks the yaw rate sensor in the control unit. This device detects
when the vehicle turns, and repositions the vehicle position icon on the map screen.
For more detailed information, see YAW RATE SENSOR theory of operation
under System Description.
Sensor indicates the voltage output from the yaw rate sensor. It should indicate
about 2.500 V when stopped.
Offset is the reference voltage or standard within the yaw rate sensor. It also
should indicate about 2.500 V when stopped.
A sensor output voltage LOWER than the Offset voltage indicates that the
vehicle is turning to the right.
NOTE: The data shown in the GPS Detail screen is an example
only.
Column Description Problem indication
3D
Active satellites
(Yellow Dot)
If 3D is missing follow GPS icon is white or
not shown (see GPS ICON IS WHITE OR
NOT SHOWN).
PRN The satellite ID number
ST
The status: 0 = cannot
view or searching, 2 =
acquiring
If all 0, then, follow GPS icon is white or not
shown troubleshooting (see GPS ICON IS
WHITE OR NOT SHOWN).
AZI
Azimuth, the angle (0-
360) clockwise from
north

EL
Elevation from the
horizon (90 deg is
overhead)

C/N N/A Healthy signal is 49-52, no signal: 27-33
ACC N/A

2008 Honda Civic EX

A sensor output voltage HIGHER than the Offset voltage indicates that the
vehicle is turning to the left.
The yaw rate offset and sensor should both indicate about 2.500 V when
stopped. If either reads zero or 5.000 V, replace the navigation unit.
The yaw rate offset and sensor should be within +/- 0.01 V of each other when
stopped. The sensor value should change relative to the offset as the car is
turned while driving. If not, replace the navigation unit.
Example: Vehicle stopped
VEHICLE STOPPED SPECIFICATION
Example: Vehicle turning
VEHICLE TURNING SPECIFICATION
The settings CCW Cal Factor, CW Cal Factor, and Set are for factory use only.
THIS SHOULD NEVER BE USED.
Normal Abnormal
Offset 2.526 V Offset 2.526 V
Sensor 2.516-2.536 V Sensor 2.623 V
Normal Abnormal
Offset 2.526 V Offset 2.526 V
Sensor
2.678 V (right turn)
2.478 V (left turn)
Sensor 2.623 V (no change on turns)
NOTE: Do not try to adjust the yaw rate sensor without
instructions from the factory. See next paragraph for
tuning.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 61: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Yaw Rate
YAW RATE TUNING
This diagnostic allows you to graphically display problems with the yaw rate
sensor.
The ANG-Disp value accumulates any differences between the offset, and
sensor voltages (see Yaw Rate diagnostic). When the sensor is healthy, the
random changes in these two voltages generally cancels out, so the value is 0.
However if one voltage is consistently higher than the other, then the ANG-
Disp value accumulates the constant change.
The Reset button temporarily clears the angular accumulation (ANG-Disp),
and clears the display dots.
Do not touch the CCW or CW, or Set buttons. These are used for factory setup
only.
For serious problems with the sensor, the stationary test usually confirms whether
the sensor is defective. For yaw rate issues related to driving, perform the road test
described below.
1. Stationary test: If the-VP icon spins in place and the ANG-Disp value slowly
increases or decreases in value, the yaw rate sensor is defective. Replace the
Navigation unit.
2. Road test: Drive the vehicle on a very straight road. Enter the diagnostic mode,
select Yaw rate, and touch the Tuning button. While driving down a straight
road, the white dots should trace a straight line across the screen. However, if
you are driving on a straight road, and you notice the dots constantly dropping
down or heading up as you drive, the navigation unit's yaw sensor is defective.

2008 Honda Civic EX

You can touch Reset to clear ANG-Disp, and dotted line.
3. If either test fails, please enter "Yaw rate sensor defective" for the problem
description, on the "Navigation core return form".
Fig. 62: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Yaw Rate Tuning
TIRE CALIBRATION
As the vehicle moves, the navigation system receives speed pulses from the
ECM/PCM. These pulses are converted using a conversion factor to a mph speed
that moves the vehicle position (VP) on the map. The navigation system has an
internal tuning function that generates and refines this factor based on actual
driving. The Level indicates the status of the tuning. At navigation initialization, it
begins at 0, and increases to 10 as the navigation system is used.
The Auto Tuning is factory set to ON, and should remain on.
The Study indicates the tuning status. If it is less than 10, the unit is still
calibrating.
The Tire-Cal. Tuning and Set should not be used. It is for factory use only.
Fig. 63: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Tire Calibration
FUNCTIONAL SETUP

2008 Honda Civic EX

Select the item you want to check.
Log Data
GPS Send Time
Demo Mode
Mic Level
Solar Angle
Save Users Memory ('07-08 models)
'06 model
Fig. 64: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Functional Setup (06 Model)
'07-08 models
Fig. 65: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Functional Setup (07 Model)
Log Data
This screen allows the factory to collect log data to troubleshoot navigation system
issues.

2008 Honda Civic EX

There is no card in the PC card Slot, the screen appears as:
Fig. 66: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Log Data
However, if the factory provides a PC card, insert it into the card slot (label
side up). Follow the factory logging VD data procedure for gathering test data
and properly ending the test.
Fig. 67: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Log Data
GPS Send Time
This screen is for factory use only. It allows adjustment of the GPS time. This
display updates in realtime.
GPS Time is the time as received from the GPS satellites. It is in Greenwich
Mean Time (GMT).
Date, Hour, Minute, and Set should not be used.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 68: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - GPS Send Time
Demo Mode
This screen allows the navigation system to drive a route, when the vehicle is
stationary. Typical applications include auto shows, and other events. This feature
allows a visitor to enter a destination, and see the system drive to the destination.
No speed signal is needed.
To initiate the mode select ON.
Changing the speed rate in ms (milliseconds) is optional, and represents the
time between updates of the VP (vehicle position) movement.
When you increase the rate, the VP slows down because it is updated
(moved) at a slower rate.
When you decrease the rate, VP is faster because it is updated (moved)
more frequently.
1500 ms is VP at its slowest in demo mode.
150 ms is VP at its fastest in demo mode (Default).
At key off, the setting automatically returns to the default of Off.
Fig. 69: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Demo Mode

2008 Honda Civic EX

Mic Level
This diagnostic screen allows you to independently test the microphone and the
TALK and BACK buttons. They are used to activate the voice control system. The
microphone is located near the map light in the ceiling. It is directional, and works
best if the voice is coming from the drivers seat.
Press the TALK button on the steering wheel, and in a normal voice say
"testing". The TALK indicator on the screen should momentarily turn green,
and the text "Now Recording..." should appear in yellow. If the Mic Level
indicator on the screen does not briefly turn green, then check the wiring from
the TALK button to the navigation unit.
If there is no Mic Level movement when you speak, then you should check the
wire running from the microphone to the navigation unit.
If the mic level bar is full or almost full without you speaking or other back
ground noise, replace the microphone and recheck.
Press the BACK button on the steering wheel. The Cancel indicator on the
screen should momentarily turn green. If it does not briefly turn green, then
check the wiring from the steering wheel BACK button to the navigation unit.
Fig. 70: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Mic Level
NOTE: If the radio is off, and there is movement in the indicator-
even without speaking, ensure that the vents are not
blowing on the microphone.
This should resolve voice control complaints such as:
Sometimes the system does not understand my

2008 Honda Civic EX

SOLAR ANGLE
This screen graphically displays the sun's position as determined by GPS.
This screen is for factory use only, and allows simulation of this feature for
development purposes.
The manual tuning button should always be OFF
The Angle is the angle that the sun (shown with the red dot) is above the
horizon.
The vehicle value represents the angle, clockwise from North, to the direction
that the vehicle position (VP) icon is pointing (always points straight up).
The direction value is the angle, measured clockwise from the VP (straight up)
to the suns position.
The reliability ranges from 1 to 3, and represents the accuracy of the Vehicle
Position relative to the sun.
Fig. 71: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Solar Angle
VERSION
This screen displays the current version of the program, and allows the loading of a
new version of the program either from a CD/DVD or from a PC card.
commands.
I have to shout at the navi for a command to be
recognized.
The system just says "pardon".

2008 Honda Civic EX

The Program Flash version should always be greater than or equal to the Program
Disc version. IPL, APL, DBOOT, and system ucomare for factory use only.
The Model code is SNA for the 4-door and SVA for the 2-door, and is for factory
use only. This code is stored on a chip in the navigation unit. Therefore, every
model has a unique part number for the navigation unit.
Do not use Download, unless instructed to do so by the factory.
4-door
Fig. 72: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Version (4-Door)
2-door
Fig. 73: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Version (2-Door)
NOTE: If any model number other than SNA or SVA is displayed,
replace the navigation unit with the correct part. The model
code tells the navigation unit what software to load off the
DVD.

2008 Honda Civic EX

SAVE USERS MEMORY
When replacing the navigation unit, this function allows the dealer to transfer the
customer's personal data td the new navigation unit. The transferred information
includes their Setup settings, and personal addresses. The dealer inserts a PC card to
the navigation unit, and then selects the Save Users Memory function. The two
functions in this diagnostic screen are EXPORT and IMPORT. EXPORT saves the
customer's data to the PC card, and IMPORT moves the PC card files to the new
navigation unit.
Fig. 74: Diagnostic Menu Screen Display - Save Users Memory
Before starting this function, see the PC CARD FAQS for information regarding
PC cards, and the use of this function.
1. Select EXPORT button to move the customer's data from the original
navigation unit to the PC card. Select YES on the Export User Data
Confirmation screen. The process takes only a couple of seconds. The system
stores two files on the card.
NOTE: If the EXPORT button is grayed out, check the PC card's
edge connector, and the pins inside the navigation unit
(with a flashlight) for damage.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. After installing the customer's original DVD in the new navigation unit, allow
the system to boot up. Insert the PC card in the new navigation unit and enter
the Save Users Memory in the navigation system diagnostic mode.
3. Select IMPORT button to move the two files stored by the Export process from
the PC card to the new navigation unit. Select YES on the Import User Data
Confirmation screen. When the transfer is finished (a few seconds) the system
will automatically reboot. After the system reboots, remove the PC card from
the PC card slot.
PC CARD FAQS
PC CARD FAQs REFERENCE
NOTE: If the IMPORT button is grayed out, check if the Model
and the Program Flash shown on the Version screen
are the same.
Question Answer
Where do we buy the
flash memory or
adaptors, and what do we
ask for?
You need a PCMCIA type II adaptor and a flash
memory chip. You can purchase them at a computer,
or office supply store. The card will have the same
size and shape as the PC card in the HDS. Adaptors
that accept multiple flash types are not
recommended.
What memory flash The flash memory devices that have been tested

2008 Honda Civic EX

chips will work with
what adaptors?
include Compact Flash (CF), and ATA style (like the
card in the HDS). Other card types and flash
memory chips may work, but have not been tested.
What capacity card do I
need for this function?
A memory chip with capacity of 64 MB to 2 GB will
work. The two files moved to the PC card during
export are less than a Megabyte in size.
Should the dealer have a
dedicated PC card for the
Export and Import
navigation function?
Yes, treat the PC card as a dedicated special tool that
should be used anytime the owner of an '07 or later
vehicle needs their navigation personal files
transferred to a new navigation unit.
What device can I use to
maintain the PC card,
and delete files
Any computer store sells USB style card readers that
accept the PC card, and allow you to perform file
maintenance on your PC card. Most laptops will also
accept the PC card.
Can we move the
customer's data to
different models?
No, the files are model specific and will only load
into a navigation unit with the same part number.
Can we move the
customer's data to the
same vehicle with a
different software
version?
The customer's files can only be transferred to a new
navigation unit, if the Model and the Program Flash
shown on the Version screen are the same. Files
cannot be transferred to the different model and
different versions.
Will other files on the PC
card like images or
music files prevent the
Export/Import function
from working?
No, the system simply adds two small files that are
recognized by the new navigation unit when
performing the import function. However, it the PC
card is full, the Export function won't work correctly.
Do I have to delete the
files on the PC card after
each transfer of the
customer's data?
After the transfer of customer data to the new
navigation unit, the files remain on the PC card.
Since this is confidential information, we
recommend that you delete these files after each use.
Please note that each time you export navigation
files of the same model and version, the files are
overwritten. Over time the PC card will accumulate

2008 Honda Civic EX

two files for each version of the 8 or so Honda
navigation models.
What format should be
used if the PC card needs
reformatting?
It is unlikely that the PC card will ever need
formatting, however the FAT file system should be
used.
I can't enter the
navigation diagnostic
mode to do the
Export/Import function.
How can I transfer the
customer's data?
Some internal navigation unit ECU failures may
make it impossible to use the Export/Import
function.
Why wont the Export or
Import functions work?
What do I check as part
of troubleshooting?
The card may not be fully inserted into the slot.
Eject the PC card, and inspect for warping or
damage to the edge connector. Never use
excessive force to insert a PC card. This can
result in damage to the pins in the rear of the
slot.
The PC card may not contain files that are
recognized by the new navigation unit.
Navigation data can only be transferred between
navigation units with the same Model code, and
with the same navi Program flash version.
The flash memory chip type may not be
accepted by the system. Only Compact Flash
and ATA cards have been tested.
The card's PCMCIA adaptor may be preventing
a known-good PC card from playing. Avoid
multi-slot type PCMCIA adaptors that accept
several different flash memory types.
The card may be full and as a result the files are
stored, but without any data. Export and import
appear to function, but move nothing. Delete
unused files from the PC card.
There may not be any files on the PC card. If the

2008 Honda Civic EX

ERROR MESSAGE TABLE
ERROR MESSAGE CHART
PC card has a write protection switch, make
sure it is turned off before attempting to use the
Export function.
Although flash memory chips are reliable,
occasionally they develop bad sectors or other
formatting errors that prevents them from
accepting files. The PC card should be
reformatted using the FAT format.
The PC card may have been formatted using the
format NTFS. Only the FAT format is accepted
by the system.
Hard Disc Drive (HDD) cards may not work
properly in the system and can overheat or quit
functioning, particularly in a hot vehicle. They
are not recommended.
Before performing the Import function, ensure
that the customer's original DVD is loaded into
the new navigation unit and working properly.
Screen Error Message Solution
Navigation system is
unable to acquire a
proper GPS signal.
Make sure there is nothing on the dashboard blocking
the GPS antenna. If not, move the vehicle to an open
space away from tall buildings, trees, etc. After-
market devices can affect the GPS reception.
Navigation is open or
No DVD disc installed.
Please check system.
Make sure the correct white-labeled navigation DVD
is installed with the label side up and the navigation
display is closed.
DVD reading error
(incorrect DVD disc)
place consult your
dealer.
Verify correct color (white) DVD installed.

2008 Honda Civic EX

CD, DVD, AND PC CARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
If the display will not open, use this procedure to manually open the display and
remove the CD, DVD, and or the PC card.
1. Remove the navigation unit from the vehicle (see NAVIGATION UNIT
2. On the bench, carefully pull the display (A) straight out (about 1/2 inch).
Display temp is too
high. System will shut
down until display
cools down.
This message will appear briefly when the display
temperature is too high, and the display will turn off
until the temperature cools down. The system will turn
back on when the display cools down.
Outside temperature is
low, system will take a
while to start up.
The temperature is below -30 C and the navigation
ECU has difficulties reading the DVD. The system
will start up when the temperature warms up.
DVD disc reading error
(unformatted), please
consult your dealer.
Check the DVD source for deep scratches or other
damage. Make sure you are using an official Honda
navigation DVD (white in color). The system cannot
read other mapping databases or video DVDs. Check
online for any service publications to update the
navigation system.
Route has not been
completed. Please try
again from a different
location.
Routing to or from a place (new area) that is not in the
database. Try planning a different route to or from a
different location.
No alternate route
found. Original route
will be guided.
No alternate route method was found. The original
route will be used.
This destination cannot
be found in database.
The destination was not found in the database. Try
another destination nearby, or select the destination
with the joystick.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 77: Identifying Display
3. Fold down the display as shown in the diagram below.
Fig. 78: Folding Down Display
4. Push the PC card eject button (A) to eject the customer's PC card (if installed).
Power is not required for this function.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 79: Identifying PC Card Eject Button And Plastic Cover
5. Open the plastic cover (B) for the navigation DVD slot. Do not remove the
plastic cover.
6. With the display open, temporarily reconnect the unit in the dash (to power it
up).
7. Push the CD eject button (C), and navigation DVD eject button and remove the
discs (holding the discs by their edges to avoid fingerprints). To avoid
scratches, place the navigation DVD, and customer's CD in a jewel case if
available.
8. Close the plastic cover that hides the navigation DVD slot.
9. Close the display by first returning the display to the upward position, and then
pushing the entire display straight back into the unit.
10. After installing the new navigation unit, re-insert the navigation DVD, the
customer's CD, and PC card.
NAVIGATION UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component location, 4-
LOCATION INDEX ).
Also review the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND
PROCEDURES ) in the SRS article before doing repairs or service.
NOTE:
parts.
Lay a workshop towel under the parts when working on
them to protect the face panel from scratches or other
damage.
Do not work in a dusty or dirty place.
Discharge static electricity from your body before and

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Make sure you have the 4-digit anti-theft code for the navigation system, then
2. Eject the DVD from the original navigation unit (see CD, DVD, AND PC
CARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION). To avoid scratching or damaging the
DVD, temporarily place the DVD in a jewel case.
4. Remove the center pocket hole lid and bolts, then pull out the center panel (A).
during the work.
Do not touch the circuit board(s) with your bare hands.
Do not work with dirty hands.
Be careful not to fold the flat plate cable.
Do not touch the terminal connector of the flat plate
cable with your bare hands. (If you have touched it,
wipe it off thoroughly.)
Before replacing the navigation unit, make sure to
remove the customer's navigation DVD, and their audio
CD, or PC card. Remanufactured navigation units do
not come with a navigation DVD. Re-install the
customer's navigation DVD, audio CD, and audio PC
card into the new Remanufactured unit. If the
navigation display won't open, manually remove the
navigation DVD, audio CD, and PC card (see CD, DVD,
AND PC CARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 80: Identifying Center Panel And Connectors
5. Disconnect the connectors (B), then remove the center panel.
6. Remove the screws, brackets (A), and the navigation unit (B) from the center
panel (C).
Fig. 81: Identifying Screws, Brackets And Navigation Unit
7. Install the navigation unit in the reverse order of removal, and make sure all
connectors are secure.
8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), then reinstall the customer's original DVD,

2008 Honda Civic EX

verifying that the DVD is free of scratches or smudges.
9. Check any official Honda service website for more service information about
the navigation system.
10. Enter the new navigation anti-theft code, then enter the audio presets.
11. Park the vehicle outside, and do the GPS initialization (see GPS
INITIALIZATION).
12. Give the new navigation anti-theft code to the customer.
VOICE CONTROL SWITCH TEST
4-DOOR
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the 20P connector (A) from the cable reel (B).
Fig. 82: Identifying Voice Control Switch 20P Connector Terminals
NOTE: Simply transferring the DVD from the original
navigation unit to the new navigation unit does not
assure the correct software for the vehicle will be
loaded into the new navigation unit. Doing the DVD
transfer without doing software patches may cause the
new navigation unit to appear to be malfunctioning.

2008 Honda Civic EX

TERMINALS RESISTANCE REFERENCE
4. If the resistance is not as specified, replace the voice control switch (see
VOICE CONTROL SWITCH REPLACEMENT).
2-DOOR
1. Remove the voice control switch (see VOICE CONTROL SWITCH
REPLACEMENT).
Fig. 83: Identifying Voice Control Switch Connector Terminals
Position Resistance
No button pressed About 10 kohms
TALK About 2.9 kohms
BACK About 680 ohms

2008 Honda Civic EX

TERMINALS RESISTANCE REFERENCE
3. If the resistance is not as specified, replace the voice control switch (see
VOICE CONTROL SWITCH REPLACEMENT).
4. Use a diode tester between the terminals in each switch position according to
the table.
Fig. 84: Terminals Diode Chart
5. If the diode test is not as specified, replace the switch (see VOICE
CONTROL SWITCH REPLACEMENT).
VOICE CONTROL SWITCH REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the voice control switch.
Si model (see STEERING WHEEL
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY )
Except Si model (see STEERING WHEEL
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY )
3. Install the voice control switch in the reverse order of removal.
MICROPHONE REPLACEMENT
Position Resistance
No button pressed About 10 kohms
TALK About 2.9 kohms
BACK About 680 ohms

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Remove the meter upper visor (see INSTRUMENT PANEL
3. Remove the wire harness clip (A), screws and GPS antenna (B).
Fig. 85: Identifying Wire Harness Clip, Screws And GPS Antenna
4. Install the antenna in the reverse order of removal.
GPS ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Remove the front individual map light lens (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 86: Identifying Front Individual Map Light Lens
2. Remove the bolts (B), then disconnect the connectors and remove the map
lights housing (C).
3. Carefully pry off the moonroof switch (D) from the map light housing while
pressing the retaining tabs (E).
4. From the moonroof switch (A), remove the screw and microphone (B).
Fig. 87: Identifying Moonroof Switch And Microphone

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Install the microphone in the reverse order of removal.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Openers - Civic
Fig. 1: Identifying Openers Component Location
HOOD OPENER CABLE REPLACEMENT
Front grille cover (see FRONT GRILLE COVER REPLACEMENT )
Front inner fender (see FRONT INNER FENDER REPLACEMENT )
Kick panel:
2-door (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR
AREAS )
NOTE:
Take care not to scratch the body and related parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Openers - Civic

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Disconnect the hood opener cable (A) from the hood latch (B) (see HOOD
LATCH REPLACEMENT ), and remove the bolts (C), then remove the hood
release handle (D). Take care not to kink the cable.
Fig. 2: Identifying Hood Opener Cable, Hood Latch And Hood Release
Handle (With Torque Specifications)
3. Using a clip remover, detach the clips (E), release the hood opener cable from
the clip (F), and remove the grommet (G) from the body, then remove the hood
opener cable from the vehicle. Take care not to kink the cable.
4. Install the cable in the reverse order of removal, and check if the clips are
TRUNK LID OPENER CABLE/FUEL FILL DOOR OPENER CABLE
REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

service.
Rear seat cushion (see SEAT CUSHION )
Rear seat side bolster (see SEAT SIDE BOLSTER - 4-DOOR )
Front door sill trim, driver's:
2-door (see step 4 on DOOR SILL AREA - 2-DOOR )
4-door (see step 3 on FRONT DOOR SILL AREA - 4-DOOR )
Kick panels, driver's sides:
2-door (see DOOR SILL AREA - 2-DOOR )
Rear door sill trim, both sides (see REAR DOOR SILL AREA - 4-
DOOR )
B-pillar lower trim (see B-PILLAR UPPER/LOWER TRIM - 4-
DOOR )
Side trim panel (see 2-DOOR )
Trunk side trim panel, left side:
2-door (see step 6 on 2-DOOR )
4-door (see step 6 on 4-DOOR )
Trunk lid trim (for some models) (see TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - TRUNK LID )
Trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener (see TRUNK LID
OPENER/FUEL FILL DOOR OPENER REPLACEMENT )
2. Pull the carpet back as needed.
3. Release the opener cable (A) from the clips (B). Remove the cushion tape (C).
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Identifying Opener Cable From Clips And Cushion Tape
4. Remove the screw. Remove the fuel cap (A) by turning it counterclockwise.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Identifying Fuel Cap
5. While pinching the hooks (A) from inside the vehicle, remove the grommet (B)
from the body.
Fig. 5: Identifying Grommet From Body
6. Release the hook (A), then remove the grommet (B) from the fuel fill door
latch (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Identifying Grommet From Fuel Fill Door Latch
7. Remove the fuel fill door opener cable from inside the body.
8. Detach the opener cable junction box (A) from the body.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Identifying Opener Cable Junction Box From Body
9. Disconnect the trunk lid opener cable (B) from the trunk lid latch (C) (see
TRUNK LID LATCH REPLACEMENT ).
10. Release the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable from the clips (D, E).
11. Remove the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable from the vehicle. Take
care not to kink the cable.

2008 Honda Civic EX

12. Install the opener cable in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Align the marks (A) on the opener cable (B) with the cable clips (C) as
shown.
Replace any damaged clips, and replace the cushion tape.
Fig. 8: Aligning Marks On Opener Cable With Cable Clips

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Identifying Damaged Clips And Cushion Tape
HOOD LATCH REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the front grille cover (see FRONT FENDER TRIM
REPLACEMENT ).
2. With hood latch switch: Remove the clip (A), then disconnect and detach the
hood latch switch connector (B).
Fig. 10: Identifying Hood Latch Switch Connector (With Torque
Specifications)
3. Remove the bolts, then remove the hood latch (C) from the body, and
disconnect the hood opener cable (D) from the hood latch.
Apply multipurpose grease to each location of the hood latch indicated by
the arrows.
Make sure the hood opener cable is connected properly and hood latch
switch connector is plugged in properly (for some models).
Adjust the hood latch alignment (see ADJUSTMENT ).
Make sure the hood opens properly and locks securely.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Applying Multipurpose Grease To Each Location Of Hood
Latch Indicated By Arrows
TRUNK LID OPENER/FUEL FILL DOOR OPENER REPLACEMENT
424-6857
1. Using a trim tool, detach the hooks (A) by prying the front side cap (B), then
remove it from the front door sill trim (C), and remove the opener lock cylinder
(D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 12: Identifying Hooks, Side Cap And Lock Cylinder
3. Remove the front door sill trim, 2-door (see step 4 on DOOR SILL AREA -
2-DOOR ), 4-door (see step 3 on FRONT DOOR SILL AREA - 4-DOOR ).
4. Loosen the bolt (A), and remove the bolt (B, C), then remove the trunk lid
opener/fuel fill door opener (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Identifying Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door Opener Bolt (With
5. Disconnect the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable (A), then remove the
opener (B). Take care not to kink the cable.
Fig. 14: Identifying Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door Opener Cable
6. Install the opener in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure the opener cable is connected properly.
Make sure the trunk lid and fuel fill door open properly and lock securely.
Fix at the original position in the outer end of cable on the trunk lid
opener/fuel fill door opener securely. And check the trunk lid latch
operation: Make sure trunk lid latch, and fuel fill door latch unlock when
pulling, and pushing the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener. If
necessary, adjust the position of the cable end.

2008 Honda Civic EX

TRUNK LID LOCK CYLINDER REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
1. Disconnect the cylinder rod (A), and if equipped, disconnect the cylinder
switch connector (B).
Fig. 15: Identifying Cylinder Rod And Cylinder Switch Connector
2. Remove the bolt securing the lock cylinder (A). Then turn the trunk lid lock
cylinder clockwise, and remove it.
Fig. 16: Identifying Bolt Securing Lock Cylinder (With Torque
NOTE: Check for damaged or stress-whitened rod fastener (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Specifications)
3. Install the lock cylinder in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Replace the rod fastener if it is damaged.
Make sure the cylinder switch connector is plugged in properly (if
equipped) and the cylinder rod is connected properly.
Make sure the trunk lid opens properly and locks securely.
4-DOOR
1. If equipped, remove the trunk lid trim (see TRIM
2. Disconnect the cylinder rod (A), and if equipped, disconnect the cylinder
switch connector (B).
Fig. 17: Identifying Cylinder Rod And Cylinder Switch Connector
3. Remove the bolt securing the lock cylinder (A).
NOTE: Check for damaged or stress-whitened, rod fastener
(C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 18: Identifying Bolt Securing Lock Cylinder (With Torque
Specifications)
4. Remove the rear license trim (see SIDE SILL PROTECTION TAPE
REPLACEMENT ).
5. Remove the bolt securing the lock cylinder (A).
Fig. 19: Identifying Securing Lock Cylinder (With Torque Specifications)
6. Turn the lock cylinder (A) to release the hook (B) from the trunk lid (C), then
remove the lock cylinder.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 20: Identifying Lock Cylinder, Hook From Trunk Lid
7. Install the lock cylinder in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Make sure the cylinder switch connector is plugged in properly (if
equipped) and the cylinder rod is connected properly.
TRUNK LID LATCH REPLACEMENT
1. 4-door: If equipped, remove the trunk lid trim (see TRIM
2. Disconnect the cylinder rod from the lock cylinder:
2-door (see step 1 on 2-door )
4-door (see step 1 on 4-door )
3. Disconnect the trunk lid opener cable (A), and on power trunk lid latch model
and security switch model, disconnect trunk lid latch switch connector (B).
Take care not to bend the opener cable.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 21: Identifying Trunk Lid Opener Cable, And Trunk Lid Latch
Switch Connector
4. Remove the bolts from the trunk lid latch (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 22: Identifying Bolts From Trunk Lid Latch (With Torque
Specifications)
5. Pull the trunk lid latch (A) out, and disconnect the cylinder rod (B) from the
trunk lid latch, and on no security switch model, disconnect the latch switch
connector (C). Take care not to bend the cylinder rod.
Fig. 23: Identifying Trunk Lid Latch, Cylinder Rod And Latch Switch
Connector
NOTE: Check for damaged or stress-whitened rod fastener (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Make sure the connector is plugged in properly and the opener cable is
connected properly.
Fix the original position of the outer end of cable (A) on the trunk lid latch
securely. And check the trunk lid latch operation:
Make sure the trunk lid latch unlock when pulling the trunk lid opener/fuel
fill door opener. If necessary, adjust the position of the cable end.
Fig. 24: Identifying Position Of Outer End Of Cable On Trunk Lid
Latch Securely

2008 Honda Civic EX

Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component
Location (1 Of 3)

2008 Honda Civic LX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Location (2 Of 3)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Location (3 Of 3)
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

2008 Honda Civic LX

SECURITY ALARM SYSTEM
The security alarm system is armed automatically after the doors, hood, and trunk
are closed and locked. For the system to arm, the ignition switch must be off, the
key must be removed from the ignition switch, and the MICU must receive signals
that the doors, hood, and trunk are closed and locked. The alarm can be disarmed at
any time by unlocking the driver's door with the key or pressing the UNLOCK
button on the transmitter.
When everything is closed and locked, the only inputs that are grounded, and have
0 V, are the driver's door lock knob switch (LOCK position), and the audio unit or
navigation unit (if equipped). In other words, all of the other switches are open, and
have about 10 to 12 V, including the key cylinder switches. The security indicator
in the gauge control module (speedo) begins to flash immediately after the vehicle
is completely closed and locked, and 15 seconds later, the security system arms. If
the security indicator does not flash, the system is not arming. A beep sounds and
the parking lights flash to confirm the security alarm system is armed if the LOCK
button is pressed a second time within 5 seconds.
If one of the switches is misadjusted or shorted internally, or there is a short in the
circuit, the security system will not arm. As long as the control unit continues to
receive a ground signal (0 V), it senses that the vehicle is not closed and locked, and
the system will not arm. A switch that is slightly misadjusted can cause the alarm to
sound for no apparent reason. In this case, a significant change in outside air
temperature, the vibration of a passing truck, or someone bumping into the vehicle
could cause the alarm to sound. There is no glass breakage or motion detector
feature.
If anything is opened or improperly unlocked after the system is armed, the control
unit receives a ground signal from that switch, and the 10 to 12 V reference drops to
0 V. If the audio unit or navigation unit (if equipped) is disconnected, the input
loses its ground, and the input voltage goes to 10 to 12 V. The system sounds the
alarm when any of these occur:
A door or the trunk is forced open.
NOTE: This applies to USA LX, EX and Si models.

2008 Honda Civic LX

A door is unlocked without using the key or the transmitter.
The hood is opened.
The audio unit or navigation unit (if equipped) is disconnected.
The transmitter PANIC button is pressed.
When the system sounds the alarm, the horn sounds and the exterior lights flash for
2 minutes. The alarm can be stopped at any time by unlocking the driver's door with
the key or by pressing any button on the transmitter.
PANIC MODE
The panic mode sounds the alarm in order to attract attention. When the PANIC
button on the transmitter is pressed and held for 2 seconds, the horn sounds and the
exterior lights flash for about 20 seconds.
The panic mode can be cancelled at anytime by pressing any button on the
transmitter or by turning the ignition switch ON (II). The panic mode will not
function if the ignition switch is ON (II).
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
The keyless entry system is integrated with the multiplex integrated control system.
The multiplex integrated control unit (MICU) receives LOCK, UNLOCK and
PANIC signals from the immobilizer-keyless control unit (keyless receiver).
The keyless entry system allows you to lock and unlock the vehicle with the
transmitter. When you press the LOCK button, all doors lock. When you press the
UNLOCK button once, only the driver's door unlocks. The other doors will unlock
when you press the button a second time. The doors will not lock with the
transmitter if a door is not fully closed, or if the key is in the ignition switch.
When the switch for the ceiling light is in the center (DOOR) position, it will come
on when the UNLOCK button is pressed. If a door is not opened, the light will go
off in about 30 seconds, and the doors will relock. If the doors are locked with the
transmitter within 30 seconds, the light will go off immediately.
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 4: Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System - Circuit Diagram (1 Of 4)

2008 Honda Civic LX


2008 Honda Civic LX


2008 Honda Civic LX

DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC B1026: FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR LOCK SWITCH SIGNAL ERROR
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

3. Operate the front passenger's door lock switch several times.
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure. The front passenger's door lock system is OK at this
time.
5. With the front passenger's door lock switch in the neutral position, select
KEYLESS from the HDS and enter the DATA LIST.
6. Check the ON/OFF information of the FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR LOCK
SWITCH (LOCK) and FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR LOCK SWITCH
(UNLOCK) in the DATA LIST.
Are both information indicators OFF?
NO - Go to step 7.
7. Disconnect the front passenger's power window switch 8P connector.
8. Check the ON/OFF information of the FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR LOCK
SWITCH (LOCK) and FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR LOCK SWITCH
YES - Faulty door lock switch; replace the front passenger's power window
switch.
NO - Go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic LX

10. Disconnect the under-dash fuse/relay box connector T(34P).
11. Check for continuity between the No. 1 (UNLOCK) and No. 6 (LOCK)
terminals of the front passenger's power window switch 8P connector and body
ground.
Fig. 8: Checking Continuity Between Front Passenger Power Window
Switch 8P Connector Terminals And Body Ground
YES - Repair a short in the LOCK or UNLOCK wire.
NO - Faulty MICU, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.
13. Disconnect the front passenger's window switch 8P connector.
14. Disconnect under-dash fuse/relay box connector T (34P).
terminals of the front passenger's power window switch 8P connector.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 9: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Front Passenger
Power Window Switch 8P Connector
YES - Repair a short in the wire between the LOCK and UNLOCK wires.
NO - Substitute a known-good passenger's window master switch, and
recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original passenger's
window switch. If not, the MICU is faulty, replace the under-dash fuse/relay
box.
DTC B1127: DRIVER'S DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH SIGNAL ERROR
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II)
3. Insert the ignition key into the driver's door key cylinder switch, and turn the
key in LOCK and UNLOCK positions ten times.
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure. The driver's door key cylinder switch system is OK
at this time.
5. With the driver's door key cylinder in the neutral position, select KEYLESS
with the HDS, and enter the DATA LIST.
6. Check the ON/OFF information of the DRIVER'S DOOR KEY CYLINDER
SWITCH (LOCK) and DRIVER'S DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO - Go to step 7.
7. Disconnect the driver's door lock actuator 10P connector.
8. Check the ON/OFF information of the DRIVER'S DOOR KEY CYLINDER
SWITCH (LOCK) and DRIVER'S DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
YES - Faulty driver's door key cylinder switch; replace the driver's door lock
actuator.
NO - Go to step 9.
terminals of the under-dash fuse/relay box connector T (34P) and body ground.
Fig. 10: Checking Continuity Between No. 31 And No. 32 Terminals Of
Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector T (34P) And Body Ground
YES - Faulty MICU, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO - Go to step 12.
terminals of the under-dash fuse/relay box connector T (34P).
Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector T (34P)
NO - Substitute a known-good MICU, and recheck. If the symptom/indication
goes away, replace the original MICU, if not, replace the driver's door lock
actuator.
DTC B1128: DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK SWITCH SIGNAL ERROR
3. Operate the driver's door lock switch LOCK/UNLOCK several times.
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure. The driver's door lock system is OK at this time.
5. With the driver's door lock switch in the neutral position, select KEYLESS
from the HDS and enter the DATA LIST.
6. Check the ON/OFF information of the DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK SWITCH
(LOCK) and DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK SWITCH (UNLOCK) in the DATA
LIST.
NO - Go to step 7.
7. Disconnect the driver's power window switch 22P (16P)* connector.
*: 2-door
8. Check the ON/OFF information of the DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK SWITCH
(LOCK) and DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK SWITCH (UNLOCK) in the DATA
LIST.
YES - Faulty door lock switch; replace the driver's power window switch.
NO - Go to step 9.
11. Check for continuity between the No. 28 (LOCK) and No. 27 (UNLOCK)

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 12: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Under-Dash
Fuse/Relay Box Connector T (34P) And Body Ground
13. Disconnect the power window master switch 22P (16P)* connector.
*: 2-door
15. Check for continuity between the No. 28 (LOCK) and No. 27 (UNLOCK)
Fig. 13: Checking Continuity Between No. 28 And 27 Terminals Of Under-
Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector T (34P)

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO - Substitute a known-good power window master switch, and recheck. If
the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original power window master
switch. If not, the MICU is faulty, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.
DTC B1129: DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH SIGNAL ERROR
3. Operate the driver's door lock knob switch several times.
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure. The driver's door lock knob switch system is OK at
this time.
5. Select KEYLESS from the BODY ELECTRICAL menu, and enter the DATA
LIST.
6. Check the ON/OFF information of the DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK KNOB
SWITCH (LOCK) and the DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH
(UNLOCK).
Does the DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH (LOCK) information
indicator ON and DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH (UNLOCK)
information indicator OFF with the driver's door lock knob switch in LOCK
position, and does the DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH (LOCK)
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

information indicator OFF and DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH
(UNLOCK) information indicator ON with the driver's door lock knob switch
in UNLOCK position?
YES - Faulty MICU, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.
NO - Go to step 7.
8. Check the ON/OFF information of the DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK KNOB
SWITCH (LOCK) and DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH
YES - Check for an open in the driver's door lock knob switch (LOCK) wire or
the driver's door lock knob switch (UNLOCK) wire between the MICU and the
driver's door lock knob switch. If OK, replace the driver's door lock actuator.
NO - Go to step 9.
Fig. 14: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Under-Dash
Fuse/Relay Box Connector T (34P) And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO - Go to step 12.
Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector T (34P)
YES - Repair a short in the wire between the LOCK wire and UNLOCK wire.
POWER DOOR LOCKS/KEYLESS
1. If the door lock system works properly, but the keyless operation does not,
refer to the immobilizer-keyless control unit symptom troubleshooting
information (see SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ).
Any of the doors is open.
Ignition key is in the ignition key switch.
NOTE: The door lock system does not function when:

2008 Honda Civic LX

Ignition switch is ON (II).
No. Symptom Check Items
1
The doors will not lock or unlock.
(1)
MICU input test (see
MICU INPUT TEST )
Driver's door key
cylinder switch test (see
DOOR KEY
CYLINDER SWITCH
TEST )
Door lock switch test
(see DOOR LOCK
SWITCH TEST )
Door lock knob switch
test (see DOOR LOCK
KNOB SWITCH
TEST )
2
The doors will not lock.
(1)
MICU INPUT TEST )
test (see DOOR LOCK
KNOB SWITCH
TEST )
Driver's door switch test
(check the door switch
ON/OFF information
with the HDS)
3
MICU INPUT TEST )
test (see DOOR LOCK
KNOB SWITCH

2008 Honda Civic LX

KEYLESS OPERATION DOES NOT WORK (LOCK, UNLOCK, PANIC)
The doors will not unlock.
(1)
TEST )
Door switch test (check
the door switch ON/OFF
information with the
HDS)
4
KEYLESS OPERATION DOES NOT
WORK (LOCK, UNLOCK, PANIC).

5
DOORS WILL NOT UNLOCK WITH
THE TRANSMITTER, BUT WILL
UNLOCK WITH THE DOOR SWITCH.

6
DOORS WILL NOT LOCK WITH THE
TRANSMITTER, BUT WILL LOCK
WITH THE DOOR SWITCH.

7
DOORS AUTOMATICALLY RELOCK
AFTER BEING UNLOCKED WITH
THE TRANSMITTER EVEN THOUGH
A DOOR HAS BEEN OPENED.

8
THE HORN DOES NOT SOUND WHEN
PANIC BUTTON ON THE
TRANSMITTER PRESSED (USA
ONLY).

9
Keyless operation will work even though the
ignition key is in the ignition switch.
Ignition key switch test (see
IGNITION KEY SWITCH
TEST ).
(1)
If only one door is not working properly, check that door's lock actuator
first, then check the other items listed in this table.
NOTE:
Before troubleshooting, check the B-CAN DTCs. If any
DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the indicated DTC first.
Before troubleshooting, do the keyless transmitter test
(see TRANSMITTER TEST/REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Try to start the engine.
YES - The immobilizer system is OK, go to step 3.
NO - Go to the immobilizer symptom troubleshooting (see SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. Close all doors, then turn the ignition switch ON (II).
6. Enter the BODY ELECTRICAL menu, and check the door switch parameters.
Do all door switches indicate OFF?
YES - Go to step 6.
NO - Faulty door switch, or shorted door switch wire. Repair as necessary.
7. Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch.
8. Disconnect the immobilizer-keyless control unit 7P connector.
9. Check for voltage between the immobilizer-keyless control unit 7P connector
Fig. 16: Checking Voltage Between Immobilizer-Keyless Control Unit 7P
Connector No. 1 Terminal And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO - Check the No. 23 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. If the
fuse is blown, replace the fuse and repair a short to ground in the wire. If the
fuse is OK, repair an open in the wire.
10. Disconnect the ignition key switch 6P connector.
11. At the ignition key switch side, check for continuity between the ignition key
switch 6P connector No. 1 and No. 2 terminals.
Fig. 17: Checking Continuity Between Ignition Key Switch 6P Connector
No. 1 And No. 2 Terminals
YES - Faulty ignition key switch or short to ground, replace the steering lock
assembly.
NO - Go to step 12.
12. Insert the ignition key into the ignition switch.
13. At the ignition key switch side, check for continuity between the ignition key
switch 6P connector No. 1 and No. 2 terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 18: Checking Continuity Between Ignition Key Switch 6P Connector
No. 1 And No. 2 Terminals
NO - Faulty ignition key switch, replace the steering lock assembly.
14. Check for continuity between the immobilizer-keyless control unit 7P
connector No. 6 terminal and the ignition key switch 6P connector No. 1
terminal.
Fig. 19: Checking Continuity Between Immobilizer-Keyless Control Unit
7P Connector No. 6 Terminal And Ignition Key Switch 6P Connector No.
1 Terminal

2008 Honda Civic LX

15. Check for continuity between the immobilizer-keyless control unit 7P
connector No. 6 terminal and body ground.
Fig. 20: Checking Continuity Between Immobilizer-Keyless Control Unit
7P Connector No. 6 Terminal And Body Ground
YES - Repair a short to ground in the wire.
NO - Replace the immobilizer-keyless control unit.
DOORS WILL NOT UNLOCK (OR LOCK) WITH THE TRANSMITTER, BUT WILL UNLOCK
(LOCK) WITH THE DOOR SWITCH
2. Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch.
3. Close and lock the doors.
4. Try to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless transmitter.
Do the door lock actuators work normally?
YES - Intermittent failure. The system is OK at this time.
NOTE: Before troubleshooting, check the B-CAN DTCs. If any DTC
is indicated, troubleshoot the indicated DTC first.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO - Go to step 5.
5. Open the driver's door.
Does the key-in reminder chime sound?
YES - Faulty ignition key switch, or short to ground on the ignition switch
PNK wire. Repair as necessary.
NO - Go to step 6.
6. Do the transmitter test (see TRANSMITTER TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
Is the transmitter OK?
YES - Substitute a known-good MICU and recheck.
NO - Replace the transmitter.
THE HORN DOES NOT SOUND WHEN THE PANIC BUTTON ON THE TRANSMITTER IS
PRESSED
1. Press the PANIC button.
Does the horn sound?
YES - Go to step 3.
NO - Go to step 2.
2. Press the horn button.
Does the horn sound?
YES - Go to step 3.
NOTE: Before troubleshooting, check the B-CAN DTCs. If any DTC
is indicated, troubleshoot the indicated DTC first.

2008 Honda Civic LX

NO - Check the horn circuit.
3. Turn the headlight switch ON.
Do the headlights come on?
YES - Go to step 4.
NO - Check the lighting circuit.
4. Do the transmitter test (see TRANSMITTER TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
Is the transmitter OK?
YES - Substitute a known-good MICU and recheck.
NO - Replace the transmitter.
DOORS AUTOMATICALLY RELOCK AFTER BEING UNLOCKED WITH THE TRANSMITTER
EVEN THOUGH A DOOR HAS BEEN OPENED
1. Turn the ceiling light switch in DOOR position.
3. Close all doors.
4. Watch the ceiling light and the door indicator on the gauge control module.
Does the ceiling light and door indicator go off?
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Repair a short to ground in the wire between the MICU and door switch.
5. Open and close each door one at a time.
6. Watch the ceiling light and the door indicator on the gauge control module.
Does the ceiling light and door indicator come on when the door is open, and
go off when the door is closed?

2008 Honda Civic LX

YES - Substitute a known-good MICU and recheck. If the symptom goes
away, replace the original MICU.
NO - Repair an open in the wire between the MICU and the door switch. If the
wire is OK, faulty the door switch, replace the door lock actuator assembly.
TRIPPED SENSOR HISTORY
The security system stores information on the last tripped sensor if the security
system has been violated. The information can be retrieved using the HDS.
To retrieve the last tripped sensor data:
1. Select HISTORY DATA from the security system test mode menu.
2. Select CURRENT DATA.
3. Confirm that the VIN matches the Vehicle then press the enter button.
4. Scroll through the data ist.
Sensors that were violated will indicate DETECT.
Sensors the were not violated will indicated NONE.
5. Inspect the DETECT circuit for:
Misadjusted or damaged switch.
Loose or corroded connections.
Intermittent short to ground.
MICU INPUT TEST
1. Before troubleshooting the keyless/poor door locks/security system,
troubleshoot the B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see
TROUBLESHOOTING - B-CAN SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS TEST MODE
A ).
2. Check the No. 10 (7.5 A) and No. 25 (20 A) fuses in the under-dash fuse/relay
box. If any fuse is blown, replace it and go to step 3.
3. Disconnect the under-dash fuse/relay box connectors E, F, G, M, N, Q, R, and
T.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 21: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector Terminals (1
Of 2)
NOTE: All connector views are wire side of female terminals.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 22: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector Terminals (2
Of 2)
contact.
recheck the system.
5. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the appropriate
connector.
system.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Cavity Wire
Test
condition
Possible cause if
result is not
obtained
G16 WHT
Under all
conditions
battery voltage.
Blown No. 12
(15 A) fuse in
the under-hood
fuse/relay box
An open in the
wire
G18 WHT
Under all
conditions
battery voltage.
Blown No. 4
(50 A) fuse in
the under-hood
fuse/relay box
An open in the
wire
G7 LTGRN
Under all
conditions
Connect G16 and G7
terminals with a jumper
wire momentarily: The
horn should sound.
Poor ground
(body ground)
Blown No. 12
(15 A) fuse in
the under-hood
fuse/relay box
Faulty horn
An open in the
wire
E20 GRN
Under all
conditions
Connect G2 and E20
terminals with a jumper
wire: The trunk release
actuator should work
(Trunk lid should open).
Poor ground
(G701)
Faulty trunk
release actuator
An open in the
wire
Connect battery power Faulty driver's

2008 Honda Civic LX

system.
MICU INPUT TEST (CONNECTORS RECONNECTED)
N7 BLU
Under all
conditions
to the N13 terminal and
ground the N7 terminal
momentarily: The
driver's door lock
actuator should lock.
door lock
actuator
An open in the
wire
N13 YEL
M8 YEL
Under all
conditions
Connect battery power
to the M8 terminal and
ground the M10 terminal
momentarily: The front
passenger's door lock
actuator should unlock.
Faulty front
passenger's
door lock
actuator
An open in the
wire
M10 BLU
E1 (4-
door)
YEL
Under all
conditions
to the E1 terminal and
ground the E21 terminal
momentarily: The right
rear door lock actuator
should unlock.
Faulty right
rear door lock
actuator
An open in the
wire
E21 (4-
door)
BLU
E14 (4-
door)
YEL
Under all
conditions
to the E14 terminal and
ground the E31 terminal
momentarily: The left
rear door lock actuator
should unlock.
Faulty left rear
door lock
actuator
An open in the
wire
E31 (4-
door)
BLU
Test:
Desired
Possible cause if
result is not obtained

2008 Honda Civic LX

result
E6 BLK Under all conditions
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G602)
An open in the
wire
E33 BLK Under all conditions
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G601)
An open in the
wire
F20 BLK Under all conditions
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G401)
An open in the
wire
T34 BLK Under all conditions
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G501)
An open in the
wire
Right rear door open
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
Faulty right rear
door switch
An open in the
wire

2008 Honda Civic LX

E2 (4-
door)
GRY
V.
Right rear door
closed
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty right rear
door switch
Short to ground
in the wire
E3 LTGRN
Front passenger's
door open
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Faulty front
passenger's door
switch
An open in the
wire
Front passenger's
door closed
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty front
passenger's door
switch
Short to ground
in the wire
E17 (4-
door)
BRN
Left rear door open
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Faulty left rear
door switch
An open in the
wire
Left rear door closed
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty left rear
door switch
Short to ground
in the wire
Check for
voltage to Poor ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

E36 BLU
Trunk lid open
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
(G701)
Faulty trunk lid
latch switch
An open in the
wire
Trunk lid closed
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty trunk lid
latch switch
Short to ground
in the wire
E37 GRN
Driver's door open
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Faulty driver's
door switch
An open in the
wire
Driver's door closed
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty driver's
door switch
Short to ground
in the wire
F27 GRN
Transmission range
switch in P
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G101)
Faulty
transmission
range switch
An open in the
wire
Transmission range
Check for
voltage to
ground:
Faulty
transmission

2008 Honda Civic LX

switch in any other
position than P
There
should be 5
V or more.
range switch
Short to ground
in the wire
G13
LT
BLU
Hood open
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G401)
Faulty hood
switch
An open in the
wire
Hood closed
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty hood
switch
Short to around
in the wire
Q4 GRN Under all conditions
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
battery
voltage.
A short in the wire
R6 PNK
Ignition key inserted
into the ignition
switch
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G504)
Faulty ignition
key switch
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch OFF
and ignition key
removed from the
ignition switch
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
Faulty ignition
key switch
Short to ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

V or more. in the wire
T7 GRN
Trunk key cylinder
switch unlocked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G701)
Faulty trunk key
cylinder switch
An open in the
wire
Trunk key cylinder
switch neutral
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty trunk key
cylinder switch
Short to ground
in the wire
T22
LT
BLU
Front passenger's
door lock knob
switch unlocked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G504)
Faulty front
passenger's door
lock knob switch
An open in the
wire
Front passenger's
door lock knob
switch locked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty front
passenger's door
lock knob switch
Short to ground
in the wire
Driver's door lock
knob switch unlocked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
Poor ground (4-
door: G501,2-
door: G401)
Faulty driver's
door lock knob
switch

2008 Honda Civic LX

T23 WHT
V.
An open in the
wire
Driver's door lock
knob switch locked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty driver's
door lock knob
switch
Short to ground
in the wire
T24 LTGRN
Driver's door lock
knob switch locked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty driver's
door lock knob
switch
Short to around
in the wire
Driver's door lock
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground (4-
door: G501,2-
door: G401)
Faulty driver's
door lock knob
switch
An open in the
wire
T25 (4-
door)
GRY
Right rear door lock
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G602)
Faulty right rear
door lock knob
switch
An open in the
wire
Right rear door lock
knob switch locked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
Faulty right rear
door lock knob
switch
Short to ground

2008 Honda Civic LX

should be 5
V or more.
in the wire
T26 (4-
door)
PNK
Left rear door lock
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G602)
Faulty left rear
door lock knob
switch
An open in the
wire
Left rear door lock
knob switch locked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty left rear
door lock knob
switch
Short to ground
in the wire
T27 GRY
Driver door lock
switch unlocked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G503)
Faulty driver
door lock switch
An open in the
wire
Driver door lock
switch in neutral
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty driver
door lock switch
Short to ground
in the wire
Driver door lock
switch locked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
Poor ground
(G503)
Faulty driver
door lock switch
An open in the

2008 Honda Civic LX

T28 GRN
V. wire
Driver door lock
switch in neutral
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty driver
door lock switch
Short to ground
in the wire
T29 PUR
Front passenger's
door lock switch
unlocked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G504)
Faulty front
passenger's door
lock switch
An open in the
wire
Front passenger's
door lock switch in
neutral
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty front
passenger's door
lock switch
Short to ground
in the wire
T30 YEL
Front passenger's
door lock switch
locked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G504)
Faulty front
passenger's door
lock switch
An open in the
wire
Front passenger's
door lock switch in
neutral
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty front
passenger's door
lock switch
Short to ground
in the wire

2008 Honda Civic LX

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR TEST
DRIVER'S DOOR AND LEFT REAR DOOR
1. Remove the door panel.
2-door (see DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4-door (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
T31 BRN
Driver door key
cylinder switch
unlocked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G501)
Faulty driver
door key cylinder
switch
An open in the
wire
Driver door key
cylinder switch in
neutral
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty driver
door key cylinder
switch
Short to ground
in the wire
T32 ORN
Driver door key
cylinder switch
locked
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be
less than 1
V.
Poor ground
(G501)
Faulty driver
door key cylinder
switch
An open in the
wire
Driver door key
cylinder switch in
neutral
Check for
voltage to
ground:
There
should be 5
V or more.
Faulty driver
door key cylinder
switch
Short to ground
in the wire

2008 Honda Civic LX

2. Disconnect the 10P connector (A) from the actuator (B).
Fig. 23: Disconnecting 10P Connector From Actuator
3. Check actuator operation by connecting power and ground according to Fig.
24 . To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only
momentarily.
Fig. 24: Checking Actuator Operation Connecting Power And Ground
Chart
4. If the actuator does not operate as specified, replace it.
FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR AND RIGHT REAR DOOR
NOTE: Driver's door shown.

2008 Honda Civic LX

26 . To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only
momentarily.
Fig. 26: Checking Actuator Operation By Connecting Power And Ground
Chart
4. If the actuator does not operate as specified, replace it.
DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH TEST
DRIVER'S DOOR
1. Remove the driver's door panel.
NOTE: Front passenger's door shown.

2008 Honda Civic LX

There should be continuity between the No. 6 and No. 5 terminals when
the door lock knob switch is in the LOCK position and no continuity when
the switch is in the UNLOCK position.
the door lock knob switch is in the UNLOCK position and no continuity
when the switch is in the LOCK position.
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the door lock actuator.
PASSENGER'S DOOR
1. Remove the passenger's door panel.

2008 Honda Civic LX

There should be continuity between the No. 8 [No. 7] and No. 10 [No. 5]
terminals when the door lock knob switch in the UNLOCK position and no
continuity when the switch is in the LOCK position.
[ ] : Left rear door
4. If the continuity is not specified, replace the door lock actuator.
DOOR LOCK SWITCH TEST
DRIVER'S DOOR (4-DOOR)
1. Remove the power window master switch and disconnect its connector (see
MASTER SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 29: Removing Power Window Master Switch (4-Door)
2. Check for continuity between the power window master switch 22P connector
terminals.
the door lock switch is in the LOCK position. (With security)
There should be no continuity between the No. 11 and No. 17 terminals
when the door lock switch is in the UNLOCK position. (With security)
the door lock switch is in the UNLOCK position.
when the door lock switch is in the LOCK position.
3. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the power window master switch.
DRIVER'S DOOR (2-DOOR)
1. Remove the power window master switch and disconnect its connector (see 2-
DOOR ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 30: Removing Power Window Master Switch (2-Door)
2. Check for continuity between the power window master switch 16P connector
terminals.
the door lock switch is in the LOCK position. (With security)
when the door lock switch is in the UNLOCK position. (With security)
3. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the power window master switch.
FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR
1. 4-door: Remove the front passenger's window switch (see PASSENGER'S
POWER WINDOW SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
2-door: Remove the passenger's power window switch (see DOOR PANEL
NOTE: Shown is 4-door front passenger's door.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 31: Identifying Front Passenger's Door (4-Door)
2. Check for continuity between the front passenger's power window switch 8P
the door lock switch is in the LOCK position.
when the door lock switch is in the UNLOCK position.
3. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the front passenger's window
switch.
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH TEST
1. Remove the driver's door panel.
2. Disconnect the 10P connector (A) from the key cylinder switch (B).

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 32: Disconnecting 10P Connector From Key Cylinder Switch
the door key cylinder switch is in LOCK position. (With security)
when the door key cylinder switch is in the neutral or UNLOCK position.
(With security)
the door key cylinder switch is in UNLOCK position.
when the door key cylinder switch is in the neutral or LOCK position.
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the door key cylinder assembly (see
FRONT DOOR OUTER HANDLE REPLACEMENT ).
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR TEST
2. Disconnect the 3P connector from the trunk lid latch switch/trunk release
actuator.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 33: Disconnecting 3P Connector From Trunk Lid Latch
Switch/Trunk Release Actuator
3. Check actuator operation by connecting power to the No. 1 terminal and
ground to the No. 2 terminal momentarily. The actuator should work.
4. If the actuator does not work, replace the trunk lid latch switch/release actuator
assembly (see TRUNK LID LATCH REPLACEMENT ).
TRUNK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH TEST
2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the trunk key cylinder switch (B).
Fig. 34: Disconnecting 3P Connector From Trunk Key Cylinder Switch

2008 Honda Civic LX

when the trunk key cylinder switch is in the neutral position.
the trunk key cylinder switch is in the UNLOCK position.
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the trunk key cylinder switch.
4-door (see TRUNK LID LOCK CYLINDER REPLACEMENT )
2-door (see TRUNK LID LOCK CYLINDER REPLACEMENT )
HOOD SWITCH TEST
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the hood switch.
Fig. 35: Disconnecting 2P Connector From Hood Switch
the hood is opened (latch released).
when the hood is closed (latch pushed down).
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the hood latch assembly (see
HOOD LATCH REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic LX

TRANSMITTER TEST/REPLACEMENT
WITH HDS
1. Press the lock or unlock button five or six times to reset the transmitter.
If the locks work, the transmitter is OK.
If any of the transmitter buttons does not work, replace the transmitter,
then do the transmitter programming register (see IMMOBILIZER KEY
REGISTRATION ).
If the locks don't work, go to step 2.
3. Select the KEYLESS from the BODY ELECTRICAL menu, then enter the
KEYLESS CHECK.
4. Press lock, unlock, trunk, or panic button and check the responce on the screen
of the HDS.
If KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER CODE IS RECEIVED is
indicated, the transmitter is OK.
If DIFFERENT KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER CODE IS
RECEIVED is indicated, the transmitter is not registered to the vehicle, if
NOTE:
If the doors unlock or lock with the transmitter, but the
LED on the transmitter does not come on, the LED is
faulty; replace the transmitter.
If any door is open, you cannot lock the doors with the
transmitter.
If you unlocked the doors with the transmitter, but do
not open any of the doors within 30 seconds, the doors
relock automatically.
The doors do not lock or unlock with the transmitter if
the ignition key is inserted in the ignition switch.
NOTE: The door lock actuators may or may not cycle when
receiving input from the transmitter.

2008 Honda Civic LX

necessary, reprogram and register the transmitter (see IMMOBILIZER
KEY REGISTRATION ).
If KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER CODE IS NOT RECEIVED is
indicated, go to step 5.
5. Open the transmitter and check for water damage.
If you find any water damage, replace the transmitter, then reprogram and
register the transmitter (see IMMOBILIZER KEY REGISTRATION ).
If there is no water damage, go to step 6.
Fig. 36: Checking Transmitter For Water Damage
6. Replace the transmitter battery (A) with a new one, and press lock or unlock
button and check the receive condition on the screen of the HDS.
If KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER CODE IS RECEIVED is
indicated, the transmitter is OK.
indicated, go to step 7.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 37: Replacing Transmitter Battery
7. Use a different known-good keyless transmitter assembly and repeat steps 3
and 4.
If (DIFFERENT) KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER CODE IS
RECEIVED is indicated, replace the keyless transmitter and do the
immobilizer system registration (see IMMOBILIZER KEY
REGISTRATION ).
indicated, the immobilizer-keyless control unit is faulty, replace it and do
the immobilizer system registration (see IMMOBILIZER KEY
REGISTRATION ).
WITHOUT HDS
If the engine does not start, go to the immobilizer system troubleshooting
NOTE: The keyless transmitter does not need to be
programmed to the vehicle for this test.
NOTE: As the keyless transmitter is combined with the
immobilizer transponder, so when the transponder is
registered by the HDS, the keyless transmitter
programming is completed automatically.

2008 Honda Civic LX

(see SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ).
If the engine starts, go to step 2.
2. Press the lock or unlock button five or six times to reset the transmitter.
If the locks work, the transmitter is OK.
If the locks don't work, go to step 3.
3. Open the transmitter and check for water damage.
If you find any water damage, replace the transmitter.
If there is no water damage, go to step 4.
Fig. 38: Checking Transmitter For Water Damage
4. Replace the transmitter battery (A) with a new one, and try to lock and unlock
the doors with the transmitter by pressing the lock or unlock button five or six
times.
If the doors lock and unlock, the transmitter is OK.
If the doors don't lock and unlock, go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Fig. 39: Replacing Transmitter Battery
5. Reprogram and register the transmitter (see IMMOBILIZER KEY
REGISTRATION ), then try to lock and unlock the doors.
If the doors lock and unlock, the transmitter is OK.
If the doors don't lock and unlock, substitute a known-good transmitter
and recheck (see IMMOBILIZER KEY REGISTRATION ). If still not
operating, replace the immobilizer-keyless control unit.

2008 Honda Civic LX

Power Mirrors - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Locating Power Mirrors Components
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Power Mirrors - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

4-door
Fig. 2: Power Mirrors Circuit Diagram (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic EX

2-door
Fig. 3: Power Mirrors Circuit Diagram (2-Door)
FUNCTION TEST

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. 4-door: Remove the power window master switch (A).
2-door: Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S
DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
Fig. 4: Removing Power Window Master Switch (4-Door) And Driver's
Dashboard Lower Cover (2-Door)
2. Disconnect the 13P connector (B) from the power mirror switch.
3. Choose the appropriate test based on the symptom:
Both mirrors don't work, go to step 4.
Left mirror doesn't work, go to step 6.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Right mirror doesn't work, go to step 7.
Both mirrors
4. Check for voltage between the No. 2 terminal and body ground with the
ignition switch ON (II). There should be battery voltage.
If there is no battery voltage, check for:
Blown No. 36 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
An open in the BRN (or PUR *) wire.
If there is battery voltage, go to step 5.
*: 2-door
5. Check for continuity between the No. 6 terminal and body ground.
There should be continuity.
If there is no continuity, check for:
An open in the BLK wire.
Poor ground (G 503, G501 *).
If there is continuity, check both mirrors individually as described in the
next steps.
* : 2-door
Left mirror
6. Connect the No. 2 and No. 10 terminals, and the No. 5 (or No. 12) and No. 6
terminals with jumper wires.
The left mirror should tilt down (or swing left) with the ignition switch ON
(II).
If the left mirror does not tilt down (or does not swing left), check for an
open in the PUR (or PNK) wire between the left mirror and the 13P
connector.

2008 Honda Civic EX

If the wire is OK, check the left mirror actuator.
If the mirror neither tilts down nor swings left, repair the GRN wire.
If the mirror works properly, check the mirror switch.
Right mirror
7. Connect the No. 2 and No. 11 terminals, and the No. 5 (or No. 13) and No. 6
terminals with jumper wires. The right mirror should tilt down (or swing left)
with the ignition switch ON (II).
If the mirror does not tilt down (or does not swing left), check for an open
in the PUR (or BLU) wire between the right mirror and the 13P connector.
If the wire is OK, check the right mirror actuator.
If the mirror neither tilts down nor swings left, repair the WHT wire.
If the mirror works properly, check the mirror switch.
POWER MIRROR SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
1. Remove the driver's door power switch panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL
2. Disconnect the 13P connector from the power mirror switch (A).
Fig. 5: Disconnecting 13P Connector From Power Mirror Switch (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic EX

to Fig. 6 .
Fig. 6: Checking Continuity Between Power Mirror Switch (4-Door)
4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the screws and replace the switch.
2-DOOR
1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER's DASHBOARD
2. Disconnect the 13P connector from the power mirror switch (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Disconnecting 13P Connector From Power Mirror Switch (2-Door)
to Fig. 8 .
Fig. 8: Checking Continuity Between Power Mirror Switch (2-Door)
4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the screws and replace the power
mirror switch.
POWER MIRROR ACTUATOR TEST
4-DOOR
1. Remove the door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL
2. Disconnect the 3P (or 6P)* connector (A) from the power mirror actuator (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Disconnecting 3P (or 6P)* Connector From Power Mirror Actuator
(4-Door)
10 .
(4-Door)
4. If the mirror fails to work properly, replace the mirror actuator.
Defogger Test
5. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 3 terminals of the 6P
connector. These should be continuity.
6. If the continuity is not as specified, check for:

2008 Honda Civic EX

A faulty mirror holder.
2-DOOR
1. Remove the mirror mount cover (see POWER MIRROR
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Disconnect the 8P connector (A) from the power mirror actuator (B).
Fig. 11: Disconnecting 8P Connector From Power Mirror Actuator (2-
Door)
12 .
(2-Door)

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. If the mirror fails to work properly, replace the mirror actuator.
Defogger Test
5. Check for continuity between the No. 3 and No. 4 terminals of the 6P
connector. These should be continuity.
6. If the continuity is not as specified, check for:
A faulty mirror holder.
POWER MIRROR ACTUATOR REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
1. Remove the mirror holder (see 4-DOOR ).
2. Remove the power mirror (see 4-DOOR ).
3. Disconnect the 3P (without power mirror defogger) or 6P (with power mirror
defogger) connector from the mirror.
4. With power mirror defogger:
Disassemble the power mirror 6P connector (A), and remove the No. 1 and No.
3 terminals from it.
Fig. 13: Removing No. 1 And No. 3 Terminals (With Power Mirror
Defogger)

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Remove the screw from the gasket (A).
Fig. 14: Removing Screw From Gasket
6. Record the terminal locations and wire colors.
7. Cut the wire harness with wire cutters, and remove the gasket.
8. Remove the three screws, and separate the mirror housing (A) from the bracket
(B).
Fig. 15: Separating Mirror Housing From Bracket
9. Remove the six screws, and the actuator (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 16: Removing Actuator
10. Route the wire harness (A) of the new actuator through the hole in the bracket
(B) and gasket (C).
Fig. 17: Routing Wire Harness Of Actuator Through Hole In Bracket And
Gasket

2008 Honda Civic EX

11. Install the actuator, bracket, harness clip, and gasket in the reverse order of
removal.
12. Insert the new actuator terminals into the connector in the original
arrangement.
Fig. 18: Inserting New Actuator Terminals Into Connector
13. Apply tape to seal the intersection of the wire harness and the gasket.
14. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. Be careful not to break the
mirror when reinstalling it to the actuator.
15. Reinstall the mirror assembly on the door.
16. Operate the power mirror to ensure smooth operation.
2-DOOR
1. Remove the mirror holder (see MIRROR HOLDER REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Remove the power mirror (see POWER MIRROR REPLACEMENT ).
3. Disconnect the 8P connector from the power mirror.
4. Remove the gasket (A).
Fig. 19: Removing Gasket
5. Remove the T10 TORX screws (B).
6. Remove the T10 TORX screws (A) and the mirror actuator (B).
Fig. 20: Removing Mirror Actuator

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Install the power mirror actuator in the reverse order of removal.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Power Moonroof - Civic
Fig. 1: Locating Power Moonroof Components
RESETTING THE MOONROOF CONTROL UNIT
Resetting the moonroof is required when any of the following have occurred:
The moonroof was moved manually while the battery was dead or
disconnected.
The moonroof motor was replaced with a new one.
Any of components related to the moonroof were replaced.
-Wind deflector
-Moonroof glass

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Power Moonroof - Civic

2008 Honda Civic EX

-Moonroof seal
-Moonroof glass bracket
-Moonroof cables, etc.
To reset the moonroof control unit, do these steps:
1. Close the driver's door, and keep it closed until the procedure is complete.
3. Press and hold the tilt switch, and turn the ignition switch ON (II).
4. Release the tilt switch, and turn the ignition switch OFF.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 four times.
6. Press and hold the moonroof open switch for 3 additional seconds after the
moonroof is fully opened.
7. Press and hold the moonroof close switch for 3 additional seconds after
the moonroof is fully closed (tilted).
8. Confirm that the moonroof control unit is reset by using the moonroof
AUTO OPEN and AUTO CLOSE function.
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Power Moonroof Circuit Diagram (06-07' Models)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Power Moonroof Circuit Diagram (08' Model)
MOONROOF CONTROL UNIT INPUT TEST

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Disconnect the 10P connector (A) from the moonroof control unit (B).
Fig. 4: Disconnecting 10P Connector From Moonroof Control Unit
contact.
recheck the system.
5. Reconnect the connector to the control unit, and make these input tests at the
connector.
NOTE: If the moonroof works OK manually, but will not work in
AUTO, or reverses frequently (obstacle detection), do the
moonroof calibration (see RESETTING THE MOONROOF
CONTROL UNIT ) before proceeding with the input test.

2008 Honda Civic EX

system.
MOONROOF CONTROL UNIT INPUT TEST (1 OF 2)
Test: Desired
result
Possible cause if
result is not
obtained
1 GRN
Under all
conditions
Check for voltage
to ground: There
should be battery
voltage.
Blown No. 24
(20 A) fuse in
the under-dash
fuse/relay box
An open in the
wire
5
PUR
[GRN]
Ignition switch
ON (ID
Check for voltage
to ground: There
should be battery
voltage.
Blown No. 32
(20 A) [No.30
(20 A)] fuse in
the under-dash
fuse/relay box
An open in the
wire
10 BLK
Under all
conditions
Check for voltage
to ground: There
should be less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G503) [G851]
An open in the
wire
6
WHT
[PUR]
Moonroof
switch in
AUTO OPEN
or AUTO
CLOSE
position
Check for voltage
to ground at the
No. 5 and No. 6
terminals: There
should be battery
voltage.
Faulty moonroof
switch
An open in the
wire
Moonroof
Check for voltage
to ground at the Faulty moonroof

2008 Honda Civic EX

Check the ECM/PCM DTCs. If there is no DTC, jump the SCS line with
the HDS, then disconnect the ECM/PCM connector A (44P), and the
moonroof control unit/motor 10P connector.
Make these input tests at the connector.
If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then
recheck the system.
If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace
the moonroof control unit/motor.
MOONROOF CONTROL UNIT INPUT TEST (2 OF 2)
7
LT
GRN
switch in TILT
position
No. 5 and No. 7
terminals: There
should be battery
voltage.
switch
An open in the
wire
8
YEL
[GRY]
Moonroof
switch in
CLOSE
position
Check for voltage
to ground at the
No. 5 and No. 8
terminals: There
should be battery
voltage.
Faulty moonroof
switch
An open in the
wire
9
LT
BLU
Moonroof
switch in OPEN
position
Check for voltage
to ground at the
No. 5 and No. 9
terminals: There
should be battery
voltage.
Faulty moonroof
switch
An open in the
wire
[ ] :2-door
CavityWire
Test
condition
Possible
cause if
result is not
obtained
between the No. 4 terminal An open in

2008 Honda Civic EX

MOONROOF SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT
06-07' MODELS
2. Disconnect the moonroof switch 10P connector (A) and map light switch 3P
connector (B).
Fig. 5: Disconnecting Moonroof Switch 10P Connector And Map Light
Switch 3P Connector
to Fig. 6 .
4 BLU
Under all
conditions
and ECM/PCM connector A
(44P) No. 29 terminal: There
should be continuity.
the wire
between the No. 4 terminal
and body ground: There
should be no continuity.
A short to
ground in the
wire

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Identifying Moonroof Switch Continuity Table
the switch.
08' MODEL
2. Disconnect the moonroof switch 10P connector (A) and map light switch 3P
connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Identifying Moonroof 12P Connector
to Fig. 6 .

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Identifying Moonroof Switch Continuity Table
the switch.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 STEERING
Hydraulic Power Steering Components - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Hydraulic Power Steering Components Location
Find the symptom in the chart below, and do the related procedures in the order
listed until you find the cause.
Symptom Procedure(s) Also check for
Modified

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 STEERING Hydraulic Power Steering Components - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Hard steering
Troubleshoot the system (see Symptom
Troubleshooting ).
suspension
Damaged
suspension
Tire sizes, tire
varieties, and
air pressure
Assist
(excessively light
steering at high
speed)
Check the rack guide adjustment (see
RACK GUIDE ADJUSTMENT ).
Front wheel
alignment (see
WHEEL
ALIGNMENT )
Shock or vibration
when the steering
wheel is turned to
full lock
1. Check the rack guide adjustment
(see RACK GUIDE
ADJUSTMENT ).
2. Check the drive belt for slippage
(see DRIVE BELT
INSPECTION ).
3. Check the power steering pump
fluid pressure with T/N 07406-
0010001 (see PUMP PRESSURE
TEST WITH T/N 07406-
0010001 ) or T/N 07406-001000A
(see PUMP PRESSURE TEST
WITH T/N 07406-001000A ).
4. Overhaul the steering gearbox (see
step 2 ).

Steering wheel
will not return
smoothly
1. Check cylinder lines for
deformation.
2. Check the ball joints for binding.
3. Check wheel alignment (see
WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
step 2 ).


2008 Honda Civic EX

Uneven or rough
steering
(see RACK GUIDE
ADJUSTMENT ).
2. Check the drive belt (see DRIVE
BELT INSPECTION ).
3. Check for low or erratic engine idle
speed (see IDLE SPEED
INSPECTION ).
4. Check for air in the power steering
system due to air entering inlet side
of pump.
5. Check for low fluid level in the
power steering reservoir due to
possible leaks in system (see
FLUID REPLACEMENT ).
step 2 ).

Steering wheel
kicks back during
wide turns
1. Check the drive belt (see DRIVE
BELT INSPECTION ).
fluid pressure with T/N 07406-
0010001 (see PUMP PRESSURE
TEST WITH T/N 07406-
0010001 ) or T/N 07406-001000A
(see PUMP PRESSURE TEST
WITH T/N 07406-001000A ).

1. Check when the noise occurs:
If the noise is heard up to 2-3
minutes after starting the
engine in cold weather, this is
normal.
If the noise is heard when the
wheel is turned with the
vehicle stopped, this is normal

2008 Honda Civic EX

Humming noise
from the power
steering system
due to the fluid pulsation.
2. Check for the high-pressure hose
touching the subframe or body.
3. Check for automatic transmission
converter noise (A/T).
4. Check for air bubbles in the power
steering fluid, leak on inlet side of
pump.
5. Check for particle contamination of
fluid and restricted filter in the
reservoir.
Pump pressure
Power steering
rack rattle or
chattering
1. Check for loose steering
components (tie-rod and ball
joints). Tighten or replace as
necessary.
2. Check the steering column shaft for
wobbling. If the steering column
wobbles, replace the steering
column assembly (see STEERING
COLUMN REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
(see RACK GUIDE
ADJUSTMENT ).
pulley:
If the pulley is loose, tighten it
(see step 46 ).
If the pump shaft is loose,
replace the pump (see PUMP
REPLACEMENT ).

Check the fluid level. If low, fill the
reservoir to the proper level and

2008 Honda Civic EX

Hissing from the
power steering
system/foaming
fluid
check for leaks (see FLUID
LEAKAGE INSPECTION ).
Check the reservoir for leaks.
Check for crushed inlet hose or
loose hose clamp allowing air into
the suction side of the system (see
FLUID LEAKAGE
INSPECTION ).
Check the power steering pump
shaft oil seal for leaks.
Air in the P/S fluid
Noise from the
power steering
pump
Compare the pump noise at normal
operating temperature to another
like vehicle (pump noise for 2-3
minutes after starting the engine in
cold weather is normal).
Remove and inspect the pump for
wear and damage (see PUMP
REPLACEMENT ).
P/S pump
pressure
Air in the P/S
fluid
Squeaking from
the power steering
pump
Check the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT
INSPECTION ).

Fluid leaks from
the steering
gearbox
Fluid leaks from the top of the
valve body unit. Overhaul the valve
body unit (see step 19 on page 17-
51).
Fluid leaks from the driver's side
boot. Replace the valve oil seal on
the pinion shaft. Replace the
cylinder end seal on the gearbox
side.
Fluid leaks from the passenger's
side boot. Replace the cylinder end
seal on the cylinder side.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fluid leaks from pinion shaft near
the lower steering joint bolt.
Overhaul the valve body unit (see
step 19 on page 17-51).
Fluid leaks from the steering
damping valve covers on the valve
body unit. Replace the valve
housing.
Fluid leaks from
the power steering
line
Fluid leaks from the cylinder line
connections (flare nuts). Tighten
the connection and retest (see
POWER STEERING HOSE,
LINE, AND PRESSURE
Fluid leaks from a damaged
cylinder lines. Replace the cylinder
line (see POWER STEERING
HOSE, LINE, AND PRESSURE
Fluid leaks from the pump outlet
hose or return line fitting on the
valve body unit (flare nuts). Tighten
the fitting and retest. If it still leaks,
replace the hose, the line, or valve
body unit as necessary.

Fluid leaks from
the power steering
pump
Fluid leaks from the front oil seal.
Replace the front oil seal.
Fluid leaks from the power steering
pump housing. Replace the leaking
O-rings or seals (see FLUID
LEAKAGE INSPECTION ), and
if necessary replace the power
steering pump (see PUMP
REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

HARD STEERING
1. Check the power assist (see STEERING WHEEL ROTATIONAL PLAY
CHECK ).
Is the initial turning load more than 34 N (3.5 kgf, 7.7 lbf)?
YES -Go to step 2.
NO -Power assist is OK.
2. Connect the P/S joint adapter (pump), P/S joint adapter (hose), and P/S
pressure gauge T/N 07406-0010001 (see PUMP PRESSURE TEST WITH
T/N 07406-0010001 ), or T/N 07406-001000A (see PUMP PRESSURE
TEST WITH T/N 07406-001000A ) to the pump.
Fluid leaks from
the power steering
reservoir
Fluid leaks from around the
reservoir cap because fluid level is
too high. Drain the reservoir to the
proper level. If the fluid is aerated
check for an air leak on the inlet
side of pump.
Fluid leaks from reservoir. Check
for reservoir for cracks and replace
as necessary.

Fluid leaks from
the power steering
pump outlet hose
(high-pressure)
Check the fitting for loose bolts. If
the bolts are tight, replace the
fitting O-ring.
Fluid leaks at the swagged joint.
Replace the pump outlet hose.

Fluid leaks from
the power steering
pump inlet hose
(low-pressure)
Check the hose for damage,
deterioration, or improper assembly.
Replace or repair as necessary.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Measure steady-state fluid pressure from the pump at idle.
Is the pressure 1,470 kPa (15 kgf/cm
2
, 213 psi) or less?

YES -Go to step 4.
NO -Go to step 8.
4. Measure the pump relief pressure at idle.
Is the pressure 7,850-8,550 kPa (80-87 kgf/cm
2
, 1,140-1,240 psi) or more?

YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Go to step 9.
5. With a spring scale, measure the power assist in both directions, to the left and
to the right.
Are the two measurements within 5.0 N (0.51 kgf, 1.12 lbf) of each other?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Go to step 11.
6. Measure the fluid pressure with both pressure gauge valves open (if so
equipped), while turning the steering wheel fully to the left and fully to the
right.
Is the pressure 7,850-8,550 kPa (80-87 kgf/cm
2
, 1,140-1,240 psi) or more?

YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Faulty steering gearbox.
7. Adjust the rack guide (see RACK GUIDE ADJUSTMENT ), and retest.
Is the steering OK?

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES -Repair is completed.
NO -Faulty steering gearbox.
8. Check the outlet and return hoses and lines between the pump and the steering
gearbox for clogging and deformation.
Are the lines clogged or deformed?
YES -Repair or replace the lines.
NO -Faulty valve body unit.
9. Disassemble the pump (see PUMP OVERHAUL ).
10. Check the pressure control valve for smooth movement and leaks (see step
16 ).
Is the pressure control valve OK?
YES -Faulty pump assembly.
NO -Faulty pressure control valve.
11. Check the cylinder lines for deformation (see POWER STEERING HOSE,
LINE, AND PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ).
Are any of the lines deformed?
YES -Replace the deformed line.
NO -Go to step 12.
12. Check for a bent rack shaft or misadjusted rack guide (too tight).
Is the rack shaft bent or the rack guide adjusted too tight?
YES -Replace the rack shaft, or readjust the rack guide.
NO -Faulty valve body unit.

2008 Honda Civic EX

PUMP PRESSURE TEST WITH T/N 07406-0010001
P/S joint adapter (pump) 07RAK-S040111
P/S joint adapter (hose) 07RAK-S040122
P/S pressure gauge 07406-0010001
Check the fluid pressure as follows to determine whether the trouble is in the pump
or the steering gearbox.
1. Check the power steering fluid level (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ).
3. Remove the pump outlet hose clamp (A) from the intake manifold.
Fig. 2: Identifying Pump Outlet Hose Clamp (With Torque Specifications)
4. Disconnect the pump outlet hose, then install the P/S joint adapter (pump) on
the pump (A). Take care so as not to spill the power steering fluid on the frame
and other parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Identifying P/S Joint Adapter (Pump) On Pump (With Torque
Specifications)
5. Install the P/S pressure gauge to the P/S joint adapter (pump).
6. Connect the P/S joint adapter (hose) to the P/S pressure gauge.
7. Connect the pump outlet hose (A) to the P/S joint adapter (hose).
Fig. 4: Identifying Pump Outlet Hose To P/S Joint Adapter (Hose) (With
8. Fully open the shut-off valve (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Identifying Pressure Control Valve
9. Fully open the pressure control valve (B).
11. Turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times to warm the fluid to
operating temperature at 158F (70C).
12. Measure steady-state fluid pressure while the engine is idling. If the pump is in
good condition, the gauge should be no more than 1,470 kPa (15 kgf/cm
2
, 213
psi). If it reads higher, check for:
Clogged or deformed pump outlet or return line between the pump and the
steering gearbox.
Clogged valve body unit.
13. Raise the engine speed to 3,000 rpm, and measure the fluid pressure. If the
pump is in good condition, the gauge should read at least 1,470 kPa (15
kgf/cm
2
, 213 psi). If it reads higher, repair or replace the pump.

14. Lower the engine speed, and let it idle. Close the shut-off valve, then close the
pressure control valve gradually until the pressure gauge needle is stable. Read
the pressure.
15. Immediately open the shut-off valve fully.
NOTE: Do not keep the shut-off valve closed more than 5
seconds or the pump could be damaged by
overheating.

2008 Honda Civic EX

If the pump is in good condition, the gauge should read at least 7,850-8,550
kPa (80-87 kgf/cm
2
, 1,140-1,240 psi). A low reading means pump output is
too low for full assist. Repair or replace the pump.
PUMP PRESSURE TEST WITH T/N 07406-001000A
P/S joint adapter (pump) 07RAK-S040111
P/S joint adapter (hose) 07RAK-S040122
P/S pressure gauge 07406-001000A
Check the fluid pressure as follows to determine whether the trouble is in the pump
or the steering gearbox.
1. Check the power steering fluid level (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ).
Fig. 6: Identifying Pump Outlet Hose Clamp (With Torque Specifications)
4. Disconnect the pump outlet hose, then install the P/S joint adapter (pump) on
the pump (A). Take care so as not to spill the power steering fluid on the frame
and other parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Identifying P/S Joint Adapter (Pump) On Pump (With Torque
Specifications)
5. Install the P/S pressure gauge to the P/S joint adapter (pump).
6. Connect the P/S joint adapter (hose) to the P/S pressure gauge.
7. Connect the pump outlet hose (A) to the P/S joint adapter (hose).
Fig. 8: Identifying P/S Pressure Gauge To P/S Joint Adapter (Pump)
8. Open the shut-off valve (A) fully.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Identifying Shut-Off Valve - P/S Pressure Gauge
10. Turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times to warm the fluid to
operating temperature at 158F (70C).
11. Measure steady-state fluid pressure while the engine is idling. If the pump is in
good condition, the gauge should be no more than 1,470 kPa (15 kgf/cm
2
, 213
psi). If it reads higher, check for:
Clogged or deformed pump outlet or return line between the pump and the
steering gearbox.
Clogged valve body unit.
12. Raise the engine speed to 3,000 rpm, and measure the fluid pressure. If the
pump is in good condition, the gauge should read at least 1,470 kPa (15
kgf/cm
2
, 213 psi). If it reads higher, repair or replace the pump.

13. Lower the engine speed, and let it idle. Close the shut-off valve gradually until
the pressure gauge needle is stable. Read the pressure.
14. Immediately open the shut-off valve fully. If the pump is in good condition, the
gauge should read at least 7,850-8,550 kPa (80-87 kgf/cm
2
, 1,140-1,240 psi).
NOTE: Do not keep the shut-off valve closed more than 5
seconds or the pump could be damaged by
overheating.

2008 Honda Civic EX

A low reading means pump output is too low for full assist. Repair or replace
the pump.
FLUID LEAKAGE INSPECTION
Fig. 10: Identifying Fluid Leakage Components Location
FLUID REPLACEMENT
Check the reservoir (A) at regular intervals, and add the recommended fluid as
necessary. Always use Honda Power Steering Fluid. Use of any other type of power
steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid can cause increased wear and poor
steering in cold weather.
NOTE: If the fluid is contaminated, the screen in the reservoir may
be partially blocked. Replace the reservoir if necessary.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Identifying Fluid Reservoir
1. Remove the reservoir from its holder. Raise the reservoir, then disconnect the
return hose (A) to drain the reservoir. Take care not to spill the fluid on the
body and parts. Wipe off any spilled fluid at once.
Fig. 12: Identifying Reservoir Tank Specified Level - Upper Level Line
2. Connect a hose (B) of suitable diameter to the disconnected return hose, and
NOTE: Inspect the reservoir screen for any debris. If the
reservoir screen is clogged, replace the reservoir.

2008 Honda Civic EX

put the hose end in a suitable container.
3. Start the engine, let it run at idle, and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock
several times. When fluid stops running out of the hose, shut off the engine.
Discard the fluid.
4. Reinstall the return hose on the reservoir.
5. Fill the reservoir to the upper level line (C).
6. Start the engine and run it at fast idle, then turn the steering from lock-to-lock
several times to bleed air from the system.
7. Recheck the fluid level and add some if necessary. Do not fill the reservoir
beyond the upper level line.
8. If the fluid is contaminated, dark, or discolored, repeat the procedure as
necessary.
POWER STEERING HOSE, LINE, AND PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT
Note these items during installation:
Connect each hose to the corresponding line securely until it contacts the stop
on the line. Install the clamp or adjustable clamp at the specified distance from
the hose end as shown.
Check all clamps for deterioration or deformation; replace the clamps with new
ones if necessary.
Add the recommended power steering fluid to the specified level on the
reservoir and check for leaks.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Identifying Specified Distance From Hose (With Torque
Specifications)
PUMP REPLACEMENT
1. Place a suitable container under the vehicle.
2. Drain the power steering fluid from the reservoir (see FLUID
REPLACEMENT ).
4. Remove the air cleaner (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ).
5. Remove the front splash shield, 2-door (see FRONT SPLASH SHIELD
REPLACEMENT ), 4-door (see 4-DOOR ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. M/T model: Remove the shift cable bracket (A).
Fig. 14: Identifying Shift Cable Bracket (With Torque Specifications)
7. A/T model: Disconnect the shift cable from the control lever (see SHIFT
CABLE REPLACEMENT ).
8. Remove the upper torque rod mounting bolts (A) from the body.
Fig. 15: Identifying Upper Torque Rod Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
9. Remove the drive belt (A) from the pump pulley (see DRIVE BELT
INSPECTION ).
NOTE: During installation, install new mounting bolts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 16: Identifying Pump Outlet Hose, O-Ring And Pump Mounting Bolts
10. Cover the parts around the power steering pump with several shop towels to
protect them from spilled power steering fluid.
11. Disconnect the pump inlet hose (B) and pump outlet hose (C) from the pump
(D), and plug them. Take care not to spill the fluid on the body or on any parts.
Wipe off any spilled fluid at once. Do not turn the steering wheel with the
pump removed.
12. Remove the pump outlet hose O-ring (E), and discard it.
13. Remove the pump mounting bolts (F).
14. Cover the opening of the pump with a piece of tape to prevent foreign material
from entering the pump.
15. Move the power steering pump toward the driver's side, then raise it.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 17: Identifying Power Steering Pump
16. Connect the pump inlet hose and pump outlet hose onto the new pump with
new a O-ring.
17. Loosely install the pump in the pump bracket with the mounting bolts, then
tighten the pump fittings securely.
18. Tighten the pump mounting bolts to the specified torque.
19. Install the drive belt (A).
Note these items during belt installation:
Make sure that the belt is properly positioned on the pulleys (B).
Do not get power steering fluid or grease on any parts around the power
steering pump, drive belt, or pulley faces. Clean off any fluid or grease
before installation.
Fig. 18: Identifying Drive Belt
21. Fill the reservoir to the upper level line (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ).
PUMP OVERHAUL
EXPLODED VIEW
Replace the pump as an assembly if the parts indicated with an asterisk (*) are worn
or damaged.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 19: Exploded View Of Power Steering Pump (With Torque Specifications)
Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 07746-0010100
Driver 07749-0010000
Pulley holder 07ZAB-S5A0100
Disassembly

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Drain the fluid from the pump (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the power steering pump (see PUMP REPLACEMENT ).
3. Hold the steering pump (A) in a vise with soft jaws (B), hold the pulley (C)
with the pulley holder (D), and remove the pulley nut (E) and pulley. Be
careful not to damage the pump housing with the jaws of the vise.
Fig. 20: Identifying Steering Pump In Vise
4. Remove the inlet joint and O-ring.
5. Remove the pressure control valve cap, O-ring, valve spring, and pressure
control valve.
6. Remove the pump housing cap, O-ring, and pump preload spring.
7. Remove the pump cover, O-ring, and pump cover seals.
8. Pull out the roll pin.
9. Remove the outer case, cam ring, rotor, vanes, and side plate.
10. Remove the rubber seal and slipper seal from the outer case.
11. Remove the O-rings from the bottom of the housing.
12. Remove the 40 mm internal snap ring, then remove the driveshaft by tapping
the shaft end with a plastic hammer.
13. Remove the seal from the pump housing.
NOTE: Refer to the Fig. 19 as needed during the following
procedure.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Inspection
14. Check the pressure control valve for wear, burrs, and other damage to the
edges of the grooves in the valve.
Fig. 21: Identifying Pressure Control Valve
15. Inspect the bore of the pressure control valve on the pump housing for
scratches and wear.
16. Slip the pressure control valve back in the pump housing, and check that it
moves in and out smoothly. If OK, go to step 17; if not, replace the pump as an
assembly. The pressure control valve is not available separately.
Fig. 22: Identifying Pressure Control Valve On Pump Housing
17. Attach a hose (A) to the end of the pressure control valve (B) as shown. Then
submerge the pressure control valve in a container of power steering fluid or
solvent (C), and blow in the hose.
If air bubbles leak through the valve at less than 98 kPa (1.0 kgf/cm
2
,
14.2 psi), replace the pump as an assembly. The pressure control valve is
not available separately.
If the pressure control valve is OK, set it aside for reassembly later.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 23: Checking Pressure Control Valve
18. Inspect the ball bearing by rotating the outer race slowly. If you feel any play
(axial or radial) or roughness, remove the faulty ball bearing (A), and install a
new one (B).
Fig. 24: Locating Ball Bearing
19. Inspect each part shown with an asterisk in the Exploded View; if any of them
are worn or damaged, replace the pump as an assembly.
Reassembly
20. Install the new pump seal (A) (with its grooved side facing in) into the pump
housing (B) by hand, then drive it in using the driver and the attachment until
the seal is fully seated in the pump housing. Do not apply more than 1,370 N

2008 Honda Civic EX

(140 kgf, 308 lbf) of pressure.
Fig. 25: Identifying Pump Seal On Pump Housing
21. Position the pump driveshaft (A) in the pump housing, then press it in with the
appropriate size socket wrench (B) as shown.
Fig. 26: Identifying Pump Driveshaft Position In Pump Housing
22. Install the 40 mm internal snap ring (C) with its radiused edge facing out.
23. Coat the new 23.8 mm O-ring (A) with power steering fluid, then position it on
the bottom (B) of the pump housing.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 27: Identifying O-Ring
24. Coat the new cover seals (A) and new 13.0 mm O-ring (B) with power steering
fluid, then position them into the grooves on the cover (C).
Fig. 28: Identifying O-Ring Position Into Grooves On Cover
25. Install the outer case (A) by aligning the slot (B) inside the outer case with the
cover roll pin hole (C). Be sure that the tapered side (D) of outer case is facing
up.
NOTE: Be careful not to install the inlet joint O-ring because
they are same size.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 29: Identifying Area Applying Rubber Seal
26. Apply power steering fluid to the rubber seal (E) (black), and install it in the
slot (F) of the outer case.
27. Apply power steering fluid to the slipper seal (G) (white), and install it on top
of the rubber seal you just installed.
28. Install the cam ring (A) by aligning the slot (B) with the slot (C) in the outer
case.
Fig. 30: Locating Slot In Outer Case
29. Insert the roll pin (D) into the slots between the cam ring and outer case, then
push the roll pin into the set hole (E).
30. Install the rotor (A) in the cam ring (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 31: Identifying Rotor And Cam Ring
31. Set the 11 vanes (C) in the grooves in the rotor. Make sure that the round ends
(D) of the vanes are in contact with the sliding surface of the cam ring.
32. Place the side plate (A) on the cam ring, and align the roll pin set hole (B) with
the roll pin (C).
Fig. 32: Identifying Align Roll Pin Set Hole With Roll Pin
33. Coat the new O-ring (D) with power steering fluid, then position it into the
groove on the side plate.
34. Install the pump housing (A) over the cover assembly (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 33: Identifying Pump Housing And Cover Assembly
35. Align the bolt holes in the cover (A) with the threaded holes in the pump
housing. Install the flange bolts loosely first, then torque the flange bolts in a
criss-cross pattern in two or more steps.
Fig. 34: Identifying Align Bolt Holes In Cover (With Torque
Specifications)
36. Push in the cam ring (A) from the pump housing cap hole (B) with a flat-tip
screwdriver to make sure the cam ring is fully seated against the outer case.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 35: Locating Push Cam Ring From Pump Housing Cap Hole
37. Install the pump preload spring (A) in the pump housing.
Fig. 36: Identifying Pump Preload Spring (With Torque Specifications)
38. Coat the new 12.7 mm O-ring (B) with power steering fluid, and install it on
the pump housing cap (C).
39. Install the pump housing cap on the pump housing, and tighten it to the
specified torque.
40. Install the pressure control valve spring (A) in the pump housing.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 37: Identifying Pressure Control Valve Spring (With Torque
Specifications)
41. Coat the pressure control valve (B) with power steering fluid, and install it in
the pump housing.
42. Coat the new 16.7 mm O-ring (C) with power steering fluid, and install it on
the pressure control valve cap (D).
43. Install the pressure control valve cap on the pump housing, and tighten it to the
specified torque.
44. Coat the new O-ring (A) with power steering fluid, and install it on the inlet
joint (B).
Fig. 38: Identifying Power Steering Fluid O-Ring (With Torque
Specifications)
45. Install the inlet joint on the pump housing.

2008 Honda Civic EX

46. Install the pulley (A), then loosely install the pulley nut (B). Hold the steering
pump in a vise with soft jaws (C). Be careful not to damage the pump housing
with the jaws of the vise.
Fig. 39: Identifying Steering Pump In Vise (With Torque Specifications)
47. Hold the pulley with the pulley holder, and tighten the pulley nut to the
specified torque.
48. Check that the pump turns smoothly by turning the pulley. If it is hard to turn,
loosen the four flange bolts on the cover, then retighten them as in step 35, and
check the pump again.
STEERING GEARBOX REMOVAL
Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SLOA202
Front subframe adaptor VSB02C000016 *
Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment program, 1-888-
424-6857.
Note these items during removal:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Using solvent and a brush, wash any oil and dirt off the valve body unit, it's
lines, and the end of the steering gearbox. Blow dry with compressed air.
Be sure to remove the steering wheel before disconnecting the steering joint.
Damage to the cable reel can occur.
1. Drain the power steering fluid (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ).
3. Make sure the ignition switch is in LOCK (0), then disconnect the negative
cable from the battery.
Fig. 40: Identifying Steering Joint Cover

2008 Honda Civic EX

9. Remove the steering joint bolt (A), and disconnect the steering joint by moving
the steering joint (B) toward the column..
Fig. 42: Identifying Steering Joint Bolt
10. Remove the center guide (A) (if equipped), and discard it. The center guide is

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 43: Identifying Center Guide
12. Remove the air cleaner housing (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ).
13. Remove the air cleaner housing mounting bracket (A), and install support
the cylinder head.
Fig. 44: Identifying Mounting Bracket And Support Eyelet

2008 Honda Civic EX

the engineltransmission assembly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

17. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper
19. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the 12 mm nut (B), and loosen the nut.
Fig. 48: Identifying Tie-Rod Cotter Pin And Nut
20. Separate the tie-rod ball joint and knuckle using the ball joint remover (see
BALL JOINT REMOVAL ).
21. Remove the inlet line clamp bolt (A).
Open the return line holder (B), and remove the return line clamp bolt (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 49: Identifying Inlet Line Clamp Bolt And Return Line Clamp Bolt
22. Loosen the adjustable hose clamp (A), and disconnect the return hose (B).
Fig. 50: Identifying Adjustable Hose Clamp
23. Loosen the 18 mm flare nut (C), and disconnect the inlet line (0).
24. Remove the front splash shield, 2-door (see FRONT SPLASH SHIELD
25. Remove the lower ball joint mounting bolt (A) and flange nuts (B) from the
lower arm.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 51: Identifying Lower Ball Joint Mounting Bolt And Flange Nuts
26. Disconnect the lower arm from the lower ball housing.
the body (B).
Fig. 52: Identifying Mark On Lower Arm
28. Attach the front subframe adaptor (A) to the front subframe (B) and the
transmission jack (model number LSL-W9371) or the powertrain lift (model
number OTC-1585), then tighten the front subframe adaptor screw.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 53: Locating Jack
29. Make sure the front subframe is securely supported by the jack with the front
subframe adaptor.
30. Remove the front subframe middle mount bolt (A) from the left side.
Fig. 54: Locating Front Subframe Middle Mount Bolt - Left Side
31. Remove the front subframe middle mount bolt (A) from the right side.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 55: Locating Front Subframe Middle Mount Bolt - Right Side
32. Remove the two 12 mm flange bolts (A) from the lower torque rod bracket.
Fig. 56: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Bracket Flange Bolts
33. Remove the front subframe front mounting bolts (A) from the right and left
sides of the vehicle and discard them.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 57: Identifying Front Subframe Front Mounting Bolts
34. Remove the front subframe rear mounting bolts (A) from the right and left
sides of the vehicle and discard them.
Fig. 58: Identifying Front Subframe Rear Mounting Bolts
35. Lower the front subframe and steering gearbox as an assembly by lowering the
jack slowly.
36. Remove the pinion shaft grommet (A) from the top of the valve body unit.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 59: Identifying Pinion Shaft Grommet
37. Remove the two 10 mm bolts from the right side of the steering gearbox, then
remove the gearbox mounting bracket (A) and mounting cushion (B).
Fig. 60: Identifying Gearbox Mounting Bracket And Mounting Cushion
38. Remove the four 10 mm flange bolts from the left side of the steering gearbox,
then remove the stiffener plates (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 61: Identifying Stiffener Plates
39. Remove the steering gearbox (B) from the front subframe.
STEERING GEARBOX OVERHAUL
EXPLODED VIEW

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 62: Exploded View Of Steering Gearbox (With Torque Specifications)
Cylinder end seal remover attachment 07NAD-SR3020A
Valve seal ring sizing tool 07NAG-SR3090A
Sleeve seal ring guide 07YAG-S2X0100
Sleeve seal ring sizing tool, 36 mm 07ZAG-S5A0100

2008 Honda Civic EX

Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 07746-0010100
Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300
Driver 07749-0010000
Piston seal ring guide 07HAG-SF10100
Piston seal ring sizing tool 07HAG-SF1020A or 07HAG-SF10200
Cylinder end seal slider 07ZAG-S5A0300
Pincers Oetiker 1098 or equivalent, commercially available
Removal
1. Remove the steering gearbox (see STEERING GEARBOX OVERHAUL ).
Disassembly
2. Remove the boot bands (A) and tie-rod clips (B). Pull the boot away from the
ends of the steering gearbox.
Fig. 63: Identifying Boot Bands And Tie-Rod Clips
3. Unbend the lock washers (A).
NOTE: Refer to the Fig. 62 as needed during this procedure.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 64: Identifying Lock Washers
4. Hold the flat surface sections (A) of the steering rack with a wrench (B), and
unscrew both rack ends (C) with a wrench (D). Be careful not to damage the
rack surface with the wrench.
Fig. 65: Identifying Lock Washer And Rubber Stop
5. Remove the lock washer (E) and rubber stop (F).
6. Loosen the locknut (A), then remove the rack guide screw (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 66: Identifying Locknut, Rack Guide Screw, Spring And Rack Guide
7. Remove the spring (C) and the rack guide (D) from the gearbox housing.
8. Remove the cylinder line A and B from the steering gearbox.
Fig. 67: Identifying Cylinder Line A And B
9. Drain the fluid from the cylinder fittings by slowly moving the steering rack
back and forth.
10. Remove the two flange bolts, then remove the valve body unit (A) from the
steering gearbox (B). Remove the O-ring (C), and discard it.
Fig. 68: Identifying Valve Body Unit Components
11. Drill a 3 mm (0.12 in.) diameter hole about 2.5-3.0 mm (0.10-0.12 in.) in depth
in the staked point (A) on the cylinder. Do not allow metal shavings to enter

2008 Honda Civic EX

the cylinder side on the gearbox housing. After removing the cylinder end (B),
remove any burrs at the staked point.
Fig. 69: Identifying Depth In Staked Point On Cylinder
12. Hold the gearbox housing using a C-clamp (commercially available) (A) and
the wooden blocks (B) as shown. Do not clamp the cylinder part of the gearbox
housing in the vise. Then remove the cylinder end (C).
Fig. 70: Identifying Gearbox Housing
13. Install a commercially available bearing separator (A) in the gearbox housing
as shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 71: Identifying Gearbox Housing
14. Place an appropriate size deep socket wrench (B) on the steering rack (C).
15. Set the steering gearbox in a press so the gearbox housing side points upward,
then press the cylinder end seal (D) and steering rack out of the steering
gearbox. Hold the steering rack to keep it from falling when pressed clear. Be
careful not to damage the inner surface of the cylinder side on the gearbox
housing with the tool.
16. Install the seal remover on a 24 "long 3/8" drive extension (A). Insert the tools
in the gearbox housing. Make sure the seal remover is securely positioned on
the backup ring edges. Be careful not to damage the inner surface of the
cylinder with the seal remover.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 72: Inserting Tools In Gearbox Housing
17. Place the steering gearbox in a press, then remove the cylinder end seal (A) and
backup ring (B) from the steering gearbox by pressing on the 24 "long, 3/8"
drive extension.
Note these items when pressing the cylinder end seal:
Keep the tool straight to avoid damaging the cylinder wall. Check the tool
angle, and correct it if necessary, when removing the cylinder end seal.
Use a press to remove the cylinder end seal. Do not try to remove the seal
by striking the tool; striking the tool would break the backup ring, and the
cylinder end seal would remain in the steering gearbox.
Fig. 73: Identifying Cylinder Seal And Backup Ring
18. Carefully pry the piston seal ring (A) and O-ring (B) off the rack piston. Be
careful not to damage the inside of the seal ring groove and piston edges when
removing the seal ring.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 74: Locating Piston Seal Ring And O-Ring
19. Before removing the valve housing (A), apply vinyl tape (B) to the splines on
the pinion shaft.
Fig. 75: Identifying Vinyl Of Splines On Pinion Shaft
20. Separate the valve housing from the pinion shaft/valve using a press.
21. Loosen the 16 mm flange nut (A), and remove the return line joint (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 76: Identifying Flange Nut And Return Line Joint
22. With your finger, check the inner wall of the valve housing where the seal ring
slides. If there is a step in the wall, the housing is worn. Replace it.
Fig. 77: Identifying Inner Wall Of Valve Housing With Your Finger
23. Check for wear, burrs, and other damage to the edges of the grooves in the
sleeve.
NOTE: There may be sliding marks from the seal ring on the
wall of the valve housing. Replace the valve housing
only if the wall is stepped.
NOTE: The pinion shaft and sleeve are a precision matched
set. If either the pinion shaft or sleeve must be
replaced, replace both parts as a set.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 78: Identifying Pinion Shaft And Sleeve
24. Remove the snap ring (A) and sleeve (B) from the pinion shaft.
Fig. 79: Identifying Snap Ring And Sleeve
25. Using a cutter or an equivalent tool, cut and remove the four seal rings from
the sleeve. Be careful not to damage the edges of the sleeve grooves and outer
surface when removing the seal rings.
Fig. 80: Identifying Seal Rings
26. Using a cutter or an equivalent tool, cut the valve seal ring (A) and O-ring (B)

2008 Honda Civic EX

at the cutting groove position (C) in the pinion shaft. Remove the valve seal
ring and O-ring. Be careful not to damage the edges of the pinion shaft groove
and outer surface when removing the valve seal ring and O-ring.
Fig. 81: Identifying Valve Seal Ring And O-Ring
27. Remove the valve oil seal (A) and wave washer (B) from the pinion shaft.
Note these items during disassembly:
Inspect the ball bearing (C) by rotating the outer race slowly. If there is
any excessive play or wear, replace the pinion shaft and sleeve as an
assembly.
The pinion shaft and sleeve are a precise fit; do not intermix old and new
pinion shafts and sleeves.
Fig. 82: Identifying Valve Oil Seal And Wave Washer
28. Remove the valve oil seal (A) and roller bearing (B) from the valve housing
using a flat-tipped screw driver.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 83: Identifying Valve Oil Seal And Roller Bearing From Valve
Housing
29. Remove the valve oil seal (A) and bushing (B) out of the valve housing using a
hydraulic press and an appropriate size socket wrench.
Fig. 84: Identifying Valve Oil Seal And Bushing Out Of Valve Housing
Do not dip rubber parts in the solvent.
Reassembly
31. Apply vinyl tape (A) to the stepped portion of the pinion shaft, and coat the
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the inner wall of the valve
housing when removing by the flat-tipped screw driver.

2008 Honda Civic EX

surface of the vinyl tape with power steering fluid.
Fig. 85: Identifying Area Applying Vinyl Tape To Pinion Shaft
32. Install the wave washer (B).
33. Coat the inside surface of the new valve oil seal (C) with power steering fluid,
and install the seal with its grooved side facing opposite the bearing, then slide
it over the pinion shaft, being careful not to damage its sealing lip (D).
34. Apply vinyl tape (A) to the splines and stepped portion of the shaft, and coat
the surface of the vinyl tape with power steering fluid.
Fig. 86: Identifying Area Applying Vinyl Tape To Splines
35. Fit the new O-ring (B) in the groove of the pinion shaft. Then slide the new
valve seal ring (C) over the shaft and in the groove on the pinion shaft.
36. Remove the tape, and apply power steering fluid to the surface of the valve seal
ring (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 87: Identifying Area Applying Power Steering Fluid To Surface Of
Valve Seal Ring
37. Apply power steering fluid to the inside of the valve seal ring sizing tool. Set
the larger diameter end of the sizing tool over the valve seal ring, and move the
sizing tool up and down several times to make the valve seal ring fit in the
pinion shaft groove.
38. Remove the sizing tool, turn it over, slide the smaller diameter end over the
valve seal ring. Move it up and down several times to make the valve seal ring
fit snugly in the pinion shaft groove.
39. Apply power steering fluid to the surface of the sleeve seal ring guide. Slip two
new seal rings (A) over the ring guide from the smaller diameter end, and
expand them. Install only two rings at a time from each end of the pinion shaft
sleeve (B).
Note these items when installing the seal ring:
Do not over-expand the seal ring. Install the resin seal rings with care so
as not to damage them. After installation, make sure you contract the seal
rings using the sizing tool.
There are two types of sleeve seal rings; black and brown. Do not mix the
different types of rings as they are not compatible.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 88: Identifying Area Applying Power Steering Fluid To Surface
Of Sleeve Seal Ring Guide
40. Align the ring guide with each groove in the sleeve, and slide a sleeve seal ring
into each groove. After installation, compress the seal rings with your fingers
temporarily.
41. Apply power steering fluid to the seal rings on the sleeve, and to the entire
inside surface of the sleeve seal ring sizing tool, then slowly insert the sleeve
into the sizing tool.
Fig. 89: Identifying Area Applying Power Steering Fluid On Sleeve
42. Move the sleeve back and forth several times to make the seal rings snugly fit
in the sleeve. Make sure the seal rings are not twisted.
43. Apply power steering fluid to the surface of the pinion shaft (A). Slide the
sleeve (B) onto the pinion shaft by aligning the locating pin (C) on the inside of
the sleeve with the cutout (D) in the shaft. Then install the new snap ring (E)
securely in the pinion shaft groove. Be careful not to damage the valve seal

2008 Honda Civic EX

ring when inserting the sleeve.
Fig. 90: Identifying Area Applying Power Steering Fluid To Surface Of
Pinion Shaft
44. Apply power steering fluid to the seal ring lip of the new valve oil seal (A),
then install the seal and bushing (B) in the valve housing (C) using a hydraulic
press, driver, and attachment. Install the seal with its grooved side facing the
tool.
Fig. 91: Identifying Area Applying Power Steering Fluid To Seal Ring Lip
45. Press the roller bearing (A) into the valve housing (B) with a hydraulic press,
driver, and attachment.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 92: Identifying Roller Bearing Into Valve Housing
46. Apply power steering fluid to the seal ring lip of the new valve oil seal (A),
then install the seal in the valve housing (B) using a hydraulic press, driver,
and attachment. Install the seal with its grooved side facing the tool.
Fig. 93: Identifying Area Applying Power Steering Fluid To Seal Ring Lip
47. Apply vinyl tape (A) to the pinion shaft, then coat the vinyl tape with power
steering fluid.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 94: Identifying Area Applying Vinyl Tape To Pinion Shaft
48. Insert the pinion shaft into the valve housing (B). Be careful not to damage the
valve seal rings (C) and valve oil seal sealing lip (D).
49. Remove the vinyl tape from the pinion shaft, then remove any residue from the
tape adhesive.
50. Press the pinion shaft/sleeve into the valve housing with a hydraulic press.
Check that the pinion shaft/sleeve turns smoothly by hand after installing it.
Fig. 95: Identifying Pinion Shaft/Sleeve Into Valve Housing
51. Coat the piston seal ring guide with power steering fluid, then slide it onto the
rack, big end first.
52. Position the new O-ring (A) and new piston seal ring (B) on the piston seal ring
guide, then slide them down toward the big end of the tool.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Note these items during reassembly:
Do not over expand the resin seal rings. Install the resin seal rings with
care so as not to damage them. After installation, make sure you contract
the seal ring using the sizing tool.
Replace piston's O-ring and seal ring as a set.
Fig. 96: Identifying O-Ring And Piston Seal Ring
53. Pull the O-ring off into the piston groove, then pull the piston seal ring off into
the piston groove on top of the O-ring.
54. Coat the piston seal ring (A) and the inside of the piston seal ring sizing tool
with power steering fluid, then carefully slide the tool onto the rack and over
the piston seal ring.
Fig. 97: Identifying Piston Seal Ring
55. Move the sizing tool back and forth several times to make the piston seal ring

2008 Honda Civic EX

fit snugly in the piston.
56. Coat the sliding surface of the cylinder end seal slider (A) and new cylinder
end seal (B) with power steering fluid. Place the seal on the seal slider with its
grooved side (C) facing opposite the seal slider.
Fig. 98: Identifying Seal On Seal Slider With Grooved Side
57. Coat the surface of the steering rack (A) with power steering fluid.
Fig. 99: Identifying Cylinder Seal Onto Steering Rack With Grooved Side
58. Install the cylinder end seal (B) onto the steering rack with its grooved side (C)
toward the piston (D).
59. Separate the cylinder end seal from the cylinder end seal slider, then remove
the seal slider.
60. Install the new backup ring (A) on the steering rack, then place the backup ring
and cylinder end seal (B) against the piston (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 100: Identifying Backup Ring And Cylinder End Seal
61. Apply steering grease to the steering rack teeth, then insert the steering rack
into the gearbox housing. Be careful not to damage the inner surface of the
cylinder wall with the rack edges.
Fig. 101: Identifying Area Applying Steering Grease To Steering Rack
Teeth
62. Insert an appropriate size deep socket wrench (A) onto the steering rack as
shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 102: Identifying Socket Wrench Onto Steering Rack
63. Install the cylinder end seal (B) into the bottom of the cylinder by pressing on
the tool with a press. Do not push on the tool with excessive force as it may
damage the cylinder end seal.
64. Remove the tool, and center the steering rack.
65. Coat the sliding surface of the cylinder end seal slider (A) and new cylinder
end seal (B) with power steering fluid. Place the seal on the seal slider with its
grooved side (C) facing opposite the seal slider.
Fig. 103: Identifying Seal On Seal Slider With Grooved Side
66. Coat the inside surface of the cylinder end seal slider and steering rack with
power steering fluid, then install the cylinder end seal (A) onto the steering
rack with its grooved side toward the cylinder.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 104: Identifying Cylinder End Seal Slider And Steering Rack
67. Separate the cylinder end seal from the cylinder end seal slider, then remove
the seal slider.
68. Push in the cylinder end seal with your finger. Be careful not to damage the
face of the seal with the threads and burrs at the staked position of the cylinder
housing.
69. Hold the gearbox housing using a C-clamp (commercially available) (A) and
wooden blocks (B). Do not clamp the cylinder part of the gearbox housing in
the vise.
Fig. 105: Identifying Gearbox Housing Using C-Clamp (Commercially
Available)
70. Coat the inside surface of the cylinder end (A) with power steering fluid, then
install the cylinder end by screwing it into the cylinder (B). Tighten the
cylinder end to the specified torque.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 106: Identifying Cylinder Screw (With Torque Specifications)
71. Stake the point of the cylinder shown (opposite from where the stake was
removed during disassembly).
72. Install the return line joint (A), and tighten the 16 mm flare nut (B).
Fig. 107: Identifying Return Line Joint And Flare Nut (With Torque
Specifications)
73. Coat the new O-ring (A) with steering grease, and carefully fit it on the valve
housing.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 108: Identifying Area Applying Steering Grease (With Torque
Specifications)
74. Apply steering grease to the needle bearing (B) in the gearbox housing, then
install the valve body unit (C) by engaging the gears. Note the valve body unit
installation position (direction of the line connections).
75. Tighten the flange bolts (D) to the specified torque.
76. Install the cylinder lines.
Note these items during reassembly:
Thoroughly clean the joints of the cylinder lines. The joints must be free
of foreign material.
Install the cylinder lines by tightening the flare nuts by hand first, then
tighten the flare nuts to the specified torque.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 109: Identifying Flange Bolts (With Torque Specifications)
77. Apply steering grease to the sliding surface of the rack guide (A), and install it
onto the gearbox housing.
Fig. 110: Identifying Gearbox Housing Components
78. Remove the old sealant from the rack guide screw (B), then apply new sealant
(Three Bond 1215 or Loctite 5699) to the middle of the threads. Install the
spring (C), rack guide screw and locknut (D).
79. Adjust the rack guide screw (see RACK GUIDE ADJUSTMENT ). After
adjusting, check that the rack moves smoothly by sliding it right and left.
80. Install a new rubber stop (A) and a new lock washer (B). Align the lock washer
tabs (C) with the slots (D) on the rack end (E) while holding the lock washer in
place. Repeat this step for the other side of the rack.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 111: Identifying Rubber Stop, Lock Washer With Slots (With Torque
Specifications)
81. Hold the flat surface sections of the steering rack with a wrench, and tighten
both rack ends. Be careful not to damages the rack surface with the wrench.
82. Bend the lock washer (A) back against the flat spots on the rack end joint
housing.
Fig. 112: Locating Lock Washer
83. Apply multipurpose grease to the circumference of the rack end joint housing
(A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

84. Apply a light coat of silicone grease (P/N 08798-9013) to the boot grooves (B)
on the rack end.
85. Center the steering rack within its stroke.
86. Clean off the any grease or contamination from the boot installation grooves
(A) around on the gearbox housing. Install the boots (B) on the rack ends with
the tie-rod clips (C), and fit the boot end in the installation grooves in the
housing properly.
Fig. 114: Identifying Boots Tie-Rod Clips
87. After installing the boots, wipe the grease off the threaded section (D) of the
rack end.
88. Install the new boot bands by aligning the tabs (A) with the holes (B) of the
band.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 115: Aligning Tabs With Holes Of Band
89. Close the ear portion (A) of the band (B) with commercially available pincers,
Oetiker 1098 or equivalent (C).
Fig. 116: Identifying Twisted Band
90. Slide the rack right and left to be certain that the boots are not deformed or
twisted.
91. Reinstall the steering gearbox (see STEERING GEARBOX
INSTALLATION ).
92. Adjust the rack guide screw (see RACK GUIDE ADJUSTMENT ). After
adjusting, check that the rack moves smoothly by sliding it right and left.
STEERING GEARBOX INSTALLATION
1. Place the gearbox in position on the front subframe.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Loosely install the stiffener plates (A) and gearbox mounting bolts on the
leftside of the steering gearbox.
Fig. 117: Identifying Stiffener Plates And Gearbox Mounting Bolts (With
3. Position the cutout (A) on the mounting cushion (B) as shown, and install it on
the right side of the steering gearbox securely.
Fig. 118: Identifying Cutout On Mounting Cushion (With Torque
Specifications)
4. Install the gearbox mounting bracket (C) over the mounting cushion, and
loosely install the two 10 mm bolts.
5. Tighten the 10 mm bolts on the both sides of the steering gearbox to specified

2008 Honda Civic EX

torque alternately in two or more steps.
6. Install the pinion shaft grommet (A). Align the slot in the pinion shaft grommet
with the lug portion (B) on the valve housing. The grommet must not have a
gap at the mating surface of the grommet and valve housing.
Fig. 119: Identifying Slot In Pinion Shaft Grommet With Lug Portion
7. Carefully raise the front subframe with the front subframe adaptor and the
transmission jack or the powertrain lift until the subframe is in position, then
loosely install new subframe mounting bolts.
removal.
NOTE: Be sure that the pinion shaft grommet is in place
securely. Make sure the pinion shaft grommet is not
turned up. Incorrect installation can cause leakage of
water, mud, and noise.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 120: Identifying Marks To Body
9. Tighten the new front subframe rear mounting bolts (A) to the specified torque.
Fig. 121: Identifying Front Subframe Rear Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
10. Tighten the new front subframe front mounting bolts (A) to the specified
torque.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 122: Identifying Front Subframe Front Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
11. Install the new lower torque rod bracket bolts (A), and tighten to the specified
torque.
Fig. 123: Identifying Lower Torque Rod Bracket Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
12. Install the new front subframe middle mount bolt (A) on the left side, and

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 124: Identifying Front Subframe Middle Mount Bolt On Left Side -
Specified Torque
13. Install the new front subframe middle mount bolt (A) on the right side, and
Fig. 125: Identifying Front Subframe Middle Mount Bolt On Right Side
14. Lower the transmission jack supporting the front subframe.
15. Connect the lower arm (A) to the lower ball joint (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 126: Identifying Lower Arm To Lower Ball Joint (With Torque
Specifications)
16. Install a new flange bolt and the new flange nuts. After lightly tightening all
three fasteners, tighten them to the specified torque in the following order; the
flange nut on the front (C), the flange nut on the rear (D), then the flange bolt
(E).
17. Connect the inlet line (A), and loosely install the 18 mm flare nut (B). Do not
tighten the flare nut to the specified torque yet.
Fig. 127: Identifying Flare Nut (With Torque Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic EX

18. Connect the return hose (C) securely, and tighten the adjustable hose clamp (D)
(see POWER STEERING HOSE, LINE, AND PRESSURE SWITCH
REPLACEMENT ).
19. Install the inlet line clamp bolt (A). Install the return line holder (B), and the
return line clamp bolt (C) on the front subframe.
Fig. 128: Identifying Return Line Clamp Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
20. Retighten the inlet line 18 mm flare nut to the specified torque value.
21. Install the front splash shield, 2-door (see FRONT SPLASH SHIELD
22. Wipe off any grease contamination from the ball joint tapered section and
threads. Reconnect the tie-rod ends (A) to the steering knuckles. Install the 12
mm nut (B), and tighten it.
NOTE: Make sure that there is no interference between the
inlet line, the return line, and any other parts.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 129: Identifying Tie-Rod Cotter Pin (With Torque Specifications)
23. Install the new cotter pin (C), and bend it as shown.
24. Install the pump outlet hose clamp (A).
Fig. 130: Identifying Pump Outlet Hose Clamp (With Torque
Specifications)
25. Remove the engine hanger, support bolt, and support hanger from the vehicle.
26. Center the steering rack within its stroke in the steering joint connection.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 131: Identifying Steering Joint Onto Pinion Shaft
specified torque.
Fig. 132: Aligning Bolt Hole On Steering Joint (With Torque
Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic EX

30. Install the driver's dashboard undercover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD
31. Install the front wheel, then set the front wheels in the straight ahead position.
Fig. 134: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Mounting Bracket (With
34. Install the air cleaner housing (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ).
REPLACEMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

audio presets.
Set the clock.
37. Fill the system with power steering fluid, and bleed air from the system (see
FLUID REPLACEMENT ).
38. After installation, do the following checks:
Start the engine, and let it idle. Turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock
several times to warm up to the fluid. Check the steering gearbox for leaks
(see FLUID LEAKAGE INSPECTION ).
Check the steering wheel spoke angle.
IF steering spoke angles to the right and left are not equal (steering wheel
and rack are not centered), correct the engagement of the joint/pinion shaft
serrations, then adjust the front toe by turning the tie-rod ends, if
necessary.
Check the front toe inspection (see FRONT TOE
GEARBOX MOUNT CUSHION REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the steering gearbox (see STEERING GEARBOX OVERHAUL ).
2. Position the 34 mm socket wrench (A) on the flange part of the gearbox
housing with a washer (B), 10 x 105 mm flange bolt (C) and the 10 mm nut
(D) as shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 135: Identifying Gearbox Flange Bolt And Nut
3. Hold the 10 mm nut with a wrench, and tighten the 10 x 105 mm flange bolt
with another wrench. Remove the gearbox mount cushion (E).
4. Apply a mild soap and water solution to the new gearbox mount cushion
surface (A), then place the mount cushion on the gearbox mounting cushion
hole.
Fig. 136: Identifying Gearbox Housing, Washer, Flange Bolt And Nut
5. Position the 34 mm socket wrench on the flange part of the gearbox housing
with a washer, flange bolt, and the nut as shown.
6. Install the gearbox mount cushion by tightening the nut until the mount
cushion edges (B) properly fit on the gearbox flange surface.
7. Install the steering gearbox (see STEERING GEARBOX
INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

ALIGNMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Power Windows - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
4-door
Fig. 1: Locating Power Windows Components (4-Door)

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Power Windows - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

2-door
Fig. 2: Locating Power Windows Components (2-Door)
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
AUTO REVERSE OPERATION (EXCEPT DX AND DX-G MODELS)

2008 Honda Civic EX

The system is composed of the power window master switch and the driver's power
window motor.
The driver's power window motor incorporates a pulser which generates pulses
during the motor's operation and sends the pulses to the driver's power window
control unit. As soon as the power window control unit detects no pulses from the
pulser, the driver's power window control unit makes the power window motor stop
and reverse. If the window is more than halfway closed, it will reverse to half open
position. If the window is less than halfway closed, it will stop and reverse about 2
inches. This is to prevent pinching an obstacle during auto-up operation. The auto
reverse operation is not active when the switch is held in the up position.
Fig. 3: Auto Reverse Operation System Description (Except DX And DX-G
Models)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
4-door (With AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN Function)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Power Windows Circuit Diagram - 4-Door (With AUTO UP /AUTO
DOWN Function) (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

4-door (Without AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN Function)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Power Windows Circuit Diagram - 4-Door (Without AUTO UP /AUTO

2008 Honda Civic EX

2-door (With AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN Function)

2008 Honda Civic EX

DOWN Function)
2-door (Without AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN Function)

2008 Honda Civic EX

DOWN Function)
MASTER SWITCH INPUT TEST
4-DOOR WITH AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN FUNCTION

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the master switch (A) (see MASTER SWITCH
TEST/REPLACEMENT ).
Fig. 10: Removing Master Switch
2. Disconnect the 22P connector (B) from the master switch.
contact.
NOTE: The power window control unit is built into the power
window master switch, and it only controls the driver's
window operations.

2008 Honda Civic EX

recheck the system.
If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector.
If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck
the system.
If all the input tests prove OK, the power window master switch must
be faulty; replace it.
4. With the master switch still disconnected, make these input tests at the
connector.
system.
MASTER SWITCH INPUT TEST (DISCONNECTED)
Test: Desired
result
Possible cause if
result is not
obtained
9 GRN
Connect the No. 4 and
the No. 9 terminals and
No. 10 and No. 11
terminals momentarily
with jumper wires
Check driver's
power window
motor operation:
The window should
go down.
Faulty driver's
power window
motor
An open in the
wire
10 YEL
the No. 10 terminals
and No. 9 and No. 11
with jumper wires
Check driver's
power window
motor operation:
The window should
go up.
1 ORN
No. 1 and No. 12
with jumper wires
Check front
passenger's power
window motor
operation: The
window should go
down.
Faulty front
passenger's
power window
motor
Faulty front
passenger's Check front

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Reconnect the 22P connector to the power window master switch. Turn the
ignition switch ON (II), and make these input tests at the connector.
system.
If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace the
power window master switch.
MASTER SWITCH INPUT TEST (RECONNECTED)
2 BRN
No. 2 and No. 12
with jumper wires
passenger's power
window motor
operation: The
window should go
down.
power window
switch
An open in the
wire
13
LT
BLU
with jumper wires
Check front
passenger's power
window motor
operation: The
window should go
down.
Faulty right
rear power
window motor
Faulty right
rear power
window switch
An open in the
wire
14 RED
with jumper wires
Check right rear
power window
motor operation:
The window should
go down.
21 PUR
with jumper wires
Check left rear
power window
motor operation:
The window should
go down.
Faulty left rear
power window
motor
Faulty left rear
power window
switch
An open in the
wire
22 GRN
with jumper wires
Check left rear
power window
motor operation:
The window should
go down.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Possible cause if
result is not
obtained
3 GRN
Ignition switch
ON (II)
battery voltage.
Blown No. 30
(20 A) fuse in
the under-
dash
fuse/relay box
Faulty power
window relay
Faulty MICU
An open in
the wire
4 WHT
Under all
conditions
battery voltage.
Blown No. 26
(20 A) fuse in
the under-
hood
fuse/relay box
An open in
the wire
15
[20]
RED
Ignition switch
ON (II)
battery voltage.
Blown No. 32
(20 A) fuse in
the under-
dash
fuse/relay box
Faulty power
window relay
Faulty MICU
An open in
the wire
Blown No. 33
(20 A) fuse in
the under-

2008 Honda Civic EX

20
[15]
PUR
Ignition switch
ON (II)
battery voltage.
dash
fuse/relay box
Faulty power
window relay
Faulty MICU
An open in
the wire
7 BRN
Under all
conditions
less than 0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G503)
An open in
the wire
11 BLK
Ignition switch
ON (II), and
driver's window
moving up and
down
less than 0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G503)
An open in
the wire
12 BLK
Ignition switch
ON (II), main
switch ON, and a
passenger's
window moving
up and down
less than 0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G503)
An open in
the wire
16 PUR
Ignition switch
ON (II)
battery voltage.
Faulty power
window
master switch
Short to
ground in the
wire
5 PNK
Ignition switch
ON (II), and
driver's power
window switch
Check for voltage between
the No. 5 and No. 7
terminals: There should be
0 V-about 5 V -0 V-about
5 V repeatedly (a digital
Faulty power
window
master switch

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. Reset the power window control unit (see RESETTING THE POWER
WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ).
2-DOOR WITH AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN FUNCTION
1. Remove the door panel (see DOOR PANEL
2. Disconnect the 16P connector (A) from the master switch (B).
moving up or
down
voltmeter should reads
about 2.5 V while the
window moves).
Faulty driver's
power
window
motor
An open in
the wire
Short to
ground in the
wire
6 ORN
Ignition switch
ON (II), and
driver's power
window switch
moving up or
down
the No. 6 and No. 7
0 V-about 5 V -0 V- about
window moves).
[ ] : early production
NOTE: The power window control unit is built into the power
window master switch, and it only controls the driver's
window operations.

2008 Honda Civic EX

contact.
recheck the system.
If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector.
If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck
the system.
If all the input tests prove OK, the power window master switch must
be faulty; replace it.
4. With the master switch still disconnected, make these input tests at the
connector.

2008 Honda Civic EX

system.
MASTER SWITCH INPUT TEST (DISCONNECTED)
5. Reconnect the 16P connector to the power window master switch. Turn the
ignition switch ON (II), and make these input tests at the connector.
system.
If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace the
CavityWire Test condition
Test: Desired
result
Possible cause if
result is not
obtained
2 GRN
No. 3 and No. 7
with jumper wires.
Check driver's
window motor
operation: The
window should go
down.
Faulty driver's
power window
motor
An open in the
wire
3 YEL
No. 2 and No. 7
with jumper wires.
Check driver's
window motor
operation: The
window should go
up.
8 BRN
No. 9 and No. 1
with jumper wires.
Check passenger's
window motor
operation: The
window should go
down.
Faulty
passenger's
power window
motor
Faulty
passenger's
power window
switch
An open in the
wire
9 ORN
No. 8 and No. 1
with jumper wires.
Check passenger's
window motor
operation: The
window should go
down.

2008 Honda Civic EX

power window master switch.
MASTER SWITCH INPUT TEST (RECONNECTED)
Possible cause H
result is not
obtained
10 BRN
Ignition switch
ON (II)
battery voltage.
Blown No. 10
(7.5 A) fuse
in the under-
dash
fuse/relay box
An open in
the wire
11 GRN
Ignition switch
ON (II)
battery voltage.
Blown No. 30
(20 A) fuse in
the under-
dash
fuse/relay box
Faulty power
window relay
Faulty MICU
An open in
the wire
12 WHT
Under all
conditions
battery voltage.
Blown No. 26
(20 A) fuse in
the under-
hood
fuse/relay box
An open in
the wire
1 BLK
Ignition switch
ON (II), main
switch ON, and
Poor ground
(G503)

2008 Honda Civic EX

passenger's
window moving,
up and down
less than 0.5 V.
An open in
the wire
7 BLK
Ignition switch
ON (II), and
driver's window
moving up and
down
less than 0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G503)
An open in
the wire
16 BRN
Under all
conditions
less than 0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G503)
An open in
the wire
13 PUR
Ignition switch
ON (II)
battery voltage.
Faulty power
window
master switch
Short to
ground in the
wire
14 ORN
Ignition switch
ON (II), and
driver's power
window switch
moving up or
down
the No. 14 and No. 16
window moves).
Faulty power
window
master switch
Faulty driver's
power
window
motor
An open in
the wire
Short to
ground in the
wire
15 PNK
Ignition switch
ON (II), and
driver's power
window switch
moving up or
down
the No. 15 and No. 16
window moves).

2008 Honda Civic EX

DRIVER'S POWER WINDOW MOTOR TEST
2. Disconnect the 6P connector from the driver's power window motor.
Motor Test
3. Test the motor in each direction by connecting battery power and ground
according to Fig. 13 . When the motor stops running, disconnect one lead
immediately.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Testing Motor In Each Direction Table
4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it.
Pulser Test (With AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN)
5. Reconnect the 6P connector to the driver's power window motor.
7. Check for voltage between the terminals.
There should be battery voltage between the No. 6 [No. 1] (+) and No. 5
[No. 2] (-) terminals.
[ ] : 2-door
Connect an analog voltmeter between the No. 3 [No. 4] (+) and No. 5 [No.
2] (-) terminals, and run the window motor down or up. The voltmeter
needle should move back and forth alternately (a digital voltmeter reads
about 2.5 V).
[ ] : 2-door
Connect an analog voltmeter between the No. 2 [No. 5] (+) and No. 5 [No.
2] (-) terminals, and run the power window motor down or up. The
voltmeter needle should move back and forth alternately (a digital
voltmeter reads about 2.5 V).
[ ] : 2-door
8. If the voltage is not as specified, do the power window switch input test:
4-door: terminals No. 5, 6,7, and 16 (see 4-DOOR WITH AUTO
UP/AUTO DOWN FUNCTION ).
2-door: terminals No. 13,14,15, and 16 (see 2-DOOR WITH AUTO
UP/AUTO DOWN FUNCTION ).
9. If the switch is OK, replace the power window motor.

2008 Honda Civic EX

PASSENGER'S POWER WINDOW MOTOR TEST
2. Disconnect the 6P connector from the power window motor.
3. Test the motor by connecting battery power and ground according to Fig. 15 .
When the motor stops running, disconnect one lead immediately.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 15: Testing Motor Connecting Battery Power And Ground Table
4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it.
MASTER SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
1. Carefully pry out the master switch (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 16: Prying Master Switch
2. Disconnect the 22P connector (B) from the power window master switch.
to Fig. 17, Fig. 18, Fig. 19 and Fig. 20 .
Driver's Switch (With AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN)
The driver's switch is combined with the control unit, so you cannot isolate the
switch to test it. Instead, run the master switch input test procedures (see 4-
DOOR WITH AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN FUNCTION ). If the tests are
normal, the driver's switch must be faulty. Replace the switch.
Driver's Switch (Without AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN)
Fig. 17: Drives's Switch (Without AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN) Continuity
Table
Front Passenger's Switch
Fig. 18: Front Passenger's Switch Terminals Continuity Table
Left Rear Switch

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 19: Left Rear Switch Continuity Table
Right Rear Switch
Fig. 20: Right Rear Switch Continuity Table
5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal.
2-DOOR
1. Remove the power window master switch, and disconnect the 16P connector
from the switch (see DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

to Fig. 22 and Fig. 23 .
Driver's Switch (With AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN)
The driver's switch is combined with the control unit, so you cannot isolate the
switch to test it. Instead, run the master switch input test procedures (see 2-
DOOR WITH AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN FUNCTION ). If the tests are
normal, the driver's switch must be faulty.
Driver's Switch (Without AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN)
Fig. 22: Driver's Switch (Without AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN) Continuity
Table
Passenger's Switch

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 23: Passenger Switch Continuity Table
PASSENGER'S POWER WINDOW SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT
1. 4-door: Remove the passenger's switch (A).
2-door: Remove the passenger's switch (see DOOR PANEL

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 24: Removing Passenger's Switch
NOTE: 4-door front passenger's door shown.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 25: Identifying 4-Door Front Passenger Door Connector
to Fig. 26 .
Fig. 26: Checking Continuity Between Passenger's Power Window Switch
Table
3. Connect battery power to the No. 4 terminal and ground the No. 7 (or No. 8)
terminal. The switch light should come on.
4. If the continuity or switch light tests is not as specified, remove the screws and
replace the switch.
RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT
WITH AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN FUNCTION
Resetting the driver's power window is required when any of the following have
occurred:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Power window regulator replacement or repair
Power window motor replacement or repair
Driver's door glass replacement or repair
Window run channel replacement or repair
Power is removed from the power window control unit while the power
window timer is ON.
2. Move the driver's window all the way down by using the driver's window
DOWN switch.
3. Open the driver's door.
5. Push and hold the driver's window DOWN switch.
7. Release the driver's window DOWN switch.
8. Repeat step 4 - 7 three more times.
9. Wait 1 second.
10. Check if the AUTO UP and AUTO DOWN functions still work. If they do, the
auto function has not been cleared; go back to step 1. If they do not, go to step
11.
11. Move the driver's window all the way down by using the driver's window
DOWN switch.
12. Pull up and hold the driver's window UP switch until the window reaches the
fully closed position, then continue to hold the switch for 1 second.
13. Confirm that the power window control unit is reset by using the driver's
window AUTO UP and AUTO DOWN functions.
If the window still does not work in AUTO, repeat the procedure several times,
paying close attention to the 5 second time limit between steps. If it still does
NOTE: Steps 4 - 7 must be done within 5 seconds of each
other.

2008 Honda Civic EX

not work, refer to MASTER SWITCH INPUT TEST :
4-door (see 4-DOOR WITH AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN FUNCTION )
2-door (see 2-DOOR WITH AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN FUNCTION )

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 SUSPENSION
Rear Suspension - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
KNUCKLE/HUB BEARING UNIT REPLACEMENT
EXPLODED VIEW-DISC BRAKE TYPE
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Disc Brake Type (With Torque Specifications)
EXPLODED VIEW-DRUM BRAKE TYPE

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Exploded View Of Drum Brake Type (With Torque Specifications)
HUB BEARING UNIT REPLACEMENT-DISC BRAKE TYPE
2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the rear wheel.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 3: Identifying Wheel Nuts And Rear Wheel (With Torque
Specifications)
3. Remove the brake hose bracket mounting bolt (A) from the knuckle.
Fig. 4: Identifying Brake Hose Bracket Mounting Bolt From Knuckle
4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), and remove the caliper
assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or
brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the
undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively.
5. Remove the two washers (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying Two Washers
6. Remove the 6 mm brake disc retaining screws (A).
Fig. 6: Identifying Brake Disc Retaining Screws (With Torque
Specifications)
7. Remove the brake disc (B) from the hub bearing unit.
8. Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B).
NOTE: If the brake disc has clung to the hub bearing unit.
Screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts (C) into the brake disc to
push it away from the hub bearing unit. Turn each bolt
90 degrees at a time to prevent cocking the brake disc.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 7: Identifying Hub Bearing Unit And O-Ring (With Torque
Specifications)
9. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks.
10. Install the hub bearing unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Use a new O-ring during reassembly.
Before installing the brake disc, Clean the matching surface of the hub
bearing unit and inside of the brake disc.
ALIGNMENT ).
HUB BEARING UNIT REPLACEMENT-DRUM BRAKE TYPE
2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the rear wheel.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 8: Identifying Wheel Nuts And Rear Wheel (With Torque
Specifications)
3. Release the parking brake, and remove the brake drum (A) from the hub
bearing unit.
NOTE:
If necessary, turn the adjuster bolt (B) with a flat-tip
screwdriver until the shoes become loose.
If the brake drum has clung to the hub bearing unit.
Screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts (C) into the brake drum
to push it away from the hub bearing unit. Turn
each bolt 90 degrees at a time to prevent cocking
the brake drum.
After installation, press the brake pedal several
times to make sure the brakes work and self adjust
the brake shoes.

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B).
Fig. 10: Identifying Hub Bearing Unit And O-Ring (With Torque
Specifications)
5. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks.
6. Install the hub bearing unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Use a new O-ring during reassembly.
Before installing the brake drum, clean the matching surface of the hub
bearing unit and inside of the brake drum.
Fig. 9: Identifying Brake Drum And Adjuster Bolt

2008 Honda Civic GX

Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of the brake drum
and the inside of the wheel.
ALIGNMENT ).
KNUCKLE REPLACEMENT-DISC BRAKE TYPE
1. Remove the hub bearing unit.
2. Remove the splash guard (A).
Fig. 11: Identifying Splash Guard (With Torque Specifications)
3. Remove the wheel sensor (A), and the brake hose mounting bracket (B) from
the knuckle (C). Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 12: Identifying Wheel Sensor And Brake Hose Mounting Bracket
From Knuckle (With Torque Specifications)
4. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm to support it.
5. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A), and disconnect the upper arm (B)
from the knuckle.
Fig. 13: Identifying Mounting Bolt (With Torque Specifications)
6. Remove the rear knuckle upper bracket (C).
7. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt (A) and the adjusting cam (B),
then remove the self-locking nut (C), the adjusting cam, and the adjusting bolt.
Discard the self-locking nut.
NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the
lower arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension
components.
NOTE: Use the new upper arm mounting bolt during
reassembly.
NOTE: Use a new self-locking nut during reassembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 14: Identifying Adjusting Bolt, Cam And Self Locking Nut (With
8. Remove the flange bolt (D) and remove the knuckle.
9. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
First install all the suspension components, and lightly tighten the bolts
and nuts, then place a floor jack under the lower arm, and raise the
suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening the
bolts and nuts to the specified torque values.
Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam with
the marked positions when tightening.
Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surface of the hub
bearing unit and the inside of the brake disc.
ALIGNMENT ).
KNUCKLE REPLACEMENT-DRUM BRAKE TYPE
1. Remove the hub bearing unit.
NOTE: Use a new flange bolt during reassembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Disconnect the brake line (A) from the wheel cylinder (B). Remove the rear
brake assembly (C) from the knuckle.
Fig. 15: Identifying Rear Brake Assembly From Knuckle (With Torque
Specifications)
3. Remove the wheel sensor (A), and the brake hose mounting bracket (B) from
the knuckle (C). Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector.
Fig. 16: Identifying Wheel Sensor, Brake Hose Mounting Bracket From
Knuckle (With Torque Specifications)
4. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm to support it.
NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A), and disconnect the upper arm (B)
from the knuckle.
Fig. 17: Identifying Upper Arm Mounting Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
6. Remove the rear knuckle upper bracket (C).
7. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt (A) and the adjusting cam (B),
then remove the self-locking nut (C), the adjusting cam, and the adjusting bolt.
Discard the self-locking nut.
lower arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension
components.
NOTE: Use a new upper arm mounting bolt during reassembly.
NOTE: Use a new self-locking nut during reassembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 18: Identifying Adjusting Bolt, Cam And Self Locking Nut (With
8. Remove the flange bolt (D) and remove the knuckle.
9. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
First install all the suspension components, and lightly tighten the bolts
and nuts, then place a floor jack under the lower arm, and raise the
suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening the
bolts and nuts to the specified torque values.
Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam with
the marked positions when tightening.
Before installing the brake drum, clean the mating surface of the hub
bearing unit and the inside of the brake drum.
Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of the brake drum
and the inside of the wheel.
Fill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line, and bleed
the brake system (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ). Check for a leak
at the brake line to the wheel cylinder, and retighten it if necessary.
ALIGNMENT ).
UPPER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
NOTE: Use a new flange bolt during reassembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Remove the rear wheel.
3. Position a floorjack at the connecting point of the trailing arm (A) and the
knuckle (B).
Fig. 19: Identifying Trailing Arm And Knuckle
4. Remove the flange bolts (A) from the vehicle.
Fig. 20: Identifying Flange Bolts From Vehicle (With Torque
Specifications)
NOTE: Use the new flange bolts during reassembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Remove the flange bolt (B) from the knuckle, and remove the upper arm (C).
6. Install the upper arm in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts, then raise the
suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to
the specified torque values.
Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of the brake disc or
the brake drum and the inside of the wheel.
ALIGNMENT ).
TRAILING ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
3. Remove the rear under cover (see MIDDLE FLOOR UNDERCOVER
REPLACEMENT ).
4. Remove the parking brake cable (A) from the trailing arm (B).
Fig. 21: Identifying Parking Brake Cable From Trailing Arm (With
NOTE: Use the new flange bolt during reassembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Position a floor jack at the connecting point of the trailing arm.
Fig. 22: Identifying Trailing Arm
6. Remove the knuckle, disc type (see KNUCKLE REPLACEMENT-DISC
BRAKE TYPE ), drum type (see KNUCKLE REPLACEMENT-DRUM
BRAKE TYPE ).
7. Remove the stabilizer link from the trailing arm (see STABILIZER LINK
8. Remove the spring (see SPRING REPLACEMENT ).
9. Remove the trailing arm rear mounting bolt (A).
NOTE: Use a new mounting bolt during reassembly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 23: Identifying Trailing Arm Rear Mounting Bolt (With Torque
Specifications)
10. Lower the jack, and remove the trailing arm.
11. Install the trailing arm in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts, then raise the
suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to
the specified torque values.
Check the brake hose for interference and twisting.
Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of the brake disc or
the brake drum and the inside of the wheel.
ALIGNMENT ).
STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
3. Remove the self-locking nut (A) and the flange nut (B) while holding the
respective joint pin (C) with a hex wrench (D), then remove the stabilizer link
(E).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 24: Identifying Self-Locking Nut And Flange Nut (With Torque
Specifications)
4. Install the stabilizer link on the stabilizer bar (F) and trailing arm (G) with the
joint pins set at the center of their range of movement.
5. Install a new self-locking nut and a new flange nut, and lightly tighten them.
6. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm, and raise the suspension to load it
with the vehicle's weight.
7. Tighten the self-locking nut and flange nut to the specified torque values while
holding the respective joint pins with a hex wrench.
8. Reinstall all removed parts and test-drive the vehicle.
9. After 5 minutes of driving, torque the self-locking nut again to the specified
torque value.
STABILIZER BAR REPLACEMENT
3. Disconnect both stabilizer links from the stabilizer bar (see STABILIZER
NOTE: The stabilizer link has a paint mark (H). Align the paint
mark on the stabilizer link facing rearward.

2008 Honda Civic GX

LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Remove the flange bolts (A) and the bushing holders (B), then remove the
bushings (C) and the stabilizer bar (D).
Fig. 25: Identifying Flange Bolts And Bushing Holders
5. Remove the flange bolts (A) and the stabilizer bar bracket (B) if necessary.
Fig. 26: Identifying Flange Bolts And Stabilizer Bar Bracket (With Torque
Specifications)
6. Install the stabilizer bar in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Note the right and left direction of the stabilizer bar.
Align the paint marks (A) on the stabilizer bar with the sides of the
bushings.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Refer to stabilizer link removal/installation to connect the stabilizer bar to
the links (see STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces on the brake disc or
the brake drum and inside of the wheel.
ALIGNMENT ).
Fig. 27: Identifying Paint Marks (With Torque Specifications)
DAMPER REPLACEMENT
EXPLODED VIEW

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 28: Exploded View Of Damper Components (With Torque Specifications)
REMOVAL

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Position a floor jack at the connecting point of the trailing arm (A) and the
knuckle (B). Raise the floor jack until the suspension begins to compress.
Fig. 29: Identifying Flange Bolt
4. Remove the flange bolt (C) from the bottom of the damper.
5. Remove the trunk side trim panel, 2-door (see TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - TRUNK AREA ), 4-door (see 4-DOOR ).
6. Remove the self-locking nut (A) while holding the damper shaft (B) with a hex
wrench (C).
Fig. 30: Identifying Self-Locking Nut
7. Compress the damper unit (A) by hand, and remove it from the vehicle.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 31: Identifying Compress Damper Unit By Hand
INSPECTION
1. Push on the damper as shown.
Fig. 32: Pushing On Damper
2. Compress the damper assembly by hand, and check for smooth operation
through a full stroke, both compression and extension. The damper should
extend smoothly and constantly when compression is released. If it does not,
the gas is leaking and the damper should be replaced.
3. Check for oil leaks, abnormal noises, or binding during these tests.
INSTALLATION
1. Install the damper mounting bushing (A) onto the damper unit. Position the

2008 Honda Civic GX

damper assembly (B) between the body and trailing arm. Be careful not to
damage the body.
Fig. 33: Identifying Damper Mounting Bushing Onto Damper Unit
2. Position a jack under the trailing arm to support the suspension, then install a
new damper mounting bolt (A).
Fig. 34: Identifying Damper Mounting Bolt (With Torque Specifications)
3. Loosely tighten the damper mounting bolt.
4. Raise the rear suspension with the jack until the vehicle just lifts off the safety
stands, then tighten the damper mounting bolt to the specified torque value.
5. Install the damper mounting bushing (A), the damper mounting washer (B),
and a new self-locking nut (C) on the damper shaft.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 35: Identifying Damper Mounting Bushing (With Torque
Specifications)
6. Tighten the self-locking nut to the specified torque value while holding the
damper shaft (A) with a hex wrench (B).
Fig. 36: Tightening Self-Locking Nut (With Torque Specifications)
7. Install the trunk side trim panel, 2-door (see TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - TRUNK AREA ), 4-door (see 4-DOOR ).
8. Install the rear wheel.
ALIGNMENT ).
NOTE: Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of
the brake disc or brake drum and the inside of the
wheel.

2008 Honda Civic GX

SPRING REPLACEMENT
EXPLODED VIEW
Fig. 37: Exploded View Of Spring Replacement
REMOVAL
3. Remove the wheel sensor (A) from the knuckle (B). Do not disconnect the
wheel sensor connector.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 38: Identifying Wheel Sensor And O-Ring
4. Remove the brake hose (C).
5. Position a floor jack at the connecting point of the trailing arm and the knuckle.
6. Remove the flange bolt (A) that connects the trailing arm (B) and the damper
(C).
7. Remove the stabilizer link from the trailing arm (see STABILIZER LINK
8. Remove the flange bolt (A) that connects the knuckle (B) and the upper arm
(C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

9. Remove the trailing arm front mounting bolts (A).
Fig. 41: Identifying Trailing Arm Front Mounting Bolts
10. Lower the floor jack gradually.
11. Remove the spring mounting rubber (A), the spring (B) and the lower spring
seat (C).
NOTE: If the clip is installed inside the spring mounting rubber,
discard it.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 42: Identifying Spring Mounting Rubber
INSTALLATION
1. Install the spring mounting rubber (A), the spring (B) and the lower spring seat
(C).
Fig. 43: Identifying Spring Mounting Rubber
2. Align the bottom of the spring (A) and the lower spring seat (B) with the
trailing arm (C) as shown.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 44: Aligning Bottom Of Spring
3. Loosely install the new trailing arm front mounting bolts (A).
Fig. 45: Identifying Trailing Arm Front Mounting Bolts (With Torque
Specifications)
4. Loosely install a new flange bolt (A) on the knuckle (B) and the upper arm (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 46: Identifying Flange Bolt (With Torque Specifications)
5. Slowly raise the jack until you can align the bolt hole with the holes in the
trailing arm (A) and the damper (B), and install a new flange bolt (C).
Fig. 47: Identifying Flange Bolt (With Torque Specifications)
6. Install the stabilizer link on the trailing arm with a new self-locking nut, and
lightly tighten both nuts.
7. Raise the rear suspension with a floor jack to load the vehicle weight.
8. Tighten all mounting hardware to the specified torque values. For stabilizer
link torque specifications (see STABILIZER LINK
9. Install the wheel sensor (A) and the brake hose (B).
NOTE: Apply multipurpose grease to the mating surfaces on
the knuckle and the O-ring (C).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 48: Identifying Wheel Sensor And Brake Hose (With Torque
Specifications)
10. Install the rear wheel.
ALIGNMENT ).
NOTE: Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surface of
the brake disc or the brake drum and inside of the
wheel.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-2008 ELECTRICAL
Relay and Control Unit Locations - Civic Hybrid
ENGINE COMPARTMENT

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-2008 ELECTRICAL Relay and Control Unit Locations - Civic Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 1: Identifying Relay And Control Unit Locations - Engine Compartment
DASHBOARD

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Identifying Relay And Control Unit Locations - Dashboard (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 3: Identifying Relay And Control Unit Locations - Dashboard (2 Of 2)
REAR

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 4: Identifying Relay And Control Unit Locations - Rear
DOOR
DRIVER'S DOOR

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying Relay And Control Unit Locations - Driver Door
SEAT
FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 6: Identifying Relay And Control Unit Locations - Front Passenger Seat

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 ELECTRICAL
Relays - Civic GX
POWER RELAY TEST
Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it.
RELAY IDENTIFICATION CHART
NORMALLY-OPEN TYPE
Check for continuity between the terminals
There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery
NOTE: Refer to the RELAYS (EXCEPT HYBRID) article for
additional information that is not shown in this article.
Relay Test
A/C compressor clutch relay
Normally-open type
A/C condenser fan relay
Blower motor relay
ETCS control relay
Front accessory power socket relay
Fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay
Ignition coil relay
Injector control module relay
PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN)
PGM-FI subrelay
Power window relay
Radiator fan relay
Rear window defogger relay
Starter cut relay
Fan control relay
Five-terminal type
Starter control relay

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ELECTRICAL Relays - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic GX

positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative
terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal.
There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when
power is disconnected.
Fig. 1: Checking Continuity Between Terminals For Normally-Open Type
FIVE-TERMINAL TYPE
Check for continuity between the terminals.
There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power
is disconnected.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Checking Continuity Between Terminals For Five-Terminal Type

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 ELECTRICAL
Relays - Civic (Except Hybrid)
POWER RELAY TEST
Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it.
RELAY TYPES REFERENCE
NORMALLY-OPEN TYPE
NOTE: Refer to the RELAYS (GX) article for additional information
for the GX model.
Relay Test
A/C compressor clutch relay Normally-open type
A/C condenser fan relay
Blower motor relay
ETCS control relay
Front accessory power socket relay
Ignition coil relay
PGM-FI main relay 1 (Fl MAIN)
PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP)
PGM-FI subrelay
Power window relay
Radiator fan relay
Rear accessory power socket relay
Rear window defogger relay
Seat Heater (HIGH)
Starter cut relay
Fan control relay Five-terminal type
Power mirror defogger relay
Seat Heater (LOW)

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ELECTRICAL Relays - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

is disconnected.
Fig. 1: Power Relay Test - Normally-Open Type
FIVE-TERMINAL TYPE
is disconnected.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Power Relay Test - Five-Terminal Type

2008 Honda Civic GX

GENERAL INFORMATION
Service Reminder Indicators - Honda
SERVICE INTERVAL REMINDER
1982-85 ACCORD
Oil, filter and service interval indicator flags/lights activate every 7500 miles. To
reset indicators, insert ignition key into appropriate slot below glowing indicator
flags/lights at lower right corner of instrument cluster. Push key in until reminder
window changes from Red to Green.
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED REMINDER LIGHT/ENGINE OIL LIFE
INDICATOR
1991-97 ACCORD
1. At each 7500 mile service interval, the MAINTENANCE REQUIRED light
will change from Green to Yellow. If service is not performed (and light is not
NOTE: This article is only to be used for resetting maintenance
reminder lights (when applicable). Some models (not all)
may be equipped with one or more resettable maintenance
reminder lights indicating maintenance is required. Once
required maintenance services are performed, resetting of
lights may be required. Information is provided to reset
these lights where applicable.
NOTE: Most vehicles are equipped with a Malfunction Indicator
Light (MIL) or check engine light. If light comes on and
remains on while driving, the vehicle requires some type of
repair. See appropriate service and repair information. After
repairing fault(s) and clearing fault code(s), the Malfunction
Indicator Light (MIL) or check engine light should go out.
Some models may use a dual-function indicator light, which
is also used to indicate emission component service is due.
After performing required service, reset indicator light.

2008 Honda Civic EX
GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda

2008 Honda Civic EX

reset), the MAINTENANCE REQUIRED light will change from Yellow to
Red.
2. When service has been completed, reset MAINTENANCE REQUIRED
reminder light. To reset reminder light, turn ignition off. Insert ignition key in
slot provided to the right of tachometer (or beside the indicator). See Fig. 1.
Fig. 1: Maintenance Reminder Light Reset
1996-2000 CIVIC

2008 Honda Civic EX

Red.
1996-97 ODYSSEY

2008 Honda Civic EX

Red.
1998-2002 ACCORD
1. When distance driven since maintenance required indicator was reset is less
than 6000 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will illuminate for 2

2008 Honda Civic EX

seconds and then go out when ignition switch is turned to ON (II) position.
When mileage is 6000-7500 miles, MAINT REQ'D indicator light will
illuminate for 2 seconds and then blink for 10 seconds when ignition switch is
turned to ON (II) position. When mileage exceeds 7500 miles, MAINT REQ'D
light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II) position.
2. To reset MAINT REQ'D indicator light, turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Push and hold the SELECT/RESET button and turn ignition switch to ON (II)
position. Continue to hold button for more than 10 seconds or until MAINT
REQ'D light goes out.
1998-2001 CR-V
Red.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1998-2003 ODYSSEY
1. For the first 6000 miles after maintenance required indicator is reset, the
MAINT REQ'D reminder light illuminates when the ignition is turned on, then
will go out after 2 seconds. Between 6000-7500 miles, the MAINT REQ'D
reminder light will light for 2 seconds, then will flash for 10 seconds, and will
then go out. After exceeding 7500 miles without having scheduled
maintenance performed, MAINT REQ'D reminder light will remain on until it
is reset.
2. To reset the MAINT REQ'D reminder light, turn ignition switch to OFF

2008 Honda Civic EX

position. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET button. The SELECT/RESET
button is in lower right of instrument cluster between speedometer and fuel
gauge. While still holding button, turn ignition switch to ON position with
engine off. Hold button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets.
1998-2001 PRELUDE
Red.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2000-05 INSIGHT
1. When distance driven since maintenance required indicator was reset is 6000
miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will start to blink. After exceeding
7500 miles without having scheduled maintenance performed and MAINT
REQ'D reminder light reset, light will remain on until it is reset.
2. To reset the light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Press and hold TRIP
button, located on lower right side of instrument cluster. While still holding
TRIP button, turn ignition switch to ON position with engine off. Hold button
for about 10 seconds until indicator resets.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2000-05 S2000
will go out after 2 seconds. Between 8000-10,000 miles, the MAINT REQ'D
then go out. After exceeding 10,000 miles without having scheduled
is reset.
position. Press and hold the trip meter reset button while turning ignition
switch to ON position, with engine off. Hold button until indicator resets
(indicator light goes out).
2001-05 CIVIC
MAINT REQ'D indicator light illuminates when the ignition is turned on, then
will go out after 2 seconds. When mileage is 8000-10,000 miles, the MAINT
REQ'D reminder light will illuminate for 2 seconds, then blink for 10 seconds,
and then go out. When mileage exceeds 10,000 miles, MAINT REQ'D
indicator light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II)
position.
2. To reset the MAINT REQ'D indicator light, turn ignition switch to OFF
position. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET button. While still holding
button, turn ignition switch to ON position, with engine off. Hold
SELECT/RESET button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets.
3. If MAINT REQ'D reminder light does not reset, ensure headlights, parking
lights, or both are turned off when resetting reminder light. The MAINT
REQ'D indicator can not be reset if any of these lights are on. If vehicle is
equipped with daytime running lights and lights come on when ignition switch
is turned to ON (II) position, daytime running lights must be disabled before
indicator light can be reset.
2002-05 CR-V

2008 Honda Civic EX

and will then go out. When mileage exceeds 10,000 miles, MAINT REQ'D
2. To reset the light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Press and hold the
SELECT/RESET button. While still holding button, turn ignition switch to ON
position, with engine off. Hold SELECT/RESET button for about 10 seconds
until indicator resets.
2003-05 ACCORD (4-CYLINDER)
When mileage is 8000-10,000 miles, MAINT REQ'D indicator light will
turned to ON (II) position. When mileage exceeds 10,000 miles, MAINT
REQ'D light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II)
position.
2003-05 ACCORD (V6)
When mileage is 6000-7500 miles, MAINT REQ'D indicator light will
turned to ON (II) position. When mileage exceeds 7500 miles, MAINT REQ'D

2008 Honda Civic EX

2003-05 ELEMENT
MAINT REQ'D indicator light illuminates when the ignition is turned on, then
and then go out. When mileage exceeds 10,000 miles, MAINT REQ'D
indicator light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II)
position.
2. To reset the MAINT REQ'D indicator light, turn ignition switch to OFF
position. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET button. While still holding
button, turn ignition switch to ON position, with engine off. Hold
SELECT/RESET button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets.
3. If MAINT REQ'D reminder light does not reset, ensure headlights, parking
lights, or both are turned off when resetting reminder light. The MAINT
REQ'D indicator can not be reset if any of these lights are on. If vehicle is
equipped with daytime running lights and lights come on when ignition switch
is turned to ON (II) position, daytime running lights must be disabled before
indicator light can be reset.
2003 PILOT
will go out after 2 seconds. When mileage is 6000-7500 miles, the MAINT
and will then go out. When mileage exceeds 7500 miles, MAINT REQ'D light
illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II) position.
2004 ODYSSEY

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. For the first 5900-6100 miles after maintenance required indicator is reset, the
will go out after 2 seconds. Between 5900-6100 miles, the MAINT REQ'D
then go out. After exceeding 7400-7600 miles without having scheduled
is reset.
position. Press and hold the SELECT and RESET button at the same time.
While still holding buttons, turn ignition switch to ON position with engine off.
Hold button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets.
2004 PILOT
1. For the first 5900-6100 miles after maintenance required indicator is reset, the
and will then go out. When mileage exceeds 7400-7600 miles, MAINT REQ'D
(II) position, with engine off. Hold SELECT/RESET button for about 10
seconds until indicator resets.
2005 ACCORD (HYBRID)
1. If travel distance is 0-6000 miles after last reset. Indicator comes on for 2
seconds each time you turn ignition switch to ON (II) position.
2. If travel distance is 6000-7500 miles. Each time you turn ignition switch to ON
(II) position, indicator comes on for 2 seconds and flashes for 10 seconds.
3. If travel distance is over 7500 miles and ignition switch is ON (II) position.
Turn OFF engine. Press and hold SELECT/RESET knob in instrument panel
and turn ignition switch ON (II). Hold knob for about 10 seconds until
indicator resets.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2005-05 PILOT
and will then go out. When mileage exceeds 7500 miles, MAINT REQ'D light
illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II) position.
ENGINE OIL LIFE INDICATOR
2005-08 ODYSSEY
LX, EX & EX-L Models
1. Turn ignition switch to ON (II). Press SELECT/RESET knob until engine oil
life indicator is displayed.
2. Press SELECT/RESET knob for 10 seconds. Engine oil life indicator and the
maintenance item code(s) will blink. Press SELECT/RESET knob for more
than 5 seconds. Maintenance items code(s) will disappear and engine oil life
indicator will reset to "100."
Touring Model
1. Turn ignition switch to ON (II). Press SELECT/RESET button on steering
wheel until engine oil life is displayed.
2. Press SELECT/RESET knob in instrument panel for 10 seconds. Display will
change to "CUSTOM SETUP" mode. Press SELECT/RESET button on
steering wheel. Maintenance item code(s) will disappear and engine oil life
will reset to "100."
3. To cancel resetting press INFO button on steering wheel. Press
SELECT/RESET button. This cancels resetting procedure and normal display
mode returns. Select "RESET" button and press SELECT/RESET button multi-

2008 Honda Civic EX

information will.
2006-08 ACCORD
2006-08 CIVIC
2006-08 CR-V
2. Press SELECT/RESET knob repeatedly until engine oil life is displayed.
3. Press the SELECT/RESET knob for about 10 seconds. The information display
shows the reset mode initial display as shown.
4. Select the "OIL LIFE" indicator by turning the SELECT/RESET knob. The
display begins to blink. Push the same knob to enter this setting.
5. The engine oil life and maintenance item code(s) will begin blink. Push the
SELECT/RESET knob to reset.
6. The maintenance item code(s) will disappear, and engine oil life will reset to
"100".
2006-08 ELEMENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 PILOT
2006-08 S2000
1. Turn ignition switch to ON (II). Press TRIP button until engine oil life
indicator is displayed.
2. Press TRIP knob for 10 seconds. Engine oil life indicator and the maintenance
item code(s) will blink. Press TRIP knob for more than 5 seconds.
Maintenance items code(s) will disappear and engine oil life indicator will
reset to "100."
2007-08 RIDGELINE
1. Turn ignition switch to ON (II) position.
2. Press SELECT button repeatedly until engine oil life display or service
message is displayed.
3. Press the RESET button for about 10 seconds. A "MAINT RESET" message
will appear.
4. Select appropriate answer - "MAINT RESET >N" (NO) or "MAINT RESET
>Y" (YES) by pressing the select button. ">N" or ">Y" is displayed on the
outside temperature display.
5. Select the "MAINT RESET >Y" (YES), and press and hold RESET button
again to reset engine oil life to "100".

2008 Honda Civic EX

OXYGEN SENSOR WARNING LIGHT
1994-95 PASSPORT (DX MODEL)
1. Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) must be replaced every 90,000 miles. When
odometer reaches 90,000 miles, O2S indicator light on dash will illuminate,
and then every subsequent 90,000 miles. After servicing, turn off or reset
warning light.
2. To reset warning light, remove instrument cluster. Remove masking tape from
hole "B". See Fig. 6 or Fig. 7 . Remove screw from hole "A" and insert into
hole "B". Apply new masking tape to hole "A".
Fig. 6: Identifying Oxygen Sensor Warning Light Reset Holes (2.6L)
NOTE: Reset procedure is for first 90,000 mile reset. At every
subsequent 90,000 mile reset, move screw back to
previous hole.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Identifying Oxygen Sensor Warning Light Reset Holes (3.2L)
Courtesy of ISUZU MOTOR CO.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR SYSTEM
2005-08 ODYSSEY
NOTE: If a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, and the flat tire is
stored in the cargo area, the low pressure indicator will stay
on but the appropriate tire indicator will go off. This
prevents the customer from thinking there is a problem with
the spare tire. When the flat tire is taken out of the vehicle
for repair, the TPMS indicator will come on because the
system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's
transmitter.
NOTE: When a tire pressure sensor is replaced or tires are rotated,
the sensor ID must be memorized by the TPMS control unit.
See TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REGISTRATION in
appropriate manufacturer service information.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. To put the gauge control module into the self-diagnostic mode, perform the
following:
Turn the headlight switch to ON.
Press and hold the SELECT/RESET (Instrument panel brightness) knob.
Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
Within 5 seconds, turn the headlights to AUTO, then to ON, and then to
AUTO again.
Within 5 seconds, release the SELECT/RESET knob, then push and
release the knob three times.
2. Once the gauge control module is in the self-diagnostic mode, press and hold
the INFO button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds to get to the
CUSTOMIZE MENU.
3. Use the INFO button to scroll through to the PAX RESET screen, then press
the SEL/RESET button on the steering wheel.
4. Use the INFO button to scroll to the appropriate wheel, and then press the
SEL/RESET button on the steering wheel to reset the PAX warning system
display. The screen should read "PAX RESET COMPLETED". Repeat this
step for each wheel that needs to be reset.
5. Use the INFO button to scroll through to EXIT, then press the SEL/RESET
button.
6. Turn the ignition switch to OFF to exit the self-diagnostic mode.
2005-08 PILOT & RIDGELINE
NOTE: On models equipped with PAX tire systems, if a tire is
repaired or replaced, the warning indicator (and the mileage
counter that supports it) must be reset, no matter how far
the vehicle was driven in the run flat mode.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2007-08 CR-V
2007-08 ELEMENT
transmitter.
NOTE: On models equipped with PAX tire systems, if a tire is
repaired or replaced, the warning indicator (and the mileage
counter that supports it) must be reset, no matter how far
the vehicle was driven in the run flat mode. See appropriate
manufacturer service information.
transmitter.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2007-08 FIT
2007-08 S2000
transmitter.
transmitter.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2008 ACCORD
2008 CIVIC
transmitter.
transmitter.
transmitter.

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Reminder Systems - Civic GX
NOTE: Refer to the REMINDER SYSTEMS (EXCEPT HYBRID) article
for additional information that is not shown in this article.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Reminder Systems - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Identifying Body Electrical Components Location
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Body Electrical Circuit Diagram (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Body Electrical Circuit Diagram (2 Of 2)
MICU INPUT TEST
1. Before troubleshooting the multiplex control system, troubleshoot the B-CAN
System Diagnosis Test Mode A, refer to the TROUBLESHOOTING - B-
CAN SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS TEST MODE A .
2. Check the No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse is

2008 Honda Civic EX

blown, replace it and go to step 3.
3. Disconnect the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connectors E, F, R, S, and T.
Fig. 4: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connectors
contact.
recheck the system.
5. With the connectors still disconnected, make the input test at the connector.
NOTE: All connector views are wire side of female terminals.

2008 Honda Civic EX

If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the
system.
If the input test proves OK, go to step 6.
DIAGNOSTIC CHART
6. Reconnect the connector to the under-dash fuse/relay box, and make these
input tests at the connector.
system.
DIAGNOSTIC CHART
CavityWire
Test
condition
Possible cause if
result is not
obtained
E15 BRN
Under all
conditions
Connect battery power to
the E15 terminal: The
back-up lights should come
on.
Poor ground
(G701)
Blown bulb
An open in
the wire
Test: Desired
result
Possible cause if
result is not
obtained
E37 GRN
Driver's door open
Check for voltage
to ground: There
should be less than
0.5 V.
Faulty driver's
door switch
An open in the
wire
Driver's door closed
Check for voltage
to ground: There
should be 5 V or
more.
Faulty driver's
door switch
Short to
ground in the

2008 Honda Civic EX

wire
F9 PUR
Transmission range
switch in R
Check for voltage
to ground: There
should be less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G101)
Faulty
transmission
range switch
An open in the
wire
Transmission range
switch in any other
position than R
Check for voltage
to ground: There
should be 5 V or
more.
Faulty
transmission
range switch
Short to
ground in the
wire
R6 PNK
Ignition key inserted
into the ignition
switch
Check for voltage
to ground: There
should be less than
0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G504)
Faulty ignition
key switch
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch OFF
and ignition key
removed from the
ignition switch
Check for voltage
to ground: There
should be 5 V or
more.
Faulty ignition
key switch
Short to
ground in the
wire
S1 . S5 ORN
Combination light
switch OFF
Check for voltage
between S1 and S5
terminals: There
should be less than
0.5 V.
Faulty
combination
light switch
An open in the
wire
Check for voltage
Faulty
combination

2008 Honda Civic EX

Combination light
switch in any other
position than OFF
between S1 and S5
terminals: There
should be 5 V or
more.
light switch
Short to
ground in the
wire
S11 .
S5
PNK
Combination light
switch (Headlight
position) ON
Check for voltage
between S11 and
S5 terminals:
There should be
less than 0.5 V.
Faulty
combination
light switch
An open in the
wire
Combination light
switch OFF
Check for voltage
between S11 and
S5 terminals:
There should be 5
V or more.
Faulty
combination
light switch
Short to
ground in the
wire
S13 .
S5
GRY
Combination light
switch (SMALL
position) ON
Check for voltage
between S13 and
S5 terminals:
There should be
less than 0.5 V.
Faulty
combination
light switch
An open in the
wire
Combination light
switch OFF
Check for voltage
between S13 and
S5 terminals:
There should be 5
V or more.
Faulty
combination
light switch
Short to
ground in the
wire
T11 BLU
Fuel fill door open
Check for voltage
to ground: There
should be less than
0.5 V.
Faulty fuel fill
door switch
An open in the
wire
Check for voltage
to ground: There
Faulty fuel fill
door switch

2008 Honda Civic EX

FUEL FILL DOOR SWITCH TEST
1. Remove the trunk left side trim panel, refer to the TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - TRUNK AREA .
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the fuel fill door switch (B).
Fig. 5: Identifying 2P Connector And Fuel Fill Door Switch
There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals with the
fuel fill door in the open.
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the fuel fill door switch.
FUEL FILL DOOR SWITCH REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the these items:
Fuel fill door closed
should be 5 V or
more.
Short to
ground in the
wire
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fuel pipe protector, refer to the FUEL PIPE PROTECTOR
REPLACEMENT
Trunk side trim panel, left side (see TRIM
2. From the trunk compartment, disconnect the fuel fill door switch connector
(A), and detach the harness clip (B).
Fig. 6: Identifying Fuel Fill Door Switch Connector
3. Open the fuel fill door, and from the wheel arch, remove the fuel fill door
switch (A) by turning it 90 from the fuel receptacle adapter (B).
Fig. 7: Identifying Fuel Fill Door Switch And Fuel Receptacle Adapter
4. From the wheel arch, detach the clips, and remove the grommet (A), then pull
the fuel fill door switch cable (B) out through the hole in the body. Take care
not to kink the cable.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Identifying Door Switch Cable And Grommet
5. Install the switch cable in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Check for damages or stress-whitened clips, and replace them with new
ones.
Align the marks (A) on the sensor cable (B) with the cable clips (C) and
grommet (D) as shown.
Make sure the grommet is installed to the body properly.
Make sure the fuel fill door switch connector is plugged in properly.
Fig. 9: Identifying Sensor Cable With Cable Clips

2008 Honda Civic EX

Reminder Systems - Civic (Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Reminder Systems Component Location
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
NOTE: Refer to the REMINDER SYSTEMS (GX) (SUPPLEMENT)
article for additional information for the GX model.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Reminder Systems - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Reminder Systems - Circuit Diagram (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Reminder Systems - Circuit Diagram (2 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

2008 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT
Seat Heaters - Civic (Except GX & Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Identifying Seat Heater System Component Locations (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX
2008 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Seat Heaters - Civic (Except GX & Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Identifying Seat Heater System Component Locations (2 Of 2)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Seat Heaters Circuit Diagram (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Seat Heaters Circuit Diagram (2 Of 2)
SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the center console front panel (see CENTER CONSOLE

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Disconnect the 6P or 7P connector from the seat heater switch (A), then
remove the switch.
Fig. 5: Identifying Seat Heater Switch Connector

2008 Honda Civic EX

to the table.
Fig. 6: Seat Heater Switch Continuity Chart
4. If the continuity check is not as specified, replace the switch.
SEAT HEATER TEST
DRIVER'S SEAT
1. Remove the driver's seat (see FRONT SEAT
2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) and 2P connector (B) from the seat heater.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Identifying Seat Heater Connectors (Driver's Seat)
3. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the seat-back
heater 2P connector. There should be continuity.
4. Reconnect the 2P connector.

2008 Honda Civic EX

5. Check for continuity between the 3P connector (male terminals) No. 1
terminals and the 2P connector (female terminals) No. 2 terminal, and the 3P
connector (male terminals) No. 2 and No. 3 terminals. There should be
continuity.
6. If the continuity check is not as specified, replace the appropriate seat heater.
FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT
1. Remove the passenger's seat (see FRONT SEAT
2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the seat heater.
Fig. 8: Identifying Seat Heater Connectors (Passenger's Seat)

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Check for continuity between the 3P connector (male terminals) No. 1 and No.
2 terminals. There should be continuity.
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the seat heater.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Seats - Civic GX
NOTE: Refer to the SEATS (EXCEPT HYBRID) article for additional
information that is not shown in this article.

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Civic GX

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Identifying Seats Component Location
REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Remove the bolt between the seat-back (A) and the seat cushion (B).
Fig. 2: Identifying Bolt Between Seat-Back And Seat Cushion
2. Pull each front edge of the seat cushion (A) up to release the hooks (B), then
pull back the seat cushion, and remove it.
Fig. 3: Pulling Front Edge Of Seat Cushion To Release Hooks
NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body or tear the seat covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Remove all of the head restraints.
4. Release the center seat belt (A) from the center belt guide (B).
Fig. 4: Releasing Center Seat Belt From Center Belt Guide
5. Remove the bolts (A, B) securing the seat-back (C).
Fig. 5: Identifying Bolts Securing Seat-Back
6. Lift the seat-back (A) up to release the wire loops with collars (B) from the
hooks (C) on the body, then remove the seat-back.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Lifting Seat-Back Up To Release Wire Loops With Collars From
Hooks On Body
7. Install the seat in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Guide the belts over the front of the seat-back as you install it.
Before attaching the rear seat-back and cushion, make sure there are no
twists or kinks in the seat belts.
When installing the seat cushion, slip the seat belt buckles through the slits
in the seat cushion.
REAR SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the seat-back (see REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Remove the screw, then remove the center belt guide (A).
NOTE:
Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Identifying Center Belt Guide
3. From the back of the seat-back, pass four retainers (A) through the slots in the
seat-back pad, and release all the clips (B), and fold back the seat-back cover
(C).
Fig. 8: Identifying Clips, And Fold Back Seat-Back Cover
4. Pull out the head restraint guides (A) while pinching the end of the guides, and
remove them.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Pulling Out Head Restraint Guides And Pinching End Of Guides
5. Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover (A) all the way around, release the
clips (B), and release the hooks (C) of the horizontal wires (D) from the
vertical wires (E) on the pad, then remove the seat-back cover.
Fig. 10: Identifying Back Edge Of Seat-Back Cover
To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the
material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips.
Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. Install them with
commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Identifying Ring Pliers And Clips
REAR SEAT CUSHION COVER REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the seat cushion (see REAR SEAT
2. From the back of the seat-back, pass both lower retainers (A) through the slots
in the seat cushion pad, and release all the clips (B), and fold back the seat
cushion cover.
Fig. 12: Removing Seat Cushion
NOTE:
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Pull back the edge of the seat cushion cover all the way around, and release the
clips (A), from the seat cushion cover (B) through the hole in the seat cushion
pad, then remove the seat cushion cover.
Fig. 13: Pulling Back Edge Of Seat Cushion Cover
To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat cushion cover, make sure the

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 14: Identifying Ring Pliers And Clips

2008 Honda Civic EX

Seats - Civic (Except Hybrid)
2-door
Fig. 1: Locating Seats Component (2-Door)
4-door
NOTE: Refer to the SEATS (GX) (SUPPLEMENT) article for

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Seats - Civic (Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Locating Seats Component (4-Door)
FRONT SEAT ACTIVE HEADREST INSPECTION
RESETTING HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION.
1. Push the head restraint (A) forward fully from the locked position to return the
inside inertia lock (B).
NOTE: If the vehicle has been in a collision, always inspect the
active headrests, even if they appear reusable, by doing the
following procedure.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Pushing Head Restraints Forward Fully From Locked Position To
Return Inside Inertia Lock
2. Slowly raise the head restraint into the normal position.
Inspection
3. Fold the seat-back forward, then recline the seat-back to the first lock position,
and adjust the head restraint to the highest position.
4. Apply masking tape on the top of the head restraint.
5. Make marks (A) on both sides at 250 mm (9.84 in.) upward from the roots of
the head restraint frame (B) along the back of the head restraint (C) surface.
Make a center of these points as a datum point (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Making Center Of Points As Datum Point (With Specifications)
6. Push the head restraint (A) forward, and check: With a scale, measure the level
amount of the head restraint movement. The head restraint should move more
than 50 mm (2.0 in.) without resistance. If it is less than 50 mm (2.0 in.), or the
head restraint doesn't move smoothly, replace the seat-back frame assembly:
2-door passenger's seat (see PASSENGER'S SEAT - 2-DOOR )
4-door passenger's seat (see PASSENGER'S SEAT - 4-DOOR )
Driver's seat (see DRIVER'S SEAT )
Fig. 5: Pushing Head Restraint Forward (With Specifications)
FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

2008 Honda Civic EX

424-6857
service.
2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at lease 3 minutes
3. Tilt the steering wheel all the way up, and telescope it all the way in.
4. 2-door passenger's seat: Carefully insert the tip of a small screwdriver (A)
through the hole in the back of the front seat belt lower anchor cover (B) and
into the hole in the front seat belt lower anchor (C). Unlock the lower anchor
by pushing in on the screwdriver. Remove the screwdriver, and then detach the
front seat belt anchor plate (D) and anchor cover from the lower anchor.
NOTE:
When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with
Take care not to scratch the body or tear the seat
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Detaching Front Seat Anchor Plate And Anchor Cover From
Lower Anchor
5. Except 2-door passenger's seat: Slide the front seat forward fully, carefully pry
up on the bottom edge of the anchor cover (A) to release the hooks, and
remove the cover.
Fig. 7: Prying Up On Bottom Edge Of Anchor Cover To Release Hooks
6. Except 2-door passenger's seat: Remove the lower anchor bolt (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Removing Lower Anchor Bolt (With Specifications)
7. Remove the seat track outer end covers (A) and seat track center end covers
(B) from the back of both seat tracks.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Removing Seat Track Outer End Covers And Seat Track Center
End Covers

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 10: Removing Seat Tracker Bolts
9. Slide the front seat rearward fully, and remove the bolts.
Fig. 11: Removing Seat Tracker Bolts Sliding Front Seat Rearward Fully
10. Lift up the front seat, then detach the harness clips (A), and disconnect the side
airbag connector (B), the seat belt switch connector (C), the seat belt buckle
tensioner connector (D), and the seat position sensor connector (E) on the
driver's seat. On passenger's seat, disconnect the ODS subharness connector
(F).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 12: Detaching Harness Clips And Connectors
11. With the help of an assistant, carefully remove the front seat through the front
door opening.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to the seat mounting bolts
before reinstallation.
Tighten the seat mounting bolts to the specified torque in the sequence
shown. Slide the seat all the way back and tighten (1) and (2), then slide it
forward and tighten (3) and (4). The driver's seat is shown; the passenger's
seat is similar.
Tighten the bolts by hand first, then tighten them to specification with a
torque wrench.
Make sure each connector is plugged in properly.
the audio presets.
Set the clock.
them.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Tightening Seat Mounting Bolts In Sequence (With
Specifications)
FRONT SEAT FRAME REPLACEMENT
PASSENGER'S SEAT - 2-DOOR
Calibrate the ODS unit after any of the these actions (see ODS UNIT
CALIBRATION ):
Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components)
Replacement of the seat weight sensors
NOTE:
Apply oil to the pivot portions of the slide locks.
Apply multipurpose grease to the sliding portions of the

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the front seat (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Slide the front seat frame rearward fully, detach the clips, then remove the
front rail covers (A) from the front of both seat tracks.
Fig. 14: Removing Front Rail Covers From Front Of Seat Tracks
3. Slide the front seat frame forward fully, detach the clips, then remove the left
rear rail cover (A) and the right rear rail cover (B) from the back of both seat
tracks.
seat tracks.
Make sure the ODS unit connectors are plugged in
properly.
Make sure the ODS wires are routed properly so they
are not pinched and do not interfere with other parts.
If the side airbag has deployed, replace the seat frame
and related parts with new ones (see COMPONENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 15: Removing Left And Right Rear Rail Cover
Front seat-back cover (see FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER
REPLACEMENT )
Front seat cushion cover (see FRONT SEAT CUSHION COVER
REPLACEMENT )
Seat weight sensor, both sides:
2-door (see SEAT-BACK - SPLIT FOLD DOWN - 2-DOOR )
4-door (see SEAT-BACK - FOLD DOWN - 4-DOOR )
ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT )
5. Remove the clips, then remove the recline inner covers (A), and the side airbag
module holder (B) from the seat frame (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 16: Removing Recline Inner Covers And Side Airbag Module Holder
6. Install the new seat frame in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
PASSENGER'S SEAT - 4-DOOR
CALIBRATION ):
NOTE:
Apply oil to the pivot portions of the slide locks.
Apply multipurpose grease to the sliding portions of the

2008 Honda Civic EX

Front seat-back cover (see FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER
REPLACEMENT )
Front seat cushion cover (see FRONT SEAT CUSHION COVER
REPLACEMENT )
ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT )
3. Remove the clips, then remove the recline inner covers (A) from the seat frame
(B), with side airbag remove the module holder (C).
Fig. 17: Removing Recline Inner Covers From Seat Frame
4. Remove the bolts, and release the seat cushion springs (A) from the hooks (B),
then remove the seat cushion frame (C).
seat tracks.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 18: Releasing Seat Cushion Springs (With Specifications)
5. Remove the seat weight sensors:
6. If necessary, remove the bushing (A, B) from the seat cushion frame (C).
Fig. 19: Removing Bushing From Seat Cushion Frame
Make sure the ODS unit connector is plugged in properly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

DRIVER'S SEAT
Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions
(see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR OPERATION CHECK ):
Front seat back cover/pad:
2-door (see FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT )
4-door (see FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT )
Front seat cushion cover/pad:
2-door (see FRONT SEAT CUSHION COVER
REPLACEMENT )
4-door (see FRONT SEAT CUSHION COVER
REPLACEMENT )
Seat position sensor (see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR
REPLACEMENT )
3. Remove the clips, then remove the recline inner covers (A), outer upper rail
cover (B), inner upper rail cover (C) and the module holder (D) from the seat
frame (E).
NOTE:
Apply oil to the pivot portions of the slide lock.
Apply multipurpose grease to the sliding portions and
pivot portions of the seat tracks.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 20: Removing Clips, Recline Inner Covers, Outer Upper Rail Cover,
Inner Upper Rail Cover And Module Holder
Make sure seat position sensor connector is plugged in properly.
FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
service.
Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these
actions (see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR OPERATION
CHECK ):

2008 Honda Civic EX

CALIBRATION ):
2. Remove the head restraint.
3. From under the seat cushion, disconnect and detach the side airbag connector
(A).
Passenger's seat A
NOTE:
Take care not to tear the seams of damage the seat
covers.
On the passenger's seat, do not touch the ODS sensor
in the seat-back pad, and keep it away from oil. Oil can
corrode the sensor causing it to fail.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 21: Disconnecting And Detaching Side Airbag Connector
4. Release the hook (B) and seat cushion cover (C) from the seat cushion frame
spring (D), then pull the cover back and release the hooks (E). Remove the
wire ties (F).
5. Detach the clips and hooks (A) by pulling the bottom of the back cover (B)
back, then gently pull down the cover to release the hooks (C) from the seat
frame, and remove the panel.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 22: Detaching Clips And Hooks By Pulling Bottom Of Back Cover
6. Release the hook strips (A), then loosen the seat-back cover (B). Pull the side
airbag harness (C) with harness guides (D) out through holes in the seat
cushion cover (E). Passenger's seat is shown; driver's seat is similar.
Fig. 23: Releasing Hook Strips And Loosening Seat-Back Cover
7. Detach the harness clip (A), and pull the side airbag harness (B) out through
the harness hole (C) in the seat-back cover and seat frame. Passenger's seat is
shown; driver's seat is similar.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 24: Detaching Harness Clip And Pulling Side Airbag Harness Out
Through Harness Hole In Seat-Back Cover And Seat Frame
8. Remove the side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ).
9. Release the hook strips (A), then loosen the seat-back cover (B). Driver's seat
is shown; passenger's seat is similar.
Fig. 25: Releasing Hook Strips And Loosening Seat-Back Cover
10. Turn over the reinforcing cloth (A), then release the hooks (B) from the side
airbag module holder (C). Passenger's seat is shown; driver's seat is similar.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 26: Releasing Hooks From Side Airbag Module Holder
11. Passenger's seat: Disconnect the ODS sensor connectors (A) and ODS
subharness connector (B) from the ODS unit (C), and pull them out through the
hole in the seat frame. Pull the ODS subharness (D) out through the harness
hole (E) in the seat-back cover (F). Detach the harness clips (G) and remove
the wire tie (H).
Fig. 27: Disconnecting ODS Sensor Connector And ODS Subharness
Connector From ODS Unit
12. Pinch the tabs on the ends of the head restraint guides (A), and remove them

2008 Honda Civic EX

from the seat-back.
Fig. 28: Pinching Tabs On Ends Of Head Restraint Guides
13. Remove the seat-back cover/pad (A) from the seat (B).
Fig. 29: Removing Seat-Back Cover/Pad From Seat
14. Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way around, and release the
clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 30: Releasing Clips
Reinitialize the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION ).
material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips, hooks,
and hook strips.
Replace any clips you removed with new ones (A). Install them with
Before installing the side airbag (C), make sure the reinforcing cloth (D) is
fixed on the seat-back frame (E) securely.
Make sure the side airbag harness and ODS subharness (passenger's seat)
are routed properly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 31: Installing Front Seat-Back Cover (2-Door)
4-DOOR
service.
CHECK ):
CALIBRATION ):

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the front seat (see FRONT SEAT
3. From under the seat cushion, detach the side airbag connector clip (A).
NOTE:
covers.
On the passenger's seat, do not touch the ODS
sensor in the seat-back pad, and keep it away from
oil. Oil can corrode the sensor caution it to fail.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 32: Detaching Side Airbag Connector Clip
4. Release the slit in the seat cushion cover (B) from the seat cushion frame
spring (C), then pull the cover back. Release the hooks (D) and remove the
wire ties (E).
5. Detach the clips and hooks (A) by pulling the bottom of the back cover
(B) back, then gently pull down the cover to release the hooks (C) from
the seat frame, and remove the panel.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 33: Detaching Clips And Hooks Pulling Bottom Of Back Cover
Back
6. Pull the side airbag harness (A) out through the loop (B), and release the
hook (C), then pull the seat-back cover (D) back.
Fig. 34: Pulling Side Airbag Harness Out Through Loop
7. Detach the harness clip (A), and pull the side airbag harness (B) out
through the harness hole (C) in the seat-back cover and seat frame.
Passenger's seat is shown; driver's seat is similar.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 35: Detaching Harness Clip And Pulling Side Airbag Harness
Out Through Harness Hole In Seat-Back Cover And Seat Frame
8. Remove the side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ).
9. Release the hook strips (A), then loosen the seat-back cover (B). Driver's
seat is shown; passenger's seat is similar.
Fig. 36: Releasing Hook Strips
10. Turn over the reinforcing cloth (A), then release the hooks (B) from the
module holder (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 37: Releasing Hooks From Module Holder
11. Passenger's seat: Disconnect the ODS sensor connectors (A) and ODS
subharness connector (B) from the ODS unit (C), and pull them in through
the hole in the seat frame. Pull the ODS subharness (D) out through the
harness hole (E) in the seat-back cover (F). Detach the harness clips (G),
and remove the wire tie (H).
Fig. 38: Disconnecting ODS Sensor Connectors And ODS Subharness
Connector From ODS Unit

2008 Honda Civic EX

12. Pinch the tabs on the ends of the head restraint guides (A), and remove
them from the seat-back.
Fig. 39: Pinching Tabs On Ends Of Head Restraint Guides
13. Remove the seat-back cover/pad (A) from the seat (B).
Fig. 40: Removing Seat-Back Cover/Pad From Seat
14. Except Si model: Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way
around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 41: Removing Seat-Back Cover
15. Except Si model: Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and
note these items:
material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips,
hooks, and hook strips.
Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones.
Before installing the side airbag (B), make sure the reinforcing cloth
(C) is fixed on the seat-back frame (D) securely.
Make sure the side airbag harness and ODS subharness (passenger's
seat) are routed properly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 42: Installing Cover (Except Si Model)
16. Si model: Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way around,
and release the clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 43: Removing Seat-Back Cover (Si Model)
17. Si model: Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips,
hooks, and hook strips.
Before installing the side airbag (C), make sure the reinforcing cloth
(D) is fixed on the seat-back frame (E) securely.
Make sure the side airbag harness and ODS subharness (passenger's
seat) are routed properly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 44: Installing Front Seat-Back Cover (Si Model)
FRONT SEAT CUSHION COVER REPLACEMENT
424-6857
2-DOOR
service.
CHECK ):
CALIBRATION ):
NOTE:
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Remove the front seat belt buckle (see FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE ).
3. Passenger's seat: Remove the screws, then remove the rear seat access knob
(A).
Fig. 45: Removing Rear Seat Access Knob
4. Pull back the cap (A) to release the hooks (B), and remove the screws, then
remove the height handle (C).
Fig. 46: Removing Height Handle
5. Remove the recline outer cover (A).
1 Remove the recline knob (B) and screw (C).
2 Gently pull out the cover, then detach the clips (D), and release the
hooks (E).
3 Release the rear seat access lever (F).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 47: Removing Recline Outer Cover
6. Gently pull out the center cover (A), then detach the clips, and release the
hooks (B). Driver's seat is shown; passenger's seat is similar.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 48: Pulling Out Center Cover And Detaching Clips Releasing Hooks
7. From under the seat cushion, disconnect and detach the connectors:
Passenger's seat:
Seat weight sensor connectors (A)
Side airbag connector (B)
ODS subharness connector (C)
Driver's seat:
Side airbag connector (B)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 49: Disconnecting And Detaching Connectors
8. Release the hook (D) and seat cushion cover (E) from the seat cushion frame
spring (F), then pull the cover back and release the hooks (G). Detach the
harness clip (H), and remove the wire ties (I).
9. Pull the side airbag harness (A), ODS subharness (B) (passenger's seat), and
harness guides (C) out through the holes (D) in the seat cushion cover.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 50: Pulling Side Airbag Harness, ODS Subharness (Passenger's Seat)
And Harness Guides
10. Release the hook strips (A, B) from the seat frame (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 51: Releasing Hook Strips From Seat Frame
11. Release the hook (A) from under the seat cushion.
Fig. 52: Releasing Hook From Under Seat Cushion
12. Remove the seat cushion cover/pad (A) from the seat frame (B).
Fig. 53: Removing Seat Cushion Cover/Pad From Seat Frame
13. Release the clips (A) from under the seat cushion (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 54: Releasing Clips From Under Seat Cushion
14. Pull back the edge of the seat cushion coverall the way around, and release the
clips (A), then remove the seat cushion cover.
Fig. 55: Removing Seat Cushion Cover

2008 Honda Civic EX

material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips and
hook strips.
Fig. 56: Installing Front Seat Cushion Cover (2-Door)
424-6857
4-DOOR
service.
CHECK ):
CALIBRATION ):

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Remove the front seat belt buckle (see FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE ).
3. Pull back the cap (A) to release the hooks (B), and remove the screws, then
remove the height adjuster handle (C).
Fig. 57: Removing Height Adjuster Handle
4. Remove the recline cover (A).
1 Remove the recline knob (B) and screw (C).
2 Gently pull out the cover, then detach the clip (D), and release the hooks
(E).
NOTE:
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 58: Removing Recline Cover
5. Gently pull out the center cover (A), then detach the clip, and release the hooks
(B). Driver's seat is shown; passenger's seat is similar.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 59: Releasing Hooks Pulling Center Cover
6. From under the seat cushion, detach the side airbag connector clip (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 60: Detaching Side Airbag Connector Clip
7. Release slits in the seat cushion cover (B) from the seat cushion frame spring
(C), then pull the cover back. Release the hooks (D) and remove the wire ties
(E).
8. Pull the side airbag harness (A) out through the loop (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 61: Pulling Side Airbag Harness Out Through Loop
9. Release the hook strips (A, B) from the seat frame (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 62: Releasing Hook Strips From Seat Frame
10. Release the hook (A) from under the seat cushion.
Fig. 63: Releasing Hook From Under Seat Cushion
11. Remove the seat cushion cover/pad (A) from the seat frame (B).
Fig. 64: Removing Seat Cushion Cover/Pad From Seat Frame
12. Except Si model: Release the hooks (A) from under the seat cushion (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 65: Releasing Hooks From Under Seat Cushion (Except Si Model)
13. Except Si model: Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way around,
and release the clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover.
Fig. 66: Removing Seat-Back Cover (Except Si Model)
14. Except Si model: Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note
these items:

2008 Honda Civic EX

material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips, hooks,
and hook strips.
Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones.
Fig. 67: Installing Cover (Except Si Model)
15. Si model: Release the clips (A) from under the seat cushion (B).
Fig. 68: Releasing Clips From Under Seat Cushion (Si Model)
16. Si model: Pull back the edge of the seat cushion cover all the way around, and
release the clips (A), then remove the seat cushion cover.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 69: Removing Seat Cushion Cover (Si Model)
17. Si model: Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips and
hook strips.
Fig. 70: Installing Front Seat Cushion Cover (Si Model)
REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT-BACK - FOLD DOWN

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the seat-back (A).
1 Fold the seat-back forward.
2 Pull the rear center seat belt (B) out through the slit (C) in the seat belt
guide (D).
3 Release the velcro fasteners (E), and pull back the seat-back cover (F),
then remove the bolts.
4 Release the hooks (G) of the pivot brackets (H).
Fig. 71: Removing Seat-Back (With Specifications)
2. 2-door: Remove the rear side trim panel (see 2-DOOR ).
3. Remove the bolt, then remove the pivot bracket (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 72: Removing Pivot Bracket (With Specifications)
4. Install the seat-back in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Guide the belt over the front of the seat-back as you install the seat-back.
Before attaching the rear seat-back, make sure there are no twists or kinks in
the rear center seat belt.
SEAT-BACK - SPLIT FOLD DOWN
1. Remove the right seat-back (A).
1 Fold the right seat-back forward.
2 Release the velcro fasteners (B), and pull back the seat-back cover (C),
then remove the bolts.
3 Release the hooks (D) of the pivot bracket (E).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 73: Removing Right Seat-Back (With Specifications)
2. Remove the bolt, then remove the center pivot bracket (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 74: Removing Center Pivot Bracket (With Specifications)
3. If necessary, remove the bushing (B).
4. Remove the left seat-back (A).
1 Fold the left seat-back forward.
2 Pull the rear center seat belt (B) out through the slit (C) in the seat belt
guide (D).
3 Release the velcro fastener (E), and pull back the seat-back cover (F),
then remove the bolt.
4 Release the hooks (G) of the pivot bracket (H).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 75: Removing Left Seat-Back (With Specifications)
5. Extend the rear center seat belt (A) to remove the left seat-back (B), then
release the pivot shaft (C) from the center pivot bracket (D).
Fig. 76: Removing Left Seat-Back Extending Rear Center Seat Belt
6. If necessary, remove the bushing (A), from the center pivot bracket (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 77: Removing Bushing From Center Pivot Bracket
7. 2-door: Remove the rear side trim panel (see 2-DOOR ).
8. Remove the bolt, then remove the pivot bracket (A).
Fig. 78: Removing Pivot Bracket (With Specifications)
9. Install the seat-back in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Guide the belt over the front of the seat-back as you install the seat-back.
Before attaching the rear seat-back, make sure there are no twists or kinks in
the rear center seat belt.
SEAT CUSHION

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the bolt between the seat-back (A) and the seat cushion (B).
Fig. 79: Removing Bolt Betwen Seat-Back And Seat Cushion (With
Specifications)
2. Pull each front edge of the seat cushion (A) up to release the hooks (B), then
pull back the seat cushion, and remove it.
Fig. 80: Removing Seat Cushion
3. Install the seat cushion in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Before attaching the seat cushion, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the

2008 Honda Civic EX

seat belts.
When installing the seat cushion, slip the seat belt buckles through the slits in
the seat cushion.
SEAT SIDE BOLSTER - 4-DOOR
1. Remove the seat cushion.
2. Remove the bolt.
Fig. 81: Removing Seat Side Bolster Bolt - 4-Door (With Specifications)
3. Fold the seat-back forward.
4. Lift the seat side bolster (A) up to release the hook (B), then remove the seat
side bolster.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 82: Removing Seat Side Bolster
Guide the belts over the front of the seat side bolster as you install the bolster.
Before attaching the seat side bolster, make sure there are no twists or kinks in
the seat belts.
REAR SEAT-BACK LATCH REPLACEMENT
FOLD DOWN REAR SEAT/SPLIT FOLD DOWN REAR SEAT
1. Remove the rear shelf:
2-door (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SHELF
AREA )
4-door (see REAR SHELF EXTENSION - 2-DOOR )
2. From the trunk, disconnect the seat-back release cable (A) from the seat-back
latch (B).
NOTE: Take care not to bend or scratch the interior trim.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 83: Disconnecting Seat-Back Release Cable (From Trunk)
3. Remove the bolts, then remove the seat-back latch (A).
Fig. 84: Removing Seat-Back Latch (With Specifications)
Make sure the release cable is connected securely.
Make sure the seat-back locks securely and unlocks properly.
REAR SEAT-BACK RELEASE LEVER/CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FOLD DOWN REAR SEAT/SPLIT FOLD DOWN REAR SEAT
NOTE: Take care not to bend or scratch the interior trim.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. From the trunk room, detach the cable clip.
Fig. 85: Detaching Cable Clip From Trunk Room
3. 2-door: Remove the rear seat-back release cable (A) out through the slit (B) in
the trim panel.
Fig. 86: Removing Rear Seat-Back Release Cable (2-Door)
4. Disconnect the seat-back release cable (A) from the seat-back latch (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 87: Disconnecting Seat-Back Release Cable From Seat-Back Latch
5. Push the tab (A) to release the hook (B), and rotate the seat-back release lever
(C) clockwise to release the hook (D).
Fig. 88: Rotating Seat-Back Lever Clockwise To Release Hook
6. Install the release lever/cable in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Make sure the release cable is connected securely.
Make sure the seat-back locks securely and unlocks properly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

REAR SEAT ARMREST BEVERAGE HOLDER REPLACEMENT
424-6857
FOR SOME MODELS - 4-DOOR
1. Using a trim tool, push on the bottom ribs (A) of the rear hooks (B) to pull up
the beverage holder (C), then release the hooks from the wire (D).
Fig. 89: Pushing Bottom Ribs Of Rear Hooks To Pull Up Beverage Holder
2. Release the front hooks (A) from the wire (B), then remove the beverage
NOTE:
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

holder (C).
Fig. 90: Removing Beverage Holder
3. Install the beverage holder in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the front
hooks are installed securely to the wire, then push down on the beverage holder
and install the rear hooks into the wire securely.
REAR SEAT ARMREST REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the clip (A) from the left portion of the armrest pivot (B).
NOTE: Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 91: Removing Clip From Left Portion Of Armrest Pivot
2. Slide the armrest (A) toward the driver's side of the vehicle, and remove the
pivot shaft (B) from the collar (C) on the right side of the vehicle by pulling
back on the armrest.
Fig. 92: Removing Pivot Shaft Form Collar On Side Of Vehicle
3. Remove the pivot shaft (A) from the collar (B) on the left, then remove the
armrest (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 93: Removing Armrest
4. Remove the collars (A) from the seat-back (B). A
Fig. 94: Removing Collars From Seat-Back
5. Install the armrest in the reverse order of removal.
REAR SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT
SEAT-BACK - FOLD DOWN - 2-DOOR
NOTE:
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Remove these head restraint.
Fig. 95: Removing Center Belt Guide
4. Release the lower hook (A), and clips.
Fig. 96: Releasing Lower Hook And Clips
5. Pull back the seat-back cover (A), then release the hook strips (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 97: Releasing Hook Strips Pulling Back Seat-Back Cover
6. Pull out the seat-back frame (A) from the pad (B), then pull out the head
restraint guides (C) while pinching the end of the guides, and remove them.
Fig. 98: Removing Head Restraint Guides
7. Remove the seat-back cover and pad from the seat-back frame.
8. Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover (A) all the way around, and release
the hooks (B) of the horizontal wires (C) from the vertical wires (D) on the
pad, and remove the clips (E), then remove the seat-back cover.

2008 Honda Civic EX

To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material
is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips and hook strips.
Fig. 100: Installing Rear Seat-Back Cover Of Seat-Back - Fold Down - 2-
Door
SEAT-BACK - FOLD DOWN - 4-DOOR
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Release the lower hook (A), and clips.
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 104: Removing Head Restraint Guides Pinching End Of Guides
the clips (B), then remove the seat-back cover.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 106: Installing Rear Seat-Back Cover Of Seat-Back - Fold Down - 4-
Door
SEAT-BACK - SPLIT FOLD DOWN - 2-DOOR
1. Remove the seat-back (see SEAT-BACK - SPLIT FOLD DOWN ).
2. Remove these head restraint.
3. Left seat-back: Remove the screw, then remove the center belt guide (A).
NOTE:
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Release the velcro fastener (A), the lower hook (B), and clips.
Fig. 108: Releasing Velcro Fastener, Lower Hook And Clips

2008 Honda Civic EX

The left seat-back is shown; the right seat-back is similar.

2008 Honda Civic EX

the hooks (B) of the horizontal wires (C) from the vertical wires (D) on the
pad, and remove the clips (E), then remove the seat-back cover.

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 112: Installing Rear Seat-Back Cover Of Seat-Back - Split Fold Down
- 2-Door
SEAT-BACK - SPLIT FOLD DOWN - 4-DOOR
1. Remove the seat-back (see SEAT-BACK - SPLIT FOLD DOWN ).
Armrest (see REAR SEAT ARMREST REPLACEMENT )
Head restraint
3. Left seat-back: Remove the screws, then remove the center belt guide (A).
NOTE:
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Left seat-back: Pull out the center portion of the armrest back panel (A) to
release upper edge of the armrest back panel.
Fig. 114: Releasing Upper Edge Of Armrest Back Panel Pulling Out
Center Portion Of Armrest Back Panel
5. Left seat-back: Pull out the armrest back panel (A) to release the hook (B) from
the seat-back frame and hook (C) from the seat-back cover.
Fig. 115: Releasing Hook From Seat-Back Frame And Hook From Seat-
Back Cover

2008 Honda Civic EX

6. Release the lower hook (A), and clips (B, C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

The left seat-back is shown; the right seat-back is similar.

2008 Honda Civic EX

the clips (B), then remove the seat-back cover.

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 120: Installing Rear Seat-Back Cover Of Seat-Back - Split Fold
Down - 4-door
REAR SEAT SIDE BOLSTER COVER REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the seat side bolster (see SEAT SIDE BOLSTER - 4-DOOR ).
2. Release all the hook strips (A), and fold back the seat side bolster cover (B),
and release the cover from the hooks (C).
Fig. 121: Releasing Rear Seat Side Bolster Cover From Hooks
3. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and to prevent wrinkles when
installing a side bolster cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over
the pad before securing the hook strips and staples.

2008 Honda Civic EX

REAR SEAT CUSHION COVER REPLACEMENT
2-DOOR
1. Remove the seat cushion (see SEAT CUSHION ).
2. From the back of the seat-back, release the clips (A), then remove the insulator
(B).
Fig. 122: Removing Insulator
3. Release all the clips (A), in the seat cushion cover (B) through the holes in the
seat cushion pad, and fold back the seat cushion cover.
Fig. 123: Releasing All Clips In Seat Cushion Cover
clips (A), then remove the seat cushion cover (B).
NOTE:
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 125: Installing Rear Seat Cushion Cover (2-Door)
4-DOOR
1. Remove the seat cushion (see SEAT CUSHION ).
2. From the back of the seat-back, pass both lower retainers (A) through the slots
in the seat cushion pad, and release all the clips (B), and fold back the seat
cushion cover.
NOTE:
covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 126: Folding Back Seat Cushion Cover
clips (A), from the seat cushion cover (B) through the hole in the seat cushion
pad, then remove the seat cushion cover.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 128: Installing Rear Seat Cushion Cover (4-Door)
REAR SEAT ARMREST COVER REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the armrest from the seat-back (see REAR SEAT ARMREST
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove the armrest beverage holder from the armrest (see REAR SEAT
ARMREST BEVERAGE HOLDER REPLACEMENT ).
3. Release the clips (A) and hook strip (B), and pull back the armrest cover (C) all
the way around.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 129: Releasing Clips & Hooks And Pulling Back Armrest Cover
4. Release the armrest cover from the armrest pivot portions (A), then remove it
from the pad (B).
Fig. 130: Removing Rear Seat Armrest Cover
5. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal. To prevent wrinkles when
installing an armrest cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the

2008 Honda Civic EX

pad before securing the hooks and hook strips.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 GENERAL INFORMATION
Specifications - Civic (All Except GX & Hybrid)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS
ENGINE ELECTRICAL (R18A1 ENGINE)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - ENGINE ELECTRICAL (R18A1
ENGINE)
Item Measurement Qualification
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Ignition coil Rated voltage 12V
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Spark plug Type NGK:IZFR6K11S
DENSO:SKJ20DR-M11S
Gap 1.0-1.1 mm
(0.039-0.043
in.)
-
Ignition
timing
At idle Check
the red mark
M/T (in neutral) 82 BTDC
A/T (in N or P
position)
82 BTDC
Drive belt Tension Auto-tensioner
Alternator Output At 13.5 V and
normal engine
temperature
90 A
Coil (rotor)
resistance
At 68F (20C) 1.84-2.10 ohms
Slip ring O.D. 22.7 mm (0.89
in.)
21.2 mm
(0.83 in.)
Brush length 19.0 mm (0.75
in.)
5.0 mm (0.20
in.)
Brush spring
tension
3.3-4.1 N (0.34-0.42 kgf,
0.75-0.93 lbf)
Starter Output 1.0 kW

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Civic (All Except GX & Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

ENGINE ELECTRICAL (K20Z3 ENGINE)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - ENGINE ELECTRICAL (K20Z3
ENGINE)
Commutator
mica depth

M/T
0.50-0.80 mm
(0.020-0.031
in.)
0.2 mm
(0.008 in.)
A/T
Commutator
runout
0.02 mm
(0.001 in.)
max.
0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)
Commutator
O.D.

M/T
28.0 mm (1.10
in.)
27.0 mm
(1.06 in.)
A/T
Brush length
M/T
14.0-14.5 mm
(0.55-0.57 in.)
9.0 mm (0.35
in.)
A/T
Brush spring
tension
13.7-17.7 N (1.40-1.80 kgf,
3.09-3.97 lbf)
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Ignition coil Rated voltage 12V
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Spark plug Type NGK:IFR7G11KS
DENSO:SK22PR-M11S
Gap 1.0-1.1 mm
(0.039-0.043
in.)
-
Ignition
timing
At idle Check
the red mark
82 BTDC
Drive belt Tension Auto-tensioner
Alternator Output At 13.5 V and
normal engine
temperature
105 A

2008 Honda Civic EX

ENGINE ASSEMBLY (R18A1 ENGINE)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - ENGINE ASSEMBLY (R18A1
ENGINE)
Coil (rotor)
resistance
At 68 F (20 C) 3.2-4.0 ohms
Slip ring O.D. 14.4 mm (0.57
in.)
14.0 mm
(0.55 in.)
Brush length 10.5 mm (0.41
in.)
1.5 mm (0.06
in.)
Brush spring
tension
3.2 N (0.33 kgf, 0.7 lbf)
Starter Output 1.0 kW
Commutator
mica depth
0.40-0.50 mm
(0.016-0.020
in.)
0.15 mm
(0.006 in.)
Commutator
runout
0.02 mm
(0.001 in.)
max.
0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)
Commutator
O.D.
28.0-28.1 mm
(1.102-1.106
in.)
27.5 mm
(1.083 in.)
Brush length 11.1-11.5 mm
(0.44-0.45 in.)
9.0 mm (0.35
in.)
Brush spring
tension
13.7-17.7 N (1.40-1.80 kgf,
3.09-3.97 lbf)
Standard or
New
Compression Pressure Check the
engine with the
starter cranking
Minimum 880 kPa (9.0
kgf/cm
2
, 128
psi)
Maximum variation 200 kPa (2.0
kgf/cm
2
, 28 psi)

2008 Honda Civic EX

ENGINE ASSEMBLY (K20Z3 ENGINE)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - ENGINE ASSEMBLY (K20Z3
ENGINE)
CYLINDER HEAD (R18A1 ENGINE)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - CYLINDER HEAD (R18A1
ENGINE)
Standard or
New
Compression Pressure Check the
engine with the
starter cranking
Minimum 930 kPa (9.5
kgf/cm
2
, 135
psi)
Maximum variation 200 kPa (2.0
kgf/cm
2
, 28 psi)
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Head Warpage - 0.08 mm
(0.003 in.)
Height 114.95-115.05
mm (4.526-
4.530 in.)
-
Camshaft End play 0.050-0.250
mm (0.002-
0.010 in.)
0.4 mm (0.02
in.)
Camshaft-to-
holder oil
clearance
0.045-0.084
mm (0.0018-
0.0033 in.)
0.15 mm
(0.006 in.)
Total runout 0.03 mm
(0.001 in.)
max.
0.04 mm
(0.002 in.)
Cam lobe height Intake, primary 35.754 mm
(1.4076 in.)
-

2008 Honda Civic EX

Intake,
secondary A
35.358 mm
(1.3920 in.)
-
Intake,
secondary B
36.027 mm
(1.4184 in.)
-
Exhaust 35.813 mm
(1.4100 in.)
-
Valve Clearance (cold) Intake 0.18-0.22 mm
(0.007-0.009
in.)
-
Exhaust 0.23-0.27 mm
(0.009-0.011
in.)
-
Stem O.D. Intake 5.48-5.49 mm
(0.2157-
0.2161 in.)
5.45 mm
(0.215 in.)
(0.2146-
0.2150 in.)
5.42 mm
(0.213 in.)
Stem-to-guide
clearance
Intake 0.02-0.05 mm
(0.0008-
0.0020 in.)
0.08 mm
(0.003 in.)
(0.0020-
0.0031 in.)
0.11 mm
(0.004 in.)
Valve seat Width Intake 0.85-1.15 mm
(0.033-0.045
in.)
1.6 mm (0.06
in.)
(0.049-0.061
in.)
2.0 mm (0.08
in.)
Stem installed
height
Intake 67.2-67.4 mm
(2.646-2.654
in.)
67.7 mm
(2.665 in.)
Exhaust 58.4-58.6 mm 58.9 mm

2008 Honda Civic EX

CYLINDER HEAD (K20Z3 ENGINE)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - CYLINDER HEAD (K20Z3
ENGINE)
(2.299-2.307
in.)
(2.319 in.)
Valve spring Free length Intake 55.31 mm
(2.178 in.)
-
Exhaust 56.97 mm
(2.243 in.)
-
Valve guide I.D. Intake 5.51-5.53 mm
(0.217-0.218
in.)
5.55 mm
(0.219 in.)
(0.217-0.218
in.)
5.55 mm
(0.219 in.)
Installed height Intake 18.25-18.75
mm (0.719-
0.738 in.)
-
Exhaust 18.25-18.75
mm (0.719-
0.738 in.)
-
Rocker arm Arm-to-shaft
clearance
Intake 0.019-0.050
mm (0.0007-
0.0020 in.)
0.08 mm
(0.0031 in.)
Exhaust 0.019-0.050
mm (0.0007-
0.0020 in.)
0.08 mm
(0.0031 in.)
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Head Warpage - 0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)
Height 103.95-104.05
mm (4.093-
-

2008 Honda Civic EX

4.096 in.)
Camshaft End play 0.05-0.20 mm
(0.002-0.008
in.)
0.4 mm
(0.02 in.)
Camshaft-to-
holder oil
clearance
No. 1 journal 0.030-0.069
mm (0.001-
0.003 in.)
0.15 mm
(0.006 in.)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5
journals
0.060-0.099
mm (0.002-
0.004 in.)
0.15 mm
(0.006 in.)
Total runout 0.03 mm
(0.001 in.)
max.
0.04 mm
(0.002 in.)
Cam lobe height Intake, primary 32.791 mm
(1.2910 in.)
-
Intake, mid 35.534 mm
(1.3990 in.)
-
Intake,
secondary
32.678 mm
(1.2865 in.)
-
Exhaust,
primary
32.772 mm
(1.2902 in.)
-
Exhaust, mid 34.768 mm
(1.3688 in.)
-
Exhaust,
secondary
32.661 mm
(1.2859 in.)
-
Valve Clearance (cold) Intake 0.21-0.25 mm
(0.008-0.010
in.)
-
(0.010-0.011
in.)
-
Stem O.D. Intake 5.475-5.485
mm (0.2156-
0.2159 in.)
5.445 mm
(0.214 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Exhaust 5.450-5.460
mm (0.2146-
0.2150 in.)
5.420 mm
(0.213 in.)
Stem-to-guide
clearance
Intake 0.030-0.055
mm (0.0012-
0.0022 in.)
0.08 mm
(0.003 in.)
Exhaust 0.055-0.080
mm (0.0022-
0.0031 in.)
0.11 mm
(0.004 in.)
Valve seat Width Intake 1.25-1.55 mm
(0.049-0.061
in.)
2.00 mm
(0.079 in.)
(0.049-0.061
in.)
2.00 mm
(0.079 in.)
Stem installed
height
Intake 44.0-44.5 mm
(1.73-1.75 in.)
44.7 mm
(1.76 in.)
(1.74-1.76 in.)
44.8 mm
(1.76 in.)
Valve spring Free length Intake NIPPON
HATSUJO:
47.57 mm
(1.8728 in.)
-
CHUO
HATSUJO:
47.58 mm
(1.8732 in.)
Exhaust NIPPON
HATSUJO:
49.64 mm
(1.954 in.)
-
CHUO
HATSUJO:
49.63 mm

2008 Honda Civic EX

ENGINE BLOCK (R18A1 ENGINE)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - ENGINE BLOCK (R18A1
ENGINE)
(1.954 in.)
Valve guide I.D. Intake 5.515-5.530
mm (0.2171-
0.2177 in.)
5.55 mm
(0.219 in.)
Exhaust 5.515-5.530
mm (0.2171-
0.2177 in.)
5.55 mm
(0.219 in.)
Installed height Intake 15.2-16.2 mm
(0.598-0.638
in.)
-
(0.610-0.650
in.)
-
Rocker arm Arm-to-shaft
clearance
0.025-0.052
mm (0.0010-
0.0020 in.)
0.08 mm
(0.003 in.)
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Block Warpage of deck 0.07 mm
(0.003 in.)
max.
0.10 mm
(0.004 in.)
Bore diameter 81.000-81.015
mm (3.1890-
3.1896 in.)
81.070 mm
(3.1917 in.)
Bore taper - 0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)
Reboring limit - 0.25 mm
(0.01 in.)
Piston Skirt O.D. at 14
mm (0.55 in.)
80.980-80.990
mm (3.1881-
80.98 mm
(3.186 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

from bottom of
skirt
3.1886 in.)
Clearance in
cylinder
0.010-0.035
mm (0.0004-
0.0014 in.)
0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)
Ring groove
width
Top 1.23-1.24 mm
(0.048-0.049
in.)
1.26 mm
(0.050 in.)
Second 1.22-1.23 mm
(0.047-0.048
in.)
1.25 mm
(0.049 in.)
Oil 2.005-2.020
mm (0.0789-
0.0795 in.)
2.05 mm
(0.081 in.)
Piston ring Ring-to-groove
clearance
Top 0.045-0.070
mm (0.0018-
0.0028 in.)
0.13 mm
(0.005 in.)
Second 0.035-0.060
mm (0.0014-
0.0024 in.)
0.13 mm
(0.005 in.)
Ring end gap Top 0.20-0.35 mm
(0.008-0.014
in.)
0.60 mm
(0.024 in.)
Second 0.40-0.55 mm
(0.016-0.022
in.)
0.70 mm
(0.028 in.)
Oil 0.20-0.70 mm
(0.008-0.028
in.)
0.80 mm
(0.031 in.)
Piston pin O.D. 19.960-19.964
mm (0.7858-
0.7860 in.)
19.960 mm
(0.7858 in.)
Pin-to-piston
clearance
-0.004 to
+0.003 mm
0.006 mm
(0.0002 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

(-0.00016 to
+0.00012 in.)
Connecting rod Pin-to-rod
clearance
0.005-0.015
mm (0.0002-
0.0006 in.)
0.02 mm
(0.0008 in.)
Small-end bore
diameter
19.969-19.975
mm (0.7862-
0.7864 in.)
-
Large-end bore
diameter
48.0 mm
(1.89 in.)
-
End play
installed on
crankshaft
0.15-0.35 mm
(0.006-0.014
in.)
0.45 mm
(0.018 in.)
Crankshaft Main journal
diameter
54.976-55.000
mm (2.1644-
2.1654 in.)
-
Rod journal
diameter
44.976-45.000
mm (1.7707-
1.7716 in.)
-
Rod/main
journal taper
0.005 mm
(0.0002 in.)
max.
0.010 mm
(0.0004 in.)
Rod/main
journal out-of-
round
0.005 mm
(0.0002 in.)
max.
0.010 mm
(0.0004 in.)
End play 0.10-0.35 mm
(0.004-0.014
in.)
0.45 mm
(0.018 in.)
Runout 0.03 mm
(0.0012 in.)
max.
0.04 mm
(0.0016 in.)
Crankshaft
bearing
Main bearing-to-
journal oil
clearance
0.018-0.034
mm (0.0007-
0.0013 in.)
0.045 mm
(0.0018 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

ENGINE BLOCK (K20Z3 ENGINE)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - ENGINE BLOCK (K20Z3
ENGINE)
Rod bearing
clearance
0.024-0.042
mm (0.0009-
0.0017 in.)
0.055 mm
(0.0022 in.)
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Block Warpage of deck 0.07 mm
(0.003 in.)
max.
0.10 mm
(0.004 in.)
Bore diameter A or I 86.010-86.020
mm (3.3862-
3.3866 in.)
86.070 mm
(3.3886 in.)
B or II 86.000-86.010
mm (3.3858-
3.3862 in.)
86.070 mm
(3.3886 in.)
Bore taper - 0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)
Reboring limit - 0.25 mm
(0.01 in.)
Piston Skirt O.D. at 11
mm (0.4 in.)
from bottom of
skirt
No letter or A 85.980-85.990
mm (3.3850-
3.3854 in.)
85.930 mm
(3.3831 in.)
Letter B 85.970-85.980
mm (3.3846-
3.3850 in.)
85.920 mm
(3.3827 in.)
Clearance in
cylinder
0.020-0.040
mm (0.0008-
0.0016 in.)
0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)
Ring groove
width
Top 1.220-1.230
mm (0.0481-
0.0484 in.)
1.25 mm
(0.049 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Second 1.220-1.230
mm (0.0481-
0.0484 in.)
1.25 mm
(0.049 in.)
Oil 2.005-2.025
mm (0.0789-
0.0797 in.)
2.05 mm
(0.081 in.)
Piston ring Ring-to-groove
clearance
Top 0.045-0.070
mm (0.0018-
0.0028 in.)
0.13 mm
(0.005 in.)
Second 0.040-0.065
mm (0.0016-
0.0026 in.)
0.13 mm
(0.005 in.)
Ring end gap Top 0.20-0.35 mm
(0.008-0.014
in.)
0.60 mm
(0.024 in.)
Second 0.50-0.65 mm
(0.020-0.026
in.)
0.75 mm
(0.030 in.)
Oil 0.20-0.70 mm
(0.008-0.028
in.)
0.80 mm
(0.031 in.)
Piston pin O.D. 21.961-21.965
mm (0.8646-
0.8648 in.)
21.953 mm
(0.8643 in.)
Pin-to-piston
clearance
-0.005 to
+0.002 mm
(-0.00020 to
+0.00008 in.)
0.005 mm
(0.0002 in.)
Connecting rod Pin-to-rod
clearance
0.005-0.015
mm (0.0002-
0.0006 in.)
0.02 mm
(0.0008 in.)
Small-end bore
diameter
21.970-21.976
mm (0.8650-
0.8652 in.)
-

2008 Honda Civic EX

Large-end bore
diameter
51.0 mm
(2.01 in.)
-
End play
installed on
crankshaft
0.15-0.30 mm
(0.006-0.012
in.)
0.40 mm
(0.016 in.)
Crankshaft Main journal
diameter
No. 1 journal
No. 2 journal
No. 4 journal
No. 5 journal
54.984-55.008
mm (2.1648-
2.1657 in.)
-
No. 3 journal 54.976-55.000
mm (2.1644-
2.1654 in.)
-
Rod journal
diameter
44.976-45.000
mm (1.7707-
1.7717 in.)
-
Rod/main
journal taper
0.005 mm
(0.0002 in.)
max.
0.010 mm
(0.0004 in.)
Rod/main
journal out-of-
round
0.005 mm
(0.0002 in.)
max.
0.010 mm
(0.0004 in.)
End play 0.10-0.35 mm
(0.004-0.014
in.)
0.45 mm
(0.018 in.)
Runout 0.03 mm
(0.0012 in.)
max.
0.04 mm
(0.0016 in.)
Crankshaft
bearing
Main bearing-to-
journal oil
clearance
No. 1 journal
No. 2 journal
No. 4 journal
No. 5 journal
0.017-0.041
mm (0.0007-
0.0016 in.)
0.050 mm
(0.0020 in.)
No. 3 journal 0.025-0.049
mm (0.0010-
0.0019 in.)
0.055 mm
(0.0022 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

ENGINE LUBRICATION (R18A1 ENGINE)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - ENGINE LUBRICATION (R18A1
ENGINE)
ENGINE LUBRICATION (K20Z3 ENGINE)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - ENGINE LUBRICATION (K20Z3
ENGINE)
Rod bearing
clearance
0.032-0.066
mm (0.0013-
0.0026 in.)
0.077 mm
(0.0030 in.)
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Engine oil Capacity Engine overhaul 4.5 L (4.8 US qt)
Oil change
including filter
3.7 L (3.9 US qt)
Oil change
without filter
3.5 L (3.7 US qt)
Oil pump Inner-to-outer
rotor clearance
0.02-0.16 mm
(0.001-0.006
in.)
0.20 mm
(0.008 in.)
Pump housing-
to-outer rotor
clearance
0.100-0.175
mm (0.0039-
0.0069 in.)
0.20 mm
(0.008 in.)
Pump housing-
to-outer rotor
axial clearance
0.02-0.07 mm
(0.001-0.003
in.)
0.12 mm
(0.005 in.)
Oil pressure with
oil temperature at
176F (80C)
At idle
70 kPa (0.7 kgf/cm
2
psi)
At 3,000 rpm
340 kPa (3.5 kgf/cm
2
, 50
psi)
Standard or
New
Service
Limit

2008 Honda Civic EX

Engine oil Capacity Engine overhaul 5.5 L (5.8 US qt)
Oil change
including filter
4.4 L (4.6 US qt)
Oil change
without filter
4.2 L (4.4 US qt)
Oil pump Inner-to-outer
rotor clearance
0.06-0.16 mm
(0.002-0.006
in.)
0.20 mm
(0.008 in.)
Pump housing-
to-outer rotor
clearance
0.15-0.21 mm
(0.006-0.008
in.)
0.23 mm
(0.009 in.)
Pump housing-
to-outer rotor
axial clearance
0.035-0.070
mm (0.0013-
0.0028 in.)
0.12 mm
(0.005 in.)
Balancer shafts,
journal diameter
No. 1 journal,
front shaft
19.938-19.950
mm (0.7850-
0.7854 in.)
19.92 mm
(0.784 in.)
No. 1 journal,
rear shaft
23.938-23.950
mm (0.9424-
0.9429 in.)
23.92 mm
(0.942 in.)
No. 2 journal,
front and rear
shaft
32.949-32.961
mm (1.2972-
1.2977 in.)
32.93 mm
(1.296 in.)
Balancer shafts,
journal taper
0.005 mm
(0.0002 in.)
max.
-
Balancer shafts,
end play
Front 0.063-0.108
mm (0.0025-
0.0043 in.)
0.14 mm
(0.0055 in.)
Rear 0.063-0.108
mm (0.0025-
0.0043 in.)
0.14 mm
(0.0055 in.)
Balancer shafts,
shaft-to-bearing
No. 1 journal,
front shaft
0.050-0.082
mm (0.0020-
0.10 mm
(0.004 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

COOLING SYSTEM (R18A1 ENGINE)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - COOLING SYSTEM (R18A1
ENGINE)
clearance 0.0032 in.)
No. 1 journal,
rear shaft
0.050-0.082
mm (0.0020-
0.0032 in.)
0.10 mm
(0.004 in.)
No. 2 journal,
front and rear
shaft
0.060-0.120
mm (0.0024-
0.0047 in.)
0.15 mm
(0.006 in.)
Balancer shaft
bearings, I.D.
No. 1 journal,
front shaft
20.000-20.020
mm (0.7874-
0.7882 in.)
20.03 mm
(0.789 in.)
No. 1 journal,
rear shaft
24.000-24.020
mm (0.9449-
0.9457 in.)
24.03 mm
(0.946 in.)
No. 2 journal,
front and rear
shaft
33.021-33.069
mm (1.3000-
1.3019 in.)
33.09 mm
(1.303 in.)
Relief valve, oil
pressure with oil
temperature at
176 F (80 C)
At idle
70 kPa (0.7 kgf/cm
2
, 10 psi)
min.
At 3,000 rpm
300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm
2
, 44
psi) min.
Standard or
New
Radiator Coolant capacity
(includes engine,
heater, hoses, and
reservoir) Use Honda
Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant
Type 2
M/T: engine
overhaul
6.5 L (1.72 US
gal)
A/T engine
overhaul
6.7 L (1.77 US
gal)
M/T: coolant
change
5.2 L (1.37 US
gal)
A/T coolant change 5.3 L (1.40 US

2008 Honda Civic EX

COOLING SYSTEM (K20Z3 ENGINE)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - COOLING SYSTEM (K20Z3
ENGINE)
gal)
M/T: engine
overhaul
6.5 L (1.72 US
gal)
A/T engine
overhaul
7.1 L (1.88 US
gal)
M/T: coolant
change
5.2 L (1.37 US
gal)
A/T: coolant
change
5.5 L (1.45 US
gal)
Reservoir Coolant capacity 0.4 L (0.11 US
gal)
Radiator cap Opening pressure 93-123 kPa
(0.95-1.25
kgf/cm
2
, 14-18
psi)
Thermostat Opening temperature Begins to open 176-183F (80-
84C)
Fully open 203F (951)
Valve lift at fully
open
8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
min.
Standard or
New
Radiator Coolant capacities
(including engine,
heater, hoses, and
reservoir) Use Honda
Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant
Type 2
Engine overhaul 6.8 L (1.80 US
gal)
Coolant change 4.5 L (1.19 US
gal)

2008 Honda Civic EX

FUEL AND EMISSIONS (R18A1)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - FUEL AND EMISSIONS
Reservoir Coolant capacity 0.4 L (0.11 US
gal)
Radiator cap Opening pressure 93-123 kPa
(0.95-1.25
kgf/cm
2
, 14-18
psi)
Thermostat Opening temperature Begins to open 169-176F (76-
80C)
Fully open 194F (90C)
Valve lift at fully
open
8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New
Fuel pressure
regulator
Pressure with fuel
pressure gauge
connected
380-430 kPa (3.9-
4.4 kgf/cm
2
, 55-
63 psi)
Fuel tank Capacity 50 L (13.2 US
gal)
Engine idle (USA
models)
Idle speed without
load
A/T (in N or P
position), M/T (in
neutral)
670 50 rpm
Idle speed with high
electrical load (A/C
switch ON,
temperature set to
max cool, blower
fan on High, rear
window defogger
ON, and headlights
on high beam)
A/T (in N or P
position), M/T (in
neutral)
710 50 rpm
Engine idle Idle speed without A/T (in N or P 750 50 rpm

2008 Honda Civic EX

FUEL AND EMISSIONS (K20Z3)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - FUEL AND EMISSIONS
CLUTCH
(Canada models) load position), M/T (in
neutral)
switch ON,
temperature set to
max cool, blower
fan on High, rear
window defogger
ON, and headlights
on high beam)
A/T (in N or P
position), M/T (in
neutral)
750 50 rpm
Fuel pressure
regulator
Pressure with fuel
pressure gauge
connected
K20Z3 engine 330-380 kPa (3.4-
3.9 kgf/cm
2
, 48-
55 psi)
Fuel tank Capacity 50 L (13.2 US
gal)
Engine idle Idle speed without
load
In neutral 750 50 rpm
switch ON,
temperature set to
max cool, blower
fan on High, rear
window defogger
ON, and headlights
on high beam)
In neutral 750 50 rpm

2008 Honda Civic EX

STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - CLUTCH
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Clutch pedal Height from the
floor
157 mm (6.18
in.)
-
Stroke 130-140 mm
(5.12-5.51 in.)
-
Play 10-18 mm
(0.39-0.71 in.)
-
Disengagement
height from the
floor
77 mm (3.03
in.) min.
-
Flywheel Runout on clutch
mating surface
0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)
max.
0.15 mm
(0.006 in.)
Clutch disc Rivet head depth 5M/T model 1.35-1.95 mm
(0.053-0.077
in.)
0.2 mm (0.01
in.)
6M/T model 1.65-2.25 mm
(0.065-0.089
in.)
0.7 mm (0.03
in.)
Thickness 5M/T model 7.8-8.4 mm
(0.30-0.33 in.)
6.0 mm (0.24
in.)
6M/T model 8.3-8.9 mm
(0.33-0.35 in.)
6.0 mm (0.24
in.)
Pressure plate Warpage 0.03 mm
(0.001 in.)
max.
0.15 mm
(0.006 in.)
Height if
diaphragm spring
fingers
Measured with
clutch alignment
disc, clutch
alignment shaft,
remover handle,
and feeler gauge
0.6 mm (0.02
in.) max.
0.8 mm (0.03
in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND M/T DIFFERENTIAL (5-SPEED)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND
M/T DIFFERENTIAL (5-SPEED)
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Manual
transmission
fluid
Capacity Use Honda
MTF
Fluid change 1.4 L (1.5 US qt)
Overhaul 1.6 L (1.7 US qt)
Mainshaft End play 0.11-0.18
mm (0.004-
0.007 in.)
Adjust
Diameter of bushing
contact area
18.800-
18.850 mm
(0.7402-
0.7421 in.)
18.75 mm
(0.738 in.)
Diameter of distance
collar contact area
28.992-
29.005 mm
(1.1414-
1.1419 in.)
28.93 mm
(1.139 in.)
Diameter of ball
bearing contact area
(clutch housing side)
25.977-
25.990 mm
(1.0227-
1.0232 in.)
25.92 mm
(1.020 in.)
Diameter of needle
34.984-
35.000 mm
(1.3773-
1.3780 in.)
34.93 mm
(1.375 in.)
Diameter of ball
(transmission
housing side)
24.987-
25.000 mm
(0.9837-
0.9843 in.)
24.93 mm
(0.981 in.)
Runout 0.02 mm
(0.001 in.)
max.
0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Mainshaft 3rd,
4th, and 5th
gear
I.D. 39.009-
39.025 mm
(1.5358-
1.5364 in.)
38.95 mm
(1.533 in.)
End play 3rd 0.06-0.21
mm (0.002-
0.008 in.)
0.30 mm
(0.012 in.)
4th 0.06-0.19
mm (0.002-
0.007 in.)
0.28 mm
(0.011 in.)
5th 0.06-0.14
mm (0.002-
0.006 in.)
0.23 mm
(0.009 in.)
Thickness 3rd 27.02-27.07
mm (1.064-
1.066 in.)
26.95 mm
(1.061 in.)
4th 25.52-25.57
mm (1.005-
1.007 in.)
25.45 mm
(1.002 in.)
5th 22.42-22.47
mm (0.883-
0.885 in.)
22.35 mm
(0.880 in.)
Mainshaft 4th
and 5th gear
distance collar
I.D. 29.014-
29.024 mm
(1.1423-
1.1427 in.)
29.03 mm
(1.423 in.)
O.D. 34.989-
35.000 mm
(1.3775-
1.3780 in.)
34.94 mm
(1.376 in.)
Length A 48.97-49.03
mm (1.9279-
1.9303 in.)
-
B 22.53-22.56 -

2008 Honda Civic EX

mm (0.887-
0.888 in.)
MBS distance
collar
I.D. 25.00-25.10
mm (0.984-
0.988 in.)
28.02 mm
(1.103 in.)
Length 24.03-24.08
mm (0.946-
0.948 in.)
-
Countershaft Diameter of needle
34.000-
34.015 mm
(1.3386-
1.3392 in.)
33.95 mm
(1.337 in.)
collar contact area
38.987-
39.000 mm
(1.5349-
1.5354 in.)
38.94 mm
(1.533 in.)
Diameter of ball
(transmission
housing side)
26.020-
26.033 mm
(1.0244-
1.0249 in.)
25.97 mm
(1.022 in.)
Runout 0.02 mm
(0.001 in.)
max.
0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)
35 mm shim-to-
bearing inner race
clearance
0.04-0.10
mm (0.0016-
0.0039 in.)
Adjust
Countershaft
1st and 2nd
gear
I.D. 48.509-
48.525 mm
(1.9098-
1.9104 in.)
48.58 mm
(1.913 in.)
End play 1st 0.06-0.21
mm (0.002-
0.25 mm
(0.010 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

0.008 in.)
2nd 0.06-0.14
mm (0.002-
0.006 in.)
0.23 mm
(0.009 in.)
Thickness 1st 27.42-27.47
mm (1.080-
1.081 in.)
-
2nd 26.42-26.47
mm (1.040-
1.042 in.)
-
Countershaft
1st and 2nd
gear distance
collar
I.D. 39.00-39.01
mm (1.5354-
1.5358 in.)
39.02 mm
(1.536 in.)
O.D. 44.489-44.5
mm (1.7515-
1.7520 in.)
44.44 mm
(1.750 in.)
Length 1st 21.53-21.58
mm (0.843-
0.849 in.)
-
2nd 26.53-26.56
mm (1.044-
1.046 in.)
-
Reverse idler
gear
I.D. 18.016-
18.043 mm
(0.7090-
0.7104 in.)
18.08 mm
(0.712 in.)
Gear-to-reverse gear
shaft clearance
0.032-0.077
mm (0.001-
0.003 in.)
0.14 mm
(0.006 in.)
Synchro ring Ring-to-gear
clearance
Ring pushed
against gear
0.655-1.334
mm (0.026-
0.053 in.)
0.4 mm
(0.016 in.)
Shift fork Finger thickness 1-2 6.7-6.9 mm
(0.26-0.27
-

2008 Honda Civic EX

in.)
3-4,5 7.4-7.6 mm
(0.29-0.30
in.)
-
Fork-to-synchro
sleeve clearance
0.35-0.65
mm (0.014-
0.026 in.)
1.0 mm
(0.039 in.)
Reverse shift
fork
Finger width 14.7-14.9
mm (0.579-
0.587 in.)
-
Fork-to-reverse idler
gear clearance
0.20-0.60
mm (0.007-
0.024 in.)
1.2 mm
(0.047 in.)
Shift arm I.D. 14.013-
14.058 mm
(0.552-0.553
in.)
-
Shift arm-to-shift
piece clearance
0.20-0.61
mm (0.008-
0.024 in.)
0.7 mm
(0.028 in.)
Shift arm-to-shift
lever clearance
0.013-0.085
mm (0.0005-
0.0033 in.)
-
Select lever Finger width 14.85-14.95
mm (0.585-
0.589 in.)
-
Change lever O.D. 13.941-
13.968 mm
(0.549-0.550
in.)
-
Interlock to select
lever clearance
0.032-0.136
mm (0.001-
0.005 in.)
-
Shift piece I.D. 14.000- -

2008 Honda Civic EX

14.068 mm
(0.5512-
0.5539 in.)
Shift piece groove
width
16.00-16.20
mm (0.630-
0.638 in.)
-
Shift piece finger
width
15.9-16.0
mm (0.626-
0.630 in.)
-
Shift piece-to-shift
fork clearance
0.2-0.5 mm
(0.008-0.020
in.)
-
M/T
differential
carrier
Pinion shaft contact
area I.D.
18.010-
18.028 mm
(0.7091-
0.7098 in.)
-
Carrier-to-pinion
shaft clearance
0.027-0.057
mm (0.0011-
0.0022 in.)
0.1 mm
(0.004 in.)
Driveshaft contact
area I.D.
28.025-
28.045 mm
(1.1033-
1.1041 in.)
-
M/T
differential
pinion gear
Backlash 0.05-0.15
mm (0.002-
0.006 in.)
-
I.D. 18.042-
18.066 mm
(0.7103-
0.7113 in.)
-
Pinion gear-to-
pinion shaft
clearance
0.059-0.095
mm (0.0023-
0.0037 in.)
0.15 mm
(0.006 in.)
80 mm shim 80 mm shim-to- 0-0.10 mm Adjust

2008 Honda Civic EX

MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND M/T DIFFERENTIAL (6-SPEED)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND
M/T DIFFERENTIAL (6-SPEED)
bearing outer race
clearance in
transmission
housing
(0-0.0039
in.)
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Manual
transmission
fluid
Capacity Use Honda
MTF
Mainshaft End play 0.11-0.17
mm (0.004-
0.007 in.)
Adjust
Diameter of bushing
contact area
20.80-20.85
mm (0.819-
0.821 in.)
20.75 mm
(0.817 in.)
collar contact area
31.984-
32.000 mm
(1.2594-
1.2598 in.)
31.93 mm
(1.257 in.)
Diameter of ball
27.977-
27.990 mm
(1.1015-
1.1020 in.)
27.92 mm
(1.099 in.)
Diameter of needle
38.984-
39.000 mm
(1.5348-
1.5354 in.)
38.93 mm
(1.533 in.)
Diameter of ball
(transmission
27.987-
28.000 mm
(1.1019-
27.93 mm
(1.100 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

housing side) 1.1024 in.)
Runout 0.02 mm
(0.001 in.)
max.
0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)
Mainshaft 3rd,
4th, and 5th
gear
I.D. 44.009-
44.025 mm
(1.7326-
1.7333 in.)
44.08 mm
(1.735 in.)
End play 0.06-0.16
mm (0.002-
0.006 in.)
0.25 mm
(0.010 in.)
Thickness 23.92-23.97
mm (0.941-
0.944 in.)
23.80 mm
(0.937 in.)
Mainshaft 6th
gear
I.D. 40.009-
40.025 mm
(1.5752-
1.5758 in.)
40.08 mm
(1.578 in.)
End play 0.06-0.16
mm (0.002-
0.006 in.)
0.25 mm
(0.010 in.)
Thickness 23.92-23.97
mm (0.941-
0.944 in.)
23.80 mm
(0.937 in.)
Mainshaft 4th
and 5th gear
distance collar
I.D. 32.00-32.01
mm (1.2598-
1.2602 in.)
32.02 mm
(1.261 in.)
O.D. 38.989-
39.000 mm
(1.5350-
1.5354 in.)
38.94 mm
(1.533 in.)
Length A 51.95-52.05
mm (2.045-
2.049 in.)
-

2008 Honda Civic EX

B 24.03-24.08
mm (0.946-
0.948 in.)
-
Mainshaft 6th
gear distance
collar
I.D. 28.00-28.01
mm (1.102-
1.103 in.)
28.02 mm
(1.103 in.)
O.D. 34.989-
35.000 mm
(1.3775-
1.3779 in.)
34.940 mm
(1.3756 in.)
Length 24.03-24.08
mm (0.946-
0.948 in.)
-
Countershaft Diameter of needle
35.000-
35.015 mm
(1.3780-
1.3785 in.)
34.95 mm
(1.3760 in.)
collar contact area
39.937-
39.950 mm
(1.5723-
1.5728 in.)
39.883 mm
(1.5702 in.)
Diameter of ball
(transmission
housing side)
30.020-
30.033 mm
(1.1819-
1.1824 in.)
29.97 mm
(1.180 in.)
Runout 0.02 mm
(0.001 in.)
max.
0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)
35 mm shim-to-
bearing inner race
clearance
0.04-0.10
mm (0.0016-
0.0039 in.)
Adjust
Countershaft
1st and 2nd
I.D. 52.010-
52.029 mm
52.08 mm
(2.050 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

gear (2.0476-
2.0484 in.)
End play 0.06-0.16
mm (0.002-
0.006 in.)
0.25 mm
(0.010 in.)
Thickness 1st 22.92-22.97
mm (0.902-
0.904 in.)
22.87 mm
(0.900 in.)
2nd 27.92-27.97
mm (1.099-
1.101 in.)
27.87 mm
(1.097 in.)
Countershaft
1st and 2nd
gear distance
collar
I.D. 39.95-39.96
mm (1.5728-
1.5732 in.)
39.97 mm
(1.574 in.)
O.D. 46.989-
47.000 mm
(1.8499-
1.8504 in.)
46.94 mm
(1.848 in.)
Length 1st 23.03-23.08
mm (0.907-
0.909 in.)
-
1st 28.03-28.08
mm (1.104-
1.106 in.)
-
Reverse idler
gear
I.D. 20.016-
20.043 mm
(0.7880-
0.7891 in.)
20.90 mm
(0.832 in.)
Gear-to-reverse gear
shaft clearance
0.036-0.084
mm (0.0014-
0.0033 in.)
0.16 mm
(0.006 in.)
Synchro ring Ring-to-gear
clearance
Ring pushed
against gear
0.70-1.49
mm (0.028-
0.059 in.)
0.4 mm
(0.016 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Double cone
synchro
Outer synchro ring-
to-synchro cone
clearance
Ring pushed
against gear
0.70-1.19
mm (0.028-
0.047 in.)
0.3 mm
(0.012 in.)
Synchro cone-to-
gear clearance
Ring pushed
against gear
0.50-1.04
mm (0.020-
0.041 in.)
0.3 mm
(0.012 in.)
Outer synchro ring-
to-gear clearance
Ring pushed
against gear
0.95-1.68
mm (0.037-
0.066 in.)
0.6 mm
(0.024 in.)
Triple cone
synchro
Outer synchro ring-
to-synchro cone
clearance
Ring pushed
against gear
0.70-1.19
mm (0.028-
0.047 in.)
0.3 mm
(0.012 in.)
Synchro cone-to-
gear clearance
Ring pushed
against gear
0.50-1.04
mm (0.020-
0.041 in.)
0.3 mm
(0.012 in.)
Outer synchro ring-
to-gear clearance
Ring pushed
against gear
0.95-1.68
mm (0.037-
0.066 in.)
0.6 mm
(0.024 in.)
Shift fork Finger thickness 7.4-7.6 mm
(0.29-0.30
in.)
-
Fork-to-synchro
sleeve clearance
0.35-0.65
mm (0.014-
0.026 in.)
1.0 mm
(0.039 in.)
Reverse shift
fork
mm (0.527-
0.539 in.)
-
Fork-to-reverse idler
gear clearance
0.20-0.59
mm (0.007-
0.024 in.)
1.3 mm
(0.051 in.)
Shift arm I.D. 13.973-
14.000 mm
(0.5501-
0.5512 in.)
-

2008 Honda Civic EX

mm (0.665-
0.669 in.)
-
Shift arm-to-shift
fork clearance
0.2-0.5 mm
(0.007-0.020
in.)
0.62 mm
(0.024 in.)
Select lever Finger width 14.85-14.95
mm (0.585-
0.589 in.)
-
Change lever Shaft-to-select lever
clearance
0.05-0.25
mm (0.002-
0.010 in.)
0.50 mm
(0.020 in.)
Groove width 15.00-15.10
mm (0.591-
0.594 in.)
-
Shaft-to-shift arm
clearance
0.013-0.070
mm (0.0005-
0.0028 in.)
0.1 mm
(0.004 in.)
M/T
differential
carrier
Pinion shaft contact
area I.D.
18.010-
18.028 mm
(0.7091-
0.7098 in.)
-
Carrier-to-pinion
shaft clearance
0.027-0.057
mm (0.0011-
0.0022 in.)
0.1 mm
(0.004 in.)
Driveshaft contact
area I.D.
28.025-
28.045 mm
(1.1033-
1.1041 in.)
-
M/T
differential
pinion gear
Backlash 0.05-0.15
mm (0.002-
0.006 in.)
-
I.D. 18.042-
18.066 mm
-

2008 Honda Civic EX

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND A/T DIFFERENTIAL
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
AND A/T DIFFERENTIAL (1 OF 3)
(0.7103-
0.7113 in.)
Pinion gear-to-
pinion shaft
clearance
0.059-0.095
mm (0.0023-
0.0037 in.)
0.15 mm
(0.006 in.)
80 mm shim 80 mm shim-to-
bearing outer race
clearance in
transmission
housing
0-0.10 mm
(0-0.004 in.)
Adjust
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Automatic
transmission
fluid
Capacity Use
Honda ATF-Z1
ATF pressure Line pressure At 2,000 rpm in
P or N position
900-960 kPa
(9.2-9.8
kgf/cm
2
,
130-140 psi)
850 kPa (8.7
kgf/cm
2
, 120
psi)
1st clutch
pressure
At 2,000 rpm in
1 position
890-970 kPa
(9.1-9.9
kgf/cm
2
,
130-140 psi)
840 kPa (8.6
kgf/cm
2
, 120
psi)
2nd clutch
pressure
At 2,000 rpm in
2 position
890-970 kPa
(9.1-9.9
kgf/cm
2
,
130-140 psi)
840 kPa (8.6
kgf/cm
2
, 120
psi)
3rd clutch
pressure
At 2,000 rpm in
3rd gear in D3
890-970 kPa
(9.1-9.9
840 kPa (8.6

2008 Honda Civic EX

position
kgf/cm
2
,
130-140 psi)
kgf/cm
2
, 120
psi)
4th clutch
pressure
At 2,000 rpm in
4th gear in D
position
890-970 kPa
(9.1-9.9
kgf/cm
2
,
130-140 psi)
840 kPa (8.6
kgf/cm
2
, 120
psi)
5th clutch
pressure
At 2,000 rpm in
5th gear in D
position
890-970 kPa
(9.1-9.9
kgf/cm
2
,
130-140 psi)
840 kPa (8.6
kgf/cm
2
, 120
psi)
Torque
converter
Stall speed
Check with
vehicle on level
ground
2,670 rpm 2,520-2,820
rpm
Clutch Clutch end-
plate-to-top disc
clearance
1st 1.62-1.82
mm (0.064-
0.072 in.)
-
2nd and 4th 0.7-0.9 mm
(0.028-0.035
in.)
-
3rd and 5th 0.93-1.13
mm (0.037-
0.044 in.)
-
Clutch return
spring free
length
1st 36.0 mm
(1.42 in.)
34.5 mm
(1.36 in.)
2nd and 4th 39.4 mm
(1.55 in.)
37.4 mm
(1.47 in.)
3rd and 5th 45.15 mm
(1.778 in.)
43.0 mm
(1.69 in.)
Clutch disc
thickness
1st, 3rd, and 5th 1.94 mm
(0.076 in.)
-
2nd and 4th 1.96 mm
(0.077 in.)
-

2008 Honda Civic EX

Clutch plate
thickness
1st, 3rd, 4th,
and 5th
1.6 mm
(0.063 in.)
When
discolored
2nd 2.0 mm
(0.079 in.)
When
discolored
Clutch waved-
plate height 1st,
3rd, and 5th
clutches
0.07-0.20
mm (0.003-
0.008 in.)
0.05 mm
(0.002 in.)
1st, 3rd, and 5th
clutch end-plate
thickness
Markl 2.1 mm
(0.082 in.)
When
discolored
Mark 2 2.2 mm
(0.086 in.)
When
discolored
Mark 3 2.3 mm
(0.090 in.)
When
discolored
Mark 4 2.4 mm
(0.094 in.)
When
discolored
Mark 5 2.5 mm
(0.098 in.)
When
discolored
Mark 6 2.6 mm
(0.102 in.)
When
discolored
Mark 7 2.7 mm
(0.106 in.)
When
discolored
Mark 8 2.8 mm
(0.110 in.)
When
discolored
Mark 9 2.9 mm
(0.114 in.)
When
discolored
2nd and 4th
clutch end-plate
thickness
Mark AC or
AM
2.1 mm
(0.082 in.)
When
discolored
Mark AD or AN2.2 mm
(0.086 in.)
When
discolored
Mark AE or AP 2.3 mm
(0.090 in.)
When
discolored
Mark AF or AQ 2.4 mm When

2008 Honda Civic EX

(0.094 in.) discolored
Mark AG or AR 2.5 mm
(0.098 in.)
When
discolored
Mark AH or AS 2.6 mm
(0.102 in.)
When
discolored
Mark AJ or AT 2.7 mm
(0.106 in.)
When
discolored
Mark AK or AU2.8 mm
(0.110 in.)
When
discolored
Mark AL or AV 2.9 mm
(0.114 in.)
When
discolored
ATF pump ATF pump
thrust clearance
0.03-0.06
mm (0.001-
0.002 in.)
0.07 mm
(0.003 in.)
ATF pump gear-
to-body
clearance
Drive gear 0.210-0.265
mm (0.008-
0.010 in.)
-
Driven gear 0.070-0.125
mm (0.003-
0.005 in.)
-
ATF pump
driven gear I.D.
14.016-
14.034 mm
(0.5518-
0.5525 in.)
When worn
or damaged
ATF pump
driven gear shaft
O.D.
13.980-
13.990 mm
(0.5504-
0.5508 in.)
When worn
or damaged
Stator shaft Needle bearing
contact I.D.
Torque
converter side
27.000-
27.021 mm
(1.063-1.064
in.)
When worn
or damaged
ATF pump side 29.000-
29.021 mm
-

2008 Honda Civic EX

(1.1417-
1.1426 in.)
Sealing ring
contact area I.D.
29.000-
29.021 mm
(1.1417-
1.1426 in.)
29.05 mm
(1.144 in.)
Reverse shift
fork
Fork finger
thickness
5.90-6.00
mm (0.232-
0.236 in.)
5.40 mm
(0.213 in.)
Park gear and
pawl
- When worn
or damaged
Servo body Shift fork shaft
bore I.D.
14.000-
14.010 mm
(0.5512-
0.5526 in.)
When worn
or damaged
Shift fork shaft
valve bore I.D.
37.000-
37.039 mm
(1.4567-
1.4582 in.)
37.045 mm
(1.4585 in.)
Regulator valve
body
Sealing ring
contact I.D.
29.000-
29.021 mm
(1.1417-
1.1426 in.)
29.05 mm
(1.144 in.)
Mainshaft Diameter of
needle bearing
contact area
At stator shaft 22.984-
23.000 mm
(0.905-0.906
in.)
When worn
or damaged
At 5th gear
collar
32.975-
32.991 mm
(1.298-1.300
in.)
When worn
or damaged
At 3rd gear 46.983-
46.999 mm
(1.8497-
When worn
or damaged

2008 Honda Civic EX

1.8503 in.)
I.D. of gears 5th gear 37.000-
37.016 mm
(1.456-1.457
in.)
When worn
or damaged
3rd gear 52.000-
52.019 mm
(2.047-2.048
in.)
When worn
or damaged
End play 5th gear 015-0.27 mm
(0.006-0.106
in.)
-
3rd gear 0.04-0.10
mm (0.002-
0.004 in.)
-
40 x 63 mm
thrust washer
thickness
No. 1 3.750 mm
(0.1476 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 2 3.775 mm
(0.1486 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 3 3.800 mm
(0.1496 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 4 3.825 mm
(0.1506 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 5 3.850 mm
(0.1516 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 6 3.875 mm
(0.1526 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 7 3.900 mm
(0.1535 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 8 3.925 mm
(0.1545 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 9 3.950 mm
(0.1555 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 10 3.975 mm When worn

2008 Honda Civic EX

(0.1565 in.) or damaged
No. 11 4.000 mm
(0.1575 in.)
When worn
or damaged
5th gear collar
length
60.4-60.5
mm (2.380-
2.381 in.)
-
5th gear collar
flange thickness
3.70-3.85
mm (0.146-
0.152 in.)
When worn
or damaged
Sealing ring
thickness
1.91-1.97
mm (0.0752-
0.0776 in.)
1.86 mm
(0.0732 in.)
Width of sealing
ring groove
2.025-2.060
mm (0.0797-
0.0811 in.)
2.080 mm
(0.0819 in.)
3rd clutch feed
pipe O.D.
7.97-7.98
mm (0.3138-
0.3142 in.)
7.95 mm
(0.313 in.)
Feed pipe
bushing I.D.
8.000-8.015
mm (0.3150-
0.3156 in.)
8.030 mm
(0.3161 in.)
Countershaft Diameter of
needle bearing
contact area
At torque
converter
housing
33.504-
33.517 mm
(1.3191-
1.3196 in.)
When worn
or damaged
At 5th gear 32.986-
32.999 mm
(1.287-1.299
in.)
When worn
or damaged
Reverse selector
hub
35.983-
35.999 mm
(1.4167-
1.4173 in.)
When worn
or damaged
I.D. of gears 5th gear 39.000- When worn

2008 Honda Civic EX

39.016 mm
(1.535-1.536
in.)
or damaged
Reverse gear 42.000-
42.016 mm
(1.6535-
1.6542 in.)
When worn
or damaged
End play 5th gear 0.64-0.87
mm (0.025-
0.034 in.)
-
Reverse gear 0.10-0.25
mm (0.0039-
0.0098 in.)
-
Reverse selector
hub width
29.25-29.45
mm (1.1516-
1.1595 in.)
-
Collar, 33.2 x 40
x 26 mm length
25.95-26.00
mm (1.022-
1.024 in.)
-
Reverse selector
hub O.D.
55.87-55.90
mm (2.200-
2.201 in.)
When worn
or damaged
Secondary
shaft
Diameter of
needle bearing
contact area
1st gear 30.986-
30.999 mm
(1.2199-
1.2204 in.)
When worn
or damaged
2nd gear 42.986-
42.999 mm
(1.6924-
1.6929 in.)
When worn
or damaged
4th gear collar 34.975-
34.991 mm
(1.3770-
1.3776 in.)
When worn
or damaged

2008 Honda Civic EX

I.D. of gears 1st gear 38.000-
38.016 mm
(1.4961-
1.4967 in.)
When worn
or damaged
2nd gear 49.000-
49.016 mm
(1.9291-
1.9298 in.)
When worn
or damaged
4th gear 41.000-
41.016 mm
(1.6142-
1.6148 in.)
When worn
or damaged
End play 1st gear 0.04-0.12
mm (0.002-
0.005 in.)
-
2nd gear 0.04-0.12
mm (0.002-
0.005 in.)
-
4th gear 0.10-0.22
mm (0.004-
0.009 in.)
-
31 x 54 mm
thrust washer
thickness
No. 1 3.925 mm
(0.1545 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 2 3.950 mm
(0.1555 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 3 3.975 mm
(0.1565 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 4 4.000 mm
(0.1575 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 5 4.025 mm
(0.1585 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 6 4.050 mm
(0.1594 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 7 4.075 mm When worn

2008 Honda Civic EX

(0.1604 in.) or damaged
No. 8 4.100 mm
(0.1614 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 9 4.125 mm
(0.1624 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 10 4.150 mm
(0.1634 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 11 4.175 mm
(0.1644 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 12 4.200 mm
(0.1654 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 13 4.225 mm
(0.1663 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 14 4.250 mm
(0.1673 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 15 4.275 mm
(0.1683 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 16 4.300 mm
(0.1693 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 17 4.325 mm
(0.1703 in.)
When worn
or damaged
43 x 54.5 mm
thrust washer
thickness
No. 1 2.900 mm
(0.114 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 2 2.925 mm
(0.115 in.)u
When worn
or damaged
No. 3 2.950 mm
(0.116 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 4 2.975 mm
(0.117 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 5 3.000 mm
(0.118 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 6 3.025 mm
(0.119 in.)
When worn
or damaged

2008 Honda Civic EX

No. 7 3.050 mm
(0.120 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 8 3.075 mm
(0.121 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 9 3.100 mm
(0.122 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 10 3.125 mm
(0.123 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 11 3.150 mm
(0.124 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 12 3.175 mm
(0.125 in.)
When worn
or damaged
No. 13 3.200 mm
(0.126 in.)
When worn
or damaged
4th gear collar
length
32.9-33.0
mm (1.295-
1.299 in.)
-
4th gear collar
flange thickness
3.75-3.90
mm (0.148-
0.154 in.)
When worn
or damaged
Sealing ring
thickness
1.87-1.97
mm (0.074-
0.078 in.)
1.82 mm
(0.072 in.)
Width of sealing
ring groove
2.025-2.060
mm (0.0797-
0.0811 in.)
2.080 mm
(0.0819 in.)
Clutch feed pipe
O.D.
2nd clutch 6.97-6.98
mm (0.2744-
0.2748 in.)
6.95 mm
(0.2736 in.)
4th clutch 11.47-11.48
mm (0.4516-
0.4520 in.)
11.45 mm
(0.4508 in.)
Clutch feed pipe
bushing O.D.
2nd clutch 7.018-7.030
mm (0.2763-
7.045 mm
(0.2774 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

0.2768 in.)
4th clutch 11.500-
11.518 mm
(0.4528-
0.4553 in.)
11.530 mm
(0.4539 in.)
ATF guide
collar I.D. at
sealing ring
contact area
21.200-
21.221 mm
(0.8346-
0.8355 in.)
21.25 mm
(0.8366 in.)
Idler gear shaft End cover
bearing contact
area
30.003-
30.013 mm
(1.1812-
1.1816 in.)
When worn
or damaged
Cotters
thickness
1.39-1.42
mm (0.0547-
0.0559 in.)
-
Reverse idler
gear
Reverse idler
gear shaft O.D.
at needle
bearing contact
area
14.99-15.00
mm (0.5902-
0.5906 in.)
When worn
or damaged
I.D. 20.001-
20.014 mm
(0.7874-
0.7880 in.)
When worn
or damaged
I.D. of reverse
idler gear shaft
contact area on
transmission
housing
14.800-
14.818 mm
(0.5827-
0.5834 in.)
-
I.D. of reverse
idler gear shaft
holder
14.800-
14.824 mm
(0.5827-
0.5836 in.)
When worn
or damaged

2008 Honda Civic EX

Standard or New
Wire
Diameter O.D.
Free
Length
No.
of
Coil
Main valve body
spring (see MAIN
VALVE BODY
DISASSEMBLY,
INSPECTION,
AND
REASSEMBLY )
Cut valve B
spring
0.8 mm
(0.031
in.)
9.9
mm
(0.290
in.)
27.3
mm
(1.074
in.)
8.0
Shift valve A
spring
0.8 mm
(0.031
in.)
7.1
mm
(0.280
in.)
23.7
mm
(0.933
in.)
9.7
Shift valve C
spring
0.8 mm
(0.031
in.)
7.1
mm
(0.280
in.)
23.7
mm
(0.933
in.)
9.7
Relief valve
spring
1.0 mm
(0.039
in.)
9.6
mm
(0.378
in.)
34.1
mm
(1.343
in.)
10.2
Lock-up
control valve
spring
0.6 mm
(0.024
in.)
7.1
mm
(0.280
in.)
31.2
mm
(1.228
in.)
11.2
Cooler check
valve spring
0.85 mm
(0.033
in.)
6.6
mm
(0.260
in.)
27.0
mm
(1.063
in.)
11.3
Shift valve D
spring
0.8 mm
(0.031
in.)
5.6
mm
(0.220
in.)
28.1
mm
(1.106
in.)
15.9

2008 Honda Civic EX

Servo control
valve spring
0.8 mm
(0.031
in.)
9.9
mm
(0.290
in.)
27.3
mm
(1.075
in.)
8.0
Regulator valve
body spring (see
REGULATOR
VALVE BODY
DISASSEMBLY,
INSPECTION,
AND
REASSEMBLY )
Stator reaction
spring
4.5 mm
(0.177
in.)
35.4
mm
(1.394
in.)
30.3
mm
(1.193
in.)
1.92
Regulator
valve spring A
1.9 mm
(0.075
in.)
14.7
mm
(0.579
in.)
80.6
mm
(3.173
in.)
16.1
Regulator
valve spring B
1.6 mm
(0.063
in.)
9.2
mm
(0.362
in.)
44.0
mm
(1.732
in.)
12.5
Torque
converter
check valve
spring
1.2 mm
(0.047
in.)
8.6
mm
(0.339
in.)
33.8
mm
(1.331
in.)
12.2
Lock-up shift
valve spring
1.0 mm
(0.039
in.)
6.6
mm
(0.260
in.)
35.5
mm
(1.398
in.)
18.2
1st
accumulator
spring B
2.4 mm
(0.094
in.)
12.2
mm
(0.480
in.)
35.0
mm
(1.378
in.)
7.7
1st
accumulator
spring A
2.4 mm
(0.094
in.)
18.6
mm
(0.732
in.)
50.1
mm
(1.972
in.)
6.7
4th
accumulator
2.5 mm
(0.098
14.6
mm
29.9
mm
4.9

2008 Honda Civic EX

spring in.) (0.575
in.)
(1.177
in.)
Servo body spring
(see SERVO
BODY
DISASSEMBLY,
INSPECTION,
AND
REASSEMBLY )
Cut valve A
spring
0.9 mm
(0.035
in.)
9.9
mm
(0.390
in.)
22.3
mm
(0.878
in.)
6.9
Shift valve B
spring
0.8 mm
(0.031
in.)
7.1
mm
(0.280
in.)
23.7
mm
(0.933
in.)
9.7
5th
accumulator
spring A
2.5 mm
(0.098
in.)
16.6
mm
(0.654
in.)
46.9
mm
(1.846
in.)
7.8
5th
accumulator
spring B
1.9 mm
(0.075
in.)
10.0
mm
(0.394
in.)
38.5
mm
(1.516
in.)
10.6
2nd
accumulator
spring A
1.8 mm
(0.071
in.)
14.6
mm
(0.575
in.)
43.8
mm
(1.724
in.)
7.9
2nd
accumulator
spring B
1.85 mm
(0.073
in.)
9.4
mm
(0.370
in.)
32.5
mm
(1.280
in.)
8.7
3rd
accumulator
spring A
1.8 mm
(0.071
in.)
14.6
mm
(0.575
in.)
43.8
mm
(1.724
in.)
7.9
3rd
accumulator
spring B
1.85 mm
(0.073
in.)
9.4
mm
(0.370
in.)
32.5
mm
(1.280
in.)
8.7

2008 Honda Civic EX

STEERING (ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - STEERING (EPS)
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
A/T
differential
carrier
Pinion shaft
contact area I.D.
18.010-18.028
mm (0.709-
0.710 in.)
-
Carrier-to-pinion
shaft clearance
0.027-0.057
mm (0.001-
0.002 in.)
0.1 mm
(0.004 in.)
Driveshaft
contact area I.D.
26.025-26.045
mm (1.024-
1.025 in.)
-
Carrier-to-
driveshaft
clearance
0.045-0.086
mm (0.002-
0.003 in.)
0.12 mm
(0.005 in.)
Final driven gear
backlash
(References) 0.085-0.142
mm (0.003-
0.006 in.)
0.2 mm
(0.008 in.)
A/T
differential
pinion gear
Backlash 0.05-0.15 mm
(0.002-0.006
in.)
-
I.D. 18.042-18.066
mm (0.7103-
0.7113 in.)
-
Pinion gear-to-
pinion shaft
clearance
0.059-0.095
mm (0.002-
0.004 in.)
0.12 mm
(0.005 in.)
Steering wheel Rotational play
measured at outside
0-10 mm (0-0.39
in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

STEERING (HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING)
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - STEERING (POWER STEERING)
SUSPENSION
edge with engine
running
Starting load
measured at outside
edge with engine
running
34 N (3.5 kgf, 7.7
lbf)
Gearbox Angle of rack guide
screw loosened from
locked position
7 3
Steering wheel Rotational play
measured at outside
edge with engine
running
0-10 mm (0-0.39
in.)
Starting load
measured at outside
edge with engine
running
34 N (3.5 kgf, 7.7
lbf)
Gearbox Angle of rack guide
screw loosened from
locked position
15 5
Pump Output pressure
with shut-off valve
closed
7,850-8,550 kPa
(80-87 kgf/cm
2
,
1,140-1,240 psi)
Power steering
fluid
Capacity
Use Honda Power
Steering Fluid
Fluid change 0.26 L (0.27 US
qt, 0.22 lmp qt)
System overhaul 0.8 L (0.85 US qt,
0.70 lmp)

2008 Honda Civic EX

STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - SUSPENSION
BRAKES
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Wheel
alignment
Camber Front 000' 30'
Rear (without
"C" marks on
the rear upper
arm)
-1 30'
+1 05'
-0 45'
Rear (with "C"
marks on the
rear upper arm)
-0 45'
+1 05'
-0 45'
Caster Front 700'1
Total toe-in Front 02 mm (00.08 in.)
Rear
2
+2
-1mm (0.08
+0.08
-0.04
in.)
Front wheel
turning angle
(DX, DX-G)
Inward 4006' 2
Outward 31 55' (Reference)
Front wheel
turning angle
(Except DX,
DX-G)
Inward 38 46' 2
Outward 31 14' (Reference)
Wheel Steel wheel
runout
Axial 0-1.0 mm (0-
0.04 in.)
2.0 mm (0.08
in.)
Radial 0-1.0 mm (0-
0.04 in.)
1.5 mm (0.06
in.)
Aluminum wheel
runout
Axial 0-0.7 mm (0-
0.03 in.)
2.0 mm (0.08
in.)
Radial 0-0.7 mm (0-
0.03 in.)
1.5 mm (0.06
in.)
Wheel bearing End play Front 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 in.)
Rear 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - BRAKES
AIR CONDITIONING
Standard or
New
Service
Limit
Parking brake Distance traveled
when lever
pulled with 196
N (20 kgf, 44
lbf) of force
8 to 10 clicks
Brake pedal Pedal height
(carpet removed)
M/T model 153 mm (6 in.)
A/T model 158 mm (6 1/4 in.)
Free play 1-5 mm (1/16-3/16 in.)
Brake disc Thickness Front (except Si) 20.9-21.1 mm
(0.82-0.83 in.)
19.0 mm
(0.75 in.)
Front (Si) 24.9-25.1 mm
(0.98-0.99 in.)
23.0 mm
(0.91 in.)
Rear 8.9-9.1 mm
(0.35-0.36 in.)
8.0 mm (0.31
in.)
Runout - 0.04 mm
(0.0016 in.)
Parallelism - 0.015 mm
(0.0006 in.)
Brake pad Pad thickness Front (except Si) 9.6-10.2 mm
(0.38-0.40 in.)
1.6 mm (0.06
in.)
Front (Si) 9.0-9.7 mm
(0.35-0.38 in.)
1.6 mm (0.06
in.)
Rear 8.3-9.4 mm
(0.33-0.37 in.)
1.6 mm (0.06
in.)
Rear brake
(drum brake)
Brake drum I.D. 199.9-200 mm
(7.870-7.874
in.)
201 mm
(7.91 in.)
Brake shoe lining
thickness
4.0 mm (0.16
in.)
2.0 mm (0.08
in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - AIR CONDITIONING
DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS - DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS
Standard or
New
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a(R-
134a)
Capacity of system 400-450 g (14.1-
15.8 oz)
Refrigerant oil Type SP-10
(P/N 38897-P13-
A01 or 38899-
P13-A01)
Capacity of
components
Condenser 50 mL (1 2/3
fl.oz, 1.8 lmp oz)
Evaporator 40 mL (1 1/3
fl.oz, 1.4 lmp oz)
Each Line and hose 10 mL (1/3 fl.oz,
0.4 lmp oz)
Compressor 75-85 mL (2 1/2-
2 5/6 fl.oz, 2.6-
3.0 lmp oz)
Compressor Field coil resistance At 68 F (20 C) 3.15-3.45 ohms
Pulley-to-pressure
plate clearance
0.35-0.65 mm
(0.014-0.026 in.)
Item Measurement Qualification Specification
DIMENSIONS: 4-
door
Overall length 4,489 mm (176.7
in.)
Overall width 1,752 mm (69.0
in.)
Overall height 1,435 mm (56.5
in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Wheelbase 2,700 mm (106.3
in.)
Track Front 1,499 mm (59.0
in.)
Rear 1,528 mm (60.2
in.)
Ground
clearance
154 mm (6.1 in.)
Seating capacity Five (5)
DIMENSIONS: 2-
door
Overall length 4,440 mm (174.8
in.)
Overall width 1,751 mm (68.9
in.)
Overall height 1,359 mm (53.5
in.)
Wheelbase 2,650 mm (104.3
in.)
Track Front 1,499 mm (59.0
in.)
Rear 1,526 mm (60.1
in.)
Ground
clearance
154 mm (6.1 in.)
Seating capacity Five (5)
WEIGHT Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating:
4-door (GVWR)
DX, DX-G, and LX 1,665 kg (3,671
lbs)
EX 1,695 kg (3,737
lbs)
Si See
Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating:
2-door (GVWR)
DX, DX-G, and LX 1,645 kg (3,627
lbs)
EX 1,665 kg (3,671
lbs)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Si 1,725 kg (3,803
lbs)
R18A1 engine Type Water cooled, 4-
stroke SOHC i-
VTEC gasoline
engine
Cylinder
arrangement
Inline 4-cylinder,
transverse
Bore and stroke 81.0 x 87.3 mm
(3.19 x 3.44 in.)
Displacement
1,799 cm
3
(110 cu
in.)
Compression
ratio
10.5
Valve train Chain drive, SOHC
i-VTEC 4 valves
per cylinder
Lubrication
system
Forced, wet sump,
with trochoid pump
Oil pump
displacement
At 6,800 rpm 52.3 L (55.3 US qt,
46.0 lmp
qt)/minute
Water pump
displacement
At 6,000 rpm 104 L (110 US qt,
110 lmp qt)/minute
Fuel required Regular
UNLEADED
gasoline with 87
Pump Octane
Number or higher
K20Z3 engine Type Water cooled, 4-
stroke DOHC i-
VTEC gasoline
engine

2008 Honda Civic EX

Cylinder
arrangement
Inline 4-cylinder,
transverse
Bore and stroke 86 x 86 mm (3.39 x
3.39 in.)
Displacement
1,998 cm
3
(122 cu
in.)
Compression
ratio
11.0
Valve train Chain drive,
DOHC i-VTEC 4
valves per cylinder
Lubrication
system
Forced, wet sump,
with trochoid pump
Oil pump
displacement
At 6,000 rpm 54.3 L (57.4 US qt,
47.8 lmp
qt)/minute
Water pump
displacement
At 6,000 rpm 82 L (87 US qt, 72
lmp qt)/minute
Fuel required Premium
UNLEADED
gasoline with 91
Pump Octane
Number or higher
STARTER Type Gear Reduction
Nominal output 1.0 kW
Nominal voltage 12 V
Hour rating 30 seconds
Direction of
rotation
Counterclockwise
as viewed from
drive end
CLUTCH Clutch Single plate dry,
diaphragm spring
Clutch friction R18A1 engine model
221 cm
2
(34.22 sq

2008 Honda Civic EX

material surface
area
in.)
K20Z3 engine model
174 cm
2
(28.99 sq
in.)
MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
(5-speed)
Type Synchronized, 5-
speed forward, 1
reverse
Primary
reduction
Direct 1:1
Gear ratio 1st 3.142
2nd 1.750
3rd 1.241
4th 0.969
5th 0.805
Reverse 3.230
Final reduction Type Single helical gear
Gear ratio 4.111
MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
(6-speed)
Type Synchronized, 6-
speed forward, 1
reverse
Primary
reduction
Direct 1:1
2nd 2.130
3rd 1.517
4th 1.147
5th 0.921
6th 0.659
Reverse 3.583
Gear ratio 4.765
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
Type Electronically
controlled

2008 Honda Civic EX

automatic, 5-speed
forward, 1 reverse,
3-element torque
converter with
lock-up clutch
Primary
reduction
Direct 1:1
2nd 1.534
3rd 1.021
4th 0.720
5th 0.524
Reverse 1.956
Gear ratio 4.437
STEERING (EPS) Type Rack and pinion
with electrical
power-assisted
Overall ratio 13.62
Turns, lock-to-
lock
2.65
Steering wheel
diameter
360 mm (14.0 in.)
STEERING (Power
Steering)
Type Hydraulic power
assisted rack and
pinion
Overall ratio 13.73
Turns, lock-to-
lock
2.67
Steering wheel
diameter
360 mm (14.0 in.)
SUSPENSION Type Front Independent strut
with stabilizer, coil

2008 Honda Civic EX

spring
Rear Independent
double wishbone
with stabilizer, coil
spring
Shock absorber Front and rear Telescopic,
hydraulic, nitrogen
gas-filled
TIRES Size of front and
rear
DX, DX-G P195/65+R 15 89H
EX, LX P205/55R16 89H
Si P215/45R17 89V
or 215/45ZR17
91W
Size of spare Except Si T125/70D15 95M
Si (ABS model) T125/70D16 96M
Si (VSA model) T135/80D16 101M
WHEEL
ALIGNMENT
Camber Front 0 00'
Rear (without "C"
marks on the rear
upper arm)
-1 30'
Rear (with "C"
marks on the rear
upper arm)
-0 45'
Caster Front 7 00'
Total toe-in Front 0 mm (0 in.)
Rear 2 mm (0.08 in.)
Front wheel
turning angle
(DX, DX-G)
Inward 40 06'
Outward (reference) 31 55'
Front wheel
turning angle
(except DX,
DX-G)
Inward 38 46'
Outward (reference) 31 14'

2008 Honda Civic EX

BRAKES Type of service
brake
Front Power-assisted
self-adjusting
ventilated disc
Rear (disc) Power-assisted
self-adjusting solid
disc
Rear (drum) Power-assisted
self-adjusting solid
drum
Type of parking
brake
Mechanical
actuating, rear
wheels
Pad friction
surface area
Front (except Si)
37.5 cm
2
(5.81 sq
in.) x 2
Front (Si)
33.8 cm
2
(5.24 sq
in.) x 2
Rear
20.6 cm
2
(3.19 sq
in.) x 2
Shoe friction
surface area
Rear
57.6 cm
2
(8.93 sq
in.) x 2
AIR
CONDITIONING
Compressor Type Scroll
Capacity 77.1 mL (4.7 cu
in.)/rev.
Maximum speed 10,000 rpm
Lubricant capacity 75 mL (2 1/2 fl-oz)
Lubricant type SP-10
Condenser Type Corrugated fin
Evaporator Type Corrugated fin
Blower Type Stabilized swirling
flow
Motor type 220 W/12V
Speed control Infinite variable

2008 Honda Civic EX

Maximum capacity
470 m
3
(16.571 cu
ft)/h
Temperature
control
Air-mix type
Compressor
clutch
Type Dry, single plate,
poly V-belt drive
Electrical power
consumption at 68
F (20 F)
42 W maximum at
12 V
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-
134a)
Capacity 400-450 g (14.1-
15.8 oz)
ELECTRICAL
RATINGS
Battery R18A1 engine, USA
models
12V-45 Ah/20 HR
(12 V-36 Ah/5 HR)
K20Z3 engine,
Canada models
12 V-47 Ah/20 HR
(12 V-38 Ah/5HR)
Fuses Under-hood
fuse/relay box
100 A, 80 A,70 A,
50 A, 40 A, 30 A,
20 A, 15 A, 10A,
7.5 A
Under-dash
fuse/relay box
30 A, 20 A, 15 A,
10 A, 7.5 A
Light bulbs Headlight high beam 12V-60W
Headlight low beam 12V-51W
Front side
marker/parking/turn
signal lights
2-door: 12V-
28/5W (two
filaments) Amber
color
4-door: 12V-
21/5W (two
filaments) Amber
color

2008 Honda Civic EX

BODY SPECIFICATIONS
4-door:
Rear turn signal
lights
12V-21W Amber
color
Brake/Taillights 12V-21/5W (two
filaments)
Inner taillights 12V-5W (4-door)
Rear side marker
light
12V-5W
High mount brake
light
12V-21W (Except
Si)
12V-LED (Si)
Back-up lights 12V-21W
License plate light 2-door: 12V-3 CP
4-door: 12V-5W
Ceiling lights 12V-5W
Individual map light 12V-8W
Trunk light 12V-5W
Gauge lights 12V-LED (non-
replaceable)
Indicator lights 12V-LED, 14V-
0.56W, 0.84 W
Washer
reservoir
Capacity (USA
models)
2.5 L (2.6 US qt)
Capacity (Canada
models)
4.5 L (4.8 US qt)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 1: Identifying Body Specifications (4-Door)
2-door:

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Identifying Body Specifications (2-Door)

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ENGINE
Starting System (K20Z3) - Civic (All Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Starting System (K20Z3) - Civic (All Except Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 1: Identifying Starting System (K2023) Component Location

2008 Honda Civic GX

Also
check for
Engine does not
start (does not
crank)
1. Check for loose battery terminals or
connections.
2. Test the battery for a low charge (see
BATTERY TEST ).
3. Check the starter (see STARTER CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
4. Check the starter cut relay (see POWER
RELAY TEST ).
5. Check the clutch interlock switch (see
CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH TEST ).
6. Check the ignition switch or wire (see TEST ).
Poor
ground at
G401
Engine cranks,
but does not
start
2. Check the fuel pressure (see FUEL
PRESSURE TEST ).
3. Check for a plugged or damaged fuel line (see
4. Check for a plugged fuel filter (see FUEL
PRESSURE REGULATOR
REPLACEMENT ).
5. Check the throttle body (see THROTTLE
BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
6. Check for low engine compression (see
ENGINE COMPRESSION INSPECTION ).
7. Check for a damage or broken cam chain.

PRESSURE TEST ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Engine is hard
to start
3. Check for a plugged or damaged fuel line (see
PRESSURE REGULATOR
REPLACEMENT ).
5. Check for a restricted three way catalytic
converter (TWC) or exhaust system

Engine cranks
slowly
connections.
BATTERY TEST ).
3. Check the starter for binding (see STARTER
OVERHAUL ).
4. Check for excessive drag in the engine.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Starting System - Circuit Diagram
STARTER CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
NOTE:
Air temperature must be between 59-100F (15-38C)

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Hook up the following equipment:
Ammeter, 0-400 A
Voltmeter, 0-20 V (accurate within 0.1 V)
Fig. 3: Hooking Up Ammeter & Voltmeter
2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on HOW TO
USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) ).
5. Select PGM-FI, INSPECTION, then ALL INJECTORS OFF on the HDS.
6. Set the parking brake, then with the clutch pedal pressed, turn the ignition
during this procedure.
After this inspection, you must reset the engine control
module (ECM), otherwise the ECM will continue to stop
the fuel injectors from functioning.
The battery must be in good condition and fully
charged.

2008 Honda Civic GX

switch to START (III).
Does the starter crank the engine normally?
YES -The starting system is OK. Go to step 12.
NO -Go to step 7.
7. Check the battery condition (see BATTERY TEST ). Check the electrical
connections at the battery, the negative battery cable to the body, the engine
ground cables, and the starter for looseness and corrosion. Then try cranking
the engine again.
Does the starter crank the engine?
YES -Repairing the loose connection corrected the problem. The starting
system is OK. Go to step 12.
NO -Check the following:
If the starter will not crank the engine at all, go to step 8.
If starter cranks the engine erratically or too slowly, go to step 10.
If starter does not disengage from the flywheel ring gear when you release
the key, replace the starter, or remove and disassemble it and check for the
following:
Solenoid plunger and switch malfunction
Dirty drive gear or damaged overrunning clutch
8. Make sure the transmission is in neutral, and set the parking brake. Disconnect
the starter subharness 1P connector (A) from the main wire harness 1P
connector (B). Connect a jumper wire from the battery positive terminal to the
starter subharness IP connector.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 4: Identifying Connector
YES -Go to step 9.
NO -Check the BLK/WHT wire between the starter subharness 1P connector
and the starter. If the wire is OK, remove the starter, and repair or replace as
necessary.
9. Check the following items in the order listed until you find the open circuit:
The YEL wire and connectors between the under-dash fuse/relay box and
the ignition switch.
The RED wire and connectors between the under-dash fuse/relay box and
the main wire harness 1P connector.
The ignition switch (see TEST ).
The clutch interlock switch and connector.
The starter cut relay (see POWER RELAY TEST ).
10. While cranking the engine, check the cranking voltage and the current draw.
Is the cranking voltage greater than or equal to 8.5 V and is the current draw
less than or equal to 380 A?

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 11.
NO -Replace the starter, or remove and disassemble it, and check the
following:
Drag in the starter armature
Shorted armature winding
Excessive drag in the engine
Open circuit in the starter armature commutator segments
Excessively worn starter brushes
Open circuit in the starter brushes
Dirty or damaged helical splines or drive gear
Faulty drive gear clutch
11. Remove the starter, and inspect its drive gear and the flywheel ring gear for
damage. Replace any damaged parts.
12. Select ECM reset (see HDS CLEAR COMMAND ) to cancel ALL
INJECTORS OFF on the HDS.
CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH TEST
1. Disconnect the clutch interlock switch 2P connector (A).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying Clutch Interlock Switch 2P Connector
2. Remove the clutch interlock switch (B).
3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table.
If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch interlock switch.
If OK, install the clutch interlock switch, and adjust the pedal height (see
CLUTCH PEDAL, CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH, AND
CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ).
STARTER PERFORMANCE TEST
1. Make a connection for this test using the thickest (gauge) wire possible
(preferably the same gauge as used on the vehicle).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 7: Identifying Starter Connections
2. Connect the battery as shown. If the starter pinion moves out, it is working
properly.
3. Disconnect the battery from the body. If the pinion retracts immediately, it is
working properly.
Fig. 8: Disconnecting Battery From Body
4. Firmly clamp the starter in a vise.
5. Connect the starter to the battery as shown, and check that the motor turns and
keeps rotating.
NOTE: To avoid damaging the starter, never leave the battery
connected for more than 10 seconds.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 9: Connecting Starter To Battery
6. If the electric current meets the specification when the battery voltage is at 11.5
V, the starter is working properly.
Specification
Electric Current: 80 A or less
STARTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL
positive cable.

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Remove the harness clamp (A), and remove the two bolts (B) securing the
starter, then remove the starter from the engine.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 12: Identifying Starter Bolts
6. Disconnect the starter cable (A) from the B terminal, then disconnect the
BLK/WHT wire (B) from the S terminal.
Fig. 13: Identifying BLK/WHT Wire
7. Remove the harness clamp (C), then remove the starter.
INSTALLATION
1. Install the starter cable (A) and BLK/WHT (B) wire. Make sure the starter
cable crimped side of the ring terminal faces away from the starter when you
connect it.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 14: Identifying Starter Cable And BLK/WHT Wire (With Torque
Specifications)
2. Install the harness clamp (C).
3. Install the starter, and tighten the bolts then install the harness clamp (A).
Fig. 15: Identifying Starter Bolts (With Torque Specifications)
4. Install the intake manifold bracket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Start the engine to make sure the starter works properly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

9. Set the clock.
STARTER OVERHAUL
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
Fig. 18: Exploded View Of Starter Overhaul

2008 Honda Civic GX

Armature Inspection and Test
1. Remove the starter (see STARTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
2. Disassemble the starter as shown at the beginning of this procedure.
3. Inspect the armature for wear or damage from contact with the permanent
magnet. If there is wear or damage, replace the armature.
Fig. 19: Identifying Armature
4. Check the commutator (A) surface. If the surface is dirty or burnt, resurface it
with an emery cloth or a lathe to the following specifications, or recondition
with #500 or #600 sandpaper (B).
Fig. 20: Checking Commutator Surface
5. Check the commutator diameter. If the diameter is below the service limit,
replace the armature.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Commutator Diameter
Fig. 21: Checking Commutator Diameter
6. Measure the commutator (A) runout.
If the commutator runout is within the service limit, check the commutator
for carbon dust or brass chips between the segments.
If the commutator runout is not within the service limit, replace the
armature.
Commutator Runout

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 22: Measuring Commutator Runout
7. Check the mica depth (A). If the mica is too high (B), undercut the mica with a
hacksaw blade to the proper depth. Cut away all the mica (C) between the
commutator segments. The undercut should not be too shallow, too narrow, or
V-shaped (D).
Commutator Mica Depth
Fig. 23: Identifying Commutator Mica Depth
8. Check for continuity between the segments of the commutator. If there is open
circuit between any of the segments, replace the armature.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 24: Identifying Commutator Segments
9. Place the armature (A) on an armature tester (B). Hold a hacksaw blade (C) on
the armature core. If the blade is attracted to the core or vibrates while the core
is turned, the armature is shorted. Replace the armature.
Fig. 25: Placing Armature On Armature Tester Hold Hacksaw Blade On
Armature Core
10. Check for continuity between the commutator (A) and the armature coil core
(B), and between the commutator and the armature shaft (C). If there is
continuity, replace the armature.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 26: Checking Continuity Between Commutator And Armature Coil
Core
Starter Brush Inspection
11. Measure the brush length. If it is shorter than the service limit, replace the
brush holder assembly.
Brush Length
Fig. 27: Measuring Brush Length

2008 Honda Civic GX

Starter Brush Holder Test
12. Check for continuity between the (+) brush (A) and (-) brush (B). If there is
continuity, replace the brush holder assembly.
Fig. 28: Identifying Starter Brush Holder
Planetary Gear Inspection
13. Check the planetary gears (A) and ring gear (B). Replace them if they are worn
or damaged.
Fig. 29: Identifying Planetary Gears And Ring Gear

2008 Honda Civic GX

Overrunning Clutch Inspection
14. While holding the drive gear (A), turn the gear shaft (B) counterclockwise.
Check that the drive gear comes out to the other end. If the drive gear does not
move smoothly, replace the gear cover assembly.
Fig. 30: Turning Gear Shaft
15. While holding the drive gear, turn the gear shaft clockwise. The gear shaft
should turn freely. If the gear shaft does not turn freely, replace the gear cover
assembly.
16. If the starter drive gear is worn or damaged, replace the overrunning clutch
assembly; the gear is not available separately.
Check the condition of the flywheel ring gear to see if the starter drive gear
teeth are damaged.
Starter Reassembly
17. Install the brush into the brush holder, and set the armature (A) in the brush
holder (B).
NOTE: To seat the new brushes, slip a strip of # 500 or # 600
sandpaper, with the grit side up, between the

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 31: Identifying Brush Springs
18. While squeezing a spring (C), insert it in the hole on the brush holder, and push
it until it bottoms. Repeat this for the other three springs (D, E, and F).
19. Install the armature and brush holder assembly into the housing.
commutator and each brush, and smoothly turn the
armature. The contact surface of the brushes will be
sanded to the same contour as the commutator.
NOTE: Make sure the armature stays in the holder.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 ENGINE
Starting System (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Locating Starting System Components

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ENGINE Starting System (R18A1) - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX (EXCEPT GX)
Also check
for
Engine does not
start (does not
crank)
connections.
BATTERY TEST ).
3. Check the starter (see STARTER
4. Check the starter cut relay (see POWER
RELAY TEST ).
5. Check the transmission range switch
(A/T) (see TRANSMISSION RANGE
SWITCH TEST ).
6. Check the clutch interlock switch (M/T)
(see CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
TEST ).
7. Check the ignition switch or wire (see
IGNITION SWITCH (ALL EXCEPT
HYBRID) ).
Poor ground at
G101 (A/T) or
G401 (M/T)
Engine cranks,
but does not
GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
PRESSURE TEST ).
3. Check for a plugged or damaged fuel line
(see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ).
PRESSURE REGULATOR
Fuel level in
tank

2008 Honda Civic GX

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART (GX)
start REPLACEMENT ).
5. Check the throttle body (see THROTTLE
BODY TEST ).
6. Check for low engine compression (see
ENGINE COMPRESSION
INSPECTION ).
7. Check for a damaged or broken cam
chain.
Engine is hard
to start
GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
INFORMATION ).
PRESSURE TEST ).
3. Check for a plugged or damaged fuel line
(see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ).
PRESSURE REGULATOR
REPLACEMENT ).
5. Check for a restricted three way catalytic
converter (TWO or exhaust system.

Engine cranks
slowly
connections.
BATTERY TEST ).
3. Check the starter for binding (see
STARTER OVERHAUL ).
4. Check for excessive drag in the engine.

Engine does not start
(does not crank)
1. Check for loose battery
terminals or connections.
Poor ground at G101

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Test the battery for a low
charge, refer to the
BATTERY (ALL
EXCEPT HYBRID) .
3. Check the starter, refer to
the STARTER CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING .
4. Check the starter cut relay
(see POWER RELAY
TEST ).
5. Check the transmission
range switch, refer to the
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH
TEST .
6. Check the ignition switch
or wire, refer to the
IGNITION SWITCH
(ALL EXCEPT
HYBRID) .
Engine cranks, but does
not start
1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs
(see HOW TO USE THE
HDS (HONDA
DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM) ).
2. Check the throttle body,
refer to the THROTTLE
BODY TEST .
3. Check for low engine
compression, refer to the
ENGINE
COMPRESSION
INSPECTION .

2008 Honda Civic GX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
broken cam chain.
Engine is hard to start
1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs
(see HOW TO USE THE
HDS (HONDA
DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM) ).
2. Check for a restricted three
way catalytic converter
(TWC) or exhaust system.

Engine cranks slowly
1. Check for loose battery
terminals or connections.
2. Test the battery for a low
charge, refer to the
BATTERY (ALL
EXCEPT HYBRID) .
3. Check the starter for
binding, refer to the
STARTER
PERFORMANCE
TEST .
4. Check for excessive drag
in the engine.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Starting System - Circuit Diagram
STARTER CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
NOTE:
Air temperature must be between 59 and 100F (15 an d
38C) during this procedure.

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Hook up the following equipment:
Ammeter, 0-400 A
Voltmeter, 0-20 V (accurate within 0.1 V)
Fig. 3: Connecting Ammeter And Voltmeter
2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 in HOW TO
USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) ).
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. Select PGM-FI, INSPECTION, then ALL INJECTORS OFF on the HDS.
After this inspection, you must reset engine control
module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM),
otherwise the ECM/PCM will continue to stop the fuel
injectors from functioning.
The battery must be in good condition and fully
charged.

2008 Honda Civic GX

6. Set the parking brake, then with the shift lever in the P or N position (A/T) or
the clutch pedal pressed (M/T), turn the ignition switch to START (III).
Does the starter crank the engine normally?
YES - The starting system is OK. Go to step 13.
NO - Go to step 7.
7. Check the battery condition (see BATTERY TEST ). Check the electrical
connections at the battery, the negative battery cable to the body, the engine
ground cables, and the starter for looseness and corrosion. Then try cranking
the engine again.
YES - Repairing the loose connection corrected the problem. The starting
system is OK. Go to step 13.
NO - Check the following:
If the starter will not crank the engine at all, go to step 8.
If the starter cranks the engine erratically or too slowly, go to step 10.
If the starter does not disengage from the flywheel or torque converter ring
gear when you release the key, replace the starter, or remove and
disassemble it and check for the following:
Solenoid plunger and switch malfunction
Dirty drive gear or damaged overrunning clutch
8. Make sure the shift lever is in the N or P position (A/T) or neutral (M/T), and
set the parking brake. Disconnect the connector from the starter solenoid S
terminal. Connect a jumper wire from the battery positive terminal to the
solenoid terminal.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 4: Making Sure Shift Lever Is In N Or P Position
YES - Go to step 9.
NO - Remove the starter, and repair or replace as necessary.
9. Check the following items in the order listed until you find the open circuit:
The YEL wire and connectors between the under-dash fuse/relay box and

2008 Honda Civic GX

the ignition switch.
The RED and BLK/WHT wire and connectors between the under-dash
fuse/relay box and the starter.
The ignition switch (see IGNITION SWITCH (ALL EXCEPT
HYBRID) ).
The transmission range switch and connector (A/T) or the clutch interlock
switch and connector (M/T).
The starter cut relay.
10. While cranking the engine, check the cranking voltage and the current draw.
Is the cranking voltage greater than or equal to 8.7 V (M/T)/8.5 V (A/T) and is
the current draw less than or equal to 230 A (M/T)/350 A (A/T)?
NO - Replace the starter, or remove and disassemble it, and check for the
following:
Drag in the starter armature
Shorted armature winding
Excessive drag in the engine
11. Check the engine speed while cranking the engine.
Is the engine speed above 100 rpm?
NO - Replace the starter, or remove and disassemble it, and check for the
following:
Open circuit in the starter armature commutator segments
Excessively worn starter brushes
Open circuit in the starter brushes
Dirty or damaged helical splines or drive gear
Faulty drive gear clutch

2008 Honda Civic GX

12. Remove the starter, and inspect its drive gear and the flywheel or torque
converter ring gear for damage. Replace any damaged parts.
13. Select ECM/PCM reset (see ECM/PCM RESET ) to cancel ALL
INJECTORS OFF on the HDS.
CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH TEST
M/T
1. Disconnect the clutch interlock switch 2P connector (A).
Fig. 5: Identifying Clutch Interlock Switch 2P Connector
2. Remove the clutch interlock switch (B).
3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table.
If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch interlock switch.
If OK, install the clutch interlock switch, and adjust the pedal height (see
CLUTCH PEDAL, CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH, AND
CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 6: Checking Continuity Between Clutch Interlock Switch Table
STARTER SOLENOID TEST
M/T
2. Remove the motor cable (A).
Fig. 7: Removing Motor Cable
3. Check the hold-in coil for continuity between the S terminal and the armature
housing (ground) (B). There should be continuity.
If there is no continuity, replace the solenoid.
4. Check the pull-in coil for continuity between the S terminal and the M
terminal. There should be continuity.
If there is continuity, the solenoid is OK.
If there is no continuity, replace the solenoid.

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Install the motor cable.
6. Install the starter (see INSTALLATION ).
STARTER PERFORMANCE TEST
M/T
1. Disconnect the wires from the M terminal.
2. Make a connections for this test using the thickest (gauge) wire possible
Fig. 8: Connecting Battery To Starter
3. Connect the battery as shown in Fig. 8. Make sure you disconnect the starter
motor wire from the solenoid. If the starter pinion moves out, it is working
properly.
4. Disconnect the battery from the M terminal. If the pinion does not retract, the
hold-in coil of the solenoid is working properly.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 9: Disconnecting Battery From M Terminal
5. Disconnect the battery from the starter body. If the pinion retracts immediately,
it is working properly.
Fig. 10: Disconnecting Battery From Starter Body
7. Reconnect the wire to the M terminal.
keeps rotating.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specification Electric Current: 90 A or less
A/T
1. Make a connection for this test using the thickest (gauge) wire possible
Fig. 12: Connecting Battery To Starter

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Connect the battery as shown in Fig. 12. If the starter pinion moves out, it is
working properly.
3. Disconnect the battery from the body. If the pinion retracts immediately, it is
working properly.
Fig. 13: Disconnecting Battery From Body
keeps rotating.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Specification Electric Current: 80 A or less
STARTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL
positive cable.
Fig. 15: Removing Exhaust Pipe A

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 16: Removing Intake Manifold Bracket
5. Remove the harness clamps (A) and harness connector (B) from each clamp.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 17: Removing Harness Clamps And Harness Connector
6. Remove the two bolts securing the starter, then remove the starter from the
engine.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 18: Removing Starter
7. Disconnect the starter cable (A) from the B terminal. Disconnect the connector
(B) from the S terminal, then remove the starter.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 19: Disconnecting Starter Cable From B Terminal
INSTALLATION
1. Install the starter cable (A) and connector (B). Make sure the starter cable
crimped side of the ring terminal faces away from the starter when you connect
it.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 20: Installing Starter Cable And Connector (With Specifications)
2. Install the starter, then loosely install the upper mounting bolt (A) and lower
mounting bolt (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 21: Installing Starter (With Specifications)
3. Tighten the upper mounting bolt, then tighten the lower mounting bolt.
4. Install the harness clamps (A) and harness connector (B) to each clamp.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 22: Installing Harness Clamps And Harness Connector To Each
Clamp
5. Install the intake manifold bracket.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 23: Installing Intake Manifold Bracket (With Specifications)
Fig. 24: Installing Exhaust Pipe (With Specifications)

2008 Honda Civic GX

8. Start the engine to make sure the starter works properly.
10. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation.
STARTER OVERHAUL
M/T
Disassembly/Reassembly

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 25: Disassembly/Reassembly Of Starter Overhaul (M/T)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 26: Inspecting Armature For Wear Or Damage
Commutator Diameter

2008 Honda Civic GX

armature.
Commutator Runout
Fig. 29: Checking Commutator Runout

2008 Honda Civic GX

V-shaped (D).
Fig. 30: Checking Commutator Mica Depth
8. Check for continuity between the segments of the commutator. If there is open
circuit between any of the segments, replace the armature.
Fig. 31: Checking Continuity Between Segments Of Commutator

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 32: Placing Armature On Armature Tester
10. Check for continuity between the commutator (A) and the armature coil core
(B), and between the commutator and the armature shaft (C). If there is
continuity, replace the armature.
Core

2008 Honda Civic GX

11. Measure the brush length. If it is not within the service limit, replace the brush
holder assembly.
Brush Length
Starter Field Winding Test
12. Check for continuity between the brushes (A). If there is no continuity, replace
the armature housing (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 35: Checking Continuity Between Brushes
13. Check for continuity between each brush (A) and the armature housing (B). If
there is continuity, replace the armature housing.
14. Check for continuity between the (+) brush holder (A) and (-) brush holder (B).
If there is continuity, replace the brush holder assembly.
Fig. 36: Checking Continuity Between Brush Holder
Brush Spring Inspection
15. Insert the brush (A) into the brush holder, and bring the brush into contact with
the commutator, then attach a spring scale (B) to the spring (C). Measure the
spring tension at the moment the spring lifts off the brush.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Spring Tension: 13.7-17.7 N (1.40-1.80 kgf, 3.09-3.97 lbf)
Fig. 37: Measuring Spring Tension
16. Slide the overrunning clutch (A) along the shaft. Replace it, if it does not slide
smoothly.
Fig. 38: Sliding Overrunning Clutch Along Shaft
17. Hold the drive gear (B), and turn the overrunning clutch in the direction shown
to make sure it turns freely. Also make sure the overrunning clutch locks in the
opposite direction.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Check the condition of the flywheel or torque converter ring gear if the starter
drive gear teeth are damaged.
Starter Reassembly
19. Pry back each brush spring with a screwdriver, then position the brush about
halfway out of its holder. Release the spring to hold it in place.
Fig. 39: Prying Brush Spring With Screwdriver
20. Install the armature in the housing, and install the brush holder. Next, pry back
each brush spring again, and push the brush down until it seats against the
commutator, then release the spring against the end of the brush.
NOTE: To seat new brushes, slip a strip of # 500 or # 600

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 40: Installing Armature In Housing
21. Install the starter end cover to retain the brush holder.
A/T
Disassembly/Reassembly

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 41: Disassembly/Reassembly Of Starter Overhaul (A/T)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 42: Inspecting Armature For Wear Or Damage
Commutator Diameter

2008 Honda Civic GX

armature.
Commutator Runout
Fig. 45: Measuring Commutator Runout

2008 Honda Civic GX

V-shaped (D).
Fig. 46: Checking Commutator Mica Depth
8. Check for continuity between the segments of the commutator. If there is an
open circuit between any of the segments, replace the armature.
Fig. 47: Checking Continuity Between Segments Of Commutator

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 48: Placing Armature On Armature Tester
10. Check with an ohmmeter for continuity between the commutator (A) and the
armature coil core (B), and between the commutator and the armature shaft
(C). If there is continuity, replace the armature.
Core
11. Measure the brush length. If it is shorter than the service limit, replace the
brush holder assembly.
Brush Length

2008 Honda Civic GX

12. Check for continuity between the (+) brush (A) and (-) brush (B). If there is
continuity, replace the brush holder assembly.
Fig. 51: Checking Continuity Between Brush
Planetary Gear Inspection
13. Check the planetary gears (A) and ring gear (B). Replace them if they are worn
or damaged.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 52: Checking Planetary Gears And Ring Gear
14. While holding the drive gear (A), turn the gear shaft (B) counterclockwise.
Check that the drive gear comes out to the other end. If the drive gear does not
move smoothly, replace the gear cover assembly.
Fig. 53: Turning Gear Shaft Counterclockwise
15. While holding the drive gear, turn the gear shaft clockwise. The gear shaft
should turn freely. If the gear shaft does not turn freely, replace the gear cover

2008 Honda Civic GX

assembly.
Check the condition of the torque converter ring gear to see if the starter drive
gear teeth are damaged.
Starter Reassembly
17. Install the brush into the brush holder, and set the armature (A) in the brush
holder (B).
Fig. 54: Installing Brush Into Brush Holder
18. While squeezing a spring (C), insert it in the hole on the brush holder, and push
it until it bottoms. Repeat this for the other three springs (D, E, and F).
NOTE: To seat the new brushes, slip a strip of #500 or # 600

2008 Honda Civic GX

19. Install the armature and brush holder assembly into the housing.
NOTE: Make sure the armature stays in the holder.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 STEERING
Steering - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
SPECIAL TOOLS

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 STEERING Steering - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Hydraulic Power Steering Type
Fig. 2: Identifying Hydraulic Power Steering Type Component Location
EPS Type

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Identifying Hydraulic Power Steering EPS Type Component Location
STEERING WHEEL ROTATIONAL PLAY CHECK
1. Turn the front wheels to the straight ahead position.
2. Measure how far you can turn the steering wheel left and right without moving
the front wheels.
If the play is within the limit, the gearbox and linkages are OK.
If the play exceeds the limit, adjust the rack guide: power steering type
(see HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING TYPE ), EPS type (see EPS
TYPE ). If the play is still excessive after rack guide adjustment, inspect
the steering linkage and gearbox (see STEERING LINKAGE AND
GEARBOX INSPECTION ).
Rotational play: 0-10 mm (0-0.39 in.)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Identifying Steering Wheel Rotational Play
POWER ASSIST CHECK
1. For the power steering type, check the power steering fluid level (see FLUID
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Start the engine, let it idle, and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock
several times to warm up the component and the fluid (power steering type).
3. Attach a commercially available spring scale to the steering wheel. With the
engine idling and the vehicle on a clean, dry floor, pull the scale as shown and
read it as soon as the tires begin to turn.
If the scale reads no more than the specification, the steering gearbox and
pump are OK.
For the power steering type, if the scale reads more than specifications,
troubleshoot the steering system (see SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING )
For the EPS type, if the scale reads more than specifications, check for
steering linkage (see STEERING LINKAGE AND GEARBOX
INSPECTION ), and check the rack guide adjustment (see EPS TYPE ).
Initial turning load: 34 N (3.5 kgf, 7.7 lbf)
NOTE: This test should be done with original equipment tires and
wheels at the correct tire pressure.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Identifying Power Steering Wheel Initial Turning Load
STEERING LINKAGE AND GEARBOX INSPECTION
Fig. 6: Identifying Steering Linkage And Gearbox Components Location
STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL

2008 Honda Civic EX

service.
2. Make sure the ignition switch at LOCK (0), then disconnect the negative cable
from the battery.
3. Align the front wheels straight ahead, then remove the driver's airbag from the
steering wheel (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ).
4. Disconnect the cable reel subharness connector (A).
Fig. 7: Identifying Cable Reel Subharness Connector And Steering Wheel
Bolt
5. Loosen the steering wheel bolt (B).
6. Install a commercially available steering wheel puller (A) on the steering wheel
(B). Free the steering wheel from the steering column shaft by turning the
pressure bolt (C) of the puller.
Note these items when removing the steering wheel:
Do not tap on the steering wheel or the steering column shaft when
removing the steering wheel.
If you thread the puller bolts (D) into the wheel hub more than five

2008 Honda Civic EX

threads, the bolts will hit the cable reel and damage it. To prevent this,
install a pair of jam nuts five threads up on each puller bolt.
Fig. 8: Identifying Steering Wheel Puller On Steering Wheel & Bolts
7. Remove the steering wheel puller, then remove the steering wheel bolt and
steering wheel from the steering column.
Fig. 9: Identifying Steering Wheel And Bolt
STEERING WHEEL DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
Except Si model

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 10: Exploded View Of Steering Wheel - Except Si Model
Si model

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Exploded View Of Steering Wheel - Si Model
STEERING WHEEL INSTALLATION
1. Before installing the steering wheel, make sure the front wheels are aligned
straight ahead, then center the cable reel (A). Do this by first rotating the cable
reel clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise about three full
turns. The arrow mark (B) on the cable reel label should point straight up.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 12: Identifying Arrow Mark On Cable Reel Label
2. Position the two tabs (A) of the turn signal cancelling sleeve (B) as shown.
Install the steering wheel on to the steering column shaft, making sure the
steering wheel hub (C) engages the pins (D) of the cable reel and tabs of the
turn signal canceling sleeve. Do not tap on the steering wheel or steering
column shaft when installing the steering wheel.
Fig. 13: Identifying Steering Wheel On Steering Column Shaft
3. Install the steering wheel bolt (A), and tighten it to the specified torque.
Connect the cable reel subharness connector (B). Make sure the wire harness is
routed and fastened properly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 14: Identifying Steering Wheel Bolt - Specified Torque
4. Install the driver's airbag, and confirm that the system is operating properly
(see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ).
audio presets.
Set the clock.
6. After installation, do these checks.
Check the steering wheel spoke angle. If the steering spoke angles to the
right and left are not equal (steering wheel is not centered), correct the
engagement of the wheel/column shaft serrations.
Set the steering column to the center tilt position, and to the center
telescopic position, then do the front toe inspection (see FRONT TOE
COLUMN COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Take care not to scratch or damage the column covers.

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Release the lock lever (A), and adjust the steering column to full tilt down
position and to the full telescopic pull position.
Fig. 15: Identifying Column Cover Remove/Install Components
2. Insert a suitable sized screwdriver or equivalent tool (B) along the guide rib (C)
into the lever hole (D) in the lower column cover (E).
3. Release the hook (F) locating on the left side of the upper column cover (G). A
right side hook (H) of the upper column cover can't be released from the inside.
4. Turn the steering wheel to left, and release the left pawl (I) of the upper
column cover while pushing the lower column cover from the front side.
5. Turn the steering wheel to right, and release the right pawl (J) of the upper
column cover is in the same as the step 4.
6. Remove the cover by lightly pulling it up by releasing the right side hook (H)
of the upper column cover.
Do not pry the cover surface with any tools.
NOTE: Carefully release the pawls, note the hooks (K) may
break when upper column cover is pulled up too hard.

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Remove the three screws, then remove the lower column cover (A).
Fig. 16: Identifying Lower Column Cover And Screws
8. Install the upper and lower column cover in the reverse order of removal, and
push the hooks into place securely.
STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
service.
REMOVAL
NOTE: Be careful not to pull the bracket (A) on the front side of
steering column out of its normal position. If the bracket
accidentally comes out, replace the steering column as an
assembly.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 17: Identifying Steering Column Bracket Removal Position
the battery.
3. Remove the driver's airbag assembly and the steering wheel (see STEERING
WHEEL REMOVAL ).
5. Remove the column covers (see COLUMN COVER REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Release the lock lever, and adjust the steering column to full tilt up position,
and to the full telescopic in position.
8. Tighten the lock lever.
NOTE: Do not release lock lever when removing the steering

2008 Honda Civic EX

11. Disconnect the wire harness connectors from the combination switch assembly
and cable reel (A).
Fig. 20: Identifying Steering Column Components With Torque
Specifications
12. Remove the combination switch assembly from the steering column shaft by
removing the three screws (B).
13. Disconnect the connectors from the ignition switch, and release the wire
harness clips from the steering column.
14. Remove the steering joint bolt (C), then disconnect the steering joint (D) from
the pinion shaft.
15. Remove the steering column (E) by removing the attaching nuts and bolts. If
the lower slide shaft (F) is removed, slip it into the upper shaft (G) by aligning
the paint or stamped marks (H).
16. Remove the center guide (I) (if equipped), and discard it. The center guide is
column from the frame.

2008 Honda Civic EX

INSTALLATION
1. Install the steering column in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Make sure the wires are not caught or pinched by any parts.
Take care not to let the sliding capsules fall out of position during column
installation.
2. Center the steering rack within its stroke in steering joint connection.
Fig. 21: Cutting Wire & Slipping Lower End Of Steering Joint Into Pinion
Shaft
specified torque.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 22: Identifying Bolt Hole, Steering Joint With Groove & Steering
Joint Bolt With Torque Specifications
7. Install the column covers.
8. Install the driver's dashboard undercover.
audio presets.
Set the clock.

2008 Honda Civic EX

10. After installation, do these checks.
Check the steering wheel spoke angle. If the steering spoke angles to the
right and left are not equal (steering wheel is not centered), correct the
engagement of the wheel/column shaft serrations.
Set the steering column to the center tilt position, and to the center
telescopic position, then do the front toe inspection (see FRONT TOE
STEERING COLUMN/TILT/TELESCOPIC INSPECTION
Check the steering column ball bearing (A) and the steering joint bearings (B)
for play and proper movement. If any bearing is noisy or has excessive play,
replace the steering column as an assembly.
Check the lower slide shaft (C) for smooth movement in and out. If the lower
slide shaft is removed, slip it into the upper shaft by aligning the paint or
stamped marks (D). If it sticks or binds, replace the steering column as an
assembly.
Check the sliding capsules (E) for distortion or breakage. If there is distortion
or breakage, replace the steering column as an assembly.
Check the tilt mechanism and telescopic mechanism for movement and
damage.
Check the absorbing plates (F) for distortion or breakage. If there is distortion
or breakage, replace the steering column as an assembly.
Fig. 24: Identifying Steering Column/Tilt/Telescopic Components
STEERING LOCK REPLACEMENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

1. Remove the steering column (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
2. Center-punch each of the two shear bolts, and drill the heads of the bolts off
with a 5 mm (3/16 in.) drill bit. Be careful not to damage the switch body when
removing the shear bolts.
Fig. 25: Removing Shear Bolts
3. Remove the shear bolts from the switch body.
4. Install the switch body without the key inserted.
5. Loosely tighten the new shear bolts.
6. Insert the ignition key, and make sure the steering wheel lock works properly
and that the ignition key turns freely.
7. Tighten the shear bolts (A) until the hex heads (B) twist off.
Fig. 26: Identifying Shear Bolts And Hex Heads

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Rewrite the new immobilizer control unit-receiver (see COMPONENT
LOCATION INDEX ), and make sure the immobilizer system works
properly.
RACK GUIDE ADJUSTMENT
Locknut wrench, 40 mm 07MAA-SL00100 or 07916-SA50001
Locknut wrench, 43 mm 07MAA-SL0020A
HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING TYPE
1. Set the wheels in the straight ahead position.
2. Loosen the rack guide screw locknut (A) with the locknut wrench, then remove
the rack guide screw (B).
Fig. 27: Identifying Rack Guide Screw Locknut, Locknut Wrench & Rack
Guide Screw
3. Remove the old sealant from the rack guide screw (A), and apply new sealant
(Three Bond 1215 or Loctite 5699) to the middle of the threads (B). Loosely
install the rack guide screw on the steering gearbox.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 28: Identifying Rack Guide Screw
4. Tighten the rack guide screw (A) to 25 N.m (2.5 kgf.m, 18 lbf.ft), then loosen
it.
Fig. 29: Identifying Rack Guide Screw Torque Specifications
5. Retighten the rack guide screw to 5.9 N.m (0.6 kgf.m, 4.0 lbf.ft), then back it
off to the specified angle.
Specified return angle:
'06 model: 15 5
'07-08 model: 10 5
6. Hold the rack guide screw stationary with a wrench, and install the locknut (B)
by hand until it's fully seated.

2008 Honda Civic EX

7. Install the locknut wrench on the locknut, and hold the rack guide screw
stationary with a wrench. Tighten the locknut to the specified torque.
8. Check for unusual steering effort through the complete turning travel.
9. Check the steering wheel rotational play (see STEERING WHEEL
ROTATIONAL PLAY CHECK ), and the power assist (see STEERING
WHEEL ROTATIONAL PLAY CHECK ).
EPS TYPE
1. Set the wheels in the straight ahead position.
2. Loosen the rack guide screw locknut (A) with the locknut wrench, then remove
the rack guide screw (B).
Fig. 30: Identifying Rack Guide Screw Locknut, Locknut Wrench & Rack
Guide Screw
3. Remove the old sealant from the rack guide screw (A), and apply new sealant
(Three Bond 1215 or Loctite 5699) to the middle of the threads (B). Loosely
install the rack guide screw on the steering gearbox.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 31: Identifying Rack Guide Screw
4. Tighten the rack guide screw (A) to 25 N.m (2.5 kgf.m, 18 lbf.ft), then loosen
it.
Fig. 32: Identifying Rack Guide Screw Torque Specifications
5. Retighten the rack guide screw to 3.9 N.m (0.4 kgf.m, 2.9 lbf.ft), then back it
off to the specified angle.
Specified return angle: 7 3
6. Hold the rack guide screw stationary with a wrench, and install the locknut (B)
by hand until it's fully seated.
7. Install the locknut wrench on the locknut, and hold the rack guide screw
stationary with a wrench. Tighten the locknut to the specified torque.

2008 Honda Civic EX

8. Check for unusual steering effort through the complete turning travel.
9. Check the steering wheel rotational play (see STEERING WHEEL
ROTATIONAL PLAY CHECK ), and the power assist (see STEERING
WHEEL ROTATIONAL PLAY CHECK ).
TIE-ROD BALL JOINT BOOT REPLACEMENT
Bushing Base 07JAF-SH20330
1. Remove the boot from the tie-rod end, and wipe the old grease off the ball pin.
2. Pack the lower area of the ball pin (A) with fresh multipurpose grease.
Fig. 33: Identifying Areas For Applying Multipurpose Grease
3. Pack the interior of the new boot (B) and lip (C) with fresh multipurpose
grease.
Note these items when installing new grease:
Keep grease off the boot mounting area (D) and the tapered section (E) of
the ball pin.
Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials to enter the boot.
4. Install the new boot (A) using the bushing base. The boot must not have a gap
at the boot installation sections (B). After installing the boot, check the ball pin
tapered section for grease contamination, and wipe it if necessary.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 34: Installing New Boot

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006-08 ELECTRICAL
Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Civic (Except Hybrid & Si)
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
service.
REMOVAL
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and
wait at least 3 minutes.
5. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the under-dash fuse/relay box
(A).
Fig. 1: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ELECTRICAL Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Civic (Except Hybrid & Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

6. Remove the mounting bolt, and pull the fuse/relay box away from the body.
7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the under-dash fuse/relay box,
then remove the under-dash fuse/relay box.
8. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay.
INSTALLATION
1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box,
then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal.
2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal.
3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the
battery.
4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS (see IMMOBILIZER-
KEYLESS CONTROL UNIT INPUT TEST ).
5. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio or the navigation system, then enter the
customer's audio presets, and set the clock.
6. Confirm that all systems work properly.
NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which
could cause the engine to stall or not start.
NOTE: The IMOES unit is built into the MICU which is part of
the under-dash fuse/relay box. Because of this
construction, the IMOES must be registered, or the
vehicle will not start.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 ELECTRICAL
Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box - Civic (Except Hybrid & Si)
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and
wait at least 3 minutes.
4. Remove the screws (A) for the alternator and battery cable terminals from the
under-hood fuse/relay box.
Fig. 1: Identifying Screws
5. Remove the bottom cover from the under-hood fuse/relay box.
6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-hood fuse/relay box.

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 ELECTRICAL Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box - Civic (Except Hybrid & Si)

2008 Honda Civic GX

7. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay.
INSTALLATION
1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box,
then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal.
2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal.
3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the
battery.
4. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio or the navigation system, then enter the
customer's audio presets, and set the clock.
5. Confirm that all systems work properly.
NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which
could cause the engine to stall or not start.

2008 Honda Civic GX

2006-08 BRAKES
VSA System - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Locating VSA System Components
SYSTEM INDICATOR
This system has four indicators:
ABS indicator (A)
Brake system indicator (B)
VSA indicator (C)
VSA activation indicator (D)

2008 Honda Civic GX
2006-08 BRAKES VSA System - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 2: Identifying System Indicator
When the system is OK, each indicator comes on for about 2 seconds after turning
the ignition switch ON (II), then goes off.
When the system detects a problem, a DTC will be set and, depending upon the
failure, the VSA modulator-control unit will determine which indicator(s) will be
turned on. If the problem goes away (system returns to normal), the indicator(s) will
be controlled in the following way depending upon the DTC that was set:
The indicator(s) will come on and stay on when the ignition switch is ON (II).
The indicator(s) will automatically go off.
The indicator(s) will go off after the vehicle is driven.
ABS Indicator
The ABS indicator comes on when the ABS function is lost. The brakes still work
like a conventional system.
Brake System indicator
The brake system indicator comes on when the EBD function is lost, the parking
brake is applied, and/or the brake fluid level is low.
VSA Indicator
NOTE: If two or more wheel speed sensors fail, the brake system
indicator will come on.

2008 Honda Civic GX

The VSA indicator comes on when the VSA function is lost.
VSA Activation Indicator
The VSA activation indicator blinks when the VSA function is activating. The VSA
activation indicator comes on, when the VSA is off, or the VSA function is lost.
The memory can hold all DTCs. However, when the same DTC is detected
more than once, the more recent DTC is written over the earlier one. Therefore,
when the same problem is detected repeatedly, it is memorized as a single
DTC.
The DTCs are indicated in the order they occur.
The DTCs are memorized in the EEPROM. Therefore, the memorized DTCs
cannot be canceled by disconnecting the battery. Do the specified procedures
to clear the DTCs.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Self-diagnosis can be classified into two categories:
Initial diagnosis: Done right after the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and
until the ABS and VSA indicators go off.
When the system detects a problem, the VSA modulator-control unit shifts to
fail-safe mode.
KICKBACK
The pump motor operates when the VSA modulator-control unit is functioning, and
the fluid in the reservoir is forced out to the master cylinder, causing kickback at the
brake pedal.
PUMP MOTOR
The pump motor operates when the VSA modulator-control unit is functioning.
The VSA modulator-control unit checks the pump motor operation during

2008 Honda Civic GX

regular diagnosis when the vehicle is driven over 10 mph (15 km/h) the first
time after the ignition switch is turned ON (II). You may hear the motor
operate at this time, but it is normal.
BRAKE FLUID REPLACEMENT/AIR BLEEDING
Brake fluid replacement and air bleeding procedures are identical to the procedures
used on vehicles without VSA system (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ).
and the ABS and/or VSA indicator is still on. Following a troubleshooting
procedure for a code that has been cleared and does not reset can result in incorrect
diagnosis.
1. Question the customer about the conditions when the problem occurred, and
try to reproduce the same conditions for troubleshooting. Find out when the
ABS and/or VSA indicator came on, such as during VSA system operation,
after VSA system operation, when vehicle was traveling at a certain speed, etc.
2. When the ABS or VSA indicator does not come on during the test-drive, but
contact of the terminals, etc. before you start troubleshooting.
3. After troubleshooting, or repairs are done, clear the DTCs, and test-drive the
vehicle under the same conditions that originally set the DTCs. Make sure the
ABS and VSA indicators do not come on.
4. Check for other unit DTCs which are connected via F-CAN, if there are DTCs
that are related to F-CAN, the most likely cause was that the ignition switch
was turned ON (II) with the VSA modulator-control unit connector
disconnected. Clear the DTCs. Check for PGM-FI and VSA codes, and
troubleshoot those first.
INTERMITTENT FAILURES
The term "intermittent failure" means a system may have had a failure, but it checks
OK now. If the indicator(s) of the system does not come on, check for poor
connections or loose pins at all connectors related to the circuit that you are

2008 Honda Civic GX

troubleshooting. If the indicators were on but then went out, the original problem
may have been intermittent.
HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM)
1. If the system indicators stay on, connect the HDS to the data link connector
(DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard.
3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the VSA modulator-
control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
4. Check the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and note it. Also check the on board
snapshot data, and download any data found. Then refer to the indicated DTC's
troubleshooting, and begin the appropriate troubleshooting procedure.
NOTE:
The HDS communication will be stopped when the
vehicle speed is at 31 mph (50 km/h) or more.
The HDS can read the DTC, current data, and other
system data.
For specific operations, refer to the Help menu that
came with the HDS.

2008 Honda Civic GX

control unit. If it doesn't troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
HOW TO CLEAR DTCS
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
DTC
Detection
Item
ABS
Indicator
Brake
System
Indicator
VSA
Indicator
VSA
Activation
Indicator
11 -13 Right-front
wheel speed
sensor circuit
malfunction
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
12 -11 Right-front
wheel speed
sensor
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

electrical noise
or intermittent
interruption
-12 Right-front
wheel speed
sensor short to
the other
sensor circuit
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
-21 Right-front
wheel speed
sensor
installation
error
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
-22 Right-front
wheel speed
sensor
installation
error (19 mph
(30 km/h) or
more)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
-23 Right-front
wheel speed
sensor
installation
error (0 to 9
mph (0 to 15
km/h))
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
13 -13 Left-front
wheel speed
sensor circuit
malfunction
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
14 -11 Left-front
wheel speed
sensor
electrical noise
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

or intermittent
interruption
-12 Left-front
wheel speed
sensor short to
the other
sensor circuit
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
-21 Left-front
wheel speed
sensor
installation
error
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
-22 Left-front
wheel speed
sensor
installation
error (19 mph
(30 km/h) or
more)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
-23 Left-front
wheel speed
sensor
installation
error (0 to 9
mph (0 to 15
km/h))
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
15 -13 Right-rear
wheel speed
sensor circuit
malfunction
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
16 -11 Right-rear
wheel speed
sensor
electrical noise
or intermittent
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

interruption
-12 Right-rear
wheel speed
sensor short to
the other
sensor circuit
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
-21 Right-rear
wheel speed
sensor
installation
error
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
-22 Right-rear
wheel speed
sensor
installation
error (19 mph
(30 km/h) or
more)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
-23 Right-rear
wheel speed
sensor
installation
error (0 to 9
mph (0 to 15
km/h))
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
speed sensor
circuit
malfunction
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
speed sensor
electrical noise
or intermittent
interruption
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

-12 Left-rear wheel
speed sensor
short to the
other sensor
circuit
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
-21 Left-rear wheel
speed sensor
installation
error
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
-22 Left-rear wheel
speed sensor
installation
error (19 mph
(30 km/h) or
more)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
-23 Left-rear wheel
speed sensor
installation
error (0 to 9
mph (0 to 15
km/h))
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
21 -11 Right-front
magnetic
encoder
malfunction
(pulse missing)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
22 -11 Left-front
magnetic
encoder
malfunction
(pulse missing)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
23 -11 Right-rear
magnetic
encoder
malfunction
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

(pulse missing)
24 -11 Left-rear
magnetic
encoder
malfunction
(pulse missing)
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
25 -11 Yaw rate
sensor internal
circuit
malfunction
(initial)
OFF OFF ON ON
-12 Yaw rate
sensor internal
circuit
malfunction
(open, short)
OFF OFF ON ON
-13 Yaw rate
sensor
communication
error
OFF OFF ON ON
-14 Yaw
rate/lateral
acceleration
sensor circuit
high voltage
OFF OFF ON ON
-15 Yaw
rate/lateral
acceleration
sensor circuit
low voltage
OFF OFF ON ON
-16 Yaw
rate/lateral
acceleration
sensor internal
OFF OFF ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

circuit
malfunction
(keep alive
memory
(KAM) error)
-21 Yaw rate
sensor neutral
position
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-22 Yaw rate
sensor stuck
OFF OFF ON ON
-23 Yaw rate
sensor circuit
intermittent
interruption
OFF OFF ON ON
-24 Yaw rate
sensor gain
low
OFF OFF ON ON
-25 Yaw rate
sensor gain
high
OFF OFF ON ON
26 -11 Lateral
acceleration
sensor internal
circuit
malfunction
(initial)
OFF OFF ON ON
-12 Lateral
acceleration
sensor internal
circuit
malfunction
(open, short)
OFF OFF ON ON
-13 Lateral OFF OFF ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

acceleration
sensor
communication
error
-21 Lateral
acceleration
sensor neutral
position
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-22 Acceleration
sensor stuck
OFF OFF ON ON
-23 Lateral
acceleration
sensor circuit
intermittent
interruption
OFF OFF ON ON
-24 Lateral
acceleration
sensor gain
low
OFF OFF ON ON
-25 Lateral
acceleration
sensor gain
high
OFF OFF ON ON
27 -11 Steering angle
sensor DIAG
signal error
(initial)
OFF OFF ON ON
-21 Steering angle
sensor stuck
neutral
position
OFF OFF ON ON
-22 Steering angle
sensor stuck
OFF OFF ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

offset position
-23 Steering angle
sensor counter
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-24 Steering angle
sensor
exchange
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-26 Steering angle
sensor DIAG
signal error
(main)
OFF OFF ON ON
31 -01 ABS right-
front inlet
solenoid valve
malfunction
(solenoid
initial pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-21 ABS right-
front inlet
solenoid valve
malfunction
(solenoid
pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-22 ABS right-
front inlet
solenoid valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON ON ON
-23 ABS right-
front inlet
solenoid valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

(solenoid stuck
ON)
32 -01 ABS right-
front outlet
solenoid valve
malfunction
(solenoid
initial pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-21 ABS right-
front outlet
solenoid valve
malfunction
(solenoid
pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-22 ABS right-
front outlet
solenoid valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON ON ON
-23 ABS right-
front outlet
solenoid valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON ON ON
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
initial pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-21 ABS left-front
inlet solenoid
valve
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

malfunction
(solenoid
pulse)
-22 ABS left-front
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON ON ON
-23 ABS left-front
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON ON ON
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
initial pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-21 ABS left-front
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-22 ABS left-front
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON ON ON
-23 ABS left-front
outlet solenoid
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
initial pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-21 ABS right-rear
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-22 ABS right-rear
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON ON ON
-23 ABS right-rear
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON ON ON
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
initial pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-21 ABS right-rear ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
pulse)
-22 ABS right-rear
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON ON ON
-23 ABS right-rear
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON ON ON
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
initial pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-21 ABS left-rear
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-22 ABS left-rear
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

-23 ABS left-rear
inlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON ON ON
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
initial pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-21 ABS left-rear
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
pulse)
ON ON ON ON
-22 ABS left-rear
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid
speculative)
ON ON ON ON
-23 ABS left-rear
outlet solenoid
valve
malfunction
(solenoid stuck
ON)
ON ON ON ON
41 -21 Right-front
wheel lock
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
42 -21 Left-front
wheel lock
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

43 -21 Right-rear
wheel lock
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
lock
ON
ON/OFF
(1)
ON ON
51 -11 Motor lock ON OFF ON ON
-12 Motor lock
circuit
malfunction
ON OFF ON ON
-13 Motor relay
OFF
malfunction
ON OFF ON ON
52 -12 Motor stuck
OFF
ON OFF ON ON
53 -01 Motor relay
stuck ON 1
ON OFF ON ON
-12 Motor relay
stuck ON 2
ON OFF ON ON
54 -03 Fail-safe relay
1 stuck ON
ON ON ON ON
-04 Fail-safe relay
1 stuck OFF
(initial)
ON ON ON ON
-21 Fail-safe relay
1 stuck OFF
(main)
ON ON ON ON
56 -01 Initial VIG
FET stuck
OFF
ON ON ON ON
-02 Initial VIG
FET stuck ON
ON ON ON ON
-11 VIG FET stuck
OFF
ON ON ON ON
61 -01 VSA
modulator-
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

control unit
initial IG low
voltage
-21 VSA
modulator-
control unit
power source
low voltage 1
ON ON ON ON
-22 VSA
modulator-
control unit
power source
low voltage 2
ON OFF ON ON
-23 VSA
modulator-
control unit
power source
low voltage 3
ON ON ON ON
62 -21 VSA
modulator-
control unit IG
high voltage
ON ON ON ON
sensor power
circuit short
OFF OFF ON ON
-12 Steering angle
sensor power
circuit open
OFF OFF ON ON
65 -21 Brake fluid
level stuck ON
OFF OFF ON ON
66 -11 Pressure sensor
(inside of VSA
modulator-
control unit)
OFF OFF ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

malfunction
-12 Pressure sensor
(inside of VSA
modulator-
control unit)
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-13 Pressure sensor
(inside of VSA
modulator-
control unit)
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-14 Pressure sensor
(inside of VSA
modulator-
control unit)
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-15 Pressure sensor
(inside of VSA
modulator-
control unit)
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-16 Pressure sensor
(inside of VSA
modulator-
control unit)
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
68 -21 Brake pedal
position switch
stuck OFF
OFF OFF ON ON
-22 Brake pedal
position switch
stuck ON
OFF OFF ON ON
71 -21 Right-front or
left-rear
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

different
diameter tire
malfunction
-22 Left-front or
right-rear
different
diameter tire
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-23 Right-front and
right-rear
different
diameter tire
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-24 Left-front and
left-rear
different
diameter tire
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-25 Right-front and
left-front
different
diameter tire
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-26 Right-rear and
left-rear
different
diameter tire
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-27 Right-front or
left-rear
different
diameter tire
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-28 Left-front or OFF OFF ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

right-rear
different
diameter tire
malfunction
-29 Right-front and
right-rear
different
diameter tire
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-2A Left-front and
left-rear
different
diameter tire
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-2B Right-front and
left-front
different
diameter tire
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-2C Right-rear and
Left-rear
different
diameter tire
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
81 -01 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-02 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

-03 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-05 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-06 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-07 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-08 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-11 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-12 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

-13 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-14 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-21 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-22 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-23 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-31 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-32 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

-33 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-35 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-36 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-37 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-38 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-39 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-3A Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

-3C Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-3D Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-3E Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-40 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-41 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-42 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-51 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

-52 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-53 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-54 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-55 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-56 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-57 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-58 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

-59 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-61 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-71 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON OFF ON ON
-80 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
83 -13 ECM
communication
error
OFF OFF ON ON
-14 ECM
communication
error
OFF OFF ON ON
84 -21 VSA sensor
neutral
position not
writing
OFF OFF ON ON
86 -01 F-CAN bus-off
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-11 F-CAN
communication
OFF OFF ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

with ECM
malfunction
-21 F-CAN
communication
with engine
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-22 F-CAN
communication
with engine
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-23 F-CAN
communication
with engine
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-24 F-CAN
communication
with engine
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-25 F-CAN
communication
with engine
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-31 F-CAN
communication
with gauge
control module
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-41 F-CAN
communication
with EAT
malfunction
OFF OFF ON ON
-71 F-CAN
communication
with yaw rate-
OFF OFF ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

lateral
acceleration
sensor
malfunction
107 -22 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
OFF OFF OFF ON
sensor
malfunction
OFF OFF OFF ON
112 -01 Central
processing unit
(CPU) internal
circuit
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
121 -01 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-02 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-11 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-21 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-24 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
valve
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

malfunction
-21 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-22 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-23 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-02 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-11 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-21 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-24 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-21 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
-22 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

When the vehicle has one of these symptoms, check for a diagnostic trouble code
(DTC) with the HDS. If there is no DTC, do the diagnostic procedure for the
symptom, in the sequence listed, until you find the cause.
-23 VSA solenoid
valve
malfunction
ON ON ON ON
(1)
Brake system indicator turns ON when two or more wheel speed sensors
fail.
HDS does not
communicate with the
VSA modulator-
control unit or the
vehicle
Troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
ABS indicator does
not come on
2. Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control
VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA
MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL
AND INSTALLATION ).
ABS indicator or
VSA indicator does
not go off, and no
DTCs are stored
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
Brake system
indicator does not

2008 Honda Civic GX

come on VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA
AND INSTALLATION ).
Brake system
stored
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
VSA indicator does
not come on
AND INSTALLATION ).
VSA activation
indicator does not
come on at start-up
(bulb check)
AND INSTALLATION ).
VSA activation
stored
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
AND INSTALLATION ).
ABS indicator, brake
system indicator, and
VSA indicator do not
TROUBLESHOOTING ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR 37P CONNECTOR
Fig. 4: Identifying VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs For 37P
Connector
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
go off at same time
Terminal
number
Wire
color
Terminal
sign
Description
Measurement (Disconnect the
VSA modulator-control unit
37P connector)
Terminals Conditions Results
1 RED CAN-L
F-CAN
communication
circuit
3 BLU STR-D
Detects steering
angle sensor
signal
6 PNK FR-GND
Detects right-
front wheel
speed sensor
signal
7 ORN SVCC
Power source
for the steering
angle sensor
Detects left-

2008 Honda Civic GX

8 PUR RL-GND
rear wheel
speed sensor
signal
- - -
9 LTGRN RR+B
Detects right-
rear wheel
speed sensor
signal
10 BRN SGND
Ground for the
steering angle
sensor
11
RED
(1)

GRY
(2)
FL-GND
Detects left-
front wheel
speed sensor
signal
13 WHT FSR+B
Power source
for the fail-safe
relay
13-GND At all times
Battery
voltage
14 RED MR+B
Power source
for the motor
relay
14-GND At all times
Battery
voltage
15 WHT CAN-H
F-CAN
communication
circuit
- - -
17 PUR STR-B
Detects steering
angle sensor
signal
19 GRN FR+B
Detects right-
front wheel
speed sensor
signal
20
YEL
(1)

(2)
BLU
RL+B
Detects left-
rear wheel
speed sensor
signal

2008 Honda Civic GX

System Outline
This system is composed of the VSA modulator-control unit, the wheel speed
sensor, the steering angle sensor, and the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor, and
the system indicators in the gauge control module (tach). The VSA modulator-
control unit controls the ABS, EBD, TCS, VSA, and brake assist with the brake
pressure of each wheel and the engine torque.
21
BLU
(1)
WHT
(2)
RR-GND
Detects right-
rear wheel
speed sensor
signal
22
WHT
(1)

ORN
(2)
FL+B
Detects left-
front wheel
speed sensor
signal
26 LTBLU K-LINE
Communication
with HDS
28 GRY IG1
Power source
for activating
the system
28-GND
Ignition
switch ON
(II)
Battery
voltage
34 GRN STR-A
Detects steering
angle sensor
signal
- - -
36 BLK GND
Ground for the
VSA
modulator-
control unit
37 BLK
MR-
GND
Ground for the
pump motor
(1)
4-door
(2)
2-door

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 5: Identifying VSA System Outline
ABS Features
Anti-lock control
Without ABS, when the brake pedal is pressed while driving, the wheels sometimes
lock before the vehicle comes to a stop. In such an event, the maneuverability of the
vehicle is reduced if the front wheels are locked, and the stability of the vehicle is
reduced if the rear wheels are locked, creating an extremely unstable condition.
With ABS, the system precisely controls the slip rate of the wheels to ensure
maximum grip force from the tires, and it thereby ensures maneuverability and
stability of the vehicle. The ABS calculates the slip rate of the wheels based on the
four wheel speeds, then it controls the brake fluid pressure to reach the target slip

2008 Honda Civic GX

rate.
Grip force of tire and road surface
Fig. 6: Identifying Grip Force Of Tire And Road Surface Graph
Main Control
The control unit detects the wheel speed based on the wheel speed sensor signals it
received, then it calculates the vehicle speed based on the detected wheel speed.
The control unit detects the vehicle speed during deceleration based on the rate of
deceleration.
The control unit calculates the slip rate of each wheel, and transmits the control
signal to the modulator unit solenoid valve when the slip rate is high.
The hydraulic control has three modes: Pressure intensifying, pressure reducing,
and pressure retaining.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 7: Identifying Hydraulic Control Unit Graph
EBD Features
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) feature helps control vehicle braking by
adjusting the rear brake force in accordance with the rear wheel load before the
ABS operates. Based on the wheel speed sensor signals, the control unit uses the
modulator to control the rear brakes individually. When the rear wheel speed is less
than the front wheel speed, the VSA modulator-control unit retains the current rear
brake fluid pressure by closing the inlet valve in the modulator. As the rear wheel
speed increases and approaches the front wheel speed, the VSA modulator-control
unit increases the rear brake fluid pressure by momentarily opening the inlet valve.
This whole process is repeated very rapidly. While this is happening, there is
kickback at the brake pedal.
Fig. 8: Identifying Electronic Brake Distribution Graph

2008 Honda Civic GX

TCS Features
When a drive wheel loses traction on a slippery road surface and starts to spin, the
VSA modulator-control unit applies brake pressure to the spinning wheel and sends
engine torque control request to the ECM to slow the spinning wheel and keep
traction.
Fig. 9: Identifying Total Traction
VSA System Features
Oversteer control
Applies the brake to the front and rear outside wheels

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 10: Identifying VSA System - Oversteer Control
Understeer control
Applies the brake to the front and rear inside wheels
Controls the engine torque when accelerating
Fig. 11: Identifying VSA System - Understeer Control
Brake Assist Features
Brake assist helps ensure that any driver can achieve the full braking potential of
the vehicle by increasing brake system pressure in a panic situation, bringing the
vehicle into a full ABS stop.
Each time the ignition switch is turned ON (II), the VSA modulator-control unit

2008 Honda Civic GX

learns the current driver's normal braking characteristics by monitoring the brake
pressure sensor and the brake pedal position switch at each stop. Using these inputs
and their values, the VSA modulator-control unit is able to learn the driver's normal
braking habits, and then determine the difference between a normal stop and a panic
stop for the individual driver of the vehicle. If during a panic stop the VSA
modulator-control unit determines that the brake system pressure increases above a
learned threshold in less than a learned amount of time, the VSA modulator-control
unit engages brake assist. Because the brake system pressure crossed the threshold
before the time threshold had expired, the VSA modulator-control unit goes into
brake assist mode.
Fig. 12: Identifying Brake Assist Features
Modulator Unit
The modulator unit consists of the inlet solenoid valve, the outlet solenoid valve,
the VSA NO (normally open) solenoid valve, the VSA NC (normally closed)
solenoid valve, the reservoir, the pump, the pump motor, and the damping chamber.
The hydraulic control has three modes at ABS action; pressure intensifying,
pressure retaining, and pressure reducing.
And pressure adding mode is combined at TCS, VSA, and brake assist action.
The hydraulic circuit is an independent four channel type; one channel for each
wheel.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 13: Identifying Modulator Unit Diagram
VALVE REFERENCE
Mode
VSA
NO
Valve
VSA
NC
Valve
Inlet
Solenoid
Valve
Outlet
Solenoid
Valve
Brake Fluid
Pressure
intensifying
mode
open closed open closed
Master cylinder fluid is
pumped out to the
caliper.
Pressure
retaining
mode
open closed closed closed
Caliper fluid is retained
by the inlet and outlet
valves.
Pressure
reducing
mode
open closed closed open
Caliper fluid flows
through the outlet
valve to the
reservoir.
The motor pumps
the reservoir fluid
through the damping
chamber to the
master cylinder
(1)
.

2008 Honda Civic GX

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Pressure
adding mode
closed open open closed
Master cylinder
fluid is pumped out
by pump with motor
through VSA NC
valve to the caliper.
Caliper fluid
pressure exceed
master cylinder
pressure.
(1)
The motor will keep running until the operation of the one anti-lock brake
control is finished with the first pressure reducing mode.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 14: Identifying VSA System Circuit Diagram (1 Of 3)

2008 Honda Civic GX


2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC 11-13: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION; DTC 13-13:
LEFT-FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION; DTC 15-13: RIGHT-REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION; DTC 17-13: LEFT-REAR WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 5.
NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for loose
terminals between the wheel speed sensor 2P connector and the VSA
FAILURES TROUBLESHOOTING (see ).
6. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector.
7. Check for continuity between the appropriate VSA modulator-control unit 37P
connector wheel speed sensor +B and GND terminals (see table), then check
for continuity between the same terminals and reverse the positive and negative
tester probes.
DTC REFERENCE
DTC VSA Modulator-control Unit 37P Connector Terminal No.
11-13 No. 19 No. 6
13-13 No. 22 No. 11
15-13 No. 9 No. 21
17-13 No. 20 No. 8

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 17: Checking Continuity Between Appropriate VSA Modulator-
Control Unit 37P Connector Wheel Speed Sensor +B
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -If there is no continuity in either direction, go to step 10. If there is
continuity in only one direction, go to step 12.
8. Disconnect the appropriate wheel speed sensor 2P connector.
9. On the sensor side, check for continuity between appropriate wheel speed
sensor 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2, then check for continuity
between the same terminals and reverse the positive and negative tester probes.
Fig. 18: Checking Continuity Between Appropriate Wheel Speed Sensor
2P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2
Is there continuity in both direction?

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Replace the appropriate wheel speed sensor (see WHEEL SPEED
NO -Repair short in the wire between the appropriate wheel speed sensor and
the VSA modulator-control unit.
11. On the sensor side, check for continuity between appropriate wheel speed
sensor 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2, then check for continuity
between the same terminals and reverse the positive and negative tester probes.
Fig. 19: Checking Continuity Between Appropriate Wheel Speed Sensor
2P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2
Is there continuity in only one direction?
YES -Repair open in the wire between the appropriate wheel speed sensor and
NO -Replace the appropriate wheel speed sensor (see WHEEL SPEED
12. Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate VSA
modulator-control unit 37P connector terminal (see table).
DTC REFERENCE
11-13 No. 19 No. 6
13-13 No. 22 No. 11

2008 Honda Civic GX

VSA Modulator-Control Unit 37P Connector Terminal
YES -Go to step 13.
NO -Go to step 15.
14. On the sensor side, check for continuity between body ground and appropriate
wheel speed sensor 2P connector terminal No. 1 and No. 2 individually.
15-13 No. 9 No. 21
17-13 No. 20 No. 8
NOTE: Check the wheel speed sensor while mounted on the
vehicle

2008 Honda Civic GX

Wheel Speed Sensor 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 And No. 2
NO -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the appropriate wheel
speed sensor and the VSA modulator-control unit.
16. Measure voltage between body ground and the appropriate VSA modulator-
control unit 37P connector terminal (see table).
DTC REFERENCE
11-13 No. 19 No. 6
13-13 No. 22 No. 11
15-13 No. 9 No. 21
17-13 No. 20 No. 8

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 22: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And Appropriate VSA
Modulator-Control Unit 37P Connector Terminal
YES -Repair short to power in the wire between the appropriate wheel speed
sensor and the VSA modulator-control unit.
NO -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 37P
connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit
(see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ), and retest.
DTC 12-11: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ELECTRICAL NOISE OR INTERMITTENT
INTERRUPTION; DTC 14-11: LEFT-FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR ELECTRICAL NOISE OR
INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION; DTC 16-11: RIGHT-REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
ELECTRICAL NOISE OR INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION; DTC 18-11: LEFT-REAR WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR ELECTRICAL NOISE OR INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION
NOTE: These DTCs may be caused by electrical interference.
Check for aftermarket devices installed in the vehicle when
these DTC are indicated.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -lf the DTC 12-12,14-12,16-12, or 18-12 is indicated at the same time, do
the DTC 12-12, 14-12,16-12, or 18-12 troubleshooting (see DTC 12-12:
Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor Short to the Other Sensor Circuit; DTC
14-12: Left-front Wheel Speed Sensor Short to the Other Sensor Circuit;
DTC 16-12: Right-rear Wheel Speed Sensor Short to the Other Sensor
Circuit; DTC 18-12: Left-rear Wheel Speed Sensor Short to the Other
Sensor Circuit ). If DTC 12-12, 14-12,16-12 or 18-12 is not indicated, go to
step 5.
NO -Troubleshoot the indicated DTC. If there are no DTCs indicated, there
may be an intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for loose
6. Check that the appropriate wheel speed sensor is properly mounted (see
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
DTC REFERENCE
Is the wheel speed sensor installation OK?
YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 37P
NO -Reinstall the wheel speed sensor, and check the mounting position (see
DTC Appropriate Wheel Speed Sensor
12-11 Right-front
14-11 Left-front
16-11 Right-rear
18-11 Left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC 12-12: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SHORT TO THE OTHER SENSOR
CIRCUIT; DTC 14-12: LEFT-FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SHORT TO THE OTHER SENSOR
CIRCUIT; DTC 16-12: RIGHT-REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SHORT TO THE OTHER SENSOR
CIRCUIT; DTC 18-12: LEFT-REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SHORT TO THE OTHER SENSOR
CIRCUIT
YES -Go to step 5.
6. Disconnect VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector.
7. Check for continuity between the appropriate VSA modulator-control unit 37P
connector wheel speed sensor +B terminals (see table).
DTC REFERENCE
DTC
VSA Modulator-control Unit 37P Connector Terminal No.
Appropriate Terminal Other Terminals
12-12 No. 19 No. 22 No. 9 No. 20
14-12 No. 22 No. 19 No. 9 No. 20
16-12 No. 9 No. 19 No. 22 No. 20

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 23: Checking Continuity Between Appropriate VSA Modulator-
Control Unit 37P Connector Wheel Speed Sensor +B Terminals
YES -Repair short in the wires between the appropriate wheel speed sensor
and the VSA modulator-control unit.
18-12 No. 20 No. 19 No. 22 No. 9

2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC 12-21: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR; DTC 14-21: LEFT-
FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR; DTC 16-21: RIGHT-REAR WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR; DTC 18-21: LEFT-REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
INSTALLATION ERROR
1. Test-drive the vehicle. Drive the vehicle at 7 mph (10 km/h).
2. Check the RF, LF, RR, LR WHEEL SPD in the VSA DATA LIST with the
HDS.
YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for loose
NO -Go to step 3.
DTC REFERENCE
12-21 Right-front
14-21 Left-front
16-21 Right-rear
18-21 Left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC 12-22: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR (19 MPH (30
KM/H) OR MORE); DTC 14-22: LEFT-FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR
(19 MPH (30 KM/H) OR MORE); DTC 16-22: RIGHT-REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
INSTALLATION ERROR (19 MPH (30 KM/H) OR MORE); DTC 18-22: LEFT-REAR WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR (19 MPH (30 KM/H) OR MORE)
1. Test-drive the vehicle. Drive the vehicle between 19 mph (30 km/h) and 31
mph (50 km/h) for 70 seconds or more.
HDS.
NO -Go to step 3.
DTC REFERENCE
12-22 Right-front
14-22 Left-front
16-22 Right-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC 12-23: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR (0 TO 9 MPH (0 TO
15 KM/H)); DTC 14-23: LEFT-FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION ERROR (0 TO 9
MPH (0 TO 15 KM/H)); DTC 16-23: RIGHT-REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION
ERROR (0 TO 9 MPH (0 TO 15 KM/H)); DTC 18-23: LEFT-REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
INSTALLATION ERROR (0 TO 9 MPH (0 TO 15 KM/H))
1. Test-drive the vehicle. Drive the vehicle between 1 mph (1 km/h) and 9 mph
(15 km/h) in a straight line.
HDS.
Are all the same indicated values?
NO -Go to step 3.
DTC REFERENCE
18-22 Left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC 21-11: RIGHT-FRONT MAGNETIC ENCODER MALFUNCTION (PULSE MISSING); DTC 22-
11: LEFT-FRONT MAGNETIC ENCODER MALFUNCTION (PULSE MISSING); DTC 23-11:
RIGHT-REAR MAGNETIC ENCODER MALFUNCTION (PULSE MISSING); DTC 24-11: LEFT-
REAR MAGNETIC ENCODER MALFUNCTION (PULSE MISSING)
Is DTC 21-11, 22-11,23-11, and/or 24-11 indicated?
YES -Go to step 5.
12-23 Right-front
14-23 Left-front
16-23 Right-rear
18-23 Left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

6. Inspect the appropriate magnetic encoder for debris or cracks.
DTC REFERENCE
Is the magnetic encoder surface OK?
YES -Replace the wheel bearing (front) or the hub bearing unit (rear):
Front: Replace the front wheel bearing (see KNUCKLE/HUB
REPLACEMENT ).
Rear: Replace the rear hub bearing unit (see HUB BEARING UNIT
NO -Clean off dust or dirt from the appropriate magnetic encoder surface on
the wheel bearing or the hub bearing unit, then go to step 1 and recheck. If the
DTC is still present, replace the appropriate wheel bearing or hub bearing unit.
DTC 25-11: YAW RATE SENSOR INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (INITIAL); DTC 25-12:
YAW RATE SENSOR INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (OPEN, SHORT); DTC 25-13: YAW
RATE SENSOR COMMUNICATION ERROR; DTC 25-16: YAW RATE/LATERAL
ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (KEEP ALIVE MEMORY
(KAM) ERROR); DTC 25-21: YAW RATE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION MALFUNCTION
DTC
Appropriate
Magnetic Encoder
Note
21-
11
Right-front
Remove the driveshaft outboard joint from the
appropriate wheel hub (see KNUCKLE/HUB
REPLACEMENT ).
22-
11
Left-front
23-
11
Right-rear
Remove the hub bearing unit (see HUB BEARING
UNIT REPLACEMENT-DISC BRAKE TYPE ).
24-
11
Left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization (see VSA SENSOR
NEUTRAL POSITION MEMORIZATION ).
Is DTC 25-11, 25-12, 25-13, 25-16, or 25-21 indicated?
YES -Replace the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor (see YAW RATE-
LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 25-14: YAW RATE/LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE; DTC
25-15: YAW RATE/LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE
Is DTC 25-14, or 25-15 indicated?
YES -lf the DTC 61-01,61-21,61-22,61-23, and/or 62-21 is indicated at the
same time, check the battery performance (see BATTERY TEST ), and do the
alternator and regulator circuit troubleshooting (see ALTERNATOR AND
REGULATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). If the DTC 61-01, 61-
21,61-22, 61-23, and/or 62-21 is not indicated at the same time, replace the
yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor (see YAW RATE-LATERAL
ACCELERATION SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 25-22: YAW RATE SENSOR STUCK

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 7.
NO -If any DTCs are indicated, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. If
DTCs are not indicated, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time.
7. Check the LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR and YAW RATE S in the
VSA DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is there 0 /s indicated?
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Replace the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor (see YAW RATE-
8. Test-drive the vehicle. Check the YAW RATE S in the VSA DATA LIST with
the HDS while driving in corners.
Does the indicated value change?
DTC 25-23: YAW RATE SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION

2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC 25-24: YAW RATE SENSOR GAIN LOW; DTC 25-25: YAW RATE SENSOR GAIN HIGH; DTC
26-24: LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR GAIN LOW; DTC 26-25: LATERAL
ACCELERATION SENSOR GAIN HIGH
4. Test-drive the vehicle. Drive the vehicle at 10 mph (15 km/h)or more.
DTC 26-11: LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
(INITIAL); DTC 26-12: LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION (OPEN, SHORT); DTC 26-13: LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR
COMMUNICATION ERROR; DTC 26-21: LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION MALFUNCTION; DTC 26-23: LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR CIRCUIT
INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Park the vehicle on a flat and level surface.
DTC 26-22: ACCELERATION SENSOR STUCK
YES -Go to step 5.
5. Check the LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR and YAW RATE S in the
NOTE: While doing this troubleshooting, avoid vibration or
shaking of the vehicle.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Is there 0 /s indicated?
YES -Go to step 6.
6. Test-drive the vehicle. Check the YAW RATE S in the VSA DATA LIST with
the HDS while driving in corners.
DTC 27-11: STEERING ANGLE SENSOR DIAG SIGNAL ERROR (INITIAL); DTC 27-26:
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR DIAG SIGNAL ERROR (MAIN)
YES -Go to step 5.
terminals between the steering angle sensor 5P connector and the VSA
6. Disconnect the steering angle sensor 5P connector.

2008 Honda Civic GX

8. Check for continuity between steering angle sensor 5P connector terminal No.
3 and body ground.
Fig. 24: Checking Continuity Between Steering Angle Sensor 5P
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the steering angle
NO -Go to step 9.
9. Check for continuity between the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector
terminal and the steering angle sensor 5P connector terminal individually.
CONNECTOR TERMINAL DESCRIPTION
Sign
VSA Modulator-control Unit Steering Angle Sensor
STR-D 3 3
SVCC 7 5
SGND 10 1

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 25: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit And
Steering Angle Sensor Connector Terminal
YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the steering angle sensor and the VSA
modulator-control unit.
11. Measure voltage between steering angle sensor 5P connector terminal No. 3
and body ground.
Fig. 26: Measuring Voltage Between Steering Angle Sensor 5P Connector

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Repair short to power in the wire between the steering angle sensor and
NO -Replace the steering angle sensor (see STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 27-21: STEERING ANGLE SENSOR STUCK NEUTRAL POSITION; DTC 27-22: STEERING
ANGLE SENSOR STUCK OFFSET POSITION
2. Turn the steering wheel left and right at 90 degree or more. Check the
STEERING ANGLE in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is there 90 or more?
NO -Go to step 3.
6. Check for continuity between body ground and steering angle sensor 5P

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 27: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Steering Angle
Sensor 5P Connector Terminals No. 2 And No. 4
NO -Go to step 7.
terminal and the steering angle sensor 5P connector terminal individually.
Sign
VSA Modulator-control Unit Steering Angle Sensor
STR-A 34 2
STR-B 17 4
SVCC 7 5
SGND 10 1

2008 Honda Civic GX

Steering Angle Sensor 5P Connector Terminal
YES -Go to step 8.
8. Check for continuity between steering angle sensor 5P connector terminals No.
2 and No. 4.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Repair short in the wire between the steering angle sensor and the VSA
NO -Go to step 9.
5 and No. 2, No. 5 and No. 4 individually.
Connector Terminals No. 5 And No. 2, No. 5 And No. 4
NO -Go to step 10.
1 and No. 2, No. 1 and No. 4 individually.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 31: Checking For Continuity Between Steering Angle Sensor 5P
NO -Go to step 11.
12. Measure voltage between body ground and steering angle sensor 5P connector
terminals No. 2 and No. 4 individually.
Fig. 32: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And Steering Angle
Sensor 5P Connector Terminals No. 2 And No. 4

2008 Honda Civic GX

REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 27-23: STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COUNTER MALFUNCTION
4. Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock.
YES -Replace the steering angle sensor (see STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 27-24: STEERING ANGLE SENSOR EXCHANGE MALFUNCTION
2. Turn the steering wheel 1 turn. Check the STEERING ANGLE in the VSA
DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is there about 288-432 ?
REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 31-XX*: ABS RIGHT-FRONT INLET SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION; DTC 32-XX*: ABS
RIGHT-FRONT OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION; DTC 33-XX*: ABS LEFT-FRONT
INLET SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION; DTC 34-XX*: ABS LEFT-FRONT OUTLET
SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION; DTC 35-XX*: ABS RIGHT-REAR INLET SOLENOID
VALVE MALFUNCTION; DTC 36-XX*: ABS RIGHT-REAR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE
MALFUNCTION; DTC 37-XX*: ABS LEFT-REAR INLET SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION;
DTC 38-XX*: ABS LEFT-REAR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION

2008 Honda Civic GX

*: Subcode
DTC REFERENCE
Is DTC 31-xx, 32-xx, 33-xx, 34-xx, 35-xx, 36-xx, 37-xx, or 38-xx indicated?
YES -Replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-
CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
DTC 41-21: RIGHT-FRONT WHEEL LOCK; DTC 42-21: LEFT-FRONT WHEEL LOCK; DTC 43-21:
RIGHT-REAR WHEEL LOCK; DTC 44-21: LEFT-REAR WHEEL LOCK
The DTCs may be indicated under these conditions:
The vehicle goes into a spin.
The ABS or VSA continues to operate for a long time.
Snow build-up on the wheel speed sensor.
Misadjusted brake switch.
Contaminated brake fluid.
Subcode Malfunction Note (DTC)
01
Solenoid Initial
Pulse
31-01, 32-01, 33-01, 34-01, 35-01, 36-01, 37-
01, 38-01
21 Solenoid Pulse
31-21, 32-21, 33-21, 34-21, 35-21, 36-21, 37-
21, 38-21
22
Solenoid
Speculative
31-22, 32-22, 33-22, 34-22, 35-22, 36-22, 37-
22, 38-22
23 Solenoid Stuck ON
31-23, 32-23, 33-23, 34-23, 35-23, 36-23, 37-
23, 38-23

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Turn the appropriate wheel by hand.
DTC REFERENCE
YES -Repair the brake drag.
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Check the appropriate wheel speed sensor is properly mounted (see WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ).
FAILURES TROUBLESHOOTING (see ). If the vehicle continues to code,
replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-
DTC 51-11: MOTOR LOCK; DTC 51-13: MOTOR RELAY OFF MALFUNCTION
DTC Appropriate Wheel
41-21 Right-front
42-21 Left-front
43-21 Right-rear
44-21 Left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Wait 5 seconds.
5. Operate SOLENOID or VSA in the VSA FUNCTION TEST five times with
the HDS.
DTC 51-12: MOTOR LOCK CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
4. Check the DTCs with the HDS.
YES -Go to step 5.
terminals at the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector. Refer to
6. Check the No. 3 MTR (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse blown?
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Reinstall the checked fuse, then go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic GX

8. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector
Fig. 33: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 37P
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the No. 3 MTR (30 A)
fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit.
NO -Install the new No. 3 MTR (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box,
then go to step 10.
10. Measure voltage between VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector terminal
Fig. 34: Measuring Voltage Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 37P

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 3 MTR (30 A) fuse in the under-
hood fuse/relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit.
DTC 52-12: MOTOR STUCK OFF
4. Operate each SOLENOID or VSA in the VSA FUNCTION TEST five times
with the HDS.
DTC 53-01: MOTOR RELAY STUCK ON 1; DTC 53-12: MOTOR RELAY STUCK ON 2

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 5.
Fig. 35: Checking For Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit
NO -Repair open in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and
body ground (G202).
DTC 54-03: FAIL-SAFE RELAY 1 STUCK ON; DTC 54-04: FAIL-SAFE RELAY 1 STUCK OFF
(INITIAL); DTC 54-21: FAIL-SAFE RELAY 1 STUCK OFF (MAIN)

2008 Honda Civic GX

DTC 56-01: INITIAL VIG FET STUCK OFF; DTC 56-02: INITIAL VIG FET STUCK ON; DTC 56-11:
VIG FET STUCK OFF
DTC 61-01: VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT INITIAL IG LOW VOLTAGE; DTC 61-21: VSA
MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT POWER SOURCE LOW VOLTAGE 1; DTC 61-22: VSA
MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT POWER SOURCE LOW VOLTAGE 2; DTC 61-23: VSA
MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT POWER SOURCE LOW VOLTAGE 3
YES -Go to step 5.

2008 Honda Civic GX

5. Check and note BATTERY voltage in the VSA DATA LIST with the H DS. If
the voltage listed is 0 V, go to step 8, otherwise go to step 6.
6. Using a voltmeter, measure and note the voltage between the battery terminals.
7. Compare the voltage noted in step 5 to the voltage in step 6.
Is the difference between the two voltage readings less then 3 V?
INTERMITTENT FAILURES TROUBLESHOOTING (see ). If the code
resets after clearing, replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA
MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
NOTE: If the voltage is below 9.5 V, check the battery (see
BATTERY TEST ), and troubleshoot the alternator
regulator circuit (see ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 11.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 3 FSR (40 A) fuse in the under-
hood fuse/relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit.

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 4 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit.
DTC 62-21: VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT IG HIGH VOLTAGE
YES -Go to step 5.
5. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage between the battery terminals.
Compare the voltage measured at the battery with the voltage shown in the
Is there a voltage difference of 3 V or more?
NO -Check the battery (see BATTERY TEST ), and troubleshoot the
alternator regulator circuit (see ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR
CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Also check for loose terminals in the
VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector. If it is OK, replace the VSA
modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT
DTC 64-11: STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT SHORT

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 5.
8. Check for continuity between steering angle sensor 5P connector terminal No.
5 and body ground.
NO -Replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-
DTC 64-12: STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT OPEN

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 5.
terminal No. 7 and steering angle sensor 5P connector terminal No. 5.
Fig. 39: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 7
And Steering Angle Sensor 5P Connector Terminal No. 5
YES -Go to step 9.

2008 Honda Civic GX

10. Measure voltage between steering angle sensor 5P connector terminal No. 5
and body ground.
Fig. 40: Measuring Voltage Between Steering Angle Sensor 5P Connector
DTC 65-21: BRAKE FLUID LEVEL STUCK ON

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 5.
7. Check the brake system indicator in the gauge control module (tach).
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Go to step 9.
8. Check the FLUID LEVEL in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS while
moving the brake fluid reservoir tank float.
Does it indicate ON when the float is lowered and OFF when the float is
raised?
9. Check the brake fluid level in the master cylinder reservoir tank.
Is the brake fluid level OK?
YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Do the brake pad inspection: Front (see INSPECTION - SI MODEL ),
rear (see REAR BRAKE PAD INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ),
check for brake fluid leaks or replace worn pads, then go to step 1 and recheck.
10. Check the FLUID LEVEL in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS while
moving the brake fluid reservoir tank float.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Does it indicate ON when the float is lowered and OFF when the float raised?
YES -Go to step 11.
NO -Replace the brake fluid reservoir tank (brake fluid level switch is
included) (see MASTER CYLINDER INSPECTION ).
13. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch 2P connector.
14. Check for continuity between brake fluid level switch 2P connector terminal
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the gauge control
module (tach) and the brake fluid level switch.
NO -Substitute a known-good gauge control module (tach), then go to step 1
and recheck. If no DTCs are indicated, replace the original gauge control
module (tach) (see REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 66-11: PRESSURE SENSOR (INSIDE OF VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT)
MALFUNCTION; DTC 66-12: PRESSURE SENSOR (INSIDE OF VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL
UNIT) MALFUNCTION; DTC 66-13: PRESSURE SENSOR (INSIDE OF VSA MODULATOR-
CONTROL UNIT) MALFUNCTION; DTC 66-14: PRESSURE SENSOR (INSIDE OF VSA
MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT) MALFUNCTION; DTC 66-16: PRESSURE SENSOR (INSIDE OF

2008 Honda Civic GX

VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT) MALFUNCTION
DTC 66-15: PRESSURE SENSOR (INSIDE OF VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT)
MALFUNCTION
2. Turn all four wheels by hand.
YES -Repair the brake drag.
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Check the PRESSURE SWITCH in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS while
moving the brake pedal.
DTC 68-21: BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH STUCK OFF

2008 Honda Civic GX

2. Check the BRK PRESS in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS. Do not press
the brake pedal.
Is there 10 MPa or less?
YES -Go to step 3.
NO -Check for brake drag or a miss-adjusted brake pedal position switch. If
they are normal, replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA
MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
3. Check the BRAKE SWITCH in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS while
Does it indicate ON when the pedal is pressed, and OFF when pedal is
released?
terminals between the brake pedal position switch 4P connector, ECM
connector A (44P), and the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector. Refer
to INTERMITTENT FAILURES TROUBLESHOOTING (see ).
NO -Go to step 4.
5. Disconnect the brake pedal position switch 4P connector.
6. Connect brake pedal position switch 4P connector terminal No. 1 and No. 2 to
with a jumper wire.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 42: Identifying Brake Pedal Position Switch 4P Connector Terminal
No. 1 And No. 2 To With Jumper Wire
8. Check the BRAKE SWITCH in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS.
Does it indicate ON?
YES -Check the brake pedal position switch adjustment (see BRAKE PEDAL
AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ). If it is OK,
replace the brake pedal position switch.
NO -Go to step 9.
13. Check for continuity between brake pedal position switch 4P connector
terminal No. 2 and ECM connector A (44P) terminal No. 40.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 43: Checking Continuity Between Brake Pedal Position Switch 4P
Connector And ECM Connector A (44P)
YES -Substitute a known-good ECM, then go to step 1 and recheck. If DTCs
are not indicated, replace the original ECM (see ECM REPLACEMENT ).
NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM and the brake pedal position
switch.
DTC 68-22: BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH STUCK ON
2. Check the BRK PRESS in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS. Do not press
the brake pedal.
Is 10 MPa or more?
YES -Check brake pedal height (see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE
PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ). If the brake pedal height is
OK, replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-
NO -Go to step 3.

2008 Honda Civic GX

3. Check the BRAKE SWITCH in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS while
Does it indicate ON when the pedal is pressed, and OFF when the pedal is
released?
NO -Go to step 4.
4. Check the BRAKE SWITCH in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS, and
disconnect the brake pedal position switch 4P connector.
Does the indicator change from ON to OFF?
YES -Replace the brake pedal position switch (see BRAKE PEDAL AND
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ).
NO -Go to step 5.
9. Measure voltage between brake pedal position switch 4P connector terminal
Fig. 44: Measuring Voltage Between Brake Pedal Position Switch 4P

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Repair short to power in the wire between the ECM and the brake pedal
position switch.
NO -Substitute a known-good ECM, then go to step 1 and recheck. If DTCs
are not indicated, replace the original ECM (see ECM REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 71-24: LEFT-FRONT AND LEFT-REAR DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION;
DTC 71-25: RIGHT-FRONT AND LEFT-FRONT DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION;
DTC 71-26: RIGHT-REAR AND LEFT-REAR DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION;
DTC 71-2A: LEFT-FRONT AND LEFT-REAR DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION;
DTC 71-2B: RIGHT-FRONT AND LEFT-FRONT DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION;
DTC 71-2C: RIGHT-REAR AND LEFT-REAR DIFFERENT DIAMETER TIRE MALFUNCTION
DTC REFERENCE
NOTE: The DTC will be indicated when the vehicle has a different
diameter tire(s) compared to the other tire(s).
DTC Sectional Note
71-24 Left-front and left-rear
71-25 Right-front and left-front
71-26 Right-rear and left-rear
71-2A Left-front and left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

1. Check the tires for proper inflation (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
Is DTC 71-21, 71-22, 71-23, 71-24, 71-25, 71-26, 71-27, 71-28, 71-29, 71-2A,
71-2B, or 71-2C indicated?
YES -Replace all four tires with the proper size (see WHEEL
ALIGNMENT ).
DTC 81-XX*: CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
* : Subcode (Except DTC 81-11,81-3D, 81-3E, 81-51, 81-52,81-53,81-54,81-55,
81-56,81-57,81-58, and 81-59)
Is DTC 81-xx indicated?
YES -If the DTC 81-11,81-3D,81-3E, 81-51, 81-52, 81-53, 81-54, 81-55, 81-
56, 81-57,81-58, or 81-59 is indicated at the same time, do the DTC 81-11, 81-
52,81-54,81-56, or 81-58 troubleshooting (see DTC 81-xx*: Central
Processing Unit (CPU) Internal Circuit Malfunction ), DTC 81-51,81-
53,81-55, or 81-57 troubleshooting (see DTC 81-51: Central Processing Unit
(CPU) Internal Circuit Malfunction; DTC 81-53: Central Processing Unit
71-2B Right-front and left-front
71-2C Right-rear and left-rear

2008 Honda Civic GX

(CPU) Internal Circuit Malfunction ), or DTC 81-3D, 81-3E, or 81-59
troubleshooting (see DTC 81-3D: Central Processing Unit (CPU) Internal
Circuit Malfunction; DTC 81-3E: Central Processing Unit (CPU) Internal
Circuit Malfunction; DTC 81-59: Central Processing Unit (CPU) Internal
Circuit Malfunction ). If DTC 81-11, 81-3D, 81-3E, 81-51, 81-52, 81-53, 81-
54, 81-55, 81-56, 81-57, 81-58, or 81-59 is not indicated. Replace the VSA
modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT
CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION; DTC 81-56:

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 5.
8. Measure voltage between body ground and the appropriate VSA modulator-
control unit 37P connector terminals (see table).
DTC REFERENCE
Fig. 45: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And Appropriate VSA
Modulator-Control Unit 37P Connector Terminals
DTC VSA Modulator-control Unit 37P Connector Terminals No.
81-51 No. 19
81-53 No. 22
81-55 No. 9
81-57 No. 20

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Repair short to power in the wire between the appropriate wheel speed
DTC 81-3D: CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION; DTC
81-3E: CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION; DTC 81-59:
4. Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock.
Is DTC 81-3D, 81-3E, or 81-59 indicated?
DTC 83-13: ECM COMMUNICATION ERROR; DTC 83-14: ECM COMMUNICATION ERROR
YES -Go to step 5.
terminals between ECM connector A (44P) and the VSA modulator-control
unit 37P connector. Refer to INTERMITTENT FAILURES

2008 Honda Civic GX

6. Substitute a known-good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM ).
Is DTC 83-13, 83-14 indicated?
NO -Replace the original ECM (see ECM REPLACEMENT ).
DTC 84-21: VSA SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION NOT WRITING
INSTALLATION), and retest.
DTC 86-01: F-CAN BUS-OFF MALFUNCTION

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 5.
terminals between ECM connector A (44P) and the VSA modulator-control
unit 37P connector. Refer to INTERMITTENT FAILURES
13. Disconnect the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor 5P connector.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 15 And Body Ground
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the ECM/PCM, the
yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor, and the VSA modulator-control unit.
NO -Go to step 16.
YES -Repair short in the wire between VSA modulator-control unit 37P

2008 Honda Civic GX

connector terminals No. 1 (CAN-L line) and No. 15 (CAN-H line).
NO -Go to step 17.
terminal and ECM connector A (44P) terminal (see table).
Connector Terminal And ECM Connector A (44P) Terminal
NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM and the VSA modulator-
Sign
VSA Modulator-control Unit ECM
CAN-L 1 37
CAN-H 15 36

2008 Honda Civic GX

control unit.
DTC 86-11: F-CAN COMMUNICATION WITH ECM MALFUNCTION; DTC 86-21: F-CAN
COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MALFUNCTION; DTC 86-22: F-CAN COMMUNICATION
WITH ENGINE MALFUNCTION; DTC 86-23: F-CAN COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE
MALFUNCTION; DTC 86-24: F-CAN COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MALFUNCTION; DTC
86-25: F-CAN COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MALFUNCTION; DTC 86-41: F-CAN
COMMUNICATION WITH EAT MALFUNCTION
Is 86-11, 86-21, 86-22, 86-23, 86-24, 86-25, and/or 86-41 DTC indicated?
YES -If the DTC 86-01 is indicated at the same time, do the DTC 86-01
troubleshooting (see DTC 86-01: F-CAN Bus-off Malfunction ). If 86-01 is
not indicated, go to step 6.
Check for loose terminals between ECM connector A (44P) and the VSA
terminal and ECM connector A (44P) terminal (see table).
Sign

2008 Honda Civic GX

Connector Terminal And ECM Connector A (44P) Terminal
YES -Check for loose terminals in ECM connector A (44P) and at the VSA
modulator-control unit 37P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good
ECM, then go to step 1 and recheck. If no DTCs are indicated, replace the
original ECM (see ECM REPLACEMENT ). If DTCs are indicated, replace
the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ).
NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM and the VSA modulator-
control unit.
DTC 86-31: F-CAN COMMUNICATION WITH GAUGE CONTROL MODULE MALFUNCTION
VSA Modulator-control Unit ECM
CAN-L 1 37
CAN-H 15 36

2008 Honda Civic GX

Is 86-31 DTC indicated?
Check for loose terminals between the gauge control module (tach) 36P
connector and the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector. Refer to
Do the gauge indicators come on?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Do the gauge control module troubleshooting (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTION ).
Sign
VSA Modulator-control Unit Gauge Control Module (Tach)
CAN-L 1 19
CAN-H 15 1

2008 Honda Civic GX

Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminal
YES -Check for loose terminals in the gauge control module (tach) 36P
then go to step 1 and recheck. If no DTCs are indicated, replace the original
gauge control module (tach) (see REPLACEMENT ). If DTC 86-31 resets,
replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-
NO -Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module (tach) and the
VSA modulator-control unit.
DTC 86-71: F-CAN COMMUNICATION WITH YAW RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR
MALFUNCTION
Is 86-71 DTC indicated?

2008 Honda Civic GX

Check for loose terminals at the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor 5P
connector and the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector. Refer to
terminal and the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor 5P connector terminal (see
table).
Sign
VSA Modulator-control
Unit
Yaw Rate-lateral Acceleration
Sensor
CAN-L 1 4
CAN-
H
15 3

2008 Honda Civic GX

YAW Rate-Lateral Acceleration Sensor 5P Connector Terminal
YES -Go to step 8.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor
and the VSA modulator-control unit.
9. Measure voltage between yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor 5P connector
Fig. 52: Measuring Voltage Between YAW Rate-Lateral Acceleration
Sensor 5P Connector Terminal And Body Ground
YES -Go to step 10.
NO -Check the No. 4 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse
is OK, repair open in the wire between the No. 4 (7.5 A) fuse and yaw rate-
lateral acceleration sensor.
11. Reconnect the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor 5P connector.
13. Measure voltage between yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor 5P connector

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 53: Measuring Voltage Between YAW Rate-Lateral Acceleration
Sensor 5P Connector Terminal And Body Ground
Is there 0.1 V or less?
NO -Repair open in the wire between the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor
and body ground (G602).
DTC 107-22: CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) to cool the VSA modulator-control unit,
and wait 1 hour or more.
DTC 108-21: STEERING ANGLE SENSOR MALFUNCTION

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 6.
7. Substitute a known-good steering angle sensor (see STEERING ANGLE
NO -Replace the original steering angle sensor (see STEERING ANGLE
DTC 112-01: CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Check the battery performance (see BATTERY TEST ), and
troubleshoot the alternator and regulator circuit (see ALTERNATOR AND
REGULATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Is there 0 V?
YES -Go to step 7.
NO -Repair short to power in the wire between the No. 4 (7.5 A) fuse in the
under-dash fuse-relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit.
fuse-relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit.
DTC 121-XX*: VSA SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION; DTC 122-XX*: VSA SOLENOID VALVE
MALFUNCTION; DTC 123-XX*: VSA SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION; DTC 124-XX*: VSA
SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
*: Subcode

2008 Honda Civic GX

Is DTC 121-xx, 122-xx, 123-xx, or 124-xx indicated?
DTC Sectional Valve
121
-01
Right-front and left-rear
Regulator
-02
-11
-21
-24
122
-01
Suction
-21
-22
-23
123
-01
Left-front and right-rear
Regulator
-02
-11
-21
-24
124
-01
Suction
-21
-22
-23

2008 Honda Civic GX

ABS indicator or VSA indicator does not go off, and no DTCs are stored
1. Check for the communication between the vehicle and the HDS.
Is there the communication?
then recheck. If it is OK, replace the original gauge control module (tach) (see
REPLACEMENT ).
NO -If the HDS does not communicate with all the system of the vehicle,
If the HDS does not communicate with only VSA, go to step 2.
3. Check the No. 4 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/ relay box.
Is the fuse blown?
YES -Install the new No. 4 (7.5 A) fuse, and recheck. If the fuse continues to
blow, check for short to body ground in the wire between the No. 4 (7.5 A)
fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit. If
necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA
MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ),
and retest.
NO -Reinstall the checked fuse, then go to step 4.
6. Measure voltage between VSA modulator-control unit 37P terminal No. 28 and
body ground.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Go to step 7.
fuse/relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit.
8. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 37P terminal No. 36
and body ground.
connector, clean terminal G202 and recheck. If necessary, substitute a known-

2008 Honda Civic GX

good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest.
NO -Repair open in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and
body ground (G202).
BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED
3. Check the brake system indicator for several seconds when the ignition switch
is turned ON (II).
terminals between the gauge control module (tach) 36P connector and the VSA
NO -Go to step 4.
4. Check the BRAKE INDICATOR in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS.
Does it indicate OFF?
YES -Go to step 5.
6. Disconnect the parking brake switch 1P connector.

2008 Honda Civic GX

YES -Replace the parking brake switch (see PARKING BRAKE CABLE
REPLACEMENT ).
NO -Go to step 8.
10. Check for continuity between parking brake switch 1P connector terminal No.
1 and body ground.
Fig. 59: Checking Continuity Between Parking Brake Switch 1P
module (tach) and the parking brake switch.
NO -Check for loose terminals in the gauge control module (tach) 36P
module (tach) (see REPLACEMENT ).
VSA activation indicator does not go off, and no DTCs are stored
2. Check the VSA activation indicator for several seconds when the ignition

2008 Honda Civic GX

switch is turned ON (II).
terminals between the VSA OFF switch 5P connector, the gauge control
module (tach) 36P connector, and the VSA modulator-control unit 37P
connector. Refer to INTERMITTENT FAILURES TROUBLESHOOTING
(see ).
NO -Go to step 3.
3. Check the VSA OFF SWITCH in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS while
pushing the VSA OFF switch.
Does the indicator change from ON (OFF) to OFF (ON)?
YES -Do the gauge control module troubleshooting (see SELF-
NO -Go to step 4.
5. Check the VSA OFF switch (see VSA OFF SWITCH TEST ).
Is the VSA off switch OK?
YES -Go to step 6.
NO -Replace the VSA OFF switch (see VSA OFF SWITCH TEST ).
7. Disconnect the VSA OFF switch 5P connector.
8. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 5P connector terminal No. 2
and body ground.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 60: Checking Continuity Between VSA Off Switch 5P Connector
module (tach) and the VSA OFF switch.
NO -Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit, then go to step 1
and recheck. If it is OK, replace the original VSA modulator-control unit (see
VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION ).
ABS indicator, brake system indicator, and VSA indicator do not go off at same time
3. Check the ABS indicator, brake system indicator and the VSA indicator for
several seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON (II).
Do the indicators come on then go off?
terminals between the gauge control module (tach) 36P connector and the VSA
NOTE: Check for gauge DTCs with the HDS (see WIRE COLOR
CODES ). If goluges DTCs are stored, troubleshoot those
DTCs first.

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO -Go to step 4.
Body Ground
YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the ECM/PCM, the
yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor, and the VSA modulator-control unit.

2008 Honda Civic GX

NO -Go to step 15.
YES -Repair short in the wire between VSA modulator-control unit 37P
connector terminals No. 1 (CAN-L line) and No. 15 (CAN-H line).
NO -Go to step 16.
Sign
VSA Modulator-control Unit Gauge Control Module (Tach)
CAN-L 1 19
CAN-H 15 1

2008 Honda Civic GX

Gauge Control Module Connector Terminal
module (tach) (see REPLACEMENT ). If DTCs are indicated, replace the
VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT
NO -Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module (tach) and the
VSA modulator-control unit.
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the steering column covers and the cable reel (see CABLE REEL
REPLACEMENT ).
3. Remove the combination switch assembly (see STEERING COLUMN
NOTE: Do not damage or drop the combination switch as the
steering angle sensor is sensitive to shock and vibration.

2008 Honda Civic GX

4. Remove the combination light switch (A) and the wiper/washer switch (B).
Fig. 64: Identifying Steering Angle Sensor
5. Replace the combination switch (C).
6. Install the combination switch in the reverse order of removal.
YAW RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor (A) fixing bolts.
NOTE:
Do not remove the steering angle sensor from the
combination switch body.
When install the cable reel, set the turn signal
cancelling sleeve position (see INSTALLATION ).
NOTE:
Do not damage or drop the sensor as it is sensitive.
Do not use an air or electric impact tool.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 65: Identifying YAW Rate-Lateral Acceleration Sensor Fixing Bolts
3. Pull out the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor, then disconnect the sensor
connector (B).
4. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal.
VSA SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION MEMORIZATION
1. Park the vehicle on a flat and level surface.
connector (DLC) (A) under the driver's side of the dashboard.
NOTE: Do not press the brake pedal during this procedure.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 66: Identifying DLC
TROUBLESHOOTING ).
5. Select VSA ADJUSTMENT with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts.
VSA OFF SWITCH TEST
1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER's DASHBOARD
2. Push out the VSA OFF switch (A) from the back of the instrument panel.
Fig. 67: Identifying VSA Off Switch (A) From Back Of Instrument Panel
3. Disconnect the VSA OFF switch 5P connector (B).
4. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 5P connector terminals No. 1
and No. 2. There should be continuity when the switch is pressed, and no
continuity when the switch is released.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Terminals No. 1 And Switch
5. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 5P connector terminals No. 4
and No. 5. There should be continuity at all times.
VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
NOTE:

2008 Honda Civic GX

Removal
1. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector (A) by pushing the
lock (B) and pulling down the lever (C); the connector disconnects it self.
Fig. 70: Identifying VSA Modulator-Control Unit Components (With
2. Disconnect the six brake lines from the VSA modulator-control unit.
3. Remove the VSA modulator-control unit (I) with the bracket (J) from the body.
4. Remove the VSA modulator-control unit from the bracket.
NOTE: Brake lines are connected to the master cylinder (D)
and to the right-front (E), the left-rear (F), the right-rear
(G), and the left-front (H) brake systems.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Installation
1. Install the VSA modulator-control unit on the bracket.
2. Install the bracket with the VSA modulator-control unit to body.
4. Align the connecting surface of the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector
to the VSA modulator-control unit.
5. Pull up the lever of the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector, then
confirm the connector is fully seated.
7. Perform VSA sensor neutral position memorization (see VSA SENSOR
8. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators go off.
9. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS, and the VSA indicators do not
come on.
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT
FRONT
1. Release the clamp (A), then disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 71: Identifying Wheel Speed Sensor (Front) (With Torque
Specifications)
2. Remove the clips, the bolt, and the wheel speed sensor (C).
3. Install the wheel speed sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
If the wheel speed sensor comes in contact with the wheel bearing, it is
faulty.
5. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators do not
come on.
REAR
1. Release the clamp (A), then disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector (B).

2008 Honda Civic GX

Fig. 72: Identifying Wheel Speed Sensor Connector (Rear) (With Torque
Specifications)
2. Remove the clips, the bolt, and the wheel speed sensor (C).
3. Install the wheel speed sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these
items:
Apply multipurpose grease to the O-ring (D).
If the wheel speed sensor comes in contact with the hub bearing unit, it is
faulty.
5. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators do not
come on.

2008 Honda Civic GX

Wipers/Washers - Civic (All Except Hybrid)
Fig. 1: Locating Wipers/Washers Components (1 Of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX
2006-08 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Locating Wipers/Washer Components (2 Of 2)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Wipers/Washers Circuit Diagram
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
DTC B1077: WINDSHIELD WIPER (AS) SIGNAL ERROR

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Turn the wiper switch to LOW or HIGH for at least 15 seconds, then turn the
switch OFF.
Does the windshield wiper motor run normally?
YES - Go to step 4.
NO - Go to step 12.
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure. The windshield wiper system is OK at this time.
6. Do the wiper motor test (see WIPER/WASHER SWITCH TEST ).
Does the wiper motor run normally?
YES - Go to step 7.
NO - Replace the windshield wiper motor and recheck.
7. Disconnect the under-dash fuse/relay box connector F (34P) and windshield
wiper motor 5P connector.
8. Check for continuity between the No. 5 terminal of the windshield wiper motor
TEST MODE A ).

2008 Honda Civic EX

5P connector and No. 32 terminal of the under-dash fuse/relay box connector F
(34P).
Fig. 4: Checking Continuity Between No. 5 Terminal Of Windshield
Wiper Motor 5P Connector And No. 32 Terminal Of Under-Dash
Fuse/Relay Box Connector F (34P)
YES - Go to step 9.
NO - Repair an open in the WHT wire.
9. Check for continuity between the No. 5 terminal of the windshield wiper motor
Fig. 5: Checking Continuity Between No. 5 Terminal Of Windshield
Wiper Motor 5P Connector And Body Ground

2008 Honda Civic EX

YES - Repair a short in the WHT wire.
NO - Go to step 10.
11. Check for voltage between the No. 5 terminal of the windshield wiper motor
Fig. 6: Checking Voltage Between No. 5 Terminal Of Windshield Wiper
Motor 5P Connector And Body Ground
Is there voltage?
YES - Repair a short to power in the WHT wire.
NO - Faulty MICU; replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
NO - Replace the fuse and recheck the system.

2008 Honda Civic EX

14. Do the wiper motor test (see WIPER/WASHER SWITCH TEST ).
Does the wiper motor run normally?
NO - Replace the windshield wiper motor and recheck.
15. Reconnect the windshield wiper motor 5P connector.
16. Check the voltage between the No. 18 (LO) and No. 19 (HI) terminals of the
under-dash fuse/relay box connector F (34P) and body ground with the wiper
switch in the corresponding position individually.
Fig. 7: Checking Voltage Between No. 18 (LO) And No. 19 (HI) Terminals
Of Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector F (34P) And Body Ground
NO - Faulty MICU; replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.
17. Check the voltage between the No. 2 terminal of the windshield wiper motor

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Checking Voltage Between No. 2 Terminal Of Windshield Wiper
Motor 5P Connector And Body Ground
Is there less than 1 V?
YES - Repair an open in the BLU (LO) or YEL (HI) wire.
NO - Repair an open in the BLK wire or poor ground (G201).
MICU INPUT TEST
1. Before troubleshooting the wiper/washer system, troubleshoot the B-CAN
System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see TROUBLESHOOTING - B-CAN
SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS TEST MODE A ), and check the No. 10 (7.5 A) and
No. 38 (30 A) fuses in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
2. Disconnect the under-dash fuse/relay box connectors E, F, S, and T.
NOTE: All connector views are shown from wire side of female
terminals.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connectors
contact.
recheck the system.
4. With the connectors still disconnected, make these input tests at the appropriate
connector.

2008 Honda Civic EX

system.
Possible cause if
result is not
obtained
F18 BLU
Under all
conditions
to the F18 terminal:
The wiper motor should
run at low speed.
Poor ground
(G201)
Faulty
windshield
wiper motor
An open in the
wire
F19 YEL
Under all
conditions
The wiper motor should
run at high speed.
Poor ground
(G201)
Faulty
windshield
wiper motor
An open in the
wire
F32 WHT
Under all
conditions
(disconnect the
wiper motor 5P
connector)
between the F32
terminal and wiper
motor 5P connector No.
5 terminal: There
should be continuity.
An open in the wire
F33 ORN
Under all
conditions
The windshield washer
motor should run.
Poor ground
(G201)
Faulty
windshield
washer motor

2008 Honda Civic EX

system.
MICU INPUT TEST (CONNECTORS RECONNECTED)
An open in the
wire
S6
(1)
BLU
Wiper/washer
switch (intermittent
dwell timer) turned
Check resistance
between S6 and S4
terminals: There
resistance should vary
from about 0 to 1
kohms.
Faulty
wiper/washer
switch
An open in the
wire
Short to ground
in the wire
(1)
USA EX model and Canada models
Possible cause if
result is not
obtained
E6 BLK
Under all
conditions
ground: There should
be less than 0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G602)
An open in the
wire
T34 BLK
Under all
conditions
ground: There should
be less than 0.5 V.
Poor ground
(G501)
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch ON
Check for voltage
between S10 and S4
Faulty
wiper/washer

2008 Honda Civic EX

S10 ORN
(II), wiper/washer
switch (INT) ON
terminals, and S20 and
S4 terminals: There
V.
switch
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), wiper/washer
switch OFF
Check for voltage
between S10 and S4
terminals, and S20 and
S4 terminals: There
should be 5 V or more.
Faulty
wiper/washer
switch
Short to ground
in the wire
S15 GRN
Ignition switch ON
(II), wiper/washer
switch (MIST) ON
Check for voltage
between S15 and S4
terminals: There
V.
Faulty
wiper/washer
switch
An open in the
wire in the wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), wiper/washer
switch (MIST)
OFF
Check for voltage
between S15 and S4
terminals: There
Faulty
wiper/washer
switch
Short to ground
in the wire
S17 YEL
Ignition switch ON
(II), washer switch
ON
Check for voltage
between S17 and S4
terminals: There
V.
Faulty
wiper/washer
switch
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), washer switch
OFF
Check for voltage
between S17 and S4
terminals: There
Faulty
wiper/washer
switch
Short to ground
in the wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), wiper/washer
Check for voltage
between S20 and S4
terminals: There
Faulty
wiper/washer
switch

2008 Honda Civic EX

WIPER/WASHER SWITCH TEST
1. Remove the wiper/washer switch (see WIPER/WASHER SWITCH
REPLACEMENT ).
2. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 8P connector (A) from the
wiper/washer switch (B).
S20
WHT
switch (LOW) ON should be less than 1
V.
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), wiper/washer
switch OFF
Check for voltage
between S20 and S4
terminals: There
Faulty
wiper/washer
switch
Short to ground
in the wire
WHT
Ignition switch ON
(II), wiper/washer
switch (HIGH) ON
Check for voltage
between S20 and S4
terminals: There
V.
Faulty
wiper/washer
switch
An open in the
wire
Ignition switch ON
(II), wiper/washer
switch OFF
Check for voltage
between S20 and S4
terminals: There
Faulty
wiper/washer
switch
Short to ground
in the wire

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 10: Disconnecting Dashboard Wire Harness 8P Connector
to Fig. 11 .
Fig. 11: Checking Continuity Between Wiper/Washer Switch Terminals
Table
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch.
WIPER MOTOR TEST
1. Remove the wiper arms.

2008 Honda Civic EX

2. Remove the hood seal and cowl cover.
3. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the wiper motor (B).
4. Test the motor by connecting battery power to the No. 1 terminal and ground to
the No. 2 terminal of the wiper motor 5P connector.
The motor should run at low speed. If the motor does not run or fails to run
smoothly, replace the motor.
5. Test the motor by connecting battery power to the No. 4 terminal and ground to
the No. 2 terminal of the wiper motor 5P connector.
The motor should run at high speed. If the motor does not run, or fails to run
smoothly, replace the motor.
6. Connect an analog ohmmeter to the No. 5 and No. 2 terminals, and run the
motor at low or high speed. The needle of the ohmmeter should pulse. If it dose
not, replace the motor.
NOTE: Carefully remove the wiper arms so that they do not
touch the hood.

2008 Honda Civic EX

WASHER MOTOR TEST
1. Remove the right inner fender.
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the washer motor (B).
3. Test the motor by connecting battery power to the No. 1 terminal and ground
the No. 2 terminal of the washer motor. The motor should run.
If the motor does not run, or fails to run smoothly, replace it.
If the motor runs smoothly, but little or no washer fluid is pumped, check
for a disconnected or blocked washer hose, or a clogged washer motor

2008 Honda Civic EX

outlet.
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH TEST
CANADA MODELS
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the washer fluid level switch (B).
3. Remove the washer fluid level switch from the washer reservoir.
4. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals in each float
position.
There should be continuity when the float is down.
There should be no continuity when the float is up.
5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch.
NOTE: Fluid may flow out of the opening.

2008 Honda Civic EX

WIPER MOTOR REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
1. Open the hood. Remove the caps, nuts (A), and the windshield wiper arms (B).
Fig. 15: Removing Windshield Wiper Arms (With Specifications)
2. Remove the cowl covers (C).
3. Remove the bolts and the under-cowl panel (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Disconnect the 5P connector from the wiper motor (B), then remove the six
bolts and wiper linkage assembly (C).
5. Make sure the mark (A) on the link (B) is aligned with the mark (C) on the
windshield wiper linkage (D).
Fig. 17: Aligning Mark On Windshield Wiper Linkage (With
Specifications)
6. Remove the nut (E), and separate the link and windshield wiper linkage.
7. Remove the three bolts, and separate the windshield wiper linkage from the
wiper motor (F).
8. Install in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Align the marks of the link and the linkage to install the linkage with the
original adjustment.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Apply multipurpose grease to the moving parts.
Before installing the wiper arms, turn the wiper switch ON, then OFF to
return the wiper shafts to the park position.
If necessary, replace any damaged clips.
9. After installation, adjust the wiper arms (see WIPER ARM/NOZZLE
ADJUSTMENT ).
2-DOOR
1. Open the hood. Remove the caps, nuts (A), and the windshield wiper arms (B).
Fig. 18: Removing Windshield Arms (With Specifications)
2. Remove the cowl covers (C).
3. Remove the bolts and the under-cowl panel (A).

2008 Honda Civic EX

4. Disconnect the 5P connector from the wiper motor (B), then remove the six
bolts and wiper linkage assembly (C).
5. Make sure the mark (A) on the link (B) is aligned with the mark (C) on the
windshield wiper linkage (D).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 20: Aligning Mark On Windshield Wiper Linkage (With
Specifications)
6. Remove the nut (E), and separate the link and windshield wiper linkage.
7. Remove the three bolts, and separate the windshield wiper linkage from the
wiper motor (F).
8. Install in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
Align the marks of the link and the linkage to install the linkage with the
original adjustment.
Apply multipurpose grease to the moving parts.
Before installing the wiper arms, turn the wiper switch ON, then OFF to
return the wiper shafts to the park position.
If necessary, replace any damaged clips.
9. After installation, adjust the wiper arms (see WIPER ARM/NOZZLE
ADJUSTMENT ).
WIPER/WASHER SWITCH REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER
COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
3. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 8P connector (A) from the
wiper/washer switch (B).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 21: Disconnecting Dashboard Wire Harness 8P Connector
4. Remove the two screws, then slide out the wiper/washer switch.
WASHER RESERVOIR REPLACEMENT
2. Disconnect the 2P connector(s) (A) from the windshield washer motor (B) and
the washer fluid level switch*.
*: Canada models

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 22: Disconnecting 2P Connector(s)
3. Disconnect the windshield washer tube (C).
4. Remove the bolts (A) and the clip (B), then remove the washer reservoir.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 23: Removing Washer Reservoir (With Specifications)
WIPER BLADE REPLACEMENT
4-DOOR
1. Lift the wiper arm off the windshield, raising the driver's side first, then the
passenger's side.
2. Remove the cover (A), by squeezing the two tabs and pulling it straight out.

2008 Honda Civic EX

3. Press and hold the tab (B) and slide the wiper blade (C) toward the tabs until it
releases from the wiper arm (D).
4. Find the side of the blade labeled "LOCK" (A), then pull back the end of the
blade and slide out the old rubber (B).
Fig. 25: Identifying "LOCK" Blade Label
5. Install a new rubber in the reverse order of removal.
6. Install the wiper blades onto the windshield wiper arms in the reverse order of
removal.
7. Test by turning on the wipers. If the blades slip, turn off the wipers and seat the
attachments more firmly.
2-DOOR
1. Pull up the wiper arms from the windshield.
2. Push the tab (A) and remove the wiper blade (B) from the wiper arm (C).

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 26: Removing Wiper Blade
3. Remove the stopper (A), then pull and remove the old rubber (B).
Fig. 27: Removing Stopper
4. Install a new rubber in the reverse order of removal.
5. Install the wiper blades onto the windshield wiper arms in the reverse order of
removal.
6. Test by turning on the wipers. If the blades slip, turn off the wipers and seat the
attachments more firmly.
WIPER ARM/NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT

2008 Honda Civic EX

Wiper arms stop position
1. When the wiper arms stop at the automatic stop position, confirm that they are
at the standard position.
2-door
a: Position at about 1.1 in. (29 mm) from the top of cowl cover (A)
b: Position at about 4.1 in. (106 mm) from the top of cowl cover (A)
4-door
a: Position at about 0.9 in. (23 mm) from the top of cowl cover (A)
b: Position at about 3.8 in. (96 mm) from the top of cowl cover (A)
Washer nozzle position
2. When you turn on the washers, confirm 50% or more of the washer fluid lands
within the spray area. If the spray area is not within the standard positions,
adjust the nozzles.
2-door
c: Position at about 11.8 in. (302 mm) from the top of the black ceramic
area (B) at the lower windshield
d: Position at about 11.8 in. (302 mm) from the top of the black ceramic
e: Position at about 9.8 in. (250 mm) from the windshield center line (C)
4-door
c: Position at about 7.6 in. (192 mm) from the top of the black ceramic
d: Position at about 7.6 in. (192 mm) from the top of the black ceramic
e: Position at about 9.8 in. (250 mm) from the windshield center line (C)

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 28: Adjusting Wiper Arm/Nozzle
WASHER TUBE REPLACEMENT
2. Remove the washer nozzles and clips, then remove the tubes.

2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 29: Removing Washer Nozzles And Clips
3. Install in the reverse order of removal. Take care not to pinch the washer tube.
Check the windshield washer operation.

2008 Honda Civic EX


AIR CONDITIONING


2008 Honda Civic EX
2008 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Civic

Fig. 1: Automatic A/C Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 2: Automatic A/C Circuit, Hybrid (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 3: Manual A/C Circuit, Except Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 4: Manual A/C Circuit, Except Hybrid (2 of 2)
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 5: Advanced Hydraulic Booster Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 6: Anti-Lock Brakes Circuit, Except SI

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 7: Anti-Lock Brakes Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 8: Anti-Lock Brakes Circuit, SI
ANTI-THEFT

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 9: Forced Entry Circuit, Except Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 10: Forced Entry Circuit, Except Hybrid (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 11: Forced Entry Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 12: Forced Entry Circuit, Hybrid (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 13: Immobilizer Circuit, Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 14: Immobilizer Circuit, Hybrid
BODY CONTROL MODULES

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 15: Body Control Modules Circuit, Except Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 16: Body Control Modules Circuit, Except Hybrid (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 17: Body Control Modules Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 18: Body Control Modules Circuit, Hybrid (2 of 2)
COMPUTER DATA LINES

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 19: B-CAN Circuit, Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 20: Data Link Connector Circuit, Except SI

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 21: Data Link Connector Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 22: Data Link Connector Circuit, SI

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 23: IMA F-CAN High/Low & B-CAN Circuits, Hybrid
COOLING FAN

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 24: Cooling Fan Circuit, Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 25: Cooling Fan Circuit, Hybrid
CRUISE CONTROL

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 26: Cruise Control Circuit, Except Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 27: Cruise Control Circuit, Except Hybrid (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 28: Cruise Control Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 29: Cruise Control Circuit, Hybrid (2 of 2)
DEFOGGERS

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 30: Heated Mirrors Circuit, Coupe

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 31: Heated Mirrors Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 32: Heated Mirrors Circuit, Sedan W/O Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 33: Rear Defogger Circuit, Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 34: Rear Defogger Circuit, Hybrid
ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 35: Electronic Power Steering Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 36: Electronic Power Steering Circuit, SI
ENGINE PERFORMANCE

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 37: IMA Circuit (1 of 3)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

1.3L

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 40: 1.3L, Engine Performance Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 5)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

1.8L

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 45: 1.8L, Engine Performance Circuit, Except GX (1 of 5)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 50: 1.8L, Engine Performance Circuit, GX (1 of 5)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

2.0L

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 55: 2.0L, Engine Performance Circuit, SI (1 of 3)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

EXTERIOR LIGHTS

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 58: Backup Lamps Circuit, A/T

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 59: Backup Lamps Circuit, M/T

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 60: Exterior Lamps Circuit, Except Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 61: Exterior Lamps Circuit, Except Hybrid (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 62: Exterior Lamps Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 63: Exterior Lamps Circuit, Hybrid (2 of 2)
GROUND DISTRIBUTION

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 64: Ground Distribution Circuit, Except Hybrid (1 of 3)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 67: Ground Distribution Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 3)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

HEADLIGHTS

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 70: Headlights Circuit, Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 71: Headlights Circuit, Hybrid
HORN

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 72: Horn Circuit, Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 73: Horn Circuit, Hybrid
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 74: Instrument Cluster Circuit, DX, GX (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 75: Instrument Cluster Circuit, DX, GX (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 76: Instrument Cluster Circuit, EX, LX, SI & EX-L (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 77: Instrument Cluster Circuit, EX, LX, SI & EX-L (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 78: Instrument Cluster Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 79: Instrument Cluster Circuit, Hybrid (2 of 2)
INTERIOR LIGHTS

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 80: Courtesy Lamps Circuit, Except Hybrid W/ Sunroof

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 81: Courtesy Lamps Circuit, Except Hybrid W/O Sunroof

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 82: Courtesy Lamps Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 83: Instrument Illumination Circuit, Except Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 84: Instrument Illumination Circuit, Except Hybrid (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 85: Instrument Illumination Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 86: Instrument Illumination Circuit, Hybrid (2 of 2)
NAVIGATION

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 87: Navigation Circuit, 2 Door EX, EX-L, SI (1 of 3)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 90: Navigation Circuit, 4 Door EX, EX-L (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 91: Navigation Circuit, 4 Door EX, EX-L (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 92: Navigation Circuit, 4 Door SI (1 of 3)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 95: Navigation Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 96: Navigation Circuit, Hybrid (2 of 2)
POWER DISTRIBUTION

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 97: Power Distribution Circuit, Except Hybrid (1 of 3)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 100: Power Distribution Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 3)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

POWER DOOR LOCKS

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 103: Power Door Locks Circuit, Except Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 104: Power Door Locks Circuit, Except Hybrid (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 105: Power Door Locks Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 106: Power Door Locks Circuit, Hybrid (2 of 2)
POWER MIRRORS

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 107: Auto Dimming Rear View Mirror Circuit, A/T Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 108: Auto Dimming Rear View Mirror Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 109: Auto Dimming Rear View Mirror Circuit, M/T Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 110: Power Mirrors Circuit, Coupe

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 111: Power Mirrors Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 112: Power Mirrors Circuit, Sedan W/O Hybrid
POWER SEATS

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 113: Heated Seats Circuit, Except Hybrid
POWER TOP/SUNROOF

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 114: Power Top/Sunroof Circuit, 2 Door

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 115: Power Top/Sunroof Circuit, 4 Door
POWER WINDOWS

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 116: Power Windows Circuit, 2 Door LX, EX, SI, EX-L

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 117: Power Windows Circuit, 4 Door LX, EX, SI, GX, EX-L

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 118: Power Windows Circuit, DX

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 119: Power Windows Circuit, Hybrid
RADIO

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 120: Bass Speaker Circuit, Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 121: Bass Speaker Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 122: CD Player Circuit, Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 123: CD Player Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 124: Music Link Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 125: Radio Circuit, 2 Door EX, EX-L, SI (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 126: Radio Circuit, 2 Door EX, EX-L, SI (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 127: Radio Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 128: Radio Circuit, Hybrid (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 129: Radio Circuit, SI 4 Door (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 130: Radio Circuit, SI 4 Door (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 131: Radio Circuit, USA DX

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 132: Radio Circuit, USA LX 2 Door & EX, EX-L 4 Door W/ Navigation

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 133: Radio Circuit, USA LX 2 Door & EX, EX-L 4 Door W/O Navigation

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 134: Radio Circuit, USA LX 4 Door & Canada DX, LX, GX

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 135: XM Receiver Circuit
SHIFT INTERLOCK

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 136: Reverse Lockout Circuit, Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 137: Shift Interlock Circuit, Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 138: Shift Interlock Circuit, Hybrid
STARTING/CHARGING

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 139: Remote Starting Circuit, Canada (1 of 3)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 142: Starting Circuit, A/T Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 143: Starting Circuit, A/T Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 144: Starting Circuit, M/T
1.8L

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 145: 1.8L, Charging Circuit
2.0L

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 146: 2.0L, Charging Circuit
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 147: Supplemental Restraints Circuit, Except Hybrid (1 of 4)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 151: Supplemental Restraints Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 4)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

TRANSMISSION

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 155: Transmission Circuit, Except Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 156: Transmission Circuit, Except Hybrid (2 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 157: Transmission Circuit, Hybrid (1 of 2)

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 158: Transmission Circuit, Hybrid (2 of 2)
WARNING SYSTEMS

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 159: Chime Circuit, Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 160: Chime Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 161: Tire Pressure Monitoring Circuit
WIPER/WASHER

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 162: Front Wiper/Washer Circuit, Except Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX


2008 Honda Civic EX

Fig. 163: Front Wiper/Washer Circuit, Hybrid

2008 Honda Civic EX

2006 2009.honda - Civic.service - Manual

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

2006 2009.honda - Civic.service - Manual

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

2006-08 BRAKES

ABS System - Civic (All Except Hybrid)

Anda mungkin juga menyukai